m 
 
 
 m 
 
 W' ■ 
 
 
 i 
 
 mm 
 
 
 V] 
 
 <? 
 
 /i 
 
 / 
 
 JS. ^N 
 
 
 IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 1.0 
 
 I.I 
 
 1^ 1 2.8 
 
 •IT liii 
 
 ill 1^ 
 
 2.5 
 2.2 
 
 M 
 
 18 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sciences 
 Corporation 
 
 
 1.25 
 
 1 1.4 1.6 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 6" 
 
 ► 
 
 23 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, N.Y. M580 
 
 (716) 872-4503 
 
4- 
 
 ^^^ 
 
 li' 
 
 CIHM/ICMH 
 
 Microfiche 
 
 Series. 
 
 CIHM/ICIVIH 
 Collection de 
 microfiches. 
 
 Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques 
 
 -■i.^ 
 
 \. 
 
Technical and Bibliographic Notes/Notes techniques et bibllographiques 
 
 The Institute has attempted to obtain the best 
 original copy available for filming. Features of this 
 copy which may be bibliographically unique, 
 which may alter any of the images in the 
 reproduction, or which may significantly change 
 the usual method of filming, are checked below. 
 
 D 
 D 
 D 
 D 
 
 Coloured covers/ 
 Couverture de couleur 
 
 Covers damaged/ 
 Couverture endommagde 
 
 Covers restored and/or laminated/ 
 Couverture restaur^e et/ou pelliculde 
 
 Cover title missing/ 
 
 Le titre de couverture manque 
 
 I I Coloured maps/ 
 
 Cartes g^ographlques en couleur 
 
 Coloured ink (i.e. other than blue or blark)/ 
 Encre de couleur (I.e. autre que bleue ou noire) 
 
 □ Coloured plates and/or illustrations/ 
 Planches et/ou illustrations en couleur 
 
 n 
 
 D 
 
 D 
 
 Bound with other material/ 
 Relid avec d'autres documents 
 
 Tight binding may cause shadows or distortion 
 along Interior margin/ 
 
 La re llure serr^e peut causer de I'ombre ou de la 
 distortion ie long de la marge Intdrleure 
 
 Blank leaves added during restoration may 
 appear within the text. Whenever possible, these 
 have been omitted from filming/ 
 II se peut que certaines pages blanches ajoutdes 
 iors d'une restauration apparaissent dans le texte, 
 mais, lorsque cela 6talt possible, ces pages n'ont 
 pas dt6 filmdes. 
 
 Additional comments:/ 
 Commentalres suppl6mentaires; 
 
 L'Instltut a microfilm* le meilleur exemplaire 
 qu'il lui a §t6 possible de se procurer. Les details 
 de cet exemplaire qui sont peut-§tre uniques du 
 point de vue bibllographique, qui peuvent modifier 
 une image reproduite, ou qui peuvent exiger une 
 modification dans la mdthode normale de filmage 
 sont indlqu6s ci-dessous. 
 
 I — I Coloured pages/ 
 
 I — I Pages damaged/ 
 
 I — I Pages restored and/or laminated/ 
 
 I — I Pages discoloured, stained or foxed/ 
 
 I — I Pages detached/ 
 
 I — I Showthrough/ 
 
 I — I Quality of print varies/ 
 
 I — I Includes supplementary material/ 
 
 I — I Only edition available/ 
 
 Pages de couleur 
 
 Pages damaged/ 
 Pages endommagdes 
 
 Pages restored and/o 
 
 Pages restaurdes et/ou pelliculdes 
 
 Pages discoloured, stained or foxei 
 Pages d6color6es, tachet^es ou piqudes 
 
 Pages detached/ 
 Pages d^tachdes 
 
 Showthrough/ 
 Transparence 
 
 Quality of prir 
 
 Qualitd in6gale de I'impresslon 
 
 Includes supplementary materu 
 Comprend du materiel supplementaire 
 
 Only edition available/ 
 Seule Edition disponlbia 
 
 D 
 
 Pages wholly or partially obscured by errata 
 slips, tissues, etc., have been refilmed to 
 ensure the best possible Image/ 
 Les pages totalement ou partiellement 
 obscurcies par un feuillet d'errata, une pelure, 
 etc., ont 6t6 fllmdes d nouveau de fapon d 
 obtenir la meilleure image possible. 
 
 This item is filmed at the reduction ratio checked below/ 
 
 Ca document est film* au taux de reduction indiqu6 ci-dessous. 
 
 10X 
 
 
 
 
 14X 
 
 
 
 
 18X 
 
 
 
 
 22X 
 
 
 
 
 26X 
 
 
 ■» 
 
 • 
 
 30X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 '■"^ 
 
 
 19Y 
 
 ^~" 
 
 ^"^""^ 
 
 
 1fiX 
 
 
 
 
 ?0X 
 
 
 
 
 iJx 
 
 
 
 
 28X 
 
 
 
 
 32X 
 
 j^y ^i^-fi m^M^fB! 
 
 i-mii^mi^^^^^ii***i^^f^«'^f^'^'^^^^^^Sfs^!^^iti^^ 
 
Is 
 
 Li 
 
 ifier 
 
 le 
 
 ige 
 
 The copy filmed here has been reproduced thanks 
 to the generosity of: 
 
 Library of Congress 
 Photoduplication Service 
 
 The images appearing here are the best quality 
 possible considering the condition and legibility 
 of the original copy and In keeping with the 
 filming contract specifications. 
 
 L'axemplaire fllm6 fut reprodult grSce d la 
 gAn6rosit6 de: 
 
 Library of Congress 
 Photoduplication Service 
 
 Les Images suivantes ont 6t6 reproduites avec le 
 plus grand soin, compte tenu de la condition et 
 de la nettet6 de I'exemplaire film6, et en 
 conformity avec les conditions du contrat de 
 fllmage. 
 
 Original copies In printed paper covers are filmed 
 beginning with the front cover and ending on 
 the last page with a printed or illustrated Impres- 
 sion, or the back cover when appropriate. All 
 other original copies are filmed beginning on the 
 first page with a printed or illustrated impres- 
 sion, and ending on the last page with a printed 
 or Illustrated Impression. 
 
 The last recorded frame on each microfiche 
 shall contain the symbol —^-(meaning "CON- 
 TINUED"), or the symbol V (meaning "END"), 
 whichever applies. 
 
 Maps, plates, charts, etc., may be filmed at 
 different reduction ratios. Those too large to be 
 entirely included In one exposure are filmed 
 beginning in the upper left hand corner, left to 
 right and top to bottom, as many frames as 
 required. The following diagrams illustrate the 
 method: 
 
 Les exemplaires origlnaux dont la couverture en 
 papier est Imprlmto sont film6s en commenpant 
 par le premier plat et en terminant soit par la 
 dernldre page qui comporte une empreinte 
 d'Impresslon ou d'illustratlon, soit par le second 
 plat, selon le cas. Tous les autres exemplaires 
 origlnaux sont fllm6s en commenpant par la 
 premidre page qui comporte une empreinte 
 d'Impresslon ou d'illustratlon et en terminant par 
 la dernldre page qui comporte une teile 
 empreinte. 
 
 Un des symbotes sulvants apparaftra sur la 
 derniftre Image de cheque microfiche, selon le 
 cas: le symbols — ► signlfie "A SUIVRE ', le 
 symbols V signlfie "FIN ". 
 
 Les cartes, planches, tableaux, etc., peuvent dtre 
 fllm6s d des taux de reduction diff6rents. 
 Lorsque le document est ts^op grand pour dtre 
 reprodult en un seul cllch6, 11 est fllm6 d partir 
 de i'angle sup6rieur gauche, de gauche d droite, 
 et de haut en bas, en prenant le nombre 
 d'Images n^cessaire. Les diagrammes sulvants 
 lllustrent la m6thode. 
 
 rata 
 
 elure. 
 
 H 
 
 32X 
 
 J 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 SS^^tSSi^s^-^.^^ 
 
 ^■'tfitii^'^.^jtftaigii&Wa r A u.'jfc^ Vtiu^^-^^q^ai tf^ ^ ''^^* '' ' ^ ^'^ 
 
I I . innj i iig iii im ii .iim i4 i j'wi !' ' M »i ' i .|!i;««' ' ' 
 
 * 
 
 ' 
 
 < 
 
trvwi- "a^-" -I- ■« »«■ 'i iiW ' lijEIJW* 
 
 No. 73. 
 
 / 
 
 i(v..;'«<i-3f»^'' HYDROQRAPHIC OFFICE. 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND 
 
 AND THE 
 
 COAST OF LABRADOR, FROM CAPE ST. LEWIS 
 TO GRAND POINT. 
 
 SECOND EDITION. 
 
 WASHINGTON: 
 
 GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE. 
 
 1899. 
 
 5. 
 
 ii 
 
mn vn^_imw<^^mmf^''r' 
 
 
 
 
 ; 
 
 d^ 
 
 49345 
 
 '4? 
 
 
1 
 
 9^ 
 
 CONTENTS. 
 
 Page, 
 
 Preface v 
 
 Note _ vi 
 
 Index chart vm 
 
 Index 628 
 
 CHAPTER I. 
 
 Oeneral Remarks— Climate— Winds— Fogs— Currents— Ice— Passages- 
 Compass Variation 1 
 
 CHAPTER II. 
 Banks of Newfoundland and Nova Scotia Banks 88 
 
 CHAPTER III. 
 Newfoundland, South Coast— Cape Race to Crew Point 80 
 
 CHAPTER IV. 
 St. Pierre and Miquelon Islands „ 125 
 
 CHAPTER V. 
 Newfoundland, South Coast— Crew Point to Cape Ray 186 
 
 CHAPTER VI. 
 Newfoundland, Wert Coast— Cape Ray to Cape Bauld 214 
 
 CHAPTER Vn. 
 
 Newfoundland, East Coast— Cape Bauld to Cape St. John .. 807 
 
 CHAPTER VIII. 
 Newfoundland, East Coast — Cape St. John to Cape Bonavista 844 
 
 CHAPTER IX. 
 Newfoundland, East Coast— Cape Bonavista to Cape Race 429 
 
 CHAPTER X. 
 
 Coast of Labrador— Cape St. Lewis to Grand Point and the Strait of Belle 
 
 Isle 488 
 
 (in) 
 
k 
 
 i I 
 
 •/- 
 
 
 III X>u«»iinir««. 
 
 ..iirfi?"ffiiiiMTirrwrifcin1fi<[rivi'i 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 The first edition of this work was compiled by Lieut. W. W. 
 Gillpatrick, U. S. Navy, and Ensign John Gibson, U. S. Navy.' 
 The present edition has been compiled by Mr. R. C. Ray, U. S. 
 Navy, chiefly from the first edition, and British Admiralty' publi- 
 cation, Newfoundland and Labrador Pilot, Third Edition, 1897, 
 and such additions and corrections as have become available from 
 reports received. 
 
 The meteorological remarks in the opening chapter have been 
 revised by Mr. James Page, in the Division of Meteorology. 
 
 Since much of the coast described is imperfectly surveyed, mari- 
 ners are requested to point out to the United States Hydrographic 
 Oflice, either directly or through one of its branch offices, any 
 errors and omissions that they may discover. With a view of 
 making the next edition of this publication more useful and com- 
 plete, new information is also requested. 
 
 J. E. Ceaio, 
 Commander, U. S. Navy, Hydrographer. 
 
 United States HYDBoaRAPHic Office, 
 
 Washington, D. C, April, 1899. 
 
 (V) 
 
A 
 
 r 
 
 ISJ^OTE. 
 
 
 The bearings, courses, and trend of the land are true; but for 
 convenience the corresponding magnetic bearings, to the nearest 
 degree, follow in parentheses. (Variation in 1900.) The direc- 
 tions of the winds are given for the points from which they blow; 
 the directions of the currents for the points toward which they 
 set. Distances are expressed in nautical miles. Soundings, unless 
 otherwise stated, are reduced to mean low water. 
 
 (VI) 
 
 g^.iV^T-.- , t^^--f^,'?^^^t^-^&S..^a~-iiJfc-.---^--t--r- , •,■•-> Vl'rr -ft- . 
 
are true; but for 
 fs, to the nearest 
 L900.) The direc- 
 which they blow ; 
 ward which they 
 Soundings, unless 
 
 i|)a-.-TiH..r.--i„».-.^-»«. 
 
laau . &j>fj 
 
 597 
 
 izoaz 
 
 ^^•uj 
 
 "'•"^Jt. 
 
 4H- 
 
 ^f St. raid 1 611 
 
 47- _L 
 
 iVt- 
 
 60* 
 
 J L_ 
 
 1 
 
T 1 1 r 
 
 NoiOi of B«n« I«U St 
 
 VHti$on. 3UhU 
 FUhu\0 SMfShr 
 StJhanois Shy 
 
 \ OaomHonai Shr 
 
 1 
 
 ^81 b 
 
 4<rt- 
 
 sff 
 
 -J I L.^ 1 I I I I 1 1 U 
 
 S8* 
 
 ST 
 
 5tr 
 
 J I L 
 
 56" 
 
 -1 u 
 
 Baib 
 
 Gtf 
 
 J I ■ I 
 
 J I L 
 
 SS* 
 
 m: 
 
 \ 
 
 The limits and numbers aFU.S. Hydrographic OfRca charts are shown in Uaek 
 • " " " " British Admiraify » ~ - » ^^ 
 
CHAPTER I. 
 
 GENERAL REMARKS — CLIMATE — WINDS — FOGS — CURRENTS — ICE — 
 PASSAGES — COMPASS VARIATION. 
 
 » 
 
 Newfoundland is situated at the mouth of the Gulf of St. 
 Lawrence; it extends from latitude 46° 35' N. to 61° 40' N., lying 
 between the meridians of 52° 35' and 59° 25' W., and from Cape 
 Clear in Ireland to St. Johns Harbor in Newfoundland, the dis- 
 tance by great circle is 1,G75 miles. 
 
 This extensive island is said to have been known to the North- 
 men at a very early date, but the first authentic account of its 
 discovery is that by Sebastian Cabot, who, when seeking to pene- 
 trate by a northwestern route to China and the Spice Islands, 
 observed the land (probably in the neighborhood of Cape Bona- 
 vista) on St. Johns day, June 24, 1497. Although fishermen from 
 all countries soon resorted to its shores, no serious attempt at 
 colonization appears to have been made until 1583, on the 5th 
 August, in which year Sir Humphrey Gilbert took formal posses- 
 sion of Newfoundland in the name of Queen Elizabeth. 
 
 In 1623 Lord Baltimore settled a colony in the neighborhood of 
 Ferryland, but after a few years left to establish the more flourish- 
 ing seaport that now bears his name. From this time the east 
 coast of the island was gradually settled by the English, French 
 settlers occupying the southern shores and making Placentia their 
 capital. By the treaty of Utrecht [1713] Newfoundland was 
 declared to belong wholly to Great Britain, the French regaining 
 St. Pierre and Miquelon Islands, with the right to cure fish on a 
 portion of the Newfoundland shore; subsequently arranged to 
 extend from Cape Ray, along the west, north, and east coasts, to 
 Cape St. John. 
 
 Physical Features. — Newfoundland is somewhat of a triangu- 
 lar form (the apex being at Cape Bauld, the base between Capes 
 Race and Ray), and has an area of about 42,000 square miles. 
 The shores are indented with deep bays and harbors which nearly 
 all offer shelter to vessels during the summer months. Many of 
 them are magnificent harbors, that in another climute might be a 
 source both of riches and maritime power. The surface of the 
 island is wild and rugged and the coast, consisting of steep, sterile, 
 rocky ohores, often denuded of all vegetation, or only covered 
 with small trees, has an aspect far from prepossessing. That part 
 of the island nearest the sea is generally hilly ; the ranges, which 
 do not reach any great elevation, having a NE. and SW. trend. 
 
 (1) 
 
 IW 
 
2 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND. 
 
 This is also the case in the bays, rivers, valleys, .and larger lakes, 
 and is probably due to glacial action. The interior proper is an 
 elevated undulating plateau, traversed by ranges of low hills, the 
 surface being diversified by valleys, wood marshes, and large 
 lakes, locally known as ponds, which com^Jetely intersect the 
 country from the Bay of Exploits, Hall and White Bays, on the 
 NE., to St. George and Despair Bays, respectively, on the west and 
 south side. Some excellent timber, of large size, is found on the 
 west coast and on some few other portions of Newfoundland ; but 
 as a rule it is only at the heads of bays, and in sheltered places, 
 that trees attain sufficient proportions to make masts for even 
 small vessels, and to obtain a mast for a large schooner necessi- 
 tates generally a long journey into the interior. 
 
 Looking inland from the coast ranges of hills the country 
 generally seems to consist of as much water as land, so numerous 
 are the ponds. From these, streamlets run down every ravine, 
 and the larger valleys contain rivulets in which trout can generally 
 be obtained. 
 
 Lakes. — The lakes or ponds previously referred to constitute 
 one of the most remarkable of the physical features of the island, 
 occupying, as they do, about one-third of its area. The principal 
 of these are Grand Lake, which is the largest, only 50 feet above 
 the level of the sea, 56 miles in length, 5 in breadth, about 60 
 fathoms at its deepest part, and covers an area of nearly 200 square 
 miles; Indian Lake, 37 miles; Gander Lake, 33 miles; Deer Lake, 
 15 miles in length. 
 
 Rivers. — The rivers of Newfoundland are numerous, and though 
 the majority are small, yet some attain considerable size. The 
 largest are the Exploits, Humber, Gander, and Terra Nova. Ex- 
 ploits River, which has its rise near the southern extremity of Long 
 Range, is 200 miles in length, drains an area of between 3,000 and 
 4,000 square miles, and falls into Exploits Bay on the east coast. 
 The main branch of the Humber River rises 20 miles inland from 
 Bonne Bay, is about 130 miles long, drains about 2,000 square 
 miles, and falls into Humber Arm on the west coast. The Gander 
 River, 100 miles in length, flows through Gander Lake, and, with 
 its tributaries, drains an area of nearly 4,000 square miles; it falls 
 into Hamilton Sound. 
 
 Mines. — Of the minerals with which the country abounds, two 
 only, copper and lead, have been profitably worked ; the former at 
 Tilt and Betts Coves and Little Bay, in Notre Dame Bay, and the 
 latter at La Manche, in Placentia Bay. The indications have been 
 hitherto little explored, but the- "increasing facilities of railway 
 communication will probably lead to valuable future discoveries. 
 
POPULATION — FISHERY. 
 
 id larger lakes, 
 ior proper is an 
 )f low hills, the 
 slies, and large 
 y intersect the 
 te Bays, on the 
 on the west and 
 is found on the 
 foundland; but 
 beltered places, 
 masts for even 
 ihooner necessi- 
 
 Is the country 
 id, so numerous 
 a every ravine, 
 at can generally 
 
 )d to constitute 
 es of the island. 
 The principal 
 y 50 feet above 
 eadth, about 60 
 early 200 square 
 lies ; Deer Lake, 
 
 ■ous, and though 
 •able size. The 
 )rra Nova. Ex- 
 :tremity of Long 
 tween 3,000 and 
 n the east coast, 
 iles inland from 
 lut 2,000 square 
 st. The Gander 
 Lake, and, with 
 re miles ; it falls 
 
 ry abounds, two 
 d ; the former at 
 tne Bay, and the 
 ations have been 
 ities of railway 
 ture discoveries. 
 
 Agriculture is pursued with fair success on the west coast, 
 where grass and cereals of the first quality can be produced. A 
 large tract of fertile soil has been discovered near Gander Bay, 
 and there is also good land in the vicinity of Goose Bay and Clode 
 Sound, at the head of Bonavista Bay. 
 
 Population.— The seacoast of Newfoundland is the only inhab- 
 ited portion, and there are but few settlers on the western shore, » 
 two-thirds of the entire population being found on the peninsula 
 of Avalon. The census made in 1891 showed a total population of 
 202,040, including that portion of the Labrador coast under the 
 Newfoundland Government, excluding the Eskimo natives. 
 
 Orthography.— Many of the place names in Newfoundland 
 were originally French, but, owing to the pronunciation of the 
 fishermen, they have become so much corrupted as to be difficult 
 of recognition as such. For instance, Anse h Loup is known to 
 the fishermen as "Lancy Loo," and Anse Jjclair as "Lancy Clair." 
 
 Seal fishery.— This industry is prosecuted in the months of 
 March, April, and May, the sailing fleet leaving on the 1st of 
 March, while the steam vessels are detained till the 12th of March. 
 The seal bearing ice is sought immediately and the young seals 
 secured. When full cargoes have been obtained the vessels return, 
 discharge, and start again for a second and occasionally even a 
 third trip. 
 
 Cod fishery.- The cod fisheries of Newfoundland are more val- 
 uable than those of any other country, and the fishing grounds, 
 worked for centuries, would under ordinary circumstances appear 
 to yield an almost inexhaustible supply ; but of late years, owing 
 to reckless and destructive fishing, and the introduction of engines 
 of such a character as to be the means of destroying gravid and 
 even immature fish, there has be^n a perceptible decline in the 
 yearly yield. The comparatively modern implements used are 
 cod traps, large seine nets, small mesh nets, bultows, or long lines, 
 and jiggers. 
 
 In 1888 a Fisheries Commission was appointed, since which 
 means have been taken to impress upon fishermen the destructive 
 nature of the course pursued in the use of many of their appliances, 
 and rules have been drawn up for their guidance. This, in conjunc- 
 tion with the establishment of a cod hatchery at Dildo Island, 
 which during the four years 1890-1893 turned out 423,439,000 
 young fish, should be attended by beneficial results. 
 
 Herring Fishery.— The principal herring fisheries are at For- 
 tune, Placentia, and St. Georges Bays, the Bay of Islands and Lab- 
 rador, the two latter being the most valuable. Fortune Bay is a 
 winter herring fishery, commencing early in December; St. Georges 
 Bay is a spring fishery. 
 
 i 
 
 ■FTSHBOaai 
 
mm 
 
 LABRADOR. 
 
 I I 
 
 Salmon Fishery.— Every destructive engine that human inge- 
 nuity could contrive would appear to have been used in the exter- 
 mination of salm(m, further aided by the pollution of the streams, 
 so that the small export of preserved salmon, which seldom reaches 
 the value of $100,000 annually, is easily accounted for. The Fish- 
 eries Commission, before mentioned, having now appointed wardens 
 on the principal rivers, the preservation of fish during the spawn- 
 ing season, prohibition of pollution, and use of illegal engines 
 should, if carried out, be instrumental in restoring the rivers to 
 their old prolific state. 
 
 Lobster Fishery.— The lobster fishery, commenced in 1873, is 
 an increasing industry, which is likely to be further developed by 
 the successful use of floating incubators for hatching lobsters. In 
 the four years, 1890-1893, the total number of lobsters hatched and 
 planted was 1,886,767,000, and according to the census of 1891 
 there were then 340 lobster factories, employing 4,807 persons. 
 
 Labrador, although discovered by Cabot in 1496, was not visited 
 until 1501, when Corte Real named it Terra Labrador (cultivable 
 land), to distinguish it from Greenland, which he named Terra 
 Verde. The name is now applied not only to \;he east coast but to 
 the whole peninsula, bounded on the west by Hudson Bay. 
 
 The greatest length of Labrador is 1,100 miles, and breadth 700 
 miles, the area being about 420,000 square miles. It is generally 
 described as one of the most dreary and naked regions of the globe, 
 exhibiting scarcely anything except rocks destitute of vegetation; 
 but though this be its appearance when seen from off the coast, 
 on penetrating a little into the interior the surface is found to be 
 clothed with pines, beeches, and poplars. ^ 
 
 Geology.— The NE. coast of Labrador is composed of Lauren- 
 tian gneiss, with intrusive granite and many quartz veins, the 
 formation generally being Laurentian, having resting on it at 
 various points, Lower Silurian beds, while over the country are 
 gneiss ranges of mountains and gneiss bowlders. Copper and lead 
 ores have been found on the coast, also gold and mica. The hills 
 fall steeply to the sea, often in steep cliffs, terminating in most 
 cases in rugged, rocky points, the single remarkable exception being 
 the strand on each side of Cape Porcupine, which is the only sandy 
 beach of any extent on the whole coast as far as Nain. 
 
 Lakes.— The whole country is covered with innumerable lakes, 
 ponds, and pools, from the deep mountain tarns on the summit of 
 the water sheds to the broad shallow lakes and pools spread over 
 the surface below. The almost universal shallowness of these 
 
 lakes is a singular feature. " • j. -u + 
 
 Fisheries.— There are only a few permanent inhabitants, but 
 
 cod fishery is carried on extensively from July to October by the 
 
 i' 
 
hat human inge- 
 ised in the exter- 
 in of the streams, 
 3h seldom reaches 
 i for. The Fish- 
 ppointed wardens 
 uring the spawn- 
 if illegal engines 
 •ing the rivers to 
 
 aenced in 1873, is 
 ther developed by 
 hing lobsters. In 
 sters hatched and 
 le census of 1891 
 4,807 persons. 
 96, was not visited 
 brador (cultivable 
 . he named Terra 
 e east coast but to 
 idson Bay. 
 I, and breadth 700 
 IS. It is generally 
 gions of the globe, 
 ute of vegetation ; 
 rom ofE the coast, 
 Face is found to be 
 
 nposed of Lauren- 
 quartz veins, the 
 J resting on it at 
 )r the country are 
 . Copper and lead 
 id mica. The hills 
 rminating in most 
 ble exception being 
 h is the only sandy 
 3 Nain. 
 
 innumerable lakes, 
 
 s on the summit of 
 
 pools spread over 
 
 allowness of these 
 
 nt inhabitants, but 
 to October by the 
 
 FISHERIES — G OVERNMENT. 
 
 5 
 
 inhabitants of Newfoundland; about 3,000 people leaving their 
 homes on the east coast, and proceeding in small craft to these 
 shores, bringing their families for the season, and having huts and 
 fishing stages at almost every bay, cove, and harbor, while others 
 follow the fiali to the northward in their vessels. The principal 
 fishing stations are at Battle and St. Charles Harbors. The fishery 
 is carried on in small brigs and schooners, generally of from 30 to' 
 100 tons, and in boats. When the vessels return to Newfoundland, 
 a few persons are left, who winter up the bays of the mainland to 
 hunt for furs, and to be ready for the seal fishery at the breaking 
 up of the ice in spring. The boats are hauled up on the rocks, or 
 taken into coves of the mainland, where they are covered over 
 with spruce branches and are thus secured for the winter. 
 
 Fish caught at the settlements are cured there, and in many 
 cases exported, in English schooners, direct to foreign markets; 
 those taken by vessels are cleaned and packed in salt, to be cured 
 at one of the southern settlements or in Newfoundland. 
 
 As far north as Aillik the fish are caught with baited hooks ; 
 north of that they are jigged with two hooks fastened to a metal 
 imitation of a caplin. 
 
 The herring fishery begins in September, and is prosecuted prin- 
 cipally from Assizes Harbor, which is crowded with vessels at that 
 time. A plentiful catch of herrings sometimes compensates for a 
 bad cod fishery. The herrings are packed in barrels and exported 
 direct to Canadian markets by steamers owned in Newfoundland. 
 
 Schooners sometimes follow the codfish as far as Cape Chidley, 
 though the vicinity of Nain is the usual northern limit of the 
 fishery. Codfish are seldom found west of Cape Chidley, nor cap- 
 lin, in large quantities. 
 
 Government. — The nominal jurisdiction of the Newfoundland 
 Government extends from Blanc Sablon to Cape Chidley, at the 
 entrance of Hudson Bay. 
 
 Oommunications. — For nine months of the year direct steam- 
 ship communication is maintained between St. Johns and Europe, 
 fortnightly by the Allan line of steamships from Liverpool, also 
 to Halifax and Baltimore. From January to April the mail steam- 
 ship from Liverpool does not touch at St. Johns, but proceeds to 
 Halifax, whence communication is maintained by local steamers 
 plying fortnightly to St, Johns. 
 
 Between St. Johns and Montreal, Pictou, Charlottetown, and 
 Sydney (Cape Breton) weekly by the Black Diamond line ; and to 
 New York and Halifax, about every ten days, by the Red Cross 
 line. These latter steamers occasionally call at Pilley Island. 
 
 Local coasting steamers ply fortnightly during the navigable 
 season to both the western and northern ports, and during the 
 
6 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND. 
 
 .', II 
 
 months of July, August, and September connect with the Labrador 
 steamer at Battle Harbor. 
 
 The steamers of the northern route cease running when prevented 
 by the ice in December and begin again as soon as the ice permits, 
 ginierally April or May, and touch at the following places : Old 
 Perlian, Trinity, Catalina, Bonavista, Kings Cove, Greens Pond, 
 Fogo, Herrings Neck, Toulinguet, Exploits, Pilley Island Harbor, 
 Little Bay Islands, Tilt Cove, Betts Cove, Nippers Harbor, St. 
 Anthony, Belle Isle Strait, and Battle Harbor. 
 
 The mail to Greens Pond and Toulinguet is carried across the 
 country by Indians between January and May. 
 
 Those of the western route run from early in May to December, 
 and touch at the following places : Ferryland and Renewse ; Tre- 
 passey, Placentia, and St. Marys; Burin St. Lawrence, Lamalin; 
 Burin, St. Pierre, Grand Bank, and Fortune ; Belloram, St. Jacques, 
 Harbor Breton, Great Jervis, Gaultois, Burgeo, La Poile, Rose 
 Blanche, Channel, Bay St. George, Bay of Islands, Bonne Bay, 
 and Sydney (Cape Breton). 
 
 Another steataer I'uns frequently between St. Johns and the ports 
 in Conception ISay. 
 
 The steamers of the Labrador route begin to run in July and 
 cease running in October., connecting with the northern route 
 steamer at Battle Harlor. Leaving St. Johns, they touch at Har- 
 bor Grace, Coachmans Cove, Conche, St. Anthony, Griguet, Blanc 
 Sablon, Bonne Esperance, and to usual ports of call in Belle Isl-9 
 Strait to Battle Harbor. Fi'om Battle Harbor northward they call 
 at Spear Harbor, Ship Harbor, Francis Harbor Bight, Scrammy, 
 S(iuare Islands, Venison Isla,nd, Boulter Rork, Punchbowl, Bateau, 
 Domino, Indian Tickle, Gready, Pack Harbor, White Bears, Indian 
 Harbor, Bake-a])ple Bight, Smoky Tickle, Brig Harbor, Holtoji 
 and Cape Harrlgan, Ragged Islands, Manak Islands, Turnavik 
 Islands, Windsors Harbor, Nain and Ramah. Only two trips aie 
 made during the season to Nain and Rama.h. 
 
 Returning south, calling at Cape Harrigan, Hopedale, Winsoi.'s 
 Harbor, Turnavik Islands, Aillik, Strawberry, Manaks Islands, 
 Long Tickle, Rogers Harbor, Adlavik, Ragged Islands, Jigger 
 Tickle, Cape Harrison, Sloop Cove, Sleigh Tickle, Holto:a, Emily 
 Harbor, White Bears, Smoky Tickle, Bake-apple Bighii, Indian 
 Harbor, Rigoulette, Tub Island, Indian Island, Packs and Inde- 
 pendent Harbors, the last two places alternately ; Long Inland und 
 Southeast Cove alternately, Cartwright Harbor (Sandwich Bay), 
 Black Island each alternate trip,- Bateau each alternate trip. Seal 
 Islands and Comfort Bight alternately. Snug Harbor, Dead Island, 
 Triangle, Fishing-Ship Harbor, Little Harbor, Murray and Spear 
 Harbors alternately, and thence to Battle Harbor. 
 
COMMUN 10 ATI0N8 f A L. 
 
 ih. the Labrador 
 
 fvhen prevented 
 the ice permits, 
 ,ng places: Old 
 , Greens Pond, 
 Island Harbor, 
 )rs Harbor, St. 
 
 rried across the 
 
 ly to December, 
 L Renewse ; Tre- 
 rence, Lamalin; 
 am, St. Jacques, 
 La Poile, Rose 
 ids, Bonne Bay, 
 
 ins and the ports 
 
 run in July and 
 northern route 
 ey touch at Hai'- 
 -, Griguet, Blanc 
 all in Belle Isle 
 thward they call 
 light, Scrammy, 
 ichbowl. Bateau, 
 ite Bears, Indian 
 Harbor, Holton 
 lands, Turnavi!£ 
 nly two trips aie 
 
 )pedale, Winsors 
 Manaks Islands, 
 Islands, Jigger 
 3, Holto;i, Emily 
 Bighli, Indian 
 Packs and Inde- 
 Long Inland und 
 Sandwich Buy), 
 ternate trip, fJeal 
 )or, Dead Island, 
 urray and Spear 
 
 After the first round trip in September the steamer will not go 
 northward of Hopodale. 
 
 The Labrador mail steamer also connects with the mail from St. 
 Johns at Battle Harbor; with Blanc Sablon, Bonne Esporaiice, 
 Forteau, Anse h. Loup, Red Bay, Chateau, Henley, Chimney 
 Tickle, Cape Charles, and Assizes Harbor. 
 
 Railways. — The Northern and Western Railway, from Whit- ' 
 bourne, passes up the narrow neck of land, separating Trinity and 
 Placentia Bays, traverses the Terra Nova, Gambo, and Gander 
 Valleys, and entering the Exploits Valley at Norris Arm, crosses 
 the Exploits River 10 miles from its mouth, a distance of 267^ 
 miles from St. Johns. From Exploits the railway passes the NE. 
 end of Grand Lake, and skirts the southern side of Deer Lake, and 
 the southern shore of Humber Arm as far as Birchy Cove, where 
 it strikes inland, then passes along the east side of St. George Bay, 
 at the back of the Anguille range and down the valley of tho Cod- 
 roy River to Port Basque, distant 650^ miles from St. Johns. 
 
 The Newfoundland Railvray extends from St. Johns to Harbor 
 Grace in Conception Bay, a distance of 83^ miles, via Whitbourne 
 Junction; and from the latter station, 57^ miles from St. Johns, 
 there is a branch, 27 miles in length, to Placentia Bay. 
 
 Telegraph. — Newfoundland is in direct telegraphic communi- 
 cation with Europe and America by submarine cables ; those from 
 England terminating at Hearts Content on the east coast, and those 
 from France at St. Pierre on the south coast. There are four sub- 
 marine cables between Ireland and Newfoundland, three betA^een 
 Newfoundland and Cape Breton, and two between France and 
 St. Pierre. All the principal ports are connected by land lines 
 with the capital. 
 
 Boads. — The opening of the Northern and Western Railway has 
 rendered the oonfltruction of roads to connect it with the various 
 settlements and towns on the seacoast a necessity. In 1894 there 
 wert) 1,000 miles of postal roads and over 2,000 miles of district 
 roads. 
 
 OoaL — The carboniferous district of Newfoundland is on the 
 west coast, ui the vicinity of St. George Bay and Grand Lake, but 
 as yet these coal fields have not been worked. In 1891 the impor- 
 tation of coal, chiefly from Cape Breton, amounted to 97,327 tons. 
 Coal for steaming purposes can be obtained in considerable quan- 
 tities at St. Johns and Port Basque. 
 
 A small quantity (about 20 tons) may be obtained from the 
 undermentione*! places, but the supply is not certain : Bonne Bay, 
 Burnt Islands, Tilt Cove, Little Bay, Pilley Island Harbor, Tou- 
 linguet, Greens Pond, and Catalina; and Salmon River, Blanc 
 Sablon, Battle Harbor, and Gready in Labrador. 
 
 Orders will be filled to any of the above ports from St. Tolrns. 
 
 I 
 
M 
 
 8 
 
 NKWIOUNDLAND. 
 
 Climate.— The climate is more temperate than that of the 
 neighboring continent. It is but rarely, and then only for a few 
 hours at a time, that the temperature falls below zero in winter, 
 while the summer range rarely exceeds 80" Fahrenheit, and for 
 the most part does not rise above 70°. The arctic current exercises 
 a chilling influence along the east coast, but as a compensation 
 brings the enormous wealth of commercial fishes and seals which 
 render the Newfoundland fisheries the most valuable in the world. 
 The salubrity of the climate is evidenced by the robust and the 
 healthy appearance of the inhabitants. Open fireplaces are suffi- 
 cient to warm the houses and free exercise in the open air is attain- 
 able at all seasons. 
 
 In the following tables are given the monthly meteorological 
 summaries for the year 1895, at the three stations St. Johns, Sandy 
 Point,and Belle Isle, the first near the southeastern extremity of the 
 island, the second near the southwestern, and the third at the 
 
 northern: , , .. , „, ,^„ ,», 
 
 St. Johns. latitticUs N. 47° H , longitude W. sr ^'. 
 
 _— — 
 
 Mean 
 pruHure. 
 
 Tkmpiratdbb. 
 
 Rain- 
 fall. 
 
 Fair 
 
 1896. 
 
 Uo«n. 
 
 Max. 
 
 Min. 
 
 dayi. 
 
 
 29.96 
 29.66 
 29.68 
 20.96 
 30.01 
 30.06 
 29. 93 
 
 27.6 
 24.5 
 28.7 
 36.6 
 46.9 
 46.9 
 69.7 
 
 44.0 
 42.0 
 46.0 
 65.0 
 74.0 
 74.0 
 87.0 
 
 9.0 
 0.0 
 13.0 
 19.0 
 32.0 
 32.0 
 44,0 
 
 IhoAm. 
 3.23 
 4.76 
 8.12 
 1.71 
 2.97 
 3.60 
 3.61 
 
 16 
 
 
 19 
 
 jamxli 
 
 14 
 
 KnrW - 
 
 22 
 
 Mi- 
 
 16 
 
 "»y 
 
 16 
 
 Tilly - 
 
 IS 
 
 
 29.96 
 29.96 
 30.11 
 29.94 
 
 62.8 
 46.2 
 36.8 
 3.2.3 
 
 78.0 
 74.0 
 68.0 
 68,0 
 
 33.0 
 26.0 
 19.0 
 10.0 
 
 3.47 
 9.02 
 5.38 
 6.40 
 
 17 
 
 
 12 
 
 
 16 
 
 
 11 
 
 
 
 Sandy Point, St. George Bay, latitude N. 4^° 40\ longitude W. 58' 27'. 
 
 January 
 
 February.. 
 
 March 
 
 April 
 
 May 
 
 June 
 
 July 
 
 August 
 
 September. 
 
 October 
 
 November . 
 December . 
 
 29.80 
 29.66 
 20.68 
 29.90 
 29.89 
 29.97 
 20.82 
 29.77 
 29.82 
 29.82 
 29.97 
 29.87 
 
 10.3 
 18.9 
 20.7 
 27.1 
 41.4 
 63.6 
 61.6 
 60.6 
 66.4 
 46.7 
 33.9 
 28.6 
 
 40. 
 38. 
 38. 
 43. 
 60. 
 67. 
 72. 
 72. 
 72. 
 64. 
 63, 
 62. 
 
 6.0 
 
 4.2 
 
 6.0 
 
 6.3 
 
 13.2 
 
 35.3 
 
 46.0 
 
 46.0 
 
 40.2 
 
 31.2 
 
 20.0 
 
 0.2 
 
 Belle Me, latitude N. 51° 53', longitude W. 56° 
 
 January — 
 
 February 
 
 March 
 
 April 
 
 May 
 
 June 
 
 July 
 
 August 
 
 September . 
 
 October 
 
 November . 
 December . 
 
 29.08 
 29.93 
 29.60 
 30.11 
 30.16 
 30.28 
 30.12 
 30.10 
 30.14 
 80.04 
 30.03 
 30.01 
 
 17.8 
 17.7 
 19.4 
 30.3 
 3S.3 
 42.2 
 66.3 
 66.7 
 48.0 
 40.1 
 26.4 
 10.2 
 
 36.0 
 34.0 
 30.0 
 38.0 
 47.0 
 61.0 
 68.0 
 60.0 
 66.0 
 67.0 
 41.0 
 .17.0 
 
 -16. 
 
 -8. 
 
 —6. 
 
 9. 
 
 12. 
 
 32. 
 
 40. 
 
 40. 
 
 37. 
 
 27. 
 
 8. 
 
 -9. 
 
 0.14 
 0.16 
 0.18 
 0.27 
 1.97 
 3.63 
 2.63 
 11.48 
 1.71 
 4.16 
 2.60 
 0.01 
 
 10 
 20 
 
 16 
 IS 
 17 
 22 
 
 21 
 18 
 18 
 18 
 18 
 22 
 
ban that of the 
 m only for a few 
 )v zero in winter, 
 .hrenheit, and for 
 3 current exerciHes 
 8 a compensation 
 s and seals which 
 able in the world, 
 xe robust and the 
 ireplaces are suffi- 
 3 open air is attain- 
 
 ily meteorological 
 I St. Johns, Sandy 
 n extremity of the 
 . the third at the 
 
 52 
 
 °^'. 
 
 
 
 »TD>B. 
 
 lUln- 
 Ikll. 
 
 Fair 
 
 X. 
 
 Min. 
 
 dayi. 
 
 
 
 Ineka. 
 
 
 1,0 
 
 S.0 
 
 3.23 
 
 16 
 
 !.0 
 
 0.0 
 
 4.78 
 
 19 
 
 ».o 
 
 13.0 
 
 8,12 
 
 14 
 
 S,0 
 
 19.0 
 
 1.71 
 
 22 
 
 1.0 
 
 32.0 
 
 2.97 
 
 16 
 
 1.0 
 
 32.0 
 
 3,60 
 
 16 
 
 r.o 
 
 44.0 
 
 3,61 
 
 IS 
 
 H.O 
 
 33,0 
 
 8,47 
 
 17 
 
 4.0 
 
 2S.0 
 
 9,02 
 
 12 
 
 8.0 
 
 19.0 
 
 A. 38 
 
 16 
 
 8,0 
 
 10,0 
 
 fi.40 
 
 11 
 
 QitvAe. W. 58" n 
 
 
 3 
 
 6.0 
 
 4.2 
 
 6.0 
 
 6.3 
 
 13,2 
 
 38.3 
 
 46,0 
 
 46,0 
 
 40,2 
 
 31.2 
 
 20.0 
 
 0,2 
 
 
 
 8.0 
 8.3 
 3.5 
 10,3 
 7 2 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 19 
 20 
 
 2 6 
 
 
 
 2 6 
 
 
 
 2.0 
 4,0 
 
 
 
 
 
 >3 
 
 
 
 S2.0 
 
 
 
 
 
 .55* 
 
 2^. 
 
 
 
 «l,0 
 
 -16,0 
 
 0.14 
 
 16 
 
 H,0 
 
 -8.0 
 
 0.16 
 
 IS 
 
 w.o 
 
 -6.0 
 
 0.18 
 
 17 
 
 tH,0 
 
 9,0 
 
 0.27 
 
 22 
 
 47,0 
 
 12,0 
 
 1.97 
 
 22 
 
 t)l,0 
 
 32.0 
 
 3.63 
 
 20 
 
 88.0 
 
 40.0 
 
 2.63 
 
 21 
 
 fi».0 
 
 40.0 
 
 11.48 
 
 18 
 
 W,0 
 
 37.0 
 
 1.71 
 
 18 
 
 87.0 
 
 27.0 
 
 4.16 
 
 18 
 
 41.0 
 
 8.0 
 
 2.60 
 
 18 
 
 37.0 
 
 -9.0 
 
 0.01 
 
 22 
 
 CLIMATE — WINDS. 9 
 
 Tliore is nothing in the climate to interfere with rtgricultum. 
 Flowering plants au.l ferius grow in vast vavioty, and wild gnissos 
 and clover luxuriantly. Garden vegetables and borrios are abun- 
 dant. The tardy ai-rival of spring has no sericjus effect on vege- 
 tation, which hero, as in Nova Scotia, advances witli rapid strides 
 after commencement. Autumn, generally the finest season, fre- 
 quently reaches to November, and the winter, setting in about the ' 
 beginning of December, lasts until the middle of April, with snow 
 lying almost continuously during that period. 
 
 On the west coast the climate is much more genial than on the 
 southern and eastern shores, and vegetation is more abundant. In 
 the interior the summer temperature is higher than that experi- 
 enced on the seacoast. The average annual rainfall is 68.3 inches. 
 
 Labrador. — The climate on this coast is extremely severe, the 
 mean temperature of the year being below freezing point, so that 
 vegetables are only raised with great diflficulty, and rarely reach 
 maturity ; but at the heads of the deep inlets vegetables, flowers, 
 and even cereals are grown. Frost may occur at any time of the 
 year, and snow was experienced in the neighborhood of Indian 
 Harbor in July, August, and September of 1875. 
 
 When the direction of the wind is from seaward the temperature 
 falls considerably during the summer months. Large patches of 
 snow, 5 or 6 feet deep, were lying in the valleys along the whole 
 coast in the middle of July, 1875, and some of them had not disap- 
 peared when the first large fall of snow occurred in September. 
 The mean temperature of the air for the coast between Cape Por- 
 cupine and Nain was 46.5° in July, 50.3° in August, and 44.5° in 
 September, found by taking the mean of the highest and lowest 
 temperatures observed each day. 
 
 Winds. — Meteorologically considered, the region under discus- 
 sion occupies a unique position. In the first place, it lies immedi- 
 ately to the southwest of the area of constant low barometric 
 pressure, which extends from Baffin Bay on the west to Iceland 
 on the east ; in the second place, it lies immediately in the path 
 followed by the centers of those temporary moving barometric 
 depressions which originate in the interior of the North American 
 Continent and travel eastward with an irregular velocity until 
 they either disappear by filling up or lose their identity by coming 
 within the limits of the permanent low. As a consequence of the 
 first condition, the barometric gradient or slope over the region 
 being to the northeastward, the prevailing direction of the wind is 
 to the west of NW. As a consequence of the second condition, 
 these prevailing winds are subject to constant interruption by the 
 wind systems proper to the approach and passage of each of these 
 temporary areas of low pressure, the wind at any station in advance 
 
 I 
 
 1 
 
 I 
 
f 
 
 I 
 
 10 
 
 LABRADOR. 
 
 of such an ar«a invariably going to south or 8E., Hliifting to 
 wostward as the cyclonic center passes, the shifts taking plaro 
 through the north (hacking) if the point of observation lies to the 
 north (left hand) of the storm trai;k, tiirough tlie south (veering) 
 if it lies to the Houth (right hantl) of this track. 
 
 Along the coast of Newfoundland the prevailing winds are thus 
 from the westward, subject to interruption with the approach of 
 each of these occasional low areas; and as tliese occur during the 
 winter (Nov(>mber to April) witp far greater frequency than dur- 
 ing the summer (May to October), the winds of the latter season 
 are the more uniform, both in force and direction. 
 
 The following table, compiled from the Monthly Weather 
 Review of the Dominion Meteorological Service, gives for the 
 months of January and July the average percentage of winds com- 
 ing from each point of the compass at several stations through- 
 out the island : 
 
 
 No. of 
 year* 
 
 N. 
 
 NI. 
 
 I. 
 
 81. 
 
 S. 
 
 BW. 
 
 w. 
 
 NW. 
 
 Oalnii. 
 
 
 
 8 
 S 
 3 
 
 'V 
 
 3 
 
 1 
 I 
 1) 
 1) 
 
 aa 
 s 
 
 10 
 2 
 4 
 B 
 
 SA 
 9 
 B 
 6 
 
 18 
 
 10 
 
 fl 
 
 S 
 
 31 
 
 11 
 
 Sli 
 
 31 
 
 9 
 
 
 
 10 
 
 14 
 
 22 
 
 IB 
 42 
 
 18 
 
 21 
 SB 
 
 14 
 
 24 
 
 8 
 IS 
 
 B 
 
 7 
 
 10 
 
 a 
 
 3 
 
 8 
 
 10 
 
 12 
 
 18 
 80 
 23 
 22 
 
 B 
 11 
 
 8 
 48 
 14 
 26 
 
 10 
 
 2 
 23 
 
 8 
 83 
 48 
 18 
 
 1 
 16 
 
 4 
 
 
 
 Bl. John! • 
 
 Julv -— -- - - 
 
 
 
 
 
 8 
 
 Cbftniipl ' 
 
 July 
 
 4 
 
 
 
 
 
 Cape Norman. 
 
 Julv 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Point Bich 
 
 July - 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 B«lle Iile 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 The order of the weather changes during the approach of one of 
 these barometric depressions is almost invariable. After a period 
 of stationary barometer, accompanied by light winds, the mercury 
 starts to fall, the wind goes to the eastward with rain or snow, and 
 a period of thick, foggy weather sets in. About the time of lowest 
 barometer the SE. wind shifts to the SW. and then to the NW., 
 blowing with storm force. The former shift is sometimes sudden, 
 the first squall often coming with extra violence, and shipmasters 
 lying off the coast should exercise corresponding watchfulness. 
 The rise of the barometer is accompanied by overcast, squally 
 weather and storm winds from SW.-NW., moderating and clear- 
 ing about the time the mercury attains its highest point. 
 
 The following extract from the log of the St. Qeorgios I., off 
 Cape Race, November 30-December 3, 1898, will serve to exemplify 
 the character of the weather changes in the southern semicircle of 
 
SE., Hhifting to 
 ifts tttkiuK plftce 
 vation li*iH to tho 
 e south (vooring) 
 
 ig windn are thuH 
 tlio iipproHch of 
 occur during the 
 quoucy than dur- 
 the latter season 
 
 [onthly Weather 
 ce, gives for the 
 age of winds corn- 
 stations through- 
 
 8W. 
 
 W. 
 
 KW. 
 
 Oftlnii. 
 
 6 
 
 1« 
 
 10 
 
 
 
 13 
 
 SO 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 S 
 
 83 
 
 23 
 
 8 
 
 7 
 
 22 
 
 6 
 
 4 
 
 10 
 
 8 
 
 83 
 
 
 
 8 
 
 11 
 
 48 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 e 
 
 18 
 
 
 
 8 
 
 a 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 16 
 
 14 
 
 16 
 
 
 
 12 
 
 86 
 
 4 
 
 
 
 approach of one of 
 e. After a period 
 rinds, the mercury 
 rain or snow, and 
 ihe time of lowest 
 len to the NW., 
 lometimes sudden, 
 I, and shipmasters 
 ing watchfulness, 
 overcast, squally 
 Brating and clear- 
 est point. 
 
 /. Qeorgios I., off 
 serve to exemplify 
 ihem semicircle of 
 
 uixdk- 
 
 »»««. 
 
 n 
 
 one (if thoHi> eHNtwtinl-iiuiving depressioun. TUf Beuul'urt wt'HthtT 
 iiotutiou Ih oniployod throughout: 
 
 I)*I»(1)<|)N). 
 
 NuTtmtior 3i> . 
 
 Ii*('ii|iibiir I • 
 
 Hiiiir. 
 
 Di>ri>nili*r 3. 
 DMDinlMr 8. 
 
 4 |i. III. 
 H ji. m. 
 12 p. Ill, 
 4 «. III. 
 N H. ni. 
 U ». III. 
 Muuii. 
 H |l. Dl. 
 
 4 •. m. 
 Miiuii, 
 
 8 p. Ml, 
 4 H. ni. 
 
 NiKIII. 
 
 Biin>nii^ 
 tur. 
 
 tnrhn. 
 2V.A4 
 2(1. :i(l 
 211. HI 
 2lt, liti 
 811. HT 
 ■JH.Tl 
 2il. in 
 211. 22 
 20. M 
 211. n<i 
 80, Ml 
 ;iU, 24 
 .1(1, 28 
 
 Dlnw 
 lion. 
 
 Wlixl. 
 roTca. 
 
 HMK. 
 
 HMK. 
 HMK. 
 tWK. 
 
 WHW. 
 
 WHW, 
 
 WHW, 
 
 W, 
 
 W, 
 
 WNW 
 
 NW, 
 
 
 
 10 
 10 
 10 
 10 
 8 
 A 
 
 Tt«p•^ 
 
 4SO 
 
 •r. 
 
 480 
 480 
 46" 
 48'> 
 
 4»o 
 480 
 
 r 
 
 o 
 
 •"1 
 <>ll 
 
 il_ 
 
 The f'iistorly wIikIh propor to tlio forwiird lialf nf tliO'!(> do])ros- 
 hIoils lire iicc(>inpiiiii»'(l liy ruin (or hikiw), wliich is lialili' t(i con- 
 tinue for twolvo liours HuccccdiuK tliu tinio of lowest Imroinetci'. 
 Tho NW, winds bring cloar woathor. 
 
 Wt'Htt'rly winds gcMicrally diminish in str»Mit!;th at snnsot, Init on 
 those occasions when thoy steadily prevail until niidnighi it fre- 
 quently occurs that tho winds changes to NNE. in tho following 
 morning. 
 
 At tho entrance of nio. t of the hnrbors the wind is gen(;»rally 
 uncertain in its direction, and fre(|nent s(juhI1s are experienct'd, 
 which at times are so heavy that great caution is nece8,sary when 
 ai>pr(>aching in a vessel under sail, and it is advisable that steam- 
 ers on such occasions should have steam ready. 
 
 Fog^ occur at all seasons of tho year, but are most fre((uent dur- 
 ing tho m<mthsof May, Juno, and July; thoy are more ju-evalent 
 on the south aiul east coasts than elsewhere, and seldom extend 
 far inland. With easterly winds thoy almost constantly prevail; 
 with westerly winds they are not so fi^iuently ex])erioncod, and 
 are then of short duration. On the west coast fog is of compara- 
 tively rare occurrence. 
 
 Along the eastern shore of the island the periods of fog are 
 invariably accompanied by easterly winds, and in general by east- 
 erly winds tending to back, the fog lifting as soon as the wind 
 reaches NW. Along tho southern shore, as also in the neighbor- 
 hood of Trinity Bay, fog prevails likewise with southwesterly 
 winds, the weather clearing only when the wind blows from a 
 point between N. and NW. Along the southern coast, tlierefore, 
 the fogs are frequently of long duration, especially during the 
 summer months. 
 
 The following table, compiled from the Monthly Weather 
 Review and from the reports of Lighthouse keepers along the 
 » 14010 — a 
 
 m 
 
 ! 
 
 t 
 
t. 
 i 
 
 (! ! 
 
 i 
 
 12 
 
 LABRADOR. 
 
 coast, gives for each month the average number of days upon 
 which fog occurred during the five-year period 1894-1898: 
 
 
 Jan. 
 
 Feb. 
 
 Har. 
 
 April. 
 
 May. 
 
 June. 
 
 July. 
 
 Aug. 
 
 Sept. 
 
 Oct. 
 
 Not. 
 
 Dec. 
 
 Year. 
 
 Belle I»le 
 
 10 
 1 
 3 
 2 
 2 
 2 
 9 
 
 lu 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 4 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 2 
 4 
 
 6 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 13 
 2 
 4 
 
 1 
 3 
 3 
 6 
 12 
 
 4 
 
 
 7 
 
 6 
 2 
 2 
 3 
 7 
 9 
 2 
 1 
 1 
 
 10 
 6 
 
 12 
 6 
 9 
 8 
 
 IS 
 
 24 
 8 
 4 
 4 
 
 17 
 8 
 
 13 
 4 
 7 
 fi 
 
 18 
 
 19 
 6 
 4 
 7 
 
 22 
 13 
 
 13 
 
 8 
 
 8 
 
 
 10 
 1 
 
 10 
 
 
 10 
 
 
 1 
 1 
 2 
 1 
 6 
 
 134 
 
 Cape Norman 
 
 Gull Island 
 
 46 
 
 Caiin Island 
 
 Wadbam Island. 
 
 St. Johns- 
 
 2 
 4 
 
 4 
 2S 
 
 g" 
 
 7 
 12 
 
 3 
 5 
 4 
 12 
 22 
 6 
 4 
 U 
 
 1 
 2 
 2 
 9 
 
 2 
 3 
 4 
 
 8 
 
 2 
 3 
 1 
 6 
 
 27 
 43 
 39 
 
 
 124 
 
 Cape St. Mary 
 
 Channel Head 
 
 Point Rich 
 
 
 6 
 1 
 4 
 
 2 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 41 
 
 27 
 
 Point Amour 
 
 38 
 
 The records upon which the above table is based are incomplete, 
 notably at Belle Isle, where the observations of a single year 
 (1895) only were obtainable. During the year 1897 at this station 
 the duration of fog throughout the six months June-November, 
 was: June, 200 hours; July, 288 hours; August, 314 hours; Sep- 
 tember, 100 hours ; October, 160 hours ; November, 140 hours. At 
 Cape Race, 1896, the amount of fog from May to July was, May, 
 120 hours; June, 400 hours; July, 404 hours. 
 
 The fcg throughout the Strait of Belle Isle never lifts, but 
 always clings closely to the water. This appears to be due to the 
 low temperature of the water itself. The best clearing wind is 
 from the north, and as the northern side of the strait is thus the 
 first to clear, vessels will obtain any advantage there is to be had 
 by keeping close to that side of the strait. 
 
 The fogs that occur in calms, especially after strong winds, are 
 frequently so dense as to conceal a vessel even when within hailing 
 distance. These fogs usually do not extend to any great height, 
 so that when objects are hidden at even 50 yards from the deck 
 of a vessel, they can be seen when the rigging is ascended 50 or 60 
 feet. Such fogs occasionally last ten days. The fogs that prevail 
 Avith easterly winds extend high above the sea, and can not be 
 overlooked from the masthead of a vessel; occasionally they 
 admit the land or other objects being distinguished at ^ mile in 
 the daytime. 
 
 When within sight of land, the usual effect of fog is that of 
 causing estimations of distance to be erroneously in excess. No 
 great reliance should be placed upon an assumption of position 
 depending upon the distance at which the sound of surf breaking 
 on a rocky shore can be heard, but on many portions of the coast 
 where steep cliffs extend to the shore, the proximity of a steamer 
 to them may be detected by the echo of the whistle. 
 
number of days upon 
 iod 1894-1898: 
 
 g- 
 
 Sept. 
 
 Oct. 
 
 Nov. 
 
 Dec. 
 
 Year. 
 
 3 
 
 B 
 
 8 
 C 
 
 10 
 
 1 
 
 10 
 
 
 10 
 
 1 
 1 
 2 
 1 
 6 
 
 134 
 
 45 
 
 1 
 6 
 4 
 2 
 2 
 6 
 4 
 U 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 2 
 9 
 
 2 
 
 a 
 
 4 
 8 
 
 2 
 3 
 1 
 5 
 
 27 
 43 
 39 
 124 
 
 6 
 I 
 4 
 
 2 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 6 
 
 
 
 41 
 
 27 
 38 
 
 s based are incomplete, 
 ions of a single year 
 ear 1897 at this station 
 onths June-November, 
 agust, 314 hours; Sep- 
 tember, 140 hours. At 
 [ay to July was, May, 
 rs. 
 
 e Isle never lifts, but 
 ppears to be due to the 
 le best clearing wind is 
 f the strait is thus the 
 tage there is to be had 
 
 after strong winds, are 
 ,ren when within hailing 
 id to any great height, 
 50 yards from the deck 
 ing is ascended 50 or 60 
 , The fogs that prevail 
 he sea, and can not be 
 3sel; occasionally they 
 tinguished at t mil© i^- 
 
 effect of fog is that of 
 oneously in excess. No 
 assumption of position 
 sound of surf breaking 
 my portions of the coast 
 ) proximity of a steamer 
 lie whistle. 
 
 CURRENTS. 
 
 18 
 
 Currents— Two currents are most deserving of record in the 
 vicinity of Newfoundland: (a) The Gulf Stream, (b) the Labrador 
 Current. 
 
 Gulf Stream—The Gulf Stream, after passing along the coast 
 of the United States, is deflected to the eastward between the par- 
 allels of 35° and 40° N., and continuing on in about an ENE 
 direction (true) passes south of the tail of the Great Bank of* 
 Newfoundland during the winter months, but extends over the 
 south extreme of that bank during the summer season. 
 
 The Gulf Stream not only has an oscillatory motion, so that it 
 IS impossible to assign any definite limits to the margins of this 
 great ocean river, but spreads out, like the delta of a river, into 
 lanes of warm water with colder water between. 
 
 The velocity of the Gulf Stream across the south extreme of the 
 Great Newfoundland Bank is very variable, but at times amounts 
 to more than one knot an hour in an ENE. direction (true). One 
 result of this influx of warm water into a cold atmosphere is the 
 production of the dense fogs so frequently experienced on the 
 banks, which materially embarrass and retard navigation 
 
 Labrador, or Arctic Current— The cold ice-bearing current 
 from the Arctic seas, passing to the southward, along the coast of 
 Labrador, at rates varying from 10 to 36 miles a day, and occa- 
 sionally ceasing altogether, is named the Labrador Current; it is 
 very much influenced near the coast by the winds, reaching its 
 maximum rate after those from the northward; its average rate is 
 11 miles per day. It is difficult to estimate the direction or effect 
 for any particular day, but the general trend is to the southward, 
 as shown by the passage of many icebergs; these, however, have 
 been observed to travel north without any apparent reason.* 
 
 The Labrador Current does not attain any great velocity within 
 20 or 30 miles of the coast between Cape Bonavista and Cape 
 Spear; it appears to skirt the north side of Fogo Islands and 
 extends out to I'unk Island, thence taking a southerly direction- 
 It often binds the field ice into Notre Dame and Bonavista Bays 
 and the mouth of Trinity Bay. 
 
 A current, running from the NW., splits about 2 miles off Fogo 
 Head; the main branch sets close along the north shore of Fogo 
 Island and amongst the rocks and islands around it from ^ to 1^ 
 knots an hour. It is much influenced by the wind, being accele- 
 rated by northerly and retarded by southerly winds, while before 
 easterly gales it sometimes runs to the NW. This current, after 
 
 *0n the 15th day of October, 1896, t^v^rge steamers, boundlr^^~Gi^ 
 Britain to Baltimore, were wrecked about 30 miles south of St. Johns owing to 
 a supposed reversal of the Labrador Current following a hurricane which had 
 passed two days previously. 
 
 I 
 
 % 
 
14 
 
 LABRADOR. 
 
 passing Ronnd Head, takes the direction of the coast and is influ- 
 enced by the tidal stream, the ebb accelerating and the flood re- 
 tarding it, but only occasionally, at spring tides, stopping its 
 southerly course entirely. 
 
 The western branch of this current runs between Change and 
 Fogo Islands at the rate of about + knot an hour, but is lost before 
 arriving at Stag Harbor Tickle. 
 
 It has been observed that when the current is setting strongly to 
 SW down the coast between Cape St. Francis and Cape Race a 
 strong eddy will be found running to the northward about one 
 mile ofi^shore after rounding Cape Spear. This forms an element 
 of danger to ships bound to St. Johns in a fog, and should be 
 
 remembered. ■,,.■, n , 
 
 Admiral Clout^ remarks on the currents and tides generally 
 around Newfoundland that "they are subject to anomalies of which 
 the causes are unknown. On the east coast, for example, where 
 the current goes generally to the southward, it sometimes happens 
 tliat for a day or two the direction is reversed, and the current 
 runs to the northward even against the wind." 
 
 Caution.— Seamen should be on their guard against an indraught 
 among the FogO and Wadham Islands into Sir Charles Hamilton 
 Sound, Bonavista, Trinity, and Conception Bays. With easterly 
 and NE. winds this indraught is very strong, and these winds are 
 generally accompanied by thick weather. 
 
 From observations and from information received on the sub- 
 iect a vessel in running her distance off the northern Labrador 
 Coast should make allowance for a southerly current of 12 miles m 
 the 24 hours. Owing to its irregularity not more than Ealf that 
 ainount will probably be experienced, on the average, in the offing, 
 but close to some of the headlands the current for a short distance 
 runs with a velocity of 2 knots an hour and possibly more. 
 
 Tidal Streams.— Labrador.— Near the shore, as a rule, the 
 flood stream runs to the northward and ebb to the southward, fol- 
 lowing the line of coast and rarely attaining a velocity of i knot 
 
 ^^urrent on the South Coast of Newfoundland. -Between 
 
 the Great Bank and Newfoundland the current commonly sets to 
 the WSW , occasionally at a rate of nearly one mile per hour; it 
 is not always so; and near the shore, in moderate weather, it even 
 changes with the wind. At these times during the flood it runs to 
 the SW., and during ebb to the NE., the former being the Btronger. 
 Westward of Cape Race the current frequently sets to the N W . 
 at the rate of about one mile per hour in the offing but it is not 
 invariable in strength or direction, and is liable to be affected 
 greatly by the prevailing wind. It is observed generally to run 
 
 lillimia 
 
CURRENTS. 
 
 m 
 
 coast and is influ- 
 r and tho flood re- 
 tides, stopping its 
 
 tween Change and 
 r, but is lost before 
 
 J setting strongly to 
 is and Cape Race a 
 irtbward about one 
 is forms an element 
 fog, and should be 
 
 and tides generally 
 anomalies of which 
 , for example, where 
 t sometimes happens 
 ;ed, and the current 
 
 against an indraught 
 5ir Charles Hamilton 
 Bays. With easterly j 
 , and these winds are 
 
 received on the sub- 
 e northern Labrador 
 current of 12 miles in 
 t more than half that 
 average, in the offing, 
 it for a short distance 
 possibly more, 
 shore, as a rule, the 
 to the southward, fol- 
 g a velocity of i knot 
 
 Foundland.— Between 
 
 rent commonly sets to 
 one mile per hour ; it 
 lerate weather, it even 
 ing the flood it runs to 
 aer being the stronger, 
 lently sets to the NW. 
 he offing, but it is not 
 liable to be affected 
 srved generally to run 
 
 in upon the eastern side of the great bays indenting the south 
 coast of Newfoundland, and out on their western side. In the 
 oflBng it is influenced by the winds, and near the shore by the tidal 
 streams, so that, during springs, the stream of ebb runs weakly to 
 the SE., and the stream of flood to tho NW., the latter sometimes 
 at the rate of 2 knots round the headlands. » 
 
 Upon this shore many wrecks have occurred in foggy weather, 
 caused doubtless by the indi-aught which prevails. 
 
 Over the banks southward of Newfoundland, during South or 
 8W. breezes, there is a strong set to the north, which is still 
 stronger during and after a NE. wind. 
 
 A current to the southward has at times been experienced on 
 the above banks, but it is an exception, and no danger need be 
 apprehended from it. 
 
 A set of 30 miles in 24 hours to the northward has fro«iuently 
 been exi^erienced in this neighborhood, at times at a distance of 50 
 miles from the coast. The importance of taking soundings can 
 not too strongly be urged on the seaman, especially when making 
 the ijassage from Cape Breton to Cape Race. 
 
 Admii'al Cloud, of the French Imperial Navy, during his survey 
 of the Banquereau Bank, remarks that "he observed the currents 
 to be very irregular in strength and conditions, for they sometimes 
 change all round the comiJass in 24 hours, and have been known 
 to set in a contrary dii'ection to the prevailing wind." The ordi- 
 nary strength of a current is about + knot ; but it occasionally 
 attains a velocity of more than 2 miles an hour. The fact of the 
 transportation of field ice from the north to the latitude of 42° N. 
 indicates the certainty of a current ordinarily setting to the SW., 
 but not necessarily always on the surface. 
 
 Caution. — Sailing vessels should be careful to keep a good offing, 
 as the wind often falls light near the shore, and the drift of the 
 sea and current are nearly always toward the land, especially near 
 Placentiu and St. Marys Bays. On the eastern side of Trepassey 
 Bay the current has been recorded to run 2 knots an hour to the 
 north wai'd. 
 
 Currents in Cabot Strait and on the West Coast of New- 
 foundland. — On the south coast of Newfoundland, between St. 
 Pierre Island and Cape Ray, the current makes to the westward 
 and passes around Cape Ray into the Gulf of St. Lawrence. This 
 was found to be the case at the stations off Cape Ray when observa- 
 tions were taken by the Canadian Department of Marine in 1894 
 and 1895, and it is also shown by the movement of icebergs off St. 
 Pierre Island, which make westward even against a NW. 
 wind. The experience of masters of vessels and of fishermen 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
utmBsmisamm^f^m 
 
 16 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND. 
 
 I i| 
 
 frequenting these waters likewise confirms the results of the obser- 
 vations, and goes to show that the current is distinctly felt for a 
 distance of 8 or 10 miles out, and may sometimes occupy one-half 
 of the width of Cabot Strait. There can be no doubt, therefore, 
 that this is the usual current on the Newfoundland side of the 
 strait, and that it is this which makes up for the water which 
 leaves the Gulf in the outward current around Cape North. 
 
 There is, however, evidence to show that the inward current past 
 Cape Ray is not constant at all times. There are instances of seal- 
 ing schooners in the ice about the month of March which drifted 
 in the opposite direction past Cape Ray. As long, however, as the 
 water remains open, and free of drift ice, an inward current may 
 be inferred. The evidence goes to show that when there is ice in 
 the offing of St. George Bay and off Cape Ray it comes from the 
 opposite direction, with the general ciirrent which makes across 
 the Gulf from Gaspd to Cape North, and at times when this cur- 
 rent, or a branch of it, is driven farther to the eastward than usual. 
 The ice is thus brought there under conditions which make it an 
 indication of disturbance in the cxirrent. 
 
 As a rule, there is no appreciable current off St. George Bay, and 
 very little from Cape St. George to the Bay of Islands. From the 
 Bay of Islands to Rich Point the current becomes distinct, and runs 
 along the coast to the northeastward. It is stated by Lieutenant 
 Margesson, navigating lieutenant of H. M. S. '^Buzzard," stationed 
 on this coast for three years, that the current during the summer 
 season is always in this direction when it is felt at all, and that it 
 usually amounts to one knot ; and by Lieutenant Patty, navigating 
 lieutenant of H. M. S. Pelican, that there is an almost constant cur- 
 rent running northeastward along this coast between Cape St. Greg- 
 ory and Rich Point, which is only intercepted by the flood and ebb 
 tides running in and out of the larger bays on the coast. 
 
 The fishermen on this coast state that the prevalent direction of 
 the current is about NE. by N., parallel to the shore; that it will 
 run constantly in that direction for three or four days together ; 
 and that on the whole it has that direction for rather more than 
 two-thirds of the time. For twelve to twenty hours before the 
 arrival of a southwesterly gale, it sets more strongly in its usual 
 direction, and before a northeasterly gale it slacks, although this is 
 not so certain an indication of wind, as it may also slack at other 
 times. With long continued easterly winds it may be reversed in 
 direction. It may also set directly off or on shore for three or four 
 hours, or even longer. 
 
 The current is stronger near the shore and weaker far1>her out, 
 as it is found that a schooner going westward will make better 
 headway with long tacks, but if going eastward, with short tacks 
 inshore. 
 
 /!' 
 
CURRENTS. 
 
 17 
 
 ts of the obser- 
 nctly felt for a 
 )ccupy one-half 
 Diibt, therefore, 
 tnd side of the 
 le water which 
 >e North, 
 ard current past 
 (istances of seal- 
 h which drifted 
 however, as the 
 rd current may 
 a there is ice in 
 comes from the 
 h makes across 
 1 when this cur- 
 vard than usual, 
 deh make it an 
 
 George Bay, and 
 ands. From the 
 listinct, and runs 
 )d by Lieutenant 
 zzard" stationed 
 mg the summer 
 all, and that it 
 avty, navigating 
 lOst constant cur- 
 iVL Cape St. Greg- 
 the flood and ebb 
 coast. 
 
 ent direction of 
 lore ; that it will 
 r days together; 
 ather more than 
 lOurs before the 
 ngly in its usual 
 although this is 
 so slack at other 
 ly be reversed in 
 for three or four 
 
 iker far1>her out, 
 will make better 
 with short tacks 
 
 Flat ice, about six feet in thickness, appears off Bonne Bay 
 about January or February, and remains till March or April. 
 This ice serves to indicate the usual direction of the current od 
 this coast, as it drifts northeastward in one day as far as it drifts 
 southwestward in three days, with the same amount of wind one 
 way or the other. A schooner caught in the ice off Cape St. 
 George at the end of March drifted along the coast as far as St. 
 Barbe in about ten days, a distance of about 190 miles, giving an 
 average rate of about one knot. This ice sometimes makes to the 
 eastward all the way through the Strait of Belle Isle. In Marcli, 
 189G, two schooners caught off Bonne Bay drifted with the ice 
 eastward through the strait, and were carried down the Atlantic 
 side of Newfoundland to Notre Dame Bay. 
 
 Between Rich Point and the entrance of the strait the current 
 becomes tidal, and does not xisually make in one direction more 
 than the other on the whole. The ice may make a considerable 
 drift when the wind is with the current, but when against it the ice 
 stands and shoves. 
 
 Currents in the Strait of Belle Isle. — There has been a wide- 
 spread impression that the current in the Strait of Belle Isle 
 runs constantly inward, the statement being generally made 
 that a branch of the Labrador Current flows through the strait 
 into the Gulf of St. Lawrence and again enters the Atlantic in a 
 southeasterly direction between Cape Breton Island and New- 
 foundland. 
 
 A recent investigation of the currents of this region by the 
 Canadian Department of Marine has shown that the current in 
 the Strait of Belle Isle is fundamentally tidal. The best compari- 
 son between the current, as observed at a station 6 miles east of 
 Amour Point and 3^ miles off shore, and the tide, as recorded by a 
 self-recording tide gauge at Forteau Bay, showed a complete 
 correspondence between the two, especially in moderate weather 
 and during the prevalence of moderate westerly winds. On such 
 occasions there were several days during the period of observation 
 when the current ran east and west for an equal length of time in 
 each direction, and turned regularly with the rise and fall of the 
 tide. 
 
 During the period of greatest regularity the current ran inward 
 from the east during the rise of the tide with a velocity ranging 
 from 1.03 to 3.04 knots per hour, and would either stop at high 
 water or still continue to run inward for some time after. The 
 greatest length of time after high water during which it was 
 observed to run inward was two hours and fifteen minutes. The 
 current then turned and run outward from the west during the 
 fall of the tide with a velocity ranging from 0.93 to 1.81 knots per 
 
1 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 ! 
 
 1 
 
 iiij 
 
 18 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND. 
 
 hour, and would continue to run in that direction for a length of 
 . time after low water, whif'h varied from forty minutes to two hours 
 and fifty-five miniates. The greatest velocity of the current in 
 either direction under ordinary conditions of tidal regularity did 
 not exceed a knots, per houi", the inequalities of the current corre- 
 sponding with the diurnal inequality of the tides themselves. 
 
 With heavy and long-continued winds, the current would run 
 for a longer time with it and a shorter time against it, and would 
 eventually run continuously in the same direction as the wind, 
 with a fluctuation in velocity corresponding to the tide. The most 
 marked example of a persistent current running out of the strait 
 occurred from Monday, July 16, to Thursday, July 19, 1805. 
 During these three days the current (as t)bserved 3 miles off the 
 north shore) ran in from the east for only five hours, and out from 
 the west for nineteen hours each day. The maximum velocity of 
 the current from the east was 1.38 knots; from the west 3.44 
 knots. The best example of a current running in through the 
 strait from the east occurred from Wednesday, September 5, to 
 Saturday, September 8, 1895. All the indications concurred in 
 showing that the current ran continuoiisly in the one direction 
 during these days, although the observations were much inter- 
 rupted by bad weather. The current then vai'ied from a mini- 
 mum of 0.54 knot to a maximum of '3.15 knots in one direction. 
 
 The general characteristics of the current may be set down as 
 follows : 
 
 1. The current is fundamentally tidal in its nature, and under 
 nf)rmal conditions it runs east and west with velocities which are 
 nearly equal. It attains at times a velocity of 2 knots per hour in 
 each direction. 
 
 2. The conditions are normal in moderate weather and during 
 the prevalence of mbdei-ate westei"ly winds. 
 
 3. During heavy winds, especially when eastei'ly or westerly in 
 direction, the ciirrent which runs with the wind becomes stronger 
 than the current against it, and eventually the current may come 
 to be continuous in the same direction as the wind. 
 
 4. The greatest velocities of the current which were observed 
 during heavy winds (in the months of July and September, 1895) 
 were as follows: From the east, 3.15 knots; from the west, 3.50 
 knots per hour. 
 
 A complete account of the currents in the strait of Rollo Isle is 
 given on the Pilot Chart of the North Atlantic Ocean for March, 
 1897, and of the current circiTlation in the Gulf of St. Lawrence 
 on the Pilot Chart of the North Atlantic Ocean for July, 1897. 
 
 Ice. — From the 1st of January until the end of May, entrance 
 into the bays and harbors of Newfoundland and Labrador is rendered 
 
n for a length of 
 lUtes to two hours 
 »f the current in 
 ial regularity (.lid 
 the current corre- 
 
 themselves. 
 irrent would run 
 inst it, and would 
 !tion as the wind, 
 e tide. The most 
 r out of the strait 
 ^r, July 19, 1895. 
 ed 3 miles off the 
 )urs, and out from 
 ximum velocity of 
 om the west 2.44 
 g in through the 
 y, September 5, to 
 ions concurred in 
 
 the one direction 
 were much inter- 
 iried from a mini- 
 n one direction, 
 lay he set down as 
 
 nature, and under 
 velocities which are 
 2 knots per hour in 
 
 i-eather and during 
 
 terly or westerly in 
 
 d becomes stronger 
 
 ) current may come 
 
 :ind. 
 
 hich were observed 
 
 iid September, 1895) 
 
 from the west, 2,50 
 
 trait of Bi'll^i Isle is 
 Lc Ocean for March, 
 ulf of St. Lawrence 
 m for July, 1897. 
 nd of May, entrance 
 Labrador is rendered 
 
 lOE. 
 
 19 
 
 difficult and almost impossible by the presence of ice. Through- 
 out this peri(xl navigation is practically suspended. 
 
 The ice encountered at this season in these waters is of two varie- 
 ties — first, that of local formation, the rigorous climate of the 
 region sufficing to freeze over every sheltered harbor for a certain 
 portion of the year; second, northern ice, or that formed in higher 
 latitudes and brought hither by the action of the Labrador Current. 
 The latter appears in two forms-— field ice, consisting of flat i)iecos 
 of ice several feet in thickness, and often of considerable extent, 
 and bergs, or isolated mountains of ice, reaching in height from 
 one to two hundred feet or more, and with bases covering an area 
 of several acres. 
 
 Regarding the local ice, the date of its formation depends upon 
 the position of the place in question, and largely upon the season. 
 St. Johns Harbor, for instance, rarely freezes over. Toulinguet 
 Harbor, on the other hand, froze over every year from 1867 to 1886, 
 the earliest date of its closing during the period being January 1 , 
 1868, the latest February 20, 1879. The earliest and the latest date 
 of opening throughout the same period were Ain-il 15, 1879, and 
 June 4, 1884, respectively. 
 
 The usual time of freezing is, in Labrador, the montli of Novem- 
 ber, and in the south of Newfoundland, the middle of January, 
 while the period of the ice breaking up is, in Labrador, the end of 
 June, and in the south of Newfoundland the middle of April. 
 Intermediate ports vary in time, according to position. It is to be 
 observed, however, that the times of freezing or opening vary 
 greatly in different years, depending on the severity or compara- 
 tive mildness of the winter season. 
 
 Let us now turn to the consideration of the second and more 
 important variety of ice— that derived from higher latitudes. 
 
 The first of this ice to make its appearance upon the coast is what 
 is known as the white or northern slob. This white slob is the 
 surface ice which is formed to the north and east of Labrador 
 during the early winter months, and is crushed up by the wind 
 and sea and built upon as it journeys south. It is usually found 
 in masses several miles in extent and varying from 3 to 10 feet in 
 thickness. 
 
 The main body of the slob is brought down from the north by 
 the Labrador Current, and continues along the coast, filling the 
 harbors and bays of Newfoundland as it advances. From the 
 lookout of Aillik, on the coast of Labrador, in latitude 55°, the 
 northern slob is observed each year, about the 10th of December, 
 as a narrow stream 5 to 8 miles in width, moving southward. This 
 body gradually widens until January, and it may then be 12 to 15 
 miles in width. About the first or second week in January the 
 
20 
 
 mimmm 
 
 LABUADOR — NEWFOrNDLAND. 
 
 sheet ice begins to take the place of the slob, and contin ues to flow 
 southward in the same manner. It is more dense and solid tlian 
 the slob, but not so thick, except in places where rafting has taken 
 place, and here it may stand from 5 to 20 feet above the water. 
 Isolated bergs are also seen about this time. 
 
 The arrival of the slob at St. Johns may be expected from Jan- 
 uary 15 to February 1. It is often seen 5 to 15 miles distant, drift- 
 ing to the south, for days before it closes in to the shore, or 
 obstructs navigation, and vessels ill adapted for contending with 
 ice have frequently reached St. Johns by rounding the southern 
 tail and approaching Cape Race from the SW. The breadtlx of the 
 early slob passing Cape Spear varies in January from 40 to 60 
 miles, but it rapidly increases. For February the average is 80 
 to 130 miles. This, however, is far exceeded in seasons of heavy 
 sheds, when a breadth of 250 to 300 miles is often attained, carry- 
 ing the ice as far east as 45° W. This extreme breadth is, how- 
 ever, by no means uniform, as the ice, having little depth, is blown 
 along by the wind, and the eastern edge of the main body is deeply 
 indented by bays and prolonged by capes. The main body of the 
 ice itself is intersected by leads and open areas, and is compact or 
 loose, according to the direction of the wind, easterly winds (NE. 
 to SSE.) serving to unite the ice and to drive it in a solid mass 
 upon the Newfoundland Coast, filling Notre Dame, Bonavista, and 
 Trinity Bays so that no water can be seen; westerly winds, espe- 
 cially southwesterly, serving to disperse it, a single night of the 
 latter wind often emptying the bays and carrying the stream out 
 of sight to seaward. Between the end of March and the middle of 
 April, during ordinary years, the ice swings off to the eastward, 
 owing to the failure of accessions from the north and the increas- 
 ing prevalence of westerly winds. After this date strings of field 
 ice may at times be seen making their way down the coast, occa- 
 sionally in May, and rarely in June. These, however, are for the 
 most part derived from Trinity Bay and Bonavista Bay, and are 
 not part of the regular northern stream. 
 
 The voyage of the ice southward from the Arctic has been traced 
 by actual experience. On October 14, 1871, Captain Tyson and a 
 party of nineteen others were separated from the U. S. S. Polaris 
 in latitude 77° or 78° N., just south of Littleton Island. Unable to 
 regain their ship, the whole party remained on the floe, and accom- 
 plished one of the most wonderful journeys on record. After a 
 drift of over 1,500 miles, fraught wilh danger from beginning to 
 end, and threatened with death, nqt only by starvation and expo- 
 sure to cold, but also by the numerous gales encountered, support- 
 ing themselves by hunting and fishing, they were finally rescued 
 April 30, 1872, by the sealing steamer Tigress, near the Strait of 
 
ICE. 
 
 Si 
 
 itiniies to flow 
 md solid than 
 ;ing has taken 
 >ve the water. 
 
 ited from Jan- 
 diaiant, drif t- 
 the shore, or 
 ntending with 
 the southern 
 breadtL of the 
 rrom 40 to 60 
 average is 80 
 ,sons of heavy 
 ttained, carry- 
 ■eadth is, how- 
 lepth, is blown 
 body is deeply 
 in body of the 
 is compact or 
 ■ly winds (NE. 
 n a solid mass 
 3onavista, and 
 y winds, espe- 
 e night of the 
 the stream out 
 
 ;he middle of 
 the eastward, 
 id the increas- 
 itrings of field 
 he coast, occa- 
 er, are for the 
 
 Bay, and are 
 
 las been traced 
 n Tyson and a 
 
 S. S. Polaris 
 id. Unable to 
 'je, and accom- 
 ;ord. After a 
 
 beginning to 
 ;ion and expo- 
 ,ered, support- 
 
 nally rescued 
 
 the Strait of 
 
 Belle Isle, in latitude 53° 35' N., and carried safely into port. No 
 bettor example than this could be given of the drift from the 
 Arctic Basin, illustrating, as it does, not only the journey to the 
 southward, but also the many vicissitudes to which the ice is sub- 
 jected before reaching a low latitude. 
 
 The fields of ice encountered to the eastward of the Grand Banks 
 are in general detached masses, due either to a temporary diversion 
 of the stream or to the separation of fields of limited area from the 
 main body, the primary cause in both cases being the i)revalence 
 of heavy westerly gales. During February these detached fields 
 are reported most frequently north of the 46th parallel, and between 
 the meridians of 4(5° and 49°. The quantity of this early ice depends, 
 to a large extent, upon the character of the early winter months 
 in the higher latitudes in which the slob is formed. If November 
 and December are mild, the quantity will be slight; such was the 
 case in the winter of the years 1891-92, and of 1894-95, the latter 
 having been, according to the reports of fishermen and lightkeepers, 
 the mildest winter for many years past. The quantity of bergs, or 
 true Greenland ice, reported during the following spring and sum- 
 mer is, on the other hand, quite independent of the severity of the 
 winter. 
 
 The destruction or wasting away of the slob and field ice in short 
 periods is very remarkable. It appears to melt away very rapidly 
 after April. A vessel may be beset in the evening, and by morn- 
 ing all will have disappeared. The ice in strings forms an excel- 
 lent shelter for vessels hove to in a gale, and is constantly used for 
 this purpose, but these breakwaters may be crushed iip and de- 
 stroyed in a single night. 
 
 After the month of May, heavy bodies of northern or Arctic ice 
 are seen moving to the southward every year throughout June, 
 July, and sometimes throughout August. It is variable in quan- 
 tity and breadth, but forms a constant obstruction from Indian 
 Tickle, on the coast of Labrador, to the Fogo Islands. The stream 
 generally breaks in July. 
 
 The bergs which follow the slob and field ice are detached por- 
 tions of the true polar ice, formed upon the land, and carried down 
 to the sea by glacial action, the glaciers performing for these frigid 
 regions the same function as that performed by the rivers of the 
 temperate latitudes, viz, serving to distribute the excess precipita- 
 tion. From the frozen interior of the Arctic Continent these rivers 
 of ice make their way through valley and gorge to the shores of 
 the ocean, and even beyond, the face of the glacier being thvust 
 forward into the sea by the enormous pressure in the rear until the 
 buoyant effect of the water upon the submerged portion is sufficient 
 to detach it from the main body,- and the huge fragment becomes 
 
 I 
 
¥ 
 
 23 
 
 NKWFOUNDLANI). 
 
 a HontinK island or niountuin of ic»', wliicli is born** away by the 
 pj-evailiiiK currt'iitH. The onward progross of tho glaciers varien, 
 the hight'st velocity yet observed being in the case of those along 
 the Avest coast of Greenland. That of the Fjord of Jako1)shaven, 
 in r.9° 22' N., amounts to about 50 feet i)er day, and it has been com- 
 puted that this glacier alone contributes to the sea from one to U 
 cubic miles of ice annually. 
 
 The tliawing process alone, occasioned by the increased tempera- 
 ture of air and water during the polar summer, would scarcely 
 suflice to reduce these enormous masses of ice to the size usually 
 observed. Their disintegration is brought about ordinarily from 
 within. Even in its original condition the surface of the glacier 
 ice is A\rinkled with cliasm and crevasse, penetrating more of less 
 deeply into its interior. The deepest of these depressions collect 
 the water due to the melting of the upper part of the bor':;; until 
 they overflow. A fall in temperature occurs, the surface of this 
 water, and later its entire volume, is converted into ice, and the 
 tremendous expansive force of this change is amply sufficient to 
 shatter the mass of the berg. 
 
 Once beyond the limits of the polar regions, the process of dis- 
 solution is rai)id. The berg, always heated upon its southern side, 
 is in unstable equilibrium, and by reason of its frequent topplings, 
 constantly exposes a new surface to the action of the sun's rays. 
 Under these conditions its ultimate annihila:i jn is a matter of a 
 comparatively short time. 
 
 The icebergs seen off the Grand Banks frequently exceed a height 
 of 200 feet, and are of such extent and occur in such numbers as 
 to constitute, with their attendant fogs, the most dangerous of all 
 the obstacles with which the navigator of the North Atlantic has 
 to contend. Their frequency in different years varies in a wholly 
 inexplicable manner, certain seasons— as, for instance, 1882, 1890, 
 and 189G— being notable for their extraordinary abundance, while 
 during the years 188G, 1888, and 1895 the number observed was 
 far below the average. June is the month during which they are 
 most numerous along the transatlantic route. 
 
 The southern limit of the occurrence of berg and field ice on the 
 Grand Banks varies from month to month and from year to year, 
 and it is therefore only possible to sketch it in general outline. On 
 the route to and from Europe, ice is most frequently encountered 
 between 45° W. and 55° W., and north of the 41st parallel. Its 
 most easterly position was recorded in July, 1890, when a berg was 
 seen in 24° 11' W., 48° 53' N. Pergs have been seen in as low a 
 latitude as 39° N., and in position to attain which the extension of 
 the Gulf Stream must have been crossed. Such phenomena have 
 been attributed to the warm waters of the Gulf Stream overrunning 
 
ICK. 
 
 2.'{ 
 
 )rno away l)y the 
 M f^laciors varies, 
 ,86 of those along 
 of Jakobshavon, 
 I it has been corn- 
 ea from one to 1^ 
 
 icreased tempera- 
 r, would scarcely 
 
 the size usually 
 t ordinarily from 
 ace of the glacier 
 iting more of less 
 iepressions collect 
 of the ber;- until 
 le surface of this 
 
 into ice, and the 
 ,mply sufficient to 
 
 the process of dis- 
 its southern side, 
 i-equent topplings, 
 »f the sun's rays, 
 n is a matter of a 
 
 ;ly exceed a height 
 . such numbers as 
 t dangerous of all 
 Forth Atlantic has 
 varies in a wholly 
 stance, 1882, 1890, 
 abundance, while 
 iber observed was 
 iig which they are 
 
 i,nd field ice on the 
 from year to year, 
 neral outline. On 
 ently encountered 
 41st parallel. Its 
 ), when a berg was 
 
 1 seen in as low a 
 sh the extension of 
 I phenomena have 
 tream overrunning 
 
 the cold Arctic Current, while the latter, retaining its jmigress und 
 direction as a submarine current, transports the deeply immersed 
 ice islands into and across the Gulf Stream. 
 
 The diagram on opposite page ^'hows the limits within which ice 
 was observed during the months of June, July, and August ucconl- 
 iug to the reports received by the United States Hydrograjdiic 
 Office from ve.ssels during tlie i)oriod lHHr-18tt5. It should liere l)e 
 remembered, however, that the observing vessels followed, in the 
 main, well-beaten tracks, and that the outline of the actual urea 
 may be very different from that shown by a sunnnary of the 
 reports. 
 
 The season during which vessels are liable to encounter ice on 
 the voyage between the Channel and the northern ports of the 
 United States thus extends from February to August, the reports 
 reaching a maximum frequency during June and July. Isolated 
 bergs, however, may be sighted at any time, and consequently a 
 good lookout is always necessary. No reliance can be placed on 
 any warning conveyed by diminution of temperature, either of air 
 or sea, on approaching ice ; but, even during fog, or on dark nights, 
 a peculiar whitening, known as "ice blink," may generally be ob- 
 served when nearing icebergs, and occasionally the sea, breaking 
 against the base of a berg, may give warning of its proximity, but 
 
4 
 
 0n 
 
 H 
 
 XKWFOIXDI.ANI). 
 
 no rule Clin bo laid down to insure Hftfo nnviK'ition, as thu powition 
 of ice differH in difforoiit HouHonH; evurythiriK diipoudfl on tho vigi- 
 lance, caution, anrl sltill of the navigator when croHHing arnaH in 
 which ice prevailH. 
 
 Vo88el8 Mliould, if ponsiblo, always pa-ss to windward of icebergs 
 to avoid tlie loose ice floating to ioeward. 
 
 Vessels bound to the Oulf of St. Lawrence or Halifax either 
 endeavor to make Capo Race by i)a8sing north of tho Virgin Rocks, 
 or, in order to avoid the ice, cross the banks on tl'f> parallel of 44° 
 N., hauling up on their proper course when past lo gitude 65" W., 
 as heavy ice is seldom sotMi to tlie westward of that nu -idiiin. 
 
 The vicinity of St. Pierre, Miquelon, is generally free from ice 
 after the middle of April, and sometimes during the whoi ) yo>ir 
 
 Ice in Oabot Strait. — This strait is never frozen over, but es- 
 sels built in the ordinary way can not navigate it in safety between 
 January 1 and May 1 on account of the heavy drift ice, and fre- 
 quently not till later on account of the block caused by what is 
 locally known as tho "Bridge." 
 
 Gulf or river ico usually begins to flow through the stmit early 
 in January, the ice being thin, but increasing to 4 feet in thickness. 
 Small icebergs 10 to 18 feet in height occasionally pass through the 
 strait, but a large berg is seldom seen. The ice continues to flow 
 through till May, according to the winter. 
 
 Nearly every year the great rush of ice out of the Gulf of St. 
 Lawrence in tho spring becomes blocked between St. Paul Island 
 and Cape Ray, and this sometimes lasting for two or three weeks, 
 and completely preventing the passage of ships, is named the 
 Bridge. It is recorded that three hundred sail have at one'time 
 been detained by this obstacle, and many wrecks have occurred in 
 consequence on the Newfoundland coast. The usual time of the 
 formation of the "Bridge" is between the middle of April and the 
 middle of May. 
 
 The wind between NE. and south opens the Newfoundland coast, 
 and the strait often clears rapidly witli winds between NW. and 
 NE. In 36 hours very little ice may be seen from Cape Ray, 
 whereas SW. and West winds block it, the former forcing up the 
 ice from between Magdalen Islands and Cape Breton Island to 
 combine with the main stream running southeastward. 
 
 Sealing steamers endeavor to pass through Cabot Strait at all 
 times, but are occasionally fast in the ice for days together. 
 
 Ice Report Stations. — Information as to ice, wind, tempera- 
 ture, aivd weather indications may be obtained during the months 
 of April and May, by communicating with the signal stations on 
 Capes Ray and Race and at Galantry Head, St. Pierre Island. 
 
 -ry aisauM ' .-'^ -^^.T 
 
 ^ ■ ftwuu'M'j.BWt ' .a t aw 
 
mmmmi. 
 
 ti, aa the position 
 MJiuls on tho vigi- 
 croHHiiiK iintfiH in 
 
 hvurd of icebergs 
 
 )r Htilifax eithpr 
 tho Virgin Rocks, 
 1'f> p;irallol of 44'' 
 lo gitudo 65" W., 
 Kit ni( 'idiiin. 
 illy free from ice 
 the whoi) your 
 zen over, but • es- 
 in safety between 
 drift ice, a'ld fro- 
 jaused by wliat is 
 
 jh the 8<nvit early 
 
 t feet in thicknosH, 
 
 r pass througli the 
 
 continues to flow 
 
 .f the Gulf of St. 
 ni St. Paul Island 
 'o or three weeks, 
 ps, is named the 
 [ have at one" time 
 i have occurred in 
 usual time of the 
 e of April and the 
 
 svfoundland coast, 
 between NW. and 
 
 from Cape Ray, 
 ler forcing up the 
 
 Breton Island to 
 (tward. 
 
 ^abot Strait at all 
 ys together, 
 e, wind, tempera- 
 luring the months 
 signal stations on 
 Pierre Island. 
 
 ICE. 05 
 
 West Coast of Newfoundland.— The Htreani of ice Netting out 
 of tho at. Lawrenco River app«tarH to Hplit on Cape George, the 
 main stream paHsing into St. George Buy and toward Cal)ot Strait. 
 The other portion is u'eiH'ifillv curried l)y a NK. set, as, from tho 
 bay of Islands and iJonne Bay, the ice is reported to generally 
 travel in that direction. This current is stated to be strongest 
 during the months of March and April. 
 
 The northern ice, after its passage through the Straits of Belle 
 Isle, and generally entering the Gulf oi St. Lawrence about the 
 !)tii January, can not, at present, be foUoweil. It may arrive oft' 
 Bonne Bay during January or February, or it may be dri\.'n on 
 to the Labrador Coast, all depending on tho winds. 
 
 A NW. wind doses the Newfoundland coast; SW. winds (.pen 
 a lane of water inshore, and winds between SW. through south to 
 ESE. clear the coast to Cape St. George. 
 
 The gulf ice usually clears off the west coast of Newfoundland 
 between tho end of April and middle of May, but in cold seasons 
 it may remain much later. 
 
 Ice in Belle Isle Strait— Local slob ice is apt to form early in 
 December, followed shortly by the formation (jf slieet ice a foot 
 thick or more. The date of the arrival of the northern ice depends 
 largely upon the cliaractor of the winds, th<;se from the east and 
 NE. driving tho stream of northern slob into the strait, those from 
 west and SW. keeping it olfshore. During only one season for 
 many years past, however, has it failed to appear in enormous 
 quantities, the season mentioned being the exceptionally mild 
 winter of 1894-95. The strait frequejitly remains sufficiently open 
 for navigation during the entire month of December, but is little 
 used during that month by ocean-going vessels, as navigation in 
 tho St. Lawrence River closes in November. 
 
 The following table gives for the last six years (1893-98) the date 
 of the formation of the first local ice, and also the date of the 
 arrival of the first considerable number of bergs : 
 
 local Ice. 
 
 -I- 
 
 1893-93... 
 1898-94. - . 
 1894-93... 
 1895-96... 
 1896-97... 
 1897-98... 
 
 December 23 
 December 3 . 
 December 83 
 December 11 
 December 2 . 
 December 3 . 
 
 Bergs. 
 
 February 28. 
 April 7. 
 Febniary ] 3. 
 January 16. 
 March 28. 
 
26 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND LABRADOR. 
 
 ¥ 1 
 
 :; *'! 
 
 The date of the passage through the strait of the first and the 
 last seagoing steamer for several years past is as follows : 
 
 
 Flr»t. 
 
 1 
 
 Laat. 
 
 1892 
 
 1898 
 
 1894 
 
 1895 
 
 June 16 
 
 June 26 
 
 November 22. 
 November 12. 
 ♦November 20. 
 November 20. 
 ♦November 17. 
 ♦November 16. 
 ♦November 13. 
 
 June 27 
 
 June 17 
 
 1896 
 
 June 21 
 
 1897 
 
 June 27 
 
 1898 
 
 ♦June 28 
 
 !^it| 
 
 * From the Ruconls of tbo V, S. Hydrogrnphic Offlcc. 
 
 Sealing steamers sometimes make their way through the strait 
 during April. 
 
 Every yea .■ throughout the months of May, June, and a portion 
 of July the Labrador Current carries to the southward, past the 
 eastern entrance to the strait, an almost countless procession of 
 bergs. 
 
 Easterly winds and the tidal currents bring many of these bergs 
 within the eastern extrance of the strait, and some few even 
 emerge at its western extremity and make their way into the 
 gulf as far as Rich Point on the coast of Newfoundland and Meca- 
 tina Island on the Labrador side. The size of these is of course 
 limited by the depth of the channel— 35 fathoms. The keeper of 
 the light on the island frequently reports as many as 250 bergs in 
 sight at one time, and gives instances of bergs stranding to the 
 eastward of the island at a point where the water is over 100 
 fathoms in depth. For the month of May, 1893, he reports "a 
 heavy j; m of northern field ice and icebergs, some of them the 
 most rugged and massive pieces of ice I have seen in my 30 years 
 on this island. I have counted 200 at one time, but owing to the 
 heavy blockade of field ice, many of the low bergs must have 
 escaped notice. Some of the bergs are almost like islands covered 
 with snow, owing to the amount of earth and sand encased within 
 them, which, melting down the sides, gives them from a distance 
 the a])pearance of land." For the following summer he reports: 
 •'Following the spring the ice came into the strait by the north 
 side and could be seen from the east end of the island up to July 
 15; also bringing a lot of icebergs which remained aground all 
 along the shore among the islands of Battle Harbor. These break- 
 ing u^i during the summer and the tide and wind driving them 
 across the strait (within) were v^ry dangerous to navigation. Sev- 
 eral accidents and narrow escapes followed; notably the Lake 
 Nepigon struck a submerged piece of ice at Forteau and had to be 
 beached, while the Straits of Gibraltar was a total loss. In fact, 
 
 ■'n 
 
 insnm 
 
of the first and the 
 
 as follows : 
 
 i 
 
 Laot. 
 
 
 ber 23. 
 ber 13. 
 nber 30. 
 ber 20. 
 nber 17. 
 nber 16. 
 nber 13. 
 
 
 fflcc. 
 
 
 y through 
 
 the strait 
 
 June, and a portion 
 sovithward, past the 
 mtless procession of 
 
 many of these bergs 
 ind some few even 
 their way into the 
 'oundland and Meca- 
 jf these is of course 
 oms. The keeper of 
 nany as 250 bergs in 
 ergs stranding to the 
 e water is over 100 
 , 1893, he reports "a 
 fs, some of them the 
 3 seen in my 30 years 
 tne, but owing to the 
 ow bergs must have 
 t like islands covered 
 [ sand encased within 
 them from a distance 
 ; summer he reports : 
 e strait by the north 
 [he island up to July 
 ■emained aground all 
 [arbor. These break- 
 d wind driving them 
 s to navigation. Sev- 
 i; notably the Lake 
 Forteau and had to be 
 a total loss. In fact, 
 
 ICE PASSA(iES. 
 
 07 
 
 during foggy night.s, captains were ratlier chary of passing through 
 the strait. These small pieces of floe ice are all under water, and 
 when there i.s any sea running are invisible. Captains of vessels 
 bound for the Lal)rador coast reported tliat it was impossible to 
 get into any of the harbors along the sliore during the night or in 
 foggy weather, owing to the cliain of bergs that lay alouL^ the 
 land." ■ ^ o 
 
 In the latitude of Belle Isle and along the steamer route approach- 
 ing the strait the breadth of the stream of ice rarely extends fur- 
 ther to the eastward than the meridian of 47°, although single 
 bergs have been seen as far east as 44°, notably during the phe- 
 nomenal year of 1890. Tlie stream ordinarily breaks in July, and 
 during tlie autumn months drifting bergs are by no means so 
 treque.it. Stranded bergs ordinarily break up rapidly and disap- 
 pear, but occasionally one will maintain its position and resist 
 destruction throughout the entire winter. An instance of this was 
 given by a berg which grounded November U, 1896, about 7 miles 
 west of Belle Isle liglit, and was still in place May 1, 1897. 
 
 Tlie following report by Captain Wills, of the .steamsl"iip British 
 Evipire, tells the ultimate fate of many of these bergs ■ 
 
 "July 21, 1896, latitude 45° 11' N., longitude 47° 46' W., at 11 34 
 p^m., in a dense fog sighted a berg 200 feet ahead and a little 
 off the port bow, which we cleared by about 70 feet. When about 
 three ship's lengths past it a startling phenomenon took place- a 
 terrific crash, followed by a roar of broken water, succeeded by 
 more crashing and roaring, getting fainter at each explosion the 
 whole occupying a minute and a half. We had stopped our 
 engines with the helm hard aport, and although we were running 
 at slow speed, I have no doubt that the ship's wash caused the 
 berg to break up. " 
 
 Passages.— With a view to reducing the risks of collisions and 
 to the avoidance of ice and fog the principal transatlantic steam- 
 ship companies sailing from Liverpool and the English Channel 
 have adopted routes separated in the eastward and westward voy- 
 ages, and adapted to the varying ice and fog conditions for the 
 different seasons of the year. These routes have the additional 
 advantage that in the event of a vessel breaking down, assistance 
 is more hkely to be at hand; also it may be presumed that sailing 
 vessels will either endeavor as far as possible to avoid their locali- 
 ties, or at any rate keep a strict lookout when in their vicinity. 
 The routes here given were adopted and subscribed to at a general 
 meeting of the companies held in London, November, 1898. 
 
 14910- 
 
mm- 
 
 
 ;Mk>. 
 
 28 
 
 .SANDY HOOK SCILLY. 
 
 EASTBOUND. 
 
 At Jill seasons of the year steer a course from Sandy Hook 
 Ligatvessel, or Five Fathom Bank South Lightvessel, to cross the 
 meridian of 70° W., nothing to the north of latitude 40° 10', 
 
 From January 15 to August 23, both days inclusive, steer from 
 40° 10' N. and 70° W., hy rhumb line, to cross the meridian of 47° 
 W. in 41° N., and from this last position nothing north of the 
 Great Circle to Fastnet or Scilly. 
 
 From August 24 to January 14, both days inclusive, steer from 
 latitude 40° 10' N., and longitude 70° W., to cross the meridian of 
 00° "W. in latitude 42° N., thence by rhumb line to cross the mei-id- 
 ian of 45° W. in latitude 40° 30' N., from this last position nothing 
 north of the Great Circle to Fatjtnet, when bound to the Irish 
 Channel, and as near as possible to, but nothing north of, the 
 Great Circle to Bishops Rock, always keeping south of the latitude 
 of Bishops Rock, when bound to the English Channel. 
 
 JANUARY 15 TO AUGUST 23, BOTH DAYS INCLUSIVE. 
 
 Courses (true) and distances (in nautical miles) : Sandy Hook 
 Lightvessel to 70° W. (in 40° 10' N.), S. 84° 10' E., 177 miles; to 
 cross the meridian of 47° W. in 41° N., N. 87° 17' E., 1,055 miles, 
 from this last position nothing north of the Great Ci)'cleto Fastnet 
 or Scilly (Bishops Rock), 
 
 Great Circle to Fastnet. 
 
 Distance on Great Circle, l.G')! miles. Total ilistttiiue, Sandy Ilooli Lixlitvossel to Faetuet, 2,f83 miles. 
 
 Longitude ' 47° 00' W I 45=00' W ' 40°00'W; 35°00'W! 30° Oil' "w 
 
 Latitude 41° 00' N i 42° 02' N ' 44° 10' N 4fi° 10' N 47° 45' X 
 
 Course ._ N 55° 13' K N 56° 32' K N59'58'K X 6:!° 31' K X 07° 10' K 
 
 Longitude 250(K)'\v; 20' 0(1' W 15^ 00' W 10°(IO'W !»° 30' W 
 
 Latitude 49° 02' N : 50° 00' N 50° 411' N 61° 1«' N 51° 20' f ' 
 
 Course ; N 70° 54' K I N 74° 43' K | N 78° 34' E N 82° 27' E i N 82° 4e' E 
 
 Great Circle to Bishops Rock 
 
 Distance on Great Circle 1,704 miles. Total distance, Sandy Hoolt Liglitvessel to nisliops Uock, 2,!I90 miles. 
 
 Longitude j 47° 00' W ' 45° 00' W 40° 00' W ' ;i5° 0(>' W 30' 00' W 
 
 Latitude 1 41° 00' N 41° 53' N 43- 52' N 45°3rN 4li° 60' N 
 
 Course — jN6«°41'E NG0°01'E X 63° 25' K N«ti°50'E' N70-'33'ic 
 
 Longitude 1 '26° 00' W 20° 0<i' \V l.">° 00' W 10°ro'W 6° '7' W 
 
 Latitude j 47"51'N 48° 46' N 49° 28' N 49' 42' X 49° 5il' X 
 
 Course N 74' 14' JO X 77° 58' E N »1° 44' E ' N 85° 33' E N 88° 16' i) 
 
 AUGUST 24 TO JANUARY 14, BOTH DAYS INCLUSIVE. 
 
 Courses (true) and distances (in.liautical miles) : Sandy Hook 
 Lightve.ssel to 70° W. (in 40° 10' ^<.), S. 84° 10' E., 177 niil.^s, to 
 cross the meridian of 00° W. in latitude 42° N., N. 70° 23' E., 467 
 miles ; thence by rhumb line to cross the meridian of 45° W, in 
 
 I 
 
 timmm 
 
1 Sandy Hook 
 sel, to cross the 
 e 40° 10'. 
 live, steer from 
 ineridifiu of 47° 
 J north of the 
 
 Ave, steer from 
 lie meridian of 
 ross the morid- 
 )sition nothing 
 id to the Irish 
 ;' north of, the 
 of tlie hititude 
 iiel. 
 
 ELUSIVE. 
 
 : Sandy Hook 
 , 177 miles; to 
 S., 1,055 miles, 
 ircleto Fast net 
 
 jFaatuet, 2,>83 niilos. 
 
 >° 00' W ! 30° Oil' W 
 
 !°10' N 47° 45' X 
 
 !° 31' K X 07° 10* E 
 
 p m" w <.t° sfi' w 
 
 °W N : 51° 20* K 
 
 [■^ 27' K i N 82° 4«' E 
 
 ibops Bock, 2,!)06 miles. 
 
 i° W W ;W^ 00' W 
 
 p°3r N 4(i°60'N 
 
 l°56' E N 70' 33' E 
 
 pro' W 6C27' W 
 
 P42' N 49° 50' N 
 
 1° 33' E : N 88° 16' E 
 
 :'LUSIVE. 
 
 : Sandy Hook 
 
 ,177 niilos, to 
 
 70° 23' E., 467 
 
 n of 45° W. in 
 
 PASSAGES. go 
 
 latitude 40° 30' N" N" fi^o 10' i:^ r^r^ .^ 
 
 Great Circle to Fastnet. 
 
 DIsUuce uii (Jrent Circle, I 411 ,„|i«. t„.»i h^ 
 
 L:!!!::!: :!"""" '"'^°"' ^""^ °°°'- ^ '^'■'-""«' '^ F«,tne.. 2.755 „.l,e,. 
 
 Longitude .,„ ~ : . 
 
 Latitude 45O00'W 40"00'W; l-io nn-w o^ 
 
 Course 48-'3n' N 47°57'n' aL^, lY 30° 00' W 25° 00' W 
 
 N 83° 06' E ; N J^o ^J- g : J, ^^ OV N 50^ oi; N : to^ 41' N 
 
 Great Circle to Bishops Rock 
 
 Longitude ! ... '~ " — — 
 
 S:'''--"-—-^^, «°3"s;5' i?o^-t: j»°««;jri 3o°oo'w; 25°oorw^ 
 
 Longitude ... ««, ^, „ "^ , " '» ^7 ^ East. 
 
 WESTBOUND. 
 
 to cross themerillian of 40 W Tn S^^^^^^^^ 
 rhumb lineor Great Circle, or even ntth o/ .^^^ ^^*^«^ 
 
 easterly current is encounteredT T\ ^""^^^ ^""^^^ '^ ^^ 
 
 Lightvessel, thence tXe Island S^hf'T T"^ "^ Nantucket 
 York, or to Five Fathon Bank 1 Jh^'^^^^^^^^ '^^'" ^^"^^ ^^^"^^^^ 
 Philadelphia. """^^ Lightvessel, when bound for 
 
 Fal^eltXCsLtrg^el'tC^^ '^^^ ^^'^^"^^^'^' «*- ^-- 
 
 to cross the meridLn ofYo^vTn ^M^^^^^ 
 
 Hue to cross the meridian of 60° W infa i^^^^ ^'^^^^ 
 
 .athom Bank SoSth ^^ ^Sl.^;;^^;^^- 
 
 .TANUARV 15 TO AUGUST 14, BOTH DAYS INCLUSIVE 
 
 Courses (true) and distances (in nautical miles). 
 Great Circle from Fastnet. 
 
 Distance on Great Circle, 1,018 miles. 
 Longitude i oo on, mTi T ■ ^ — 
 
 Longitude....... " ^ "i ' ^ ^^ ^ I ^ ^^^^ ^ , ^^^ ^ S W ^ 
 
 ^r"- --------:::::: ^J^nI ^l^^i ZZ^^ ^^°««'^' ^t°o<.'w 
 
 i 
 
! 1 
 
 80 
 
 8CILLY SANDY HOOK. 
 
 Oreat Circle from Bishopst Rock. 
 
 Distancu ou Qroat Circle, 1,733 miles. 
 
 I,ongltn(Io - «° 27' W 
 
 I,«titiid.< 4«''6f" N 
 
 Course - ""'■ 
 
 Longitude - 30° 00' W 
 
 Latitude *70 1i2 N 
 
 Cour«,. S 72° IV W 
 
 10° 00' W 
 
 49= 48' N 
 
 8 87° 18' W 
 
 36° CO* W 
 
 46° HO' N 
 
 S 68° 35' W 
 
 15° (K)' W 20=00' W 25° 00' W 
 
 49° M' N 4'jn 03' N 48° 20' N 
 
 S 83° 2U' W ^ S 70° 42' W S 76° 56' W 
 
 4(P 00' W 4.1° 00' W i 47° 00' W 
 
 44° 38' N ; 4'i° 49' N I 42° 00' N 
 
 8 65° 02' W ! 8 61° 34' W 8 60° IS' W 
 
 Thence S. 85° 23' W., 1,028 milos, to a point soutli of Nantucket 
 Lightvessel ; thence S. 86° 51' W., 164 miles, to Fire Island Light- 
 vessel ; thence West ;50 miles, to Sandy Hook Lightvessel. Total 
 distance, Fastnet to Sandy Hook Lightvessel, 2,840 miles. Bishops 
 Rock to Sandy Hook Lightvessel, 2,955 miles. 
 
 AUGUST 15 TO JANUARY 14, BOTH DAYS INCLUSIVE. 
 
 Courses (true) and distances (in nautical miles). 
 Great Circle from Fastnet. 
 
 Distance on Great Circle, 1,674 niileB. 
 
 loncitudc 9°36'W llP 00' W 15° 00' W 20° 00' W 25° 00' W 
 
 Tnlkiide " 610 20' N .61° 22' N 51° 2(1' N 61° 20' N 60° 59' N 
 
 Course -'/-Illllir.^y.IIIIIlir/ N 86° 04' W N 86° 23' W S8a°43'\V 8 85° 12' W S 81° 65' W 
 
 Loneitude itii-^OCW 35°00'W 40°00'W 4,^° 00' W ^9° 00' W 
 
 ffiiiVl" " " — - a'P2«'N 4;i°38'N 48^ 35' N 47° 16' N lo" 00' N 
 
 Course 8 78° 02' W S 74° 12' W S 70° 25' W , 8 66° 43' W ' S 630 48' W 
 
 Great Circle from Bis^'ops Rock. 
 
 Distance on Great CircU', 1,703 miles. 
 
 Longitude ; 6° 27' W 
 
 Latitude ' 49'^ 5«' N 
 
 Course ^- N 81° U' W 
 
 Longitude 30°(KI' W 
 
 Latitude - «°4«' N 
 
 Coui-se 8 80° 44' W 
 
 10° 00' W 
 
 ,611° (18' N 
 N 83° .-,4' W 
 
 35° 00' \V 
 
 49° 08' N 
 
 S 76° 56' W 
 
 15° no' W 20° 00' W 26oT)0' W 
 
 60O19'N 50°21'N 50° 11' N 
 
 N h70 44' W S 88° 24' W i 8 84° 34' W 
 
 40° 00* W 460 00' W 
 
 480 16' N 470 07' N 
 
 8 730 10' W S 09° 28' W 
 
 49° 00' \V 
 
 46° (KC N 
 
 8 66° 34' W 
 
 Thence by rhumb line S. 69° 08' W., 505 miles, to cross the merid- 
 ian of 60° W. in latitude 43° N. ; thence also by rhumb line, S. 71° 
 41' W., 455 miles, to a point south of Nantucket Lightvessel; 
 thence S. 80° 51' W., 164 miles, to Fire Island Lightvessel; thence 
 West, 30 miles, to Sandy Hook Lightvessel. Total distance, Fast- 
 net to Sandy Hook Lightvessel, 2,728 miles; Bishops Rock to 
 Sandy Hook Lightvessel, 2,857 miles. 
 
 Auxiliary Steameis may follow the routes given for full-pow- 
 ered steamers, or the directions for sailing vessels which follow. 
 
 Sailing Vessels, during the ^lUtumn, may stand to theNW., 
 crossing the meridian of 30° W. in latitude 54° 30' N. or 55° N., 
 then steer gradually to the SW. and endeavor to enter on the bank 
 of Newfoundland about the parallel of 47° 30' N., passing Cape 
 Race at a convenient distance; in this route, although heavy 
 
li|T'"" 
 
 20= OO' W 25° 00' W 
 
 4U" («' N 48° !iO' N 
 
 70° 42' W S 75° 56' W 
 
 45° 00' W ! 47° 00' W 
 
 4'J°49' N I *'i°W N 
 
 61° W W I 8 nO° 13' W 
 
 ith of Nantucket 
 ire Island Light- 
 jlitvessel. Total 
 miles. Bishops 
 
 NCLUSIVE. 
 
 20° 00' W 25° 00' W 
 
 51° 20' N 60° 59' N 
 
 9 85° 12' W S 81° 55' W 
 
 45° 00' W 
 47° 1«' N 
 S «6° 4S' W ' S 63° 48' W 
 
 ^0° 00' W 
 
 ^0°00' N 
 
 20° 00' 
 
 W 
 
 26°T50' 
 
 W 
 
 50° 21' 
 
 N 
 
 50° 11' 
 
 N 
 
 S 88° 24' 
 
 W 
 
 8 84° 34' 
 
 W 
 
 45° 00' 
 
 w 
 
 49° 00' 
 
 W 
 
 47° 07' 
 
 x 
 
 4K° (Kl' 
 
 N 
 
 S 69° 28' 
 
 w 
 
 S 60° 34' 
 
 W 
 
 cross the merid- 
 •humb line, S. 71° 
 cket Lightvessel; 
 ghtvessel; thence 
 tal distance, Fast- 
 Bishops Rock to 
 
 iveu for full-jjow- 
 
 is which follow. 
 
 tand to theNW., 
 
 30' N. or 55° N., 
 
 enter on the bank 
 
 N., passing Cape 
 
 although heavy 
 
 ■BiV««»aSi&- i-e:i''»»* 
 
 PASSAGES. 
 
 31 
 
 weather is frequently experienced, the winds are generally more 
 tavorable, and the Arctic current assists in the latter part' of the 
 voyage. '■ 
 
 In thick weather the thermometer will be found useful when 
 approaching the banks of Newfoundland, as the temperature of 
 the water falls on nearing them. 
 
 To the Strait of Belle Isle.-Steam ,rs from the north of Ire- 
 land intending to pass through the Straits of Belle Isle cross the 
 meridians oi 20° and 30° W. in about latitude 50° 30' N. ; the merid- 
 ian of 40° in about 55° N. ; and that of 50° in 53° 30' N. If bound 
 to St. Johns or south of Newfoundland, the same meridians are 
 crossed as follows : 20° W. in about latitude 55° N. ; 30° W in 53° 
 40 N. ; 40° W. in about 51° 30' N. ; and 50° W. in 48° N 
 
 Admiral Lavaud of the French Navy observes: "The best route 
 to follow on leaving the English Channel is to make a little north- 
 ing, so as to cross the meridian of 18° W. in latitude 50° N con- 
 tmuing to make northing if bound to the northern ports of New- 
 foundland; but if to the southern part of the island or gulf of St 
 Lawrence southing should be made, so as to strike the Great Bank 
 between the parallels of 45° and 40° N," 
 
 Formerly the New York packet ships, when making their win- 
 ^r voyage from Liverpool, kept in high latitudes until nearing 
 Newfoundland. This they did for the twofold object of avoiding 
 the tempestuous weather so generally experienced to the south- 
 ward, and of obtaining fairer winds. The voyage by this route is 
 shortened in distance; and, although bad weather must be ex- 
 pected It is not so violent as farther south; besides which the 
 easterly currents are avoided. 
 
 In the spring it is advisable to take the track recommended by 
 Admira Lavaud, keeping a good l6okout for ice when nearing 
 the Banks. At this season of the year a lane of water is often 
 found between the ice and the east shore of Newfoundland, ex- 
 tending from Cape Race to Bay Bulls, at which latter anchorage 
 a vessel may await in safety a clear passage to St. Johns Harbor 
 round Cape Spear. 
 
 Those bound to the Gulf of St. Lawrence, after passing to the 
 southward of the Virgin Rocks, on the Grand Bank, and the Island 
 
 f *• Pierre, should keep a middle course between Newfoundland 
 and Cape Breton Island, recollecting that the harbors on the coast 
 westward of Fortune Bay, are impeded with dangers, with many 
 rocks about the entrances, and that fogs are very prevalent on the 
 coast. Special attention must be paid to the set of the current 
 and on no account should the use of the lead be neglected 
 
 If the weather be foggy, a course should be shaped so as to pass 
 a few miles north of Scatari Island; frequently after passing the 
 meridian of Flint Island the fog will clear 
 
32 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND — LABRADOR. 
 
 ill 
 
 Cape Breton to Newfoundland.— When making tlie passage 
 from Sydney to Cape Race, the attention of the navigator is espe- 
 cially directed to the set of the current; also to the imperative 
 necessity of taking frequent soundings on the banks off the south 
 coast of Newfoundland, the usual state of weather being fog. 
 
 When steering to the eastward, the edge of St. Pierre Bank is a 
 good guide for longitude. Upward of 100 fathoms will be obtained 
 if drawn into the middle of Placentia Bay. Cape St. Mary should 
 not be approached, in thick weather, in less depth than 50 fathoms, 
 nor Cape Pine in 40 fathoms. 
 
 Variation of the Compass. — On the coasts of Newfoundlan<l 
 and Labrador the variation of the compass changes so rapidly, as 
 shown by curves of equal magnetic variation cm the charts, that 
 the course of a ship requires to be constantly changed in order to 
 steer, on a straight line, from one position to another. This is 
 particularly the case in steering for or through the Strait of Bolle 
 Isle, where, in foggy weather, great attention is necessary to the 
 course in order to avoid any mishap. 
 
 Local Magnetic Disturbance. — Observation shows that in 
 many parts of Newfoiindland and Labrador the compass, on land, 
 is subject to local magnetic disturbance, and there is reason to be- 
 lieve that a similar disturbance extends to the compasses of ves- 
 sels, when at anchor, or passing over depths of less than 20 fath- 
 oms, in many localities. In view of this, the method of fixing po- 
 sition by angles and station pointer is preferable to the method by 
 bearings. 
 
 Mill • 
 
 Vf 
 
 **a«ii 
 
 [,- 1^^^^^^***^ ■ ' 
 
cing tlie passage 
 avigator is espe- 
 the imperative 
 iks off the south 
 • being fog. 
 Pierre Bank is a 
 will be obtained 
 St. Mary should 
 ;han 50 fathoms, 
 
 I: Newfoundlau'l 
 ;es so rapidly, as 
 the charts, that 
 iiged in order to 
 nother. This is 
 e Strait of Bollo 
 necessary to the 
 
 shows that in 
 3mpass, on land, 
 3 is reason to be- 
 )mpasses of ves- 
 3S3 than 20 fath- 
 hod of fixing po- 
 :o the method by 
 
 CHAPTER II. 
 
 BANKS OF NEWFOUNDLAND AND NOVA SCOTIA BANKS. 
 (H. O. Chart No. 080-.) 
 Flemish Cap, the easternmost of the Newfonndlajid Banks, has 
 only been partially examined. It extends within the 100-fathom 
 line, about 00 miles in a noi-th and south direction, and is 25 miles 
 broad. The least depth known is 58 fathoms, near the south 
 extreme, m latitude 4(;° 47' N., longitude 44° 28' W., the bottom 
 being mu.l and largo stones. There is deep water between it and 
 Great Bank. 
 
 Great Bank of Newfoundland.— In crossing the North Atlaii- 
 tic Ocean to any port in Nova Scotia or the Buy of Fundy, vessels 
 generally traverse Uw Groat Bank of Newfoundland. This bank 
 extends about ;];J0 miles nortli and soutli, between the parallels of 
 48° .30' and 43° 00' N., and 390 miles east and west, between the 
 meridians of 47° 40' and 57° 20' W., oii the parallel of the Virgin 
 Rocks. This includes St. Pierre and Green Banks, which are in 
 reality a portion of the Great Bank. The only dangers whose 
 existence have been verified are the Virgin Rocks and banks and 
 the Eastern Rocks. 
 
 The form of the Great Bank is irregular, but it reaches its most 
 eastern limit on the parallel of the Virgin Rocks. South of this 
 parallel it trends to the southwest for about 230 miles, and decreases 
 in depth, so that on the parallel of 44° N. there is only a depth of 
 22Jathoms, over sand. On the parallel of 43° N. and meridian of 
 50° W. the bank falls into deep water, and its GO-fathom edge 
 trends to the northwest. 
 
 The general depth of water on the Great Bank, as far west as 
 the 52d meridian, varies from 30 to 45 fathoms, and the bottom is 
 usually sand, gravel, or broken shell. 
 
 Westward of the 52d meridian the bank is intersected by veins 
 of deeper water, one of which, extending southward from Placen- 
 tia Bay, has a depth of 105 fathoms on the parallel of the Viro-in 
 Rocks. "^ 
 
 The Great Bank is separated from Ballard Bank, near Cape Race, 
 by a channel about 20 miles wide, having from 80 to 100 fathoms 
 water, over mud. 
 
 Virgin Rocks.— The bank (with depth of 3 to 30 fathoms) on 
 which these rocks are situated occupies a space 8 miles long in a 
 north and south direction and 3i miles greatest breadth. The least 
 
 (88) 
 
Il 
 
 i 
 
 34 
 
 NEWFOrXDLANl) — CJIJKAT HANK. 
 
 depth f()un<l on the Virgin Rocks was '.i fatlioins, ovoi* n small piu- 
 nacle, on whii-li the sea breaks in heavy weather. From tins pin- 
 nacle two rocks, with 4 and 5^ fathoms water over them, lie 
 respectively NNW., distant nearly 200 yards, and SW. ^ mile 
 di.stant. These rocks, with snrroiinding .shoal ground of less tlian 
 20 fathoms, comprise<l within a diameter of abont 1,100 yards, 
 form the Main Ledge. 
 
 South Shoal, with least water of 4J fathoms, is SSE. H udles 
 fi'om Main Ledge, and occupies a space 1,200 yard.s long in a north 
 and south direction, with a breadth of 700 yards, the depths being 
 imder 20 fathoms. Two other rocks with 5 fathoms of water are 
 NW. of this rock, the farthest being 300 yards off. Two small 
 rocks with 9 and 10 fathoms, respectively, lie near the north and 
 east edges of this bank. 
 
 South Shoal is reported by the fishermen to break heavier and 
 to be more dangerous than the Main Ledge. 
 
 Main Ledge and South Shoal are the only dangers in ordinary 
 weather, but several other parts on these shoals are reported to 
 break in heavy gales; the foul ground, combined with the tidal 
 stream, causing a confused sea even in sti'ong breezes. 
 
 Prairie Shoal, least water 9 fathoms, is about 800 yards long 
 and 400 yards broad, within the depth of 20 fathoms. It is north 
 2^ miles from the shoalest pan of Main Ledge, and midway between 
 are Northwest Shoal and Maloney Ledge, with least water 11 and 
 14 fathoms, respectively. 
 
 Ice. — The Virgin Rocks are usually surrounded by ice until the 
 middle of April or beginning of May. 
 
 Eastern Shoals. — The least water found on the shoals waB 7 
 fathoms, about ^ mile SE. of the Nine-fathom Bank, which lies 
 near the center of a group of shoal patches extending about 3^ 
 miles in a north and south direction, Avith a breadth of 2 miles, 
 having depths on them of 12 to 25 fathoms. The Nine-fathom 
 Bank is in latitude 46° 20' 45" N., longitude 50° 28'. OG" W. 
 
 Eastern Shoals are the easternmost known to the fishermen ; those 
 with 13 fathoms or less over them are reported to break in heavy 
 weather. With a strong breeze there is a confused sea in the 
 locality. 
 
 Bog^ Ledge, the shoalest of four banks, occupying a space 
 1,200 yards long and 550 yards broad, has 12 fathoms on its shoal- 
 est part, which is 1^ miles NE. from Nine- fathom Bank. 
 
 Saunders Shoal, about 300 yards in diameter, has 11 fathoms 
 least water, and is i mile SE. by S* from Nine-fathom Bank. 
 
 A depth of 8 fathoms was reported to have b'^en found in 1874 
 about 40 miles E. by S. from the Eastern Shoals. 
 
 aigsiiftvmaaiitstiiimotssssi 
 
or ii small ])iu- 
 From this piii- 
 ovov Iheni, lie 
 1(1 SW. i mile 
 iiid of less tliaii 
 it 1,100 yards, 
 
 s SSE. U uiil^is 
 long in a north 
 lie (leiJths being 
 ins of water are 
 )ff. Two small 
 r the nortli and 
 
 jak heavier and 
 
 ;;er8 in ordinary 
 are reported to 
 I with the tidal 
 3zes. 
 
 800 yards long 
 ims. It is north 
 midway between 
 ist water 11 and 
 
 by ice until the 
 
 he shoals waS 7 
 Jank, which lies 
 (udiiig about 3^ 
 idth of 2 miles, 
 he Nine-fathom 
 
 OG" W. 
 fishermen ; those 
 break in heavy 
 used sea in the 
 
 upying a space 
 
 jms on its shoal- 
 Bank, 
 has 11 fathoms 
 
 hom Bank. 
 
 n found in 1874 
 
 HANKS. 
 
 85 
 
 Emmeline Shoal, of r^ fathoms, is 'i milos north of Nine-fathom 
 Bank, and the (iilley Shoals, of lb and 12 fathoms, are about a 
 mile SSE. of the bank. 
 
 Tidal Streams. — In the immodiute neighborhood ot the Virgin 
 and Eastern Rocks the tidal stream attuins a velocity of J knot an 
 houi', l)ut a few miles from theni it is scarcely perceptible; during 
 the ])eriod of examination a slight s<jutherly set was experienced. 
 
 Qreen Bank, on which the least depth of water is lU) fathoms, 
 stony bottom, is in reality the western exti'emity of the Great Bank, 
 being only ])artially separated from it by a gully of deep watei-, in 
 about longitude 54° W., having over 00 fathoms mud in it. Its 
 western limit is in longitude 55° W., and its soiithern margin in 
 latitude 44° 50' N., and the peculiarity of its western limit nearly 
 coinciding with the meridian of 55° W. makes it of service in veri- 
 fying the longitude. The deep gully between it and St. Pierre 
 Bank is 14 niiles wide, with 70 to 90 fathoms mud. 
 
 A 5-fathom patch in latitude 45° 4(1' N., longitude 54° 20' W., 
 was rei)orted on Green Bank in 1881. 
 
 St. Pierre Bank has its eastern limit nearly on the meridian of 
 55° 20' W., and attains its southern boundary in latitude 45° N., 
 longitude Hl^' 50' W. The bank then trends about NW. for about 
 120 miles to its western margin, in latitude 46° 40' N., longitude 
 57° 20' W. 
 
 The soundings on this bank vary from 20 to 45 fathoms, the 
 ordinary bottom being sand and broken shell. 
 
 (H. O. Chart No. 1412.) 
 
 Nova Scotia Banks. — Although the nature and extent of the 
 princii)al banks which mark the approaches to Nova Scotia are 
 not perfectly known, yet the knowledge of their limits and depth 
 of water has been greatly increased during late years. Much use- 
 ful information respecting the outer banks was diffused by the 
 French charts in 1858; the surveys of La Have and Roseway 
 Banks by Captain Shortland, R. N., in 1859, were satisfactory in 
 every respect ; and, later still, the offshore soundings by Captain 
 Orlebar, R. N., in 1804, are valuable additions to the hitherto 
 scanty knowledge of the inequalities of the various banks which 
 lie off the much-exposed and dangerous coast of Nova Scotia. Of 
 these banks, the principal in extent and most important in position 
 are the Banquereau and Sable Banks, the former being the eastern- 
 most of what may be correctly designated the Nova Scotia Banks. 
 
 Banquereau Bank, with 16 to 50 fathoms, is an extensive 
 plateau of sand, gravel, and shell, and is distinguished from con- 
 tiguous banks by numerous flat sea eggs without prickles, which 
 are found on the bottom. It extends from about latitude 44° 30' N., 
 
 iyawwinsiJBMi 
 
 WIIMWfcMlgJWWJi 
 
•M\ 
 
 NOVA SCOTIA. 
 
 loiigitudo 67° 16' W. in ii wcstorly diroction \'iO miles to the 
 moridian of Mf W. Thia hiiiik is soparated from St. Pierrt' Bunk 
 by a deep \<;\x\\y nearly OO niilt's wide, liavinK from '200 to .'500 
 fathoms muddy bottom ; and from tiic oawt oi1k« <>f Sahln Island 
 Bank by another KnHy of doep water !• miles arroHs at its narrowest 
 part. 
 
 On rfferrinK to tho chart it will 1)0 soen that its shoalost part, 
 with 15 fathoms, in latitude 4-i" 35' N. and lonKitudo 57° 54' W., is 
 the apex of a ridge (haviuK It'ss than 30 fathoms) ui)ward of 40 
 miles in length NE. and SW., and that relatively with the dangers 
 off Sable Island it is not only a safe oiling lor vessels intending to 
 pass to the northward of tho last-named danger, but by keei>ing, 
 if possible, in the same par)c..x.\ the long and ccmtinnous line of 
 comparatively shoal water would enable a -vessel, under ordinary 
 circumstances, to feel her way with s<mie degree of confidence 
 until she has passed to tho westward of the jueridiaii of Sable 
 
 Island. 
 
 Soundings obtained by tho French cruiser Nauuh' in IH'.U indi- 
 cate that Banquereau Bank extends more to the eastward than is 
 indicated on the charts. This vessel obtained a sounding of 40^^ 
 fathoms in latitude 44° 43' 00" N., longitude 57° IH' 15" W., a half 
 hour before not having fcmnd Iwttom in 10!» fathoms. From tho 
 above position the Naiade stood west at a s|)eed of (i to O.V knots, 
 sounding every half hour, and obtained .soundings of 32, 28.^, 2!), 
 34+, 1<», 20, and 20 fathoms. 
 
 Misaine and Canso Banks.— Misaino Bank lies to the north- 
 ward of Banquereau Bank, between the latter and Scatari Island, 
 and between its NW. edge, with GO fathoms, and a similar de'pth 
 on the outer edge of a bank extending from the shores of Cape 
 Breton Island, there is a dee)) gully 20 miles wide, with from 70 
 to 136 fathoms. The least water yet found on this bank is 30 
 fathoms, the general depth being more than 40 fathoms, with a 
 bottom of stone and broken shell. The outline of tho bank is 
 very irregular; its eastern limit is in latitude 45° 28' N., longitude 
 58° 10' W., and its western extremity is connected with Canso 
 Bank by the «0-fathom line. 
 
 The least water found on Canso Bank is 35 fatlioms, sandy bot- 
 tom ; the bank is separated from the north end of Middle Ground 
 by a space of deep water, with 112 fathoms, and from the bank 
 extending from Cape Canso by a narrow deep-water channel, with 
 
 84 fathoms. 
 
 Artimou Bank, at the east entioi the deep-water gully separat- 
 ing Misaine Bank from Banquereau, is of small extent, the least 
 ■water found being 37 fathoms, over a bottom of stone with starfish 
 and sea eggs. 
 
HANKS. 
 
 m 
 
 ) niiU's to tilt! 
 ,t. Pii'iTf Hunk 
 om 200 to aoo 
 if Siiblc ImIiukI 
 it its niirrowost 
 
 8 Hh(>aU-«t part, 
 l«5:"54' W.,is 
 i) upward c)f U) 
 •itli tli('(laiiKorM 
 tils intdiuUiiK to 
 Imt hy kcfpinj;', 
 iitiiuious lim; of 
 iiiidiT onliiiary 
 e of coiifKU'iu'i' 
 'Vidian of SaMf 
 
 nil' in 181't imli- 
 'astward tlian i.s 
 sounding of ioK 
 < 15" W., a half 
 oiiis. From tlio 
 f (1 to (5i knots, 
 fH of :33, 28. V, W, 
 
 ies to the nortli- 
 l Scatari Island, 
 a similar depth 
 shores of Cai)0 
 e, with from TO 
 this bank is 3(J 
 fathoms, with a 
 of the l)ank is 
 28' N., longitude 
 ted with Canso 
 
 loms, sandy bot- 
 Middle Ground 
 from the bank 
 
 XT channel, with 
 
 ;er gully separat- 
 extent, the least 
 one with starfish 
 
 Middle Ground, alxmt ;j() miles to tln' nortiiward of the went 
 end of 8a))l(« Island, has as little as lo fathoms, thisdeptli ix'ing- 
 found at the extreme SK. end of the bank; then' is also a deptli of 
 IT) fathoms toward tht^ NW. extreme. Tht» l)ank is al)oiit 40 miles 
 in ItMigth NW. and SK., witii de[)ths varying; from 10 toIJo fatiioms, 
 and is separated from tlu» west end of Banqnereuu Mank hy a gully 
 .') nnles across, with 100 fathoms. Its inner end e'xtends to witliin 
 Hr) miles of (Jape Canso, the distance Iti^twMen being occupied priii- 
 cipnlly l)y a submarine valley, having in (jue locality a depth of 
 140 fathoms. 
 
 If, in foggy weather, soundings should be struck within the HO- 
 fathom line they will impart contidtmce in making the coast of 
 Nova Scotia, as the middle of the bank is in about the .same par- 
 allel as tlie entrance of Halifax Harl)or. 
 
 Sambro Banks consists of two banks; the eastern is about 12 
 miles in length, within the tlO-fathom line, and lies SE. :M mile.s 
 from the saMie depth south of Samhro Ledges. The western liank, 
 with 62 fathoms, sand aiul gravel, is about 4 miles mi extent and 
 sepjirateul from the easti-rn bank by a chantiel 10 miles wide, with 
 'JH to 100 fathoms, stone. A bank similar in s'y/.o to the western 
 bank, with '.\i ff+homs water, lies NE. about ("iO miles from it. 
 The.se baidvs are .-lurrounded hj- deep water. There are other 
 detached i»atches of less than 00 fathoms in the neighborhood, not 
 yet accurately defined. 
 
 Emerald Bank is about 20 miles SE. from the eastern Sambro 
 Bank. The least water yet obtained on it is 38 fathoms. 
 
 La Have Bank. — The northeastern shoal plateau of this ])ank, 
 with from 43 to 50 fathoms, sand and stone, is 32 miles in length, 
 north and south, by 15 miles broad, the north end being about 
 east nearly »jO miles from Baccaro Point. Another bank, with 46 
 to 50 fathoms, exists to the westward of the south end of the 
 above, from which it is only separated by a shallow gully with 53 
 fathoms. 
 
 The 60-fathom boundary of the bank is well defined all round 
 and includes withiii its limits Brawn Bank, described hereafter. 
 
 Roseway Bank. — The shoalest part of this bank, with from 31 
 to 40 fathoms, stone and pebbles, is about 11 miles in length, and 
 its center is on the same parallel as Cape Sable lighthouse and the 
 north end of La Have Bank. Between the GO-fathom lines of La 
 Have and Roseway Banks there is a deep channel, with from 70 to 
 100 fathoms; whilst inshore, Roseway Bank is connected by a 
 narrow neck with the 60-fathom line of the bank extending along 
 the coast. 
 
 Brown Bank, within the 50-fathoni line, is 55 miles in length, 
 with an average breadth of 15 miles. It lies to the westward of. 
 
M8 
 
 NOVA SCOTIA — NKWFOrNDLAXn. 
 
 but cimtiguoiis to, Lu lliivc Hank, uiid with it I'oiium hii iilmoHt 
 continuouH luiiik, rnllowiiij; the lino of cniiHt off (Jiipc HabU< iit the 
 «Hstiui<'<» of M inih's olVsliorc. 
 
 Near tht; wostcni cxtn-inity of Brown Bank is a Handy rise abont 
 lU inihfH lonK noftli and sontii, with fnun 1 I to 'M) fathoniH, th«! foi'- 
 mer drpth haviuK boon ol)tain<'d in hititudf 4"i' 47' N., h)ngitiidu 
 (lfi° 1!>' W. This dt'|)th lifs abont -H inih>s SSVV. of Capo Sabh«. 
 
 Outsiik' tho riO-falhoni lino of Brown Bank tlu'ro is a doop-walcr 
 channol '25 niilos wi(h', soparatint,' it from the? (lU-fathoni lino at 
 the northeastorn extremity of OeorKO Hboul, otf tho MassachuHetts 
 coast. 
 
 Iiisido Brown Bank tlioro is a narrow doop-wator channol with 
 above 00 fathoms, dividing? it from the same depth on tlie edge of 
 the shore bank, which follows, abont ;J0 miles otf, tho lino of coast 
 from Cape Sable to as far as Bryer Island, alji-east wliich the deep 
 water approaches within 5 miles of the shore. 
 
 There are many inocpuilities on the main si )re bank otf tho SW. 
 coast of Nova Scotia, which it wonld be useless to describe in detail 
 in these directions, inasmuch as they are clearly delineated on the 
 chart, by studying which the navigator will have a comprehensive 
 idea, not only of the i)ositions of, and depths upon, the various 
 small patiihes, but also of tho relative i)ositions of the larger banks. 
 
 Caution. — The bottom in the ai)i)roach to Halifa.\ is very un- 
 even, and soundings over this area havo uoi yet been obtained in 
 sufficient detail to justify much confidence being placed in a posi- 
 tion assumed from depths alone. 
 
 Birds. — The approach to the banks is generally evidenced by an 
 increasing number of sea fowl around the vessel. Hagdown&, a 
 species of gull, heavy of flight, are seen all across the Atlantic, 
 but on the banks they become very numerous, as well as divers and 
 other sea fowl. 
 
 Fish.— All the banks off Newfoundland and Nova Scotia abouud 
 in cod and other fish, and during the summer season a large fleet 
 of fishing vessels are found at anchor upon them. The ordinary 
 track of the mail steamers is left .open, but north and south of this 
 unoccupied track numerous American, French, and Canadian ves- 
 sels are employed in the cod fishery, especially on the Great Bank 
 of Newfoundland, St. Pierre Bank. Banquereau and Green Banks, 
 and Middle Ground. 
 
 s::\^, *i5 ■ ?.^v« sav-:>' 
 
)rins HI) iiliuost 
 !ij)t< Httble (it tint 
 
 iiiiidy rise about 
 lit lir)inH, lli« for- 
 7' N., IdUKitiKlu 
 )f Capo Sal)l('. 
 is u (locji-wultT 
 -f'ntlioin lino at 
 
 (' MaSHHcllUHOttS 
 
 or chaimol with 
 
 l» on the edge of 
 
 the lino of coast 
 
 which the deep 
 
 link oft- the SW. 
 [escribe in detail 
 olineatod on the 
 I comprehensive 
 )on, the various 
 he larger banks, 
 ifax is very uu- 
 leen obtained in 
 )lacotl in a posi- 
 
 evidenced by an 
 . HagdownS, a 
 ss the Atlantic, 
 ell as divers and 
 
 'a Scotia abound 
 isoii a large fleet 
 . The ordinary 
 md south of this 
 id Canadian ves- 
 the Great Bank 
 id Green Banks, 
 
 CIIAITKK IH. 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND, SOUTH (X)A8T -(UPE RACE TO CREW POINT. 
 
 (H. O. Chftit oHlh and B. A. Cluirt 2111.1.; 
 
 Cape Race is the soutlu-astern extremity of Newfoundland. It 
 is !il mil.'s SVV^ by S. from Cape Ballanl, and is distiiiguisluHl by 
 a liglithoiisc standing close to tli." kceix'r's dwelling, with a b.'ac(m 
 in front. At its extremity there is a detached, wedge-shaped rock 
 40 f^'ct high. ' 
 
 ^ The land about the cape appears low and flat, in comparison with 
 Cai)e Ballard or Cape Pine, ])iit clill's of slate, from loo to •,>()() feet 
 high, face the .sea there in nearly vertical strata. The hind rises 
 gradually, and in clear weather there will be seen between 10 and 
 !',» miles to the; NK. a rocky range known as the Re<| Hilh risin.r 
 ri(» feet high. ' " 
 
 Cape Race is bare (jf trees, and has a brown, desolai;e, and barren 
 appearance, but in .sheltered hollows and along the courses of the 
 rivulets there is a stunted growth of spnice, lir, and alder. The 
 rocks are of the Silurian system, and tivv thinly covered with peat 
 and bog. 
 
 Boats may land in moderate weather in coves east and west of 
 the lighthouse, but the ordinary landing is in Cape Cove, about + 
 raileNP]. 
 
 Light.— The lighthouse on Cape Race is 40 feet high, circular, 
 the SE. face painted red and white in broad vertical stripes, and 
 shows at the height of ISO feet above the sea a revolving white 
 light, attaining its greatest brilliancy e\ ery half minute, and visi- 
 ble from seaward in clear weather between the bearings of N 38° 
 E. (N. 00° E. mag.) and S. 38° W. (S. 60° W. nnlg.), 19 miles. 
 
 Beacon.— A conical beacon stands 50 yards S. 31° E. (S. 3° E. 
 mag.) from the lighthouse. 
 
 Fog Signal.— In thick or foggy weather a whistle about 83 yards 
 SE. by S. of the liglithouse will sound blasts o£ ten seconds' dura- 
 tion at interv^als of tifty seconds. 
 
 Signal and Ice-reporting Station.-Cape Race is connected 
 by telegraph with St. Johns, to which place vessels passing are 
 reported. It is also an ice-reporting station ; information as to ice, 
 wind, temperature, and weather indications can be obtained during 
 the months April and May, by communicating with the signal sta- 
 tion. A Lloyds station also here. 
 
 (89) 
 
 i 
 
 i 
 I 
 
 I 
 
I i 
 
 40 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAKD SOUTH COAST. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, at Cape Race at 7h. 
 OOni. Springs rise G^ feet and neaps 5 feet. 
 
 Currents. — As fogs greatly prevail along the south coast of 
 Newfoundland, especially dux'ing June and July, it is necessary 
 that the ordinary set of the currents and dangerous indraught into 
 the deep bays should be known and guarded against. 
 
 Soundings. — When in the vicinity of Capes Race and Pine care 
 should be taken to obtain freciuent casts of the lead; the soundings 
 will be found regular, and of moderate dej)th, and in addition to 
 these precautions the chart shoiild be referred to. 
 
 Ice. — It should be remembered that icebei'gs may be met with off 
 this coast at nearly all seasons. In March, April, May, Jiine, and 
 sometimes July, field ice is often encountered, either on the banks 
 or nearer to Newfoundland. 
 
 From twenty years' observations the eaidiest arrival of northern 
 ice recorded at Cape Race is 17th January, and the latest 12th April, 
 the average date being about the first week in February. The 
 departure of ice varies from 25th February to 7th June, the aver- 
 age time being about the middle of April. 
 
 Ballard Bank lies jjarallel to the coast about 7 miles eastward 
 of Cfipe Race; it is 13^ miles in length, with a greatest breadth of 
 4+ miles, gradually tapering to the NE., where at its extremity it 
 is only + mile wide. At the north end it is rocky and the sound- 
 ings irregular, but they are less vai'iable toward the southern 
 extremity. 
 
 The sea, on the NE. portion of this bank, breaks during heavy 
 winter gales; and probably also on the whole of the 7 anji 8 
 fathoms patches near the cape. 
 
 Tommy Sock lies at the north extreme of Ballard Bank ; it is 
 small in extent, and has a depth of 9 fathoms water over it. 
 
 Garret Rock, with a depth of 8 fathoms water over it, is small 
 and lies N. 82° E. (S. 70° E. mag.), a little more than 9 mi4es from 
 Cape Race lighthouse. 
 
 A Bank, with 13 fathoms water over it, bears N. 89° E. (S. G3° 
 E. mag.), 8f miles from Cape Race lighthouse. 
 
 Pig Bank, a small fishing bank with 18 to 20 fathoms water, 
 over rock, lies S. 17° W. (S. IS" W.), 5 miles from Cape Race light. 
 
 Horseshoe Rock, a patch i^ mile in length, NE.— SW., and i 
 mile in Avidth, with a least depth of 12 fathoms on it, lies with Cape 
 Pine lighthouse bearing N. 77° W. (N. 49° W. mag.), distant 9yV 
 miles. 
 
 Nickorson Bank consists of a n-ocky patch, extending within 
 the 20 faj;homs limit 500 yards, WNW.— ENE., with a width of 
 250 yards. On it are two heads of 101 and 12 fathoms, the former 
 
t Cape Race at 7h. 
 
 the south coast of 
 
 ily, it is necessary 
 
 ous indraught into 
 
 ainst. 
 
 Race and Pine care 
 
 sad ; the soundings 
 
 and in addition to 
 
 0. 
 
 nay be met with off 
 11, May, June, and 
 ither on the banks 
 
 arrival of northern 
 le latest 12th April, 
 n February. The 
 th June, the aver- 
 
 t 7 miles eastward 
 greatest breadth of 
 at its extremity it 
 ky and the sound- 
 rard the southern 
 
 eaks during heavy 
 ie of the 7 anji 8 
 
 allard Bank; it is 
 ater over it. 
 er over it, is small 
 than 9 mi4es from 
 
 3 N. 89° E. (S. G3° 
 
 20 fathoms water, 
 
 I Cape Race light. 
 NE.— SW., and i 
 
 II it, lies with Cape 
 mag.), distant 9j\ 
 
 extending within 
 ., -with a width of 
 thoms, the former 
 
 DIRECTIONS. 
 
 41 
 
 lying near the NW. end of the bank, the latter 150 yards to the SE 
 with 13 and 14 fathoms between. The bank is fairly steep-to. ' 
 A careful search failed to find less water than the 10^ fathom« 
 above mentioned. This spot, on which the sea probably "breaks in 
 heavy weather, lies with Cape Race lighthouse bearing N 41° E 
 (N. G0° E. mag.), distant 17A miles. No tide rip was noticed, but 
 with a long swell from the westward there was a decided lift over 
 the shoalest part. 
 
 Mr. Nickerson states that there are other patches ( ' ' one or more ") 
 of 11 and 12 fathoms between Nickerson Bank and Lamb Rock 
 (about 28 miles to the westward). 
 
 Directions.— In approaching Cape Race from the eastward, after 
 crossing Great Bank, the water gradually deepens to 90 and 100 
 fathoms; after which, on Ballard Bank, it rapidly shoals to about 
 25 and 16 fathoms. 
 
 After crossing this bank the water again deepens to 40 fathoms 
 and then shoals gradually to the shore, which is generally bold so 
 that 7 fathoms water is often found at a distance of 200 yards from 
 the cliffs. 
 
 Coming from the westward in thick weather, the soundings are 
 so regular that a depth of 30 fathoms may be easily maintained 
 and both Cape Pine and Cape Race rounded with safety. As the 
 soundnigs after passing Cape Race deepen, a cast of 60 to 80 fath- 
 oms will show the navigator that he has rounded this cape, and, 
 with attention to the lead, a course may be steered to the north- 
 eastward with confidence. 
 
 Cripple Rock—At U miles S. 42° W. (S. 70° W. mag.), of Cape 
 Ra<;e is Cripple Rock, with 4+ fathoms water on it; it is supposed 
 to be a small pinnacle on which the sea seldom breaks. To pass 
 east of it, keep Cape Ballard open of Cape Race until Cape Pine is 
 open of Mistaken Point, and vice versa. In the caplin season- 
 June and July— a large number of boats are engaged in fishing 
 along this coast. 
 
 Several shoals, with 6 to 8 fathoms water over them lie off the 
 coast between Mistaken Point and Cape Race; the westernmost 
 with 7 fathoms water over it, bearing S. 28° E. (South mag.) dis- 
 tant 1:^^ miles from Mistaken Point. 
 
 Mistaken Point, lOO feei high, is a green hummock rising from 
 slate chffs, 4 miles westward of Cape Race. Between it and the 
 cape IS Shingle Head, with slate cliffs 150 feet high. 
 
 Beacon.— A cairn stands on Mistaken Point, which will be found 
 of much use when making the coast in foggy weather 
 
 Freshwater Point, W. by N., distant 2 miles from Mistaken 
 Point, is low, with the land rising in the rear; in the cove north 
 of the point is a waterfall 100 feet high. 
 
 : "^Sfiyiei!,!^^^*^;* 
 
Ilill 
 
 42 
 
 NKWB'OUNDLAND — SOI Til COAST. 
 
 Trepassey Bay, 12 miles wide by 4 miles deep, is formed 
 between Freshwater Point and Cape Pine. Within it is Portugal 
 Cove, Biscay and Mutton Bays, and Trepassey Harbor; between 
 Freshwater Point and Portugal C(»ve the cliffs are 200 feet liigh, 
 and the shore rocky and difficult of access. 
 
 Caution. — Upon this shore many Avrecks have occurred in foggy 
 weather, caused doubtless by the indraught, which sometimes runs 
 2 miles an hour on the east side of this bay. Sailing vessels should 
 be careful to keep a good offing, as the wind often falls light near 
 the shore, and the drift of the sea and current are nearly always 
 toward the land. 
 
 Portugal Cove is rocky and dangerous. On the eastern side a 
 few families live, who farm as well as fish, and have a good stock 
 of cows, horses, and sheep. 
 
 Cape Mutton, a round hill 330 feet high, divides Biscay and 
 Mutton Bays. Both these bays should be avoided by sailing ves- 
 sels. Biscay Bay is i mile wide and 2 miles deep, and at its head 
 is a stream abounding with trout and salmoii. With offshore 
 winds there is safe anchorage for steamers in the middle of the 
 bay in 5 fathoms water, over sand. 
 
 Trepassey Harbor. — Powles Head is the termination of a 
 peninsula which forms the southern shore of Trepassey Harbor, 
 and is connected to the mainland by a narrow shingle beach ; this 
 peninsula protects Trepassey Harbor and separates it from Mutton 
 Bay. Powles Head is 120 feet high, whilst the land on the north 
 shore rises to the height of 450 feet. On this account it is often 
 difficult when coming from the eastward to distinguish the entrance 
 to Trepassey Hai'bor. "" 
 
 At Beach Point, the north end of the peninsula, the settlement 
 commences and contains a population of 700 persons. The village, 
 with its Roman Catholic chapel, is on the eastern side of the harbor, 
 and may be seen from seaward over the beach of Mutton Bay. 
 
 Communication. — The Coastal Steamship Company's steamers 
 from St. Johns call here fortnightly dui-ing summer and autumn. 
 There is telegraphic communication with, and a road leading to, 
 St. Johns, distant 70 miles. 
 
 Buoy. — An automatic whistling buoy is moored with Powles 
 Head bearing N. 17° E. (N. 45° E. mag.), distant 1^ miles. On 
 account of the exposed position of this buoy it is liable to break 
 adrift and is generally removed during winter. (Missing 18'J5.) 
 
 Emerald Shoal, lying about 700 yards SSE. of Daniel Point, is 
 composed of mud, sand, and stones, with a depth of 11 feet at low 
 water, spring tides, and 2 to 4 fathoms around ; it lies with Roman 
 Catholic chapel bearing S. 32° E. (S. 4° E. mag.), distant ^V mile. 
 
 Ill' 
 
 111 
 
 mm- 
 
PILOTS DIRECTIONS. 
 
 43 
 
 deep, is formed 
 lin it is Portugal 
 Harbor; between 
 re 200 feet high, 
 
 •ccurred in foggy 
 1 sometimes runs 
 iig vessels sliould 
 I falls light near 
 re nearly always 
 
 he eastern side a 
 ave a good stock 
 
 .^ides Biscay and 
 d by sailing ves- 
 , and at its head 
 With offshore 
 le middle of the 
 
 3rmination of a 
 epassey Harbor, 
 ngle beach ; this 
 s it from Mutton 
 md on the north 
 :;ount it is often 
 uish the entrance 
 
 a, the settlement 
 IS. The village, 
 de of the harbor. 
 Mutton Bay. 
 ipany's steamers 
 ler and autumn, 
 road leading to, 
 
 ed with Powles 
 t 1^ miles. On 
 i liable to break 
 Missing 18'J5.) 
 
 Daniel Point, is 
 of 11 feet at low 
 lies with Roman 
 
 distant j^ mile. 
 
 mnt r?n ^ r K """'^T'^ anchorage, in 5 fathoms water, over 
 mud, 600 yards above Beach Point, is sheltered; but the best 
 anc-liorage is above Meadow Point, where a vessel will be corl- 
 pletely landlocked, and good anchorage may be obtained in 7 
 f»thoms water, over muddy bottom. 
 ^ Water may be readily obtained from a stream near Meadow 
 
 Pilots.-Fislnng boats from Trepassey are nearly always to be 
 
 a" as X^^ '' "' ''' '^'"'""^ "" ^^"""^^ ^^"^^^««^ '' 
 Dangers.-Shoal water extends 300 yards S. by W. A W from 
 
 Savadown Rock, with 6 feet water on it, lies S. 84° W. (N 68° 
 W. mag.) from the first gravelly beach a mile NE. from Powles 
 
 tranc; Til'" t^""'' ^^ ^''^"^^ ^^™' ^^"^* ^* *^« ^E. side of en- 
 trance to the JsE. arm, open at Beach Point 
 
 Meadow Bank, on the west side of the harbor, is cleared by keep- 
 ing Baker Head the outer extremity of the land on the wesLlZ 
 open south.* knmer Rocks. On both sides of the harbor ^he 
 water is shoai . . cky. 
 
 Directions. ' ,els, bound into Trepassey Harbor during thick 
 weather, should endeavor to make tlie land on the west fide of 
 
 m esTw r r ^."^" ''^"^' '''''''' '' ^«^^'' -^^ li- -bout 3 
 miles S^ . from the entrance to Trepassey Harbor 
 
 an/Tc^T^'^u'' f -^-r H-d' ^ -iles NE., the land is barren, 
 and .rom Ba^er Head to the entrance of Trepassey Harbor it is 
 covered with brushwood. * " 'i ii is 
 
 To enter Trepassey Harbor with a fair wind, run in for Baker 
 Head, a precipitous bluff 360 feet high, and then keep rather 
 toward the shore of Powles Head, bearing in mind that shoal 
 ground extends, for a distance of 300 yards S. by W. i W from 
 the head and nearly 800 yards in the same direction from the nTt 
 point east o it. Proceeding up the harbor, Sims Poin" open o 
 
 Sock\^rBatrHiT H° ^- ?■ ''^ ^- "^^•^' ^^«^- ^-'^'w- 
 
 Kock, ami Baker Head, the outer extreme of land on the west 
 shore, kept open of Skinner Rocks, S. 39° W. (S 67° W L^ f 
 clears Meadows Bank. *v- mag.j, 
 
 When about 600 yards above Beach Point, anchor in 5 fathoms 
 water, with Beach Point ami Powles Head in line, bearin^fs "° 
 W (S. 50 W mag.) or if proceeding to the anchorage north of 
 Mea<low Point, pass between Meadow Spit and Emerald SwT 
 with Daniel Point bearing about N. 6° W (N. 22° E niaL ) ' 
 
 Ice.-It should be remembered that during winter, if the ice is 
 heavy on the east coast, blocking up all access to St. Johns 'uul 
 
 1 .1 (I t n t 
 
 HOIO' 
 
 I 
 
44 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH COAST. 
 
 m 
 
 Pil 
 
 the eastern harbors, vessels may safely enter Trepassey Harbor, 
 which is only occasionally blocked by field ice, which arrives about 
 1st May and loaves about the 10th of the same month. NNE. winds 
 clear the bay of ice ; winds, south of east, fill the bay with ice ; 
 and southerly winds pack it. The last vessel generally leaves 
 about the end of September. 
 
 Tides.— It is high water, full and change, in Trepassey Harbor at 
 7h. Om. ; springs rise 6^ feet, neaps 5 feet. The tidal stream is 
 Aveak, being only \ mile an hour. 
 
 Cape Pine is of slate cliffs, 200 feet high; on the SW. side the 
 
 land is not so steep ; but everywhere the coast is fringed with slate 
 
 rocks in nearly vertical strata. The cape is bare of trees, and the 
 
 land rising at the back is rocky and barren. In moderate weather 
 
 boats may land in Arnolds Cove, about | mile west of the cape, or 
 
 in a cove ^ of a mile to the NE. There is a good road from the 
 
 lighthouse to Meadow Bank on the north side of Trepassey Harbor. 
 
 Light— On Cape Pine is a light tower which exhibits, at 314 
 
 feet above high water, a fixed white light, visible from seaward in 
 
 clear weather between the bearings S. 48° W. (S. 70° W. mag.) 
 
 and S. 75° E. (S. 47° E. mag.) from a distance of 24 miles. The 
 
 tower is circular and painted with red and white horizontal bands. 
 
 Cape Freels lies one mile westward of Cape Pine, and being low, 
 
 the light is seen over it, and is not obscured by the intervening 
 
 land until on a bearing S. 75° E. (S. 47° E. mag.). 
 
 Henry Rock, a small patch of 8 fathoms, lies with Cape Pine 
 lighthouse bearing N. 11° E. (N. 39° E. mag.), distant 2^^ miles. 
 Freels Rock, the only off lying danger, is a small rock with 3 
 fathoms water on it, lying 3 miles S. 56° W. (S. 84° W. mag.)Trom 
 Cape Pine lighthouse. Powles Head, bearing N. 45° E. (N. 73° E. 
 mag.) open of the cape, leads east of the rock, and Gull Island 
 Point, N. 14° W. (N. 14° E. mag.), and open of St. Shots Western 
 Head, leads westward of it. There is a clear channel with 10 and 
 12 fathoms water between it and the cape. 
 
 St. Shots Cove, 3 miles WNW. of Cape Pine, is open and ex- 
 posed. Many shipwrecks have taken place in its vicinity, and 
 principally on the Eastern Head, from which a ledge of slate rocks 
 extends 200 yards S W. In most cases these wrecks have occurred 
 during fog, and too often there has been a neglect of sounding, 
 and a want of attention to the ordinary set of the currents. 
 
 A few families reside on the east side of St. Shots Cove, and are 
 always ready to assist the shipwrecked and distressed mariner. 
 
 St. Maxys Bay.— The entrance to this bay is about 20 miles 
 wide, between the western head of Cape Pine and Lance Point (0 
 miles ESE. of Cape St. Mary) ; it contains several good harbors. 
 
 -I-H 
 
 MK?' 
 
ST. SIAKY8 HAY. 
 
 epassey Harbor, 
 ch arrives about 
 li. NNE. winds 
 le bay with ice ; 
 [generally leaves 
 
 passey Hai'bor at 
 tidal stream is 
 
 lie SW. side the 
 dnged with slate 
 of trees, and the 
 loderate weather 
 st of the cape, or 
 d road from the 
 repassey Harbor. 
 
 exhibits, at 314 
 from seaward in 
 S. 7(5° W. mag.) 
 f 24 miles. The 
 lorizoutal bands. 
 }, and being low, 
 »■ the intervening 
 I. 
 
 3 with Cape Pine 
 iistant 2^^^ miles, 
 nail rock with '6 
 4° W. mag.)lrom 
 , 45° E. (N. 73° E. 
 
 and Gull Island 
 5t. Shots Western 
 anuel with 10 and 
 
 le, is open and ex- 
 its vicinity, and 
 adge of slate rocks 
 cks have occurred 
 fleet of sounding, 
 e currents, 
 lots Cove, and are 
 ressed mariner, 
 is about 20 miles 
 nd Lance Point (6 
 al good harbors. 
 
 45 
 
 At the head of the bay are Salmonier River, Colinet and North 
 Harbors; these harbors enjoy a much finer climate than that of 
 the seaboard, and fogs are much less frequent than at the entrance 
 
 The land when brought under cultivation, is well adapted for 
 pasture, or for the growth of potatoes and the hardier cereals 
 
 A vessel of heavy draft should not approach the eastern shore 
 of St. Marys Bay, north of Cape English, nearer than 2^ miles, 
 nor to a less depth than 40 fathoms. 
 
 Ice.-Southerly and SW. winds fill" the bay with ice, but NE 
 winds clear it, when the ice is driven to the westward 
 
 .f ^t^M^^'^^i^^' ^ P^«^^P^*°"« ^^^^ff 330 feet high, on the east side 
 ot bt Marys Bay, appears, when seen from the SW., like an island 
 It IS 10 iniles from St. Shots Cove, and between it and Gull Island 
 Point IS Holyrood Bay, which, being open and exposed to the sea, 
 affords no safe anchorage. Behind the long gravel beach v.^liich 
 forms the shore of this bay is Holyrood Pond, 11 miles in length 
 and a mile wide. A few fishermen reside at the north end of the 
 beach. During spring, when the waters rise from the melting of 
 snow, the beach is broken through, and during summer the channel 
 becomes deep enough to permit the entrance of small fishing boats 
 but heavy seas in autumn usually close it again, so that during 
 winter the pond has no outlet. It is deep, and abounds wi+h cod- 
 fish, trout, and salmon. 
 
 /AT^^^o^ ^°°^' ^^*^ '^ fathoms water on it, lies 6 miles N 8° W 
 (N. 20 E. mag.) from Cape English; to pass west of it, keep Shag 
 Rock, at the south end of Holyrood Bay, well open of Cape English 
 bearing S. 11° E. (S. 17° W. mag.) until Lizzy Point in St. Marys 
 Harbor is in line with Doubleroad Point, bearing N. 54° E. (N. 82° 
 E. mag.). 
 
 Greet Rock, with 5 fathoms water on it, lies near the southern 
 extreme of a narrow bank, li miles in length, J mile from, and 
 running parallel to, the shore; from it Lahaye Point lighthouse 
 bears N. 30° E. (N. 58° E. mag.), distant 2* miles '^^^*^^^«« 
 
 Woody Cove Rock, with 4 fathoms water on it, lies near the 
 NE. extreme of the narrow bank m "oned above; from it Lahaye 
 Point hghthouse bears N. 29° E. (N. or E. mag.), distant If miles. 
 Lahaye Point is 7 miles N. by E.^ E. of Cape English; from 
 the point, a stony shoal, upon which the sea breaks heavily, extends 
 800 yards in a southwesterly direction. 
 
 Light—Lahaye Point lighthouse, a cylindrical iron tower, 28 
 feet m height, painted red and white in horizontal bands, exhibits 
 at an elevation of 63 feet above high water, a fixed white light' 
 which should be visible in clear weather from a distance of 9 miles' 
 St. Marys Harbor, 9 miles NE. of Cape English, is one mile 
 wide at the entrance, and 4 miles deep. 
 
 »!(Msaii'iW>>aK'ri 
 
46 
 
 NEAVFOU NDLAND — SOUTH COAST. 
 
 Tho inhabitants, 518 in 1891, are mostly emi)loye(l in the fislier- 
 ies. The hmd, where cleared of stones, hears good crops of oats, 
 potatoes, and hay ; it is cultivated in small patches, and cattle and 
 sheep have fair pasture. 
 
 Communication.— The Coastal Steamship Company's steamer 
 calls here fortnightly during summer and autumn. 
 
 Anchorage.— There is fair anchorage in G fathoms water, over 
 sandy bottom, abreast the village on the south side of the harbor, 
 with the chapel bearing S.'l6° W. (S. U° W. mag.), biit the best 
 shelter is found 2 miles farther up in 7 fathoms water, over mud. 
 Occasionally at the lower anchorage a heavy ground swell is ex- 
 perienced. No directions are required for entering, the chart 
 being a siitficieut guide. 
 
 Water.— Good water can be obtained at the head of the harbor, 
 and small supplies of milk, eggs, and butter at the village. 
 
 •Dangers.— The Coalpit, a rocky shoal, with 3 fathoms water on 
 it, lies i mile eastward of the lower anchorage, and 600 yards from 
 Coalpit Point. •■■ 
 
 The Paddock, a rocky shoal, with 4 feet water on it, lies above 
 the usual anchorage off the village, and north of the NW. beach 
 near the head of the harbor. 
 
 Ice.— The ice in St. Marys Harbor is generally thin, and it is 
 seldom frozen to the extent of interfering with anchorage. The 
 harbor is often accessible when anchorage can not be obtained in 
 Trepassey. South winds pack the harbor with ice ; it is cleared by 
 
 a NE. wind. 
 
 Tides.— It is high water in St. Marys Harbor, full and change, 
 at 7h. 40m. ; springs rise 7i feet, and neaps 5 feet. 
 
 Mai Bay, NW. of St. Marys Harbor, runs 3 miles NNE., and, 
 as its name denotes, offers no safe anchorage except close to tlie 
 head, in fathoms, sand. 
 
 Shoal Bay is open to the prevailing winds, and should be 
 
 avoided. 
 
 Great Colinet Island is 330 feet high, 4 miles in length, and a 
 mile in breadth ; it is generally bold-to, and the SE. point is about 
 4i miles westward of the entrance of St. Marys Harbor. At its 
 north end there is limited anchorage, called Mother Ixx Cove, 
 affording shelter from southerly winds. 
 
 Little Colinet Island is 235 feet high, a mile in length, and i 
 mile in breadth ; it is separated from Great Colinet Island by a 
 deep channel, 1+ miles wide. Both islands have bare hills rising 
 
 from rocky cliffs. 
 
 Colinet Passage.— There is deep water on either side of Colinet 
 Islands, but the eastern passage is preferred. It is one mile wide 
 in its narrowest part, and clear of danger, except a rock lying 
 
)(l in the fisher- 
 crops of oats, 
 , and cattle and 
 
 ipany's steamer 
 
 >ms water, over 
 ! of tlie harbor, 
 ;.), hilt the best 
 iter, over mud. 
 lid swell is ex- 
 the chart 
 
 1 of the harbor, 
 
 village, 
 thoms water on 
 
 600 yards from 
 
 3n it, lies above 
 the NW. beach 
 
 f thin, and it is 
 inchorage. The 
 it be obtained in 
 ; it is cleared by 
 
 :ull and change, 
 
 iles NNE., and, 
 !ept close to tlie 
 
 and should be 
 
 in length, and a 
 E. point is about 
 
 Harbor. At its 
 other Ixx Cove, 
 
 in length, and ^ 
 [net Island by a 
 bare hills rising 
 
 er side of Colinet 
 
 is one mile wide 
 
 3pt a rock lying 
 
 COLINKT HARBOR. 
 
 4? 
 
 nearly 100 yards X. U.^ W. (N. 4.;° W. mag.) from Shoal-Bay 
 xtT.^o' i^^''^f '-P""'^ Poi'it, kept open of Admirals Beach, bearing 
 N. J J E. (N. Gl° E. mag.), clears this rock. 
 
 Good shelter from SW. winds has been found at an anchorage 
 under the lee of the spit at Admirals Beach 
 
 ^ Salmonier River.-Tlie entrance to this river, about miles 
 JNE. of Little Colmet Island, is 1,400 yards wide, it narrows grad- 
 ually, and, at miles within, receives the waters of a shallow 
 stream. 
 
 Above the curved gravel ^ el he north side, a sho ' , ^' of 
 
 sand extends 200 yards fro.n Jie si ,, which will be cleu.ed by 
 keeping the south point of the entrance open, until the valley of 
 Little Harbor bears S. 10'' E. (S. 44° E. mag.). 
 
 Shoal water extends from the sandy beach in front of Little 
 Harbor, and may be cleared by keeping Bluff Head and Cross 
 Point in hue, bearing N. 39° E. (N. 67° E. mag.). Little Harbor 
 is the outlet of a fine run of fresh water, and affords, within the 
 sandy beach, safe winter shelter for fishing craft. 
 
 Anchorage.— There is a Roman Catholic church on the south 
 shore of the river. If miles from the entrance, off which there is 
 anchorage in 8 fathoms water, over mud, or a vessel may proceed 
 tarther and anchor above the curved gravel beach on the north 
 side, in 6 fathoms. 
 
 Tides—It is high water, fnll and change, in Salmonier River at 
 7h. 40m. ; springs rise 7+ feet, and neaps 5 feet 
 
 Colinet Harbor is 6 miles NNE. of Little Colinpt Island and 
 the entrance between Pinchgut Island and Johns Pond is one'mile 
 wide. Good water may be obtained from a river at the head of 
 the harbor. 
 
 A few settlers reside at Johns Pond, where there is fair anchorage 
 tor small vessels, and more convenient for the fisheries than in the 
 harbor. 
 
 Directions—Little Colinet Island kept open of Bushy Head 
 bearing S. 25° W. (S. 53° W. mag.), clears Johns Shoal, extending 
 from Johns Pond on the west shore of the entrance; after passing 
 this shoal keep toward the north shore, and pay attention to the 
 soundings To clear Back Shoal, extending 500 yards from Pinch- 
 gut Island, keep Davis Point open east of Half Island, bearing 
 about N. 30° E. (N. 58° E. mag.), and anchor abreast Half Island 
 m 7 fathoms water, over mud ; this is considered the best anchorage 
 in Cohnet Harbor. ^ 
 
 ^1,^!^®^'""^* '^ ^'^^ ^^^""''^ ^''^ ^"^ °^^"ge, in Colinet Harbor at 
 7h. 40m. ; springs rise 7^ feet, and neaps 5 feet. 
 
 ,^°f**'^^°'**°^— Tlie entrance to North Harbor is 2 miles north 
 ot Little Colinet Island. Cape Dog, rising 330 feet above the sea, 
 
 '^.^STIBiTlWiWIIPl.JlU '.iSmsiBTVtCff^Nrat^ :: 
 
 A'':*i5SWiS?T5B^.- ^'iv^rrp^f-. 
 
 I 
 J 
 
48 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH COAST. 
 
 with perpendicular cliffs of slate, lies on the west side of the 
 entrance. 
 
 Anchorage. — There are no dangers except near the shore, hitt 
 the Ixarbor is open to prevailing SW. winds, and therefore, can not 
 be recommended as a secure anchorage except for small craft, 
 which may anchor in safety in 3 fathoms water, over mud, about 
 4 miles within the entrance, under shelter of a beach on the north 
 side. 
 
 Tides.— It is high water, full and change, in North Harbor at 
 8h. ; springs rise 7^ feet, neaps rise 5 feet. 
 
 Branch Cove.— Between North Harbor and Lance Point there 
 are several coves indenting slightly the western shores of St. 
 Marys Bay, but that of most importance is Branch Cove, 7 miles 
 northeastward of Lance Point. 
 
 It is the outlet of a little river, over the bar of which, at high 
 water and in moderate weather, fisliing boats are able to cross, and 
 lie secure. 
 
 Branch Head, the south extreme of the cove, is a steep bluff 2G0 
 feet high, and at its extremity are two high rocks, 40 feet high, 
 named Hares Ears. 
 
 Dangers.— Off the western shore of St. Marys Bay are the fol- 
 lowing dangers : 
 
 Daly Rock, with a depth of 5 fathoms over it, lies on the west- 
 ern shore of St. Marys Bay, with Maggotty Point bearing N. 83° W. 
 (N. 55° W. mag.), distant one mile. 
 
 Redhead Rock, with 4 fathoms water on it lies 2 miles S. 37° E. 
 (S. 9" E. mag.), from Redhead. 
 
 Beckford Shoal, with 7 fathoms water, lies 3i miles N. 7l'"E. 
 (S. 81° E. mag.), from Hares Ears. 
 
 Mussel Rock, having 6 fathoms water on it, is dangerous in a 
 heavy sea; it lies U miles S. 34° E. (S. G° E. mag.), from Hares 
 Ears. 
 
 Redcove Rock, with 3 fathoms water on it, lies S. 14° E. (S. 
 14° W, mag.), nearly 2 miles distant fx'om Hares Ears. 
 
 Lance Point, the SW. extreme of St. Marys Bay, is low, but the 
 land one mile northward rises to the height of 200 feet. Shoal 
 water extends 400 yards south of the point ; and Lance Rock, with 
 12 feet water on it, lies 1* miles S. 8° W. (S. 36° W. mag.), from 
 the point. 
 
 Delaney Rocks, are two sunken rocks of small extent, lying 
 westward of Lance Point. These rocks, with depths of 2^ and 3 
 fathoms respectively over them, lie NE. and SW. 300 yards apart. 
 The northeastern and shoaler rock is situated with Lance Point 
 bearing N. 84° E. (S. 68° E. mag.), distant U miles. 
 
 Bull and Cow are black slate rocks, 30 feet high, situated IJ S, 
 62° W. (West mag.) from Lance Point. 
 
CAPE ST. MAHY — LIOHT. 
 
 49 
 
 est side of tlie 
 
 • the shore, hitt 
 erefui'o, can not 
 "or small craft, 
 ver mud, about 
 ch on the north 
 
 orth Harbor at 
 
 ace Point there 
 
 1 shores of St. 
 !h Cove, 7 miles 
 
 which, at high 
 t)le to cross, and 
 
 , steep bluff 2G0 
 :s, 40 feet high. 
 
 Bay are the fol- 
 lies on the west- 
 ering N. 83° W. 
 
 2 miles S. 37° E. 
 
 miles N. 71^E. 
 
 dangerous in a 
 g.), from Hares 
 
 ies S. 14° E. (S. 
 
 Ears. 
 
 y, is low, but the 
 
 aOO feet. Shoal 
 
 iance Rock, with 
 
 W. mag.), from 
 
 all extent, lying 
 Dths of 2^ and 3 
 300 yards apart, 
 ith Lance Point 
 ies. 
 ;h, sitiiated IJ S, 
 
 ■i 
 
 « ^?M?"/a^®':" '■'''■^ """""^y "''''^'^^ '^^ '"^^ "''^t^''-' !'♦'« 800 yards 
 Point '^^ ^'' '""^"^ *''"""' '^"" ^"'''*' "'"'''-' ''"' ^"^^ ^-"^'"'^ 
 
 (B. A. Clmrt No. 200.) 
 
 Cape St. Mary.-The coast fn.ni Lance Point trends WNW 
 tor 5J miles to Cape St. Mary, forming between tliroobavHe.xp„,sod 
 to the sea. At a little distance the cape lias the appearance of 
 high tableland of uniform height, at the western extremity <.f 
 which is the lighthouse. ^ 
 
 The 30-fathom line of soundings is le.ss than one mile from St. 
 Mary Cays, so that in foggy weather it is not safe to approach the 
 cape in less depth than 3.5 fathoms. 
 
 Burin Island lightliouse bears N. 75° W. (N. 47° W mag ) di.s- 
 tant 41^ miles from Cape St. Mary Lighthouse, forming the en- 
 rance to Placentia Bay, abcmt GO miles deep, containing numerous 
 bays, Jiari)ors, and islands. 
 
 Light-The lighthouse on Ca])e St. Mary, a cylindrical ir.m 
 tower, 40 feet in height, and painted red, with white dwellings on 
 ■Z!\.^ -T^'^ ^^ *" ooyeved way, stands near the edge of a cliff 
 .500 teet high, and exhibits a revolving light, showing red and 
 Avhite alternately, at intervals of one minute. The light is 390 feet 
 above high water, and in clear weather may be seen from a dis- 
 tance of 23 miles. 
 
 The nearest landing place to the lighthouse is at Brierly Cove 
 about one mile to tlie northward. ' 
 
 Tides—It is high water, full and change, «t Cape St. Mary at ^ 
 8h. ,}0m. ; springs rise 7 feet, neaps 5 feet. 
 
 Dangers -Lamb Eock, with a depth of 33 feet on it, con.sists 
 ot a pinnacle on a plateau about 200 yards in extent with a depth 
 of 10 tathoms, and 400 yards in extent within the depth of 30 
 fathoms. With a heavy swell the sea breaks on this rock, and a 
 wide berth should at all times be given to the position; it lies in 
 latitude 4G° 28' 05" N., longitude 54° 01' 30" W. 
 
 Cautiou.-This rock lies in the track of vessels passing the 
 south coast of Newfoundland. ' 
 
 S T°*W ?r.'Jw '' ^''^7^^'' *^^ ^*' '' ^ r««k lying 5i miles 
 L Z' ^ f ^- ""^^-^ ^''"'^ ^^P^ ^*- ^^^y lighthouse. 
 at. Mary Cays are two small rocks, 120 yards apart, lying from 
 each other W. by N. and E. by S. , and always showing, being nearly 
 awash at high water. The water is shoal around, and the sea 
 generally breaks heavily upon them; they bear from Cape St 
 Mary lighthouse S. 9° W. (S. 37° W. mag.), distant Gl miles. ' 
 The Coast from Cape St. Mary, forming the east side of Pla- 
 centia Bay, trends NNE. for 2G miles to the entrance of Placentia 
 
 ^Ti Ci t SFS I B i aa B tf l *!** t . i fc>rtl lll *W.U iaiBM 
 
 ^m^mmmmmtsK^n^rriem 
 
r>o 
 
 NKWFOI'NOLAND — SOI'TFI COAST. 
 
 Hiirl»nr. Tho land is of nearly uniform hoif^lit, miuI ilic shoro tol- 
 oralily Htriiij^lit. Tim lu'a<llanilM an- h(»-()1), with cdvch between, 
 aff<>r<linu: slieitrr to a few scatt*'re<l tisliin^,' statiDiis, tish beinji; ^^en- 
 erally plentiful. The hind, wlien cMiltivateti, yields ^jjuod ci-ops of 
 potatoes, oats, and hay. 
 
 Fogs. -Din'injf SW. winds the f')^ is generally very deUHe on the 
 eastern sid*; of Plaeentia Bay, especially about the lu^adland of 
 Cape St. Mary, 
 
 Ice. — Placentia Buy is . jinetinios partially filled with ice early 
 in February, but it is seldom altdgetln'r tilled before the middle of 
 that month, and South or SW. winds an- necessary to till it. 
 Shortly after the ice has rounded Cape St. Mai-y, the strong tidal 
 stream on the eastern shoi-e carries it as far as Ham Island, and 
 heavy ice and small icebergs ^I'e occasionallj' carried up to Come 
 by Cliance Point. The bay was frozen over in 1875 and 1S8'^. 
 
 Dangers. — There are several oflflying rocks, which render an 
 approach to this part of the coast, in a less depth than •10 fathoms, 
 dangerous, except in clear weather. 
 
 Perch Rock, with if) feet water on it, lies 5^ miles N. 42^" W. 
 (N. 14° W. mag.) from Cape St. Mary lighthouse. The Bull and 
 Cow, open of Cape St. Mary, leads SW. of the rock. 
 
 Nest Rock, with feet water on it, lies a mile N. 24° E. (N. 52" 
 E. mag.) from Perch Rock; tho sea generally breaks on this rock. 
 Curslet Rock, with [-i feet water on it, lies 3 miles S. 51' W. 
 (S. 70° W. mag.) from Breme Point. 
 
 Patrick Rock, with feet water on it, lies 1^ miles N. 7G° W. 
 (N. 4iS° W. mag.) from the mouth of the river at Patrick Cove. 
 
 Goose Shoal, having 4^ fathoms water on it, lies nearly f mile 
 N. 45° W. (N. 17° W. mag.) of Goose Cove. 
 
 Qirdle Rock, a})ove water, except at very high tides, lies a mile 
 S. 14° W. (S. 43° W. mag.) from Virgin Rocks. 
 
 False Qirdle, having 6 foot water on it, lies about + mile S. 39° 
 E. (S. 11° E. mag.) from Girdle Rock. 
 
 South Rock, with 9 feet water on it, lies nearly } mile S. 8° E. 
 (S. 20° W. mag.) from Girdle Rock. 
 
 Virgin Rocks are three black rocks above water, one of which 
 is 18 feet high; they lie 1^ miles from the shore, and 6 miles S. 35° 
 W. (S. 63° W. mag.) from Verde Point lighthouse, at the entrance 
 of Placentia Harbor. 
 
 Gibraltar Rock, with 5 feet water on it^ lies S. 65° W. (N. 87° 
 W. mag.), distant li miles from Verde Point lighthouse. To pass 
 north of it, keep Qastle Hill open-of Verde Point, bearing N. 74° 
 E. (S. 78° E. mag.). There is a clear channel between this rock 
 and the shore. 
 
PLACKNTFA Itn.Mt, 
 
 51 
 
 (I tlio shore tol- 
 coves between, 
 
 H ^(tod ci'ops of 
 
 ■ry (leiiHe on the 
 :ie lieudhuid of 
 
 I with ice early 
 •e tliH middle of 
 ■;s«ry to till it. 
 he strong tidal 
 ani Islan<l, and 
 ned up to Come 
 5 and 1S8'2. 
 Inch render an 
 luin •10 fathonis, 
 
 iiiles N. 42^^ W. 
 The Bull and 
 k. 
 
 ^. 24° E. (N. 52" 
 ,ks on this rock, 
 miles S. 51' W. 
 
 niles N. 76° W. 
 'atrick Cove, 
 es nearly J mile 
 
 tides, lies a mile 
 
 jut i mile S. 39° 
 
 (T f mile S. 8° E. 
 
 er, one of which 
 [id 6 miles S. 35° 
 , at the entrance 
 
 . 65° W. (N. 87° 
 ;ho\ise. To pass 
 i, bearing N. 74° 
 itween this rock 
 
 Moll Rock, h.-iving (I f.-et waUn- on if. lies l mile westward of 
 Hhalloway Point. To pass to the south\v,ird ..f fhe ro.-k k.-ep 
 Dixon P,.int, the north point of Dixo,, Island, in line with Crf-v©. 
 CMMir Point, beariiiK S. (i'^' E. (S. 34^ K. inaK.). 
 
 (B. A. Chart No. 2829.) 
 
 Verde Point, 2.; miles NNE. of Caj-e St. Mary, is the SW. point 
 ot 1 lacenlia Road; a stony ahoal exteinls nearly ,1 mile NNE from 
 the j)oint. 
 
 Light—The lighthouse tower on Verde Point, standing above a 
 Hat-roofed dwelling, i)aint.Ml white, is 44 feet in height, and exhibits 
 at an elevation of OH fePt above high water, a fixed white light which 
 .should 1)e visible 1 1 miles. 
 
 Placentia Road, within Verde and Cr.Nvec.enr Points, atf<.rd8 
 inddferent anchorage over a bottom of sand and gravel. The road- 
 stead IS open to winds from west to north, which send in a heavy 
 sea, and no ve.ssel ahonhl reimun at this unchorago when the wind 
 veerH from HW. (., West, accompanied by a low barometer 
 
 Privdcoeur Shoal, n pat.d, of 2J fatho.ns h-ast water, lies in the 
 tairway A mile west of Cn^vecfpnr Point. 
 
 There is a 3-fathom i)atch in the roadstead, from whi.di Verde 
 Point light bears S. 03° W. (N. 89° W. mag.), distant one mile. 
 
 Ihe north house on Town Point, open south of Castle Hill, bear- 
 mg N. 88 E. (S. r,4° E. mag.), leads nearly in mid-channel between 
 PnviV.eur and Verde Point Shoals 
 
 Submarine Telegraph Cables.-Six submarine telegraph 
 cables are landed at Placentia, frmr of which are laid along the 
 north side of the roadstead and two on the sonth.^rn side 
 
 In order to avoid fouling these cables, vessels shonld not anchor 
 within i mile of the northern side of the roadstead. 
 
 Ice.— Placentia Road is filled with drift ice with winds from SW 
 to NW., but NE. winds clear the roads, and anchorage can gener- 
 ally be obtained, by ves.sels drawing 12 feet water, in the Northeast 
 Arm, in which the ice is kept open by the current. The Northeast 
 Arm occasionally freezes between the (Ith January and the 10th 
 February, and breaks up between the end of March and 5th April 
 although in severe winters it has not broken up before 1st May ' 
 Placentia Harbor is recognized by the rounded and detached 
 character of the hills in its vicinity, which are higher than the 
 tableland of Cape St. Mary. At the time of Cook's survey (1765) 
 vessels could carry 20 feet at low water in the harbor, where now 
 there is only 10 feet. 
 
 The small town, which was formerly a place of some importance, 
 stands on the eastern side of an extensive shingle beach, and there 
 is a fair carriage road to 8t. Johns. 
 
 mi 
 
I iBi 
 
 lai| 
 1 1 
 
 ill 
 
 111 
 
 53 
 
 NKWKOrNlH,ANI)--H(H III ('(AH'I 
 
 Tho liiirlxM' irt )>iit*»r«'(l l»y ii cliiimu'l tif) yimls wide, huvinjjf 10 
 feet lit low wiitor lM«t\v».'<Mi the points of untniiicc, wliu-h iirc low. 
 
 Communication. — Then' \h comtHUiicution hy niilway with St. 
 Johns, (li.sfaMf H4i niilt's viii Plucnntiii .Jnnction iiml WhiM)()tirno, 
 tlif ruilwny wliiirf IicinK dost* to liic southwiml of Custle Hill; hy 
 stoHuior fortnightly with Halifax via St. Piorro and tho Bthh d'i )r 
 Lako8, C. B., and with St. Johns; and l)y tolograph ovor tho 
 AiiKlo-Aincriran Tuh'Kraph Company's wiros. 
 
 Supplies.— Mutton can 1)0 purchaMcd hfn> in niodoratu ([uanti- 
 tioH, and good water may be procured about one mile uj) the North- 
 east Arm. 
 
 Anchorage. — Within the points the harbor affords well-shel- 
 tered anchorage in '» and (1 fathoms watt^r, over mud. The best 
 berth is on the north side, being more out of the whirl and eddy 
 of tho tide. 
 
 A tidal stream of four knots an hour, and the want of good lead- 
 ing marks renders it neof^ssary to have the aid of a pilot to enter 
 this harl)or. The Ncjrtheast Arm is navigable for 6 miles; the 
 Southeast Arm is ordy navigable for boats, and is entered by a 
 narrow channel in front of tho town. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Placentia Harbor 
 at 8h. 30m. ; sjjrings rise 7 feet, neaps 5 feet. 
 
 Shalloway Point is a low projection faced by a sand cliff, :5() 
 feet above high water, within which are several houses; it is the 
 south extreme of Mar(iuise,*the shingle beach that divides Sandy 
 Cove from the sea. 
 
 Little Placentia Harbor i;- formed by a peninsula, 75 feet above 
 high water, composed of gravel depo.sit covered with nnirsh, and 
 faced by sand cliffs IJO to 4o feet high. These slojte to a low pt)int 
 at the north, and rise again to Latino Point, US feet high, sur- 
 mounted by a flagstaff. This peninsula is 2 miles long, expanding 
 from the narrow neck of Marquise to Ik miles in width at the NE. 
 end. On the north is a beach of shingle, 5 feet above high water, 
 surrounding a pond, tho entrance to which is gradually silting up. 
 There is no i)assage at low water even for a boat. 
 
 Roche Point is the extremity of another shingle spit, 9 feet 
 above high water, stretching from the church and forming a basin 
 between it and the pond, sheltered by a bar. This basin forms a 
 shelter for the fishing fleet of the neighborhood, and is entered by 
 keeping the west shore of Roche Point close on board. This point 
 continues below the water about 300 yards to the noi'th. Houses 
 line the shore within the basin, and a Roman Catholic church, 
 with a scaffold belfry near it, shows conspicuously. 
 
 Shoal water extends -^ mile from Latine Point to a depth of 3 
 fathoms, and f mile to a depth of 5 fathoms. White Point S. 56° 
 
 KT^-tif^f^ifsm^^iTmvmmm^i^ 
 
 ■:'m 
 
r-riTI.K i'LAi'KNTIA MAHHOH. 
 
 58 
 
 ii<lt', Imvinj; It) 
 lifh Hi't' low. 
 iiilwiiy with St. 
 il Wliitlxitinit', 
 CiistUs Hill; l.y 
 1 thtj BniH (l'( )r 
 fnipli ov«r tho 
 
 odemtti (fiimiti- 
 le up tlipNorili- 
 
 fonlH \v«^11-h1io1- 
 1111(1. The best 
 rtiiirl and oddy 
 
 lit ot" good lead- 
 a pilot to eiittjr 
 or 6 inilos; the 
 is niifcrtid by a 
 
 auentiu Harbor 
 
 a sand cUfi', .'{() 
 Misi's; it is the 
 . divides Sandy 
 
 a, 75 feet .'ibovc 
 'ith marsh, and 
 B to a h)W point 
 feet high, sar- 
 ong, expanding 
 idth at the NE. 
 )ve high water, 
 lally silting up. 
 
 gle spit, 9 feet 
 forming a basin 
 ) basin forms a 
 d is entered by 
 ,rd. This point 
 north. Houses 
 titholic church, 
 
 .0 a depth of 3 
 ite Point S. 56° 
 
 t:. (H. -38° E. mag.) ju«t opon of Isaac P..int, I.-juIh dear in r,k 
 hithoniH. •* 
 
 The Deadmau, a rock that just shows at low water and Htoop-to, 
 hes A m,l.s N. H W. (N. ao' E. mag.) from Hhalloway Point. 
 
 Virgin Point, the NK. point of Litth- Plnmntia Peninsula and 
 thelurning point into the harb.-r, has shoal water ^'oo vards fn„n it 
 
 Cooper Cove is south of a point south ..f Virgiil Point, (voin 
 whiH, a shoal, with only 3 fathoms on the outer edge, extends 800 
 yards, S. by \V., falling steeply on the south side. 
 
 Sandy Cove is the name given to the head of the harbor. Tho 
 NW. shore of the harbor sh.pes steeply from wooch-d hills, and 
 may be approache.l to within 100 yards till abreast of Sn'monier 
 II shallow inlet on the shore opp(.sito Manjuise. 
 
 Anchorage may be had in Sandy Cove in U fathoms, mud, and 
 o Cooper Cove in the .same dei.th, taking ear., to cdear the sli^al 
 oft the north jtoint of tliat cove. 
 
 Placentia Sound runs in with one l)end SE. nearlv 3 miles. 
 
 Isaac Heads, two remarkable c.mical hills 330 and i'i7 feet 
 high, dohne the north side of the entrance and Fox Harbor The 
 shores fall steeply from wooded hills, and are bold, till within 4 
 mile of the head. 
 
 Two Shoals encumber the entrance and are the onlv dangers, 
 llieouter, -with 3 tathoms water, lies 1. ".00 3-ardsS 4° E (8 24" W 
 mag.) from Isaac Point. The inner occupies a space' 400 yards 
 long and •.'.'JO yards wide, the shoalest water, feet, near tho north 
 end, bearing S. 3G° E. (S. S° E. mag.) 1,600 yards from Isaac Point. 
 
 Fox Harbor lies east of Isaac Point, by which it is sheltered. 
 Samson Point a low hummock 45 feet liigh under a flat hill 350 
 teet above ugh water, is the turning point from Placentia Sound. 
 It 18 a shallow basin with houses on tlie surrounding shores; there 
 are 2f fathoms inside, but the entrance is between two shoals and 
 has only 5 feet in it at low water. 
 
 Shag Rock, 5 feet high, lies off Samson Point. 
 
 Winds between soutli and west always draw down Little Pla- 
 centia Harbor, and blow with heavy squalls uiid^v Isaac Heads 
 JLveu when it is comparatively calm outside, boat, should always 
 reet with those winds wlien approaching Isa a- Point 
 
 Ice— in severe winters, Little Placentia Harbor freezes early in 
 FebruaiT, from Sandy Point to Cairn Head, and breaks up about 
 1st April, but It is only frozen about every six to eight years; 
 nortliern ice generally arrives in Marcli and remains three or four 
 weeks. Placentia Sound freezes from Wliite Island to Coxhill 
 Island. 
 
 Tides.--It is high water, full and change, in Little Placentia 
 Harbor, at .h. 58m.; springs rise 7 feet, neaps rise 4ifeet. 
 
PI 
 
 
 ii! 
 
 54 
 
 XKWFOt'NDLAXD SOI'Tir COAST. 
 
 Directions. — To enter Little Placentia Harbor, keep White 
 Point on the north side of Phicentia Sound 8, 56° E. (S. 28° E. 
 mag.), jnst open of Isaac Point, until Black Head, the SE. extreme 
 of Little Placentia Peninsula, S. ;J4° W. (S. 02" W. mag.), is open 
 of the east extreme (Lowroon Point), when a S. U° W. (S. 42° W. 
 mag.) course shouhl be steered, taking care to keep Long Harbor 
 Head N. U° E. (N. 42° E. mag.) open north of Isaac Point, until 
 Shalloway Point bears S. 50° W. (S. 78° W. mag.). This mark 
 will lead to the anchorages that may be liad in Cooper Cove when 
 the west house bears north of N. 8-<!° W. (N. 54° W. mag.), or in 
 Saiidy Cove on the leading mark, as convenient. 
 
 To jn-oceed up Placentia Sound, roimd Isaac Point at 200 yards 
 distant, and shut in Fox Island with that point before the summit 
 on the south side of Little Placentia Harbor sliuts in with the 
 bluflf below. Fox Island must be kept completely shut in until 
 Sharp Peak over Ship Harbor is in line with the first notch in the 
 hills east of the Neck of Isaac, wIiru all danger is passed. 
 
 Ship Harbor exteudr. NE. 41 miles from Isaac Point. There is 
 no danger in it except close to the shore and within 500 yards of 
 the head. A bar, with 7 fathoms least water, lies across the 
 entrance, deepening suddenly on both sides. 
 
 Northeast Cove, 3 miles from Isaac Point, is open to seaward, 
 and affords no shelter. 
 
 Conway Cove, on the west side of Ship Harbor, has good 
 anchorage in 17 to 10 fathoms, and from this cove to the head of 
 the harbor vessels may anchor as convenient. 
 
 Two remarkable hills lie on the east side of Ship Harbor ; Sharp 
 Peak, 836 feet high, over the head, and Sugarloaf, 803 feet high, 
 faced by shingle debris, sloping to Northeast Con e. 
 
 Fox Island, 250 feet high, 2^ miles northward from Latine 
 Point, is a long, flat island covered with dark trees over red rock, 
 the south part being bare from the summit. Shoal water over a 
 white bottom extends 200 yards from the NE. Point. 
 
 Moratties are shoal banks that extend westward nearly 2 miles 
 from Ship Harbor Point. The west patch, with 3 feet least water, 
 lies nearly a mile S. 70° E. (S. 42° E. mag.) from the west point of 
 Fox Island and is 400 yards \o,vj. The east patch, 1,600 yards 
 long, is separated by a channel 300 yards wide from the west 
 shoal, and 900 ya.-ds from the shoal water off Ship Harbor Pcjint. 
 
 The best channel is close to Fox Island, keeping Red Island Har- 
 bor (on the west side of Plp,centia Bay) open south of Fox Island, 
 until Bald Head, is well shut in with Ram Islands. When Red 
 Island Harbor opens north of Fox Island the shoals will be passed. 
 
 Northeast Cove, open south of Sparrow Point (the west point of 
 Ship Harbor) N. 84° E. (S. 68° E. mag.), leads 150 yards south of 
 these shoals. 
 
 IBI 
 
 
)oi', keep Wliite 
 56° E. (S. 28° E. 
 , the SE. extreme 
 V. mag.), is open 
 4° W. (S. -42° W. 
 ep Long Harbor 
 saac Point, until 
 ig.). This mark 
 (joper Cove when 
 W. mag.), or in 
 
 oint at 200 yards 
 efore the summit 
 luts in with the 
 ely sliut in until 
 first notch in the 
 
 Point. There is 
 hin 500 yards of 
 , lies across the 
 
 open to seaward, 
 
 ai'bor, has good 
 vp to the head of 
 
 ) Harbor; Sharp 
 f, 803 feet high, 
 e. 
 
 u*d from Latine 
 es OA^er red rock, 
 Loal water over a 
 int. 
 
 rd nearly 3 miles 
 feet least water, 
 the west point of 
 ttch, 1,600 yards 
 ) from the west 
 p Harbor P<jint. 
 Eed Island Har- 
 h of Fox Island, 
 ids. When Red 
 Is will be passed, 
 the west point of 
 [) yards south of 
 
 SIIIl' IIAHHOR. 
 
 55 
 
 To pass between Moratties and Sliip Harbor Point in -l.'. fathoms 
 keep a landslip under Broad Cove Head in line with Isaac Point,' 
 S. 10° W. (S. 38° W. mag.), or a round hill over Bald Head Bay,' 
 just open nortli of Long Harbor Head, N. 14° E. (N. 42° E. mag.) 
 until Red Island Harbor opens either side of Fox Island. 
 
 Ice.— Ship Harbor freezes early in February, from the point of 
 Conway Cove to Sugarloaf Point, and breaks up about 1st April. 
 
 (B. A. Chart No. 290.) 
 
 Ship Harbor Point is a shingle spit, G feet above high water 
 stretching off the slopes of two cliff-faced hills 310 and 260 feet 
 high, that mark the NW. point of Ship Harbor. 
 
 A bay, 1,300 yards deep, lies between Ship Harbor Point and 
 Long Harbor Head, divided into two parts by a projecting steep 
 pomt, the slope of a round hill, with numerous bowlders at the 
 summit, 500 feet above high water. The south cove is shallow to 
 the line of the points, but the north has anchorae-e wUh «h*-H«'- 
 from offshore winds in 10 fathoms, taking care to avoid the rocky 
 points off Long Harbor Head. 
 
 Long Harbor Head is a steep, tree-covered point, sloping from 
 two table-topped hills about 300 and 250 feet high. Shoal ground 
 extends 300 yards from this point. 
 
 Long Harbor extends 7 miles in a northeasterly direction from 
 Long Harbor Head. The shores of this liarbor are bold-to, Tim 
 Barrett Rock, awash at low water, being the only danger off the 
 soutJi shore; it lies 150 yards from the coast and 2f miles from the 
 entrance. 
 
 Ice.— In severe winters Long Harbor freezes earlv in February 
 and breaks up toward the latter part of April. Northern ice only 
 arrives occasionally, about the latter end of February, leaving 
 toward the latter end of April. 
 
 Crawley Island, lOl feet high, lies off a projection that divides 
 Long Harbor into two arms, Long Harbor and St. Croix Bay. The 
 SE. point is a shingle pnit tliat extends under water a short dist- 
 ance, and off the west side are some low islets. 
 
 Civil East Cove.— The channel between Crawley Island and the 
 mam is shallow at the west end, so that boats only can pass at low 
 water; but just inside the e;ist entrance good anchorage for small 
 vessels may be had in 4$ fathoms, mud, or just outside in 10 fath- 
 oms for large vessels. 
 
 St. Croix Bay extends 2 miles north of Crawley Island. There 
 are no dangers in it except close to the shore, and it affords good 
 anchorage in 11 fathoms from f mile to within 400 yards of the 
 head. Over the west shore is Tom Power Lookout, a remarkable 
 conical hill 502 feet high. St. Croix Point, the west extreme of 
 that bay, slopes gradually from Tom Power Lookout, terminating 
 in an islet about 40 feet high and a rock that covers 2 feet. 
 
 «•« 
 
56 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH COAST. 
 
 A Shoal, with 12 feet water, lies 200 yai'ds off the point, and a 
 rocky patch, with U fathoms, 700 yards soutliwanl from the point. 
 
 Shag Rocks are two islets at the entrance to Long Harbor. The 
 west is a fiat, grass-covered ridge 39 feet high, faced by dark cliifs, 
 with a gap through it near the middle. A reef, awash at high 
 water, extends oif the south end. The east islet, GO feet high, is 
 tree-covered, and has a double top. 
 
 A rock, with one foot water, lies 140 yards from the west extreme, 
 and a rock, with G feet water, 460 yards N. 59° E. (N. 87° E. mag.), 
 from these islets. 
 
 A shoal, with 3i fathoms, lies 800 yards N. 23° E. (N. 51° E. 
 mag.), from them, and a bank, with S^ fathoms water, lies J mile 
 S. 65" E. (S. 37° E. mag.) from Shag Rocks and 400 yards off the 
 south shore. 
 
 Fish Bock, lO feet above high water, is an isolated black islet 
 ItV miles N. 31° W. (N. 3° W. mag.) from the west point of Fox 
 Island. 
 
 A rock, with 10 feet water on it, lies 200 yards S. 73° E. (S. 45° 
 E. mag.) from this islet. 
 
 Ram Islands are a cluster of islands and rocks occupying a 
 space 2'i miles long N. by E.— S. by W. and nearly a mile wide, 
 lying 2 miles NNE. from Fox Islands. They are divided into two 
 groups, the south known as the Upper and north as the Lower Rams. 
 
 The Upper Rams are four in number, namely, Merchant, Burke, 
 Hole-in-the-wall, and King Islands. 
 
 Merchant Island, the southernmost, is conical, 310 feet above 
 high water, and has a large patch of white moss at the summit 
 that makes it conspicuous from the southward. Off the west eiid 
 is an islet, low and steep-to. Off the NW. point is a small island 
 14 feet above high water, joined by shoal water to Mercliant Island, 
 and a rock, with 5 feet water on it, lies in the channel between this 
 and Burke Islands, about 100 yards from the east point of Merchant 
 Island. 
 
 The channel between Merchant and Burke Islands is 400 yards 
 wide, and is clear in the middle, but in addition to the rock men- 
 tioned above is a shoal, with 6 feet water, 100 yards from the west 
 extreme of Burke Island. 
 
 Burke Island is composed of a group of conical hills, sloping 
 steeply to the sea, and to a valley in the center of the island. The 
 two highest are over the south shore, 303 and 285 feet above high 
 water. Little Burke Island lies off the east end; it has a square 
 top, 42 feet above high water, and. a spur rock extending west 
 from it. There are only 3^ fathoms in the narrow channel between 
 Burke and Little Burke Islands. 
 
 King Island is ^ mile long, and narrow, consisting of several 
 hummocks joined by shingle beaches. It is off the north end of 
 
 1 
 
I point, and a 
 om the point. 
 Harbor. The 
 )y dark clilfs, 
 wash at high 
 I feet high, is 
 
 west extreme, 
 . 8:°E. mag.), 
 
 E. (N. 51° E. 
 
 ;er, lies ^ mile 
 
 yards off tlie 
 
 ;ed black islet 
 I point of Fox 
 
 73° E. (S. 45° 
 
 s occupying a 
 ( a mile wide, 
 vided into two 
 t) Lower Rams. 
 I'chant, Burke, 
 
 310 feet above 
 
 it 
 
 the summit 
 :.he west end 
 small island 
 cliant Island, 
 between this 
 of Merchant 
 
 is 400 yards 
 the rock men- 
 from the west 
 
 hills, sloping 
 island. The 
 
 et above high 
 has a square 
 
 ctending west 
 
 mnel between 
 
 ing of several 
 north end of 
 
 ISLANDS — ROCKS. 
 
 sr 
 
 Merchant Island, separated by a channel nearly 200 yards wide, 
 with only 3 feet in it at low water. 
 
 Hole-in-the-wall Island, so called from a hole in the cliffs on 
 the east side, consists of two portions, the north of bare rock 
 almost joined to the south, a double mound 130 feet high, with a 
 low neck between. 
 
 The channel between the two latter islands is 150 yards wide, 
 and has 4V fathoms water in it. 
 
 Dangers. — West of these islands is a cluster of rocks and shoals 
 extending westward IJ miles, within which no vessel should 
 attempt to pass. 
 
 Rowland Rock is the outer of the group, awash at high water 
 and steep-to all round. It bears 1^ miles N. 56° W. (N. 28° W. 
 mag.) from the west point of Hole-in-the-wali Inland. Shoal 
 ground witli uneven bottom runs S. by E. + E. from Rowland 
 Rock, terminating at $ mile in a rocky patch with IG feet water. 
 This shoal grourtd is sfppp-to on the cant and west sides. 
 
 Red Island Shoal, with 4 feet water on it, an isolated and most 
 dangerous ledge, lies in the fairway of Placentia Bay and breaks 
 only in bad weather. It bears S. 08° W. (N. 84° W. mag.) about 1^ 
 miles from Rowland Rock, and N. 50° W. (N. 22° W. mag.) 2 miles 
 from Fish Rock. There is deep water at 100 yards all round. 
 
 Fish Rock, S. 53° E. (S. 25° E. mag.), well open east of Fox 
 Island, leads south, and Tom Power Lookout N. 73° E. (S. 79° E. 
 mag.) shut in with the Lower Rams, leads north of this shoal. 
 
 The Low^er Rams consist of a group of low islets and rocks, 
 the highest about 60 feet above high water, which should not be 
 approached nearer than \ mile. Harbor Island, the largest, near 
 the south end is conspicuous from the houses built on the several 
 flat summits it contains. It is so called from an inlet, which 
 nearly dries at low water, on the north side, where fishing craft 
 find sJielter. 
 
 Between these islands and the mainland are several baiiks with 
 7^ and 8 fathoms, but there are no dangers except the following : 
 
 A Shoal, with i\ fathoms water, lies East (S. 02° E. mag.) 
 nearly a mile from East Green Island, the eastern of the Lower 
 Rams. 
 
 The coast north of St. Croix Point consists of two deep ! ays. 
 
 Cove-nan-drioch-clochan, or cove of the three ston'33, runs in 
 nearly a mile from St. Croix Point. A plateau, with a depth of 
 1^ fathoms, lies across it, and the coast is clear beyond 200 yards 
 from the shore. The coves at the head are shallow. 
 
 Bald Head Bay lies north of Cove-nan-drioch-clochan and is 
 clear witliin 200 yards of the head. The shores may be approached 
 to within 100 yards. The dividing point between these bays is 
 foul 200 yards off. 
 
 
 
lilH 
 
 ' Will 
 
 58 
 
 NEWFor NDLA Xl> — SOUTH COA8T. 
 
 iiiil 
 
 Bald Head is a conical mound 120 feet above high water, the 
 extreme of the north shore of the bay, and the termination of a 
 long mossy slope, at tlie inshore end of which is a curious pinnacle. 
 Off the north extreme is a small island, separated by a narrow 
 channel from the main. The whole of this head is steep-to. 
 
 Moany Cove, NE. of this head, is 400 yards deep, with a shingle 
 beach at the head. Small vessels may anchor with offshore winds, 
 and will find good holding ground near the west shore in G fathoms, 
 sand. 
 
 Brine Islands, a cluster of islets and rocks almost innumei-able, 
 are separated from Bald Head by a channel i mile wide, free from 
 danger. Woody Island, the highest, has a series of conical grass- 
 covered mounds, the highest 115 feet, at the base of which are 
 some rocks close to the shore. The only easy passage through 
 these islands is between Woody Island and the next island north, 
 and should be taken in mid-channel. 
 
 Dick Burn Bock, with 4} fathoms water, lies 400 yards S. 59° 
 W. (S. 87" W. mag.) from Woody Island. 
 
 Hog Bock, 400 yards S. 14" E. (S. 14° W. mag.) from Brine 
 Islands, covers 5 feet, and is the only danger in the fairway, the 
 other rocks being above water. 
 
 Blue Stag Island, 33 feet high, is the most northern of Brine 
 Islands. It is so called from the peculiar bluish-gray color of the 
 rock, and is unlike any other on the coast in that respect. 
 
 Isaac Rock, with 4 fathoms water, 1,200 yards N. 25° W. (N. 3° 
 E. mag.) from Blue Shag Island, is the only danger north of Brine 
 Islands. There are several fishing banks north and west of this, 
 but none ai"e dangerous. "- 
 
 Hammer Rocks, 700 yards N. 37° E. (N. 05° E. mag.) from 
 Blue Shag Island, are a group, the outer of which just covers at 
 high water. They are steep-to on the north and east sides. 
 
 The Coast from Moany Cove to Famish gut consists of a series 
 of coves and heads with few prominent features. Corbin Head, a 
 wedge-shaped hummock 70 feet high, lies a little more than a mile 
 N. 20° E. (N. 48° E. mag.) from Bald Head. South of it is a small 
 cove. 
 
 Corbin Head Shoal, with 10 feet water, lies 700 yards N. 87° 
 W. (N. 59° W. mag.) from Corbin Head. 
 
 Trinny Cove Head, one mile NNE. from Corbin Head, is sepa- 
 rated from the main ranges by a deep valley, drained by a consid- 
 erable stream that empties into Trinny Cove, south of the head, 
 through a sandy beach with an islet_off it. There is enough water 
 for boats to enter at high tide, an»1 shelter is sometimes sought 
 there while wooding or from stress of weather. 
 
 Hiram Rock, 4 feet above high water, lies off this head. 
 
 iS! 
 
high water, the 
 Bi'iniuation of a 
 irious pinnacle. 
 (1 by a nuiTuw 
 I steep-to. 
 », with a shingle 
 otTshore winds, 
 re in G fathoms, 
 
 lit innnmei'able, 
 wide, free from 
 if conical grass- 
 e of which are 
 assage through 
 st island north, 
 
 00 yards S. 59° 
 
 g.) from Brine 
 le fairway, the 
 
 •tliern of Brine 
 ■ay color of the 
 Bspect. 
 
 L 25° W. (N. 3° 
 
 north of Brine 
 
 id west of this, 
 
 E. mag.) from 
 just covers at 
 st sides, 
 sists of a series 
 Dorbin Head, a 
 3re than a mile 
 of it is a small 
 
 yards N. 87° 
 
 Head, is sepa- 
 Bd by a consid- 
 
 1 of the head, 
 s enough water 
 letimes sought 
 
 is head. 
 
 ROCKS — ISLANDS. 
 
 59 
 
 ^1^ .^"''! ^®*^' ^ ""!« f^-oni Trinny Cove Head, forms the 
 south sxce of Red Cove, an.l the entrance to Famish-gu . A rock 
 
 Famish-gut extends 1* miles N. by E. from Red Cove Head. 
 Off the east shore is Bungle Island, a black rock 7 feet above high 
 water, 600 yards from Red Cove Head ^ 
 
 W^'^S^e^^ W *''*^ w°^' ""5 ""''' ^'^"^ ^"^*^'' ^^'' '^^ y-rds S. 37° 
 W (b. 65 W. mag.) from Bungle Island. 
 
 A Rock, that covers 5 feet, lies 200 yards N. 65° W. (N 37^ W 
 mag.) from Bungle Island. v . u>. d/ w. 
 
 A Rock, with 3 feet water, lies 200 yards off the north shore 
 and i mile from the black islet off the north head. Trinny Cove 
 Grassy Island, kept open of this black islet, just clears south of this 
 rock; the only danger is the anchorage space 
 
 findU«U^''f '' ^ ^T^ "'*^ "^^''^ ^''^^' 1^^«« ^t high water and 
 
 ?or ifo ^^d "^ ""^"" ""^'^- ^'^^ '^'^''^ -^t-"- l--t is foul 
 
 Famish-gut Island, about 50 feet high, lies 300 yards off the 
 
 ?o° w"m ,r'T^ ^''\ ]' ''^'r'^^' - "' "- «^^ y-^« ^ 
 
 Island.' "'""^'^ "'''"' *^'' '''''^ 1^*^"^* of Famish-gut 
 
 S tv^'w^'Tw T ^: ^^f ""'^^ ^°^^ '^''^^''' ^^-^^^ ^»^d« between 
 
 mul 7S """^ ""^ ^ f 'P '"^^ "'^ *^^ «^^^*^^ '^'^'^ i^ 8 fathoms, 
 
 mud, and in summer under any circumstances. 
 
 thaT?:^s^X^hLC:r ^^'^^^ ''-- ^^ream drawing a ^elake 
 
 8h':^;;SiiiSvtr;iSi:rtr^ '^ "^^^^^--^ -^ 
 
 stone Island, 30 feet high, is an isolated white rock 200 yards 
 square, lying H miles north from Brine Islands. It is surrouiS 
 by sunken rocks that form a nearly continuous chain to TzW 
 Cove Islands. The only passage through is J mile south of th?s 
 island, nearer than which it should not be approached. 
 
 qtn T 1 ^^^'^'/.^^^^tfd and 10 feet high, lies halfway between 
 btone Island and the shore. 
 
 , Trinny Cove Islands lie X. by E. of Stone Island. The rocks 
 ^id shoals are almost innumerable, and tliere is no passage among 
 them. The most conspicuous are Grassy Island, the northernmost 
 flat and covered with grass; Woody Island, the highest, domt 
 
 haped with a tuft of trees at the summit; Red Rofk, a 'con cal 
 islet of a reddish color; and Whales Back, the nearest inshore. 
 
 The bank on which these shoals lie falls suddenly on the west 
 sick the depth increasing from 30 to 60 fathoms in /mile 
 
 iJirections.-To keep outside or west of all shoals. Fox Island 
 should be kept open west of Ram Islands, bearing S. 2° W. (S. 3o° 
 
 14010 6 
 
f?0 
 
 NKW'FOt'NDLAND — SOUTH COAST. 
 
 W. mag.). In foggy weather, a vessel should not stand in to a 
 depth of less than 0(» fathoms. 
 
 It is not advisaljle for a stranger to take the passage eastward of 
 the group. 
 
 The Coast trends N. by E. from Famish-gut Point, with deep 
 coves and wooded hannnocks 310 to 395 feet above liigh water, 
 backed by the conspicuous serrated ranges Kite and Doe Hills. 
 
 The Tickles, 1,*^ miles from Famish-gut Point, are a cluster of 
 rocky islets sheltering a space large enough for a few fishing boats, 
 which enter between the two northern rffcks. 
 
 Burnt Head, 2 miles from Famish-giit Point, is a flat-topped, 
 isolated range, with a peak at each end 180 feet above high water. 
 
 Burnt Head Sunker, lies 300 yards from Burnt Head Point, 
 covers 4 feet at high water, and is bold-to on the west side. A 
 shoal, with 12 feet water, is 300 yards N. 8° E. (N. 3G° E. mag.) 
 from it. 
 
 Shag Roost, 06 feet high, is a conspicuous conical islet ^ mile 
 from Burnt Head. Though small, the white color shows plainly 
 against the land. There is no passage between it and the shore 
 except for small vessels. 
 
 Winging Rock, 3 feet above high water, is ^ mile S. 79° W. 
 (N. 73° W. mag.) from Shag Roost, and is steep-to on the west 
 side. 
 
 A group of rocks that cover, and shoals, extend If miles Avest- 
 ward of Winging Rock, and there is no passage among them, but 
 vessels must keep outside all. 
 
 Tom Sheaves Rock, with 3 fathoms water, is the southwestern 
 of these dangers, and lies 1^ miles N. 31° W. (N. 3° W. mag.) 
 from Famish-gut Island. 
 
 Big Sunker, that covers one foot at high water, is the western, 
 situated 2 miles N. 14° W. (N. 14° E. mag.) from Famish-gut 
 Island. A shoal with 7 feet water lies i mile N. 48° W. (N. 20° 
 W. mag.) from Big Sunker, and sunken rocks extend from the 
 latter 000 yards S. by W. 
 
 Northwest Rock covers 4 feet at high water, and is the NW, 
 extreme of a line of shoals surrounding Big Sunker ; it lies f mile 
 N. 8° E. (N. 36° E. mag.) from Big Sunker. 
 
 Middle Rock, theNE. of these shoals, 550 yards S. 84° E. (S. 56° 
 E. mag.) from Northwest Rock, covers 2 feet at high water, and 
 is steep-to on the north side. 
 
 Little Pinch-gut, li miles from Shag Roost, affords good shelter 
 for small craft. It is fronted by Tijiker Island, 41 feet high, and 
 Green Island, 30 feet high, both barren rocks, the former nearly 
 joined at low water to the north point, and the latter facing the 
 middle of the bay. 
 
 X 
 
BOCKS— LirrrK iiakbor. 
 
 t stand in to a 
 
 fige eastward of 
 
 ohit, with deep 
 ive liigh water, 
 I Doe Hills, 
 are a cluster of 
 w fishing boats, 
 
 s a flat-topped, 
 »ve high water, 
 at Head Point, 
 t west side. A 
 ^. 3G° E. mag.) 
 
 cal islet ^ mile 
 
 shows plainly 
 
 and the shore 
 
 nile S. 79° W. 
 o on the west 
 
 li miles west- 
 long them, but 
 
 3 soiithwestern 
 . 3°W. mag.) 
 
 is the western, 
 m Famish-gut 
 18° W. (N. 30°' 
 tend from the 
 
 id is the NW, 
 ; it lies J mile 
 
 5. 84° E. (S. 56° 
 igh water, and 
 
 ds good shelter 
 feet high, and 
 former nearly 
 ;ter facing the 
 
 %x 
 
 A narrow passage between shoals leads to the anchorage and 
 only one course can be pursued in safety ^ ' 
 
 Keep close to tlie SW. point of Tinker Island to avoid a rock 
 with 4 feet water 200 yards off. Then steer to pass 100 yard" no h 
 of the east extreme of the rocks off Green Island, and when Burn 
 Head sumnu opens south of Green Island, that imtrk W on w 
 
 SinVgTotr ^^'^^ '''''''"''' '' ' ^« «* '^'^--- ^--;; rjr 
 
 H,ulm'*:;^7VMr'' '""*''' ^"" '^"^^ '^'^^"^«' "^ Little Piuch-gut 
 arZ\ ti\ : ' '^'""^' "'^ ^ ^««t' "^*^P« rise 6 feet. 
 
 high wtrlTntu' "^r "' *'" '^^' ^^ ' '""''' '''^' '^ f-t above 
 nigli water, joined to a long, narrow, sloping poir 
 
 A Rock, awash at high water, lies close to the north side and n 
 
 ^e^ena.myara. SSW., the outer knob havL!!: Tfathl: 
 
 off^n^ff? *"*"* T*^ f ^^'' P""^* '' ^-^S^'^^^ ^"'1 «hoal, with rocks 
 
 LitH^T^f ' T^ '^""^^ "«* ^« approached within 4ryaixls 
 Little Harbor Island, 43 feet above high water hJvd 
 
 mits but niakes as a flat top. It is situate^^Tmi/rNw f"™' 
 Pinch-giit Pomt, and is continued west by low rocks iZle Z 
 western being awash at high water * ^' *^'^ 
 
 rS^\^° W ^°^' ri"' 'V''^ ^^*"^ ^" ^*' l^^« 1'200 yards S. 45° W 
 
 foo^ wa^r^.^ •; ' '"''^ ^'"''^^ "'*^ *^^^«^ ^^^^ds, shoalest with one 
 NW V w T ' ?''?'"' ^ 'P^"" ^'^O y^'^'^' i^ diameter 800 yards 
 NW. I W^ from Little Harbor Island. Between this shoafand 
 Brennan Point on the mainland are two shoals with 4 f«?i 
 water, at neai-ly equal distances from each otw anT it sW^^ 
 l^::r^:^' ^" '^'^ *^^ passage betw.en LiUlfSor 
 
 high range over Great Pinch-gut, the ^uCi ^^JTt^l^ 
 
 high makes as a square hummock from the southward whlett 
 coast range is flat. The northern rock is 4 feet above hil water 
 Little Hajbor, fit for small craft only, is situated irmle?NE 
 of Brennan Point. Only 12 feet can be carried in at low wo. 
 and mid-^.hannel must be kept throughout to Iw rocks rnirtW 
 hand On the south side a rock that covers 5 feet Hes rn f i 
 off shore, and a shoal, with 4 feet water, off a ro k ihat clrs't 
 
 m mmK 
 
62 
 
 XKWFOI'NDLAND — SOUTH COAST. 
 
 A.iicliorage Tiuiy be had between the first fishing stages or imme- 
 diatoly after they are passed, for the water slioals suddenly at the 
 inner stages. 
 
 Sails Island, :J9 feet high, is 1,200 yards tcj the northward of 
 Little Harbor, close to the mainland. An islet, 8 feet above high 
 water with a rocky spit west of it, lies close west of Sails Island. 
 
 Sly-boots, a rock with 5 feet water, is 1,050 yards S. 59° W. 
 (S. 87° W. uiag.) from Sails Island. 
 
 The summit of Butler Head, open west of Woody Island N. G° W. 
 (N. 22° E. mag.) clears west of this rock. 
 
 Little Harbor Head, 760 yards from Sails Island, is a sloping 
 point, from a round wooded hillock 125 feet high, and is bold-to 
 all around. 
 
 Island Cove Head, 1,300 yards north of Little Harbor Head, is 
 a perpendiciilar cliff 75 feet high, backed by a wooded hummock 
 that shows conspicuously from the southward. 
 
 La Manche, J mile deep and ^ mile broad, runs NE. of Island 
 Cove Head. The land in the neighborhood consists of high barren 
 ranges, the culminating jjoint over the head of La Manche sur- 
 mounted by a cairn 015 feet above high water. On the peninsula 
 forming the western shore the hills are 230 feet high in the back- 
 ground, gradually decreasing in height, in a series of hummocks 
 to the point. Numerous valleys intersect these hills, down many 
 of which streamlets run from ponds situated between the hills. 
 
 Lead Mines are situated on the eastern shore of the bay, and 
 the buildings show out prominently from the westward. A wharf 
 has been erected in a .small cove below the mines where small ves- 
 sels can load, but affords no shelter from onshore winds. *" 
 
 Anchorage may be obtained in 6 or 7 fathoms, gravel, fair hold- 
 ing ground, with shelter from winds from N W. through north and 
 east to south. 
 
 La Manche Head is a wooded head, forming the west point of 
 entrance. Some low rocks lie oft" it, steep-to on the west side, and 
 about 200 yards from the shore. 
 
 A Rock, that covers 5 feet, lies 100 yards off the western shore, 
 ^ mile from La Manche Head. 
 
 Woody Island, 92 feet high, is the south extreme of a group of 
 islands and rocks off the peninsula, west of La Manche, that 
 divides it from Little Southern Harbor. Between this group and 
 the main are numerous sunken rocks and shoals, completely shut- 
 ting the passage. The south and west sides of the group may be 
 approached to within 200 yards. 
 
 Grassy Island, 65 feet high, forms the north extreme, and is 
 faced by black cliffs. A rock, with 3 feet water, lies 100 yards 
 N. 14° E. (N. 42° E. mag.), from Grassy Island. 
 
 ,/'- 
 
tages or imme- 
 uddenly at the 
 
 uortliward of 
 jet above high 
 Sails Island, 
 .rds 8. 59° W. 
 
 si and N. 6° W. 
 
 id, iti a sloping 
 and is bold-to 
 
 [arbor Head, is 
 led hummock 
 
 NE. of Island 
 )f high barren 
 I Manche sur- 
 the peninsula 
 li in the back- 
 of hummocks 
 s, down many 
 n the hills. 
 ' the bay, and 
 ird. A wharf 
 ere small ves- 
 nds. "~ 
 
 Lvel, fair hold- 
 igh north and 
 
 west point of 
 svest side, and 
 
 vestern shore, 
 
 of a group of 
 Manche, that 
 lis group and 
 apletely shut- 
 !jroup may be 
 
 treme, and is 
 ies 100 yards 
 
 IU)CK8. 
 
 63 
 
 Wining Rooks, lying 800 yards X. 31" W. (N. 3° W mac ) 
 
 and the northern n feet above high water. Sunken rocks fie 
 between hem and a shoal, with 7 feet, 100 yards off the n or h end 
 The .south rock is bold to the southward 
 Little Southern Harbor is north of Grassy Island. The best 
 
 rrshl,::f'ttT ^""^' '^^'^^^ -»^ winging Rocks. Ontl 
 tant si. e of the entrance are several low wedge-shaped hummoc-ks 
 jonoed by two low necks to the main. From the h ghe t of tlte' 
 rocks that cover extend 200 yards. The west point slo^ s f n m 
 Biitler Hea,l, a round wooded sunmiit faced on the north .side by 
 steep chffs, and 201 feet above high water. ^ 
 
 A Rock that breaks lies 160 yards off the west point leavinir a 
 passage 400 yards wide between it and the rocks off X eastZe 
 Both sides of the harbor have detached rocks off them but .v 
 be approached to within 200 yards, and the head shoals '300 v'Z 
 rri/iii lilt) hign-water line. 
 
 Anchorage may be obtained anywhere within the line of the 
 points bu the best holding ground is in 7 fathoms, gravef just 
 beyond a deep cove on the west shore •" 
 
 HaTo7;7Jh 'lo^!.^^"r'""' ^"" ""^ '''"^^^' "^ L^t"^ Sou.iiern 
 naroor at [)h. 30m. Springs rise 8 feet 
 
 Great Southern Harbor is entered north of Butler Head and 
 ;s separated from the head of Little Southern Harbor by l.lZt 
 m yards broad, nearly covered by a pond. The harbor n s 3i 
 miles from Butler Head, and contains some islands XshZs are 
 steep-to, sloping from wooded ranges, and at the head is Big Pond 
 
 Anchorage may be had at the head in 5 to 9 fathoms but the 
 holding ground is bad, and the harbor is completely exposed. The 
 
 Itfr^'^-'- 'i f \""^' ^°^^*^ '' Tommy Sharp R^ck, an i let 
 6 feet high jomed to the peninsula on the west side of th; harb<.r 
 that separates it from Arnold Cove 
 
 Duck Island, 56 feet high, lies i mile north from Butler Head 
 aiKl the same distance off the nearest cliff. It is bold-to, except off 
 the SW. point, where a ledge with 7 to fathoms extends nearly 
 
 Seal Islet, 43 feet high, is a smaU square rock close to tlie isthmus 
 dividing Great and Little Southern Harbors 
 
 A rock that covers 6 feet, with another sunken r.ick close-to 
 hes 400 yards 8. 8° W., (S. 36° W. mag.) from Seal Islet in the 
 passage between Duck Island and the main, 400 yards from te 
 latter. Duck Island, therefore, should be neared when tak ng this 
 
64 
 
 NKWFOUXnr.A NH — HOUTII COAST. 
 
 !M 
 
 Ooose Island, 81 feet liigh, iw a square, grass-topped nx'k, facoil 
 by l)lack cliffs, separated by a channel about 200 yards wide from 
 the peninsula dividing Great Southern Harbor from Arnohl Cove. 
 In the channel between 3J fathoins water nuiy be earried. From 
 the west extrei le a ledge extends about l,3oo yards, with depths 
 of (5i to {>K fatlioms. 
 
 Arnold Cove contains good anchorage in :\\ to 5 fathoms for 
 small vessels, all slieltered from winds, and for large vessels in 5 
 to 7 fathoms, with shelter from all but those from south to west. 
 The eastern shore is rugged, sloping from a wooded cone 130 feet 
 high. At the iiead is a .shingle beach fronting a salt-water pond, 
 and the western shore, terminating in Bordeaux Island, is fringed 
 by rocks that cover and extend 'iOO yards from the shore. 
 
 Round Rock, O feet above high water, is the farthest off shore, 
 and is 4o() yards S. 87° E. (S. 50° E. mag.) from Adams Head. 
 
 Adams Head, 104 feet high, is a fiat-topped barren mound near 
 the south extreme of the western shore of Arnold Cove, with Adams 
 House, a conspicuous two-storied dwelling, at the base, that shows 
 out v/ell to all i)arts of the head of Placentia Bay. 
 
 Bordeaux Island, 138 feet high, wooded an<l bluff, is separated 
 from the main by Bordeaux Gut, a narrow passag<>, with water 
 enough for fishing boats at low water. A remarkable (juartz vein 
 runs down the cliffs near the SW. point of the island. 
 
 A Rock that covers one foot lies between the east extreme of 
 Bordeaux Island and Adams Head, a third of the distance across 
 from the latter. 
 
 Come-By-Chance Bay, entered at 2 miles north of Bordeaux 
 Island, affords anchorage as convenient in depths of 10 fathonVs 
 ami less, t ,ie former depth being found at one mile within the en- 
 ti'ance to the bay. 
 
 Jonathan Lookout, a conspicuous isolated cone, 712 feet above 
 high Avatei-, is If miles WNW. from Powder Horn. From this 
 latter hill, 1,045 feet high, the range gradually decreases in height 
 to the marsh bordering on North Harbor. 
 
 Coast. — Rocks extend a short distance from Come-By-Chance 
 Point. The coast then trends northward round Holletts Cove, 
 which is 600 yards wide and 400 yards deep, with several sunken 
 rocks near the shore. A reef that dries at low water, with sunken 
 rocks at the extr'eme, extends 250 yards SSE. from the west en- 
 trance point of this cove. 
 
 Southern Head, a wooded promontory 125 feet high, projects 
 a short distance from the line of the^coast, at J mile westward of 
 Come-By-Chance Point. The shore from this to North Harbor is 
 fringe<l by small islets and sunken rocks, and must not be ap- 
 proached nearer than 300 yards. 
 
 juimiMiii 
 
 imm 
 
IHLANU8. 
 
 Uu 
 
 (1 rork, facpfl 
 Is wido from 
 \nii)l(l (Jo\i\ 
 [Tied. From 
 with depths 
 
 ) fathoms for 
 e ve88ol8 in 5 
 iiith to west, 
 cono 130 foot 
 t-water pond, 
 nd, is fringed 
 loi'e. 
 
 lest off sliore, 
 ms Head. 
 II mound near 
 >, with Adams 
 se, that sliows 
 
 f, is separated 
 
 o, witli water 
 
 le quartz vein 
 
 1. 
 
 ,st extreme of 
 
 i stance across 
 
 of Bordeaux 
 IG fathoms 
 vithin the en- 
 
 12 feet above 
 From this 
 ases in height 
 
 ne-By-Chance 
 olletts Cove, 
 
 Bveral sunken 
 with sunken 
 the west en- 
 
 ligh, projects 
 westward of 
 th Harbor is 
 ,t not be ap- 
 
 North Harbor.— The oast point of North Harbor is 1 J miles, 
 NW, from Conn-By -Cliaiioo Point; the liarbor is 4} miles deep 
 and l,S(t() yuids wide at the entrance. 
 
 Rocks that almo.st cover at high water lie dose to the east shore, 
 8()(» yards north of South Point. 
 
 Emberley Point, 700 yards farthei- northward, may he easily 
 distingiiishecl by a white house on it. 
 
 A cove to the eastward of Kmberley Point, surrounded by rocks, 
 that extend 200 yar<ls from the beach, affords good aii'horago with 
 all winds, except those from Houtii to WSW., in a j., iieral depth 
 of UK fathoms. 
 
 Sall-the-maid Island is 2 miles within the entrance, and off the 
 west entrance point of this cove, to which it is nearly joined by 
 rocks. It is 70 feet high, and composed of gray rocks covered by 
 wood. From it sunken rocks extend S. by W. for a distance of ;)oO 
 yards. Northward of this island shoal water extends 200 yards 
 
 :'.n:{ 
 
 ivcriil rockn, nouiw of wiiicii cover. 
 
 le within 
 
 from tlu> «]iore; 
 
 that distance. Charley Rock, the highest of these, is '.i feet above 
 high water, and lies nearly midway between the island and the 
 head of the harl)or. 
 
 The west shore of N«>rth Harbor may be approached to 100 yards, 
 except in the coves. 
 
 Jigging Cove lies on the west shore nearly 2 miles fi-om the 
 entrance, and is shallow to the mouth. 
 
 Goose Island, about 40 feet liigh, wooded and flat, forms the 
 north entrance point, and separates it from Goose Cove, also shal- 
 low to the line of the outer points. A rock lies a short distance 
 from the south extreme of Goose Island. 
 
 Anchorage for large vessels may be had anywhere within the 
 entrance of North Harbor according to the depth desired, but it 
 must be borne in mind that the water shoals rapidly from 10 to 5 
 fathoms off Molasses Point, north of Goose Cove. 
 
 North Harbor Point, the west entrance point of North Harbor, 
 terminates on the eastern side in a small, nearly detached, rocky 
 peninsula, 31 feet high, off the .south extreme of which lies a sunken 
 rock. 
 
 North Harbor Rock, with C fathoms water on it, lies 600 yards 
 S. 56° W. (S. 84° W. mag.) from North Harbor Point. 
 
 Baker Cove lies NW. of North Harbor Point. It is 1,400 yards 
 wide and 1,000 yards deej), and affords anchorage with offshore 
 winds in 4^^ to 9 fathoms, sand. Rocks that cover extend a short 
 distance from the east entrance point of the cove, and shoal water 
 extends a short distance from the shore and 100 yards from Baker 
 Point, which is a wooded bluff about 120 feet high, projecting 000 
 yards from the coast NW. of the cove. 
 
 I 
 
 
 MtteiMH 
 
 miitfiiifiifiiiit aiiiii 
 
 iiitmm^mmiam 
 
I"' 
 pit 
 
 u 
 
 \n 
 
 66 
 
 NKWFOI'NDLANI)— SOI'TII COAST. 
 
 At the hoa<l of Baker Cove arc two bfaclioH of rfMidish HhiiiKlf, 
 HeparattMl l)y a rod cliff, faciii^f a Hiiiall woo<l»'»l liiIlo(!k. 
 
 Ooast. Tlin coaHt from Hak«'r C'oVf trt'iids NW. for 1^ mlloH to 
 Placontia Mans Point, with slight indentations, tlicncc with a slight 
 clmnge in direetion, more to tlie north, for 2 miles, to a low wooded 
 immvontory faced Ity shale clifTs, from the ff)ot of wliich the shore 
 dries a short distance. A few honses are hiiilt on the coast ))etwoen 
 Baker Cove and Placentia Mans Point. 
 
 Black River, from which tlie station derives its name, is entered 
 at k mile northward of the point on which the station stands, and 
 may be approached to t>()() yards by vessels drawing Vi feet water. 
 
 A Telegraph Station, surronnded by well cultivated ground, is 
 situated on tlie south entrance point of Black River; it is in con- 
 nection witli the Anglo-American Telegraph Company. 
 
 Ice. — Black River is generally frozen toward the latter end of 
 January and clear by tlie middle of Api'il. 
 
 Vicuna Island, ;}0 feet high, lies OOo yards WSW. from the sta- 
 tion i)Oint; it is alxmt 'iOO yards in dijimeter, and covered witli 
 grass over gray rock. Martin Morrissey Rocks, a small group 
 about 200 yards in diameter, are nearly joined to the west extreme 
 of Vicuna Island, the highest being li feet above high water. 
 
 A Rock 4 feet high is situated 200 yards south of Martin Morris- 
 sey Rocks, and 100 yards farther in the same direction lies a rock 
 that dries 4 feet at low water. 
 
 A Rock that dries 6 feet lies i mile S. 82" W. (N. 70° W. mag.) 
 from Vicuna Island, and a rock, with ;i feet water, lies between 
 that island and the station point, 2()0 yards from the latter. 
 
 Mouse Island is small, covered with grass, and 20 feet high; it 
 is ^ mile NW. by W. from Vicuna Island. 
 
 Pipers Hole is entered through a channel 400 yards wide, lying 
 400 yards westward from Mouse Island, and extends in a north- 
 westerly direction 4 miles to the fresh-water ])rook at the head. 
 
 At 2 miles within the entrance is a sharp bend, 150 yards wide, 
 round Cape Pine, through which the tide runs about 3 knots an 
 hour at springs. The arm then expands into a shallow basin, a 
 mile long and 1,200 yards wide, the greater part of which dries at 
 low water. In it are some islands, Bii'chy Island, the highest, 
 being 02 feet high and covered with wood. From the upper part 
 of this basin a narrow sti-eam extends to the head, the northern 
 bend being nearly filled with bowlders. 
 
 Southwest of the entrance to Pipers Hole are Rocky Cove, a small 
 curve in the coast lined with bowldei's, and Cock and Hen Cove. 
 Shoal water extends a considerable distance off this cove. 
 
 Desolate Point is the extreme of an isolated hill, 200 feet high, 
 covered with moss, that forms the turning point into the soimd 
 
SOUND IBLAND. 
 
 «'.7 
 
 "ildisli hImhrIo, 
 
 ck. 
 
 for 1^ iniloH to 
 
 je with a Hli^lit 
 
 [» a low woo<l»*(l 
 
 liicli tlio shorn 
 
 ) coast hot woe n 
 
 aine, is entered 
 on stands, and 
 12 feet water, 
 fvtod ground, is 
 r ; it is in con- 
 my. 
 3 latter end of 
 
 '. front the sta- 
 covered with 
 a, small gronp 
 9 west extreme 
 fh water. 
 Martin Morris- 
 ion lies a rock 
 
 70° W. maj?.) 
 lies between 
 latter. ^ 
 feet high ; it 
 
 (Is w^ide, lying 
 ds in a north- 
 it the head. 
 yards wide, 
 nt 3 knots an 
 allow basin, a 
 wliich dries at 
 the highest, 
 le upper part 
 the northern 
 
 Cove, a small 
 id Hen Cove, 
 rave. 
 200 feet high, 
 
 to the sound 
 
 from Pipers Hole. Bittern Cove, a slight indentation with a shiii- 
 gl(> beach, is south of this hill. From this the coast trends in 
 nearly a straight line H. by W. for a distance of ft miles, the* north- 
 ern part sloping from Idgh hills, and the* coast lin(> of rocks being 
 occasioinvlly varieil l)y small beaches of shingle. 
 
 Toby Lookout is the highest of the hills immediately border- 
 ing on th(» coast, i.iid attains an ohtvation of l,(t3<» teet. This 
 range recedes from the coast in a westerly direction, and becomes 
 barren in the interior. 
 
 White Hills, an(»ther bare range, the highest of which is 1,1k,'') 
 feet above high water, are situated 23 miles irdand, and connected 
 with the western part of the range from Toby Lookout. As this 
 range recedes from the (joast, lower, wooded, and mossy hills 
 fringe the shore. 
 
 Anchorage may be obtained at the head of Placontia Bay, 
 north of Placentia Mans Point, but large vessels should not bring 
 Bloody Point, the novtl'. extreme of Sound Lshvnil, tu bwm .soiilh of 
 S. (12° W. (West mug.), as the water shoals rapidly from 1-i to '6'i 
 fathoms. 
 
 Sound Island has the sha])e of an i.-regular rectangle, ;<3 miles 
 long and 2i miles broad. The characteristic features are long 
 hills 400 to 3G0 feet high, covered with white moss, and patches of 
 small wood in the valleys. A sharji peak, ;}81 feet high, rises near 
 the north extreme, and the summit, when seen from the western 
 part of the sound, api)ears an inclined plane, with a steep fall to 
 the western shore of the island. The east shore is formed of shale 
 cliffs, the dtlbris froni which has accumulated at the base, and pre- 
 vents landing, except in fine weather. 
 
 Catens Cove, a small bight, lies in the middle of this shore, and 
 is nearly filled with rocks. Net Rock, 15 feet above high wtiter, is 
 north of this cove, and is bold-to on the east side. 
 
 Some white cliffs are near the south extreme. Woody Island 
 Shoal, with 5i fathoms water, extends l,3(tO yards UK. by E. from 
 the SE. extreme of the island. 
 
 The south shore curves round Muddy Hole, a shallow cove, and 
 thence with a broad sweep to Upper Sandy Point, the SW. ex- 
 treme of the island. This point projects 600 yards from the line 
 of coast, and is surmounted by a hill 118 feet high, covered with 
 yellow moss. This hill being lighter in color than the mainland 
 can generally be seen when open of Woody Island. The west 
 shore of Sound Island is almost straight, and is bordered by a 
 beach of shingle in front of the' steep slopes from the summit. 
 Bloody Point, at the north extreme, is steep-to and surmounted by 
 a dark wooded hill. 
 
 
 ■*>-iiiJiiiiMi«aiMit»*«iir i -r-'"' ■ ilnm-iUfiMi-rT'lii-lf • r^- iiiiirtVi>r'liti»ri 
 
 n'd'iirf rliiiri 
 
i~' 
 
 68 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND — S 'UTII COAST. 
 
 Jeffrey Cove, the most westerly of three on the north side of 
 Sound Island, is 1,800 yards wide and 600 yards deep. There are 
 a few houses at the head of the cove. 
 
 A Rock with 7 feet water lies in the middle, nearly between the 
 line of the extreme points, and a shoal with ;}J fathoms water lies 
 200 yards northward of the rock. Bittern Cove Bench open north 
 of Bloody Point, bearing N. 02° W. (N. 34° W. mag.), leads east 
 of this shoal. 
 
 Maggotty Cove is separated from Jeffrey Cove by Shepherd 
 Point, east 150 yards from which is a sunken rock. This cove is 
 800 yards broad and 350 yards deep. It is surrounded by houses, 
 and affords good anchorage for a few smoll vessels in 5 to 12 fath- 
 oms. New Town, east of Maggotty Cove, may be distinguished 
 by the church, a plain whjte wooden building, and several two- 
 storied white houses. A rock that dries 4 feet lies in the middle 
 of the bight off New Town, between the line of the outer points, 
 and 150 yards from the shore. 
 
 Irishtown, SE. of New Town, is at the head A a cove 1,400 yards 
 wide and (300 yards deep. A few houses ar.? built near the head. 
 The shores are bold, except off Brimstone Pc.int SE. of the co^'^e, 
 from which rocks extend 150 yards. 
 
 The Sound, between Sound, Woody, and Bairen Islands on the 
 east side, and the mainland on the west, is 500 ;^-ards wide at the 
 narrowest part. It is clear in mid-channel between Sound Island 
 and the main, and the eastern shore may be neared to 100 yards. 
 A few rocks lie off the mainland, but none so far as 200 yards 
 distant. ^ 
 
 The channel between Sound and Woody Islands, I mile wide, is 
 clear, and affords excellent anchorage in 7 to 19 fathoms. The 
 extreme points are connected by bars with 6J fathoms water on 
 them, and there is a hole in the middle with 19 fathoms, deepest 
 water. Anchorage may also be had in the Sound according to the 
 length of the vessel. 
 
 Woody islands consist of two large and some small islands. 
 Woody Island, the largest, is 2 miles long and nearly a mile wide, 
 and is surmounted by wooded hills, the highest being flat -topped 
 and 327 ieet high. A round hill, 316 feet high, lies close west of 
 the highest. The east shore falls steeply, and several small coves 
 lie at the base of the hills. Hardy Rocks are a small cluster f mile 
 S. by W. from the north extreme of the island. The highest is 7 
 feet above high water, and they are steep-to on the south side. 
 
 Crev6 Islets lie off the west shora, and are nearly joiied to each 
 other and Woody Island at low water. They shelter a small cove 
 almost filled with rocks known by the name of Woody Island 
 Harbor, but there is scarcely room for even a very small vessel to 
 
 ilUlillMlillll^lWiiUiH 
 
 m^msi^^mimm^em^- 
 

 the north side of 
 deep. There are 
 
 )arlj' between the 
 ithoms water lies 
 Be.ich open north 
 ma^.), leads east 
 
 ove by Shepherd 
 ck. This cove is 
 inded by houses, 
 Is in 5 to 12 fath- 
 be distinguished 
 and several two- 
 ies in the middle 
 the outer points, 
 
 L cove 1,400 yards 
 ilt near the head. 
 SE. of the co^^e, 
 
 en Islands on the 
 ,-ards wide at the 
 Jen Sound Island 
 red to 100 yards, 
 far as 200 yards 
 
 ^ mile wide, is 
 fathoms. The 
 ithoms water on 
 fathoms, deepest 
 according to the 
 
 e small islands. 
 
 ly a mile wide, 
 »eing flat-topped 
 ies close west of 
 eral small coves 
 ill cluster J mile 
 
 he highest is 7 
 e south side, 
 y joiied to each 
 ;er a small cove 
 
 Woody Island 
 
 small vessel to 
 
 I8L.\ND8. 
 
 (i9 
 
 swing clear of danger. A settlement is situated here, with a church 
 and sclioolhouse. The largest of Cr^vfe Islets is partially wooded 
 and grassy, 25 feet high, and lies 600 yards from the mainland. 
 There is deep water 200 yards distant from the west side. 
 
 Anchorage for small vessels may be had south of these islets in 
 8 fathoms. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, at Woody Island at 
 8li. 9m. ; springs rise 7 feet; neaps rise i^ feet. 
 
 A Rock that dries 5 feet lies a short distance from the south 
 extreme of Woody Island. 
 
 Little Woody Island is 500 yiirds southward of Woody Island, 
 to which it is joined by a bar with one to 3 feet ou it at low water. 
 It is about ^ mile long, ^ mile wide, and is partially wooded over 
 gray rock, the summit 183 feet above high water, falling in a steeji 
 bluff to the SE. extreme. Several pinnacle rocks are joined to the 
 shores, and a sand spit, that covers at high water, extends 200 yards 
 from the NW. extreme. The '"ther sides are steep-to. 
 
 Shag Rock is a small pinnacle 15 feet high, lying 600 yards 
 from the SW. extreme of Woody Island and about the same dis- 
 tance from the mainland. A shoal extends from the south extreme. 
 
 Sugarloaf Island is about 250 yards in diameter, round, wooded, 
 and 101 feet high. It is ^ mile from the SW. extreme of Woody 
 Island, and should not be approached nearer than 200 yards. 
 
 La Plante Sunker, awash at low water, lies at the extreme of 
 a bank whicii extends 650 yards SSW. from Sugarloaf Island. 
 Shag Rock, open either side of that island, leads north and south 
 of this danger. 
 
 La Plante is a shallow indentation on the mainland, a mile 
 southwestward of Sugarloaf Island. This cove nearly dries at low 
 water, but boats can enter and obtain water after half flood. An 
 islet 27 feet high and covered with grass is situated close off the 
 north entrance point. 
 
 Barren Island, 1-^ miles southwestward of Woo-^y Island, is 
 separated from the mainland by a channel 700 yai"ds wi(le. It is 
 nearly 4 miles long and If miles broad at the NE. extreme. It is in 
 the shape of an irregular triangle, the apex being at the SW. 
 extreme. 
 
 Two peninsulas extend from the east side. The northern forms 
 Barren Island Harbor and the north part of Western Cove, being 
 connected to Barren Island by a l^each of shingle between the heads 
 of these coves. Western Cove Head, the other peninsula, is joined 
 to the island by a low, marshy neck, on which are two ponds that 
 leave only a short distance betweeii each other and the sea on each 
 side of the nee':. There are three principal hills. The summit, 
 490 feet above high water, is bare ; it lies near the middle of the 
 
 
 In 
 
 IP 
 
 ,-?r- -i ^ •■ • m 
 
"9m 
 
 70 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND SOUTH COAST. 
 
 island, and from the southward appears as an inclined plane with 
 the steep side to the westward. A round, wooded hill, 437 feet 
 high, is situated close west of Western Cove Head, and a bare hill, 
 4;J2 feet high, lies close to the NE. extreme. 
 
 The north shore falls steeply from a chain of wooded hills, and 
 is clear of danger beyond 200 yards. The NW. extreme is a low, 
 grassy plateau, from which a bar with 5 fathoms water extends to 
 the mainland. Two small shallow inlets are situated, respectively, 
 H miles from the south extremity and a mile from the north end; 
 both of these are on the western side. The entrances are marked 
 by white cliffs, and fishing craft haul into them for repairs. 
 
 The south point of Barren Island terminates in a small gray islet, 
 29 feet high, covered with grass and surmounted by a conspicuous 
 single tree. 
 
 Barren Island Harbor is 900 yards long, 150 yards broad, and 
 affords shelter to small vessels from all but easterly winds. Tlie 
 anchorage is in 6 to 8 fathoms, and the shores are bold-to. A con- 
 siderable settlement lines the shores, and an old wooden church, 
 wath a belfry near, stands on a mound west of the head. On the 
 west side the harbor is faced by reddish landslips. The entrance 
 may be recognized by a shingle beach and some low rocks close to 
 Barren Island. The east entrance point of the harbor must be 
 given a wide berth when rounding, and the east side of the penin- 
 sula forming it is foul for nearly 200 yards. 
 
 Western Cove is between tlie two peninsulas and Barren Island. 
 Western Cove Head rises to a sharp peak 223 feet high, is covered 
 with an alternation of wood and grass, and its outer coat is marked 
 by brown landslips. Several round wooded hills lie south of the 
 summit. James Point, north of the entrance, is steep-to, but from 
 West Point a bank with 10 fathoms extends 400 yards. A shoal, 
 Avith 3 fathoms water, lies S. 73° E. (S. 45° E. mag.) a little more 
 than 200 yards from West Point. 
 
 The northern part of the cove is + mile deep, ^ mile wide at the 
 entrance, and narrows to the beach, which is 250 yards broad at 
 the head. Shoal ground extends 250 yards from the beach, but 
 south of tliat the depth ranges from 10 to 16 fathoms in the middle 
 of the cove. 
 
 The southern part is 750 yards deep, 400 yards wide at the 
 entrance, and terminates in a shingle beach 200 yards wide at the 
 head. Glindon Cove is a small bight on the shore west of the 
 entrance, with a few Iiouses round it. Glindon Rock, a small bare 
 rock 3 feet above high water, lies oiose to the shore, south of Glin- 
 don Cove. 
 
 A few houses are also built round Western Cove. 
 
 ■immm'¥i:, mmmwrw 
 
ROCKS — ISLANDS. 
 
 71 
 
 lined plane with 
 ed hill, 427 feet 
 , and a bare hill, 
 
 ooded hills, and 
 xtreme is a low, 
 water extends to 
 ed, respectively, 
 n the north end ; 
 ices are marked 
 )r repairs, 
 small gray islet, 
 jy a conspicuous 
 
 rards broad, and 
 rly winds. The 
 bold-to. A con- 
 wooden church, 
 3 head. On the 
 I. The entrance 
 )w rocks close to 
 harbor must be 
 ide of the penin- 
 
 d Barren Island. 
 
 liigh, is covered 
 
 coat is marked 
 
 ie south of the 
 
 eep-to, but from 
 
 ards. A shoal, 
 
 .) a little raoi*e 
 
 nile wide at the 
 
 yards broad at 
 
 ;he beach, but 
 
 s in the middle 
 
 wide at the 
 
 rds wide at the 
 
 >re west of the 
 
 J, a small bare 
 
 south of Glin- 
 
 Auchorage may be had in eith.^r ai-m of the cove, according to 
 the direction of the wind, in 12 to 16 fathoms in the northern part 
 or in 20 fathoms in the southern part. 
 
 Duck Rocks, a ledge of dark sharp rocks, extend from the 
 southern extreme of Western Cove Head. The highest is 61 feet 
 and has a hole through it; the outer is a small gray rock 12 feet 
 high and steep-to. 
 
 Back Cove, close west of Duck Rocks, is nearly filled with Back 
 Cove Islets, a castellated group, reddish in color, the higliest of 
 which is 75 feet above high water. 
 
 Qreen Island, lying 850 yards southwestward of Barren Island, 
 is 55 feet high and covered with grass over dark gray rock. It is 
 150 yards in diameter, and has no danger beyond 100 j'ards from 
 it excfipt on the west side. 
 
 Green Island Bock, with 8 feet water, is the NW. extreme of 
 a l)ank extending 300 yards from Green Island and falling sud- 
 denly to deep water. 
 
 Gulch is a basin 1,200 yards long and 300 yards broad, on the 
 mainland shore west of Barren Island, and nearly 3^ miles south- 
 ward of La Plante. The entrance is only a few yards wide and is 
 filled with large rocks, leaving no passage, even for a boat, at low- 
 water springs. 
 
 Ship Island, a mile SW. o^' the south extreme of Barren Island, 
 is nearly a mile long, 600 yards broad, and is almost rectangiilar 
 in shape. The summit, situated near the raiddle of the Avest shore, 
 is 248 feet high, round, and covered with wood Several other 
 hills rise in the island, some bare and others wooded, joined by 
 green marshes or plains. A few white patches mark the cliffs 
 near the north extreme. The shores are generally bold, Aviti ^r lall 
 cliffs. There is only one danger as far as 200 yards f vom the '^ nore 
 A rock awash at low water lies 200 yards from the middle li' the 
 east side of the island. Burgeo Island, seen open of the oast i)art 
 of Ship Island and bearing S. 23° W. (S. 51° W. mag.>, leads east 
 of this rock. 
 
 Shag Rock, i mile S. 68° W. (N. 84° W. Mag.) of the SW. ex- 
 tremity of Ship P^and, is 12 feet high, 150 yards in extent, and 
 steep-to. A shu.^ with 5^ fathoms water on it lies S. 31^ E. (S. 3° 
 F.. mag.), a little more than 200 yards from Shag Rock. 
 
 Bell Island, 800 yards S. by W. of Ship Islaiul, is formed of 
 brown cliff, covered with wood. It is wedge-shaped, the apex, 143 
 feet high, being on the south side. A shingle beach linet the NE. 
 side. The island is so named from a remarkable rock, about 20 
 feet high, shaped like an inverted bell, situated close to the south 
 extreme, that shows prominently when seen from north and south 
 or when close to the island. 
 
 
 liftni I'll liiirl rtTfiii -«iiiV'llWliiniTr«rii 
 
 iiT' -r'nit^aaMfia'" Uirn-iiiMii' 
 
NEVVF<»UM)LANI> — SOUTH COAST. 
 
 t 
 
 A rock awash at low water, with another rock close north of it, 
 lies ahout 100 yards from the east shore. 
 
 Great Sandy Harbor.— The approacli to Great Sandy Harbor 
 may be readily distinguished by the offlying islands, and by a 
 wooded hill with a bare top 250 feet above high water, which lies 
 NE. of the entrance. A wooded islet 53 feet high lies close south 
 of the hill, and a bare rock feet above high water is south of the 
 islet. The west side of the entrance is formed by a wooded penin- 
 sula nearly a mile long and 180 feet high. Near the north extreme 
 is a bluff point with a small bight in it. 
 
 The harbor is entered through a channel not quite 200 yards 
 wide, between the base of the hill and the bluff point just de- 
 scribed. Immediately within the entrance an arm extends NE. 
 for 450 yards, and is 250 yards broad, with 3A fathoms in the mid- 
 dle, but only i^ fathoms in the entrance. Rocks lie close to either 
 shore. 
 
 The main harbor trends SW. for 800 yards, with a breadth of 
 35* (yards, then bends sharply to the NW., in which direction it 
 extends 1+ miles, expanding to 1,300 y.ivds wide for nearly J mile, 
 when the basin contracts to the entrance of a stream 100 yards 
 wide. Nearly the whole of this basin dries at low water, leaving 
 a narrow passage for boats only close to the shore. In the tirst 
 bend not more than 6 feet can be carried. The hills surrounding 
 the harbor are partially wooded and slope gradually to the south- 
 western arm. 
 
 Civil Bast Cove is a slight curve in tl<f^ SE. coast of the penin- 
 sula, protected by Civil East Island, and affording shelter to small 
 lishing craft in 2i fathoms. A few houses stand on the shore, sur- 
 rounded by small patches of cultivation. A rock with feet of 
 water on it lies midway between the island and the main. 
 
 Civil East Island is about 40 feet liigh, fiat, and partly wooded. 
 It is 400 yards long, and a rock awash at low water lies close to 
 the SW. extreme. 
 
 Anchorag^e may be had, with good holding ground, on a plateau 
 of sand lying between Civil -East Cove and the entrance to Great 
 Sandy Harbor, in from 4J to 6 fathoms. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Great Sandy Har- 
 bor at 8h. 9m. ; springs rise 6 J feet; neaps rise 5 feet. 
 
 Qreat Coat Island, 45 feet high and 100 yards in diameter, 
 round and wooded, lies 250 yards SW. by S. of the south entrance 
 to Civil East Cove. There is a clear passage west of it, but a rock 
 that dries lies a short distance from the SW. extreme. 
 
 liittle Saiidy Harbor is entere'd through a channel 200 yards 
 wide, soi'th of Great Coat Island, between the cliffy SW. extreme 
 of the peninsula dividing it from Great Sandy Harbor and Stearin 
 
 ■mm' 
 
ose north of it, 
 
 t Sandy Harbor 
 [inds, and by a 
 ater, which lies 
 lies close soixth 
 r is south of the 
 I wooded penin- 
 B north extreme 
 
 quite 200 yards 
 f point just de- 
 'm extends NE. 
 oms in the m id- 
 le close to either 
 
 ith a breadth of 
 ich direction it 
 V nearly J mile, 
 bream ]00 yards 
 r water, leaving 
 re. In the tirst 
 ills surrounding 
 |ly to the south- 
 
 ist of the penin- 
 lelter to small 
 the shore, sur- 
 with (i feet of 
 main. 
 )artly wooded. 
 
 er lies close to 
 
 id, on a })lateau 
 trance to Great 
 
 eat Sandy Har- 
 et. 
 
 s in diameter, 
 south entrance 
 ' it, but a rock 
 ne. 
 
 nnel 200 yards 
 y SW. extreme 
 )or and Stearin 
 
 LllTLE BITRGKO ISLAND. 
 
 70 
 
 Rock, a flat bare islet 5 fett above higli water. Within the en- 
 trance the harbor exj)ands to a basin 600 yards in diameter, with 
 5\ fathoms in \iie middle, deci-easing gradually in depth to tlio 
 shore, except in the SW. corner. From this side a small arm ex- 
 tends to the westward and is shallow to the entrance. Water may 
 be procured from a brook at the iiead of this arm, but the approach 
 is made difficult at low water by bowlders lying off it. A wooded 
 islet about 40 feet high nearly joins Stearin Rock to the soutli side 
 of the entrance. 
 
 Nan Point, 1,200 yards SE. by S. of the entrance to Little San V 
 Harbor, is a small sharp projection, steep-to. The intervening 
 coast consists of two small coves, with shingle beaches, between 
 otherwise rocky shoi'es. 
 
 Anchorage f(n' large vessels, with shelter from offshore winds, 
 may be had off this coast in G to 7 fathoms at 400 yards from the 
 shore. 
 
 Castle Islet, a small sqiiare rock i;{ feet high, lies close to the 
 shoi'e off till' north entrance point of Davis Cove. 
 
 Little Burgeo Island is 250 yards SE. by S. of Castle Islet. It 
 is 900 yards long, 600 yards broad, and 227 feet high. It is flat in 
 outline, faced by steej) cliffs, and there is a small cove on the sinith 
 side. There is barely passage for a boat between this island •nd 
 the main at low wate' . 
 
 A Shoal, with 12 feet of water, lies 100 yards from the NE. 
 extreme. 
 
 Davis Cove is entered south of Calls Point, 1,000 yards SW. 
 from Castle Islet. A rock that dries 4 feet lies 100 yards south of 
 the point. This cove is 600 yards wide and 200 yards deep, and 
 affords good shelter to fishing craft with offshore winds. 
 
 Water may be obtained from a large stream at the head. 
 
 Coast. — The coast, which is wooded over brown cliffs, curves 
 generally to the southwestward from Davis Cove for a little more 
 than a mile to Butts Hole, a small cove with a few houses round 
 it, and a rock that dries 6 feet at low water in the middle. A 
 conspicuous waterfall is situated on the south side of this cove. 
 
 Parfrey Point is i mile from Butts Hole, and is a small projec- 
 tion, 105 feet high, faced by gray cliffs. Parfrey Shoal, with 4-J- 
 fathoms water on it, lies S. 17° E. (S. 11° W. mag.), distant 267 
 yards from this point. 
 
 Burgeo Island is 1,200 yards S. by W. of Little Burgeo Island, 
 and separated by a clear channel 1,10^^ yards wide from the main- 
 land, suruKJunted by a lemarkablo sharp peak 41G feet high, and 
 two smaller peaks to the southAvard of it, named Hares Ears, about 
 350 feet high. The island is 1^*^ miles long and i mile broad. The 
 east shore is steep-to, but a rock with 5 feet of water on it lies 100 
 
 
74 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH COAST. 
 
 yards from the south extreme. A cove 400 yards deep is situated 
 on the west shore of the island, just below the summit, off the 
 north entrance point of which is a small islet with a sunken rock 
 off it. 
 
 Cross Socks, 12 feet above high water, lie neai'ly 200 yards 
 N. 76° W. (N. 48° W. mag.) from the north entrance point of this 
 cove, and are surrounded by sunken rocks. A shoal with 15 feet 
 water on it lies 100 yards S. 11° W. (S. 39° W. mag.) of these 
 rocks, and a bank, with less than 10 fathoms, extends 250 yards 
 farther in the same direction. 
 
 Near the north extremity of Burgeo Island the coast curves into 
 a small bay, surrounded by a beach of shingle, between low points 
 of cliff. The wharf, stores, houses, and flagstaff of a small trading 
 establishment are built here, and there is good anchorage off the 
 wharf in 14 fathoms for small vessels. Vigors Island, with a ilat, 
 wooded summit about 120 feet high, falls in stectp cliffs on all sides 
 jut the north, where a grassy point, fringed by bowlders and shoal 
 vater, extends 100 yards. Vigors Island should not be approached 
 nearer than 200 yards on the noi'th side. The channel between the 
 .iN E. extreme of this and Burgeo Islr.nd is not q\iito 200 yards wide. 
 On the eastern side is a square islet, off which lies a sunken rock. 
 
 White Islands are a group occupying a space 1^ miles long 
 and ixearly ^ mile broad, lying 2 miles SE. of Burgeo Island, the 
 channel between deepening to 151 fathoms. There are three large 
 islands, several smaller islands, and many rocks. 
 
 Greens Island, near the north extreme, is 110 feet high, round, 
 and covered with stunted trees, intersperser' with grass over gray 
 rock. Rocks and shoals extend from the south side of the island 
 for 400 yards, the highest being a square islet about 40 feet high, 
 off which are two rocks. A small rock lies closf to the north 
 extreme of the island, and a large shoal exteuuls NW. of the chain 
 of rocks south of Greens Island. 
 
 Gooseberry Island, 200 yards NW. hy N. of Greens Island, is 
 about 40 feet high, flat, and covered with grass over i-eddish-gray 
 rock. Sunken rocks extend 200 yards frcmi the west extreme. 
 
 Deepwater Bank, -wr'; 7 f-iaoms water, lies 800 yards N. 1(5° 
 E. (N. 44^ E. m-ag.) fr'>ui Gooseben-y It'^and, and Rock of the 
 Bank, with the same dcu-h, bears S. 8'. ji,. (S. 59° E. mag.), dis- 
 tant 1,400 yards from Greens Island, 
 
 Stearin Rocks are the cluster next SW. of Greens Island. 
 They are nearly connected at low water, and occupy a space 200 
 yards in diameter. 
 
 A Reef, with two heads that just dry at low water, bea- » IS. 68° 
 E. (S. 40° E. mag.), distant 250 yards from the highest of these 
 rocks. 
 
 .ntukia tv.^ 
 
)ep is situated 
 mmit, oflE the 
 1 sunken rock 
 
 rly 200 yards 
 b point of this 
 il with 15 feet 
 lag.) of these 
 ids 250 yards 
 
 ist curves into 
 sen low points 
 t small trading 
 liorage off the 
 id, with a Hat, 
 ffs on all sides 
 .ders and shoal 
 be approuched 
 el between the 
 ;00 yards wide. 
 a sunken rock. 
 1^ miles long 
 jeo Island, the 
 are three large 
 
 !t high, round, 
 rass over gray 
 e of the island 
 t 40 feet high, 
 to the north 
 , of the chain 
 
 [eens Island, is 
 reddish-gray 
 extreme, 
 yards N. 16° 
 Rock of the 
 E. mag.), dis- 
 
 H^reens Island. 
 ly a space 200 
 
 |r, bea- s S. 68° 
 thest of these 
 
 ISLANDS — ROCKS. 
 
 u 
 
 Middle Dock Islands are 200 yards SW. by W. of Stearin 
 Rocks, and are 400 yards in diameter. The two southernmost are 
 conical, with grassy summits, the western and highest being 37 
 feet above high water. These two have no dangers off their SE. 
 sides. The rest of the group are low, and the northern covers at 
 high water, but there are no outlying dangers beyond 200 yards 
 distance from the group. There is a clear passage between these 
 and Stearin Rocks. 
 
 Anchor Rock, bare, fiat, and 8 feet above high water, is sepa- 
 rated from the south side of Middle Dock Islands by a clear chan- 
 nel 200 yards wide, and is steep-to. A sunken rock lies midway 
 between it and Northwest Island. 
 
 Northwest Island, 115 feet high, and 400 yards SW. by W. of 
 Middle Dock Islands, is formed of several wooded hillocks cover- 
 ing dark rock, the highest falling steeply to the NW. extreme. 
 Some small pinnacle rocks lie close-to, but there is no sunken dan- 
 ger near, except on the east side. 
 
 West Island, lying 450 yards southward of Northwest Island, 
 is wedge-shaped, 300 yards long and 200 yards broad. The sum- 
 mit, which is wooded, falls steeply to the north extreme, and is 
 115 feet above high water. A green mound, with a conspicuous 
 patch of turf near the summit, is joined to the south extreme by 
 a beach of shingle. A ledge of rocks extends 200 yards from the 
 east side that dries only at low water springs. 
 
 Western Rock, the western of White Islands, is a gray islet 24 
 feet high, with a little grass nea.r the summit. A reef of rocks 
 extends 200 yards north, and there are rocks between it and West 
 Island, but no danger beyond 200 yards from them. A rock, 
 awash at high water, lies close south, and a shoal, with 7 feet 
 water on it, is a short distance from the SW. extreme. A rock 
 that dries is a little more than 200 yards N. 59° W. (N. 31° W. 
 mag.) from West Island. 
 
 Mackerel Shoal, with 14 feet water, bears N. 08° W. (N. 40° 
 W. mag.), distant about 400 yards from West Island. 
 
 Harry Rock, with 8 fathoms water, lies S. 70° W. (N. 82° W. 
 mag.), distant 700 yards from Northwest Island. 
 
 Big Shoul, with 4 fathoms water, bears S. 25° W. (S. 53° W. 
 mag.), distant 950 yards from Western Rock, au( is the highest 
 part of a bank 200 yards in diameter within the dei)th of 10 
 fathoms. 
 
 Shoal Bank, with 1.4 feet water, lies 1^^ miles S. 50° W. (S. >^4° 
 W. mag.) from Western Rock, and is a small pinnacle, with deep 
 water close-to. 
 
 1491C- 
 
 a 
 
 I 
 
 II 
 
 i. 
 
76 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND — s6UTII COAST. 
 
 Coast.— The const from Pnrfrey Point, after a slight curve close 
 west uf that point, trends in nearly a straight line to the entrance 
 of Clatise Harbor, falling steeply, in many places perpendicularly, 
 from Avoodod hills near the shore and gray moas-covered hills in 
 the background. 
 
 Red Point Shoal, Avith 5^ fathoms water, lies 850 yards S. 63° 
 W. (S. 81° W. mag.) from Parfrey Point, and 200 yards from the 
 shore. 
 
 Skippers Brook, a conspicuous waterfall, enters the sea at 1^ 
 miles southward of Parfrey Point. Skippers Brook Rock, with 
 10 fathoms water, lies \ mile N. 82° E. (S. 70° E. mag.) from the 
 point of the cove into which the brook runs. 
 
 Ladder Cove, a small bight, lies one mile southward of Skip- 
 pers Brook, and i mile farther south is Coffin Cove, 300 yards 
 deep, with a beach of shingle at the head. 
 
 Barren Point, H miles south of Coffin Cove, is covered with 
 moss and surmounted by a small peaked hill 216 feet high. Joss 
 Brook falls into the sea, from an elevation of about 30 feet, close 
 north of this point. 
 
 Clatise Harbor is nearly 800 yards wide in the entrance, 
 between Gunning Point on the north side and Clatise Harbor 
 Head on the south. The harbor expands to 1,600 yards broad, 
 and extends a mile in a southwesterly direction to two arms that 
 continue it to the westward. Culleton Head, north of the 
 entrance, is a bare round hill, 452 feet high, falling steeply to the 
 eastward. A few houses are built on the north shore, imme- 
 diately wiihin the entrance. A large brook runs into a cove on 
 the north shore, i mile SW. of Gunning Point, and a rock that 
 dries is situated close to the east entrance point of that cove. 
 
 Northwest Arm extends to the sonthwestward 1^ miles, with 
 a breadth of 400 yards', then turns to the north, Arming a cove 400 
 yards in diameter. 
 
 Cross Rock, a small pinnacle 9 feet high, lies close to the north 
 side of the entrance to this arm, and is nearly joined at low water 
 to the shore of a small cove with a streani in the east corner, round 
 Avhich are a few houses. This rock has deep water close to the 
 south side. 
 
 Northwest Head, the south entrance point of Northwest Arm, 
 is a bold cliff surmounted by a round wooded hill 256 feet high. 
 A reef that dries at low water extends 150 yards east; and a rock 
 that dries 3 feet lies close north of this head. 
 
 A Rock that covers lies close to the east point of the cove, at 
 the head, and shoal water fringes the north shore of that point. 
 With these exceptions the shores of Northwest Arm are steep-to. 
 
 Anchorage may be had anywhere in the arm with depths from 
 
ANCIIOltAGE — COVES. 
 
 1 
 
 77 
 
 iglit curve close 
 to the entrance 
 erpendiculiirly, 
 iovered liills in 
 
 550 ytirds S. 53° 
 yards from the 
 
 rs the sea at 1^- 
 )ok Rock, with 
 mag.) from the 
 
 hward of Skip- 
 ove, 300 yards 
 
 is covered with 
 eet high. Joss 
 it 30 feet, close 
 
 the entrance, 
 Clatise Harbor 
 
 yards broad, 
 two arms that 
 north of the 
 
 g steeply to the 
 L shore, imme- 
 into a cove on 
 md a rock that 
 ;hat cove. 
 ItV miles, with 
 ning a cove 400 
 
 )se to the north 
 )d at low water 
 t corner, round 
 ter close to the 
 
 orthwest Arm, 
 
 256 feet high. 
 
 a.st ; and a rock 
 
 of the cove, at 
 
 1 of that point, 
 •m are steep-to. 
 th depths from 
 
 11 1V^^ ^''*'''^™^\ ^'' ^'y «™*^" vessels in the cove at the head in G 
 h.gh, fall sharply to the sea, and are generally woode.I A hill 
 
 ^rriuitr- "" '"-' "*«'■■ -""^ '»"-- ^^ 
 
 Between Nortinvert „„,! SouthwMt Arms the coMt is bold e-,cir 
 
 Southwest Arm is 1,300 yards long and 600 vards wid« 
 be ween Southwest Head and the south shore but' 700 yaMs 
 withm the entrance it is narrowed to 300 yards iy JiggTg Cove 
 Head, and continues that breadth to the westward, lie NW 
 
 SW BoT rV'^ rt' '^^*, *^^ '^- «^^« - ^ree from dangl' 
 400 v!?^?' \t"^ ^'f'' '' ^^'' ^''^^'^'^ °^ ^ «"^^" Cluster lying 
 400 yards from the south shore and 1,800 yards 8 59° W (^ Z° 
 
 W. mag.) of Clatise Harbor Head. A shoal with ^rfj^^' 
 Avater, bears N. 65° W (N S7° W L ^ if' 7 ^ fathoms 
 this rock. ^-^ ^'^*^''t 200 yards from 
 
 Clatise Harbor Head is the sharp extreme of a narrow promon 
 tory surmounted by a wooded hill 253 feet high, rsunken rock 
 hes close-to, and a bank, with less than 10 fatloms on ifextrds 
 ^00 yards from the extreme of this head extends 
 
 i mUe to wltT'' f '"' ^^'*T "^'^"' H^^^ *^«^^« S. by W. for 
 foms \t A f J't-r r""'"" '^'"^ '^^ ^"^^^ ^^ - «--" i«let that 
 Ww .1 '""^"^^ ^°'''^' 't^^*^ «^ ^^^ shores of the cove 
 
 between this point and Clatise Harbor Head. Collins Rock 2 feet 
 
 ugh, lies close to the shore i mile south of White Po nt Ind Red 
 Innd, a reddish cliff, south of a beach of shingle through whi!ht 
 stream runs, is situated 1,200 yards south of Collins Rofk 
 Oliver Cove is a beach of shingle 250 yards long, a Utile more 
 
 ban 2 miles trom Clatise Harbor Head. Shoal water extend 100 
 yards from the beach, but beyond that anchorage for smtll vessels 
 may be obtained in 10 fathoms, with shelter from offsW wind 
 A roacl extends from this cove to the head of PrLqt L'riv a 
 O^lrcfurr -"''-'^ ^^"" -^^-^- ^« situated%h;Tol: 
 
 so^thTtf-'''^'''''^" ^""^ '' ^''' ^^^^^' ^''' «l°«e to the bluff 
 south of this cove, down to which Calvary Hill slones fron^ «. 
 elevation of 423 feet above high water ^ ^° 
 
 Hill, through which passes the road from this cove to the church 
 
 I - 
 
78 
 
 NKWl'OI'NDLANn SiU'TH COAHT. 
 
 The Coast from tluH to Qrandy Point is free from tlaiiKt'r 1 yotid 
 100 yiinls, and is surmonnted by a .scrratod ridgt>, witii several 
 sharj) ix'ivka ran^iM^j; from 520 to 55o foot in lioij^Mit. 
 
 Qrandm(' : her Rocks aro two groups of islets, sepju'utod by a 
 clear fliannol 334 yards wide. The soutliorn group coutiuns tho 
 highest islot, whioli is 30 foct above liigli water, and bears N. G7" 
 E. (S. H5 ' E. Hiag.), distant 1^ miles from tlie north extreme of 
 Groat Isle of Valen. Numerous rocks surround it. 
 
 Tlie islets in the northern i' oup are all above high water, the 
 highest being T feet. There is deep water al 100 yards from this 
 groui-. 
 
 Whales Back, a rojk that dries 4 feet, bears S. 79° E. (8. 61° E. 
 mag.), distant 1,800 yards from the north extreme of Groat Isle t>f 
 Valen. It is stoop-toon all sides but the west, from which a shoal 
 with 15 f' ft water on it extends 200 yards. This rock nearly 
 always shows by a breaker. 
 
 Two Rocks, covering a space 100 yards long, with 4 feet least 
 V ater, bear N. 17' E. (N. 45° E. mag.) 5 mile fi'om Grandmother 
 Rocks, and a shoal with 12 feet lies at tho same distance on tho 
 bearing of N. 8" W. (N. 20'' E. ma<;-.). Two s'loals, with 4i and 5 
 fathoms on them, lie a little more than 200 yards aoxithward of thi- 
 shoal. 
 
 Sam Adams Shoal, with 5i fathoms, bears N. B'' E. (N. 31° E, 
 mag.), distant a inile from Grandmother Rocks, and a shoal with 
 il fathoms water Hop nearly midway between it and the rock with 
 4 ffn I -.vutoi' 
 
 Big Shoal, with 3^ fathoms wator, bears S. ?.3° E. (S. 5° W. 
 mag.), distant r*50 yards from Grandmother Rocks. Little Isle of 
 Valen opens east of Great Isle of Valen, bearing S. 25° W. (8. 63° 
 W. mag.), leads east of this shoal. 
 
 Great Tsle of Valen is separated from the mainland by a deep 
 channel i mile wide. It is much indented and intersected by many 
 valleys. The hills attain an elevation of 520 feet, and picturesque 
 lakes are situated among them. The summits of most of the hills 
 are bare, but the valleys dO thickij'' wooded. 
 
 The island is 3 miles long, nearly i^ miles broad, and terminates 
 toward the north in an isolated wooded hillock 180 feet high. A 
 rock that dries is situated close NE. of the square rock which 
 terminates this point, and a beach of shingle lies inshore of the 
 hillock. 
 
 Fete Cove, on the east coast, nearly 1^ miles from the north 
 extreme, contains several islets, thi^ eastern and highest 8 feet 
 above high water. A rock lies between the two eastern islets, but 
 the water is deep to the eastward. T'ete Cove Head, a bare isolated 
 hill 260 feet high, stands north of this cove. 
 
niiKor 1' yoml 
 with several 
 
 Bpcmiod by a 
 ) coutiiins tho 
 , boars N. 67° 
 th oxtit-me of 
 
 igh water, the 
 krds from this 
 
 )" E. (S. 51° E. 
 f Groat Isle of 
 which a shoal 
 s rock nearly 
 
 Ai i feet least 
 Grandmother 
 liatauco on tho 
 , with 4| and 5 
 thward of thin 
 
 ' E. (N. 31° E. 
 
 1 a shoal with 
 
 the rock with 
 
 E. (S. 5° W. 
 
 Little Isle of 
 k5° W. (S. 53° 
 
 [and by a deep 
 icted by many 
 
 |id picturesque 
 (st of the hills 
 
 Lnd terminates 
 
 feet high. A 
 
 [e rock which 
 
 Inshore of the 
 
 ['om the north 
 
 ^ighest 8 feet 
 
 i*n islets, but 
 
 bare isolated 
 
 ••% 
 
 ISLE OF VALEN IIAHHOU. 
 
 '0 
 
 Storehouse Cove, on tho SE. coast, an iiidontation 800 yards 
 d»'op. ttirmiiiatos in a small bight, 100 yards in diameter, where 
 lisliing craft tind gon 1 shelter. Sugarloaf Island, a cone 43 foot 
 high, lifs in the* middU* <>f the entrance, and Blow-mo-down, a con- 
 spicuous bluff 485 feet high, falls steeply to the north entrance 
 point. Shoals fringe the shore below that hill for 100 yards. 
 
 A rock, with less than 6 feet water on it, bears S. 31° E. (S. 3° 
 E, mag.), distant 70 yards from Sugarloaf Island, and another 
 rock, with 18 feet water on it, lies 100 yards N. 68° F,. (N. 84° E. 
 mag.) of the first named. A rock, with 7 fot l w ^ situated 
 
 <;o yards S. 5(5° W. (S. 84° W. mag.) of Sugarloaf 1. V small 
 
 islet is joined to the south shore by shoal water, ji th.- north 
 
 shore is situated a smaller rock, from which two dry at 
 
 low water extend to the southward. 
 
 Directions. — To entei*, pass north or south of Sugarloaf Island 
 in midchannel, and then between the two smaller islets west of it. 
 The anchorage is iii 7 fathoms, close within the islets. A. sjjiall 
 rock lies close to the shore west of the anchorage. Several houses 
 are built at the head of this cove. 
 
 Isle of Valen Harbor, on the south side of the island, is avail- 
 able only for small vessels; it is sheltered by Little Isle of ValOii, 
 Dutch Cap, and Canary Isles. A wharf is situated on the east 
 shore, alongside which vessels may lie in 5 fathoms, but the 
 approach is encumbered with shoals. 
 
 Isle of Valen Harbor may be recognized by a flagstaff erected 
 on a small hillock on the north side of the entrance, 38 feet above 
 high water. The entrance is about 50 yards wide, and is clear of 
 danger. Immediately within the harbor expands to 150 yards in 
 diameter, and the wharf is situated on the north side of this 
 expansion. Again narrowing, and with a sharp bend to the north- 
 ward, the harbor opens into a perfectly sheltered basin 850 yards 
 in diameter. Both outer and inner portions have an even depth of 
 5 fathoms, but a bar joins the opposite shore just within the nar- 
 rows, with only 13 feet on it at low water, and a sunken rock lies 
 in the middle of the bend, off two islets. The point close north of 
 the wharf is foul for a few yards, otherwise the shores are steep-to. 
 Small vessels may lie in perfect safety in the outer basin or along- 
 side the wharf. 
 
 Ice. — Isle of Valen Harbor occasionally freezes during severe 
 winters, but, the ice being as a rule thin, anchorage can generally 
 be obtained. 
 
 Dutch Cap is a conical island, 600 yards long, 366 feet high, and 
 composed of two parts, joined by a low narrow isthmus. The 
 western and lower part is faced by reddish cliffs. 
 
ma 
 
 80 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND— MOITII COASTT. 
 
 A clmnnol 100 yards witlo, witli (5 fathoms in it, acparatos Dutcli 
 Cap Island from tho Houtli extrt<mo of Groat Isle of Valon. 
 
 Tlirof rocks that cover at liigh wator lie nearly 200 yards from 
 tho SK. Hi(l(( of Dutch Cap Island. 
 
 Little Isle of Valen is ahout J milo long and 400 yards* broad ; 
 the south extromo is surmounted Ijy a cone 327 foot high, and it is 
 separated at tho north oxtronio from Dutdi Cap Island by a passage 
 1)00 yards wide. Tho west oxtromo is low, and a short distancf 
 from it is situated an isolated rock with 8 foot water on it. A lodge 
 100 yards in extent, with 3 feet water on tho shoahjst part, lies I'M 
 yards SE. of the scmth extreme. 
 
 An islet 43 feet high is nearly joined to the SE. side, and a rock 
 with 6 feet water on it lies 200 yards from tho NE. extreme. 
 
 The summit of High Lookout, ovorPrctsquo, in lino with the north 
 extreme of Little Isle of Valen, loads north of this r(jck and south 
 of those off Dutch Cap Island. 
 
 Canary Isles are a group of low rocks, the highest covered with 
 grass and 23 feet above high water. 
 
 Shoals extend in all directions and almost block the channel 
 north of these islets. 
 
 A shoal with 12 feet bears S. 79° E. (S. 51° E. mag.), distant 300 
 yards from the highest, and Trinity Shoal, with feet wator, 
 extends 200 yards N. 50° E. (N. 84° E. mag.), from the northern- 
 most of Canary Isles. 
 
 Net Rocks lie off the sou.h shore of Great Isle of Valen, and 
 are 4 feot above high w, 'e' . A rock, with one foot water on it, 
 lies 100 yards westward Xet Rocks. 
 
 Betty Island, 84 feet high, round, and covered with brushwood, 
 is joined at low water to the SW. extreme of Great Isle of Valen. 
 A conical hill 480 feet high lies close within Betty Island. 
 
 Coast. — The west shore of Great Isle of Valen is almost straight. 
 Francis Cove, a small bifjht with a few houses round it, is ^ mile 
 from the south point. jA. sunken rock lies close to the north point 
 of the cove. Net Rocks, one foot above high water, are joined to 
 the shore ^ mile north of Francis Cove, and a rock with 5 feet 
 water is situated li miles S. 31° E. (S. 3° E. mag.) of the north 
 extreme of the island and about 80 yards from the shore. 
 
 Qrandy Point, 1,600 yards SW. of the south extreme of Little 
 Isle of Valen, is the name of a settlement surrounding a cove neai-ly 
 200 yards in diameter, that affords good shelter for fishing craft 
 in 4 fathoms from all winds but those from northeastward. A 
 small islet with a house on it lies north of the cove, and the south 
 entrance point is foul for a short distance. 
 
 Grandy Point Rock is the turning point to the westward of 
 the reach, between Great Isle of Valen and tho main ; it just covers 
 
 W 
 
lopuratos Dutch 
 
 '. Valeu. 
 
 JOO yards from 
 
 10 ynrdfi brond; 
 
 lii^h, and it in 
 lid hy a passage 
 
 short diHtan(!H 
 on it. A ledgo 
 st part, lies I'M 
 
 'u\e, and a rock 
 oxtromo. 
 )with thonortli 
 rcjck and south 
 
 9t covered witli 
 
 k the channel 
 
 g.), distant 300 
 
 feet water, 
 
 I the northern- 
 
 of Valen, and 
 >ot water on it, 
 
 ith brushwood, 
 Isle of Valen. 
 [sland. 
 
 Imost straight, 
 id it, is ^ mile 
 ;he north point 
 ', are joined to 
 ck with 5 feet 
 ) of the north 
 shore. 
 
 reme of Little 
 g a cove nearly 
 r fishing craft 
 [leastward. A 
 and the south 
 
 e westwai'd of 
 it just covers 
 
 3^ 
 
 
 l^' 
 
 
MSfc.-, 
 
 ^. 
 
 ^.J^ •^' ^o. 
 
 
 
 
 '/ 
 
 IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 1.0 
 
 
 I.I 
 
 MUk. 
 
 i;& 
 
 1.25 
 
 1.4 
 
 m 
 
 22 
 
 1.6 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sciences 
 Corporation 
 
 23 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 
 
 (716) 872-4503 
 
■Vi... 
 
 
 ^i" c^ 
 
 ip 
 
 
 rf> 
 
 «' 
 
 CIHM/ICMH 
 
 Microfiche 
 
 Series. 
 
 CIHM/ICIVIH 
 CoElection de 
 microfiches. 
 
 Canadian Institute for Historical IVIicroreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques 
 
 ^> 
 

ki^iP 
 
 BROOK ROCK ISLANDS. 
 
 at high water, and has foul ground extending 200 yards to the 
 southward of it. 
 
 T lie land south of Grandy Point comprises a flat ridge, backed 
 by a peaked hill 414 feet high, behind which rises another sharp 
 peak 526 feet above high water. 
 
 Rocky Cove is i mile SW. of Grandy Point Rock, and is sur- 
 rounded by cliffs, at the west extreme of which a brook flows into 
 the sea. 
 
 Rocky Cove Sunker, a small rock that dries 4 feet, lies S. 25° 
 W. (S. 53° W. mag.), distant 250 yards from the north entrance point 
 of Rocky Cove. Foul ground nearly joins the rock to the point, 
 and two shoals, the outer of which has 12 feet water on it, extends 
 eastward 400 yards from the rock. 
 
 The coast to the southward of Rocky Cove is rugged and cliffy, 
 falling from hills covered with moss, and is foul for a short distance. 
 
 Brook Rock, with 10 feet water on it, lies 1,050 yards S. 11' W. 
 (S. 39° W. mag.) from the north entrance point of Rocky Cove. Stony 
 Point Rock, with 10 feet water on it, lies 150 yards from the shore, 
 at 200 yards N. 56° E. (N. 84° E. mag.) of Stony Point, a rugged 
 projection sheltering the cove of the same name, situated 1^ miles 
 south of Rocky Cove. 
 
 Long Point, a narrow promontory 89 feet high, extends 250 
 yards from the coast at If miles south of Rocky Cove. Some 
 rugged rocks lie north of the point, the lowest of which covers at 
 high water, and shelter a small cove with a beach of shingle. 
 
 Patrick Island, 27 feet high and bare, is 1,300 yards SW. of 
 Long Point ; another small islet lies close east of it, and sunken 
 rocks that break in ordinary weather extend east and south for a 
 distance of 200 yards from Patrick Island. This island is the 
 dividing point of two coves and the turning point of the entrance 
 to Presque Harbor. In the northern of the coves is a rock that 
 dries one foot at low water. 
 
 Presque Harbor, 5 miles long and 1,200 yards wide, has many 
 dangers in the entrance, making an intricate passage, but when 
 within there is a great depth of water over the most part of it. The 
 passage between the inner dangers at the entrance is only 100 
 yards wide. 
 
 Western Rocks are two bare islets 13 and 12 feet high and 200 
 yards apart ; there is no passage between them, but they are bold-to 
 on the south side. 
 
 Big Island, 30 feet high, is a flat bare rock situated 800 yards 
 NE. from Western Rocks. It is bold-to on the east and north sides, 
 but from the SW. extreme a bank extends SSW. a little more than 
 400 yards, with 3 ^ fathoms water at its western extremity. 
 
 •'•* 
 
 ■*!=f 
 
sm 
 
 82 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH COAST. 
 
 Goat Island, on the northern side of the entrance to Presque, 
 and separated by a clear channel 05 yards wide from the eastern 
 shore, is covered with moss, and has a flat summit, surmounted by 
 a small tuft, 108 feet above high water. 
 
 Little Goat Islands are two square islands and a small rock 
 lying close SSW. of Goat Island, with shoal water extending a 
 short distance in the same line to the southward. Westward of 
 these islands is a cluster of rocks extending J mile ; the western- 
 most, on which the depth is 9 feet, is close west of a rock that dries 
 at low water. 
 
 Harbor Rock, lying 550 yards southwestward of Little Goat 
 Islands, is the western turning point into Presque; it is 11 feet 
 high, small and flat, and has a sunken rock lying a few yards east 
 of it. 
 
 Coppaleen Rock, 5 feet above high water, lies 600 yards SE. of 
 Harbor Rock, and is connected by a reef to the mainland, from 
 which it is nearly 300 yards distant; it may be approached to 100 
 yards on the south side. 
 
 St. Kj^ans, 800 yards long and 250 yards broad, is entered from 
 the west side of the head of the northern arm of Presque. Shoal 
 ground extends a short distance from the eastern point of the 
 entrance, but there is no other danger. 
 
 Ice. — During severe winters Presque Harbor occasionally freezes, 
 but the ice being generally thin does not interfere with anchorage. 
 
 Northwest Cove. — Anchorage may be obtained here by a few 
 small craft in 5 fathoms water, but the holding ground is bad. 
 
 Southwest Beach, at the head of the southern arm of Presque, 
 has shoal water extending nearly 200 yards from the head, but 
 anchorage may be obtained in from 15 to 17 fathoms water. 
 
 A small shoal, with 3 fathoms water on it, lies in the middle of 
 the southern arm of Presque, and is the summit of a rocky bank, 
 200 yards long, within the depth of 10 fathoms. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in St. Kyrans, at 8h. 
 20m. ; springs rise 7 feet; nc rse 5 feet. 
 
 Directions. — Strangere w ind Presque Harbor difficult of 
 approach, and, if under sah, oaould be prepared for the squalls 
 that descend with great violence, from the hills and through the 
 valleys in the neighborhood, when high winds prevail. 
 
 There aire two passages ; the better is that close east of Western 
 Rocks ; the other, to the eastward of Big Island, is not available 
 in bad weather. 
 
 Having arrived off the entrance,"with Goat Island well open 
 north of Western Rocks, bearing about N. 5° W. (N. 23° E. mag.), 
 the latter may be run for and passed at 100 yards. The two West- 
 ern rocks must then be kept in line until Harbor Rock is open 
 
ice to Presque, 
 im tlie eastern 
 mrmounted by 
 
 d a small rock 
 ir extending a 
 Westward of 
 3 ; the western- 
 rock that dries 
 
 af Little Goat 
 3; it is 11 feet 
 few yards east 
 
 10 yards SE. of 
 lainland, from 
 reached to 100 
 
 3 entered from 
 'esque. Shoal 
 I point of the 
 
 onally freezes, 
 ith anchorage, 
 here by a few 
 ind is bad. 
 m of Presque, 
 the head, but 
 s water, 
 the middle of 
 a rocky bank, 
 
 Cyrans, at 8h. 
 
 :)r difficult of 
 or the squalls 
 1 through the 
 dl. 
 
 ,st of Western 
 not available 
 
 md well open 
 , 23° E. mag.), 
 ?he two West- 
 • Rock is oi)en 
 
 ANCHORAGE. 
 
 north of Coppaleen Rock, when a course may be steered to pass 
 200 yards l^E. of Coppaleen Rock and 100 yards NE. of Harbor 
 Rock. 
 
 Anchorage.— Large vessels may obtain anchorage in 25 fathoms 
 water off the conspicuous house at the head of the northern arm 
 of Presque, and small vessels will find perfect shelter in St. Kyrans 
 Harbor in from 7 to 11 fathoms water, over mud, with good hold- 
 ing ground. 
 
 Coast.— Tasse I'Argent (Tostello) is a shallow harbor, entered 
 600 yards SW. of Western Rocks: it is only available for small 
 craft, and is at all times difficult of access, the winds being fre- 
 quently baffling. 
 
 Prom Tasse I'Argent to Eastern Head, low rocks lie off many of 
 the points, and shoals front the coast at i mile distant. 
 
 White Sail, a conspicuous white patch in the cliffs, is J mile S W, 
 of Tasse I'Argent, and White Sail Head, a remarkable sharp peak 
 615 feet high, is i mile SW. of it. 
 
 Eastern Hea^, H miles SW. of White Sail Head, is a narrow 
 cliffy promontory, terminating in a peaked rock, off which shoal 
 water extends nearly 200 yards. 
 
 Black Kock, 1,650 yards S. 9° W. (S. 37° W. mag.) from East- 
 ern Head, is 23 feet above high water, small, bare, and bold-to. 
 The Sunker, a rock with 6 feet water on it, lies 600 yards S. 68° W, 
 (N. 84° W. mag.), and another, named Heptidge Rock, with 4^ 
 fathoms over it, lies f mile S. 60° W. (S. 88° W. mag.) from Black 
 Rock. 
 
 Gull Islands, a group of conical rocks, the highest of which is 
 156 feet above high water, lie f mile south westward of Eastern 
 Head. 
 
 Great Bonah Cove is 1,100 yards deep and 400 yards wide; the 
 settlement is situated round a small bight on the eastern shore. 
 
 Anchorage.— Temporary anchorage for small vessels may be 
 obtained, with shelter in all winds but those from SE. to West off 
 Great Bonah, in 11 fathoms, or by large vessels in from 11 to 13 
 fathoms water farther out. 
 
 Little Bonah Cove is nearly 2 miles southwestward of Great 
 Bonah Cove. A rock, with 11 feet water on it, lies just within the 
 entrance, 100 yards from the eastern shore; and another, with 13 
 feet water on it, is situated 100 yards from the same shore 300 
 yards within the entrance. 
 
 A few houses are built round a small shallow inlet on the west 
 shore, where fishing boats find good shelter. 
 
 Little Paradise, a harbor 800 yards long, is entered through a 
 channel 100 yards wide, at one mile SW. of Little Bonah. Shoal 
 water extends a short distance from both sides of the entrance, and 
 
 mmt[ 
 
 *m 
 
 ■"*« 
 
 (eS' 
 
84 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH COAST, 
 
 only 5 fathoms can be carried tlirough at low water, though the 
 depth increases to 17 fathoms immediately the bar is crossed. 
 
 Anchorage.— The anchorage is in the northern of two coves, in 
 a space 300 yards in diameter, with fa^-homs Avater and good 
 holding ground. A few families reside here. 
 
 Paradise Harbor, at i mile SW. of Little Paradise, and fronted 
 by Marticot Island, is shallow and obstructed by rocka, but is a 
 good boat harbor, around which there is a considerable settlement. 
 
 Anchorage.— Anchorage may be obtained off the harbor in 11 
 fathoms water, with shelter from all but easterly winds. 
 
 Ice. — Paradise harbor occasionally freezes during severe winters, 
 but anchorage can generally be obtained, as the ice is usually thin. 
 
 Merasheen Island is 10 miles long and 5 miles broad, near the 
 SW. extreme. Gallivan Hill, the highest part, is 936 feet above 
 high water. The southern hills are flat, and have long slopes, 
 covered with moss, while to the northward rugged hills and wooded 
 summits prevail. 
 
 Virgin Cove, ^ mile eastward of Breakheart Point (the nearest 
 part of Merasheen Island to Great Isle of Valen), has several 
 houses on the east side and steep cliffs inshore, over which a con- 
 spicuous waterfall runs to the sea; the cove affords anchorage, 
 with offshore winds, in 7 fathoms water, over sand. 
 
 Merry Harbor, nearly 6 miles northward of Virgin Cove, is 
 600 yards long, 300 yards wide, and contains excellent anchorage 
 in 4 to 6 fathoms water. Two flat islets, 8 feet high and nearly 
 , joined together, lie close to the south entrance point, and two 
 small islets lie close to the north entrance point. Vessels may 
 enter between these two groups of islets, and anchor as convenient. 
 
 In autumnal gales, heavy squalls sweep over the harbor with SE. 
 winds. 
 
 Water.— Water may be procured in abundance from a waterfall. 
 
 Ragged Islands are an almost innumerable group situated on 
 the northwestern side of Merasheen Island. Only those in the 
 outer channel, or near the first anchorage from the southward, 
 have been surveyed. They extend 11^ miles, and there is a clear 
 passage between them and Merasheen Island, and several passages 
 between the different islands of the group, but they are only known 
 to the inhabitants, and none are available for large vessels without 
 the assistance of a local pilot. 
 
 Numerous dangers lie off these islands, which should not be 
 approached without great caution. 
 
 Black Bock, the westernmost, is 18 feet high, dark, bare, and 
 flat. It is steep-to on all sides but the east, from which a ledge 
 extends a short distance. 
 
r, though the 
 I crossed, 
 two coves, in 
 iter and good 
 
 ;e, and fronted 
 ock3, but is a 
 )le settlement. 
 3 harbor in 11 
 nds. 
 
 levere winters, 
 s usually thin, 
 road, near the 
 i)36 feet above 
 e long slopes, 
 lis and wooded 
 
 nt (the nearest 
 ), has several 
 r which a con- 
 ds anchorage, 
 
 irgin Cove, is 
 ent anchorage 
 h and nearly 
 )oint, and two 
 Vessels may 
 as convenient, 
 arbor with SE. 
 
 )ni a waterfall, 
 up situated on 
 those in the 
 le southward, 
 here is a clear 
 veral passages 
 ,re only known 
 essels without 
 
 should, not be 
 
 ark, bare, and 
 which a ledge 
 
 Tia 
 
 ISLANDS. 
 
 85 
 
 Green Islands, next to the eastward, consist of two rocks, flat 
 and grassy, the higher 41 feet above high water. A shoal extends 
 a short distance from the western island. 
 
 A rock with 6 feet water is the outer of shoals extending 600 
 yards northward of Green Islands, and is 250 yards in extent east 
 and west. A shoal with 3^ fathoms water lies ^ mile N. 23° E. 
 (N. 51° E. mag.) from Black Rock, and a rock with 9 feet water 
 bears S. 70° E. (S. 43° E. mag.), a little more than 400 yards from 
 Green Islands, or about half-way between them and Sugarloaf 
 Islet. 
 
 Sugarloaf Islet is 73 feet high, conical in shape, and 750 yards 
 eastward of Green Islands. Some low rocks lie close off this 
 island, but with this exception it is bold-to. 
 
 Tinker Rocks, two small granitic islets, 37 feet high, lie 600 
 yards eastward of Sugarloaf Islet. There is no danger off them 
 on the north, south, and west sides. A rock, with 10 feet water, 
 lies 300 yards N. 48° E. (N. 76° E. mag.), and another, with 12 
 feet water, 550 yards N. 83° E. (S. 70° E. mag.) from the eastern 
 of the Tinker Rocks. 
 
 Crane Island is separated by a clear channel i mile wide from 
 Sugarloaf Islet. It is nearly f mile long and 800 yards broad. 
 The summit, 195 feet above high water, appears flat, with a slight 
 fall to the southward, but on the island are several hills, With deep 
 ravines between them, and it is nearly covered with small trees. 
 The sides are principally of steep, dark cliff, but there is a landing 
 place on the south side. A rock, with 9 feet water, lies 300 yards 
 N. 79° W. (N. 51° W. mag.) from the west extreme of Crane Island. 
 
 Dock Islands are three wooded cones, occupying a space 800 
 yards in extent, and situated south of Crane Island, with deep 
 water between. Some rocks lie off the north extreme, but they 
 are steep-to. The highest of the Dock Islands is in the middle, 
 and attains an elevation of 138 feet. A reef extends a short dis- 
 tance from the northern one. 
 
 Dock Island Sunker dries 3 feet at low water, and lies 400 
 yards S. 8° E. (S. 20° W. mag.) from the south extreme of the 
 southern island. A rock, with 2 feet water on it, lies midway 
 between the sunker and the east extreme of Dock Islands. 
 
 The passage between Dock and Crane Islands is clear in mid- 
 channel. 
 
 liockyer Rock, lying 600 yards N. 63° W. (N. 25° W. mag.) 
 from the northernmost of Dock Islands, is gray, flat, and 3 feet 
 above high water. 
 
 A rock, with 3 feet water on it, lies nearly 200 yards westward, 
 and a shoal, with 5^ fathoms water, lies 300 yards northward of 
 Lockyer Rock. 
 
 -w« 
 
 flCS«' 
 
86 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH COAST. 
 
 Jean de Oaunt Island Is the most romarkable of the scmth- 
 weHtorn portion of Ragged Islands, being sunnonnted by a con- 
 spicuous hill, with a sharp fall near the summit, and 388 feet 
 above high water. This island is 1^ miles long and 1,200 yards 
 wide, and contains numerous hills, divided by deep valleys. The 
 most remarkable, next to the summit, are a bluff hill, with a tri- 
 angular rock at the top, 292 feet above high water, over the 8W. 
 extremity, and a sharp peaked hill, 282 feei. high, near the north 
 extreme. The shores are bold and cliffy, with a few small coves, 
 to which the hills slope less steeply. 
 
 Jean de Gaunt Harbor is a small cove, nearly 2uO yards deep, 
 that affords shelter only for small craft, and is situated on the 
 west shore of the island, 800 yards from the south extreme. A 
 small islet, 8 feet above high water, lies close to the north extreme. 
 Small craft enter by keeping the south shore of the harbor on 
 board. 
 
 Jean de Oaunt Harbor Sunker, awash at low water, bears 
 N. 70° W. (N. 42° W. mag.), distant 860 yards from the entrance, 
 and a shoal, with 5| fathoms on it, lies 200 yards beyond. 
 
 Frank Head, a projection with two wooded mounds, 106 and 
 89 feet high, forms the north entrance point. When seen from 
 this direction a dark, conical hill will be seen in the middle of the 
 island, up a deep valley. Three shoals lie off this head, with 3 
 feet least water on them. 
 
 Anchorage. — The anchorage of Jean de Gaunt Island is at the 
 north extreme, off a cove where are some white houses. The 
 approach from the north is only possible for vessels of 10 feet or 
 less draft, and then only with a local pilot, but there is a clear 
 channel from the southward. 
 
 Direotions. — Mid-channel should be kept between Merasheen 
 Island to the eastward and Grey Gull Island to the westward. 
 Jarvis Islands (the group next east of Grey Gull Island) should be 
 approached within i mile, and the vessel should then pass between 
 Crdvfe Islands on the north and Jarvis and Jean de Gaunt Islands 
 on the south. Rounding the latter at 100 yards the anchor may 
 be let go off the cove before described. 
 
 Large vessels should not proceed so far, but anchor between 
 Crdvfe Islands and the entrance to the cove, in from 14 to 16 fathoms 
 water, over mud. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, at Jean de Gaunt 
 Island at 8h. 6m. ; springs rise 7 feet; neaps rise 5 feet. 
 
 King Island, the largest of the Ragged Islands, is 5 miles long, 
 and nearly divided in several places by deep coves from either side. 
 North of King Island is a labyrinth of small islands and rocks. 
 The eastern shore Is unsurveyed. 
 
of the south- 
 ted by a coii- 
 and 388 feet 
 d 1,200 yards 
 valleys. The 
 ill, with a tri- 
 over the 8W. 
 leai* the north 
 Y small coves, 
 
 )0 yards deep, 
 buated on the 
 extreme. A 
 lorth extreme. 
 ;he harbor on 
 
 water, bears 
 the entrance, 
 yond. 
 
 unds, 106 and 
 
 ten seen from 
 
 middle of the 
 
 head, with 3 
 
 land is at the 
 
 houses. The 
 
 of 10 feet or 
 
 ere is a clear 
 
 m Merasheen 
 
 be westward. 
 
 nd) should be 
 
 jass between 
 
 aunt Islands 
 
 anchor may 
 
 hor between 
 to 16 fathoms 
 
 an de Gaunt 
 
 3t. 
 
 5 miles long, 
 n either side, 
 and rocks. 
 
 BUOAl) COVK. 
 
 87 
 
 Galton Island, nearly (500 yards north of Jean do Gaunt Island, 
 has a square summit 76 feet high. A small creek on tlio south 
 side, surrounded by houses, affords good shelter to fishing craft. 
 
 Brandies Shoal, a Datch of dangerous rocks, occupying a space 
 of 300 yards, lies U miles S. 8-4° W. (N. G8° W. mag.) from the 
 NW. extreme of Jean de Gaunt Island. The two western dry 3 
 feet, the eastern has 2 feet on it at low water, and they generally 
 break. 
 
 Forked Duck Rock, about 3 feet above high water, and so 
 named from the forked appearance presented by the two small 
 pinnacles that surmoxint it, lies 1,650 yards N. 51° W. (N. 23° W. 
 mag.) from the SW. extreme of Galton Island. Western Sunker, 
 with 4 feet water on it, lies 800 yards S. 73° W. (N. 79° W. mag.) 
 from Forked Duck Rock. Both these rocks are small and steep-to. 
 
 Shag Island, 77 feet high, stands out prominently about half- 
 way between Ragged and White Islands. Roost Rocks, 6 feet high, 
 lie 100 yards from the west side of this island, and are continued 
 a short distance by shoal water. 
 
 Shag Roost Sunkers, two of which dry at low water, lie about f 
 mile S. 45° W. (S. 73° W. mag.) from Shag Island. 
 
 Broad Cove, a good harbor for small craft, is entered about one 
 mile eastward of Shag Island, and may be distinguished by Pond 
 Head, a round, wooded mound, 125 feet high, west of the entrance, 
 and Tacks Look-out, a bare-topped hill, 212 feet high, that falls 
 avlmost perpendicularly to the east side of the cove. 
 
 The cove is 750 yards deep and 350 yards broad, but a shoal, on 
 which the depth is 11 feet, lies close to the eastern shore, and the 
 head is filled with rocks that dry at low water. 
 
 Tacks Beach, the head of a bay 600 yards in diameter, is only 
 50 yards wide between it and a cove on the so^i ch side of King 
 Island. A settlement, with a schoolhouse, is bcli' round a small 
 bight north of the beach, and on the low projec.ion separating 
 them. Boats proceed to Buffet Harbor (Long Island) from Ragged 
 Islands, by hauling over this beach, and over a similar one at Dog 
 Harbor in Merasheen Island, whence they cross to Mussel Harbor, 
 which is connected by road with Buffet Harbor. 
 
 Anchorage. — Anchorage can only be obtained here in moderate 
 weather, and the holding ground is ba<l. 
 
 Tacks Head, north of the beach, is the most conspicuous head- 
 land in Ragged Islands ; it rises to a sharp peak 420 feet high, and 
 falls in steep bluffs to the shore. 
 
 Cooper Cove, a small boat harbor, lies at the south base of 
 Tacks Head, a steep high hill separating it from Tacks Beach. 
 
 New Harbor Head, one mile north of Tacks Head, is a con- 
 spicuous square, wooded headland, 130 feet high, the summit of 
 
 <fe" 
 
88 
 
 NKWFOjrNDLANI) — 80UT1L COAST. 
 
 an islimd forming the north shore of New Harbor. This harbor 
 iH ft sliallow inclosurc available only for boats. 
 
 Oreen Island, J mile northward of New Harbor Head, is wcxjded, 
 and 100 feet high. Several small islets lie off both east and west 
 extremes, and a rock, that dries i feet at low water, lies ;J00 yards 
 N. 73" W. (N. 45° W. mag.) from the west extreme of this island. 
 
 Marshall Island, flat, wooded, and about 50 feet high, has a 
 rock that dries 2 feet, lying 260 yards SE. from it. 
 
 North Tilt Island, surmounted by a tuft of trees 155 feet above 
 high water, is one mile NE. of Marshall Island. It is difficult for 
 a stranger to distinguish the other islands, the passages between 
 being narrow. Holletts Islands are low and covered with small 
 trees. 
 
 BaggB Island, 6 feet high, and bare, lies NE. of the passage 
 between Merasheen and Ragged Islands; rocks extend nearly 200 
 yards from it, NNE.-SSW. 
 
 In the large bay NE. of this island, a narrow neck divides the 
 bay trom Great Brfild Harbor. A conspicuous white house, sur- 
 rounded by cultivated land, is built on the south side of the bay. 
 A small wooded eminence, «5G feet high, stands on the narrow neck, 
 on the summit of which there is a church. 
 
 St. Bernard, a small cove north of the bay, has also some houses 
 built round the shore. 
 
 The north extreme of Merasheen Island terminates in a steep 
 slope from a dark wooded hill, off which is situated Winging Rock, 
 a small bare islet G feet high. 
 
 White Island, 108 feet high, lies 750 yards from the north ex- 
 treme of Merasheen Island, but the navigable passage, narrowed 
 to 400 yards in width by the shoals off Stickland Point, is available 
 only for small vessels. 
 
 Duck Rocks are two small bare rocks, situated 1,800 yards N. 
 48° E. (N. 76° E. mag.) from the north extreme of White Island. 
 The northern and higher is 4 feet above high water, close west of 
 which lies a rock awash at low water. These rocks are the summit 
 of a bank, extending from them 1,400 yards westward and 600 
 yards northward, within the depth of 10 fathoms, on which are 
 numerous shoals. 
 
 Little Brtl6 Harbor lies on the eastern side of the peninsula at 
 the north extreme of Merasheen Island, and is formed by that shore 
 and some islands to the southward; the laigest, named Big Island, 
 is 140 feet high and has several rocks and shoals extending from it 
 in an easterly direction. 
 
 The harbor is 500 yards long, 300 yards wide, and may be entered 
 from the northeastward, taking care to avoid the bank midway 
 between Big Rock and Batts Island by keeping along the shore of 
 Merasheen Island. 
 
This liurbor 
 
 ad, is wouded, 
 east and west 
 lies :JU() yards 
 of tliis island. 
 )t higli, has a 
 
 155 feot above 
 is difficult for 
 lages between 
 3d with small 
 
 »f the passage 
 nd nearly 200 
 
 sk divides the 
 ite house, sur- 
 de of the bay. 
 3 narrow neck, 
 
 ■lo some houses 
 
 ,tes in a steep 
 Vinging Rock, 
 
 the north ex- 
 age, narrowed 
 at, is available 
 
 800 yards N. 
 White Island. 
 
 close west of 
 ire the summit 
 ward and COO 
 on which are 
 
 e peninsula at 
 
 by that shore 
 
 9d Big Island, 
 
 ending from it 
 
 lay be entered 
 jank midway 
 g the shore of 
 
 (lUKAT HIULK IIAKHoIt. 
 
 89 
 
 Anchorage. —Aiichorago may bo obtaiutMl in from 8 to lu t'utli- 
 oms water, with good sholtor from nil but NE. winds. 
 
 Crabbo Covo, a small boat liurbor 200 yards in diamot»>r, lies 
 immodiutoly SW. of Little Bruit' Harbor, luul is juim'(l to it at high 
 water. 
 
 Great Brule Harbor, east of the narrow neck at IJ milos from 
 the north extreme of Merashoon Ishuul, is 700 yards deep, 500 yards 
 wide at the entrance, and affords anchorage in from (5 to l'^ fath- 
 oms water. 
 
 Brftld Shoal, on which the depth is 17 feet, is the least water on 
 a bank lying 800 yards N. 79° E. (S. 73° E. mag.) from Brftl(^ Head, 
 south of Groat Brftlt^ Harbor. 
 
 The Castle, a small square rock 14 foot high, is 2'i miles S<juth 
 (S. 28° W. mag.) of Big Island. Rocks that dry at low water 
 extend about 200 yards SSE., and a shoal, with 12 feet water on it, 
 lies 750 yards S. 87° W. (S. 65° W. mag.). 
 
 Butler Island, 183 feet high, and separated from Merasheen 
 Island by a channel 200 yards wide, with G fathoms water in it, 
 lies If miles westward of the Castle. 
 
 Anchorage. — Temporary anchorage for small vessels may be 
 obtained off the cove west of Butler Island, in 16 fathoms water. 
 
 Little Butter Island, 80 feet high, is 800 yards southwar<l of 
 Butler Island, and 200 yards from the short of Merasheen Islaiid. 
 
 Dog Harbor, the entrance to which is 1,600 yards southward of 
 Little Butler Island, is free from danger; it is 050 yards long, 400 
 yards broad, and affords anchorage in from 6 to 15 fathoms water, 
 as convenient. 
 
 Just inside the east point is a narrow neck, 35 yai'ds across, over 
 which boats Are hauled to the channel between Merasheen and 
 Ragged islands. 
 
 Merchant Cove, on the south side of the isthmus joining Dog 
 Harbor Head to Merasheen Island, has no room except for one or 
 two small vessels, and is exposed to southward. 
 
 Rosiru Point projects to the eastward and forms a bight 600 
 yards deep, terminating in a narrow creek. Small vessels anchor 
 off' this bight, but the point should be rounded at 200 yards to 
 avoid the rocks extending from it. 
 
 Rosiru Island, 1^ miles southward of Rosiru Point, is IJ miles 
 long and separated from Merasheen by a clear channel nearly 200 
 yards wide at the narrowest part. 
 
 Bird Islands compose a group lying ^ mile from the eastern 
 shore of Rosiru Island. Duck Rocks are two small bare islets ; the 
 higher, 6 feet above high water, is 600 yards from Bird Islands. 
 
 Rosiru Sunker dries 2 feet at low water, and bears about south 
 800 yards from the south extreme of Bird Islands. A ledge extends 
 
 " «iii 
 
90 
 
 NKWKOnNDLAND— 801TH OOAHT. 
 
 250 yiinls nortliwanl from this )liin>?«'r, an«l a rock, witli 1«) feet 
 watjT on it, lies 150 yurds S. i>'i \V. (West iiuik.)- 
 
 Indian Harbor, k niilu deop, is entered on either side of Soutli- 
 wust Island, which is 187 foot hi^h, ami lies in tlio middle of the 
 entrance, tiie better [mssaj^'e hein^ tliat east of the ishind. 
 
 Anchorag^e. — The head of tlie liarbor, which is shallow, affords 
 
 excellent anchoraKo for lishinK craft, l»ut the anchoraKo for vessels 
 
 Jh very limited, as a shoal extends 140 yards from the south shore, 
 
 just within Soutliwost Island, leaving a clear space only 200 yards 
 
 in diameter. 
 
 Darby Harbor, an exposed cove, lies close southward of Indian 
 Harbor. 
 
 Coast. — The coast extends in a southerly direction 5^ miles from 
 Indian Harbor to Uedland, a remarkable slip in the cliffs t)f a 
 more yellowish hue than the ctdor of those in Red Island; this 
 distim^ticm should prevent mistakes in identification. Hogan Cove, 
 li miles north of Redland, affords shelter for fishing boats from 
 offshore winds. 
 
 Big Sunker, with 2 feet water on it, lies 900 yards southward of 
 Redland. 
 
 Dirty Rocks, 33 feet high, lie 400 yards off tho coast, near the 
 SE. extreme of Merasheen Island. They consist of two prominent 
 pinnacles, named respectively the Blue and Red Rocks from their 
 colors, and several smaller rocks joined at low water. 
 
 A group, consisting of Allen, Charley, Hennessy, and Owen 
 Rocks, having a least depth of G fathoms, lie 2^ miles southward 
 of Dirty Rocks, and are said to break in bad weather. 
 
 Little Shoal, with 8 feet water on it, lies, J miles S., 84° E. (S. 
 50° E. mag.), and Barrett Rock, with 4^ fathoms over it, lies li 
 miles S. 62° E. (S. 34° E. mag.) from Dirty Rock. 
 
 Coast. — Big Bald Head, a conical wooded mound 211 feet high, 
 lies in the middle of the south side of Merasheen Island, and pro- 
 jects a short distance from the coast. A waterfall descends over 
 the cliffs in the cove east of this head. 
 
 Scrape Cove Head, 419 feet high, is darker in color than the 
 background, and Long Point, a flat islet 51 feet high, continues 
 this head to the southward, and is terminated by Long Point 
 Rock, small, conical, and 10 feet high, off which there is a shoal, 
 with <• feet water on it, distant 140 yards. 
 
 Merasheen Harbor, at the SW. extreme of Merasheen Island, 
 is a good anchorage for small vessels, but the entrance is only 200 
 yards wide; during, and after, a SW. gale, a heavy sea prevents 
 access till the swell subsides. 
 
 West Head forms the west entrance point of the harbor, from 
 which sunken rocks extend 300 yards. Cross Point is the east 
 entrance point. 
 
, Witll If) ft'Ot 
 
 <i(lt< of South- 
 midfllo of tho 
 liiiid. 
 
 allow, utVorilH 
 11^0 for vessolH 
 o south slioro, 
 •lily 200 yimls 
 
 iinl of Indian 
 
 r)imik'S from 
 
 the cliffs of a 
 
 d Island; this 
 
 Hogan Cove, 
 
 ng boats from 
 
 i southward of 
 
 coast, near tlie 
 two prominent 
 cks from their 
 
 and Owen 
 es southward 
 
 »y 
 
 S., 84° E. (S. 
 Dver it, lies li 
 
 211 feet high, 
 and, and pro- 
 descends over 
 
 olor than the 
 gh, continues 
 y Long Point 
 ere is a shoal, 
 
 asheen Island, 
 ice is only 200 
 sea prevents 
 
 harbor, from 
 nt is the east 
 
 MKKASIIKKX HAKKOK. 
 
 \n 
 
 Mcrusliccii Hurlior is dividod into two parts liy Soldirr Point, a 
 narrow promontory III ffft liiwh, l>iil the wliolo is so nnciimlHTt'd 
 by rocks and shoals that IocmI knowlodgc is reciuirtid to cniiMo a 
 striinger tociiti-r rot- tln' lirst tinu', iiinl tin* atifhoragt' spacn is vi'ry 
 limitt'd. 
 
 Cross Point Shoal, with in fci't water on it, li«s Too yards S., 
 70° W. (N. sr W. mag.) from Long Point Rook; ami Big Shoal, 
 with IJ fiithoms on it, lies \,ur>0 yunls 8. 68' W. (S. Stl' \V. 
 mug.) from thu same rork. The church soon in tlic tMitrancc to 
 thu harl)or, hearing alxmt S. ST° E, (S. 5!)" E. nmg.) h-ads north 
 of these shoals. 
 
 A number of .shoiils, not dangerous in ordinary w(>athtM', lie to 
 the southward and westward of those dcscrilied above, but .several 
 of them break in bad weather and cau.st* a confused sea in the 
 approach to the harbor. 
 
 pond Head Sunkers lie \ mile S. (J'i ' W. (West mag.) from the 
 north side of Pond Head, and nearly always s1k)w by breakers. 
 The outer rock dries 2 feet at low water, and is boM to the 
 westward. 
 
 Little Merasheen Harbor, east of Pond Hea<l, and separated 
 by a narrow isthmus from the head of Merasheen Harbor, is 4()0 
 yards deep; it is narrow, and shallow, so that only two or three 
 small craft can lie there, and is quite exposed to NNE. A large 
 settlement surnmnds this and Merasheen Harbor. 
 
 Red Island is 2 miles from the SE. extreme of Merasheen Island. 
 On the southern slope of the highest hill (880 feet) is a gray spot, 
 that, when seen from the southward, appears like a small cloud or 
 smoke. The Tolt, a sharp cone 723 feet liigh, has a white stripe 
 extending from the summit nearly two-thirds down the north face. 
 
 Red Island Harbor, on the NE. coast of Red Islcnd, is fronted 
 by several extensive rocky shoals, and available for a few small 
 craft only. It is 3G0 yards deep, and about 100 yards wide, with 
 8 feet water in it. A settlement surrounds the harbor. 
 
 Cochrane Cove, 200 yards deep, with a shingle beach at the 
 head, is ^ mile south of Red Island Harbor. 
 
 Southwest Cove, on the west shore, is fringed by a beach of 
 shingle. Small fishing vessels find sheltered anchorage here with 
 offshore winds, in from 6 to 9 fathoms water. Southwest Cove 
 Head, south of this cove, is also known as Blue Point, from the 
 apparent color of the land in ordinary weather. Long Point, in 
 the middle of the west shore, is low and sloping, and shoal water 
 extends nearly 200 yards fi'om its extremity. 
 
 Goat Island, surmounted by a remarkable tree, 108 feet above 
 high water, has no passage for a stranger between it and the NW. 
 extreme of Red Island, from which it is distant 260 yards. 
 
 14910 7 
 
 <.i»iL 
 
92 
 
 'W&^&K^tnsissmfismr' 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND SOUTH COAST. 
 
 X .. mfmM *' 
 
 Goat Island Sunker dries 2 feet at low water, and is 800 yards 
 West (N. G2° W. mag.) from the south end of Goat Island. 
 
 Little Seal Islands, 2 miles NE. of Goat Island, consist of a 
 small group, occupying a space 700 yards long and 250 yards broad '. 
 tlie highest, situated at the east extreme, is 91 feet high, and co ; 
 ered with small trees. 
 
 Great Seal Island, \ mile NNE. of Little Seal Islands, is flat 
 in ou line, 346 feet high, and falls in steep cliffs to the southward, 
 but slopes gradually to the northward. The shores should not be 
 approached nearer than 200 yards. 
 
 liCng Island, 13 miles long and l^- miles broad at the greatest 
 width, contains two good harbors ; Buffet Harbor on the SE. side, 
 and ^vlussel Harbor on the wetst side of the island. Buffet Head, 
 the south extreme, is a remarkable perpendicular cliff about 300 
 feet high, the extremity of a mass of high land, the summit of 
 which is 599 feet above high water. 
 
 Iron Island, a bluff flat-topped island, 245 feet high, lies off 
 this extreme, and is bold-to. 
 
 IronskuU Rock, lying i mile SE. of Iron Island, is 14 feet high, 
 and steep-to except on the SW. side, 100 yards off which is a 
 reef that covers 2 feet at high water. 
 
 Dog Islands, about a mile NNE. of Buffet Head, are three 
 wooded islets, the highest 135 feet high, separated by a channel 
 400 yards wide from Long Island. There is a passage between the 
 western and two eastern islands in mid-channel, but none between 
 the two eastern. 
 
 Tides Cove Sunker covers 4 feet, and is 550 yards S. 54° W. 
 (S. 82° W. mag.) from the western Dog Islan^. 
 
 Buffet Harbor is on the SE. side of Long Island, 3 miles from 
 the south extreme, and the entrance may be easily recognized by 
 Buft'et Island, a cone 151 feet high, i mile east from the entrance, 
 
 A shoal, on which the depth is 4 fathoms, lies 450 yards S. 
 57° W. (S. 85° W. mag.) from the west point of this island; and 
 Matthews Rock, that covers 5 feet, and does not always break, is 
 450 yards N. 6° E. (N. 34° E. mag.) from Buifet Island. Any 
 part of Dog Islands seen open east of Buft'et Island, bearing about 
 S. 20° W. (S. 48° W. mag.) will lead east of this rock. 
 
 Dicks Island, 174 feet high, and Isaac Island, 108 feet high, are 
 south of the entrance to the harbor, and are separated from Long 
 Island by narrow channels, passable for boats only. On the shores 
 of these channels is a settlement named the Tickles. 
 
 Within the entrance the harbor divides into three arms; the 
 southern has shallow water stretching 100 yards from the shores, 
 and Seal Rock awash at high water, close to the west point. The 
 
ii y l P i gMi 
 
 BUFFET HARBOR. 
 
 93 
 
 Hid is 800 yards 
 t Island, 
 ad, consist of a 
 50 yards broad '. 
 high, and co ,' 
 
 Islands, is flat 
 the southward, 
 s should not be 
 
 at the greatest 
 
 on the SE. side, 
 
 . Buffet Head, 
 
 cliff about 300 
 
 the summit of 
 
 et high, lies off 
 
 , is 14 feet high, 
 off which is a 
 
 lead, are three 
 3d by a channel 
 ige between the 
 it none between 
 
 yards S. 54° W. 
 
 id, 3 miles from 
 T recognized by 
 m the entrance. 
 3 450 yards S. 
 this island ; and 
 ilways break, is 
 ■j Island. Any 
 i, bearing about 
 •ock. 
 
 8 feet high, are 
 ated from Long 
 , On the shores 
 s, 
 
 hree arms; the 
 rom the shores, 
 vest point. The 
 
 harbor proper will be easily recognized by the church and prom- 
 men houses and wharves. There is no danger on entering, but a 
 shoal extends 100 yards off a low point near the inner entrfice on 
 the east side, and may be avoided by keeping the whole of Buffet 
 
 i (^ A^.o^S "P'^i "'"*^' °^ *^' ^'''"*^ P°^^*' ^«^"«g a^out N. 85° 
 ■ti'- (b. 67 E, mag.) 
 
 .>,^^''''^°''^V^ ^^""^^ '^^''^^ '^'^^^'^ ^^«h«r immediately within 
 the harbor .^n from 17 to 20 fathoms water, but small vessels may 
 anchor m either of the arms as convenient. 
 
 '^''^'-^'^^^\^^^'^^^ is partially or completely frozen over every 
 second or third winter, from about the end of February or begin- 
 ning of March to the beginning of April. Northern ice only vfs^s 
 the harbor every third or fourth year, and is uncertain both in the 
 time of Its arrival and departure; it seldom arrives before 1st 
 March and leaves between the end of March and early in May 
 In 1868 and 1883 drift ice remained unusually late, and ifl 1875 and 
 
 +h!f A «^Jr''°'7i'*'!^^'°''^°^""' ^^^"^ ^^^ only winters 
 tliat this had happened during 40 years. 
 
 Current-The current generally sets to the SSW. past Buffet 
 Harbor and in on the SE. shore. 
 
 Tides—It is high water, full and change, in Buffet Harbor at 8h 
 12m. ; springs rise 7 feet ; neaps rise 5 feet 
 
 .^IT^ ^^^TZ^"" "^'^^^ """'^^ °^ ^""^^^ H^^^^^' i« only avail- 
 able for small fishing craft, which may find good anchorage in 4 
 fathoms water, over mud. 
 
 CoUettCove 2 miles northward from Little Harbor, affords 
 fair anchorage m from 5 to 10 fathoms water, over sand 
 
 Haystack Harbor, 6^ miles northward of Buffet Harbor is 
 tormed by a wedge-shaped peninsula 256 feet above high water 
 joined to the mainland by a shingle beach on which are some 
 houses There is good anchorage in 5 fathoms water, over mud 
 with shelter from all winds, and the inhabitants state that even 
 m winter gales small vessels lie there securely. Both sides of the 
 entrance to the harbor are clear a short distaj.ce from the shore 
 
 Bread and Cheese Islands lie off Long Island Point, the 
 north extreme of Long Island. Bread Island (the northern) is 
 wooded and conical, 229 feet high, and a little more than one mile 
 from Long Island Point; Cheese Island is 145 feet high A shoal 
 with 15 feet water over it lies 300 yards from the south extreme 
 oi Bread Island. 
 
 .f n^^ J«^s«y^an. a bare rock, 14 feet high, is i mile southward 
 ot Cheese Island, and 700 yards from Long Island Point 
 
 Spencer Cove, on the NW. shore of Long Island, 2 miles south 
 ot Long Island Point, is nearly i mile deep. Rocks, 4 feet above 
 high water, lie just within the north point which extends ESE., 
 
 '^ti* 
 
^mm 
 
 MMMIMM 
 
 94 
 
 NEAV FOU NDLAND SOUTH COaST. 
 
 200 yards, as a reef, a part of whicli is awash at low water. When 
 entering, it is better to keep the south shore aboard to be sure of 
 clearing these rocks. 
 
 Mussel Harbor, a fine basin on the west side of Long Island, 
 3i miles from the south extreme, is well sheltered throughout, and 
 the holding ground good. It is li miles long and i mile broad, has 
 from 19 to 31 fathoms water, over mud, and is divided in two arms 
 at the north end ; in the western arm small vessels may anchor, but 
 a short sea heaves into the other with SW. winds. 
 
 At the mouth of Mussel Harbor are three islands ; the entrance 
 is east of the southern of these islands, keeping in mid-channel to 
 avoid a rock situated a few yards from the south shore. An islet 
 is situated on the west side of the western arm, west of which are 
 several shoals. The passage is to the east of this island. 
 
 North Wild Cove, 1^ miles south of Mussel Harbor, affords no 
 shelter. 
 
 Barren Island, 315 feet high, is separated from the entrance to 
 Mussel Harbor, and the land south of it, by a clear deep channel 
 400 yards wide. Several shoals lie near the western coast, which 
 should not be approached within ^ mile. A small islet, 27 feet 
 high, is situated close to the south point, 100 yards off which is a 
 rock that nearly always breaks. 
 
 Merasheen and White Sail Banks are extensive banks lying 
 southward of Merasheen Island, separated by a channel 2 miles 
 wide from the sjioals oft' that island. 
 
 Telegraph Rock, on which the depth is 11 feet, is the shoalest 
 rock on these banks, and lies 8^ miles S. 10° W. (S. 38° W. mag.) 
 from Scrape Cove Head, and from it, shoals, with from 5 to 8 
 fathoms water on them, extend to Upper Big Shoal, with 8 fathoms 
 water, one mile within the southern extreme of Merasheen Bank 
 and 15 miles from Scrape Cove Head. 
 
 Bennett Bank, about 2 miles m extent ENE.-WSW., has 5f 
 fathoms least water on Hollett Rock, a shoal which is 6 miles 
 S. 13° E. (S. 15° W. mag.) from Scrape Cove Head. 
 
 On the northern portion of White Sail Bank are Northward Rock, 
 with 7 fathoms ; Joe Ground, 5f fathoms ; and Jeans Rocks, 6 fath- 
 oms water, all lying on a general southwesterly bearing from Scrape 
 Cove Head; Jeans Rock, the westernmost, being distant 6 miles. 
 In addition to these there are several depths of 6 and 8 fathoms on 
 the White Sail Bank. 
 
 Marticot Island, i miles westward of White Sail Head, on the 
 north shore of Placentia Bay, is 1^ miles long and nearly one mile 
 wide, and consists of two high parts, joined by a low marshy isthmus. 
 Marticot Back Cove, on the southern side of the isthmus, is 850 
 yards deep, with sides of steep cliff, and is quite exposed, with 
 rocks off both entrance points for a short distance. 
 
nmn 
 
 ISLANDS. 
 
 95 
 
 ivatei'. When 
 I to be sure of 
 
 Long Island, 
 roughout, and 
 lile broad, has 
 d in two arms 
 ly anchor, but 
 
 the entrance 
 lid-channel to 
 ore. An islet 
 . of which are 
 and. 
 bor, affords no 
 
 he entrance to 
 • deep channel 
 1 coast, which 
 I islet, 27 feet 
 off which is a 
 
 e banks lying 
 annel 2 miles 
 
 is the shoalest 
 38° W. mag.) 
 L from 5 to 8 
 pith 8 fathoms 
 rasheen Bank 
 
 VSW., has 5f 
 ich is 6 miles 
 
 •thward Rock, 
 Rocks, 6 fath- 
 ig from Scrape 
 stant 6 miles. 
 [ 8 fathoms on 
 
 Head, on the 
 sarly one mile 
 irshy isthmus, 
 ithmus, is 850 
 exposed, with 
 
 Close ofp '-9 north extreme are some low rocks, with a shoal, 
 over whil-, .fctom, lying a short distance off them. Marticot Cove, 
 north of ^Lw isthmus, has a shingle beach at the head and is foul 
 for a short distance from the shores, but anchorage may be obtained 
 in 8 fathoms water, with shelter from southerly winds. Rocks 
 extend a short distance from the east point, and a shoal, with 5 
 fathoms water over it, lies 400 yards N. 65° E. (S. 87° E. mag.) 
 from them. 
 
 Gull Shoal, on which the depth is 13 feet, lies i mile S. 5° E. 
 (S. 23° W. mag.) from Gull Rocks, a cluster of cliffy islands off 
 the south extreme of the island. 
 
 Pox Island is "NNW. of Marticot Island, leaving a passage 
 between 250 yards wide. A rock, with 12 feet water over it, lies 
 off the SW. part of the entrance to this channel, 300 yards S. 43° 
 W. (S. 71° W. mag.) from the SE. extreme of Fox Island. 
 
 A rock, that breaks in ordinary weather, lies 1,070 yards N 55° 
 W. (N. 27° W. mag.) from the SW. extreme of the island. 
 
 Coast— From Paradise the coast trends NNW. i mile to Red 
 Cove, an indentation 800 yards deep and 400 yards wide, open and 
 exposed. Red Cove Head, the west point, is skirted by rocks off 
 reddish cliffs, and this shore is foul till Southeast Cove is reached. 
 
 Long Island, l^ miles west of Marticot Island, is 4 miles long, 
 and f mile wide at the broadest part near the SW. end, gradually 
 narrowing to a sharp point at the NE. extreme. The shores are 
 bolu-to a short distance off, and are surmounted by a series of 
 peaks, the highest, a sharp cone 472 feet high, falling steeply to 
 the north shore about a third of the length from the SW. extreme. 
 Some low black rocks lie off the east side. 
 
 Long Island Bank lies nearly a mile SE. of Long Island. It 
 is If miles long and 1^ miles broad within the depth of 30 fathoms. 
 The shoalest parts are two places with 10 fathoms water, east- 
 ward 2 miles and 2^ miles, respectively, from the SW. extreme of 
 Long Island. 
 
 A shoal, with 8 fathoms water on it, lies 3| miles S. 40° E. 
 (S. 12° E. mag.) from the SW. extreme of Long Island. 
 
 Paradise Sound is entered 2 miles NW. of Marticot Island, 
 and extends 11 miles m a northeasterly direction ; it is about f 
 mile wide, and has deep water generally. There is anchorage for 
 small vessels in Southeast Cove, the firrt indentation on the SE. 
 shore, where are a few houses, in Gilberts Cove, on the NW. shore, 
 opposite the first island, and at the head. The only danger is a 
 rock a short distance NE. of the first island and out of the direct 
 course up the sound. 
 
 Shag Rocks, a group of peaked rocks, the highest 4 feet above 
 high water, lie just west of the entrance to Paradise Sound. The 
 
 L 
 
96 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH C0A8T. 
 
 easternmost of the group covers at high water, and faces a deep 
 cove. There is no passage between these rocks and the shore. 
 
 A Shoal, with 8 feet water, lies S. 25° E. (S. 3° W. mag.), 300 
 yards from the highest rock. 
 
 Petit Fort Harbor, next west of Paradise Sound, is entered 
 through a passage 400 yards wide -tween Eastern Head, a sharp 
 point on the east side, and White Point, low and shelving, with 
 small rocks a short distance off. The harbor extends If miles 
 N. by E., with several coves, expanding to i mile in breadth inside 
 the entrance, and thence narrowing gradually to the head. 
 
 A shoal, with 12 feet water, lies immediately within the entrance, 
 nearly in mid-channel, and is steep-to. Two wooded islets, about 
 20 feet high, lie close to the west shore, and nearly join each other 
 and the mainland at low water. Petit Fort, a small cove on 
 the west shore, is formed by a peninsula surmounted by a round 
 wooded hill about 90 feet high. On the neck joining this penin- 
 sula to the mainland stands the church, a white, wooden building, 
 off which, connected to the mainland at low water, lies a cliffy 
 islet 20 feet high. A settlement surrounds this cove. Harrington 
 Cove, next south of Petit Fort, has a few houses round the shores, 
 and a small islet, 13 feet high, off the south point. Petit Fort 
 Harbor is surrounded by high hills, those on the east shore being 
 a series of sharp peaks, 375 to 272 feet high, with deep valleys 
 between, and on the west shore a wooded, flat range 450 feet high, 
 faced by cliffs, and falling almost perpendicularly to the water 
 line. 
 
 Anchorage may be had as convenient after the shoal in the en- 
 trance is passed, in from 5 to 10 fathoms, mud. Small vessels 
 should proceed north of the wooded islets, where_ they will find 
 security from all winds. Wild Cove, immediately SW. of the 
 entrance, is open and exposed. 
 
 Nonsuch Head, a steep bluff under a round wooded summit 253 
 feet high, is the dividing point between Petit Fort Harbor and Non- 
 such. A detached rocky hummock, 30 feet high, lies on the south 
 side, and off the west extreme of the head are some low square 
 rocks, and a shoal with 9 feet water over it lies about 400 yards 
 westward of the head. Two small open coves lie on the west side 
 of this head. 
 
 Shag Islets, 16 feet high, lie close off the NW. extreme of Non- 
 such Head. A rock that covers 6 feet lies 100 yards S. 14° W. 
 (S. 42° W. mag.), and a ledge extends the same distance NNW. 
 from them. 
 
 Nonsuch extendi li miles in a northeasterly direction from these 
 Islets, to the narrows between the south shore and the north Burnt 
 Island, 140 yards wide, A shoal, ^\^th 5^ fathoms water, lies nearly 
 
wmmmmmm 
 
 i faces a deep 
 the shore, 
 W. mag.), 300 
 
 ttd, is entered 
 Head, a sharp 
 shelving, with 
 ends If miles 
 breadth inside 
 head. 
 
 L the entrance, 
 i islets, about 
 )in each other 
 mall cove on 
 3d by a round 
 g this penin- 
 den building, 
 ', lies a cliffy- 
 Harrington 
 id the shores, 
 . Petit Fort 
 t shore being 
 deep valleys 
 450 feet high, 
 to the water 
 
 oal in the en- 
 Small vessels 
 ihey will find 
 SW. of the 
 
 d summit 253 
 ■bor and Non- 
 on the south 
 le low square 
 ut 400 yards 
 the west side 
 
 reme of Non- 
 ds S. 14° W. 
 tance NNW. 
 
 )n from these 
 
 north Burnt 
 
 )r, lies nearly 
 
 ISLANDS. 
 
 91 
 
 in the middle of the entrance, 750 yards N. 07° W. (N. 39° W. 
 mag.) from Shag Islets, and a rock, on which there is 6 feet water, lies 
 in mid-channel, 1,100 yards N. 35° vV. (N. 7° W. mag.), from Shag 
 Islets; a shoal, with 15 feet water, lies G50 yards S. 31° W. (S. 59° 
 W, mag.) from Gooseberry Island. 
 
 Gooseberry Island, 53 feet high, a small cliffy mound, forms a 
 good mark of recognition for Nonsuch Narrows. A cove, 1,400 
 yards deep and 700 yards wide at the entrance, narrowing gradu- 
 ally to the liead, extends NE. from Gooseberry Island, and affords 
 good anchorage in 9 to 6^ fathoms, sand and mud, with shelter 
 from all winds but those from SW. to South. 
 
 Burnt Islands form the west side of the entrance to Nonsuch 
 and the east side of Southwest Nonsuch. They are both nearly 
 joined to each other and the mainland of Cape Roger, and are 1^ 
 miles long. The southern island is surmounted by a barren cone, 
 cleft in two. The higher part, 385 feet above high water, is con- 
 tinued to the southward by wooded hills. The east shore is foul 
 for 200 yards. An inlet, 600 yards deep and 100 yards wide, is 
 entered on the south side of this island, and affords shelter for 
 fishing boats, but is barred at a short distance from the entrance 
 by a shoal, with 4 feet on it at low water. A few houses are built 
 on the shores of this inlet. 
 
 The northern island is barren, 165 feet high, and has a small, 
 nearly detached mound on the east side, off which rocks that cover 
 5 feet extend 100 yards into the narrow entrance of Nonsuch, leav- 
 ing a channel only 100 yards wide, through which 8^ fathoms can 
 be carried by keeping the east shore close on board. 
 
 Tides.— It is high water, full and change, at Burnt Islands at 
 7h. 48m. ; springs rise 7 feet. 
 
 Northeast Nonsuch extends from the narrows 2f miles NNE., 
 with an average breadth of 400 yards, expanding in a cove on the 
 west shore about a mile within the entrance, off which anchorage 
 may be had in 7 fathoms for vessels of moderate length. Small 
 vessels may anchor as convenient till Avithin i mile of the head. 
 
 Water may be procured from several streams in this harbor, and 
 small firewood from the valleys. 
 
 SouthwbSt Nonsuch extends 2 miles SSW. from the northern 
 Burnt Island, and is unfit for vessels drawing more than 12 feet 
 water; it may be entered by keeping mid-channel between Burnt 
 Islands and the mainland. South of the narrows a fine basin opens 
 out, i mile long and i mile wide, with perfect shelter in 11 to 12 
 fathoms, mud. Two islands lie in this basin, and the head narrows 
 to a shallow creek 600 yards deep. 
 
 Mouse Island. 17 feet high, is a small, grassy rock, 150 yards 
 from the south extreme of Burnt Islands, with a reef extending 
 
 ..in Hill' 
 
 •m' 
 
^i 
 
 nsEK^^f^i^. 
 
 98 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAXD — SOUTH COAST. 
 
 200 yards from the south extreme. A rock that covers i feet lies 
 
 a ^^o^' ^^' ^'^° ^- '"'^^-^ ^^^ >^*^*"'^^' ^^'^ ^ shoal with : feet water 
 S. 05 E. (S. :]7° E. mag.) the same distance from Mouse Island. 
 
 Anchorage for small vessels may be had in G fathoms NW. of 
 Mouse Island, but they must pass over a bar with 3+ fathoms water 
 between that island and the mainland. 
 
 Woody Island, about 700 yards in length and the same in. 
 breadth, lies } mile south of Burnt Islands, and is separated from 
 the mainland by a deep, clear channel 300 yards wide. It is sur- 
 mounted by three wooded hummocks; the highest, over the south 
 suie, being 228 feet high, slopes steeply to the water line, and may 
 be approached to within 100 yards. 
 
 Hay Island, about 800 yards long, and narrow, is surmounted 
 by a wooded cone 100 feet high, and is joined to the mainland by 
 shoal water. A low, black rock lies close off the SW. extreme 
 and another SE. of the NE. end, but the east shore is bol.l-to. ' 
 Cape Boger is a steep cliff about 150 feet high, with a low, black 
 rock close to the foot, the termination of a remarkable moss-covered 
 headland 500 feet high, situated NW. of Hay Island and falling 
 almost m a perpendicular line to the sea. The east coast of this 
 cape may be approached close-to, but the west shore has shoal 
 water a short distance from it. 
 
 Cape Roger Island, 800 yards long, lies 1,750 yards westward 
 of Cape Roger and is wooded with dark trees, the summit, 220 feet 
 high, falling in steep, black cliffs to the southwest extreme. 
 Shingle beaches fringe the NE. shore and several rocks lie off the 
 north and west shores 200 yards distant. 
 
 A Rock Avith 7 feet water lies 450 yards N. 67° E. (S. 85° E. 
 mag.), and another head of the same bank, with 12 fe^ water lies 
 600 yards N. 62° E. (East mag.) from the rock at the SE. point of 
 Cape Roger Island. A rock with 8 feet water lies 300 yards S. 39° 
 E. (S. 11° E. mag.) from the south point of Cape Roger Island. 
 
 Cape Roger Bay extends in nearly a straight line 4 miles N. by 
 E. from Cape Roger, and is nearly a mile wide at the entrance 
 narrowing to 600 yards at a mile within, and to 350 yards at a short 
 distance farther, keeping that breadth to near the head. A clus- 
 ter of islets lies just within the entrance, 250 yards from the east 
 shore, the southern, a pinnacle 10 feet high, and the northern, flat 6 
 feet above high water. Sunken rocks lie 200 yards off these islets, 
 and the channel between them and the main should not be taken. 
 Cape Roger Mountain, a conspicuous round hill, lies 9| miles 
 inland from Cape Roger, is 1,220 feet high, and shows prominently 
 over the intervening land from the banks in Placentia Bay. 
 
 Cape Roger Harbor, situated on the Avest shore l* miles within 
 the entrance, is sheltered by Harbor Island, wooded, 113 feet high 
 
'ers 4 feet lies 
 h 7 feet water 
 jiise Island. 
 Iioms NW. of 
 "athoms water 
 
 the same in 
 ?parateil from 
 e. It is sur- 
 »ver the south 
 line, and may 
 
 s siirmounted 
 ) mainland by 
 SW. extreme, 
 s bold-to. 
 ;li a low, black 
 I moss-covei'ed 
 id and falling 
 b coast of this 
 ore has shoal 
 
 ,rds west-ward 
 
 nmit, 220 feet 
 
 -•est extreme. 
 
 ka lie off the 
 
 E. (S. 85° E. 
 
 3et water, lies 
 
 SE. point of 
 
 3 yards S. 39° 
 jer Island. 
 
 4 miles N. by 
 he entrance, 
 ds at a short 
 ad. A clus- 
 
 from the east 
 
 rthern, flat, G 
 
 these islets, 
 
 ot be taken. 
 
 lies 9i miles 
 
 prominently 
 
 a Bay. 
 miles within 
 
 113 feet high 
 
 CAPE KOdKU IIAUBOR 
 
 and 400 yards long, separated at the south end from the mainland 
 by a narrow channel, through which 4 feet can be carried at low 
 water. This hai'bor affords anchorage for small craft only, between 
 the island and the mainland, in 2 fathoms, sand, but large vessels 
 may find anchorage anywhere in the bay after the island is passed, 
 in from 4 to 10 fathoms, mud, as convenient. Rocks extend off 
 the i)oint next south of Harbor Island, in a line crossing the bay, 
 and that part of the west shore should not be approached nearer 
 than 200 yards, but the island may be closed to within 100 yards 
 from the east point. Rocks that cover lie in the harbor close SW, 
 of Harbor Island. A conspicuous round hill 470 feet high lies 
 on the east shore, separated by a marsh from the hills of Cape 
 Roger, and shows out well from south. 
 
 Cape <Roger Head, marking the wejt side of the entrance, is 
 498 feet high, and falls steeply to the bay, but in wooded slopes to 
 the northwestward, and in a succession of wooded hills to the SW. 
 point of the bay, a rugged, cliffy point under a wooded hillock, off 
 which rocks that cover extend 200 yards. 
 
 A swell rolls across the entrance of Cape Roger Bay even when 
 it is calm outside, especially after a prevalence of southerly winds. 
 
 Water may be procured in many places, and small wood is 
 abundant in the valleys off this bay. 
 
 Little Qallows Harbor extends north from the west point of 
 Cape Roger Bay nearly a mile, to a shingle spit, within which it 
 branches off east and west, forming a basin 700 yards long and 150 
 yards wide. The harbor is 700 yards wide at the entrance, narrow- 
 ing to 200 yards off a peaked rock on the west shore 1,200 yards 
 within, and thence gradually to the shingle spit. Shoal water 
 extends a short distance from both shores, and across the head, 
 just outside the shingle spit, is a bar with 4 feet water on it. 
 
 Anchorage for small vessels may be had in from 5 to 8 fathoms, 
 as convenient, with shelter from all winds but those from south- 
 westward, the water shoaling suddenly from 17 to 8 fathoms off 
 the first low neck on the west shore, and from there gradually to 
 the bar. A few houses are built round the head. 
 
 Gallow^s Harbor Head separates Little and Great Gallows 
 Harbors, and is disconnected from the mainland at high water by 
 Pushthrough, a passage just wide enough for a boat. This head, 
 surmounted by mossy hills 320 feet high, falls in sharp cliffs to 
 southward, but in wooded slopes to the northward, the two northern 
 hills being connected to each other and the highest part by two low 
 necks of land covered with grass. 
 
 Great Gallows or Saint Joseph Harbor is entered between 
 a low point surrounded by bowlders, close off which is a black rock 
 that covers at high water, and Sams Head on the west side, a nar- 
 row point sloping from a steep bluff. 
 
 nMiC 
 
 5«i| 
 
 "W? 
 
r 
 
 100 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND SOUTFI C0A8T. 
 
 A bank, with 7 feet least water, lies S. 69° W. (8. 87° W. mag.) 
 fiOO yards from Sams Head. The harbor is 500 yards in diameter, 
 and affords good anfhorag(3 in 7* fathoms, mud. A few houses 
 line the shores. 
 
 Gallows Harbor Island, about i mile long, lies i mile westward 
 of the head of that name, and has a wooded summit 257 feet high. 
 The water is deep to within a short distance of the shores. 
 
 Jigging Cove, entered GOO yards north of Sams Head, extends 
 600 yards in a northerly direction. The entrance is 200 yards wide, 
 and the cove expands within to 300 yards in breadth. A rock with 
 7 feet w'^ter lies a short distance from the west point of the entrance. 
 Small craft find good shelter in 5 fathoms, mud. 
 
 Mouse Island, 35 feet high, and covered with grass over black 
 rock, Ilea between Gallows Harbor Island and the mainland north 
 of it, leaving a clear passage 400 yards wide between the islands, 
 but none between it and the mainland; low rocks continue the 
 island to the northward. 
 
 Steering Rocks, U feet high, lie close to the shore off a slight 
 indentation north of Mouse Island. A rock with 6 feet water lies 
 S. 87° E. (S. 59° E. mag.) 300 yards from the highest of the Steer- 
 ing Rocks. 
 
 Little Harbor, l^ miles westward of Great Gallows Harbor, 
 extends north 1,200 yards, is generally 200 yards wide, but is nar- 
 rowed at a short distance within the entrance by a rock off a shin- 
 gle point. Fishing craft find shelter here in If fathoms, off a 
 small settlement. The west point is a group of low islets, the 
 westernmost 13 feet high and steep-to. 
 
 Burnt Island, i mile west of Little Harbor, lies close off the 
 mainland, and shelters a small cove frequented by fishing boats. 
 The coast between Little Harbor and this cove is rugged and much 
 indented. A shoal lies just east of the island, a short distance from 
 the mainland, but the island is bold-to on the south and west sides. 
 
 HoUoway Passage, between Burnt and Cross Islands, is 600 
 yards wide, clear of danger, and deep. 
 
 Bale de I'Eau Head, immediately north of Burnt Island, slopes 
 steeply from an isolated hill 227 feet high, covered with moss, and 
 is bold-to. 
 
 Bale de I'Eau extends NNE., with a slight bend, nearly 4 miles, 
 and has a nearly uniform breadth of 900 yards; the shores slope 
 steeply from wooded hills 350 to 650 feet high. The water is deep, 
 and there is no danger for 2 miles from the entrance, when the 
 water shoals suddenly from 18 to 7i fathoms in mid-channel. A 
 depth of 6 to 7 fathoms continues for f mile, when the water shoals 
 quickly to 3 fathoms at a distance of 1-^ miles from the head, and 
 800 yards within this dries at low water! Anchorage may be taken 
 up on the plateau in 6 or 7 fathoms, mud, with perfect shelter. 
 
ISLANDS. 
 
 101 
 
 87° W. mag.) 
 
 Is ill diameter, 
 
 A few houses 
 
 mile westward 
 i '^67 feet high, 
 jhores. 
 
 Head, extends 
 SOO yards wide, 
 , A rock with 
 if tlie entrance. 
 
 rass over black 
 uainland north 
 len the islands, 
 s continue the 
 
 ore off a slight 
 ) feet water lies 
 st of the Steer- 
 
 illows Harbor, 
 ide, but is nar- 
 rock off a shin- 
 fathoms, off a 
 low islets, the 
 
 8 close off the 
 fishing boats, 
 ged and much 
 distance from 
 and west sides. 
 Islands, is 500 
 
 |t Island, slopes 
 ith moss, and 
 
 [nearly 4 miles, 
 ie shores slope 
 
 water is deep, 
 [nee, when the 
 Id-channel. A 
 ie water shoals 
 
 the head, and 
 may be taken 
 
 3ct shelter. 
 
 Water and wood can be procured readily from many placos on 
 the shores of this bay. 
 
 OrosB Island, 2^ miles long, NE.-SW., and U miles broad, is 
 surmounted by two conspicuous hills, covered with moss. The 
 highest and northern has a small, flat summit 693 foot high, and 
 the southern is a sharp peak 660 feet above high water. Lower, 
 rugged, and wooded hills, with deep valleys between, extend to 
 the shores, sloping steeply to the water line. Rocks that cover lie 
 off the SE. shore that should not be approached nearer than 200 
 yards, and shoal water extends a short distance from the points 
 on the NW. side. A shoal, with 6 fathoms water, lies \ mile S. 
 14° W. (8. 42° W. mag.) from the SW. point, and a rock, witli 5 
 fathoms water, lies 200 yards off the NW. shore, opposite the 
 channel between Petticoat and Gull Islands. 
 
 Gooseberry Island, 34 feet high, the north extreme of a chain 
 of islands west of Cross Island, is a small, cliffy islet with shoal 
 water extending a short distance to the northeastward, and a rock, 
 with 5 feet water, 150 yards S. 26° W. (S. 63° W. mag.) from it, 
 the extreme of a ledge stretching in that direction. 
 
 Petticoat Island is separated from the south extreme of Goose- 
 berry Island by a passage 400 yards wide, clear in mid-channel. 
 It is wooded over three round summits, the highest 182 feet above 
 high water. A rock, with 7 feet water, lies 200 yards off a cove 
 at the NE. extreme, and shoal water extends a short distance off 
 the north shore. 
 
 Gull Island is 460 yards SSW. of Petticoat Island, and the 
 channel between is clear of danger. The highest part, a wooded 
 cone 210 feet above high water, lies near the NE. extreme, the SE. 
 shore has dark cliffs and is steep-to, and the NW. shore consists 
 of shingle beaches at the base of gentle slopes. 
 
 Little Gull Island, a grass-covered rock 30 feet high, is nearly 
 joined to the SW. extreme of Gull Island. 
 
 Jerseyman Island, 257 feet high, is flat in outline and wooded, 
 falling steeply to the shore, and terminated to the northward by 
 a small islet 7 feet above high water. A rock, on which there 
 is 6 feet water, lies 200 yards South (S. 28° W. mag.) from the 
 south extreme. The passage between Jerseyman Island and the 
 mainland is clear, the distance to Broad Cove Head being one mile. 
 
 Boat Harbor Head, dividing Bale de I'Eau from Boat Harbor, 
 falls in steep bluffs from a moss-covered tableland 400 feet high, 
 and is fringed on the west side by shingle beaches. 
 
 The Friar, a peaked rock, 11 feet high, lies close off the extreme 
 of this head and is steep-to. 
 
 Boat Harbor extends 3^ miles N. by E. from Boat Harbor Head, 
 with a nearly uniform breadth of ^ mile, and divides at the head 
 
^ 
 
 102 
 
 NKWFOI'NDLAND — HOt'TII (OAST. 
 
 
 
 into NortlioHst and NorthwcHt AriiiH, tho former 000 yards deep, 
 coiitaiiiiiig anchorage for small vessels, but shoals 600 yards from 
 tho head. 
 
 Northwest Arm is l,400 yards deep and 600 yards wide, afford- 
 ing anchorage in 18 fathoms, Imt is shoal 400 yards from the head. 
 
 Parker Oove, just inside the entrance on the Avest shore, is 000 
 yards deep. A rock, that covers 6 feet, lies in the- middle of the 
 cove 250 yards from tlie shore, and a shoal, with 9 feet water, lies 
 in the line of the points 950 yards from Manny Point south of the 
 entrance. 
 
 Anchorage for ships can be had only in Northwest Arm, and for 
 fishing craft in Northeast Arm and Parker Cove, inside the rocks. 
 
 Water may be obtained from several sti'eamlets on the sides of 
 this bay. 
 
 A Shoal, with 9 fathoms water, lies } mile S. 67° W. (N. 85° W. 
 mag.) from Boat Harbor Head. It is the summit of a bank, with 
 less than 20 fathoms water, nearly ^ mile in extent. 
 
 The Coast from Boat Harbor trends S W. by S. 2^ miles to Bane 
 Harbor ; is backed by wooded ranges with several sharp barren 
 peaks 470 to OIG feet high, and is bold-to. Bane Harbor Tolt, the 
 southern of these hills, is sharp and 586 feet high. 
 
 Bane Harbor, a landlocked basin 700 yards long and 600 yards 
 broad, is entered through a curved channel 100 yards wide, nar- 
 rowed to half tliat breadth by rocks extending from the north 
 shore. The entrance is well defined by white houses, and the 
 church — a white wooden building on a small eminence just within 
 the entrance on the north shore. Rodway Point, east of the 
 entrance, is a low wooded mound, east of which is a rocky islet 
 about 10 feet above high water. A rock lies close off the islet, 
 and a reef that covers, with a shoal at th^ extreme, extends nearly 
 100 yards from Rodway Point. The northern side of the harbor 
 slopes from wooded hills, and over the west point is an isolated 
 hill 130 feet high, covered with small wood. The point under the 
 church is rugged, and continued under water to the opposite shore, 
 forming a bar, over which only 3^ fathoms can be carried. Smith 
 Point, south of the entrance, is steep-to, but a rock, awash at low 
 water, lies a few yards from the point next within. Inside the 
 entrance the harbor divides into Northeast Cove and the Bottom, 
 the former extending 300 yards, and the latter a continuation of 
 the main basin. 
 
 No vessel should go into this harbor for the first time without a 
 pilot. 
 
 Steering Rock, 7 feet high, lies south 350 yards from the 
 entrance to Bane Harbor. A low black rock lies off the SW. 
 extreme, and a rock, with 2 feet water, 50 yards N. 25° E. (N. 53° 
 E. mag.) from the east extreme. 
 
00 yai'ds deep, 
 JOO yards from 
 
 Js wide, afford- 
 t'roni the head. 
 st shore, is 000 
 i'mi(hlle of the 
 feet water, lies 
 at south of the 
 
 jt Ann, and for 
 
 iside the rocks. 
 
 on the sides of 
 
 W. (N. 85° W. 
 3f a bank, with 
 
 \ miles to Bane 
 
 1 sharp barren 
 [arbor Tolt, the 
 
 f and 500 yards 
 ards wide, nar- 
 Prom the north 
 ouses, and the 
 nee just within 
 it, east of the 
 is a rocky islet 
 le off the islet, 
 extends nearly 
 
 of the harbor 
 is an isolated 
 )oint under the 
 
 opposite shore, 
 arried. Smith 
 awash at low 
 Inside the 
 
 id the Bottom, 
 
 ontinuation of 
 
 ;ime without a 
 
 -rds from the 
 off the SW. 
 25° E. (N. 53° 
 
 n 
 
 ANCUOnAOE. 
 
 loa 
 
 Miller Point, 1,150 yunls S. by W. of Baiu' Ilurbor, is u low 
 projection from a lii^h raiiKtS and is bold-to. 
 
 RuBhoon Head is flio t-ud of u niiiKo "I" cliffs l,r(io yurds SW. 
 of Miller Point, falling from a high Ihuti'U tuliit'liind surnmuntt'd 
 by a bowlder 'M(* feet above high water. Low bowlders extend a 
 short distanc(» from the head with dt'cp wiitor close-to. 
 
 Rushoon Harbor, entered north of Nipper Head, a dark 
 wooiled hill, ll'i feet high, situated l,l(K» yanls NW. of Kushoon 
 Head, is a shallow harbor atVording good shelter for fishing craft 
 in "Z^ to 5 fathoms; it dries 200 yards from the fresh-water brook 
 at the heiid. 
 
 Jiggfing Cove, between Rushoon and Nipjjer Heads, is faccul by 
 t, shingle beach on which are several h(mses, and is steep-to. 
 
 A Rock, that covers ;5 feet at high water, with a shoal stretch- 
 ing a short distance SW., lies (;5(t yards N. ('.5" W. (N. :i7^ W. 
 mag.) from Rushoon Head, and a rock with (j feet water lies 140 
 yards from Nipper Head. 
 
 Anchorage. — Vessels may anchor on a flat oiitsido Rushoon in 
 7^ fathcjius, mud, by keeping the east ])oint of the entrance to the 
 brook at the head open of Nipper Head to clear the rock that 
 covers, or inside that rock, (dose oft the beach at Jigging Cove, by 
 having the NE. end of Jerseyman Island well shut in with 
 Rushoon Head. 
 
 Rushoon Bank, with 9 fathoms water, lies GOO yards S. 25° W. 
 (S. 53° W. mag.) of Rushoon Head. 
 
 The Ooaat between Rushoon and East Broad Cove slojjes 
 steeply from wooded hills and may be approached to within loo 
 yards. Gull Rock, near the entrance of the cove and close to the 
 shore, is 10 feet above high water and shows white against the 
 dark background. 
 
 Broad Cove Head, a peninsula nearly a mile long, ^ mile wide, 
 and 337 feet high, is separated from the mainland by a narrow 
 marshy isthmus about GO feet above high water. 
 
 East Broad Cove affords good anchorage in 7 to 13 fathoms, 
 mud and sand, the holding ground being better nearer the west 
 shore. Several houses are situated on the shingle beach at the 
 head. A plateau of shoal water extends north of this cove, fall- 
 ing suddenly to deep water on the SE. The general depth on tliis 
 plateau is 7^ fathoms, and the line of 10 fathoms joins Broad Cove 
 Head and the north point of the entrance to Rushoon. A shoal, 
 with 5 fathoms water, lies | mile S. 57° E. (S. 29° E. mag.), from 
 the SE. extreme of Broad Cove Head. 
 
 West Broad Cove also affords good anchorage in 10 fathoms, 
 but is completely exposed to southerly winds. The holding ground 
 is said to be better there than in East Broad Cove. 
 
104 
 
 "iPPP 
 
 NRWKOHNDLANn— SOITTII COAST. 
 
 Green Island,'.)!) foot IukIi* i^ tlio iiorihoivMtoni of a^roii]) lying 
 off Bi'oiid Vow Hoiid. It \h flimiU, covi^rod with griiHH, luid fiicod 
 l)y diirl< clifTH. A rcof oxtondH '<i50 yiirdH from tlio NE. oiid uiid 
 200 yiirds from tho 8W. oxtromo. A roclt, with (5 foot wator, lios 
 800 yjirdH N. 70" E. (S. 70° E. nmg.) from tJio oast extreme of 
 Groori Islmid, tho out«>r o«lgo of a banlv oxtondiiig from tho iHhiiid. 
 
 Emberly Island, U mih>8 8W of (Jroon iHJaiid, in siirmountod 
 by a poak, witli a Hmall flat top, 330 foot ai)ov(< high water, that 
 sliowH prominoiitly from all dirootums. Tho sidoH are steep, in 
 many places formed of dark cliff, except tho SW. extreme, that is 
 torminated by a grassy mound 70 foot high. A white islet, 10 feet 
 high, lies off the north point, and a sunken rock dose off the point 
 just south of it. Two small rocks lie off tho oast shore, and the 
 south side is fringed by rugged rocks that cover and extend 200 
 yards from the shore. 
 
 Fuddook Bank, with fathoms water at the east extreme, 
 extends nearly ^ mile from Mainyard Point, the east extreme of 
 Emberly Island. Simonds Rock, with 7J fathoms on it, lies 4- mile 
 S. 70° E. (S. 48° E. mag.), and Sonndlione Rock, with fathoms 
 water over it, is 1,000 yards N. 73° E. (8. 79° E. mag.) from the 
 same point. Upper Rock, with 10 fathoms water, is 1,150 yards 
 N. 48° E. (N. 70° E. mag.), and Lower Rock, with 12 fathoms, 
 is 1,500 yards N. 45° E. (N. 73° E. mag.) from Mainyard Point. 
 
 Fords Rook, awash at high water and steep-to, lios 270 yards 
 S. 50° E. (S. 28° E. mag.) from some black peaked rocks, oft' the 
 east point of Emberly Island. 
 
 The Washball, a rock that covers 4 feet at high water and is 
 steep-to, lies i mile N. 82° W. (N. 64° W. mag.) from the white 
 islet off Emborlj' Island. 
 
 Andrews Island, 38 feet liigh, is tlio largest of a group of 
 square rocks, joined at low water to the SW. point of Emberly 
 Island. Rocks that cover lie a short distance off the northern- 
 most of the group. 
 
 Oderin Island is separated from the SW. point of Emberly 
 Island and the above group by a channel 200 yards wide, through 
 which a depth of 9 feet can be carried at low water. A rock that 
 covers lies off the west point of the channel, and another nearly 
 100 yards from a large bowlder at the foot of the cliff on the south 
 side of the passage. No vessel should attempt this channel with- 
 out a pilot. 
 
 Oastle Island, 30 feet high and covered with grass, lies oft' the 
 west point of this passage, with shoal water between. The Beach, 
 of shingle, is just south of this point and is backed by a row of 
 houses. 
 
II j^roup lying 
 iisH, ami t'licod 
 ) NK. oihI iiinl 
 i3ot wiit«!r, lioH 
 8t extreme of 
 Din the tHland. 
 irt surnionnted 
 ifli water, that 
 are steep, in 
 ctrenie, that is 
 teifllot, 10 feet 
 10 otf the point 
 shore, and the 
 nd extend 200 
 
 east extreme, 
 ast extreme of 
 >n it, lies ^ mile 
 vith fathoms 
 lag.) from the 
 , is 1,150 yards 
 ;h 12 fathoms, 
 lyard Point, 
 lies 270 yards 
 
 rocks, oft' the 
 
 water and is 
 Irom the white 
 
 |of a group of 
 it of Emberly 
 the northern- 
 It of Emberly 
 ide, through 
 A rock that 
 [nother nearly 
 on the south 
 I channel with- 
 
 ps, lies oft" the 
 
 The Beach, 
 
 by a row of 
 
 OhKltlN IIAHHOlt. 
 
 !(»:> 
 
 Oderln Harbor is «mtered from the wvM Hidf of th«» Islniid and 
 nearly divides if. Chimtioy Ii<>ck>4, the shoaleMt, with our foot on 
 them lit lr)\v w.'ittT, lie uiitside tho liar'xT, miarly iii the middle of 
 the approach. 
 
 Spurrit^r Point, north of the entruiicp, is a grassy peninsula 20 
 feet high, from which tin Imrhor exttMids l.jOO yards t'listwiird, 
 nnd then, with a shiu'i) IkmuI, 100 yards NE. by X. Tlif north 
 shore is clifTy, and the south slopos from wooded hills, tln> higlicHt 
 of which, 255 feet above high water, has n tiat summit, with a 
 steep fall to the westward. The Breiulbox, a snnill rock that 
 covers, lies (do,s(t to the west extreme of Spurrier Point. The 
 Episcopal church, with a scpiare towttr, stands on the north shore, 
 and th(i Roman Catholic church, with a spire, is situated on the 
 dividing point of the bends of the harbor. A considenibht setth*- 
 mont is built round the shores. Two small islands are situated 
 400 yards within Spurrier Point, and are steeji-to nearly on the 
 oast and south sides. A rock that covers at high water lies 200 
 yards S. 37° E. (8. 0° E. mag.) from the inner of the two islands, 
 and is nearly connected to the south shore by rocks above and 
 below water. 
 
 The Breeches is a shoal rock, with two heads close together, 
 lying 250 yards N. 87° W. (N. 6!»° W. mag.) from tlio point on which 
 the Roman Catholic church stands, and nearly in the fairway of 
 tho approach to the inner part of tiio liarl)or. The water is shoal 
 between the Brooches and the south shore of the harbor, but a safe 
 passage may be obtained by keeping the north shore on board. 
 
 The soutli shore of Oderin Island is composed of steep cliffs and 
 is foul for 200 yards distant. Lance Cove Head, tho east extreme 
 of that shore, is a flat-topped bluff, 215 feet high, that also over- 
 looks tho harbor. Rooks extend 200 yards from both bills of this 
 bead. 
 
 Anchorage may be had in 7 fathoms in Ship Cove, just east of 
 the islands, or inside the rock that covers. Small vessels will find 
 perfect shelter at the head in 3 to 4 fathoms. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Oderin Harbor at 
 8h. 6m. ; neaps rise 6 feet. 
 
 Directions. — To enter Oderin Hai'bor: Shut in the Episcopal 
 Church with Spurrier Point, and pass that point at 50 yards dis- 
 tant and the same distance soutli of the islands. 
 
 Lance Cove, an open bay north of the head, has shingle beaches 
 separated by spurs of red cliff. A rock awash at low water lies 
 just off the south point of the cove. 
 
 White Rock, with 6 fathoms of water on it, is the shoalest part 
 of a bank extending nearly ^ mile from Lance Cove Head. 
 
mm 
 
 mmmmnmimn 
 
 mmmm 
 
 mmmm- 
 
 
 106 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH COAST. 
 
 Patrick Island, 110 feot high, lies close to the SW. point of 
 Oderiu laland, and is wedge-shaped, with dark cliflfs to the south- 
 ward and grassy slopes to the northward. 
 
 Crow Island, 201 feet high, ia wooded and conical, with dark 
 cliffs lying close to the west side of Patrick Island. Patrick Rocks, 
 13 foot high, are a ledge of black rocks extending SW. by S. 350 
 yards from Crow I-^land. 
 
 Fox Island, with a wooded summit about 100 feet high and red- 
 dish cliffs, lies NW. of Crow Island, and is steep-to on the north 
 side. Tlaere is no passage for vessels between these islands. 
 
 Jude Island, separated from the south side of Oderin Island by 
 a clear channel nearly i mile wide, is 2^ miles long and 2 miles 
 wide at the north extremity, narrowing irregularly to a sharp 
 point at the south extreme. The channel between Oderin and Jude 
 Islands should be taken by vessels wishing to pass inside, as the 
 shores may be approached to within a short distance. 
 
 The north shore of Jude Island is of bold cliff, with some curious 
 red stripes near the east end. Gull Island, a gray rock 48 feet 
 high, marks that extreme, and is bold-to. The east shore is also 
 nearly bold-to, consisting of steep cliffs round Eastern Cove, a 
 curve in the coast line filled with islets and rocks fronting shingle 
 beaches. 
 
 Cape Jude, a remarkable headland, lies near the south end of 
 this shore, and is a round-topped hill, 411 feet high, falling in 
 nearly a perpendicular cliff to the coast. A sharp hill, surmounted 
 by a bowlder 400 feet above high water, is situated just south of it. 
 A rock, with 4 feet water, lies 750 yards S. 14° E. (S. 14° W. 
 mag.) from the south point. Hay Cove, 1,400 yards wide and COO 
 yards deep, lies NW. of the south point and affords anchorage with 
 shelter from easterly winds in 9 to 10 fathoms, sand. At the bot- 
 tom of this cove is a dark cliffy head with a shingle beach on eacli 
 side. A rock, that covers 3 feet, lies off Green Point, a low projec- 
 tion north of the cove, and a rock with 8 feet water 550 yards N. 
 64° W. (N. 3G° W. mag.) from the same point. 
 
 Jude Harbor, on the west side of the island, is entered north of 
 Round Head, a hillock 120 feet high, that makes as an island. 
 Anchorage, affording shelter with winds from s^.. th round by east 
 to north, may be had in 12 to 10 fathoms, sand and mud, but a 
 heavy swell rolls in with westerly winds. Rocks that cover, ex- 
 tend 200 yards SW. by W. from Poplars Head, north of the en- 
 trance. 
 
 Duck Rocks, that cover at high water, are two reefs bold-to on 
 the west side, lying in a line parallel to the shore north of the har- 
 bor and i mile distant. An islet, 8 feet above high water, marks 
 the NW. extreme of Jude Island. A rock with 10 feet water lies 
 400 yards S. 67° W. (N. 85° W. mag.) from this islet. 
 
 ,, 
 
 
SW. point of 
 to the south- 
 
 !al, with dark 
 »atrick Rocks, 
 5W. by S. 350 
 
 , high and red- 
 on the north 
 islands, 
 erin Island by 
 g and 2 miles 
 •ly to a shai*p 
 derin and Jude 
 3 inside, as the 
 e. 
 
 ;h some curious 
 i,y rock 48 feet 
 it shore is also 
 lastern Cove, a 
 routing shingle 
 
 le south end of 
 ligh, falling in 
 ill, surmounted 
 luat south of it. 
 E. (S. 14° W. 
 1 Made and GOO 
 tnchorage with 
 . At the bot- 
 beach on each 
 it, a low projec- 
 Ir 550 yards N. 
 
 itered north of 
 as an island. 
 L round by east 
 ad mud, but a 
 that cover, ex- 
 Irth of the en- 
 
 leef s bold-to on 
 
 Irth of the har- 
 
 . water, marks 
 
 I feet water lies 
 
 It. 
 
 ISLANDS. 
 
 107 
 
 Middle Island is the northernmost of a chain of islets lying SE. 
 of Jude Island, and is l-jV miles N. 78° E. (S. 74° E. mag.) from the 
 south point of that island. It is conical, 80 feet high, and bold-to 
 on the west and nortli sides. A rock, with 10 feet water, lies 200 
 yards from the south side. 
 
 Binghams Shoal, with 6 fathoms water, lies -j^ mile N. 79° E. (S. 
 73° E. mag.) from Middle Island. 
 
 Spicer Rock, with 9 fathoms water over it, lies 3^% miles N. 87° 
 E. (S. 05° E. mag.) from Middle Island. 
 
 Harbor Rocks, about 10 feet high, + mile S. 25° W. (S. 53° W. 
 mag.) from Middle Island, are a group having deep water a short 
 distance from all sides but east, in which direction, at 200 yards 
 distant, is a rock that covers 2 feet at high water. There is a good 
 channel between Middle Island and Harbor Rocks. 
 
 Badger Rock, with 3i fathoms, lies f mile S. 51° E. (S. 23° E. 
 mag.) from Harbor Rocks, and breaks in bad weather. 
 
 Old Poe Shpal, with G fathoms least water, lies nearly 1^ miles 
 N. 82° E. (S. 70° E. mag.), and Point Shoal, with 7 fathoms least 
 water. If miles S. 76° E. (S. 48° E. mag.) from Harbor Rocks. 
 Both these are said to break in bad weather. 
 
 Pinnacle Island, about 30 feet high, lies i mile S. 30° W. (S. 
 58° W. mag.) from Harbor Rocks, with a clear passage between 
 them. Little Pinnacle, about 10 feet high, and Long Rock, about 
 50 feet high, lie close in a line S. 25° W. (S. 53° W. mag.) from 
 Pinnacle Island, with no passage between for a vessel. 
 
 Saddleback, a castellated black islet 104 feet high, with grass 
 at the summit, is the most conspicuous of the group, and is bold-to. 
 The passage between it and Long Rock is 400 yards wide, and clear 
 in mid-channel. 
 
 Little Saddleback, about 20 feet high, is a black islet SE. by E. 
 600 yards from Saddleback, and has deejj water close eastward. A 
 bank, with 4^ fathoms least water, extends 600 yards S. by W, 
 from Little Saddleback and breaks in bad weather. 
 
 Oderin Bank is a large shoal with depths varying from 5^ to 
 27 fathoms. The western shoal, with G fathoms water, lies S. 39° 
 E. (S. 11° E. mag.) 4f miles from Saddlebnck. From this shoal 
 the bank trends 4^ miles NE. to a shoal with 6i fathoms water, the 
 intervening space being very irregular. 
 
 Big Shoal extends 3 miles to the southwestward of Oderin Bank, 
 being separated by a gully ^ mile wide with 50 fathoms water in it. 
 The northeastern patch, with 10 fathoms, lies 4J miles S. 17° E. 
 (S. 11° W. mag.) from Saddleback, and from it shoals with 7 to 8 
 fathoms extend irregularly to the southwestern head Avith 8 fath- 
 oms, which is G miles S. 5° W. (S. 33° W. mag.) from Saddleback. 
 From Big Shoal a chain of banks extends to Mortier Bank. 
 
 14910 8 
 
 ■ Mllll ' 
 
 .^tS- 
 

 i 
 
 i 
 
 108 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND SOUTH COAST. 
 
 John-the-bay Bank lies ^ mile southward of Big Shoal, the 
 water between deepening to 45 fathoms. It is J mile in extent 
 between the depths of 30 fathoms. Southwest Rock, with 8 
 fathoms water, is the shoalest i^art of this bank. 
 
 Osmond, Dicks, and Joe Rocks are three heads of a bank, 
 with least water of 13 fathoms, Joe Rock, the westernmost, being 
 nearly 2^ miles South (S. 28° W. mag.) from Saddleback. 
 
 Jim Drake Ledge, with 7 fathoms Avater, lies one mile S. 20° 
 W. (S. 48° W. mag.) from Saddleback. 
 
 Western Hocks, the highest of which is 20 feet above high 
 water, are a group of square dark islets li miles westward from 
 Saddleback. A rock, awash at low water, lies nearly 300 yards 
 from the NE. extreme, and a rock, with 3 feet of water, a short 
 distance west of the south extreme. 
 
 The Washing-tub, an islet 5 feet above high water, lies H 
 miles S. 08° W. (N. 84° W. mag.) from Western Rocks. It is sur- 
 rounded by reefs, and is nearly connected to Western Rocks by a 
 line of shoals that break in ordinary weather, leaving scarcely 
 room for a boat to pass between. 
 
 South Sunker, with 2 feet water, lies 1^^ miles S. 25° E. (S. S*" 
 W. mag.) from Western Rocks and has deep water close to the 
 eastward. Harry Ledge, with 5 fathoms water, lies in the same 
 direction 1^ miles from Western Rocks. 
 
 Smith Shoal, a bank 600 yards long, with depths varying from 
 3i to 5 fathoms water, is 1^ miles S. 8° W. (S. 36° W. mag.) from 
 Western Rocks. 
 
 Kelpy Sunker, with 9 feet water, lies If miles S. 25° E. (S. 3° 
 W. mag.) from the Washing- tub, with a shoal of 3 fathoms 200 
 yards eastward of it. 
 
 Little Washing-tub, covering 4 feet at high water, is a small 
 rock one mile S. 8° W. (S. 36° W. mag.) from the Washing-tul() 
 and has a ledge extending a short distance west from it. Between 
 the Washing-tub and Little Washing-tub are several shoals, and 
 this passage should not be used. 
 
 Flower Shoal, the southern danger of this group, lies 2 miles 
 S. 48° W. (S. 76° W. mag.) from the Washing-tub, and consists 
 of two heads a short distance apart; the shoalest, with 9 feet, 
 breaks only in bad weather. 
 
 Butler Bock, with 7 fathoms water, lies 1,360 yards S. 65° W. 
 (N. 87° W. mag.) from Flower Shoal. 
 
 Lachlan Rock, with 8 fathoms water, lies nearly a mile S. 37° 
 W. (S. 65° W. mag.) from Kelpy Sunker, and is the southern ex- 
 treme of rocks extending from that sunker. 
 
 Western Sunker, awash at high water, lies 1^ miles S. 53° W. 
 (S. 81° W. mag.) from the Washing-tub. Shoals lie west and SW. 
 
ig Shoal, the 
 lile in extent 
 :,ock, with 8 
 
 Is of a bank, 
 
 •nmost, being 
 
 )ack. 
 
 e mile S. 20° 
 
 )t above high 
 restward from 
 rly 300 yards 
 water, a short 
 
 water, lies 1^ 
 ;;ks. It is sur- 
 3rn Rocks by a 
 aving scarcely 
 
 S. 25° E. (S. 3" 
 er close to the 
 ies in the same 
 
 , varying from 
 mag.) from 
 
 is. 25° E. (S. 3° 
 3 fathoms 200 
 
 l^ater, is a small 
 Washing-tub 
 it. Between 
 il shoals, and 
 
 Up, lies 2 miles 
 lb, and consists 
 It, with 9 feet, 
 
 l-ards S. 65° W. 
 
 |ly a mile S. 37° 
 le southern ex- 
 
 liles S. 53° W. 
 s west and SW. 
 
 ISLANDS. 
 
 109 
 
 300 yards from it, and a line of shoals blocks the passage between 
 it and the Washing-tub. 
 
 Whales Back, awash at high water, lies 1,800 yards westward 
 of the Washing-tub. A shoal stretches a short distance north of 
 this rock. 
 
 Foots Oape, a rock with 31 fathoms water, lies l^V miles S. 73° 
 W. (N. 79° W. mag.) from the south point of Jude Island. 
 
 Bobby Rock, with 3^ fathoms water, lies 1,750 yards N. 17° W. 
 (N. 45° W. mag.) from the Washing-tub, and is steep-to. 
 
 Black Rock, westward of Bobby Rock, is 7 feet above high 
 water, and is small and bare. From Black Rock a bank with a 
 general depth of 7 to 10 fathoms extends to Green Islands, on which 
 a shoal, with 3 fathoms water, lies f mile N. 5° E. (N. 33° E. mag.) 
 from Black Rock; and a rock, with 4 feet water, lies 150 yards to 
 the eastward of Black Rock. 
 
 Black Rock Sunker, with 12 feet water, lies 1,100 yards S. 68° E. 
 (S. 40° E. mag.) ; a rock, with 10 feet of water, lies 300 yards S. 23° 
 W. (S. 51° W.' mag.); a reef 700 yards long lies i mile S. 56° W. 
 (S. 84° W. mag.), and a rock that covers 5 feet lies 1,800 yards S. 
 68° W. (N. 84° W. mag.) from Black Rock. 
 
 The following rocks and shoals also lie off Black Rock : Liar 
 Rock, with 4 fathoms water; Haddock Bank, with 10 fathoms 
 water; Four-fathom Shoal, with 3^ fathoms; William Henry 
 Bank, with 8^ fathoms ; and Monks Bank, with 6 fathoms water. 
 
 Green Islands are a group lying 2^ miles WNW. from the 
 south point of Jude Island. 
 
 Green Island, the largest, is 32 feet high and covered with grass 
 over gray rock. Close NE. of it is a small round islet, and two 
 rocks that cover lie NE. of the islet. Long Rock, the southern- 
 most of the group, is bare, dark, and 18 feet high. Dollar Rock, 
 12 feet high, lies close to the northward of Green Island. A rock, 
 that covers 6 feet, lies west 200 yards from Dollar Rock, and Dollar 
 Rock Sunker, that covers 4 feet, lies 900 yards N. 59° W. (N. 31° 
 W. mag.) from Dollar Rock, with a reef extending NE. and SW. 
 200 yards from it. Sunken rocks extend to the west, north, and 
 south of Green Islands nearly 1,400 yards. 
 
 Flat Islands, a group 4^ miles long and 2 miles broad at the 
 widest part, lie between Jude Island and the mainland, separated 
 from the latter by a channel one mile wide. They consist of two 
 large islands and a great number of smaller islands and rocks. 
 
 Tardie Island, the easternmost of the group, is composed of 
 several hillocks, surmounted by a barren cone 130 feet high. A 
 ledge extends 250 yards from the NE. extreme, and islets and 
 rocks, with deep water close south, lie a short distance off the 
 SW. side. 
 
•ffiiiiiiiHiiiiiHi 
 
 no 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND — SOl'TII COAST. 
 
 I 
 
 i 
 
 ; 
 
 Tinkershare Island, small and wooded, lies close west of Yardie 
 Island. 
 
 Qlimshire Island, 100 feet high, flat and wooded, is separated 
 from the west side of Yardie Island by a channel 350 yards wide, 
 containing several islets and rocks. A stranger should not take 
 this passage. 
 
 Flat Island, the largest of the group, is 3 miles long, and nearly 
 divided into three parts by coves extending from both shores. The 
 eastern part is high and wooded, surmounted bj a flat summit 
 236 feet high, and terminated to the southward in Roche Peak, a 
 remarkable sharp-topped hill '/J03 feet high. Vinegar Hill, a sharp 
 cone 150 feet high, lies between them. The middle part of the 
 island has a flat range on the east aide, with several wooded tufts, 
 the highest 107 feet high, and some lower wooded hills to the west- 
 ward inclosing a pond. The western part is composed of a flat 
 hill about 100 feet high, a conical mound 82 feet high at the SE. 
 extreme, and several low Avooded hills on the NW, .shore termi- 
 nating in sand cliffs. 
 
 Flat Island Cove is on the NE. side of the island, between the 
 east ar.d middle parts. It is 700 yards deep and 500 yards wide, 
 affording good anchorage in 8 fathoms, mud, with shelter from all 
 winds but those from north to east. At the head is a shingle beach 
 about 10 feet above high water, containing a saltwater pond, divid- 
 ing Flat Island Cove from Flat Island Harbor. The water is shoal 
 100 yards from the head of the cove, the depth d'ecreasing grad- 
 ually. A ledge extends 300 yards to the eastward from Foots 
 Point, north of the cove, that should be given a good berth when 
 turning into the cove. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Flat Island Cove 
 at 8h. 37m. Springs rise G^ feet and neaps 5 feet. 
 
 Hay Cove, near the center of the island between the middle and 
 western parts, is filled with sunken rocks nearly to the line of the 
 points. It is much frequented by fishing craft in the caplin season, 
 when that bait is always plentiful. The bottom of the north shore 
 of this island is composed of bowlders, that extend fully 200 yards 
 from the shingle beaches that fringe it. Frenchman Rock, that 
 covers, lies close oft' the north point. 
 
 A Rock, with 10 feet water, lies S. 43° W. (S. 70° W. mag.) from 
 the north extreme of Flat Island, and 500 yards from the shore. 
 
 Hiscock Rocks, a group of low islets and sunken rocks, lie close 
 off the SE. end of Flat Islands. 
 
 DaviR Island, next in size to Flat Island, is l^V miles long, 
 surnioxinted at the east end by Osmond Hill, a sharp peak 11 -i feet 
 high, and at the west end by Mermaid Hill, flat at the summit and 
 75 feet high. A deep cove runs into the north side, nearly filled 
 
 « 
 
 MM 
 
west of Yardie 
 
 d, is separated 
 50 yards wide, 
 lould not take 
 
 >iig, and nearly 
 ,li shores. The 
 a flat summit 
 Roche Peak, a 
 ar Hill, a sharp 
 lie part of the 
 1 wooded tufts, 
 ills to the west- 
 posed of a flat 
 high at the SE. 
 N. shore termi- 
 
 nd, between the 
 500 yards wide, 
 shelter from all 
 1 a shingle beach 
 ater pond, divid- 
 ke water is shoal 
 'ecreasing grad- 
 ard from Foots 
 :ood berth when 
 
 lat Island Cove 
 
 I the middle and ' 
 
 D the line of the 
 
 e caplin season, 
 
 the north shore 
 
 fully 200 yards 
 
 imau Rock, that 
 
 W. mag.) from 
 lorn the shore. 
 1 rocks, lie close 
 
 Jl^V miles long, 
 jrp peak 1 1 i feet 
 Ithe summit and 
 Ide, nearly filled 
 
 FLAT IStAXD HARBOR. 
 
 with rocks. This island is separated from the western part of Flat 
 Island by a channel 250 yards wide, and is distant from the east 
 part 000 yai'ds. 
 
 Muscle Bank, with a shoal awash at low water, is fiOO yards S. 
 25° E. (S. 3° W. mag.) from the east extreme of Davis Island, and 
 a shoal, with 7 feet water, lies nearly halfway between it and the 
 shore, leaving a passage only 250 yards wide between them and 
 Hiscock Rocks. 
 
 Harbor Rock, one foot above high water, lies in the middle of 
 the western channel, and has a shoal extending NW. 150 yards from 
 it. A shoal, with 9 feet least water, lies 500 yards N. 08° W. (N. 
 40° W. mag.); a rock, with 4 feet water, 400 yards N. 37° W. (N. 
 9° W. mag.); and a rock that covers 5 feet, 100 yards N. 11° W. 
 (N. 17° E. mag.) from Harbor Rock. 
 
 Duck Bock, 5 feet high, is the extreme of a ledge of rocks and 
 shoals stretching oft' the west point of Davis Island. A shoal, with 
 3 fathoms water, lies 250 yards north (N". 28° E. mag.) of Duck 
 Rock. 
 
 Duck Rock Sunker, with 2 feet water, lies 500 yards north 
 (N. 28° E. mag.) from Duck Rock. There is no passage north of 
 Harbor Rock. 
 
 Flat Island Harbor is comprised between Flat and Davis 
 Islands, and may be approached from both sides in small craft, but 
 in large vessels from the SE. side only, and neither should be 
 taken for the first time without a local pilot. On the NW. shore, 
 just within the entrance, is Western Creek, a small indentation, 
 south of which is a bluff head, with speckled white and dark cliffs. 
 The harbor trends away to Hay Cove, off which are an island and 
 several small rocks, and the whole shore is foul. Ledges of rocks 
 extend from Davis Island, leaving a narrow channel close to West- 
 ern Creek Head, from the western entrance to the harbor. The 
 harbor is ^ mile in diameter, and affords good anchorage in 9 to 7 
 fathoms, mud, the water shoaling suddenly close to the beach at 
 the head. A large settlement surrounds this harbor. 
 
 Woody Island, close south of Davis Island, is a daik double 
 hummock 76 feet high. Bald Island, bare, gray, and 50 feet high, 
 lies south nearly ^ mile from Woody Island. 
 
 Copper Island is the southernmost conspicuous island of this 
 group. It is a wooded cone 135 feet high, and shows well from all 
 directions, except when hidden by the higher part of Flat Island. 
 Low Islets extend ^ mile farther south, ending in Copper Island 
 Rock, 6 feet above high water. Between Davis and Copper Islands 
 is a labyrinth of rocks, scarcely passable by a boat. 
 
 Paddle Rocks are two shoals, with 3 fathoms water, lying 800 
 yards apart, the northern being 1^ miles S. 61° W. (S. 79° W. 
 mag.) from Copper Island. 
 
 mm 
 
112 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND — 80UTII COAST. 
 
 
 
 
 The Pinnacle, a rock with 4 feet water, lies 1t\- miles S. 37° 
 W. (S. 06° W. mag.) from Cooper Island, in the middle of the 
 apparent fairway between the mainland and Flat Island, and 
 Upper Pinnacle, with 10 feet water, lies 750 yards S. 37° W. (S. 65° 
 W. mag.) from The Pinnacle. 
 
 Coast— The coast between West Broad Cove and Red Harbor 
 is faced by cliffs that fall from wooded spurs extending from the 
 Blue Hills. 
 
 Red Harbor Head, SW. 2^ miles nearly from Broad Cove 
 Head, is a steep cliff with a hole through the base, and a small 
 ledge of rocks just inside. i 
 
 Red Harbor extends from this head in a northerly direction 
 with a slight bend for li miles, and is 800 yards broad. A project- 
 ing point, that looks like an island, lies on the east shore nearly a 
 mile from the entrance, north of which a short distance is a rock 
 that covers feet at high water, and a rock that covers lies off 
 Butler Point, the entrance point on the west shore. The remainder 
 of the harbor is clear of danger. A small islet is nearly joined to 
 the west shore, north of which are a few houses. Two consider- 
 able streams discharge into this harbor; the deposit from the west- 
 ern stream has formed a shoal 300 yards from the mouth. 
 
 Anchorage may be had in 7 to 6 fathoms, sand, off the houses, 
 with shelter from all winds but those from SE. to South, which 
 send in a heavy swell. 
 
 Blue Hills of Red Harbor are a conspicuous flat range, with a 
 steep fall to the eastward, surmounted by two small sharp peaks 
 1,100 feet high. They appear blue under almost any condition of 
 weather. 
 
 The Coast from Red Harbor trends southwesterly 3f miles to 
 John-the-bay; is steep and rugged, with several high sharp hills 
 about 600 feet high, and is bold-to. The Bar, a shoal with 9 
 fathoms least water, lies J mile S. 34° W. (S. 62° W. mag.) from 
 Red Harbor Head. 
 
 Stanley Ronks, that cover one foot at high water, are If miles 
 S. 16° W. (S. 43' W. mag.) from the SE. extreme of Red Harbor 
 Head. The sea breaks on them nearly always, and they are bold-to 
 within a short distance. 
 
 Big Shoal, with 4 fathoms water, lies one mile SW. of Stanley 
 Rocks. 
 
 Black Rock, small, and awash at high water, with a shoal 
 extending 200 yards to the westward, lies nep.;i) • j^ miles S 51° 
 W. (S. 79° W. mag.) from Stanley Rocks. 
 
 Woody Island, one mile SW. from Black Rock, is wooded, and 
 26 feet high, with foul ground extending off it in all directions for 
 a short distance, and for a considerable distance to the eastward. 
 
 I 
 
 iMHIl 
 
^(, miles S. 37° 
 
 middle of the 
 
 lit IslaTid, and 
 
 37° W. (S. 65° 
 
 I Red Harbor 
 idiiig from the 
 
 n Broad Cove 
 3, and a small 
 
 lerly direction 
 »ad. A project- 
 shore nearly a 
 itance is a rock 
 covers lies off 
 The remainder 
 early joined to 
 Two consider- 
 f rom the west- 
 nouth. 
 
 off the houses, 
 ) South, which 
 
 ; range, with a 
 ill sharp peaks 
 ly condition of 
 
 ly 3f miles to 
 igh sharp hills 
 shoal with 9 
 W. mag.) from 
 
 r, are If miles 
 )f Red Harbor 
 hey are bold-to 
 
 W. of Stanley 
 
 with a shoal 
 i*^ miles S. 51° 
 
 is wooded, and 
 directions for 
 the eastward. 
 
 .KUIN-TIIK-HAY IIAUBOU. 
 
 11« 
 
 Woody Island Rock, with 5 fathoms on it, lies 200 yni-ds N. 
 48° E. (N. 70° E. mag.), and White Rock, with -4 fathoms water, 
 bears S. 03° E. (S. 34° E. mag.), 000 yards from Woody Island. 
 
 John-the-Bay Harbor, 5 miles SW. of Red Harbor, is a slial- 
 low basin, whore fisliing craft find shelter from westerly winds in 
 3 fatlioms. It is 000 yards in diameter and contains several rocks. 
 
 An open cove of the same name, ^ mile south of the harbor, 
 locally known as the Dock, is 1,100 yards in diameter and affords 
 good anchorage in 10 fathoms, with winds from SSE. to N. by W. 
 The shores are rugged and foul ; at the head is a sand cliff faced 
 by a shingle beach, the east extreme of a marshy isthmus about 50 
 feet high, that connects the peninsula forming Mortier Bay with 
 the mainland. 
 
 The peninsula is surmounted by a round-topped hill 635 feet high, 
 and is covered l)y high hills, with deep valleys between them, the 
 eastern being a conspicuous cone 490 feet high. 
 
 The east coast of this peninsula is of steep cliff', with two slight 
 indentations ; Cat Cove, the eastern, having a house in it. 
 
 John-the-Bay Islands, 3 miles SE. of Dock Point, lie close off 
 the east point of the peninsxila, and are a group of two gray islets, 
 and some low rocks, the highest 44 feet above high water. Rocks 
 that cover lie 300 yards east and north of these islands, and a shoal, 
 with 13 feet water, lies SE. 100 yards. 
 
 The coast from these islands trends sharply to the south. 
 
 John-the-Bay Head, just west of the islands, is surmounted by 
 a round hill 331 feet high, which shows conspicuously from the 
 line of the coast. 
 
 Deadman Cove, west of this head, is exposed and rocky. Boats 
 can find shelter there from off-shore winds. 
 
 Salter Hill, a sharp peak 300 feet high, is on the promontory 
 dividing Deadman Cove and Rock Harbor, and slopes steeply to 
 the west shore of Deadman Cove, but gradually to Rock Harbor 
 and Rock Harbor Point, east of the entrance to the harbor. 
 
 Numerous shoals are situated off the coast between John-the-Bay 
 and the entrance to Mortier Bay. Pig Ledge, the northeastern, 
 with 3^^ fathoms, lies 1^ miles from John-the-Bay Islands. Stick- 
 land Rock, the outermost, with 3^ fathoms, lies nearly 1^ miles 
 from Rock Harbor Point. Sams Ledge, with 15 feet, lies neaidy 
 1^ miles from the same point. 
 
 Rock Harbor is fit for fishing craft only, and is so called from 
 the number of rocks it contains. For a small ci'aft under com- 
 mand there is no difficulty in entering at low water, as all the rocks 
 show, but at high water a pilot should be taken. The best passage 
 is to keep the east shore on board, until an island that joins the 
 mainland at low water is reached, when the course should be altered 
 
 *■ .- 
 
 III! 
 
 "IS Z 
 
 iili' 
 
 wnwwiwTffwwiiwwi 
 
 mm^jSimmM, 
 
■■MMM 
 
 
 114 
 
 NKWForNDLAND— Hi H Tl r COAHT. 
 
 IZ n.r' fl'n " ^'•'^>',^'r^ ^" ^""'^ '^^^'^^'" ''«kJ^ ^«ter. After pass- 
 1 fathon.f ''''' '"'"' *° *^'" ''^'^^'""^ ""'^ ^"'^h^r i^ 
 
 Pinnacle Rock tlmt covers 6 feet, is tlie westernmost rock and 
 lottllZT '''''."'"?' 1 ^''''^ "'"•^"^^- P*»"*- A ^'onHideral.le 
 ouiJding, near tlie head. 
 
 The Coast from Rock Harbor to the entrance of M<.rtier Bay, 
 neai y ^ miles t., the soutliwestwar.], is of dark cliff hacked by 
 wooded lidlH and IS steep-to. In nasty weather, tlie turning point 
 
 MorH?V' ""^"'^ '"'^■' '"'^^ "^' '' ""'^''^y i '"il-^ are shoals. 
 
 Mortler Bay is entered through a cliannel U miles long and ^ 
 mile wide, at the north end of which the bay r ,,ens nearly 2 miles 
 bors off If' '^'^^ '^''^' '^^^^' """^ ''° ^"^liorage, except in the bar- 
 
 Saul Islands are close off the east point of the entrance. The 
 southern is 70 feet high, bare and gray, and is conspicuous against 
 the dark background when seen from the southward. The north- 
 ei-n IS wooded, 92 feet high, and connected to the shore by shoal 
 water. Rocks that cover lie a short distance to the northward. 
 The western island 11 feet above high water, is bare, and has shoal 
 water stretclung off it a short distance to the southward. 
 
 Sk ff-sail Rock with 6 feet on it, lies 1,000 yards East (S. C,r E. 
 
 T!ro'Ti "^^ i ""'"^ ^""'^^ '"'^ ' ^''^ ^^*^'- «^«r it' i« 400 yards 
 Thnr^'I T, 1?" '"''^'-^ ^'■'''" ^^^ Houthernmost of Saul Islands. 
 ^« fn°^ ' '"*^' ^* *"^t^'^^'^« ^^^'-^t^'-' lies o^e mile S. 6(J° E. 
 
 {».Z9 K. mag.) from the southern Saul Island. 
 
 Big Head forms the turning point into Mortier Bay on the west 
 side, and is 437 feet high, falling in steep cliffs to the channel and 
 toward the east, but in a gradual slope to north and west. Goolds 
 Oove, a slight indentation with a sandy beach, around which are 
 a tow houses, lies just within the entrance on the east shore 
 
 Spanish Room Harbor, at the NE. corner of the bay, is formed 
 by a ixiuinsula composed of shingle d»5bris, f mile long and wedge- 
 shaped, the base ending in a bluff, 800 yards wide at the south end 
 close over which is the summit 111 feet above high water, and the 
 apej, a narrow shingle beach at the north end that joins the main- 
 and, a few feet above high water. An isolated square rock, 30 feet 
 high and covered with grass, lies at the north end of the beach. 
 
 Rocks he off the east point of this peninsula and form the west 
 side of the entrance; the highest is 5 feet above high water, and 
 they are steep-to. The east shore is foul for 200 yards off the cove 
 immediately within the entrance, and a spit extends from the west 
 shore at 800 yards within the rocks, a distance of 400 yards, with 
 13 teet water at the east extreme. 
 
 "w* 'iiwiisisaBejiSR'pi 
 
After pnss-r 
 nd anchor in 
 
 if)st rock and 
 consideralde 
 vliite wooden 
 
 VLortior Bay, 
 ff hacked by 
 .urning point 
 lo are shoals. 
 IS L^ng and ^ 
 early 2 miles 
 )t in the har- 
 
 trance. The 
 3UOUS against 
 The north- 
 lore by shoal 
 e northward, 
 and has shoal 
 ard. 
 
 5ast (S. (!3° E. 
 t, is 400 yards 
 Saul Islands, 
 iiile S. 50° E. 
 
 5"^ on the west 
 channel and 
 
 rest. Goolds 
 
 id which are 
 
 ; shore. 
 
 ay, is formed 
 and wedge- 
 e south end, 
 iter, and the 
 ns the main- 
 rock, 30 feet 
 ;lie beach, 
 rm the west 
 li water, and 
 off the cove 
 •om the west 
 yards, with 
 
 CASIIEL COVE. 
 
 115 
 
 Water. — A considorable stroani, spanned by a bridgr". flows into 
 the east sid«j, from which water can bo obtained. 
 
 Anchorage may bo had in the harbor before reaching the spit 
 in 5J fathoms, mud, with swinging room SOU yards long and GOO 
 yards broad. 
 
 Cashel Cove is just NW. of the peninsula forming Spanish 
 Room, and affords anchorage in to 1(» fathoms, mud, with shelter 
 in all winds but those from SSE. to W8W. 
 
 Oashel Look-out, surmounted by a bowlder G15 feet above high 
 water, is a consiucuous hill lying 1^^ miles inland NNW. of Cashel 
 Cove, and shows plainly from Placontia Bay. 
 
 The west shore of Mortier Bay slopes from dark wooded hills, the 
 spurs of higher ranges inland, the intervening space being almost 
 filled with lakes. Fox Hill, 595 feet high, is the most conspicuous, 
 and is a little more than a mile inland. 
 
 The SW. extreme of the bay narrows to an arm 000 yards broad, 
 that decreases in breadth gradually to a bar at 1^ miles from the 
 entrance. 
 
 Anchorage may be had in this arm as convenient in 6 to 9 
 fathoms, mud. 
 
 Jonas Rock, that covers 3 feet, lies 200 yards from the north 
 point of the entrance, joined to it at low water, and rocks extend 
 100 yards from the south shore. From the bar, which is passable 
 by boats at high water, a narrow salt-water arm extends 5^ miles 
 to the southwestward, and nearly joins the head of Burin Inlet. 
 A settlement, called Marytown, has been formed on the banks. 
 
 The Tolt, a conspicuous conical hill 701 feet high, lies between 
 the long arm of Marytown and Little Bay. It shows jilainly from 
 Placentia Bay, and is continued toward Little Bay by a series of 
 high, wooded, conical hills, the highest over Little Bay making in 
 three summits, the greatest elevation being 564 feet. 
 
 Little Bay is entered west of the slopes of Big Head ; it extends 
 one mile, with a slight bend, and divides into two arms, the east- 
 ern deep inside, but blocked by islets and shoal water, the western 
 shallow from the mouth. 
 
 Seal Rock, that covers 3 feet at high water, lies 500 yards N. 
 59° W. (N. 32° W. mag.) from Eastern Head, to which another 
 rock and shoal water nearly connect it. A shoal extends 100 
 yards NW. from Seal Rock. 
 
 Anchorage may be had in 8 fathoms, mud, immediately within 
 the west point of the entrance, where the bay is 350 yards wide. 
 The bay is barred just within the shingle spit on the east shore. 
 Vessels drawing 13 feet can cross the bar at high-water springs by 
 keeping the east shore close on board, and may careen in safety in 
 the inner basin. Some square islets lie just inside the bar. 
 
 t^< 
 
 <• 
 
! 
 
 I 
 
 a 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 iVHI 
 
 NEVVF(>UNI)r-ANI> — SOITII C«»AHT. 
 
 Beaubols Cove, on tlie west Hido of tht^ (nitruiuT to Mortitn- 
 Bay, is 450 yards Iouk, -iOO yards wide, and afVords k<>«)<1 slielter 
 for a fmv lishing rraft in -i fatliojus. Isk'ts li.t in tho entrance, 
 and the dinrcli, a white wimmUmi bnildinK, stands on a slight eh'- 
 vation nortli of the harbor. Thia anchorage may bo entered by 
 keeping the nortli shore tdose on board. 
 
 Blow-me-down, a wooded cone )>•>{ feet liigh, is J mile 8E. of 
 Beaubois Cove. A rock, awash at high water, lies close to the 
 shore, -,'00 yards N. U° W. (N. 7° W. mag.) of Blow-me-down. 
 
 Blow-me-down Sunker, with 15 feet water an<l steep-to, lies 
 600 yards N. ;J!t° E. (N. Gfi" E. mag.) from Blow-me-dcjwn. 
 
 Harbor Rock, with fi J fathoms water, is | mile N. 'A" W. (N. 24° 
 E. mag.) from Blow-me-down. 
 
 Duriole, an open cove, lies 1,400 yards, and Tides Cove IV,, miles 
 .sontlnvard of Blow-me-down. Both these coves afford anchorage, 
 with otl'shore winds, in 13 to 7 fathoms. There a»'o houses in both 
 coves. 
 
 (H. O. Chart No. (127.) 
 
 Croney Island, 170 feet high, is 2iV miles southward of the 
 entrance to Mortier Bay. It is a remarkable conical island, 
 wooded at the summit, with steep cliffs to the northeastward and 
 is bold-to. It is the best land fall to make in foggy weather when 
 trying to reach Mortier Bay from the southward, or Burin from 
 the northward. Several shoals, with 6 to 14 fathoms, lie off this 
 island. 
 
 Croney Rock, with 5 fathoms water, lies 250 yards S. 30° E. (S. 
 3° E. mag.) of Croney Island. Eastward of Croney Island, within a 
 distance of 1,200 yards, are the following rocks and shoals: Croney 
 Shoal, 6 to 8 fathoms; Lawrence Rock, 7 fathoms; Little Green 
 Point Shoal, 8 fathoms, and Green Point Shoal, 9 fathoms. 
 
 Black Head Rock, on which there is a. depth of 16 feet, lies 
 about 1,200 yards S. 21° E. (S. 0° W. mag.) from Croney Island. 
 
 Little Mortier Bay is li miles southward of Croney Island. 
 At the head it divides into two arms. Mortier Creek, the western, 
 is fit for fishing craft only, and has a rock close to the north point. 
 
 Fox Cove, the eastern arm, affords good anchorage, though the 
 space is confined in 10 fathoms. There is a settlement on the east 
 shore. 
 
 Breakheart Rock, with 14 feet water, lies 250 yards off the 
 west point of Cuckold Cove, a small indentation on the north 
 shore, just within the entrance. 
 
 Western Island, a small, black rock, topped with grass, lies off 
 the west side of the bay. 
 
iic(> to Mortit'V 
 Is ^(<)<hI sluiltur 
 1 till) oiitniucc, 
 )n a sli^lit olo- 
 bo onttu'od by 
 
 8 } niilo SP]. of 
 
 .68 close to the 
 
 )W-m(>-(lo\vn. 
 
 itl steop-to, lies 
 
 e-(l(jwn. 
 
 !T. r W. (N. 24° 
 
 ■(Covo 1,V miles 
 ford ancliorjiK^, 
 ) houses in both 
 
 uthward of the 
 conical island, 
 rtheastwavd and 
 ;y weather Avhen 
 , or Burin from 
 oms, lie ofif this 
 
 ^rds S. 30° E. (S. 
 Island, within a 
 
 shoals: Croney 
 s ; Little Green 
 fathoms. 
 
 of 16 feet, lies 
 
 roney Island. 
 
 Croney Island, 
 fek, the western, 
 ;he north point. 
 B, though the 
 
 ent on the east 
 
 yards off the 
 on the north 
 
 fh grass, lies off 
 
 lUUIN IIAUIi()K8. 
 
 117 
 
 Western Rock, with 3 feet water, lies 350 yards N. 14" W. 
 (N. i;i K. niHK'-) fi'oni Western Tshuid, iunl thori' is a rook, with 
 3 fathoms water over it, between Western Rock and the short'. 
 There are no other dangers, and the bay may be entered in mid- 
 channel. 
 
 Mortier Rock, with 3 fathoms water, is the least d<'pth on 
 Mortier Bank, u shoal that covers a space 3 miles long and ^ mile 
 broad within the depth of 20 fathoms. It lies U miles N. 70" E. 
 (S. 77° E. mag.) from Burin liglithouse, and has (i to 11 fathoms 
 close-to all round. 
 
 Brandy Rocks, always breaking, lie off the shore within Iron 
 Island, leaving a passage 800 yards wide between them and the 
 island. 
 
 Iron Island, lOO feet high, is 2 mile- .southward of Little Mor- 
 tier Bay, covered by grass, faced by dark cliffs, and conspicuous 
 from seaward. 
 
 Galloper Rock, with 10 feet water, lies S. 85° E. (S. 58° E. mag.) 
 1,100 yards; White Horse, with 4A fathoms, S. 53° E. (S. 2(i° E. 
 mag.) 1,150 yards; Gregory Rock, with f. feet, S. 45° W. (S. 72° 
 W. mag.) 800 yards; and Duck Rock, with 3 fathoms water, S. 
 23° W. (S. 50° W. mag.) 1,400 yards from Iron Island. 
 
 There is a passage 1,200 yards wide between Gregory Rock and 
 Burin Island. 
 
 Burin Harbors consist of several small coves and a long inlet 
 affording excellent shelter for vessels on all sides. 
 
 Burin Island forms the seaboard and protects the small coves. 
 It is 2f miles long, narrow at the northern portion, and at the 
 south extreme is Dodding Head, a remarkable conical bluff' 400 
 feet high. 
 
 Liight. — From a lighthouse on the summit of Dodding Head a 
 white revolving light is exhibited, attaining its greatest brilliancy 
 every minute, at an elevation of 430 feet above high water, and 
 visible 24 miles. In consequence of the great height of this light, 
 it is often obscured by fog when the coast line is clear. 
 
 Dodding Rock, awash at low water, lies S. 84° E. (S. 57° E. 
 mag.) from the lighthouse, and 600 yards from the shore. 
 
 Cockle Rock, with 3 fathoms water, lies 500 yards South of Cat 
 Island, a small island nearly joined to the south extreme of Dodd- 
 ing Head. 
 
 Great Burin Harbor is on the west side of Dodding Head, be- 
 tween Burin and Shalloway Islands. It is fit for small vessels 
 only, and has several rocks near the head. Shoal water extends 
 250 yards West from Shalloway Head, the SW. extreme of Shallo- 
 way Island, and breaks in bad weather. This point should be 
 given a good berth when rounding it. 
 
 mmmsisss!ixmmmimsi^-m^.m 
 
118 
 
 M:\V1 <tl \1>I<ANI)--S(»rill COAST. 
 
 Mine, Oven, and Hooper Rooks lio otf tho wost a'uh^ of Burin 
 ImIiiihI, timl in ttikinK Dnrin I'ussa^it liotwccn it iind tlio nniin, thu 
 wi'st side (»f till' |iussiif^(> must bo kt'pton Ixxinlto nvoid tlnt.so rorkrt. 
 
 Port-au-braB, u nui row arm coiituininK K"o<i Blioltor for Hi'hoon- 
 ors, rnns in noitli of |-lnriii Isldiul. 
 
 Little Burin Harbor is onti»i-M I \ n\\l^ w.'stwuril of O'lu-lio 
 Isliind, situiitiMl (dose t<>tlii> nortiv pointof liurin lsliin<l. Itall'ords 
 anciioriixo in s.V futhonis, in a spaci^ <J()() yards ion^j^ and 400 yards 
 broad, hut tlio cntranco, l)otwm)n Jersoy and iiimnions Islands, is 
 only 100 yards wido, narrowod by a rock on which th(> depth is H 
 fo(»t, lying south of Jersoy Island, ono-third of tho distanco across, 
 Bo that in entering it is necessary to keep Simmons Island, west of 
 th(j entrance, doso aboard. 
 
 Communication. — A stoajnor of the Coastal Steamship Com- 
 pany calls hero fortnightly during summer and autumn. 
 
 Goal. — A small supply of coal can generally bo obtained at 
 Burin. 
 
 Ice. — Burin Harbors fi-oeze occasionally during sovoro winters 
 between the middle of February and early in March, but it is sel- 
 dom that the ice interferes with the anchorage; eastern ice is 
 occasionally drifted into the shore. 
 
 Ship Cove, south of Little Burin Harbor, is 1,200 yards deep 
 and 000 yards wide at the entrance, diminishing gradually to the 
 liead. A rock, with 11 feet water over it, lies 50 yards off Troak 
 Point, and a shoal, on which the depth is 3 feet, tho same distance 
 off Joans Point, the next south of Troak Point; both dangers lie in 
 a NE. direction from the resiiective points. 
 
 Anchorage. — Anchorage may be obtained in from 11 to 13 
 fathoms water, over sand oi- niucl, with good shelter, but in a 
 strong breeze a largo vessel should moor. 
 
 Poor Island is a small rock situated west of Neck Point, the 
 south extreme of the west shore of Burin Passage. 
 
 Poor Rock, with 12 feet water, is the extreme of the ledge ex- 
 tending 350 yards SW. of Poor Island, and is steep-to on the west 
 side. 
 
 Woody Island, lOO feet high, 700 yards WNW. of Poor Island, 
 fronts the middle of the entrance to Burin Inlet, and is steep-to on 
 all sides. Shag Rock lies close to the SE, side. There is a clear 
 passage on each side of Woody Island. 
 
 Burin Inlet runs in a nearly straight line N. i W. 5 miles from 
 Woody Island, is ^ mile wide for 2 miles, and expands to 1} miles 
 in width at 3 miles from the entrance. To enter, keep the west 
 shore on board to avoid some rocks close to the east point just within 
 the entrance. After passing Spoon Point, f mile from the entrance 
 on the west shore, round into Spoon Cove to avoid Stag Rock, the 
 
sidt" of Burin 
 tli*> iniiiii, till* 
 id thtt.Mo i"()''kH. 
 or for Hi'luH)!!- 
 
 'tl of rii'lit) 
 ul. ItiilTonls 
 viid 400 yards 
 )ii.s iHlfiiids, is 
 thu dopth is 8 
 ■stance across, 
 sland, wt'st of 
 
 vunship Coni- 
 
 iniii. 
 
 3 obtaiiiod at 
 
 tovero winters 
 I, but it is sel- 
 oastorn ico is 
 
 00 yards deep 
 
 ad u ally to the 
 
 rds off Troak 
 
 same distance 
 
 dangers lie in 
 
 •om 11 to 13 
 
 Iter, but in a 
 
 pck Point, the 
 
 the ledge ex- 
 to on the west 
 
 Poor Island, 
 is steep-to on 
 lere is a clear 
 
 5 miles from 
 to li miles 
 ceep the west 
 |nt just within 
 
 the entrance 
 bag Rock, the 
 
 PBIP^ 
 
 ANt'llOllAOK. 
 
 119 
 
 end of a lodge 100 yards off flit' east shore. When <he etifranco 
 poii\( . are cliwed, niid-clmniiel miiy be kept to thi' aiitliorages. 
 
 Anchorage may be had off Haek Cove, an indentation on the 
 oast shore 2 niilos from the entrance, in !.'> fathoms, south of Sugar- 
 loaf, n coiispiciious cone 115 f(>et bigh, close to the east shore; r)r 
 fartin • in northwest of tlie Sugarloaf in I to fatlionis, mud. lie- 
 yond this tlie luirbor is narrowed i)y ash.iHow si»it extending from 
 the east shore, and should not be entered. 
 
 Water can l»e procured easily from Hig Salmonier, a eonsidora- 
 ble stream on the west sliore (»f the last anchorage. 
 
 Coal. — Small suppli(>s of coal can g"iiorally bo ol)tuined at Burin 
 Inlet. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and cluinge, at Buiin Harbors at 
 8h. 45m. Springs rise tiA feet, neaps H feet. 
 
 Little Burin Island, l ,*„ miles SW, of Burin Island, is separated 
 from the mainland west of the entrance to Burin Inlet by a deep 
 passo,ge ;!50 yards wide, nnd is boid-to on all sides. 
 
 Emberly Rook, with 4 fathoms water, lies 1,:J(m» yards S. :J»° E. 
 (S. l'.J" E. nuig.) from the NE. extreme of Little Burin Ishmd. 
 
 Corbin Island, r»50 foot high, stoop-to all around, is 1, ;}(»(» yards 
 SW. of Little Burin Island, separated from the mainland by a deep 
 channel | mile wide. 
 
 Corbin Harbor, It^j^ miles SW. of Corbin Island, is a narrow 
 inlet fit for sm.Tll vessels, ontoi'od between Long Point on the north 
 and Miller Head on the south. All the points of the harbor are 
 ion\ a short distance off. Goat Island lies close to the west shore, 
 just within the entrance. 
 
 Old Harry, awash at low water, lies i mile S. TO" E. (S. 52° E. 
 mag.) of Long Point. Goat Island, just open south of Long Point, 
 leads south of Old Harry to the mouth of the harbor. 
 
 Shoals extend 300 yards east of Miller Heau. 
 
 Corbin Head, a wedge-shaped cliff-faced head, 180 feet high 
 and bold-to, is 1,200 yards south of Miller Head. 
 
 A Rock, with 10 feet water, lies i mile S. 23° W. (S. 50° W. mag.) 
 from Corbin Head, in the middle of the entrance to L'anse au Dia- 
 blo, a small cove SW. of that head. 
 
 Bass Rock, with 3i^ fathoms water, lies 700 yards S. 42° W. (S. 
 69° W. mag.) from Bass Point, a hummock with low rocks close to 
 the base, and is COO yards from the nearest shore. 
 
 Sauker Rock, with 3 fathoms water, 400 yards S. 51° E. (S. 78° 
 E. mag.) from Sauker Head, is the outer of three rocks lying off 
 the head. The shore between Sauker Head and- Bass Point is foul, 
 and should not be approached within ^ mile. 
 
 Little St. Lawrence Harbor, 9 miles to the south westward of 
 Burin Island, runs in NW. 2^ miles, with a breadth of 800 yards 
 
 ijji • ' 
 
120 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH COAST. 
 
 to a peninsula H miles within the entrance, where it narrows to 
 300 yards and again expands when the peninsula is passed The 
 peninsula is 55 feet high, and joined to the east shore by a narrow 
 shingle beach. 
 
 Harbor Rock lies 150 yards from the south extreme of the 
 peninsula, and the same distance from the west shore The east 
 shore of the harbor is foul for 200 yards; the west side is bold-to 
 
 Anchorage.— Large vessels can find temporary anchorage in 
 11 to 15 fathoms, but a heavy sea rolls in with southerly winds 
 
 Small vessels can lie in safety north of the peninsula in H to 4 
 fathoms, mud, and to reach there should keep the west shore close 
 on board to avoid Harbor Rock. 
 
 Water may be had from a cascade on the east side, just within 
 the peninsula. 
 
 Sculpin Shoal, with 3f fathoms water, lies S. 87" E (S 60° E 
 mag.), 900 yards from Sculpin Point, east of the entrance, close off 
 whic^ IS a small rock. 
 
 Middle Head, separating Little and Great St. Lawrence Har- 
 bors, slopes from Blow-me-down, a conspicuous hill 420 feet high 
 The shore is bluff, and has deep water close-to. The following 
 shoals are near: Point Rock, with 4 fathoms water, 450 yards- 
 Butler Rock, with 5 fathoms, 450 yards, and Garden Bank, with 
 9f fathoms, 1,?.00 yards from Middle Head. 
 
 Great J?t. Lawrence Harbor is 2i miles deep, and ^ mile wide 
 tor li miles, when it narrows to 600 yards between Blue Beach 
 Point on the west and Herring Cove on the east shore. A beach 
 of shingle, said to be enlarging, stretches 250 yards from the west 
 shore, at SOO yards distance from the head. 
 
 Communication—A steamer from the Coastal Steamship Com- 
 pany calls here fortnightly from St. Johns during summer and 
 rutumn. 
 
 Anchorage may be obtained in from 10 to 20 fathoms water at 
 the entrance ^r in 12 fathoms off Herring Cove, or small vessels 
 may find shelter behind the shingle beach in 2i fathoms. 
 
 The anchorage oS. Xlej'ring Cove is not recommended during SW 
 winds, as heavy squalls are then experienced, and southerly gales 
 send a heavy sea into the outer part. 
 
 Water can be procured from a stream on the east shore opposite 
 the beach of shingle. 
 
 Ice.— Great St. Lawrence Harbor seldom freezes so that anchor- 
 age can not be obtained, but eastern ice is occasionally drifted into 
 the harbor. j ^v^j 
 
 Tides.-It is high water, full and change, in Great St. Lawrence 
 Harbor at 8h. 30m. ; springs rise 7 feet, neaps 4 feet. 
 
 mmrrriwBn 
 
9 it narrows to 
 s passed. The 
 re by a narrow 
 
 ixtreme of tlie 
 Lore The east 
 side is bold-to. 
 anchorage in 
 lierly winds, 
 sula in a| to 4 
 est shore close 
 
 ie, just within 
 
 " E. (S. 60° E. 
 'ance, close off 
 
 iawrence Har- 
 420 feet high, 
 rhe following 
 )r, 450 yards; 
 in Bank, with 
 
 d I mile wide 
 1 Blue Beach 
 )re. A beach 
 from the west 
 
 lamship Com- 
 summer and 
 
 Loms water at 
 
 small vessels 
 
 >ms. 
 
 i during S W. 
 
 utherly gales 
 
 hore opposite 
 
 that anchor- 
 r drifted into 
 
 3t. Lawrence 
 
 GREAT LAUJ^^ HARBOR. 
 
 121 
 
 Ohapeau Rouge, a remarkable conical hill 748 feet high, is west 
 of the entrance to Great LaAvrence Harbor, and is a good distin- 
 guishing mark for this part of the coast. It is the landfall gener- 
 ally made by vessels bound to the south and east coast from the 
 westward, who try to sight it about 20 miles distant. 
 
 Rosey Rock, with 12 feet water, 150 yards off the shore just 
 south of Chapeau Rouge, is the only danger off the shore of this 
 hill. 
 
 (H. O. Chart No. 1103.) 
 
 Oloue Rock, with 10 fathoms water on it, lies S. 23° (S. 4° W. 
 mag.) from Cape Chapeau Rogue, distant 8 miles. 
 
 The Coast from Chapeau Rogue to Laun Head, 5 miles distant, 
 consists of several open coves, and may be approached close-to, 
 except just west of a curious pinnacle 250 feet high, close to the 
 shore If miles to the eastward of Laun Head, where a shoal is 
 situated 400 yards from the shore. 
 
 liittle ' Liaun Harbor is open and exposed. If miles deep and f 
 mile wide, and is 1^ miles north of liaun Head. At the head, a 
 shingle beach nearly separates it from a salt-water pond. There 
 is anchorage with shelter from offshore winds in 9 to 11 fathoms, 
 rocky bottom. 
 
 Duck, Tiller, and Black Coves, open bights, lie between Little 
 and Great Laun Harbors. 
 
 Great Laun Harbor runs in 1^ miles with a uniform breadth 
 of 800 yards. The shores are bold-to and the water decreases grad- 
 ually to 5 fathoms, a mile from the entrance, and thence gradually 
 to the head. Murphy Rock, with 5 feet water on it, is the only 
 danger in the harbor, 200 yards off the east shore and 600 yards 
 from the head. There is a settlement, with a church on the east 
 bide. 
 
 Anchorage may be obtained in 8^ fathoms off the east shore 
 with good shelter. 
 
 Vestal Rock, with 6 feet water, lies i mile S. 11° W. (S. 38° W. 
 mag.) from East Head; Black Hill, a conspicuous range 520 feet 
 high at the head of the harbor, just open of Laun Point on the 
 east side of the harbor, leads west of this rock to the harbor. 
 
 Ice. — Great Laun Harbor seldom freezes to the extent of inter- 
 fering with anchorage. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Great Laun Harbor 
 at 8h. 15ra. ; springs rise 7 feet, neaps 4 feet. 
 
 Ragged Head, a mile SSW. of Great Laun Harbor, is the divid- 
 ing point between it and Lansey Bank Cove, and is continued SE. 
 by a jjoint of low rocks. 
 
 !.J 
 
 I !■ 
 
sS 
 
 122 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND SOUTH COAST. 
 
 7 
 
 Ragged Rock with 6 feet water, lies 450 yards off this point in 
 the Imeot the rocks. Webber Point, a low projection on the west 
 shore of Great Laun Harbor, open east of Blow-me-down Point 
 next south, leads east of this rock. 
 Lansey Bank Cove is an open bight affording no shelter. 
 Colombier Island, 217 feet high, with a small islet close SW 
 IS separated by a clear channel i mile wide from Ragged Head- 
 shoals he 200 yards SE. of the islands. 
 
 Swale Island, with shoals extending a short distance SW. from 
 It, lies li miles W. by N. from Colombier Island. 
 
 Laun Islands, 2i miles southwestward of Colombier Island, are 
 named respectively Middle and Offer Islands; the former is 163 
 leet, and latter island 102 feet. 
 
 A rock that uncovers 4 feet at low water lies ^ mile N 77° W 
 (N. 50° W. mag.) from the south point of Middle Island. 
 
 Southeast Rock, awash at low water, lies COO yards S 79° E 
 (S. 52 E. mag.) from the NE. point of Offer Island, and Southwest 
 Koob, with 10 feet water on it, lies 1,200 yards S. 33° W. (S 60° 
 W. mag.) from the SW. point of same island. 
 
 The coast from Laun Islands to Lamalin consists of deep coves 
 but they are all exposed. ' 
 
 Taylor Bay, 3* miles westward of Laun Islands, is the deepest 
 of these; it is an exposed bight, and affords anchorage in 8 fathoms 
 water, with offshore winds. Taylor Bay Rock, with 7 feet water 
 over It, lies 300 yards westward from the point of the same name 
 and several shoals, with depths of from 5^ to 10 fathoms lie 
 southwestward of Taylor Bay Point for a distance of 2 miles. ' 
 
 (H. O. Chart No. 1089.) 
 
 Lamalin Bay, which is filled with islets and shoals, is divided 
 from Taylor Bay by Point aux Gauls, a low and narrow promon- 
 tory, 200 yards southward of which is Point Rock, 3 feet high 
 Barred Island, 19 feet high, lies about | mile NW. of Point Rock- 
 
 "^'^'1 lr^^.1^^7- ""^ *^^ ^'^''^'^ ^' ^''^'' Thomas Rock, 2 feet high' 
 and NNW. of it Rogers Rocks extend out for about 400 yards 
 
 Light-An octagonal wooden tower, 36 feet in height, painted 
 red and white on alternate sides, stands on Bluff Head the SE 
 point of Allan Island, and from it, at an elevation of 64 feet above 
 high water, a fixed white light is exhibited which should be visible 
 9 miles. 
 
 Communication -The Coastal Steamship Company's steamer 
 cans here turtnightly from St. Johns during summer and autumn 
 
 Dangers—Shag Rock, 18 feet high, which lies J- miJo S 23° w' 
 (S. 50° W. mag.) from Point Rock, has shoal wa'e- extonding from 
 It 400 yards in a northex-ly direction. Rocks and shoals lie east 
 
^ 
 
 off this point in 
 tion on tlie west 
 me-down Point 
 
 no shelter, 
 islet close SW., 
 Ragged Head; 
 
 tance SW. from 
 
 bier Isl9,nd, are 
 former is 163 
 
 mile N. 77° W. 
 iland. 
 
 yards 8. 79° E. 
 and Southwest 
 33° W. (S. 60° 
 
 of deep coves, 
 
 , is the deepest 
 ?e in 8 fathoms 
 th 7 feet water 
 tie same name, 
 fathoms, lie 
 f 3 miles. 
 
 lals, is divided 
 xrow promon- 
 :, 3 feet high, 
 if Point Rock ; 
 i, 2 feet high, 
 400 yards. 
 9ight, painted 
 Jead, the SE. 
 64 feet above 
 uld be visible 
 
 iny's steamer 
 and atitumn. 
 aiJoS. 33° W. 
 tonding from 
 loals lie east 
 
 LA ^rALIN BAY DIRECTIONS. 
 
 123 
 
 and west of Shag Rock as follows: East Sunker, awash at low 
 wa er, 400 yards N. 47° E. (N. 74° E. mag.); Saint Rock, with 5J 
 tathoms least water on it, 700 yards S. 34° W. (8 61° W matr )• 
 fn.l'o S?"^'' ""Y^'f *^^« ^^^Pth is 13 feet, 1,350 yards 8. 53° W.' 
 (S. 79 W. mag.); John Walsh Shoal, with 5* fathoms least water 
 
 SunW ' .T t ^K"^- ^^- ''° ^- '^^^•)' «-^ N-"-e" 
 W r oo 'w ^^'" \*^^ ^^Pt^ ^« ^««« «^^n 6 feet, 800 yards S. 84° W. 
 i!mel ^^T'-^r"" ^^"^ ^''^' *he center of Morgan Island, 
 W (x\. o9 W. mag.) clears the shoals SW. of Shag Rock 
 
 Directions.-The entrance to Lamalin Ba> is between Roger.s 
 Rocks on the east, and the Whalesback, which dries 5 feet, and 
 shoals extending 400 yards from Big Salmonier Rock, 10 feet iigh 
 on the west side; Strand Rock, one foot high, lies in the centoi^^oi 
 Lamalm Bay. The highest part of Berry Hills, in line with Strand 
 
 mto the bay If intendnig to pass between Prank Rook and John 
 Walsh Shoal the highest part of Berry Hills opens v. est of Ban-e 
 Island bearing K 4° E. (N. 31° E. mag.), leL in mid-cha^e 
 ^nd when Ta>-lor Bay Point is in line with Point Rock, bearing 
 JV. 63 E. (east mag.), the vessel will be to the northward of the 
 shoals, lying west of Stag Rock, and may be kept to the north. 
 
 • StranTRock thT ^v' ^^^^^P^^' ^^ ^^T Hills in line with 
 Strand Rock, the leading mark for the entrance 
 
 Blni'^^^Ti!^^' T^*^ ^* ^^*^^"^^ ^'^'^ ^'-^^^^ «^«r it, lies with 
 Bluff Head lighthouse bearing N. 24° W. (N. 3° E. mag.), distant 
 
 V(f7r f.?°^' T '""^'"^ *^^ ^^P*^ ^^ ^^ ^^*homs, lies with Bluff 
 Head lighthouse bearing N. 24° E. (N. 51° E. mag.), distant 1,300 
 
 abt^rf ""f ^^5°'' '^""^^'^ northward of Allan Island, is suit- 
 
 S w^ Z '^'''? ""^^^ ^^"''^^ *^" «^"^^«^ months; a con- 
 siderab e settlement is situated on the north shore of the island 
 
 Small vessels find an anchorage in Lamalin Harbor, north'of 
 
 Allan Island, but none should attempt it without a pilot, and they 
 
 by south^ to^S W *"" '^°''^*^ ^ ^""^^^^ '^' '"^ ^^"""^ ^^^- ""^"^^ 
 
 Lamalin Road, formed by Allan Island on the east and Morgan 
 
 Island on the west, affords anchorage in 4* fathoms water, but 
 
 rolls in temporary shelter only, as the swell always 
 
 from 13 to 30 feet water, lie near the middle of the entrance, but 
 may be avoided by keeping either shore aboard. 
 
 14010 — g 
 
 W 
 
 I 
 
mmmm 
 
 tmi 
 
 124 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH COAST. 
 
 The westernmost barn, on the north shore of Lamalin Road, open 
 east of Morgan Island, bearing N. 19° W. (N. 8° E. mag.), clears 
 these shoals passing to the eastward. 
 
 Some islets lie off the 8W. extreme of Morgan Island, and a rock 
 with 9 feet water is situated nearly 200 yards from the outer. 
 
 Ice.— Lamalin Harbor is occasionally closed by field ice, to the 
 thickness of 6 inches for ten days at a time, but at intervals of from 
 five to ten years it is frozen over; vessels arrive about June and 
 leave in November. 
 
 Tides.— It is high water, full and change, in Lamalin Harbor at 
 8h. 25m. ; springs rise 7i feet, neaps 5^ feet; neaps range 4i feet. , 
 
 (H. O. Chart No. 1103.) 
 
 Coast— From Lamalin to Crew Point, 8 miles to the north- 
 westward, the coast is low and fronted by sandy beaches, rising to 
 a moderate elevation in long sloping hills some distance inland. 
 
 Some of the most conspicuous objects near the shore are Piercy 
 Hill, wooded, about 100 feet high, at 2 miles westward of Lamalin 
 Road ; it has a double summit, near which are some houses. Flag- 
 staff Point is a small conical hillock 26 feet high. Groups of white 
 houses are situated at High Beach. 
 
 t Lamalin Ledges are dangerous reefs extending along the whole 
 of this coast at a distance of 3 miles from the shore, and in bad 
 weather are apparently a mass of breakers. 
 
 No vessel should venture between these shoals without a local 
 pilot; and very few of the fishermen are trustworthy in that 
 capacity; they have a knowledge only of the fishing banks fre- 
 quented by them. At night this coast should on no account be 
 approached in a less depth than 40 fathoms. 
 
lalin Road, open 
 E. mag.), clears 
 
 and, and a rock 
 the outer, 
 field ice, to the 
 itervals of from 
 kbout June and 
 
 aalin Harbor at 
 range 4i feet. 
 
 3 to the north- 
 aches, rising to 
 ;ance inland, 
 hore are Piercy 
 ard of Lamalin 
 houses. Flag- 
 groups of white 
 
 ilong the whole 
 re, and in bad 
 
 vithout a local 
 rorthy in that 
 ing banks fre- 
 no account be 
 
 CHAPTER IV. 
 
 ST. PIERRE AND MIQUELON ISLANDS. 
 (H. O. Chart No. 1055.) 
 
 St. Pierre Island, lO miles SW. of Crew Point, is barren in 
 appearance and irregular in its outline, which appears from a dis- 
 tance to be composed of many peaks, the highest of which is 671 
 teet above high water, and is thus easily distinguished from Little 
 A i^^r ar?'' ^^^^^^^^' *^« o"*line of which is nearly horizontal. 
 At the SE. extreme is a conspicuous conical hill joined by a low 
 neck to the mainland, called Galantry Head. 
 
 The harbor is on the east side of the island" between it and Chien 
 Island, and may be approached by three channels between the 
 islands. 
 
 Light— Galantry Head is surmounted by a lighthouse 38 feet 
 in height, painted white, and having a square building adjoining 
 It. It exhibits, at an elevation of 210 feet, a flashing light show- 
 ing a flash every ten seconds; the flashes occur in the order of two 
 white followed at an interval of fen seconds by one red The 
 light should be visible 18 miles, but is obscured on the north bv 
 the bluflfs of St. Pierre. Reported very irregular. 
 
 Fog Signal.— Near Galantry lighthouse, during thick or foggy 
 weather and in snow storms, a steam fog whistle will be sounded 
 in blasts of SIX seconds duration every minute, with an interval of 
 fifty-four seconds between each blast. The whistle has been heard 
 from a distance of 7 miles. This fog signal will be in operation 
 from about March 1 to December 1; but from December 1 to 
 March 1 only at the time of the expected arrival at St. Pierre of 
 the fortnightly mail steamer from Halifax. 
 
 The fog-signal house is a semicylindrical tower situated SE 33 
 yards from the lighthouse. - ' 
 
 Should the whistle be out of order, a gun will be fired at the 
 lighthouse once every half hour. 
 
 Signal Station.— Information as to ice, wind, temperature, and 
 weather indications may be obtained, during the months of April 
 aiid May, by communicating with the signal station on Galantry 
 
 Cape Noir and Chasseurs Island, two islets close to Galantry 
 Head, are steep-to on the south and east sides. 
 
 Indre Shoal, with 2 fathoms over it at low water, lies 250 yards 
 S. 53° W. (S. 80° W. mag.) from Cape Noir Island, east point. 
 
 (125) 
 
 I Iff 
 
J 
 
 M 
 
 % 
 
 126 
 
 ST. PIERRE ISLAND. 
 
 Blanche Point, nearly a mile to the southwestward of Chasseurs 
 Island, is the rocky termination of a conical peninsula, Little 
 Harbor Head, 09 feet above high water. On this point is a con- 
 spicuous square rock. 
 
 Ravenel Bay runs in west of this point, and is the landing 
 place of some telegraphic cables. The east shore is foul, but near 
 the west shore there is a fine, clear, sandy bottom, with i^ fathoms 
 water and good shelter from offshore winds. Le Diamant, a peaked 
 rock, lies off the west point of this cove. 
 
 Shoals.— Two shoals, each with 3 fathoms water over it, lie in 
 the entrance of Ravenel Bay ; the outer, from which the top of the 
 rock off Diamant Point bears S. 80° W. (N. 73° W. mag.), distant 
 J mile. 
 
 Savoyard Point is the SW. extreme of the island, and is a pro- 
 longation of the fall of the high land. 
 
 Savoyard Shoal, with 3 feet water, lies 350 yards SW. of 
 this point, and between it and Diamant Point are several shoals, 
 the outer of which, Belier Shoal, with 6 feet water, is f mile N. 82° 
 W. (N. 55° W. mag.) from Diamant Point, and \ mile offshore. 
 The west shore of the island falls steeply to the sea and is bold-to. 
 
 (H. O. Chart No. 1059 ) 
 
 Henry Point, the north extreme of the island, is a low penin- 
 sula under high land. A shoal, with 12 feet water, lies close-to, 
 and a bank, with 4i fathoms, lies NE. 350 yards from the point. 
 
 Great Oolombier, 492 feet above high water, is bold, dark, and 
 steep, lying off the north end of St. Pierre, separated by Henry 
 Channel, 600 yards wide. A shoal, on which the depth is 2J fath- 
 oms, lies close to the west point of Great Colombier. 
 
 Little Shoal lies 450 yards N. 25° E. (N. 52° E. mag.) of the 
 west point of Grand Colombier. 
 
 • The head of the rock is solid, has a diameter of about 50 feet, 
 and is covered with 4i feet of water. At a distance of 17 yards 
 all around depths of 26 feet are found, and at 33 yards from 46 to 
 49 feet; bottom, sand, rock, coral, and pebbles. 
 
 The rock is covered with seaweed. 
 
 Little Colombier lies 180 yards NE. of Great Colombier, with 
 a clear channel between. 
 
 Colombier Shoal, with 12 feet water, lies N. 36° E. (N. 63° E. 
 mag.) 600 yards from Little Colombier SE. point. 
 
 Cape Blanc and Cape Rouge are so called from the color of 
 the cliffs. The former is 600 yards SE. of Henry Point, and i 
 mile farther SE. is Cape Rouge, a high red cliff. The coast is 
 bold-to from Cape Blanc to Cape Rouge. 
 
 Sim 
 
vd of Chasseurs 
 (ninsula, Little 
 point is a con- 
 is the landing 
 9 foul, but near 
 i^ith 4^ fathoms 
 imant, a peaked 
 
 ir over it, lie in 
 h the top of the 
 , mag.), distant 
 
 id, and is a pro- 
 yards SW. of 
 soveral shoals, 
 is i mile N. 82" 
 i^ mile offshore. 
 I, and is hold-to. 
 
 is a low penin- 
 )r, lies close-to, 
 m the point, 
 bold, dark, and 
 •ated by Henry 
 epth is 2| fath- 
 
 r» 
 
 S. mag.) of the 
 
 about 50 feet, 
 ice of 17 yards 
 ards from 46 to 
 
 lolombier, with 
 
 ° E. (N. 63° E. 
 
 )m the color of 
 y Point, and ^ 
 The coast is 
 
 11 
 
 CANON POINT — LIGHTS. 
 
 127 
 
 Oape Rouge Shoals lie off the cape, the eastern of which, with 
 12 feet water, is 400 yards distant. 
 
 Cape Aigle is south 800 yards from Cape Rouge, and the shore 
 is foul. 
 
 Little St. Pierre, a small islet, steep-to on the east side, lies i 
 mile ENE. of Cape Aigle, and is 17 feet high. There is no passage 
 between it and the main for ships. 
 
 Beacon. — A stone beacon, 16 feet high and painted black and 
 white in horizontal bands, stands on this islet. 
 
 Zb^ Bank, on which there is about one foot water, extends about 
 300 yards from the shore north from Canon Point. 
 
 Buoy. — The eastern edge of Zod Bank is marked by a buoy. 
 
 Oanon Point is a reef of rocks extending eastward from St. Pierre, 
 
 Lights. — The lighthouse at the extreme of Canon Point is a 
 square white building, 33 feet in height, with its SW. and SE. 
 sides painted red; it exhibits, at an elevation of 36 feet, a fixed 
 white light, which should be visible 6 miles. 
 
 At ^ mile N. 72° W. (N. 45° W. mag.) of Canon Point light is 
 a similar shaped and painted lighthouse, 36 feet in height, from 
 which a fixed red light is shown, at an elevation of 64 feet, which 
 should be visible 3 miles in clear weather. 
 
 These leading lights in line, bearing N. 73° W. (N. 46° W. mag.), 
 lead in mid-channel through the south entrance, and indicate the 
 best water between Bertrand Rocks and Chien Island. 
 
 La Vache is a rock situated 200 yards southward of the light- 
 house on Canon Point. 
 
 Beacon. — A beacon, 8 feet in height, stands on La Vache Rock. 
 
 Bertrand Rocks, J^ mile SE. of Canon Point, consist of low 
 rocks extending 350 yards from the shore. Between Canon Point 
 and Bertrand Rocks is the inner harbor of St. Pierre, which is 
 shoal and contracted by Monies Island. 
 
 Beacon.— A tower, 28 feet above the sea, and painted black and 
 white, stands on the eastern of the Bertrand Rocks. Vessels must 
 pass northeastward of this beacon. 
 
 St Louis Bank, with 4 feet water over ii, lies 250 yards NW. 
 by W. from the beacon oiw Bertrand Rocks. 
 
 Buoy. — The eastern side of St. Louis Bank is marked by a buoy, 
 and the lighthouses in line, bearing N. 73° W.(N. 46° "W. mag.), 
 lead NE. of this bank. 
 
 Olorinde Shoal, with If fathoms over it, lies 300 yards S. 40° 
 E. (S. 13° E. mag.) of Leconte Point light. 
 
 Chien Island is low, separated by South Channel, 500 yards 
 wide, from Bertrand Rocks, and is easily distinguished by a church 
 and a lighthouse. It is foul all around. 
 
 II 
 
 i 
 
 iij 
 
 msii% 
 
 ■MUM 
 
mm 
 
 128 
 
 ST. PIERRE INLAND. 
 
 Light. — On Leconte Point, the SW. point of Chien Island, is 
 a lighthouse paintetl red, from which is exhibited a fixed light at 
 an elevation of 63 feet above high water. The light shows white 
 between the bearings of N, 64° W. (N. 37° W. mag.) and N. 2i° 
 W. (N. 3° E. mag.); red from N. 24° W. (N. 3° E. mag.) round by 
 east to S. 81° E. (S. 64° E. mag.), and it should be visible 7 miles. 
 
 Massacre Island is a low islet 300 yards westward of Chien 
 Island. 
 
 Le Fl^tan is a rock situated near the western edge of the bank 
 extending from the west side of Chien Island. 
 
 Buoy. — The northern side of Le Fldtan Rock is marked by a 
 buoy. 
 
 Vainqueur Island lies NE. of Chien Island, and is separated 
 from it by Fl^tans Channel, 600 yards wide. Cape Chfevre, a 
 mound 103 feet high, is at the north end of this island, off which, 
 distant 200 yards, lies Plat Rock, 13 feet above high water. Black 
 Rock, 30 feet above high water, lies 700 yards eastward from the 
 same cape ; SE. of Vainqueur Island is Pelde Island, joined to it at 
 low water. 
 
 Pigeon Island, NNW. 300 yards from Vainqueur Island, is 
 wedge-shaped, the highest part, 90 feet above high water, being 
 over the north end. From this end some islets, Les Canailles, 
 extend 300 yards and are steep-to on the west and north sides. 
 
 Hach6 Book, 16 feet high, lies 300 yards off the east point of 
 Pigeon Island. 
 
 Qroz-nez, a conspicuous rock, 37 feet high, lies in Fldtans 
 Channel between Chien Island and Vainqueur Island. 
 
 From Black Rock to Diamant Point the coast is bordered by 
 rocks and shoals, some of which are nearly a mile from the shore. 
 The following are the most dangerous : 
 
 Enfant Perdu, a small rock, 3 feet above nigh water, is ESE. 
 1,200 yards ESE. from Pelde Island. 
 
 Little Shoal, with 10 feet water on it, is 400 yards beyond in 
 the same direction. 
 
 Great Shoal lies 660 yards N. 57° E. (N. 84° E. mag.) from 
 Enfant Perdu, and has 6 feet water on it^. 
 
 Les Oaillouz de terre is a large bank, with 3f fathoms least 
 water, SW. nearly ^ mile from Enfant Perdu. 
 
 Bataille Bank, with 3i fathoms water, lies 1,300 yards ESE. 
 from the lighthouse on Chien Island. 
 
 A Bock, covered with 3 fathoms at low water, lies on the 
 southern edge of this bank. 
 
 O^lin Shoal, with 6 fathoms water, lies ENE. i E. 1^ miles, 
 and Caillou au Chat, with 8 fathoms, E. .by N. nearly a mile from 
 Galantry Head light. 
 
/hien Island, is 
 X fixed light at 
 lit shows white 
 ig.) and N. 24° 
 mag.) round by- 
 visible 7 miles, 
 ward of Chien 
 
 ge of the bank 
 
 s marked by a 
 
 ad is separated 
 ape Chfevre, a 
 ind, off which, 
 water. Black 
 vard from the 
 , joined to it at 
 
 leur Island, is 
 1 water, being 
 Les Canailles, 
 arth sides. 
 B east point of 
 
 es in Fldtans 
 
 d. 
 
 s bordered by 
 
 rom the shore. 
 
 vater, is ESE. 
 
 •ds beyond in 
 
 S. mag.) from 
 
 fathoms least 
 
 ) yards ESE. 
 
 , lies on the 
 
 E. 1^ miles, 
 Y a mile from 
 
 TOWN OF ST. PIERRE. 
 
 129 
 
 1° 
 
 Oat Rook, with 5 fathoms over it, lies 1^ miles N. 82° E. (S 
 E. mag.) from Galuntry Head light. 
 
 Clearing Marks.— Henry Point, the north extreme of St. 
 Pierre, open north of lies Canailles, bearing N. 00° W. (N. 33° W. 
 mag.), leads NE. o.' a,il the above rocks. Blanche P(jint, open 
 south of Chasseurs Island, bearing S. 66° W. (N. 88° W. mag.), 
 leads south of these dangers, with the exception of Cat Rock; 
 when in the vicinity of the supposed position of that danger, the 
 whole of Little Harbor Head Peninsula should be open of Chas- 
 seurs Island, bearing 8. 8.3° W. (N. 70° W. mag.), to lead south. 
 
 Les Grappinots, with 7 fathoms water, lies 600 yards ESE. 
 from Chasseurs Island. 
 
 Orappin Shoal, with 4i fathoms water, lies SSE. + E. f mile, 
 nearly, from Chasseurs Island. 
 
 Tournioure Shoals are three in number, the center of which, 
 and the shoaler, has 10 feet water, and is SW. ^ W. a little more 
 than ^ mile from Blanche Point. 
 
 Bonnidre Shoal, with 6 fathoms water, lies 1^ miles SW. by S. 
 from Blanche Point. 
 
 Marne Shoal, with 15 feet water, is situated south a little more 
 than a mile from Diamant Point. 
 
 St Pierre. — The town of St. Pierre stands on the northern side 
 01 the Barachois de St. Pierre, or inner harbor, and is the residence 
 of the Governor of the French Islands; it is also the headquarters 
 for the French squadron in Newfoundland. In 1892 the popula- 
 tion was 6, 703 ; during the fishing season some thousands are tempo- 
 rarily added to this number. The chief buildings are the Gover- 
 nor's house, the courts of justice, a large church and convent, and 
 the treasury and post office. 
 
 The United States is represented by a consular agent. 
 
 Oommunication.— The Boston, Halifax, and Prince Edwards 
 Steamship Company's steamships bring the mails twice a month ; 
 there is a steamer from Halifax to Newfoundland which calls at 
 St. Pierre, and a fortnightly steamer from Halifax to the Bras 
 d'Or Lakes, Cape Breton, St. Pierre, and Placentia. 
 
 Submarine Telegraph Cables.— There are two submarine 
 cables between France and St. Pierre; two between Newfoundland 
 and Cape Breton, via St. Pierre; two between St. Pierre and Mas- 
 sachusetts, U. S., and one between St. Pierre and Cape Breton; 
 two of the cables are landed at St. Pierre Harbor. 
 
 Coal and Supplies. — P^-ovisions and water can be obtained, also 
 coal; about 1,000 tons available. 
 
 Patent slips. — There are two patent slips and another building. 
 No. 1 is 147 feet in length, will take up a vessel of 300 tons, and 
 has 9i feet forward and 13i feet aft on the blocks; No. 2 is 75 feet 
 
 I 
 
 MMMSSn 
 
180 
 
 HT. PIKIinE I8LANI). 
 
 in longtli, will tiiko upavesHol of 100 tons, ftud has 8^ feot forwiird 
 and Hi foot aft on the blocks. 
 
 Pilots. — Tho oniploymont <tf a pilot to outer this port is com- 
 pulsory for vessels of 80 tons and over, and the payment will be 
 enforced if a properly distinguishod pilot offers his services, whether 
 accepted or not. The pilot boats are painted red and blue, and 
 fly a blue flag. One of the port ofllcers directs vessels whore to 
 anchor. 
 
 Pilot Charges. — Vessels of war, ?ll to f?16. Merchant vessels 
 from 80 to 100 terns, 86; 100 to 120 tons, $0; 120 to IGO, $7; 160 to 
 200, $8 ; 200 to 300 tons, ^9. For larger vessels, $1 per 100 tons. 
 Detention, §2 per day. 
 
 Dues. — Twenty-five cents per net registered ton. 
 
 Ice. — St. Pierre ^^irbor was frozen over in 1^74, this being the 
 only occasion during the last forty years. Field ice appears in 
 February and disajjpears about the end of March ; it rarely closes 
 the harbor, and vessels come and go all the year round. 
 
 Hospital. — There is a hospital having 70 beds, but before a 
 patient can be admitted a permit must be obtained from the Gov- 
 ernor or Commandant. Charges, $1.40 per day for each man. Tlie 
 lazaretto is on Chien Island. 
 
 Telephone Cable. — A telephone cable connects St. Pierre with 
 Chien Island. The cable starts from a point a little to westward 
 of Cape Aigle, runs in the direction of Little St. Pierre, and near 
 that islet turns to the southward and lands in Trdhouart Cove. 
 
 Vessels should avoid anchoring over this cable, and in case it 
 should be picked up by their anchors it should be dropped and care 
 taken not to damage it. 
 
 Anchorage. — Largo vessels may anchor as convenient between 
 a line drawn NNW. from the battery on Chien Island and a line 
 NW. by N. from the east point of Massacre Island, in which space 
 there are from 7 to 15 fathoms water in mid-channel. The most 
 dangerous winds are from NE., whereby the heaviest sea is pro- 
 duced, and to guard against which vessels should moor. 
 
 No vessels should proceed south of this anchorage without local 
 knowledge or without a pilot. 
 
 Directions for St. Pierre Harbor. — North Channel, between 
 Pigeon and St. Pierre Islands, is wide and easy for sailing vessels 
 working to windward ; it is the only one that should be taken by 
 largo vessels. 
 
 From the eastward, Henry Point open north of Les Canailles, 
 bearing N. 60° E. (N. 33° W. mag.), clears Great Shoal, and the 
 islets off Vainqueur and Flg«on Islands may be approached close- 
 to. When standing in north of Little St. Pierre, that islet must 
 be kept open west of the battery on the NW. point of Chien 
 
 -r^m 
 
^>t feot forward 
 
 8 i)ort is com- 
 byment will bo 
 •vicos, whother 
 and blue, and 
 jssgIh Avhero to 
 
 wchant vessels 
 ICO, $7; 160 to 
 1 per 100 tons. 
 
 this being the 
 ice appears in 
 t rarely closes 
 nd. 
 
 but before a 
 From the Gov- 
 3h man. The 
 
 t. Pierre with 
 e to westward 
 Jrre, and near 
 uart Cove, 
 ind in case it 
 pped and care 
 
 lient between 
 nd and a line 
 I which space 
 )1. The most 
 st sea is pro- 
 or. 
 without local 
 
 inel, between 
 
 liling vessels 
 
 be taken by 
 
 es Canailles, 
 loal. and the 
 iached close- 
 it islet must 
 at of Chien 
 
 mm. 
 
 DIUWTIONS. 
 
 181 
 
 Island, bearing S. 3 W. (S. 30° W. mug.), to clear Cape R«mge 
 
 Shoals. 
 
 When working to windward, care sliould bo taken to guard 
 against the wpialls that swoop down from tlio high land botwooii 
 Great Colombier and Cape Diablo on the north and Capo Aiglo on 
 the south sido. 
 
 When working along the coast of Chion Island, tho lighthouse 
 on Canon Point should bo kept oponof tho west point of Ma.ssacro 
 Island, bearing S. 51° W. (S. 78 W. mag.), in ordor to clear the 
 shoals off the west shore of Chion Island. 
 
 At Night, the red light, near the town of St. Pierre, opon of 
 Capo Aigle, bearing S. Z)!" W. (8. 78° W. mag.), clears Capo Rouge 
 
 Shoals. 
 
 DireotionB for South Channel.— This channel is between Ber- 
 trand Rocks and Chien Island, and will admit vessels drawing loss 
 than 14 feet water. The lighthouse north of tho town in lino with 
 Canon Point lighthouse, bearing N. 73° W. (N. 4(i° W. mag.), 
 leads between St. Louis Bank and Rallier Shoal, but the channel 
 is barely 200 yards wide; when Cape Aigle and the east extreme of 
 Massacre Island are touching, bearing N. 11° E. (N. 88° E. mag.), 
 N. 40° W. (N. 13° W. mag.), course should be steered for tho bea- 
 con standing on a large white stone on the brow of the hill north- 
 ward of the town, until Vigie d' Aigremont, a hillock 87 feot high, 
 south of the town, is in line with the lighthouse on Canon Point, 
 S. 27° W. (S. 54° W. mag.); this mark will lead to the anchorage. 
 
 At Night.— The sector of white light from Leconte Point light- 
 house shows over Caillou an Chat, Gt^lin Shoal and the assumed 
 position of Cat Rock, but by keeping in the white sector between 
 the bearings of N. 24° W. (N. 3° E. mag.) and N. 41° W. (N. 14° 
 W. mag.). South Channel may be approached between these dan- 
 gers and Indre Shoal. The leading lights in line, bearing N. 73° 
 W. (N. 40° W. mag.), lead NE. of G^lin Shoal, close southward 
 of Bataille Bank and across the bar between St. Louis Bank and 
 
 Rallier Shoal. 
 
 Fl^tans Channel.- To enter St. Pierre Harbor by this channel, 
 steer N. 72° W. (N. 45° W. mag.) for Leconte Point lighthouse, 
 and when Cape Bawdry, the NE. extreme of Chien Island, comes 
 in line with Gros-nez Rock, bearing N. 15° W. (N. 12° E. mag.), 
 that mark should be kept on until within 200 yards of Gros-nez 
 Rock, passing between the shoals off Chien and Vainqueur Islands. 
 Gros-nez should be left 100 yards to the westward, and thence a 
 course made to pass 200 yards east of Cape Bawdry, when the 
 anchorage may be steered for. 
 
 Directions in Foggy Weather.— In consequence of the many 
 outlying rocks, it is extremely hazardous to approach St. Pierre 
 
V.\2 
 
 ST, IMKUUK INLAND. 
 
 
 fluriiiK f'^ffS' If ol)1iK0(l to Jimk(> tlio attompt, which Hhould not bo 
 rttt(>in|ttt (1 except in ii Hteiuiier, ii few hints nmy he useful. If tol- 
 oruhly sure of tiio position, an endeavor sliould l)e made to si^ht 
 land in the vicinity of Cape Coup»^ on the south coast of Little 
 Mi(|uolon Island, and thou steor across for the west side of St. 
 Pierre; coast tluvt island to th(> northward, and then pass through 
 Henry Channel, close south of Great Colonibier, to its SE, point, 
 whence steer S. 40° E. (8. IT E. mag.) for U miles and S. 6(1" W. 
 (8. H.'j" W. ma)?.) one mile to the anchorage. This should not be 
 attempted by a steamer unless Little Mitixudon Island luw been seen 
 before the fog came down and beariugs taken of it, and above all 
 in moderate weather. 
 
 Barachois de St. Pierre, or the inner harbor, is available for 
 small vessels only. The holding ground is inditferent, there is 
 little sea, and vessels that ground are rarely damaged. A number 
 of schooners lay up there for the winter. 
 
 The harbor has been partly dredged, and there is not less than 
 10 feet at low water on the bar t entrance (1895). 
 
 Buoys. — ^Two warping buoys are moored between Monies Island 
 and Canon Point. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, fiill and change, at St. Pierre at 8li. 33m. ; 
 springs rise GA feet, neaps 4^ feet. 
 
 Tidal . Streams. — The flood stream flows to the northward 
 through South and Fldtans Channels, and out to the northeastward 
 through North Channel, but this regularity is only found near the 
 shore. At a short distance seaward, the current runs almost con- 
 stantly to the northward, and is very little influenced by the feeble 
 tidal stream of these localities. In the anchorage, the tidal stream 
 is sometimes of sufficient force to swing ships against a strong 
 breeze. The ebb flows in the opposite direction to the flood. 
 
 Between St. Pierre and Little Miquelon the flood stream runs 
 NE. in the direction of the channel, and turns one or 1^ hours after 
 high water, but often continues to run in the same direction all 
 through the ebb at a reduced rate. The currents and tides are, 
 however, very irregular, and no dependence can be placed on any 
 particular direction or rate. 
 
 Cod Fishery. — This industry is principally prosecuted by ves- 
 sels equipped at the northern ports of France, averaging from 120 
 to 200 tons each, and which leave on the Ist of March. Some pro- 
 ceed at once to the Newfoundland Banks, but the great number 
 go first to St. Pierre for herring, and they all return to St. Pierre 
 for a second supply of bait in June. The method adopted is for 
 the vessels to anchor on the Banks, while bultows are laid out in 
 large undecked boats, sometimes as far as 6 miles from the vessel. 
 This system is attended by frequent loss of life, the boats being 
 
:;h Hlumld not bo 
 3 usoful. If tol- 
 Ht mmh* to Hifflit 
 
 I coiust of Little 
 vmt Bido of St. 
 en pass tlirough 
 to its SE. point, 
 s and 8. Sii" W. 
 H should not be 
 nd hna been seen 
 t, and above all 
 
 is available for 
 ffevent, there is 
 fed. A number 
 
 is not less than 
 
 II Moulos Island 
 
 jrre at 8h. 33m. ; 
 
 the northward 
 ) northeastward 
 • found near the 
 ans almost con- 
 ad by the feeble 
 :he tidal stream 
 gainst a strong 
 the flood. 
 )d stream runs 
 r 1| hours after 
 le direction all 
 and tides are, 
 placed on any 
 
 secuted by ves- 
 aging from 120 
 ch. Some pro- 
 great number 
 •n to St. Pierre 
 adopted is for 
 are laid out in 
 rom the vessel, 
 lie boats being 
 
 lilTTLK MHIITKLON ISLAND. 
 
 1 X\ 
 
 unable ot times to return to the voss»>1h, and the latter occasionally 
 go down at their andiors. 
 
 On the west coast of Newfoundland the vpssoIs follow the fish 
 from south to north till the caplin have disappoured, when tlioy 
 repair to the several ports at which the catcOi is to bo cured, and 
 after tlie vessels are moored, the crows lish with bultows off their 
 respective anclioragoH till the end of the si'uson. 
 
 On the north coast of Newfoundland vessels have a position 
 assigned to each for a term of Ave years, and they proceed direct 
 from France to these posts, where they are moored. The crew then 
 fish with seine, hook and line, or bultows. 
 
 (H. O. Chart No. 1055.) 
 
 Oreen Island, N. 40° E. (N. 07" E. mag.) -li miles from the east 
 point of Great Colombier, is i mile long, 15(5 feet high, and is so 
 called from the color. Southward J mile from it are some islets, 
 the outer of which. Enfant Perdu, is 1| miles south from Green 
 Island. 
 
 A Rook that covers at two-thirds flood is the eastern of these 
 rocks, and is t mile 8. 5° E. (S. 32° W. mag.) from the east point of 
 Green Island. There is a good passage between Green Island and 
 the islets off it, and the water is deep all round this group. 
 
 Little Miquelon or Langlade Island, 3 miles NW. of St. 
 Pierre Island, is steep-to, and the sides are cliffy except at the 
 north part. The summit, nearly flat, has an elevation of 656 feet. 
 The general appearance is flat, but when seen from the westward 
 some hummocks show out at the north end. From the south ex- 
 treme of Little Miquelon to the south end of the sandy neck join- 
 ing it to Great Miquelon is 7 miles; the sandy neck is 6i miles 
 long, and from its north extremity to the north point of Great 
 Miquelon is 9 miles. At the north extreme of the shingle beach is 
 a large pond, called Great Barachois, to which small schooners 
 find access at high water, entering from the east side of the beach. 
 
 A Reef, which breaks, extends about 200 yards from Plate 
 Point, the west extreme of the island. 
 
 Light — The lighthouse on Plate Point, 127 feet in height, 
 painted black and white in horizontal bands, exhibits, at an eleva- 
 tion of 154 feet, a fixed white light, which should be visible in 
 clear weather from 10 to 12 miles. 
 
 Fog Signal. — During thiqk weather, fogs, or snowstorms, a 
 siren is sounded twice every minute as follows : sound for eight 
 seconds, silence eight seconds, sound for eight seconds, followed 
 by silence of thirty-six seconds. 
 
 The siren produces a trembling sound, and is shriller than that 
 on Galantry Head. Should the siren be disabled, a gun will be 
 fired at intervals of twenty minutes. 
 
I 
 
 ■i 
 
 134 
 
 GREAT MIQUELON ISLAND. 
 
 La Bale, as the passage between St. Pierre and Little Miquelon 
 is named by the inhabitants, is deep and the shores forming it are 
 bold. 
 
 Anchorage may be obtained on the east side of the long shingle 
 beach which joins Great Miquelon and Little Miquelon Islands, but 
 it is exposed. The best place is off the north shore of Little 
 Miquelon in 6+ fathoms, near a cove just east of the guard station. 
 
 Great Miquelon Island ie. very irregular in outline, with hills 
 ranging from 656 to 813 feet in height. From the NW. extreme a 
 tongue of land extends in nearly a semicircle, forming Miquelon 
 Road. On this tongue are several conspicuous hills and a large 
 settlement with a prominent church; in 1892 the population was 
 5-44. Cape Miquelon, the north extreme, is a steep cliff 600 feet 
 high and bold-to. 
 
 Shoal. — A dangerous shoal, with 2 fathoms water on it, lies 
 westward of Great Miquelon Inland, with Seal Rocks bearing N. 
 44° W. (N. 71° W. mag.), distai^t about 2 miles. 
 
 Briand Shoal, which is dangerous, lies off the west coast of 
 Great Miquelon Island, about 1^ miles from the nearest shore ; it 
 is very small in extent, has 13 feet water over it, and 11 fathoms 
 around ; from it Cape Blanc lighthouse bears N. 24° E. (N. 52° E. 
 mag.), and Chapeau de Miquelon N. 76° E. (S. 77° E. mag.). 
 
 Caution. — Mariners are recommended not to use the channel 
 between Seal Rocks and Great Miquelon Island until further 
 examination of the locality has been made. 
 
 Chatte Rocks are on a shoal which stretches off about 1,200 
 yards from the south side of Miquelon Road, ^ mile from a point 
 a little more than i mile NNE. of Chapeau de Miquelon, a conical 
 hill, 374 feet high, on the north shore of Great Miquelon. 
 
 Buoy. — A buoy, painted black and white in horizontal bands, 
 is moored in 19 feet water, 66 yards northward of Chatte Rocks. 
 
 Light. — A lighthouse, 49 feet in height, the lower part of which 
 is colored white, and the upper part black, with a white lantern, 
 stands on Cape Blanc, on the NW. point of Great Miquelon, and 
 exhibits, at an elevation of 103 feet, an intermittent white light, 
 with red sector ; every minute one flash of 10 seconds duration. It 
 is visible, white 16, red 15 miles. 
 
 The red sector is partially obscured to the northeastward by 
 Calvary Hills; it is not visible southward of a line passing about 
 220 yards northward of Chatte Rocks, so that vessels approa<!hing 
 Miquelon Road, with the light in sight, will pass northward of 
 Outer Miquelon and Chatte Rocks ; it is also obscured to the south- 
 ward by the hills of Great Miquelon Island. 
 
 The ray of red light shown over Seal Rocks extends about one 
 mile northwestward and 1^ miles southeastward of that group. 
 
1 Little Miquelon 
 'es formiug it are 
 
 ' the long shingle 
 lelon Islands, but 
 L shore of Little 
 h.e guard station. 
 )utline, with hills 
 e N"W. extreme a 
 arming Miquelon 
 hills and a large 
 3 population was 
 eep cliff 600 feet 
 
 water on it, lies 
 locks bearing N. 
 
 le west coast of 
 nearest shore ; it 
 , and 11 fathoms 
 >A° E. (N. 52° E. 
 ° E. mag.), 
 use the channel 
 id until further 
 
 off about 1,200 
 ile from a point 
 uelon, a conical 
 iuelon. 
 
 Jrizontal bands, 
 Ohatte Rocks. 
 3r part of which 
 I white lantern, 
 ; Miquelon, and 
 ent white light, 
 is duration. It 
 
 rtheastward by 
 e passing about 
 els approaching 
 s northward of 
 •ed to the south- 
 ends about one 
 that group. 
 
 ^?Ti^*gKffiV^^.3g^' 
 
 MIQUELON ROCKS. 
 
 135 
 
 Anchorage.— Sheltered anchorage may be obtained with winds 
 from north round by west to S. by E., in 6 fathoms water, off the 
 settlement, with fair holding ground. 
 
 Seal Rocks are two groups of dangerous rocks, ^ mile from 
 each other; the highest, 18 feet above high water, is 6^ miles S. 48° 
 W. (S. 75° W. mag.) from Cape Blanc light, and is steep-to all 
 around. 
 
 Miquelon Rocks are a group of rocks on a shoal spit extending 
 li miles in an easterly directi(ju from Soldier Point, 5 miles to the 
 southeastward of Miquelon Road. The eastern and highest is 
 nearly 1^ miles from the point, about 10 feet above high water, 
 and steep-to on the east side. 
 
 Outer Miquelon Rock, on which the depth is 10 feet, is the 
 easternmost danger from Soldier Point, and lies 2f miles N. 34° E. 
 (N. 61° E. mag.) from the eastern Miquelon Rock. A shoal, with 
 7i fathoms water over it, lies about 800 yards S. 63° W. (West mag.) 
 of Outer Miquelon Rock, and Patracan, with the same depth of 
 water over it, is 2i miles N. 67° E. (S. 86° E. mag.) from Soldier 
 Point. Landry Bank, on which the depth is 4i fathoms, lies 2i 
 miles S. 85° E. (S. 58° E. mag.) from the same point. 
 
 Tides.— -It is high water, full and change, in Miquelon Roads at 
 8h. 33m. ; springs rise 3i feet. 
 
 i 
 
CHAPTER V. 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND, SOUTH COAST.— CREW POINT TO CAPE RAY. 
 
 (H. O. Chart No. 1103.) 
 
 Fortune Bay — From Crew Point to Pass Island is N. by W. 35 
 miles, forming the entrance to Fortune Bay, about 67 mile8 deep, 
 containing numerous bays, harbors, and islands. 
 
 Caution.— The currents are irregular i^i this bay, especially in 
 the neighborhood of the Plate and Brunet Islands. 
 
 At night or in thick weather, too much dependence should not 
 be placed on the soundings, as the water is often as deep near the 
 shores as in the middle of the bay. 
 
 Brunet Island, nearly in the middle of the entrance to Fortune 
 Bay, is surmounted by a ridge 528 feet high, extending from the 
 west extreme along the north shore, while at the east extreme are 
 several hills, that appear from a distance as separate islands. 
 
 Light— Mercer Head lighthouse, 30 feet in height, a square 
 building painted white with a red roof, and a tower rising from 
 its center, exhibits, at an elevation of 408 feet, a jlashing white light 
 every ten seconds, visible in all directions except when obscured 
 by the land between the bearings N. 85° E. (S. 68° E. mag.) and 
 S. 28° E. (S. 1° E. mag.). The light should be visible 23 miles, 
 but, from its great height, it is frequently obscured by fog, when 
 the land below is seen. 
 
 Fish Rock, with 3i fathoms over it, lies 600 yards S. 6° W. (S. 
 33° W. mag.) from the lighthouse on Mercer Head. 
 
 Anchorage.— There is fair anchorage for vessels in a bay off the 
 east side in from 6 to 13 fathoms water, with shelter from southerly 
 and westerly winds, but some rocks that are off the head of the bay, 
 nearly i mile from the shore, should be guarded against, also a 
 shoal, with 15 feet water over it, lying 800 yards N. 87° W. (N. 
 60° W. mag.) from Little Cape. 
 
 Meior Cove, on the south side of the island, affords good 
 sheltered anchorage for small vessels in from 3 to 6 fathoms water, 
 eastward of Harbor Rock (awash at high water) in the middle of 
 the cove, which may be passed on either side. The entrance, i 
 mile in width, is between Major Point on the north, and Pancake, 
 18 feet high, on the south side, and the cove is f mile deep, the 
 water in it shoaling toward the head ; there are several houses on 
 the shores. 
 
 Harbor Shoal, with 4i fathoms water over it, lies 700 yards 
 south (S. 27° W. mag.) from Major Point. 
 
 (136) 
 
.^.wiaaiiifiiiiafeiwtifftiaai'igJEa 
 
 TO CAPE RAY. 
 
 d is N. by W. 35 
 it 67 miles deep, 
 
 ay, especially in 
 
 3nce should not 
 .s deep near the 
 
 ance to Fortune 
 ending from the 
 ast extreme are 
 ite islands, 
 eight, a square 
 ver rising from 
 liing white light 
 when obscured 
 i° E. mag.) and 
 isible 23 miles, 
 d by fog, when 
 
 ds S. 6° W. (8. 
 
 in a bay off the 
 from southerly 
 lead of the bay, 
 against, also a 
 N. 87° W. (N. 
 
 I, aifords good 
 fathoms water, 
 1 the middle of 
 rhe entrance, :j^ 
 , and Pancake, 
 mile deep, the 
 i^eral houses on 
 
 lies 700 yards 
 
 fe- 
 
 I 
 
 CREW POINT. 
 
 137 
 
 Water. — Water may be obtained from streams flowing into this 
 cove. 
 
 Ice. — Ice approached Brunet Island between 20th March and 
 6th April, 1867; this may be considered as the western inshore 
 limit of the eastern ice. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, at Brunet Island at 
 9h. 3m. ; springs rise 6i feet, neaps 4^ feet. 
 
 Little Brunet Islands are a group lying close off the south 
 coast of Brunet Island. 
 
 Bird Island has a sharj* peak 384 feet high, and i mile west of 
 it lie Brandies Rocks, which uncover 2 feet at low water. 
 
 PufEln Bank, with 3^ fathoms water over it, lies 1,400 yards 
 eastward of PuflBn Island. 
 
 Plate Islands are three rocky islets; Big Plate Island, the 
 nearest, is 49 feet high and lies WSW. 4i miles SW. from the 
 west end of Brunet Island ; Little Plate Island, the southernmost, 
 is 33 feet high and If miles farther SW. 
 
 As will be seen by the chart, numerous dangers surround these 
 islands; all those with less than 10 fathoms are said to break in 
 bad weather, and they should not be approached within a mile. 
 
 Sagona Island, 256 feet high, is 6 miles NNE. from Little 
 Cn,pe. On the west side is a small inlet, only suitable for fishing 
 V isels; and a sunken rock in the middle of the entrance makes 
 vhe passage difficult except in very fine weather. Numerous 
 banks, some of which break in bad weather, surround Sagona 
 Island. 
 
 Crew Point (formerly known as May Point), the south extreme 
 of Fortune Bay, may be recognized by Sugarloaf, a conspicuous 
 conical rock 26 feet high, and close southward of the point is a 
 cluster of houses and a flagstaff. A dangerous ledge of rocks 
 extend 1,200 yards westward from the point, and Crew Point 
 Shoal, with 6i fathoms water over it, lies li miles S. 57° W. (S. 
 84° W. mag.) from the point. Little Dantzic Cove lies If miles 
 north of Crew Point, and 2 miles beyond is situated Great Dantzic 
 Cove, the north point of which is Dantzic Point. The holding 
 ground in this cove is bad. 
 
 Fortune Head, 7i miles NE. of Dantzic Point, is formed of 
 steep cliffs, with rocks off -lying for 200 yards ; over the west ex- 
 treme of the head is a hillock. 
 
 Fortune, ^ mile SE. from Fortune Head, has anchorage off the 
 village in from 6 to 10 fathoms water, but the holding ground is 
 very bad, the bottom being of smooth rock. The best holding 
 ground is well over toward Fortune Head in 7 fathoms water, but 
 the anchorage should only be used in fine weather. At the west 
 end of the village is a shallow basin protected by two breakwaters, 
 into which fishing vessels can enter at quarter flood. 
 
 i ?ii 
 
 t^ 
 
 I 
 
 ..«3AtSe!(!( 
 
138 
 
 NEAVFOUNDLAND — SOUTH COAST. 
 
 'I 
 
 ? 
 
 Ip 
 
 Oommun' cation. — The Coasjtal Steamship Company's steamer 
 from St. Johns calls fortnightly during summer and autumn. 
 
 Ice. — Fortune Bay is stated to have been only once frozen over 
 during the last twenty-five years, and the harbor is always open. 
 
 Jerseyman Bank, the south extreme of which is G miles south- 
 westward of Dantzic Point, extends neai-ly 10 miles in a general 
 north and south direction, and has on it from 20 to 34 fathoms 
 water. 
 
 Grand Bank Head, 3i miles NE, by E. of Fortune Head, is 
 steep, and 187 feet high. Admiral Cove, immediately east of this 
 cape, affords anchorage in from 5 to 10 fathoms water, as con- 
 venient. 
 
 The village of Grand Bank, off which anchorage may be obtained 
 in 10 fathoms water, is on Bouilli Point, one mile SE. of the head. 
 
 Grand Bank Head appears from the northward and eastward as , 
 a flat-topped conical-shaped hill, which in thick weather is a good 
 landmark. 
 
 Communication. — The Coastal Steamship Company's steamer 
 from St. Johns calls fortnightly during summer and autumn. 
 
 Light. — From a beacon, 23 feet in height, painted red and white 
 in horizontal bands, situated 100 yards S. 83° W. (N. 70° W. mag.) 
 from the extreme of the breakwater at Grand Bank, a fixed red 
 light is exhibited at an elevation of 28 feet, which should be visible 
 6 miles, between the bearings S. 63° E. (S. 36° E. mag.), through 
 south, to S. 61° W. (S. 88° W. mag.). 
 
 "Water. — Water can be obtained by sending a boat up Grand 
 Bank Brook at high water. 
 
 Ice. — Field ice appears at the end of February and leaves early 
 in April ; ves'-.els arrive during the first week in March and leave 
 toward the latter end of December ; this harbor has only been 
 frozen over twice (in 1875-76) in the last 30 years. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, ir Grand Bank at 8h. 
 48m. ; springs rise 6^ feet, neaps 5^ feet. 
 
 Coast. — Grand Beach Point, nearly 11 miles eastward of Grand 
 Bank Head, is a low projection covered with trees. Scott Rock, 
 with 4J fathoms water over it, lies 1,300 yards N. 51° W. (N. 24° 
 W. mag.) from the point. 
 
 Grand Beach is at the head of a cove, eastward of the point. 
 This place is much frequented by vessels of the herring fishery 
 during the spring season. 
 
 White Point, 3^ miles farther northeastward, is composed of 
 bare granite; the coast from this northeastward; for 5 miles, is 
 fronted by rocks, known as Garnish Rocks, extending nearly 2 
 miles offshore, and having no safe passage between-them and the 
 land. 
 
 ^V'■;■?S■-«AS^SS'l'v?*Ka%^Ka*/4^^S4WS«i•w: 
 
mpany's steamer 
 md autumn, 
 
 once frozen over 
 r is always open. 
 
 is G miles south- 
 liles in a general 
 20 to 34 fathoms 
 
 fortune Head, is 
 ately east of this 
 is water, as con- 
 
 I may be obtained 
 1 SE. of the head. 
 . and eastward as 
 weather is a good 
 
 mpany's steamer 
 and autumn, 
 ied red and white 
 (N. 70° W. mag.) 
 3ahk, a fixed red 
 should be visible 
 1. mag.), through 
 
 a, boat up Grand 
 
 and leaves early 
 
 March and leave 
 
 )r has only been 
 
 i. 
 
 rand Bank at 8h. 
 
 istward of Grand 
 3es. Scott Rock, 
 r. 51° W. (N. 24° 
 
 ard of the point, 
 e herring fishery 
 
 I, is composed of 
 'd; for 5 miles, is 
 tending nearly 2 
 een-them and the 
 
 OAKNI8H LIGHT. 
 
 139 
 
 Caution. — The fishermen of this locality are not trustworthy 
 pilots except for the pass to Frenchman Cove. 
 
 Frenchman Cove, situated 3f miles northeastward of White 
 Point, affords fair anchorage, for small vessels, in 4 or 5 fathoms 
 water. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Frenchman Cove 
 at 8h. 47m. ; springs rise 7 feet, neaps oj feet. 
 
 Garnish, a small boat harbor, 1^ miles northeastward of French- 
 man Cove, has a considerable settlement and a church. 
 
 Light. — From a square tower, 33 feet in height, painted red and 
 white, at the entrance to Garnish, a fixed red light is exhibited, at 
 an elevation of 20 feet. This light is only intended for the fishing 
 craft of the locality, and is rarely seen beyond a distance of 3 
 miles. 
 
 Coast. — Rosde Point terminates in some remarkable conical hill- 
 ocks 9^ miles northward of Garnish ; some rocks lie off the inter- 
 veiling coast, the principal being Charley and Tilt Rocks, with 
 depths of 13, J*A less than d feet, over them, respectively; they are 
 more than | mile offshore, and Hay Shoals are nearly one mile off 
 Scott Point. The coast NE. of Ros^e Point consists of bold rocky 
 cliffs. 
 
 Grand Jervey Cove, 7^ miles NE. of Rosde Point, has exposed 
 anchorage in. 14 fathoms water. 
 
 Langue de Cerf Cove, 8 miles eastward of Grand Jervey, affords 
 anchorage in 16 fathoms water, with shelter from all winds except 
 those between WSW. and North. 
 
 Jack Fountain Cove, 2 miles NE. of Langue de Cerf Point, has 
 a small village surrounding it, and there is anchorage for small 
 vessels in 7 fathoms water, but Jack Fountain Rock lies in the 
 middle of the cove. 
 
 Bay I'Argent, and Bay I'Argent Back Cove, the former witli a 
 few houses round it, are situated respectively on the east and west 
 side of a peninsula just NE. of Jack Fountain Cove, and afford 
 no anchorage for ships, but small craft find shelter in them close 
 to the shore. 
 
 East Bay lies north of Bay I'Argent, and may be recognized by 
 Boat Rock, an is' ^ feet high, resembling a boat under sail, lying 
 in the entrance. 
 
 A mile inside of Boat Rock the bay divides into two arms, one 
 extending one mile east, and the other 2 miles NE. Little Harbor, 
 of small extent, is on the north side of the NE. arm | mile from 
 the head, and Lower Little Bay, encumbered with shoals, is at the 
 head of the eastern arm. Anchorage may be had at the head of 
 either arm of East Bay. 
 
 14910 10 
 
 '$ 
 
 
NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH COAST. 
 
 Mille Harbor is a small cove one mile north of East Bay en- 
 trance, affording good shelter for small vessels. 
 
 Gape MlUe is a high, red, barren, rocky point, 7 miles from the 
 head of Fortune Bay. The width of the bay at this cape is If miles, 
 but opens out to double that breadth immediately west of the cape. 
 
 The coast east of this on both sides is high, with steep cliffs, and 
 at the head of Fortune Bay the shore h steep-to and free from dan- 
 ger; there is a large settlement, off which anchorage may be ob- 
 tained in from 7 to 9 fathoms. 
 
 Grand le Pierre Harbor, on the north side of the bay, 2 miles 
 from the head, is a good harbor, with anchorage in 4 to 8 fathoms, 
 and no danger in the approach. 
 
 Tides.— It is high water, full and change, in Grand le Pierre 
 Harbor at 9h. 10m. ; springs rise 7 feet, neaps 5 feet. 
 
 English Harbor, with good anchorage in from 4 to 10 fathoms 
 water, and sheltered from all but southerly winds, is situated 4^ 
 miles SW. of Grand le Pierre; rocks lie close off the entrance 
 points, otherwise the harbor is clear. There are two inner harbors, 
 which can be entered by small craft at high water, and a small vil- 
 lage is at the head. 
 
 Little Bay de I'Eau, about 1^ miles SW, of English Harbor, 
 has some islets and roclcs off it. The entrance is only 200 yards 
 wide, but the harbor expands near the head, and has anchorage in 
 21 fathoms water. 
 
 New Harbor, 2 miles SW. of Little Bay de I'Eau, affords shel- 
 tered anchorage to fishing craft in 12 feet water. 
 
 Femme Harbor, formerly known as Story or Le Conte Harbor, 
 is 3 miles westward of Little Bay de I'Eau. 
 
 At the entrance of the harbor are two large and several small 
 islets, the largest and southernmost named Petticoat Island, and 
 the other large one Smock Island. 
 
 Femme Shoal, on which the least water is 4i fathoms, extends i 
 mile WSW. from the SW. point of Petticoat Island. 
 
 Directions.— The best passage is west of Petticoat Island, and 
 between it and Smock Island. As soon as the harbor begins to 
 open, keep nearer Smock Island to avoid sunken rocks extending 
 from the NE. point of Petticoat Island and Drew Rock, which dries 
 3 feet, off the east side of the harbor. Wh«>n these dangers are 
 passed, keep mid-channel till near the narrows at the head, when a 
 buoy should be placed on the east side of Druid Rock, and the vessel 
 steered midway between the buoy and the east shore into a fine basin 
 with anchorage in from 6 to 16 fathoms water, over sand and mud. 
 
 Tides.— It is high water, full and change, in Femme Harbor at 
 8h. 35m.; springs rise 7 feet, neaps 6 feet; neaps range 4 feet 
 (approximate). 
 
 ^■^^'WW 
 
of East Bay ou- 
 
 ' miles from the 
 cape is If miles, 
 irest of the cape, 
 steep cliffs, and 
 i free from dan- 
 age may be ob- 
 
 the bay, 2 miles 
 4 to 8 fathoms, 
 
 h"and le Pierre 
 
 )t. 
 
 4 to 10 fathoms 
 
 if is situated 4^ 
 
 ff the entrance 
 
 3 inner harbors, 
 
 and a small vil- 
 
 nglish Harbor, 
 only 200 yards 
 18 anchorage in 
 
 ku, affords shel- 
 
 Conte Harbor, 
 
 several small 
 )at Island, and 
 
 Loms, extends ^ 
 i. 
 
 5at Island, and 
 irbor begins to 
 ocks extending 
 ck, which dries 
 se dangers are 
 e head, when a 
 :, and the vessel 
 into a fine basin 
 sand and mud. 
 nme Harbor at 
 ts range 4 feet 
 
 LONG HABBOR. 
 
 141 
 
 Big Oonne, an exposed bay 2 miles west of Femme Harbor, 
 has anchorage in from 9 to 17 fathoms water at the head. Little 
 Conne is a cove on the west shore, suitable for fishing craft; there 
 are a few houses on its south shore. 
 
 Long Harbor, 4i miles west of Femme Harbor, may be recog- 
 nized by Gull Island at the entrance, and Black Rock, 6 feet high, 
 i mile south of the island. The harbor extends 14 miles NNE., 
 with an average breadth of J mile, and has several anchorages. 
 Rocks which cover at high water lie in the passage east of Gull 
 Island, considerably more than 400 yards from shore, and greatly 
 contract that r'-'annel. If entering by the eastern passage, a vessel 
 should ' 3p '^ to Gull Island. 
 
 The \«torttern trance is safer, and , Keeping near the western 
 side the sunken danger in mid-channel will be avoided. 
 
 At 3 miles within the entrance are the narrows, in which is a 
 depth of Gi fathoms. The dangerous part of Long Harbor is just 
 above Indian Tea Island, where the channel is only 300 yards wide 
 "between two sunken rocks with 2 feet and 5 feet water over them, 
 respectively. 
 
 Telegraph. — There is a telegraph station at the head of the har- 
 bor, 2 miles southward of Otter Point ; also a river frequented by 
 salmon and sea trout. 
 
 Anchorages. — Captain R. W. Meade, U. S. N., found a number 
 of excellent anchorages in Long Harbor. 
 
 One good anchorage; much resorted to by the fishermen, is 
 Woody Island anchorage, near Tickle Point. This anchorage is 
 out of the strength of the tide, is 4^ miles from the entrance to 
 Long Harbor, and has a moderate depth of water and good hold- 
 ing ground. 
 
 Inside of Woody Island there is a fine basin for small vessels, 
 which can go up to the wharf constructed there. 
 
 Above Tickle Poin^t there is another good anchorage, also out of 
 the tide, with moderate depth of water and perfect shelter. 
 
 The local fishermen report that there are several other anchor- 
 ages in Witch Hazel Bay, near the head of the harbor. 
 
 The U. S. S. Vandalia anchored off Woody Island, near Tickle 
 Point, in 7 fathoms water, with Tickle Point bearing N. 28° E. 
 <N. 56° E. mag. ), and the center of Woody Island S. 53° E. (S. 26° 
 E. mag.). 
 
 Tides.— It is high water, full and change, in Long Harbor at 
 8h. 50m. ; springs rise 7 feet, neaps 5^ feet. 
 
 Tidal Streams. — The tidal stream runs past TickJ' Point with 
 considerable strength, probably at times attaining a velocity of 3 
 knots an hour. 
 
 ![• 
 
 -^-^ 
 
142 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH COAST. 
 
 Off Woody Island the greatest velocity of the ebb stream was 
 ohserved to bo li knots an hour, and that of the Hood i knot. 
 
 At Schooner Cove it Avas observed to be high water, full and 
 change, at about 'Jh. ; the ebb stream ran with sufficient strength 
 to keep a vessel broadside on to a strong breeze. 
 
 Coast.— From Long Harbor Point the south point of Chapel 
 Island boars 8. 73° W. (N. 79° W. mag.), dintant 10 miles; between 
 those points is the entrance to Belle Bay, containing niimerous 
 islets and islands. 
 
 Hare Harbor lies NNW. of Long Harbor Point, east of some 
 islets, and its only suitable for fishing craft. 
 
 White Rock, with 3i fathoms water over it, lies 700 yards S. 62° 
 W, (West mag.) of the southern islet. 
 
 Mai Bay, 2 miles NNW. of Hare Harbor, extends in a NNE. 
 direction 5 miles, and has anchorage near the head, Avhere the bay 
 is narrow; caution must be observed when anchoring, for the Water 
 shoals suddenly from 23 to 5+ fathoms. 
 
 Rencontre Islands are NW. of Mai Bay; the largeso, 464 feet 
 high, is joined to the mainland at low water. 
 
 Southern Harbor stretches into the south part of this island, but 
 it is narrow and exposed to southerly winds. 
 
 Anchorage may be obtained east of the isthmus joining the large 
 island to the maiidand, off the village of Salmonier, sheltered by 
 the two smaller islands east of it, and should be entered by keep- 
 ing mid-channel between the islands and the mainland. 
 
 A rocky ledge, with a depth of 3 fathoms on it, extends some 
 distance off the settlement; and there is a small rock, with 4 feet 
 water over it, about 200 yards offshore. 
 
 Isle a Glu lies midway between Rencontre Islands and the en- 
 trance to Belle Harbor. 
 
 Belle Harbor, a narrow arm of the sea 3^ miles WN W. of Ren- 
 contre Islands, is entered west of Doctor Island, which shelters 
 Doctor Cove on the east shore, where small craft can anchor. 
 Anchorage can be obtained in Belle Harbor in from 8 to 17 fathoms 
 water, but the head of the harbor should be approached with cau- 
 tion, as the water shoals suddenly. 
 
 The north shore of the anchorage at the head of the harbor con- 
 sists of a peninsula, having two rises of land on it; the eastern of 
 these is a remarkable black cliff, and vessels should not proceed 
 eastward of it. 
 
 Lallyhead, 2^ miles from the entrance to Belle Harbor, is the 
 extremity of a long promontory that, with Lally Cove Island, form 
 Lally Cove and Lally Back Cove. Both these coves are only suit- 
 able for boats, but vessels may find temporary anchorage off the 
 latter in from 14 to 16 fathoms water. 
 
 _j<B.-..Ji!y£I^" 
 
0l)b stream was 
 ood ^ knot, 
 water, full and 
 ficient strength 
 
 oint of Chapel 
 niilos; between 
 iiing niiiiieroias 
 
 it, east of some 
 
 700 yards S. 62" 
 
 ids in a NNE. 
 , Avhere the bay 
 g, for the Water 
 
 argesD, 464 feet 
 
 this island, but 
 
 fining the large 
 r, sheltered by 
 tered by keep- 
 find. 
 
 , extends some 
 ck, with 4 feet 
 
 ds and the en- 
 
 VNW. of Ren- 
 ivhich shelters 
 t can anchor. 
 B to 17 fathoms 
 shed with cau- 
 
 tie harbor con- 
 the eastern of 
 d not proceed 
 
 Harbor, is the 
 
 e Island, form 
 
 are only suit- 
 
 lorage off the 
 
 COUBIN BAY. 
 
 143 
 
 East Bay, wide and open, and entered Ik miles north of Lally 
 Back Cove, is soi)arated from North Bay, which forms the head 
 of Belle Bay, by East Bay Head. There is good ancliorage off the 
 mouths of the brooks emptying into both East and North Bays, 
 and at the head of the latter is a large river frequented by salmon ; 
 north of the river there is good ground for deer. 
 
 Cinq Isles Bay, south of North Bay, and so named from five 
 islands lying in it, is square in shajie, and divided near the center 
 by a line of small islands which extend U miles in a northeasterly 
 direction from the western shore ; on its north side is a small inlet, 
 named Simmons Brook, in which small vessels lAay anchor; there 
 is an island in the inlet, and at the head is Salmon River. Anchor- 
 age, with fair shelter, may be obtained for large vessels at the 
 west side of the bay, but care should be taken to avoid a shoal 
 lying i mile from the river mouth, at the SW. corner of the bay. 
 
 Coal.— A small supply of coal (about 20 tons) may be obtained 
 
 at Salmon River. 
 
 (B. A. Chart No. 687.) 
 
 Corbin Head, forming the south side of Cinq Isles Bay, and the 
 north of Corbin Bay, is steep and bold to the eastward ; between 
 this head and Lally Head, on the opposite side, Belle Bay is li 
 miles wide. 
 
 Corbin Bay, south of Corbin Head, is divided into two branches, 
 named Northwest and Southwest Arms, both affording anchorage 
 in 7 fathoms water; Bob Head is the east point of Corbin Bay. 
 
 White Rock, with 19 feet water over it, lies i mile north of Bob 
 Head. 
 
 Ducie B.ock, a dangerous reef awash at low water, lies 1,300 
 yards N. 73° E. (S. 79° E. mag.) from Bob Head; a shoal, with 2 
 fathoms water over it, lies about 100 yards northward, and a shoal 
 on which the depth is 2J fathoms, 200 yards westward of the rock. 
 These dangers lie on a- bank about i mile long, with depths of 
 from 4 to 9 fathoms on it. 
 
 Lord and Lady Island, 75 feet high, lies i mile eastward of 
 Bob Head, and Thrum Cap, a small steep island, 87 feet high, lies 
 off the east side of this island. 
 
 Dog and Belle Islands lie at equal distances between Lord 
 and Lady Island and the entrance to Belle Harbor; Dog Island is 
 202 and Belle Island 293 feet high. Dog Island Bank comprises 
 three dangerous rocks, the shoalest, -v/ith 9 feet water on it, lies S. 
 62° E. (S. 34° E. mag.), distant 1^ miles from the south extreme of 
 Dog Island. 
 
 Long Island, li miles long and 375 feet high, is separated from 
 Lord and Lady Island by a channel ^ mile wide. Tickle Island 
 lies on a bank extending from the NE. side of Long Island, and 
 Barrow Rock, 15 feet high, lies in the center of the channel. 
 
 
 ^ 
 
144 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH COAST. 
 
 Ohapel Island, nearly I) miloH long and about \^ miles hiond, 
 is 843 font high; it is bold-to on all sides but the north, and is i 
 mile south of Long Island, the channel between being foul. Fann- 
 ers Cove, at the NE. extreme, affords anchorage for small craft in 
 6 fathoms water, 
 
 Belloram, or Bande de TArler Harbor, on the nuiinland west 
 of Chapel Island, may be recognized by Iron Head, a higii bluff, 
 rising almost perpendicularly from the sea, J mile NNE. of the 
 harbor. On the east side is a Homicircular beach that forms a snug 
 harbor for small vessels, with 5 fathoms water in it, and large ves- 
 sels nuiy find iheltor north of the entrance in from 14 to 18 fath- 
 oms; a large settlement surrounds the harbor. 
 
 Light. — On Beach Point a tower, 31 feet in height and painted 
 white, exhibits, at an elevation of 35 feet, a fixed white light, 
 which should be visible 7 miles. 
 
 Communication. — The Coastal Steamship Company's steamer 
 from St. Johns calls here fortnightly during summer and autumn. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Belloram Harbor 
 at'8h. 69m. ; springs rise 6 feet. 
 
 St. Jacques Island, 103 feet in height, consisting of two hum- 
 mocks joined by a low neck, is 3 miles south of Belloram, and may 
 bo approached within a short distance all round. 
 
 St. Jacques Harbor, entered ^ mile west of the island, is free 
 from danger, except a small shoal spit off the east point. 
 
 Anchorage. — Anchorage may be obtained, with good shelter, 
 in from 4 to 17 fathoms water, but vessels anchoring in the north 
 part of this harbor should not proceed within a depth of 9 fathoms, 
 as in shoaler water the bottom is rocky with kelp. 
 
 Commuuicatiou. — The Coastal Steamship Company's steamer 
 from St. Johns calls at St. Jacques fortnightly during summer and 
 autumn. 
 
 Water. — A settlement surrounds the harbor ; water and wood 
 can be obtained here, but no provisions. 
 
 Blue Pinion Harbor, IJ miles west of St. Jacques Harbor, is 
 one mile long and 700 yards broad ; off the west side, near the 
 head, a shoal stretches out 300 yards. 
 
 Anchorage may be obtained at the head, in from 5 to 15 fathoms 
 water, nearer the east shore to avoid this shoal, but the harbor is 
 exposed to southerly winds. 
 
 There was no settlement in this harbor in 1883. 
 
 English Harbor, one mile SW. of Blue Pinion Harbor, is sur- 
 rounded by a settlement having two churches, and is adapted to 
 small craft only. 
 
 Oreat Mon Jambe (Great Mose Ambrose), nearly one mile 
 west of English Harbor, is very confined, and affords anchorage 
 
 i 
 
H miles bioad, 
 
 north, and is ^ 
 
 ngfoiil, Ftirni- 
 
 >r siuiill craft in 
 
 ) nuiinlaiul west 
 k1, a liigli bluff, 
 e NNE. of the 
 lat fftrins a snug 
 t, »in<l large vos- 
 in 14 to J 8 fath- 
 
 (ht and painted 
 ed white light, 
 
 pany's steamer 
 3r and autumn, 
 (lloram Harbor 
 
 ig of two hum- 
 or am, and may- 
 island, is free 
 aoint. 
 
 1 good shelter, 
 tig in the north 
 li of 9 fathoms, 
 
 pany's steamer 
 ig summer and 
 
 '^ater and wood 
 
 lues Harbor, is 
 b side, near the 
 
 5 to 15 fathoms 
 t the harbor is 
 
 Harbor, is sur- 
 is adapted to 
 
 aarly one mile 
 rds anchorage 
 
 IIOXKY IIAUH«»U. 
 
 Uj 
 
 for small craft in 6 fathoins water. Little Mon Jauibo, next west 
 of it, is exposed fn soiitlu'rly winds. 
 
 Boxey Harbor, ;rj uuIms WSW. of Blue Pinion Hurhor, is small 
 aiul barred l)y a shoal with '.i fathoms water over it, but when in- 
 side, anchorage may be obtained in 4^ fathoms water, over fine 
 sand. The best channel in will be found by k.-eping the mound 
 on Boxey Point in line witii Friars Head, beurinj,' ab.nii S. -i^' VV. 
 (S. 53" W. mug.). A few houses and a lobster factory stand on 
 the north shore. 
 
 Tides.— It is high water, full and change, in Boxey Harbor at 
 8h. I'Mw. ; springs rise lij feet. 
 
 Boxey Point, a promontory nearly A miles long, of moderate 
 height, can be recognized from a cousi(leral)le distance. Sunken 
 rocks lie off the extremes of the point, which should not be ap- 
 proached within I mile. 
 
 Boxey Rock, with 3 feet water over it, lies 735 yards S. 30° W. 
 (S. 58" W. mag.) from Boxey Point; the houses on the north side 
 of Boxey Harbor, seen open of Friars Head, bearing N. 1G° E. 
 (N. 44° E. mag.), lead east; and the SW. extreme of St. John 
 Island, open of Shepherd Rock, N. 77° W. (N. 40° W. mag.) leads 
 s(nith of the rock. 
 
 No vessels should pass between ihe rock and the mainland, as a 
 sunken danger, which breaks with a moderate sea, lies about 3U0 
 yards from the point NW. of the rock. 
 
 St. John Island, at the entrance to the bay of the same name, 
 is 380 feet in height and has a shoal with a depth of 2i fathoms 
 lying i mile south of it; and Kippins Shoal, on which the least 
 water is 6i fathoms, is situated nearly 800 yards SE. of the island. 
 St. John Head, high and cliflPy, and forming the east point of 
 Great Bay de I'Eau, is a promontory 3 miles NW. from the 
 extreme of Boxey Point Promontory. Between them is St. John 
 Bay, having moderate d^ths for anchoring with offshore winds, 
 the best anchorage being in the northern part, where the bay 
 narrows to a boat harbor. On the NW. side of St. John Head 
 are Gull and Shag Rocks, the latter 51 feet high and situated 
 f mile from the shore. West and south of these rocks are some 
 sunken dangers, and within the 100-fathora line, which runs 
 parallel to and about li miles to the westward of the promontory, 
 are several shoals, the positions of which will be best seen from 
 
 the chart. 
 
 Qreat Bay de I'Eau extends 10 miles northeastward from 
 St. John Head and terminates in Old Bay, having no good anchor- 
 age except near the head. Devils Island lies nearly 5 miles within 
 St, John Head, forming two channels, the western of which is 
 barred by a bank with 6 feet water over it; the east channel 
 is clear. 
 
i 
 
 140 
 
 NKWKOHNDLAND SOI'TII Cf)A8T. 
 
 Anchorage nuiy ho ol)tivintMl north of Litth> DfvilH I.shiiul in 
 11 fiithoius, or fartlicr SW. in fl fiithoinH wiiter. 
 
 Little Bay, ;IA n»iU)s NNW. from Hi. .John Ht^ml, haH luwrhorago 
 on its west ai(h.» in from T to 10 fatlioniw watttr. A roi-li li»>H <A\ tho 
 wost point of tlio ontranco, and tho hoail hranchos in two arms. 
 
 Water.— Thero is a HotthMnont at Riverhoad, in tho NW. part 
 of tilt' hay, and water and wood may easily he ohtainod hero. 
 
 Harbor Breton, immediately west of Eastorn Head, extends in a 
 northerly direetion for !» miles, with two arms on opposite shores, 
 2 nuh'H within tho j>ntranco. 
 
 Northeast Arm is l)oi'derod by stoep cliflfs, and has no anchor- 
 ago, except fur small vessels, in H fathoms water, west of the 
 narrows. 
 
 Southwest Arm, or Harbor Broton proper, extends 1,300 yards 
 SW. to a bar of 12 feet water, then trends NE. in a shallow arm 
 named the Barasway, where small vessels lie in perfect safety. 
 Here is the largest settlement in Fortune Bay. 
 
 Light. — On R<jcky Point is a cylindrical iron tower, 39 foet in 
 lieight and painted rod and white in horizontal bands, from M'hich 
 is exhibited, at an elevation of 08 feet, a fixed white light, 
 which should be visible 1) miles. The light is obscured in the 
 direction oi Harbor Rock. 
 
 Communication. — The Coastal Steamship Company's steamer 
 from St. Johns calls here fortnightly during summer and autumn, 
 and there is a telegraph station at the settlement. 
 
 Harbor Rock, Avith 2 J fathoms water on it, lies 200 yards 
 N. 28" E. (N. 56° E. mag.) from Thompson Beach. 
 
 Buoy. — A warping buoy, painted red, is moored about 100 yards 
 northward of Harbor Rock. 
 
 Anchorage. — Small \ essels may anchor in any part of the arm 
 eastward of the bar, but large vessels must anchor in 17 fathoms 
 water NE. of Harbor Rock buoy, giving plenty of cable to secure 
 the vessel against dragging with the heavy squalls that sweep this 
 anchorage with strong breezes, oven in summer. 
 
 This harbor will not hold many large vessels, as the water is 
 deep immediately the mouth of Southwest Arm is passed to the 
 eastward. 
 
 Buoys. — Two mooring buoys, painted red, are laid down in 
 Harbor Broton at about 30 yards from the jjier heads of the wharf 
 on Thompson Beach. The eastern buoy is in 9 fathoms water, and 
 the western in 3 fathoms. 
 
 Directions. — A small vessel, when entering Harbor Breton, 
 should pass north of the red warping buoy moored northward of 
 Harbor Rock, and anchor in 10 fathoms water, over mud and 
 gravel, in the center of the harbor midway between the red buoys 
 
 ^i 
 
 >iSH«KiS*iK«»h'S*:it»s5»^J^ ,.^ii«««!leaERK^ 
 
K'vils Isliuul in 
 
 , has auoliorago 
 rock Hob oil" tho 
 In two arniM. 
 I tlio NW. part 
 lined horo. 
 (ad, oxtonds in a 
 Dppowito shores, 
 
 has no anchor- 
 ar, west of the 
 
 nds 1,300 yards 
 a shaHow arm 
 perfect safety. 
 
 ower, 30 feet in 
 ids, from M'hich 
 d white light, 
 )bsc\ired in the 
 
 I Jinny's steamer 
 er and autumn, 
 
 lies 200 yards 
 
 about 100 yards 
 
 part of the arm 
 r in 17 fathoms 
 cable to secure 
 that sweep this 
 
 as the water is 
 3 passed to the 
 
 3 laid down in 
 ds of the wharf 
 loms water, and 
 
 larbor Breton, 
 
 i northward of 
 
 over mud and 
 
 1 the red buoys 
 
 JEllfiETMAN TIARIIOR. 
 
 147 
 
 mm 
 
 otf Thompson Ht^acli and the north shons with two storehoOSM on 
 
 the soiitliKru shore (Iouk, wooden, \vliitt)wuslif(i bnilditiKa, with 
 black roofs) end on, bearing about 8. '-iH K. (South nmg.). 
 
 Jerseyman Harbor, the eastern arm, may he cusily recognized 
 by Jeiscymaii Head, a renuirkablo red-cliffed promontory tliat 
 forms tlie north side of the harbor. Tiiis inlet liiis excellent an- 
 chorage for snuill vessels in a depth of T fathoms, Imt the (Uitranco 
 is barred by a shoal with ID fe(>t on it at low water. 
 
 The principal settlement is on the NW. shore, where there is a 
 wharf. It is shoal alongside tlie wharf, but at a few feet distant 
 there is a depth of 5 fathoms. A lol)ster factory is situated on the 
 oast si lore. 
 
 Ice. — Harbor Breton is closed at intervals by field ice, 'mt during 
 a jieriod of thirty years the harbor has only been uiiuvailable to 
 the fortnightly mail steamer on thrc • occasions. The field ice 
 appears toward the latter end of February and leaves about 25th 
 March, the first vessels arriving at the end of Ap>'il and tlie last 
 leaving about the middle of December, The niter an'*liora,i;3 
 freezes over about the Now Year, and harbor ice disappe; 'S about 
 the middle of April. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Harbor Breton at 
 8h. 52m. ; springs rise 7 feet, neaps 5i^ feet; nQi^» ange 4 feet. 
 
 (H. O. Chart No. 1103, and B. A. Chart IVo. 898.) 
 
 Ooast. — West of Harbor Breton the coast is foul and rocky, 
 forming a bay named Deadman Bight, from the shore of which a 
 bank stretches more than 2 miles, on portions of which the sea 
 breaks in gales. 
 
 Offer Rock, with 12 feet water on it, is the southernmost of a 
 group of rocks, and lies 1,700 yards S. 34° W. (S. 62° W. mag.) 
 from Gull Island. 
 
 Counaigre Head, cliffy and bold, and 310 feet high, is a long 
 promontory forming the east side of Connaigre Bay. 
 
 Oonnaigre Rock, with If fatboiu- water over it, lies 3 miles 
 S. 25° W. (8. 63° W. mag.) from i;'.,u SE. extreme of Connaigre 
 Head. 
 
 Connaigre Bay extends 14 miles in a northeasterly direction, 
 and contains several islets and inlets. In the middle of the mouth 
 of the bay are Shag Rcv.-ks, 24 feet high. The channel between 
 them and Connaigre Head is the safer, as a ledge of rocks extends 
 one mile from the north shore. Black Rock, one foot above high 
 water, lies ^ mile south westward of Shag Rocks. 
 
 Qreat Harbor, 5 miles NE. of Connaigre Head, and on the east 
 side of the bay, is partly formed by Will Island, 310 feet high, 
 which lies near the north side, with no passage between it and the 
 
148 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH COAST. 
 
 mainland. To enter, pass SE. of this island, and keep near the 
 eastern shore of the harbor. 
 
 Great and Little Islands, 483 and 270 feet high, respectively, are 
 NW. of the harbor in the middle of the bay, and some rocks lie 
 south of these islands. 
 
 Great Harbor Bight is free from dangers ; there is anchorage, in 
 10 fathoms water, at 400 yards from the head, bnt it is entirely 
 exposed to westerly winds. 
 
 Small vessels may anchor, in from 4 to 14 fathoms water, in 
 Salmonier, at the head of the bay, but eastward of Great Island 
 there is no other anchorage except for boats. 
 
 Dawson Cove, about 5 miles north of Connaigre Head, is on 
 the west side of the bay, and anchorage may be obtained in 6 
 fathoms water, but quite exposed to southerly winds. 
 
 Dog Cove Head marks the southern approach to this cove, and 
 the shore west of the head is bordered by bowlders. Rocks and 
 shoal water extend 1,700 yards southward from the Bight, an 
 exposed bay 3^ miles Avestward of the head. 
 
 Basse-terre Point, the western point of Connaigre Bay, lying 
 8 miles W. by N. from Connaigre Head, is bare, and the coast 
 westward to Beck Bay is foul ; a confused sea is raised by South 
 Red Head Shoal, extending f mile from Red Point, 1^ miles to the 
 northwestward of Basse-terre Point. 
 
 Pass Island, the dividing point of Fortune and Hermitage 
 Bays, is about one mile long, and separated from the mainland by 
 Pass Island Tickle, 205 yards wide, with 4 fathoms water. Off 
 the west side of Pass Island a group of islets and shoals extend 
 one mile, and Tom Cod Rock, that breaks, lies about i mile north 
 of it. 
 
 Lights.— On the summit of Pass Island, near its SW. extreme, 
 a fixed white light is exhibited from a lantern on the flat roof of a 
 wooden dwelling, 33 feet in height and painted white ; the light is 
 elevated 281 feet, and should be visible 19 miles. 
 
 A fixed red light is shown from the corner of a dwelling, at an 
 elevation of 267 feet above high water, visible between the bear- 
 ings N". 76° E. (S. 76° E. mag.) and N. 60° W. (N. 32° W. mag.), 
 over an arc of 136°, coverin;^' the area included between the shoal 
 ground off Wolf Rocks and Basse-terre Point; the two lights 
 appear as one at the distance of 4^ miles. 
 
 Anchorage. — There is a fairly large settlement on Pass Island, 
 and anchorage for small vessels may be obtained in 6^ fathoms 
 water, over sand, in Pass Island Tickle, off the houses in the 
 middle of the island, but there is no shelter from southerly winds. 
 
 Hermitage Bay extends in an easterly dii'ection nearly 25 
 miles, and contains several anchorages. Grole Western Cove, 
 
 
 llg^lgjj 
 
d keep near the 
 
 respectively, ai*e 
 d some rocks lie 
 
 ; is anchorage, in 
 3nt it is entirely 
 
 ithoiiis water, in 
 of Great Island 
 
 igre Head, is on 
 
 3e obtained in 6 
 
 ids. 
 
 to this cove, and 
 
 ers. Rocks and 
 
 n the Bight, an 
 
 aigre Bay, lying 
 e, and the coast 
 raised by South 
 t, 1^ miles to the 
 
 and Hermitage 
 the mainland by 
 oms water. Off 
 d shoals extend 
 out i mile north 
 
 ts SW. extreme, 
 the flat roof of a 
 lite ; the light is 
 
 I dwelling, at an 
 stween the bear- 
 \. 33° W. mag.), 
 tween the shoal 
 the two lights 
 
 on Pass Island, 
 [ in 6^ fathoms 
 B houses in the 
 outherly winds, 
 ction nearly 25 
 Western Cove, 
 
 IIEKMITAGE COVE. 
 
 149 
 
 about 3 miles east of Pass Island, is the westernmost of these, and 
 affords anchorage in 9 fathoms water. Grole Cove is suitable for 
 boats only, and may be recognized by the settlement around it. 
 
 Fox Islands consist of Fox Island, 310 feet high, and Little 
 Fox Island, 89 feef high, with Fox Island Rock, 36 feet high, 
 between them, and are situated f mile from the south shore, 10 
 miles ENE. of Pass Island. Several rocks lie off the north side of 
 the western and larger island, and Virgin Rock is situated off the 
 south side. A reef extends 250 yards westward from Little Fox 
 Island. Beyond these islands Hermitage Bay narrows to one mile 
 in width. 
 
 Hermitage Cove, SE. of Fox Islands, is f mile deep, nearly 800 
 yards broad, and affords good anchorage in 8 fathoms water, at 
 80C yards from the head. A settlement, having a stone churcli, 
 surrounds the cove. The squalls are heavy here, and great care 
 is necessary in boat-sailing. 
 
 Anchorage. — Northeastward of Hermitage Cove there are many 
 anchorages available for small craft, among which may be men- 
 
 +-;r,riorl TPn t>T)'"' niiTT-o TTnv/1ir Snimonior n.nrl North WRit Cnvps. 
 
 Large vessels will find good anchorage at the head of Hermitage 
 Bay in 22 fathoms, and less water as convenient. 
 
 Ice. — The head of Hermitage Bay is generally frozen for from 
 5 to 8 miles, between the first week in January and the first week 
 in April. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Hermitage Cove at 
 8h. 45m. ; springs rise 7 feet, neaps 4f feet. 
 
 Little Passage separates Long Island from the mainland. 
 L'Anse k Flam me, branching into several small coves, is situated 
 on the west side, ^ mile from Margery Head, the SW. entrance 
 point, and affords anchorage for small vessels, near the head, in 
 13 fathoms water. Little Passage, though narrow, is deep, and 
 may be navigated in mid-channel, passing west of the two islands 
 off L'Anse k Flamme. 
 
 At 3 miles from the south entrance is a small islet about 30 feet 
 high, V ith a clear passage on either side of it. Half a mile further 
 noi'th is another islet, 20 feet high, separated from the east shore 
 by a narrow shallow channel. The channel, which is here only 
 150 yards wide, must be taken by keeping the shore of Long Island 
 aboard. 
 
 Maria Cove contains sunken rocks. Day Point must be kept 
 shut in with the eastern shore, bearing N. 21° E. (N. 49° E. mag.), 
 to avoid a rock off the point south of Cold Harbor, until the water- 
 fall in Deer Cove bears S. 84° E. (S. 56° E. mag.), when a mid- 
 . channel course will lead to Despair Bay. 
 
 Ill 
 
 5 
 
 % 
 
 -JBWJll ' I -nmrn 
 
150 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH COAST. 
 
 I 
 
 m 
 
 'i:-' I 
 
 r 
 
 i ' 
 ^ 
 
 *ii 
 
 Long Island, separating Hermitage Bay from Despair Bay, is 
 819 feet high, barren and rugged, with many valleys; the shores 
 are much indented, and contain several harbors available for small 
 vessels. 
 
 Long Island Rock, 10 feet above water and bold-to, lies ^ mile 
 SW. from Western Head, the SW. point of Long Island. 
 
 Gaultois, the eastern harbor on the south side, is small, and has 
 some islands in the middle of the entrance. Whale or Lamy Island, 
 on which is a boilirg-house for whale oil, is the northernmost of 
 these islands, and should be kept open east of West Head, bearing 
 N. 12° E. (N. 40° E. mag.) when entering, to avoid a rock with 3 
 feet water over it, lying 60 yards south of the Jiead, after passing 
 which keep West Head aboard. 
 
 Light. — A fixed white light, elevated 14 feet, is exhibited from 
 an iron column, painted red, placed on a rock (awash at high 
 water) off West Head. 
 
 A tramway, on which the light is run out, extends from a small 
 store on West Head to the column. The light, kept on a N. 6° E. 
 (N. 34° E. mag.) bearing, leads eastward of the sunken rock above 
 mentioned, which lies about 100 yards 8. 28° W. (S. 56° W. mag.) 
 from the lighthouse. 
 
 Buoy. — There is a mooring buoy about 200 yards westward of 
 Whale Island. 
 
 Anchorage. — Vessels may anchor in 24 fathoms water, taking 
 care to avoid the heavy moorings laid from Whale Island to the 
 opposite shore ; or they may make fast to the buoy. 
 
 Ice. — Field ice arrives about the middle of February and leaves 
 toward the end of March ; Gaultois Harbor seldom freezes except 
 during severe winters with calm weather, and the ice generally 
 breaks up in a few days. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water (approximately), full and change, in 
 Gaultois Harbor at 8h. 45m. ; springs rise 7 feet, neaps 4f feet. 
 
 Picarre, l^ miles west of Gaultois, is 400 yards wide; on the 
 eastern side of the entrance are Mad Moll, drying 2 feet ; Crazy 
 Betty, drying 1^ feet; and a shoal, with 16 feet water over it, lying 
 300 yards west from Crow Nest, the east point of the entrance. 
 
 When entering, the western side must be kept aboard to avoid 
 these si ' ' )als ; the Narrows, at the head of the harbor, shut in with 
 Buffet l^oint, ^ mile inside the entrance on the west side, bearing 
 N. 11° E. (N. 39° E. mag.), clears them, and anchorage may be 
 obtained immediately within the entrance in from 11 to 13 fathoms 
 water, or by small vessels, as convenient, as far as the Narrows. 
 
 Round Harbor, 2f miles westward of Picarre, has an entrance 
 channel only 65 yards wide, and is only suitable for small vessels. 
 
 Little Bay and Sam Hitches Harbor, 2 miles west of Round 
 Harbor, affords anchorage to small craft only. 
 
Despair Bay, is 
 lleys; the shores 
 mailable for small 
 
 3ld-to, lies i mile 
 : Island. 
 
 is small, and has 
 5 or Lamy Island, 
 northernmost of 
 )st Head, bearing 
 id a rock with 3 
 id, after passing 
 
 i exhibited from 
 (awash at high 
 
 nds from a small 
 jpt on a N. 6° E. 
 nken rock above 
 ;S. 56° W. mag.) 
 
 rds westward of 
 
 Qs water, taking 
 
 le Island to the 
 
 r. 
 
 •nary and leaves 
 
 n freezes except 
 
 he ice generally 
 
 and change, in 
 9aps 4| feet, 
 ds wide; on the 
 g 2 feet ; Crazy 
 terover it, lying 
 the entrance. 
 aboa,rd to avoid 
 )or, shut in with 
 >st side, bearing 
 chorage may be 
 11 to 13 fathoms 
 
 the Narrows, 
 has an entrance 
 5r small vessels. 
 \ west of Round 
 
 PATRICK HARBOR. 
 
 151 
 
 Despair Bay, entered between Western and Great Jervis Heads, 
 both prominent bluffs, easily recognized from seaward, is divided 
 into two arms, the eastern extending 22 miles and the northern 13 
 miles. Off the west point of the entrance are several islands and 
 shoals, and the land in this neighborhood is hilly and barren, but 
 at the head of the bay it becomes flat, and has abundance ot wood. 
 
 Ice. — The head of Despair Bay generally freezes about the end 
 of December, and clears about 20th April. 
 
 Big Shoal, with 16 feet water on it, lies about one mile east 
 from the NW. extreme of Long Island, and 735 yards from the 
 nearest shore. Saddle Island open west of Long Island, bearing 
 S. 48° W. (S. 76° W. mag.), leads NW., and Harbor le Gallais 
 Hill open north of Grip Island, bearing N. 85° E. (S. 67° E. mag.), 
 leads north of this danger. 
 
 Grip Island, small, and 65 feet high, is connected with Long 
 Island by a reef. 
 
 Patrick Harbor offers convenient anchorage for small vessels 
 in 6 fathoms water. Over the west entrance point is a wooded 
 coiie, about 200 feel high, and ciose off it xIQB a suniion roCii. axxG 
 east entrance point is a small promontory 10 feet high, close off 
 which are a rock that covers at high water and a sunken rock ; 
 there are uo dangers in the harbor. 
 
 Patrick Harbor Rock uncovers 2 feet at low water, and lies i 
 mile N. 45° E. (N. 73° E. mag.) from the east entranoo point of 
 the harbor. Two sunken rocks lie westward of it, the western 
 being distant 350 yards. 
 
 The summit of Great Jervis Island open west of Long Island, 
 bearing S. 69° W. (N. 83° W. mag.), leads north of these dangers. 
 
 Harbor le Gallais is eastward of Harbor le Gallais Hill, a 
 wooded cone 280 feet high, immediately eastward of Patrick 
 Harbor. It is only suitable fov small vessels, being 150 yards 
 wide, but has depths of from 4 to 6 fathoms. 
 
 A rock that covers lies close to, and sunken rocks are situated 
 265 yards respectively from the north entrance point. 
 
 Sloop Rock, a small bare islet 15 feet high, lies 1,200 yards 
 northeastward of Harbor le Gallais, and Gull Rock, which un- 
 covers 5 feet at low water, is situated i mile southwestward of 
 Sloop Rock. There are two shoals between these rocks. 
 
 Raymond Point, the NE. extreme - J Long Island, terminates 
 in a small cliff close eastward of a w.\.ded hillock 99 feet high; a 
 few houses stand between the several mounds that form the point. 
 
 Day Cove, one mile southward of Raymond Point, affords 
 anchorage to small vessels off the entrance, in 10 fathoms water, 
 but exposed to easterly winds. 
 
 »i i i ' I L»HH Ill — 
 
 ^ 
 
f j 
 
 152 
 
 ^iB^aiHtM^aBiaga*^(»>iiiia»ate»«t^ia^ 
 
 1 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH COAST. 
 
 Fox Island, northwestward of Raymond Point, is 370 feet high ; 
 a small islet, 6 feet high, lies close to the west extreme, and small 
 rocks lie close to the shore in several places. 
 
 Dollond Bight, an exjDosed cove, 3 miles northeastward of Biim- 
 ball Head, affords anchorage in from 13 to 20 fathoms water. 
 
 Taylor Island Rocks extend 100 yards from a small islet at 
 the north point of Dollond Bight, but there are no other dangers. 
 
 Simmonds Barasway is immediately north of Dollond Bight, 
 and shoals gradually from the depth of 15 fathoms in the entrance 
 to the narrows at the head, where it dries at low water. 
 
 Anchorage may be obtained in 10 fathoms water, just inside 
 the entrance, or for small vessels in less depths, as convenient. 
 
 Cape Mark is the extreme of a narrow wooded promontory, 157 
 to 197 feet in height. 
 
 Gull Cove, a small indentation at the NE. extreme of the prom- 
 ontory, affords anchorage for small craft in 7 fathoms water. 
 
 Barasway de Cerf lies eastward of Gull Cove, and is suit- 
 able for boats only. Sunken dangers extend ^ mile north of the 
 entrance Lu Barasway de Cei'f. 
 
 Little River, a narrow arm of the sea expanding into a large 
 basin at the head, and again contracting to an arm, that extends 
 in a northeasterly direction, is suitable for small vessels only, as no 
 greater depth than 13 feet can be carried in, and the tidal streams 
 attain a velocity of 3 knots an hour. 
 
 The entrance is divided into two channels by a wooded islet 38 
 feet high, from which a reef extends eastward to about 50 yards 
 from the south shore. The northern entrance is shallow, and has 
 a rock that covers in the middle. The southern channel is practi- 
 cable by keei)ing close to the shore till the reef is passed, when a 
 mid-channel course will lead to the basin at the head. 
 
 Riches Island, 443 feet high, situated westward of the entrance 
 to Little River, is nearly connected to the mainland, east of it, by 
 islets and reefs. 
 
 Sunken rocks lie 250 yards off the SE. extreme, and Seal Rocks, 
 that are awash at high water, lie 150 yards from the south shore. 
 
 Anchorage may be obtained off the entrance to Little River, in 
 14 fathoms, or, eastward of Riches Island, in 7 fathoms water, over 
 mud, with good holding ground. 
 
 Dawson Passage is between Riches and Bois Islands. A shoal 
 extends from the latter into the channel, at the east extreme of 
 which is a rock with 3^ fathoms water over it, at 250 yards from 
 Riches Island. Vessels should therefore be kept close to Riches 
 Island in passing through the channel. 
 
 Arran Cove, northeastward of Dawson Passage, is 1^ miles deep. 
 The south shore is foul for a short distance, but the north shore is 
 
 
 ■ svS^'«S^siaia3gffiSJ44fc.:*4Sgj®®Sm5:}«,i«^^ 
 
ANCHORAGE. 
 
 158 
 
 , is 370 feet high ; 
 reme, and small 
 
 istward of Biim- 
 
 oms water. 
 
 I a small islet at 
 
 other dangers. 
 f Dollond Bight, 
 3 in the entrance 
 ^ater. 
 
 ater, just inside 
 s convenient, 
 promontory, 157 
 
 3me of the prom- 
 loms water, 
 ve, and is suit- 
 aile north of the 
 
 ling into a large 
 •m, that extends 
 3ssels only, as no 
 ;he tidal streams 
 
 1 wooded islet 38 
 about 50 yards 
 
 shallow, and has 
 
 hannel is practi- 
 
 3 passed, when a 
 
 3ad. 
 
 i of the entrance 
 
 id, east of it, by 
 
 and Seal Rocks, 
 ;he south shore. 
 » Little River, in 
 loms water, over 
 
 islands. A shoal 
 east extreme of 
 250 yards from 
 
 t close to Riches 
 
 , is 1^ miles deep, 
 le north shore is 
 
 bold, with the exception of a rock quite close to the shore, in the 
 first small bight from the entrance. 
 
 Crow Head, a conspicuous cliff 718 feet high, forms the north 
 entrance point of Arrau Cove. 
 
 Anchorage. — Anchorage may be obtained in 12 fathoms 
 water, about midway up the cove, or in less depths as the head is 
 approached. 
 
 Water. — Water may be procured from a stream falling into tliis 
 bight. 
 
 Conne River, entered on the east side of the bay, at 4 juiles from 
 Crow Head, flows into a small bay through a channel only 200 
 yards wide. Eastward of these narrows the water is shallow and 
 suitable only for vessels drawing less than 12 feet water, which 
 can anchor immediately inside, as the greater portion of the arm 
 to the eastward dries at low water. 
 
 A small settlement of Indians is situated immediately eastward 
 6f the narrows, and a church stands on the mound south of the 
 narrows, but is hidden from the westward by trees. 
 
 AnciicragG, with good holding ground, may be obiHlned lu 6 
 fathoms or less water, as convenient, outside the river, but vessels 
 should proceed slowly, and soundings should be carefully watched, 
 when taking up their berths. 
 
 Ship Cove, on the west side of Despair Bay, is immediately oppo- 
 site to Conne River. 
 
 Birchy Point is the east extreme of a small projection, sur- 
 mounted by a mound 55 feet high, on the west side of which is a 
 small settlement and a church. The cove is dry, at low water, 
 northward of Birchy Point. 
 
 Anchorage. — Anchorage may be obtained in the middle of Ship 
 Cove, in 7 fathoms water. 
 
 Water. — Water can always^ be procured from Big Rattling 
 Brook, a large stream ^ mile southward of Frenchman Head, and 
 a small supply of beef may generally be obtained, and vegetables 
 in summer. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Ship Cove a^t 8h. 
 36m. ; springs rise 7^, neaps rise 5^ feet; neaps range 3i feet. 
 
 A slight stream runs through the narrows of Despair Bay and 
 Conne River, but rarely attains the velocity of one knot an hour. 
 
 Head of Despair Bay. — Northward of Ship Cove, Despair Bay 
 narrows to the breadth of J mile, and is free from danger, except 
 off Clark Cove, the first bight eastward of the narrows, where a 
 bank, with less than 3 fathoms water over it, extends to the line of 
 the points. 
 
 A rock that uncovers at low water also lies close to the east shore, 
 i mile NE. of the narrows. 
 
154 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH COAST. 
 
 Swagger Cove, on the west shore, is immediately NW. of the 
 narrows, and dries to the mouth at low water. 
 
 Anchorage.-— Anchorage, in 5 fathoms water, may be obtained 
 on a bank extending eastward from the cove. 
 
 Weasel Island consists of two rocks, the higher 5 feet above 
 higli water, joined togetlier and to the east shore of the bay, from 
 which they are 100 yards distant at low water. 
 
 Several conspicuous houses, painted white, stand on a spit imme- 
 diately west of this islet, from which shoal water extends 200 yards, 
 to the depth of 3 fathoms. North of Weasel Island there is a 
 good salmon and sea trout river, and deer may be obtained in the 
 vicinity. 
 
 Telegraph Station. — In connection with the Anglo-American 
 Company, there is a telegraph station situated IJ miles eastward 
 from Weasel Island. 
 
 Landing. — Deepwater Point, northward of the station, and just 
 south of the southernmost garden visible, is the only landing place 
 at low water for the station, as the bay dries ^ mile from the mouth 
 of Southeast Brook, a considerable stream, that discharges its 
 waters close south of the station. 
 
 Anchorage. — The western limit of the anchorage at the head of 
 Despair Bay is with the east entrance point of Cock and Hen Cove 
 bearing N. 28° W. (North mag.), in 5i fathoms water, with 20 
 fathoms close to westward. From this the depths decrease grad- 
 ually, the deepest water being found nearer the west shore. 
 
 Bois Island, dividing the eastern arm of Despair Bay into two 
 channels, is 8 miles long, and 2 miles wide at its broadest part, and 
 surmounted by a barren hill, 664 feet high, over the middle of the 
 north shore. 
 
 Flobber Cove Island, 15 feet above high water, lies close off the 
 middle of the east shore, and two rocks, that cover at high water, 
 lie eastward of that islet, the eastern being 100 yards distant. 
 
 May Cove, north of May Head, the east point of Bois Island, 
 affords anchorage in 7^ fathoms water, and is free from danger, 
 except at the head, which dries at low water. 
 
 A shoal, with 3i fathoms water on it, lies 300 yards N. 85° E. 
 (S. 67° E. mag.) from May Head. 
 
 Snooks Harbor, in the middle of the south shore, is encumbered 
 with rocks, and suitable for boats only. 
 
 Big Copper Head, the SW. extreme of Bois Island, is formed 
 of a reddish yellow cliff, 340 feet high. Close westward of it is a 
 cove with a shingle beach, and off the cove is a rock, that covers 
 at high water, nearly 200 yards distant from the shore. 
 
 Roti Bay, entered NW. of Riches Island, extends in a north- 
 westerly direction 1^ miles, and is thence continued westward in an 
 arm ^ mile in length. 
 
 1^ 
 
 KSsa^-^ 
 
II.^MdUUfl^'u 
 
 lely NW. of tlie 
 
 may be obtained 
 
 her 5 feet above 
 of the bay, from 
 
 1 on a spit imme- 
 
 :ton(is 200 yards, 
 
 island there is a 
 
 obtained in the 
 
 A.nglo- American 
 [ miles eastward 
 
 station, and just 
 ily landing place 
 ) from the mouth 
 it discharges its 
 
 je at the head of 
 ik and Hen Cove 
 water, with 20 
 8 decrease grad- 
 est shore, 
 air Bay into two 
 •oadest part, and 
 he middle of the 
 
 lies close off the 
 sr at high water, 
 irds distant, 
 of Bois Island, 
 ree from danger, 
 
 yards N. 85° E. 
 
 e, is encumbered 
 
 sland, is formed 
 
 stward of it is a 
 
 ock, that covers 
 
 shore. 
 
 inds in a north- 
 
 l westward in an 
 
 LAMPID0E8 PA88AOE, 
 
 IT)." 
 
 A rock, that uncovers 2 feet at low water, lies nearly in mid- 
 channel, f mile NNW. from the entrance, and is joined by a bar, 
 with G fathoms water over it, to the eastern shore. 
 
 There is no convenient passage westward, but Riches Island com- 
 pletely open east of the west entrance point, bearing S. 36° E. (S. 
 8° E. mag.), will lead east of the rock. 
 
 Shoal water extends 150 yards from the south point of the arm 
 at the head, and also a short distance from the east shore, leaving 
 a passage only 150 yards wide, with a depth of 4 fathoms, to that 
 arm. 
 
 Anchorage.— Anchorage may be obtained in from 14 to 17 
 fathoms water, at i mile within the entrance, or north of the rock, 
 in the same depths. 
 
 Water. -Water may be procured from the streams in the west- 
 ern arm or from Sticklaud Cove, the bight westward of the rock 
 in the bay. 
 
 . Lampidoes Passage, the channel north of Bois Island, has 
 deep water throughout. The north shore falls precipitously in high 
 >^iiiX..-., ciiici io lUUcijiLDu uy ulic xai'gu timi severai miiuxi uuves. 
 
 During NW. and SE. winds terrific squalls sweep through this 
 passage, and vessels should then avoid it. 
 
 A rock, with 5 feet water on it, lies 100 yards from the shore, 
 immediately within the SW. point of entrance to Lampidoes Pas- 
 sage, and is the only danger on that shore. 
 
 Margery Cove lies eastward of Margery Head, a steep cliff 600 
 feet high, and is formed by a small projection 38 feet high. 
 
 Northwest Cove, on the north shore near the middle of the 
 passage, extends northeastward f mile. 
 
 Anchorage.— Anchorage for small vessels may be obtained at 
 the head in 7 fathoms water, over mud. 
 
 Pomley Cove, 2 miles SW. of Northwest Cove, has anchorage 
 for small vessels only, in 6^ fathoms water, at 150 yards from the 
 shore. The head of the cove dries at low water. 
 
 Goblin Head, probably so named from the profile of a face seen 
 on certain bearings, is a steep bluff" surmounted by a round hill 648 
 feet high. It forms the south entrance point to Goblin Bay, an 
 indentation nearly 2 miles in length, that contains deep water 
 throughout, and no anchorage. Two small islets, 10 feet high, with 
 rocks between, lie close to the south shore of the bay, near the head. 
 Middle Goblin Bay is separated from Goblin Bay by a round 
 hill 520 feet high. A round rock and a square islet, both 11 feet 
 above high water, lie southward of the entrance, and a rock, that 
 covers at high water, lies 50 yards southeastward of the round rock. 
 This bay is useless for large vessels, as a rock, with feet water 
 on it, lies in the middle of the nan-ows, but small craft can pass on 
 
 14010 11 
 
156 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH COAST. 
 
 either side of the rock in 3 fathoms water, and anchor at the head 
 in 10 fathoms, or less, as convenient. 
 
 Little Qoblin Bay, northwestward of Michlle Goblin Bay, being 
 encumbered with rocks, is suitable for boats only. 
 
 Raymond Island, 265 feet high, is separated from the mainland 
 by Raymond Passage, a channel 100 yards wide. 
 
 East Bay, a little more than miles in length, contains deep 
 water till the bay branches into two arms. A small islet, 15 feet 
 high, is joined at low water to the south shore of the eastern arm, 
 and a few rocks lie close west of that islet. 
 
 Anchorage. — Ancliorage may be obtained in 7^ fathoms water, 
 north of the islet, or in less depths for small vessels as convenient, 
 the water shoaling gradually to the head. 
 
 Northwest Oove, the northern arm, contains deep water, and is 
 unfit for anchorage except in small vessels, which will find 7 fath- 
 oms water at 5J00 yards from the head. 
 
 Stone Point divides East Bay from North Bay, and is the termi- 
 nation of a small conical hill, 103 feet high, under other round hills 
 west of it. 
 
 North Bay extends inland 7^ miles, and is entirely free from 
 danger till near the head. The sides are bold, in many places 
 precipitous, and the water is deep. Anchorage can be obtained 
 only in the localities designated. 
 
 Anchorage. — First Brook, a small indentation on the east shore, 
 l^ miles from the entrance, affords anchorage, for small vessels 
 only, in from 7 to 11 fathoms water. 
 
 Second Brook Oove, one mile further east, has no anchorage. 
 
 Telegraph Station. — Near the head of the bay a telegraph sta- 
 tion, in connection with the Anglo-American Company, stands on 
 a low point, at a little more than | mile from Indian Point. 
 
 Anchorage may be obtained in 6+ fathoms water, from i mile 
 southward of Indian Point, in mid-channel, to abreast that jjoint, 
 in 4^ fathoms water. . The bank falls rapidly southward from a 
 depth of 6^ to 41 fathoms. 
 
 Small vessels can proceed as far as Dogberry Rock, a small islet 
 4 feet high, joined to the east shore ; there is a good salmon and 
 sea trout river at the head of the bay, and deer may be obtained 
 in the vicinity. 
 
 Water. — Water may be obtained from several brooks flowing 
 into the bay on each side, near the head. A large stream flows into 
 the head, west of the telegraph station, but it is completely ob- 
 structed by bowlders at low water. 
 
 North Bay Head, the west entrance point, falls in cliffs from 
 an elevation of 600 feet, the termination of a hill 1,040 feet high, 
 close west of it. There is a conspicuous white mark on the west 
 side of this head. 
 
!hor at the head 
 
 jblin Bay, being 
 
 >m tlie luaiiihind 
 
 h, ccnitnins deep 
 all islet, 15 feet 
 ;he eastern arm, 
 
 fathoms water, 
 s as convenient, 
 
 (ep water, and is 
 will find 7 fath- 
 
 md is the termi- 
 >ther round hills 
 
 itirely free from 
 in many places 
 ?an be obtained 
 
 n the east shore, 
 3r small vessels 
 
 s no anchorage, 
 a telegraph sta- 
 pany, stands on 
 an Point, 
 ter, from i mile 
 reast that point, 
 ithward from a 
 
 ick, a small islet 
 food salmon and 
 nay be obtained 
 
 brooks flowing 
 troam flows into 
 I completely ob- 
 is in cliffs from 
 
 1,040 feet high, 
 lark on the west 
 
 r 
 
 OREAT CUILLEB BAY. 
 
 157 
 
 Oul-de-sao lies close south of North Bay Head, and is a small 
 basin, containing ancliorage for small vessels, in from 4 to 6 fathoms 
 water, but the entrance is only 80 yards wide, and has a depth of 
 3 fathoms in it. 
 
 Sugarloaf Island, surmounted by a conical hill 204 feet high, 
 is situated close southward of Cul-de-sac. 
 
 There is a passage, for boats only, between it and the mainland 
 north. A rock, with 6 feet water on it, lies close to the i W. 
 extreme. 
 
 Great Ouiller Bay, entered south of Sugarloaf Island, ext Aa 
 li miles inland, narrowing gradually to the head. 
 
 A rock, awash at high water, lies in Great Cuiller Bay at 1,150 
 yards westward of Sugarloaf Island, and a sunken rock lies 100 
 yards eastward of it. The passages, both north and south of these 
 rocks, are clear ; that to the southward is, however, less than 100 
 yards wide, while the northern is 250 yards broad. Stone Point 
 k6pt in line with the passage north of Sugarloaf Island, bearing 
 N. 65° E. (S. 87° E. mag.), leads north of these rocks. 
 
 Anchorage.— Anchorage, in depths of from 7 to 10 fathoms, may 
 be obtained westward of the rocks, with good holding ground, but 
 the watei is deep east of them. 
 
 Great Cuiller Point lies south of the ertrance. A remarkable 
 white patch, that from a distance resembles a church with a spire, 
 is situated 300 yards southward of the extreme. 
 
 Tides.— It is high water, full and change, in Great Cuiller Bay 
 at 8h. 55m.; springs rise 6^ feet, neaps rise 5 feet; neaps range 3 
 feet. 
 
 LitUe Ouiller Bay, south of Great Cuiller Bay, is free from 
 danger, except at the head, which dries to the narrows. 
 
 Anchorage.— Anchorage for small vessels may be obtained in 
 from Si to 10 fathoms water, but^xposed to easterly winds. 
 
 Birchy Cove lies south of Little Cuiller Bay. The shores are 
 foul for a short distance, and shoal water extends 200 yards from 
 the south entrance point. 
 
 Stone Island, about 20 feet high, lies in-the mouth of this cove. 
 
 Anchorage.— Anchorage may be obtained in from 11 to 14 
 fathoms water, at 400 yards from a small projection at the middle 
 of the head of the cove. 
 
 Stanley Cove, f mile south of Birchy Cove, is a small bight, 
 with several houses on the shingle beach that forms the head. It 
 affords shelter for boats, or small craft only, in 9 fathoms, or less 
 water as convenient. 
 
 Old Harry, a high pinnacle rock, is the southernmost of three 
 similar pillars that stand close to the headland south of Stanley 
 Cove. 
 
 ml 
 
158 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH n)AST. 
 
 11 
 
 Manuel Arm, a Iuvko open buy, i« entorod south of Old Hm-ry, 
 but contains no anchorage, except for boats or tiwhing veHHt'ls, ijuite 
 cloHo to tlio shore. 
 
 Great Jervis Harbor is on tlio wost side of tlio entrance to 
 Deopair Bay, The north entrance point is h»w, and fringed by rocks 
 tliat extend off 70 yards. The north shore of the harbor is cut up 
 into several small coves. 
 
 Man-of-war Cuve, the easternmost, has anchorage for small ves- 
 sels as far as the wharf on the oast shore. 
 
 Man-of-war Rocks, on the west side of the entrance to Man-of- 
 war Cove, consist of two pinnacles, 4 feet high, joined at low water. 
 A rock, that uncovers at low water, lies 40 yards south of those 
 rocks. 
 
 Push Through is a passage for boats at high water between 
 the promontory and the island forming the south shore of the har- 
 bor, under a bridge Avhich connects them. A considerable settle- 
 ment is situated in this locality, with a schoolhouse and a church. 
 A flagstaff surmounts the island at an elevation of 102 feet. 
 
 Great Jervis Island divides tiie entrance to tiie iuirbor. The 
 summit, 4-12 feet high, is a sharp peak near the SE. extreme, which 
 falls in cliff 365 feet, and is bold -to. Shoal water extends 50 yards 
 from the north extreme. 
 
 The Brothers uncover 3 feet at low water, and extend 150 yards 
 from the NW. extreme of Great Jervis Island; shoal water extends 
 about 75 yards northward from the Brothers. 
 
 Dory Rock, that just uncovers at low water, lies close to the 
 west extreme of Great Jervis Island, 
 
 The Barasway is situated about i mile southwestward of Great 
 Jervis Island ; a small rock lies close southward of the northern 
 entrance point, and u rock, on which the least water is 7 feet, lies 
 150 yards from the south shore and i mile west from Push Through, 
 
 Anchorages.— Anchorage may be obtained, in 1 4 fathoms water, 
 off the entrance to the Barasway; in from 9 to 16 fathoms, south 
 and west of Pearl Island ; or in 8 fathoms, between Great Jervis 
 Island and Man-of-war Cove. 
 
 Directions. — The best passage to the harbor is south of Great 
 Jervis Island, but if proceeding to the anchorage off the Barasway, 
 care should be taken to avoid the rock, with 7 feet water on it, off 
 the south shore. 
 
 Small vessels may proceed, from the northern anchonii^e to the 
 western, by keeping the north entrance point of the harbor just 
 op«^n south of Man-of-war Rocks, bearing N. 79° E. (S. 73° E. mag.), 
 which will lead between the Brothers and the rocks west of Shallop 
 Cove; and the high house of Western Harbor open west of 
 Great Jervis Island, bearing S. 13° E. (S. 15° W. mag.), clears the 
 Brothers passing to the westward. 
 
 mmmlm^ idi 
 
th of Old Hurry, 
 iig vosHt'ls, (juite 
 
 tlio ontranco to 
 fringed by roclcH 
 harbor is cut up 
 
 i?e for small ves- 
 
 rance to Mau-of- 
 10(1 at low water, 
 s south of these 
 
 li water between 
 jhore of the har- 
 isiderable settle- 
 ■<e and a church. 
 ' 102 feet, 
 he harbor. The 
 extreme, wliich 
 }x tends 50 yards 
 
 ixtond 150 yards 
 al water extends 
 
 ies close to the 
 
 •stward of Great 
 of the northern 
 ter is 7 feet, lies 
 L Push Through, 
 t fathoms water, 
 fathoms, south 
 3n Great Jervis 
 
 I south of Great 
 i the Barasway, 
 i water on it, off 
 
 .nchor;ia:e to the 
 the harbor just 
 (S.73°E.raag.), 
 west of Shallop 
 * open west of 
 lag.), clears the 
 
 fHLANDS. 
 
 159 
 
 ,, J»H B OT.- 
 
 Tidea.— It i.s high \'. .ifr, full and changi', in Great .IoivIh Har- 
 bor at 8h. 5.'ira.; springs rise (5^ feet, imaps rise 5 feet; nt-aps 
 range 3 feet. The tidal streams are scarcely perceptible in this 
 neighl)()rh()(»d, and are principally dependent on prevailing winds. 
 Pigeon Island, lit feet high, lies south of Western Harb<ir, a 
 small cove on the south nide of the promontory south of Great 
 Jervis Harbor. Crib Nose Shoal, with 11 feet water on it, lies 160 
 yards south of Pigeon Island. 
 
 Pigeon 1 ihunl Shoal, with 13 feet water over it, lies 000 yards 
 SE. from Pigeon Island. 
 
 Saddle Island, nearly one mile >uthward of Dawson Point, is 
 surmounted by two conspicuous lulls, the southwestern conical 
 and 243 feet high. The east shore of the island is encumbered with 
 rocks as far as White Rock, an islet 7 feet high, eastward of which 
 there is no danger. Two sunken rocks lie nearly 200 yards from 
 the south extreme, and a short distance further south is Black 
 Rock, an islet 9 feet high. 
 
 Buffett Tickle, the narrow passage north of Saddle Island, can 
 be used by small vessels. The pas.sage between Saddle Island and 
 Middle Island is clear in mid-channel. 
 
 Middle or Crooked Island, 226 feet high, has no danger 
 beyond a short distance from the east shore, but the west shore is 
 foul, and the bight contains several islets and rocks. 
 
 Mark Rocks uncover 4+ feet at low water, and are 250 yards SE. 
 of the SE. extreme of Middle Island. 
 
 Mark Rocks Shoal, with 3 fathoms water over it, lies 100 yards 
 eastward of the rocks. 
 
 Bonne Bay, entered between Middle and Taylor Islands, extends 
 2^ miles in a northerly direction. 
 
 Drake or Gooseberry Island, 31 feet high, lies in the middle of 
 the bay, and there is a good passage on either side of it, but it 
 should not be appi-oached within 100 yards. 
 
 Anchorage. — Anchorage for small vessels may be obtained at 
 the head of Bonne Bay, in 7 fathoms water, at COO yards from the 
 mouth of the brook at the head. 
 
 Taylor Island is 408 feet high, and over the north extreme is 
 a round wooded hill 352 feet high, known as Crib Nose. 
 
 Whale Rock dries 4 feet at low water, and lies 650 yards SSE. 
 of Grip Head, the SW. point of Taylor Island. 
 
 The east shore of Taylor Island is very foul, .small rocks and 
 islets extending 150 yards from the shore; but the greatest danger 
 is Hardy Rock, which lies 250 yards from the north point of Hardy 
 Cove, a small bight with some houses round it. The extreme of 
 the west shore of Bonne Bay shut in with Drake Island, bearing 
 N. 31° W. (N. 3° W. mag.), leads east of this danger. 
 
1<») 
 
 NKWFonNDLArn) — ftounr ci M-f. 
 
 Rocky pasMHKo, tho rhuimol weHt of T»i> . Tslaim, rontiiiiis 
 nunu^roiiH rncks, mid is Hvailivbln wit)i iiccumto locul knowledge 
 only. 
 
 Taylor Book, with 4 fiithomH wiitcr on it, Vwn 7M yurdH H. (15" 
 E. (8, 37° E. miig.) of BhIiuou Point. Tim nuirk for clearinK Hardy 
 Rork will l(*ad east and Mowjuito iHland open Hoiith of (Jrip Head 
 bearing N. 07" \V. (N. :J!>° W. nuig.) will load south of tliis Hhoal. 
 
 Bonne Bay Harbor, about 7()<> yards in diainotor, situated NW. 
 of Taylor Island, is completely shelterotl from all winds, but the 
 anchorage space is limited to tho western portion, whore good shel- 
 ter may be obtained in from 14 to 17 fathoms water, as convenient. 
 Largt* vessels shouM anchor in the latter depth, with Drake Island 
 completely shut in with Poole Island, bearing about N. 28° E. (N. 
 60° E. mag.) 
 
 A rock, which dries one foot, lies nearly 100 yards off the south 
 entrance point of the cove on the west shore, and a shoal, with 3i 
 fathoms water on it, is situated in the middle of the cove. 
 
 Kelpy Book, with 3i fathoms water on it, lies 1,100 yards S. 
 Yi»" W. (N. I'd' W. mag.) from tho west oxti-eme of Grip Head, 
 and a shoal, with 4 fatlumis water on it, lies 150 yards northwest- 
 ward of Kelpy Rock. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Bonne Bay Harbor 
 at 8h. 54ra. ; springs rise G^^ foot, neaps rise 5 feet; neaps range 3 
 feet. 
 
 Mosquito Harbor, close west of Bonne Bay, extends nearly 1^ 
 miles in a northerly direction, and is fi-ee from danger, but there 
 is no anchorage, except for small vessels, in 8 fathoms water, in a 
 small cove on the west side of the head. 
 
 Mosquito Island, separated from the west entrance i)oint of the 
 harbor by a shallow channel, containing several rocks, is flat in 
 outline, 296 feet in height, and cliffy to seaward. 
 
 Mosquito Back Cove is completely exposed. 
 
 Halibut Books, two small islets, the higher 6 feet above high 
 water, lying nearly 1,400 yards 8. 51° W. (8. 79° W. mag.) from 
 the west point of Mosquito Island, are surrounded by sunken rocks, 
 that extend i mile in a S8W. direction. Bear Head open south 
 of Fish Head, bearing West (N. 62° W. mag.), leads south of all 
 these dangers and those south of Taylor Island. 
 
 Razorback Rock, with 3^ fathoms water on it, lies 1,100 yards 
 N. 70° W. (N. 43° W. mag.) from Halibut Rocks. 
 
 Fflcheux Eye, a small cove with a waterfall at the head, is close 
 east of the entrance to Fftcheux Bay. This cove is available for 
 boats only, and is entered by keeping close to the east shore, as the 
 west side is foul. 
 
 r^ 
 
slniiti, contiiiiis 
 (K'hI knowh'dgo 
 
 rr.O yunlH S. lis" 
 cleuriiijjf Hiinly 
 ih of (}ri[) Htwl 
 th of tlii.s shoiil. 
 r, situatod NW. 
 wIikIh, but tlio 
 srhere jjfood shel- 
 ', UH convenient, 
 th Drake Island 
 It N. ^8° E. (N. 
 
 (la off the south 
 I shojil, witli 3| 
 le cove. 
 1,100 yards S. 
 of Grip Head, 
 irds nortliwest- 
 
 ine Bay Harbor 
 ; neaps range 3 
 
 tends nearly 1^ 
 iiger, but there 
 )ms water, in a 
 
 ce i)oint of the 
 'ocks, is flat in 
 
 eet above high 
 W. mag.) from 
 f sunken rocks, 
 sad open south 
 ds south of all 
 
 ies 1,100 yards 
 
 e head, is close 
 i available for 
 st shore, as the 
 
 m 
 
 ^nH^i 
 
 HUH .NT COVE. 
 
 I 111 
 
 Fiu-hciLV lli-ad Sliuul, with I fiithuiuH water over it, Hom ;)oO yards 
 from the Hhoro, and 000 yards from tin' fiitnuice to Fi\c1uhix Eye. 
 
 F&oheux Bay e.Ktonds lo mili-H, north, in nearly a Htniiglit line, 
 but llitTt' lire III) anclmiii^^t'H ()\('»*pt at the placrs (Inscribed. 
 
 Anohorag^eB. — Allan Cove, on >KtM>aHt sliuic, r\ milt'N Irom tlit> 
 entrance, is \ niilt« tlci'p. Good anchorage may bo obtained in from 
 8 to fathoms water at about 400 yards east of the line of the 
 entrance points. 
 
 Anchorage may bo obtained soutliward of tlie narrows, at the 
 head of Fa(;heux Bay, in from to 10 fathoms wat(*r, the former 
 d(»ptli at i mile distant. Southward of that depth tlu) bank falls 
 suddenly to a depth of 40 fathoms. 
 
 Brent Cove, on the west shore, opposite to Allan Cove, contains 
 the best anchorage. It is J riile deep, but ground, that uncovers 
 at low water, and shoal wat( r extend <i(»o yards from the head. 
 
 Anchorage may be obtained in from to lo fathoms water, as 
 convenient, clo.se within the entrance i)oiiits, but the phiteau falls 
 suddenly eastward, to a depth of 34 fathoms. 
 
 Black Otter Rub, a small projection 10 feet high, situated about 
 J milo south of the cove, is a good indication of the approacli to it. 
 
 Dennis Arm, an indentation one mile long and 150 yards broad, 
 affords good anchorage for small vessels in from 7 to 9 fathoms 
 water. The north shore is bold-to, but off the south side there is 
 a fringe of foul ground that dries at low water, and the head dries 
 for the distance of 200 yards from the tree line. 
 
 Warren Cove, on the west shore of Facheux Bay, at 1^ miles 
 from the entrance, affords anchorage for small vessels only in 8 
 fathoms water, and close to the shore. A conspicuous white stripe 
 shows on the cliff on the north side of the cove. 
 
 Facheux Harbor, suitable for boats only, is separated from 
 Warren Cove by a bare promontory, 107 feet liigh, that terminates 
 in low rocky points. 
 
 Dragon Bay extends in a westerly direction for about 3 miles, 
 and there is no anchorage for any but small vessels in the T\arrow 
 arm at the head. 
 
 The only danger is a rock, 100 yards from the shore, immediately 
 eastward of a small projection on the north shore, west of which, 
 is a waterfall. 
 
 Muddy Hole is a small boat harbor nearly one mile Avestward of 
 Dragon Bay. Boats lie at the head, and a depth of 8 feet may be 
 found, at high water, in the entrance, biit there is a rock that un- 
 covers in the middle, and local knowledge is requisite to avoid it. 
 
 Richards Harbor, about 3 miles west of Facheux Bay, is en- 
 tered between precipitous cliffs on the west side, and low points 
 under cliff on the east shore. 
 
162 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND- 30UTII COAST. 
 
 P- 
 
 
 r 
 
 
 At GOO yf ''ds within the entrance the harbor trends more easterly 
 for a farther distance of GOO yards, with a breadth of 400 yards to 
 the head. The iiirning point on the south shore is a small islet 13 
 feet high, and joined to the mainland at low water. Sunken rocks 
 lie a short distance SW. of this islet. 
 
 Anchorage. — This harbor should be used for temporary anchor- 
 age only, as the depths vary from 20 to 24 fathoms, and the hold- 
 ing ground is not good ; also terrific squalls sweep down the valley 
 with strong breezes from NW. to SE., sutticieut to cause vessels to 
 drag, though there is no sea. In emergency they can, however, 
 be moored to rocks on the shore. 
 
 Shoal Point Rock, with 4| fathoms water over it, lies 200 yards 
 southward of the west entrance point. 
 
 (H. O. Chart No. 1103, and B. A. Chart No. 2141.) 
 
 Coast. — Westward of Richards Harbor the coast is formed of 
 cliff, alternately colored red and gray, the former color being very 
 conspicuous in sunshine. A wedge-shaped rock, 22 feet high, lies 
 close to Upper Shoal Point, at one 'ailo west of Richards Harbor, 
 westward of which and 200 yards distant, is a bank, with 6^ fath- 
 oms water on it, that breaks in ba I weather. 
 
 Horse Brook, a remarkable wattrfall, is in uhe cove next west 
 of Upper Shoal Point, and Mare Fall, a wider, but not so high a 
 stream, falls over the cliffs into a covo 1^ miles farther westward. 
 
 Several banks lie off this coast, but none are dangerous except 
 with a very heavy sea. 
 
 Hare Bay, about 4 miles westward of Richards Harbor, extends 
 4 miles north, with an average breadth of ^ mile, when it expands 
 in two arms. Northwest Arm affords the best anchorage on the 
 south shore of Newfoundland. 
 
 Bob Lock Cove, on the east shore, a,t H miles from the entrance, 
 contains anchorage for small vt'ssels in 15 fathoms water, with good 
 holding ground. The south entrance point may be recognized by 
 a remarkable round hill, 618 feet high^ that is cliffy to seaward. 
 
 Water. — Water may be procured from a stream at the head of 
 this cove. 
 
 Morgan Arm, the eastern of the two branches at the head, is 
 one mile in length, GOO yards in width, and divided near the head 
 into two shallow coves by low wooded projection. A waterfall 
 descends into the western, and a large stream flows into the east- 
 ern, of these coves. 
 
 Anchorage. — Anchorage may be obtained, southward of the 
 wooded projection, in from 5 to 8 fathoms vrater, as convenient. 
 
 Northwest Arm extends 1^ ndles in a NW. direction to the 
 first narrows, the east side of Avhich may be known by Sandy 
 
Is more easterly 
 
 of 400 yards to 
 
 a small islet 12 
 
 Sunkeu rocks 
 
 iporary anchor- 
 I, and the hold- 
 lown the valley 
 3ause vessels to 
 ■ can, however, 
 
 , lies 200 yards 
 
 1-) 
 
 st is fox'med of 
 )lor being very 
 feet high, lies 
 ihards Harbor, 
 :, with 5^ fath- 
 
 cove next west 
 ; not so high a 
 her westward, 
 igerous except 
 
 'arbor, extends 
 hen it expands 
 horage on the 
 
 L the entrance, 
 iter, with good 
 recognized by 
 to seaward, 
 at the head of 
 
 t the head, is 
 
 near the head 
 
 A waterfall 
 
 into the east- 
 
 hward of the 
 convenient, 
 ection to the 
 ivn by Sandy 
 
 ANCHOIJAGE. 
 
 163 
 
 Point, which terminates in a shingle spit, drying at low water, 
 100 yards from the trees. 
 
 The passage through the nari-ows is only 100 yards wide, with 
 a depth of 7 fathoms in the middle, but within is a bay nearly 800 
 yards wide, with depths leas than 3 fathoms at 300 yards, and less 
 than G feet at 600 yards distant, respectively, north of the narrows. 
 
 Small craft can, however, proceed over this bar at high water, 
 and through a second narrows, at i mile from the first, within 
 which will be found another basin i mile long and 300 yards wide, 
 but it dries at low water, 400 yards from the head. 
 
 Vessels drawing 9 feet, or less water, can lie afloat at low water 
 close inside the second narrows. 
 
 Anchorage for vessels of any size may be obtained over a space 
 f mile long, and nearly 800 yards broad, with depths of from 6 to 
 9 fathoms, over mud, and good holding ground. 
 
 The eastern limit of the anchorage is southwestward of the point 
 immediately north of a deep cove on the east shore, at i mile from 
 the entrance to the arm, whence the bank falls rapidly eastward 
 to depths of 30 and 40 fathoms. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Hare Bay at 8h. 
 38m. ; springs rise 7 feet. 
 
 Cul-de-sac lies immediately westward of Hare Bay, and is an 
 exposed cove, nearly one mile in length. The head is a narrow 
 arm, i mile long, and contains numerous bowlders, while a few 
 houses stand on its shores. 
 
 The west entrance point of Cul-de-sac is formed by a sharp- 
 pointed and rocky hill, 724 feet high, terminated eastward by a 
 low black rock. A rock that uncovers lies close to it, and a shoal, 
 with 3i fathoms water on it, a little more than 200 yards SE. from 
 the black rock. 
 
 Anchorage. — Small vessels may find temporary anchorage, in 
 9 fathoms water, eastward of the entrance to the head, but must 
 be prepared to leave when the winds blow between SE. and South, 
 as a heavy sea is soon formed. 
 
 Coast. — From Cul-de-sac westward to Red Point, the coast, 
 cliffy and intersected by deep ravines, is generally steep-to, 
 while the land behind attains elevationc* of 1,000 to 1,500 feet, in 
 ranges that extend inland. 
 
 Numerous shoals extend SE. from Red Point, but the only one 
 that is dangerous in ordinary weather is Rea Point Kock, with 4 
 fathoms water on it, situated 650 yards S. 68'" E. (S. 41° E. mag., 
 from Red Point. 
 
 In bad weather this coast should not be approached nearer than 
 ■J- mile, as these banks make a confused sea. 
 
 Red Point, so named from the color of the cliffs, is 3 miles 
 westward of Hare Bay. 
 
16^ 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND SOUTH COAST. 
 
 Devil Bay, 4 miles west of Hare Bay, extends northward 2f 
 miles, with a slight bend, and has deep water to the liead, where 
 anchorage for small craft may be obtained, in 7 fathoms water, 
 close to the shore. Within the enti'ance, on either side, is a water- 
 fall, and on the Avest side, Blow-me-down, a steep bluff 1,280 feet 
 high. 
 
 Rencontre Bay extends 3 miles in a northwesterly dii-ection 
 from Devil Bay, and then takes a sudden bend north for 2 miles 
 to the head. 
 
 Anchorage. — Anchorage may be obtained at the head of this 
 bay in from 11 to 18 fathoms water. 
 
 Water. — Water may be obtained in many places, and wood at 
 the head of the bay. 
 
 Little Bay, on the north shore of Rencontre Bay, and entered 
 on the east side of Ironskull, a conspicuous hill 1,077 feet high, 
 with a remarkable white spur that shows plainly from the south- 
 ward, extends li miles in a north direction, but the water is too 
 deep for anchorage. Just over the head is Sugarloaf , a remarkable 
 hill 1,290 feet high. 
 
 The Cove lies on the west side of High Lookout, 2 miles within 
 the entrance to Rencontre Bay. There are several houses at high- 
 water mark, from which sand dries for the distance of 100 yards, 
 being the debris left by a river that drains the valley between 
 Chaleur and Rencontre Bays. 
 
 Anchorage. — Anchoiaga for small vessels may be obtained in 
 17 fathoms water, 300 yards from the shore, but it is unsafe in NE. 
 winds, when terrific squalls sweep down the bay over the high hills 
 surrounding it. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in the cove at 8h. 55m. ; 
 springs rise 6i feet; neaps rise 4^ feet. 
 
 Barasway, f mile west of tlie cove, affords anchorage iu 10 
 fathoms water, at about 350 yards off the beach. 
 
 New Harbor, west of the island of that name, is ^ mile deep, 
 and 400 yards wide at the head, and affords anchorage in 15 
 fathoms water, at 200 yards from the head, though exposed to 
 easterly winds, but small vessels may find good shelter in 5 
 fathoms off a small cove containing a few houses, situated east of 
 the head. 
 
 Hares Ears Point, | mile SW. of Pinchgut Point, is so named 
 from two peaked rocks off the extreme, with a hole through 
 between them, tlie inner 84 feet above high water. 
 
 Lower Rock, with 2 feet water on it, lies 1,100 yards N. 68° E, 
 (S.,85° E. mag.) from Hares Ears Point; and Hares Ears Rock, 
 with 5 feet water on it and 15 fathoms close to the southward, lies 
 400 yards S. 85° E. (S. 58° E. mag.) from Hares Ears Point. The 
 
I north ward 2| 
 he head, where 
 fathoms water, 
 side, is a water- 
 bluff 1,280 feet 
 
 itei'ly direction 
 )rth for 2 miles 
 
 le head of this 
 
 )s, and wood at 
 
 y, and entered 
 ,077 feet high, 
 rom the south- 
 he water is too 
 '., a remarkable 
 
 3 miles within 
 louses at high- 
 ) of 100 yards, 
 ^alley between 
 
 be obtained in 
 
 unsafe in NE. 
 the high hills 
 
 v^e at 8h. 55m. ; 
 
 chorage in 10 
 
 s + mile deep, 
 chorage in 15 
 ?li exposed to 
 shelter in 5 
 Ltuated east of 
 
 it, is so named 
 hole through 
 
 ards K 68° E, 
 3s Ears Rock, 
 outhward, lies 
 s Point. The 
 
 •m Ih 
 
 CHALEITR HAY. 
 
 KV' 
 
 west point of Devil Bay open east of Pinchgnt Point, bearing N. 
 26° E. (N. 53° E. mag.), clears Hares Ears and Lower Rocks pass- 
 ing to the eastward; and the Bill of Lance Cove open south of 
 Hares Ears, N. 80" W. (N. 53° W. mag.), clears Hares Ears Rock 
 passing to the southward. 
 
 Lance Cove, west of Hares Ears Point, is 1,200 yards wide and 
 ^ mile deep. Anchorage may be obtained for small vessels, with 
 shelter from offshore winds, in from 3 to 6 fathoms water, at 250 
 yards from the beach. 
 
 Lance Cove Point, 250 feet high, dividing Lance Cove on the 
 east from Chaleur Bay on the west, has steep cliffs on both sides, 
 and ends in a sharp point. 
 
 Chaleur Bay extends 5^ miles in a northwesterly direction, with 
 one bend. It is 600 yards wide at the entrance, but expands to 
 1,200 yards within, narrowing gradually to the head. 
 
 Gull Island, J mile west from Lance Cove Point, is white, 102 
 feet high, and marks the east side of Chaleur Bay. Shooter Rock, 
 3 feet above high water, lies close to the east shore 1,200 yards 
 within the entrance. 
 
 Anchorages.—Cooper Cove is 2i miles within the entrance on 
 the west side. A brook, that drains a deep valley, flowing into it 
 has formed a sandy beach, off which, at 300 yards, anchorage may 
 be obtained by small vessels in from 9 to 14 fathoms water. There 
 is a similar cove opposite on the east side, but Avithout anchorage. 
 
 Anchorage may also be obtained, at 600 to 1,200 yards from the 
 head of the bay, in from 6 to 15 fathoms water, over mud. 
 
 Water. — Wood and water can be easily proctired. 
 
 Fransway Bay, also known as Francois Bay, is an inlet li 
 miles deep and 400 yards wide, and surrounded by steep bluffs, 
 situated 3 miles westward of Hares Ears Point. A brook flows 
 into the head of the inlet, and the s*. .i '3ment is east of th^ brook 
 and under the Friar, a cliffy eminenr <• 680 fjet above high water, 
 with landslips extending to the wate: s edge. 
 
 Anchorage. — Anchorage may be obtained, in from 14 to 23 
 fathoms water, within 400 yar - of the head 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, fidl and change, in Fransway Bay at 
 8h. 40 m. ; springs rise 6^ feet, neaps rise 4^ feet. 
 
 Coast. — Brandy Head is a gray, conical-shaped promontory, 
 278 feet high ; between it and Nick Power Point is a cove faced by 
 steep cliffs, and on the east side is Brandy Cove, 60(> yards deep. 
 
 Nick Power Point, 1,200 yards west of Brandy Head, is an 
 isolated hillock 216 feet high, terminating in rugged points, with 
 breakers 100 yards off the west extreme. 
 
 Nick Power Cove extends 1,600 yards from 'his point, with a 
 general width of 300 yards. At the west side of the head of the 
 
166 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH COAST. 
 
 cove is a bi-ook, off wliich, 100 yards, lies a rock that covers at 
 high water. 
 
 Anchorage. — Anchorage may be obtained with shelter from 
 offshore winds, in 15 fathoms water, eastward of this rock. 
 
 The Bar, with 3 fathoms water on it, lies 400 yards N. 71° W. 
 (N. 44° W. mag.) from the west extreme of Nick Power Point. 
 
 Aviron Point, (5i miles WSW. of Hares Ears Point and 400 
 yards west of Distress Rock, is the extremity of an isolated conical- 
 shaped hill, 290 feet above high water, connected by a low marsh 
 to the mainland. From this to Styles Point, f mile in a northerly 
 .direction, the coast is nagged, with deep gaps in the cliffs. 
 
 Aviron Rock, ao feet high, lies in the middle of the entrance to 
 Aviron Bay. From it a bank extends ^ mile SSE., at the extreme 
 of which there is a depth of 2J fathoms. 
 
 Aviron Bay, also known as Oar Bay, stretches with a slight 
 curve in a northerly direction for 3J miles, with a general width 
 of 600 yards, and depths of water ranging from 43 to 86 fathoms. 
 
 Anchorage. — Northeast Cove, near the head, has anchorage in 
 from 16 to 20 fathoms water. 
 
 The head of the bay, a basin nearly | mile deep, is entered by a 
 narrow passage 150 yards wide, through which a depth of 15 feet 
 can be carried. In it there is excellent anchorage foi' ^mall ves- 
 sels in 4^ fathoms water. On the north side is a magnificent 
 waterfall, over the slope of a hill 1,130 feet high, 
 
 Bagg Cove lies immediately within the narrows on the west side, 
 but affords no anchorage. 
 
 Water. — Water may be obtained at many places in this bay, and 
 small wood from near the head. 
 
 Cul-de-sac Bay H miles WNW. of Aviron Point, is nearly J 
 mile deep, and divided, at the head, into two coves by Battery 
 Point, a bare promontory 130 feet above high water. 
 
 Anchorage. — The settlement is on the east side of this point, but 
 only small vessels can anchor off it. Large vessels will find shel- 
 tered anchorage in 5 fathoms water, over sand, at 400 yards S. 18° 
 E. (S. 9° W. mag.) of Battery Point. 
 
 Wild C:>ve, on the east side of the shingle beach connecting 
 Cape La Hune with the mainland, is ^ mile deep, and at its head is 
 a sandy beach, 400 yards from which anchorage may be obtained, 
 in from 6 to 7 fathoms water, with shelter from offshore winds. 
 
 Penguin Islands. — This group, which occupies a space of more 
 than one mile square, is 9f miles SSW. + W. from Cape La Hune, 
 and consists of .lumerous islands and rocks. Harbor Island, the 
 highest and easternmost, being 78 feet above high water. 
 
 On the south side of this island is a small cove where boats find 
 shelter, but a heavy sea I'olls in with southerly windf. The pas- 
 sages between the islands are completely blocked for ships. 
 
". ■ ». "" 
 
 »!»" 
 
 "J; ' .,|V i lill.!lll l ! l gffl| i U. 
 
 that covers at 
 
 I shelter from 
 
 is rock. 
 
 rds N". 71° W. 
 
 >wer Point. 
 
 Point and 400 
 
 olated conical- 
 
 y a low marsh 
 
 in a northerly 
 
 cliffs. 
 
 he entrance to 
 
 it the extreme 
 
 with a slight 
 jeneral width 
 to 86 fathoms. 
 I auehorage in 
 
 1 entered by a 
 ])th of 15 feet 
 for small ves- 
 1 magnificent 
 
 the west side, 
 
 t!iis bay, and 
 
 t, is nearly f 
 s by Battery 
 
 his point, but 
 '^ill find shel- 
 ) yards S. 18° 
 
 h connecting 
 at its head is 
 be obtained, 
 ore winds. 
 l)ace of more 
 -pe La Hime, 
 r Island, the 
 ,ter. 
 
 sre boats find 
 l«. The pas- 
 ^liips. 
 
 K' 
 
 LA HUNE BAY. 
 
 167 
 
 Mile Rock, with !i feet water over it, and steep-to, is 1 jV miles 
 N. 68° E. (S. 85° E. mag.) from Harbor Island. 
 
 Wntch Rock, awash at low water, and the summit of a bank on 
 which there are several shoals, is G miles N, 88° E. (S. G5° E. mag.) 
 from Harbor Island. 
 
 Pinnar-.le Shoal, with 4 fathoms water over it, bears S. a7° W. 
 (S. 64° W. mag.) 1| miles; and a shoal, wifcn u fathoms water, S. 75° 
 W. (N. 78° W. mag.) If miles distant from Watch Rock; both 
 these shoals break in bad weather. 
 
 Cape La Hun«» a peninsula joined to the mainland by a shingle 
 beach, with a castell'ited rock in the centoi, has three peaks; the 
 western, a remarkable cone 579 feet abov«^ \igh water; the north- 
 ern, 424 feet, terminates to the southeastward in Long Point, a 
 rugged, curved neck of land that forms Cape Cove, an indentation 
 700 yards deep with sheltered anchorage fvuin offshore winds in 
 from 9 to 11 fathoms water. 
 
 A rock, with 15 feet water over it, lies 100 yards from the south 
 extreme of the cape. 
 
 La Hune Bay extends north from the cape ('A miles, with an 
 average widtli of 800 yards to the head, at | mile from which there 
 is excellent anchorage in from 10 to 13 fathoms water, over mud. 
 
 On the east side tlie almost continuous line of cliffs, over 1,000 
 feet high, is terminated at the north end by Northeast Cove, 600 
 yards deep, with a sand spit 200 yards from the south shore, and 
 puother the same distance from the head. There is good anchorage 
 in 14 fathoms water 300 yards offshore. 
 
 At the south end of the cliffs is Deadman Cove, 600 yards deep, 
 with two waterfalls on the north side, where water may be pro- 
 cured easily. Anchorage can be obtained in from 12 to 15 fathoms 
 water, good holding ground. ^ 
 
 A rock, with 15 feet water on it, lies 200 yards N. 60° W. (N. 33° 
 W. mag.) from the south point of Deadman Cove; and two rocks, 
 the southern 250 yards off, with 9 feet water over it, and 18 fathoms 
 close-to, extend to the southeastward of West Point. 
 
 The west entrance point of La Hune Bay is a peninsula sur- 
 mounted by a remarkable cone 697 feet above high water, termi- 
 nating in rugged cliffs at the outer coast and steep bluffs in La 
 Hune Bay, and joined to the mainland by a shingle beach. 
 
 Ice. — La Hune Bay freezes over about 1st December, and ice 
 disappears by 1st April, but the ice breaks up easily, and is no 
 obstacle to vessels, which come and go all tne year, entering at any 
 time. In 1885 field ice arrived in Februaiy and left on 1st April. 
 
 Tides.— It is high water, full and change, in La Hune Bay at 
 8h. 40ni. ; spr* .gs rise {'>} feet, neaps rise 4^ feet. 
 
 r^mT''%'-r!^ 
 
■JXIIKTWlk'.'L-KJSMSB^ipj 
 
 ■l*^. 
 
 168 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND — 80UTII COAST. 
 
 Long Point juts oiit from the peninsula at the west entrp,nce of 
 La Hune Bay, and West Point is the SE. extremity. 
 
 Long Point Shoal, with a depth of 10 feet, lies 600 yards N. 
 85° W. (N. 58° W. mag.) from Long Point. The eastern Gulch 
 Cove Island open west of Cape Island, bearing N. 06° W. (N. 39° 
 W. mag.), leads nearly 200 yards SW. of this shoal. 
 
 Oape Island, 367 feet high, flat and rugged, is separated from 
 the base of a conical hill by a channel 400 yards wide, in the mid- 
 dle of which is a shoal with 3^ fathoms water over it. 
 
 La Hune Harbor, west of the shingle beach joining Long Point 
 Peninsula to the mainland, is open and exposed, having from 8 to 
 11 fathoms water, but no shelter. The fishing craft belonging to 
 the settlement moor under a cliff at the head of the bay, where 
 neither wind nor sea reaches them even in winter. 
 
 Cape Rocks, 4J miles N. 85° W. (N. 58° W. mag.) from Cape 
 La Hune, are a cluster of bare black islets, the higliest at the south 
 extreme being 30 feet above high vrater. 
 
 Shoal and uneven ground surrounds Capo Rocks for 1^ miles, 
 except off the south extreme, where the water deepens suddenly to 
 50 fathoms at 300 yards distant. 
 
 Gulch Cove, 7i mile.-: NW. of Cape La Hune, is 600 yards deep, 
 with anchorage for a wmall vessel in from 5 to 7 fathoms water ; 
 but with SW. winds a heavy sea rolls in. The hills fall almost 
 perpendicularly on each side of the cove to a narrow low neck of 
 land that separates it from Southeast Arm of Little River. 
 
 'Gulch Cove Islands are two rocky islets ; the higher and west- 
 ern, 95 feet high, bears N. 67° W. (N. 40^ W. mag.) .4- miles dis- 
 tant from Cape La Hune. Numerous rocks surround them ; the outer 
 and western, that covers T) feet at high water, lies 950 yards S. 74° 
 W. (N. 79° W. mag.) from the larger island, with a depth of 30 
 fatlioms at 100 yards SW. 
 
 Coast. — The coast trends from Gulch Cove WSW. for 4^ miles 
 to Little River, and is )>old ajaid steep. 
 
 Seal Rocks, 18 feet high, lie 1,300 yards SE. from the entrance 
 to Little River, and are not easily distinguished against the dark 
 coast. A rock, awash at low water, lies 100 yards N. 61° E. (N. 
 88° E. ma;/ ; fro::^. Seal Rocks. 
 
 Rocks, aliout 5 feet abovr high water, lie between Seal Rocks 
 and the ea ■' point of the entrance to Little River. There is no 
 passage between them and the shore. 
 
 Little River is a long arm of the sea, with an entrance 130 yards 
 wide, and a channel of that width for 1,200 yards to Jerts Cove, 
 when it expands to 600 yards, with excellent anriiorage in from 7 
 to 10 fathoms water, over mud. Again nan owing to 130 yards, 
 the channel extends for 1^ miles to Frenchman Cove, a fine basin 
 
'■est entre,nce of 
 
 y- 
 
 s 600 yards N. 
 eastern Gulch 
 00° W. (N. 39° 
 ,1. 
 
 separated from 
 ide, in the mid- 
 it. 
 
 ling Long Point 
 iving from 8 to 
 ft belonging to 
 the bay, where 
 
 ig.) from Cape 
 I est at the south 
 
 cs for 1^ miles, 
 ens suddenly to 
 
 000 yards deep, 
 fathoms water; 
 ills fall almost 
 ow low neck of 
 3 River. 
 
 igher and west- 
 :.) 'i^- miles dis- 
 them ; the outer 
 J50 yards S. 74° 
 
 1 a depth of 30 
 
 N. for 4^ miles 
 
 )m the entrance 
 jainst the dark 
 s N. 61° E. (N. 
 
 een Seal Rocks 
 3r. There is no 
 
 .ranee 130 yards 
 to Jerts Cove, 
 orage in from 7 
 ? to 130 yai-ds, 
 )ve, a fine basin 
 
 mv hB^mmmm 
 
 LITTLE RIVER. 
 
 169 
 
 li miles long by + mile broad, with good anchorage in from 5 io 9 
 fathoms water, over mud. Little River here divides into two 
 branches. 
 
 Small vessels should be careful not to leave Little River when the 
 Avind is against the tide, as a confused sea soon gets up. 
 
 Southeast Arm extends 3 miles East, with a general width of 
 600 yards, and has good anchorage, in from 7 to 8 fathoms water, 
 for the first mile, after which the arm widenq, and deepens to more 
 than 37 fathoms, shallowing from that and narrowing gradually 
 to the head. A shoal, with 3^ fathoms water over it, lies off the 
 southern shore, about 2 miles distant from the head. 
 
 Northeast Arm is circuitous for 1+ miles, then it is divided 
 into two arms, the Nortlieast and Northwest. It has a depth of 
 about 4 fathoms for the first mile, shoaling to 3 fathoms about i 
 mile south of the point dividing the arms, the water being slightly 
 deeper on the west shore. 
 
 The depths in the North ivest Arm are from 4 fathoms to 1^ fath- 
 oms near the head, and in the Northeast Arm, for 3^ miles to the 
 head, the depths are irregular, in some places as little as feet. 
 
 The sides of Little River are steep and bold, in many places fall- 
 ing precipitously from hills ranging from 750 to 1,000 feet in height. 
 There is no danger except the debris from the hills quite close to 
 the shore. . 
 
 Tides.— It is high water, full and change, at Little Rive*- at 8b. 
 40m. ; springs rise 6i feet, neaps rise 4 feet. A strong tidal stream 
 runs in the direction of the channel, attaining a strength of 3 knots 
 an hour at springs. 
 
 Little River Rocks, 4 feet above high water, lying 6i miles S. 
 \ E. from the entrance of Little River, are steep-to on the south 
 side, but there is a fringe of shoal water' on the north side extend- 
 ing 200 yards from the rocks. 
 
 Little River Bank,— Eastern Rock, with 3^ fathoms water over 
 it, lies near the SE. extreme of Little River Bank, 3i miles S. 40° 
 W. (S. 07° W. mag.) from Little River Rocks; from this rock 
 unev.in ground extends 2i miles, in a NW. direction, to Big Shoal, 
 a head on which the depth is 7 fathoms, near tue NW. extreme of 
 the banks ; the bottom is of coral. 
 
 Bay de Vieux or Old Man Bay, 3 miles northwestward of 
 Little River, is an arm of the sea miles long and generally ^ mile 
 wide, with deep water. 
 
 A rock, av/ash at high water, lies quite close to the west shore, 
 2 miles nearly from West Point, and is the only danger in the bay. 
 
 Denny Island, 335 feet high, lying on the east side of the bay, 
 one mile within East Point, is steep-to except off the NW. point, 
 where there is a rock with one foot wator. 
 
170 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH ("OAST. 
 
 Anchorages. — Dog Cove, east of Denny Island, is only 160 
 yards wide, bnt lias good anchorage for small craft, in 8 fathoms 
 water, near the head. 
 
 The Nook, J mile long by 300 yards broad, is an inlet on the east 
 side of the bay which affords anchorage for small craft at its head, 
 in from 9 to 13 fathoms water. 
 
 Anchorage may be obtained within i mile of the head of Bay de 
 Vieux in from 7 to 13 fathoms water, shoaling gradually to the 
 shore. 
 
 Water. — At this latter anchorage the bay is (300 yards wide, and 
 several streams, from which water may bo readily obtained, run 
 into the head of the bay. 
 
 Oobbett or Mosquito Harbor, 1^ miles westward of Bay de 
 Vieux, is a basin nearly one mile long, with an average width of 
 450 yards, approached tlirough a narrow channel 100 yards wide. 
 
 It is perfectly sheltered, but the water is so deep in the greater 
 part of it (20 to 35 fathoms) that anchorage even for small craft 
 can only be obtained in 12 fathoms water, near the west end, off a 
 cove where are a few houses. The only danger is a rock about 50 
 yards off the south side of this cove. 
 
 East Black Rock, 5 feel high, and near the east entrance point, 
 lies \ mile S. 61° E. (S. 34° E. mag.) from the west point of the 
 entrance, and two rocks, awash at low water, lie oft' it, the outer, 
 nearly 200 yards S. 39° E. (S. 3° E. mag.). 
 
 Fox Isleud, IJ miles WSW. of Cobbett Harbor, is 310 feet 
 above high water, rugged and faced by cliffs, and separated from 
 tue mainland by a channel 130 yards wide, in'the west part of 
 which is good anchorage for small craft. 
 
 Rocks and foul ground lie off Fox Island, ^ mile distant on the 
 west and south sides, and one mile on the east ; no vessel should 
 navigate between them. 
 
 Brimball Storehouse Cove, l^ miles West from Fox Island, is 
 an inlet J mile long, with shallow water. 
 
 A rock, with 4 feet water on it, lies 350 yards S. 45° W. (S. 72° 
 W. mag.) from the east point of Brimball Storehouse Cove. 
 
 Bear Head, the east point of White Bear Bay, 6 miles westward 
 of Bay de Vieux, is a steep bluff, falling abruptly from the sum- 
 mit, 526 feet above high water, and fringed by dark cliff's. Off 
 the west point is a pinnacle rock, and there is deep water close to 
 the head. A rock, on which the depth is less than 6 feet, lies 
 about ^ mile SE. of Bear Head. 
 
 Squier Cove, on the east side of the entrance to White Bear 
 Bay, extends east 1,200 yards, has deep water to the shore, and no 
 anchorage ; a few houses are situated near tlie head of this cove. 
 
 "UMiM 
 
and, is only 160 
 •aft, in 8 fathoms 
 
 1 inlet on the east 
 craft at its head, 
 
 le head of Bay de 
 gradually to the 
 
 yards wide, and 
 ily obtained, run 
 
 tward of Bay de 
 average width of 
 
 1 100 yards wide. 
 Bep in the greater 
 n for small craft 
 he west end, off a 
 s a rock about 50 
 
 st entrance point, 
 west point of the 
 ) oft' it, the outer, 
 
 irbor, is 310 feet 
 d separated from 
 •the west part of 
 
 die distant on the 
 no vessel should 
 
 om Fox Island, is 
 
 S. 45° W. (S. 72° 
 house Cove. 
 
 6 miles westward 
 ly from the sum- 
 r dark cliflt's. Otf 
 eep water close to 
 
 than 6 feet, lies 
 
 ce to White Bear 
 the shore, and no 
 ead of this cove. 
 
 I J J l i ]U-U i 
 
 ^ rt'v^^r 
 
 BKAR ISLAND. 
 
 171 
 
 Bear Island, the summit of which is a dark, wooded cone, OOO 
 feet above high water, falls steeply ou tin south and east, but 
 gradually on the other sides. The east ami soutli sides are free 
 from danger, with deep water close to the shore. On tlie south 
 side the cliffs are white and bare for some distance from the 
 water's edge, and may be readily distinguished from the dark 
 cliffs uiuler Bear Head. 
 
 Cul-de-sac Inlet, on the west side of Bear Island, is 1,200 yards 
 deep, with from 16 to -^0 fathoms water in it, and an island off the 
 south point of the entrance. A rock, awash at high water, lies 
 close to the southern point, with deep water close-to. 
 
 Cul-de-sac Rocks, two heads with 4 feet water over them, and 
 depths from 14 to 17 fathoms on the west side, lie 800 yards N. 65° 
 W. (N. 38° W. mag.) from the south point of Cul-de-sac. 
 
 Deer Island, 132 feet high, is separated from the north point of 
 Bear Island by a narrow, shallow channel, on both sides of which 
 are a few houses. 
 
 Anchorage.— There is fair anchorage, with winds from South, 
 round by South and East, to NE., in 14 fathoms water, at 300 yards 
 southwestward of the islets off Deer Island; but a ?.eavy swell 
 rills in with winds from 8W. to West. 
 
 Seal Island, 85 feet high, lies 700 yards North from the NE. 
 point of Bear Island, and Round Island, 113 feet high, lies 1,300 
 yards NW. by N. from the same point. 
 
 White Bear Bay extends lOi miles from the north point of 
 Bear Island to the fresh- water brook at the head, with an average 
 width of 1,200 yards. The sides are steep, in many places precip- 
 itous, 700 to 1,000 feet high, Avith deep water close-to. 
 
 Anchorage.— The water in the bay decreases suddenly off Bald 
 Point to 13 fathoms, shoaling again gradually to 8 fathoms, in 
 which depth large vessels should anchor, with Blow-me-down 
 Point bearing S. 28° W. (S. 55° W. mag.), distant 800 yards. The 
 anchorage is perfectly sheltered and the holding ground good. 
 
 Water.- -Northwest Brook, f mile NNW. from Blow-me-down 
 Point, is a conspicuous waterfall and an excellent watering place. 
 Large vessels should not go so far up as this brook, for there is a 
 shoal, with 3 fathoms least water over it, lying \ mile from it, and 
 the water then shoals gradually to the head of the bay. 
 
 Telegraph Station.— There is a telegraph station at the head 
 of the bay. 
 
 Turks and Woody Islands lie off the west entrance point of 
 White Bear Bay, and are nearly connected to it by shoal water. 
 Woody Island, 213 feet high, is very conspicuous from the dark 
 color of the foliage and conical shape. 
 
 14910 12 
 
172 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND 80UTII COAST. 
 
 ' I ! 
 
 i !i 
 
 White Island, 1;JH foot IukIi. nIiows in contrast fo Woody Isliunl, 
 and to>j;otlior llicy form jin oxcollont mark for <listingiiislirig tho 
 wost cntranoo to Wliito Boar Buy. 
 
 Black Rock, s feet higli, lies fiSO yards S. 28" W. (8. 85° W. 
 mag.) from White Island, an<l may bo ai'j'roachod closo-to on all 
 sides oxcopt tho oast. Black Sunkor, wiU) "ue foot water over it, 
 lies :J35 yaVds N. 8:3" E. (S. 70° E. mag.) from Black Rock, and is 
 tho west end of a bank of shoal ground stn^ching from it, 800 
 yacds, in an oasttrly diro(;tion. 
 
 Directions.- F-utering White Boar Bay from tlie westward, 
 White Island sli> iild be made, md mid channel kept between that 
 island and Black Rock, and between Deer Island and the main- 
 land; rocks and shoal water extend about GOO yards from the west 
 point of Deer Island. 
 
 Ramea Islands. —The Ramea islands, a cluster of islands and 
 rocks SSE. from the Burgoo Group, and south from White Bear 
 Bay, consist of two large islands on the north and numerous smaller 
 islots, rocks, and shoals, on the south. 
 
 Ramea Oolombier Island, 135 feet high, one of the western of 
 the islands, makes as a cone from all directions, and is surmounted 
 by a flagstaff. 
 
 Turr Islands, ^ mile WSW. from Ramea ColoTubier, are two 
 bare rocks, tlie eastern 29 feet aad the western about 10 feet above 
 high water. 
 
 Ntrtliwai'd Rocks, 8 feet high, are black islets with 8 fathoms 
 WM.'er tlose-to, and lie 1,400 yards N W. by N. from Ramea Colom- 
 bic. 
 
 The passage between these and the main islands is free from 
 d).'ngr!r, but the water is comparatively shallow, and a heavy con- 
 fused sea I'ises with a strong breeze against the tide. 
 
 Northwest Island makes as a series of peaks, the highest, 
 Man-of-war Hill, being surmounted by a bowlder, 211 feet above 
 high water. A bank on which the depth is 6 fathoms, that breaks 
 in bad wea,ther, lies J mile NNE. from Northwest Head, and a 
 rock, awa.sh at low water, lies 150 yards off the same head. 
 
 Gull Rod 8 feet high, off the NW. point, is a round bare islet 
 joined to tho shore by rocks and shoal water. 
 
 The Channel between Northwest Island and the rest of the 
 group is only 200 yards wid9, except off Ship Cove and Muddy 
 Hole, two small bays on the SE. side of Northwest Island, where 
 anchorage may be obtained, for small vessels only, in from 6 to 11 
 fathoms water, with 200 yards swinging room. 
 
 The northern entrance has only 15 feet at low water ; the southern 
 shoals from 11 fathoms gradually to 5 fathoms midway between 
 Muddy Hole and Ship Cove, then suddenly to 15 feet off the east 
 point of that cove. 
 
ORKAT IHLANI). 
 
 173 
 
 to Woody iHland, 
 istinguishi'ig the 
 
 J° W. (S. 55° W. 
 ed close-to on all 
 3ot water over it, 
 lack Rock, nud is 
 ling from it, 800 
 
 1 the westward, 
 ept between that 
 i and tlie main- 
 ds from the west 
 
 ir of islands and 
 pom White Bear 
 unierous smaller 
 
 )f the western of 
 id is surmounted 
 
 Jinbier, are two 
 •ut 10 feet above 
 
 with 8 fathoms 
 1 Ramea Colom- 
 
 ids is free from 
 nd a heavy con- 
 
 0. 
 
 £s, the highest, 
 ,211 feet above 
 •ms, that breaks 
 >st Head, and a 
 ne head, 
 'ound bare islet 
 
 the rest of the 
 
 ve and Muddy 
 
 it Island, where 
 
 in from 6 to 11 
 
 r; the southern 
 idway between 
 'eet off the east 
 
 'or, lies 1,300 yards N. 85° E. 
 
 is a small pinnacle with 10 
 
 'lere is no danger to the east- 
 
 Southwest Island, about 80 feet higli, forms the west Hide of 
 RamoH Harl)f)r. a good harbor for fiHhing craft. Southwest i-ocks 
 extend westward OOO yards from the outer point of Soutliwost 
 IsUmd, and south of these ishinds lie numerous shoals, that are 
 shown on the chart. 
 
 Harbor Island is mucli indented, and forms the oast side of 
 Riimoa Harl)or. 
 
 Copper Island, 102 feet high, is a conspicuoiis bare cone, with 
 two rociks t(j the westward, and a shoal, with 3 fathoms water over 
 it, close to the SE. extreme. Between this and the other islands 
 there is no channel for a wti-angc- among the numerous rocks and 
 shoals. 
 
 Black Rock, 14 feet abov( '^ 
 (S. 68° E. mag.) from Copj.. 
 fathoms water close- to on a I 
 ward of this rock. 
 
 Great Island, the largest of the group, is If miles long and 
 1,200 yards broad, with a bold north shore, sloping abruptly from 
 rugged hills tliat present an irregular outline. Gull Hill, 427 feet 
 high, the highest of tliese hills, iii fiat-topped, and has a steep fall 
 on the east side that makes it conspicuous when seen from the 
 southward. 
 
 On the south side of Great Island numerous rocks and shoals 
 forbid a stranger attempting the passage to Eastern Harbor. 
 
 Eastern Harbor, a small cove about ^ mile west of Bonnels 
 Point (the SE. point of Great Island), has a rock awash at low 
 water in mid-channel, and 2 fathoms water at tlie head, where an- 
 chorage for fishing craft may be obtained, with sheicer from all 
 winds. \ 
 
 Ramea Southeast Rocks are two in number, with a boat chan- 
 nel between. The eastern and higher is 20 feet above high water, 
 and lies 4 miles S. 30° E. (S. 3° E. mag.) from Bonnels Point! 
 A rock, with one foot on it at low water, lies 400 yards S. 81° E. 
 (S. 54° E. mag.) from these rociis. 
 
 Ramea South Bank, having 2f fathoms water on it, lies 3 miles 
 S. 43° W. (S. 70° W. mag.) from Ram^^a Southeast Rocks. 
 
 Ice,— During twenty years, northern ice only arrived at Ramea 
 on four occasions, the dates being from the end of February to the 
 middle of March, leaving from the first to the middle of April. 
 The harbor is only frozen when northern ice is )resent. 
 
 Coast.— Northwest Head, the termination ii that direction of 
 the west point of White Bear Bay, is rugged a^id faced by cliffs. 
 Turks Head, a steep bluff with a rugged background, lies 1| 
 miles W. by N. from Northwest Head. Between these heads is 
 Emily Storehouse Covo, i mile deep, and exposed to all southerly 
 winds. 
 
174 
 
 XKW'KOI'NDT-ANI) — HOlTir roART. 
 
 II 
 
 OflTer Sunker, with ono foot wiitor over it, lyiiiR luuvrly west, 
 1,400 yards from Whitn Isluiitl, Ima dt^pths of from 1 1 to 2^ fatliomB 
 clos(!-to, ami is th»* outer ilauKi^- in Tiirics K\^l;ht. 
 
 Anderson Rook, l,h()() yards N. I'.r ' W. (N. 40° W. mag.) from 
 Wliite Island, is awash at hiKh water, spriiiR tides, and -ttcKip-to. 
 
 Anderson Sunker, li miU^s N. 78" W. (N. 51° W. maR.) from 
 White Ishmd, consists of two rocks awash at low water. 
 
 OuU Island, 73 feet IiIkIi, om» mile WSW. from Turks Head, 
 is the r)uter of a chistor of clitfy islets, but boing of the same color 
 as the mainland is not easily distinK'uished. 
 
 Several shoals whiidi lie south and SSE. of Gull Island, and have 
 dei)tlis of from 4 to 7 fathoms over them, break heavily in bad 
 
 weather. 
 
 (H. O. Chart No, 1104, and B. A. Chart No. 2142.) 
 
 Red Island, l \ miles NW. from Gull Island, and so luimi'd from 
 the color of its outer cliffs, is divided into two parts by a low neck 
 of land, the inner a wooded cone 377 feet, andthe outer a Hat-topped 
 hill, with a white summit 3-^0 feet above luKh water. 
 
 This island divides a deep bay into two parts, Northwest Arm, 
 which extends 1| miles, and Northeast Arm, U miles. 
 
 Northeast Arm has deep water, and no shelter for one mile, 
 when it narrows to 50 yards, the entrance of an iimer basin, named 
 Doctor Harbor, 750 yards long V)y 150 wide, with sneltered anchor- 
 age for small -^raft only, in 4 or 6 fathoms water. 
 
 Red Island 1 ^rb- . , separating the island from the mainland, is 
 ^ mile long bv 200 yards broad, and can be entered, only from the 
 eastward, uough a channel 30 yards wide; it is therefore only 
 suitable tt.i tishing craft. 
 
 Northwest Arm.— Cross Rocks narrow this arm to 200 yards, 
 with a depth of 5i fathoms in the channel between them and Red 
 Island ; within these rocks there is anchorage for small craft, in 
 from 8 to 9 fathoms water, with good holding ground. 
 
 The western point of Northwest Arm is a series of rocky hum- 
 mocks faced by cliffs on the seaboard; Western Point Rock, with 
 13 feet water over it, lies 270 yards south of the point. 
 
 White Island Shoal, with 3J fathoms over it, and deep water 
 close-to, lies 800 yards S. 75' W. (N. 78° W. mag.) from Western 
 
 Point. 
 
 (B. A. Chart No. 273.) 
 
 Bay de Loup Point, li miles west from Western Point, is the 
 east entrance of the bay of that name, and the extremity of an 
 island 223 feet high, connected at low water with a narrow penin- 
 sula. Between Bay de Loup and Western Points is a deep bay 
 that should not be entered within the line of the points. The coast 
 line is rugged and fringed by cliffy islets and rocks. 
 
 "".xMhimii 
 
,'iiiK' iM'iirly west, 
 II 1 1 to 'i'l fntlioms 
 
 )° W. mag.) from 
 A, and Mtooji-to. 
 .° W. iiiHK.) from 
 
 wiit(»r. 
 •oni Turks Htuul, 
 of the stime color 
 
 Islniid, nndlmvo 
 ,k lu'uvily in bud 
 
 2142.) 
 
 lid so luiiui'd from 
 ,rts by II low nock 
 )uter a ftat-topiwd 
 iter. 
 
 Northwest Arm, 
 miles. 
 
 Iter for one mile, 
 iner basin, named 
 sneltered anchor- 
 
 i the mainland, is 
 :ed, only from the 
 , is tlierefore only 
 
 arm to 200 yards, 
 
 )en them and Red 
 
 "or small craft, in 
 
 ^ound. 
 
 ies of rocky luim- 
 
 Point Rock, with 
 
 point. 
 
 ;, and deep water 
 
 bg.) from Western 
 
 ?tern Point, is the 
 6 extremity of an 
 h a narrow penin- 
 ints is a deep bay 
 points. The coast 
 icks. 
 
 ' 
 
 ..,.j 
 
i l H WH- WW l'l '■»> ' «»■ i « 
 
 ^>. 
 
 v^.'^o?^ 
 
 V] 
 
 <^/ 
 
 M 
 
 / 
 
 
 
 
 'Vj^' 
 
 IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 Hiotographic 
 
 Sciences 
 
 Corporation 
 
 23 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 
 
 (716) 872-4503 
 
CIHM/ICMH 
 
 Microfiche 
 
 Series. 
 
 CIHM/ICMH 
 Collection de 
 microfiches. 
 
 Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques 
 
•Cit 
 
 
 
KINGS HARBOR. 
 
 175 
 
 Bay de Loup Rock, with 7 fent water over it, lies i mile S. 13° 
 E. (S. U° W. mag.) from the SE. extreme of Bay de Loup Point. 
 
 Bay de Loup or Wolf Bay, extends 2 J miles in a northeasterly 
 direction fi-om Bay de Loup Point. 
 
 Anchorage. — The sides are precipitous, with deep water close-to, 
 and there is no anchorage until Blow-me-down, a steep bluff, 513 
 feet high on the west side, about i mile from the head, is passed, 
 when good shelter may be obtained in 10 fathoms water, gradu- 
 ally decreasing to 4^ fathoms toward the head. The most con- 
 venient anchorage is off the houses at the mouth of Seal Brook, a 
 small stream NNE, from Blow-me-down. 
 
 Kings Harbor, + mile deep, and immediately west of King's 
 Head, the western entrance point of Bay de Loup, affords anchor- 
 age in 9 fathoms water, 160 yards off the eastern shore. Kings 
 Harbor Brook runs in on the west side, and has formed a bank off 
 tlie mouth extending 250 yards from the west point. 
 
 Buflfetts Island, 91 feet high, and situated off Kings Harbor, 
 has a ledge of rocks parallel to, and 100 yards from, the north side 
 of the island ; between them there is only a depth of 6 feet. 
 
 Anchorage.— There is fair anchorage NW. of Buffetts Island, 
 in 13 fathoms water, over sand, but a swell rolls in with southerly 
 gales. 
 
 The Ha-ha^ an inlet stretching in one mile, to the northward of 
 Aldridge and Richards Heads, has no danger in it till within 100 
 yards of the head, near which there is anchorage for small vessels 
 in from 10 to 13 fathoms water, but exposed to easterly winds. 
 
 Green Hill Island, 280 feet high, forms the south shore of The 
 Ha-ha. 
 
 Aldridge Rock, awash at high water, lies 250 yards S. 37° E. (S. 
 10° E. mag.) from Aldrich Head. There is a depth of 48 fathoms 
 at 200 yards off on the east side, but only 6^ fathoms water between 
 it and the shore. 
 
 Richards Head, 340 feet high, on the mainland within Green 
 Hill Island, is a remarkable saddle- topped hill, with steep cliffs on 
 the SW. side, and dark foliage on all other slopes. It is conspicu- 
 ous from all directions, and forms an excellent mark for recogniz- 
 ing Burgeo. 
 
 Grandy Island, rugged and barren, is separated from the main- 
 land by Long Reach, a narrow strait, the eastern entrance to which, 
 under Richards Head, is shallow; the southwestern entrance is 
 spanned by a bridge. 
 
 Burgeo, a considerable village, on the east side of Grandy 
 Island, has several conspicuous houses, and a wooden church with 
 a short spire. 
 
 I 
 
 ' ■ ■ » < ■ 
 
176 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH COAST. 
 
 Communication.— The Coastal Steamship Company's steamers 
 from St. Johns call here fortnightly during summer and autumn. 
 
 SuppUes may generally be obtained in small quantities here, 
 buttheAvater obtained from Mercer Cove is not good; excellent 
 ■water may, however, be obtained in Bay de Loup. 
 
 Telegraph.— There is a telegraph station at Burgeo. 
 
 Ice.-Burgeo Port, although never frozen over, is occasionally 
 blocked for a few days by ice from the outer coves, which moves 
 off in February and March; vessels come and go all the year. 
 Northern ice only appears at intervals, arriving generally between 
 the middle of February and middle of March, and seldom remain- 
 ing more than a fortnight or three weeks. 
 
 Short Beach, extending H miles into Grandy Island, with an 
 average breadth of 300 yards, affords anchorage at the head m Si- 
 fathoms water, over mud, with swinging voom for small vessels. 
 
 Smalls Island, surmounted by a flagstaff, is the southwestern 
 of the groups of islets and rocks off the SE. of Grandy Island 
 making between it and the latter a capital harbor for boats and 
 small vessels, with 11 feet water in it. 
 
 A Rock, which covers at high water, lies 300 yards ]S. 63 JL. 
 (East mag.) from Furber Point. , 
 
 Beacon.— This rock, which covers one foot at high water, is 
 
 marked by a beacon. ^ , .-. u 
 
 Ship Dock is a small cove, around which are situated the wharves 
 and warehouses of the principal trading firm at Burgeo; the agent's 
 double-storied house shows conspicuously from all directions, and 
 there is a flagstaff on the east point. ■,..-, 
 
 Anchorage.— The water is deep close to the wharves, but the 
 anchoring space, in 13 fathoms water, is small, and care should be 
 taken to avoid the small rock east of Franks Island, and the shoal 
 water off the channel separating that island from the mainland. 
 
 White Ground (Pylades Bock), with 13 feet water on it, 
 lies i mile N. 63° E. (E: '.g.) of Furber Point. 
 
 Two shoals, with d£- ^f 3 and 4i fathoms respectively, lie 
 between White Ground and the rock off Furber Point. 
 
 Anchorage may be obtained off Burgeo in from 16 to 24 fath- 
 oms water, over mud, good holding ground, taking care to keep 
 the fall of the Sandbanks open south of Furber Point, bearing 8. 
 72° W (N 81° W. mag.), and Grip Head open north of Morgan 
 Island,' bearing S. 87° W. (N. 66° W. mag.), the latter mark just 
 clearing a rock with 9 feet water over it. 
 
 Buoy.-A mooring buoy is laid down in 19 fathoms, for the con- 
 venience of trading vessels, but it should not be used by long 
 ships, the mooring being small and the buoy only 200 yards from 
 the rock off the NE. point of Morgan Island. 
 
 -- 
 
 liX&.^,.iMi,^^^.Ji..ii, ' lt^'.i ^latin: . - !-.^—^ shrtiv . 
 
ly's steamers 
 and autumn, 
 antities here, 
 lod; excellent 
 
 so. 
 
 ; occasionally 
 which moves 
 all the year, 
 irally between 
 ildom remain- 
 
 sland, with an 
 the head in 8i 
 nail vessels. 
 
 southwestern 
 randy Island, 
 
 for boats and 
 
 ards N. 63° E. 
 
 tiigh water, is 
 
 ed the wharves 
 ;eo ; the agent's 
 directions, and 
 
 larves, but the 
 [ care should be 
 I, and the shoal 
 he mainland. 
 it water on it, 
 
 •espectively, lie 
 
 int. 
 
 1 16 to 24 fath- 
 
 ig care to keep 
 
 )int, bearing S. 
 
 jrth of Morgan 
 
 atter mark just 
 
 :)ms, for the con- 
 
 e used by long 
 
 200 yards from 
 
 ISLANDS. 
 
 177 
 
 Mercer Fpint, the SW. extreme of Grandy Island, is a bluff 
 dark point forming the south point of Mercer Cove, an indentation 
 extending 800 yards into the SW. part of Grandy Island. It con- 
 sists of two basins, is crossed by a bridge and separated from Long 
 Reach by a low neck of land. Off the entrance is a small islet, 
 and there is shelter for small vessels in the outer basin. 
 
 The Sandbanks. — Grip Head, 1.52 feet high, lies 1^ miles west- 
 ward of Mercer Point. Close to the southward are the Sandbanks, 
 70 feet high. Sandbanks Point was formerly the southern ex- 
 treme, but the southern edge of the Sandbanks has washed away 
 about 300 yards, and there is now a passage with a depth of not 
 more tlxan 2 fathoms between that shore and Sandbanks Point 
 Island. 
 
 Sandbanks Point Island lies off tlie SE. extreme of Sandbanks 
 Point, now also an island; some rocks, always above water, lie 
 south of Sandbanks Point, with 3^ fathoms water close to them. 
 
 Beacon. — A rectangular beacon, painted white, stands on Sand- 
 banks Point Island, and is conspicuous. 
 
 Cornelius Island, NW. about i mile from Sandbanks Point, 
 has a double summit, and is almost divided in two parts by the 
 meeting of two coves, namely, the Harbor, available only for 
 boats, on the north side, and Back Cove, much exposed, and con- 
 taining several rocks, on the south side. Rocks and foul ground 
 extend 150 yards from the NW. side of this island, and it should 
 not be closed on the outer side nearer than i mile. 
 
 The Boar, 1+ feet high, is a round rock lying 400 yards SW. 
 from Cornelius Island, with deep water close- to. 
 
 The Sow, 17 feet high, is 600 yards westward of The Boar, with 
 some detached rocks close-to, and a depth of 8 fathoms at 50 yards 
 distant. 
 
 A shoal on which the depth is 3^ fathoms lies 350 yards S. 30° 
 W. (S. 57° W. mag.) from The Sow. The summit of Rencontre 
 Island, in line with the south extreme of Sandbanks Point Island, 
 bearing East (S. 63 E. mag.), leads in 11 fathoms water 150 yards 
 south of this shoal. 
 
 Aspect. — When first seen, the land in the vicinity of Burgeo 
 appears gray, where denuded of the stunted trees that grow gen- 
 erally on the seaboard, and its outline is almost unbroken ; but on 
 nearer approach the rugged and contorted nature of the country, 
 the innumerable hills and deep ravines, are made apparent. 
 
 Burgeo Islands form a group of almost innumerable islands 
 and rocks, composed of Laurentian gneiss, showing white when 
 bare, with two remarkable exceptions, namely, Round and Harbor 
 Islands, which are composed of dark micaceous gneiss, causing 
 them to be readily distinguished from the others. 
 
 Only the important islands will be described. 
 
 mm 
 
i78 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND— SOUTH COAST. 
 
 Boar Island, 201 feet liigh, and the nortlieastornmost of the 
 group, lies ab<nit 1^ miles SW. from Bay de Loup Point. It is 
 divided hy a marsh, the southern and ] igher portion is wedge- 
 shaped, and a shoal, with 3 fathoms water over it, lies nearly 200 
 yards from the SE. ijoint ; and there is the same depth extending 
 about 100 yards from the NE. point. 
 
 Light. — On the summit of Boar Island a square lighthouse, 47 
 feet in height, situated above the gable of a dwelling, painted 
 white, with red roofs, exhibits a fixed red light at an elevation of 
 207 feet, which illuminates an arc of the horizon of 270° to sea- 
 ward, and should be visible 11 mileb. 
 
 Boar Island Rock covers one foot at high water, and lies l-jV 
 miles S. 59° E. (8. 32° E. mag.) from Boar Island Lighthouse. 
 
 Boar Island Shoal, with 5 fathoms water over it, lies about ^ 
 mile S. 47° E. (S. 20° E. mag.) from Boar Island Lighthouse, and 
 has depths of from 10 to 15 fathoms close-to. 
 
 Round Sliag Island, open south of Musket Islands, bearing S. 
 61° W. (S. 88° W. mag.), leads south of all shoals; and Richards 
 Head, open east of Boar Island N. 43° W. (N. 16° W. mag.), leads 
 between Boar Island Shoal and Rock. 
 
 Little Boar Island, 20 feet above high water, lies 150 yards off 
 the NW. point of Boar Island, and there is shoal water 50 yards 
 off in the direction of the latter. 
 
 Cuttail Island, 140 feet above high water, has bare steep slopes 
 to the southward, and is separated from the SW. side of Boar 
 Island by a channel 250 yards wide that should not be taken by a 
 stranger. 
 
 Goose Island, 34 feet high, and Hug-my-dug are the north and 
 south of a group of rocky islets to the eastward of Cuttail Island. 
 Both are white islets, the latter square-shaped, about 40 feet above 
 high water. 
 
 Venils Island, 165 feet high, is separated from Cuttail Island 
 by a channel 150 yards wide, with foul ground stretching from 
 both sides, making it unnavigable for ships without a pilot. 
 
 Anchorage.— On the SE. side is a cove 200 yards deep, afford- 
 ing good sheltered anchorage for small vessels, in 3^ fathoms water. 
 
 Venils Shoal consists of two patches with 2f and 3 fathoms 
 water on them, respectively, lying with the rock at the east extreme 
 of Venils Island bearing N. 60° W. (N. 33° W. mag.), the former 
 distant 550 yards, and the latter 700 yards. 
 
 A bank, with a depth of 8 fathoms, lies with the eastern extreme 
 of Venils Island bearing West (N. 63° W. mag.), distant 750 yards. 
 
 Baggs Island, 160 feet high, is separated from the west side of 
 Venils Island by a narrow shallow channel, available for boats at 
 low water. It is a barren island with a peaked summit, and has 
 a rock, awash at low water, off the NW. point. 
 
 J 
 
rnmost of the 
 3 Point. It is 
 tion is wedge- 
 lies nearly 200 
 iptli extending 
 
 lighthouse, 47 
 filing, painted 
 m elevation of 
 of 270° to sea- 
 
 r, and lies 1-^ 
 jighthouse. 
 t, lies about ^ 
 ighthouse, and 
 
 ids, bearing S. 
 ; and Richards 
 /V, mag.), leads 
 
 es 150 yards off 
 water 50 yards 
 
 lare steep slopes 
 ^ side of Boar 
 )t be taken by a 
 
 3 the north and 
 
 Cuttail Island. 
 
 lut 40 feet above 
 
 n Cuttail Island 
 stretching from 
 ut a pilot, 
 rds deep, afford- 
 ^ fathoms water. 
 \ and 3 fathoms 
 the east extreme 
 lag.), the former 
 
 3 eastern extreme 
 istant 750 yards. 
 1 the west side of 
 able for boats at 
 summit, and has 
 
 ISLANDS. 
 
 Rencontre Island is the highest of the Burgeo group. The 
 western portion is a truncated cone, 269 feet high, covered with 
 dark foliage, and shows out very conspicuously from all directions. 
 
 Rencontre Rock, with 7 feet water on it, lies 350 yards off the 
 SE. point of Rencontre Island. 
 
 Gull Island, 50 feet high, lying i mile SE. from Rencontre 
 Island, is a bare rock steep-to on the NE. side, but with foul 
 ground extending 150 yards southwestward. 
 
 A rock, about 6 feet above high water, lie.s 150 yards north from 
 Gull Island, and a shoal, with 13 feet water over it, between the 
 extreme of the foul ground and Rencontre Rock. 
 
 Musket Islands are two in number, the northern and higher, 
 32 feet high, lying i mile SSW. from the south point of Rencontre 
 Island. 
 
 Between Musket Islands and Little Rencontre Rocks is a shoal, 
 with 4 fathoms water over it, which is steep-to. 
 
 Little Rencontre Island is a dark conical island about 150 feet 
 high, with a saddle-shaped summit, showing out well when seen 
 from east or west ; Little Rencontre Rocks lie about 400 yards SSE. 
 of the island. 
 
 Crocker Island, 90 feet high, 250 yards west of Rencontre Island, 
 is of a gray color and steep-to, except off the NW. point, from 
 which a shoal^ with 6 feet water over it, extends 50 yards. 
 
 White Island, 45 feet high, lies 350 yards W. by N. from the 
 NW. point of Rencontre Island, and from its color is conspicuous 
 when seen against the larger islands. 
 
 Beacon. — A pyramidal- shaped wooden beacon stands on the 
 summit of White Island. 
 
 Morgan Island, 138 feet high, a moss-covered, undulating 
 island, lies 1,300 yards SW. from the NW. point of Boar Island. 
 
 Off the north side shoal water f riUges the coast ; the west side is 
 bold-to ; the south side encumbered with rocks and shoals, and a 
 shoal extends 60 yards off the NE. point. There are two coves on 
 the south side, with the houses of fishermen on the shores. 
 
 A rock, with 9 feet water over it, lies 400 yards East (S. 63° E. 
 mag.) from the NE. point of Morgan Island, 
 
 Eclipse Island, 33 feet high, is surmounted by a white-washed 
 cairn. It is conical in shape, covered with stunted bushes, and has 
 a low projection to the eastward, off which shoal water extends 
 200 yards. The passage between this and Morgan Island is clear 
 in mid-channel. 
 
 Franks Island is flat, and nearly joined to Eclipse Island. A 
 small rock, that covers 4 feet at high water, lies 50 yards off the 
 east side. 
 
 IF"" 
 
180 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND — SOFTII COAST. 
 
 There is only 6 feet water in tlio passage between this island and 
 Grandy Island. 
 
 The Douglas, lying 1,800 yards eastward of the Sandbanks, 
 covers one foot at high watei', and is a small round rock, nearly 
 always breaking. 
 
 A rock, with 10 feet water over it, lies 200 yards S. 80° W. (N. 
 73° W. mag.) of The Douglas, with 5 fathoms between them, and 
 deep water in other directions. 
 
 The Baldwin consists of two rocks nearly joined, the higher 
 about 15 feet above high water, steep-to on .11 sides, lying 750 
 yards NE. by E. of Sandbanks Point. 
 
 Baldwin Shoal, with 10 feet water over it, lies J mile eastward 
 of The Baldwin. 
 
 A rock, with 4 fathoms water over it, and 11 fathoms close-to, 
 lies 1,150 yards S. 80° E. (S. 53° E. mag.) from Sandbanks Point 
 Island. 
 
 Round Shag Island, 1,300 yards SW. of Musket Islands, is a 
 conspicuous cone 64 feet high, with 10 fathoms water at 100 yards 
 distant. 
 
 Oolombier Island, conical, with a double summit, the higher 
 177 feet, is | mile WNW. of Round Shag Island, shows promi- 
 nently from all directions, and is an excellent mark for distinguish- 
 ing the Burgeo Islands. 
 
 Petit Marchand, about 5 feet high, lies i mile south of Sand- 
 banks Point Island. 
 
 A rock, with 16 feet water over it, and 5 fathoms close-to, lies 
 600 yards eastward of Petit Marchand. 
 
 Fish Rock, awash at low water, lies 400 yards westward of Petit 
 Marchand ; between them is a shoal with 6 feet least water. 
 
 Marchand Rock, with 9 feet water over it, lies nearly ^ mile 
 S. 78° W. (N. 75° W. mag.) of Sandbanks Point Island. 
 
 Stem Rock, on which the depth is one foot, lies 1,200 yards 
 N. 79° E. (S. 74° E. mag.) of the north point of Round Island. 
 
 Miffel Island, 60 feet high, the outer and southern of the 
 Burgeo group, is composed of gray gneiss, and makes as a cone 
 from all directions. 
 
 A rock, with 6 feet water over it, lies 136 yards from the north 
 end; another rock, awash at low water, and having 3i fathoms 
 100 yards east of it, lies 360 yards N. 56° E. (N. 83° E. mag.) from 
 the same point. 
 
 Fortune Rock, with 4^ fathoms on it and deep water close-to, 
 lies ^ mile eastward of Miffel Island, 
 
 Whales Back, with 5 fathoms water over it, breaks in winter 
 gales, and is the shoalest spot of some uneven ground lying i mile 
 in a westerly direction from Miffel Island. With a fresh breeze 
 against the tide, there is a heavy sea at this place. 
 
this island and 
 
 the Sandbanks, 
 nd rock, nearly 
 
 s S. 80° W. (N. 
 ween them, and 
 
 ned, the higher 
 sides, lying 750 
 
 ^ mile eastward 
 
 'athoms close-to, 
 andbanks Point 
 
 ^ket Islands, is a 
 Eiter at 100 yards 
 
 limit, the higher 
 d, shows promi- 
 : for distinguish- 
 
 e south of Sand- 
 
 oms close-to, lies 
 
 westward of Petit 
 )ast water, 
 ies nearly i mile 
 Island. 
 
 , lies 1,200 yards 
 lound Island, 
 southern of the 
 makes as a cone 
 
 is from the north 
 iving H fathoms 
 83° E. mag.) from 
 
 )ep water close-to, 
 
 , breaks in winter 
 •ound lying i mile 
 ith a fresh breeze 
 !e. 
 
 ISLANDS. 
 
 181 
 
 Green Island, nearly a mile NNW. of Miffel Island, and about 
 80 feet high, is a flat-topped grass-covered island, with white clitTs 
 and deep water on the seaward face, and a small islet off the east 
 extreme. 
 
 Green Island Shoal, with 5 fatiioms water over it, and depths 
 of 11 to 13 fathoms close-to, lies 600 yards WSW. from Qreen 
 Island. 
 
 Neveirfail Shoal, with 7 fathoms water over it, lies 000 yards 
 SW. of Green Island. 
 
 Miffel Island bearing S. 69° W. (S. 42° W. mag.) clears those 
 shoals passing south westward ; both shoals are said to break in 
 bad weather. 
 
 Harbor Island, about ^ mile north of Green Island, consists of 
 numerous islets and rocks of a dark color, with steep cliffs on the 
 north and west sides, sloping to the east, where there is a shallow 
 cove with good shelter for boats. A remarkable hummock named 
 The Louse-box surmounts the west point of this island. 
 
 Harbov Island Rock, 2 feet above high water, with a depth of 
 6 fathoms close-to, lies 270 yards SW. of Harbor Island. 
 
 Round Island, 79 feet high, of dark micaceous rock, is cliffy and 
 steep-to, except on the NE. side, from which a ledge of 3 fathoms 
 water extends 50 yards. 
 
 The passage between Harbor and Round Islands is free from 
 danger, but it is better for a stranger to take the northern route. 
 
 West Flat Island, the westernmost of the group, about 25 feet 
 high, is a bare white rock, making in two flat summits, with a rock 
 awash at low water 100 yards off the south point, and a depth of 
 more than 10 fathoms at 200 yards off. 
 
 Beacon. — A pyramidal-shaped wooden beacon stands on the 
 western mound of this island. 
 
 Shoals. — Several shoals and fishing br • -; lie near West Flat 
 Island. The following are those that break i . winter gales : 
 
 Graley Rock, with 9 feet water over it, and 10 fathoms at 200 
 yards, lies 1,400 yards S. 22° E. (S, 5° W. mag.) from West Flat 
 Island beacon. 
 
 Point Shoal, with 6 fathoms water over it, and 13 to 19 fathoms 
 close-to, lies one mile S. 47° W. (S. 74° W. mag.) from West Flat 
 Island beacon. 
 
 Oflfer Shoal, with 4 fathoms water over it, is the outer and 
 western of these dangers, with 15 fathoms close-to, and lies 1^ 
 miles S. 46° W. (S. 73° W. mag.) from West Flat Island beacon. 
 
 Banks reported SW. of Burgeo. — Soundings of 10 fathoms, 
 white sandy bottom, on a bank about 27 miles southwestward of 
 Burgeo Islands, or in approximately latitude 47° 08' N., longitude 
 57° 53' W. 
 
 p— ' 
 
u 
 
 182 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND — 80UTII COAHT. 
 
 A ])auk, extendinjjf alxmt oiu! nnl« in an east aiul west <lin»ction, 
 is Hitiuitod about 50 miles s(tutli\vontwanl of Burg(M> Lilaiuls. 
 At tlio eastern end of tlio banlc tliere is a doptli of 'Z',\ fatlioms; 
 about i mile wi'stward, 17 fathoms (hard, rocky bottom); and 2 
 miles fartlu'r westward, no bottom at 100 fathoms. 
 
 Approximate positi(m of the 17 fathoms sounding, latitude 46° 63' 
 N., longitude 58° 1!>' W. 
 
 Both of the above banks were unsuccessfully searclied for in 
 H. M. surveying vessel Oidnare in 18!) I. 
 
 Directions from the Eastward.— Richards Head kept between 
 N. U° W. (N. 66° W. mag.) and N. 61° W. (N. 24° W. mag.) will 
 lead between Boar Island Rock and Bay de Loup Rock to Boar 
 Island, and when about 400 yards northward of the latter the fall of 
 Sandbanks should be brought open south of Furber Point, bearing 
 8. 72° W. (N. 81° W. mag.), to clear White Ground and the shoals 
 lying east of Smalls Island, after which the beacon on the shoal 
 south of Smalls Island should be passed at about 200 yards distant, 
 and B^urber Point rounded to the anchorage. 
 
 From the Westward. — Entering Burgeo from the westward, a 
 course should be steered to pass 800 yards north of West Flat 
 Island, when the summit of Rencontre Island should be bi'ought 
 in line with the south extreme of Sandbanks Point Island, bearing 
 East (S. 63° E. mag.), and kept so until Round Shag Island opens 
 east of Ragged Island, bearing S. 54° E. (S. 27° E. mag.), when 
 Sandbanks Point Island should be rounded at 2u0 yards distant 
 and a N. 76° E, (S. 77° E. mag.) course steered, taking care to keep 
 Round Island open south of Sandbanks Point Island, bearing S.70° 
 E. (N. 77° E. mag.), until the cairn on Eclipse Island comes in line 
 with the NW. point of Morgan Island N. 42° E. (N. 69° E. mag.) 
 This mark should be run on until Morgan Island is closed to 200 
 yards. Morgan Island should be passed at that distance until the 
 channel between it and Eclipse Island is open, when a mid-channel 
 course will lead to Burgeo Anchorage, looking out for the shoals 
 extending north from Morgan and east from Eclii^se Island. 
 
 In a vessel drawing more than 21 feet. Miff el Island should be 
 steered for, taking care to keep clear of Whales Back, and rounded 
 at i mile to clear Fortune Rock, then a course steered to pass be- 
 tween Boar Island and Boar Island Rock; keeping Round Shag 
 Island open south of Musket Islands, bearing S. 61° W. (S. 88° W. 
 mag.), until Richards Head is open east of Boar Island, bearing 
 N. 43° W. (N. 16° W. mag.); when the latter may be rounded at 
 300 yards, to clear the ledge off the NE. point, and the anchorage 
 steered for. 
 
 Small vessels may pass in mid-channel, between Ragged and 
 Seal Islands, keeping Richards Head and the church shut in with 
 
. west direction, 
 Jurgoo lolamls. 
 of 5i:J fttthoma; 
 bottom); uiul 'i 
 
 , latitude 40" 63' 
 
 searched for in 
 
 id kept between 
 ° W. mag.) will 
 p Rock to Boar 
 latter the fall of 
 r Point, bearing 
 1 and the shoals 
 3n on the shoal 
 )0 yards distant, 
 
 the westward, a 
 h of West Flat 
 ould be brought 
 1 Island, bearing 
 lag Island opens 
 E. mag.), when 
 ;0 yards distant 
 :ing care to keep 
 d, bearing 8.70° 
 ,nd comes in line 
 N. 69° E. mag.) 
 is closed to 200 
 istance until the 
 in a mid-channel 
 t for the shoals 
 )se Island, 
 sland should be 
 ick, and rounded 
 )ered to pass be- 
 ing Round Shag 
 1° W. (S. 88° W. 
 r Island, bearing 
 ly be rounded at 
 id the anchorage 
 
 )en Ragged and 
 rch shut in with 
 
 nrn(iEf) — tidal HTnKA:MM. 
 
 18.1 
 
 M(n7fHn Islimd, bearing N. 'U" E. (N. 61° E. nuig.), until Crocker 
 IhIhikI is distant !iOU yards. 
 
 White and Morgan Islands should l)o ko]»t at that distance until 
 thei'lwinuel is open between the latter and Eclipse Ishind. 
 
 There is also a passage between Round 8hag and Miisk(<t Islands; 
 keeping one-third the width of the channel from the latter, and 
 rounding Crocker Island at 20(» yards, proceed as bot'oro directed. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, at Burgeo at Hh. IJ'^ni. ; 
 springs rise ti| feet, neaps rise 4 foot. 
 
 Tidal StreamB. — There is no regularity in the direction of the 
 tidal streams off Burgeo, but they are greatly intluonced by the 
 prevailing winds. The western stream attains a velocity of 1| 
 knots an hour after a prevalence of easterly winds, but the eastern 
 stream seldom exceeds one knot an hour. 
 
 Ooaat— Qreen Island, i mile NNW. of Cornelius Island and 
 abcmt 40 foot high, is long and narrow, with rocks extending 350 
 yards from the SW. side, and a rock, awash at low water, in mid- 
 channel between it and Little Barasway Head, from which it is 
 distant 250 yards. 
 
 No Man Rock, one foot above high water, lies 400 yards west- 
 ward from Green Island ; and at 900 yards on the same bearing 
 there is a rock, with 12 feet water on it, and 7 fathoms close-to, 
 except on its sonth side, where there is a depth of 4J fathoms. 
 
 Qallbping Moll Rock, covering 6 feet at high water, and nearly 
 always breaking, lies 800 yards southward of No Man Rock. 
 
 Little Barasway is a large bay nearly all dry at low water, 
 with First and Aaron Arms, two inlets, extending to the eastward. 
 The entrance is nearly dry at low water, and is on either side of a 
 conical islet, 300 yards north of Green Island. 
 
 The Canal, an artificial cutting connecting Little Barasway 
 with Grandy Brook, is available for the small boats of the fisher- 
 men from three-quarters flood to a quarter ebb. 
 
 Flannagan Island, 33 feet high, lies about f mile NW. of Little 
 Barasway Head, has a flat top, and is faced by cliffs, with a small 
 rock close to the east side. 
 
 A rock, that covers 2 feet at high water, with a depth of 7 
 fathoms close-to, lies 400 yards S. 18° E. (S. 9° W. mag.) from 
 Flannagan Island, and a patch of rocks, with two heads covering 
 3 feet, lies 350 yards S. 59° E. (S. 33° E. mag.) from the same 
 island. 
 
 Grandy Brook is an arm of the sea extending inland from 
 Little Gut, 2i miles to the fresh- water brook at the head; the 
 entrance through Little Gut is now closed. 
 
 Little Gut Head, SE. of Little Gut, is the south point of a 
 sharp-topped conical hill, 225 feet high. The rocks about this head 
 
184 
 
 NKWKOI'NDLAND — HOIITH COAHT. 
 
 ar(3 w)iit(>, 1111(1 oiV it in ii rock, iiwuhI) iit h\n\\ wiitt>r, with shonl 
 wut(>r juHt outsidt). 
 
 Aspect. — Thoro is a nuimrkuhlc (litT<«r»Mict) liotwoen tlm liiiul 
 woHt iiiid tliiit t'HHt of Gniiitly Brook; i\w foniior consists of niugus 
 of liills witii el iff- faced Hummits mid smooth, mossy slopt's-, tho 
 hitter of conical hills and mounds, ])urtially cuvurud with stiiutod 
 tr«'»m or whitened by former firos. 
 
 Norman Head, west of Little Out, is a haro-topped mound O.T 
 feet liiKh, with a spit of shiuKlo extending from the base into 
 Little Gut. West of this head extends a lt>ng shingle beach, 10 feet 
 above high water, .that forms Big Barasway, a largo shoal bay cou- 
 tainiiig several islands. The entrance at the west end of tlu* beach 
 is encumbero<l by rocks, and it is rarely used even by local small 
 craft. The beach has a grassy mound at the west extreme, and 
 two mounds at short distances to the eastward of it. 
 
 Barasway Bay, the open space bounded by Cornelius Island on 
 the oast and Barasway Point on the west, has a general depth of 
 17 fathoms on the outer edge, but islets, rocks, and foul ground 
 make it quite useless as an anchorage, and in bad weather the bay 
 appears a mass of bi-eakers. 
 
 Mile Rooks, a cluster of islets and rocks, the highest H feet 
 high, occui)y a space 1,400 yards long by 800 yards broad, with 
 rocks awash, and below water, all round at a distance of 000 
 yards. 
 
 A rock, with 6 feet water on it, lies 1,660 yards S. SO" E. (S. 69° 
 E. mag.), and a shoal of 7 feet water 1,400 yards N. 62° E. (N. 79° 
 E. mag.) fnmi the highest of the Mile Rocks. 
 
 The Jumper, awash at low water, and always breaking, is the 
 outer danger in Barasway Bay, and lies S. 65° E. (S. 38° E. mag.) 
 U miles from Barasway Point; nearly 800 yards N. 71° E. (S. 82° 
 E. mag.) from the Jumper is a shoal with 18 feet water over it. 
 
 Barasway Point, the west point of Barasway Bay, is a low 
 promontory extending seawai'd from the slopes of Father Hughes 
 Hill, 398 feet high, that makes as a cone when seen from seaward, 
 and is the end of a flat range of hills stretching to the interior. 
 The moss and stunted growth that cover this hill are darker than 
 the surrounding country, and tend to make it conspicuous even in 
 misty weather. 
 
 A rock, with 6 feet water on it, lies 300 yards S. 5° W. (S. 32° 
 W. mag.) of Barasway Point, and on the SE. side, nearly 200 
 yards oflf, is a rock that covers one foot at high water. 
 
 Doctor Harbor, with a small white island, of the same name, 
 in the entrance, is an inlet 000 yards deep in Barasway Point, 
 available for small vessels only. 
 
 LJ 
 
;iev, with Hhoal 
 
 ween tlio Imul 
 incista of riuigos 
 
 iHHy slopes •, till) 
 
 ed with Mtuntod 
 
 •ppcd mound 03 
 I tho base into 
 le beach, 10 foot 
 shoal bay cou- 
 Mid of tho boach 
 [1 1)y local small 
 ist oxti'enio, and 
 it. 
 
 nelius Island on 
 i^eneral depth of 
 ind foul ground 
 weather the bay 
 
 highest 14 feet 
 
 H'ds broad, with 
 
 distance of 000 
 
 S. 80" E. (S. 69° 
 N. 62° E. (N. 70° 
 
 breaking, is the 
 (S. 38° E. mag.) 
 N. 71° E. (S. 82° 
 water over it. 
 y Bay, is a low 
 t Father Hughes 
 3u from seaward, 
 J to the interior. 
 [ are darker than 
 ispicuous even in 
 
 S. 5° W. (S. 32° 
 side, nearly 200 
 ater. 
 
 ' the same name, 
 Barasway Point, 
 
 ANcnOTlAdK. 
 
 (B. A. (niiirt No. 2149.) 
 
 185 
 
 Ooast. — From Burasway Point westward the coast is foul to 
 Connoire Bay, with several small coves. The outer rocks gener- 
 ally show by breakers, and may bo api)roa(di(<(l on tlie south side 
 to \ niil»». The hill rnrming Connoire lleud, completely open west 
 of Wreck Island (the low, green islund next eastward of it), bear- 
 ing N. r»2° W. (N. '-w'.')' W. nnig.), leads westward of all dangers. 
 
 Anchorage. — Anchorage may l)o obtained with od'shore winds 
 oft" Midrllo Brook between Green Island (oil" which are a small 
 cluster of rocks above water) and Baring Island, a reddish white 
 rocky island, 63 foot high, next NW. of it, in 12 fatlumis water, 
 but it is (juite exposed to southward and westward. A few houses 
 stand on tho western entrance point of Middle Brook, at tho head 
 of tho anchorage. 
 
 (B. A. Chart No. 1586.) 
 
 Oonuoire Bay, entered at nearly 12 miles NW. irom Miffol 
 Island, extends 2.V miles, with a breadth of 1^ miles, to Mid Head, 
 whore it branches into Northeast and Northwest Arms. Northeast 
 Arm extends in a curve 2;^ miles, and Northwest Arni ■>^ miles, but 
 the dei)th of water is l„.>.s than 5 fathoms over tho whole extent of 
 tlie hitter, and at half tide boats only can enter the shallow portion, 
 which begins at one mile from Mid Head. 
 
 Oonnoire Head, tho eastern entrance point, is, from its isolation 
 and the white rock at the base, conspicuous, and the dark, stunted 
 trees that crown the summit are 176 feet above high water. 
 
 Tho only danger in tho outer part of Connoire Bay is a rock, with 
 3 fathoms water over it, situated 300 yards from the oast shore of 
 the bay, and \j\ miles from Connoire Head. Northward of Con- 
 noire Head tho land slopes smoothly from hills that attain an ele- 
 vation of 485 feet, and are covered with brown moss. Mid Head 
 terminates in a series of peaked hills, and the highest part is ()89 
 feet above high water. 
 
 Anchorage. — Tho bay is qtiite exposed to southwesterly winds, 
 but anchorage may be obtained, with oflfshore winds, in depths of 
 10 fathoms or less, as convenient. 
 
 Northeast Arm affords good shelter to vessels drawing 18 feet or 
 less water, anchorage being taken up by the lead and according 
 to the size of the vessel. A sandbank extends from the north shore, 
 ju.st within the point where the arm narrows, and a rock, with 13 
 feet water on it, lies in mid-channel, off Billiard Cove, a small bight 
 on the south shore. Vessels should, therefore, keep nearer the east 
 than the west shore of this arm. 
 
 Water. — Water may be obtained from a good stream at the head 
 of Billiard Cove. 
 
 I 
 I 
 
186 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH COAST. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Billiard C ''e at 
 8h. "iOm. ; springs rise 5J feet, neaps rise 4 feet; ueaps rang. 3 feet. 
 
 Muddy Hole Point, the western entrance point of Connoire 
 Bay, is the extreme of a conical hill 97 feet high, and the apparent 
 western termination of a ridge extending from a hill with a sharp 
 peak Q46 feet above high water, which slopes northward to a salt- 
 water lagoon. Cowhouse Hill, 839 feet high, and the highest land 
 near the coast in this neighborhood, rises northward from this 
 lagoon. Round Hill, 570 feet high, rises a short distance north- 
 ward of Muddy Hole. Rocks extend 800 yards southwestward 
 from Muddy Hole Point, but may be avoided by keeping the sum- 
 mit of Baring Island in line with the SW. extreme of Wreck 
 Island, bearing S. 81° E. (S. 54° E. mag.). 
 
 Muddy Hole, an open bay, completely exposed to the south- 
 westward, has a small boat cove in the NE. corner. 
 
 Anchorage. — Anchorage, with offshore Avinds, may be obtained 
 in 11 or 12 fathoms water, but the holding ground is not good 
 generally. 
 
 Otter Point. — Otter Point, the western entrance point of Muddy 
 Hole, slopes from a round hill 137 feet high, and immediately over 
 it there is a small cone known as Trimming Hill, 37 feet high. 
 
 Two shoals, with 3 fathoms water over them, lie in a SE. by E. 
 direction, off the soiith extreme of the point, at distances of 550 
 yards and 800 yards, respectively. 
 
 The Painter, a dangerous rock that almost dries at low water, 
 but often does not show by a breaker, lies nearly f mile southward 
 of Otter Point. 
 
 Shag Island, a conspicuous white rock 42 feet high, is the south- 
 ernmost extreme of a chain of islands and rocks extending from 
 Otter Point. Numerous sunken dangers lie westward and north- 
 westward of Shag Island, the southwesternmost of which, Colom- 
 bier Shoal, with 6 feet water over it, is l^Jg- miles S. 68° W. (N. 85° 
 W. mag.) from the summit of Shag Island. This danger was for- 
 merly known as Comus Rock, and the present local corruption of 
 the name is Clumpy Shoal. 
 
 The western entrance point of Connoire Bay open south of Shag 
 Island, bearing N. 59° E. (N. 86° E. mag.), leads southward, and 
 the SE. extreme of Captain Island in line with the SW. extreme 
 of Couteau Colombier, N. 9° E. (N. 36° E. mag.), leads westward 
 of this shoal. 
 
 Otter Point Settlement, with a population of about 50, is on the 
 north side of Duck Island, a small island at the head of a rugged 
 bight immediately northwestward of Otter Point. 
 
 Local knowledge is necessary to approach this settlement, or the 
 anchorage between it and the mainland northward of it, and only 
 
Billifird C > ^e at 
 leaps rang - 3 feet. 
 )oint of Connoire 
 
 and the apparent 
 , hill with a sharp 
 rthward to a salt- 
 d the highest land 
 thward from this 
 )rt distance north- 
 ds southwestward 
 ' keeping the sum- 
 xtreme of Wreck 
 
 )sed to the south- 
 tier. 
 
 s, may be obtained 
 round is not good 
 
 ice point of Muddy 
 l1 immediately over 
 11, 37 feet high. 
 , lie in a SE. by E. 
 at distances of 550 
 
 dries at low water, 
 y -I mile southward 
 
 t high, is the south- 
 ks extending from 
 estward and north- 
 st of which, Colom- 
 es S. 68° W. (N. 85° 
 'his danger was f or- 
 local corruption of 
 
 open south of Shag 
 ids southward, and 
 the SW. extreme 
 ,g.), leads westward 
 
 about 50, is on the 
 le head of a rugged 
 int. 
 
 is settlement, or the 
 7ard of it, and only 
 
 tOUTEiU HAY. 
 
 1-^ 
 
 c< 
 
 vessels drawing 12 feet or less water can enter it from the east- 
 ward. The flagstaff of the settlement is the only mark on it that 
 can be seen from seaward. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, at Duck Island at 8h. 
 47m. ; springs rise 5^^ feet, neaps rise 3^ feet ; neaps range 2J feet. 
 
 Couteau Colombier, a remarkable cube of rock 49 feet high, 
 with a low spur extending northeastward, is 1^ miles northwest- 
 ward from Shag Island. From certain x^ositions northwestward of 
 it, it presents a marked resemblance to a human profile. 
 
 Captain Island is remarkable for the whiteness of the rock when 
 visible, and the darkness of the vegetation which covers the remain- 
 ing portion. It has two hillocks, the northern and higher being 
 216 feet above high water. It is much diversified in feature, and 
 has a conspicuous white stripe on one of the coast hills on the north 
 shore. 
 
 Rocks and shoals extend westward 1,200 yards from this island. 
 The passage between it and the mainland northward is only 200 
 yards wide, with a depth of 4^ fathoms water in it. 
 
 Anchorage. — Small vessels will find excellent anchorage in this 
 channel off the passage between Captain Island and Duck Island, 
 which are almost joined together by islands and rocks, taking care 
 to avoid Seal Rocks, one foot above high water, which lie off the 
 mainland shore north of the passage. 
 
 Couteau Bay extends in 2i miles to the entrance of Couteau 
 Brook, a considerable stream draining a large valley, which latter 
 is a prominent feature of the coast. The bay has only one safe, 
 though narrow, passage into it, being almost blocked by islands 
 and rocks. 
 
 Flat Rocks, 6 and 10 feet high, respectively, and the southern- 
 most of those above water, are surrounded by rocks for a short 
 distance. Copper Duck Rock, with 5 fathoms water over it, lies 
 f mile S. 17° W. (S. 44° W. mag.) from the southern and lower of 
 Flat Rocks, and is the outer danger off Couteau Bay. Connoire 
 Head, open south of Shag Island, bearing N. 85° E. (S. 68° E. mag.), 
 leads south, and the right extreme of the land on the west shore 
 of Couteau Bay, open westward of the northern of Flat Rocks, 
 bearing N. 9° E. (N. 36° E. mag.), leads westward of this rock. 
 
 Man Rook, 3 feet above high water, is f mile northwestward of 
 Flat Rocks; and Black Rock, a black wedge-shaped rock 17 feet 
 high, lies 800 yards southwestward of Man Rock. Shoals extend 
 southward and southeastward from Man Rock, and a shoal with 
 5 fathoms water oA it lies 550 yards southward of Black Rock. 
 
 A lock, with 3 fathoms water over it, lies nearly in the middle 
 of Couteau Bay, at 1,350 yards, N. 37° E. (N. 64° E. mag.), from 
 Man Rock, and 650 yards from the west shore of the bay. 
 
 14910 13 
 
 6 
 
 M 
 
188 
 
 NEAVFOUNDLAND — SOUTH COAST. 
 
 Directions. — The best and only available passage for a stranger 
 into Couteaii Bay is between Man Rock and Black Rock, and even 
 in this passage there is a heavy swell during or after southerly and 
 westerly gales. By keeping Baggs Head midway between the 
 western entrance point of Couteau Bay and Black Rock (Cinq Cerf 
 Bay), bearing N. 45° W. (N. 18° W. mag.). Copper Duck Rock 
 will be avoided, and when Shag Roost, a con.spicuou8 hillock 126 
 feet high, and faced by cliff, on the west sliore of Couteau Bay, is 
 seen midway between Man Rock and Black Rock, bearing N. 17° 
 E. (N. 44° E. mag.), this mark should be steered for until past Man 
 Rock, when the west shore of the bay must be kept 300 yards dis- 
 tant until Horses Head, a cubical black rock 13 feet high, off Otter 
 Point, is in line with the SW. extreme of Captain Island, bearing 
 S. 50° E. (S. 29° E. mag.), when the shoal in the middle of the bay 
 will have been passed, and the head of the bay may be steered for. 
 
 Anchorage may be obtained in from 5 to 9 fathoms water, as 
 convenient, guided by the lead, but a swell rolls in with southerly 
 and southwesterly winds. 
 
 If desirous of entering the passage between Captain Island and 
 the mainland north of it, the houses on Duck Island vanst be 
 brought open north of Captain Island, bearing S. 70° E. (8. 43° 
 E. mag.), to clear the rock extending from Gull Island, a white 
 rock, 18 feet high, at the NW. extreme of Captain Island, before 
 steering for the passage, which may then be entered in mid-chan- 
 nel, and anchorage, for small vessels only, obtained at any part 
 of it. 
 
 Blue Hills of Couteau are two remarkable bluffs, 1,903 and 
 1,845 feet high, respectively, situated about 8 miles northward of 
 Co\iteau Bay. Extensive ranges of hills extend both eastward and 
 westwai'd from them, but these, the most remarkable, are an ex- 
 cellent mark in clear weather for the identification of the land. 
 
 Cinq Cerf Bay lies next westward of Couteau Bay, and is en- 
 cumbered with islands and rocks. The dividing point between 
 the two bays is foul to White Ground, the outer danger, which 
 has 2i fathoms water over it, and is 900 yards southward of the 
 point. 
 
 Culotte, a small cove in the NE. part of the bay, and the only 
 anchorage, is available for small vessels. 
 
 Flat Island, 23 feet high, and the southernmost of the islands 
 oft' the bay, is a bare rock 1^^ miles southwestward of the divid- 
 ing point between Couteau Bay and Cinq Cerf Bay. It may be 
 approached, to 200 yards, from the SW. extreme, but shoals ex- 
 tend 800 yards from it in a northeasterly direction. 
 
 Black Rock, a small rock 11 feet above high water, situated 1,800 
 yards northeastward of Flat Island, has shoals extending in all 
 
,ge for a stranger 
 k Rock, and even 
 iter southerly and 
 way between the 
 c Rock (Cinq Cerf 
 ipper Duck Rock 
 CUOU8 hillock 126 
 ,f Couteau Bay, is 
 !k, bearing N. 17° 
 for until past Man 
 ;ept 300 yards dis- 
 ■eet high, off Otter 
 in Island, bearing 
 (middle of the bay 
 nay be steered for. 
 fathoms water, as 
 3 in with southerly 
 
 Daptain Island and 
 ik Island must be 
 ig S. 70° E. (S. 43° 
 ull Island, a white 
 )tain Island, before 
 itered in mid-chan- 
 )tained at any part 
 
 le bluffs, 1,903 and 
 miles northward of 
 1 both eastward and 
 aarkable, are an ex- 
 ition of the land, 
 eau Bay, and is en- 
 ding point between 
 )uter danger, which 
 is southward of the 
 
 le bay, and the only 
 
 imost of the islands 
 
 istward of the divid- 
 
 Brf Bay. It may be 
 
 reme, but shoals ex- 
 
 ction. 
 
 water, situated 1,800 
 
 oals extending in all 
 
 CULOTTE — DIRECTIONS. 
 
 189 
 
 directions from it for 300 yards, and there is no safe passage between 
 it and the mainland eastward of it. 
 
 Directions. — To enter Culotte, pass westward of Flat Island at 
 a distance of not less than 400 yards, and steer to pass i mile west- 
 ward of Black Rock, observing that Pools Island (low and wooded, 
 in the northeastern arm of Cinq Cerf Bay, and under Devil Head, 
 a steep bluff 280 feet high, that forms the east entrance point to 
 Culotte) just open west of the east shore of Cinq Cerf Bay, bearing 
 N. 40° E. (N. 67° E. mag.), leads close west of the shoals off Black 
 Rock. Steering with Pools Island open, when approaching the 
 east shore of the bay, keep it at the distance of about 300 yards and 
 pass between that shore and Seal Rocks (a cluster of flat rocks 8 
 feet above high water, situated to the southward of a peninsula 
 surmounted by two hills, 115 and 117 feet high, respectively, that 
 forms the west entrance point to Culotte). Pass in mid -channel 
 between Woody Island, which is separated by a narrow channel 
 from the east extreme of the peninsula, and Pools Island, and 
 anchor in from 6 to 8 fathoms water, muddy bottom, and good 
 holding ground. 
 
 Water may be obtained from a brook at the NE. corner of 
 Culotte, and wood is abundant. 
 
 Baggs Head is a conspicuous dark wooded cone 188 feet high, 
 in the middle of the north shore of Cinq Cerf Bay. 
 
 Numerous islands and shoals extend southward of it, but the 
 outermost will be cleared by keeping Woody Island open east of 
 Seal Rocks, bearing N. 44° E. (N. 71° E. mag.). 
 
 There is a white patch on the side of the coast hill, at ^ mile 
 northeastward of Baggs Head, which is prominent for a distance 
 of 3 miles. 
 
 Cinq Cerf Brook discharges the waters of a considerable stream, 
 which runs from many miles inland, in a deep valley, close west- 
 ward of Baggs Head ; it contains usually both salmon and trout. 
 
 (B. A. Chart No. 2142.) 
 
 Cinq Cerf Islands are a group of islands lying off the west 
 entrance point to Cinq Cerf Bay, with steep gray cliffs on their 
 seaboard. The highest and westernmost is 84 feet above high 
 water, while Shag Island, the northeasternmost, is a bare white 
 rock 36 feet high. A small village, with a population of 34 in 
 1884, is situated round a cove on the mainland shore, close north- 
 westward of these islands. 
 
 Big Sunker, with 15 feet over it at low water, and the south- 
 westernmost of a group of rocks lying off Cinq Cerf Islands, lies 
 a little more than one mile N. 74° W. (N. 47° W. mag.) from Flat 
 
 •»>> 
 
I 
 
 190 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH COAST. 
 
 Island. Shag Island, completely open south of Flat Island, bear- 
 ing S. 81° E. (S. 54° E. II It?.), leads south; Baggs Head Avell open 
 east of Shag Island (Cii, , Cerf), N. 6° E (N. :J3° E. mag.), leads 
 east; and Baggs Head open westward of Shag Island (Cinq Cerf), 
 N.. 25° E. (N. 52" E. m&g.), leads westward of this dangerous rock. 
 
 Whittle Hill, 333 feet high, is a round hill situated on the main- 
 land a short distance northwestward of Cinq Cerf Islands. 
 
 Three Islands are a cluster of that number with two lower 
 islets eastward of them, and several rocks and shoals round them. 
 The southernmost and highest is a round gray rock 40 feet above 
 high water. In approaching Grand Bruit Harbor the dangers off 
 these islands may be avoided by keeping Pigeon Island bearing 
 8. 88° W. (N. 65° W. mag.). " 
 
 Bad Neighbor, a dangerous rock nearly awash at low water, is 
 U miles S. 14° E. (S. 13° W. mag.) from the southernmost of Three 
 Islands. Roti Colombier in line with Offer Island, bearing West 
 (N. 63° W. mag.), leads south; the High Land of Grand Bruit 
 well open eastward of the highest of Three Islands, N. 14° W. (N. 
 13° E. mag.), leads close east; and open west of that island, N. 11° 
 W. (N. 10° E. mag.), leads close westward of this rock. 
 
 Chance Rock, with 4 J fathoms water over it, lies about J mile 
 S. 75° W. (N. 78° W. mag.) from Bad Neighbor. 
 
 The High Land of Grand Bruit forms one of the most remark- 
 able hills and best landfalls on the coast. It rises in a steep cliff 
 to an elevation of 1,012 feet, and is surmounted by a cairn of stones, 
 at a little more than 2 miles northeastward of Grand Bruit Harbor. 
 Rocky and serrated ranges extend inland for several miles. 
 
 A cascade falls over the hills nearly one mile westward of the 
 High Land. 
 
 Grand Bruit Harbor is only 200 yards wide, but affords excel- 
 lent sheltered anchorage for small vessels in 7 fathoms water. A 
 series of rocks extends 400 yards SSE. from the west extreme of 
 the island, which forms the east entrance point. There will be no 
 difficulty in recognizing this harbor, as the houses of the village 
 surrounding, and a schbolhouse painted white, on the slope of the 
 hill above, or the large waterfall at the head of. the harbor, may 
 be seen from seaward. 
 
 The Smoker, an isolated rock 10 feet high, lies soiitheastward, 
 and a group of islands lie southwestward of the entrance to the 
 harbor. 
 
 Southeast Island is a gray, bare islet 40 feet high, and White 
 Island at the NE. extreme is a steep, round islet 35 feet high. 
 Harbor Island, the largest of the group, is so named from two boat 
 coves on either side of a narrow neck of land in the middle of the 
 island. It f.alls in gray cliff from the summit 105 feet high over 
 the south extreme. 
 
ST. 
 
 ■ Flat Island, bear- 
 ?gs Head well open 
 :}3° E. mag.)> lef^'^s 
 Island (Cinq Cerf), 
 his dangerous rock, 
 buated on the main- 
 ^erf Islands. 
 )er with two lower 
 shoals round them. 
 y rock 4G feet above 
 rbor the dangers off 
 ;eon Island bearing 
 
 rash at low water, is 
 Lithernmost of Three 
 3laud, bearing West 
 md of Grand Bruit 
 ands, N. 14° W. (N. 
 )f that island, N. 11° 
 this rock. 
 
 : it, lies about ^ mile 
 >or, 
 
 e of the most remark- 
 t rises in a steep cliff 
 1 by a cairn of stones, 
 Grand Bruit Harbor, 
 several miles, 
 lile westward of the 
 
 Lde, but affords excel- 
 7 fathoms water. A 
 1 the west extreme of 
 int. There will be no 
 houses of the village 
 be, on the slope of the 
 i of. the harbor, may 
 
 h, lies soiitheastward, 
 f the entrance to the 
 
 feet high, and White 
 ad islet 35 feet high. 
 ) named from two boat 
 d in the middle of the 
 lit 105 feet high over 
 
 LA POILE BAY. 
 
 191 
 
 Duck Island shelters the northern boat cove, and from its north 
 extreme rocks extend 200 yards. Pigeon Island is a rugged rock 
 24 feet high. 
 
 Grand Bruit Oolombier is a conspicuous small cone about 35 feet 
 high, lying 900 yards southward of the group off the harbor. A 
 rock that dries about 2 feet at low water lies 650 yards northeast- 
 ward, and a sunken rock 200 yards southeastward, of Grand Bruit 
 Colombier. 
 
 Offer Island, 22 feet above high water, is the southernmost islet 
 off Grand Bruit Harbor, and has no danger off it farther than 200 
 yards. 
 
 Hares Ears are two sharp peaks, 120 feet high, immediately 
 over the extreme of the mainland southwestward of Grand Bruit 
 Harbor. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Grand Bruit Har- 
 bor at 8h. 43m. ; springs rise 5J feet, neaps rise 4 feet. 
 
 The Barasway, a large bight westward of Hares Ears, is almost 
 filled with islands and rocks, and the passage between them should 
 not be attempted without a local pilot. 
 
 Flat Island, open southward of Offer Island, bearing N. 75° E. 
 (S. 78° E. mag.), will lead southwestward of all dangers. 
 
 Old Man Hill, 1^ miles northward of The Barasway, is a peaked 
 hill 684 feet high and faced by cliff. For about two hours near 
 noon, when the sun is shining, the shadow of the cliff forms a curi- 
 ous resemblance to the figure of a man in the face of the hill. 
 
 (H.O.ChartNo. 661''.) 
 
 Rdti Colombier is a conspicuous bare conical rock 62 feet high 
 at the south extreme of the islands off The Barasway. 
 
 Ireland Island, 3 miles in a westerly direction from R6ti Co- 
 lombier, lies a little more than one mile off the east point of the 
 entrance to La Poile Bay ; a ledge extends more than 600 yards 
 from <^he SE. point of this island, with If fathoms water at the 
 extremity. 
 
 La Poile Bay extends about 6 miles NN"E., with a general 
 breadth of If miles, to North Bay Point and Dolman Head, which 
 divide it into Northeast Arm and North Bay, the former 3^ and 
 the latter 2^ miles long. The several anchorages in the bay will be 
 described hereafter. 
 
 Light — The lighthouse on Ireland Island is a cylindrical iron 
 tower, 39 feet in height, with dwelling attached, and painted red 
 and white in horizontal stripes ; it exhibits, at an elevation of 67 
 feet, a revolving white light every twelve seconds ; it should be 
 visible 9 miles. 
 
IJtIJ 
 
 192 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH COAST. 
 
 Naked Man Rock, which dries 3 feet at low water, lies 1,300 
 yards N. 23° W. (N. 4° E. mag.) from Ireland Island lighthouse. 
 
 Rocks.— A sunken rock, with a depth of less than « feet on it, 
 and on which the sea breaks, is situated with Ireland Island light- 
 house bearing about S. 12° E. (S. 17° W. mag.), distant 880 yards. 
 
 A sunken rock, with a depth of 2^ fathoms on it and 4 to 5 
 fathoms close around, lies 200 yards from the above sunken rock, on 
 the same bearing. 
 
 • Southeast Rock lies 600 yards N. 54° E. (N. 81° E. mag.), and a 
 shoal with 2i fathoms water over it, 400 yards N. 2° E. (N. 29° E. 
 mag.) of the lighthouse. 
 
 A sunken rock, with a depth of 2 fathoms on it, lies with Ire- 
 land Island lighthouse bearing about S. 60° W. (S. 87° W. mag.), 
 distant 2^ miles. 
 
 A rock about 12 feet high, having a rock, with less than 6 feet 
 water over it, close SW. of it, lies i mile N. 46° E. (N. 73° E. mag.) 
 of Naked Man Rock, and between these and the eastern entrance 
 point there is foul ground. 
 
 Qallyboy Harbor, a narrow bor.,t ci'eek having a rock, with 6 
 feet water over it, in mid-channel, is 2i miles from the entrance on 
 the east shore. 
 
 Friar Rock, awash at low water, lies 250 yards off the south point 
 of Sandy Cove, on the east shore 3f miles within the entrance. 
 
 Dolman Cove lies between Northeast Arm and North Bay, and 
 is an open bight west of Dolman Head, which is a steep bluff, 770 
 
 feet high. 
 
 Northeast Arm affords excellent anchorage in from 10 to 13 
 fathoms water, over mud, in a space f mile long and 600 yards 
 broad, and there is no danger in the entrance nor in the arm. 
 
 Water.— Water may be obtained from Rattling Brook, near the 
 
 head. 
 
 North Bay is shallow from the entrance, but anchorage may be 
 obtained just outside in 12 fathoms water, over gravel. A tele- 
 graph wire crosses the head of North Bay. 
 
 Bennet Rock, with 12 feet water over it, lies 400 yards ESE. of 
 Vineyard Islet, a small islet off the north point of Broad Cove, 2^ 
 miles from Little Bay. 
 
 Little Bay, on the west shore, 3 miles from the entrance, is IJ 
 miles deep, and affords anchorage in a space, 400 yards in diame- 
 ter, off the fishing settlement in 10 fathoms water. Buoys are laid 
 down for convenience of warping vessels to the wharves. 
 
 Tooth Rock.— A sunken rock, with a depth of 2f fathoms on it 
 and 5 to 10 fathoms close around, lies at the entrance of Little Bay, 
 with Gallyboy Head li miles N. 86° E. (S. 67° E. mag.). 
 
iST. 
 
 3W water, lies 1,300 
 [sland lightliouse. 
 js than feet on it, 
 Ireland Island light- 
 ), distant 880 yards, 
 ns on it and 4 to 5 
 30ve sunken rock, on 
 
 81° E. mag.), and a 
 N. 2° E. (N. 29° E. 
 
 on it, lies with Ire- 
 ^ (S. 87° W. mag.), 
 
 dth less than 6 feet 
 °E. (N. 73° E. mag.) 
 the eastern entrance 
 
 iving a rock, with 6 
 from the entrance on 
 
 ds oflf the south point 
 ihin the entrance, 
 and North Bay, and 
 1 is a steep blutf, 770 
 
 ge in from 10 to 13 
 long and 600 yards 
 nor in the arm. 
 
 tling Brook, near the 
 
 lut anchorage may be 
 )ver gravel. A tele- 
 
 ies 400 yards ESE. of 
 nt of Broad Cove, 2^ 
 
 m the entrance, is 1^^ 
 , 400 yards in diame- 
 ater. Buoys are laid 
 tie wharves. 
 ;h of 2f fathoms on it 
 atrance of Little Bay, 
 7° E. mag.). 
 
 LA POILE HARBOR. 
 
 193 
 
 Anchorage. — Anchorage may bo obtained oft" the mouth of this 
 bay in 15 fathoms water, exposed to southerly winds, but Tooth 
 Rock interferes with the anchoring space. 
 
 A shoal, with (J^ fathoms water on it (existence doubtful), is 
 reported to lie in this harbor. 
 
 Beacon. — A small iron beacon surmounted by a staff and cage 
 is placed (m the outer rock off the south entrance point to Little 
 Bay. Shoal water extends a few yards outside the beacon. 
 
 Communication.— The Coastal Steamship Company's steamer 
 calls here fortnightly during summer and autumn, and there is a 
 post and telegraph office. 
 
 Ice.— Little Bay freezes occasionally in the month of February, 
 but the ice seldom remains long. 
 
 La Poile Harbor, just inside the west point of the entrance, is 
 400 yards wide, and 1,700 yards deep as far as Pig Island, which 
 lies in mid-channel ; beyond Pig Island it is continued to the head 
 for another i mile by a narrow bight. 
 
 There are a few houses on the south shore of this harbor, and 
 anchorage may be obtained, in 11 fathoms water, about 300 yards 
 northeastward of Pig Island. 
 
 Beacon. — A beacon stands on Beacon Point. 
 
 Harbor Rock, with 10 feet water over it, is the extreme of a 
 shoal extending nearly 200 yards from the south shore, just within 
 the entrance, and 400 yards NNW. of Beacon Point. To avoid 
 this rock, the north shore should be kept aboard when entering. 
 
 Cox Rock, with 9 feet water over it, lies 000 yards off the west 
 point of the entrance to La Poile Bay, 2^ miles west (N. 63° W. 
 mag.) from Ireland Island lighthouse. 
 
 La Flante Harbor, a narrow boat creek near the entrance, may 
 be entered by keeping the east point close aboard, to avoid a rock 
 just inside the mouth. 
 
 Ice.— La Poile Harbor freezes over about 10th February, the ice 
 disappearing about 20th March; although blocked at intervals, 
 generally between the 1st and 20th March, during fifty years navi- 
 gation has not been impeded more than six spring seasons, and 
 field ice rarely arrives, but when forced in by SW. winds becomes 
 a serious obstruction ; the bay is cleared by N W. winds. The ice 
 in the river is generally about 6 inches thick. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in La Poile Bay at 
 9h. Om. ; springs rise 6 feet, neaps rise 4 feet. 
 
 Little La Poile, a narrow shallow inlet, extends west of La 
 
 Poile Bay. 
 
 (B. A. Chart No. 2336.) 
 
 Coast.— Between La Poile Bay and Garia Bay the coast is bor- 
 dered by islands and rocks, which no stranger should attempt to 
 
 PH! 
 
194 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH COAST. 
 
 pass iiisido af at any time, nor shoal the water to less than 60 
 fatlionis at niglit. 
 
 Oaria Bay, entered 4 miles westward of La Poile Bay, extends 
 3 miles in a northwesterly direction, and thence with a bend north- 
 easterly for 2 miles. The water in it is generally shallow, and the 
 anchorage space for large vessels is only 300 yards wide, but for 
 small vessels it affords excellent shelter. 
 
 Crafty Head, 140 feet high, and Black George Head, 141 feet 
 high, are two conspicuous conical headlands, between Little La 
 Poile and Qaria Bay. Behind these the ranges gradually increase 
 in height to an elevation of 8G0 feet, over the east side of Garia 
 Bay, while at 4 miles northward of the head of that bay are the 
 Blue Hills of Garia; the highest, Garia Peak, is 1,814 feet above 
 the sea. 
 
 Wood, suitable for building fishing craft, grows in Garia Bay. 
 
 Indian Island, 58 feet high, lies off the eastern entrance point 
 of Garia Bay, and may be distinguished by a white cliff at the 
 west extrenie. 
 
 Deer Island, dividing tlie entrance, is surmounted by a conical 
 hill 68 feet above high water, and covered with dai'k spruce. From 
 it islands and rocks extend southeastward J mile, the most promi- 
 nent being Shag Island, the easternmost, which is 32 feet high, 
 and composed of gray rock, and Black Rock, the southernmost, 
 12 feet high. 
 
 Smock Island, 63 feet high, and composed of gray rock partially 
 covered with moss, lies just inside the entrance of Garia Bay; the 
 shores are foul for a short distance. Ship Cove Hill is a remark- 
 able headland, 155 feet high, on the eastern shore, and off it is Big 
 Island, 114 feet high. Spruce Island, 52 feet high, is joined by 
 rocks to the western shore, and Round Island, 73 feet high and the 
 next north, is separated from the western shore by the deepest 
 available channel to the head of the bay, 
 
 A group of islets, westward of Deer Island in the western en- 
 trance to Garia Bay, are known as Big Rock, Bell Rock, and Flat 
 Rock, from their shapes. The north shore of Deer Island gener- 
 ally is foul ; three of the rocks, the Bull, the Calf, and the Cow, 
 showing only at low water, spring tides. 
 
 Brag^ Rock, with 2 feet water on it, lies 66 yards eastward of 
 Flat Rock. 
 
 The settlement is in Garia Harbor, a small cove with numerous 
 rocks in it, on the west side of Garia Bay just inside the entrance, 
 and one family resides at the head. The population was 53 in 1884. 
 The schoolhouse is the northeasternmost house, and stands on a 
 small eminence above the other houses. 
 
Wi 
 
 in 
 
 r to less than 50 
 
 'oile Bay, oxtemls 
 vith a bend north- 
 f shallow, and the 
 ards wide, but for 
 
 ge Head, 141 feet 
 )etween Little La 
 gradually increase 
 jast side of Garia 
 f that bay are the 
 is 1,814 feet above 
 
 ws in Garia Bay. 
 arn entrance point 
 white cliff at the 
 
 unted by a conical 
 ark spruce. From 
 e, the most promi- 
 ih is 32 feet high, 
 the southernmost, 
 
 gray rock partially 
 of Garia Bay ; the 
 a Hill is a remark- 
 re, and off it is Big 
 high, is joined by 
 2 feet high and the 
 ore by the deepest 
 
 in the western en- 
 Jell Rock, and Flat 
 Deer Island gener- 
 Calf, and the Cow, 
 
 ; yards eastward of 
 
 jove with numerous 
 inside the entrance, 
 ation was 53 in 1884. 
 ise, and stands on a 
 
 % 
 
 LIITLE (JAIIIA HAY. 
 
 195 
 
 Wreck Island lies about J mile southwestward of theoutrant'e 
 t ) Garia Bay, is 35 feet high, and (.'ovured with grass. Then* are 
 two rocky mounds near the west extreme. Wreck Island Suukcrs 
 are rocks that extend nearly ^ mile soiithward of Wi-eck lHlan<l, 
 a 1(1 Offer Gob Rock, a dangerous slioal with 15 feet water on it, 
 lies J mile 8. 2ti° W. (S. 53" W. mag.) from Wreck Island Summit. 
 
 Hatchers Cove, a small bight completely exposed to the sotith- 
 ward, lies close westward of the entrance to Garia Bay. The 
 eastern part of the cove is full of rocks, but tliero is good anchor- 
 age for small craft in the remainder, in from to 11 fathoms water. 
 
 There is a small black rock off the eastern entrance point, and 
 one that dries only at low water close to the western entrance point. 
 
 Little Oaiia Bay is close westward of Hatchers Cove, the 
 dividing points being Pool Island and Slammer Point, which has 
 the appearance of an island. It may be recognized by Firmage 
 Head, £). remarkable bluff, 180 feet high, just within the eastern 
 entrance point. There is no danger in this bay at any distance 
 from the shore, but the water is deep, and it is completely exposed 
 to southerly winds. A bar, with not more than 12 feet over it at 
 low water, and composed of flat rock, crosses the bay ^ mile from 
 the head, forming a basin with 4i fathoms in it, and a good anchor- 
 age for small craft. Large vessels will find sheltered anchorage 
 from oft'shore winds in 13 fath'oms water off' Pigeon Island, 40 feet 
 high, close to the west shore, and just north of Pillar Rock, 35 feet 
 high. Berry Point, the west entrance point, is a low peninsula of 
 red cliff, with a small rock above water close south. 
 
 Seal Islands are a group off the western entrance point to 
 Little Garia Bay. 
 
 Big Seal Islaiid, surmounted by a sharp pointed hill 130 feet 
 higli, is generally covered with grass and moss. Close N W. of it 
 is Round Island, a sharp cone about 70 feet high, anfl south of it, 
 Offer Seal Island, 54 feet high, with Black Rock, 6 fett above high 
 water, clo.se south of it. 
 
 Rocks extend from all sides of Offer Seal Island except the north, 
 and a shoal named Edge-of-ground, with 15 feet water over it, is 
 situated 800 yards S. 40° E. (S. 13° E. mag.) from the east extreme 
 of Offer Seal Island, 
 
 Gob Rock, awash at low water, lies a short distance from the 
 NE. extreme of Big Seal Island. Sunken dangers fringe the north 
 shores of Big Seal and Round Islands, and a rock, awash at low 
 water, lies off the passage between these islands. 
 
 Seal Island Head, a conspicuous red bluff 55 feet high, west- 
 ward of Seal Islands, shelters a small cove eastward of it, in which 
 small vessels may anchor in 7 fathoms water, in a space about 200 
 yards in diameter. 
 
iy« 
 
 NKWKorNDLANI) — HOI Til (OAMT. 
 
 I 
 
 The entrance in from thoojvHtward, and nortli of Big Seal Island, 
 
 VeHseln nuist kt'op close to the northern t>r niaiidand siiorc to 
 avoid the rocks off Round Island, as the passage is only tlft yards 
 wide. There is u small settlement here that contained 73 persons 
 in 1884. 
 
 Coast — The coast westward of Seal Islands is bordered by rocks 
 and shoals, and strangers shonld not venture north of the line of 
 Wreck Island, in lino with Black Rock (Seal Islands), "bearing N. 
 70° E. (S. 8:)° E. mag.). 
 
 Bennett Cove, just westward of Seal Island Head, affords refuge 
 for small craft, but it is barred from the southward by rocks, antl 
 the only approacli is from the westward by keeping about 65 yards 
 from the mainland. 
 
 Bay Le Moine, entered 5 miles westward of Garia Bay, extends 
 i miles in a northeasterly direction, and has good anchorage at 
 the head. 
 
 Petites is a considerable settlement situated round the basins 
 formed by a group of islands and rocks at the eastern entrance 
 point of Bay le Moine. 
 
 These basins are suitable for small vessels only, which moor to 
 the wharves, and local knowledge is required to pilot them in safely. 
 
 Black Rook, the southernmost of the group and 4 feet high, lies 
 just south of Gull Island which is 33 feet high, and covered with 
 grass over red rock. 
 
 Black Rock Shoal, with 3 fathoms water on it, lies nearly 400 
 yards southwestward of Black Rock, and Major Rock, with 6 feet 
 water over it, lies 000 yards N. 68° W. (N. 41° W. mag.) from the 
 summit of Gull Island. This is a dangerous rock, as it does not 
 often break, being only a very sharp pinnacle, with deep water 
 close round it. 
 
 Fish Head, a steep bluflf at the SW. extreme of a hill, 231 feet 
 high, and faced by gray cliff, forms the western entrance point of 
 Bay le Moine. 
 
 The Friar, an isolated stone pillar, stands a short distance north- 
 eastward of it. 
 
 Dublin Cove, sheltered by the coast northward of Fish Head, 
 is 335 yards wide at the entrance, and narrows gradually to the 
 head. 
 
 Dublin Cove Rocks, 2 feet high and small, are always visible by 
 daylight, and may be approached to 100 yards. 
 
 There are no other dangers in this cove, except close to the head 
 where it is shallow. 
 
 Anchorage. — Good anchorage maybe obtained in Dublin Cove, 
 for small vessels as convenient, in from 22 fathoms, at the entrance, 
 to 6 fathoms water off a small islet at the head. 
 
 ■ a*>«*-i»"p«J«»e(-''ir 
 
 ■ -,*-.. ,v«- — 
 
f BiK !^«''il I^'liiiul. 
 nuinliUKl slniru to 
 a is only H6 yards 
 itaiiietl T.i iMirsons 
 
 bordered by rocks 
 )rth of the Hue of 
 .auds), "bearing N. 
 
 aad, affords refuge 
 ard by rocks, and 
 ng about 65 yards 
 
 ]}aria Bay, extends 
 food anchorage at 
 
 1 round the basins 
 e eastern entrance 
 
 ily, which moor to 
 lilot them in safely, 
 md -t feet high, lies 
 , and covered with 
 
 L it, lies nearly 400 
 r Rock, with 6 feet 
 W. mag.) from the 
 ock, as it does not 
 e, with deep water 
 
 e of a hill, 231 feet 
 n entrance point of 
 
 hort distance north- 
 ward of Fish Head, 
 vs gradually to the 
 
 re always visible by 
 
 apt close to the head 
 
 ned in Dublin Cove, 
 jms, at the entrance, 
 I. 
 
 IIAKHUU LK col'. 
 
 li>7 
 
 Tlio Rod House, a conspicuous rock, 2n foi«t liigli, and fucnd by 
 red cliff, lies closo to the shore iiortiioastward of Dublin Cove, and 
 at one mile farther, on the same side, is a waterfall just westward 
 of a red point, from which latter a shoal extonds a short distance. 
 
 Bay le Molne Rook, with 4 feet water over it, lies 800 yards 
 S. IT' W. (H. 44" W. mag.) of the Red House, and nearly in the 
 middle of the bay. 
 
 "Water. — Water may be procured from the fall or the streams 
 at the head of tht? bay at high water. 
 
 Harbor le Oou lies west of the entrance to Bay le Moine, and 
 is divided into a cove at the SW,, and a basin at the NE. end. 
 
 Shark Cove Head, close eastward of the entrance, is surmounted 
 by a conspicucAis sharp hill, 160 feet high, and the Sugarloaf, a 
 conical hill, 220 feet high, and covered with dark spruce, sur- 
 mounts the turning point to the basin. , 
 
 Calapoose Rocks, 3 feet high, lie nearly in the middle of the 
 approach, and have a shoal, with 12 feet water on it, lying nearly 
 200 yards SSE. of them, which may be avoided by keeping Sugar- 
 loaf Point open westward of Calapoose Rocks, bearing N. 48° W. 
 (N. 21° W. mag.); with the exception of this shoal th^e are no 
 other dangers in the entrance except close to the shore. 
 
 The settlement is situated round the SW. cove, and contains a 
 schoolhouse. In 1884 the population was 222. 
 
 Anchorage.— The cove, i mile deep, and 300 yards wide at the 
 mouth, affords anchorage for small vessels in from 8 to 11 fathoms 
 water. 
 
 Some rocks lie close to a small hillock, on the north side, and a 
 rock, that dries at low water, lies in the middle of the head of the 
 cove. 
 
 The basin, ^ mile in diameter, with 20 fathoms water, is gener- 
 ally deep to the shore, but a spit extends a short distance from 
 the small islet, on the north side of the entrance, and some rocks 
 lie a short distance from the bluff at the NE, end. 
 
 The Barasway, a ..Ti allow inlet, extends northward from the basin, 
 and has a waterfall at the head. 
 
 Rose Blanche Point (said to be a corruption of Roches Blanches) 
 may be readily recognized by the lighthouse. The coast between 
 it and Harbor le Cou is of a whitish gray rock, and generally steep. 
 Wash Rocks, that cover at high tide, lie a short distance from the 
 coast midway between the point and Harbor le Cou. Black Rock, 
 11 feet high, is the SW. extreme of a line of rocks off Rose Blanche 
 Point. 
 
 Black Rock Sunker, with 7 feet water on it, lies 200 yards south 
 of Black Rock. 
 
198 
 
 Ni;Wl<>l\|>I,ANI» — HOI Tir (MAST. 
 
 '? I|(!l 
 
 Light. — Oil tlu« oHNturii lioinl of RoHt> Klniu'lu' Point tliorn is a 
 grunitc liKlitlioiiHc, 40 f*!>-l in lini^lit, siit-in<iuiitiii^ tlio ciiniiM' of 
 Hliittt-i'oof(!(| l)uil(liii^s, with tlu'ir HK. Hides piiinttxl i-itii uihI uliittt 
 ill v«*rti('Hl stri|)«>M. it t'xiul)itH, iit mi cli'viitiou of Ort f»t»»t, ii fixed 
 wliito liKlit, that Hhoiild be visihU' II tniloH, lu<tw«'t*ii tho iM-uriuKN 
 N. O-r K. (N. 8'J" E. iiiiiK.) ami 8. ::>" W. (N. 8o' W. mag.), ovor 
 an arc (.f l«!t". 
 
 Directions. — ProcHinling wrHtwanl from La Poilo, Black Rode 
 off Littlo La Poilc must ho givon a l)ertli of | niilo, and tho soiitli 
 oxtromo of Big Seal iHland kopt well open .southward of Wrock 
 Ishmd, hearing S. 84" W. (N. ()»" W. mag.), to cloar Tinkor Rocks, 
 tho outer dangers of this neighborhood. 
 
 Eastern Ohannel.— If ])ound to Oaria Bay, when Smock Ishtml 
 is entirely open westward of the eastern entrance |)oint of that )>ay, 
 bearing N. 4fi° W. (N. IS" W. mag.), the ontrance may be steered 
 for, and mid-chanuel kept between tho low reef at tho northeastern 
 extreme of Doer Island and tlie eastern entrance point. Steer for 
 Smock Island, with its SW. extreme bearing N. .'54" W. (N. 27° 
 W. mag.), until tlie schoolhouso in Garia Harbor is shut in with 
 tho north entranc»» point of tho harbor bearing S. 8t5° W. (N. 07° 
 W. mag.), when tho shoals o(F Doer Island will have been passed, 
 and a (bourse may be steered to round westward of Smock Island, 
 and anchorage taken up in 10 fathoms water, midway botw(!eu it 
 and a coVe iu the mainland lying north from it. This passage, 
 being but 100 yards wide in the ontrance, ami having no more than 
 21 feet water in it, is suitable only for small vessels. 
 
 Western OhanneL — Large vessels entering Garia Buy shouhl 
 continue on the mark, the south extreme of Big Seal Island open 
 southward of Wreck Island, until tho northern entrance point of 
 Garia Harbor, a small bluff, is in line with Boll Rock, bearing N. 
 12° W. (N. 15° E. mag.), when the channel between Deer Island 
 and Bell Rock may bo steered for, taking care to open the whole 
 of Smock Island, westward of Deer Island, N. 4° W. (N. 23° E. 
 mag.), before passing Black Rock, to clear Sculpin Rock, tho west- 
 ernmost of the dangers, south of Deer Island. When Shag Island 
 is abeam, bring the northern ontrance point to Garia Harbor to 
 bear N. 17° W. (N. 10° E. mag.) and steer for it, to clear Brag Rock, 
 and after passing Flat Rock, Black Rock must be kept its own 
 breadth open westward of Deer Island, bearing S. 29° E. (S. 2° E, 
 mag.), to avoid The Bull. The entrance points of Garia Harbor 
 may then be steered for, and passed at about 100 yards distant, and 
 the anchor let go in the place previously described. 
 
 The navigation beyond this is intricate for large vessels, and 
 the absence of leading marks makes a written descrii)tion un- 
 available. 
 
 -. t*0!*««»-J^«'Jt*#a«*W*l• tli*«Ki*yW- «>«**«*" W**""^1V*«i> 
 
(lAlllA HAY— lUHKCTfONS. 
 
 I '.»'.► 
 
 I'diiit tlicrt' irt ii 
 iiK tlitt conuir of 
 I'll i't>(I iiidI whito 
 f Ort f«)ot, H fixocl 
 t'cii tin) iM'iiriiiKH 
 ' \V. iimg.), ovur 
 
 'dil.', lilm-k Rock 
 It*, hihI thu Huutli 
 liwiinl of Wrock 
 )iir Tiiiktu- Rocks, 
 
 u>ii Smofk iHland 
 point of that l)ay, 
 L'o muy be Htoored 
 t tho uortheastoru 
 point. Htoor for 
 !^. 54" W. (N. 27° 
 or is 8hut in with 
 
 s. 8((° w. (N. or" 
 
 liivo ])i'en i)a8HU(l, 
 )f Smock Island, 
 idwuy botwoon it 
 it. This puasugc, 
 v'ing no more than 
 soIh. 
 
 Garia Bay shouhl 
 
 : Seal Island open 
 
 entrance point of 
 
 Rock, bearing N. 
 
 ween Deer Island 
 
 to open the whole 
 
 4° W. (N. 23° E. 
 
 )in Rock, the west- 
 
 Vhen Shag Island 
 
 3 Garia Harbor to 
 
 o clear Brag Rock, 
 
 t be kept its own 
 
 S. 29° E. (S. 2° E. 
 
 s of Garia Harbor 
 
 yards distant, and 
 
 )ed. 
 
 large vessels, and 
 m description un- 
 
 SiniiU V(>hn(<1n may continue between Spruc«> and Hig iNhiiidH, tlicn 
 in till' (dianncl ])Htween Round iHland and tli<> mainland wt>Htward 
 of it, tlii'ii for one luile in the direct ion of the waterfall, and then 
 for Mif nariiii' ><. 
 
 From the W dStward, tliroiiKh the Westi-rn Clianm-I, Hlack 
 Geort^o Head jniist l»c k(«pt open east of Black Rock, bearing N. 
 'VJ" K. (X. •'.() K. mag.). (<• clfiir Wreck [sla(i<l Sutikcrs uMtiJ fliM 
 north entrance point of Gai-ia Harbor i.s in line with Hell Rock, 
 when proceed as liefore. 
 
 Tludiigh the Ka.stern Channel. After pasning Wreck Island 
 Hunkers, as al»ove, the south extreme of Big Seal Islaml must be 
 kept o|)en south of Wreck Island, until the entranci* points of the 
 eastern pas.sag<» are open, bearing N. 26" W. (N. I' E. nuig.), when 
 the entrance may bo steered for, and former directions followctd. 
 
 Proceeding westward from Garia Bay, Black Georg(< Head must 
 be brought open east of Black Rock, bearing N. Ill) K. (N. 0(1 E. 
 mag.), and kept .so until Seal Island Head is in line with tho north 
 extreme of Olfer Seal Island, bearing N. 71 " E. (N. 44' E. mag.), 
 to clear Wreck Island Suiikersand OtI'er Gob Rotrk, which will be 
 pas.sed when the west entrance point of Garia Bay is seen lietween 
 the two luunmocks, at tho west extreme of Wrec^k Island, bearing 
 N. 25^ E. (N. 62 E. mag.). If bound to Little Garia Bay or Seal 
 Islands, the course is then without danger, except the rocks close 
 to Seal Islands. 
 
 Proceeding westward. Shag Island must be koptop«ni southward 
 of Wreck Island, bearing N. 63" E. (N. 80" E. niag.) until Seal 
 Island Head is open westward of Black Rock (Seal Islands), bear- 
 ing N. 43" W. (N. 14" W, mag.) to clear the shoals otY Seal Islands, 
 when a course may be steered for Rose Blanche Point lighthouse. 
 
 When approaching Petites, Seal Island Head must bo kept open 
 south of Winging Island, the southernmost of tho group, ort" that 
 pli'ce, bearing N. <i3'" E. (east mag.), until the Red House is open 
 west of the south shore of Bay le Moine, bearing N. 22" E. (N. 40° 
 E. mag.). A course must then be steered to shut in the waterfall 
 on the north .shore of the bay, with the point 8W. of it, bearing 
 N. 28° E. (N. 65" E. mag.), to clear Major Rock. 
 
 After passing the north entrance point of Petites, the waterfall 
 must be brought well open of the point SW. of it, bearing N. 25° 
 E. (N. 52° E. mag.), to avoid Bay lo Moine Rock, and when abreast 
 the Red House all danger is passed, and anchorage may be obtained 
 at the head of the bay, in 14 fathoms, or less water as convenient, 
 remembering that the wat(?r shoals very rapidly from 5 to 3 
 fathoms. 
 
 To enter Harbor le Con, Sugarloaf Point must be brought open 
 west of Calapoose Rocks, bearing N. 48° W. (N. 21° W. mag.), 
 when a mid-chanuel course will lead to either part of the harbor. 
 
200 
 
 KEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH COAST. 
 
 |gi 
 
 I'lii'! 
 
 'Si liPii 
 
 Tides.— It is high water, full and change, in Garia Harbor at 
 8h. 50m. ; springs rise 5^ feet, neaps rise 3f feet; neaps range >J 
 feet. 
 
 Coast.— From Rose Blanche Point the shore trends NNE. ^ mile, 
 then turning west and SW., it forms, with two small bays at its 
 head. Rose Blanche Harbor. Immediately facing the shore inside 
 -the point, and almost connected with it by rocky islets, is Cains 
 Island, westward of which is the entrance to the harbor. The 
 island is steep-to off its SW. point and along its western side. On 
 its eastern side, where it is separated from the shore by a narrow 
 bay (almost a strait), there are a few houses and fishing stages. 
 
 Rose Blanche Harbor is tolerably easy of access and affords 
 sheltered anchorage in from 8 to 9 fathoms water, over a sandy 
 bottom, but the space is very confined and a vessel of over 200 feet 
 in length should moor. 
 
 Rose Blanche Village, principally situated on the peninsula 
 which forms the western side of the harbor, has a population of 
 about 500, all of whom are, directly or indirectly, dependent on 
 the fishing industry. There is a church, the spire of which forms 
 a prominent mark when approaching from the westward, a school, 
 and a resident medical officer. 
 
 Supplies.— Supplies of ordinary descriptions can be obtained, 
 and good water is easily procured from the mouth of a river in 
 the next large bay to the westward. 
 
 Communicatiou. — Communication is maintained with St. Johns 
 and other ports along the coast, during summer, by a steamer fort- 
 nightly, and there is telegraphic communication with these places 
 and the Dominion of Canada. Nearly all intercourse between the 
 villages is by water, as there are no roads, with the exception of 
 one from Rose Blanche to Harbor Le Cou. 
 
 Ice. — Rose Blanche occasionally freezes with thin ice, but when 
 gulf ice is pressed in by SW. winds it becomes a serious obstruc- 
 tion. 
 
 Rose Blanche Shoals comprise several rocky heads lying 
 southward of Rose Blanche Point. The outer one, which lies 
 nearly a mile S. 40" W. (S. 67° W. mag.) from the lighthouse, has 
 over it a least depth of 2 fathoms, and to the northward are four 
 other patches with less than Z fathoms water over them, all of 
 which break heavily. 
 
 Shag Rocks, lying li miles N. 54° W. (N. 81° W. mag.) from 
 Ros^e Blanche Point, form a group of rocky ledges, the highest of 
 which is 17 feet above high water. To the southeastward of this 
 are some rocks which dry 5 feet, and beyond these, 400 yards from 
 the highest ledge, there is a rock with 2i fathoms over it. At 600 
 yards N. 40° E. (N. 67° E. mag.) from this rock is a ledge on 
 
ROSE BLANCHE HARBOR — DIRECTIONS. 
 
 201 
 
 i Garia Harbor at 
 Bt; neaps range a 
 
 ends NNE. ■§• mile, 
 small bays at its 
 ig the shore inside 
 ky islets, is Cains 
 the harbor. The 
 western side. On 
 ihore by a narrow 
 ; fishing stages, 
 access and affords 
 tter, over a sandy 
 iel of over 200 feet 
 
 on the peninsula 
 as a population of 
 tly, dependent on 
 re of which forms 
 estward, a school, 
 
 can be obtained, 
 )uth of a river in 
 
 aed with St. Johns 
 by a steamer fort- 
 with these places 
 aurse between the 
 1 the exception of 
 
 hin ice, but when 
 a serious obstruc- 
 
 )cky heads lying 
 one, which lies 
 le lighthouse, has 
 irthward are four 
 )ver them, all of 
 
 .° W. mag.) from 
 :es, the highest of 
 h eastward of this 
 e, 400 yards from 
 3 over it. At 600 
 ck is a ledge on 
 
 which the depth is from 2 to 3 fathoms. All these break heavily 
 in any swell, but they are steep-to and in calm weather should 
 be approached with caution. 
 
 A little over 400 yards in a north northwesterly direction from 
 the highest Shag Rock there is another patch having over it one 
 fathom water; it is composed of white rock which is distinctly 
 visible when a short distance away. 
 
 Duck Island, 60 feet high and covered with coarse grass, lies 
 between Shag Rocks and the shore ; eastward of it there are sev- 
 eral rocky heads, making the channel between it and Duckling, 
 the small islet inside, very dangerous at high water, when they 
 may not be visible. Off the west end of Duckling there is a rocky 
 shoal with a least depth of 10 feet, but between the two, very 
 close to the islet, there is a deep channel used by the coasting 
 steamers. The north side of Duck Island is tolerably steep and 
 clear of danger. 
 
 Butter Pot, a conspicuous flat-topped hill near the head of Otter 
 Bay, open south of Tinker Island, bearing N. 81° W. (N. 54° W. 
 mag.), clears Shag Rock and Rose Blanche Shoals. 
 
 Hopkins Island, lying inside Duck Island and fronting a deep 
 bay locally known as West Arm, is 89 feet high and of the same 
 rocky, sterile nature as the neighboring coast, from which its 
 northern point is separated by a shallow passage 150 feet wide. 
 Together with the main shore this island forms, on its western 
 side, a bay, the shores of which are steep-to ; the water is deep, 
 but there is no shelter from the SW. winds and swell which fre- 
 quently prevail. 
 
 West Arm, nearly 1,300 yards deep, affords anchorage for small 
 vessels in 6 to 6 fathoms water, over rocky bottom. Its entrance 
 is contracted by Bell Rock (between which and the Rose Blanche 
 Peninsula there are several ledges), and farther in by Goose Island, 
 a small rocky islet, having southward of it several rocky patches. 
 Rose Blanche Brook, a stream of moderate size, flows into the 
 head of West Arm. 
 
 Directions for Kose Blanche Harbor.--From the westward : 
 Butter Pot Hill kept open south of Tinker Island, bearing N. 81° 
 W. (N. 54° W. mag.), will clear Shag Rocks and Rose Blanche 
 Shoals, and when Bell Rock is just open of the west extreme of 
 Cains Island, bearing N. 7° E. (N. 34° E. mag.), a course may be 
 shaped for the harbor, car'^ being talcen that Bell Rock is only 
 just seen open. After passing the north point of Cains Island, 
 the shores of which are steep-to, anchorage may be taken up as 
 convenient. Coming from the eastward it will be well to give the 
 lighthouse a bei'th of i mile to clear Black Rock Sunker, off Rose 
 Blanche Point, and when Goose Island opens of Cains Island 
 
 
202 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH COAST. 
 
 about N. 8° W. (N. 19° E. mag,), tlie course may be shaped as 
 mentioned above. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, at Rose Blanche at 8h. 
 40m. ; springs rise 4^ feet, neaps rise 3^ feet. 
 
 Tidal Streams. — The flood and ebb streams, running almost 
 west and east, are quite perceptible close in to the shore, but during 
 the survey of this part of the coast, in spring and autumn, the 
 stream outside the 20-fathom line was nearly always to the 
 westward. 
 
 Coast. — From inside Hopkins Island the coast trends, generally, 
 to the westward to a bluff point forming the eastern side of the 
 entrance to Mull Face Bay. Off this point a rocky ledge begins, 
 and extends in an easterly direction, toward Duckling Islet, for a 
 distance of 800 yards. Near its east extreme there are some small 
 rocks which dry at low water, which make a good mark for the 
 northern limit of the channel inside Duck Island. Between this 
 island and the bluff point mentioned above there are two rocks, 
 having over them 3 and 3^ fathoms water. 
 
 Yankee Rocks form a cluster of rocks and ledges, the highest 
 i/f which is 1 1 feet above high water. They lie immediately west 
 of the entrance to Mull Face Bay, and 200 yards N. 84° E. (S. 69° 
 E. mag.) from the highest part there is a pinnacle rock which 
 dries at low water. 
 
 Mull Face Bay, an arm of the sea nearly ^ mile long, is con- 
 tracted, near the middle of its depth, to a width of little more than 
 100 yards, inside which it opens out to a basin affording sheltered, 
 but very confined, anchorage to small vessels, in 4 fathoms water. 
 The entrance between the cliffs on the western side (which should 
 be kept close aboard) and the shoals extending from the eastern 
 point is only about 200 feet wide, but with local knowledge there 
 is no danger. 
 
 Coast. — The coast from Mull Face Bay trends generally in a 
 westerly direction to Barasway Bay, which is much encumbered 
 by rocks and shoals. In its NW. corner there is a conspicuous 
 waterfall, formed by a stream wliich flows from several large ponds 
 between the hills. 
 
 Qreen Island, lying off the eastern point of Barasway Bay, 
 with deep water between, is 21 feet high, and being covered with 
 grass, forms a rather prominent feature. Outside it, to the SE. 
 and SW., there are several rocks and ledges which generally break ; 
 of these, the southeastern rock, with 10 feet water over it, lies 
 1,200 yards S. 50° E. (S. 23° E. mag.), and the western rock, with 
 6 feet over it, 700 yards S. 28° W. (S. 55° W. mag.) from the sum- 
 mit of the island. There is also a ledge of 2 to 3 fathoms water, 
 extending 550 ya.-^° in a westerly direction from the island. 
 
ISLANDS. 
 
 308 
 
 ay be shaped as 
 
 se Blanche at 8h. 
 
 running almost 
 shore, but during 
 md autumn, the 
 ' always to the 
 
 rends, generally, 
 stern side of the 
 iky ledge begins, 
 kling Islet, for a 
 e are some small 
 3d mark for the 
 I. Between this 
 ■e are two rocks, 
 
 Iges, the highest 
 tnmediately west 
 ^r. 84° E. (S. 69° 
 acle rock which 
 
 die long, is con- 
 little more than 
 )rding sheltered, 
 fathoms water, 
 (which should 
 om the eastern 
 nowledge there 
 
 generally in a 
 ich encumbered 
 
 a conspicuous 
 eral large ponds 
 
 Barasway Bay, 
 ig covered with 
 e it, to the SE. 
 enerally break ; 
 tor over it, lies 
 item rock, with 
 from the sum- 
 fathoms water, 
 le island. 
 
 Butter Pot Hill open south of Tinker Island, bearing N. 81° W. 
 (N. 54° W. mag.), leads outside these shoals, 
 
 Ooast. — The coast from Barasway Bay, trending still in a gen- 
 eral westerly direction and fairly steep-to, is cliffy for J mile to 
 White Head, a conspicuous mark from seaward. At + mile west- 
 ward of this the shore is fronted by a group of small islands, inside 
 of which there is a fishing village named Baziel. Between the 
 islands and the shore there is a narrow passage, having in it from 
 3 to 4 fathoms water. 
 
 Tinker Island, the westernmost of the group, 20 feet high and 
 composed of large blocks of shale and granite, is quite bare of 
 vegetation ; on the summit there is a single block of shale standing 
 at an angle of about 46°, At ^ mile outside this island there is a 
 dangerous rock with 9 feet over it at low water. Rose Blanche 
 lighthouse kept open south of Duck Island, bearing N, 77° E, 
 (S, 76° E. mag,), leads 700 yards outside this rock. 
 
 Pigeon Island, nearly 1,200 yards westward of Tinker Island, 
 is 2.3 feet high, and rocky and barren like the neighboring shore. 
 Off its south side there is a small rock having over it 2 fathoms 
 water. 
 
 Coast. — Between Tinker and Pigeon Islands the mainland re- 
 cedes, forming a bay nearly i mile deep, but it does not afford 
 anchorage. Westward of Pigeon Island there is another bay, 
 fronted by a group of small rocky islets, and, a little farther west, 
 a group of islands, the highest of which is 48 feet above the sea, 
 fronts the entrance to a narrow channel known as Milners Tickle, 
 leading into Grandy Sound, Half a mile farther to the westward 
 is Grandy Passage, 
 
 Pigeon Island Shoals comprise a cluster of rocky patches, 
 some of which dry at low water, lying to the westward of Pigeon 
 Island ; the outer patch has 4 fathoms water over it, and is steep-to 
 on its southern and western sides. 
 
 Black Bock is a small rocky islet, 20 feet high, lying off the 
 entrance to Grandy Passage, for which it is a good mark. To the 
 SE,, south, and SW, of it there are several rocks and ledges, two 
 of which, at nearly 600 yards distant, in a southeasterly direction, 
 dry at low water. At 265 yards to the southwestward of Black 
 Rock there is a rocky head with only 4 feet water over it, and 400 
 yards outside this there are two patches of 4^ fathoms, both of 
 which break heavily with a swell from seaward. 
 
 Qrandy Passage is close to the westward of Black Rock, be- 
 tween it and a group of rocks and ledges lying off the SE, point of 
 Harbor Island, There are two small rocks in the passage, one 
 close off Grandy Head, and one a little farther out, and though in 
 the channel there is good water, these rocks, together with those 
 
 1491U M 
 
 -JSttt 
 
20-4 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH COAST. 
 
 I 
 
 off the entrance, make it a dangerous place for a stranger to at- 
 tempt without a pilot. 
 
 Harbor Island is the largest of a group of islands and ledges 
 ■which front the coast in this locality. Together with Baker Island 
 and some others, it forms the sheltered anchorage named Grandy 
 Sound. These islands are of moderate height, and some of them 
 are covered with grass, on which a few sheep, belonging to the 
 villages in the vicinity, are left to feed. One of these villages, 
 consisting of five or six houses, is situated on a small island just 
 within the passage above mentioned. 
 
 Westward of Harbor Island there is a deep passage into Grandy 
 Sound, but, like the others between these islands, it is narrow, and 
 has off its entrance some dangerous rocks. 
 
 Qrandy Sound has good and sheltered anchorage in its north- 
 ern part in 6 fathoms water, over mud, but the entrances are nar- 
 row and intricate, and, consequently, unfit for large vessels. A 
 stream of moderate size runs into the NW. corner of the sound, 
 and boats can ascend it for about f mile to a stony bar. From the 
 large valley above this the local fishermen procure timber and 
 spars of considerable size. 
 
 The western portion of Grandy Sound is occupied by flats of 
 sand and mud, which dry at low water, leaving only very shallow 
 channels to the mouth of the river above noticed. 
 
 Anchorage. — There is anchorage inside Harbor Island in 5 or 6 
 fathoms water, but the holding ground is not good, and the space 
 is confined. 
 
 The main shoro forming the west and SW. sides of the sound is 
 indented by several small bays, and continues, in a southwesterly 
 direction, to Stickland Point, on which there is a considerable fish- 
 ing village. 
 
 Oaution. — The entrances to this harbor should not, under ordi- 
 nary circumstances, be attempted without local knowledge. 
 
 Offlying Bocks. — Grandy Passage Sunkers lie off the SW. 
 point of Hai'bor Island, and immediately outside Burnt Island 
 Black Rock, a rocky islet, very similar in appearance to that off 
 Grandy Passage. The Sunkers have over them depths of from 
 2 to 5 fathoms, the former depth being 600 yards S. 45° W. (S. 72° 
 W. mag.) from the rocky islet. Westward of the islet there are 
 numerous rocky ledges, shoals, and foul ground, extending to a 
 dangerous patch named Bad Neighbor, which is just dry at low 
 water. Its southern side is steep-to, but to the westward shoal 
 water extends for 200 yards. 
 
 Southwest Rock, westward from the Bad Neighbor If miles, 
 is another dangerous shoal, having but one fathom water over it, 
 and lying nearly f mile from the shore ; it is of small extent, and 
 only breaks in a heavy swell. 
 
r a stranger to at- 
 
 daiuls and ledges 
 vith Baker Island 
 ge name/:! Grandy 
 tmd some of them 
 , belonging to the 
 of these villages, 
 small island just 
 
 ssage into Grandy 
 3, it is narrow, and 
 
 orage in its north- 
 entrances are nar- 
 large vessels. A 
 rner of the sound, 
 iiy bar. From the 
 •ocure timber and 
 
 eupied by flats of 
 only very shallow 
 i. 
 
 )or Island in 5 or 6 
 ood, and the space 
 
 ies of the sound is 
 in a southwesterly 
 a considerable fish- 
 Id not, under ordi- 
 knowledge, 
 s lie off the SW. 
 side Burnt Island 
 jarajice to that off 
 im depths of from 
 
 is s. 45° w. (s. rz° 
 
 the islet there are 
 
 nd, extending to a 
 
 is just dry at low 
 
 he westward shoal 
 
 tTeighbor IJ miles, 
 hom water over it, 
 f small extent, and 
 
 BURNT ISLANDS. 
 
 205 
 
 Black Rock, off Grandy Passage, open south of Burnt Island 
 Black Rock, bearing N. 73" E. (S. 80° E. mag.), leads southward 
 of the Southwest Rock and close southward of Bad Neighbor. 
 
 Coast. — From Stickland Point the coast bends sharply NE., 
 forming God Bay, nearly 1^ miles in depth ; at its head a small 
 stream flows from a valley between the.surroiinding hills. Another 
 stream, from which good water may be obtained, runs into the NW. 
 corner, and beyond this there is a pond of considerable extent. 
 
 From here the shore trends SW. and foi'ms a long rocky pen- 
 insula, divided near its middle by a narrow cut, and terminating 
 in a white cliffy bluff known as Coney Head or Hiscock Point. 
 
 At 800 yards inside the point, in a small indentation of the coast, 
 there is a village. 
 
 Eastward of Coney Head i mile there is a small group of rocky 
 islets named Hiscock Islets, and off the peninsula, inside, there 
 are some rocky ledges, the highest of which, known as Twin 
 Rocks, are 2 feet above high water. 
 
 Burnt Islands is the name given collectively to the numerous 
 islands and rocks that front and partly fill God Bay. On the 
 largest island, which is just within the entrance of the bay*, there 
 is a settlement, which, together with Stickland Village, has a 
 population of about 300, all connected with the fishing industry. 
 Two or three cargoes of dried codfish are annually sent from this 
 place to Europe. 
 
 Of the smaller islands, the most conspicuous, as marking the 
 entrance channels to the bay, are Colombier and Little Colombier, 
 both rocky islets, 27 and 35 feet high, respectively; also East 
 and West White Islands, by reason of the white rock on their 
 summits. Between the islands there are several rocky patches, 
 and in bad weather nearly the whole space between Colombier and 
 the west end of Harbor Island is covered with breakers. 
 
 Coal and Supplies. — Ordinary supplies can be obtained, and 
 occasionally a small quantity (15 to 20 tons) of coal. 
 
 Communication. — The coasting steamers do not call at Burnt 
 Islands, but there is telegraphic communication with St. Johns 
 and the Dominion of Canada. 
 
 Burnt Islands Harbor affords good and sheltered anchorage 
 for vessels of moderate size, but even with a small vessel no 
 stranger should attempt to enter without a pilot, for the channels 
 are not easily distinguished from seaward, and the numerous rocks 
 give but little room for maneuvering. 
 
 Buoy. — A small spar buoy iij moored on the SW. edge of the 
 shoal water extending from the largest island, to mark the channel 
 between it and the Hat Rocks. 
 
 kmi i g i M WHTWWP^ 
 
 "^•'''^^P'rojfe;- 
 
 
200 
 
 NEWFOI'NDLAND — SOUTH COAST. 
 
 Directions. — There are three channels into this anchorage, ono 
 narrow and deep, but straight as regards its outer portion, close 
 eastward of Colombior Islets and up to the deep water at the head 
 of the bay. 
 
 A second, passing between Bad Neighbor and Twin Rocks, 
 thence closing the western shore oi the bay, and keeping it close 
 aboard to avoid the patches north of Hat Rocks, on to the space 
 north of the largest Burnt Island, where there is excellent anchor- 
 age in 10 fathoms water, over mud. 
 
 The third channel, and the one generally used by the small 
 vessels frequenting the port, is closed to vessels drawing more 
 than 12 feet water, by a bar extending NE. from Hat Rocks, and 
 even vessels of this draft should not attempt to pass at low water. 
 
 Coney Bay extends 1^ miles NE. from Coney Head. A third 
 of a mile from the entrance to the head there are rocks lying off 
 both sides of the bay. 
 
 Otter Bay, or Baie de la Loutre, is just west of Coney Bay. 
 The west point is continued in sunken rocks for ^ mile, and the 
 entrance is encumbered by rocks. 
 
 Buttfer Pot, a remarkable hill, previously mentioned, lies east of 
 the head of this bay. 
 
 Caution. — Neither Otter Bay nor Coney Bay should be entered 
 without a pilot. 
 
 Dead Island Harbor (also known as Moat Harbor or Seal 
 Cove), west of Otter Bay, is formed by Dead or Moat Islands, a 
 group of islets and rocks with shoals extending more than ^ mile 
 southward. 
 
 There is anchorage for small vessels in a space i mile long and 
 300 yards broad, approached by three passages, namely. Eastern 
 and Middle Passages, too shoal and intricate to be taken without a 
 pilot, and Western Passage, 100 yards wide at the narrowest parts, 
 available for vessels drawing less than 20 feet water. To enter by 
 Western Passage, keep Butter Pot in line with the north extreme 
 of Dead Island, the largest and highest of the group, bearing about 
 N. 65° E. (S. 88° E. mag.). This will lead between the shoals on 
 either hand to the west extreme of Dead Island; pass, in mid- 
 channel, between that and the island next north, and anchor in 4 
 or 5 fathoms water north of the NE. extreme of Dead Island. 
 
 A shoal, with 15 feet water over it, L'^s i- the center of the harbor. 
 
 (H. O. Chart No. 6ftl».) 
 
 Coast. — The coast west of Dead Islands is low and foul for ^ mile 
 from the shore. Black Shoal, with 15 feet water over it, is 600 
 yards S. 45° W. (S. 72° W. mag.) from Black Rock. 
 
T. 
 
 lis anchorage, ono 
 liter portion, close 
 » water at the head 
 
 and Twin Rocks, 
 d keeping it close 
 :8, on to the space 
 s excellent anchor- 
 used by the small 
 sels drawing more 
 jm Hat Rocks, and 
 I pass at low water. 
 ley Head. A third 
 are rocks lying off 
 
 vest of Coney Bay. 
 for i mile, and the 
 
 ntioned, lies east of 
 
 should be entered 
 
 )at Harbor or Seal 
 
 or Moat Islands, a 
 
 ig more than ^ mile 
 
 ace i mile long and 
 es, namely. Eastern 
 ) be taken without a 
 the narrowest parts, 
 water. To enter by 
 h the north extreme 
 jroup, bearing about 
 jtween the shoals on 
 iland; pass, in mid- 
 rth, and anchor in 4 
 of Dead Island. 
 I center of the harbor. 
 
 )w and foul for i mile 
 water over it, is 600 
 : Rock. 
 
 PORT BASQl'E. 
 
 207 
 
 Little Bay, a narrow creek with shelter for small craft, is one 
 mile NE. of Channel Head, and may be entered by bringing the 
 east shore to bear N. 51° E. (N. 78° E. mag.) and steering for it on 
 that bearing. When the bay is entered, anchor as convenient. 
 
 Little Bay Shoal extends i mile SW. from Little Bay Head, the 
 east entrance point. Southeast Shoal, with 3 fathoms water over 
 it, lies 1,200 yards S. 85° E. (S. 68° E. mag.) of Channel Head light- 
 house. The triangular range lighthouses in line, bearing 59° W. 
 (N. 33° W. mag.), leads between Southeast and Little Bay Shoals 
 and SW. of Black Shoal. 
 
 Port Basque, 7^ miles SE. of Cape Ray, may be readily dis- 
 tinguished by the large settlement of Ch;iiinel and the white light- 
 house on Channel Head. It is entered between Shoal Point on the 
 east and Channel Head on the west side, and is barren and rocky 
 in appearance, but contains good anchorage for moderate-sized 
 vessels in a space nearly ^ mile long and 300 yards broad, with from 
 8 to 11 fathoms water, over mud. Good fishing for salmon and sea 
 trout may be obtained at Port Basque. 
 
 On the west shore of the entrance to Port Basque a small projec- 
 tion divides two coves, both of which are shallow. A government 
 wharf is built on the NW, side of this promontory, alongside which 
 there is a depth of 15 feet at low water. Vessels should be careful, 
 when going alongside this wharf, not to enter the cove immediately 
 to the westward of it, as the water shoals rapidly. At the head of 
 this cove is a small islet, just above high water, on which is a ring- 
 bolt to aid vessels when hauling into a narrow anchorage between 
 the foul ground off this islet and Pancake Rock. 
 
 Lights.-^Channel Head Light is a fixed red light, shown from 
 a circular iron tower painted white. The light is 101 feet above 
 mean high water, 29 feet above the ground, and in clear weather 
 should be visible 15| miles from all points seaward. 
 
 Range lights mark the channel between Baldwin Rocks. 
 
 The front light is an intermittent white light every 3 seconds ; 
 duration of light, 1^ seconds ; eclipse, 1^ seconds. 
 
 It is shown from a white, square pyramidal tower 22^ feet high, 
 surmounted by a square lantern with a single window, erected on 
 the extreme SW. point of Road Island. 
 
 The rear light is an intermittent white light every 2 seconds; 
 duration of light, 1 second ; eclipse, 1 second. 
 
 It is shown from a lighthouse similar to that of the front light, 
 but 15 feet high from base to window, erected on the mainland 490 
 yards N. 69° W. (N. 32° W. mag.) from the front light. 
 
 A fixed red light is shown from the northern and western sides 
 'of the lantern of the lighthouse on Road Island, to indicate the 
 point of the island to vessels leaving the harbor. It is not visible 
 from seaward. 
 
208 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND SOUTH COAST. 
 
 ti 
 
 Fog Signal. — A fog-signal building is erected GO feet south of 
 the lighthouse. During thick or foggy weather a 4-ounce car- 
 tridge is fired every 8 minutes. 
 
 The fog-signal building, lighthouse, and keeper's dwelling are 
 connected by covered ways, the sides of Avhich are painted white, 
 roof black. 
 
 A red brick magazine stands 30 feet northeastward from the 
 lighthouse. 
 
 Channel, a village, with a population of 7'23, situated on the 
 mainland, just north of the island, forming Channel Head, con- 
 tains three churches, and a windmill is also a conspicuous object 
 on entering Port Basque. 
 
 Communication. — The mail steamer runs fortnightly from St. 
 Johns during the winter months, but no farther westward. The 
 railway from St. Johns is in coxarse of completion to Port Basque. 
 
 Telegraph station. — There is a telegraph station here in con- 
 nection with the Anglo-American lines. 
 
 Coal. — A supply of 1,500 to 2,500 tons of coal is usually kept, 
 and can be shipped from a wharf alongside which is a depth of 22 
 feet at low water. 
 
 East Baldwin, a rock that dries 1} feet at low water, lies nearly 
 in the middle of the apparent channel to the harbor ; shoal water 
 extends 100 yards SW. from East Baldwin. 
 
 A small rock, with 10 feet water over it, lies 250 yards west (N. 
 63° W. mag.) from East Baldwin, and from the rock a shoal, with 
 3i fathoms water, extends south 60 yards. A pinnacle rock, with 
 a least depth of 14 feet on it, lies just NW. of this 10-foot rock. 
 
 West Baldwin, a rock 100 yards in diameter, the shoalest part 
 of which has one foot on it at low water, lies 150 yards off the NE. 
 side of Channel Island, and a little more than ^ mile from Channel 
 Head, leaving a passage only 80 yards wide between it and the 
 shoal extending from the rock west of East Baldwin. 
 
 Buoys. — On West Baldwin a spar buoy is moored, in 3^ fathoms, 
 painted black and white in horizontal bands ; on East Baldwin is 
 moored, in 3^ fathoms, a spar buoy, painted red ; on a shoal lying 
 between East Baldwin and Road Island is moored, in 3^ fathoms, 
 a spar buoy, painted luminous white. 
 
 Road Island, 1,800 yards NW. of Channel Head, is 30 feet high 
 and covered with turf over gray rock. 
 
 Gallyboy Island, low, flat, and covered with grass, and joined 
 to the east shore at low water, lies NE. of Roarl Island, from which 
 it is separated by a channel 200 yards wide, through which is a 
 narrow passage with 3^ fathoms water, but local knowledge is 
 required to make it available. 
 
A8T. 
 
 cted 60 feet south of 
 ither a 4-ounce cai*- 
 
 :eeper'8 dwelling are 
 ili are painted white, 
 
 ;heftstward from the 
 
 7'23, situated on the 
 
 Channel Head, cou- 
 
 a conspicuous object 
 
 1 fortnightly from St. 
 ■ther westward. The 
 etion to Port Basque. 
 1 station here in con- 
 coal is usually kept, 
 which is a depth of 22 
 
 ; low water, lies nearly 
 B harbor; shoal water 
 
 ies 250 yards west (M. 
 the rock a shoal, with 
 A pinnacle rook, with 
 3f this 10-foot rock, 
 eter, the shoalest part 
 3 150 yards off the NE. 
 ,n i mile from Channel 
 ie between it and the 
 Baldwin. 
 
 moored, in 3^ fathoms, 
 s; on East Baldwin is 
 I red ; on a shoal lying 
 ttoored, in 3^ fathoms, 
 
 el Head, is 30 feet high 
 
 with grass, and joined 
 oad Island, from which 
 de, through which is a 
 )iit local knowledge is 
 
 I'OUT BASWIK — DIRECTIONS. 
 
 209 
 
 Pancake Rook, nbout lUO foet in diameter, i awasli at low 
 water, is tlie east extreme of foul ground exteudinn from tho west 
 shore. The passage between tlio shoal off tliis rock and the foul 
 ground off Roa<l Island is only !»0 yards wide, and caro must be 
 taken, therefore, to keep on tlio marks given. 
 
 Buoy. — A cask Imoy, painted black, is moored on the eastern 
 end of Pancake Shoal, in 3^^ fathoms water. 
 
 Flagstaff Hill, 223 foet liigli, and the greatest elevation near tlie 
 coast, is surmounted by a large stone cairn, with a wooden triangle 
 at the top. 
 
 Beacons. — Two beacons surmounted by diamonds stand on the 
 shore westward of Pancake Rock; one, surmounted by a triangle, 
 close to the shore under Flagstaff Hill; and two beacons sur- 
 mounted by circular disks stand, one on the SW. extreme of 
 Woody Island, and the otlier on the east shore of the Bottom of 
 Port Basque, the narrow inlet NW. of the same island. The 
 northern diamond beacon, open north of the southern beacon, bear- 
 ing about N. 76° W. (N. 49° W. mag.), leads north of Pancake 
 Rock. 
 
 Oaution, — Too much dependence must not be placed on finding 
 the beacons in position; H. M. S. Buzzard, 1894, reported the bea- 
 con at the base of Flagstaff Hill not to be in existence, and in 1890 
 the diamond .beacons were reported as not existing. 
 
 DirectionB. — The range lighthouses by day and the lights by 
 night should be brought in line, bearing N. 59° W. (N. 32° W. 
 mag.), and this mark run on until the beacons surmounted by 
 diamonds are in line, bearing N. 72° W, (N. 46° W. mag.). These 
 should then be kept in line, to avoid the shoal oflf the south point 
 of Road Island, until the circular beacons are in line, bearing N. 
 34° W. (N. 7° W. mag.). This last mark will lead in mid-channel 
 between Pancake Rock and the shoals off Road Island, and when 
 the north point of Gallyboy Island is seen open north of Road 
 Island, N. 63° E. (East mag.), the anchorage may be steered for. 
 
 Caution. — The holding ground is bad until the cannel is well 
 open between Road and Gallyboy Islands. 
 
 Ice. — Port Basque is rarely frozen over, and navigation is, as a 
 rule, open all the year ; the harbor is sometimes blocked for a few 
 days by drift ice which comes, with SW. winds, in February and 
 March. The ice in the river is generally about 4 inches thick. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Port Basque at 8h. 
 55m. ; springs rise 5^ feet, neaps rise 3^ feet. 
 
 (B. A. Chart No. 2143.) 
 
 Coast. — A group of islands and rocks connected by shoal water 
 lies parallel to the shore for 3 miles westward of Channel Head. 
 
 
210 
 
 NKWK(MNI)LANI» — HOI'TII COAHT. 
 
 Shoals stretch off the west side of those inlHiuls from Yankee 
 Rock to EnraKt>e Point, and this coast, and that from Enragde 
 Point to Cape Ray, shouhl not be approached by large vessels 
 within the distance of one mile. 
 
 West Rock, .with 4 fathoms Avater over it, lies J mile S. 47^ W. 
 (S. 74" W. mag.) frtmi Channel Head lighthouse. 
 
 Yankee Rock, the southern of the group, is low and lies 2-j^o niiles 
 S. 79° W. (N. 74" W. mag.) from Channel Head liglithouse. 
 
 Yankee Shoal, with 4 fathoms water on it, lies 700 yards S. 36' E. 
 (S. 9° E. mag.) from Yankee Rock, and Fail Rock, with 16 feet 
 on it, 000 yards S. 48" W. (S. 75° W. mag.) from the same rock. 
 
 Duck Island, at the north of the group, is 40 feet high. Durant 
 Island, 800 yards NNW. of Duck Island, consists of two mounds, 
 the higher 26 feet, joined by a shingle beach. 
 
 Anchorage may be obtained in the nor'Measteru part of the 
 channel between Duck and Durant Islands in from 3 to 4 fathoms 
 water, over sand, entered from the sou thwef>t ward, by keeping mid- 
 channel between these islands ; or if from the eastward by keeping 
 the NE. extremes of Durant Island and Yankee Rock in line, bear- 
 ing N. 43° W. (N. 16° W. mag.), till that rock is neared, then mid- 
 channel between it and Hobbs Rock, steering for Granby Point, 
 the point of the mainland east of Durant Island, will lead to the 
 anchorage. 
 
 Grand Bay, available for ves.'< "".a drawing less than 9 feet water, 
 aif ords perfectly sheltered anchorage in from 2 to 4 fathoms water ; 
 it is entered through a narrow channel north of the anchorage 
 above mentioned, by keeping the east shore aboara. 
 
 Enrag4e Point is a low point surrounded by rocks, and the 
 coast from it to Cape Ray is composed of low sand hills facing salt- 
 water lagoons. 
 
 HaUbut Rock, l^ miles N. 68° W. (N. 41° W. mag.) from 
 Enragde Point, lies off the SW. extreme of Shag Island, a narrow 
 rock nearly joining the mainland. 
 
 Barachoia Rock, with 9 feet water over it, lies a little more 
 than one mile N. 32° W. (N. 6° W. mag.) from Halibut Rock, and 
 the same distance offshore. 
 
 Snook Bank, with 6 fathoms water over it, lies | mile S. 32° W. 
 (S. 59° W. mag.) from Cape Ray lighthouse. 
 
 Telegraph and Signal Station. — A telegraph and signal sta- 
 tion is situated in a cove a little more than a mile east of Cape Ray, 
 at the east end of the cable that crosses Cabot Strait to Aspee Bay 
 in Cape Breton Island. 
 
 Cape Ray, the SW. extreme of Newfoundland, is very remark- 
 able ; the extreme is low, but at 3 miles inland is Table Mountain, 
 1,700 feet high, rising abruptly froni the low land. Cook Stone, 
 
Is from Yankee 
 t from Eiiragde 
 by large vessels 
 
 \ mile 8. 47" W. 
 
 nd lies 'Z^q miles 
 ighthouse. 
 yards 8. 36' E. 
 L*k, with 16 feet 
 he same rock. 
 b high. Durant 
 of two mounds, 
 
 ;ern part of the 
 11 3 to 4 fathoms 
 by keeping mid- 
 rard by keeping 
 ck in line, bear- 
 )ared, then mid- 
 • Granby Point, 
 will lead to the 
 
 an 9 feet water, 
 
 fathoms water ; 
 
 the anchorage 
 
 L. 
 
 rocks, and the 
 lills facing salt- 
 
 W. mag.) from 
 sland, a narrow 
 
 )s a little more 
 libut Rock, and 
 
 mile 8. 32° W. 
 
 and signal sta- 
 rst of Cape Ray, 
 it to Aspee Bay 
 
 is very remark- 
 able Mountain, 
 . Cook Stone, 
 
 CAPK IIAV I.KMIT. 
 
 211 
 
 1,570 feet high, is a small peak at the 8W. extreme of the moun- 
 tain, at the base of which is Sugarloaf, a coiis|»icuoua conical hill, 
 800 feet above high water. Two smaller conical hills lie between 
 Sugarloaf Hill and the shore. 
 
 Light.— On the west side, and 'il7 yards from the extreme of 
 Cape Ray, an octagonal-shaped wooden tower, 76 feet in height, 
 and painted white, exhibits, at an elevation of 130 feet, a revolving 
 white light every twenty seconds, which should be visible 17 miles. 
 
 Fog Signal. — The fog-signal house is situated on the beach ; in 
 thick weather, fogs, and snowstorms, a steam horn gives blasts of 
 ten seconds in each minute, leaving an interval of ttfty seconds 
 between each blast. 
 
 Ice Report Station. — Information as to ice, wind, temperature, 
 and weather indications may be obtained, during the months of 
 April and May, by communicating with the signal station on 
 Cape Ray. 
 
 Tides. — P is high water, full and change, at Cape Ray at 9h. 
 16m. ; springs rise C feet, neaps rise 4 feet. 
 
 (H. O. Chart No. 611.) 
 
 St. Paul Island, lying in Cabot 8trait, the main entrance to the 
 Gulf of St. Lawrence, between the SW. extreme of Newfoundland 
 and the north extreme of Cape Breton Island, is composed of 
 primary rocks, principally mica slate, dipping at an angle of not 
 less than 46 degrees to the southward. It is nearly 3 miles long, by 
 one mile broad. Its NE. point is a small detached islet (although 
 it does not appear as such from the sea), separated by a very 
 narrow channel from a peninsula, between 300 and 400 feet high, 
 which, together with the isthmus, is so precipitous as to be nearly 
 inaccessible. The remaining greater part of the island, which is 
 also steep and precipitous toward the sea, has two parallel ranges 
 of hills, that on the eastern coast being the higher and attaining 
 an elevation of 500 feet. 
 
 A valley runs through between these hills, having two small 
 lakes or ponds 200 or 300 feet above the sea. These supply the 
 principal stream on the island, which is about 2 yards wide, of 
 yellowish brown water, well-tasted and wholesome, and descend- 
 ing into the sea in the southern part of Trinity Cove. There are 
 several other, but much smaller, runs of water, one of which is 
 into Atlantic Cove. These two coves are nearly one mile from the . 
 SW. extremity of the island, the first being on the gulf side and 
 the other on that which is toward the Atlantic, as its name implies. 
 They afford the only shelter for boats, and the only good landing 
 on the island which is easier of ascent from them than at any 
 other part. 
 
21: 
 
 NKWFOrNDLANU — HOUTH (H»A8T. 
 
 Tljn iHland Ih piirtiftlly woodnd with flvrnrf and scrtibhy nprnc^e 
 treoH, uHi'lcss, oxct'pi iii>( for fiml. 
 
 Provision Depot. — The mon in clinrf^o of u dopot of proviHions 
 for tlio reliuf of shipwnu'kt'd pt»rHons, and fiirnislmd by tin- Gov- 
 ornmont «)f (lif Dominion of Cuinida, nmid*' on tht> nortli point of 
 Trinity Covo, wiioru tlnM'o \h n dwollinK-li<>ns«} and store. Fish are 
 plontifiil aronnd the iHland. 
 
 Anchorage.— Otl' Trinity ond Atlantic Covoh Hniall fishing 
 HchooiHM's anclior, with tlie wind oft'sliore, in 10 or I'i fathoms, 
 sand and gravel bottom, ami at the distance of lUO yards from the 
 rocks. In very fine weather large vessels might venture to ride in 
 from 26 to 30 fathoms, about ^ mile offshore, but should be in 
 constant readiness to weigh at the first sign of a change in the 
 wind or weather. There is little or no warning by the lead in 
 approacliing this island in foggy weather. On this account, 
 although so bold and high, it is extremely dangerous, and many 
 shipwrecks, attended with sacrifice of human life, have taken 
 place upon its shores. 
 
 lilghts. — Two lighthouses stand on St. Paul Island — one on the 
 detached rock at the north point and the other on the extreme 
 BW. point. 
 
 The northern lighthouse is 40 feet high, of an octagonal shape, 
 and painted white. It exhibits a fixed white light, which can be 
 seen from seaward on any bearing, excepting between N. 11° W. 
 (N. 16° E. mag.) and N. 40° E. (N. 66° E. mag.), when it is hidden 
 by the island. 
 
 The southern lighthouse is also an octagonal white building, 40 
 feet high, and exhibits a revolving white light every minute, which 
 is visible from seaward on all bearings, except between 8. 61° E, 
 (S. 25° E. mag.) and S. 68° W. (N. 86° W. mag.), when it is obscured 
 by the intervening land. Both lights are elevated 140 feet above 
 the level of the sea, and when the weather is clear they may be 
 seen 20 miles. These lights are exhibited whenever navigation is 
 practicable. 
 
 Fog Signal. — During thick weather or in snowstorms a steam 
 fog whistle, in Atlantic Cove, on the south side of the island, is 
 sounded five seconds in every minute. 
 
 Submarine Cable. — The submarine cable is laid between the 
 island and Meat Cove, at the north extreme of Cape Breton Island. 
 
 Lifeboats. — There are two surf boats on St. Paul Island to aid 
 seamen in distress. 
 
 Ice Report. — There is a telegraph and signal station at the main 
 establishment on St. Paul Island, from which information respect- 
 ing ice, weather, and the state of navigation may be obtained. 
 
ST. PAUL ISLAND — DKACONH. 
 
 218 
 
 il HiTubby flpruce 
 
 npot of provisions 
 sIkmI hy tliH Gov- 
 ho iiortli point of 
 cl store. Fisli tire 
 
 'OS small fisliin^ 
 or Vi futlioniH, 
 (JO yiirdu from tlie 
 venture to rido in 
 but should be in 
 f a change in the 
 jg by the lead in 
 On this account, 
 gerous, and many 
 life, have taken 
 
 sland — one on the 
 )r on the extreme 
 
 . octagonal shape, 
 
 ;ht, which can be 
 
 etween N. 11° W. 
 
 when it is hidden 
 
 yhite building, 40 
 ery minute, which 
 between 8. 51° E. 
 vhen it is obscured 
 ted 140 feet above 
 clear they may be 
 ever navigation is 
 
 lowstorms a steam 
 e of the island, is 
 
 laid between the 
 ape Breton Island. 
 Paul Island to aid 
 
 station at the main 
 formation respect- 
 may be obtained. 
 
 TTio rabbi extends from the iHlaiul to M»iit Covo, nt the north 
 oxtronic (»f Capo Bnttoii Island. 
 
 Beacons. — A tidal-gauge house, paiiittid white, erected about 40 
 feet above high-watermark in the ])ight of Atlantic Cove, now 
 fonnH a coiispicuoUH landmark on the coast of the island. 
 
 A circular white beacon has been placed on the side of the hill, 
 above the gauge. These two marks in line, bearing N. 70° W. (N. 
 44° W. mag.), lead clear to the southward of Big Dick, a danger- 
 ous detached rock, on which the sea breaks very heavily, off the 
 NE. horn of the cove. 
 
 The above alignment affords a good guide to vessels anchoring 
 off the cove in 16 fathoms. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, at St. Paul Island ut 
 8h. ; springs rise 5 feet, neaps rise 3 feet. 
 
 Tidal Streams. — The irregularity of the tidal streams and cur- 
 rents add much to the danger arising from the fogs, which prevail 
 in southerly, easterly, and often also with southwest winds. Dur- 
 ing the whole of a fine calm day at the end of June the current 
 set to the SE. at the rate of one knot an hour past the north point 
 of the island. 
 
i! 'I 
 
 CHAPTER VI. 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND WEST COAST.— CAPE RAY TO CAPE BAULD. 
 (H. O. Chart No. 1104, and B. A. Chart No. 2143.) 
 
 Cabot Strait. — This strait, which separates Newfoundland from 
 Cape Breton Island, is named after the distinguished navigators 
 John and Sebastian Cabot, from whom the first authentic account 
 of the navigation of these waters was received in the year 1497. 
 
 Oape Ray. — See page 210. 
 
 The Tolt, 1,280 feet high, is a conical spur off the middle of the 
 west face of the mountain. Prom Cape Ray to the northward the 
 French have a right of fishing. 
 
 Brandies Bock, a dangerous breaker, lies one mile N. 85° W. 
 (N. 58° mag.) fron. Cape Ray lighthouse, and xV mile from the 
 nearest shore. It is about 50 yards in diameter and is nearly awash 
 at low water. 
 
 Shag Ledge, a small rocky islet, lies close to the shore f mile 
 northward of Cape Ray. 
 
 The coast to the northward is nearly straight, faced by low cliffs, 
 •and bordered by a shingle beach that may be approached to the 
 distance of 200 yards. 
 
 Little Codroy River is entered between Shoal Point to the south- 
 ward, off which a reef extends J^ mile, and Larkin Point, shoal for 
 nearly the same distance. The entrance, nearly 9 miles from Cape 
 Ray, can only be taken by boats, but anchorage for small vessels 
 may be had off the mouth with shelter from offshore winds. A 
 considerable settlement is being formed on the banks of this river. 
 
 The Ooast north of Larkin Point becomes foul, and should not 
 be approached nearer than ^ mile. 
 
 (B. A. Chart No. 288.) 
 
 Qreat Codroy River, 12^^ miles from Cape Ray, can be entered 
 at low water by schooners drawing 6 feet, but the tide is very 
 strong ; it can be ascended 3J^ miles from the entrance, but a pilot 
 should be taken, as there is no natural leading mark. There is a 
 large settlement in this neighborhood. 
 
 Stormy Point (Pointe Ros^e), 2 miles weri of Great Codroy 
 
 River, is a reddish-colored, narrow, cliffy, projection, terminating 
 
 in a ledge of low rocks, and should not be approached within i 
 
 mile. 
 
 (214) 
 
 ■■■r:£SP*r^A^2iK^^?'P^??!&w*!tWPW«W 
 
TO CAPE BAULD. 
 Ifo. 2143.) 
 
 Newfoundland from 
 iguished navigators 
 }t authentic account 
 in the year 1497. 
 
 )ff the middle of the 
 o the northward the 
 
 3ne mile N. 85° W. 
 d xV mils from the 
 and is nearly awash 
 
 to the shore f mile 
 
 , faced by low cliffs, 
 9 approached to the 
 
 al Point to the south- 
 rkin Point, shoal for 
 ly 9 miles from Cape 
 kge for small vessels 
 offshore winds. A 
 banks of this river, 
 foul, and should not 
 
 Ray, can be entered 
 )ut the tide is very 
 Bntinnce, but a pilot 
 g mark. There is a 
 
 art of Great Codroy 
 (jection, terminating 
 ipproached within i 
 
 CODROY ISLAND. 
 
 215 
 
 Codroy Island, 36 feet above high water, and f mile long, is 3 
 miles from Stormy Point and 180 yards from the mainland. From 
 each extreme a shingle beach curves to the eastward, forming a 
 harbor for boats and small schooners, but with no shelter from 
 westerly sea. 
 
 Codroy Village is situated on a stony spit, and on the rising 
 ground behind it, immediately opposite the center of the island ; 
 lauding may generally be effected on the northern side of this spit 
 sheltered by the island and the shallow bar extending between its 
 northern end and the shore. 
 
 Oommunicatiou. — The fortnightly steamer from Halifax and 
 Sidney, C. B., calls here during the summer. Small supplies of 
 fresh meat may occasionally be obtained, and there is communica- 
 tion with Great Codroy by road. 
 
 A little southward of the village is the church, a large white 
 building, without either tower or spire, conspicuous from seaward. 
 Tlie population of this locality numbers about 500. 
 
 Codroy Road is formed by the island and curve in the coast 
 opposite. Indifferent anchorage is afforded in from 5 to 9 fathoms 
 water, over a stony bottom, but there is nearly always a swell 
 rolling in from the westward. With strong winds from that 
 direction there is no shelter, and the anchorage is then insecure. 
 Numerous fishing nets are generally moored along the island 
 shore, but the small buoys on them are easily seen and should be 
 avoided. 
 
 Tides and Tidal Streams.— It is high water, full and change, 
 at Codroy Road at 9h. ; springs rise 4^ feet, neaps rise 3 feet. 
 Along the coast the tidal streams run, generally, flood NE., ebb 
 SW. ; frequent heavy rips are seen between Codroy and Cape 
 Anguille, and during bad weather there is nearly always a heavy 
 confused sea in this locality. , 
 
 Coast. — Between Codroy Island and Cape Anguille the land 
 slopes steeply from the western termination of the Anguille Range. 
 The higher portions of these slopes are covered with trees, but 
 the lower portions show extensive clearings made by the settlers 
 along the shore ; the contrast between these clearings, with their 
 large patches of dead timber, and the dark foliage of the trees 
 above, and in some cases below, them affords a conspicuous mark 
 from seaward for this part of the coast. 
 
 Between the foot of the slope and the low rocky shore is a nar- 
 row strip of flat land, dotted here and there with the cottages of 
 the settlers, and immediately south of Cape Anguille is a small 
 village known as Shoai Point. 
 
 Cape Anguille rises steeply from the sea to a sharp summit, 
 then, forming a small hollow, it rises again to the range of high 
 
 ^^ppsp 
 
 msm 
 
216 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND — WEST COAST. 
 
 hills behind. The faces of the slopes on its western and south 
 sides have been cleai'ed and are covered with grass and the dead 
 stumps of trees ; but the eastern side, as also the summit over the 
 cape, are thickly wooded. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, at Cape Anguille at 
 9h. ; springs rise 4^ feet, neaps rise 3 feet, neaps range li feet. 
 
 St George Bay.— From Cape Anguille the land trends away 
 to the northeastward for a distance of about 50 miles, and then 
 turning to the north and west, for about 30 miles more, forms 
 an extensive bay, the entrance to which, between Capes Anguille 
 and St. George, is 34| miles across. This bay is, with the excep- 
 tion of St. George Harbor, situated at its head, entirely without 
 sheltered anchorage, and, as the prevailing winds are from the 
 western quarter, there is generally more or less swell rolling in, 
 which in bad weather is quickly increased to a very heavy sea. 
 
 Landing anywhere outside St. George Harbor, with the exception 
 of two small rocky bights on the northern side, is during bad 
 weather from the westward quite impractical e. This is especially 
 the case on the southern shore, owing to the large number of ice- 
 deposited stones and bowlders fronting the beaches. Numerous 
 cottages and a few villages stand on the shores of the bay. The 
 settlers are, with very few exceptions, fishermen, large quantities 
 of cod, herring, and some salmon being annually caught, as are 
 also lobsters in considerable numbers; farming, in a primitive 
 fashion, is carried on by most of them, but their crops are for the 
 greater part confined to hay and to the small quantity of oats and 
 potatoes required for their own use and for the cattle, sheep, and 
 horses they possess. 
 
 Ice. — St. George Bay fills with river ice, which is always in 
 motion, being driven by northerly winds round Cape Anguille and 
 by southwesterly winds, round Cape St. George ; the head of the 
 bay occasionally freezes. According to the severity of the winter 
 the ice may fill the bay early in January or not until February, 
 and the clearance may be between 10th and 25th April ; but it has 
 been full in May, and in 1886, owing to the prevalence of south 
 and SE. winds, it remained clear altogether. The upper part of 
 the bay is generally frozen over between December and April ; the 
 mean of four years' observations gives the date of freezing as 15th 
 January, and of clearance of ice 8th April; but sometimes the 
 bay is clear of ice during a whole winter. 
 
 Fogs. — In the spring months, after the ice has disappeared, fogs 
 are by no means uncommon, but the) are neither so heavy nor so 
 lasting as those experienced on the southern coast. 
 
 Tidal Stream. — During the prevalence of strong SE. winds the 
 flood stream sets into the bay at the rate of about a knot an hour. 
 
5T. 
 
 CAPE ANOUILLE — LEWIS POINT. 
 
 217 
 
 •western and south 
 jrass and the dead 
 lie summit over the 
 
 it Cape Anguille at 
 IS range li feet. 
 3 land trends away 
 50 miles, and then 
 miles more, forms 
 sen Capes Anguille 
 ' is, with the excep- 
 d, entirely without 
 (rinds are from the 
 Bss swell rolling in, 
 X very heavy sea. 
 ', with the exception 
 ide, is during bad 
 ). This is especially 
 irge number of ice- 
 eaches. Numerous 
 38 of the bay. The 
 en, large quantities 
 lally caught, as are 
 ng, in a primitive 
 sir crops are for the 
 uantity of oats and 
 le cattle, sheep, and 
 
 which is always in 
 I Cape Anguille and 
 ge ; the head of the 
 .verity of the winter 
 lot until February, 
 th April ; but it has 
 prevalence of south 
 
 The upper part of 
 nber and April ; the 
 B of freezing as 15th 
 
 but sometimes the 
 
 as disappeared, fogs 
 
 sher so heavy nor so 
 
 )ast. 
 
 trong SE. winds the 
 
 )out a knot an hour. 
 
 Coast. — From Cape Anguille to Lewis Point, a distance of about 
 16 miles, the coast is composed of cliffs, reaching in places an 
 elevation of 270 feet, broken here and there by gullies extending 
 from the Anguille Range of mountains immediately behind. It 
 is steep-to and quite free from ofHying dangers, the 10-fathom 
 line, over the whole of this area, lying at an average distance of 
 about 800 yards from the shore. The tops of the cliffs are densely 
 wooded, as are also the slopes of the mountains behind, and, during 
 the spring months especially, waterfalls mark the mouths of several 
 streams. 
 
 At the entrance to some of the gullies there are small clusters of 
 rude huts, which are used by the fishermen temporarily living there 
 during the summer months. A narrow bush trail, originally cut 
 for the benefit of persons shipwrecked on this inhospitable coast, 
 runs parallel with the cliffs a short distance inland and connects 
 Ship Cove with Cape Anguille. 
 
 Cape John. — Northeastward 4J- miles of Cape Anguille is a rocky 
 point known as Cape John, and immediately SW. of this is Snakes 
 Bight, where anchorage may be obtained, in from 16 to 18 fathoms 
 water, during southerly and easterly winds. 
 
 Qreat Friar Cove, 2 miles northeastward of Cape John, is a 
 small semicircular indentation at the mouth of a deep gully, and 
 f mile northeastward of it there is a remarkable needle-pointed rock 
 (locally known as Old Bone-em) detached from the cliff, but it is 
 only distinctly seen when viewed from a direction nearly parallel 
 with the shore. 
 
 Johnsons Cove lies nearly 6 miles northeastward of Old Bone- 
 em, and between them are three other similar little bays, named 
 respectively Mary Anns Cove, Hines Cove (situated at the mouth 
 of a very deep gully), and Wreck Cove. 
 
 Johnsons Cove may usually be recognized by the fan-shaped 
 waterfall just behind the beach, and also by the conspicuous bare 
 cliffs, 1,260 feet high, forming the eastern side of the deep gully 
 which here stretches back through the range. 
 
 Liewis Point is 3 miles northeastward of Johnsons Cu e, and 
 midway between them is Little Friar Cove. The point is plainly 
 discernible, when coming from the westward round Cape Anguille, 
 as being the apparent tangent of the cliffy coast. About 400 yards 
 from the point and a little northeastward are two detached rocks, 
 the easternmost being 20 feet high ; they are quite steep-to. 
 
 From Lewis Point the cliffy coast continues 2f miles to a large 
 detached rock, 53 feet high, known as the Gulls Nest. Immediately 
 southwestward of this there is a cluster of low-water rocks which, 
 with the Gulls Nest Rock, form, at the foot of the cliff, a place 
 known as Seal Cove, where boats may easily land during the fresh 
 
 I 
 
 «: 
 
 «M 
 
218 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND — WEST COAST. 
 
 I «! 
 
 northeasterly breezes that occasionally blow obliquely across the 
 bay. Half a mile soiithwestward of Seal Cove a small patch of 
 rocks, with less than G feet of water over them, lies 200 yards from 
 the shore. 
 
 From Seal Cove the cliffy coast continues for 2^ miles to the 
 mouth of a gully, off which, at a distance of 200 yards, lies Ship 
 Rock, 58 feet high. 
 
 Ship Cove, formed by a slight curve in the coast, ^ mile south- 
 ward of Ship Rock, may be said to extend from The Spout (a con- 
 spicuous waterfall f mile eastward of Gulls Nest Rock) to Shoal 
 Point. 
 
 Shoal Point is the termination of the cliffy coast line extending 
 from Cape Anguille, though from Ship Cove to this point the 
 cliffs are composed almost entirely of clay and sand, while to the 
 westward they are more generally of a rocky nature. A stony 
 ridge, with one to 3 fathoms water over it, extends J mile from the 
 point, in a southerly direction, terminating 600 yards outside Ship 
 Rock. Directly off the point, but close to the shore, there is an 
 extensive patch of low-water rocks and bowlders. 
 
 Anguille Bange comprises the hill country extending from 
 Cape Anguille to the northeastward and terminating 5 or 6 miles 
 to the southward of Shoal Point. The highest point of the range 
 rises to 1,862 feet, but it is generally flat-topped and much cut up 
 by large deep gullies. The slopes are densely wooded, but the 
 summits are bare of large trees, being generally covered with 
 dwarf spruce which grows so thickly as to be almost impassable. 
 
 A noticeable feature on the side of the hill at the back of Ship 
 Cove is the telegraph road leading to Great Codroy, which has 
 been cut through the woods, and passes over the top of the range. 
 
 The locality under the eastern termination of the Anguille 
 Range and extending from Shoal Point to Harbor Head is gener- 
 ally known as the Highlands. 
 
 Plaster Cove is a bay lying northeastward of Shoal Point. Its 
 shores are dotted with several cottages, occupied by settlers, who 
 find employment in fishing, farming, and lobster packing in this 
 neighborhood; J mile from the point there is a striking outcrop of 
 gypsum in the cliff, which gives rise to the local name. 
 
 The northern part of the bay is shallow, there being only 3^ 
 to 4 fathoms water 600 yards from the shore, but southwestward 
 of this good anchorage may be found during offshore winds in 
 from 6 to 10 fathoms water, over, in places, a soft bottom. 
 
 Immediately inside the northern point of Plaster Cove is High- 
 lands church, a conspicuous white building with a small square 
 tower, and NW. by N. from it, ^ mile from the shore, there is a 
 small stony patch of 31 fathoms, with 6 and 7 fathoms water 
 around it. 
 
it. 
 
 bliquely across the 
 
 i^e a small patch of 
 
 lies 200 yards from 
 
 for 2i miles to the 
 JOO yards, lies Ship 
 
 coast, ^ mile south- 
 Q The Spout (a con- 
 Test Rock) to Shoal 
 
 coast line extending 
 e to this point the 
 d sand, while to the 
 y nature. A stony 
 !U(ls $ mile from the 
 
 yards outside Ship 
 e shore, there is an 
 3rs. 
 
 try extending from 
 linating 5 or 6 miles 
 it point of the range 
 3d and much cut up 
 ely wooded, but the 
 erally covered with 
 
 1 almost impassable, 
 at the back of Ship 
 ; Codroy, which has 
 the top of the range, 
 on of the Anguille 
 irbor Head is gener- 
 
 L of Shoal Point. Its 
 jied by settlers, who 
 ster packing in this 
 a striking outcrop of 
 cal name. 
 
 there being only 3i 
 , but southwestward 
 ttg offshore winds in 
 , soft bottom, 
 'laster Cove is High- 
 with a small square 
 
 the shore, there is a 
 md 7 fathoms water 
 
 IIAKBCIK ILEAD — OKAB BROOK. 
 
 219 
 
 IS 
 
 MiaNH 
 
 Coast— Northeastward from Highlands cliurch the coast 
 formed of clay cliffs, G5 to 100 feet high, and fronted by a stony 
 beach. This continues for a little over a mile to Harbor Head, 
 behind which there is a low woodod rise, the summit being 200 
 feet above high water. Back of this, and extending to the SE. 
 and east, the country is composed of low wooded ridges, alter- 
 nating with extensive and generally swampy flats, through which 
 flow several streams or brooks that rise in the mountain ranges 12 
 to 14 miles inland. Good salmon pools are stated to exist in all 
 these streams, but the number of fish ascending is reported to be 
 decreasing. 
 
 Northeastward of Harbor Head the coast falls a little, the cliffs 
 giving place to low slopes, again succeeded by a short stretch of 
 cliff 80 to 90 feet high, fronting which, at 200 yards from the 
 shore, are some detached bowlders and patches of rocks. 
 
 -River Brook, at the eastern termination of these v^liffs, and the 
 westernmost of the streams referred to above, is rather more than 
 200 yards in width at its entrance, but not deep enough to admit 
 boats except at the top of high water. 
 
 Coast— From River Brook to Crabb Brook, a distance of 2 miles, 
 the coast is composed of low cliffs and steep slopes of sand and clay, 
 fronted by a stony beach. Off this are numerous bowlders, prob- 
 ably deposited by ice, and i mile from River Brook a prong of 
 shoal water, formed by some of these bowlders and detached rocky 
 patches, extends 600 yards from the shore, which should here be 
 given a berth of f mile. 
 
 Crab Brook, the position of which may easily be recognized by 
 the church, with its square tower, standing on the summit of the 
 western side of the entrance, is between the heads' forming its 
 mouth, nearly 400 yards wide, but this space is reduced a half by 
 a stony spit projecting from the foot of the hill on the western side. 
 Banks of stones, that dry at low water, extend nearly across the 
 entrance, leaving a narrow, crooked channel, in which there is 
 only one foot at low water. 
 
 Small vessels pass in here when the tide is up and discharge at 
 a rough wharf on the eastern side. Abreast this the water quickly 
 shoals, and the space, which at high water appears extensive, is at 
 low water largely filled by dry banks of sand and stones. At 
 f mile within the entrance the bed of the stream is filled by marshy 
 flats, which become islands as the tide flows in* little channels 
 through them. These channels unite about f mile farther up, 
 when the stream turns abruptly to the eastward, under a high, 
 wooded cliff. 
 
 The village is situated on either side of the stream, just inside 
 the entrance, but the larger number of houses are on the western 
 
 14910 15 
 
I 
 
 i 
 
 220 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND WEST COAST. 
 
 side. The population numbers about 200, all of whom are engaged 
 in fishing and farming. 
 
 There is a church, school, and post-office, but no telegi'aphic 
 communication, though the line from Sandy Point to Great Codroy 
 pusses close to the village. There is a rough road from this place 
 to the south side of St. George Harbor. 
 
 Barachois Brook, very shallow, and having a stony bar that is 
 nearly dry at low water, is 3 miles northward of Crabb Brook, the 
 coast between being composed of sand cliffs, rising at one point to 
 a height of 190 feet ; some fishermen live round its shores. 
 
 Robinson Brook, the entrance to which lies -J- mile northward 
 of Barachois Brook, has also a stony bar, which is nearly dry at low 
 waler. Inside, the space between the sloping sides of the river 
 valley is partially filled by numerous flat, marshy islets, between 
 which the stream runs in narrow chaiuiuls. The village, with a 
 population of about 200, stands on the northern side of the brook. 
 There is a church and school, and the inhabitants are chiefly 
 engaged in fishing and farming. 
 
 About 9 miles back from the village good coal is reported to have 
 been discovered. At ^ mile offshore, between Robinson and Bara- 
 chois Brooks, there is a small patch of 5 fathoms, with 6 and 7 
 fathoms water around it. The bottom is generally stony off the 
 whole of this part of the coast and affords only temporary 
 anchorage. 
 
 Communication.— There is a post-office and fortnightly com- 
 munication by road with the settlement at Sandy Point, which is 
 26 miles distant. 
 
 Robinson Head. — From the northern side of Robinson Brook 
 the cliffs, of^clay and sand, rise gradually toward Robinson Head, 
 f mile to the northward. The western summit of the head is com- 
 posed of a little peak of sand with some grass and a few stunted 
 trees on its landward side, where it falls steeply to a hollow in 
 which there are two small ponds. Coming from the westward, 
 this peak, with its seaward face of white sand, is very conspicuous. 
 The seaward face of the slope is composed of alternating patches 
 or strips of white sand and dark brushwood, which make this part 
 of the coast very conspicuous from any direction. 
 
 Eastward of the above summit the land falls again to an angle 
 in the shore, locally known as Stinking Cove, in which there is a 
 small lobster factory. From this point to Fishels Brook, a distance 
 of 5 miles, the coast is composed of sand and clay cliffs, 80 to 113 
 feet high, the land behind being of slight elevation, with marshy 
 flats or "barrens" separating low, densely- wooded ridges. 
 
 Three small streams, known respectively as Red Brook, Seal 
 Brook, and Rattling Brook, cause breaks in the cliffy shore line, 
 
8T. 
 
 FI8HEL8 BROOK — BANK HEAD COVE. 
 
 221 
 
 : whom are engaged 
 
 but no telegraphic 
 jint to Great Codroy 
 L-oad from this place 
 
 g a stony bar that is 
 of Crabb Brook, the 
 ising at one point to 
 id its shores. 
 es i mile northward 
 h is nearly dry at low 
 ig sides of the river 
 irshy islets, between 
 The village, with a 
 rn side of the brook, 
 labitants are chiefly 
 
 »al is reported to have 
 1 Robinson and Bara- 
 athoms, with 6 and 7 
 Bnerally stony off the 
 )rds only temporary 
 
 and fortnightly com- 
 (andy Point, which is 
 
 Le of Robinson Brook 
 ward Robinson Head, 
 nit of the head is com- 
 pass and a few stunted 
 iteeply to a hollow in 
 5 from the westward, 
 i, is very conspicuous, 
 of alternating patches 
 , which make this part 
 ction. 
 
 alls again to an angle 
 ire, in which there is a 
 shels Brook, a distance 
 ttd clay cliffs, 80 to 113 
 (levation, with marshy 
 wooded ridges, 
 ly as Red Brook, Seal 
 in the cliffy shore line, 
 
 
 which is fronted by a stony beach having off it numerous ice- 
 deposited stones and bowlders that make landing at low water, 
 even in fine weather, a difficult operation for ordinary boats. 
 
 There are here and there, behind the cliffs, cottages and strips 
 of cultivated land. 
 
 Fishels Brook rises in the mountain range, some 12 miles back 
 from the coast, and flows into the sea between a high steep bank on 
 its eastern side and a long stony spit, on which are some houses, 
 projecting from the elevated land to the westward ; the entrance is 
 very narrow and, at low water, nearly dry ; inside, there is a small 
 deep pool above which numerous banks of stones and shingle 
 occupy the bed of the stream. 
 
 Off this brook, at a distance of little over a mile, there begins a 
 ridge of rocky uneven ground extending toward Bank Head ; its 
 southwestern portion is outside the 10-fathom line, but, though 
 closely examined, nothing less than 7 fathoms water could be 
 found. Round this spot there are depths of 10 and 12 fathoms. 
 Northeastward the bank inclines a little toward the shore, the 
 depth over it varying from 6 to 9 fathoms. 
 
 Bank Head lies 3J miles northward of Fishels Brook, the coast 
 between being a continuation of the sandy cliffs to the southwest- 
 ward, which, however, are in this locality somewhat higher and 
 fronted by a wider beach of stones. Three brooks, flowing through 
 deep valleys, reach the sea here— Barry Brook, Middle Brook, and 
 Journois Brook, the last named being one mile from Bank Head. 
 At ^ mile north of Journois Brook the cliff rises a little and con- 
 tinues to its summit, 160 feet above the sea. This cliff, which is 
 conspicuous, is, strictly speaking, Bank Head, but the whole of 
 the neighboring locality is generally so named. 
 
 Behind the head there are some small ponds and several detached 
 ridges, of moderate elevation, separated by the "barrens" so fre- 
 quently occurring in this country, and reaching to the foot of the 
 range which at a distance of about 12 miles inland extends in a 
 southwesterly direction. Several of the summits of this range are 
 veryKJonspicuous. 
 
 Ooast— At i mile northeastward of the summit of Bank Head 
 the sandy cliff ceases abruptly, and then rises again to a low con- 
 ical sandhill, eastward of which is a small bight known as Bank 
 Head Cove. Here there are a few cottages and fish stores, and 
 landing may be effected, when it is quite impracticable on any other 
 part of the coast, between Sandy Point and Robinson Head. 
 
 Northeastward of this cove the coast is lower than that to the 
 southwestward. It continues, in cliffs about 75 feet high, here and 
 there covered with bushes, for 2i miles to Youngs Cove, which is 
 a slight curve, formed by the projection of the low stony peninsula 
 
 
II 
 
 ilriiiiii 
 
 222 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND WEST COAST. 
 
 named Flat Island, and contains a few cottages occupied by 
 fishermen. 
 
 Flat Bay Brook, a stream flowing into the shallow bay between 
 Flat Island and the shore, H miles eastward of Youngs Cove, ia 
 nearly \ mile wide at its entrance, immediately inside which it is 
 divided by a low point having on it some houses. The western ■ 
 most portion is merely a shallow bay known as Muddy Hole. The 
 eastern portion is the stream, flowing from the mountain range 
 about 7 miles inland, but it is much obstructed by banks and islets. 
 
 South Side is the name given to the district extending from Flat 
 Bay Brook to the northeastward for about 6 miles. The coast is 
 formed of low banks terminating the long slope from a ridge, about 
 300 feet high, the summit of which is about one mile back. Nu- 
 merous houses and fish stores line the shore, and the surrounding 
 land is more or less in cultivation. A fairly good road runs south- 
 westward to Robinson Head and eastward to the head of St. George 
 Harbor. 
 
 Steel or Cairn Mountain, a remarkable mass of ironstone, 
 rising to a height of 952 feet from the low country behind the coast 
 ridge mentioned above, and in front of the mountain range extend- 
 ing from the southwestward, has on it two stone cairns said to have 
 been erected by Captain Cook. Flat Bay Brook runs under the 
 foot of this mountain, and in the locality deposits of iron and gyp- 
 sum have been found. 
 
 Northeastward the rugged broken ranges continue in a north- 
 easterly direction, and 3 miles from Steel Mountain there is, on the 
 western face of the coast range, a remarkable white patch, formed 
 by a landslide, which is very conspicuous from far down the bay. 
 
 (H. O. Chart No. 594.) 
 
 Flat Bay, between Flat Island and the mainland, is very shal- 
 low and obstructed by banks which dry at low water. On the 
 southern side there is sufficient depth for a boat, at low water, to 
 go about 3 miles up ; but the thick weeds, with which the bottom 
 is covered, would prove very troublesome to one propelled by steam. 
 
 Toward the northern part of the bay, situated on a large bank 
 of sand and shingle, is Moyac or Woody Island, now a mere bank 
 of sand, covered with coarse grass, but which 'at one^^time had on 
 it several trees. 
 
 Flat Island is a long, low projection of stones and shingle, 
 extending from Youngs Cove to Harbor Point, a distance of 6^ 
 miles, and forming, with t?ve main shore, the shallow area described 
 above as Flat Bay In some parts this bank of stones is only about 
 50 yards across, while toward the eastern end it is, at one spot, 
 rather more than ^ mile. Long stretches of it are quite bare, but 
 
 'i£it 
 
liip 
 
 SANDY POINT. 
 
 223 
 
 ages occupied by 
 
 allow bay between 
 f Youngs Cove, in 
 inside which it is 
 ses. The western • 
 Muddy Hole. The 
 le mountain range 
 jy banks and islets, 
 xtending from Flat 
 dies. The coast is 
 from a ridge, about 
 e mile back. Nu- 
 d the surrounding 
 od road runs south- 
 ) head of St. George 
 
 mass of ironstone, 
 try behind the coast 
 intain range extend- 
 e cairns said to have 
 3ok runs under the 
 rits of iron and gyp- 
 
 !ontinue in a north- 
 atain there is, on the 
 white patch, formed 
 a far down the bay. 
 
 binland, is very shal- 
 low water. On the 
 oat, at low water, to 
 bh which the bottom 
 e propelled by steam, 
 ited on a large bank 
 nd, now a mere bank 
 I [_at one-time had on 
 
 stones and shingle, 
 iint, a distance of 6i 
 ihallow area described 
 )f stones is only about 
 ind it is, at one spot, 
 it are quite bare, but 
 
 BGSsr 
 
 there are two extensive clumps of spruce trees, as well as some 
 small patches of scrub. 
 
 At J mile fro-^ 'he junction of this peninsula with the main 
 shore, and 200 yards from the beach, there is, off its seaward side, 
 a patch of stones which dry at low water, and in this locality, 
 as also for some 3 miles to the northeastward, tlie shoal ground 
 extends for nearly i mile from the beach. Outside tlie 5-fathom 
 line, however, the water deepens very quickly to upward of 20 
 fathoms. Those feeling their way along this shore during a fog 
 should bear this fact in mind, and not approach to a less depth 
 than 10 or 12 fathoms. Toward the eastern extreme of Flat Island 
 the deep water approaches the shore, and eastward of Harbor Point 
 the 6-fathom line is only 60 yards from the beach. 
 
 Light— A cylindrical iron lighthouse, 36 feet in height, stands 
 on a concrete base, 100 yards within the extreme of Harbor Point. 
 It is painted white, and exhibits, at an elevation of 35 feet, a fixed 
 white light, which should be visible 7 miles. 
 
 Sandy Point is the name given to the settlement that stands on 
 the wider portion of Flat Island, near its eastern end. The popu- 
 lation numbers about 400, principally connected with the fishing 
 industry. There are some stores in which ordinary articles may 
 be purchased, and supplies of fresh meat and vegetables may 
 generally be obtained, either here or on the opposite shore. 
 
 Communication. — There is postal communication weekly dur- 
 ing the summer, by means of the steamers of the Newfoundland 
 Coastal Steamship Co. from St. Johns, and by a steamer from 
 Halifax and Sydney, C. B., both of which call here on their trips 
 to and from the more northern ports on this coast. There is also 
 telegraphic communication with St. Johns and the Dominion. A 
 branch of the railway, joining St. Johns with the western coast, 
 crosses the mouth of St. George River and skirts the mainland 
 opposite. A pier for landing material for the railway has been 
 constructed at Turf Point; it is 1,000 feet in length, and has a 
 depth of 30 feet at its extremity. 
 
 Supplies. — Fresh provisions can be obtained. 
 Bank.— Inside Harbor Point the flat sandy shore forms a slight 
 curve, in which there are numerous fishing stores and landing 
 stages. A bank of sand and mud, dry at low water, extends from 
 this shore for nearly 200 yards and off Messervy Point to 250 yards; 
 it is very steep-to, there being 5 fathoms water within 76 yards of 
 the edge. 
 
 Wharf— The government wharf at Messervy Point has a depth 
 of 2 fathoms alongside it at its western corner, and 3 fathoms at 
 its eastern comer, but, as there is a good deal of wreckage about 
 this part of the anchorage, care should be taken, when going 
 
 
 ' ■^^IT''. 
 
224 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND WEST COAST. 
 
 m 
 
 il 
 
 alongside, to keep tho voHHel to the eastward of the westernmost 
 cornor. 
 
 Westward of the wharf the dry bank extends farther from tlie 
 shore, and the Hue of 3 fathoms reaches across the entrance of 
 Flat Bay. 
 
 The Episcopal church, with a low spire, is situated in a clump 
 of trees ^ mile southwestward of the lighthouse, and the Roman 
 Catholic church in the same direction and about the same distance 
 from Messervy Point. Both are conspicuous when approaching 
 from the westward. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, at Sandy Point at 
 9h. 45ra. ; "nrings rise 5^^ feet, neaps rise 3i^ feet; neaps range 1^- 
 feet. During springs the stream runs with some strength at the 
 anchorage. 
 
 St. George Harbor is situated at the head of St. George Bay. 
 Its entrance, between Indian Head on the north side and Harbor 
 Point on the south, is 3 miles across, and its depth to the entrance 
 of St. George River is also about 3 miles. 
 
 Anchorage. — The soundings vary from 12 to 18 fathoms in the 
 center of this space, and vessels may anchor anywhere within a 
 reasonable distance of the shore, but during strong westerly winds 
 a heavy sea sets in, and with bad weather from the eastward the 
 place is subject to violent squalls off the high land. The shelter of 
 Flat Island should therefore be obtained if possible. That anchor- 
 age is easily accessible, and affords excellent holding ground, 
 with smooth water, in from 6 to 10 fathoms water, over a bottom 
 of stiff mud. 
 
 When approaching, the beach at the extremity of Harbor Point 
 mr.y be rounded at any convenient distance, and giving its inner 
 angle a berth of at least 300 yards, anchorage may be taken up 
 where convenient ; but a good berth is in 6 or 7 fathoms water, 
 with the Roman Catholic church bearing West (N. 63° W. mag. ) 
 and the lighthouse North (N. 28° E. mag.). Strong NE. to SE. 
 winds are frequently experienced here, but though the squalls are 
 furious the water is smooth, and the holding ground so good that, 
 with good ground tackle, a vessel may lie in safety. 
 
 Turf Point, on the southern shore opposite Sandy Point, is a 
 low flat projection composed of peat. Off it are some detached 
 bowlders locally known as Seal Rocks, and which give the name 
 to the adjoining cove and settlement. 
 
 Indian River, known also as the Barachois, lies 1^ miles from 
 Turf Point. The space within the entrance is considerable, but it 
 quickly narrows between high wooded banks. 
 
 From here low sand cliffs extend to St. George River, the 
 entrance to which is known as the Gut. During fine weather 
 
INDIAN KIVKK ROMAINKH HltOOK. 
 
 225 
 
 I the wosternmoHt 
 
 J farther from tlie 
 IS the entrance of 
 
 tuated in a clump 
 B, and the Roman 
 1 the same distant-e 
 when approaching 
 
 at Sandy Point at 
 et ; neaps range 1^ 
 ne strength at the 
 
 3f St. George Bay. 
 h side and Harbor 
 ipth to the entrance 
 
 o 18 fathoms in the 
 anywhere within a 
 rong westerly winds 
 m the eastward tlie 
 md. The shelter of 
 jible. That anchor- 
 at holding ground, 
 ^ater, over a bottom 
 
 tity of Harbor Point 
 and giving its inner 
 re may be taken up 
 or 7 fathoms water, 
 st (N. 62° W. mag.) 
 Strong NE. to SE. 
 lOugh the squalls are 
 ground so good that, 
 lafety. 
 
 te Sandy Point, is a 
 t are some detached 
 which give the name 
 
 •is, lies li miles from 
 s considerable, but it 
 
 . George River, the 
 During fine weather 
 
 boiitH can onttT this chaiinnl at low water, but tht» ti<U) niiiK 
 strongly through, and thon* is gtuionilly inoro or loss swell sotting 
 on the shore; (hiring strong westerly winds it should not be 
 attempted. There is a large lumber mill on the southern siile of 
 the entranc<s and some houses. The roiid to Stoplienvillo is hero 
 continued ])y nu-ans of a ferry across the river. 
 
 Sea Wolf Lagoon, on tlu! northern side of St. (ieorge Harbor, 
 is formed by an indentation in the const frontiMJ by a long narrow 
 strip of stony beach, and has an entrance which is all but dry at 
 low water. Inside the spit there is a deptli of U^ fathoms. 
 
 Indian Head is a renuirkabh* cliffy heudland on the north 8i(hi 
 of St. George Harbor. The summit of the cl iff is IHO feet above 
 tlie sea, but it gradually rises to a conspicuous conical wooded 
 peak 6:31 feet higli, fnmi which the wooded hills e.xtend in a north- 
 easterly direction to a deep valley, which separates tliem from the 
 higher ranges extending inland. On these hiltor are some conical 
 summits which are conspicuous from seaward. Mount Hubert, 
 distinguisliable by some remarkabhi bare patches near its summit, 
 is 1,472 feet liigh, and another peak, farther to the northeast, is 
 2,290 feet. 
 
 The northern sides of tlio Indian Head Hills fall steeply to a 
 large shallow lagoon, separated from the sea by a narrow strip of 
 stony beach 300 yards across. Off this beach, as also off Indian 
 Head, the 10-fathom line is less than ^ mile from shore. 
 
 (B. A. Chart No. 2876.) 
 
 Stephenvllle comprises the district extending northwestward 
 from Indian Head for about 5 miles; numerous houses are dotted 
 about the shores of the lagoon noticed above, and on the low slopes 
 northward of it, as well as on the beach, and the Roman Catholic 
 church, with its long white spire, is conspicuous. From liere 
 there is a road passing round the lagoon to the ferry at St. George 
 River, and also in the other direction to Isthmus Bay. A short 
 distance east of the church, Blanche River, a small stream, flows 
 into the sea through the stony beach ; behind, the country is of 
 moderate elevation, thickly wooded where not cultivated, and has 
 several ponds. 
 
 Romaines Brook flows into the sea 3| miles westward of 
 Stephenvllle church, the coast between being composed of high 
 banks of sand, broken in places by small streams issuing from the 
 country behind ; the entrance to the brook is dry at low water and 
 very narrow ; the pools inside it are frequented by large quantities 
 of sea trout. About 200 yards from its mouth the brook is crossed 
 by a bridge carrying the road to Isthmus Bay ; above it the stream 
 is obstructed by banks of stone and shingle, and on the eastern 
 
 ;;««fej. 
 
 -.."(XrV^y^^^i^r^SS'ji 
 
 MMMMM 
 
 IHIII 
 
Mi 
 
 3S6 
 
 NKWFOl'i^DLAND — WKST COAST. 
 
 Hidii tlinro is u ninmrkuldo outcrop of KypHitin, siimll (|Uiiiititi('s of 
 wliicli iir«' occuiHioiiiilly oxporUxl; tliis oiitc'r<»p in very conspicuoiiH 
 from tliH HW. wIh'ii tlio huh is Hliiiiiiig on it. 
 
 Supplies. — On the wostorn luitik of the Htrutini thuru in Hituated 
 oiH) of the ln'Nt fiinns in this hu-iility, mid horo frosh munt, huttor, 
 ot(\, <'iin j^oiitTiilly Ito ohtuiiu'd. 
 
 Table Mountain, lyiiiK diroctly buhiud the ontranco to 
 RoniainoH Brook, is a thickly-woudud liill risiii>^ to a height of 1)80 
 fo(*t above tlje sea; NE. of the wosterti HUininit it rises a little, 
 forming tiie southwestern tennimition of the range of high hills 
 extending along the eastern shore of Port au Port. Some deposits 
 of asbestus have recently been found in the neighborhood of these 
 hills, and the mines are now being worked during summer. 
 
 Eastward of Table Mountain the country is broken, but rises 
 gradually from the coast to the higher land, two detached whale- 
 backed hills, about 4 miles from the shore, being conspicuous. 
 The highest of those reaches an elevation of 1,090 feet. 
 
 The western slope of Table Mountain is gradual, falling toward 
 Isthmus Bay, and te^iuinating in a steep sand cliff i» 1 feet high, 
 on the SW. end of whicli is a Roman Catholic church. 
 
 Isthmus Bay, formed by a sharp curve in the coast, lies just to 
 the westward of Table Mountain, and is about li miles across by 
 ^ mile deep. The soundings within this space increase gradually 
 from the shore to 5 and G fathoms, over stones and gravel, and 
 though f reijuently resorted to as an anchorage, it is by no means a 
 good one, as the holding ground is uncertain, and during west or 
 SW. winds there is a heavy swell. The stony beach at the head 
 of the bay is only 40 or 50 yards across, and behind it is a shallow 
 lagoon separated from East Bay (Port au Port) by another narrow 
 beach of stones. On both these beaches, as well as on the sloping 
 ground over the western side of the bay, there are numei'ous cot- 
 tages. The Episcopal chnrch and the post-office are on the east- 
 ern side, approached from the shore by a road np the steep side of 
 the sand cliff, mentioned above as being the termination of the 
 slope of Table Mountain. 
 
 This district is locally known as the Gravels; the popiilation 
 numbers about 100. 
 
 Communication. — Coasting steamers call here occasionally dur- 
 ing the summer months, and a short pier is being constructed on 
 the western shore for their convenience, but the postal communi- 
 cation is generally by road to the settlement opposite Sandy Point. 
 There is no telegraphic communication. 
 
 Shoals. — About one mile southward of the western point of 
 Isthmus Bay there are some patches with 6^ and 7 fathoms water 
 over them, and 1^,^ miles S, 3° E. (S. 25° W. mag.) from the same 
 
m 
 
 ~i 
 
 illl l|lllllltiti«8 of 
 
 '^ery cuiiHpifUuuH 
 
 thoru is HituutcMl 
 sh motit, butter, 
 
 hu ontnuico to 
 D a heinht of J)80 
 
 it riH«H it little, 
 ^0 of hi){h IuIIh 
 Some deposits 
 borhood of those 
 • summer. 
 )roken, but rises 
 detached wliale- 
 ng conspicuous. 
 
 feet. 
 
 1, ftiliinj? toward 
 iff !ii feet high, 
 irch. 
 
 coast, lies just to 
 f miles across by 
 crease gradually 
 
 and gravel, and 
 is by no means a 
 I during west or 
 
 ach at the head 
 id it is a shallow 
 i another narrow 
 fts on the sloping 
 re numerous cot- 
 3 are on the east- 
 
 the steep side of 
 •mination of the 
 
 ; the population 
 
 occasionally dur- 
 g constructed on 
 postal cotiimuni- 
 site Sandy Point. 
 
 vestern point of 
 fathoms water 
 .) from the same 
 
 IHTIIMI'M HAY — CAMIM»KI,I,H «(IVK. 
 
 227 
 
 point there is a stony patch of A fatlioms; li^bt tide rips iimy bo 
 obsorv'tul over those putclies during spijiig tidt-^. 
 
 Tides. — It is higii water, full uisd clmiigo, at Isthmus Bay at 9h. 
 4(>n».; springs rise ft.^ f(M>t, neaps rise a^ feiit. 
 
 Ooast. — Westward of Isthmus liay the coast, composed of low 
 cliffs backed by thi(!kly-\voo<led ri<lges of moderattt elevation, con- 
 tinues to a slight bend, wliere there are a ftiw houses, and known 
 as Felix Cove. Here a small stream runs over the beach, anl } 
 mile southward there is a rocky patch on which the <lopth is 4i 
 fathoms. 
 
 Westward of Felix Cove the coast, of similar fornnition, con- 
 tinues, but behind the land rises considerably, the ridges being 
 here 40t) to 600 feet in height and densely wooded. 
 
 At U miles Vrorn Felix Cove, and below two rather conspicuous 
 houses on a green slope, is one of the rocky coves referred to as 
 affording a partially sheltered laiuling place for boats in anything 
 but very bad weather. The rocks forming this cove make a snudl 
 angle with the shore for about 70 yards, the entrance facing to the 
 eastward. 
 
 The coast in this locality is everywhere steep-to. 
 
 Campbells Oove is formed by a short bend in the coast 2J miles 
 westward of Felix Cove. In the middle of tliis bight is another 
 rocky projection, somewhat similar to that just described as being 
 a good landing place ; but the one in this cove, being more shel- 
 tered, is the better. At low water, however, there is hardly depth 
 enough for an ordinary ship's boat, and if there is any swell run- 
 ning, landing can not safely bo effected until the tide flows. 
 
 Around the shores of the bay are several (iottages and a good 
 deal of cultivated land. A fairly good road runs from Isthmus 
 Bay, passing a short distance back from the shore. Behind rises 
 Pierways Hill, a remarkable stony and comparatively bare hill, 
 with two similar summits, the westernmost of which is 779 feet 
 high. To the westward this hill falls in a gradual slope to Abra- 
 hams Cove. 
 
 Coast. — The point forming the western side of Campbells Cove 
 is a perpendicular cliff, 99 feet high, having at its foot a mass of 
 rocks and bowlders. Westward from this there is another bend in 
 the coast, sometimes called Messervy Cove, where there are also 
 some houses and cultivated lands. The cliffy coast continues to 
 Abrahams Cove, another indentation, with a ravine at its head, and 
 a very conspicuous cliff, 145 feet high, on its western side. Here 
 the 20-fathom line coming from the southern side of St. George 
 Bay closes in with the coast and continues to the westwai'd at a 
 distance of about ^ mile. 
 
 The land behind is composed of flat- topped heavily -wooded ridges. 
 
 am 
 
ii l| illl 
 
 I 
 
 l!':^ « 
 
 1 
 
 228 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND WEST COAST. 
 
 Westward of Abrahams Cove a low rocky point, named Jerrys 
 Nose, forms the eastern side of another indentation, known as Fiods 
 Cove ; here there are also some cottages. Numbers of dorys may 
 be seen about all these c^^es, but, except at the places named, there 
 is no landing in bad weather. 
 
 Ship Island and Cove.— Ship Island, small, rocky, and 36 feet 
 high, lies off the end of the projection of the coast forming the 
 western side of Fiods Cove, with which it is connected at low water. 
 A rocky patch, with 3^ fathoms water over it, lies from 350 to 500 
 yards from the islet in a southwesterly direction. Between the two 
 there is a depth of 6i fathoms, but the passage is narrow and had 
 better be avoided. 
 
 Ship Cove lies on the western si le of the islet and of the point 
 referred to above, and though a deeper bight than any of those to 
 the eastward, it does not afford good anchorage, except during con- 
 tinued periods of offshore winds. At the head of the cove is a 
 shingly beach, on which are some cottages, and from here there is 
 a path through a valley between the ridges, leading to Pic k Denis 
 (locally Picadilly) in Port au Port. 
 
 Coast. — The coast, formed of rugged irregular cliffs, 80 to 90 
 feet high, continues from Ship Cove westward for 1^ miles to Pigeon 
 Head, a remarkable perpendicular bluff rising to a height of 110 
 feet. At its foot are some bowlders and ledges of rock, but they 
 are quite steep-to. Behind this part of the coast the land rises 
 to heavily- wooded ridges, 700 to 800 feet in height, intersected here 
 and there by deep ravines, from which streams flow into the sea. 
 
 Lower Cove is situated directly inside Pigeon Head, from which 
 the cliff falls gradually toward the beach at the head of the cove. 
 Here there is a small settlement. 
 
 In the center of the cove, 1,200 yards West (N. 62° W. mag.) from 
 Pigeon Head, there is a rocky shoal of 4 fathoms, with from 7 to 11 
 fathoms water around it. Inside the shoal temporary anchorage 
 may be found in from 7 to 10 fathoms water, but the ground is 
 rough, and with any winds westward of N W. there is a heavy swell. 
 
 Coast. — From Lower Cove the coast, formed of moderately high 
 cliffs, continues westward to a small gravelly beach, with sloping 
 ground behind it and a large waterfall near, locally known as 
 Charlie Sheaves Cove, and where there are two or three houses. 
 Westward the cliffs again become higher for a short distance, fall- 
 ing gradually toward March Point, 4^ miles from Lower Cove. At 
 li miles eastward of the point the land rises very steeply from the 
 cliffs. The eastern part of this hill is bare and stony, and there- 
 fore conspicuous for some distance to the southward and westward. 
 The westf»rn part, separated from the eastern by a deep gully, is 
 thickly wooded and culminates in a summit 765 feet high, though 
 farther back the hills again rise to a height of 1,120 feet. 
 
 Ii 
 
IM 
 
 MAEOH POINT — CAPE ST. GEORGE. 
 
 229 
 
 int, named Jerrys 
 )n, known as Fiods 
 bers of dorys may 
 laces named, there 
 
 rocky, and 36 feet 
 coast forming the 
 ected at low water, 
 es from 350 to 500 
 Between the two 
 is narrow and had 
 
 i and of the point 
 an any of those to 
 except during con- 
 i of the cove is a 
 from here there is 
 ling to Pic h Denis 
 
 lar cliffs, 80 to 90 
 • li miles to Pigeon 
 to a height of 110 
 s of rock, hut they 
 )ast the land rises 
 ht, intersected here 
 low into the sea. 
 I Head, from which 
 e head of the cove. 
 
 62° W. mag.) from 
 3, with from 7 to 11 
 nporary anchorage 
 hut the ground is 
 )re is a heavy swell, 
 of moderately high 
 beach, with sloping 
 , locally known as 
 7o or three houses, 
 short distance, fall- 
 m Lower Cove. At 
 ry steeply from the 
 d stony, and there- 
 p-ard and westward, 
 hy a deep gully, is 
 5 feet high, though 
 1,120 feet. 
 
 Sea Mouse Rocks comprise three rocky patches lying off the 
 coast between Charlie Sheaves Cove and March Point. The east- 
 ernmost patch, lying 2i miles S. 82° W. (N. 70° W. mag.) from 
 Pigeon Head and 750 yards offshore, has over it a depth of 15 feet 
 at low water. Within the 3-fathom line it is about 150 hy 250 
 yards in extent, its longest diameter being in a general ENE. and 
 WSW. direction. 
 
 From this another patch, over which the least water is 5f fath- 
 oms, lies 750 yards S. 34° W. (S. 62° W. mag.), and between the 
 two there is a narrow channel, with 12 and 13 fathoms water. 
 
 The westernmost shoal lies l^V xniles westward of that first 
 described and 750 yards offshore. Its extent within the 3-fathom 
 line is about 200 by 300 yards, with a least depth of 6 feet at low 
 water. Between these shoals and the shore the soundings vary 
 from 6 to 10 fathoms. 
 
 The whole of the shingle beach at the head of Ship Cove, seen 
 clear of the cliffy bluff half way between it and Pigeon Head, bear- 
 ing N. 79° E. (S. 73° E. mag.), clears the two shoaler patches, but 
 leads over or close to the 5f-fathom patch. 
 
 March Point is low and flat for some little distance back from 
 the shore. The generally green appearance of this flat, projecting 
 beneath the dark wooded hills behind, makes the point easily dis- 
 tinguishable. • Eastward of it there are some houses, both on the 
 shore and on the flat ; in the neighborhood of these the ground is 
 more or less cultivated. The point is fronted by a stony beach and 
 some ledges of rock, off which the 5-fathom line extends i mile. 
 March Point Bank, l^- miles southward of March Point, is a ridge 
 about H miles in length, having over it 23 to 25 fathoms water. 
 
 Coast. — The coast westward of March Point is composed of low 
 cliffs, with a narrow strip of level land behind them, thickly 
 wooded '^xcept where cleared by settlers, and extending to the foot 
 of the hills, which here approach the shore. The stony beach, 
 having off it some flat ledges of rock, is fairly steep-to, but the 
 bottom is rough, and only fit for temporary anchorage in fine 
 weather. 
 
 Nearly 3 miles from March Point there is a small settlement 
 known as Degras, and 1^- miles farther SW. is another named 
 Grand Jardin. The inhabitants of these two places, as also those 
 at Petit Jardin, a few huts f mile farther west, are principally 
 French, a.nd engaged almost entirely in fishing. 
 
 Cape St. George. — From the high land behind the village of 
 Degras the dark wooded ridges, with occasional bare stony sum- 
 mits, fall toward Cape St. George, a short distance from the extreme 
 of which the wood ceases, and bare grassy slopes extend to the edge 
 of the cliffs, which, on the south side of the cape, are 40 to 50 feet 
 
 ■.SST"" 
 
230 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND WEST COAST. 
 
 high. Off the western extreme of these cliffs, but connected with 
 them by a low shelf, is a pyramidal rock which shows plainly from 
 the southward ; close to it is a low detached rock, and here the 
 coast turns abruptly to the northward, rising in high perpendicular 
 cliffs, which at ^ mile from the cape are 225 feet high. Beyond 
 this they rise still higher toward Cape Cormorant. Cape St. 
 George is quite steep-to, and may be rounded closely, but there 
 is nearly always a swell setting on to the shore, and the tidal 
 streams run strongly round the point. 
 
 Cape Cormorant, 5^ miles NNE. of Cape St. George, rises, in 
 a perpendicular limestone cliff, to a height of about 700 feet, and 
 then in a steep slope, to a somewhat conical summit 9(58 feet above 
 the sea. Between this cape and Cape St. George the coast is formed 
 of high cliffs, and nearly midway there is an indentation, named 
 Big Cove, in which a few fishermen occasionally live during the 
 summer mon ths. Eastward of this cove the cliff's are fronted by 
 some low rocky islets and low-water features, but they are gener- 
 ally steep-to and free from oflBying dangers. Behind, the land 
 rises in bare stony hills and wooded gullies to the summit of a long 
 rocky ridge, known as White Hills, which extends in an easterly 
 direction toward the head of Port au Port. 
 
 Sed Island, lying 6 miles from Cape St. George and one mile 
 from Cape Cormorant, is about 1,400 yards long by 700 wide, its 
 coast line being composed of red clay cliffs, rising on the northern 
 side to the height of 292 feet above the sea. The top of the island 
 is jovered with coarse grass and dead stumps of trees, and at the 
 eastern end, where there is a stony beach and spit at the foot of 
 the cliffs, are some storehouses and dwellings, occupied during the 
 summer by a party of French fishermen from the island of St. 
 Pierre. A wooden tramway, for facilitating the carriage of stores 
 from the beach to the top, is a conspicuous feature when approach- 
 ing from the southward. 
 
 The northwestern side of the island is fairly steep-to, the 3-f athom 
 line being about 200 yards from the shore, but off its NE. and SW. 
 ends foul ground extends for about ^ mile ; this is continued off 
 the southern and eastern sides of the island, and thence, in a 
 narrow rocky ridge, across to the mainland under a steep gully, 
 situated 1,400 yards northeastward of Cape Cormorant. 
 
 The Ridge, above mentioned, is midway between the Jsland and 
 the mainland, only about 100 feet across, and here the depth varies 
 from 16 to 18 feet; nearer the island and about 400 yards from the 
 end of the Stony Spit, there is a spot with only 7 feet water over 
 it, but between this and the shore there are depths of 12 and 13 
 feet. 
 
RED ISLAND KOAD. 
 
 281 
 
 it connected with 
 LOWS plainly from 
 •ck, and here the 
 gh perpendicular 
 et high. Beyond 
 orant. Cape St, 
 closely, but there 
 >re, and the tidal 
 
 . George, rises, in 
 bout 700 feet, and 
 mit 968 feet above 
 the coast is formed 
 identation, named 
 ly live during the 
 ift's are fronted by 
 ut they are gener- 
 Behind, the land 
 B summit of a long 
 inds in an easterly 
 
 Borge and one mile 
 \g by 700 wide, its 
 ag on the northern 
 le top of the island 
 )f trees, and at the 
 [ spit at the foot of 
 (ccupied during the 
 1 the island of St. 
 le carriage of stores 
 ire when approach- 
 
 eep-to, the 3-f athom 
 3ff its NE. and SW. 
 bis is continued oflE 
 [, and thence, in a 
 mder a steep gully, 
 rmorant. 
 
 ween the island and 
 ere the depth varies 
 3 400 yards from the 
 ly 7 feet water over 
 depths of 12 and 13 
 
 Vessels of moderate draft may safely cross it in fine weather by 
 keeping Crow Head in line with Low Point, bearing about N. 4(1° 
 E. (N. 74° E. mag.). 
 
 Tidal Streams. — During spring tides the streams run strongly 
 over Th3 Ridge ; flood to the northeastward and ebb to the south- 
 westward, and there are considerable overfalls, especially with 
 strong westerly winds, while in bad weather breakers extend nearly 
 the whole way across. 
 
 Red Island Road.— On the western side of The Ridge fairly good 
 anchorage may be obtained, with winds to the southward of WSW., 
 in from 11 to 14 fathoms water, over sand and, in places, muddy 
 bottom ; but when the wind draws to the west or N W. a heavy 
 sea sets in at this anchorage, and although a vessel with good 
 ground tackle might hold on, it would be imprudent to remain. 
 A good berth for a large vessel is in 14 fathoms water with the 
 northern extreme of the island bearing N. 81° W. (N. 53° W. 
 mag.) and the first cliff north of Car-e St. George just shut in, S. 
 21° W. (S. 49° W. mag.). 
 
 It may here be remarked that a hei,r|«iiground swell is usually 
 the forerunner of strong westerly winds in this locality. 
 
 Coast. — About one mile northeastward of Cape Cormorant the 
 cliffy coast line terminates, being succeeded by a low shore, fronted 
 by a stony beach for a distance of about 2^ miles, where it again 
 rises into cliffs of moderate height, culminating in Crow Head, a 
 bluff 112 feet above the sea. At 1^ miles southward of Crow Head 
 is Low Point, a slightly-rounded projection of the shore; south- 
 ward of this is Les Vaches, a small settlement where there is a 
 lobster factory and some cottages. Behind the fore shore the land 
 rises gradually to thickly wooded ridges of moderate elevation. 
 
 White Rock, lying i mile offshore, nearly midway between 
 Low Point and the Ridge, is a small patch of rock having over it 
 a depth of 1 8 feet ; it may be avoided by keeping the land, about 
 Cape St. George, open of the cliffs southward of Cape Cormorant, 
 bearing about S. 21° W. (S. 49° W. mag.). 
 
 Cow Rocks, comprise a cluster of rocks aiid shoals, about 1,600 
 yards in extent, fronting the shore oft' Low Point at a distance of 
 about 600 yards. The northernmost rocks are 9 feet above high 
 water; 700 yards SW. of them is another small cluster which dry 
 2 feet, and between are several shoal patches, while 700 yards south- 
 westward of the last-mentioned dry rocks, and directly off the 
 houses at Les Vaches, is a detached rock with 18 feet water over it. 
 
 Cow Rocks are fairly steep on the seaward side, the 10-fathom 
 line being about 400 yards outside them ; in thick weather, there- 
 fore, a vessel, passing along the coast, should not shoal the water 
 to less than 15 fathoms, nor to less than 20 fathoms to insure pass- 
 ing outside Red Island. 
 
^Saa 
 
 ? ■«w 
 
 232 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND — WEST COAST. 
 
 Ooast. — From Crow Head the cliffs fall quickly to a low shore, 
 which continues to Three Rocks Poir.t, a distance of 3 miles. In 
 the shallow bight here formed there are a few fishermen's cot- 
 tages. 
 
 Three Rocks Point is easily recognized by the three rocky islets 
 off it (the westernmost being 14 feet above high water) and by the 
 store and huts on the beach inside. Some shelter is here given by 
 the rocks, and landing may be effected when not practicable else- 
 where in the locality, but a very heavy sea rolls along the whole 
 of this coast with winds westward of SW. 
 
 Shoals. — Off Three Rocks Point the 6-fathom line extends in a 
 westerly direction for 1,300 yards, and 800 yards N. 84° W. (N. 
 66° W. mag.) from the highest islet there is a patch having over 
 it a depth of 2f fathoms. NE. of the point a shelving ledge ex- 
 tends i mile from the shore, and outside this the 3-fathom line, 
 over very foul ground, extends for 800 yards; the coast in this 
 locality should therefore be approached with caution. 
 
 Cow Rocks open of Cape Cormorant, bearing about S. 37° W. 
 (S. G5° W. mag.), leads nearly ^ mile west of the 2f fathom patch, 
 in from 12 to 15 fathoms water. 
 
 Coast. — The coast, extending in a northeasterly direction from 
 Three Rocks Point, gradually rises, in clay cliffs, to a height of 
 230 feet and then falls again to a slight projection known as Red 
 Point, from which low cliffs continue to Clam Bank Cove. The 
 whole oi this part of the coast is f i-onted by rocky ledges, and 
 shoal water extends for about 600 yards, but between Red Point 
 and Clam Bank Cove the 5-fathom line is nearly ^ mile offshore. 
 
 There is a small lobster factory 1| miles from Three Rocks 
 Point, on a stony beach known as Salmon Cove, and a few settlers' 
 cottages along the shore, the inhabitants living principally by cod 
 fishing. 
 
 Bound Head, a remarkable hill behind the coast just referred 
 to, has three distinct conical summits, the middle and highest 
 being 880 feet above the sea. The seaward faco of this hill forms 
 a perpendicular cliff, which, together with the conical summit over 
 it, makes a conspicuous landmark. 
 
 The southern slope and summit of Round Head are thickly 
 wooded with spruce, pine, and birch ; the hill falls rather steeply 
 to a ravine just behind it, from which a small stream runs into 
 West Bay (Port au Port). Southward the country is composed of 
 thickly- wooded hills and valleys, having a general east and west 
 direction, and culminating in the White Hills, already mentioned. 
 
 01am Bank Cove comprises a small bight in the coast line with 
 a broad stony beach, on which, as well as on the bank behind it, 
 
m 
 
 BLACK DUCK BROOK. 
 
 288 
 
 >r to a low shore, 
 3 of 2 miles. In 
 fishermen's cot- 
 
 hree rocky islets 
 
 prater) and by the 
 
 is here given by 
 
 practicable else- 
 
 along the whole 
 
 line extends in a 
 ds N. 84° W. (N. 
 atch having over 
 lelving ledge ex- 
 che 3-fathom line, 
 the coast in this 
 ition. 
 
 ; about S. 37° W. 
 ) 2f fathom patch, 
 
 rly direction from 
 ffs, to a height of 
 ion known as Red 
 Bank Cove. The 
 rocky ledges, and 
 etween Red Point 
 (T i mile ofEshore. 
 Tom Three Rocks 
 and a few settlers' 
 principally by cod 
 
 coast just referred 
 dddie and highest 
 d of this hill forms 
 !onical summit over 
 
 Head are thickly 
 falls rather steeply 
 ,11 stream runs into 
 mtry is composed of 
 jneral east and west 
 already mentioned, 
 n the coastline with 
 the bank behind it, 
 
 there are some fishermen's cottages. A ledge of rocks projecting 
 from the point, forming the western end of the bight, gives some 
 little shelter to boats when landing, except at low water; but dur- 
 ing strong westerly winds the heavy sea makes landing imin-acti- 
 cable. 
 
 From this locality there is a rough road, cutthroiigh the wooded 
 country, to Port au Port. 
 
 Coast — The western shore of the remarkable tongue of land 
 known as Long Point may be considered to begin at Clam Bank 
 Cove, from which place the extreme of the point is about 12 miles 
 distant. Along this shore there are two small villages, known as 
 Shoal Cove and Black Duck Brook, as well as a few detached cot- 
 tages of the settlers, who, in this locality, are chiefly of French de- 
 scent. Between Clam Bank Cove and Black Duck Brook the 
 point is about one mile across, but northeastward of this its aver- 
 age width is not more than 400 yards. It is thickly wooded with 
 dwarf spruce and other stunted trees and bushes, and slopes gently 
 from the eastern side toward the sea. It is fronted throughout 
 nearly the whole of its length by rocky ledges and bowlders ex- 
 tending from the shore for distances of 100 to 200 yards, and it is 
 only at rare intervals that a heavy surf is not rolling in on these. 
 
 Immediately eastward of Clam Bank Covw the coast line is com- 
 posed of cliffs 80 to 100 feet in height, which gradually fall to a 
 low shore at the village of Shoal Cove. 
 
 (B. A. Chart No, 423.) 
 
 Black Duck Brook.— The village of Black Duck Brook, nearly 
 a mile northeastward of Shoal Cove and 4^ miles from Clam Bank 
 Cove, is principally situated on the shores of a sandy bight, where 
 a sharp bend of the coast line in an easterly direction narrows the 
 tongue, forming Long Point, to about 600 yards. Off the point at 
 the western angle of the bend a rocky ledge, dry at low water, 
 extends for a distance of nearly 600 yards and gives some shelter 
 to the bay, ex^^-i^t during NW. winds. Shoal water extends from 
 the rocky ledjLj jr nearly f mile in a northeriy direction ; vessels 
 wishing to communicate should therefore approach with caution. 
 Near the point previously mentioned a store with a flagstaff makes 
 a conspicuous mark from seaward. 
 
 The inhabitants, principally fishermen, are also owners of several 
 head of cattle and sheep, for which they find pasture in the neigh- 
 borhood. A lobster factory near the eastern end of the village is 
 worked, during the summer, by a party of French fishermen from 
 St. Pierre. There is a good road to Port au Port. 
 
 Long Point — From Black Duck Brook to the extreme of Long 
 Point the coast presents no conspicuous feature, being composed 
 
284 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND — WK8T COAST. 
 
 I*: 
 
 of low banks fronted by rocky ledges and bowlders. The land 
 slopes from the eastern side of the point, and the narrow flats 
 contiguous to the western shore are generally mere bogs. About 
 1^ miles from the extreme o( the point the surface becomes bare 
 of trees, and is covered with coarse grass, which is usually cut for 
 fodder by the people living in the neighborhood. For the last 
 i mile the point is a narrow strip of rocks, from which a tongue 
 of shoal water, forming the bar, extends for a distance of nearly a 
 mile. 
 
 Position. — The observation spot, 1^ miles southwestward of the 
 rocky extreme, and on the top of the highest bank directly behind 
 the eastern huts, used during the summer by migratory fishermen, 
 is in latitude 48° 46' 28" N., longitude 58° 46' 37" W. 
 
 Depths Oflf Shore.— From off Round Head the 20-fathom line 
 quickly increases its distance from the land, forming a long, nar- 
 row, irregular bank of from 17 to 20 fathoms water, extending in 
 a northeasterly direction. Northeastward of this bank the line 
 again approaches the shore, but 6 or 7 miles from Long Point there 
 are some extensive banks of 17 and 20 fathoms. 
 
 A long, narrow bank, having over it depths of from 7 to 10 
 fathoms, extends parallel to the Long Point Shore at a distance of 
 If miles, its southwestern end being 3 miles from Black Duck 
 Brook. 
 
 Between this bank and the shore there is another long bank, 
 with depths of 8 to 10 fathoms, while between the two, as well as 
 between the inner bank and the shore, the depths vary from 11 to 
 14 fathoms. 
 
 Cape Cormorant Cliff, seen just clear of the western shoulder of 
 Round Head, bearing about S. 47° W. (S. 75° W. mag.), leads inside 
 the outermost of these banks and up to the mark for entering Port 
 au Port. 
 
 Port au Port may be considered to comprise the extensive area 
 southward of a line joining Long Point with Bluff Head, the latter 
 a conspicuous cliffy headland on the main shore. This area is 
 divided at its southern end by a long, narrow, flat projection, 
 appropriately named Shoal Point, into two extensive bays, the 
 eastern of which is only separated from the water of St. George 
 Bay by two narrow strips of stony beach inclosing a shallow 
 lagoon. 
 
 The shores of this extensive inlet are very sparsely populated, 
 the major portion of the inhabitants being settled on the southern 
 shore of East Bay and on the narrow neck forming Shoal Point. 
 
 The eastern shore has a few settlers, and the Long Point side, in 
 addition to a few permanent residents, is visited every snmmer by 
 a party of French fishermen from St. Pierre, who remain during 
 the fishing season. 
 
 '"'-mi 
 
mmm 
 
 ANCHORAGES. 
 
 386 
 
 iders. The land 
 the narrow flats 
 5re bogs. About 
 bce becomes bare 
 is usually cut for 
 id. For the last 
 n which a tongue 
 (tance of nearly a 
 
 hwestward of the 
 ik directly behind 
 jratory fishermen, 
 W. 
 
 ;he 20-f athom line 
 ■ming a long, nar- 
 ater, extending in 
 bis bank the line 
 L Long Point there 
 
 3 of from 7 to 10 
 )re at a distance of 
 from Black Duck 
 
 nother long bank, 
 the two, as well as 
 ;hs vary from 11 to 
 
 nrestern shoulder of 
 . mag.), leads inside 
 •k for entering Port 
 
 3 the extensive area 
 luff Head, the latter 
 hore. This area is 
 ow, flat projection, 
 extensive bays, the 
 water of St. George 
 inclosing a shallow 
 
 sparsely populated, 
 itled on the southern 
 ming Shoal Point. 
 B Long Point side, in 
 ied every summer by 
 , who remain during 
 
 Codfish are caught in large numbers about the bar and on the 
 banks outside, and lobsters abound in the vicinity of Long Point, 
 as well as round the rocky shores of Fox Island and its neighbor- 
 hood. Two factories for tinning these are established at The Grav- 
 els, at the head of East Bay, and one at Fox Island, while ruins of 
 others are at Long Point and Broad Cove. 
 
 Several indications of mineral deposits have been found in the 
 neighborhood of Port au Port, and asbestos is being mined in the 
 hills sovthwfiT- ' of Bluff Head. 
 
 Anc' Of, -Excepting in Pic 6 ... ": Harbor, at the head of 
 West Bay, whc.^ the depth is only bufficient for comparatively 
 small vessels. Port au Port can not be considered to afford secure 
 anchorage round any of its shores, although the bottom is generally 
 mud. 
 
 Gales from SE. and NE. blow furiously, even during the summer 
 months, and although the eastern shores may, at such times, afford 
 sheltered anchorages, the extreme probability of the wind shifting 
 to the southward and westward renders them insecure, except as 
 temporary stopping places. 
 
 During the survey, in the summer and autumn of 1894, it was 
 found that the middle of West Bay, a little southward of Shoal 
 Point, was the preferable anchorage during SW, and NW. gales, 
 as the sea, although heavy, was not so short as in East Bay, and 
 the stiff muddy bottom afforded fairly good holding ground. 
 
 In uncertain weather a vessel should avoid anchoring on the 
 Long Point shore northwird of Black Duck Brook, for here SE. 
 and SW. winds, which are /ery prevalent, throw up a short choppy 
 sea, and the bottom, although muddy, is soft, and does not afford 
 such good holding ground as that farther to the south. 
 
 Ice.— Port au Port generally freezes early in January and breaks 
 up toward the end of April, but during the winters of 1884, 85, 86 
 the bay did not feeeze; this, however, was a rare occurrence, not 
 having happened before during fifty years. Field ice to any extent 
 never enters the port, and under no conditions inside Fox Island. 
 Coast— The NW. coast of Long Point has been already described. 
 Its southeastern shores are more elevated than those on the seaward 
 side, and are, for the most part, composed of cliffs and rocky f o- j 
 shore, the former reaching in places an elevation of 114 feet. At 
 If miles inside the extreme of the point a stony beach projects a 
 little southward, inclosing a shallow pond. 
 
 In this locality, known as Beach Point, there are a few huts as 
 well as an old lobster factory, and the temporary dwellings of the 
 French fishermen. Further SW. are a few scattered cottages, and 
 abreast the village of Black Duck Brook a wooden tramway lies, 
 on the face of the slope, for facilitating the carriage of goods to the 
 
 1*910 16 
 
 g^li II 
 
 MttMl 
 
ir m 
 
 236 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND — WEST COAST. 
 
 road leading from the villages, as lauding is frequently resorted to 
 here when the weather prevents communication with the shore 
 from the bay outside. It often happens, however, during southerly 
 winds, that landing on the inner side is impracticable owing to the 
 weight of the sea on the rocky shore and the absence of any shel- 
 ter for boats. 
 
 French Bank lies just within the extreme of Long Point ; within 
 the 5-fathom contour line it is nearly circular, and has a diameter 
 of 1,800 yards. The depths over it are generally from 4 to 6 
 fathoms, but there are two small heads on which the least water is 
 22 feet. One of these is near the middle of the bank, and the other 
 near the southern end. There is a good passage, carrying 9 fathoms 
 water, between this bank and the shore. 
 
 American Bank is an extensive shoal of rocks, sand, and gravel, 
 near the middle of the outer i)art of Port au Port, its northern end 
 being separated from French Bank by a channel 1 ,400 yards wide, 
 and having in it dejjths of from 7 to 9 fathoms. 
 
 Within the depth of 5 fathoms this bank is 3^ miles in length 
 and 1^- in width at its widest part, which is nearly 2 miles from 
 the southern end. 
 
 One mile from the northern end of the bank is a shallow patch, 
 400 yards long, having over it less than 6 feet water, and on this 
 patch three large bowlders are awash at low water; surrounding 
 the patch are depths of 1^ to 3 fathoms. 
 
 Near the southern end there is another rocky he^d with 7 feet 
 water over it, and 2 fathoms around ; a shallow tongue, with 9 feet 
 water over it near the end, extends toward the Long Point shore. 
 These shallow spots only break in very bad weather. 
 
 At ^ mile southward of the 5-fathom edge, on American Bank, 
 there is a small rocky head with 19 feet water over it. 
 
 The left extreme of the high hills, forming the south side of the 
 valley behind Bear Head, just open westward of Shag Island, bear- 
 ing about N. 44° E. (N. 72° E. mag.), leads between the French and 
 American Banks and into West Bay ; Road Point, in line with the 
 SW. extreme of Fox Island, S. 16° E. (S. 12° W. mag.), clears 
 French Bank passing to the eastward, and also the northern end of 
 American Bank ; the summit of Bear Head in line with North Rock 
 (off Fox Island), N. 28° E. (N. 66° E. mag.), clears the detached 
 shoal off the south end of American Bank, and leads toward Fox 
 Island in not less than 12 fathoms water. 
 
 Coast. — Southwestward of Black Duck Landing the coast con- 
 tinues in cliffs and broken rocky fore shore for 3 J miles to a low 
 bluff named Rocky Point. The whole of this coast, including that 
 to Beach Point, is fairly steep-to, and may be approached to 200 
 yards, except a little SW. of the landing place and a little east of 
 
 ■mMJMi&^:: 
 
 -■iS^^I^S^ZTr :,.?/3.«Sa&,iiS;i:.£ 
 
 [^^Lii^'i'^f^ e i^Wt^ » 
 
MMi 
 
 WEST BAY. 
 
 237 
 
 mtly resorted to 
 with the shore 
 luring southerly 
 ble owing to the 
 nee of any shel- 
 
 ig Point ; within 
 1 has a diameter 
 lly from 4 to 6 
 he least water is 
 [ik, and the other 
 rrying 9 fathoms 
 
 sand, and gravel, 
 its northern end 
 1 ,400 yards wide, 
 
 i miles in length 
 irly 2 miles from 
 
 1 a shallow patch, 
 irater, and on this 
 kter; surrounding 
 
 r he^pd with 7 feet 
 ongue, with 9 feet 
 Long Point shore, 
 her. 
 
 I American Bank, 
 ^er it. 
 
 3 south side of the 
 Shag Island, bear- 
 en the French and 
 it, in line with the 
 ' W. mag.), clears 
 he northern end of 
 e with North Rock 
 Lears the detached 
 leads toward Fox 
 
 ling the coast con- 
 •r 3f miles to a low 
 )ast, including that 
 approached to 200 
 and a little east of 
 
 Rocky Point, where the shore bank reaches off a little, and in the 
 latter case a rocky liead, with 2 fathoms water over it and 3 fathoms 
 around, lies 400 yards from the cliffs. 
 
 Southward of Rocky Point the shore, now low and intersected by 
 some small streams, turns southeastward, forming West Bay. 
 
 West Bay.— The southern portion of this bay is divided into 
 two parts by a rocky spur, the extremity of which is locally known 
 as South Head. Eastward of it is a bight nbout two miles in 
 length by H in width; westward a low fore shore of sand and 
 shingle extends toward Rocky Point. A few settlers reside round 
 this shore, in which there are several small streams, the largest 
 being Harry Brook, 2i miles from South Head, and Victor Brook, 
 li from Rocky Point ; both are reported to afford good fishing. 
 Behind the shore the heavily-wooded hills rise in long sloping 
 ridges to heights of 700 and 800 feet. 
 
 Anchorage.— With the exception of a small patch of 4f fathoms, 
 near its northeastern part. West Bay is quite free from danger and 
 has a general depth of 7 to 9 fathoms, over a mud bottom. North- 
 easterly winds blow strongly into it and raise a sea, especially on 
 the ebb tide, but, as already stated, it offers in bad weather the best 
 anchorage, for large vessels, in Port au Poit. During easterly 
 winds a berth should be taken up in the mid ^le of the bay, but 
 with those fron^ the westward more shelter will be found in West 
 Road, farther SW. 
 
 Pic A Denis (or Head) Harbor is the name given to the bight 
 on the eastern side of South Head. Its western shores are rocky, 
 the wooded hills behind rising steeply to a long ridge extending 
 toward Lower Cove in St. George Bay. 
 
 The head of the bight is low, and flat land extends a little distance 
 back toward the hills; the eastern shore is a low bank of peaty 
 soil, forming the western side of Shoal Point. At the head of the 
 bight and on the western side there are two small streams. A 
 settler's dwelling-storehouse and stage are situated on the western 
 shore, ] ^ miles South of Southhead. 
 
 The flat land at the head of the bay is in some degree cultivated, 
 and a road leads here to Abrahanis Cove in St. George Bay; there 
 is also a path leading to Ship Cove, across the neck formed between 
 the hills, which here slope uown on either side to a comparatively 
 low elevation. A road leading to West Bay is in progress. 
 
 Flats of sand and mud extend off the shores of this harbor for 
 some distance, and as the depth in the center is only 3^ to 4^ fathoms 
 it does not afford anchorage to vessels of more than moderate size, 
 although for these the holding ground is good, and the anchorr.ge 
 secure even during strong northeasterly windt;. 
 
 ■ij.uiWWWiii.i:ijwjM 
 
238 
 
 NEWFOITNDLA NI) — WEST COAST. 
 
 Supplies. — Limited quantities of meat, button, and milk 'nay 
 Bomotimes bo procured. 
 
 Tides. — It is liigh water, full and chango, in Pic & DenJH Harbor 
 at lOh. 20in. ; HpringH rise Ci feet, noaps rise i\ feet; noapu range 
 about 2\ feet. There is considerable diuriuil ineciuality in the 
 height of the tides at Port au Port, consecutive high waters differ- 
 ing as much as 2^ feet, and consecutive low waters 2 feet. 
 
 Tidp^ Streams. — The flood stream runs directly into the harl)or, 
 along the western shore of Shoal Point, both it and the ebb having 
 Hxifficient strength to cause a heavy short sea when the wind is in 
 a contrary direction. i 
 
 Near the extreme of Long Point the ebb stream sometimes runs 
 at the rate of 2 knots an hour, setting along the shore to the NE., 
 and turning westward across the bar, where it causes eddies and 
 overfalls; outside thirt stream runs to the westward. 
 
 Shoal Point, the long projection dividing the lower half of Port 
 au Port into two parts, is a long flat spur extending from the range 
 of hills of which Pierways Hill, over St. George Bay, is the sum- 
 mit. This spur gradually decreases in elevation until, about 2 
 miles within the extreme of the point, it becomes a flat about 16 
 feet above the sea, with straight peaty banks on either shore. The 
 inner part is woode<l, but the outer part, for about 2 miles, is 
 covered with moss and coarse grass. 
 
 A little over ^ mile inside the extreme point the giass-covered 
 bank ceases, the remainder being but a low shelf of sand inclosing 
 muddy spaces into which the tide flows. Off the western side of 
 the point the shoal water shelves away gradually into 6 and G 
 fathoms 850 yards distant, but off the eastern side it extends J mile, 
 and to the northward a large flat of sand, with several bowlders 
 on it that dry, extends, within the 6-fathom line, about 2^ miles. 
 This flat, over the greater part of which there is less that 15 feet 
 water, offers a material obstruction to the navigation between East 
 and West Bays, particularly, in thick weather, as then the ^ow 
 shore of Shoal Point is most difficult to make out, and the lead is 
 the only guide. 
 
 In clear weather the summit of Round Head over the first rise in 
 the trees, just north of Rocky Point, bearing about S. 70° W. (N. 
 82° W. mag.), w\ll clear the north end of the flat; but as this mark 
 leads close to the tail of American Bank, it should not be carried 
 too far in that direction. A better mark, when it can be dis- 
 tinguished, is a flat-topped distant mountain over the low wooded 
 bluff falling into Fox Brook, N. 88° E. (S. 64° E. mag.); this is 
 easily recognized except when the sun is in that direction. 
 
 From a depth of 5 fathoms, at the eastern corner of Shoal Point 
 Flat, depths of 5^ and 5^ fathoms extend in a narrow ridge 
 
8H0AL FOINl' — EAST ROAD. 
 
 239 
 
 , ftud milk 'nay 
 
 A Denis Harbor 
 )et; noapH nu\gv 
 io(iuality in tbo 
 gh watorH diffor- 
 •8 2 feet. 
 
 r inti) the harbor, 
 d the ebb having 
 an the wind is in 
 
 n sometimes runs 
 shore to the NE., 
 :?au8e8 eddies and 
 i,rd. 
 
 lower half of Port 
 ug from the range 
 I Bay, is the sum- 
 on until, about 2 
 les a Hat about 16 
 aither shore. The 
 about 2 miles, is 
 
 the gvass-covered 
 f of sand inclosing 
 ,he western side of 
 ually into 5 and ii 
 ie it extends i mile, 
 I several bowlders 
 lie, about 2i miles. 
 ) is less that 15 feet 
 ;ation between East 
 ir, as then the 'ow 
 out, and the lead is 
 
 over the first rise in 
 iboutS. 70°W. (N. 
 at; but as this mark 
 lould not be carried 
 ?hen it can be dis- 
 )ver the low wooded 
 4° E. mag.) ; this is 
 at direction, 
 orner of Shoal Point 
 in a narrow ridge 
 
 toward tlu) south end of Amorican Bank. A small liuad, with 4 
 fatlionis water over, and <i and 7 fathoms around it, lies l^n miles 
 N. 7H° W. (N. 60° W. mag.) from the end of Shoal Point. 
 
 Coast. — From the extreme of Shoal Point tho roast forming the 
 western sirlo of East Bay extends southward for about 3^ miles in 
 low i)oaty bonks and a narrow sandy beach; thence it turns to the 
 eastward and, after about H miles of sloping shore, becomes rocky 
 and forms, just west of The Gravels, three small deep bays. Be- 
 hind tlio fore shore the land rises gently in more or less wooded 
 slopes to the summit of the ridge extending eastward from Pier- 
 ways Hill. At 3^ miles west^^ard of The Gravels there are a few 
 cottages and a schoolhousw, forming a small settlement named Bos- 
 warlis, where limited supplies of meat, butter, etc., may generally 
 be obtained during the late summer and autumn. 
 
 The Qravels is the name given to the locality in the vicinity 
 of the narrow neck separating Port au Port from St. George Bay ; 
 from one of the lobster factories here there is almost daily com- 
 munication with the several fisheries round the shores of Port au 
 Port by means of small steamers. 
 
 East Bay is more extensive and has deeper water than West 
 Bay, a considerable portion of it having depths of over 20 fathoms. 
 The eastern shore for about 3 miles above The Gravels is tolerably 
 .steep-to, and behind the land rises to a conspicuous ridge or pla- 
 teau, ♦^erminating at its southwestern end in Table Mountain, the 
 highest summit of which attains an elevation of 1,210 feet. North- 
 eastward this plateau rises to 1,360 feet before it gradually falls 
 to the valley of Fox Brook. Its western face is bare, gray rock, 
 which, in contrast with the dark trees on the lower slopes, makes 
 it a conspicuous feature in the landscape. 
 
 There are a few settlers occupied in fishing and farming along 
 this shore, in the neighborhood of a lagoon locally known as Two 
 Guts. 
 
 Anchorage. — The anchoragt off The Gravels is by no means 
 secure, although the bottom is muddy, owing to the deep water 
 running close to the shore, and the consequently heavy sea that 
 sets in during bad weather from the northward or westward. 
 
 Two Guts Barachois, a shallow lagoon on the eastern shore of 
 Port au Port, about 5 miles from The Gravels, is separated from 
 the sea on its western side by a narrow strip of sandy beach. At 
 the southern end there is a narrow opening, but a bar off this dries 
 at low water. 
 
 East Road, just southward of Two Guts Barachois, is probably 
 the best anchorage on this side of the bay during the strong NE. 
 to SE. winds which so frequently blow here. The bottom is mud, 
 and a vessel may take a berth as convenient, but, should the wind 
 
340 
 
 NKWFOIINULAND WKHT COAHT, 
 
 haul to th») Boutliwtvnl, with a fulling l)iiroinrtt(>r, as it usiiully 
 does, it would be prudent to Heok iinchoragti in West Bay. 
 
 Road Point is u long rounded projection of the coaHt, about 7^ 
 miles NNE. of The Gravelw, and H miles from Two Outs Bara- 
 ohois. Its seaward face is composed of steep, rod clay banks, 'M 
 feet high, and behind them the ground is covered with coarse 
 grass and clumps of dead trees. An extensive tract of compara- 
 tively level country, thickly wooded, roaches fnmi Road Point to 
 the high stony plateau already referred to, and is bounded on its 
 northern side by Fox Brook. 
 
 Abreast Road Point the shore bank of 3 fathoms turns off the 
 land and follows the line of shore, at a distance gradually increas- 
 ing to 1,200 yards, closing in again a little northward of Fox 
 Brook. 
 
 Anchorage. — Indifferent anchorage may be obtained north of 
 tliis bank, in 10 fathoms water, over mud, with the entrance to 
 Fox Brook bearing S, 46° W. (S. 17° W. mag.), distant 1,800 
 yards, but it is only safe during southerly and southeasterly winds 
 and with fine weather. 
 
 Fox Brook, the entrance to which lies 1^ miles from Road 
 Point, is the largest stream running into Port au Port, but 
 although the water Inside its mouth is deep enough for a ship's 
 boat, it is fronted by a bar which dries from one to two feet at low 
 water. Another small sti-eam, coming from the NE., flows into 
 the sea through the same outlet. 
 
 A few hundred yards inside its mouth the stream is obstructed 
 by some banks of sand and shingle, as well as by some low marshy 
 islets which extend up for more than a mile ; beyond these the 
 stream turns to the eastward, flowing along the foot of a thickly- 
 wooded ridge, the western angle of which makes, from the west- 
 ward, as a steep wooded bluff. This has been referred to as a 
 leading mark (page 238). 
 
 Ooast. — Northward of Fox Brook the coast is rocky, and con- 
 tinues in low cliffs to the western point of Broad Cove, a distance 
 of 3i miles. It is fairly steep, and may be safely approached to 
 the distance of 600 yards. 
 
 Near the shore there are a few cottages, and the land behind 
 rises, in thickly -wooded slopes, to a considerable elevation. 
 
 Bluff Head is a very conspicuous headland, showing a perpen- 
 dicular cliff to seaward, its summit attaining an elevation of 1,630 
 feet above the sea. From it, and from the higher summits east- 
 ward of it, the hills slope down, forming deep gullies and water- 
 courses toward Broad Cove, a small indentation in the coast line. 
 At the southern side of this cove, near a small stream, there is a 
 cluster of buildings, used at one time as a lobster factory, and 
 
-'MMM 
 
 FOX ISLAND. 
 
 941 
 
 or, as It usually 
 oHt Bay. 
 
 coHHt, libout 7^ 
 Two Guts Bara- 
 d clay bankH, '20 
 ored with coarso 
 tract of compara- 
 m Road Point to 
 is bounded on its 
 
 omH turns off the 
 gradually increaH- 
 orthward of Fox 
 
 obtained north of 
 ;h the entrance to 
 kg,), distant 1,800 
 jutheasterly winds 
 
 miles from Road 
 >ort au Port, but 
 uough for a ship's 
 } to two feet at low 
 be NE., flows into 
 
 bream is obstructed 
 ,y some low marshy 
 ; beyond these the 
 te foot of a thickly- 
 kes, from the west- 
 en referred to as a 
 
 ; is rocky, and con- 
 lad Cove, a distance 
 ifely approached to 
 
 nd the land behind 
 ale elevation, 
 i, showing a perpen- 
 an elevation of 1,630 
 tiigher summits east- 
 ip gullies and water- 
 ion in the coast line, 
 all stream, there is a 
 lobster factory, and 
 
 wliicli iKtw form n dt'fluito mark for cro«8ing tlie bar on a conipaHH 
 hearing. 
 
 Tht) »!ove is foul and rocky, and from its woHtoru point a lodge 
 ext»(ii(l.-t noarly 400 yiirdH, A path h-nds from tiiin locality to the 
 ashoHtoH tiiinos, p llttlo ht«hind Hlulf Hoad, thodistanco by it boing 
 about 1 A rnihw. 
 
 Fox Island, about ^ mile in longth by (100 ynrdH in width, and 
 reacliiiig, iit-ur th« middlo of its hmgtli, a hnight of 14ft teoi, is 
 situated in tlii» iioi'thorn i)art of Port au Port, 4^ niilt's from Long 
 P<iint; th«3 grasHy Hlopo.s on itw woHtoni hU\i\ b«ing in strong con- 
 trawt to tho dark clumps of spruce still standing about its summit, 
 render it conspicuous. 
 
 The southern end is cliffy for abo: t ^ mile, and erst of this a 
 steep bank is fronted by a small shingle bench occupied by the 
 buildings appertaining to a lol)ster factory; beyond this the shoios 
 are rocky with shelving lodges olf tho point.s whii j two stoop bluffs 
 altornatiiig with grassy slopes occupy the we .em sid' South- 
 eastward tlio island is (juito steep-to, and tho same ithwest- 
 ward, outside a steop rock off the extreme end, but i . rho north- 
 ward shoal water extends for some distance. 
 
 Anchorage. — Fairly good anclorago will 1 1 t >und, a little duht- 
 ward of the beacli on the SE, side of the isla.id, in from 11 to 13 
 fathoms water, over mud; but it should not bo resorted to during 
 strong winds between SE. and SW., as then a heavy sea is pro- 
 duced, especially on the flood tide. 
 
 Tides.— It is high water, full and change, at Fo.v Island at lOh. 
 15m. ; springs rise 5k feet, neaps rise af foot; noapa range 2 feet. 
 
 Tidal Stream.— The flood stream sets to the SSW., through the 
 passage between the island and the mainland ; the ebb to the NNE. 
 and across Fox Tail. 
 
 Fox Tail comprises the rocky banks and shoals off the north end 
 of Fox Island. Within a depth of 6 fathoms it extends to 3 miles 
 from the island, with a breadth iie ;i!' its outer part of one mile. 
 
 At 400 yards NE. from the ^E. end of the island there is a 
 ledge 300 yards in length, which dries at low water, and 400 to GOO 
 yards in a northwesterly dir'^^ tion from this are two small rocks 
 awash at low water ; round the outer of these the depths are from 
 3i to 4 fatlioms, outsido ot" which, as well as off tlie long ledge, the 
 bank is (juite steep-to. 
 
 White Rock lies near the outer part of Fox Tail, the least water 
 over it being 7 feet at a distance of l^Sy- miles from tlie island. 
 From this depth the 3-fathom line extends in a northerly direction 
 for 700 yards and toward the island for an equal distance, leaving, 
 between it and the outermost dry rocks mentioned above, a chan- 
 nel 800 yards wide, and carrying 3i and 4 fathoms water. 
 
 
242 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND WEST COAST. 
 
 k 
 
 im 
 
 i'l 
 
 The west extreme of Bear Head, in line with the west extreme 
 of Shag Island, bearing N. 26° E. (N. 54° E. mag.), clears the Fox 
 Tail in not less than 9 fathoms water, and leads through the chan- 
 nel between Fox Island and Road Point. 
 
 North Bock, a small detached rock, 6 feet pliove high water, 
 lies near the edge of the Fox Tail, 900 yards N. 17° W. (N. 11° E. 
 mag.) from the NW. point of Fox Island, and 800 yards N. 88° W. 
 N. 60° W. mag.) distant from it is a detached rock having over it 
 16 feet at low water, with depths of 8 to 10 fathoms around. This 
 rock is in the fairway for vessels passing between American Bank 
 and Fox Island. 
 
 Directions. — In clear weather vessels from the southward in- 
 tending to enter Port au Port may, after passing the village of 
 Black Duck Brook, steer so as to bring the tangent of Cape Cor- 
 morant Cliff just uuLside the western sho"ldfir of Round Head, 
 bearing S. 47° W. (S. 75° W. mag.). This mark should be adhered 
 to by a large vessel until Road Point comes in line with the SW. 
 extreme of Fox Island, S. 10° E. (S. 12° W. mag.), when she may 
 either proceed on that mark or steer across for Broad Cove. 
 
 Smaller vessels may haul in across the bar in about 6 fathoms 
 water when the houses in Broad Cove bear S. 56° E. (S. 28° E. 
 mag.), or when the highest summit, immediately south of Bluff 
 Head, comes over the lovr part of the southwestern slope of the 
 Bluff Head Cliff, about S. 62° E. (S. 34° E. mag.). 
 
 If desirous of proceeding to West Bay, the mark, Road Point in 
 line with the SW. extreme of Fox Island, should be steered on 
 until the left extreme of the hills forming the south side of the 
 valley, behind Bear Head, is just open westward of Shag Island, 
 bearing N. 44° E. (N. 72° E. mag.); this will lead between French 
 and American Banks and down to West Bay. 
 
 If wishing to anchor off the fishing station, inside Long Point, 
 a vessel crossing the bar as advised above may haul to the south- 
 ward when the stony projection of Beach Point comes open, bear- 
 ing S. 38° W. (S. 66° W. mag.), and, giving the shore a berth of 
 about 400 yards, anchor as convenient, observing that soundings 
 of over 10 fathoms will indicate that French Bank has been passed. 
 
 Should a vessel desire to proceed to The Gravels, it would be 
 prudent, if of deep draft, to steer acros« toward Broad Cove until 
 the west extreme of Bear Head comes in line with the west extreme 
 of Shag Island, bearing N. 28° E. (N. 56° E. mag.). This mark 
 will lead clear of the Fox Island Shoals, and also of the shoal water 
 off Road Point ; when the latter has been passed, a course may be 
 shaped for the isthmus. 
 
 To pass between Fox Island and American Bank, a small vessel 
 may take the channel eastward of the 16-foot patch off North Rock 
 
BLUFF HEAD MOUNT BARREN. 
 
 248 
 
 he west extreme 
 ), clears the Fox 
 rough the chan- 
 
 Dve high water, 
 r W. (N. 11° E. 
 yards N. 88° W. 
 k having over it 
 ns around. This 
 . American Bank 
 
 le southward in- 
 ng the village of 
 ;ent of Cape Cor- 
 of Round Head, 
 hould be adhered 
 ine with the SW. 
 .), when she may 
 road Cove. 
 I about 6 fathoms 
 56° E. (S. 28° E. 
 ly south of Bluff 
 item slope of the 
 
 irk. Road Point in 
 Lild be steered on 
 I south side of the 
 fd of Shag Island, 
 id between French 
 
 nside Long Point, 
 haul to the south- 
 , comes open, bear- 
 e shore a berth of 
 ing that soundings 
 ik has been passed, 
 -ravels, it would be 
 d Broad Cove until 
 th the west extreme 
 mag.). This mark 
 10 of the shoal water 
 ed, a course may be 
 
 iank, a small vessel 
 atch off North Rock 
 
 by keeping on the line of Road Point touching the SW. extreme of 
 Fox Island, bearing S. 16° E. (S. 12° W. mag.), until North Rock 
 comes in line with the western point of Broad Cove, N. 69° E. (S. 
 83° E. mag.), then hauling to the SW., toward the western part 
 of East Bay, until Fox Island is passed, when a course may be 
 shaped for the isthmus. 
 
 For a large vessel this passage is not advisable, as the tide runs 
 strongly at times, and the passage, with a depth of 5 fathoms, is 
 only 300 yards wide. There is no good mark available for passing 
 between the 16-foot patch and American Bank. The chart and 
 soundings must, therefore, be the only guide. 
 
 (B. A. Chart No. 2876.) 
 
 Coast. — From Bluff Head a cliffy coast line, backed by high, 
 rocky hills and deep gullies, extends in a northerly direction for 
 about 2 miles to a rounded point, off which there is a conspicuous 
 pinnacle rock ;i2 feet high. This portion of the shore is steep-to 
 and may be safely approached to 400 yards, but in strong offshore 
 winds the neighborhood of Bluff Head is subject to squalls of 
 great violence, and, under these circumstances, sailing vessels 
 should keep some distance from the land. 
 
 Immediately north of Bluff' Head Cliff", and on the face of the 
 steep, wooded, slope, ^ mile back from the shore, are the houses 
 occupied by the workmen employed in the asbestus mines now 
 being developed in the vicinity. 
 
 From abreast the pinnacle rock above mentioned the coast, turn- 
 ing a little to the eastward, continues for 1^ miles to Lewis Brook, 
 where the cliffs cease, being here replaced by a more or less steep 
 clay bank, with a general height of about 70 feet. 
 
 From Lewis Brook the coast turns again a little to the north- 
 ward, and continues in the bank above mentioned and fronted by 
 a stojy beach to Deadmans Brook, a small stream coming from a 
 deep gully in the cliffy ranges, which here run parallel to the 
 shore, \ mile distant. Behind these the land rises, in bare and 
 scrub-covered hills, to a height of 2,700 feet. 
 
 From Deadmans Brook the same coast features prevail for 3^ 
 miles to Rope Cove. At 1^ miles from the former is Molly Ann 
 Cove, where another small stream flows into the sea and there are 
 one or two huts occupied during the summer by fishermen. The 
 whole of the shore, from Lewis Brook northward, is fronted by a 
 bank of sand, stones, and rocks, the 3-fathom line extending to a 
 distance of 400 yards from the beach. 
 
 Behind Molly Ann Cove the high range of hills turns abruptly 
 to the eastward, and near the angle thus formed is a high conspicu- 
 ous summit, named Mount Barren, showing a bare perpendicular 
 
 MMH 
 
IIW 
 
 244 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND WEST COAST. 
 
 M 
 
 'if 
 
 
 cliff to seaward. At ^ mile northward of Mount Barren there is a 
 detached summit, 1,530 feet in height, which shows a conical peak 
 when seen from the eastward, and forms a useful leading mark for 
 clearing the Long Ledge and Round Reef. 
 
 Shag Islar d lies abreast Deadmans Brook, 1^ miles distant- It 
 is i mile in length NNE. and SSW., by -jV of a mile in width, and 
 rises, in broken cliffs, to a height of 180 feet. It is quite steep- 
 to on the southeastern side, and off its northwestern side shoal 
 water extends for only a short distance, but the southwestern ex- 
 treme should not be approached within 200 yards. The summit of 
 the island is covered with coarse grass and slopes toward the north- 
 ern end, on the east side of which there is a good landing place for 
 boats. 
 
 Anchorage. — Between the island and the mainland there is a 
 good clear channel, and during fine weather very fair anchorage 
 may be found off its northern side in 12 fathoms water. 
 
 Round Beef; the top of which lies 2 miles S. 70° W. (N. 82° W. 
 mag.) from the summit of Shag Island, is a dangerous rocky ledge, 
 having only 4 feet at low water over its shoalest part ; it breaks 
 very heavily in bad weather. From this spot the ledge extends in 
 a southwesterly direction, the limit of 3 fathoms being ^ mile dis- 
 tant. Northeastward from the shoalest spot the 3-fathom line is 
 i mile distant, while depths of 5^ and 6 fathoms extend nearly 
 across to Long Ledge. 
 
 The conical peak (see top of page) in line with the northern 
 extreme of Shag Island, bearing N. 77° E. (S. 76° E. mag.), clears 
 Round Reef, passing to the northward; and the snout of Bear 
 Head in line with the inner summit of Little Port Head, about N. 
 30° E. (N. 58° E. mag.), leads midway between the reef and Shag 
 Island. 
 
 Shoals. — At 1^ miles from the top of Round Reef in a south- 
 westerly direction, and 2f miles from the Pinnacle Rtjck, there is a 
 small shoal, with 4i fathoms water over it, and 5 to 6 fathoms 
 around ; aad one mile in a northerly direction from Round Reef, 
 there is another small patch, on which the depth is 5 fathoms, and 
 5^ to 6 fathoms between it and the reef. 
 
 Long Ledge is a long narrow ledge of rock extending in the 
 line of Long Point and separated from it by a channel 3f miles 
 wide, having in it depths of from 6 to 9 fathoms. The middle of 
 the ledge lies 4f miles off the main shore, 3i miles from Shag 
 Island, and 2 miles from the top of Round Reef. Its total length, 
 inside the depth of 3 fathoms, is 3^ miles ; a portion of it, 1^ miles 
 in length and with an average breadth of less than 100 yards, dries 
 at low water, and on this are some small detached patches and 
 bowlders from 4 to 6 feet above high water. 
 
 B ! iil-Mt I 
 
LONG LEDGE COAL EIVER. 
 
 245 
 
 Barren there is a 
 ws a conical peak 
 leading mark for 
 
 miles distant. It 
 lile in width, and 
 
 It is quite steep- 
 '^estern side shoal 
 
 southwestern ex- 
 3, The sunamit of 
 toward the north- 
 [ landing place for 
 
 inland there is a 
 iry fair anchorage 
 i water. 
 
 70° W. (N. 82° W. 
 ;erous rocky ledge, 
 st part; it breaks 
 le ledge extends in 
 s being i mile dis- 
 e 3-fathom line is 
 oms extend nearly 
 
 with the northern 
 5° E. mag.), clears 
 the snout of Bear 
 ort Head, about N. 
 . the refjf and Shag 
 
 J Reef in a south- 
 cle Rock, there is a 
 nd 5 to 6 fathoms 
 from Round Reef, 
 h is 5 fathoms, and 
 
 k extending in the 
 a channel 3f miles 
 ns. The middle of 
 3i miles from Shag 
 f . Its total length, 
 ^rtion of it, li miles 
 iian 100 yards, dries 
 tached patches and 
 
 From the southwestern end of this dry portion a long and dan- 
 gerous tongue of shoal water exten«ls for nearly 2 miles, at the 
 northeastern end of which the 5-fathom line is ^ mile from the 
 rocks. 
 
 Although Long Ledge is generally visible from some distance, 
 owing to the breakers, at spring tides with very calm weather it 
 may not be seen. Mount Virgin, kept well open of Bear Head, 
 bearing N. 46° E. (N. 73° E. mag.), leads west in from 11 to 13 
 fathoms water; and the conical peak, near Mount Barren, over the 
 center of Shag Island N. 72° E. (S. 80° E. mag.), clears the south- 
 western extreme in depths of from 6 to 7 fathoms, but this mark, 
 leading on to the northeast *irn edge of Round Reef, should not be 
 continued on too far. 
 
 Anchorage. — Long Ledge is fairly steep on its eastern and 
 western sides, and during northwesterly winds good anchorage 
 may be obtained under its lee, in from 8 to 10 fathoms water. 
 
 Rope Cove, a small indentation where there is a stream a ^d a 
 few buildings used by fishermen during the summer, has indifferent 
 landing, although there is sometimes less swell at the head of the 
 bight than on the adjoining coast. At 1^ miles southwestward 
 and 800 yards from the shore, there is a patch of stouPd and bowl- 
 ders, on which the depth is 20 feet. 
 
 Coal River lies If miles northeastward of Rope Cove, the shore 
 between comprising a narrow stony beach, backed by low cliffs, 
 behind which there are extensive marshy barrens with numerous 
 small ponds and occasional clumps of trees. 
 
 The entrance to the river is at the eastern side of a bight in the 
 shore line and close to a remarkable detached rock, 77 feet high, 
 locally known as the Friar. 
 
 On a sandy spit, projecting from the cliff, on the northeastern 
 side of the entrance, there are several houses, only occupied during 
 the summer by fishermen from Bay of Islands. 
 
 The river entrance has a bar, nearly dry at low water, but inside 
 this the stream is about 100 yards wide, with a deep channel run- 
 ning up to the first bend, ^ mile from the mouth. At ^ mile be- 
 yond this a small stream flows in frr ja the NE., and here the bed 
 of the river is obstructed by banks • i gravel and stones. With a 
 bend to the SE. and east the c^tream gets narrower and more 
 obstructed to a distance of about 2 miles from the sea, when it 
 again becomes wider and deeper, and some 5 or 6 miles back it 
 opens into a series of extensive ponds. The fishermen living at the 
 entrance carry their small boats to the rapids (about 2 miles up) 
 during freshets, and are there able to reach these ponds at any 
 time for hunting and fishing. 
 
 J 
 
246 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND WEST COAST. 
 
 « fer* 
 
 Anchorage. — The 6-fathom limit extends ^ mile from the shore 
 off the mouth of Coal Riv«r, and outside it there is indifferent 
 anchorage, but only during fine weather, for even with strong 
 southeasterly winds there is usually a heavy ground swell, which 
 becomes an ugly sea when the wind hauls to the westward. 
 
 (B. A. Chart No. 2884.) 
 
 Coast. — From Fish Head, the corner of the bight of Coal River, 
 to Bear Head the coast is composed of cliffs more or less broken at 
 first and then higher and more formidable as the land rises behind; 
 these cliffs are quite steep-to and may be approached closely in 
 fine weather, but in bad weather the heavy sea above referred to 
 appears to be even heavier ir this locality. 
 
 Off Coal River Head, li miles from Fish Head, there is a bank, 
 
 with 8 fathoms water over it, about 1^ miles in length and the 
 
 same distance from the cliffs; between, the depths ara from 15 to 
 
 16 fathoms. 
 
 (H.O. Chart No. 597*.) 
 
 Bear Head is very conspicuous when seen from the southwest- 
 ward, assuming, from that view, the form of a crouching animal. 
 A remarkable projecting mass of rock on its northern summit re- 
 sembles the ears, and a conspicuous perpendicular cliff, partially 
 detached from the shore underneath, has the appearance of an up- 
 turned snout. 
 
 The northern summit is 1,210 feet above the sea, falling in a 
 perpendicular cliff; the southern summit is 1,255 feet high, but 
 being fronted by a shelf of sloping ground terminating in a low 
 cliff, its appearance, when passing, is not so striking. Behind, the 
 summits of the head slope rapidly down to the Coal River Valley, 
 in which there are several ponds. 
 
 Eastward of this valley the broken, barren-looking hills rise to a 
 considerable elevation, the two rounded summits lying in a 8E. by 
 E. direction from Bear Head being conspicuous from seaward. 
 
 Depths Oflf Shore.— The line of 20 fathoms passes Long Point 
 at a distance of about 3 miles, and continues to abreast the southern 
 summit of Bear Head, when it rapidly approaches the shore. One 
 mile inside this line, in the neighborhood of Long Point, a long 
 narrow tongue, with 8 to 10 fathoms water over it, extends to 
 abreast the dry portion of Long Ledge. Outside there is an ex- 
 tensive flat with depths of 21 to 25 fathoms over it, and having 
 some irregulai- ridges of 18 to 20 fathoms. Abreast of Long Ledge 
 this flat reaches off to a distance of 22 miles from the main shore, 
 and about 13 iniles outside Long Point. Here the depths gradu- 
 ally increase and the deeper water approaches the land in an east- 
 erly direction. 
 
 ii 
 
BEAR COVE — SOUTH HEAD. 
 
 247 
 
 e from the shore 
 ire is indifferent 
 ven with strong 
 and swell, which 
 westward. 
 
 ht of Coal River, 
 or less broken at 
 md rises behind ; 
 >ached closely in 
 ibove referred to 
 
 , there is a bank, 
 L length and the 
 IS are from 15 to 
 
 oa the southwest- 
 rouching animal, 
 them summit re- 
 ar cliff, partially 
 earance of an up- 
 
 ) sea, falling in a 
 155 feet high, but 
 Qinating in a low 
 ing. Behind, the 
 oal River Valley, 
 
 dng hills rise to a 
 lying in a SE, by 
 from seaward, 
 passes Long Point 
 reast the southern 
 }s the shore. One 
 lOng Point, a long 
 ver it, extends to 
 ie there is an ex- 
 rer it, and having 
 ast of Long Ledge 
 m the main shore, 
 the depths gradu- 
 le land in an east- 
 
 Bear Oove, on the north side of Bear Hoad, contains two yel- 
 lowish rocky islets, that are scarcely seen against low cliff of the 
 same color, forming the bottom of the cove. 
 
 Mount Virgin, 1,590 feet high, is a remarkable isolated column 
 on the coast range, 6 miles from Bear Head, forming a good mark 
 of recognition for this vicinity. Wild Cove (Capelan Bay) is at 
 the south extreme of a high peninsula, 754 feet high, the north ex- 
 treme of which is Vide Bouteille Cape; the bay has a beach of 
 broken white coral. 
 
 Little Port extends 600 yards SSE. from Vide Bouteille Cape, 
 is narrowed to 100 yards in the entrance, and expands at the head 
 to 200 yards wide. It is frequented until 20th June by French 
 fishing vessels that moor head and stern, and leave to follow the 
 codfish that disappear about that time from this neighborhood. 
 
 Anchorage for small vessels may be obtained in 2^ fathoms 
 watfir. nvf^r sand and mud, but SW. and SE. winds are accom- 
 panied by violent squalls, and north winds bring a sea into the 
 harbor, so that the entrance is dangerous for boats always, and for 
 vessels in spring and autumn. 
 
 Tides.— It is high water, full and change, at Little Port at lOh. 
 42m. ; springs rise 5i feet. 
 
 Woody Bay, i mile from Little Port, is about 400 yards in 
 diameter, and. only suitable for boats, and they even experience 
 considerable difficulty in entering with westerly winds. 
 
 Miranda Cove, a small-boat creek with a fishing establishment, 
 is 300 yards north of Woody Bay. 
 
 Bay of Islands.— This extensive inlet is one of the most pic- 
 turesque localities in Newfoundland, from the high hills surround- 
 ing, the steep, high islands within, and the deep and tortuous arms 
 which trend from it. 
 
 Communication.— The Newfoundland, Northern and Western 
 Railway skirts the south shore of Humber Arm between Brake 
 Point and Birchy Cove, and the Costal Steamship Company's 
 steamer calls fortnightly at some of the ports in the Bay of 
 Islands. 
 
 Ice.— The most of the arms in the Bay of Islands freeze between 
 20th December and 20th January, and break up suddenly between 
 20th April and 10th May ; field ice clears away early or late in May, 
 according to the season. 
 
 Devil Head, 1| miles southwestward of South Head, rises in 
 black perpendicular cliffs to an elevation of 815 feet, but the 
 inshore slope of the headland is covered with grass, which shows 
 in vivid contrast to the dark cliffs. 
 
 South Head, bold-to and falling in steep black cliffs, has 
 several pinnacles of light-colored rock situated at the base, the 
 
248 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND — WEST COAST. 
 
 highest, 110 feet high, named The Monkey, being at the north 
 ttxtreme. 
 
 South Head trends SE. by E. to White Point, and thence south 
 If miles to the entrance of Lark Harbor. 
 
 Lark Mountain, 1,583 feet high, is the summit of the promon- 
 tory terminating in South Head. 
 
 Guernsey Island, 1,053 feet high, is the southern of the group 
 lying in the entrance to the Bay of Islands ; it is mostly barren, 
 but there are a few trees near the south extreme, where is the best 
 landing place in ordinary weather. 
 
 Tweed Island, separated from the north extreme of Guernsey 
 Island by a clear passage f mile wide, has a bare summit, 702 feet 
 high, falling in black perpendicular cliffs to the north shore. 
 
 A round rock, 2 feet above high water, lies close to the SW. 
 extreme of Tweed Island, and a rock, that uncovers 4 feet at low 
 water, lies nearly 200 yards southwest ward of the round rock. 
 
 During the summer temporary huts are built on the east shore 
 for the accommodation of fishermen. 
 
 Anchorage. — Temporary anchorage, on the east side, may be 
 obtained off the cove between Grassy and Little Grassy Islands, 
 in from 9 to 12 fathoms water, and also off the cove on the north 
 shore, in from 8 to 11 fathoms, but a heavy sea rises rapidly with 
 westerly winds. 
 
 Hen Island, nearly 800 yards north from the NW. extreme of 
 Tweed Island, is covered with grass and surmounted by a round 
 hummock 222 feet high. 
 
 A rock, with 4 feet water on it, lies 865 yards S. 77° E. (S. 49° E. 
 mag.) from the south extreme of Hen Island. 
 
 Green Island, also known as Woody Island, is surmounted by 
 a round hill 415 feet high, covered with moss at the summit ; there 
 is a small cove on the west side of this island, containing several 
 rocks. ' 
 
 Saddle Island, formerly known as Shag Rocks, is ^ mile from 
 the north extreme of Green Island, and formed by two masses of 
 rock, connected by a narrow ridge; the southern, 170 feet high, is 
 round and covered with grass and a few stunted trees, while the 
 northern is bare and rugged, with a square pillar 150 feet high on 
 the north side, which is prominent when seen from the eastward 
 or westward. 
 
 Gregory Island, 245 feet high, is nearly 2 miles NE. by N. 
 from Saddle Island, the channel between being free from danger. 
 
 A pinnacle of rock, 52 feet high, lies 150 yards south westward 
 of Gregory Island, and is nearly joined to it by reefs at low water, 
 and close SW. of this pinnacle is a small round islet. 
 
rig at the north 
 
 md thence south 
 
 t of the promon- 
 
 ern of the group 
 8 mostly barren, 
 where is the best 
 
 eme of Guernsey 
 summit, 702 feet 
 [lorth shore, 
 slose to the SW. 
 iTers 4 feet at low 
 ls round rcV, 
 on the east shore 
 
 jast side, may be 
 le Grassy Islands, 
 cove on the north 
 rises rapidly with 
 
 3 NW. extreme of 
 lunted by a round 
 
 S. 77° E. (S. 49° E. 
 
 is surmounted by 
 the summit; there 
 containing several 
 
 3ks, is i mile from 
 L by two masses of 
 n, 170 feet high, is 
 ;ed trees, while the 
 ar 150 feet high on 
 from the eastward 
 
 1 miles NE. by N. 
 f free from danger, 
 rds southwestward 
 reefs at low water, 
 L islet. 
 
 PEARL ISLAND. 
 
 249 
 
 Brandies Rocks, a cluster 250 yards in diameter, the center of 
 which is t mile N. 30° E. (N. 58° E. mag.) from the east extreme 
 of Gregory Island, shows by breakers with a slight swell and the 
 easternmost uncovers 2 feet at low water. The NE. extreme of 
 Saddle Island, open west of Gregory Island, bearing S. 17° W. (S. 
 45° W. mag.), leads west; and Little Shag Rock, in line with the 
 middle of the entrance to Lark Harbor, S. 15° W. (8. 43° W. mag.), 
 leads between the rocks and the mainland. 
 
 '.Pearl Island, the largest of the group in the entrance to Bay of 
 Islands, is 845 feet high. Four curious pillars (the highest of 
 which is 597 feet above high water) stand on the east side of the 
 island, on the north side of a deep valley which divides them from 
 the hill over the south extreme. Shivery Point, the north extreme, 
 has a rock, with 5 feet water on it, 200 yards eastward of it. 
 
 Big Island Cove, on the NE. side of the island, has small beaches 
 of shingle at the head, on whif^h hnts nre btiilt in summer for the 
 temporary accommodation of the fishermen who frequent the cove. 
 The water is deep, except close to the shore, preventing any but 
 small vessels from anchoring off this cove. 
 
 Olou^ Patches.— A rock, with 4 feet water on it, lies near the 
 west extreme of a bank, having over it depths of less than 10 
 fathoms, and extending ^ mile westward from the west side of 
 Pearl Island. •• 
 
 A rock, with 7 feet water over it, lies 265 yards from the above- 
 mentioned rock in the direction of the waterfall. 
 
 A bank, with 5i fathoms water on its south end, lies 1,700 yards 
 westward from the north extreme of Pearl Island. 
 
 Shag Rocks consist of two groups; the northern cluster com- 
 priHes a round islet 20 feet high, lying ^ mile S. 54° E. (S. 26° E. 
 mag.) from the SE. extreme of Pearl Island, with low rocks extend- 
 ing 100 yards northwestward and 300 yards southeastward from 
 it; the southern group consists of a flat bare islet, 19 feet high, 
 lying 800 yards S. 24° E. (S. 4° W. mag.) from the highest of the 
 northern group, with low reefs extending 200 yards to the north- 
 westward and eastward for a distance of 700 yards from it. 
 
 Lark Harbor, 2i miles from South Head, is formed by a long 
 peninsula, the summit of which. Mount Tortoise, is a round hill 
 787 feet above high water. The harbor stretches to 1^ miles to the 
 southwestward with a slight bend, is i mile wide, and has several 
 houses and piers on the north shore. Low Point, where a church 
 is in course of construction, is on the north shore, one mile within 
 the entrance, and has a spit of shingle, which dries in places, 
 extending from it about i mile SSW. Low Island, small and 3 
 feet high, is on this spit; and at 600 yards eastward of Low Island 
 shoal water extends about 300 yards from the north shore. 
 
ilM 
 
 250 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND — WEST COAST. 
 
 Beacons. — Two beacons, erected on the southern shore of the 
 harbor, when in line, bearing 8. 60° W. (S. 78° W. mag.), lead into 
 the inner harbor. 
 
 Anchorage may be obtained in 13 fathoms water, over mud, 
 about 300 yards NW. of Rocky Point, or farther SW. in Ci falih- 
 oms, mud, with excellent holding ground ; winds from NE. bri ng 
 a little sea into this anchorage, and heavy squalls sweep down 
 Lark Mountain with south and SW. winds, so that South Hoad 
 should not be approached too closely. 
 
 Tides,— It is high water, full and change, in Lark Harbor at 
 lOh. (approximate) ; springs rise 6 feet, neaps rise 6 feet. 
 
 York Harbor, south of Mount Tortoise, is between it and the 
 foot of Blow-mo-down, a conspicuous hill. The anchorage is 
 sheltered by Governor Island, lying nearly in the center. Sword 
 Point, the west extreme of the island, is a small projection with a 
 sand spit 300 yards from it, and the next point south of Sword 
 Point is shallow 400 yards from the shore. 
 
 Governor Island is wooded on the shores, but inland there is a 
 large marsh with a lake and some ponds, and a few tufts of trees 
 rise above this marsh, the highest being 95 feet above high wat(jr. 
 
 Anchorage may bo obtained, in from 6 to 11 fathoms water, 
 between the SW. side of Governor Island and the mainland, with 
 perfect shelter, but heavy squalls come from Blow-me-down with 
 southerly winds. 
 
 Seal Island, 75 feet high and nearly joined to the NE. extreme 
 of Governor Island, is continued eastward 200 yards by rocks awash 
 at low water, 
 
 Blow-me-down, 2,125 feet high, falls almost perpendicularly 
 from the summit; and then in a steep wooded slope from the base 
 of the cliffs to the shore. The rauge trends to the southeastward 
 in a line of cliffs, from the foot of which long slopes, covered with 
 shingle or scrubby wood, descend to the valley at the base. 
 
 A deep valley extends to the southeastward at the base of the 
 slopes from these cliffs, down which flows Bear Deadfall Brook, a 
 considerable stream. 
 
 A small yellow rock, 6 feet high, lies 150 yards from the shore, 
 at 800 yards westward of the mouth of this brook. 
 
 Anchorage. — Temporary anchorage may be obtained north of 
 Bear Deadfall Brook, in 9 fathoms water, at i mile from the shore. 
 
 Frenchman Oove, situated immediately westward of the en- 
 trance to Humber Arm, is bold-to on its west shore, but from the 
 mouth of the brook at the head to the east entrance point a sand 
 bank and bowlders line the shore, extending nearly 160 yards from 
 the high- water line ; a small settlement with a few gardens is sit- 
 uated here. 
 
 . J 
 
iheni shore of tlie 
 7. mag.), lead iato 
 
 ■water, over mud, 
 ar SW. in H fat-h- 
 Isfrom NE. bring 
 lualls sweep down 
 I that South Hoad 
 
 n Lark Harbor at 
 ise 5 feet. 
 
 )etween it and the 
 The anchorage is 
 he center. Sword 
 il projection with a 
 it south of Sword 
 
 t inland there ia a 
 I few tufts of trees 
 above high watijr. 
 I 11 fathoms water, 
 the mainland, with 
 31ow-me-down with 
 
 to the NE. extreme 
 ardii by rocks awash 
 
 ost perpendicularly 
 slope from the base 
 5 the southeastward 
 slopes, covered with 
 f at the base. 
 
 at the base of the 
 IT Deadfall Brook, a 
 
 trds from the shore, 
 
 rook. 
 
 »e obtained north of 
 
 : mile from the shore. 
 
 ivestward of the en- 
 shore, but from the 
 
 .trance point a sand 
 
 learly 150 yards from 
 a few gardens is sit- 
 
 mm 
 
 ANCHORAGES. 
 
 251 
 
 Anchorage.— Anchorage may be obtained in from 11 to i:j 
 fathoms water, over mud, off the east side of the bank of shingle 
 at the liend. 
 
 Lower Frenchman Head, also known as Spurn Point, falls 
 from an earth cliff 45 feet higli, and is continued by a reef 05 yards 
 northward of the high-water line, falling quickly to deep wa' ir ; 
 from this point the coast trends sharply south to the entrance of 
 Humber Arm. 
 
 Tides.— It id high water, full and change, in Frencliman Cove 
 at lOh. ; springs rise 6 feet, neaps rise 5 feet; neaps range 3^ feet. 
 
 Humber Arm, a picturesque branch of the sea extending 6 
 miles southeastward, and thence eastward for 7 miles, has, with a 
 few exceptions, bold shores and deep water, affording good an- 
 chorage in a few localities only. 
 
 The banks, generally, slope steeply from wooded hills, on the 
 sides of which houses are built and fields cultivated, the soil being 
 said to be aunie of Lho richest in Newfoundland. 
 
 Frenchman Head falls in a steep cliff 320 feet high. 
 
 Coast.- The coast from Frenchman Head trends to the south- 
 ward .3i miles to Benoit Cove. Nearly midway is a church with 
 a small tower, situated close to the shore, . ad a small settlement 
 is built at Johns Beach, i mile southward of the church; from Fox 
 Point, on the south side of Benoit Cove, the coast trends southeast- 
 ward for one mile to Halfway Point. 
 
 Benoit Cove, formed by a curve in the coast fronting a deep 
 valley that is drained by a considerable stream, has a moderately 
 large settlement, a large storehouse in the eastern part of the cove, 
 and at the head a wooden church with a small spire; shoal water 
 extends for about 200 yards off the mouth of the stream. 
 
 Anchorages.— Anchorage may be obtained 200 yards from the 
 east shore, between the large storehouse and Fox Point, in from 10 
 to 17 fathoms water. 
 
 The best anchorage in Humber Arm is off the shore, between 
 Fox and Halfway Points, depths of 10 fathoms being found at 400 
 yards, and of 20 fathoms at 600 yards off the shore. 
 
 A reef extends 300 yards from the shore, at 1,300 yards SE. of 
 Fox Point, and is the only danger in the vicinity. The house on 
 the west side of Cook Cove, open east of Halfway Point, bearing 
 S. 38° E. (S. 10° E. mag.), leads eastward of this reef. 
 
 Ice.— Humber Arm freezes about 26th December, and is gen- 
 erally completely closed by ice, from 1^ to 3 feet in thickness, from 
 the end of December to the end of April. Field ice appears about 
 1st January and disappears about 15th April; the first vessel gen- 
 erally arrives about 12th May, the last vessel leaving about 1st 
 January. 
 
 14910 17 
 
 /.':-' 
 
252 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND WKST COAST. 
 
 Pleasant Cove, ^ mil^s SE. of Halfway Point, awd dividt^d 
 from Hiinimtytio Covo doso west of it l)y u blutT point, is 400 ynnla 
 wi»lo and '^00 yards doop; a shoal surrounds tho head at 100 yards 
 distant fiom the shore. 
 
 From tho oastorn ontranco point a wharf projects to the north- 
 ward, at winch tlio local mail steanuT discharges her cargo; to tlin 
 eastward of this wharf a rock and shual water extend, 160 yards 
 from sliore. 
 
 Oommunlcatlon. — Tlie telegraph office in connection with the 
 Ai)g]'>-American Com])any is in the c<nirthou80, a white wooden 
 building on the summit of the slope to the southward of the 
 magistrate's liouse. 
 
 Anchorage. — Anchorage for small vessels may he obtained off 
 Bannatyne and Pleasant Coves, in 10 fathoms water, or less as con- 
 venient, tho former depth being found at a little more tlian 200 
 yards from shore. 
 
 Birchy Cove, a nmall curve in the cofi"t nbouf 1+ milos onstward 
 of Pleasant Covo, niay bo recognized by a church, a wooden build- 
 ing painted white, with a small spire, and the parsonage, a large 
 two-storied house with a clock in the gable end facing the river; 
 there is no danger beyond a short distance fnnn shore of this covo. 
 
 Communication. — Railway to St. Johns and Port Basque. 
 
 Supplies. — Fresh provisions can bo obtained at Birchy Cove. 
 
 Anchorage. — Anchorage may be obtained off Birchy Cove as 
 convenient, dej)ths of 10 fathoms being found at 335 yards, and of 
 20 fathoms at 400 yards from shore. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Birchy Cove at 
 lOh. 26m. ; springs rise 5 feet, neaps rise 3^ feet ; neaps range 2| 
 feet. 
 
 Corner Brook, 1\ miles eastward of Birchy Cove, is shoal to the 
 line of De Grouchy Point, the west entrance point, and the wharf, 
 that projects i mile from the sawmill at the mouth of the brook. 
 There is a depth of 15 feet alongside the wharf at low water, deep- 
 ening rapidly to 5 fathoms. A considerable settlement is built 
 near the sawndll. 
 
 Humber River. — The Bar, a shallow flat, with two rocks, awash 
 at low water, situated close to its north extreme, extends f mile 
 from the head of Humber Arm and falls suddenly to deep water. 
 
 Great cavtion should be used in approaching tlie Bar, as the lead 
 gives but little indication of the immediate approach. 
 
 Three streams discharge into the head of Humber Arm. The 
 deepest and southernmost, named the Humber, which is the second 
 largest river in Newfoundland, flows from Deer Pond, and is nav- 
 igable for boats when the stream is not too strong. Large rafts of 
 timber are floated down this stream from the neighborhood of Grand 
 Pond. 
 
ANCIIOUAOKM. 
 
 2r>.'i 
 
 nt, ami dividtnl 
 )uit, is 400 yards 
 load at 100 yards 
 
 )ct8 to the north- 
 lior cargo ; 
 xtend, IBO yards 
 
 mection with the 
 
 a white wooden 
 
 luthward of the 
 
 ,y be obtained off 
 ,ter, or less as con- 
 le more than 200 
 
 ■j^ TTiilew eastward 
 1, a wooden build- 
 arsonage, a large 
 facing the river; 
 shore of this cove. 
 Port Basque, 
 at Birchy Cove, 
 ff Birchy Cove as 
 , 335 yards, and of 
 
 n Birchy Cove at 
 t; neaps range 2 J 
 
 ove, is shoal to the 
 nt, and the wharf, 
 )uth of the brook, 
 low water, deep- 
 ettlement is built 
 
 h two rocks, awash 
 ne, extends i mile 
 nly to deep water. 
 he Bar, as the lead 
 •oach. 
 
 umber Arm. The 
 which is the second 
 Pond, and is nav- 
 ig. Large rafts of 
 hborhood of Grand 
 
 The hills betwoon Humbor River and Wild Covo are flat-topped, 
 and in terraces, attaining ati ch^vation of I, I BO f(<et, the rock on the 
 wt>st(trn face sliowiug a deep 1)luc color in ordinary weather. The 
 west point of Wild Cove is forn»ed by earth cliffs about 60 feet higli, 
 fronting a table-land of good soil, which extends to the base of the 
 hills. 
 
 Between Wild Cove and Hughes Brook is a wedge-Hhape<l wooded 
 hill, !»43 Lot high, falling steeply to the eastward, with a smaller 
 wooded mound 160 feet liigh to tlie southward. 
 
 Tucker Head, a mound 131 f(s high, is situated on the north 
 shore about a mile fnmi the numth of Hughes Brook. 
 
 Irishtown consists of a conspicuous whito house and a few other 
 smaller buihlings situated round a snmll cove westward of Tucker 
 Head. Inner Aspen Point is the west extreme of this cove. 
 
 Petitpas Cove, S mile westward of Rood Point, has a consider- 
 able settlement round the shores, and a wooden church, painted 
 white, with a opue. Tliere is also a sawmill and several wharves. 
 
 Anchorage. — There are no dangers beyond a short distance from 
 shore, and anchorage may be obtained in Petitpas Cove, in from 13 
 to 19 fathoms water, depths of 20 fathoms being found at \ mile 
 from shore, but the holding ground is not very good. The best 
 anchorage is with the church bearing about N. 61° E. (N. 89° E. 
 mag.), in a depth suitable to the length of the vessel. The anchor- 
 age here is better than at Birchy Cove for any lengthened stay. 
 
 Davis Cove, affording no anchorage for vessels, is immediately 
 westward of Petitpas Cove. It may be recognized by a waterfall 
 above the mouth of the brook emptying into the cove. 
 
 Meer Point, 2 miles from Davis Cove, is low and flat, sloping 
 gently from a hill 200 feet high, close to the coast. Between it and 
 Davis Cove are a series of small coves. 
 
 A rock, that dries 1^ feet at low water, lies a short distance from 
 the coast midway between Davis Cove and Meer Point. 
 
 Guilem Cove is situated 1|- miles northward of Meer Point, at 
 the mouth of a deep valley, drained by a stream, which has formed 
 a shoal extending 350 yards from its moiith. 
 
 Anchorage. — Anchorage may be obtained in 12 fathoms water, 
 with the south extreme of the land, near Meer Point, bearing S. 
 20° E. (S. 8° W. mag.) and the mouth of the brook N. 29° E. (N. 
 C7° E, mag.), at 300 yards from the shore, the depths decreasing 
 gradually to the eastward and southward of this position. 
 
 Big Head, the northern entrance point of Skeleton Cove, is a 
 steep cliff falling from a dark wooded cone 448 feet high. Rattler 
 brook flows to th'e sea in a conspicuous waterfall, 600 yards north- 
 ward of Big Head. 
 
t 
 
 254 
 
 NK\VFOUNi)LANl>- v/ , ST 0OA8T. 
 
 iM 
 
 Maolver Oove in Hitimtod iiortlnviinl of Riittlcr Brook, and 
 Mju:ivtM' Isliiiul, II bjiro rook, 16 f«M<t ImkIii nt"iv tho Noiith Hxtromo 
 of t\w covu, iH joinud to thu iiuuiiluiut Ity u hIiouI. 
 
 Anchorage. — Anchoriigo may bo ohtainnd hetwooii Macivor 
 iMliitid and Uuttlur Brook, as convt^niuiit, doptiiH of 10 fathoum 
 being fojiiul at 400 yards and of !i() fathoms at 000 yards, rtmpec- 
 tivwly, from slioro. 
 
 Woods or Harbor Island, separated by a channel, 1,800 yards 
 broad, from tne north entrance point to Humber Arm, and by a 
 passage, nearly H miles wide, fnmi shore southward of that en- 
 trance, is wooded throughout, tlie northwestern {)art rising to a 
 small range of hills 248 feet liigh, while the central portion grad- 
 ually attains an elevation of 105 feet. 
 
 A small settlement, with a considerable space of cultivated ground 
 attached to it, is situated near the south extreme of the island, and 
 there are several houses on the east and west shores. 
 
 A shoal, composed of rock, covered in places with sand, and 
 having depths of from one to G feet water over it, extends 350 
 yards southeastward from the 8E. extreme of Woods Island, and 
 deepens rapidly to 6 fathoms water. 
 
 Woods Harbor consists of two bends, the western GOO yards, 
 and the eastern 1,000 yards in length, and 400 yards in width. 
 
 A reef, that imcovers at low water, extends 100 yards from the 
 80\ith entrance point, and narrows the passage, of 12 feet at low 
 water, to a breadth of 96 yards. 
 
 Puffin Islands extend northwestward of the NW. extreme of 
 Woods Island ; the southern island has a group of trees on each 
 of its two mounds, which are 91 feet above high water. 
 
 The passage between the southern island and the NW. extreme 
 of Woods Island is a few yards wide and only adapted for boats, a 
 rock that uncovers lying in the middle. 
 
 Vesuvius Rock, with H feet water over it, is the northwestern 
 extreme of a ledge extending NNW. 750 yards from the north 
 extreme of PuflBn Islands. The apparent entrances of Middle Arm, 
 open N. 87° E. (S. G5° E. mag.), leads NE. 
 
 Outer Shag Bock, f mile eastward of Puffin Island, is a round 
 dark islet 18 feet high. 
 
 The passages between the rock and Woods Island should not be 
 attempted. 
 
 Middle Arm Point, on the mainland NE. of Woods Island, 
 slopes from a long wooded ridge, and falls in small cliffs, having 
 deep water close to it ; a small bight is situated immediately south- 
 ward of the point, in which are a pinnacle rock and a waterfall. 
 
 Middle Arm (formerly known as South Arm) is one mile wide 
 at its entrance between Black and Northern Heads, and expands 
 
 -j'-r- 
 
.FK^f^fINOH COVK — THE NAUUOWb. 
 
 256 
 
 nttlcr Brook, and 
 tho Month oxtrorao 
 
 ,1. 
 between Macivta- 
 
 tliH of 10 fathoniH 
 
 ; 1)00 yardfl, rospec- 
 
 launol, 1,800 yarilw 
 ber Ann, and by a 
 thward of tliat on- 
 ■n {)art rising to a 
 iitral portion grad- 
 
 if cultivated ground 
 
 e of the island, and 
 
 lores. 
 
 ues with sand, and 
 
 ivor It, extends 350 
 
 Woods Island, and 
 
 western 600 yards, 
 yards in widtli. 
 100 yards from the 
 56, of 13 feet at low 
 
 he NW. extreme of 
 up of trees on each 
 jh water. 
 
 id the NW. extreme 
 adapted for boats, a 
 
 is the northwestern 
 irds from the north 
 nces of Middle Arm, 
 
 in Island, is a round 
 
 Island should not be 
 
 \. of Woods Island, 
 small cliffs, having 
 I immediately south- 
 !k and a waterfall, 
 rm) is one mile wide 
 Heads, and expands 
 
 witldn to a broadth of IJ milo«; it oxtcnds in an castorly direction 
 for 6i mihjs I Tunguin Hoiid, and tlioro H.ipuratoH into two bnincJH'H, 
 thu south named Goose Arm, and the northern Penguin (Peninau) 
 Arm. 
 
 Jennings Cove, H miles eastward of Black Head, is Hon yards 
 deep, hut the shores are foul generally for 200 yards from tho high- 
 water lino. 
 
 Anchorage.— Anchorage, as convenient, may be obtained in 
 depths of from 10 to 14 fathoms water, in the middle of this cove, 
 but at the head the depth decreases rapidly from 6 to 3 fatlioms at 
 200 yards from tho shore. A few houses are situated in this cove^ 
 which is much resorted to for bait by those fishing off the mouth 
 of the bay. 
 
 Oox Cove (Frencli Cove), separated from Jennings Cove by Cox 
 Point, has a few houses situated on the beach, and affords tempo- 
 rary anchorage in 16 fathoms water, but a considerable sea sets in 
 during strong easterly winds. 
 
 Farkes Oove, one mile southeastward of Cox Cove, affords 
 anchorage as convenient, depths of 20 fathoms water being found 
 at 400 yards from the shore, gradually decreasing to the shoal 
 water extending from the beach. 
 
 Water.— Water may be obtained from two streams which flow 
 into the cove. 
 
 Long Point, forming the south entrance point to Goose Arm, is 
 bold-to and the low termination of a densely-wooded round hill, 
 960 feet high. 
 
 Ooose Arm, extending 3J miles in an easterly direction, and 
 thence NE. for a farther distance of 4i miles, is a little more than 
 i mile wide in the western bend, decreasing to 200 yards in breadth 
 at The Narrows, but expanding norteastward of The Narrows to 
 i mile in width ; the shallow basin at the head is i mile wide. 
 
 Two conspicuous landslips show in the red earth cliff that lines 
 the shore of a cove at the bend of the south side of Goose Arm. 
 
 A shoal bank extends from the landslips, increasing gradually 
 to i mile in breadth, off the entrance to Big Barasway. 
 
 Several large streams flow into the head of Goose Arm, but their 
 mouths can not be approached, even in boats, until half flood. 
 
 Baglan Head is a remarkable headland, 1,080 feet high, com- 
 posed of gray cliff, falling almost perpendiculary to the water on 
 the west side, and sloping to Big Barasway to the southward. 
 
 The Narrows are comprised between Raglan Head on the east 
 side and the extreme of the smooth slope of a peaked hill, 611 feet 
 high, on the west side. They are rather more than 200 yards 
 wide from shore to shore, but the navigable breadth is reduced to 
 100 yards by banks extending from both shores, that from Raglan 
 
1^ ,;! 
 
 256 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND — WEST COAST. 
 
 St. ii; 
 
 Head falling suddenly to the channel, through which no greater 
 depth than 4i fathoms will be found at low water. 
 
 The summit of the eastern Sugarloaf (over the head of Goose 
 Arm), kept in line with the north extremes of William Wheeler 
 Point and of Raglan Head, bearing N. 50° E. (N. 78° E. mag.), 
 will lead between the shoals on either side, iiutil the landslip in 
 the curve south of Big Barasway is in line with the bowlders 
 on the apparent south extreme of Raglan Head, S. 31° W. (S. 49° 
 W. mag.), when the middle of the arm may be steered for. A 
 house stands on the west side of The Narrows. 
 
 Penguin Cove, situated on the north shore, immediately within 
 the entrance to Goose Arm, is free from danger. 
 
 Anchorage. — Anchorage may be obtained in 14 fathoms water 
 300 yards from the head of this cove, but the holding ground is 
 not good. 
 
 Penguin Head, the div^iding point between Goose and Penguin 
 Arms, is the extreme of a remarkable flat-topped, isolated, and 
 bare gray hill, 1,020 fee\ high, which has on it a few trees, and is 
 bold-to. 
 
 Penguin Arm (formerly known as Penman Arm) ertends with 
 a slight curve 3|- mile: northeastward of Penguin Head, and is 
 free from danger, having deep water. There is no secure anchor- 
 age for large vessels in this arm, though schooners seeking bait 
 anchor near the shore in the curves of the coast. 
 
 Coast. — The north shore of Middle Arm falls generally in gray 
 cliffs fronting densely wooded hills, but has no danger beyond a 
 few yards from the shore. 
 
 Seal Cove, on the north shore at 1 J miles from the entrance to 
 Middle Arm, is an indentation 400 yards deep, but affords no 
 shelter, shoal water extending 350 yards from the head. 
 
 Old Woman Head, a remarkable hill 1,030 feet high, standing 
 about midway between Middle and North Arms, falls in a steep 
 cliff to the southward and in a sharp fall to the northward, and 
 shows conspicuously over the coast ranges. 
 
 Northern Head of Middle Arm falls in a steep cliff about 300 
 feet high, with curiously thin stripes of quartz following the 
 stratification, which is much contorted. The coast curves to 
 the northward round a small cove, at the head of which is a 
 streamlet, and the striped veins of quartz show as far as North 
 Arm Point. This shore is foul for a distance of 350 yards. 
 
 Eagle Island, 113 feet high, lies 1^ miles westward of Northern 
 Head. The west side consists of steep cliffs, striped vertically 
 with red and gray rock, and near the west extreme is a conspicu- 
 ous mass of sandstone, projecting from the other rock of whicli 
 the island is composed. The east shore slopes steeply in a grassy 
 sward to a beach of shingle at the base. 
 
which no greater 
 r. 
 
 he head of Goose 
 ■William Wheeler 
 (N. 78° E. mag.), 
 til the landslip in 
 dth the bowlders 
 S. 21° W. (S. 49° 
 le steered for. A 
 
 Qmediately within 
 
 14 fathoms water 
 holding ground is 
 
 Joose and Penguin 
 )ped, isolated, and 
 a few trees, and is 
 
 A.rm) ertends with 
 guin Head, and is 
 J no secure anchor- 
 oners seeking br.it 
 
 s generally in gray 
 o danger beyond a 
 
 'om the entrance to 
 ep, but affords no 
 he head. 
 
 feet high, standing 
 ms, falls in a steep 
 ;he northward, and 
 
 iteep cliff about 300 
 artz following the 
 le coast curves to 
 lead of which is a 
 3W as far as North 
 )f 350 yards, 
 (stward of Northern 
 i, striped vertically 
 treme is a conspicii- 
 ther rock of whicL. 
 3 steeply in a grassy 
 
 m<IM|N«l«MM*WI 
 
 FISHERMAN ROCK. 
 
 257 
 
 Low rocks and sunken dangers extend 200 yards from the north 
 and south extremes. 
 
 Fisherman Rock, with 2 feet water on it, lies in the channel 
 between the mainland and Eagle Island, 1,400 yards southward of 
 North Arm Point. 
 
 A shoal, with 17 feet water over it, lies nearly in mid-channel 
 between Eagle Island and the mainland. From it the north 
 extreme of Eagle Island bears N. 81° W. (N. 53° W. mag.), distant 
 i mile. 
 
 North Arm, entered between North Arm Point to the south- 
 ward, and Stowbridge Head to the northward, is nearly 2 miles 
 wide at the entrance, from which it extends with one bend for a 
 distance of 8 mi^es to the eastward. 
 
 North Arm Cove, at i mile SE. from North Arm Point, has a 
 beach of shingle at the head. 
 
 Anchorage.— The anchorage here is not good, but temporary 
 stay may be made by small vessels, in 14 fathoms water, off the 
 middle of the cove, the water shoaling rapidly from thence to the 
 beach. 
 
 An open cove is situated on the south shore of North Arm, 4^ 
 miles eastward of North Arm Point; at its entrance a rocky bank, 
 with 6 fathoms water on it, lies 400 yards from the north shore, 
 and a shoal extends from the south shore, at i mile from the head, 
 with depths of from 5 to 7 fathoms water over it. 
 
 Harbor Cove, f mile deep, and about 300 yards wide, has no 
 dangers except a shoal, with 2 fathoms water over it, extending 
 nearly 200 yards southward from the north entrance point ; a small 
 bank, with 5 fathoms water over it, extends a short distance from 
 the south side of the narrowest part. 
 
 Water.— Water may be obtained from a cascade which falls 
 into the east side, and from a considerable stream discharging intc 
 the head of the cove. 
 
 Coast.— The east shore of North Arm, nortlieastward of Harbor 
 Cove, surmounted by wooded hills from 300 to 400 feet high, is free 
 from danger beyond a short distance fro\n the coast; the water 
 is deep, and there is no convenient anchorage in the whole of this 
 part of the arm, except for small vessels. 
 
 At the head is the mouth cf a shallow stream, flowing from ,. 
 deep valley that extends many miles inland, between high ranees 
 of hills. 
 
 Stowbridge Head is a square mound, 87 feet high, situated 
 westward of Stone Brook, on the west side of a small shingle beach, 
 on which are some houses. 
 
 A black rock, 12 feet high, lies in the cove west of Stowbridge 
 Head, and westward of this the coast falls in small cliffs, with an 
 outlying small islet 10 feet high. 
 
inr' 
 
 258 
 
 NEWFOUNnLAND WEST COAST. 
 
 :«l 
 
 *l! 
 
 I I 
 
 B 'Ilii i 
 
 m 
 
 Anchorage. — A few horses are situated on the shores of Liver- 
 pool Cove, westward of Liverpool Brook, and anchorage may be 
 obtained, with offshore winds, southward of Liverpool Brook, in 
 18 fathoms water. 
 
 Farkes Rock, with 4^ fathoms water over it and 6 to 8 fathoms 
 around, is 1^ miles southward from the houses in Liverpool Cove ; 
 from it North Arm Point is l^V miles S. 26° E. (S. 2° W. mag.). 
 There is a shoal with 6 fathoms water over it, ^ mile south of 
 Parkes Rock. 
 
 Upper Crabb Brook discharges at the north extreme of the 
 curve in a beach of shingle, extending from Buck Head to Crabb 
 Point, and distant one mile from the former; several houses are 
 built close to the mouth of the brook. 
 
 A flat of sand and stones extends to the southward, depths of 3 
 fathoms being found at 200 yards, and of 10 fathoms at 400 yards 
 from the shore. 
 
 Middle Crabb Brook is at a shingle point projecting to the 
 southward 800 yards westward of Upper Crabb Brook ; i mile SSE. 
 of the point is a shoal with 4^ fathoms water on it, the wator deep- 
 ening suddenly to 12 fathoms southward of the shoal. 
 
 Lower Crabb Brook, a large stream discharging its waters at 
 the west extreme of the beach of shingle, and draining a deep val- 
 ley, which extends inland to the foot of the north slope of Mount 
 St. Gregory, has several houses standing close to its mouth. 
 
 A bank extends from the shore to the eastward of the mouth of 
 Lower Crabb Brook for 335 yards, to depths of 3 fathoms, falling 
 suddenly from 7 to 30 fathoms at a further distance of 200 yards 
 to the southeastward. 
 
 Crabb Point falls in low, dark cliffs from a small wooded hill- 
 ock, ',il5 feet high, the southernmost extreme of a long, stony 
 ridge, that extends to the northward and culminates in Mount 
 St. Gregory. This is the turning point into the Bay of Islands, 
 and a rock lies close to the south extreme. 
 
 Davis Cove, 2^ miles northward of Crabb Point and between 
 Lower Gulf Rock, 22 feet high, and the Friar, 60 feet high, has a 
 considerable stream flowing through the beach of shingle at its 
 head, and is generally a resort of fishermen during the summer, 
 who build temporary huts there. 
 
 Beverly Cove, a semicircular basin 100 yards in diameter, 
 nearly 1^ miles northward of Lower Gulf Rock, is shallow and 
 surrounded by black rock, except in a small creek immediately 
 eastward of the south entrance point, where the boats are moored, 
 and sheltered by a reef extending nearly across the entrance; it is 
 generally frequented by fishermen during the summer months. 
 
 li 
 
 f'i 
 
MOUNT 8T. GREGORY. 
 
 259 
 
 shores of Liver- 
 chorage may be 
 jrpool Brook, in 
 
 nd 6 to 8 fathoms 
 Liverpool Cove ; 
 
 [S. 2° W. mag.)- 
 ^ mile south of 
 
 1 extreme of the 
 k Head to Crabb 
 jveral houses are 
 
 ward, depths of 3 
 aoms at 400 yards 
 
 projecting to the 
 ;rook; imileSSE. 
 it, the wator deep- 
 shoal. 
 
 rging its waters at 
 raining a deep val- 
 :th slope of Mount 
 o its mouth, 
 •d of the mouth of 
 3 fathoms, falling 
 itance of 200 yards 
 
 small vrooded hill- 
 e of a long, stony 
 Iminates in Mount 
 he Bay of Islands, 
 
 Point and between 
 
 60 feet high, has a 
 
 3h of shingle at its 
 
 uring the summer, 
 
 yards in diameter, 
 ock, is shallow and 
 creek immediately 
 le boats are moored, 
 !S the entrance ; it is 
 Slimmer months. 
 
 The Qreen Handkerchief, a remarkable grassy sward on the 
 cliff, 700 yards from Beverly Cove, shows conspicuously from sea- 
 ward, being bright green during the summer months, and of a 
 yellow hue during spring and autumn; a similar sward, but mu(!h 
 smaller, is a short distances northward of the Green Handkerchief. 
 
 A conspicuoiis waterfall flows over dark black clift's ^ mile south- 
 ward of Noi'th Head, {).nd from the mouth of this stream a rocky 
 ledge, that nearly dries at low water, extends 150 yards, and makes 
 landing difficult for boats. A small headland, with dark cliffs, in 
 which, at some elevation, is a largo cave, lies between the water- 
 fall and the shingle beach extending to North Head; two small 
 streams flow through the shingle beach. 
 
 North Head, a low cliff, 64 feet high, composed of red earth, 
 fronts a marshy plateau, that is generally green in summer, at the 
 foot of the slope from Mount St. Gregory ; it is fringed by bowlders 
 that uncover at low water, extending to a distance of 200 yards, 
 shoal water continuing for another 300 yards; on ihis shelf are 
 two rocks, with 2 feet water over them, lying 400 yards N. 87° W. 
 (N. 59° W. mag.) from North Head. 
 
 Mount St. Gregory, the highest peak in the neighborhood, 
 when seen from the southwestward presents the appearance of a 
 sharp peak, but from the westward it shows three small, though 
 distinct, summits, the middle and largest one being composed of a 
 mass of stones and bowlders, the top of which is 2,240 feet above 
 the sea. 
 
 The western face of the mountain is bare and stony, with deep 
 gullies reaching generally to its baee which lies directly behind 
 the beach. Northward the slopes ai -ooded and more gradual, 
 falling away toward the valley of th > St. Gregory Eiver, about 3^ 
 miles distant. 
 
 Tidal Streams. — From observations made in the month of June, 
 1881, no law could be deduced "i* the tidal s^^eams in Bay of Is- 
 lands, On the 13th June (mo(.)n's age, 16 days), from 8h. 20m. a. m. 
 till Gh. 45m. p. m. the stream set wit}i a slight curve in an easterly 
 direction from Guernsey Island, while from 9h. 20m. a. m. to 5h. 
 10m. p. m. of the same day it ran nearly north from Pearl Island, 
 and at the same time set with a velocity of about one knot an hour 
 up Middle Arm. , 
 
 During the months of May, June, and July the surface stream 
 of Huraber Arm ran almost continuously toward the sea, while an 
 undercurrent was found to run in the opfjosite direction. This 
 northwesterly stream is split by Woods Island, and runs with a 
 velocity of nearly 1^ knots an hour over the shoal at the SE. ex- 
 treme of that island. The easterly stream also converges tc' Hum- 
 ber Arm lound Woods Island, decroa.3ing in strength on the tmrface 
 as it nears the river. 
 
 Tt"^ 
 
\ ,i! 
 
 Ill 
 
 260 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND WEST COAST. 
 
 Through the Narrows of Goose Arm the tide runs with a velocity 
 of 2 knots an liour at spring tides, the time of turn of stream being 
 irregular with respect to the high water, varying Avith the direction 
 of the wind and the quantity of water discharged by the streams at 
 the head of the arm. 
 
 Near ail shoals and banks, especially in the neighborhood of 
 Vesuvius Rock, a stream was found not governed by any apparent 
 law, but attaining occasionally a velocity of 1^ knots an hour close ■ 
 to the shoals, though scarcely perceptible at J mile distant from 
 them. 
 
 Population. — The residents of the Bay of Islands and neighbor- 
 hood are of mixed nationality, comprising descendants of deserters 
 from French vessels of war, former inhabitants of the east coast of 
 Newfoundland (principally of Irish descent), and natives of Nova 
 Scotia, the last named being employed pi"incipally at the sawmills. 
 
 (H. O. Chart No. 1105 and B. A. Chart No. 2834.) 
 
 Coast. — From North Head the shore is composed of a stony beach, 
 fringed with rocky ledges and backed by a steep clay bank, behind 
 which rise the slopes of Mount St. Gregory and the hills falling 
 from it. The rocky ledges extend generally about 300 yards from 
 the bank, but there are places, viz, near North Head and f mile 
 from St. Gregory River, where it extends to 300 and 400 yards, 
 respectively. At Shoal Cove, f mile from North Head, there is a 
 cluster of buildings used as u l!jT:3ter factory. 
 
 Chimney Cove Head, lying 4 miles from North Head, is a slight 
 projection, 450 feet high, forming a perpendicular cliff on its west- 
 ern side ; to the SE. it falls toward the river valley in a conspicu- 
 ous green slope extending from base to summit. 
 
 Immediately south is the entrance to St. Gregory River, barred 
 by numerous stones and bowlders that dry at low water ; it is a 
 small shallow stream, flowing from the hilly country inland. On 
 the south side of the entrance is a low epit of sand and shingle on 
 which are several huts, and a few houses may be seen on the green 
 slopes behind. 
 
 Anchorage. — Fair anchorage may be obtained off Chimney 
 Cove, during winds eastward of south, in from 12 to 14 fathoms 
 water. 
 
 Cape St. Gregory.— From Chimney Cove Head the coast north- 
 ward to Cape St. Gregory, a distance of one mile, is compo.sed of 
 cliffs fronted by rocks, some of which are 20 feet in height. Here 
 a shelf of level ground, about 200 yardw wide, projects from the 
 h'gher cliffs and forms the cai)e, the cliff.s of which are 75 feet high. 
 It is steep-to, like all this portion of the coast, but during bad 
 weather there is a very heavy confused sea, and at such time small 
 vessels should keep at least 2 miles offshore. 
 
^liSiiwiM 
 
 DEPTHS OFF SHORE. 
 
 261 
 
 witli a velocity 
 )f stream being 
 th the directiou 
 y the streams at 
 
 leighborhood of 
 by any apparent 
 •ts an hour close 
 ile distant from 
 
 is and neighbor- 
 [ants of deserters 
 : the east coast of 
 natives of Nova 
 ■ at the sawmills. 
 
 2884.) 
 
 i of a stony beach, 
 clay bank, behind 
 1 the hills falling 
 ut 200 yards from 
 Head and | mile 
 [)0 and 400 yards, 
 h Head, there is a 
 
 h Head, is a slight 
 
 ar clifE on its west- 
 
 ey in a conspicu- 
 
 Tory River, barred 
 low water ; it is a 
 untry inland. On 
 and and shingle on 
 e seen on the green 
 
 dned off Chimney 
 12 to 14 fathoms 
 
 ead the coast north- 
 lule, is composed of 
 ,et in height. Here 
 -J, projects from the 
 i'ch are 75 feet high, 
 ist, but during bad 
 at such time small 
 
 Ocast. — Northward of Cape St. Gregory the coast continues to 
 bo formed of high cliffs, behind which are wooded hills and deep 
 ravines. There are few places available for landing, the best being 
 in a small bight known as Rencontre Cove, 1^ miles from Cape St. 
 Gregory ; here boats may land safely in any weather, except when 
 blowing from the NW. 
 
 In this vicinity a conspicuous cliff, nearly 1,000 feet high, recedes 
 a little from the f o. d shore and terminates in a, series of white rocky 
 hills which mark this part of the coast. 
 
 Big Cove Head is a noticeable headland which forms the tan- 
 gent of the land when rounding Cape St. Gregory. It is 5 miles 
 fiom tlie cape and 820 feet high, rising almost perpendicularly from 
 the water ; northeastward the high land culminates in a summit, 
 1,040 feet in height, the eastern side of which slopes quickly down 
 toward Trout River. • 
 
 Depths Oflf Shore.— As before remarked, the whole of this shore 
 is steep-to, the 20-fathom line being about i mile distant. In 
 the neighborhood of Big Cove Head, however, this line begins to 
 I'un off the land, forming an extensive bank, 2^ to 4 miles wide, 
 which stretches off in a northeasterly direction. Oft' the entrance 
 to Bonne Bay the center of this bank, wliere the depths are from 
 13 to 15 fathoms, over sand and gravel, is 10 miles from land, with 
 soundings of 21 to 65 fathoms inside it. 
 
 A little south westward of Bit;- Cove Head, and rather more than 
 i mile from shore, there is a small patch of 10 fathoms, with 12 
 and 15 fathoms around, and 2-^-^ miles north from the head there 
 is another patch, known as Trout River Rock, with 13 fathoms 
 water over it and 22 to 24 fathoms around. Both these rocks are 
 favorite resorts of the local fishermen, and dxiring fine weather 
 numbers of boats may be observed anchored near them. 
 
 Trout River. — At If miles from Big Cove Head the shore forms 
 a deep biglit, in the southern corner of which, sheltered from the 
 sea by a projecting headland, is the entrance to Trout River, a 
 small stream discharging from a series of extensive ponds, which 
 begins a little over a mile from the sea. The river bar has from 2 
 to 3 feet over it at low water, but it is encumbered by bowlders, 
 and only small boats can cross it. 
 
 On a sandy beach at either side of the river's mouth and on the 
 rising bank behind there are several houses, containing about 170 
 inhabitants, who are engaged in the cod and lobster fisheries. 
 
 Communicatiou. — From this settlement there is a rough road 
 to the south ai ui of Bonne Bay. and the coasting steamer to and 
 fi'om that place occasionally calls oft" the river during fine weather. 
 
 Anchorage may be obtained, with oft'shore winds, off tlie mid- 
 dle of the bight in from 9 to 10 fathoms water; small vessels may 
 
 .-J&B^- 
 
262 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND — WEST COAST. 
 
 iy» it 
 
 go closer in, but when the wind comes from seaward there is usually 
 a heavy ground swell. 
 
 Coast. — The coast northeastward of Trout River is cliffy and 
 fronted by low water rocks and ladges, extending in some places 
 200 yards from land. There are occasional patches of conspicuous 
 red cliff and steep slopes, forming low headlands covered with grass, 
 the bright green of which is, in summer, in strong contrast to the 
 dark sjiruce-covered hills above. 
 
 Immediately over the coast, the hills rise to a considerable eleva- 
 tion, and further inland may be seen the seaward face and upper 
 portion of an exteifsive table-land composed of sandstone cliffs and 
 rocks quite bare of vegetation, which begins in the vicinity of the 
 large ponds behind Trout Ri'rer, and reaches across to within 1^ 
 miles of the South Arm of Bonne Bay. 
 
 At 3i miles from Trout River Bight, v.-'here one of the green 
 slopes leaves a narrow strip of flat land behind the shore, there are 
 one or two huts. This place is locally known as Green Garden, 
 and during tho summer is occn])ied by fishermen from Bonne Bay. 
 
 Off Green Garden the low-water feature extends rather more 
 than 200 yards, with some small detached rocks a little to the 
 ■northeastward. At f mile farther NE. is Skinner Cove, where a 
 small stream runs into the sea ; here the very steep slopes rise grad- 
 ually to 1,000 feet in Western Head, the turning point of the shore 
 toward Borne Bay. 
 
 Tt is easily recop;nized from the SW. as being the extreme of the 
 high southern shore, and also by the detached rocks under it, the 
 highest of which is 57 feet above high water. 
 
 (B. A. Chart No. 1209.) 
 
 Bonne Bay, an extensive inlet, the entrance to which, from 
 Western Head on the LOuth to Lobster Cove Head on the north, 
 is nearly 4 miles across, extends in a southeasterly direction for 
 about 6 miles, then separates into two long deep arms, the eastern 
 L'ong ,' - miles in length, with an average breadth of f mile, the 
 western, or South >.rm, 4 miles long and a little more than ^ mile 
 wide. 
 
 The water in Bonne Bay is generally too deep for anchorage, but 
 there are some parts of it, hereafter referred to, where good shel- 
 ter may be obtained in a moderate depth of water. 
 
 The soundings, in the approach to the bay, are clearly marked 
 by a belt of deep water, in which ther > a,re from 60 to 80 fathoms; 
 this belt extends about 4^ miles outside, where, between the 50 
 fathoms limit, it is 4 miles across. 
 
 Sailing vessels entering Bonne Bay during strong southerly or 
 westerly winds should be prepared for the violent squalls that 
 blow off the high land on the southern side. 
 
 .1 
 
. there is usually 
 
 ver is cliffy and 
 : in some places 
 IS of consi)icuous 
 yered with grass, 
 g contrast to the 
 
 nsiderable eleva- 
 d face and upper 
 adstone cliffs and 
 le vicinity of the 
 TOSS to within li 
 
 3ne of the green 
 e shore, there are 
 as Green Garden, 
 from Bonne Bay. 
 ends rather more 
 ks a little to the 
 ler Cove, where a 
 p slopes rise grad- 
 point of the shore 
 
 the extreme of the 
 •ocks under it, the 
 
 ;e to which, from 
 [ead on the north, 
 iterly direction for 
 3 arms, the eastern 
 idth of f mile, the 
 e more than i mile 
 
 for anchorage, but 
 o, where good shel- 
 ter. 
 
 are clearly marked 
 tn 60 to 80 fathoms ; 
 ire, between the 50 
 
 strong southerly or 
 /^iolent squalls that 
 
 EASTERN HEAD. 
 
 263 
 
 The principal settlement is at Woody Point, on the west shore, 
 6i miles inside the entrance, and the population of the wliole bay 
 numbers about 1,200, engaged principally in the cod and lobster 
 fisheries. 
 
 Eastern Head, l^ miles inside Western Head, is high and 
 steep; between there is a long strip of shingly beach at tlie foot of 
 the cliffs, and off the western end of this there is a detached rock, 
 200 yards from the shore, which dries 1^ feet at low water. 
 
 In this vicinity vessels should not approach the shore within 400 
 yards. Eastern Head, however, is very steep-to and may be ap- 
 proached closely, as may also be the whole of this shore until 
 within f mile of Woody Point. 
 
 From Eastern Head the steep shore continues, rising, in high 
 wooded cliffs and steep slopes, to a remarkable cliffy escarpment 
 which culminates in a summit 1,939 feet above the sea; under the 
 middle of this and directly over the shore a large, pinnacle-shaped 
 mass of rock is conspicuous when seen from a north or south 
 direction. 
 
 Woody Point, 54 feet in height and projecting from the higher 
 land behind, which here rises in steep slopes, more or less wooded 
 and broken by deep ravines, is easily recognized. For f mile out- 
 side the point the shore is dotted with houses, and on passing it 
 the village will be seen the English and Roman Catholic churches 
 on the slope over it being conspicuous. 
 
 The village contains about 230 inhabitants ; there are post aaad 
 telegraph offices, schools, and churches of the various denomina- 
 tions. 
 
 Communication.— The Coastal Steamship Company's steamer 
 calls fortnightly at Bonne Bay during summer and autumn; and 
 alternately there is fortnightly communication by steamer with 
 Halifax, Nova Scotia, this arrangement being the same at other 
 coast ports. 
 
 Coal and Supplies.— There is usually a i'mall quantity of coal 
 in store, and small vessels can go alongside the second wharf inside 
 the point, where there is a least depth of 14 feet, but the ground 
 slopes off very steeply. There is a coal shed on the wharf, capable 
 of holding about 120 tons of coal. Supplies and fresh provisions 
 can be obtained at reasonable rates. It is intended duiing the 
 present year (1897) to extend the wharf for a farther distance of 15 
 feet, to allow deep-draft ships to lie alongside. 
 
 Anchorag-e.— There is anchorage about 800 yards southward of 
 Woody Point in from 12 to 20 fathoms water, but the bank, where 
 this depth is available, is narrow and steep, and as the bi>y is sub- 
 ject to suddem and violent squalls during bad weather, the anchor- 
 age can only ?>e considered as temporary. 
 
 i.ilpB»3' 
 
 ->,.-,.Tiatoia"irtii> 
 
264 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND — WEST COAST. 
 
 South Arm. — From Woody Point the shore, with several houses, 
 wharvep, and fishing stages, extends in a southerly direction to a 
 low, fiat stony spit at the mouth of a small stream. Off this spit 
 the water shoals a little and then deepens toward Hell Cove. On 
 a point at the south side of this cove there is a wharf and ware- 
 liouses, now out of repair, but formerly used by a local trading 
 company. 
 
 There is a good road along this side of South Arm, and the track 
 from Trout River meets it at the northern side of Hell Cove. 
 
 Entrance Point, on the opposite fide of the arm, is a wooded 
 bluff 280 feet high and with very steep shores. _ Birchy Head, a 
 birch-covered bluff on the western side, is If miles south of it, the 
 shores on either side, excepting only off a small bight south of the 
 wharf point, being steep-to. The district in the neighborhood of 
 Birchy Head is known as Silverton. 
 
 Foul Point is nearly opposite Birchy Head at the foot of the 
 slope from a cliffy summit 1,180 feet high, which rises steeply from 
 the shores. Off it, a little more than 100 yards, there is a small 
 rock with only 6 feet over it at low water, and depths of 3 fathoms 
 between it and the point, and 25 fathoms close-to on the other side. 
 Vessels proceeding up the arm should keep toward the western 
 shore to avoid this rock. The shores round the head of the arm 
 are low and flat, and mud banks occupy the center of the space for 
 fully i mile. The outer edges of these banks are very steep, there 
 being 10 fathoms within 30 yards of the low-water dry portion. 
 
 Anchorage. — In this locality vessels may anchor in depths of 
 from 20 to 25 fathoms, but the anchorage is not recommended on 
 account of the deep water, the heavy squalls which blow occasion- 
 ally, and the distance from the settlement. 
 
 Deep Water Cove, a small bight ^ mile eastward of Entrance 
 Point, has a few houses on the shores, and the water is not too 
 deep for anchorage, but it is not a desirable berth. 
 
 Gadds Head is a low rounded headland If miles from Deep 
 Water Cove. The greater portion of the shore between is rocky 
 and steep-to and backed by wooded hills rising to elevations of 
 from 600 to 800 feet. 
 
 From Rattling Brook, a small stream halfway between Gadds 
 Head and Deep Water Cove, the shore is shelving and can not be 
 approached so closely, but the shore around the head itself is 
 steep-to, there being from 14 to 30 fathoms water close to the 
 rocks on its northeastern side. 
 
 Anchorage. — Gadds Harbor, the name given to a cove on the 
 eastern side of Gadds Head, has anchorage for small vessels close 
 to the shore. 
 
 Water. — Water can be easily procured from Rattling Brook. 
 
EAST ARM. 
 
 2t>5 
 
 several houses, 
 ' direction to a 
 . Off this spit 
 lell Cove. On 
 tiarf and ware- 
 a local trading 
 
 1, and the track 
 lell Cove, 
 rm, is a wooded 
 Birchy Head, a 
 J south of it, the 
 ght south of the 
 neighborhood of 
 
 ; the foot of the 
 ises steeply from 
 there is a small 
 )ths of 3 fathoms 
 on the other side, 
 vard the western 
 head of the arm 
 ir of the space for 
 1 very steep, there 
 3r dry portion. 
 !hor in depths of 
 recommended on 
 ch blow occasion- 
 
 ;srard of Entrance 
 water is not too 
 
 h. 
 
 miles from Deep 
 between is rocky 
 
 g to elevations of 
 
 ay between Gadds 
 ing and can not be 
 the head itself is 
 vater close to the 
 
 n to a cove on the 
 small vessels close 
 
 Rattling Brook. 
 
 East Arm, a deep indentation about 54^ miles in length, on ac- 
 coimt of its steep shores and great depth rf water, is ratlicr a 
 remarkable feature. 
 
 The whole of the central part forms a deep basin in which there 
 are depths of from 100 to 120 fathoms, over mud. On either side 
 the shores ai'e quite steep, excepting only at the southwestern cor- 
 ner, where a narrow inlet, named East Arm Barachois, dries at 
 low water, and from which banks of sand and mud extend al)ont 
 ^ mile. On both sides the land rises to a high elevation. On the 
 western side the slopes are densely wooded, but on the eastern some 
 are bare and stony. 
 
 Western Shore. — Shag Cliff, the beginning of 1;he western shore 
 of East Arm, is a gray limestone cliff quite steep-to, rising di- 
 rectly from the water to a height of 393 feet. It is. surmounted 
 by a clump of dead trees. Immediately eastward is a small bay, 
 with a white stony beach terminating in a low, grass-covered pro- 
 jection, known as Storehouse Point, off which, at a distance of 200 
 yards, there is a rock with 18 feet water over it and 6 fathoms 
 between it and the shore. 
 
 Norris Cove, a small bight one mile south of Storehouse Point, 
 has a few huts behind the beach, and a convenient depth for 
 anchorage, but with very little room. 
 
 Tucker Head is remarkable, being formed by a high castellated 
 cliff, 420 feet above the sea. Southward of it is a small bight 
 named Murphys Cove, and here begin the banks of sand and mud 
 already mentioned as extending from the entrance. East Arm 
 Barachois, Avhich is about If miles long, and quite dry at low water, 
 has a small river, in which the salmon fishing is said to be good, 
 flowing into its head from a series of ponds a short distance inland. 
 
 Eastern Shore. — The head of the eastern shore of East Arm 
 forms an oval basin, f mile long and nearly i mile wide, approached 
 through a narrow but deep ana clear passage, and affording good 
 sheltered anchorage in from 13 to 18 fathoms water, the best berth 
 being on the western side about 600 yards inside the entrance. 
 
 A small river flows into the head of this basin, and from it stony 
 flats extend for nearly \ mile ; but their edges being steep, they do 
 not interfere with the anchorage. 
 
 Seal Cove, just outside the basin, has a few huts on the shore, 
 and vessels may anchor t)ff it, but during strong westerly winds 
 the squalls are heavy, and boats are inconvenienced by the short 
 choppy sea set up. 
 
 From Seal Cove, northwestward, the shores are very steep-to, 
 and rise in bare stone slopes to a remarkable conical peak, 2,135 
 feet hi'gh, over which there is a rough track to the interior. 
 
 i w J * "•" 
 
266 
 
 NEWF(HTNf)LAND WE8T COAST. 
 
 m 
 
 Deer Arm, a branch of East Arm, extiadiiiK nearly i milos in 
 a northerlj'' dirtfction, lias nt its head a low sandy point, inside 
 which is a small basin dry at low waf^r; a stream, from a large 
 p(jnd under the mountuius in the norUj. runs inU) this basin. 
 
 The higliest of these mountains, named Gros Morne, is a re- 
 markable mass of bare rock rising to a lieight of 5J,540 feet, and 
 forming a <• mspicuous mark from seaward, being the highest land 
 in the viciiii'y. 
 
 The water in Deer Arm is too deep for convenient anchorage, 
 and the locality is subject to violent squalls off the surrounding 
 hillH. 
 
 Neddy Harbor, at the northern entrance of East Arm, is a 
 deep indentation about ^ mile in length, with an average breadth 
 of 300 yards, but the area, outside the limit of 3 fathoms, avail- 
 able for anchorage, is only 700 yards in length by 400 in width. 
 
 There arts uo dangers in the entrance beyond the shoal water 
 extending about 160 yards from the shores on either side; but off 
 Shoal Point, the next point outside the entrance, on the eastern 
 shore, there is a prong o1 shoal water extending to nearly 300 
 yards. 
 
 Anchorage. — Vessels of moderate size intending to remain for 
 any length of time will find* Neddy Harbor the most convenient, 
 and probably the best anchorage in Bonne Bay, as it is sheltered 
 from all winds except those from SE. ; with these winds the squalls 
 are nften severe, and a heavy sea is quickly raised. Large vessels 
 should moor, as the space for them is confined. 
 
 Position. — A large flat bowlder of serpentine rock, marked with 
 a broad arrow and situated on the western shore of the harbor, 100 
 yards from a small fishing stage with a store on it, is in latitude 
 49° 31' 30" N., longitude 67° 52' 27" W. 
 
 Norris Cove, a bight in the shore, just southward of Burnt 
 Point, has a small settlement, which, with Sandy Cove, contains 
 about 175 inhabitants; there is a path from Norris Cove to Roche 
 Ha; uor. 
 
 Norris Point, the western head of this cove, has a ledge of rocks 
 extending from it 100 yards; between it and Gadds Head there is 
 a deep and clear channel named The Tickle, i mile wide. 
 
 Sandy Head is a conspicuous projection showing a steep, bare, 
 sandy face to the westward. Between it and Norris Point there 
 are several houses and fishing stages, as also in the curve north- 
 ward of it, where a narrow neck separates the head of Neddy 
 Harbor from the sea. 
 
 Wild Cove Head, a dark, rocky, wooded point, separates this 
 (Deckers Cove) from Wild Cove. • 
 
arly 2 milos in 
 r point, insido 
 , from a lexge 
 t\is basin, 
 lovne, is a re- 
 2,540 feet, and 
 lie bigliost land 
 
 ent anchorage, 
 le surrounding 
 
 East Arm, is a 
 ,verage breadth 
 fathoms, avail- 
 400 in width, 
 the shoal water 
 ler side ; but off 
 I, on the eastern - 
 g to nearly 300 
 
 ig to remain for 
 (lost convenient, 
 18 it is sheltered 
 vinds the squalls 
 L. Large vessels 
 
 3ck, marked with 
 )f the harbor, 100 
 it, is in latitude 
 
 ;hward of Burnt 
 ly Cove, contains 
 ris Cove to Eoche 
 
 a a ledge of rocks 
 ids Head there is 
 lie wide. 
 
 ring a steep, bare, 
 rorris Point there 
 I the curve north- 
 e head of Neddy 
 
 int, separates this 
 
 1 
 
 WILD COVE. 
 
 207 
 
 Shoal.— Lea viiig i\w hIioi-o at Wild Covo Hoad an oxtensive 
 stony Mat fronts thu coast to Norris Point, tho outor i-dgn of tli») 
 :i-fathom line being, off Sandy Covo, a little over 000 yards from 
 shore, wliilo at half this distanoi* tliorn is a small patch with 6 
 feet water ovor it. Oil' Sandy Head tho stonos dry for nearly -'OO 
 yards, and off Ncn-ris Point, when the edge of the shoal turns 
 sharply in that direction, there is another small patch with only 3 
 feet over it at low water and U fathoms between it and the shore. 
 Directions.— Entering Noddy Harbor, tho shoal olf Norris Point 
 may be avoided by bringing tb -xtremes of Sliag Cliff and Gadds 
 Head in line, bearing N. 8a v^. 08° E. mag.), before tho Roman 
 Catholic church at Wood over Roberts Wharf, No, 4. 
 
 Gadds Hoad may be passes nvenient distance, and Neddy 
 
 Harbor entered between the \ u- 
 
 Wild Cove, a deep biglu ou tlie no. Lh side of Wild Covo Head, 
 has a moderate depth of wator, but the bottom being stony, and 
 the cove exposed to westerly wind and sea, it is not suitable for 
 anchorage, 
 
 Salmon Point, a narrow bare point, composed of slate, is ^-^ 
 miles from Wild Cove Head, tho shore between being composed of 
 cliffs, of the same formation, backed by tliickly-wooded hills and 
 generally fronted by a narrow rocky fore sh .re. The shore is 
 fairly steep- to,. except close to Salmon Point, where the low water 
 ledges and foul ground extend for nearly 2on yards. 
 
 Ice.— Bonne Bay is completely closed with ice about 2 feet in 
 thickness from January to April, but never freezes until the field 
 ice appears, which is generally about the middle of January, dis- 
 appearing about the middle of April. The first vessel usually 
 arrives early in May, the last leaving about the end of December. 
 May 30, 1875, coas!, clearing; May 24, 1882, ice on the coast; June 
 8, 1883, coast blocked. 
 
 •rides.— It is high water, full and change, in Norris Cove at lOh. 
 40m. ; springs rise 6 feet, neaps rise 4^ feet. There is considerable 
 diurnal inequality in the height of the tidos, consecutive high and 
 low waters differing, about the time of .springs, as much as 2 feet. 
 Tidal Streams.— The tidal streams run generally fair in and 
 out of the East Arm through The Tickle, where, during springs, they 
 are very strong. In the South Arm the direction, during the ebb 
 tide, is not so regular, apparently owing to the outgoing stream 
 being met, and checked, by the flow through The Tickle. 
 
 Bank.— Fronting the northern side of the entrance to Bonne Bay 
 is an extensive rocky bank, with general depths of from 12 to 17 
 fathoms, the 20-fathom limit terminating 10 miles NW. of Western 
 Head, and here the bank is about 1^ miles wide. The bank extends 
 in a southwesterly direction from Martin Point, and has some small 
 
 14910 18 
 
 f^t^ 
 
2«S 
 
 NKWFOI'NDLANI) — WK8T COAST. 
 
 'li; 
 
 pjitclu'H of 8 and ftithoniM lyin>( fl mileH NNW. of Oreen Point, 
 tlie lo-fathom contour torminuting 3^ niiloH woHt of Gun Point. 
 Fish aro UHually pK-ntiful on tliiH bank, and during flnt* wt^athor 
 nuniorouH ]>oat8, from tht< noigh1)oring coant, may lutro ])o Hcen at 
 anchor. 
 
 Roche (Rooky) Harbor, formed by a deep indentation in tlio 
 coaHt line north of Salmon Point, is about one mile deep and fmilo 
 wide; it aflfords good anchorage, except diiring strong vnnds from 
 the westward, when a heavy sea is thrown in. 
 
 From Salmon Point ami the next point inside it, where there aro 
 a few houses ami fishing stages, a flat lodge covered with stones 
 and bowlders extends (160 yards northwestward. The ground is 
 foul for nearly 200 yards on either side of this roof, and rocky 
 ledges fringe the shore nearly all round the harbor, foul ground 
 extending from them for about 300 yards. 
 
 At the head of the harbor, known as the Bottom, there is a small 
 break in these ledges, here there are a few houses and good landing 
 for boats ; this is also the case on the northern side of the harbor, 
 in a bay known as Bear Cove. 
 
 The whole population of this locality numbers about 100 persons, 
 all engaged in the fisheries. There is some cultivated ground on 
 the southern side, inside Salmon Point, and potatoes and other 
 vegetp y '8 a) y^rown. 
 
 Auci. crag.). — The best anchorage is in or 7 fathoms water off 
 the "c ii ohern shore of the harbor, with the extreme of the northern 
 he I : bearing N. 56° W. (N. 27° W. mag.), and the extreme of 
 Salmon Point in line with the extreme of the next point inside it, 
 S. 34° W. (S. 63° W. mag.). 
 
 Directions. — The northern summit of Gros Morne in line wi^^^h 
 
 a saddle-shaped wooded hill behind the shore, bearing N. 87° E. 
 
 (S. 64° E. mag.), loads up to the entrance of Roche Harbor and 
 
 well clear of the foul ground extending from Salmon Point. When 
 
 abreast Woody Cove, the first bight on the northern shore, a vessel 
 
 should haul to the SE. for the anchorage, care being taken to avoid 
 
 a rocky projection from the inner point of Woody Cove, on the one 
 
 side, and the foul ground extending from the Bowlder Ledge, on 
 
 the other. 
 
 (B. A. Chart No. 2834.) 
 
 General Remarks. — Bonne Bay to Cow Head. — In this 
 locality there are no harbors, nor even anchorages, except only at 
 Cow Cove, where shelter will be found during NE. to NW. winds. 
 The bottom off the whole coast is of rocks and bowlders, with 
 here and there very small patches of sand, and it is only during 
 the finest weather that a vessel may anchor off any part of it. 
 
 
 i 
 
] i 
 
 f Oroon Point, 
 of Gun Point. 
 
 iiH (ino wt^athur 
 hore he men at 
 
 ilentation in tho 
 deep and I milo 
 rong vnnds from 
 
 , whero there are 
 
 'ered with stones 
 
 The ground is 
 
 reef, and rocky 
 
 bor, foul ground 
 
 n, there is a small 
 and good landing 
 le of the harbor, 
 
 ibout 160 persons, 
 ivated ground on 
 jtatoes and other 
 
 fathoms water off 
 aeof the northern 
 id the extreme of 
 )xt point inside it, 
 
 Morne in line with 
 bearing N. 87° E. 
 Roche Harbor and 
 non Point. When 
 lern shore, a vessel 
 aing taken to avoid 
 iy Cove, on the one 
 Bowlder Ledge, on 
 
 I 
 
 w Head.— In this 
 iges, except only at 
 NE. to NW. winds, 
 and bowlders, with 
 id it is only during 
 any part of it. 
 
 ...^ 
 
IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 
 1.0 
 
 I.I 
 
 1.25 
 
 I JO 
 
 i^ IIIM 
 
 Hi 
 
 is 
 
 I: 
 
 40 
 
 IIIM 
 |M 
 
 2.0 
 
 1.8 
 
 U III 1.6 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sciences 
 Corporation 
 
 23 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 
 
 (716) 872-4503 
 
 ,\ 
 
 iV 
 
 % 
 
 V 
 
 •1>' 
 
 \\ 
 
 •^ 
 
 
 <^ 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 *%'■ 
 
 f^ 
 
 'afcii'^wBT.'i.aiTi-'-'Via'iit inmmi, , . 
 

 %" 
 
 9h 
 
 CIHM/ICMH 
 
 Microfiche 
 
 Series. 
 
 CIHM/ICMH 
 Collection de 
 microfiches. 
 
 Canadian Institute for Historical MIcroreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques 
 
 D^a:^^25«Sf;-.' 
 
LOBSTER COVE. 
 
 269 
 
 During the summer of 1806 the prevailing winds were from the 
 western quarter; southwesterly in June, July, and August, and 
 northwesterly in the autumn, but occasionally interrupted by short 
 intervals of easterly weather. Northwest winds, blowing with 
 strength, throw a heavy sea on this shore, as also do those from 
 the NE., and during these periods landing with safety is almost 
 impossible, except in a few places where there is a little indifferent 
 shelter. The large quantity of driftwood and wreckage along the 
 whole coast between Bonne Bay and Port Saunders is suggestive 
 evidence of the violence with which this sea rolls onto the shore. 
 
 Easterly gales are not frequent, but are generally accompanied 
 by thick rainy weather. 
 
 Current. — Inshore, between Bonne Bay and Cow Head, there is 
 generally a current running to the NE. ; maximum rate, about 1^ 
 miles an hour. 
 
 Lobster Cove Head, a projection of the shore immediately 
 north of Roche Harbor, is composed of low red cliffs, 32 to 35 feet 
 high, and fronted by flat ledges of rock extending 150 yards. 
 Near the western extreme of these ledges there are two large rocks, 
 the tops of which are 12 feet above high water. 
 
 Light. — From a cylindrical iron tower, painted white, on Lobster 
 Cove Head, is shown a flashing white light, showing 2 flashes every 
 5 seconds. The light is elevated 115 feet and should be visible 16 
 miles. 
 
 Lobster Cove is a small bight northward of Lobster Cove Head ; 
 in it there are a few houses and a canning factory, off which there is 
 a long stage or jetty for landing, but this can only be effected 
 during fine weather or with offshore winds. 
 
 Bock. — A small rock, with 13 feet water over it, lies about 400 
 yards NNW. from the southernmost head of Lobster Cove. 
 Between this rock and the northern head of Lobster Cove there are 
 depths of 3^ to 4 fathoms. 
 
 Berry Head is the name given to a slight projection of the low 
 shore IJ miles from Lobster Cove, and one mile from the liead is 
 Bakers Brook, a small stream with a rough bridge across its mouth. 
 Between this brook and Green Point there are two large ponds 
 directly behind the beach. 
 
 Berry Hill is a small wooded knoll, f mile behind the shore, about 
 halfway between Berry Head and Lobster Cove. 
 
 Green Point, formed by the projection of a low clay cliff, flat- 
 topped and grass-covered, lies 4^ miles northward from Lobster 
 Cove, and is easily recognized by its formation, and also by the 
 houses in the bay, directly to the southward. Between this point 
 and Lobster Cove the land is low and wooded, and fronted by a 
 rough stony beach, off which the water is shallow for about 200 
 yards. 
 
 *' 
 
 flf* 
 
i.ia.iiM»«»aaaftiir, fc";i -■,» : , 
 
 270 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND-^WEST COAST. 
 
 Green Cove, on the soutli side of Green Point, is shallow for 
 about 400 yards from the >3hore, and quite unfit for anchorage, as 
 there is generally a swell setting in from seaward when the wind 
 is from that direction, while with strong winds offshore the 
 squalls from the mountains are violent. 
 
 A ledge of rocks extends in a southwesterly direction from Green 
 Point, and 600 yards from the foot of the low cliff there is a detached 
 patch, with 3 fathoms water over it, and a narrow boat passage, 
 having slightly more water, inside. At i mile outside this, and 
 nearly 1,200 yards from the point, there is another detached rock, 
 with a depth of 4J^ fathoms over it and 5 to 8 fathoms around. 
 These rocks break heavily with an onshore swell. 
 
 (B. A. Chart No. 2004.) 
 
 Qun Point is formed by a slight angle in the shore line 2-j\ miles 
 from Green Point ; between them the shore is composed of bowlders, 
 with a low bank, more or less wooded, rising behind the beach. A 
 small stream, named Little Brook, with a canning factory on its 
 northern side, is situated one mile from Green Point. Behind these 
 are low ridges with extensive marshes and many ponds. 
 • Qun Point Shoals comprise a group of rocky heads on a nar- 
 row ridge extendint' from the shore a little north of Gun Point, 
 the shoalest spot, with a depth of 3 fathoms, lying 1,400 yards N. 
 41° W. (N. 11° W. mag.) from the point. Round this there are 
 depths of from 4 to 5 fathoms, the latter depth extending in a 
 westerly direction for 400 yards farther. Westward of the ridge 
 the line of 10 fathoms extends for 3^ miles from the land. 
 
 Clearing Mark. — Crag Peak, a remarkable conical summit, 
 over the southern side of the entrance to Bonne Bay, just open of 
 Green Point, bearing S. 2° E. (S. 28° W. mag.), clears the Gun 
 Point Shoals. 
 
 Coast. — From Gun Point northward the coast is of much the 
 same character as that toward Green Point, but the shoal water 
 fronting the beach here extends a little farther off. About 1,300 
 yards from Gun Point there is a shallov ' -ht known as Sally Cove, 
 where there is a canning factory and e houses, and on either 
 
 side of this bight a tongue of stones and uv. wlders, dry at low water, 
 extends about 300 yards from the beach ; here the 3-f athom line is 
 over 800 yards from the shore. 
 
 Communication. — The coasting steamer from Halifax sometimes 
 stops off Sally Cove when making her monthly trips to and from 
 the northern ports. 
 
 Martin Point, 2^^ miles from Gun Point, is easily recognized, 
 it being a low cliff, 35 feet high, grassed on the top and having 
 close behind it a large clump of trees. Northward of the point 
 
xmMmaajUe^ 
 
 SHOALS. 
 
 271 
 
 is shallow foi' 
 anchorage, as 
 v^hen the wind 
 I offshore tho 
 
 on from Green 
 ■e is a detached 
 boat passage, 
 ;side this, and 
 ietached rock, 
 thorns around. 
 
 5 line 2^^ miles 
 ed of bowlders, 
 the Leach. A 
 
 factory on its 
 
 Behind these 
 mds. 
 
 Leads on a nar- 
 of Gun Point, 
 1,400 yards N. 
 this there are 
 extending in a 
 rd of the ridge 
 
 land, 
 mical summit, 
 y, just open of 
 
 ears the Gun 
 
 is of much the 
 
 le shoal water 
 
 About 1,30(> 
 
 as Sally Cove, 
 
 and on either 
 
 y at low water, 
 
 fathom line is 
 
 if ax sometimes 
 ps to and from 
 
 ily recognized, 
 3p and having 
 d of the point 
 
 the shore line turns sharply to the eastward and again to the NE., 
 forming a small bight, in which there is a solitary cottage. Some 
 rocks, dry at low water, extend 200 yards from tho point, but these 
 are stoop- to. 
 
 Shoals. — Aboiit halfway between Gun and Martin Points, and 
 1^^ miles from the beach, there is a patch locally known as Dixie 
 Rock, but more generally know.: as Indrie Rock. This danger, 
 which is of small extent, lies It'o miles S. 57° W. (S. 87° W. mag.) 
 from Martin Point, and has 2 fathoms over it at low water, and 
 from the 5-fathom line extends about 300 yards to the NNE. and 
 SSW., respectively. Between Indrie Rock and the shore, rather 
 more than -J mile from the latter, there are some rocky shoals of 4 
 and 4i fp.thoms. 
 
 The Whaleback is a narrow ridge of rocks lying in a NE. by E. 
 and SW. by W. direction, at nearly one mile off Martin Point. 
 Near the middle of this ridge, and one mile N. 71°W. (N.41°W. 
 mag.) from Martin Point, there is a small mushroom-shaped rock 
 which dries 4 feet at low water, and from it the 5-fathom line 
 extends 800 yards SSW. and 1,200 yards NE. by N. Over this 
 area there are several spots of 1^ to 2 fathoms. Both sides of the 
 ridge are quite steep-to, but more especially that facing seaward, 
 where the 20-fathom line is but little over 200 yaids off. In thick 
 weather, therefore, the lead is not to be depended on when standing 
 toward the shoal. 
 
 Between this ridge and Indrie Rock there is a clear passage 
 toward Martin Point, carrying 5 and 6 fathoms. 
 
 Northeast of Whalebac "c Rock, at a distance of 1-^^ miles, there 
 begins another cluster of shoals, known as the Brandies, the south- 
 western head of which, with 2 fathoms water over it, lies 1^ miles 
 N. 9° E. (N. 39° E. mag.) from Martin Point and li miles from the 
 nearest shore. Eastward from this head is another, with a depth 
 of 15 feet, and 800 yards farther NE. there is a third cluster of 
 rocks, the top of which is awash at low water. All these shoals 
 are, like the Whaleback Ridge, steep-to on the seaward sides and 
 break heavily with a .swell from that direction. There is a good 
 clear passage between these shoals and the shore, but its northern 
 end is, within the 5-fathom line, contracted to a width of 650 yards 
 by a bank extending off the beach. As, however, the shoalest part 
 of the Brandies is generally visible by the break, or wash, over it, 
 the navigation of this passage presents no difficulty. 
 
 Clearing Marks. — Crag Peak, over the southern side of the 
 entrance to Bonne Bay, open of Green Point, bearing S. 2° E. (S. 
 28° W. mag.), clears Indrie Rock and leads 1^ miles outside the 
 Whaleback. 
 
 ii 
 
 i 
 
■anasei 
 
 272 
 
 NEWFOrNDLAND WEST COAST. 
 
 Parsons Pond Hill, a conspicuous, wooded, double-topped hill 
 near Parsons Pond, open eastward of Cow Head Peninsula, bearing 
 N. 36° E. (N. 66° E. mag.), leads outside the Whaleback and the 
 Brandies. 
 
 Mountain Bange. — From the northern side of the east arm of 
 Bonne Bay a conspicuous range of mountains extends in a north- 
 erly direction. Gros Morne (2,540 feet), the highest of these, near 
 Bonne Bay, is easily recognized from seaward by its elevation, and 
 also from the southward by its bare sloping southern face, while 
 from the TTW. its steep cliffs, falling iijto a deep gorge, with per- 
 pendicular sides, are conspicuous. 
 
 From this mountain the range extends nearly parallel to the 
 coast, its westernmost ridge being about 5 miles distant. From it 
 low wooded spurs reach off toward the shore, and north of Green 
 Point terminate in large tracts of bog and barren, with numerous 
 ponds. 
 
 About 3f miles from Martin Point, in an ESE. direction, there 
 is a conspicuous wedge-shaped summit, 1,815 feet in height, which 
 forms the southwestern angle of a very remarkable gorge, the sides 
 of which appear as immense perpendicular walls of rock. Occupy- 
 ing this gorge, and stretching beyond the before-mentioned sum- 
 mit, through the flats, and to within IJ miles of the shore, there 
 is a large sheet of water, known as Western Brook Pond, said to 
 extend 10 or 12 miles inland. 
 
 Sailing vessels passing along this part of the coast during strong 
 easterly winds should be careful to guard against damage from the 
 violent squalls that blow down from the gorges of this mountain 
 range. 
 
 Coast. — From Martin Point the coast continues li miles to Gulls 
 Marsh, where there is a canning factory on the beach. From this 
 place there is a trail through Lho marshes to the end of Western 
 Brook Pond, where the residents of the factory keep a small boat 
 for hunting purposes. 
 
 Three miles from Gulls Marsh a sandy beach takes the place of 
 the stones hitherto met with, and a small stream named Western 
 Brook, flowing from the large pond already noticed, runs some 
 little way behind it and falls into the sea. North of this the coast 
 becomes rocky, and, with a small bight, forms the projection known 
 as Broom Point, on which there are a few cottages. Two ridges of 
 dry rocks extend about ^ mile seaward from the point, and in the 
 bight between them there is a landing stage and fish store. The 
 ends of these rocks are steep-to, and may be passed at a short dis- 
 tance; but off the mouth of Western Brook the 3-fathom line 
 extends upward of 600 yards from shore. To this distance, and 
 often beyond it, the water is frequently discolored by the discharge 
 from the brook. 
 
8T. PAULS BAY. 
 
 273 
 
 le-topped hill 
 nsula, bearing 
 3back and the 
 
 [le east arm of 
 ids in a north- 
 of these, near 
 elevation, and 
 rn face, while 
 irge, with per- 
 
 )arallel to the 
 ;ant. From it 
 orth of Green 
 pith numerous 
 
 irection, there 
 height, which 
 jorge, the sides 
 ock. Occupy- 
 lentioned sum- 
 le shore, there 
 : Pond, said to 
 
 during strong 
 mage from the 
 this mountain 
 
 miles to Gulls 
 h.. From this 
 id of Western 
 p a small boat 
 
 es the place of 
 
 imed Western 
 
 ed, runs some 
 
 this the coast 
 
 )jection known 
 
 Two ridges of 
 
 int, and in the 
 
 ih store. The 
 
 at a short dis- 
 
 3-fathom line 
 
 distance, and 
 
 r the discharge 
 
 St. Pauls Bay, lying north of Broom Point, is about 2A niilt's 
 wide and one mile deep, but (^uite exposed to any wind or swell 
 from seaward. The shores are low and stony, the bottom is foul, 
 and the aucliorage indifferent ; even with the strong sea breeze that 
 frequently blows, it is unsafe. 
 
 There are some rocky patches in the bay, one with 5 fathoms 
 Avater over it, lying one mile in a northwesterly direction from 
 Broom Point, and one with a depth of 3^ fathoms, (JOO yards off- 
 shore, a little southward of the entrance of St. Pauls Inlet. Abreast 
 of the center of the bay, and nearly 2 miles from Broom Point, there 
 is a small i)atch of G fathoms. 
 
 On the north side of the bay a break in the low shore gives 
 access to a narrow channel, between some extensive stony banks 
 that dry at low water, leading into St. Pauls Inlet. This break is 
 1,200 yards wide, and inside it the shore opens out, forming an 
 oval basin about 1^ miles long by one mile wide, filled with l)anks 
 of sand and stones which dry at low water. It is surrounded by 
 low marshy shores, and has two channels leading from the sea. 
 The northern of these is very shallow, and terminates near a low 
 stony islet, but the southern is deeper, and, carrying from one to 
 3 fathoms, it leads up to a narrow passage between two points 1+ 
 miles from the entrance. The southern side of the mouth of this 
 channel is formed by a sandy spit on which there are some houses, 
 and which may be recognized from seaward by the wooded hill, 
 220 feet high, a little to the southward, and also by a large wooden 
 building situated near the extreme of the point and used as a 
 canning factory. 
 
 From the end of this point a ridge of shingle extends NW. and 
 forms a narrow bar across the entrance of the channel ; over it 
 there is not more than 3 feet at low water, but immediately inside 
 the depth increases to 1| and 2 fathoms, while under the factory 
 the shore is quite steep-to. 
 
 The bar is easily crossed by boats during fine weather by keeping 
 close along the northern side of the spit projecting from the factory 
 point, but it is dangerous during strong winds with a heavy swell. 
 
 St. Pauls Inlet. — Passing the factory, the channel already 
 noticed is about 65 yai"ds wide, with a low-water depth of one to 
 li fathoms. The edges are clearly defined except at high water, 
 and there is no difficulty for boats beyond that caused by the tidal 
 streams, which run through the channel and over the bar ,vith 
 considerable strength. 
 
 At H miles from the sea the shores of the estuary are contracted 
 to a channel, about 50 yards wide, by two slightly elevated jjoints 
 extending from either side ; the depth here increases to 4, 5, and 7 
 fathoms, and immediately beyond is the extensive sheet of water 
 
 < t 
 
274 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND — WFIST COAST. 
 
 known as St. Puuls Iiilot. From tlie narrow entrance to the head 
 this area is nearly miles in lenj,'th, with a breadth riUiging from 
 3 miles inside the entrance to .V mile at its liead. 
 
 The eastern end of the inlet, as also the southern side, lies at the 
 foot of the seaward fa(!o of a portion of the mountain range extend- 
 ing northward from Bonne Bay, and toward them the water is 
 deep and clear of shoals; but inside The Tickle, or entrance, the 
 water is shallow and there are several rocky patches. A channel 
 carrying about 2 fathoms, and leading into the deeper water, may, 
 however, be found by keeping along the western shore. On this 
 side, about one mile from The Tickle, borings for oil have b'>en 
 some time in progress, and it is now (1807) reported that a good 
 supply has been obtained at a depth of 1,000 feet. 
 
 Coast— The coast from St. Pauls Bay to Cow Head, a distance 
 of 2k miles, comprises a rough stony beach in front of a low wooded 
 bank, behind which are ponds and marshy ground reaching to the 
 hills, which here begin to recede further from the shore, and, being 
 broken by steep gorges with immense cliffs on either side, present 
 seaward a very rugged and barren aspect. 
 
 Cow Head, a conspicuous peninsula one mile in length by -^ 
 mile in breadth, and densely wooded on its southern and western 
 sides, rises to a height of 206 feet. A low isthmus of sand and 
 stones joins it to the main shore, separating Cow Cove, on the 
 southern, from Cow Head Harbor, on the northern side. The 
 northern slope of the head has been partially cleared and affords 
 grazing to the sheep and cattle of the residents, whose houses are 
 situated at the NE. side. Here there is a large canning factory 
 and some landing stages, the latter getting some partial protection 
 from a ridge of dry rocks extending from the northernmost point. 
 The seaward side of the head is steep-to, but there are a few 
 rocks extending from the SW. point. 
 
 Cow Cove affords good anchorage, in from 4 to 10 fathoms 
 water, during NE. gales, that are prevalent in the early spring and 
 autumn months ; also with moderate breezes as far round as N. 
 by W., but with winds to the westward of this a heavy swell rolls 
 in, rendering the anchorage unsafe. 
 
 Cow Head Harbor.— North of Cow Head Peninsula the coast 
 takes a sharp bend, forming the isthmus, before referred to, and 
 then continues to the northward, in a long curve of sandy shore, 
 to Downes Point, a distance of a little over 2 miles. Off Downes 
 Point, 600 yards. White Rock Islets, a chain of small islets and 
 low- water rocks, 1^^ miles in length, together with the shores, just 
 noticed, form Cow Head Harbor. 
 
 The islets are connected with Downes Point by a sandy flat dry- 
 ing at low water, which, extending to the southward, occu^jies a 
 
 L-. 
 
CO to tlio head 
 runging from 
 
 lido, lies nt the 
 range extond- 
 1 the water is 
 • entrance, the 
 IS. A channel 
 er water, may, 
 liore. On this 
 oil have hoen 
 3d that a good 
 
 3ad, a distance 
 I a low wooded 
 eaching to the 
 )re, and, being 
 r side, present 
 
 in length by ^ 
 
 n and western 
 
 s of sand and 
 
 Cove, on the 
 
 ivn side. The 
 
 id and affords 
 
 3se houses are 
 
 ning factory 
 
 ;ial protection 
 
 ernmost point. 
 
 ere are a few 
 
 to 10 fathoms 
 rly spring and 
 round as N. 
 avy swell rolls 
 
 sula the coast 
 'erred to, and 
 sandy shore, 
 Off Downes 
 all islets and 
 le shores, just 
 
 «indy flat dry- 
 ^rd, occupies a 
 
 COW IIKAI) irAI'BOR. 
 
 considerable portion of the partially iucloaod space, which is, at 
 best, only suitable for vessels of moderate length and drawing 
 less than 10 feet water; for not only is the passage into it narrow 
 and tortuous, but during northeastly or northwesterly winds such 
 a heavy swell rolls in that there is great risk of touching the 
 ground. 
 
 The entrance is obstructed by Tortoise Rock, awash at low 
 water, and separated from the I'ocks extending from Cow Head 
 by a channel aboxit 100 yards wide. In the middle of this, and 
 slightly inside Tortoise Rock, there is, however, another rock, with 
 oidy feet water over it, and a very naiTow passage of 1 3 to 15 
 feet on its northern side. North of Tortoise Rock it would be 
 difficult to find a passage with more than 10 feet at low water, 
 and in any case local knowledge is necessary to enter safely. 
 Inside, anchorage may be found in 2^ to 3^ fathoms water, but in 
 bad westerly weather there is not much shelter. 
 
 Oommunlcation. — The monthly coasting steamer from Halifax 
 calls off Cow Head Harbor on her way to and from the more 
 northern ports. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, at Cow Head Harbor 
 at lOh. 30m. ; springs rise 6i feet, neaps rise 4^ feet. 
 
 Tidal Streams. — Between Cow Head Harbor and Stearing 
 Island the tidal streams run strongly, the flood to the NE. some- 
 times attaining a velocity, at springs, of 3 knots an hour. The 
 duration of this stream is much longer than of that in the oi)po- 
 site direction ; and along the shore, between Cow Head and Bonne 
 Bay, as also to the northward, there is generally a stream running 
 io the NE. 
 
 Stearing Island, lying f mile NW. of Cow Head, is 22 feet 
 high, i mile in length, with an average breadth of about 100 yards ; 
 but from either end broken islets and low-water rocks ext :i'l GOO 
 yards westward and 350 yards northeastward. The island :-; com- 
 posed of limestone rock, with a scant covering of coarse grass. Its 
 southeastern side is fairly steep-to, but to the westward and north- 
 ward shoals extend upward of 600 yards, making it a dangerous 
 obstacle to navigation at night or in the thick weather which is 
 occasionally prevalent. Vessels passing this locality under these 
 conditions will do well to keep outside the line of 20 fathoms, 
 which will insure their being at least ^ mile westward of the island 
 shoals. 
 
 ShallO'W Bay. — From Downes Point, already mentioned, the 
 coast forms another long sandy curve, backed up by wooded flats 
 and marshes, similar to that in Cow Head Harbor, but broken by 
 two small streams and terminating in a rocky projection named 
 Lower Head. This curve, together with the northern half of the 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 iii 
 
 *tl 
 
 Iii 
 
 ill 
 
 (!! 
 
 i 
 
 I 
 
 
 3!^ 
 
mfmm 
 
 MfM 
 
 »»t- 
 
 276 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND WK8T COAHT. 
 
 Wliito Rf)ck Islets, forma Sluillow Bay, whoro tlioro is fairly good 
 aiiclioraKo for vo.ssols of loss than U feet draft, with winds to tho 
 southward of WbW. Those drawing less than 1^ feet may find 
 shelter, with the wind as fur round as west, by going as close as 
 possible to the White Rock Islets, but with this wind a heavy sea 
 is likely to roll in and, at low water, to break over tho greater 
 part of tho bay. 
 
 Anchorage.— If desiring to anchor here, a vessel from the 
 southward should pass along the western side of the White Rock 
 Islets, which are fairly stoop-to, and haul round their northern 
 extreme, giving the rocks a berth of about 100 yards. The best 
 anchorage is with the whole of Stearing Island, and rocks, just 
 open northward of tho northernmost grassy islet of the White 
 Rock Group, bearing about S. 77° W. (N. 73° W. mag.), and the 
 canning factory at Cow Head Harbor, a conspicuous whitewashed 
 building on the shore, just seen open of tho other islets of the same 
 group. This berth will be in :ii fathoms water, but quite close to 
 the edge of tho 3-fathom bank extending from tho islets and Dowues 
 Point. A little eastward of this position a 3-fathom bank extends 
 from the main shore, leaving a bight of deeper water, 3^ to 4^ 
 fathoms, between it and Downos Point. It is in this bight that 
 anchorage should be sought. Entering Shallow Bay from the 
 northward, a vessel should pass the shoal water off Lower Head in 
 8 or 9 fathoms, and then steer for the northern end of the White 
 Rock Islets before hauling into the anchorage. 
 
 Evangeline Banks comprise a series of rocky patches extend- 
 ing from abreast the northern extreme of the White Rock Islets, 
 in a northerly direction, for J mile. 
 
 The least water on these shoals, 2 fathoms, lies 900 yards N. 41° 
 W. (N. 11° W. mag.) from tho northernmost grassy island of the 
 White Rock Group, and is on a patch about i mile long by 200 
 yards wide. At 300 yards north of this there is another patch, of 
 2f fathoms, with 3^ fathoms between. Farther north the depths 
 on tho bank are 3i to 5 fathoms, reaching toward the shoals off 
 Lower Head. 
 
 Inside this bank there is a belt of deeper water, 5 and 6 fathoms, 
 fronting the shoaler area in Shallow Bay. 
 
 (H. O. Chart No. 1105 and B. A. Chart No. 284.) 
 
 Coast — Lower Head is conspicuous from its being tho termina- 
 tion of the sandy shore extending northward from Cow Head. It 
 is a rocky projection, 35 feet in height, and from it a low cliffy 
 shore, with a small sandy bight, extends i inile northward. Off 
 Lower Head, and also off this cliffy shore, the shoal water extends 
 for nearly i mile, and is clearly marked by breakers, when there is 
 
) is fairly good 
 ,h winds to tho 
 foot inivy find 
 ling 1V8 close as 
 nd a heavy sea 
 'cr tho greater 
 
 )ssol from tho 
 10 White Rock 
 their northern 
 rds. The best 
 !ind rocks, just 
 i of tho White 
 mag.), iind the 
 IS whitewashed 
 lets of the same 
 it quite close to 
 ots and Downes 
 n bank extends 
 water, 11^ to 4^ 
 this bight that 
 Bay from tho 
 Lower Head in 
 id of the White 
 
 latches extend- 
 to Rock Islets, 
 
 30 yards N. 41° 
 y island of the 
 le long by 200 
 other patch, of 
 irth the depths 
 the shoals off 
 
 and 6 fathoms, 
 
 g the termina- 
 
 Cow Head. It 
 
 it a low cliffy 
 
 jrthward. Off 
 
 water extends 
 
 , when there is 
 
 I'AKHONS I'ONI). 
 
 277 
 
 any swell. This shoal should be carefully avoided if entering or 
 leaving Shallow Bay in that direction. 
 
 From the cliffs the shore is low and thickly wooded, for 3i miles 
 rising gradually to the slopes of Parsons Pond Hill, a cotispictioua 
 feature, 400 feet in height, and densely wooded to the summit. 
 The rough beach, of stones and bowlders, is fronted by Hat lodges 
 of rock extending about 200 yards from tho shore; outside tlieso 
 the water deepens gradually to 10 fathoms, i mile distant. 
 
 About 4 miles from Lower Head the rocky ledges cease and the 
 stony beach becomes less rough, and finally changes to sand; 
 behind these is a steep, yellow-colored clay bank, which is con- 
 spicnious from seaward. Behind this bank there is a large pond 
 and low, marshy ground. 
 
 Sandy Bay, 5 miles from Lower Head, is only a shallow bond 
 in tho shore line, but has near its southern end the entrance to a 
 large shoot of water, known as Parsons Pond. 
 
 The bay is generally foul and rocky, and does not afford more 
 than temporary anchorage for tho purpose of communicating with 
 the village, situated just inside the entrance alluded to. 
 
 Parsons Fond is a large sheet of water extending inland from 
 Sandy Bay for about 7 miles, with an average breadth inside the 
 narrows near the enti'ance of about one mile. Tlie entrance is 
 obstructed by a bar of coarse shingle, with a depth of 4 foot over it 
 at low water, and immediately inside it, on the southern bank, is 
 the village, with some buildings on the sandy spit opposite. Here 
 the depth in tho passage is about one fathom, but farther in it 
 quickly shoals again to 3 and 4 feet, through a stony flat. One 
 mile and a half from the sea the channel is contracted to little over 
 200 yards, but here the depth is from one to 2 fathoms. Above 
 this tho pond opens out for about 1^ miles, where there is another 
 narrow passage, beyond which the water deepens to 5 and 8 fath- 
 oms. This depth continues to the head, which lies directly at the 
 foot of tho mountain range. 
 
 Borings for oil are being prosecuted on tho southern shore of 
 Parsons Pond, 5^ miles from the entrance. 
 
 Coast. — From Parsons Pond northward there is a low stony 
 beach for f mile, followed by a clay bank, not unlike that on tho 
 other side of Sandy Bay. From here a rough beach of stones and 
 bowlders, fronted in places by rocky ledges, extends to the Arches, 
 a remarkable cluster of detached masses of sandstone honeycombed 
 by the sea, and standing on a sandy beach a little above low water. 
 
 Tho country behind this part of the coast comjirises low ridges, 
 thickly wooded, and largo tracts of marsh extending toward the 
 mountains some 6 miles inland. The shore is fairly steep, the 
 10-fathom line being generally about + mile off, while a little north 
 
 ! 
 
NKWIOIXDLAM) — VVKST COAST. 
 
 of Hiiiidy Buy tlic line '>f 60 futliomH closos in U) n diatimco of i 
 iiiilfH from Iiiiid. 
 
 Two milt's north of Tliti Arclit'Htliii coast IxnidH ii littlo to thooafit- 
 wurd, and nitlior nioro than i niiUj from it I'ortland Hill rist-s to a 
 liciKlit of 5U0 feet. It is a reinarkalilo hill, thickly woodtid, and 
 \\o(lK»<-shii|HMl when ween from the Houthward. Its soaward end 
 fonn.s a pcriKdidicnlar cliir, which extends a little along the sonth- 
 wustorn side and on the northern face, gradually changing to a 
 steep slope, which finally joins with the ridges farther inland. 
 This hill is a conspicuous landmark when approaching the coast. 
 
 Portland Cove.— Al^reast of Portland Hill flat ledges again 
 n[)pear outside the stony beach and continue for a distance of 2 
 miles. Here there are some cottages and a canning factory. The 
 shore, now changed to a sandy beach, gradually turns to the west- 
 ward, forming a small bight named Portland Cove. At its head 
 there is a creek, or channel, running from a large sheet of water 
 one mile back and having in it a depth of from 2 to 3 feet, but 
 owing to its being much obstructed by large stones and bowlders, 
 it is diflicult for a boat to get through, though the entrance is easy 
 of access in fine weatlier. 
 
 Off the creek the water in the cove is shallow for about i mile, 
 but outside this fairly good anchorage will be found during winds 
 from north, round by east, to south, the depth being about 4 fathoms, 
 over a bottom of sand and mud. 
 
 There are no dangers outside the line of 3 fathoms, which, how- 
 ever, extends for nearly 600 yards from shore. A little more than 
 200 yards off the factory there is a ledge, whicli dries at low water, 
 with less than a fathom between it and the rocks. 
 
 Coast—Eastern Head, the outer point of Portland Cove, is 30 
 feet high, bare on the top, and with a rocky shore. Northward 
 for It^ij miles tlie coast is of similar character, and here there is a 
 white stony beach in front of a high green bank ; north of this 
 beach there is a rocky point, named Cliffy Point, behind which the 
 bank attains an elevation of 60 feet. 
 
 A small rocky ridge. Brown Shoal, with 4 fathoms water over 
 it and 10 fathoms inside, lies 1,800 yards from Cliffy Point in a 
 southwesterly direction and + mile offshore. From Cliffy Point 
 the stony shore continues in a NNE. direction, backed by a more 
 or less wooded bank for 2 miles to a low point fronted by some 
 rocks, two of which are pinnacles 25 feet high. There are several 
 houses on the point, and the rocks in front, extending a little to the 
 northward, form a cove known as Daniels Harbor. Reaching 
 nearest to the coast, a little north of Cliffy Point, a large pond 
 occupies the greater part of the space between this locality and the 
 mountain range 7 miles back. 
 
II (liHtiiiicu of 4 
 
 ittio to thonust- 
 [ Flill fiscs to ft 
 ly wooded, iukI 
 ■M soawiird oiid 
 long thu south- 
 
 chnnging to a 
 farther inland, 
 ing tho coast. 
 bt ludgos again 
 a distance of 2 
 jf factory. The 
 rns to the west- 
 ). At its head 
 
 sheet of water 
 ! to 3 feet, but 
 I and bowklers, 
 mtrance is easy 
 
 p about ■} mile, 
 d during winds 
 ,bout 4 fathoms, 
 
 ps, which, how- 
 ittle more than 
 3s at low water, 
 
 and Cove, is 30 
 e. Northward 
 
 here there is a 
 north of this 
 
 lind which the 
 
 nis water over 
 ffy Point in a 
 m Cliffy Point 
 ked by a more 
 onted by some 
 ore are several 
 g a little to the 
 tor. Reaching 
 a large pond 
 ocality and the 
 
 DANIKLM COVE — RICH POINT. 
 
 279 
 
 'I'liis pond, of an irrnguliir ov/Uc form, is iioiily .'i niih's in length 
 by 'i\ in width, and Iihh an ontlet into Fortliuid Cove, already no- 
 ticed. At its upper end a Hinail channel, (piito accossible to boats, 
 leads into another pond, which occupies a mountain gorge ext»>nd- 
 ing to the eastward. 
 
 In tho outer pond tho water is not very deep, from :j to tl or 7 
 fathoms, but in the inner one a sounding of 9ft fathoms was ol)- 
 tained by the triangulating j)arty engaged in tho survey. 
 
 Tho residents of Daniels Cove keep several boats on the larger 
 pond, in which thoy make hunting e.Kcursions to tho mountaiiiH. 
 
 On the north side of the inner pond a truncated mountain, l,fir)0 
 foot in height, and with nearly perpendicular sides, is conspicuous. 
 Northeast from it the range continues for about 4 miles, an<l termi- 
 nates a little beyond a summit, 2,115 feet high, locally known as 
 Eastern Hill. 
 
 Caution.— Between Daniels Cove and Port Saunders tho jiromi- 
 nent points are reported to bo out in bearing in relation U> each 
 other; caution is therefore necessary when approaching the coast. 
 
 Table Point, 11 miles from Portland Cove, is a low, rocky, 
 sharp cliff, the north extreme of a "-lerins of small beaches; from it 
 the shore is bordered by shingle in uont of woods. 
 
 Bad Bay, lU miles from Table Point, and completely open to 
 seaward, has at its head a yonow-colorod cliff, scmth of which 
 Pcnid.s River discharges, which is ascended by small boats with 
 difficulty against the stream, which is strongest in spring. Little 
 Brook discharges north of the yellow cliff. 
 
 Anchorage. — Temporary anchorage may bo obtained i mile off 
 the yellow cliff in from 8 to 10 fathoms water 
 
 Ooast. — The coast from Bad Bay is again w<KMled, and risi.'s 
 gradually, and a conspicuous yellow patch is situated 1^^ miles 
 northeast of Burntwood Point and just south of Eboule/nont 
 Point, off which latter rocks and shoals extend NNW. a little 
 
 more than ^ mile. 
 
 (H. O. Chart No. 1175.) 
 
 Ingornachoix Bay, lying between Ebouloment and Rich Points, 
 nearly 6 miles distant from each other, is 'd\ miles deep and com- 
 pletely exposed, but with offshore winds temporary anchorage may 
 be obtained north of Port Saunders in 10 fathoms water, or in the 
 spacious arms at the head. 
 
 Rocks. — A rocky patch, with a least depth of 2 fathoms on it, 
 lies with Ebouloment (locally known as Spirity) Point 700 yards 
 S. 62° E. (S. 30° E. mag.). 
 
 A rock, with a depth of 22 feet on it, lies with Ebouloment Point 
 1,100 yards S. 44° E. (S. 12° E. mag.). 
 
 llitr' 
 
MjHinnnifiiritniiBfF - «i 
 
 280 
 
 NEAVFOUNDLAND — WEST COAST. 
 
 A rock, with a depth of IG feet on it, lies with Eboulement Point 
 1,300 yards S. 29° W. (S. 61° W. mag.). 
 
 The shoal on which this rock is situated, extending about a mile 
 northeastward from Eboulement Point, has general depths of 3 to 
 4 fathoms on it. 
 
 The southern part of Two Hills Point open northward of Keppel 
 Island leads northward of these dangers. 
 
 A rock, with a depth of 22 feet on it, lies with Keppel Island 
 Cross 1,200 yards fe 37° E. (S. 5° E. mag.). 
 
 A rock, with a depth of 27 feet on it, lies with Keppel Island 
 Cross 1,600 yards S. 12 E. (S. 20° W. mag.). 
 
 Keppel Island, at the head of the bay, lies off the entrances 
 to Hawke and Keppel Harbors and Port Saunders. It is not easy 
 to distinguish, the outer part being a blackish cliff, on which is a 
 large cross which is falling into decay. The island is a mile long 
 and continued to the eastward by Morue Spit, a shingle spit that 
 covers at high water and is steep-to. The other shores of the 
 island are bold. Trapper Cove, a shallow bight, lies just west of 
 the entrance to Hawke Harbor. 
 
 Hawke Harbor is entered between Keppel Island and a low 
 wooded point to the southward. 
 
 A dangerous sand bank extends from the south shore nearly 800 
 yards, narrowing the entrance to 600 yards between it and the 
 peninsula that forms Keppel Harbor. 
 
 Directions. — To enter Hawke Harbor pass about 200 yards from 
 the SW. side of Keppel Island, steering about S. 78° E. (S. 46° E. 
 mag.) till Grass Point bears North (N. 32° E. mag.), then steer S. 
 49° E. (S. 17° E. mag.) for the center of Robinson Island, taking 
 care to avoid the shoal off Keppel Point, and anchor f mile south- 
 ward of that point in 15 fathoms water, over mud, or ^ mile NW. 
 of Robinson Island in 16 fathoms. 
 
 Keppel Point, the north extreme of this peninsula, is continued 
 by foul ground for 400 yards nearly on its north and west sides. 
 Robinson Island, off Lossieux Point, the south extreme of this 
 peninsula, is joined to it by shoal water. Shoals extend east 
 nearly 400 yards, and west about 100 yards. 
 
 Hawke Bay extends nearly ^ miles E. by N. from Robinson 
 Island, and is li miles in mean breadth. The south shore curves 
 east of Robinson Island to Ourson Point, off which shoals lie nearly 
 600 yards. The south coast of the bay is foul, the north shore is 
 clear, except Cook Bank, and there is a salmon fishery at the head 
 from which shallow water extends i mile. 
 
 Anchorage may be had anywhere in the bay in 7 to 18 fathoms, 
 mud, taking care to avoid the following dangers : 
 
 u,. 
 
mrnormmmm 
 
 Eboulement Point 
 
 tiding about a mile 
 eral depths of 3 to 
 
 rthward of Keppel 
 
 ith Keppel Island 
 
 ith Keppel Island 
 
 ! off the entrances 
 irs. It is not easy 
 cliff, on which is a 
 and is a mile long 
 I shingle spit that 
 her shores of the 
 t, lies just west of 
 
 Island and a low 
 
 h shore nearly 800 
 3tween it and the 
 
 )ut 200 yards from 
 ;. 78° E. (S. 46° E. 
 lag.), then steer S. 
 ion Island, taking 
 chor f mile south- 
 id, or i mile NW, 
 
 isula, is continued 
 th and west sides, 
 h extreme of this 
 doals extend east 
 
 N". from Robinson 
 outh shore curves 
 h shoals lie nearly 
 the north shore is 
 shery at the head, 
 
 in 7 to 18 fathoms. 
 
 COOK BANK PORT SAUNDERS. 
 
 281 
 
 Cook Bank, with 16 feet, lies N. 62° E. (S. 86° E. mag.) a little 
 more than U miles from Robinson Island, leaving a passage be- 
 tween it and the north shore 300 yards wide. 
 
 Commander Shoal, with 9 feet water, lies nearly halfway up 
 the bay, on the south side, off a cove with a rocky point in the 
 middle, and extends nearly a third of the distance across the bay. 
 Cible Point, SE. of this shoal, will be easily recognized, being the 
 only cliff in the bay, the other portions of which are low, and 
 faced by shingle, sand, or flat rocks. Cible Shoal extends 300 
 yards from this point. 
 
 Gull Shoal, with 5 feet water, lies close off the point next east 
 of Cible Point, and is steep-to on the north shore. 
 
 Water is most conveniently obtained from the stream between 
 Cible and Gull Points; at the head of the bay good salmon and 
 trout fishing may be obtained, in the season, and deer shot in the 
 vicinity. 
 
 Ice.— Hawke Bay freezes late in November or early in December, 
 and breaks up between 20th April and 10th May. 
 
 Tides.— It is high water, full and change, at Hawke Bay at llh • 
 springs rise 6 feet, neaps rise 4 feet. At the east part of the bay 
 the tidal stream is strong enough to keep vessels riding athwart 
 a good breeze, and the streams are strong in Hawke Harbor. 
 
 With a flood, tide, the stream from the torrent sets across the 
 bay,^ and would carry a vessel toward the north shore. 
 
 Directions.— Large vessels should steer SW. of Robinson Island 
 and may approach it as close as 140 yards, but it is better to keep 
 mid-channel. After passing the island steer for Great Point the 
 east extreme of the north shore of the bay, on which there' is a 
 remarkable flat rock, and when past Ourson Point anchor as 
 convenient. 
 
 Keppel Harbor, just north of Keppel Point, is one mile long 
 and nearly i mile wide, but shoal water extends i mile from the 
 head. 
 
 Anchorage.— By following along the south shore of Keppel 
 Island the harbor will open, and, by keeping in mid-channel 
 anchorage may be obtained, in 6 fathoms water, about i mile within 
 Keppel Point; another anchorage much frequented by fishermen 
 IS between Saunders Point and Morue Spit, in 11 fathoms water 
 over mud or sand. ' 
 
 Port Saunders, entered north of Keppel Island, between Saun- 
 ders Point on the south and Two Hills Point (a wooded hill with a 
 double summit) on the north side, is 400 yards wide at the entrance 
 from which the harbor extends 2* miles, with a mean breadth of 
 i mile. (See Caution, page 279.) 
 
 Ip 
 
 ff 
 
■«fpxiwmMi|fW> 
 
 mmmmg^liilgi/flllfglf^ f -^ 
 
 282 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND — AVE8T COAST. 
 
 A little within the entrance on the north shore is a steep bank 
 of shingle. 
 
 Supplies. — Fresh provisions can be obtkined at Port Saunders. 
 
 Montaignac Rock, which uncovers at low water, is situated 
 one mile from the entrance and one-third of the distance across 
 from the south shore. The cross on Keppel Island, kept open 
 north of Saunders Point, bearing S. 72° W. (N. 76° W. mag.), leads 
 north of this rock. 
 
 Kent Point is on the northern side of Port Saunders ; Dunlop 
 Spit, with 3 feet water near its extremity, extends 400 yards south 
 from this point. 
 
 Directions. — Anchorage may be obtained inside the entrances 
 between it and Montaignac Rock, in from 7 to 14 fathoms water, 
 but if proceeding to the head of the bay, the mark for clearing 
 Montaignac Rock must be kept on till within 400^ yards of Kent 
 Point. A course of S. 50° E. (S. 2^'' E. mag.) will lead between 
 Montaignac Rock and Dunlop Spit, and when Two Hills Point is 
 in line with the south shore, bearing about S. 88° W. (N. 60° W. 
 mag.), Dunlop Spit will be cleared, and anchorage may be taken 
 up, in 6 or 7 fathoms water, just south of that mark. Off nearly 
 all the shore of Port Saunders bowlders, that dry at low water, 
 extend from 40 to 60 yards from the beach, and make the landing 
 bad at low water. 
 
 Ice. — Port Saunders freezes late in November or early in Decem- 
 ber, and breaks up between 20th April and lOtli May. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Port Saunders at 
 lOh. 45m. ; springs rise 6 feet. 
 
 Gargamelle Cove, 2 miles east of Rich Point, is only adapted 
 for boats; at the head of the cove the isthmus, 300 yards broad, that 
 separates it from Old Port au Choix, joins Rich Point Peninsula 
 to the main. 
 
 Rich Point, the north limit of Ingornachoix Bay, is the SW. 
 extreme of Rich Point Peninsula. 
 
 Light.— On Rich Point an octagonal tower, 58 feet in height, 
 painted white, with a red lantern, exhibits, at an elevation of 93 
 feet, a revolving white light every 45 seconds, the light attaining 
 its greatest brilliancy at intervals of 15 and 30 seconds and being 
 obscured during the greater part of the longer interval. It should 
 be visible 15 miles. The keeper's dwelling near it is painted white. 
 
 Rich Point Shoal, with 9 feet water over it, lies 850 yards N. 
 63° W. (N. 31° W. mag.) from the lighthouse, and is steep-to, with 
 a clear passage between it and the shore. 
 
 The left extreme of the cliff on Keppel Island, open west of Rich 
 Point, bearing S. 45° E. (S. 13° E. mag.), leads SW. ; and Round 
 Head, open north of Black Cape, N. 56° E. (N. 88° E. mag.), leads 
 NW. of Rich Point Shoal. 
 
is a steep bank 
 
 Port Saunders, 
 ter, is situated 
 distance across 
 and, kept open 
 W. mag.), leads 
 
 mders; Dunlop 
 400 yards south 
 
 3 the entrances 
 fathoms water, 
 trk for clearing 
 )■ yards of Kent 
 11 lead between 
 5 Hills Point is 
 W. (N. 60° W. 
 e may be taken 
 ,rk. Off nearly 
 y at low water, 
 ake the landing 
 
 early in Decem- 
 
 ay. 
 
 ort Saunders at 
 
 is only adapted 
 
 ards broad, that 
 
 oint Peninsula 
 
 tay, is the SW. 
 
 'eet in height, 
 elevation of 93 
 
 ight attaining 
 ;onds and being 
 rval. It should 
 
 painted white, 
 js 850 yards N. 
 is steep-to, with 
 
 len west of Rich 
 v.; and Round 
 E. mag.), leads 
 
 POK'l' AU C'lIOIX. 
 
 28.'} 
 
 nfiTTiHii' 
 
 A rocky bank abor 400 yards in extent, witliin the 10-fathoin 
 line, with a least <l ,l of 7 fathoms, lies with Rich Point light- 
 house bearing ENE., iistant 1-jV miles. Fishornieu in the locality 
 state that in heavy weather the sea breaks on this bank and on the 
 l)-foot rock north of the point, but in no other position. 
 
 Current. — The inhabitants of Port au Choix report that a strong 
 current always sets to the northward, round Rich Point, on the 
 approach of bad weather. 
 
 Caution. — As the locality seaward of Rich Point is imperfectly 
 sounded, a wide berth should be given to the point when rounding. 
 
 Rich Point Peninsula is flat, composed of gray rocks, and ter- 
 raced, having several crosses on the summit and slopes. 
 
 (H. O. Chart No. 1182.) 
 
 Port au Choix, on the north coast of the peninsula, 2 miles 
 from Rich Point, is | mile deep and accessible to vessels drawing 
 less than 11 feet water, the entrance being 120 yards wide, nar- 
 rowed to 50 yards by Le Malouin, a shoal off the south shore. 
 
 Anchorages. — The anchorages are west and east of Benie Islet, 
 which lies 250 yards within the entrance, and is joined to the north 
 shore by a sand bank. 
 
 Directions. — To enter, keep one-third of the distance aci-oss the 
 entrance from the north point, and anchor in 13 feet water between 
 it and Benie Islet; or, if about to make a long stay, wait for high 
 water and rcund Benie Islet to an anchorage, in 11 feet water, 
 between the two fishing stages on the east shore. Winds from 
 westward bring a swell into the outer anchorage. 
 
 Barbace Cove, a small-boat cove, J mile from Port au Choix, 
 affords no shelter with westerly winds ; Barbacd Point, the north 
 point of the peninsula, has shoals extending 300 yards from it. 
 
 Old Port au Choix (locally termed Back Arm), on the SE. side 
 of Rich Point Peninsula, is separated from Port au Choix by an 
 isthmus 300 yards broad, across which there is a path. 
 
 The harbor, one mile long, i mile wide at the entrance and ^ 
 mile at the head, is fringed on the western shore by shoals, part 
 of which dry at low water, but the eastern shore is nearly bold-to. 
 It is entered by two channels, on 3 on each side of Querre Islet. 
 
 Querr^ Islet, in the middle of the entrance, is bold-to on the 
 NW. side, but the other shores are foul. 
 
 Savage Island, f mile NE. of Querrd Islet, and nearly joined 
 to it by a chain of rocks and shoals, is 49 feet high, and has several 
 fishermen's huts on it. 
 
 Sauvageon Rock lies west of this island, and the latter is joined 
 to the mainland by a bank, with 3 fathoms deepest water over it. 
 Ardent Rock, from which a shoal named Ardent Tail extends 200 
 
 14910 19 
 
284 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND WEST COAST. 
 
 yards in a northeasterly direction, lies west of Querrd Islet, and is 
 joined to the west shore by shoal water. 
 
 Beacons.— The beacons for leading through the channels into the 
 harbor are as follows : A beacon on the SW. extreme of Querrd 
 Islet and a similar mark on a small cliff sonfh of the entrance to 
 the harbor in line, bearing S. 19° W. (S. 5. W. mag.). At the 
 head of the harbor are three pyramidal-shaped beacons, the low- 
 est near the shore ; center, surmounted by a ball, about 400 yards 
 behind it, and the third on the summit of the land over Garga- 
 melle Cove; they are in line bearing S. 42° W. (S. 74° W. mag.). 
 
 For the eastern channel a beacon is erected on the shore, i mile 
 S. 50° E. (S. 18° E. mag.) from the beacon on Querrd Island; and 
 two beacons on the shore, i mile S. 85° E. (S. 53° E. mag.) from 
 the Querrd Island beacon, in line bearing S. 54° E. (S. 22° E. mag.), 
 lead over the reef extending to the eastward of the island. 
 
 Directions. — Having made the entrance of the harbor, steer for 
 Querrd Islet, with the beacon on the south side of the harbor in line 
 withthebeaconontheSW.endof Querrd Islet, bearings. 19° W. (S. 
 51° W. mag.), and when the three beacons at the head of the harbor 
 come in line, bearing S. 42° W. (S. 74° W, mag.), steer for them, 
 this mark leading in the deepest water, through which 28^ feet can be 
 carried into the harbor. When Querrd Islet has been passed, keep 
 a little nearer the east shore, and anchor at the head as convenient, 
 in 4| fathoms water. To avoid the shoals on the west side of the 
 harbor. Round Head must not be brought open north of Savage 
 Island. 
 
 To pass east of Savage Island, in 16 feet water, the beacon for the 
 east channel must be brought in line with the east extreme of a 
 rocky islet east of Querrd Islet, bearing S. 39° W. (S.71° W. mag.), 
 which mark leads about 100 yards SE. of Savage Island. 
 
 Anchorage may be obtained 400 yards south of Savage Island, 
 in 5^ fathoms water, with shelter from all but northeasterly winds, 
 and temporary anchorage in the bay between Savage Island and 
 Barbacd Point in about 11 fathoms water, over gravel. 
 
 Caution.— Steamers, when coasting, should be careful to avoid 
 the nets that are usually set off Barbacd Point. 
 
 Ice. — Port au Choix freezes about 15th December, and is com- 
 pletely closed by ice about 3 feet in thickness between that date 
 and the 20th May ; but in 1883 the port was blocked till 9th June. 
 Field ice appears about 15th January, disappearing about 15th 
 May. Upon the latter date the first vessel usually arrives, the 
 last leaving about 10th November. 
 
 Tides.— It is high water, full and change, in Old Port au Choix 
 at lOh. 40m. ; springs rise 7^ feet. 
 
 IL 
 
errd Islet, and is 
 
 ;hanne]s into the 
 reme of Querrd 
 
 the entrance to 
 mag.). At the 
 3acons, the low- 
 about 400 yards 
 nd over Garga- 
 74° W. mag.), 
 iie shore, i mile 
 rrd Island; and 
 
 E. mag.) from 
 S. 22° E. mag.), 
 e island, 
 larbor, steer for 
 tie harbor in line 
 ingS. 19°W.(S. 
 id of the harbor 
 steer for them, 
 h 28i feet can be 
 )en passed, keep 
 i as convenient, 
 west side of the 
 orth of Savage 
 
 e beacon for the 
 st extreme of a 
 5.71° W. mag.), 
 [sland. 
 
 Savage Island, 
 leasterly winds, 
 ^age Island and 
 vel. 
 ;areful to avoid 
 
 )er, and is com- 
 ;ween that date 
 id till 9th June, 
 ing about 15th 
 lly arrives, the 
 
 I Port au Choix 
 
 ST. JOHN BAY. 
 (B. A. Chart No. 1690.) 
 
 285 
 
 St. John Bay, comprised between Barbace and Fdrolle Points 
 contains several groups of islands, the largest of which is St. John 
 Island, 5 miles from Barbacd Point. On the east sido of this bay 
 are two remarkable mountains named the Highlands of St. John 
 flat and steep to seaward. The southern, 2i miles inland, is 1,610 
 feet, and the northern, f mile inland, 1,695 feet above high water 
 
 Oaution.-A small rock, of a white color, with a depth of 5A fath- 
 oms on It, over which the sea breaks in heavy northwesterly gales, is 
 situated with Savage Island summit bearing S. 14° W ^S 4f5° W 
 mag.), distant 1 A miles. -v^.^t, w. 
 
 ^^Zt~\T^^" ^'.^"''^^^'''^ St. John Bay should use B. A. Chart 
 No. 1690 with caution, as in several places the soundings have not 
 
 chart ''''''^'*' ^ ''""^^ *° ^^'' ^^^'* ^^' ^""'^ P^^^^*^ °^ the 
 
 Bustard Cove open to the NW., is 2 miles ENE. of Savage 
 Island and afllords temporary anchorage in 11 fathoms water, but 
 the holding IS not good. Shoals extend nearly i mile from Chas- 
 seurs Point, north of this cove. 
 
 Green Islet, surrounded by rocks and breakers, lies f mile off 
 Chasseurs Point, leaving a narrow passage between 
 
 Old Man Cove, a shallow indentation 2 miles from Bustard 
 Cove, IS fronted by Old Man Shoal, consisting of a bank about 800 
 yards in diameter with two heads that uncover at low water, situ- 
 ated i mile from the shore. This is the only shoal off the shore of 
 the bay till the head is reached, where a stream empties itself 
 through a whi e sandy beach, and temporary anchorage may be 
 obtained, but the bottom is not good, and heavy squalls sweep 
 down from the Highlands of St. John. ^ 
 
 (B. A. Charf No. 2917.) 
 St John Island is of moderate height, with a round summit 
 and wooded only at the north point. St. John Harbor, on the west 
 side of the island, a httle more than one mile long, in an easterly 
 direction, is a good anchorage for steamers or small vessels but 
 square-rigged sailing s: Ips require a leading wind to enter ' 
 
 The two sides of the entrance are nearly steep-to, but the south 
 shore shoals immediately the entrance is passed. 
 
 Seal Rocks, low, and difficult to see at night, lie f mile SW of 
 the entrance, and are steep-to on the SE. side, but the NW side 
 is foul for a little more than 200 yards. 
 
 The Fox, a rock nearly awash, situated 100 yards off the first 
 point on the south shore within the entrance, is cleared by keeping 
 Bare Point just to the right of a woody eminence seen in the pro 
 hie of the land at the head of the bay, bearing N. 60° E. (S. 88° 
 
28« 
 
 NEWFOFNDLAND — WEKT COAST. 
 
 E. mag.). Tliis mark also loads just south of the shoals off English 
 Point, tho first point in on the north sliore. 
 
 There i.s no other danger in the harbor, and vessels can anchor 
 in Se.sostris Bay in from !l to 13 fathoms water, over sand and mud, 
 or, if small craft, at the head in 5 fathoms, mud. The holding 
 ground is good and the anchorage convenient for a short time, but 
 a fresh wind soon raises a sea. Vessels of more than 100 feet in 
 length should anchor in Sesostris Bay and haul into the Haven at 
 the head and moor as convenient where the holding ground and 
 shelter is good, but the inhabitants report that in heavy westerly 
 gales the swell rolls in. 
 
 The Men-hir, a remarkable rock, stands over the coast a little 
 more than | mile NNW. of the entrance to St. John Harbor. 
 
 Ice. — St. John Bay fills with northern ice and freezes in Decem- 
 ber or Janxiary, and breaks up in May. During severe winters the 
 ice will extend from New Fdrelle Point to the Twin and Flat Islands 
 and to Rich Point. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in St. John Harbor 
 at lOh. '10m. ; springs rise 7^ feet, neaps rise 5^ feet. The tidal 
 streams are not felt in the harbor. 
 
 Square Bock, lying south of the peninsula which forms the 
 south side of the harbor, is about 300 yards offshore, and steep-to 
 on the N W. side, leaving a clear passage between it and the main- 
 land, but shoals a short distance off the other sides. 
 
 Horn Island, | mile NE. of Square Rock, is separated from St. 
 John Island by a channel 100 yards wide, with 13 feet water in 
 mid-channel. 
 
 Horn Spit, with 12 feet least water, extends 600 yards NE. by E. 
 frimi the east side of Horn Island and is steep-to. 
 
 Beacons. — There is a beacon on Horn Island which, with another 
 beacon on Flat Point, is used as a clearing mark for the shoals on 
 the eaf^t side of St. John Island. 
 
 Bound Head Island, 750 yards from the SE. shore of St. John 
 Island, is so named from Round Head, a conspicuoiis hummock 98 
 feet high, near the west extreme of the island, immediately south 
 of which is Round Head Cove, a shallow inlet. 
 
 Bound Head Shoal, with 7 feet water over it, extends 250 yards 
 south from the south point of this cove. 
 
 Falaise Shoal, with 13 feet water over it, lies 150 yards off the 
 NW. extreme of the island, and has 5 fathoms close north; it is 
 cleared, passing to the northward, by keeping Horn Island a little 
 open NW. of the foot of Round Head, bearing S. 58° W. (West 
 mag.), but the beacons near Well Point are not intended to be used 
 as a clearing mark. 
 
loals off English 
 
 sols can anchor 
 r sand and mud, 
 i. The holding 
 1 short time, but 
 ;han 100 feet iu 
 to the Haven at 
 ing ground and 
 heavy westerly 
 
 he coast a little 
 tin Harbor, 
 reezes in Decem- 
 5vere winters the 
 and Flat Islands 
 
 3t. John Harbor 
 feet. The tidal 
 
 yhich forms the 
 
 ore, and steep-to 
 
 it and the main- 
 
 a 
 
 parated from St. 
 13 feet water in 
 
 yards NE. by E. 
 
 ich, with another 
 or the shoals on 
 
 hore of St. John 
 OTIS hummock 98 
 imediately south 
 
 sxtends 250 yards 
 
 150 yards off the 
 lose north ; it is 
 rn Island a little 
 S. 58° W. (West 
 ended to be used 
 
 GOOD BAY — WOLF ROCK. 
 
 m 
 
 Qood Bay, a spacious anchorage between St. John and Roinid 
 Head Islands, has deep water, but good holding ground, and there 
 is never any sea; it may be entered either from NE. or SW. 
 
 A shoal, with 4^ fathoms water over it, lies ^( mile N. ()G° W. 
 {N. 34° W. mag.) from Round Head Point, and is the only isolated 
 danger in the harbor. 
 
 Beacons. — Two pairs of white beacons indicate the anchorage 
 for large ships in 17 fathoms water. 
 
 Well Bay, NW. of Round Head Point, affords good anchorage 
 for small vessels in 7 fathoms water, over sand, but shoal water 
 extends 200 yards from the north shore. The well that gives the 
 name to the bay is a curious excavation, 05 feet deep in the rock, 
 near the path that connects Well Bay with St. John Harbor; the 
 depth of water in the well is about 30 feet. 
 
 Beacons. — Two pairs or white beacons, on the shores of Well 
 Bay, indicate the anchorage in 10 fathoms water. 
 
 Sheep Island lies off the north shore near the NE. entrance of 
 Good Bay, and has a reef extending 400 yards SE. from it, that is 
 joined to Plat Point, east of the entrance, by a shoal bank. 
 
 Barred Bay, formed between Flat Point and Sheep Island, 
 affords anchorage to small craft, but the holding ground is bad. 
 
 Hare Island, ^ mile ENE. of Round Head Island, is low and 
 rugged, with shoals extending nearly 400 yards from the SW. 
 extreme. 
 
 Passage Shoals, lying between Round Head and Hare Islands, 
 360 yards from the former, have a deep passage on either side of 
 them, and consist of two heads, the western with 6 feet water over 
 it, and the eastern nearly 200 yards from it, with a depth of 3| 
 fathoms. 
 
 Bayot Shoal, with 7 feet least water, is a large flat i mile from 
 the north extreme of Hare Island. Rich Point, seen open, north of 
 Round Head, leads north of this shoal, and the summit of the north- 
 ern highland of St. John, in line with the middle of the western of 
 the Turr Islands, leads NE. of this shoal. (SeeH. O. Chart No. 1105.) 
 
 The NE. coast of St. John Island is foul from Flat to Turret 
 Points, the latter so called from a circular mound near the extreme. 
 
 Wolf Rock, at the NE. extreme of these shoals, is almost joined 
 to Turret Point by rocks and a bank, and is continued SE. by 
 Wolf Tail, a reef i mile long. Numerous shoals, with 3^ to 5 fath- 
 oms water, lie south of this at a mile distant from the shore. Re- 
 culoux Shoal, the 'easternmost of these, has over it a depth of 2^ 
 fathoms, and lies f mile N. 38° W. (N. 6° W. mag.) from the north 
 extreme of Hare Island. 
 
 Clearing Marks.— Round Head Island, open SE. of Flat Point, 
 bearing S. 44° W. (S. 76° W. mag.), leads SE., and the ravine in 
 
 ff' > 
 
288 
 
 nj:wfouni)land — west coast. 
 
 the southern highland of St. John, open east of Hare Island, bearinj? 
 S. ;}7° E. (S. 5° E. mag.) leads NE. of all these shoals. 
 
 Directions.— In proceeding to Good Bay from the southwest- 
 ward, Horn Spit must be avoided, and Round Head approached to 
 a distance of 200 yards to clear the shoal with 4^ fathoms water. 
 Anchorage may then be had as convenient, but the best place is in 
 35 fathoms, mud, with Round Head S. a:}° E. (S. 9° W. mag.), a 
 little nearer the west than the east coast. From the northeastward, 
 keep the south extreme of Horn Island in line with Flat Point, to 
 pass in mid-channel between Bayot Shoal and those south of Wolf 
 Island, and when Bayot Shoal is passed, keep in mid-channel 
 between Flat Point and Round Head Island. 
 
 Tides.— It is high water, full and change, in Good Bay at lOh. 
 40m. ; springs rise 7^ feet, neaps rise 5^ feet. 
 
 Turret Bay, f mile west of Turret Point, extends about i mile 
 in a southerly direction and is shallow, but affords good shelter 
 for small fishing craft in from li to 3 fathoms; temporary anchor- 
 age may also be obtained off this bay in 12 fathoms water. 
 
 Fossil Shoal is a large bank with 6 feet least water, stretching 
 along the line of the coast from the west point of Turret Bay at a 
 distance of nearly ^ mile from the shore. 
 
 Shoal.— A shoal, with 4^ fathoms water over it, lies about 1,600 
 yards NNW. from St. John Island, but its exact position is doubt- 
 ful, and shoal casts of from 7^ to 9 fathoms have been frequently 
 obtained in the channel between Twin Islands and those to the 
 eastward. 
 
 (B. A. Chart No. 1690.) 
 
 Flat Island, about one mile from the west side of St. John Island, 
 is low, smooth, and wooded at the east end, and has rocks and 
 shoals extending off the south side, also fringing the SE. shore to 
 the middle of the island at GOO yards; The Watchman (Le Guet- 
 teur) is the southeastern of these dangers. The north side is dan- 
 gerous, and should not be approached nearer than i mile. 
 
 Twin Islands, 2i miles north of Flat Island, are low, flat, and 
 covered with grass. A shoal, with 4 fathoms water over it, lies 
 H miles S. 70° E. (S. 38° E. mag.) from the north extreme of north 
 Twin Island. There is a solitary house on the southern of the 
 Twin Islands. 
 
 Turr or Bird Islands (lies aux Godes) lie northeastward of 
 Hare Island, and are low and grassy. The western and highest is 
 one mile from Hare Island, and is joined to the eastern by shoal water. 
 
 The Calculus (Le Calculo), a small rock halfway between Turr 
 Islands and the mainland, may be approached to a distance of 100 
 yards all round, and there are clear passages on each side of it. 
 
 L 
 
[sland, boarinj? 
 lis. 
 
 tho southwest- 
 approached to 
 fathoms water, 
 best place is in 
 [)° W. mag.), a 
 northeastward, 
 . Flat Point, to 
 south of Wolf 
 n mid-channel 
 
 )od Bay at lOh. 
 
 Is about i mile 
 Is good shelter 
 iporary anchor- 
 3 water. 
 
 ater, stretching 
 Durret Bay at a 
 
 lies about 1,600 
 (sition is doubt- 
 jeen frequently 
 id those to the 
 
 3t. John Island, 
 las rocks and 
 le SE. shore to 
 man (Le Guet- 
 rth side is dan- 
 mile. 
 
 low, flat, and 
 
 er over it, lies 
 
 ;reme of north 
 
 outhern of the 
 
 rtheastward of 
 
 and highest is 
 
 3y shoal water. 
 
 Y between Turr 
 
 distance of 100 
 
 1 side of it. 
 
 ISLANDS. 
 
 »•» 
 
 Whale Islands, nearly 5 niiloH south of Twin Islands, consist of 
 two large islands, low, lliit, and grassy, and sttvcrul isluts and it'cfs 
 south of tlieni, among which Imats find sludlur in bud weatliiM'. 
 Dolmen (the western) Island has a remarkable cliff 20 feet high at 
 tho east extreme, and shoals extend J mile south from it; the south 
 sides of these islands should not be approached nearer than a mile. 
 
 Freyciuet Shoal, with 7 f'eet water over it, lies J mile N. I'i" W. 
 (N. 20° E. mag.) from the NE. extreme of Whale Islands. 
 
 James Island, :i^ miles ENE, of Twin Islands, is about 20 feet 
 high, covered with grass and clear on all sides, and has at its south 
 extreme a curious rock resembling a vessel under sail. 
 
 Fox Islands (Les Jumelles de la Terre), 2 miles north of 
 Whale Islands, consist of tw«j flat islands about 20 feet high, cov- 
 ered with grass, an islet south of the channel between them, and 
 Breton Reef, that uncovers at one mile SW. of the Western Island. 
 Vessels should not pass through the channels in this group, but 
 the passages between Breton Reef, Freyciuet Shoal, and James 
 Island are clear. Fishing boats and small schaoners anchor in the 
 space between tho two large islands, but the holding ground is bad 
 and sea heavy from the north. 
 
 Coast. — Squid Cove, south of Castor Point, is shallow and open 
 to the westward ; from the north point of the cove shoal water ex- 
 tends nearly 2^^ miles, in a westerly direct ioji to Testu Bank, with 
 4 fathoms water over it. Clou^ Shoal, with 3 feet \^ater over it, 
 is between the north point of Squid Cove and Testu Bank, about 
 1^ miles from the former. 
 
 (H.O. Chart No. 60tt».) 
 
 Castors Harbor, north of Castor Point, and suitable only for 
 small vessels, is entered between Castor and Yellow Points, the 
 former of the two being low, wooded, and bordered by rocks that 
 extend nearly a mile from the shore. 
 
 The harbor extends 2 miles eastward from Yellow Point; the 
 entrance is apparently J mile wide, but banks stretch off both 
 shores, and they are fringed by shoals, making the entrance nar- 
 row and intricate. 
 
 Beacons. — There are two beacons on Yellow Point. 
 
 White Island, J mile west of Yellow Point, has a small rock 
 lying 250 yards north, and shoals extending ^ mile SE. of it, but 
 both island and rock are fairly steep-to on the north and west 
 sides. Upon the summit of the larger White Island there is a pile 
 of ?tones surmounted by three dead trees. 
 
 The Bar, a low rock, lying nearly in the middle of the harbor ^ 
 within the entrance, is not easily seen, except at low water, at 
 which time there is no difficulty in rounding the south extreme. 
 
 id 
 
r 
 
 MPHMMI 
 
 i 
 
 'iOO 
 
 NEWI'(HrM)LANn — WKST <'(»AMT. 
 
 Directions.— From tlie Houthwiml: St. MiirKun't Mouiitaiii, tli« 
 first hi^li Iiiiid iioi'tli of the Imrbor, hIiouM l»e l»ioii>rlif in lino 
 witli tlui (Mist fxtrciiKM.f tlic har." part of Yiillow Point, I>(>ariiig 
 N. 48' E. (N. 81° K. ina^.). Tliis mark will l.-ad 180 yards NW". 
 of Testu Bank, 400 yards NW. of thu hank oir (Jastor Point, and 
 4S0 yards SK. of thu shoals off Whito Island. When a summit to 
 tho south of a wooded lull at tlic hcatl comes in lino with tho 
 NE. extromo of flic high-water lino of Tho Bar, 1)earing N. 8(;° E. 
 (8. or E. mag.), Ihat course must he stoorod till tho hoacon.s on 
 Yellow Point are in lino. Keep tho beacons in lino astern 
 N. 46° W. (N. 12° W. mag.) and round south of The Bar to the 
 anchorage in 3^ fathoms about east from Tho Bar. 
 
 If the beacons on Yellow Point should bo down, a remarkable 
 notcli in the highlands of St. John, east of the hare point of tliat 
 hill, should be kept a littlo north of the square bowlder on the 
 south shore, S. 46° E. (S. U° E. mag.). 
 
 A small vessel not drawing more than 13 feet water can anchor 
 in the basin at the' head by waiting for high water to go there. 
 Caribou and Mosquito Coves at the head are fit only for small 
 schooners. Castor River, on tho south shore, flows from a large 
 poncl a short distance inland. 
 
 Tide.— It is high water, full and change, in Castors Harbor at 
 loll. 60m. ; springs rise 6 feet (approximate). As the tidal stream 
 is strong both in the entrance and at the anchorage, it is better 
 not to enter nor leave except at slack water. 
 
 John Meagher Cove, north of Yellow Point, is open to the 
 west and encumbered with shoals off both points and in the cove. 
 Black Islet, NNW. k W. about 2 miles from White Island, is low 
 and surrounded by rocks that cover and shoals that extend NNW. 
 i mile from the islet. There is passage for boats only between it 
 and the shore. 
 
 Maldigues Cove is 3^ miles wide, between Black Islet and 
 F(?rolle Point, and is filled with shoals, some of which are a mile 
 from the shore, but may be cleared by keeping F(<rolle Point east 
 of N. 34° E. (N. 67° E. mag.). 
 
 Old Boy Shoal, Avith i\; fathoms, lies SSW. l^V miles from 
 F^rolle Point, and with G^ to 8 fathoms between it and the shoals 
 off Maldigues Cove. 
 
 New F6rolle Peninsula, of moderate height and partly 
 wooded, is 2 miles long from FdroUo Point at the SW. extreme 
 to New Fdrolle Point at tlie NE., and is joined to the main by a 
 narrow, low isthmus, over which the mast-! of the fishing vessels 
 can be seen. The NW. shore is steep-to, but New Fdrolle Point 
 is foul 400 yards off. 
 
8T. MAIiOAltKT HAV. 
 
 291 
 
 Moiuitiiiii, tli(< 
 •oii^lit in line 
 Point, l)r«iiring 
 80 yards NW. 
 it or Point, anil 
 Ml a suniniit to 
 linu with tho 
 ,ring N. 80° E. 
 ;lio beacons on 
 II lino astern 
 riie Bar to the 
 
 , a remarkable 
 B point of that 
 lowlder on the 
 
 kter can anchor 
 iv to go there, 
 only for small 
 's from a large 
 
 tors Harbor at 
 he tidal stream 
 ige, it is better 
 
 is open to the 
 nd in the cove. 
 ) Island, is low 
 extend NNW. 
 >nly between it 
 
 ack Islet and 
 lich are a mile 
 ■olle Point east 
 
 ^ miles from 
 and the shoals 
 
 ; and partly 
 SW. extreme 
 the main by a 
 
 fishing vessels 
 F(5rolle Point 
 
 Beacon. — A stono cairn about 20 feet high, snrmounttMl by two 
 dead ti'cfos, is cnx^tud at a short distance within Fcrollo Point, and 
 is conspicuous when seen from seaward. 
 
 Jehenne Bank.— A roc^k, with a depth of 10 foot on it, is 
 situated on .lehenno Bank, in a position witli New FeroUe Point 
 oastorn extnano 2,050 yards S. 4" E. (S. 'Z'.)° W. mag.)- 
 
 From this rock tho bank, within the 10 fatiioins lino, extends 
 i mile SW. by S. and tho same distance NE. by N., tho westorn 
 part having 5^ to 7 fathoms over it. 
 
 New F^roUe Cove extends nearly one milo soutliward from 
 New FtlroUe Point, and is exposed to the northeastward. It has 
 bad anchorage, but is much freipiented. 
 
 An extensive shoal, with from 'Z to 2^ fathoms water over it, 
 occupies the center of this cove, extending as far to the NE. as u 
 line between New F^rolle to Black Points. Anchorage, in 4 
 fathoms water, may be obtained at i mile S. 28° E. (S. 5° W. 
 mag.) from New Fdrolle Point. 
 
 St. Margaret Bay is entered between Black Point, that sepa- 
 rates it from New Fdrolle Cove and Dog Peninsula, of moderate 
 height, covered with brushwood and faced by cliffs. 
 
 This bay is 3^ miles deep, but the eastern portion is filled with 
 islets and shoal banks, among which only very small craft can find 
 shelter. The west side is fairly clear, and anchorage may be had 
 in South Cove though exposed to the northward. Care must be 
 taken, however, to anchor in the small space with mud bottom in 
 not less than 6 fathoms water, with the fall of the highlands of 
 St. John open west of a large square stone at the head of South 
 Cove, and St. Margaret Mountain in line with the west reef inside 
 Rase Island. Everywhere else the bottom consists of slippery 
 rocks with long seaweed, over which the anchor slips continuously. 
 A shoal with 3f fathoms lies 300 yards inside the anchorage. 
 
 Entrance Shoal, with 9 feet water, lies 600 yards east of Black 
 Point and is steep-to. The west shore of the entrance is foul, and 
 to reach the anchorage the extreme of Dog Peninsula should be 
 brought to bear North (N. 33' E. mag.) and kept on that bearing 
 astern. 
 
 Beacon. — A beacon, consisting of a stone cairn, surmounted by 
 a staff and barrel, painted black, stands on the eastern point of 
 South Cove; and there is a similar beacon on the westernmost 
 highest point of Dog Peninsula. 
 
 Ice. — St. Margaret Bay freezes late in November or in December, 
 and breaks up about the middle of May. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in St. Margaret Bay 
 at lOh. 31m. ; springs rise 6i, and with strong southerly winds 6^ 
 feet. 
 
 
292 
 
 NKVVKOUNDLANI) — WK8T COAST. 
 
 
 (H, O. Chart No. flOfl.) 
 
 Coast— Tho coivHt from St. MfvrKiirot Bay to Old F.<roll.. Hiirbor, 
 a (liHtaiico of 4J miloH, in low and iiKhmtod with sovoral oj)on covoh, 
 on th(> short's of which uro somo liutH. This portion of tho cottHt 
 is (linicult to ilistiiififuish from a (listancn, and should not h(< ap- 
 ])roavih('d nciircir than | mile. 
 
 Woody Hill, Ifll fcot high, and tho hiKhost part of tho shore 
 raiiKO, is tolorahly consijicuous in (doar weather, having a bare 
 j)atch on the sea face tluit ludps to distinguish it when seen against 
 the high ranges of the background. 
 
 Brig Bay is immediately oast of Grave Point, tho NE. extreme 
 of Woody Hill; tho point is shoal for 200 yards 8(«awiird. A shoal, 
 with 15 feet water over it, is situated 4f»0 yards N. 17° E. (N. fi<)° 
 E. mag.) from Grave Point, and there are depths of loss than 6 
 fathoms between it and Grave Point. 
 
 Entrance Island, (too yards NE. of Grave Point, forms the NE. 
 side of the entrance to Brig Bay and Old F<<rolle Harbor; it is 
 about 10 feet in height, WO yards in diametei-, and formed of gray 
 flat stones. Rocks that cover and shoal water extend 470 yards 
 SW. from the island ; tho north side is shoal for 200 yards, but the 
 east is bold-to; a shingle spit, stoop-to, extends from the SE. 
 extreme. 
 
 Beacon. — There is a beacon, consisting of a pile of stones sur- 
 mounted by a pole, on Entrance Island, also a beacon near the 
 SW. extreme of Old Fdrolle Island, and two leading beacons, con- 
 sisting of poles surmounted by casks colored white, situated on 
 the shore SE. of Front Point, but no dei)endence should be placed 
 on their being in position. 
 
 Directions. — To enter by the Southern Pass, the two leading 
 beacons should be brought in line, bearing S. 62° E. (S. 29° E. mag.), 
 which leads SW. of the shoals extending from Entrance Island, 
 and about 100 yards NE. of the 15-foot rock oflP Grave Point; when 
 the beacons on Entrance and Old F^rolle Islands come in line, 
 bearing about N. 14° E. (N. 47° E. mag.), or when Grave Point 
 bears S. 22° W. (S. 55° W. mag.), these shoals will be passed, and 
 the beacons in line may be used as a stem mark, or the west shore 
 of Brig Bay should be steered for, keeping it 150 yards distant, 
 until the first cove opens on the west shore, when anchorage may 
 be obtained in 6^ fathoms water, over mud, with good holding 
 ground. 
 
 Vessels bound north and requiring only temporary anchorage 
 should go to this bay, as it can be left easily with westerly winds. 
 
 Old FdroUe Island, bare on the seaward face and covered with 
 gray flat stones, is separated from the north side of Entrance 
 
 I 
 
OLD kkUOU.K llAKlidU — U1UKCT10N8. 
 
 2ua 
 
 VroUc lliirhor, 
 ml opon covcH, 
 m of th»» coiist 
 )ul(l not Im» iip- 
 
 ,rt of the 8liorp 
 hrtviiiK II hiiro 
 i?n Hmm iigaiiist 
 
 10 NE. oxtromo 
 
 vanl. A shoal, 
 
 . 17° E. (N. fi()° 
 
 of loss tlian 5 
 
 , forms tho NE. 
 
 ,0 Harbor; it is 
 
 formed of gray 
 
 tend 470 yards 
 
 yards, hut tho 
 
 1 from tho SE. 
 
 e of stones sur- 
 )eacon near the 
 ig beacons, con- 
 lito, situated on 
 hould be placed 
 
 he two leading 
 
 ;S. 29°E.mag.), 
 
 Intrance Island, 
 
 ^ve Point; when 
 
 come in line, 
 
 in Grave Point 
 
 be passed, and 
 
 the west shore 
 
 yards distant, 
 
 anchorage may 
 
 good holding 
 
 [rary anchorage 
 westerly winds, 
 covered with 
 ie of Entrance 
 
 Island by a channel !J()() yardw widi'. wlilcli is um«m1 by )K>atH and 
 Ninali sclidiiiiors, A Hmnll rock li*'s ui llii< niiddl<- nf this cIuuiid'I. 
 Tint iiiglit>Ht [tarts of the islmid tu( iiig tho dutiuiv covorttd with dnid 
 treeH, except onu-third of lln west ond. (hat is grHHuy. 
 
 Beacon. — A beacon, coiiHiMi/ig of a piloof Mtont'SMurmonntodby 
 a poll', stands on West Moujid (62 fnt ), but should not li»' liopondcd 
 on as Ix'ing in position. 
 
 Old F^roUe Harbor, formed botwoen tin* mainland and tlio 
 islands oil', is about one niilo in a NK. diroctioii witli uii average 
 breadth of U( HI yards between the *)-futlioni lines, and entered by 
 two channels. Southern Pass, .south of Kntraiice Island, uid North- 
 ern Pass, east of Fish Island, the latter practicable for small ves- 
 sels only. Local magnetic disturbance of th(> (iompass has been 
 rejjortod hero. 
 
 Directions.— Bring tlie beacons in line, bearing S. 03° E. (S. 3!)° 
 E. mag.), and steer for them until Debon Peninsula opens oast of 
 Entrance Island, bearing N. 'u'' E. (East mag. ), then round into tho 
 channel, passing rather loss than 200 yards from Entrance Ishuid, 
 and between it and tho mainland, keeping near tho north shore, 
 and anchor N W. of Debon Peninsula in from G to 9 fathoms wate. , 
 or proceed farther NE. and anchor in 7 fathoms, with tho fresh- 
 water stream bearing N. 80° E. (S. 07° E. mag.). 
 
 To proceed to tho northward by the north channel from tho 
 anchorage, tho oast shore of Old Fdrolle Island must be kept close 
 aboard, and Entrance Island just shut in, bearing S. 43° W. (S. 70° 
 W. mag.), before the stream bears East (S. 57" E. mag.) ; this mark 
 will lead in 3;^ fathoms at low water. When the east extreme of 
 Fish Island boars North (N, 33° E. mag. ) steer for it, and anchor 
 as convenient in 7 fathoms water, over mud. 
 
 To enter by the Northern Pass, it would be better to mark tlio 
 east end of the bank off Fish Island by a buoy or boat. This bank 
 should be passed at a distance of 40 yards, and when rounded, steer 
 for i mile toward the summit of Old Fdrolle Island, when anchor- 
 age may be obtained in 7 fathoms water, over mud. 
 
 This entrance is difficult to distinguish, and care should be taken 
 not to mistake another passige between the islands for it. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Old Fdrolle Harbor 
 at 9h. 4Gm. ; springs rise 5 feet (approximate). The tidal streams 
 follow the direction of the wind when it blows freshly, but the 
 flood runs ordinarily to the south and the ebb to the north. 
 
 Seal Cove, f mile noi-th of Fish Island, is open to the west and 
 does not afford good anchorage. Seal Point, north of this cove, 
 has a reef extending from it 360 yards. 
 
 Cape Ste. Genevieve, '} mile NE. of Seal Point, is low, covered 
 with small trees, fringed by shoals, and should not be approached 
 within i mile. 
 
 vm 
 
^mmmm 
 
 204 
 
 'vm"'inwiif^ 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND WEST COAST. 
 
 Cape Islet, a small islet, is nearly joined to the north side of the 
 (!ape by shoal water. 
 
 Pond Cove, east of this islet, is a mile deep, completely open 
 to the north and filled with shoals. The east side of this cove is 
 formed by Southwest Point, low, wooded, and narrow. 
 
 Entry Island lies close north of Southwest Point, with shoal 
 water between and passage only for small boats. It is composed 
 of shingle with a little verdure at the summit, is low and difficult 
 to recognize. Reefs stretch west of this island, leaving only a 
 passage 200 yards wide between them and the shoals oflf Gooseberry 
 Island. 
 
 Gooseberry Island, a little more than ^ mile north from Entry 
 Island, is low and flat, covered with grass and with staep sides, 
 and is nearly a mile long and 300 yards wide. The SW. portion 
 is bordered by reefs that extend two-thirds of the distance to 
 Entry Island, near the extreme of which is Porpoise Rock, that 
 uncovers at half tide and is 600 yards from Entry Island. 
 
 Lobster Island, with a small green mound on it, lies a short 
 distance east of the NE. point of Gooseberry Island, and continues 
 SW. in shoals and rocks for a distance of 200 yards. 
 
 A Bank, part of which uncovers at low water, lies between 
 Lobster Island and Porpoise Rock. 
 
 Green Rocks, 600 yards SE. of Lobster Island, cover at high 
 water and are bold-to on the south side. There is a depth of 19 
 feet in the channel between Green Rocks and Lobster Island. 
 
 Current Island, aboiit -J- mile north of Gooseberry Island, is 
 larger than the latter, but about the same height ; it is flat and 
 covered with verdure. The outer coasts are fringed by bowlders, 
 and have a depth of 6 fathoms 200 yards from the shore. Fisher- 
 man Cove is a small indentation on the north side, in which are 
 some huts. Current Island is separated from the mainland by 
 North Pass, i mile wide, with 3 feet in it at low water. 
 
 Beacon. — A beacon, consisting of a pile of stones surmounted 
 by a pole, is situated on the west mound. 
 
 Ste. Genevieve Bay is formed by Entry, Gooseberry, and Cur- 
 rent Islands and the mainland. All the east coast of the bay is 
 wooded, low, and without any distinctive features. It is bordered 
 by shoals, several of which are grouped off the SE. side of Entry 
 Island, leaving, however, sufficient space for a good anchorage for 
 fishing craft between them and Entry Island, in 3f to 5 fathoms. 
 
 Great Bank, 4^ mile long, is 1,400 yards ENE. of Entry Island 
 and i mile from the east side of the bay. Several portions of this 
 bank uncover at low water, but there is a clear passage between it 
 and the main. 
 
north side of the 
 
 completely open 
 e of this cove is 
 rrow. 
 
 *oint, with shoal 
 It is composed 
 low and difficult 
 , leaving only a 
 lis oflf Gooseberry 
 
 lorth from Entry 
 
 Avith staep sides, 
 
 rhe SW. portion 
 
 ' the distance to 
 
 rpoise Rock, that 
 
 y Island. 
 
 on it, lies a short 
 
 nd, and continues 
 
 •ds. 
 
 ,ter, lies between 
 
 id, cover at high 
 is a depth of 19 
 bster Island, 
 leberry Island, is 
 ht; it is flat and 
 ged by bowlders, 
 e shore. Fisher- 
 ;ide, in which are 
 the mainland by 
 water, 
 ones surmounted 
 
 seberry, and Cur- 
 ast of the bay is 
 It is bordered 
 
 E. side of Entry 
 lod anchorage for 
 }J to 5 fathoms, 
 
 of Entry Island 
 1 portions of this 
 assage between it 
 
 ST. BABBE HARBOR. 
 
 295 
 
 A Shoal, with 10 feet water on it, lies halfway between Great 
 Bank and Entry Island. 
 
 Crab Rocks, 200 yards north of Lobster Island, cover av high 
 water, with the exception of three small heads. They are sur- 
 rounded by a shoal bank in all directions, and, with the shoals off 
 Gooseberry and Current Islands, nearly block the channel. 
 
 Mutton, Coot, and Beef Islands stretch in a line south of the 
 eastern end of Current Island, separated from themselves and Cur- 
 rent Island by channels fit for boats only. From the soutliern, 
 Beef Island, a bank with 13 feet deepest water stretches to the 
 mainland. 
 
 Anchorage with perfect safety may be had east of the passage 
 between Beef and Coot Islands in 5 fathoms, mud. 
 
 A Bank extends NE. of Mutton Island, leaving only a narrow 
 passage between it and the mainland, into which small craft may 
 enter by keeping close to the mainland till Current Island north 
 extreme bears N. 33° W. (North mag.). 
 
 Directions. — No stranger should enter this bay without a pilot. 
 The channels are intricate and narrow, the passages lying between 
 dangerous sunken rocks. 
 
 Ice.— St. Genevieve Bay freezes late in November or during 
 December, and breaks up about the middle of May. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in St. Genevieve Bay 
 at lOh. 43m. ; springs rise 6^ feet, neaps rise 4 feet. 
 
 (H. O. Chart No. 660.) 
 
 Black Duck Cove, one mile NE. of Current Island, is an open 
 bight, where there are several fishermen's houses. 
 
 St. Barbe Point, nearly 2 miles NE. of Current Island, is 
 bordered by a shingle beach and broken white stones, and the 
 coast is tolerably steep, low, and wooded, and should not be 
 approached nearer than 400 yards. 
 
 Beacon. — A beacon, consisting of a pile of stones surmounted 
 by a dead tree, stands on the point. 
 
 St. Barbe Bay, 1^ miles wide between St. Barbe and Anchor 
 Points, is fringed on its north and east shores by dangerous shoals, 
 the western of which, Winter Flat, with 10 teet least water over 
 it, is nearly 800 yards offshore; outside the harbor the holding 
 ground is very foul and rocky. 
 
 St. Barbe Harbor, at the south end of the bay, is entered between 
 Harbor Point on the west side, which may be recognized by a 
 lobster factory on it, and Stony Point on the east, which is marked 
 by three beacons. The rocks are limestone of nearly horizontal 
 strata; slioal water extends a short distance off botii shores, and 
 the harbor stretches in an easterly direction with depths of 3^ to 
 
 ~ < ^i^ ^:siii^^JfMiiii^iam:iff.-i>.f!.W't 
 
 :*a«fe-v.t_rJii4--M'i.i 
 
296 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND — WEST COAST. 
 
 4^ fathoms ; from this it gradually shoals in the same direction to 
 East River. 
 
 Beacons. — The outer beacon is close to the beach, and consists 
 of a post with a whitewashed barrel on the top ; the middle beacon 
 consists of a cone with a stick on top ; the inner beacon has two 
 cones placed vertically, the upper of which is white and sur- 
 mounted by a cross ; when in line these beacons bear S. 69" E. (S. 
 35° E. mag.). 
 
 Directions.— Bring the beacons on Stony Point in line, to pass 
 between "Winter Flat and the shoal water off the south shore, in 
 not less than 6 fathoms water ; when the house in Traitant Cove 
 (the first bend on the west side of the harbor) comes open of Harbor 
 Point, bearing about south (S. 34° W. mag.), steer mid-channel 
 into the harbor and anchor in 4i fathoms water, over mud, good 
 holding ground, with the wharf in Traitant Cove bearing S. 44° 
 W. (S. 78° W. mag.) and Harbor Point N. 46° W. (N. 12° W. mag.). 
 The settlers report that the bay breaks right across after heavy 
 westerly gales. 
 
 Ice. — St. Barbe Bay freezes late in November or during Decem- 
 ber, and breaks up about the middle of May. 
 
 Tides.— It is high water, full and change, in St. Barbe Harbor 
 at lOh. ; springs rise 4 feet, neaps rise 3 feet. The stream in 
 the center runs one hour after the inshore tide. 
 
 Winter Cove, in the NE. corner of St. Barbe Bay, i.s completely 
 open to the westward, and the entrance is partially obstructed by 
 reefs stretching from the south point. 
 
 Ice Point, low and narrow^, with shoals off the extreme, lies half- 
 way between Winter and Anchor Coves. 
 
 Anchor Point is low and continued by a ledge extending ^ mile. 
 The beacons on Stony Point in line lead well clear of this ledge. 
 
 Anchor Cove is situated immediately east of the point and is 
 open to SW. A few schooners can moor head and stern and lie in 
 safety, as the heavy sea breaks on the entrance points, and only 
 the swell runs up the cove. The houses at the head of this cove 
 are very conspicuous. 
 
 The Coast to the northeastward of Anchor Point is low and 
 shoal, and should not be approached nearer than ^ mile. 
 
 Deadman Cove, if miles from Anchor Point, contains some 
 houses, and is marked by a conspicuous black cliff on the north 
 point. 
 Bear Cove, f mile northeastward, also contains some houses. 
 Sea Islands, 3J^ miles from Anchor Point, are a group of four 
 islands and some rocks, separated from the main by a narrow 
 channel fit for boats. The outer island is of white rock, and the 
 inner and largest covered with grass, with several houses near the 
 summit. 
 
 ■MP 
 
le direction to 
 
 , and consists 
 middle beacon 
 sacon has two 
 hite and sur- 
 ,r S. 69" E. (S. 
 
 in line, to pass 
 outh shore, in 
 Traitant Cove 
 )pen of Harbor 
 ir mid-channel 
 ver mud, good 
 bearing S. 44° 
 . 12°W. mag.). 
 ss after heavy 
 
 during Decem- 
 
 Barbe Harbor 
 The stream in 
 
 y, is completely 
 obstructed by 
 
 breme, lies half- 
 
 :tending i mile. 
 
 >f this ledge. 
 
 le point and is 
 Istern and lie in 
 
 »ints, and only 
 lad of this cove 
 
 lint is low and 
 Imile. 
 contains some 
 on the north 
 
 Bome houses. 
 
 group of four 
 
 by a narrow 
 
 rock, and the 
 
 louses near the 
 
 1 
 
 FLOWER AND NAMELESS COVES. 
 
 297 
 
 Seal Ledges lie NW. 300 yards from Seal Islands and are steep- to. 
 
 Fillot Bank, with 5^ fathoms water over it, but on which a 
 depth of 19 feet has been reported, lies l^V miles N. 8()° W. (N. 52° 
 W, mag.) from Capstan Point and off the entrance of Flower and 
 Nameless Coves ; it is about 400 yards in extent in a N. by E. and 
 S. by W. direction. 
 
 Flower Cove, eastward of Seal Islands, is much frequented by 
 fishing craft, and affords good anchorage to vessels of moderate 
 length drawing less than 10 feet water, but is not readily recog- 
 nized, there being nearly as many houses on Inner Seal Island and 
 in Nameless Cove, li miles to the northward. The courthouse, a 
 large, square house, of a much darker color than any of the others, 
 is situated on the highest part of Capstan Point. 
 
 The cove is nearly one mile long, i mile wide at the entrance, 
 and narrows to the head. Rocky Islet lies in the middle of the 
 entrance, with shoal water between it and the north shore. 
 
 It is reported that the depths in Flower Cove have shoaled, and 
 that there are 2^ feet less water than is charted. 
 
 Directions. — Seal Island should be rounded at a distance of at 
 least i mile to clear Seal Ledges, and when the rocky islet bears 
 N. 86° E. (S. 60° E. mag.) it may be steered for and passed in mid- 
 channel between the islet and the south point. 
 
 Anchorage, may be had eastward of the islet in 3^ fathoms, or 
 by keeping farther east in mid-channel, in the same depth, inside 
 the peninsula on the south shore. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, at Flower Cove at 
 lOh. 6m. , 
 
 Capstan Point, north of this cove, is low, fringed by a stony 
 beach, and continued by shoals i mile. 
 
 Nameless Cove, NE. of Capstan Point, is fit only for vessels 
 drawing less than 9 feet. It is nearly filled by islands and shoals. 
 Flower Island is the western and largest, surmounted by a house. 
 Herb Island, the next highest, is E. by S. of it, and north of the 
 passage between these two is Slab Island, the lowest. 
 
 Directions. — Bring the eastern fishing stage at the head a little 
 open north of Herb Island, N. 61° E. (S. 86° E. mag.), and pass 
 between that and Slab Island at a third of the distance across 
 from Herb Island, and when the western fishing stage bears North 
 (N. 34° W. mag.) steer for it and anchor in 3^ fathoms, with the 
 north extreme of Slab Island West (N. 56° W. mag.). Care must 
 be taken to avoid a bank NE. of Herb Island. There is another 
 small space for anchorage, reached by passing east of the bank 
 NE. of Herb Island, in 13 feet water. 
 
 Small craft enter this cove by passing between Herb Island and 
 the south shore. 
 
 \ 
 
 mm 
 
MMMlUWibdMtttt 
 
 298 
 
 NEW FOUNDLAND — WEvST COAST. 
 
 The aiichorage SW. of Flower Island off the entrance of Name- 
 less Cove is bad. 
 
 Flower Ledges, parts of which uncover at low water, extend 
 f mile NW. of Flower Island. To pass west of Flower Ledges 
 keep the houses in Bear Cove open west of Seal Islands. 
 
 Grenville Ledges, with 2 feet water, are f mile NE. of Flower 
 Ledges, and are 600 yards from the coast. 
 
 Mistaken Cove, NE. of Nameless Cove, is nearly dry at low- 
 water ; the surrounding coast is low and covered with vegetation. 
 
 Savage Cove, l^ miles from Mistaken Cove, affords good anchor- 
 age to small vessels, in 13 feet water, and is easy of access. 
 
 The passage in is north of Cooper Island, that is nearly joined 
 to the south shore, and on which are the fishing establishments. 
 Strong north winds produce a heavy swell in the cove. 
 
 Tides.— From Anchor Point to Belle Isle Strait the tidal streams 
 along the coast sometimes attain a velocity of 2 knots an hour, and 
 assist in making navigation dangerous. When not influenced by 
 a strong breeze, the flood runs SW. and the ebb NE. 
 
 (H. O. Chart No. 974.) 
 
 The Coast from Anchor Point to Cape Norman is low, without 
 any remarkable feature. 
 
 Sandy Bay, a little more than a mile NE. of Savage Cove, is 
 quite open. Small vessels can find temporary anchorage in 4f 
 fathoms, with shelter from east to SW. through south. 
 
 Double Ledge, with 8 feet water, lies a little more than | mile 
 off the shore, nearly 2 miles from Sandy Bay. , 
 
 Green Island, f mile off shore, 5 miles NE. of Sandy Bay, is 
 narrow, low, and covered with grass at the summit, and can be 
 seen 10 miles in clear weather. 
 
 A Reef stretches f mile off the NE. end of the island and breaks 
 with any sea. The east extreme of the reef is within ^ mile of the 
 Newfoundland shore. 
 
 Anchorage may be had in 8 fathoms between Green Island and 
 Newfoundland, with fair shelter from all winds, but those from 
 east and west produce a tolerably high sea. 
 
 Straight Coast begins at the west point, 4 miles from Green 
 Island, and runs in nearly a straight line 20 miles to Boat Penin- 
 sula. It is fringed by gray rocky cliff, steep-to. There is a small 
 creek for boats 11^ miles from Green Island, and another about a 
 mile farther east. The coast is barren throughout. 
 
 Boat Peninsula projects about ^ mile. Boat Stern, the west 
 point, is steep and forms the east point of Open Bay, off the west 
 point of which shoal water extends some distance. Boat Head, the 
 east extreme of the peninsula, is surrounded by a dangerous reef 
 
trance of Name- 
 
 )w water, extend 
 
 ' Flower Ledges 
 
 slands. 
 
 e NE. of Flower 
 
 larly dry at low 
 
 with vegetation. 
 
 »rds good anchor- 
 
 of access. 
 
 is nearly joined 
 
 ; establishments. 
 
 cove. 
 
 the tidal streams 
 
 lots an hour, and 
 
 lot influenced by 
 
 JJE. 
 
 1 is low, without 
 
 Savage Cove, is 
 anchorage in 4f 
 louth. 
 nore than -^ mile 
 
 af Sandy Bay, is 
 iiuit, and can be 
 
 Island and breaks 
 ihin ^ mile of the 
 
 Green Island and 
 , but those from 
 
 tiiles from Green 
 es to Boat Penin- 
 There is a small 
 [ another about a 
 at. 
 
 ,t Stern, the west 
 
 Bay, off the west 
 
 Boat Head, the 
 
 a dangerous reef 
 
 OOOK IIABBOB. 
 
 299 
 
 extending some distance from the shore. Boat Cove, east of Boat 
 Pemnsula, is open to the northeastward. Small vessels can anchor 
 there with offshore winds. 
 
 (H. O. Chart No. 151.) 
 
 Cape Norman, a point of bare rock with low cliffs, is steep-to 
 on^its west and north sides, but south from it the coast becomes 
 
 Idght-From a hexagonal tower, 65 feet in height and painted 
 white, a revolving white light, with a period of revolution of two 
 minutes is exhibited at an elevation of 116 feet, and should be 
 visible 16 miles. 
 
 Fog Sign^._A steam fog horn gives blasts of five seconds 
 duration at intervals of thirty-five seconds during thick or foggv 
 weather. 1 he fog-signal house is 70 yards east of the lighthouse 
 and elevated 67 feet above high water. 
 
 Tidal Streams—At Cape Norman the inshore streams run two 
 hours after high and low water, and in the center of the strait 
 until four hours after. 
 
 Cape Norman Bay, a mile wide between Whale Point and the 
 mw. extreme of the peninsula dividing it from Cook Harbor is 
 entirely open to the northeastward, and affords no safe anchorage 
 
 Cook Point. IS a low tongue of land, off which Cook Kocks and 
 other dangers extend f mile. 
 
 Priest Rock, with 13 feet water, is the western of these shoals 
 and lies 1,300 yards N. 18° W. (N. 16° E. mag.) from Cook Point 
 
 Tvr^«^^*?xr ?^?'J^*^ ^^ ^'^*' '' *^^ «^^*«^^' ^^d is 1,300 yards 
 N. 36 E. (N. 69° E. mag.) from Cook Point. 
 
 To pass between these two shoals, keep Whale Cave (Le Trou de 
 ^ Baleine) under Burnt Cape, between Black Island and Black 
 Rock, bearing S. 46° E. (S. 12° E. mag.). 
 
 Cook Harbor is formed south of Cook Point by a group of 
 islands lying parallel to it. ^ 
 
 Nei^e Bay is a small indentation NW. of Fauvette Island, with 
 a fashing establishment on the shores. 
 
 The entrance of the harbor is not easily distinguished from the 
 eastward, the uniform height of the land rendering recognition 
 ^'^ll\^^y^^^^^ of Cape Ddgrat, kept between Cape Onion 
 and the Mewstone, bearing N. 87° E. (S. 59° E. mag.), will lead to 
 the entrance. Enter the harbor on the south shore, keeping about 
 i mile from Green Island and 300 yards from Schooner Island 
 Round nearly 200 yards SW. of Prosper Islet, then steer for the 
 JVE. point of Neige Bay, to clear the shoals NE. of Fauvette Island 
 and anchor in from 4 to 6 fathoms water, over sand and mud. ' 
 
 14910 20 
 
 i 
 
 
 w.imi^^miiWi^m«m,^smrs^i,^Si^i, 
 
 Ami'': ry,:^ 
 
 "BUT*' 
 
MM 
 
 6 
 
 300 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND — WEST C0A8T. 
 
 I 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, at Cook Harbor at 
 7h. 25m. ; springs rise 3^ feet, neaps rise 2^ feet. 
 
 Fistolet Bay is entered between Black Island and Burnt Cape, 
 a width of 3 miles, is 6 miles deep and 5 miles wide at the head. 
 Shallow Bay, on the west side of Pistolet Bay, is formed by the 
 main and Boisdes Islands, a group extending south from Schooner 
 Island, There is anchorage in 4 fathoms just west of Boisdes 
 Island, but the bottom is sprinkled with bowlders, the holding 
 ground is bad, and sea from the eastward reaches the anchorage. 
 
 All the SW. part of Pistolet Bay being exposed to NE., affords 
 only temporary anchorage, and the shores at the head are shallow 
 ^ mile from the shore. 
 
 Burnt Cape, the east point of the entrance of Pistolet Bay, is 
 the extreme of a high barren peninsula of a whitish color 223 feet 
 high. On the west face is a deep hole, called Whale Cave (Le 
 Trou de la Baleine), conspicuous from westward. 
 
 Triangle Point, low and wooded, stretches f mile from the 
 south shore of the bay, and is continued by banks that leave a 
 passage a mile wide between them and Dog Bank. 
 
 Chien (Dog) Rock nearly covers at high water, and is the 
 summit of a bank extending nearly 1^ miles from the SW, extreme 
 of Burnt Cape Peninsula. 
 
 Milan Arm is at the SE. end of the Pistolet Bay, and extends 
 3^ miles to the southeastward and 2 miles to the eastward. On 
 the north side of the entrance is Trompe I'CEil Point, composed of 
 low rocks and bowlders, running parallel to the south shore of the 
 bay, and continued by shoals for a distance of about a mile, 
 
 Parker Biver empties just west of the entrance to Milan Arm, 
 A group of huts marks the entrance to the river and the south 
 point of Milan Arm, A salmon fishery is carried on here by some 
 Indians. 
 
 Mic-mac Islet lies in the entrance to Milan Arm, and is small 
 and grassy. 
 
 Directions. — To find anchorage in Pistolet Bay available for 
 vessels of moderate draft only : Steer up the bay with Triangle 
 Point bearing S, 20° W, (S, 54° W. mag.) or nearly parallel to the 
 west side of Burnt Cape. Dog Rock will soon be seen if carefully 
 looked for, and the huts at the entrance to Parker River. On this 
 course, when the huts bear S, 41° E, (S. 7° E. mag.) steer S. 31° 
 E. (S. 3° W, mag,) for the gap in the hills south of the huts, to 
 pass between Dog Rock and Triangle Point Banks, Round I^og 
 Rock at J mile, when a fair anchorage will be found in 4^ taulioms, 
 stones and gravel, 
 
 A small vessel may proceed to the best anchorage in the bay, off 
 Parker River, A vessel drawing less than 16 feet water can enter 
 
 MMMttl 
 
Nm 
 
 look Harbor at 
 
 id Burnt Cape, 
 ie at the head, 
 formed by the 
 from Schooner 
 est of Boisdes 
 rs, the holding 
 the anchorage, 
 to NE., affords 
 3ad are shallow 
 
 *istolet Bay, is 
 h color 233 feet 
 ^hale Cave (Le 
 
 mile from the 
 :s that leave a 
 
 ter, and is the 
 le SW. extreme 
 
 ly, and extends 
 eastward. On 
 it, composed of 
 ith shore of the 
 it a mile, 
 to Milan Arm. 
 and the south 
 in here by some 
 
 m, and is small 
 
 ,y available for 
 ■ with Triangle 
 J parallel to the 
 een if carefully 
 Eliver. On this 
 g.) steer S. 31° 
 of the huts, to 
 s. Round I'^og 
 I in 4^ taolioms, 
 
 3 in the bay, off 
 water can enter 
 
 iiniii 
 
 CAPE ONION. 
 
 301 
 
 Milan Arm by passing nortli of Mic-mac Islet. When east of Mic- 
 mac Islet anchor as convenient in the middle of the arm, but the 
 cove east of Milan Point must not be entered. 
 
 This last anchorage should not be taken without a pilot. Ves- 
 sels may also proceed to the head of the arm with a pilot, where 
 anchorage may be had in 2 to 3 fathoms, mud. 
 
 Caution.— Current— The local pilots state that a constant 
 current sets out of Milan Arm, in a westerly direction, supposed 
 to be caused by the number of fresh- water streams pouring into 
 the arm. When leaving the anchorage, therefore, care must be 
 taken that the ship is not set by it to the westward, toward the 
 shoals extending from Triangle Point. 
 
 Ice — The upper part of the arms of Pistolet and Sacred Bays 
 freeze in December, and the bays fill from Cape Norm an to Cape 
 Bauld; the ice breaks up in May according to the season. 
 
 Tides.— It is high water, full and change, in Pistolet Bay at 
 7h. 39m. ; springs rise 3i feet, neaps rise 2^ feet. 
 
 Ha-ha Bay, east of Burnt Island, is 1^ miles wide and a little 
 more than 3 miles deep. Piton Point is the extreme of a flat hum- 
 mocky peninsula extending from the east shore, fringed by rocks, 
 steep-to on the north side, and narrowing the entrance of the har- 
 bor to 900 yards. South of the peninsula the bay is filled with 
 shoals, so that vessels can not get shelter behind Piton Point. 
 The isthmus separating Ha-ha Bay from Pistolet Bay is low and 
 700 yards wide. The north point of Piton Point Peninsula should 
 not be approached close-to, or the shore off the isthmus. 
 
 The Coast from Ha-ha Bay to Cape Onion, 3^ miles, is cliffy 
 and steep, with some small co-ves that afford no shelter except for 
 boats with offshore winds. 
 
 Cape Onion is 259 feet high and easy to recognize by the Mew- 
 stone (Gros-oignon) close off the NE. extreme. The cape is the 
 extreme of a peninsula, the north face composed of black cliff, and 
 the isthmus \ mile wide between Savage Cove and Sacred Bay. 
 On the ledge, extending from Cape Onion to the Mewstono, are 
 two other cliffy hummocks. These rocks form the north shore of 
 Onion Cove, on the south part of which are some fishing establish- 
 ments. The south shore of the cove is foul, and it is exposed to 
 the northeastward. 
 
 Onion Island (lie & Bourge), composed of flat rocks, on which 
 are a round hillock and a remarkable square rock, is south of 
 the cove. The south side is bold-to, aud the east side may be 
 approached to a distance of 200 yards. 
 
 Sacred Bay, entered between Capes Onion and Artimon, is 3 
 miles in width and nearly 3 miles deep. Numerous islets and 
 shoals encumber the west side of the bay, and form West and 
 South Roads, the only safe anchorages. 
 
 M 
 
 
 wsa 
 
 i 
 
i 
 
 i 
 
 i 
 
 303 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND — WEST COAST. 
 
 Low Islets, nearly i mile SW. of Onion Island, are connected 
 by reefs to the north shore, but steep-to on the south side 
 
 Little Harbor is west of Low Islets, between them and a penin- 
 sula i mile farther SW., that terminates in Fauvette Point, long 
 and narrow, steep-to on the south side, with two fishinir stages 
 projecting from it. The harbor is only a small curve in the coast, 
 and the sea from the east fetches home, but good anchorage may 
 be had in 5 fathoms, sand and mud, with Onion Island showing 
 between Low Islets and the main. 
 
 Mauvals Oars is a small rock, i mile east of Fauvette Point 
 that covers at high water, and from 'which a reef extends 100 
 yards to the southwestward. 
 
 Bon Gars and Petit Gars are connected nearly to I'auvette 
 Point. Bon Gars, the southern, is always above water, and 
 steep-to on the south and west sides. It is 400 yards from Fau- 
 vette Point. 
 
 ^1°^^,?. Islands are a group at the NE. extreme of the shoals 
 on the SW. shore of the bay. 
 
 A Shoal with 16 feet water lies 350 yards NNE. from the north- 
 ern of Moyacs Islands, and is steep-to on its outer sides. 
 
 West Road, a semicircular basin SW. of Fauvette Point, is + 
 mile deep, but shoal water extends i mile from the shore To 
 
 !nc^^^T^ ^'''*'" ^^^^""^ •'""'*^ ''P^'' ^^'* °^ L«w Islets, bearing N 
 40 ]L. (N. 74 E. mag.), and run on that mark between Mauvals 
 Gars and the bank off Hostis Island, until Bon Gars bears West 
 {N 56 W. mag.), when it maybe rounded at 200 yards distant 
 and good anchorage obtained, but care must be taken to avoid an 
 isolated rock, having 19 feet water on it, lying 700 yards S. 60° W 
 
 w' f «^; ™^^-^ ^''°°' Fauvette Point, or nearly in the middle of 
 West Road. 
 
 South Road may be entered between Curlew Point and Moyacs 
 Islands, steering for Green Island open west of Curlew Point off 
 which latter shoal water extends about 200 yards, and when 'the 
 square rock on Onion Island is seen just west of the southern 
 Moyacs Island, bearing about N. 12° E. (N. 46° E mag ) keen 
 that mark astern, and it will lead to the South Road, passing close 
 west of a rock that covers, off the east shore. When that rock is 
 passed, haul to the southward and anchor in 6 fathoms water 
 over sand and mud. ' 
 
 The basin at the head is shoal for 1,600 yards from the east 
 
 f rn^"" i'^^^^^'"^" ^''''^ "'^ ^^'*' lin^iti^gthe anchorage space 
 to 600 yards m diameter. ^ 
 
 Tides—It is high water, full and change, in South Road at 7h 
 23m. ; springs rise about 3 feet. 
 
tid, are connected 
 luth Hide, 
 iieni and a penin- 
 vette Point, long 
 ro fishing stages 
 Lirve in the coast, 
 I anchorage may 
 Ishind showing 
 
 Fauvette Point, 
 reef extends 100 
 
 rly to Fauvette 
 »ove water, and 
 ards from Fau- 
 
 me of the shoals 
 
 from the north- 
 sides, 
 vette Point, is i 
 
 the shore. To 
 lets, bearing N. 
 jtween Mauvais 
 ^ars bears West 
 yards distant 
 ken to avoid an 
 
 yards S. 60° W. 
 in the middle of 
 
 >int and Moyacs 
 irlew Point, off 
 and when the 
 •f the southern 
 E. mag.), keep 
 d, passing close 
 len that rock is 
 fathoms water, 
 
 from the east 
 nchorage space 
 
 th Road at 7h. 
 
 ISLANDS. 
 
 (H. O, Chart No. 608.) 
 
 303 
 
 The Coast Ijotweon Curlew Point and Cape Artiraon is Iowa 
 shallow, affording neither anchorage nor shelter from north winds. 
 
 Oape Artlmon, the north point of an island 400 yards from the 
 main, is cliffy and easy to rocog/iizo. Shoals extcMid 850 yards 
 NW. and a group of islets and shoals nearly 1^^ miles NE. 
 
 Sacred Islands, off Sacred Bay, are easy of recognition, and 
 have clear passages between themselves and the main. 
 
 Qreat Island is nearly a mile long, steep-to all round, covered 
 with grass, and the highest point at the top of the cliff forming 
 the north side of the island is 209 feet above high water. It lies 
 a little more than 1 ^ miles northeastward of the Mewstone. 
 
 Maudit Bank, with 7 fathoms water, breaks in bad weather, 
 and lies nearly 2 miles N. 16° E. (N. 50° E. mag.) from Great 
 Island. 
 
 Little Island, nearly a mile SE. of Great Island, and f mile 
 from Cape Artimon, is lower than Great Island, and steep-to 
 except off the south extreme, which should not be approached 
 nearer than 200 yards. 
 
 Verte Island, ^ mile NE. of Cape Artimon, is low, grassy, and 
 surrounded by reefs, leaving a passage 300 yards wide between 
 them and the shoals off Cape Artimon. 
 
 Le Grand Mulou (Northwest Ledge) is the NE. extreme of 
 the ledges oft' Cape Artimon, and is the summit of a bank, with 6 
 feet least water, 300 yards in diameter. 
 
 Clearing Marks.— The Mewstone, touching the south extreme 
 of Little Sacred Island, leads north, and the summit of Great Sa- 
 cred Island in line with the north extreme of Little Sacred Island 
 leads NE. of this shoal. 
 
 Maria Reefs, ^ mile from Verte Island and i mile NE. of Cape 
 Ardoise, are a group of black islets, some of which are 7 feet 
 above high water. Two shoals, with 16 feet water on each of 
 them, are situated between Maria Reefs and those off Verte Island. 
 
 Mdd^e Bay lies SE. of Cape Artimon and is obstructed by 
 shoals and islets. At the head are some fishing stages. Cape 
 Ardoise, east of the bay, is a remarkable round gray hill, 184 feet 
 above high water. 
 
 Maria Bay, south of Cape Ardoise, is open to the eastward and 
 affords no shelter. Cape Raven, the east point of the bay, is steep, 
 and a little west is a high cliffy point called Cape Noir. 
 
 A rock, with 6 feet water, lies nearly in the middle of the entrance 
 to Maria Bay, 800 yards S. 65° E. (S. 29° E. mag.) from Cape Ardoise. 
 
 Prom it Foirou Island is seen in line with the middle of Maria 
 Reefs. 
 
 nam 
 
 ».( — rm 
 
II 
 
 J 
 
 t 
 
 » 
 
 804 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND — WEST COAST. 
 
 Mauve Bay (Noddy Harbor) is J milo wido botwoou Capo 
 Ravoii mid Noddy Point, the Intter formed of a Htfon hillock 
 tormiMuting in a double tier of low, flat rocks, stoop-t... Tlu. hay 
 is U miles deep; both sides are high and tolerably steep at the 
 entrance. 
 
 Garden Cove i.s situated haUVay up the bay on tlie west shore 
 and i,s :j()() yards deep, with shoal water 100 yards <.ff shore 
 Anchorage may be had by small vessels in 10 fc'ot.'sand, fair hold- 
 ing giound, l)ut easterly swell sometimes reaches in. An islet lies 
 on tlm oast coast of Mauve Bay opposite Garden Cove. The deep 
 water runs in a narrow gully to the hoa.l, whore anchorage for a 
 few small vessels may be obtained in 3i fathoms, good holding 
 ground. Westerly winds are violent, but the anchorage is safe 
 and the .sea from north does not reach in. The rest of the bav 
 affords no shelter from the sea. 
 
 Wood Bay, east of Noddy Point, between it and Jacques Cartier 
 Island, IS exposed to the north and affords no shelter. 
 
 Jacques Cartier Island is separated at the SW. extrem.^ from 
 the mainland by a channel passable for boats, 50 yards wid.- The 
 north and east points are steep-to, a bank of rocks lies southeast- 
 ward of the east point extending lOU yards from the shore. There 
 are .several fishing establishments on the island, with their stages 
 on the east side. 
 
 Vincent Islet, IG feet high and covered with grass, is situated 
 300 yards off the mainland point SE. of Jacques Cartier Island 
 leaving a tortuous passage between them with 1 ^ feet water. 
 
 Kirpon Island forms the north extreme of Newfoundland, is 
 3i miles long and H miles wide, and separated by a channel 100 
 yards wide from the mainland. It is high and bold, the summit 
 over Cape Ddgrat being 505 feet high. 
 
 Oa.pe Bauld, the north extreme, is bold-to, and from it the coast 
 trends southwesterly 2i miles to Dumenil Point, and then southerly 
 to form Kirpon Harbor. 
 
 Light.— A square wooden lighthouse, 54 feet in height and 
 painted white, stands on the high ground near the extremity of 
 Cape Bauld, and exhibits, at the elevation of 154 feet, an alterna- 
 ting red and white light, each having a period of system of forty- 
 five seconds; it should be visible 18 miles. 
 
 Fog Signal—During thick or foggy weather, a steam fog horn 
 ivill give blasts of ten seconds duration every minute. 
 
 The Islets are a group of low rocks, continued to the SW. by 
 a reef that leaves a clear passage only 200 yards wide between it 
 and Jacques Cartier Island. A fishing establishment is on Kirpon 
 Island, SE. of the islets. 
 
 »«^ 
 
9 
 
 e between Cape 
 a steep hillock, 
 [*op-t(). Tli(< buy 
 ibly steep at the 
 
 111 tlie west sliore 
 yards off nliore. 
 , wand, fair hold- 
 n. An islet lies 
 Dove. The deep 
 anchorage for a 
 i.s, good holding 
 chorage is safe, 
 rest of the bay 
 
 Jacques Cartier 
 
 ;er. 
 
 ^. oxtvewo from 
 
 a.rds wide'. The 
 
 1 lies southeast- 
 
 e shore. There 
 
 ritli their stages 
 
 fass, is situated 
 Cartier Island, 
 eet water. 
 nViOundland, is 
 y a channel 100 
 )ld, the summit 
 
 rom it the coast 
 i then southerly 
 
 in height and 
 le extremity of 
 eet, an alterna- 
 )rstem of forty- 
 steam fog horn 
 te. 
 
 to the SW. by 
 ide between it 
 it is on Kirpon 
 
 KIItPON MAUnOU — DIllKCTIONS. 
 
 Merchant Island in u low projection with a fishing osta])lisli- 
 mont, close to Kirpon Island, (JOO yards SE. by S. of the islets. 
 
 Morne Fontan, a consiiicmms hill 105 feet high, is i mile SSE. 
 of Merchant Island. 
 
 Kirpon Harbor is between Jacques Cartier and Kirpon Islands, 
 and ulVords excellent anchorage for any vessel. 
 
 Supplies. — Fresh mutton and vegetables are usually to bo ob- 
 tained at Kirpon. 
 
 Beacons. — A beacon stands on the western side of Merchant 
 Island, and another beacon, consisting of a white staff with a black 
 ball at Iho top, about 400 yards southeastward of it, near the sum- 
 mit of Morne Fontan; three beacons are placed on the mainland, 
 SE. of Jactpies Cartier Island. The lower beacon consists of a pile 
 of stones, and a cask " on end " upon it; the center beacon is a pile 
 of stones with a pole and cask; the upper beacon consists of a 
 pile of stones with a pole and triangle. These beacons and the 
 rocks immediately below tliem are whitewashed, and are used by 
 the French vessels of war as mooring marks. 
 
 Anchorages. — Vessels can proceed to an anchorage in from 8 to 
 9 fathoms water, over mud, north of Vincent Islet, taking care to 
 avoid the bank off that islet. 
 
 Vessels drawing more than 10 feet can not go farther south than 
 Vincent Islet, bearing S. 56° W. (west mag.), but small vessels 
 may find good anchorage south of that islet. 
 
 Vessels drawing 12 feet water can pass south of Kirpon Island. 
 
 Peaked Rock covers at high water, and lies 100 yards north of 
 the mainland point forming the channel south of Kirpon Harbor. 
 
 Canias Rock lies 350 yards off Kirpon Island, between the last 
 two fishing stages on the SW, side of that island, and is always 
 visible. About 3 feet less water than charted is reported at 300 
 yards N. 70° W. (N. 36° W. mag.) from Canias Rock (1896). 
 
 Directions. — When approaching Kirpon Harbor, the beacon on 
 the west shore of Merchant Island, kept in line with the beacon placed 
 near the summit of a hill, bearing S. G9° E. (S. 35° E. mag.), leads 
 between the NE. point of Jacques Cartier Island and the reefs 
 northward of that point ; round the NE. point of Jacques Cartier 
 Island as convenient, and anchor in 7 or 8 fathoms water ; the bea- 
 cons situated SE. of Jacques Cartier Island in line, bearing about 
 S. 24° W. (S. 58° W. mag.), lead to the anchorage. In misty 
 weather the beacon on Merchant Island is difficult to distinguish, 
 in which case the NE. point of Jacques Cartier Island should be 
 borrowed on. 
 
 Ice. — Kirpon Harbor freezes between 10th and 25th December, 
 and breaks up between 5th and 25th May. 
 
 
 1 
 
806 
 
 WEWFOUNDLAXI)- WRST 0OA8T. 
 
 Tldes-It is hiKh WHtor, full un.l <-hanffe, In Kirpon Harbor at 
 711. fiiii. ; .Mi.niifrs vim 5 foet, noap.s ris.> If f„ot. 
 
 Tidal S^eams—Th.. stroams oft.-n .ittuin a vel.KMty of 3 knots 
 an hour m tho puHsago botwoen Kirpon and Llttlo Kirpcn Harbors 
 but the .liroction dopon.lH more on the winds provailing. or that 
 have prova.loc^ than on flood or obb. The tidal streams are irreg- 
 ular between Cape Onion and Kirp.,n Island, but the floods run 
 ordinarily to the west and ebb to the east. If the tide is with the 
 wind, It attains the velocity of one knot an hour 
 
 Polrou Island (Gull Rock), ^ un\.. west of ' Capo Bauld, is a 
 ow round rock 100 yards in diameter, from which u slioal extends 
 360 yards in a southeasterly direction. 
 
'Avi)on Hftrbor at 
 
 il<K'ity of 3 knots 
 Kirpon HurborH, 
 3VHiliiig, or that 
 iroarns are irrog- 
 t tho AoocIh run 
 < tide is witli the 
 
 ^apo Bail 1(1, \h a 
 a Hhoal extends 
 
 1 
 
 CHAITER VII. 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND, EAST COAST— CAPE DAULD TO CAPE ST. JOHN. 
 
 (H. O. Chiirt No. 008.) 
 
 Strait of Belle Isle.— (For description of Strait of BelUt Isle, see 
 Chapter X.) 
 
 Cape Bauld is the SE. point of the entrance to Bellf Isle Strait. 
 It is a rocky, barren point, steep-to, aronnd which arc strong, 
 variable, eddying tides. 
 
 Light and Fog Signal.— (See page 304.) 
 
 Tidal Streams. — The flood and ebb streams at Capo Banld con- 
 tinue running inshore NW. and SE., respectively, three hours after 
 high or low water, and to 7 miles NE. of the cape they will con- 
 tiniie ruiuiing five hours after. 
 
 Qrande Cove, east of Cape Bauld, is exposed to uortlieasteidy 
 winds; the south point is an i.sland, 88 feet high, joined by bowl- 
 ders to the mainland, that, with a rugged point south of it, forms 
 Colombier Cove, a temporary shelter for fishing boats. 
 
 Coast. — Between the point to the southward of Grande Cove 
 and Cape Dt%rat is a bay 1,200 yards deep, divided into numerous 
 coves by islands and points, off which are dangerous shoals, and, 
 for general navigation, vessels should not enter west of the line 
 joining the points of this bay. 
 
 Pigeon Cove, the northernmost, is small, and can shelter only 
 one vessel. Di'grat and Sheep Islands are immediately south of 
 this, the former joined to the mainland at low water, continued to 
 the NE. by reefs for nearly ^ mile. 
 
 Sheep Bank, with G feet water, lies 350 yards ENE. from the 
 high-water line of Sheep Island. 
 
 D^grat Harbor is a small cove where six fishing vessels can be 
 moored in 13 feet water inside a flat rock on the east side. Sheep 
 Channel, between Sheep and Ddgrat Islands, is the best passage to 
 this harbor, and after passing Sheep Bank, which may bo avoided 
 by keeping the north side of Sheep Island close on board, the 
 channel is clear, though narrow. 
 
 Cape D^grat is surmounted by a hill 505 feet above high water, 
 the highest on this part of the coast, faced by a steep cliff 300 feet 
 high; with deep water close alongside. The cliffs fall at the south 
 end to White Point, a landslip in the cliffs, of a lighter color than 
 the rest of the coast. 
 
 (30V) 
 
308 
 
 CAPE BAULD TO CAPE 8T. JOHN. 
 
 \> I 
 
 M > 
 
 Grands Qalets Bay is situated south of the cape, but affords 
 no shelter. 
 
 Little Kirpou Harbor lies off the south point of Kirpon Island. 
 It is entered between the island and the main. The harbor is ^ 
 mile long from Herbert Point to the entrance of Noble Cove, which 
 is shallow and 350 yards broad, but the holding ground is bad. 
 
 Vessels drawing less than 12 feet water may pass south of Kirpon 
 Island to Kirpon Harbor, but as the tides are strong, great care 
 must be taken to avoid Butter Pot Rock, that lies nearly in the 
 middle of the north bend, and is nearly always covered. 
 
 White Islands are east 2} miles from Partridge Point, and 
 consist of three principal and some lower rocks. The highest is 
 the southwesternmost, about ^ mile long. A shoal lies 150 yards 
 off the north extreme. The smallest is to the north, and is formed 
 of rugged masses of rock. 
 
 White Rocks (les Donzelles), W. by S. f mile from White 
 Islands, are a low group of islets separated by a channel 1^ miles 
 wide from the main. Sunken rocks lie oft' the north end. 
 
 A Rock, that always breaks, lies 850 yards S. G8° W. (S. 34° W. 
 mag.) from the south end of these rocks, and from it another rock, 
 with a shoal stretching north from it, lies NW. 200 yards distant. 
 
 The Coast from Partridge Point to Origuet Harbor is split up 
 into rugged coves, the hills being about 120 feet high, over the 
 coast. 
 
 Madeleine Shoal, with 2 feet water, is in the first cove south of 
 Partridge Point, 150 yards off shore. To pass east of it, keep the 
 east point of Kirpon Island in sight east of Partridge Point. 
 
 Green Shoal, with 10 feet water, lies S. 22° E. (S. 12° W. mag.) 
 200 yards from Breaker Point, a low point sheltering two small 
 coves halfway between Partridge Point and Griguet Harbor. 
 
 Storm Cape is a rocky islet close to the shore, f mile NE. of the 
 entrance to Griguet Harbor, the intermediate coast being steep-to. 
 
 Griguet Harbor and several other small anchorages are com- 
 prised between Broize Point and White Cape, a little more than 2 
 miles south, and are formed by a group of islands lying close to 
 the mainland. 
 
 Camel Island, the largest, 305 feet high, is the northernmost 
 and forms the south side of the entrance to North and Northwest 
 Bays, and takes its name from a remarkable mound at the east 
 end that forms the summit. The north point is shoal for 200 
 yards. Several shoals lie oft' the NE. point, the outer with 5^ 
 fathoms water lying N. 29° E. (N. 63° E. mag.) 300 yards. Prune 
 Island lies north of Camel Island. It is small, 10 feet high, and 
 steep-to, except off the south end. 
 
 'td. 
 
 ,-^- ■■• ^■iXB?B??^'-i?£f^-A:''T^^^^i'^^'^''^^J^ 
 
[N. 
 
 e cape, but affords 
 
 it of Kirpon Island. 
 I. The harbor is i 
 
 Noble Cove, which 
 ', ground is bud. 
 iss south of Kirpon 
 
 strong, great care 
 ) lies nearly in the 
 ; covered. 
 
 rtridge Point, and 
 is. The highest is 
 lioal lies 150 yards 
 orth, and is formed 
 
 mile from White 
 a channel 1^ miles 
 north end. 
 !. G8° W. (S. 34° W. 
 om it another rock, 
 . 200 yards distant. 
 t Harbor is split up 
 feet high, over the 
 
 e first cove south of 
 east of it, keep the 
 ■tridge Point. 
 E. (S. 12° W. mag.) 
 leltering two small 
 •iguet Harbor. 
 e, i mile NE. of the 
 oast being steep-to. 
 nchorages are com- 
 a little more than 2 
 ands lying close to 
 
 s the northernmost 
 )rth and Northwest 
 mound at the east 
 nt is shoal for 200 
 the outer with 5^ 
 I 300 yards. Prune 
 1, IG feet high, and 
 
 GRIOUEl' HARBOR. 
 
 309 
 
 -asj^swavsaT' 
 
 A Shoal, with IG feet water, lies between Prune Island and the 
 north point of Camel Island, a little nearer the latter. 
 
 Broize Point is bold-to, anr forms the east side of North Bay. 
 
 Baleine Hock, in the entrance to North Bay, is always uncovered 
 and may be approached to a distance of 100 yards. 
 
 Cove Point divides North Bl y from Good Cove and is steep-to. 
 
 Anchorage may be had in Korth Bay in 15 to 10 fathoms, off 
 the fishery establishment, with tolerably good holding ground. 
 SE. winds occasionally send in a swell. 
 
 Communication. — The Coastal Steamship Company's steamer 
 from St. Johns calls at Griguet Harbor fortnightly during summer 
 and autumn. 
 
 Ice. — Griguet is usually the first harbor open on the east coast 
 of the northern peninsula of Newfoundland ; it is frozen over, on an 
 average, about the middle of December, and cleai's about 20th May. 
 
 Good Cove (Belle Anse), 400 yards wide and deep, affords good 
 anchorage for small vessels in 11 fathoms, sand. 
 
 Bay Point divides Good Cove from Northwest Bay. A rock 
 lies 70 yards east of it, and La Rose, a rock with 2 feet water, is 
 the extreme of a shoal extending from it 100 yards south. 
 
 Northivest OJr Roncibre Bay runs in a northwesterly direction 
 one mile from Bay Point, Avith a mean width of about GOO yards. 
 At 300 yards within Bay Point is Crab Island, close to the east 
 shore, that may be approached as close as 100 yards. At the head 
 the bay runs to the eastward for -^ mile, but is shallow for half 
 that distance. A dangerous spit extends from the head of the bay 
 about 600 yards. 
 
 Anchorage may be obtained in this bay in from 10 to 18 fathoms 
 water as convenient, but vessels approaching the head should 
 anchor east of the line joining Bay Point and Crab Island. 
 
 Southwest Bay, suitable for small vessels only, lies between 
 Camel Island and the mainland, and affords temporary anchorage 
 at the north entrance, off the north shore of Camel Island, in 9 
 fathoms water, taking care to avoid the shoal off the north point 
 of that island. 
 
 Griguet Island, separated by a channel 100 yards wide from 
 the east side of Camel Island, is small, and about GG feet high. 
 Off the NE. extreme is Black Islet, 30 feet high, with a small spit 
 off the SW. extreme. The other sides are steep-to. 
 
 Four-ears Island, south of Griguet Island, is faced by a peaked 
 black cliff 120 feet high. 
 
 Griguet Harbor proper is situated in the space comprised 
 between Camel, Griguet, and Four-ears Islands. It is only 400 
 yards long and 200 yards wide, and the entrances are narrow and 
 tortuous. The passage between Four-ears and Griguet Islands is 
 

 310 
 
 CAPE BAULD fo CAPE ST. JOHN. 
 
 SO full of shoals that it should not be attempted without a pilot. 
 Between Griguet and Camel Islands the passage narrows at the 
 south end to 90 yards. 
 
 White Cape Harbor (Upper Origuet) is a space 600 yards 
 long and 200 yards broad, between the SW. end of Four-ears Island 
 and White Cape Land. There is no danger in the channel between 
 the islets off the south end of Four-ears Island and those off the 
 north side of White Cape. Boats only can take the passage west 
 of Four-ears Island. Ancliorage may be had in 7 fathoms near 
 the mainland shore, to avoid a bank extending 260 yards from 
 Four-ears Island. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in these harbors at 7h. 
 10m. ; springs rise 5 feet, neaps rise 2J feet. 
 
 White Cape is a good mark for distinguishing this locality, 
 and is a rugged white cliff, surmounted by a grass-covered summit, 
 262 feet above high water. The cape is steep-to as well as the 
 outer coast to White Dog Point, the north point of St. Lunaire 
 Bay. Between these two points are two coves, fit for boats only. 
 
 (H. O. Chart No. 542.) 
 
 St. Lunaire Bay, one of the finest harbors in Newfoundland; 
 is accessible to the largest vessels under any circumstances except 
 perhaps in NW. gales, with which the squalls are very heavy. 
 The entrance is easy to recognize by the aid of White Cape, and 
 when near, St. Lunaire Peak, 3.35 feet high, on the SW. side of 
 the bay. 
 
 Gales from the west usually blow stronger at St. Lunaire than 
 at neighboring ports at the same time, but usually lull at night. 
 
 Qranchain Island, the extreme of some islands oft" a peninsula, 
 forms the south entrance point of this bay. It is 85 feet above 
 high water, and the east point formed by an islet joined to it at 
 low water is steep-to. 
 
 Flat Rock, always above water, is the extreme of a chain of 
 islets and rocks stretching 800 yards northward from Granchain 
 Island, and is steep-to on the east and north sides. 
 
 Salut Island, 65 feet high, a conspicuous conical islet, lies 100 
 yards south of Flat Rock ; and Coal Islet, a square, black cliff, is 
 between Salut and Granchain Islands. 
 
 Vanguard Shoal, with 12 feet water, is the eastern shoal off 
 Granchain Island. A small spit extends north from it. Adelaide 
 Island, open north of Flat Rock, leads north of all shoals on the 
 south shore. Adelaide Island is the eastern, and Elizabeth Island 
 the western, of two islets NW. of Flat Rock. A shoal extends 
 135 yards SE. from Adelaide IsL nd. 
 
 «-y 
 
without a pilot, 
 narrows at the 
 
 jpace GOO yards 
 ^our-ears Island 
 hannel between 
 id those off the 
 lie passage west 
 7 fathoms near 
 260 yards from 
 
 ie harbors at 7h. 
 
 g this locality, 
 lovered summit, 
 
 as well as the 
 ; of St. Lunaire 
 
 for boats only. 
 
 Nowfoundlandj 
 aistances except 
 ire very heavy. 
 Thiie Cape, and 
 he SW. side of 
 
 t. Lunaire than 
 lull at night, 
 off a peninsula, 
 is 85 feet above 
 t joined to it at 
 
 B of a chain of 
 rom Granchain 
 
 al islet, lies 100 
 •e, black cliff, is 
 
 sastern shoal off 
 m it. Adelaide 
 11 shoals on the 
 Slizabeth Island 
 \. shoal extends 
 
 8T. LUNAIT'K BAY. 
 
 311 
 
 Careutonne Island, 73 feet high, lies north of these islets, and 
 off a point of the north shore that slopes from White Hills, 141 
 feet high. This island divides two coves, the western of which is 
 shallow from the line of Flat Rock touching the south extreme of 
 Carentonne Island. 
 
 Amelia Cove, to the eastward, is foul for a distance of 200 
 yards from the head. The holding ground is bad, and easterly 
 winds bring in a sea, but temporary anchorage may be had in 15 
 fathoms. 
 
 Red Island, 16 feet high, with a shoal close off the SW. 
 extreme, lies east of Carentonne Island. 
 
 Strawberry Island lies west of Carentonne Island and the cove 
 west of it, and forms the north point of the entrance to Northwest 
 Bay. 
 
 Shoals extend 300 yards south and 200 yards west of it. 
 
 North Reef is the outer of the dangers off the north shore of 
 Northwest Bay, being 350 yards off, and may be cleared by keep- 
 ing the extreme of the cliff on Granchain Island shut in with 
 Nymph Island. 
 
 Nymph Island, 92 feet above high water, divides Northwest 
 Bay from St. Lunaire Road. A rocky patch, with 3f fathoms 
 water, lies south 200 yards from an islet near Nymph Point, the 
 east extreme. 
 
 Middle Bank, with 10 feet least water, lies midway between 
 Nymph Island and the rocks north of Granchain Island. 
 
 Clearing Marks. — To pass east of this bank, keep the east 
 extreme of Carentonne Island in line with the middle of Adelaide 
 Island bearing S. 3° E. (S. 31° W. mag.). To pass west, keep the 
 west extreme of Red Island touching the east extreme of Adelaide 
 Island N. 21° E. (N. 55° E. mag.).. A vessel will be north of it 
 when White Dog Point is shut in with Salut Island S. 87° E. (S. 
 53° E. mag.), and south of it when the same point is shiit in with 
 Coal Islet N. 76° E. (S. 70° E. mag.). 
 
 Northwest Bay, entered between Strawberry and Nymph 
 Islands, is li miles deep, and affords excellent anchorage in 21 to 
 6 fathoms as convenient within that entrance, taking care to clear 
 the shoals off the north shore. 
 
 St. Lunaire Road, between Nymph and Granchain Islands and 
 the main, also affords good anchorage in 18 to 21 fathoms, with 
 good holding ground, or off the entrance to Southwest Bay in 13 
 fathoms. 
 
 Southwest Bay, entered from the south extreme of St. Lunaire 
 Road, is about a mile deep, with a shallow cove on the west side 
 and some islets on the east side. The passage is in mid-channel, 
 but the bay is only 200 yards wide, and the head should not be 
 
'I.I ' 
 
 11 , 
 
 312 
 
 CAPE BAULD TO CAPE ST. JOHN. 
 
 approached witliin ^ mile. Vessels may be careened and repaired 
 here in perfect safety. 
 
 Ice. — St. Lunaire freezes late in November or early in December, 
 and clears some time during the month of May. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in St. Lunaire Bay at 
 Yh. 6m. ; springs rise 5 feet, neaps rise 2i feet. 
 
 Tidal Streams. — In the bay the tidal streams are almost insensi- 
 ble, but outside they run north or south, in the direction of the 
 coast, without regularity, at times attaining a velocity of 2 knots 
 an hour, whereas at other times no stream is felt. 
 
 (H. O. Chart No. 608.) ' 
 
 Little Br^hat Bay is a small cove 2 miles from St. Lunaire 
 Bay, south of which are Little Needles, some peaked rocks. 
 
 Needles Rocks are nearly 3 miles from St. Lunaire Bay, and 
 are curiously shaped, showing well when only a short distance off 
 shore. 
 
 Great Br^hat Bay lies 1^ miles SW. of Needles Rocks, and is 
 $ mile deep within the line of the points. At the head is a small 
 sheltered place for vessels, only 200 yards long and the same dis- 
 tance wide. Between Needles Rocks and Great Br^at Bay is a 
 small cove called Green Bay, faced by an island, from which 
 shoals extend i mile, ending in John Baptist Shoal, with 12 feet 
 water, situated south i mile from the south extreme of Green 
 Island. 
 
 Foundling Bock, on which the sea breaks continually, is 200 
 yards NNE. of Brdhat Point, SE. of the bay. These are the only 
 dangers, and by keeping between them the harbor may be entered 
 and anchorage obtained in 2f fathoms water, with fair holding 
 ground. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, at Great Brdhat Bay 
 at 7h. 7m. ; springs rise 5 feet, neaps rise 2J feet. 
 
 Br^hat Shoal, about 800 yards long and 70 yards wide, is a 
 dangerous bank having over it a least depth of 13 feet water; from 
 it the north point of Great Brdhat Bay bears S. 84° W. (N. 62° W. 
 mag.), distant 2^^ miles. A head with 6 fathoms water over it, 
 and steep-to around, lies i mile South (S. 34° W. mag.) from the 
 13-foot shoal, and when the sea breaks on it in fine weather the 
 fishermen predict northerly winds; it breaks heavily with NE. 
 winds, and is generally shown by ripples. There is another shoal 
 spot, on which the depth is 6i fathoms, lying 300 yards N. 4° W. 
 (N. 30° E. mag.) from the 13-foot patch. 
 
 To clear these shoals, passing to the westward, keep Camel Island 
 summit over White Cape, bearing N. 3° W. (N. 31° E. mag.); to 
 pass SE., Goose Cape should be kept open south of French Point, 
 S. 42° W. (S. 76° W. mag.). 
 
3d and repaired 
 
 [y in December, 
 
 Lunaire Bay at 
 
 almost insensi- 
 lirection of the 
 )city of 2 knots 
 
 om St. Lunaire 
 ad rocks, 
 inaire Bay, and 
 ort distance off 
 
 s Rocks, and is 
 head is a small 
 id the same dis- 
 Br^at Bay is a 
 id, from which 
 al, with 12 feet 
 reme of Green 
 
 itinually, is 200 
 ese are the only 
 may be entered 
 th fair holding 
 
 eat Brdhat Bay 
 
 i^ards wide, is a 
 eet water ; from 
 :° W. (N. 62° W. 
 s water over it, 
 mag.) from the 
 ine weather the 
 avily with NE. 
 is another shoal 
 yards N. 4° W. 
 
 ep Camel Island 
 \1° E. mag.); to 
 f French Point, 
 
 8T. ANTHONY HARBOR. 
 
 313 
 
 Tidal Streams. — The streams are variable here, but over the 
 plateau of the shoal they seem to run more rapidly, the eddies 
 indicating there a strength not appreciable a short distance off it. 
 
 Cape St Anthony is one mile SW. of French Point, forming 
 between them French Bay, 800 yards deep, and exposed to the 
 south. 
 
 St. Mein Bay extends 3 miles NW, from Cape St. Anthony, 
 and is H miles wide at the entrance between that cape and Fox 
 Point, the west point of the entrance. The water is deep, and the 
 bay c(.mpletely open to southeasterly winds ; on it.s east side, at If 
 miles from Cape St. Anthony, is a small fishing village. 
 
 Ice.— St. Mein Bay freezes toward the latter end of November 
 or early in December, and clears during the month of May. 
 
 Pox Point is low, and appears more so from contrast to St. 
 Anthony Hill, 413 feet high, and faced by a black cliff that rises 
 immediately west of it. 
 
 St Anthony Harbor is entered i mile north of Fox Point, and 
 can only be distinguished when close-to. It runs in SW. for 650 
 yards, with a breadth of 335 yards, and then turns NW. 1^ miles, 
 gradually widening. Just within the northern bend, and nearly 
 in mid-channel, are Piquennais Rocks, joined to the south shore by 
 a bank. Neither these rocks nor the north shore are quite steep-to, 
 but the harbor may be entered between, and affords good anchor- 
 age in 9 to 6 fathoms, mud. It is often difficult to get a long ves- 
 sel into this harbor through the boats that anchor off the turning 
 point and the number of fishing vessels that moor there, particu- 
 larly with winds across the harbor, and the space is narrow for 
 turning a large vessel. The winds are very baffling for a sailing 
 vessel making the entrance, blowing in eddies from the highlands 
 round the harbor. 
 
 Communication.— The Coastal Steamship Company's steamer 
 from St. Johns calls here fortnightly during summer and autumn. 
 
 Supplies.— Fresh mutton and vegetables, in small quantities, 
 may usually be obtained. 
 
 Marguerite Bay, on the north shore of this harbor near the 
 head, is i mile deep, but both points of the entrance are shoal, 
 leaving a narrow passage in, at one-third of the distance across 
 from the south shore. 
 
 Water is difficult to obtain here, as boats can not get near the 
 mouths of the streams. 
 
 Ice. — St. Anthony Harbor freezes late in November or early in 
 December, and clears some time during the month of May. 
 
 Tides.— It is high water, full and change, in St. Anthony Harbor 
 at 7h, 10m. ; springs rise 5 feet, neaps rise 2$ feet. The tidal streams 
 are scarcely appreciable except in the narrows east of Piquennais 
 Rocks. 
 
 >'<ss$-'ff:: 'Si3f:s~-va?s!S!»W5it?i«8iSsrow#T :." ,.--,,<.j!^ !a )t .?»*y<ag. ,■■ 
 
 I': 
 
 A 
 
 \~,i 
 
314 
 
 CAPE BAULD TO CAPE ST. JOHN. 
 
 ii 
 
 Im 
 
 1. I 
 
 k\ 
 
 Ordmaill^re Harbor lies 2 miles SW. of Fox Point; the coast 
 between to Savage Point, east of the harbor, is barren and cliffy, 
 while Savage Point is low, with rugged rocks, and is the east 
 extreme of a peninsula, north of which is a snug cove within 
 Anchor Point, the west extreme. Cape Haut-en-bas is the SW. 
 point of the entrance and faced by high black cliffs. Whale Grotto, 
 a deep recess in the cliffs, lies 600 yards within the cape. The 
 harbor is entered SW. of Anchor Point, where it is nearly 400 
 yards wide between the shoals and thence runs NW. a mile long 
 and i mile wide, affording good anchorage in 10 fathoms, mud and 
 sand. Shoals lie off Anchor Point and the opposite shore for 150 
 yards, and the head should not be approached within i mile, to 
 avoid Bear Bank, a shoal with 9 feet water 200 yards off the west 
 shore. Southeast winds bring a sea into the harbor and NW. 
 winds produce heavy squalls under Cape Haut-en-bas, making the 
 entrance difficult, and sometimes impossible for sailing vessels. 
 
 Tides.— It is high water, full and change, at Crdmaillfere Harbor 
 at 7h. 13m.; springs rise ^ feet, neaps rise 2f feet.. Low water 
 occurs about three-quarters of an hour before the time calculated 
 from the establishment. 
 
 Notre Dame Island, nearly a mile south of Savage Point, is 
 85 feet above high water, and flat in appearance. 
 
 Notre Dame Shoal, with 12 feet water, lies 575 yards N. 14° W. 
 (N. 20° E. mag.) from the north point of Notre Dame Island. 
 
 Henry Island is small, and situated west of Notre Dame Island. 
 Shoals surround it on all sides but the north and west, leaving a 
 deep passage only 150 yards wide between it and Notre Dame 
 
 Island. 
 
 Three Mountains are conspicuous hills, 525 feet above high 
 water, situated SW. of Cape Haut-en-bas and sloping to Vierge 
 Cove. They are an excellent mark for recognizing this locality. 
 
 Vierge Cove runs in ^ mile from Vierge Point, which is situated 
 S. by W. f mile from Cape Haut-en-bas, but it is quite exposed to 
 seaward. 
 
 Angel Point divides this cove from Three Mountain Harbor, is 
 low and narrow, but steep-to. 
 
 Three Mountain Harbor is very small, and can contain only 
 fishing vessels, which moor to the rocks. Though exposed, the sea 
 does not fetch home. The tidal streams are scarcely perceptible. 
 
 (B. A. Chart No. 1785.) 
 
 Qoose Oape is a barren peninsula 335 feet above high water, 
 faced by rugged cliffs, that forms the NE. point of Hare Bay, and 
 is separated from Notre Dame Island by a channel 400 yards wide. 
 Lobster Point, the east extreme, is low, and off it about 210 yards 
 
 '^, 
 
 M9M 
 
int ; the coast 
 811 and cliffy, 
 d is the east 
 ; cove within 
 18 is the SW. 
 Whale Grotto, 
 [le cape. The 
 is nearly 400 
 V. a mile long 
 loms, mud and 
 ) shore for 150 
 thin i mile, to 
 is off the west 
 bor and NW. 
 as, making the 
 ing vessels, 
 laillfere Harbor 
 )t.. Low water 
 lime calculated 
 
 ivage Point, is 
 
 rards N. 14° W. 
 me Island, 
 ■e Dame Island, 
 west, leaving a 
 id Notre Dame 
 
 eet above high 
 ping to Vierge 
 
 his locality. 
 
 lich is situated 
 uite exposed to 
 
 tain Harbor, is 
 
 m contain only 
 ixposed, the sea 
 Y perceptible. 
 
 )ve high water, 
 
 Hare Bay, and 
 
 400 yards wide. 
 
 about 210 yards 
 
 
 HARK llAV — IKKLAND BAY. 
 
 ■■■■■1 
 
 315 
 
 ^^ 
 
 is Lobster Shoal, with 6 feet water. To pass eiist of this shoal 
 keep St. Anthony Hill open east of Notro Danio Ishind. 
 
 Hare Bay is nearly 5 miles wide at the nioiitli between Goose 
 Cape and Fichot Islands, and is 18 miles deep east and west, con- 
 taining several good harbors, but little frequented. The depth of 
 water is great and the sea often very high in the bay, aifording no 
 anchoi'age till within the line of How Harbor and Brent Islands, 
 where 16 fathoms water will be found, but no shelter. 
 
 Ice. — The western portion of Hare Bay freezes solid from Brent 
 Islands to How Harbor during the month of December, and the 
 eastern part fills in with northern ice and freezes ; the ice generally 
 breaks up early or late in May, according to the season. 
 
 Ooose Cove is the first harbor NW. of Goose Cape, 2 miles dis 
 tant, and has an intricate entrance, through which only 4:^^ fathoms 
 can be carried. It is entered between Seal Point, the west extreme 
 of Goose Cape, and Flat Point, on the main, off which shoals stretcli 
 160 yards. 
 
 Ooq Island, 20 feet high, lies close oft' Seal Point, leaving a 
 passage for boats between them, and a shoal extends 33 yards NW. 
 of this island. Cigale Point, on the north side of the entrance, is 
 i mile east of Flat Point, and between them is a cove, with shallow 
 water in it, nearly 400 yards deep. This point is continued by shoal 
 water, just beyond which is La Fourmi (Ant) Rock, that covers at 
 half tide. Within this rock the harbor expands to a space about 
 550 yards in diameter, where perfect shelter may be had in 6 to 9 
 fathoms good holding ground. 
 
 Direotions. — It needs a fresh breeze to take the bends into Goose 
 Cove, and should not be entered unless the vessel is in perfect com- 
 mand. If the shoal off Coq Island is not breaking it would be 
 better to buoy it, and then round it and the island close-to, keeping 
 west of La Fourmi Rock, and then turn in to the anchorage. 
 
 Water is abundant, but is difficult to obtain, as the boats can 
 not get close to the mouths of the streams. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, at Goose Cove at 7h. 
 13m ; springs rise 5 feet, neaps rise 2 J feet. There is no sensible 
 stream in the entrance to the cove, and those outside the entrance 
 appear independent of the tide and follow irregularly the direction 
 of the coast, larely exceeding a knot an hour, and sometimes not 
 perceptible, but they are always strongest off Goose Cape. 
 
 Bouleauz Bay is immediately west of Goose Cove and open to 
 the south. All the north coast of Hare Bay is high and steep, 
 falling in cliffs to the sea, with deep water close-to. 
 
 Ireland Bay, a small bend in the land, lies 5 miles west of Goose 
 Cove. Inland N W. of this are Capillaire Mountains, with a remark- 
 able summit, that is conspicuous from the Strait of Belle Isle. 
 
 14910 21 
 
 wsm 
 
 i»3»iraa;SJ«awfi(««w?^ 
 
316 
 
 CAPE BAULD TO t'APK ST. JOHN. 
 
 li 
 
 i! 
 
 How Harbor, or Bustard Bay (Havre Hodidou, or Bale des 
 Outardes), is the first harbor within Goose Cove, from which it is 
 distant 11 miles. It runs in i miles, is i mile wide at the entrance, 
 and expands to i mile wide near the head. Near the south side 
 of Roland Point, east of the entrance, is Estaing Bank, close to 
 the shore; the east shore of the harbor runs off shoal for about 200 
 yards. The water shoals from the head a little more than + mile. 
 
 Ledret Shoal, with 13 feet water over it, lies off the harbor, 
 1,350 yards S. 8° E. (S. 20° W. mag.) from Fendue Point. 
 
 Anchorage may be obtained, in from 8 to 13 fathoms water, as 
 convenient, after the harbor is entered. 
 
 Tides.— It is high water, full and change, in How Harbor at 7h. 
 18m. ; springs rise 4 feet, neaps rise 1^ feet. 
 
 Northern Arm, 3 miles west of How Harbor, is 2 miles deep 
 and f mile wide, but is exposed to southerly winds. 
 
 Anchorage.— Good anchorage in a depth of 8i fathoms will be 
 found about i mile off a small river on the eastern shore, with 
 Hare Island seen just open of the mainland, bearing about S. 21° 
 
 W. (S. 55° W. mag.). . ^ rx t i .^ 
 
 Northwest Arm, separated from Northern Arm by Hare Island, 
 115 feet high and nearly joined to the mainland at low water, is 
 completely open to the SE., but sheltered anchorage from offshore 
 winds may be obtained in from 5 to 8 fathoms water ; a large stream 
 runs into the head. Care should be taken to avoid the bank of 
 bowlders that fringes the whole of the SW. shore of Hare Bay and 
 extends more than i mile from the south shore of Northwest Arm. 
 Brent Islands, two in number, the northern nearly bare and 
 the southern covered with brushwood, are each about one mile in 
 diameter, with only a shallow passage between them and the main- 
 land to the westward; they lie 3* miles south from How Harbor, 
 and are easy to distinguish. A rocky ledge, awash at high water, 
 extends a short distance from the NE. side of Brent Islands, and 
 shoal water J mile from the west side; near the extreme of the 
 
 shoalis Vert Island. ., , «. .• i. 
 
 Anchorage.— West River is SW. of these islands, oft which, 
 about one mile SW. of Brent Islands, there is fair anchorage in 
 from 5 to 6 fathoms water, entered southward of Brent Lslands. 
 
 Shoal.~A shoal, with 2i fathoms water over it, lies mid-chan- 
 nel between South Brent and Direction Islands in the passage to 
 the anchorage; from it the NE. point of Direction Island is i mile 
 S 58° W. (N. 88° W. mag.). 
 
 liong Island separates West and Southern Arms. The island 
 is thickly wooded to the water's edge, except near the north point; 
 the SW. extreme is joined to the mainland at l^w water. 
 
 ilj 
 
 ;«S**S*SM>SS^i»»>*B>S»S'V#i-t.¥*;' . "*.v"i*5S5*S««9«*£* 
 
a, or Bale doB 
 
 om which it is 
 t tlie entrance, 
 the south side 
 Bank, close to 
 1 for about 200 
 re than + mile, 
 iff the harbor, 
 Point, 
 horns water, as 
 
 Harbor at 7h. 
 
 s 2 miles deep 
 
 athoms will be 
 n'n shore, with 
 ig about S. 21° 
 
 by Hare Island, 
 kt low water, is 
 e from offshore 
 ; a large stream 
 )id the bank of 
 f Hare Bay and 
 Northwest Arm. 
 learly bare and 
 »out one mile in 
 n and the main- 
 m How Harbor, 
 1 at high water, 
 mt Islands, and 
 extreme of the 
 
 mds, off which, 
 ir anchorage in 
 Brent Islands. 
 t, lies mid-chan- 
 a the passage to 
 . Island is i mile 
 
 ms. The island 
 the north point ; 
 '■ water. 
 
 T 
 
 ARlioE BAY — LA 80UUCE INLETS. 
 
 317 
 
 Beaoon. — A wooden tripod beacon stands on the NE. extreme of 
 Long Island. 
 
 Aridge Bay, or Southern Arm, also locally known as Belvy Bay, 
 extends nearly 5 miles in a SW. direction from the NE. point of 
 Long Island, between it and a Toup of islands and rocks fronting 
 South Arm, within which there is no passage. The arm is about 
 i mile wide for 3 miles, when it narrows, to expand again into two 
 basins, with good anchorage in from 8 to 10 fathoms water. 
 
 A Shoal, over which there is a depth of from 3 to 15 feet, extends 
 300 yards from the NE. extreme of Long Island, and a depth of 
 15 feet is found about 200 yards from the east shore of this island, 
 except when nearly midway between the NE. and SW. extremities, 
 where shoal water of that depth extends more than 400 yards from 
 the coast. 
 
 Cailloux Island, a small islet lying 400 yards from the SE. 
 shore of Long Island, is low, flat, and covered with grass in the 
 summer season. This island should not be approached within 
 i mile on the east side,, as shoal water extends from it in that 
 direction. 
 
 Directions. — After passing along the southeastern shore of 
 Brent Islands keep in mid-channel ; Cailloux Island in line with a 
 low wooded point on the mainland, bearing about S. 35° W. (S. 
 69° W. mag.), leads eastward of the shoals extending from the 
 east shore of Long Island ; this low point is, however, somewhat 
 diflBcult for a stranger to recognize. 
 
 Anchorage. — Anchorage may be had off Long Island in 8 fath- 
 oms water, over mud, with the SW. extreme of that island about 
 1,200 yards N. 29° W. (N. 5° E. mag.). 
 
 (B. A. Chart No. 1768.) 
 
 Spring Island, 79 feet high, lies nearly 4 miles eastward of 
 Brent Islands. 
 
 Beacon. — There is a beacon on the east extreme of Spring Island. 
 
 La Source or Spring Inlets consist of three small arms, 
 having shallow water, the west arm extending about 1^ miles from 
 the entrance, situated south of Spring Island; Great Arm, the 
 outer portion, though exposed to northeasterly winds, affords on 
 the east side, about f mile from the entrance, fair anchorage with 
 offshore winds in from 6 to 8 fathoms water ; it is, however, encum- 
 bered with shoals, and vessels should keep rather on the eastern 
 side when entering, as there is a shoal, with 3J fathoms water over 
 it, in the middle of the entrance. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in La Source Inlets at 
 6h. 57m. ; springs rise 4^ feet, neaps rise li feet. 
 
 :'.«5'«EasW5!.'SVSBI»;'K13RBgBJfeM 
 
818 
 
 CAPE BAULD TO CAPE 8T. .rOIIN. 
 
 
 VU 
 
 Ooast. — Betweon Spring Inlets tuul Maiden Point, 2 miles east 
 of it, the coast is bordered by islets and rocks at Jioarly i mile oft"; 
 Goelands Tslivnd, the western of these, lies 8oO yards eastward 
 from La Sonrce Point. 
 
 Jehenne Shoal, the outer of the dangers, with 9 feet water, 
 lies 700 yards N. 08° E. (S. 78° E. mag.) from snmmit of Goelands 
 Island. This portion of the coast should not be approached within 
 a mile. 
 
 Duchyala Rock. — This rock, having over it a depth of 9 feet, 
 lies N. 29° E. (N, 63° E. mag.) from the summit of Goelands Island, 
 distant nearly l^a miles. Great caution should be taken to clear 
 this danger in entering liarbor. 
 
 Maiden Arm (Havre de la Tete de Mort), 2 miles east of 
 Spring Arm and 3^ miles from "" ^ east extreme of Fichot Islands, 
 is entered between Maiden Point and Deaths Head Island. Maiden 
 Point, the north point, is a steep slope from a mound 144 feet high, 
 from which east and west the coast is rugged and cliffy. Starboard 
 Island is close east of the southern part of this point, sheltering 
 two boat coves which lie west of it. 
 
 Deaths Head Island is a bare rock 56 feet high, steep-to on all 
 sides but the SW., off which a reef extends 300 yards. 
 
 Port Island lies SW. of Deaths Head Island, separated from 
 the main by a chaimel 50 yards wide with 13 feet water. South of 
 the east point is a small islet. 
 
 From the east extreme of Port Island the harbor runs up west 
 nearly a mile to Elbow Point, where it branches in two bays, the 
 northern of which is shallow. In the western, at 190 yards from 
 the point, is the best anchorage, in 7 fathoms. 
 
 Cow Point, 2 miles southeastward of Maiden Arm, is the turn- 
 ing point of the coast south of Hare Bay, and is rocky, covered 
 with grass, and sloping from a summit 135 feet high close inshore. 
 Between it and Maiden Arm are several coves open to the east, 
 but affording good shelter to boats from offshore winds. Cow 
 Point Shoal, 2^ fathoms, lies close SE. of this point. 
 
 Tides. — Northwest of Cow Point the flood runs generally WNW., 
 and the ebb ESE, Northeast of this point the flood runs west, and 
 the ebb in the opposite direction about the Fichot Islands. 
 
 Fichot Islands may be easily recognized by their distance from 
 the shore and the summit of Cape Croix, round and elevated 177 
 feet. 
 
 Little Cormorandier, the northern of this group, is small, 95 
 feet high, cliffy and steep-to except at the north end, from which 
 low rocks extend 225 yards. 
 
 Great Cormorandier, 174 feet high and ^ mile long, is the 
 northeastern of the group, and is separated from the south side 
 
FICIIOT I8LANDM — FIC'HOT liAHHUK. 
 
 819 
 
 8 milt»s p«Vf»t 
 y i niilo oft"; 
 lis ouHtwiird 
 
 I foot wator, 
 of Qoolandii 
 iicliod within 
 
 »th of 9 feet, 
 ands Island, 
 ikoii to clear 
 
 Tiiles east of 
 chot Islands, 
 md. Maiden 
 L44 feet high, 
 . Starboard 
 it, sheltering 
 
 teep-to on all 
 
 1. 
 
 parated from 
 
 ber. South of 
 
 runs up west 
 wo bays, the 
 yards from 
 
 is the turn- 
 3cky, covered 
 close inshore. 
 
 to the east, 
 winds. Cow 
 
 rally WNW., 
 uns west, and 
 ands. 
 
 iistance from 
 elevated 177 
 
 3, is small, 95 
 , from which 
 
 long, is the 
 ■le south side 
 
 of Little Cormorandior by a pasHugo \ niil«> wido, in the middle of 
 which is a rock with lo fuct water. Closo ti) the shoi-n near the 
 NK. end aro two iHlots, and Pigoon Island, a sniiill clifVy rock, is 
 separated from the south side by a deep (•hannol KM) yards wide. 
 
 Great Oormorandier Rock, with 5 feet wuter, is \ mile east- 
 ward of Pigeon Island. To pass east of it keep the summit of St. 
 Julien Island open oast of Fichot Ishinds. 
 
 Great Verdon Island, south a little more than ^ mile from 
 Great Cormorandiei- Island, is 121 feet high, about i mile in diam- 
 eter, find steep-to all rounil. 
 
 Little Verdon Island, separated from the south side of Great 
 Verdon Island by a clear channel 205 yards wide, is 72 foot high 
 and also nearly steep-to. 
 
 M^lier Islet, a black rock, is in the north part of the passage 
 between Groat Verdon and Cormorandior Islands, and is steep-to 
 except on the west side, wlienco a reef extends 190 yards. 
 
 Miller Rook, with i\ fathoms, is 150 yards, and Mt'^lier Shoal, 
 with 5J fathoms, ^ mile from Melior Islet. 
 
 Massacre Islet, g mile westward from Mdlier Islet, is a bare 
 rock; there is a depth of 3^ fathoms about 700 yards from its east 
 side. 
 
 Monk Islet, J mile from Massacre Islet, is a bare rock lighter 
 in color tlian Massacre Islet, and steep-to. East of the line joining 
 these islets and between them ai e the following dangers : 
 
 Massacre Rock, with 5 feet water over it, lies 300 yards from 
 Massacre Islet. Monk Rock, awash at low water, lies 900 yards 
 from Monk Islet. Little Monk Rock, on which the depth is 13 feet, 
 lies 200 yards from Monk Rock, Ship Shoal, with 4^ fathoms 
 water over it, lies 1,200 yards west; and Corlet Shoal, on which the 
 depth is 6^ fathoms, 600 yards north from Monk Island. 
 
 Northeast Island. — The northern part, named Le Calas, has 
 shoal water extending from it 150 yards, leaving only a narrow 
 passage with deep water between it and Little Verdon Island. The 
 east shore is bold-to, and the south end falls abruptly from Cape 
 Croix, a remarkable round hill 177 feet above high water. 
 
 Beacon. — The summit of Northeast Island is dome-shaped, and 
 surmounted by a beacon. 
 
 Fichot Island, the largest of the group, is steep-to on the west 
 side, over Which the summit rises 194 feet above high water. 
 
 Fichot Harbor, lying between Fichot and Northeast Islands, is 
 entered by two passages, that from the north, between Watering 
 Cove Point and Fronimy Island, and the southern, named Flago 
 Pass, with 8 feet in it at low water. This harbor, available for 
 small vessels only, should not be attempted without a pilot, as the 
 
820 
 
 CAl'K HAULD TO CAI'K HT. JOHN. 
 
 chaiinol is narrow, the turns iire Hharp, and andioraKO Hpac-o small. 
 
 Tlun-o is a flaKHtaflf on each ontranco point. 
 Tidea.— It is high wator, full and chango, at Fichot Harbor at 
 
 6h. R8m. ; springs rise 4 foet. 
 Madame Island is tho eastern of a group of islands nearly 
 
 joined to each other and the mainland at low wat»)r, forming tho 
 
 west side of Fichot Channel, which is about i mile wide. 
 Rdinssd Rock, with 3 feet water on it, lies 400 yards north ot 
 
 Madame Island, and is the extreme of a ledge, part of whi<d» 
 
 uncovers, extending from Madame Island i mile. 
 Pour Harbor, ^ mile south of Cow Point, is suitable only for 
 
 small vessels, that can anchor in a space 300 yards long and 200 
 
 yards broad in 6 to 6 fathoms water, or moor close to the shore in 
 
 an arm, 100 yards wide, extending to the westward. The entrance 
 
 points are 200 yards apart, but the clear channel in is only 100 
 
 yards wide between the shoals off tho points. 
 
 Tides.— It is high water, full and change, at Four Harbor at 7h. 
 
 5m. ; springs rise 4 feet. 
 Virgin Bay, south of Four Harbor, s divided by a peninsula 
 
 from Little Islets Harbor, off which shoals extend a short distance. 
 Virgin Shoal, with 7 feet water on it, lies 300 yards off the 
 
 entrance to Four Harbor, and is steep-to on the north side. Tho 
 SW. hill on Fichot Island open east of Madame Island, bearing S. 
 63° E. (S. 30° E. mag.), leads east of this shoal. 
 
 Little Islets Harbor, SW. of Madame Island, is formed between 
 English Island and the peninsula south of Virgin Bay. 
 
 In the entrance is Little Madame Island, on the NW. side of 
 which is the only passage in, clear in mid-channel and 50 yards 
 wide. The' harbor, only suited for small vessels, is 300 yards long 
 and 200 yards wide, with anchorage in 13 feet wator between the 
 two northeastern fishing stages on the west side. There is a flag- 
 staff on the north point of the entrance. 
 
 Fiohot Channel is narrowed by Mid-channel Rock, awash and 
 always breaking, which lies 650 yards N. 74° W. (N. 41° W. mag.) 
 from the south point of Fichot Island; there is a good passage on 
 either side, that nearest Fichot Island being the wider. 
 
 Bruyantes Rock, awash and nearly always breaking, lies 300 
 yards east from English Island and 400 yards from Mid-channel 
 
 Eock. J «. 
 
 Louis Lemaire Shoal, with 6 feet water over it, lies 200 yards oft 
 
 the SE. extreme of English Island. 
 
 To pass between Mid-channel Rock and Fichot Island, keep 
 Massacre Islet its own breadth open west of Fichot Island, bearing 
 N. 9° E. (N. 42° E. mag.). 
 
 -'x ^,:.::;^miif?irssm:is^ix0h 
 
 <(,<m-:m^ii:'^swimxime!vim!i.m^si^^s^^^^^:''s'^ 
 
j;oHpaco Bmnll. 
 
 hot Harbor at 
 
 islands nearly 
 
 r, forming the 
 
 wido. 
 
 y^ivrdH north of 
 
 purt of which 
 
 itable only for 
 
 1 long and 200 
 
 to the shore in 
 
 The entrance 
 
 in is only 100 
 
 r Harbor at 7h. 
 
 by a peninsula 
 short distance. 
 ) yards off the 
 orth side. The 
 and, bearing S. 
 
 formed between 
 Bay. 
 
 le NW. side of 
 )1 and 50 yards 
 ) 300 yards long 
 tor between the 
 There is a flag- 
 lock, awash and 
 t^. 41° W. mag.) 
 jood passage on 
 ider. 
 
 eaking, lies 300 
 om Mid-channel 
 
 ies 200 yards off 
 
 Lot Island, keep 
 t Island, bearing 
 
 m 
 
 iiSRwREK 
 
 (HtKAT IHF.KTS ItAIMiOlt — (HtKAT (H)«»HK MAItHolt. 
 
 .'121 
 
 Ohasgeurs Island, Houth of Knglish iHland, Ih NupiirattMl by a 
 narrow channel 200 yards wido, witli from to 8 fathoms wator in 
 th«> middle. A rock Huh botwoeu this island ami the south point 
 of Knglish Isiand; from it tho nortii point of Ohassours Island is 
 200 yards S. 7H" W. (N. iVJ" W. mag-). 
 
 QroB-plomb Islet lies close SW. of Chasstmrs Island. Doublo 
 Island, formod of two hills nearly joined at the base, is TOO yards 
 SW. of Chussours Island. 
 
 Sournoise Shoul, with 13 feet water over it, lies (ir.r) yards SE. 
 of Chasseurs Island. The oast side of Madame Island, open oast 
 of English Island, bearing North (N. 33° E. mag.), loads ofist of 
 this shoal. 
 
 Great Islets Harbor may easily be recognized by the peaks of 
 Groat Buse, 631 feet, and Little Buso, 384 foot above high wat(*r, 
 on the south side of the harbor. The entrance south of Double 
 Island is 800 yards wido to Jehenno Point, bare and stoop, slo|)ing 
 from tho Buso Hills. The harbor runs in northwe.storly a little 
 more than a mile to River Point, where it turns sharp to tho SW. 
 in an arm li)0 yards wide navigable for \ mile. Chabort Island is 
 nearly joined to the north shore, NW. i mile from Double Island, 
 and shelters tho usual anchorage NW. of it in 12 fathoms, mud. 
 North of River Point is an island joined to the main at low water, 
 SW. of a shallow cove. Off the south shore are two snuill islets. 
 The shores of the harbor are nearly stoep-to, and there is no danger 
 in proceeding to the anchorage NW. of Chabert Island, or that 
 available for small vessels in 3^ fathoms west of River Point. On 
 Grelins Point, south of a little cove on the west shore of this 
 anchorage, a small vessel may be careened and repaired. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, at 7h. 22m; springs 
 rise 5 feet. 
 
 (B. A. Chart, No. 1784.) . 
 
 Enrag^e Point is situated If miles S. by E. of Jehenno Point. 
 The coast between is high, indented by several deep, open coves, 
 and is steep-to, but a short distance to the eastward are some deep 
 banks on which boats fish. The coast then trends SSW. i W. 1^ 
 miles nearly, to Great Goose Harbor. 
 
 Ooose Island, one mile from Enragoo Point, is cliffy in parts, 
 barren, and lighter in color than the near coast. 
 
 Great Goose Harbor, SW. of Goose Island, is only available 
 for vessels drawing less than 10 feet water, and tho holding ground 
 is bad. 
 
 Baleine Sock, 5 feet above high water, lies SE. of Goose Island, 
 and is continued SSW. 200 yards by a ledge, on which there is 
 only 3 feet least water. 
 
 MW 
 
 4 
 I 
 
 S 
 
322 
 
 CAPE BAULD TO CAPE ST. JOHN. 
 
 Ki 
 
 Little St. Julien Harbor is 850 yards long and ! 50 yards wide 
 at tlie entrance, narrowing gradually to the head, and exposed to 
 NNE., but Baleine Rock and the narrow entrance shelter the 
 fisliing vessels, which moor head and stern in 5 fathoms, good 
 holding ground, abreast a gap in the cliffs on the east shore, ^ mile 
 within tlie entrance. Little St. Julien Point is black, with rugged 
 cliffs and steep-to. 
 
 Great St. Julien Harbor lies east of tnis point, and is 400 
 yai'ds wide at the entrance, between Little St. Julien and Jeanne 
 Points. Jeanne Point is a bluff cliff and steep-to. The harbor 
 runs'i mile SW. by S., narrowing to 200 yards between Aurora 
 Point and a steep slope on the east shore, from which it extends t 
 mile, narrowed by shoals stretching 100 yards from the east shore. 
 
 A shoal lies 100 yards from the west shore, nearly midway be- 
 tween Aurora Point and the fishing stage nearest to it. 
 
 This harbor is fit for small vessels only, which may find tem- 
 porary anchorage in 5 fathoms just SW. of the east stage on the 
 north shore. Fisliing vessels moor head and sterji in perfect 
 security, though NE. winds bring a little sea into the harbor. 
 
 St. Julien Island is barren and makes in two summits, the 
 higher, near the NE. end, is 5i20 feet above high water. From the 
 NW. shore, under the summit, is Northwest Shoal, extending 150 
 yards, and the south end is continued by islets and rocks, leaving 
 a clear channel only 135 yards wide between them and the south 
 spur of Jeanne Point. 
 
 Souris Rock, awash at low water, lies 100 yards SE., and Souri- 
 ceau Rock, with 3 feet water, 100 yards SW. of the south islet. 
 St. Julien Island is a good landmark and stands out prominently 
 from the line of the coast. 
 
 Mulou Shoal, with 3$ fathoms water, is 270 yards NE. of the 
 NE. point of St. Julien Island, and, breaks in bad weather. 
 
 Jeanne Channel is passable ordiixarily for vessels drawing less 
 than 13 feet wacer, by keeping near the main until abreast the 
 islets and then mid-channel. Those of deeper draft should buoy 
 the passage before taking it. This passage is made more difficult 
 from the strong tides that set through it, flood stream running 
 NW. and the ebb SE., following regularly the rise and fall. 
 
 The Coast from St. Julien Island to Croc Harbor, SSW. nearly 
 5 miles, is bold-to. At ^ mile south of Jeanne Channel is Black 
 or Irish Islet, a barren rock steep-to. Flamands Cove, completely 
 exposed, is SW. of Black Islet, south of which is St. Julien Peak, 
 279 feet high, sloping steeply to the coast, and resembling the 
 summit of Windy Point. From this to Croc Harbor the coast is 
 clear. Corbeau Islet and Petit Rocher lie close to the shore, the 
 latter near the north point of the entrance of Croc Harbor. 
 
T 
 
 id 150 yards wide 
 I, and exjjosed to 
 •ance shelter the 
 5 fathoms, good 
 east shore, ^ mile 
 ack, with rugged 
 
 )oint, and is 400 
 ulien and Jeanne 
 -to. The harbor 
 between Aurora 
 hich it extends t 
 m the east shore, 
 jarly midway be- 
 to it. 
 
 ih may find tem- 
 east stage on the 
 sterji in perfect 
 ) the harbor. 
 wo summits, the 
 mter. From the 
 al, extending 150 
 id rocks, leaving 
 m and the south 
 
 s SE., and Souri- 
 
 : the south islet. 
 
 out prominently 
 
 ^ards NE. of the 
 I weather, 
 sels drawing less 
 intil abreast the 
 raft should buoy 
 ide more difficult 
 
 stream running 
 se and fall. 
 3or, SSW. nearly 
 Channel is Black 
 Cove, completely 
 
 St. Julien Peak, 
 [ resembling the 
 irbor the coast is 
 to the shore, the 
 >c Harbor. 
 
 S*!».-.Ss«4S^SK3'^'.^? 
 
 ' 
 
 CKOC HARBOR — IRISH BAY. 
 
 (H. O. Chart No. 502.) 
 
 323 
 
 Croc Harbor, between Groux Point on the north and Windy or 
 Barren Point on the south side, is 1,200 yards wide. Coming from 
 northeastward it is advisable to take a departure from the north 
 end of Groais Islands, as the entrance is not easily distinguished 
 on that bearing. 
 
 From the entrance the harbor runs in a general NW. direction 
 IJ miles, when it divides in two arms, Le Fond, extending north, 
 and Epine Cadoret, running S W. to Freshwater Creek at the head. 
 West of Windy Point, Irish Bay extends nearly a mile. Abreast 
 the north point of this bay the harbor is i mile wide, but gradually 
 narrows, except in the basin at the junction of the two arms. This 
 harbor is the headquarters of the French squadron. 
 
 Groux Bay.— From Groux Point the coast curves to Groux 
 Bay, 375 yards deep, containing shelter only for boats, with shal- 
 low water 150 yards from the north shore. From Bonhomme 
 Point, the west point of Groux Bay, the coast is steep-to, except 
 in Fisherman Cove, 600 yards west, that is fit for boats only within 
 the line of the points. There is a fishing establishment in this 
 cove. Genille Pointy west of this cove, forms an elbow ifPtRe bay, 
 sloping from Genille Peak, 213 feet high, whence the shores are 
 bold-to near the head of Le Fond. 
 
 Observation Point, the south point of the entrance to Epine 
 Cadoret, is bold-to. About i mile within, on the west side, is 
 Cemetery Point, on which stands a large white cross. Just beyond 
 the first elbow in this arm is Careening Point, where several ves- 
 sels have been hove down. From Observation Point to Blanche 
 Point, north of Irish Bay, the coast makes in small coves, the 
 points of which should not be approached within 100 yards. 
 
 Irish Bay is nearly f mile wide between Blanche and Windy 
 Points. The south shore is foul from i mile SW. of Windy Point 
 to the head. Le Muloux, a rock awash, lies 350 yards off shore. 
 La Baleine or Folle Rock, 3 feet above high water, lies off the west 
 shore, leaving a narrow passage between it and the main. This 
 bay is completely exposed to the northward, and offers shelter for 
 small vessels only behind an islet off the fishing establishment at 
 the head of the bay. 
 
 Windy Point slopes from a barren hill 404 feet high, with 
 whitish rugged slopes. This point is not easy to distinguish from 
 the northeastward, though prominent from other directions. 
 
 Observatory Islet, low and steep-to, lies close SE. of this point, 
 leaving a narrow passage between it and the shore. 
 
 Beacon.— There is a beacon on the summit of Windy Point. 
 
 pal 
 
 mmmr' 
 
324 
 
 CAPE BAULD TO CAPE 8T. JOHN. 
 
 Anchorage may be obtained anywhere within Genille Point. 
 Vessels of war usually anchor off Observation Point in 15 fathoms 
 water, and moor for prevailing winds at NW. When these winds 
 are violent, squalls come alternately from Epine Cadoret and Le 
 Fond with great force, straining the cables with heavy jerks. 
 Merchant vessels moor, in from 16 to 19 fathoms water, between 
 Genille and Observation Points, where a little sea heaves in with 
 SE. winds, but they feel the squalls less from NW. winds. 
 
 The anchorage abreast the watering place in Le Fond is insecure 
 during SW. winds. 
 
 Water. — Water and wood may be obtained easily. 
 
 Ice. — Croc Harbor freezes solid in December and breaks up early 
 or late in May, according to the season. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, at Croc Harbor at 
 7h. 4m. ; springs rise 4^ feet. The streams are sufficiently strong 
 to keep a vessel tide-rode in light breezes. 
 
 (H. O. Chart No. 924.) 
 
 Gray Islands is the name by which the two islands, Groais and 
 Bell, SE. of Croc Harbor, are locally known. 
 
 Qroais Island, 7 miles SE. by E. of Windy Point, is high and 
 cliffy, nearly fiat in outline, and can be seen 40 to 50 miles. It is 
 7 miles long and 3 miles wide, is shaped like a triangle, with the 
 apex south, and is thickly wooded. 
 
 Islets and rocks extend from the west point, which should not 
 be approached within a mile. 
 
 The Sisters, two steep rocks, lie off the NE. point, and the rest 
 of the coast is so straight and steep that there is no place of shelter 
 even for boats, and few where one could be hauled on shore. 
 
 Bell Island (Belle tie du Petit Nord) is separated from the 
 south part of Groais Island by a clear channel 5^ miles wide. It 
 is 8^ miles long and about 6 miles wide, is flat, high, and steep on 
 the coast, except on the shores of a bay on the SW. side, and steep- 
 to on north and south sides. Northeast Rock (tie h Herpin), ^ mile 
 from the NE. point, is a barren islet, with several rocks between 
 it and the shore. 
 
 L']6pervier, a rock with 10 feet water, on which a vesselof that 
 name struck in 1849, is NE. a little more than i mile from North- 
 east Bock. 
 
 Green Island lies near the coast of Bell Island, a mile to the 
 northward of the SW. point. A rock, with 2 feet water on it, lies 
 900 yards west from this island. To pass west of it, keep Groais 
 Island open north of Bell Island. 
 
 Boulonnaise Rock, part of which uncovers at low water, lies ^ 
 mile S. -29° E. (S. 3° W. mag.) from Billard Point, and at i mile 
 
 ■..»mm'^mmmi^esm^^w*~^v 
 
Genille Point, 
 i in 15 fathoms 
 en these winds 
 Jadoret and Le 
 L heavy jerks, 
 (vater, between 
 heaves in with 
 winds, 
 'ond is insecure 
 
 31'eaks np early 
 
 !roc Harbor at 
 [iciently strong 
 
 ids, Groais and 
 
 nt, is high and 
 50 miles. It is 
 mgle, with the 
 
 lich should not 
 
 it, and the rest 
 place of shelter 
 on shore, 
 irated from the 
 miles wide. It 
 h, and steep on 
 side, and steep- 
 Herpin), ^ mile 
 . rocks between 
 
 a vessel of that 
 le from North- 
 
 i, a mile to the 
 vater on it, lies 
 it, keep Groais 
 
 )w water, lies ^ 
 , and at i mile 
 
 EOCKY BAY — CAPE ROUGE. 
 
 325 
 
 S. 58° W. (West mag.) from the same point is a rock with 7 feet 
 water over it. 
 
 Rocky Bay, on the SW. coast, is the only place where small 
 vessels and boats may find shelter, behind a cluster of rocks and 
 islets. 
 
 Red Islet or South Rock is the southern of these, lying nearly 2 
 miles off shore. 
 
 Canes Island, the largest and northern of the group, is low, with 
 a round hillock covered with grass in the summer. It is surrounded 
 by rocks, the two extremes of which are Bara Rock, with 10 feet, 
 ^ mile WSW. from the SW. extreme, and a rock, with 5 feet water, 
 800 yards west from the center of Canes Island. 
 
 A ledge, vsdth 3 J fathoms water, extends 1,600 yards SW. from 
 Canes Island. Large vessels must avoid this, as there may be 
 shoaler water. 
 
 Anchorage may be had in Rocky Bay in 2 to 2f fathoms, sand, 
 passing at a sufficient distance west of Canes Island to avoid the 
 dangers spoken of. 
 
 Southwest Harbor. — The French vessels fishing off Bell Island 
 moor for the summer inside a group of rocks that forms the north 
 point if + "=» entrance to Rocky Bay. To take up a position needs 
 fine wet .rd a pilot, or long experience of the place. 
 
 The ' / of the main from Windy Point runs high and steep 
 SW. 2 miles to Million Cove, open to the eastward, where there is 
 a fishing settlement, with indifferent shelter even for boats. 
 
 Filler Cove, 3 miles from Million Cove, is formed by the main 
 and the north part of Cape Rouge Peninsula. It is completely 
 open to the eastward, and bad for anchorage ; at the head is a fish- 
 ing post. 
 
 Cape Rouge is the south extreme of Cape Rouge Peninsula, 
 2i miles long and 1^ miles broad, culminating in a peak over Cape 
 Rouge 492 feet high. Pyramid Point, the NE. extreme, is a 
 pyramidal rock, close SE. of which is a low reef, separated by a 
 narrow boat passage. A short distance west of this point, in Pilier 
 Cove, is a natural excavation, supported by a pillar, from which 
 the cove derives its name. Truite Point, the SW. extreme, is the 
 north point of the entrance to Cape Rouge Harbor. Immediately 
 north of it is the settlement, and the coast runs north nearly 2 
 miles from it to the isthmus, 850 yards across. 
 
 Conche Peninsula is south of Cape Rouge Peninsula, Fraud- 
 eresse Point, at the NE. extreme, being distant 1,400 yards from 
 Truite Point. It is 3i miles long, ^ mile wide at the extremes, and 
 a mile wide at the isthmus, which is 350 yards across. Frauderesse 
 Point is fringed by rugged, curiously shaped rocks. Off it a bank 
 extends 300 yards, and shoal water lies off the north shore of this 
 
 ' j<awwxiwm.w<m! 
 
f 
 
 326 
 
 CAPE BAULD TO CAPE ST. JOTIN. 
 
 
 peninsula west of the point, extending nearly ^ mile from a white 
 cross on Dos-de-cheval Point. 
 
 Off Cape Fox, the south extreme of the peninsula, islets and 
 rocks extend 200 yards, but with these exceptions the peninsula is 
 steep-to. 
 
 (H. O. Chart No. 562.) 
 
 Cape Rouge Harbor is formed by these peninsulas and the 
 mam, and is divided into Biche Arm to the north, and Southwest 
 Bay. The mainland coast is steep-to and nearly straight. A small 
 bend in it, opposite the entrance of the harbor, is Priests Cove. 
 
 Biche Arm contains perfectly secure anchorage, easy of access 
 with any wind. The best anchorage is in 15 fathoms off a remark- 
 able cascade on the west shore, WNW. of Partridge Point, low and 
 grassy, the bottom mud, good holding ground. 
 
 Souris or Champ-paga Shoal, the only isolated danger in 
 Southwest Bay, is the summit of a bank of rock 350 yards long and 
 250 yards broad, in the middle of which is 6 feet water. To pass 
 west of this shoal keep Cod-pile (a little peaked rise on the hills 
 north of Conche Harbor) in line with the NW. fishing stage; to 
 pass north keep the north point of Bell Island well open east of 
 Frauderesse Point ; and to pass south keep the north point of Rogue 
 Island in line with Frauderesse Point. 
 
 To anchor in Southwest Bay the above leading marks must be 
 attended to, and a good berth given to the rocks off Dos-de-cheval 
 Point. 
 
 Caution.— Beacons.— The two beacons at the head of the bay, 
 when in line, lead over Souris Shoal, as also do the beacons on 
 Dos-de-cheval Point. (One beacon down in 1896.) 
 
 Anchorage may be obtained in from 12 to 16 fathoms water, 
 over gravel and a little mud near the head, but the holding ground 
 is only fair. Vessels with good tackling hold on well through the 
 heavy squalls that come with NW. and west winds and the little 
 sea brought in by easterly winds. 
 
 Ice.— Cape Rouge Harbor fills with northern ice and freezes, 
 the ice breaking up some time during the month of May, depending 
 on the seasons. 
 
 Tides.— It is high water, full and change, at Cape Rouge Har- 
 bor at 7h. (approximate) ; springs rise 6 feet, neaps rise 4 feet. 
 
 (H. O. Chart No. 924.) 
 
 Rouge Island, 800 yards long, 350 yards wide, and steep-to, 
 lies 3i miles east from Frauderesse Point, and is composed of red 
 rock covered with grass at the summit. 
 
 Conche Harbor, between the peninsula and the main, is west 
 of the isthmus, and runs up 2i miles from Cape Fox, being If miles 
 
 **^ 
 
e from a white 
 
 lula, islets and 
 lie peninsula is 
 
 isulas and the 
 and Southwest 
 ight. A small 
 riests Cove, 
 easy of access 
 s off a remark- 
 Point, low and 
 
 ted danger in 
 '^ards long and 
 iter. To pass 
 le on the hills 
 (ling stage ; to 
 I open east of 
 »oint of Rogue 
 
 larks must be 
 Dos-de-cheval 
 
 id of the bay, 
 e beacons on 
 
 ithoms water, 
 ►Iding ground 
 1 through the 
 md the little 
 
 and freezes, 
 ly, depending 
 
 5 Rouge Har- 
 ise 4 feet. 
 
 and steep-to, 
 posed of red 
 
 nain, is west 
 eing If miles 
 
 CONCIIE HARBOR — CANADA BAY. 
 
 327 
 
 1 
 
 wide at the entrance, diminishing gradually to tho head. Tlie fish- 
 ing establishments are on the peninsula, l^ miles from Cape Fox, 
 off which the fishing vessels moor, head and stern. 
 
 Martinique Cove, at the head of tho bay, is exposed to winds 
 from S. by E. to SW. ; the holding ground is reported fair, and 
 vessels manage to hold on there all the fishing season. 
 
 Anchorages.— There is anchorage in 10 to U fathoms off Mar- 
 tinique Cove. SW. winds are the most dangerous and blow with 
 great violence. There is good anchorage off the western village, 
 on the north side of the harbor, in from 7 to 13 fathoms. Good 
 anchorage can also be found in 6 fathoms, mud, off the center of 
 Silver Cove, on the east side of the harbor, about If miles north of 
 Cape Fox, During the season the coast from Silver Cove to Cai)e 
 Fox is obstructed by nets. 
 
 Communication.— The Coastal Steamship Company's steamer 
 from St. Johns calls here fortnightly during summer and autumn. 
 
 Supplies — Fresh mutton and vegetables can usually be obtained. 
 The population of Silver City, the village around the cove, is about 
 250. 
 
 Ice.— Conche Harbor fills in with northern ice and freezes, the 
 ice breaking up early or late in May, according to the season. In 
 1894 heavy pans of ice were found in Silver Cove on the 28th June, 
 almost entirely blocking up the small anchorage. 
 
 La Vache-gare, a large pale-yellow patch on the coast, bears 
 S, 76° W, (N, 72° W. mag,), distant 3 miles from Cape Fox, and 
 Vache-gare Cove, a slight indentation in the coast, lies close north 
 of it. 
 
 (H. O. Chart No. 794,) 
 
 HiUiers Harbor (Havre de Boutitou) is difficult to recognize 
 from the north, but there are three parallel gaps in the cliffs that 
 resemble a ship under sail close to the coast, the southern of which 
 forms the point of entrance to the harbor, and is 7i miles SW, of 
 Cape Fox, The harbor is very small, is open to SE,, and divided 
 into two little coves at the head, the eastern of which alone affords 
 shelter to three or four vessels in 6 fathonis, moored head and 
 stern, along the south shore of the cove, Dolo Point is the west 
 turning point on the shore so" of this cove. 
 
 Boutitou Shoal, with 7 feet ^vater, lies f mile south of tho har- 
 bor and 400 yards off the coast. 
 
 Tides.— It is high water, full and change, at Hilliers Harbor at 
 7h. 2m. 
 
 The Coast from Hilliers Harbor to Canada Bay is high and 
 steep, with some rocks awash quite close to the coast, 
 
 Canada Bay (Bale des Canaries), 5 miles SW, of Hilliers Har- 
 bor, is entered between Cape Daumalen on the north and Canada 
 
-fiaSS. 
 
 328 
 
 CAPE BAULD TO CAPE ST. JOHN. 
 
 Head on the south, a width of If miles. It expands within the 
 entrance, Bide and Chimney Arms running northward, and Gouflfre 
 and Canada Harbors on the south shoi'e. 
 
 Or^vigneux (Englee) Island lies close to the NW. side of 
 Cape Daumalen. It is tolerably high and partly wooded; the 
 outer sides are steep, particularly the west shore; and White Point, 
 the south extreme, is so called from the remarkably white color of 
 the rocks. 
 
 Aiguillettes Island is joined to the SE. extreme of Grdvigneux 
 Island by a bank of sand, is wooded and steep, and divided by a 
 narrow channel from Cape Daumalen. 
 
 Aiguillettes Harbor, between Aiguillettes Island and Cape Dau- 
 malen, is fit for small vessels only, being encumbered by small 
 islets. A small boat channel leads to Grdvigneux Harbor. 
 
 Aiguillettes Rock, with 13 feet water, lies nearly ^ mile off the 
 entrance to Aiguillettes Harbor. The water is deep round this 
 shoal, that occupies a small space only, and the sea breaks on it 
 with strong westerly winds. To pass SW. of it, keep a cascade on 
 the west shore of the bay open of White Point. 
 
 Grdvigneux Harbor is north of the island of that name, and 
 can only hold one moderate-sized vessel when it is clear of fishing 
 craft. 
 
 Supplies. — A small supply of provisions may be obtained here. 
 
 Bide Arm, entered immediately north of Grdvigneux Island, 
 runs in a straight line N. by E. 6 miles, with an average breadth 
 of 600 yards. The east shore is high and wooded; the west is 
 wooded, but not so high. The arm affords the best anchorage in 
 Canada Bay in case of bad weather. 
 
 Hermit Rock, with 6 feet water, lies 200 yards off the east 
 coast of this arm, and N. by E. 600 yards from Grdvigneux Island. 
 
 Bide Shoal stretches from the west shore nearly a third of the 
 distance across the arm, 600 yards north of a cove situated 3 miles 
 within the entrance. There is 4 feet least water on this shoal. 
 Off the north point of the cove a shoal extends a short distance. 
 
 The Watchers, rocks awash, lie 200 yards off the west coast of 
 this arm, a little within Lard Point, that forms the west side of 
 the entrance, and the Turtles lie between Lard and Milan Points, 
 the latter the second prominent point on the west side, within the 
 entrance. 
 
 Anchorage. — Vessels must proceed at least 2 miles within Lard 
 Point to find an anchorage, but greater security may be found by 
 anchoring 3 miles within the entrance, in from 9 to 13 fathoms 
 water, in the middle of the arm, or proceeding beyond Bide Shoal, 
 by keeping one-third of the distance across from the east shore. 
 Perfect sheltered anchorage may be found in the basin at the head 
 
 
 -"»«»';5;-S53sgJ^ 
 
sKmm 
 
 CANADA BAT. 
 
 829 
 
 iifls within the 
 rd, and Gouflfre 
 
 ) NW. side of 
 y wooded; the 
 d White Point, 
 ' white color of 
 
 of Grdvigneux 
 d divided by a 
 
 and Cape Dau- 
 )ered by small 
 Harbor. 
 
 5^ ^ mile off the 
 3ep round this 
 ea breaks on it 
 3p a cascade ou 
 
 that name, and 
 jlear of fishing 
 
 obtained here, 
 igneux Island, 
 i^erage breadth 
 d; the west is 
 t anchorage in 
 
 is off the east 
 dgneux Island. 
 
 a third of the 
 ituated 3 miles 
 
 on this shoal. 
 Lort distance, 
 le west coast of 
 he west side of 
 
 Milan Points, 
 ide, within the 
 
 es within Lard 
 ly be found by 
 to 13 fathoms 
 nd Bide Shoal, 
 the east shore, 
 iisin at the head 
 
 
 in 11 fathoms water, but vessels must not swing within 200 yards 
 of the shore. 
 
 The Promontory that separates Chimney Bay from Bide Arm 
 is moderately high. The south extreme is called Lard Point, from 
 which the coast curves northwestward in Lard Cove, and thence 
 to Marten Point, the east point of the entrance to Chimney Bay, 
 that is white in color and forms the west side of a creek with laev- 
 eral huts on the shores. This coast is rugged and fringed by rocks. 
 
 White Islet lies SW. by W. 800 yards from Lard Point, and is 
 conspicuous from its color. Flat Islet lies 300 yards NE. of White 
 Islet. 
 
 There is a good pass j Lv. ^n these islets and I < ., ^omt, and 
 a channel between them for vc^-oals of moderate draft. 
 
 Herring Shoal, with 2i fathoms water, lies 400 yards S. 17° W. 
 (S. 49° W. mag.) from White Islet. 
 
 Cod Rock, with 12 feet water, lies 800 yards S. 4° W. (S. 36° W. 
 mag.) from White Islet. 
 
 To pass south of these, keep Milan Point open east of Lard Point, 
 bearing N. 19° E. (N. 61° E. mag.), and to pass west of them keep 
 the southern summit of the Chimnies or Cloud Hills open west of 
 Green Islet, on the west shore of Chimney Bay, bearing N. 26° W. 
 (N. 6° E. mag.). 
 
 Wolf Shoal, with 3 feet water, is i mile S. 14° E. (S. 18° W. 
 mag.) from Marten Point, and 600 yards from the shore. Some 
 banks with 3f and 4f fathoms extend i mile NW. from this shoal. 
 There is a good passage between them and the near land. To pass 
 west of these banks keep White Point a little open south of White 
 Islet, bearing S. 38° E. (S. 6° E. mag.). 
 
 Clark Bock, upon which there is a depth of 19 feet, lies in the 
 fairway to Chimney Bay, with the center of White Islet bearing 
 West (N. 58° W. mag.), distant one mile. Green Island shut in by 
 Fly Point, bearing North (N. 32° E. mag.), leads west of the rock. 
 
 Chimney Bay extends 8 miles north from Marten Point, where it 
 is 1,700 yards wide. At the head Northeast Brook and Beaver 
 Cove continue it to the north and Castor Cove to the SW., naviga- 
 ble for a mile, and thence NW. in a shallow arm, 6^ miles. 
 
 Marten Rock, awash at low water, is ^ mile off Marten Point 
 and 300 yards from shore. To pass south of it keep the north point 
 of Grdvigneux Island touching Lard Point, bearing S. 50° E. (S. 
 18° E. mag.). 
 
 Cabin Point is on the east shore, 2i miles within Marten Point. 
 It is low and should not be approached close-to. A reef is reported 
 to extend from Chaine Point, 3^ miles north of Cabin Point. 
 
 Zephyr Rock, with 2 feet water on it and steep-to, lies in the 
 middle of Northeast Brook Cove. 
 
330 
 
 CAPE BAULD TO CAPE 8T. JOHN. 
 
 Anchorage. — When npproacliing the anchorage at the head of 
 Chimney Bay, Weymoutli Point should be given a berth of 800 
 yards, to avoid shoal water extending 600 yards from it. The bot- 
 tom is uneven, and in some places hard, but H. M. corvette Tene- 
 dos (1886) fouiid good anchorage in 12 fathoms water, over soft 
 black mud, between Drummond Island and Tenedos Rock. 
 
 B6acon. — There is a beacon on Weymouth Point. 
 
 Tenedos Bock, with a depth of 10 feet over it, lies with the 
 south extreme of Drummond Island 1,050 yards N. 73° W, (N. 41° 
 W. mag.). 
 
 Oastor Cove is clear of danger, and near it wood can be ob- 
 tained. This cove aifords good sheltered anchorage in from 11 to 
 16 fathoms water, or in the west cove opposite, named Beaver 
 Cove, in from 8 to 10 fathoms. Salmon are plentiful in Beaver 
 Brook, about 3 miles NNE, of Beaver Cove. 
 
 Anchorage.— H. M. S. Emerald (1890) anchored in the center 
 of Beaver Cove in 16 fathoms water, over miid, and found the 
 shores of the cove to be free from outlying dangers. In entering 
 this anchorage the maik used to lead between Tenedos Rock and 
 the shoal off Weymouth Point, in not less than 6 fathoms water, 
 was the NE. point of Fane Island just shut in with the SW. point 
 of Drummond Island, bearing N. 44° W. (N. 12° W. mag.), 
 
 QroBHe Point, opposite Cabin Point, is the east point of Chim- 
 ney Cove, a little bay open to the southward. 
 
 Anchorage. — There is good anchorage in 18 fathoms water, 
 over mud, south of Grosse Point. Before- letting go the anchor, 
 it is necessary to determine the nature of the bottom, as it is not 
 ell Liud. H. M. sloop Fantome rode out a fresh southerly gale 
 here in 1885. 
 
 Bad Bock, small and always above water, lies 400 yards N. 67° 
 E. (S. 81° E. mag.) from Good Point; there is some foul ground to 
 the eastward of the rock. 
 
 Otter Cove, on the west shore opposite Marten Point, has shoal 
 water fringing the shore for some distance. 
 
 Anchorage. — Anchorage may be obtained in the middle of this 
 cove in 8 fathoms water, over sand and mud. H. M. S. Forward 
 (1888) found good anchorage in Otter Cove, in 7 fathoms water, 
 with the Island off Dieppe Point, in line with a whitewashed rock 
 on the east shore of Canada Bay, bearing .^bout N. 84° E. (S. 64° 
 E. mag.). 
 
 The Chimnies or Cloud Hills are remarkable mountains, with 
 rugged summits from 909 to 1,122 feet high, lying If miles inland 
 from Grosse Point, and can be seen a great distance when SE. of 
 the entrance to Canada Bay. 
 
 - r.'ji-'um^^ms'Mm « - ■ 
 
ge at the head of 
 (II a berth of 800 
 rom it. The bot- 
 M. corvette Tene- 
 
 ■water, over soft 
 dos Rock, 
 int. 
 
 it, lies with the 
 N. 73° W. (N.41° 
 
 wood can be ob- 
 ige in from 11 to 
 9, named Beaver 
 ntiful in Beaver 
 
 •ed in the center 
 i, and found the 
 ers. In entering 
 enedos Rock and 
 6 fathoms water, 
 th the SW. point 
 W. mag.), 
 t point of Chim- 
 
 ( fathoms water, 
 g go the anchor, 
 ttom, as it is not 
 h southerly gale 
 
 400 yards N. 67° 
 ne foul ground to 
 
 Point, has shoal 
 
 he middle of this 
 [. M. S. Forward 
 t fathoms water, 
 rhitewashed rock 
 N. 84° E. (S. 64° 
 
 I mountains, with 
 ? If miles inland 
 mce when SE. of 
 
 I 
 
 (K)UFKHK IIAUnoU — CANAItlKS IIAKHOK. 
 
 381 
 
 Torrent Cove or Hells Mouth is 1 J miles south of Otter Covo, 
 and is so named from a cascade falling over higli land at the lu-ml! 
 
 A rock that covers lies \ mile N. W E. (N. 43° E. mag.) from 
 Torront Covo and 190 yards from the shore. 
 
 Qouflfre Harbor (WUd Cove) is 2i miles south of Torront Cove, 
 and extends south | mile; it is 1,200 yards wide at the entrance, 
 diminishing gradually to the head, and is entered between Gouffro 
 Islet, 100 yards off the west shore, and Gouffre Point to the oast- 
 ward. The islet is a small rocky mound, nearly steep-to on the 
 south side, but difficult to distinguish when under the land. The 
 point is long and low, surrounded by rocks and shoals, that should 
 have a good berth in turning in or out of the harbor. This harbor 
 is much frequented, and affords good shelter south of Gouffro Islet, 
 with Cape Daumalen shut in with Gouffre Point in 13 fathoms,' 
 hard bottom but fair holding ground. Pishing vessels that remain 
 moor head and stern, and though exposed to northerly winds are 
 secure. 
 
 Water may be easily obtained on the west side of the harbor, 
 and another stream discharges into the head, but a fringe of bowl- 
 ders renders it inaccessible to boats. 
 
 Canaries (Canada) Harbor, U miles SE. of Gouffre Point, is 
 entered between Calvary Point and Canada Head. 
 
 Calvary Point is faced by white rocky cliffs, the extremes of a 
 round hill, 128 feet high, surmounted by a cross. Canada He> 1 is 
 bold, cliffy, and steep-to. In this harbor are the principal fishery 
 establishments of the bay, and there is a sufficient depth for moor- 
 ing vessels, but the holding ground is bad, and the harbor is com- 
 pletely exposed to northeasterly winds that bring in a heavy sea. 
 
 Ice.— Canada Bay freezes solid during the month of December, 
 and breaks up early or late in May, according to the season. 
 
 Tldes.--It is high water, full and change, at Bide Arm at 6h. 
 37m., and at Gouffre Harbor at 6h. 46m.; springs rise 5i feet, 
 neaps rise 1^ feet. 
 
 (H. O. Chart No. 924.) 
 
 Coast— The coast from Canada Head 2^ miles in a south direc- 
 tion to Cape Goboso continues high and bold-to; halfway between 
 these points is Riencd Creek, where there is a fishing station, but 
 with little protection even for boats. The coast for 1^^ miles con- 
 tinues high from Cape Goboso in a southerly direction to Ddgrat 
 de Cheval, locally known as Cat Cove, a small cove with a fishing 
 station and shelter for boats. The land is barren and of a red color 
 except Green Cape, a high peaked woody hill over the coast one 
 mile west of Ddgrat de Cheval. 
 
 Hooping Harbor (Havre Sans-fond), 7 miles from Canada 
 Bay, is nearly i mile wide at the entrance between Duck Bill 
 
 14910 22 
 
 m 
 
 BL-Ew^fiawa wmig i 
 
t t 
 
 882 
 
 CAPK nAULD TO CAPE 8T. JOHN, 
 
 Point, a high, biirron, mhlish mound, sloping in »ui inclined point 
 on the oast, and a high, dull rt»d, cliffy point on th»3 west. Within 
 the eutranco tlio harbor divides into Ejist Arm, | mile, and North 
 Arm, 2 miles deep. The shoroH are wooded and very high, except 
 at the head of East Arm, where there is Hat land and a good 
 stream near the fishing establishments. 
 
 Anchorage.— The anchorage is off these, exposed to southerly 
 winds, but the holding ground is good. Large vessels should let 
 go in IG fathoms, but small vessels can moor near the shore in (I 
 fathoms water. It is e- posed to squalls from the North Arm, and 
 should be used only as a temporary anchorage. The anchorage 
 near the head of the North Arm is perfectly sheltered, but the 
 water is deep, 16 to 21 fathoms being found close to the head. 
 Vessels should anchor off a sandy cove on the west coast, into 
 which a streamlet falls, and moor well against squalls from north 
 to west. It is often impossible to beat into this harbor when those 
 winds prevail. 
 
 Little Hooping Harbor (Petit Sans-fond), at li miles 8W. of 
 Hooping Harbor, is an open cove with a large cascade at the head 
 and a fine birch wood in the surrounding valley. There is no 
 shelter except from easterly winds. 
 
 Cape d' Argent, 3 miles south of Little Hooping Harbor, is a 
 high cliffy projection, whiter in color than the surrounding coast. 
 Fourch^ Harbor (Bale de Fourchette) is entered between two 
 high reddish cliff points, 1^ miles SW, of Cape d' Argent, and is i 
 mile wide at the enti-ance, whence it trends west 8i miles, with an 
 average breadth for 2 miles of nearly a mile. On the north shore 
 is a little cove where sniall vessels can moor head and stern in 16 
 fathoms, or in a narrow arm west of the cove in 16 to 21 fathoms. 
 The water is too deep for anchorage in the rest of the harbor. The 
 entrance must be taken with a fair wind, as the squalls from west- 
 erly winds sweep in all directions from the high surrounding laud. 
 The Coast trends SSW. i W. from Fourchd Harbor, and con- 
 sists of high rugged land, red in color. 
 
 Robineau Coves lie 2 and 3 miles respectively from Fourchd 
 Harbor and afford no shelter. North of the northern cove is a 
 high peaked cliff that may be distinguished from some distance. 
 From these coves the land becomes barren and gray for a mile to 
 a small cove, the south point of which U a remarkable cliff. From 
 that point the coast is muoh lower to Little Orange Bay, an open 
 cove, whence the coast is of moderate height and wooded to the sea. 
 Orange Bay, also known as Great Harbor Deep, a little more 
 than 10 miles SSW. from Fourchd Harbor, extends 2 miles in a 
 NW. direction and then forms two branches, Souffiets Arm, and 
 Pigeonnibre Arm, the head of which latter is named Sault Cove. 
 
an incHiiod point 
 bo west. Within 
 milo, and North 
 v'ory high, except 
 lund uucl a good 
 
 )H(<d to southerly 
 vessels should let 
 fir the shore in 
 ) North Arm, and 
 The anchorage 
 lieltered, hut the 
 lose to the head. 
 ) west coast, into 
 jualls from north 
 liarbor when those 
 
 it li miles SW. of 
 tsrade at the head 
 ley. There is no 
 
 ping Harbor, is a 
 urrounding coast, 
 tered between two 
 d' Argent, and is i[ 
 , 8i miles, with an 
 ►n the north shore 
 ad an^ stern in IG 
 
 16 to 21 fathoms, 
 f the harbor. The 
 squalls from west- 
 surrounding land. 
 
 Harbor, and cou- 
 
 oly from Fourchd 
 lorthern cove is a 
 }m some distance, 
 gray for a mile to 
 rkable cliff. From 
 mge Bay, an open 
 L wooded to the sea. 
 •eep, a little more 
 ends 3 miles in a 
 Soufflets Arm, and 
 amed Sault Cove. 
 
 «Mi 
 
 OKAhiJK BAY — LI'lTLK IIAHBOU DKKP. 
 
 888 
 
 1 
 
 Oat Oove lies juHt within the north point of tlio entrance, and 
 contains a fishing ostablishnHJiit but no slu'ltor. 
 
 Jacques Oove lit-s on the south shore a niil«( within the entrance 
 and contains a fishing post, but in surcessivo yuars the vessels wore 
 lost that moored there, and it is no longer used as an ancdiorage. 
 
 Soufflets Arm.— SoufHots Arm extends in a north direction for 
 \\ miles; the direction then turns abruptly round Rade Point, on 
 the western shore, to the west for rather more than a mile to the 
 head. Rather more than } mile from Rade Point the arm is nar- 
 rowed to the breadth of 300 yards between Observatory Point on 
 the north and a point on the opposite side; the navigable channel, 
 liaving 'A\ fathoms water, is here barely 100 yards wide, and a 
 spit, drying at low water, extends in a westerly direction from 
 Observatory Point for about 300 yards. 
 
 In entering hug the south shore closely, when the channel will 
 open into a basin, about IJOO yards in diameter, having depths of 
 from 5^ to 7 fathoms. 
 
 H. M. gun-vessel Oriffon anchored off the point, before going 
 through the narrow channel, in fathoms water, good holding 
 ground, but had not sufficient swinging room; H. M. S. Forivard 
 (1888), anchoring more to the SE., in 18 to 20 fathoms water, over 
 nmd, found ample swinging room. 
 
 Sault Oove, at the head of Pigeonnibre Arm, is entered between 
 Pigeon and Plate Points. About 300 yards NW. of Pigeon Point, 
 Emeraude Shoal, with 3 feet water over it, extends off the NE. 
 side of the entrance tor 200 yards, the channel lying to the west, 
 between it and Plate Point, being about 200 yards in width. Rocks 
 border the shore immediately NW. of Plate Point, and tho anchor- 
 age, in 10 fathom.s water, is about 600 yards within the entrance. 
 Union Oove (Petites Vaches), 7 miles southward from Orange 
 Bay, is entered between Devil Point on the north side, and on the 
 south a peninsula, lower than the rest of the coast, with a little 
 green at the summit, and a high wooded point, oS which are two 
 islets. This cove, open to the SE., is a littlo more than one mile 
 deep and i mile wide, and has a fishery settlement. Vessels can 
 anchor in from 13 to 16 fathoms water near the head, but the 
 space is very small. H. M. S. Forivard (1890) anchored near the 
 head in 9 fathoms water, over sand and mud, with good swinging 
 room. 
 
 Little Harbor Deep (Qrandes Vaches), immediately south 
 of Union Cove, extends 1^ miles in a northwesterly direction, and 
 affords no shelter; it then turns SW. for the same distance, and is 
 shoal. Little Harbor Deep Head, the south point, is high and 
 barren. 
 
 wSf 
 
I( 
 
 II 
 
 i 
 
 ! I 
 
 884 
 
 OAl'E HAT 1,1) TO CAI'K HT. .lOMN. 
 
 (H, O. Chart No. 1101.) 
 White Bay is ontorod hntvvooti Littler Harbor Doop Htuul iind 
 PiirtrulKO Point, tlio lattor being ICl milnH KSE. from th« former; 
 it thtm (jxtonds 44 milos 88W., (liniiiiiHliiiiK in width Kriuinidly to 
 tho lit'iul. Tlio coast gcnorally is higli and woodeil, falling in 
 hUh\[) slopos to th(* sea. 
 
 The numerous bays and inlets of White Bay are, as a rule, very 
 deep until near the head, when they shoal rapidly. 
 
 Ice.— The head of the bay fills in with northern ice and freezes 
 between 36th December and 10th January, the ice breaking up in 
 May. Ice fills in between Little Harbor Deep and Partridge 
 Point, and may remain frozen in until May or June, or clear early 
 in the year and fill again, all depending on the season and the 
 winds. 
 
 Little Oat Arm, 6 milos from Little Harbor Deep, runs in west- 
 erly with one bend 1^ miles. The north point is rugged with small 
 cliffs. The south point is also rugged, and both are wooded. 
 Fair anchorage may be had near the head on good holdii\g ground. 
 Great Oat Arm, l^ miles from Little Cat Arm, is nearly § mile 
 wide at the entrance between two cliffy points. A large slab of 
 gray rock shows in the woods halfway up the south point, that is 
 continued under water by a chain of rocks, and should not be 
 approached within 300 yards. There is no danger in the arm, but 
 the coasts are high and winds blow from them in all directions, 
 rendering navigation under sail very difficult. 
 
 Anchorage.— There is shelter as soon as the first elbow is passed, 
 but the water is very deep, and it is necessary to go beyond the 
 second bend to anchor, in 16 fathoms water. This is reported to bo 
 one of the few good anchorages in White Bay, the basin at the 
 head, with a bottom of sand and mud, being completely landlocked. 
 Abreast the rocky islet off the north shore the depth is 7 fathoms ; 
 at 1,400 yards from the point of the last bend the depth is 12 
 fathoms, increasing to 20 fathoms abreast the point. 
 
 There are two waterfalls at the head of the arm, causing a stream 
 to set out at the rate of one knot per hour. 
 
 Water. — Water can easily be obtained from a stream west of 
 the anchorage. 
 
 Cat Head, south of this harbor, is high, steep, and level topped, 
 and shelters a small cove SW. of it ; shoal water lies close eastward 
 of the head. 
 
 Ooast. — At about 5 miles SSW. from Cat Head, rocks lie close to 
 the coast, and at 3 miles from the deep valley the coast lowers and 
 is bordered by a beach of white stones. 
 
 Devil Oove, open to the eastward, is 8 miles from Great Cat Arm. 
 A stream falls into the head over some high hills. 
 
r Doop Hoa<l aiul 
 ri'oin tho fornutr; 
 idtli Ki'iuluiilly to 
 )U(U)(t, fiilliiiK in 
 
 e, as 11 nile, voiy 
 
 n iro and freezes 
 
 brriiiking up in 
 p and Partridge 
 no, or clear early 
 
 season and the 
 
 oei), runs in west- 
 uggod with small 
 [ire wooded. 
 
 1 holdhig ground. 
 I, is nearly § mile 
 
 A large slab of 
 
 nth point, that is 
 
 id should not be 
 
 ir in the arm, but 
 
 in all directions, 
 
 it elbow is passed, 
 to go beyond the 
 s is reported to bo 
 the basin at the 
 letely landlocked, 
 epth is 7 fathoms ; 
 I the depth is 12 
 lint. 
 , causing a stream 
 
 a stream west of 
 
 and level topped, 
 ies close eastward 
 
 I, rocks lie close to 
 8 coast lowers and 
 
 im Great Cat Arm. 
 
 s. 
 
 OHEAT CONEY AKM — SOI'S ISLAM). 
 
 895 
 
 Little Ooney Arm, at the north Hi'in of tho nntranco to (Jreat 
 Couoy Arm, is l)urnHl ut Mic iniiiill(> and iid'onls mo .shcltoi'. Hoats 
 can cross to tho l)usiii ut tho liniid In \\ iwi ut h)W wutnr. 
 
 Great Ooney Arm is formed by u high bluff |)romontory, run- 
 ning puiullul to th(» Ken(M-al diruction of Whltn Huy, the north 
 extrnnut of whioli, Con.-y Arm Houd, is high, ruggod, und woodt-d, 
 and ousy of recognition from uiiy dirnction. Tho urni is •i\ miles 
 deep, i mile wide at the entrance, and diminishes gruduully to tho 
 Nultwuter pond ut the heud. 
 
 Anchorage may Ixi hud ut the head, but wind find sea roach in 
 with NE. winds. 
 
 DoBsenger Rock, alumt 4()0 yards in extent within the 10-fathom 
 line, lies with Coney Arm Heud N. 55° W. (N. 24° W. mag.). The 
 least depth obtained on this rock was 5 fathoms, i. though much 
 loss water is roi>orted by local tishermen, and the sea breaks on it 
 in bud weather. 
 
 Frenchman Cove, 4 miles 8SW. from Coney Arm Head, is one 
 mile deep, and affords no shelter except from offshore winds. A 
 small rook lies near tho north point, and a high wooded hill over 
 the south point. 
 
 Jackson Arm is a good harbor, situated a little less than ; -v. ''as 
 from Frenchman Cove. The north point is a little, round, butat 
 hill ; the rest of the land around it is high. The entrance is 575 
 yards wide; immediately within, the harbor expands to i mile in 
 diameter, on tho north side of which are two small cov>s with 
 fishing posts. West of this basin the harbor narrows to 300 yards, 
 trending a little more than ^ mile to a second narrows, 150 yards 
 wide, expanding finally in a basin COO yards in diameter. 
 
 From the south shore of the first narrows a chain of rocks and 
 shoal water extends 225 yards, but the north shore is bold-to. 
 There is no other danger at a moderate distance from the shore. 
 
 Anchorage may be found beyond the first narrows in 12 fathoms, 
 mud, or in the same depth beyond the seconu u.^'rows, but the 
 anchor should not be let go in the basin just wi J a the entrance, 
 as the bottom is uneven and the holding ground bad. 
 
 A small cove lies SW. of this harbor, off which are some rocks 
 above water. 
 
 Wood.— This harbor is said to cont.dii tae finest wood in White 
 Bay. 
 
 Tides — It is high water, full and change, in Jackson Arm at 
 6h. 45m. 
 
 Sops Island, 3 miles south from Jackson Arm, is separated on 
 its west side from the mainland by a channel in which there are 
 islets and sunken rocks; at 2 miles from the north extreme of the 
 island this channel is narrowed to 400 yards, south of which are 
 
 ^ 
 
li 
 
 336 
 
 CAPE BAULD TO CAPE 8T. JOHN. 
 
 Georges (Woody) and Anson Islands, forming the north side of 
 Sops Arni. At the NE. extreme is a small cove, where schooners 
 moor, and near the west end, Georges (Woody) Island is joined to 
 the mainland by a bank, over which there is 10 feet at low water 
 
 Uaution—Vessels of more than 14 feet draft should not attempt 
 to pass through the channel inside Sops Island until a more detailed 
 survey has been published. It is recommended not to pass between 
 Anson Island, small and covered with scrub and pines, and Sops 
 Island, as depths of from. 3 to 6 fathoms, over rocky bottom, are 
 reported m this passage. 
 
 Sops Arm extends west for nearly 3 miles from the SW. extreme 
 of Sops Island to a cove nearly J mile in diameter at the head- 
 withm the arm are some small islets lying close to the south shore' 
 A tew famihes, maintained by fishing in summer and collecting 
 skins in winter, reside on Sops Island, but there are no other 
 inhabitants m the arm. Vegetables are grown en the island, but 
 no grain. ' 
 
 Rock. — A rock wi+.h o flpT^+ii f^p oi *„„i. _„ -i , t ,, 
 
 ■■'■-^ — uB^txi Ga. ^i ibeo uji iu at low water lies 
 
 near the anchorage in Baldwin Cove, in a position with the center 
 of Emerald Island bearing N. 34° W. (N. 3" W. mag.), distant 650 
 yards, and 100 yards from Mohawk Point. 
 
 Anchorage—Baldwin Cove, on the south shore of the arm, and 
 about H miles from the SW. extreme of Sops Island, affords 
 anchorage in 10 fathoms water, over mud. There is also anchorage 
 m 19 fathoms water off a small cove at the head of the arm. Small 
 vessels may anchor in this cove, which is baroly 400 yards in 
 diameter, m about 5 fathoms water, and anchorage may be obtained 
 off a river with a fishery establishment near it. The mouth of the 
 river is foul a short distance from the shore, but the rest of the 
 coast IS bold-to. 
 
 Tides.-It is high water, full and change, in Sops Arm at 7h- 
 springs rise 4 feet (approximate). 
 
 Spear Point, the south turning point into Sops Arm, is tolerably 
 low ano laced by red-colored cliffs. 
 
 Salt-water Pond is at the head of a cove U miles from Spear 
 Point the entrance of which is remarkable. Chouse Brook, 3 miles 
 trom the head, has a fishing establishment. 
 
 MCiller Island (Cerises), the summit of which is 187 feet above 
 high water, lies in the basin at the head of White Bay. and is 
 Shaped like a truncated cone when seen from the north, but the 
 south part IS much lower, and a reef, with a sunken rock at the 
 iNJ^i. extrjme, extends about 300 yards from it 
 
 Anchorage may be obtained off the SW. end of Miller Island in 
 from 17 to 18 fathoms, in 10 fathoms water about 800 yards east 
 ot the island, and fr.r one vessel in 12 fathoms about 300 yards NE 
 of Oody Point. The first anchorage is said to be the best 
 
MHM 
 
 » 
 
 SOPS ARM. 
 
 837 
 
 the north side of 
 where schooners 
 sland is joined to 
 feet at low water, 
 lould not attempt 
 iil a more detailed 
 )t to pass between 
 I pines, and Sops 
 ocky bottom, are 
 
 the SW. extreme 
 ter at the head; 
 ' the south shore. 
 )r and collecting 
 ire are no other 
 1 the island, but 
 
 -t low water lies 
 I with the center 
 ag.), distant 650 
 
 of the arm, and 
 Island, affords 
 s also anchorage 
 the arm. Small 
 ly 400 yards in 
 may be obtained 
 be mouth of the 
 the rest of the 
 
 ops Arm at 7h ; 
 
 -rm, is tolerably 
 
 iles from Spear 
 B Brook, 3 miles 
 
 5 187 feet above 
 
 ite Bay. and is 
 
 north, but the 
 
 ken rock at the 
 
 Miller Island in 
 800 yards east 
 300 yards NE. 
 le best. 
 
 Gold Cove, north of Miller Island, is surrounded by verdure, 
 and the anchorage is very deep. Vessels should steer for the center 
 of the cove, until a white house on the east shore of the bay appears 
 nearly in line with the east entrance point, bearing N. 59° E. (East 
 mag.), when secure anchorage can be obtained in 35 fathoms water, 
 as neither wind nor sea reaches the head of the bay, so that a NE. 
 gale blowing at the mouth is only known at the liead of the bay 
 by the rain falling there. 
 
 The low-water extreme at River Head Bay extends about ^ 
 mile from the mouth of the river, and is steep-to, with 20 fathoms 
 close to its outside edge. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in River Head Bay at 
 7h. ; springs rise 1 J feet, neaps rise 2} feet. 
 
 Coast. — The coast of White Bay is densely wooded, with steep 
 hills intersected by deep ravines. Osmandville and Galeville, two 
 small settlements on the east coast of the bay, each has about 30 
 inhabitants ; no supplies can be procured, but large game abounds 
 near the latter. There are several rocky ledges and bowlders along 
 the coast, and landing is best effected on the shingle spits abreast 
 the settlements. 
 
 Gran by Island, 3 miles east of Spear Point, has two rocky islets 
 off the east shore and an islet at the NW. end. 
 
 Rocks. — A line of detached rocks extends in a southerly direc- 
 tion from the middle of Granby Island for a distance of 850 3? ards. 
 
 The southern rock, nearly awash at low water, when its po.sition 
 is usually marked by the wash or tide rip over it, is situated with 
 the south extreme of Granby Inland bearing N. 69° W. (N. 38° W. 
 mag.), distant 900 yards. 
 
 The rock is steep-to on its eastern side, leaving a channel 1,100 
 yai:ds wide between it and the mainland. 
 
 Pomley Cove is a small cove behind a pyramidal rock, SE. of 
 Granby Island, and about one mile SW. of Purbeck Cove. Here 
 is a fishing station. 
 
 Purbeck Cove, cor.taining a fishing establishment and affording 
 shelter from offshore winds, may be distinguished by the south 
 point, which is white in color, also by a white patch in the cliff near. 
 
 Anchorage.— Anchorage can be obtained in this cove in 11 
 fathoms water, but the anchorage is exposed to winds from north 
 toSW. 
 
 Coast. — A small peninsula is situated 2^ miles north of Purbeck 
 Cove, on the south side of which is a small cove with fishing posts. 
 Between this and PurDeck Cove are two rocks above water. Wise- 
 man Cove, north of this peninsula, has a stream at the head, a rock 
 in the middle of the cove, and there is a fishing establishment. 
 
 
888 
 
 CAPE BAULD TO CAPE ST. JOHN. 
 
 II 
 
 Western or Hauling Arm is a good harbor, with the entrance 
 free from danger, but tliere is no anchorage until 1^ miles within 
 the arm, behind a point on the south shore, in from 11 to 16 fathoms 
 water, over mud. 
 
 On each side of the arm, just within the extrance, is a deep cove. 
 Wild Cove, to the south, the deeper of the two, is exposed and the 
 holding ground bad ; Bear Cove, on the north, affords fair anchorage 
 for small vessels off the fishing establishments, sheltered by an islet, 
 with a passage in on either side. The northern passage is the better, 
 and if taking the southern, the islet must be given a good berth. 
 Hauling Point, north of this arm, is tolerably high, wooded, and 
 the north extreme is remarkably white ; from the northward it 
 makes as a peninsula sloping to Bear Cove. 
 
 Ice.— Western Arm of White Bay freezes over about 20th Decem- 
 ber and is completely closed by ice, 2 to 3 feet in thickness, till 
 about 10th May. Field ice generally appears between 25th Decem- 
 ber and 10th January, and disappears from 10th May to 15th June, 
 but has been known to remain as late as 1st July, also to have 
 entirely cleared away by 10th April. The first vessel usually 
 arrives early in May, the last leaving early in January. 
 
 Pigeon Islands consist of two large and one small islet, the 
 northern being the largest and the middle only a small rock, with 
 no passage between them and the mainland. Within these islands 
 is a little cove with a fishing establishment. 
 
 Middle Arm (Faux Havre), completely barred by rocks, so 
 that boats alone can enter, has a rocky islet off its west point. 
 
 Southern or Seal Arm (Bras des Vaux Marin), an excellent 
 harbor with a fishing establishment, is 2i miles northeastward of 
 Middle Arm; its entrance is free from danger. Cheese Hill, a 
 remarkable round hummock, lies on the east shore of this bay near 
 the head of the harbor, and shoal water extends from the fooib of 
 the hill to the opposite shore, barring the passage to the head; the 
 anchorage, in 18 fathoms water, is in a cove west of the hill. 
 
 Seal Cove, immediately north of Southern Arm, is open to the 
 west, and affords no anchorage. 
 
 Lobster Harbor is a small round basin about 250 yards in 
 diameter. The entrance is difficult to distinguish, and is nearly 
 closed by a chain o islets outside. The passage is along the west 
 shore, and is only 30 yards wide abreast the islands, and contains 
 8 feet water, but in the harbor there are 13 fathoms. The fishing 
 establishments are on the east shore, on the isthmus of a small 
 peninsula. The coasts are steep round the harbor, except at the 
 head, where some gardens are situated. 
 
 Burnt Cove, ^ mile from Lobster Harbor, is a sandy cove said 
 to contain good anchorage in 13 fathoms, sand, good holding 
 
 fesJ'^- W* 
 
BURNT COVE FLEUR-DE-LIS HARBOR. 
 
 331) 
 
 vitli the entrance 
 1 1^ miles within 
 ill to 16 fathoms 
 
 36, is a deep cove. 
 I exposed and the 
 ds fair anchorage 
 Itered by an islet, 
 sage is the better, 
 ^en a good berth. 
 Lgh, wooded, and 
 ;he northward it 
 
 bout 20th Decem- 
 in thickness, till 
 ?^een 25th Decem- 
 [ay to 15th June, 
 ily, also to have 
 t vessel usually 
 luary. 
 
 ) small islet, the 
 small rock, with 
 hin these islands 
 
 red by rocks, so 
 3 west point. 
 rin), an excellent 
 lortheastward of 
 Cheese Hill, a 
 I of this bay near 
 from the f ooib of 
 to the head ; the 
 of the hill, 
 n, is open to the 
 
 lUt 250 yards in 
 jh, and is nearly 
 s along the west 
 ds, and contains 
 as. The fishing 
 limus of a small 
 r, except at the 
 
 sandy cove said 
 [, good holding 
 
 ground. The fishermen report that the sea does not reach in l)ere, 
 a fact corroborated by the grass which grows to the water's edge. 
 
 Current.— The current runs in along the west shore and out 
 along tlie east shore of White Bay, attaining sometimes a velocity 
 of 1^ knots. 
 
 Partridge Point (Cap Daim)'is tolerably high, sloping gently 
 to the sea, where it is bare and yellowish. Close SE. of it is a large 
 open cove with cliffy shores. 
 
 St. Barbe Islands or Horse Islands are two in number, of 
 moderate height and flat. The western is about 9^ miles in an E. 
 by N. direction from Partridge Point, but the relative bearings of 
 these islands and the mainland in the vicinity are reported to differ 
 from what the chart shows. 
 
 The passage between the islands is a little more than one mile 
 wide and free from danger, except on the east side, where a shoal, 
 with 4 to 6 fathoms water over it, extends in a westerly direction 
 from the larger island. 
 
 The east shore of the eastern and the south .shore of the western 
 island are foul, and should be approached with great caution. A 
 rock, with less than 6 feet water, is about 1^ miles west from the 
 SE. point of the eastern island, and about i mile from the shore, 
 and on the north side of the same island there is a small rock, above 
 water, about a mile distant from the shore. Two small boat coves 
 are situated west of the SE. point of the eastern island. 
 
 Pigeon Island, SSE. a little more than 1^ miles from Cape Cra- 
 paud, is close to Paradise Point, a remarkable high point. Between 
 these points is the entrance of a bay, the shores of which are 
 steep-to, except off a cascade just west of Paradise Point, where a 
 rock lies 70 yards from the shore. 
 
 Fleur-de-Iiis Harbor is one mile southward of Cape Crapaud, 
 and, though small, has good anchorage in it, sheltered from all 
 winds. 
 
 The entrance is difficult to distinguish except from the SE., when 
 it will be pointed out by the remarkable mountain having three 
 hummocks, resembling the top of a Fleur-de-Lis, from which both 
 it and the harbor derive the name. 
 
 Directions.— Bring the mountain to bear about N. 78° W. (N. 
 47° W. mag.) and steer for it to the entrance; then kee > along the 
 north shore, steering for the fishing establishment r r- ^i^at shore 
 next east of Welch Point. "The Rock," with 8 feyt water over it, 
 lies in mid-channel. When Bear Hill (a mound 144 feet high west 
 of the anchorage) comes open north of "The Islet," bearing N. 78° 
 W. tN. 47° W. mag.), steer for Welch Point to get in the middle 
 of the narrows (avoid the bank stretching off "The Islet"), where 
 the summit of Fleur-de-Lis Mountain will be seen a little to the 
 
 ^•■n— 
 
CAPE BAULD TO CAPE 8T. JOHN. 
 
 il 
 
 'i! 
 
 north of Bear Hill, about N. 81° W. (N. 50° W. mag.), and this 
 will lead into the basin, in the center of which vessels can anchor 
 in 4J fathoms water, over stiff mud. 
 
 The strongest winds are those from NW. and north, that come 
 down in violent squalls. There is never any sea at the anchorage, 
 but after strong breezes from north, round by east to SE., the sea 
 breaks with fury on the outer coast, while the foam stretches across 
 the entrance, looking like breakers, and a heavy swell is felt as far 
 as "The Islet." This phenomenon has been obgerved to follow a 
 northerly gale at an interval of one day, after the wind has com- 
 pletely fallen, when the sea rose in an hour. 
 
 Temporary anchorage in fine weather may be obtained in 12 
 fathoms water, over coral, i mile S. 78° E, (8, 47° E. mag.) from 
 Starboard Point. 
 
 Water can only be obtained conveniently from the cascade lust 
 SW. of Partridge Point. 
 
 Tid9S.— It is high water, full and change, at Fleur-de-Lis Harbor 
 at 7h. 15m. ; springs rise from 3 to 4 feet. 
 
 Green Point, nearly 2 miles from Pigeon Island, is the south 
 extreme of a rugged indented coast, off which lies an islet; it is 
 also the north point of the entrance to Bay Verte, 3i miles wide. 
 
 The Sisters are two rocks nearly in the middle of the entrance 
 to Bay Verte. The northern, 1^ miles S. 56° E. (S. 26° E. mag.) 
 from Green Point, has 6 feet on it at low water, and the sea gener- 
 ally breaks on it. The southern, always uncovered, lies f mile S. 
 40° E. (S. 9° E. mag.) from the northern, is surrounded by deep 
 water, and the sea breaks on it continuously. The passages on 
 each side and between the Sisters are clear. 
 
 Coachman Harbor (Havre du Pot d'fitain) is comprised 
 between Green Point and French Island, and is | mile deep from 
 French Island. Tin-pot Islands lie 800 yards E. by S. of French 
 Island, and consist of two groups 400 yards distant from each other, 
 with deep water all round. The north shore of the harbor is clear 
 for nearly a mile from Green Point; shoals with 10 feet least water 
 thence stretch off 350 yards. The head of the harbor consists of 
 North and South Coves, separated by a point, close off which lies 
 Guibert Islet. North Rock is a shoal with 3 feet water, on a ledge 
 extending 350 yards from the east point of North Cove. 
 
 The south shore of South Cove is formed by a narrow peninsula 
 surmounted by a little wooded hill, with a fishing establishment 
 at the isthmus, which is here only 55 yards across. 
 
 Qentille Islet lies off the north side of the peninsula. It is 
 small and is continued 200 yards to the NW. in shoal water, 
 and shoals lie off the channel separating French Island from the 
 peninsula. 
 
 .;' i 'i'i>ni..ii.i. ii > i ia i M 
 
 "WKS 
 
 -ar 
 
MToaMMMa 
 
 COACHMAN HARBOR — BAY VERTE. 
 
 341 
 
 . mag.), and this 
 assels can anchor 
 
 north, that come 
 at the anchorage, 
 St to SE., the sea 
 a stretches across 
 well is felt as far 
 erved to follow a 
 e wind has com- 
 
 e obtained in 12 
 r E. mag.) from 
 
 : the cascade just 
 
 ar-de-Lis Harbor 
 
 nd, is the south 
 ies an islet ; it is 
 3^ miles wide. 
 ) of the entrance 
 (S. 25° E. mag.) 
 id the sea gener- 
 Bd, lies f mile S. 
 ounded by deep 
 The passages on 
 
 Xi) is comprised 
 \ mile deep from 
 by S. of French 
 from each other, 
 e harbor is clear 
 I feet least water 
 trbor consists of 
 e oflf which lies 
 rater, on a ledge 
 Cove. 
 
 arrow peninsula 
 g establishment 
 
 )eninsula. It is 
 in shoal water, 
 Island from the 
 
 Communication. — The Coastal Steamship Company's steamer 
 from St. Johns calls here fortnightly during summer and autumn. 
 
 Anchorage. — South Cove, 400 yards in diameter, affords anchor- 
 age in 6 fathoms water, over sand, with good shelter, inside a low 
 rocky islet on which is a beacon. 
 
 Easterly winds bring a sea into North Cove. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, at Coachman Harbor 
 at 7h. 16m. 
 
 Bay Verte extends 9i miles SW. from Coachman Harbor witli 
 an average breadth of one mile, the shores being high, steep-to, 
 and wooded nearly throughout. 7.n the middle of the bay, 3^ miles 
 from Coachman Harbor, is a yellow-colored islet, with a little grass 
 on the summit, and steep-to ; Duck Islet, wooded, lies one mile far- 
 ther SW., and has a sunken danger, with 9 feet water over it, 
 lying 350 yards off the NE. point; on this islet small seams of 
 copper have been found, and also in the stream at the head. When 
 entering Bay Verte do not pass between Duck Islet and the yellow 
 islet, but having passed east of the latter, keep on the eastern shore 
 of the bay until past Duck Islet, when course may be shaped in 
 mid-channel. The bay dries from the head for a distance of nearly 
 one mile and shoals suddenly. 
 
 Anchorage may be obtained in 13 fathoms water, over mud, 
 with good liolding ground, a little east of the second point on the 
 west shore, which is bordered by white rocks; also in 13 fathoms 
 water, over stiff black mud and excellent holding ground, at the 
 head of Bay Verte, off a hut a little south of a low rocky point on 
 the west shore ; this latter anchorage is said to be a good place of 
 refuge in NE. gales, at which time the sea breaks as far as Duck 
 Islet. 
 
 A low rocky islet is situated on the east shore, 1^ miles from the 
 east entrance point, which is completely bare. 
 
 Ice. — Bay Verte freezes solid about the middle of December or 
 early in January. It gene'-'ally breaks up in May, but has thawed 
 out in the middle of April, remaining fast afterwards until 10th 
 June. 
 
 Mings Bight (Baie d.es Pins), east of Bay Verte, is a little more 
 than 4 miles long and 1^ miles wide. Mings Islets, two reddish 
 rocks, lie near the west point of this bight and are steep-to. Pines 
 Islet, a low rock sheltering a creek fit for boats, lies close to the 
 east point of this bight, called Grappling Point. On this islet and 
 near the creek are fishing stations. The only dangers in this bay 
 lie off a low point on the east shore 1^ miles within Grappling 
 Point, sloping from a barren hill about halfway between Pines 
 Islet and the head. This point should not be approached within 
 400 yards. 
 
 
 '■«e;...«»W' •*>'" 
 
ki-] 
 
 
 342 
 
 CAPE BAULD TO CAPE ST. JOHN. 
 
 The copper mine in this bight is situated on the western side, 
 at about i miles withm the entrance. The water iu Mings Bight 
 IS so deep that at about 50 feet from the shore there is a depth of 
 5 fathoms. ^ 
 
 Anchorage is not to be had till near the head, where the anchor 
 should be let go in 37 fathoms, so that the stern of the vessel when 
 swung should be abreast a conspicuous square bowlder just west 
 ot the second stream on the north shore 
 
 arappllng Point is high, cliffy, and steep-to, and the coast 
 continues so to the entrance of Paquet Harbor 
 
 nvfrl^ if *'?°.''' i""^^ * °'"^' ^'"^'^ Grappling Point, is a boat 
 creek, sheltered by Bois Island, barren and near the coast. The 
 entrance is difficult and dangerous with onshore winds 
 
 Paquet Harbor may be recognized easily by Cape Brfild, the 
 south point of the entrance, surmounted by Gros Morne 577 feet 
 high, and by Calvary Hill 269 feet high, on the north side of the 
 harbor. PeMe Point, north of the entrance, is a peninsula of mod- 
 erate height, at the extreme of which are several rockv i«lef« ^^^h 
 boat passages between. A shoal, with 3| fathoms, lies 150 "yards 
 
 rl! wtJw .^ ^''*''*''^^ ^' ^^^ y^'^" ^i-^^' ^l^«"*^e the harbor 
 runs WNW and separates in two arms, North Arm containing 
 hshing establishments, and Paris Bay, running S W. li miles 
 
 fi ^ fu a"®' ^ '■''''^ "^'^^ ^ ^^®* ^^*«^' li«s nearly halfway up 
 the North Arm, and in mid-channel, being connected by a shoal 
 ledge to the west shore. Cape Brdld in line with Soup Point (the 
 west extreme of the north point of the arm) leads just east of this 
 
 Anchorage may be had at the head in 8 to 10 fathoms, fair hold- 
 mg ground, but vessels wishing to stay require heavy anchors and 
 a long scope of cable. 
 
 Paris Bay is clear of danger till within 300 yards of the head, 
 but 18 only 200 yards broad at the narrows, expanding to a basin 
 400 yards in diameter at the head. 
 
 rr^'f^^"^^ ""^^ ^^ ^^^ ^°^ «^^" ^««««1« i^ 5 fathoms, mud. 
 The holding ground is not good till Pelde Point is shut in with 
 Broussailles Point, the south point of the entrance to Paris Bay 
 North and west winds produce violent squalls in this harbor that 
 strain the chains of vessels at anchor, and make beating in some- 
 times impossible. 
 
 Water may be obtained from a fine waterfall in North Arm or 
 (not so easily, and only at low water) from a stream, well stocked 
 with fish, at the head of Paris Bay. 
 
 .i.^!n®^'~^* '" ^'^^ ''^*^'"' ^""^ ^^^ «^^^««' at Paquet Harbor at 
 6h. 49m. 
 
he western side, 
 in Mings Bight 
 re is a depth of 
 
 '■here the anchor 
 the vessel when 
 wider just west 
 
 , and the coast 
 
 Point, is a boat 
 the coast. The 
 inds. 
 
 ^ape Brlild, the 
 Morne 577 feet 
 srth side of the 
 ninsula of mod- 
 irky islets with 
 , lies 150 yards 
 mce the harbor 
 Lrm containing 
 . li miles, 
 ly halfway up 
 ted by a shoal 
 loup Point (the 
 ist east of this 
 
 oms, fair hold- 
 '^y anchors and 
 
 s of the head, 
 iing to a basin 
 
 Fathoms, mud. 
 s shut in with 
 to Paris Bay. 
 s harbor that 
 iting in some- 
 
 rorth Arm, or 
 , well stocked 
 
 net Harbor at 
 
 MMMm 
 
 CONFUSION BAY — LA 8CIE IIAKBOR. 
 
 343 
 
 The Coast trends southeasterly from Paquet Harbor nearly a 
 mile to Cania Cape, off which is a reef and ledge extending 400 
 yards. A cove is situated, a mile south of Cania Cape, it is deep 
 and exposed. Cape Cagnet, white and prolonged by low rocks, 
 forms the north point of Confusion Bay. 
 
 Oonfusion Bay is nearly 3 miles wide between Cape Cagnet and 
 Brents Cove Head, and forms two bights at the head. 
 
 Grand Cove, 3 miles from Cape Cagnet, is the western, and is 
 open to the northward. The sides are inaccessible, and boats avoid 
 being caught there with onshore winds. 
 
 Round Harbor (Grand Coup de Hache) is the eastern, 3 miles 
 nearly from Brents Cove Head. This barber is safe but small, and 
 it should not be taken without a pilot. 
 
 To enter, the beacon at the head of the harbor should be brought 
 in line with Caroline Point, bearing S. 10° E. (S. 21° W. mag.), 
 which mark will lead between the shoals extending front Major 
 and Blanche Points. The inner anchorage, only 300 yards in 
 diameter, is obstructed by Crocodile Shoal, lying just within the 
 entrance. 
 
 Tides.-^It is high water, full and change, in Round Harbor at 
 7h. 16m. ; springs rise 5i feet, neaps rise 3 feet. 
 
 Brent Cove (Petit Coup de Hache) is immediately NE. of 
 Round Harbor, being separated by Coup de Hache Point, a high, 
 steep round hill sloping to a white point. 
 
 Brent Cove Head is high, steep, and of a dull color; a reef lies 
 a short distance off the shore just east of the head, with a boat 
 passage between. Cape Canaille, a high bold point, is 3 miles east- 
 ward of Brent Cove Head. 
 
 La Scie Harbor, 1| miles from Cape Canaille, is easy to recog- 
 nize from the red rugged appearance of La Chesnais Point, east of 
 the entrance. This small harbor extends about one mile and is 200 
 yards wide ; 800 yards from the head there is foul ground and shallow 
 water; it is easy of access, but being much exposed to northerly 
 winds, that throw in a heavy sea, is not recommended. 
 
 Anchorage.— The best holding ground is just within a small 
 cove on the west shore in 16 fathoms water, over mud. 
 
 Coast— The coast is moderately high, steep, and somewhat red 
 in color, NE. of La Scie Harbor, for 4i miles to North Bill of Cape 
 St. John. 
 
 Currents are very strong in the neighborhood of Cape St. John, 
 and generally run to the southward. 
 
 ■W—^' ■"■■=*-» w 
 
i' I 
 
 CHAPTER VIII. 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND, EAST COAST— CAPE ST. JOHN TO CAPE 
 
 BONAVISTA. 
 
 (H. O. Chart No. 1101.) 
 
 Notre Dame Bay is 45 miles wide between Cape St. John and 
 Fogo Island. The coast at the head is divided into a number of 
 arras by numerous islands, among many of which it is not safe to 
 navigate without a pilot. 
 
 Cape St John, the NW. point of Notre Dame Bay, is divided 
 into three principal points, named North, Middle, and South Bills. 
 The two former are terminated by remarkable peaked rocks, and 
 South Bill falls steeply from cliflFs 244 feet high. 
 
 Remarks on the Ice. — Approaching Notre Dame Bay in the 
 month of June, it will be advisable for vessels bound to Cape St. 
 John or to Little Bay to proceed first to St. Johns and obtain a 
 pilot familiar with the Stag Harbor and Change Island runs and 
 the ice, as it cannot be said with any degree of certainty when the 
 tail of heavy ice ceases to flow in the Arctic Current 50 or 100 
 miles off the land between Indian Tickle and the Funk Islands; it 
 may be passing in July, so that it is unadvisable for vessels to 
 approach the bay from the eastward early in the season. By 
 keeping near to the shore shelter may be obtained, and the ice 
 avoided. 
 
 Cape St. John is usually visited by some ice in the month of 
 June ; occasionally it is clear and remains clear after the middle 
 of May, but these seasons are not frequent. The ice is usually in 
 strings or bodies, often several days apart; the strings may be 
 avoided, but it is difficult to keep clear of ice that can not be seen 
 over from the hills, and closes the coast as far as the eye can reach. 
 Shelter must be sought, and therefore local experience is required. 
 The cape is in telegraphic communication with St. Johns, so that 
 the state of the ice may be known to a certain extent ; but the ice 
 often travels fast in the SW. current. Days may elapse and no 
 ice be visible from Cape St. John, but in a few hours the ice may 
 come in and close the bay, between the 1st and 28th of June, sel- 
 dom later. It is, therefore, very difficult to state a safe date, but 
 it may be considered prudent for iron ships not to approach Cape 
 St. John before the 10th of June, and wooden ships about the 1st 
 of June. 
 
 (844) 
 
HN TO CAPE 
 
 ipe St. John and 
 into a number of 
 1 it is not safe to 
 
 Bay, is divided 
 and South Bills, 
 aked rocks, and 
 
 •ame Bay in the 
 3und to Cape St. 
 ins and obtain a 
 Island runs and 
 •tainty when the 
 irrent 50 or 100 
 ^'unk Islands; it 
 le for vessels to 
 the season. By 
 led, and the ice 
 
 n the month of 
 ifter the middle 
 ice is usaally in 
 strings may be 
 . can not be seen 
 le eye can reach, 
 mce is required. 
 b. Johns, so that 
 lent ; but the ice 
 y elapse and no 
 >urs the ice may 
 tth of June, sel- 
 a safe date, but 
 > approach Cape 
 3S about the 1st 
 
 GULL ISLAND — SHOE COVE, 
 
 345 
 
 Within the bay the ice is often kept off the shore by the strt'finis 
 out of tlie deep arms. A NE. wind packs the ice into Fogo mid to 
 Toulinguet; a SE. wind into Cape St. John and Groeii Bays. 
 
 Gull Island, 403 feet high, is bold-to on all but the eawtorn side, 
 a short distance from which are two rocks. A small indentation 
 on the south shore, at the bottom of the valley between the two 
 hills, affords the best landing. 
 
 Light— On the summit of Gull Island a cylindrical iron tower, 
 43 feet in height and painted red and white in vertical stripes, 
 exhibits, at an elevation of 526 feet, an intermittent white light 
 with a period of system of twenty seconds— light for eleven seconds 
 and eclipsed nine seconds; it should be visible 26 miles. 
 
 Breakers.- The light-keeper on Gull Island reports breakers 
 about 4 miles NE. from that island; also in a position about | mile 
 W. by N. from that island. 
 
 Mother Burke Rock, a pinnacle 334 feet high, ir joined to the 
 mainland at i mile south of South Bill ; it shows conspicuously 
 from the line of coast and is steep-to. 
 
 Manful Bight, a rugged cove into the head of which a stream 
 falls, is situated 1 J miles south of South Bill. Briney Cove, known 
 by a small shingle beach in the NE. part of the bight, is the station 
 of the guard for the fisheries. 
 
 Manfiil Head, south of the bight, is a bare cone 360 feec high, 
 eastward of which 200 yards lies a rock with 9 feet water on it. 
 
 Bishop Bock, 30 feet high, lies li miles S. 65° E. (S. 34° E. 
 mag.) from Manful Head. It is small and bare, with a ledge of 
 rocks extending a short distance from the west side, but is other- 
 wise steep-to. 
 
 Shoal Rock, with 3i fathoms water on it, lies West (N. 59° W. 
 mag.) 1,400 yards from Bishop Rock. 
 
 Mad Rock, lO feet high and bare, is 1,600 yards southward of 
 Manful Head. A rock awash lies a short distance west of Mad 
 Rock, and a shoal with 6^ fathoms water over it is situated south 
 330 yards from it. Mad Rock Cove, NW. of the rock, has some 
 rocks in it close to the head. 
 
 Coast— The coast from Mad Rock Cove to Shoe Cove Point falls 
 in steep cliffs from hills that attain an elevation of 700 feet, and is 
 steep-to. 
 
 Shoe Cove is an open bight ^ mile wide and 400 yards deep, 
 where a small settlement is situated. The shores are foul for 100 
 yards. Anchorage may be had in 11 to 14 fathoms. Several land- 
 slips mark the hills in this cove and show conspicuously from the 
 south westward. 
 
 The Brook is a small creek situated west of Shoe Cove, into 
 which a stream discharges from a large lake ^ mile inland. 
 
I 
 
 CAI'K ST. ,I(»IIN TO CAPK BOXAVrHTA. , 
 
 Monks Ground, with 15 feet water over it, extends 267 yards 
 cast of II point sitiiattMl 700 yards SW. of the Brook. 
 
 Shoe Oove Rook, with H foot water on it in wo phices, covers 
 a spat'o nearly 'iOO yards scpiaro, and within the depth of 10 fath- 
 oms is 000 yards h)ng and 200 yards broad. The nearest part of 
 th(> rock lies 'XW yards 8. 59° W. (West mag.) from Slft)e Cove Point. 
 Bisliop Rock well open east of th(» mainland, and bearing N. 63° E. 
 (S. 86° E. mag.), leads SE. of this rock. 
 
 Coast— The shore from the Brook to the westward falls in steep 
 cliffs from liills covered with moss, and terminates in rugged jioints. 
 A high range, attaining an elevation of 637 feet, is separated by a 
 small valley :rom the coast hills. 
 
 Little Oapllu Oove is 200 yards deep. A few houses are built 
 at the head. Great Caplin Cove, close south of Little Caplin Cove, 
 has a shingle beach at the head and several peaked rocks close to 
 the shore. 
 
 OapUn Oove Head falls in steep cliffs irom a partially wooded 
 eminence, with two small peaks 300 feet high, and terminates in a 
 bare, sharp rock US feet high. 
 
 Beaver Oove Head, i mile SW. of Caplin Cove Head, falls 
 steeply from a round hill 562 feet high, covered with an alterna- 
 tion of wood and moss, and is steep-to. 
 
 Beaver Oove is an open bight that extends 1,200 yards west 
 from Beaver Cove Head. At the head of the cove a considerable 
 stream drains Beaver Cove Pond, forming a small cascade under a 
 bridge. The west entrance point is foul for a short distance. 
 
 TUt Oove is the shipping place of one of the most valuable 
 copper mines in Newfoundland. The mines were closed in 1885, but 
 have since been reopened and now give employment to about 600 
 miners, he village containing over 1,000 inhabitants. It is 3^ 
 miles SW. of Shoe Cove, and may be easily recognized by the 
 magazine (a white building standing alone on the south entrance 
 point of the cove). Shoal water extends a few yards from the 
 extreme southern point. 
 
 The cove is 265 yards deep and about 400 feet wide, and has a 
 pier on the SW. side which extends 186 feet from the shore, with 
 a depth of 28 feet at low water close to the outer extremity. The 
 sea occasionally washes completely over this pier, but in ordinary 
 summer weather vessels may lay alongside in perfect safety. An 
 anchor should be let go in 9 fathoms water, at a convenient dis- 
 tance from the pier, and a vessel may then be hauled into her 
 berth by means of hawsers secured to large ring-bolts let into the 
 sides of the cove for that purpose. A large settlement with a 
 church is situated round Windsor Lake, immediately to the north- 
 ward of Tilt Cove. In 1891 the population was 1,004. 
 
 amammmmmmm 
 
 'ip'"""'" 
 
onds !i67 yards 
 
 c. 
 
 D places, covers 
 
 ptli of 10 fiitli- 
 
 iieunwt part of 
 
 I tt)o Cove Point. 
 
 ^ariiiK N. 63° E. 
 
 rd falls in steep 
 I rugged points. 
 I separated by a 
 
 louses are built 
 ;le Caplin Cove, 
 1 rocks close to 
 
 artially wooded 
 terminates in a 
 
 ove Head, falls 
 irith an alterna- 
 
 ,!iOO yards west 
 3 a considerable 
 cascade under a 
 ; distance. 
 
 most valuable 
 •sed in 1885, but 
 it to about 500 
 .ants. It is 3^ 
 agnized by the 
 
 south entrance 
 jrards from the 
 
 ride, and has a 
 he shore, with 
 xtreinity. The 
 )ut in ordinary 
 ict safety. An 
 onvenient dis- 
 auled into her 
 )lts let into the 
 ement with a 
 y to the north- 
 04. 
 
 TILT COVE — SNoOKrt AUM. 
 
 .*i47 
 
 Oommunioation. — The Coastal Stfamshlp Company's steamor 
 from St. .Johns calls hero fortnightly during summer and autumn. 
 
 Coal. — A small supply of coal (about 2() terns) may bo obtained. 
 
 Scrape Point, k mile southward of Tilt Cove, is surmounted by 
 a flat-toppt'd hill, 595 foot high, covonwl witli wood and facod by 
 cliffs, A bank with 10 fathoms water over it extends 400 yards 
 from the point. 
 
 Venams Bight and Balsam Bud Oove are the north and 
 south coves of an open bay l^a miles deep and l^ miles wide lying 
 between Scrape Point and Round Harbor Head. Pigeon Island, 41 
 feet high, separates these coves. 
 
 Round Harbor Head, the south entrance point of this bay and 
 the NE. point of the entrance to Snooks Arm, is surmounted by a 
 roun<l wooded hill 26ft feet high, by which it may bo easily recog- 
 nized. Low rocks extend 200 yards from the extreme of the head. 
 
 Round Harbor is immediately west of Round Harbor Head, and 
 is entered I 'rough a channel 40 yards wide between it and a smooth 
 grao.'5y inound 02 fe«t liigu. The harbor is 2o"/ yards long, 150 
 yards wide, and is available for small schooners only. A sunken 
 rock lies off the first fishing stage in, on the east side, another near 
 the head, and a third just inside the west point of entrance. Only 
 3 fathoms water can be obtained in the harbor. A heavy sea occa- 
 sionally makes the entranc'3 almost impassable, but the harbor is 
 always safe. 
 
 Snooks Arm extending 2^ miles W. by N. from Round Harbor 
 Head, is 1^ miles wide at the entrance between that head and Pig- 
 eon Island and narrows gradually to the brook at the head. The 
 north shore slopes from a range of hills, which are covered with 
 moss, while the south shore falls precipitously from Snooks Head, 
 a flat promontory 628 feet high, with deep ravines intersecting it. 
 
 Long Rocks, 3 feet high, lie off the north shore, 1,200 yards 
 west of Round Harbor, and Woody Point is a low projection f mile 
 farther in, on the same shore. 
 
 Woody Point Rock, with 4 feet water on it, lies south, distant 
 200 yards from Woody Point, and is the only danger on the north 
 shore. 
 
 Pigeon Island, the SW. point of the entrance to Snooks Arm, 
 is separated only by a chasm from the extreme of Snook? Head, 
 and is steep-to. 
 
 Mad Moll Rock dries 3 feet at low water. It is i mile NW. of 
 Pigeon Island and 100 yards from the SW. shore of Snooks Arm. 
 This is the only danger off that shore, which, however, should not 
 be approached nearer than 200 yards. 
 
 14010 23 
 
848 
 
 CAl'K 8T. .lOllV TO <"AI'K HONAVISTA. 
 
 1 
 
 i i 
 
 Anchorage.— ThoanchoruKO in Snooka Arm Ih limited hi > a.ail- 
 ablu only for a fow vohhoIh, but the holdiiiK ground is good, in 18 
 fathoms water, off either of the two covoh at the head. 
 
 Water.— The watering place is in the west corner of the head of 
 
 the arm. 
 
 Tides.— It is high water, full and change, in Snooks Arm at 7 h. 
 Vi m. ; springs rise 4 feet, neaps rise 3^ feet. 
 
 Wild Bight, nearly a mile SW. of Snooks Arm, is 1,700 yards 
 wide at the entrance, a mile deep, and 000 yards broad at the head. 
 It is quite open. 
 
 Mouse Point, west of the entrance to Wild Bight, slopes steeply 
 from a wooded hill 509 feet high. A rock with 10 feet water on it 
 lies 100 yards off the point. 
 
 The Harrys, a ledge of sunken rocks, extend 300 yards from the 
 shore, at 1,300 yards west of Mouse Point. Old Harry, the outer 
 rock, has 9 feet on it at low water. Head Rock, with 4^ fathoms 
 water over it, lies 267 yards south of the east head of Indian Bury- 
 ing Ground Cuve. 
 
 Indian Burying Ground Oove, an open cove with a settlement 
 round the shores, lies westward of The Harrys. A cascade dis- 
 charges the waters of a brook that flows down the valley at the 
 head. The cove is shallow, and the shoal water falls suddenly to 
 a depth too great for anchorage. 
 
 Bobby Oove is close west of Indian Burying Ground Cove, the 
 point of separation terminating in Bobby Island, small, bare, and 
 33 feet high. Neither of these coves affords anchorage for large 
 
 vessels. 
 
 Buttonhole Point, lying SW. of these coves, is sharp and nar- 
 row, terminating in a mound 60 feet high. A rock with 13 feet 
 water on it lies 100 yards off the point. 
 
 Buttonhole Oove, a small indentation, with a store and wharf, 
 lies close west of the point. 
 
 ■^-' land, 39 feet high, lies close to the shore, 1,267 yards 
 - ,*rd of Buttonhole Point. It is round in shape, covered 
 with turf, and steep-to. 
 
 Betts Oove is entered i mile west of Betts Island. It is 667 
 yards wide at the entrance, narrows gradually to the head, and 
 contains deep water till abreast the wharves, after which it shal- 
 lows suddenly. A valuable copper mine, situated to the westward 
 of the cove, has been worked since 1876. A considerable settle- 
 ment has sprung up in consequence; wharves line the south side 
 of the inner portion of the cove, and others are in course of con- 
 struction on the north side. The various buildings, smelting 
 houses, etc., form conspicuous objects; a tramway connects the 
 mine with the harbor. 
 
r.v. 
 
 limited 111 ' u.jvil- 
 
 nd Ih good, in 10 
 
 :u>nd. 
 
 lor of the head of 
 
 nooks Arm at 7 h. 
 
 m, is 1,700 yards 
 )road at the head. 
 
 ;ht, slopes steeply 
 feet water on it 
 
 00 yards from the 
 
 Harry, the outer 
 
 , with 4^ fathoms 
 
 li of Indian Bury- 
 
 with a settlement 
 
 A cascade dis- 
 
 the valley at the 
 
 falls suddenly to 
 
 3^round Cove, the 
 , small, bare, and 
 chorage for large 
 
 is sharp and nar- 
 rock with 13 feet 
 
 a store and wharf, 
 
 shore, 1,367 yards 
 in shape, covered 
 
 Island. It is 667 
 to the head, and 
 ter which it shal- 
 )d to the westward 
 msiderable settle- 
 ne the south side 
 in course of con- 
 lildings, smelting 
 Lway connects the 
 
 BETT8 COVE— CANDLEMAS HKAD. 
 
 849 
 
 Oommunioation.— Th(t Couatul Stoumship Company's Htoamer 
 between St. Johns and Biittht Harbor calls here fortiiiKlitly during 
 8umiui>r and uutuinii. 
 
 Buoy. — A red buoy, to wliich vchh^Ih urn temporarily secured, 
 is moored in 26 fathonts wat«'r, close south of the wharves, and 
 ringbolts (tlu» poHition of each of which la marked ))y a white- 
 washed mark) have been ha into the sides of the cove, to aid 
 vesHels in hauling to the wharves. 
 
 The Roman Catholic church, on a summit near the mine, is 
 visible from a northeasterly direction. 
 
 "Water. — A considerable stream flows into a rugged cove, close 
 within the east entrance point, from which water may be readily 
 obtained. 
 
 Betts Head, 1,200 yards SW. of the entrance to the cove, ter- 
 minates in an islet 10 feet above high water, under the slopes of a 
 double-peaked hill 432 feet high. 
 
 A small bare rock is nearly joined to the head, 67 yards oast of 
 the islet. Between them there is a small bight, where ligliters 
 could load ore in fine weather. 
 
 Ooaat— The coast trends westward from Betts Head and falls 
 nearly perpendicularly to the sea. That immediately about Betts 
 Head is reddish in color, but west of Betts Head it becomes dark 
 gray and partially covered with trees. A waterfall runs into 
 Betts Bight from a pond inland. 
 
 Green Point, a wooded projection 67 feet high, is 1,600 yards 
 westward of Betts Head, under hills 430 feet high. Two low 
 rocks lie close to this point and are steep-to. A shoal is situated 
 a short distance from the shore, at 600 yards westward of Green 
 Point. 
 
 Burtons Pond discharges through a small stream, spanned by 
 a bridge, 1,850 yards westward of Green Point. The entrance 
 may be readily distinguished by the gap in the hills. The mouth 
 is barred by a beach of shingle. 
 
 Candlemas Head, a round hill 286 feet high, and detached 
 from the main range by a deep valley, marks the west side of 
 Burtons Pond, and is steep-to. Pitman Bight, 350 yards deep and 
 450 yards wide, is west of this head, but aflEords no shelter. A hill 
 similar to Candlemas Head, 377 feet high, but with not so deep a 
 valley between it and the next ridge inland, lies just over the east 
 side of the entrance to Nippers Harbor, which is entered 1,200 
 yards SW. of Candlemas Head. 
 
 If ippers Islands are a group containing six principal islands 
 and several rocks. Shoal water extends a short distance from all 
 of them. 
 
350 
 
 CAPE ST. JOHN TO OAl'E BONA VISTA. 
 
 i 
 
 Qull Island, the north easternmost, lies If miles SW. from Betfs 
 Head, and comprises a number of rocks joined together at low 
 water. Shoal water lies a short distance from these rocks. 
 
 A Ledge with 5 fathoms water extends 400 yards eastward from 
 Gull Island ; and Gull Island Ground, a rocky bank, lies farther 
 east. 
 
 Gull Rock, dark gray in color and 13 feet above high water, is 
 nearly connected with Gull Island by shoal water, being only 67 
 yards west of it. Low rocks lie both east and west of Gull Rock, 
 but the water is deep beyond 100 yards from the SW. side. 
 
 Alexander Rock, a light-gray islet 2% feet high, v/ith turf at 
 the summit, is 350 yards SW. of Gull Rock, and a shoal, with 3^ 
 fathoms water, between them, at 100 yards from Alexander Rock. 
 Small detached rocks lie close to this islet on all sides. 
 
 In taking the channel between Alexander and Gull Rocks a 
 vessel should keep nearer the latter. 
 
 A Reef that dries 2 feet lies a short distance SW. of Alexander 
 Rock. 
 
 Riding Island is separated by a shallow channel froii the south 
 side of Alexander Rock, and is formed of seve 'al coniral masses of 
 rock joined together and to a round wooded hill 57 feet high at 
 the west extreme. 
 
 Fox Island is divided from Riding Island by a passage sujOfi- 
 ciently wide for a small boat at low water. It is surmounted by a 
 round hill partly wooded, 75 feet high, and fails in steep cliffs to 
 the southeastward. 
 
 Duck Island is connected with the south extreme of Fox Island 
 at low water, and consists of a mound 44 feet high covered with 
 grass, from which a ledge of bare rocks, with a small shoal off the 
 extreme, extends to the southward. 
 
 Seal Island, che largest of the Nipper Islands, is 460 yards long, 
 200 yards wide, and 80 feet above high water. A channel a few 
 yards wide, with a rock in it awash at low water, lies between Seal 
 Island and the west extreme of Duck Island. The summit of the 
 island is covered with small trees and grass, over whitish rock. 
 
 Rocks that cover lie about 20 yards off the west extreme, and a 
 rock with 5 feei, water is 50 yards SE. from the south extreme. 
 
 A Shoal with 2i fathoms water, occupying a space 100 yards 
 squar«, lies between Riding and Seal Islands. 
 
 Green Island, a round mound 90 feet high, covered with small 
 trees, is 250 yards northward of Seal Island. A small rock, with a 
 shoal in continuation, lies close to both its east and west extremities, 
 and shoal water fringes the south shore a few yards distant. 
 
 Nippers Harbor. — This harbor consists of three parts. The 
 eastern, i mile long and 250 yards wide, affords anchorage for 
 
VISTA. 
 
 dies SW. from Belts 
 ned together at low 
 1 these rocks, 
 yards eastward from 
 ky bank, lies farther 
 
 above high water, is 
 
 water, being only 67 
 
 id west of Gull Rock, 
 
 the SW. side. 
 
 set high, v/ith turf at 
 
 , and a shoal, with 3i 
 
 rom Alexander Rock. 
 
 all sides. 
 
 ir and Gull Rocks 
 
 mmmmMmkmw 
 
 a 
 
 ce 
 
 SW. of Alexander 
 
 lannel froii the south 
 e^al conirdl masses of 
 d hill 57 feet high at 
 
 rid by a passage suffi- 
 
 It is surn'ounted by a 
 
 falls in steep cliffs to 
 
 extreme of Fox Island 
 'eet high covered with 
 h a small shoal off the 
 
 ands, is 460 yards long, 
 ,ter. A channel a few 
 rater, lies between Seal 
 i. The summit of the 
 , over whitish rock. 
 b.e west extreme, and a 
 the south extreme. 
 ring a space 100 yards 
 
 lS. 
 
 gh, covered with small 
 . A small rock, with a 
 st and west extremities, 
 jw yards distant. 
 ;s of three parts. The 
 affords anchorage for 
 
 NIPPERS HARBOR — ROGUES HARBOR. 
 
 moderate-sized vessels in from 10 to 13 fathoms water, over mud, 
 and ringbolts have been let into the rocks for convenience in moor- 
 ing. The shores are bold, with the exception of the rock off Harbor 
 Point and another close to the south point of the entrance. 
 
 The western part has shoal water extending from a brook in the 
 west corner, leaving an anchorage, with good shelter for small ves- 
 sels, 100 yards in diameter, with 6 fathoms water in it. The north 
 part of Nippers Harbor dries across the mouth at low water, but is 
 deep within the bar. 
 
 A small village with a church is built on the shores of the eastern 
 part of the harbor, and a chapel, painted yellow, stands on a hill 
 above the south entrance point. 
 
 Communication. — The Coastal Steamship Company's steamer 
 between St. Johns and Battle Harbor, calls here fortnightly during 
 summer and autumn. 
 
 Noble Head, 800 yards soutli of the entrance to Nippers Harbor, 
 is a promontory of dark-gray rock, with a flat summit, 215 feet 
 high, covered with grass, and two remarkable pinnacle rocks near 
 the east extreme. It falls in rugged cliffs and is foul round the 
 base from the accumulated ddbris. Low rocks lie off the east 
 extreme, two being close to the shore and two others at 100 yards 
 from it. The easternmost is one foot above high water, and the 
 next inshore dries at low water. There is deep water at 100 yards 
 from the eastern rock. 
 
 Noble Cove contains some white houses, built close inshore of 
 a beach north of Noble Head. The cove is fringed by rocks, is 
 entirely open to easterly winds, and is unfit for anchorage. There 
 is a depth of 4 to 6 fathoms at 150 yards from the beach, increasing 
 quickly to 15 and 26 fathoms. 
 
 A Bank, 400 yards long and 150 yards broad within the depth 
 of 10 fathoms, lies east of Noble Head, and contains three shoals 
 with 11 feet and 3 and 3f fathoms, respectively. 
 
 Oreen Head, a wooded, flat- topped hill 278'feet high, forms the 
 north point of the entrance to Rogues Harbor, and falls in terraces 
 to the sea. A small islet is joined to the NE. extreme, am] the 
 southern part of the head is steep-to. A low isthmus that has been 
 partially cultivated, with a beach of shingle on each side, joins this 
 head to the mainland. 
 
 Bogues Harbor, just south of Green Head, is the southern of 
 two arms of the sea which unite just inside the entrance, the divid- 
 ing point being Hammer Head, a remarkable bluff hill 559 feet 
 high, with a conspicuous patch of red rock at the base. 
 
 A shoal, having two heads with 5 feet water on them, lies in the 
 middle of the entrance, and a rock with 15 feet lies close NW. of 
 this shoal. There is a depth of 7^ fathoms between these rocks 
 
I 
 
 -^*nl■x^.■-^all<*jtt^«^^.J»^^i.t■^t*^.^J».iJ.^^w^^>■f— .».^^ 
 
 [ 1 1 ifrfi IMiiMTIrtM— imWll 
 
 
 1 
 II 
 
 ii 
 
 'til 
 
 862 
 
 CAPE ST. JOHN TO CAPE BONA VISTA. 
 
 *: 8i 
 
 and Green Head, but the best channel is west of them, with 17 
 fathoms water. 
 
 Northwest Arm, 800 yards long and 300 yards wide, affords no 
 anchorage for large vessels, but small schooners may find shelter, 
 off the shingle beach at the head, in 7 fathoms. 
 
 Rogues Harbor extends 1,700 yards from West Point and is 500 
 yards wide at the entrance, but at 800 yards within is contracted 
 by a projecting peninsula, 78 feet high, faced by rugged cliffs and 
 terminating in ragged points. The channel here is only 70 yards 
 wide, and no greater depth can be carried through than 7 feet at 
 low water; but within this bar is a basin 650 yards long and 200 
 yards broad, with 13 fathoms water in the middle, decreasing 
 gradually in depth to the head. Avoid anchoring off the cove in 
 the east corner, as very heavy squalls sweep over the neck of the 
 peninsula during NE. winds. A waterfall runs into the north side 
 of the harbor from an inland pond. A copper mine is being opened 
 up at the head of this harbor. 
 
 Stocking Harbor, 2 miles SW. of Rogues Harbor, is, like the 
 latter, available for small vessels only.^ It is entered between Flour 
 Cask Head and Burnt Island, a dark bare island 350 yards long 
 and 56 feet high. This channel is 550 yards wide and free from 
 danger. 
 
 East Stocking Harbor, an inlet 500 yards deep and 133 yards 
 wide, is the best place of refuge for small vessels, which can anchor 
 as convenient in 10 fathoms water at the entrance, the depth 
 decreasing gradually to the head. 
 
 A rock lies about 40 yards off the south entrance point, close 
 within the entrance. 
 
 A Shoal, with 5 fathoms water, lies a little more than 200 yards 
 east of Burnt Island. 
 
 Pigeon Island is separated from the west side of Burnt Island 
 by a clear channel 250 yards wide, with 13 fathoms water in it. 
 This island is small, wooded, and about 40 feet high. 
 
 King Island is close west of Pigeon Island, the passage, between 
 being available for boats only; the island is only disconnected 
 from the mainland at high water. It is composed of reddish-gray 
 rock, nearly covered with trees, and is about 70 feet high, with 
 small cliffs to the southward. 
 
 John Smith Island is 300 yards westward of King Island and 
 about 400 yards from the mainland. It is 41 feet high, of reddish 
 rock, and terminates to the southward in a low reef, which is steep- 
 to. A shoal, with 10 feet water, lies midway between the south 
 extreme of this reef and a small islet off the west point of King 
 Island. 
 
 in 
 
TA. 
 
 of them, with 17 
 
 Is wide, affords no 
 may find shelter, 
 
 b Point and is 500 
 bhin is contracted 
 rugged cliffs and 
 ) is only 70 yards 
 gh than 7 feet at 
 rds long and 200 
 iddle, decreasing 
 g off the cove in 
 r the neck of the 
 ito the north side 
 le is being opened 
 
 irbor, is, like the 
 ad between Flour 
 i 350 yards long 
 le and free from 
 
 3p and 133 yards 
 nrhich can anchor 
 ranee, the depth 
 
 ■ance point, close 
 
 re than 200 yards 
 
 of Burnt Island 
 cms water in it. 
 igh. 
 
 passage, between 
 nly disconnected 
 i of reddish-gray 
 I feet high, with 
 
 King Islaiid and 
 i high, of reddish 
 )f , which is steep- 
 tween the south 
 3t point of King 
 
 ■^if^iimmmmmmmmim 
 
 JOHN 8MITH HATtBOR — WHITE POINT. 
 
 353 
 
 John Smith Harbor extends 400 yards NW. from John Smith 
 Island and is 150 yards wide at the entrance, decreasing gradually 
 in width to the head. There is good shelter in this harbor for 
 fishing craft and small schooners in 9 to 12 feet. 
 
 Coast. — The coast west of John Smith Harbor is bordered by 
 rocks that cover at high water, and small islets, for 400 yards, to 
 Rowland Point. 
 
 From this the coast trends west for a distance of 1,800 yards to 
 the entrance of Nortliwest Arm; it is bold-to, and consists of 
 grayish rock covered by wood. 
 
 Qreen Bay is a long arm of the sea lying between Stocking 
 Harbor and Green Bav Island. It extends in a southwestei-ly 
 direction for a distance of 15 miles, and is divided into three parts. 
 Northwest, Middle, and Southwest Arms. The water is deep in 
 mid-channel. 
 
 Northwest Arm, an excellent harbor, extends NW. for a dis- 
 tance of If miles ; it is + mile wide at the mouth, expands to li 
 miles within, and then narrows to the head. The only dangers in 
 the entrance are shoals extending from both points of P.ix Cove. 
 
 A Kock that dries one foot lies 100 yards S. 54° E. (S. 23° E. 
 mag.) from a house painted red, at the north entrance point of 
 Winterhouse Cove, a considerable bight on the west shore. There 
 are houses in Winterhouse anc" Rix Coves. 
 
 White Point, a projection terminating in a small cliff, is the 
 south entrance point oi Winterhouse Cove ; the shore from it to 
 the beach at the head is nearly steep-to. A small wooded mound 
 lies over the coast, 200 yards west of VV^hite Point. 
 
 Anchorage. — Anchorage may be had as convenient in North- 
 west Arm, witli good holding ground in 10 fatlioms, after Winter- 
 house Cove is passed. 
 
 White HUls are 2 miles west of the head of Noj-'n veat Arm, 
 and are bare in patches at the summits; the highest is 1,1 HO feet. 
 A round wooded hill 1,040 feet high lies just north f this range. 
 
 Coast — The coast from the southern entrance to Nvirthwert Arm 
 trends to the southwestward for 2 miles to j\^"ddle Arm. Sm ill 
 gray cjiffs line the shore, interspersed with lieaches of shingle. 
 The hills above are thickly wooded, and one more prominent than 
 the rest, QIC eet high, shows a wooded tuft wlien seen from the 
 eastward. 
 
 Lower Island, 22 feet high, and Upper Island, 24 feet higlx, two 
 bare rocks, are joined to this shore by bowlders that cover at liigh 
 water. The former is i mile and the latter 1 ,700 yards from North- 
 west Arm, and both shew prominently against the dark, woodud 
 shore. 
 
 J 
 
MiMi^i9if&isd»iii,» 
 
 I 
 
 CAPE ST. JOHN TO CAPE BONA VISTA. 
 
 A rock with 12 feet water lies 450 yards SW. from Upper Island 
 and 100 yards from the shore. 
 
 Two shoals, with 4^ fathoms water on each of them, lie respec- 
 tively S. 17° E. (S. 14° W. mag.) 650 yards, and S. 22° W. (S. 53° 
 W. mag.) 950 yards from Upper Island. 
 
 Middle Arm Rock, one foot above high water and surrounded 
 by shoal water, is close east of the northern entrance to Middle 
 Arm and i mile from the north shore. There is a passage between 
 these shoals and the north shore, but it should be used only in 
 cases of emergency, as the sea rolls from shoals to shore in bad 
 weather. 
 
 Middle Arm is 1,600 yards wide at the mouth, extending 2^ 
 miles to the sandy spit that marks the termination of the first 
 reach, beyond which there is barely passage for a boat. 
 
 Anchorage. — At 1| miles within the entrance the arm narrows 
 to 800 yards in breadth. This is the eastern limit of the anchorage, 
 in 16 fathoms, and for ^ mile farther west good holding ground 
 will be obtained in 10 fathoms. 
 
 Middle Arm Point, the SW. entrance point, may be distin- 
 guished by several white patches in the cliff near. A wooded hill, 
 200 feet liigu, rises immediately ovor the point. 
 
 Southwest Arm is 1,150 yards wide at the entrance, between 
 Middle Arm Point and Birchy Cove Head, from which it extends 
 6 miles in a southwesterly direction with the same breadth. The 
 arm then expands to a mile in width, and, with a narrower bend, 
 extends 3 miles farther to the head. The water is deep close to 
 both shores, so that, except for small vessels, there is no anchorage 
 but in the places about to be described. 
 
 Southwest Head, 996 feet high, on the west shore, close inside 
 the entrance, is a good mark for recognizing Southwest Arm. The 
 summit is small and round, and the hill falls almost perpendicu- 
 larly to the water's edge. 
 
 Battling Brook falls into the sea at 6^ miles from the entrance, 
 in a fine waterfall down the chasm in the cliffs on the north shoi'e. 
 A small cove is close SW. of this stream, into which Corner Brook 
 flows and drains a valley extending some miles inland. 
 
 Stearin Bock, 13 feet high, is a small double islet at the south 
 side of Corner Brook Cove, and is joined to the main at low water. 
 A rock that dries one foot at low water lies close east of this islet. 
 
 The deposit from the brooks has formed a shoal, which dries at 
 low water, extending 200 yards fiom the shore, and the depth of 3 
 fathoms is found at 200 yai ds beyond, the water deepening sud- 
 denly to 12 and 18 fathoms. 
 
 Anchorage may be obtained by small vessels off Corner Brook 
 Cove in IS fathoms with a short scope of cable, but the holdirig 
 ground is not very good. 
 
 
 ^n^'TTM 
 
n Upper Island 
 
 lem, lie respec- 
 23° W. (S. 53° 
 
 md surrounded 
 ance to Middle 
 lassage between 
 je used only in 
 ,o shore in bad 
 
 1, extending 2^ 
 on of the first 
 )oat. 
 
 lie arm narrows 
 
 the anchorage, 
 
 iiolding ground 
 
 may be distin- 
 A wooded hill, 
 
 trance, between 
 'hich it extends 
 s breadth. The 
 narrower bend, 
 s deep close to 
 is no anchoi-age 
 
 ore, close inside 
 v^est Arm, The 
 ost perpendicu- 
 
 m the entrance, 
 he north shore. 
 1 Corner Brook 
 md. 
 
 et at the south 
 in at low water. 
 t of this islet. 
 which dries at 
 I the depth of 3 
 deepening sud- 
 
 E Corner Brook 
 ut the holding 
 
 SOUTHWEST ARM — WESTERN POINT. 
 
 355 
 
 At 1-^ miles south from Stearin Rock is a point projecting 
 slightly from the line of the coast. 
 
 A shoal Math 11 feet water extends in an easterly direction nearly 
 J mile from this point. 
 
 King Point, near the head of Southwest Arm, is low and flat, 
 with a few houses on it and some land under cultivation. The 
 head dries 200 yards from the high- water line, and the depth in- 
 creases suddenly beyond to 15 fathoms. South Brook lies a mile 
 east of the head, and is a fine strean;, draining the valley leading 
 to Halls Bay. The deposit from th brook dries at low water for 
 a distance of 300 yards from the mouth, and the water deepens 
 suddenly beyond. 
 
 Telegraph Station. — A telegraph station is on the west shore, 
 near the head of the arm. 
 
 Ice. — The Southwest Arm of Green Bay freezes between 25th 
 December and 15th January, and breaks up between 15th April 
 and 15th May, 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Northwest Arm at 
 7h. 9m. ; springs rise 4 feet, neaps rise 3 feet. In Southwest Arm 
 it is high water, full and change, at 7h. 8m. 
 
 Manful Point, Oi miles from the entrance of Southwest Arm, is 
 a shingle spit falling steeply to deep wi^-ter. The coast forms a 
 slight curve between these points, and off this a plateau extends 
 with 20 fathoms water at 750 yards distant from the shore and 10 
 fathoms at i mile, shoaling gradually from the latter depth to the 
 coast. 
 
 Anchorage may be had on this plateau in depth as convenient, 
 according to the length of the vessel, and this is the only place in 
 which large vessels can anchor with safety, the holding ground 
 being good. 
 
 Ne.ked Man, a pillar of rock 14 feet high, stands close to the 
 east shore of Southwest Arm, 2jV miles SW. of Bircliy Cove Head. 
 
 Copper mines are situated on each side of this rock, and their 
 localities may be distinguished by the houses on the shore. A 
 wharf has been built off that which is situated next west to Naked 
 Man. 
 
 Birchy Cove Head is a bare mound 81 feet high, under wooded 
 hillocks 270 feet high. From it the shore of Green Bay curves to 
 the eastward round Birchy and Shilly Coves, two small indenta- 
 tions, round the shores of which are some houses. 
 
 Western Point, nearly a mile ENE. of Birchy Cove Head, is 
 low and shelving, terminating in a flat rock 4 feet above high water 
 at the north extrenif;, and a low reef on the east side. An isolated 
 wooded hillock about 1 00 feet hig surmounts this point. 
 
i 
 
 s 
 
 .1 
 
 !N 
 
 mil 
 
 HIji 
 
 866 
 
 CAPE ST. JOHN TO CAPE B0NAV18TA. 
 
 Jackson Cove, 1,300 yards wide between Western and Eastern 
 Points, and 800 yards deep, is nearly semicircular ; it is fringed by 
 beaches of shingle, and surrounded by wooded hills 150 to 300 feet 
 high. 
 
 Shoal water extends 100 yards from the shore, and a bank with 
 6 feet water extends 150 yards from the middlt^ of the cove. A rock, 
 on which a wooden pier has been built, stands close within West- 
 ern Point. 
 
 Fishing Rock, with 3^ fathoms water, is the shoalest part of a 
 bank lying off the mouth of Jackson Cove. It is 750 yards N. 34° 
 E. (N. 65° E. mag.) from Western Point. 
 
 Anchorage may be had in this cove, with shelter from all but 
 northerly winds, in 16 to 18 fathoms, but the water shoals sud- 
 denly, and care should be taken that the vessel has room to swing 
 clear of the shoal off the middle of the cove. 
 
 Eastern Point is the extreme of a wooded aiound 85 feet high, 
 joined by a low isthmus to the main. Rocks and shoals extend 
 100 yards to the westward, and the cove east of this mound is filled 
 with rocks as far as Patrick Point, nearly i mile NE. of Eastern 
 Point. 
 
 Coast. — The eastern shore of G-reen Bay siopes from wooded 
 headlands, the most conspicuous of which, Nickeys Nose, falls in 
 a steep bluff from a height of 426 feet. 
 
 Several coves indent this shore, all of which afford anchorage for 
 vessels, with shelter from offshore winds. The deepest, named 
 Salmon Cove, is bordered by a beach of shingle, and may be dis- 
 tinguished by a sohoolhouse, with a liagstaff near it, on the higii- 
 est part of the neck between Salmon Cove and Western Arm. 
 Harry Head is the west entrauce pomt to tliis cove. 
 
 The only dangers off this shore are a rock awash at high water, 
 lying 400 'yards S. 78° W. (N. Vl° W. mag.), and a rock, with 8 
 feet water over it, lying 400 yards N. oi" E. (N. 83° E. mag.) from 
 the extreme of Nickeys Nose. 
 
 A shoal, with 4 fathoms water on it, lies just within Salmon 
 Rock, the east entrance point to Salmon Cove. 
 
 Oreen Bay Islar-I. 202 ■; ^t high, is wooded and faced by dark- 
 gray cliffs, up which ; lie sea beats rth great violence. Rugged 
 rocks lie all along the shore, but tlu ' j is no danger beyond 200 
 yards from the east t;ide of the island. 
 
 Green Bay Bock, 9 feet above high water, lies f mile S. 60° E. 
 (S. 29° E. mag.) from the NE. point of Green Bay Island, and is 
 the middle of a reef 400 yards long, over which the sea breaks 
 furiously in easterly gales. 
 
 Three Arms, comprisfd between Green Bay Island and Little 
 Bay Head, are respectively named Western, Middle, and Southern 
 Arms. 
 
 mi 
 
 ■^ ^ 
 
TA. 
 
 item and Eastern 
 • ; it is fringed by 
 ills 150 to 300 feet 
 
 and a bank with 
 ;he cove. A rock, 
 lose within West- 
 
 shoalest part of a 
 3 750 yards N. 34° 
 
 jlter from all but 
 Boater shoals sud- 
 las room to swing 
 
 )und 85 feet high, 
 md shoals extend 
 his monnd is filled 
 le NE. of Eastern 
 
 pes from wooded 
 leys Nose, falls in 
 
 ord anchorage for 
 e deepest, named 
 3, and may be dii3- 
 ir it, on the hii^n- 
 id Western Arm. 
 tve. 
 
 ish at high water, 
 ad a rock, with 8 
 83° E. mag.) from 
 
 Lst within Salmon 
 
 md faced by dark- 
 dolence. Rugged 
 ianger beyond 200 
 
 es f mile S. 60° E. 
 Bay Island, and is 
 ch the sea breaks 
 
 • Island and Little 
 idle, and Southern 
 
 HABEY HARBOR — WELSH COVE. 
 
 357 
 
 The Brandies are a group of rocka nearly i mile SW. of Green 
 Bay Island. The highest dries 3 feet at low water. Rogues Har- 
 bor, open north of Green Bay Island, bearing N. 9° W. (N. 22° E. 
 mag.), leads eastward of these rocks. 
 
 ■Western Arm.— From Blackberry Head, the southern entrance 
 point. Western Arm extends 4^ miles in a southwesterly direction 
 and affords anchorage in several of the coves that indent its shores. 
 
 Harry Harbor, a shallow indentation on the north shore, is 
 suitable for small vessels only, having only 9 feet in the entrance 
 at low water. Two rocks lie near the head, the western of which 
 dries at low water. 
 
 Harr," Harbor Rock, with one foot water on it, lies off the 
 entrance, and as no natural marks could be found to lead into Harry 
 Harbor, those about to enter should 1 moy the rock beforehand. 
 
 Anchorages.— Anchorage may be obtained in depths of 20 
 fathoms or less, as convenient, to the westward of Windsor Point, 
 near the head of arm. 
 
 DoUond Arm, a shallow indentation to the eastward of Dol- 
 lond Arm Head, a round wooded hill, 323 feet high, forming the 
 south side of the narrows, affords anchorage to small craft, off 
 the entrance, in 15 fathoms water. 
 
 Welsh Cove is a secure anchorage on the south side of Western 
 Arm, but the entrance is narrow, and the available passage is con- 
 tracted to 100 yards by a rock, with 11 feet water on it, extending 
 in a NNE. direction from the south entrance point, and by shoal 
 water, extending a short distance from the north point. 
 
 There is no danger within the cove, and good anchorage may be 
 obtained by vessels of moderate length in 12 fathoms water, over 
 mud. A buoy should be placed on the rock off thf south entrance 
 point when entering. 
 
 A copper mine has been opened near Welsh Cove, the shaft being 
 close to the shore; the manager's dwelling-house, a conspicuous 
 wooden building, is northeastward of the shaft. 
 
 The shore is foul for nearly 200 yards from this cove, northward, 
 to the next prominent point, but anchorage may be obtained north- 
 westward of the mine, in 15 fathoms water, over mud. 
 
 Middle arm, sheltered by Hennessy Island, 205 feet high, and 
 Three-arms Island, 150 feet high, and accessible on either side of 
 these islands, affords excellent anchorage, in from 11 to 15 fathoms 
 water, over mud. On the west shore, about halfway to the head, 
 are a conspicuous stage and a tew houses. There is no danger in 
 the arm, except a sunken bowlder, nearly 200 yards from the head. 
 
 Old Billy, a dangerous rock, with 3 feet water on it, lies off the 
 NE. extreme of Three-arms Island, and a shoal, with 12 feet water 
 over it, lies off the south side of the entrance to Middle Arm. 
 
I'* 
 
 'Ill 
 
 r 
 
 ■ i 
 
 .1 
 
 358 
 
 CAPE ST. .rOlIN TO CAPE BOKAVI8TA. 
 
 Directions. — The best passaj^o is south of Heuuessy and Three- 
 arms Ishvuds, bringing the stage on the west shore of Middle Arm 
 just open south of Three-arms Ishind, bearing S. W° W. (N. 83° 
 W. mag.), and keeping this mark on until the extremes of Hen- 
 nessy and Three-arms Islands are closed, about N. 7° W. (N. 24° 
 E, mag.), when Old Billy will bo passed, and mid-channel may be 
 taken to the anchoi'age. 
 
 The passage NW. of the islands should be ilsed only by those 
 having accurate local knowledge, as the north shore requires to be 
 kept close aboard. 
 
 Southern Arm extends in nearly a straight lin'e 4| miles, in a 
 SW, direction, to the head. 
 
 Two islands lie in the middle of the arm, leaving a passage 100 
 yards wide, with a depth of 4 fathoms in it, between them and the 
 north shore. Rocks and shoals extend northward of these islands, 
 and the north shore should be kept aboard in taking this passage. 
 
 Shoal Arm, 3 miles to the southwestward of Little Bay Head, 
 is entered through a channel about 55 yards wide, in which is a 
 depth of 13 feet water, and has from? to 9 fathoms within. There 
 are no dangers in this arm, except a rock with 8 feet water on it, 
 situated 100 yards from the middle of the eastern shore. 
 
 Little Bay Head falls in steep cliffs, at the end of the slope from 
 a conspicuous conical hill 657 feet high, and terminates in a small 
 islet. 
 
 Wild Bight, the west shore of which is foul for 150 yards, 
 affords anchorage, in from 10 to 13 fathoms water, for small ves- 
 sels, with shelter from westerly and southerly winds, but the 
 holding ground is not good. With light easterly winds a swell 
 sets in, and when the wind is high the whole of the bight appears 
 a mass of breakers. Red Island, 120 feet, and Red Island Rock, 
 38 feet high, respectively, form the southeastern entrance point to 
 Wild Bight. 
 
 Ice. — Icebergs frequently drift in here during the months of 
 June, July, and August, after the pack ice has left Notre Dame 
 Bay. 
 
 Indian Bight — The head of Indian Bight is 4f miles south- 
 westward of Red Island Rock, and the south entrance point has 
 sunken rocks extending 200 yards to the northward. 
 
 At the head of the bight are dwelling houses, and at their NW. 
 end a wooden church, painted white and having a spire ; a wharf 
 projects from the center of the beach, alongside which there is a 
 •lepth of about 16 feet at low water, but a small rock, which dries 
 3 feet at low water, marked by a pole surmounted by a white disk, 
 lies close east of the wharf, and the local steamers pass between 
 them. 
 
 '" iiii 
 
 w':"-lSMi^ 
 
rA. 
 
 iiessy and Three- 
 i of Mirldle Arm 
 5. f.(i° W. (N. 83° 
 xtremos of Heu- 
 N. 7° W. (N. 24° 
 [-channel may be 
 
 mI only by those 
 re requires to be 
 
 in'e 4i miles, in a 
 
 rtg a passage 100 
 )en them and the 
 of these islands, 
 tig this passage. 
 Liittle Bay Head, 
 ), in which is a 
 3 within. There 
 feet water on it, 
 shore. 
 
 jf the slope from 
 nates in a small 
 
 1 for 150 yards, 
 V, for small ves- 
 winds, but the 
 y winds a swell 
 le bight appears 
 ,ed Island Rock, 
 ntrance point to 
 
 ', the months of 
 eft Notre Dame 
 
 4f miles south- 
 irance point has 
 d. 
 
 [id at their NW. 
 I spire ; a wharf 
 (rhich there is a 
 )ck, which dries 
 by a white disk, 
 jrs pass between 
 
 •mmmmmf 
 
 INDIAN BIGHT — LITTLE BAY. 
 
 359 
 
 In the valley between two hills, on the south side, is one of the 
 most valuable copper mines in Newfoundland. A tramway extends 
 from the mine to a wharf in Little Bay, and there is a road to the 
 settlement at the head of Indian Bight. 
 
 Dog Stones, two rocks, awash at high water, surrounded by 
 shot:is, and occupying altogether a space nearly 400 yards long, 
 are situated in the middle of Indian Bight, 400 yards from the 
 head, and have a narrow passage between the shoal water extend- 
 ing from them and that off the north shore, but the best passage, 
 150 yards wide, is south of Dog Stones. 
 
 Anchorage.— Anchorage, with shelter from offshore winds only, 
 may be obtained by one or two small vessels, in 4^ fatlioms water' 
 off the wharf, but a heavy sea rolls in witli northeasterly winds. 
 
 Telegraph. — There is a telegraph office here in connection with 
 the Anglo-American Telegraph Company. 
 
 Water.— Water may be obtained readily from a stream flowing 
 into Shimmy Cove, which lies immediately eastward of Indian 
 Bight. 
 
 Little Bay is southward of Indian Bight, the dividing point 
 being a small blufif, off which is Otter Island, surmounted by a 
 conspicuous tree, 362 feet above high water, which rises above 
 densely wooded h;lls, lying at the entrance to the bay, forming 
 two passages to it. That SW. of the island is nearly barred by 
 rocks, but there is a narrow channel, with a depth of 13 feet in it, 
 at low water; the channel east of Otter Island, though only 60 
 yards wide, has not less than 11 fathoms water in mid-channel. 
 
 There are large copper mines and works, and a wharf is situated 
 immediately southwestward of the western entrance, on the west 
 shore of Little Bay, and vessels drawing 24 feet of water may be 
 loaded alongside, or may find anchorage off it in 13 fathoms water, 
 but it is necessary to moor, as the space is limited, or temporary 
 anchorage may be taken up farther out in 22 fathoms. 
 
 Communication.— The Coastal Steamship Company's steamer 
 between St. Johns and Battle Harbor calls here fortnightly during 
 summer and autumn. 
 
 Coal and Supplies.— Cape Breton coal may be obtained from 
 the mining company, but no Welsh coal is kept in stock. Ships 
 can coal alongside the wharf. Provisions in small quantities can 
 generally be obtained. 
 
 Little Shellbird Bight, the first deep bend on the south shore 
 of Little Bay, is barred in its western approach by a shoal connect- 
 ing the west entrance point with Grassy Islet and Little Shellbird 
 Island, and a shoal, with 15 feet water over it, extends 150 yards 
 from the south extreme of Little Shellbird Island, leaving a passage 
 of that breadth between it and the east shore of Little Bay, 
 
360 
 
 CKVE 8T. JOHN TO OAl'E BONAVIHTA. 
 
 id 
 
 13 
 
 Bhoal Harbor, on the eant shore, where tliore ia a mine, may bo 
 distinguished by two h)w islets forming the north sid uf the 
 entrance, in which there is a depth of (J feet water. A I'ock that 
 uncovers 'ies in tlie middh', and other rocks lie close east of the 
 entrance. 
 
 Little Bay deci eases in width to 20U yards at one iSiiie from the 
 head, and the available channel is still further narrowed to 100 
 yards by u shoal extending from the south slioi-e. 
 
 Anchorages. — AnchoT-a>,'e in from 7 to 8 fathoms water may be 
 obtained by small vessels iu Shellbird Biu'ht, entering it from the 
 Westward, as a bar, with 16 feet water on it, connects the east 
 extreme uf the island with tlu- mainland; or in Northeast Bottom, 
 in 5 fathoms, or in Southeast B'i*^tom, in 9 fathoms water. 
 
 Ice. — Little Bay freezi's bet een Ist and -iOth January, and is 
 compl' lely blocked with ice about 2 feet thick. It is sometimes 
 open iu winter, and clears early iu May; luivigation has been closed 
 on tv^o years as late as 26tli May and 9th June, respectively. Field 
 ice appears about 10th of January and leaves early in May, at which 
 time the first vessel generally arrives, the latest leaving early in 
 January. 
 
 Tic.es. — It is high water, full and change, in Little Bay at 7h. 
 22m. ; springs rise 4^- feet, neaps rise 3 feet. 
 
 Tom Cod Rock, a small pinnacle that uncovers 3 feet at Ioav 
 water, and oft the SW. side of which, distant 100 yards, is a rock 
 with 12 feet v,-itor over it, is 1,200 yards S. 61° E. (S. 30° E. mag.), 
 nearly, fvan! the NE. extreme of Otter Island, The apparent west 
 shore tf Little Bay, iu line with the south entrance point, bearing 
 S. n2° W. vS. 33° W. mag.), leads NW. of Tom Cod Rock, and 
 between i(, and the rock south of Otter Island. 
 
 Little Ward Harbor is 800 yards deep and 350 yards wide, but 
 has only 13 feet water in the entrance, and the anchorage is not 
 available for vessels drawing mo're than 10 feet water. 
 
 Beaver Cove Rock, with 15 feet water on it, lies nearly 200 
 yards west from Beaver Cove Head. 
 
 Hall Bay, a picturesque arm of the sea, extends 17 miles in a 
 southwesterly direction, with an almost even breadth of 1^ miles. 
 The laud on the north side is reported to contain large quantities 
 of copper. 
 
 Communication. — A road will connect Hall Bay with the 
 Northern and Western Railway at a point 4 miles west of Badger 
 Brook, the distance being about 44 miles. 
 
 Salt-water Pond Point, on the north shore, 4^ miles within the 
 entrance of Hall Bay, is the east entrance point of a bight f mile 
 deep, from the head of which Salt-water Pond, a shallow arm of 
 the sea, extends to within a short distance of Little Ward Harbor. 
 
UTA. 
 
 is a mine, may be 
 north aid of the 
 iter. A rock that 
 le close east of tlie 
 
 one i>iiio from the 
 r narrow't'd to 100 
 
 3. 
 
 oms water may be 
 itcring it from the 
 connects the east 
 Northeast Bottom, 
 )ms water, 
 th January, and is 
 . It is sometimes 
 ion has been closed 
 espectively. Field 
 ly in May, at which 
 st leaving early in 
 
 n Little Bay at 7h. 
 
 overs 3 feet at ^.ow 
 100 yards, is a rock 
 E. (S. 30° E. mag.), 
 The apparent west 
 ance point, bearing 
 )m Cod Rock, and 
 
 350 yards wide, but 
 e anchorage is not 
 ; water. 
 I it, lies nearly 200 
 
 ctends 17 miles in a 
 ireadth of 1^^ miles, 
 ain large quantities 
 
 lall Bay with the 
 dies west of Badger 
 
 , 4^ miles within the 
 ttt of a bight f mile 
 id, a shallow arm of 
 jittlo Ward Harbor. 
 
 ■'T^P*WI»*!f^ 
 
 SALT-WATER I'ONI) — WOLF COVE. 
 
 m 
 
 Anchorage. — The anchorage off Salt-water Pond is consicU^red 
 the best in Hnll Bay ; the anchoring space Ih about i mile in extent, 
 shoaling gradually from 7 fatliom.s watnr in tlit* center to the shores 
 of the bay. No snijplit^s eau be obtained here. 
 
 Island Rock Cove, on the north shore, 11^ miles within the 
 entrance, has several houses on the shore and the mine wharf pro- 
 jecting fnmi the eastern extreme, off whi('h 'iOO yards is a rock, 
 awash at low water. 
 
 Lower Wolf Cove, immediately .soutlvward of Island Rock 
 Cove, affords anchorage for small vessels close to the shore, but 
 there is no secui'e position for a largo vessel, dept'is of 30 fathoms 
 being found at 300 yards from the shore. 
 
 Qreen Island is brown in color. A ste, >wni ill stands on 
 the north side of the island and is conspicuoT thf southwest- 
 
 ward, but only the steam jet and flagstaff .. "n from the 
 
 northeastward. A rocky bank with 12 feet uF water o\ ^^v it is 300 
 yards distant from the NE. extreme of Green Island. 
 
 Anchorage. — Anchorage for small vessels may be obtained off 
 the first cove SW. of Burnt Island, the bank extending 335 yards 
 from the shore to the depth of 10 fathoms, but the water deepens 
 suddenly to 60 fathoms, while depths of less than 3 fathoms will 
 be found 100 yards from the shore. 
 
 A conspicuous white house stands on Dock Point, nearly 2i milet 
 from the head of the bay. 
 
 Riverhead Brook is a considerable stream, the deposit from 
 which has formed flats of sand that extend across the entrance and 
 to the soutliAvard for ^ mile from Eaton Point, east of the entrance, 
 falling rjuickly to deep water. 
 
 Anchorage. — Anchorage may be obtained in the southern part 
 of the head in from 10 to 23 fathoms water as convenient, the lat- 
 ter depth being found at 65 yards from the shore, or when White 
 Point, where are some houses, is in line with the north extreme of 
 Wolf Head. Small vessels will find shelter about J mile north- 
 eastward of Eaton Point; depths of less than JO fathoms extend 
 800 yards from the coast, and deepen quickly to 24 fathoms. 
 
 Ice. — Hall Bay freezes between the end of January and early in 
 February, and breaks up between 20th April and 3d May. . 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Hall Bay at 7h. 16m. ; 
 springs rise 5-J- feet, neaps rise 3^ feet. 
 
 Wolf Cove is 800 yards deep, 750 yards wide at the entrance, 
 and 400 yards broad at the head ; the depths range from 33 fath- 
 oms in the entrance to 8 fathoms close to the head, and the shoal 
 water which fringes thb shores falls steeply to depths suitable for 
 large vessels. 
 
i 
 
 3«2 
 
 CAPK 8f. .roilN Tt) CAVK B0NAVI8TA. 
 
 Ill 
 
 ill 
 
 i 11: 
 
 Boot Harbor is immoil lately oaHtwanl of Boot Harbor Hoa'l, a 
 hold IdufT Huniioiint«'(l by a woo»l«>»l liill 228 feet h\^^\^. Her** ia a 
 sliiiiglo mill worktid by tlir waters of a caacaflo falliiiK into tho 
 harbor, also a wharf, having Homo whit«* Iiouhhh nrar it, and a 
 rock, with one foot water on it, lying 200 yards of its cxtromc. 
 
 Anchorage.— A iichoraK*' may b(« obtalntHl in Boot Harbor, in 
 from 12 to 15 fathoms water, at 400 yards from the shore. Tho best 
 position is with the wharf b(>arinK S. 31° E. (South max-)) '^nd the 
 north extreme of the larg'^st woodcul iHlet on tho west side of the 
 houses N. 87° W. (N. 56° W. mag.). 
 
 Sunday Cove Island. — There is good anchorage at the western 
 entrance of Sixnday Cove Island Tickle, in deptlis of from 6 to 10 
 fathoms as convenient, and there is no other direction necessary 
 than to attend to tho chart. 
 
 Wellman Oove is tlio tirst indentation on the west shore of 
 Sunday Cove Island, and nuiy be recognized by the hous(m built on 
 the shore. 
 
 A shoal extends 200 yards northeastward from the south entrance 
 point, and the cove is foul generally at that distance from the shore. 
 
 Anchorage. — Anchorage, for small vessels only, may bo ob- 
 tained in from 8 to 13 fathoms water off the houses, but tho hold- 
 ing ground is bad, except in a small spot, where the local schooners 
 moor. 
 
 Sunday Oove Islan.T BigHt, on tlie east shore of the island, 
 and completely exposevi i . '";he ..stward, maybe recognized by the 
 houses and stages erecte-' within the beach of shingle that encircles 
 it ; a heavy sea roll- : i after autumnal gales, washing away the 
 fishing stages. 
 
 A rock lies close eastward of the southernmost stage, 
 
 A mine is opened on the north side of this bight, and a tempo- 
 rary wharf has been built, with a magazine near it. 
 
 Pilley Island, SE. of Sunday Cove Island, and separated from 
 it by a channel about J mile wide, is about 5 miles long in a NNE. 
 and SSW. direction and 3 miles broad. A valuable mine of iron 
 pyrites is situated near the southern part of the island. 
 
 Pilley Island Harbor, on the SE. side of Pilloy Island, is 
 entered- by four channels, viz. Flat Rock Tickle, Raft Tickle, 
 Pretty Tickle, and Pilley Tickle ; of these only the two former are 
 suitable for large vessels. The iron pyrites mines afford employ- 
 ment to about 230 men, and about 40,000 tons of iron pyrites are 
 exported annually, principally to the United States. In 1894 the 
 port was entered by 18 steamers, of an aggregate tonnage of 47,000 
 tons, in addition to coasting vessels; the population is about 1,000, 
 and the imports consist of provisions, dry goods, mining materials 
 and implements. 
 
 ^Bii 
 
ST A. 
 
 )t Harbor H<>ii'l, a 
 >t hin'i. Hero is ft 
 
 10 fiillitiK into tho 
 HUH iH'iir it, htkI »i 
 off it8 cxtrome. 
 
 ti Boot Harbor, in 
 ht* nhon^ The boat 
 
 nth maR.)) '"I'l ^^'^ 
 lio west side of tliu 
 
 ruKO at tho wostorn 
 )tliH of from 6 to 10 
 Urection necoBsary 
 
 tho west shore of 
 the houses built on 
 
 11 the south entrance 
 mce from the shore. 
 I only, may be ob- 
 luses, but tho hold- 
 3 the local schooners 
 
 shore of the island, 
 16 recognized by tho 
 aingle that encircles 
 , washing away the 
 
 ost stage, 
 
 bight, and a tempo- 
 jar it. 
 
 and separated from 
 dies long in a NNE. 
 tillable mine of iron 
 lie island. 
 
 of Pilley Island, is 
 riokle, Raft Tickle, 
 y the two former are 
 nines afford employ- 
 is of iron pyrites are 
 States. In 1894 the 
 ate tonnage of 47,000 
 lation is about 1,000, 
 )ds, mining materials 
 
IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 / 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 Cf. 
 
 •it ^ 
 
 A 
 
 % 
 
 
 1.0 
 
 I.I 
 
 1.25 
 
 ■ 50 '""^ 
 
 1.4 
 
 M 
 1.6 
 
 (5' 
 
 V 
 
 <^ 
 
 n 
 
 ^. 
 
 .^ >j» 
 
 
 <$• 
 
 
 '9 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sdences 
 
 Corporation 
 
 33 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 
 
 (716) 872-4503 
 
«• 
 
 CIHM/ICMH 
 
 Microfiche 
 
 Series. 
 
 CIHM/ICMH 
 Collection de 
 microfiches. 
 
 Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques 
 
 vV 
 
• : I'lLLEY ISLAND IIAUBOR— RAtT TICKLE. 363 
 
 Coinmunication.-Tho Coastal Steamship Company's steamer 
 between St. Johns and Battle Harbor calls here fortnightly dnrin^ 
 summei- and autnmn; there is irregular overland mail service 
 weekly during winter, in connection with the railway ; telegraphic 
 communication only from Little Bay ^S^tipnic 
 
 Coal and Supplies.-The Iron Pyrites Company usually only 
 keep sufficient coal for their own requirements, but a small quan 
 tity miglit be obtained from them if required. It is difficult to 
 obtain wood in any quantity, and there are no facilities for water- 
 ing ships, well water being used by the inhabitants. Small repairs 
 to machinery can be made, and there is a foundry which can 
 undertake castings up to GOO pounds 
 
 Plat Rock Tickle, the western channel, is entered between 
 Tilley Head and the SW. point of Pilley Island, about 3* miles 
 southeastward of Sunday Cove Island. Within the entrance, the 
 channel about 100 yards in width, lies to the northward of Flat 
 Rock 3 foet high, and flat, as its name implies. The space between 
 Flat Rock and the mainland, southward of it, is foul ground with 
 numerous shoal heads, and affords no passage for vessels. A shoal 
 extends 300 yards east from Flat Rock, and a reef, which dries at 
 low water, lies m the entrance to Kelly Cove on the north side of 
 the channel. TiUey Head just open of the SW. extreme of Pilley 
 Island, bearing N. 77° W. (N. 46° W. mag.), leads between these 
 dangers after which a light green point, the first west of Tillev 
 Head should be brought in line with the SW. extreme of Pilley 
 Island, bearirxg N. 76° W. (N. 45° W. mag.), which will lead to 
 the southward of a shoal, with 3i fathoms water over it, and to 
 the channel southward of Fox Island, which, unless with local 
 knowledge, is the one recommended. 
 
 T 1^* v*°^^®' *^^ ^"""^^^ entrance, between Raft and Pretty 
 Islands, has no dangers except shoal water extending about 150 
 yards from Pretty Island. 
 
 Outer Anchorage.-The anchorage, in 20 fathoms water, over 
 mud, IS with the center of Pox Island bearing N 76° W (N 45° 
 W. mag.) distant i mile; but the' holding .round is only fair,"and 
 vessels should avoid anchoring on Callaghans Ground, which, 
 with depths of from 6 to 10 fathoms, extends about i mile NE. of 
 Raft Island as the bottom being of a smooth, rocky nature, the 
 anchor would be likely to drag with any wind. 
 
 Dangers.-The channel leading to Salt Pond, the inner anchor- 
 age hes to the westward of Bridges and Farquhar Islands, and is 
 m places bare y 65 yards in width. The following are the dangers : 
 
 Fox Shoal, with 3 feet water over a rock at the extreme ex- 
 tends about 350 yards NE. from Fox Island; the northeastern side 
 IS sometimes marked by a cask buoy, painted black. 
 
 14910 24 
 
 lit 
 
 nri 
 
I IHPIIV JLipjLlKMl ,11 ' *l ^Jl'^t^lpf 
 
 364 
 
 CAPE ST. JOHN TO CAPE BONAVISTA. 
 
 Buzzard Shoal, on which the least depth is 3 feet, lies about 
 300 yards south of Bridges Island ; its southwestern side is marked 
 by a cask buoy, painted black with white chines. 
 
 Ledrew Rock, a pinnacle only a few feet in circumference, has 
 17 feet water over it, and lies 200 yards northwestward of Bridges 
 
 Inner Anchorage.— Vessels can moor at the head of Salt Pond 
 in 15 fathoms water, over mud; or they can lie at single anchor 
 with a stern fast to one of the many ringbolts driven into the 
 rocks, the positions of which are indicated by whitewashed marks. 
 Vessels loading ore lie alongside the outer ends of the loading 
 piers, the ore being brought down in trolleys from the mine. 
 
 Buoy.— A large square wooden buoy, for warping purposes, is 
 moored about 100 yards SW. of the loading pier. 
 
 Directions.— To proceed to the Inner or Salt Pond Anchorage, 
 the Salvation Army meetinghouse (a house with a red roof stand- 
 ing by itself), half its own breadth shut in of the point on the 
 western side of the narrows, bearing North (N. 31° E. mag.), leads 
 between Buzzard and Fox Shoals, after which the west side of 
 Bridges Island should be kept about 100 yards distant until the 
 Methodist chapel (the third white house to the right of the Salva- 
 tion Army meetinghouse) is just open east of Farquhar Island, 
 bearing N. 1° E. (N. 32° E. mag.), which will lead eastward of 
 Ledrew Rock; thence a mid-channel course, passing westward of 
 all the islands and eastward of a spar buoy opposite Farquhar 
 Island, will lead to the anchorage. ^ 
 
 Some of the buoys marking dangers in the approach to this 
 anchorage were out of position in 1896. 
 Pilots can be obtained at Great Dunier Island Lighthouse. 
 Tides.— It is high water, fuU and change, in Pilley Island Har- 
 bor at 7 h. 30 m. ; springs rise 4 feet, neaps rise 2 feet (approxi- 
 
 Boberts Harbor.— A bay is situated- southwestward of Pilley 
 Island, having an island (Haywards Gull Island) in the entrance, 
 between the NW. -^^eme of which and the mainland there are 
 some shoals; the ^ lel southeastward of this island is clear. 
 
 A narrow channoi, with a depth of 15 fathoms in ii, leads from 
 this bay to Roberts Harbor, which is completely sheltered and has 
 good holding ground. Two islets are situated at the entrance, the 
 northeastern of which (Entrance Islet) is wooded and steep-to, 
 lying near the southern entrance point; the southwestern islet is 
 bare and rocky, with a rock having 4 feet oyer it at low water, 
 lying 65 yards north of the SW. extreme. A rock which uncovers 
 about 2 feet at low water lies about 65 yards WSW. of the north- 
 ern entrance point. 
 
3 feet, lies about 
 rn side is marked 
 
 rcumference, lias 
 itvvard of Bridges 
 
 lead of Salt Pond 
 at single anchor 
 i driven into the 
 itewashed marks. 
 Is of the loading 
 in the mine, 
 •ping purposes, is 
 
 Pond Anchorage, 
 a red roof stand- 
 
 the point on the 
 Jl° E. mag.), leads 
 
 the west side of 
 1 distant until the 
 ight of the Salva- 
 Farquhar Island, 
 
 lead eastward of 
 ssing westward of 
 jpposite Farquhar 
 
 I approach to this 
 
 i Lighthouse. 
 Pilley Island Har- 
 se 2 feet (approxi- 
 
 restward of Pilley 
 id) in the entrance, 
 aainland there are 
 island is clear. 
 as in it, leads from 
 y sheltered and has 
 it the entrance, the 
 oded and steep-to, 
 mth western islet is 
 er it at low water, 
 ock which uncovers 
 VSW. of the north- 
 
 EOBEBTS HARBOR — SOUTHERN HARBOR. 
 
 365 
 
 Directions— Having passed southward of Haywards Gull 
 Island, steer between it and the mainland, keeping near the south- 
 ern shore; when entering Roberts Harbor keep near the northern 
 shore, and anchor westward of the entrance as convenient, taking 
 care to avoid the rock lying oflf the northern entrance point Ves- 
 sels should not enter the basin at the northern part of Roberts 
 Harbor. 
 
 Anchorage.— Convenient anchorage will be found in the south- 
 ern part of Roberts Harbor in 10 fathoms water, over mud, afford- 
 ing excellent holding ground. Large vessels should moor, as the 
 width of the harbor is only about 300 yards. 
 
 Pilots — A pilot may be obtained at Little Bay. 
 
 Little Bay Islands form a group consisting of one large and 
 several small islands, and contain two good harbors for small 
 vessels. 
 
 The west coast of Little Bay Island trends northwestward from 
 Iron Point, and forms Suleyann Cove, where a beach of shingle 
 hues the shore, inside which is a small settlement, containing 
 several conspicuous white houses. 
 
 Some yellow rocks, the highest of which is one foot above high 
 water, lie off the south point of Suleyann Cove, and sunken dangers 
 extend southward and westward 200 yards from them. The summit 
 
 °! J"?!® i?*y ^^^*^' '"^ ^^^« ^i*^ Hynes Point (the SW. extreme 
 of Little Bay Islands), bearing N. 34° W. (N. 3° W. mag.), leads 
 midway between these rocks and Copper Island. Rocks that 
 cover, and shoal ground, extend 200 yards from the beach in 
 Suleyann Cove. 
 
 Communication—The Coastal Steamship Company's steamer 
 between St. Johns and Battle Harbor calls at Little Bay Islands 
 -ortnightly during summer and autumn. 
 
 North Harbor is entered between North Head and Harbor 
 Island through a channel 100 yards wide. A small cove indents 
 the south shore, with a few houses in it, off which anchorage may 
 be obtained in 8 fathoms water-, over mud. 
 
 Southern Harbor is entered through a channel 70 yards wide 
 with a depth of 4 fathoms water in it, between Goat Island, which 
 IS partially wooded and 86 feet high, to the eastward, and Macks 
 Island, 140 feet high and faced by gray cliffs, to the westward 
 The Entrance may be readily distinguished by Black Rock, a bare 
 islet 7 feet high, 600 yards from Goat Island. 
 
 The harbor, surrounded by a settlement, is 600 yards long and 
 500 broad, having depths under 3 fathoms, except in a space 350 
 yards long, in a N. by E. and S. by W. direction, and 160 yards 
 wide, situated immediately within the entrance. 
 
366 
 
 CAI'E ST. JOHN TO CAPE BONAVISTA. 
 
 Black Rock Sunker, lying nearly 200 yards S. 35° W. (S. 66 
 W. mag.) from Black Rock, uncovers % feet at low water, an.l 18 
 generally sliown by a breaker. 
 
 OU Islands consist of three wootiod hills. The westernmost, 
 221 feet high, is joined to the middle part by a low neck of gravel, 
 and the easternmost is only connected at low water. 
 
 Grassy Islands, 200 yards west of the SW. extreme of Long 
 Island, consist of three islets and several rocks jomed by shoal 
 water. The westernmost is 20 feet high, while the easternmost, 
 slightly lower, is surmounted by a small bush. 
 
 Long Island is wooded at the summit, the highest part near 
 the center of the island being 721 feet high. The south shore, 
 sloping steeply to the sea, is bold-to, and the only houses on this 
 shore are in Patrick Power Cove. 
 
 Lush Bight, the deep«si ccve on the west shore, may be recog- 
 nized by the houses bnilt round it. The anchorage is available 
 for small vessels only, in depths from 2i to 4 fathoms, over mud 
 The group of islands northward of Long Island are surrounded 
 by a great number of shoals and fishing banks, and vessels should 
 not pass through any of the channels in this group except m hne 
 weather, and then local knowledge is requisite. ^ . . 
 
 Ward Harbor, round which there is a small settlement, is east 
 of Western Head, and contains good anchorage for vessels draw- 
 ing less than 10 feet water. The passage is midway between Cross 
 Rocks, a small castellated group, 32 feet high, in the naiddle of the 
 entrance, and the east shore. A reef extends from the west side 
 of the harbor southward of Cross Rocks, and a sunken rock lies 
 close northward of the east entrance point. 
 
 Cutwell Harbor, with a small settlement on its north side, is 
 comprise'1 between Giles and Otter Islands, and contains no danger 
 beyond 50 yards from the shore. It is i mile in diameter, and the 
 depth of water decreases gradually, from 14 fathoms in the center, 
 
 to the shore. , „ „ i :„ 
 
 Cutwell Arm, an anchorage available only for small vessels, is 
 
 entered south of Otter Island. The passage, narrowed to a bi-eadth 
 
 of 40 yards, by shoal water extending from either side, should not 
 
 be attempted without a pilot. ^ . -.i tt i, + 
 
 Tides.-It is high water, full and change, m Cutwell Harbor at 
 
 7h 6in. ; springs rise 4i feet, neaps rise 3 feet. 
 Hardrix or Seal Island is surmounted by several conspicuous 
 
 cones covered with wood, the highest being 294 feet above high 
 
 ^ Wild Bight, southward of Hardrix Island, afEords no safe 
 anchorage, but there axe no dangers except a few rocks close to 
 the shore. 
 
SOUTHKUN HEAD PILLKY COVE. 
 
 367 
 
 'A. 
 
 5. 35° W. (S. 66° 
 DW water, and is 
 
 rhe westernmost, 
 w neck of gravel, 
 
 ,er. 
 
 extreme of Long 
 
 1 Joined by shoal 
 
 the easternmost, 
 
 Uigliest part near 
 
 The south shore, 
 
 nly houses on this 
 
 ore, may be recog- 
 Lorage is available 
 athoms, over mud. 
 md are surrounded 
 and vessels should 
 roup except in line 
 
 1 settlement, is east 
 re for vessels draw- 
 [way between Cross 
 n the middle of the 
 from the west side 
 a sunken rock lies 
 
 m its north side, is 
 1 contains no danger 
 m diameter, and the 
 thorns in the center, 
 
 for small vessels, is 
 irrowed to a breadth 
 her side, should not 
 
 Cutwell Harbor at 
 
 several conspicuous 
 294 feet above high 
 
 ind, affords no safe 
 a few rocks close to 
 
 Southern Head, the east extreme of Long Island, falls in almost 
 perpendicular cliffs from wooded hills 400 feet high, and is termi- 
 nated by Southern Head Islet, a bare rock 43 feet high. 
 
 Gull Rock, the northernmost of the group, situated north of 
 Long Island, is round, bare, and 50 feet above high water. Tlie 
 only dangex's near it are a small islet about 5 feet high, lying close 
 SE. of it, from which two rocks, that cover at high water, extend 
 southwestward a distance of 100 yards. 
 
 Middle Islands, the next southward, are a low group, the highest 
 of which, situated at the NE. extreme, is 33 feet above high water 
 and surrounded by rocks extending 300 yards from it. Gunning 
 Rocks, next SE. of Middle Islands, are two small islets 6 feet high, 
 with shoals extending 300 yards from them on all sides but the SE. 
 
 Old Bantam, a rock with SJ fathoms water on it, lies N. 06° E. 
 (S. 83° E. mag.), distant nearly ^ mile from the highest of the 
 Middle Islands. 
 
 Stag Island, the largest of these islands, situated near the mid- 
 dle of the group, is shaped like a wedge, falling steeply to the 
 south shore from a hill 333 feet high, covered with small wood. 
 
 North Harbor is comprised between the north side of Stag 
 Island and Little Stag Island, and affords good sheltered anchor- 
 age for small vessels in 5 fathoms water, over mud. The only 
 danger to be avoided is North Harbor Rock, with 15 feet water 
 over it, lying 300 yards from the NW. extreme of Little Stag 
 Island. 
 
 A chain of islets extends southeastward from Stag Island, the 
 southernmost, named Gunning islet, being bare and 35 feet high. 
 
 Duck Islands, the easternmost of the group, consist of three 
 grassy islets, the highest, to the southward, being 62 feet higli. 
 
 Directions. — None of the channels should be attempted except 
 in moderate weather, and the only passages available for a stranger 
 are between Gull Rock and Middle Islands, between Middle 
 Islands and Gunning Rocks, and between Duck Islands and Gun- 
 ning Islet. 
 
 Long Island Tickle, the passage between Long Island and 
 Pilley and Troytown Islands, is free from danger with the excep- 
 tion of a rock, with 15 feet water over it, at one mile eastward of 
 the NW. extreme of Pilley Island, and close to the shore. 
 
 Pilley Cove, on the NE. side of Pilley Island, is 350 yards in 
 diameter, and affords anchorage for small vessels. Sunken rocks 
 lie close to both entrance points, and the south shore is foul, but 
 the beach of shingle at the head is bold-to. 
 
 To enter, vessels should be kept one-third of the distance across 
 from the west entrance point, and anchor nearer the west than 
 the east shore, in from 5 to 7 fathoms water. 
 
 I 
 
 
368 
 
 OAPE ST. JOHN TO CAPE BON AVISTA. 
 
 Water.— Water riay be procured from a cascade that falls over 
 cliffs on the south side of the cove. 
 Fox Cove affords no convenient anchorage, several rocks lying 
 
 at the head. , ... . 
 
 Stuckey Cove, south of Fox Cove, has no danger in it except 
 close to the shore, and anchorage may be obtained in from 10 to 
 19 fathoms water, as convenient. ^ j « 
 
 A densely wooded hill, 510 feet high, is situated westward of 
 Stuckey Cove, on the western slope of which is a large pine tree, 
 that towers considerably above the rest of the woods, and shows 
 conspicuously from the eastward. 
 
 Big Island is the NW. of a group of islands and rocks, which, 
 together with Troytown Island, form Cobbler and Dark Tickles. 
 From the NE. extreme of Big Island, Cobbler Rocks extend east- 
 ward till they nearly join Cobbler Island. 
 
 Cobbler Tickle, between Cobbler and Dark Tickle Islands, may 
 be entered from the westward, and affords good anchorage in from 
 6 to 17 fathoms water, the soundings decreasing gradually trom 
 the latter depth to the islets and rocks that fill the eastern end. 
 
 Dark Tickle Island is surmounted by a round hill 223 teet 
 high and the north hill has on it two conspicuous trees at an ele- 
 vation of 132 feet. 
 
 Dark Tickle, the passage between Dark Tickle and Troytown 
 Islands, is free from dangers, with the exception of a shoal 
 extending about 30 yards from the SW. extreme of Dark Tickle 
 Island, and a bank, with 13 feet water on it, extending eastward, 
 150 yards from the first cove southward of the western narrows. 
 The narrowest part of Dark Tickle is 100 yards wide and the 
 depth of water is not less than 6 fathoms in mid-channel. 
 
 Great Troytown Harbor, entered between Dark Tickle Point 
 and Big Troytown Island, extends, with several bends, in a southerly 
 
 direction for If miles. . , , i 
 
 The head of Troytown Harbor is divided into two coves by a 
 wooded island 190 feet high. West Arm is available on y for 
 boats; and Butler Cove, the southern arm, suitable for small ves- 
 sels only, is entered through a narrow channel between rocks 
 extending from both entrance points. 
 
 Anchorage may be obtained in from 7 to 17 fathoms water, as 
 convenient, in a cove situated f mile SW. from Dark Tickle Point 
 and south of a low sharp point sloping from a wooded hill 185 feet 
 
 '^l^ater.— There are several houses in this cove, and water may 
 be obtained from a brook close to the houses. _ 
 
 Little Troytown Harbor, surrounded by a small settlement, is 
 850 yards long and 450 wide, and affords good anchorage in 9 fath- 
 oms water, over sand. 
 
(le that falls over 
 
 veral rocks lying 
 
 nger in it except 
 led in from 10 to 
 
 [ited westward of 
 a large pine tree, 
 ((roods, and shows 
 
 and rocks, which, 
 md Dark Tickles, 
 iocks extend east- 
 
 'ickle Islands, may- 
 anchorage in from 
 ng gradually from 
 bhe eastern end. 
 ound hill 223 feet 
 )U8 trees at an ele- 
 
 ckle and Troytown 
 eption of a shoal 
 me of Dark Tickle 
 xtending eastward, 
 3 western narrows, 
 ards wide, and the 
 id-channel. 
 1 Dark Tickle Point 
 bends, in a southerly 
 
 nto two coves by a 
 
 available only for 
 
 itable for small ves- 
 
 nnel between rocks 
 
 7 fathoms water, as 
 
 a Dark Tickle Point, 
 
 wooded hill 185 feet 
 
 jove, and water may 
 
 ii 
 
 small settlement, is 
 anchorage in 9 f ath- 
 
 M'lTLK TROYTOWN 1IARH0B — BADOKK DAY. 
 
 369 
 
 The northorn entrance, 00 yards wide, has a rock, with 16 feet 
 water on it, in mid-chaunel ; but a depth of 6 fathoms may be found 
 by keeping close to the east shore. 
 
 Water. — Water may be procured from a brook discharging 
 into a small cove on the south shore. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Troytown Harbor 
 at 7h. .'im. ; springs rise 4^ feet, neaps rise 3 feet. 
 
 Grand Dismal Oove, southward of Ragged Point, the NE. 
 point of Troytown Island, should not be entero<^ without a com- 
 petent pilot, as rocks surround the shores, and a reef named The 
 Sisters extends eastward 250 yards from the south entrance point. 
 A small islet lies close to the north entrance point, from which 
 rocks extend southward for 200 yards. 
 
 Tom Ood Rock, with 13 feet water over it; Ties at the east extreme 
 of a shoal bank situated in the middle of Grand Dismal Cove, and 
 is 650 yards S. 18° E. (S. 13" W. mag.) from the islet off the north 
 entrance point. 
 
 Little Dunier Island, 220 feet high, is a conspicuous wooded, 
 island, with a flat summit, lying ^ mile eastward from Ragged 
 Point. The coast line here is deeply fissured. 
 
 Oreat Dunier Island, | mile long and 221 feet high, is about 
 i mile south of Little Dunier Island. 
 
 Light.— From the cupola of a small dwelling, 16 feet in height, 
 on Great Dunier Island, a fixed white light is exhibited at an eleva- 
 tion of 210 feet, which should be visible 16 miles. The light, a 
 private one, is shown between May 15 and December 31. 
 
 The Brothers, which uncover 3 feet at low water, are in the 
 channel between Great Dunier and Troytown Islands, and narrow 
 the passage to a breadth of 80 yards, between them and Great 
 Dunier Island. 
 
 Nimrod Island, 28 feet high, and separated from "Troytown 
 Island by a channel 95 yards wide with 7 . xboms water in it, has 
 low rocks extending 150 yards westward, anJ. shoal water nearly 
 100 yards eastward from it. 
 
 Nimrod Harbor, a small boat cove in Troytown Island, is situ- 
 ated to the northward of the east extreme of Nimrod Island, and 
 has a few houses on the shore. 
 
 League Rock, 3 miles N. 30° E. (N. 61° E. mag.) from Great 
 Dunier lighthouse, consists of two parts, separated by a narrow 
 cleft; it is about 40 feet high, surrounded by a bank, and a con- 
 fused sea is produced in bad weather. 
 
 Badger Bay, an arm of the sea SE. of Great Troytown Island, 
 extending SW. for 9 miles, is separated into several bays at the 
 head by projecting points, and contains some dangerous rocks. 
 Seal Bay, east of Badger Bay, stretches in 7 miles. 
 
370 
 
 CAl'E 8T. JOHN TO CAI»K B0NAVI8TA. 
 
 Leading or Ladle Tickles aro a number of passaKes botweon 
 sevoral iHlamls and the mainland. The soiithernmost channtd is 
 suitablo for Hinall voshoIs only. 
 
 Burnt Island, 250 foet high, tho northwostornmost of these 
 islands, is separated from Thomas Rowsell Island, 131 feet high, 
 by a passage 100 yards wide, with 6 fathoms water in it, which 
 mi.y be taken by keeping nearer tho shore of Burnt Island than 
 that to the southward. 
 
 Neai- tho middle of tho south shore of Burnt Island is a small 
 projection, about 100 feet high, surmounted by a Hagstaff, and a 
 bank, on which are two shoals, extends southward from this point. 
 
 Anchorage may be obtained in the channel between Burnt and 
 Cull Islands in from 12 to 15 fathoms water, over sand, with shel- 
 ter from all but northeasterly winds. Care must be taken to avoid 
 the shoals mentioned above. 
 
 Cull Island rises to a height of 197 feet, in a wooded ridge that 
 extends along the whole length of its western part. Bear Head, at 
 the north extreme, falls in dark perpendicular cliffs to the sea, from 
 ' an elevation of 205 feet. 
 
 A conspicuous wooded mound, 85 feet high, surmounted by a 
 flagstaff, is situated in the middle of the south shore of Cull Island, 
 dividing a small boat cove to the westward, from Mooring Cove to 
 
 the eastward. . 
 
 Anchorage for small vessels may be obtained off Mooring Cove, 
 in 13 fathoms water, close to the shore, or south of the channel' 
 between Cull and Thomas Rowsell Islands in 12 fathoms water ; 
 the latter in fine weather only. 
 
 A bar, with 11 feet water over it, extends from the SE. extreme 
 of Cull Island to the mainland, from which it is distant 65 yards. 
 The Ladle, a square mass of rock 28 feet high, stands on a beach 
 of shingle at the north extreme of the mainland coast, and forms 
 the south side of the narrows belween Cull Island and the mainland. 
 Butler Cove, 800 yards eastward of The Ladle, affords anchorage 
 for small vessels, during fine weather, in 12 fathoms water, at 200 
 yards from the shore, but the anchorage is unsafe with the heavy 
 sea that rolls in during NE. gales. A beach of shingle, 350 yards 
 long, forms the head, and several houses in the midst of green fields 
 
 surround this cove. a a. -u *■ • 
 
 Alcock Island is densely wooded, and apparently flat, but in 
 reality has several ranges of hills on it, the highest, near the south 
 shore, being 326 feet high. 
 
 A small projection, 44 feet high, is situated near the middle ot the 
 south shore of Alcock Island, and is only 150 yards from the main- 
 land to the southward, the channel between having a depth of 9 
 fathoms water. 
 
iTA. - V 
 
 l)aHH(iKe8 between 
 •nmost channel is 
 
 iommost of these 
 id, 121 feet high, 
 ^riiter in it, which 
 {nrnt Ishind than 
 
 , Island is a small 
 a HagstafV, and a 
 rd from this point, 
 lotwoen Burnt and 
 n' sand, with shel- 
 b be taken to avoid 
 
 wooded ndge that 
 rt. Bear Head, at 
 ills to the sea, from 
 
 , surmounted by a 
 lore of Cull Island, 
 n Mooring Cove to 
 
 I oflP Mooring Cove, 
 ith of the channel' 
 13 fathoms water; 
 
 m the SE. extreme 
 is distant 65 yards. 
 1, stands on a beach 
 id coast, and forms 
 d and the mainland. 
 Q, affords anchorage 
 thoms water, at 200 
 safe with the heavy 
 f shingle, 350 yards 
 midst of green fields 
 
 )arently flat, but in 
 ;hest, near the south 
 
 ear the middle of the 
 ards from the maiu- 
 laviug a depth of 9 
 
 WOODY ISLAND — WILD HIOIIT. 
 
 :ni 
 
 Anchorage.— Anchorage may be obtained to tiio westwa»-d of 
 those narrows, in thechannol Ixitwt^en Alcock Island and the main- 
 lanil, in from l!> to 17 futlioms water, us convenient. 
 
 Woody Island, se])a rated from the nortii extreme of Alcock 
 Island ])y a (^ear channel nearly 200 yards wide, is about lH-4 feet 
 higli. Several neaked ish-tsand sunken ro('i<s line tii(< north sliore 
 of Woody Island, but the only danger is SnHi)tuil Rock, with .'l feet 
 water over it, lying 150 yards w(>st of the west (•xtreiiie. 
 
 Qreen Island, so named from the conspicuous grassy covering 
 of the summit, is formed of three parts, the middle, and highest, 
 falling on all sides in (hirk-gray cliff from u height of 1.55 feet. 
 
 Sunken rocks extend a short distance from this island, and an 
 isolated rock, with 2 feet water on it, lies 150 yards S. 10° W. (S. 
 41° W. nnig.) from the east extreme of Green Island. 
 
 Sculpin Island, tin* northernmost of the group of islands in the 
 neighborhood of Leading Tickh^s, is 87 feet high and covered with 
 grass. 
 
 Several bare rocks lie close to the south shore and form a small 
 creek, in which landing from boats may bo effected, excej^t in very 
 bad weather. A rock, with 3 feet water on it, lies close to the SW. 
 extreme. A bank extends northeastward from the NE. extreme 
 of Sculpin Island, on wliich are situated a rock, with 5 feet water 
 over it, 150 yards distant, and a shoal, with 3 fathoms water on it, 
 300 yards distant from the SE. extreme of Sculpin Island. 
 
 Numerous banks lie off the islands forming Leading Tickles, the 
 positions of which will be best seen on the chart. 
 
 Tides.— It is high water, full and change, in the Leading Tickles 
 at 7h. 7m. ; springs rise ^ feet, neaps rise 3 feet. 
 
 Thimble Tickles, a number of passages between several islands, 
 are situated southwestward of Leading Tickles, but have not been 
 surveyed. A mine is being worked near these tickles. 
 
 Wild Bight, at the east entrance o{ Leading Tickles, is one mile 
 deep, and divided at the head by a conical hill 285 feet high into 
 two coves, where anchorage may be obtained by small vessels dur- 
 ing westerly winds. 
 
 Directions.— From the westward vessels may approach Leading 
 Tickles without danger until within 200 yards from the islands, 
 and large vessels may pass between Thomas Rowsell, Cull, and 
 "Ward Islands, but no nearer Cull Island than 200 yards, nor to the 
 mainland shore than to have the south extreme of Cull Island, open 
 north of the mainland, bearing N. 6(3° E. (S. 83° E. mag.), to avoid 
 the shoals off that shore. Vessels drawing more than 11 feet water 
 should not proceed farther eastward than Mooring Cove, off which 
 anchorage may be obtained in from 18 to 20 fathoms water. 
 
 Small vessels may proceed to the eastward by keeping in mid- 
 channel between Cull Island and The Ladle. 
 
372 
 
 CAPK HT. JOHN TO i'AI'K HOXAVISTA. 
 
 VohwIh fimy puss in 5 fiithDiiiH wutt»r l)t>t\vt"'ii TIkhiwih Rnwscll 
 and Burnt IhIuikIh liy kmtpinK in iiiiil-cluiiiiiol ; Itrforo tlit> llii^stHiT 
 1)11 Burnt Isluiul boarH N. 31° W. (North nuiff.) tlio south extronio 
 of Woody IhIiiikI nnint bo brouj^ht in line with tho nortli cxtn'nie 
 of Bear H»'ii«l, bciiriuK N. C.-t" E. (S. Hfi" E. miiK.)- Whi>n tlin Hiik- 
 stiiff b((iirs w((Mtwiinl of N. 70° W. (N. 45° W. iniiK.) the danj^orH 
 Houth of Burnt Iwhind will have boon paHSod, and vesstds may prr)- 
 cood to tlio caHtward. 
 
 New Bay tntuds to tin* noutliward for 12 miles, and is dividcnl 
 into H«n'(*ral arms, which aro rocky near the shoroH and cncumlM'rod 
 by numcrouH dauKi'i's- Tho south sliore of this bay is formod by 
 a peninsula, with a narrow isthmus in Southwest Arm. 
 
 Yellow Pox Oove, on the oast aide of New Bay, is suitable for 
 boats only; Rowsell Cove, 2 miles southward of New Bay Head, is 
 330 yards deep, and contains fair anchora>i(e for small vess»'ls in 12 
 fathoms or less water, as c(mvenient. A conspicuous wooded cone, 
 380 feot high, rises at the head of the cove. 
 
 Josiah Spencer Oove is 300 yards deep, and affords anchorage, 
 with offshore winds, for fishing craft in depths of from 4 to 7 
 fathoms. 
 
 Silver Buckle Island is surmounted by a round woode<l hill 
 165 feet high, and the Silver Buckle, from which the name is 
 derived, is a mass of quartz near the NW. extreme of the island. 
 
 Brandies Rocks, the highest 4 feet above high water, lie a little 
 more than 1,200 yards N. 76° W. (N. 45° W. mag.) from Silver 
 Buckle Island. 
 
 New Bay Head falls in steep cliffs from an elevation of 370 
 feet; close north of it are New Bay Head Rocks, 64 feet high, sep- 
 arated by a channel 40 yards wide, with 4 fathoms water in it. 
 Foul ground extends a short distance from the head, and a rock 
 lies close to the south extreme of New Bay Head Rocks. 
 
 Fleury Bight, one mile eastward of New Bay Head, has a con- 
 spicu(ms hill, 435 feet high, falling perpendicularly to the head of 
 the bight, where a small village is situated. Sunken rocks encum- 
 ber Abbot Cove, the bight close south of Eastern Point. 
 
 Anchorage. — Anchorage may be obtained in from 14 to 16 
 fathoms water, but a heavy sea rolls in with winds from NW. to 
 NNE., and it is then untenable, as the holding ground is not good. 
 
 Water. — Water may generally be obtained from a stream flowing 
 into the w<'st side of tlie head. 
 
 Woody Island, 188 feet high, and falling steeply in all direc- 
 tions from a flat, wooded summit, is separated by a narrow channel 
 from the east entrance point of Woody Island Bight, an exposed 
 bay eastward of Fleury Bight. A rock with 10 feet water on it lies 
 close northward of this island. 
 
IT A. 
 
 KUnUNK IIAHHOU. 
 
 378 
 
 Tlioiniis RowHcll 
 ,(.|'<)ro the lliiKstiiff 
 tlio Houtli oxtn'ino 
 th« north .'xtrcino 
 . When tho iliiK- 
 iiiiiK.) the (laii^ors 
 [1 vessels may pro- 
 les, and iH divided 
 ?H and encumberiHl 
 s hay is formed hy 
 Hi Arm. 
 
 Bay, is 8uital)lo for 
 
 New Bay Head, is 
 
 small vessels in Vi 
 
 3110US wooded c<me, 
 
 affords anchorage, 
 ths of from 4 to 7 
 
 round wooded hill 
 kvhich the name is 
 ■erne of the island, 
 gh water, lie a little 
 mag.) from Silver 
 
 iiu elevation of 270 
 s, 64 feet high, sep- 
 ithoms water in it. 
 lie head, and a rock 
 ad Rocks. 
 
 ay Head, has a con- 
 ilarly to the head of 
 u liken rocks encum- 
 Bi'n Point. 
 
 1 in from 14 to 16 
 
 winds from NW. to 
 
 ground is not good. 
 
 rom a stream flowing 
 
 steeply in all direc- 
 
 by a narrow channel 
 
 id Bight, an exposed 
 
 _0 feet water on it lies 
 
 Fortune Harbor, a land-lockod anchorage, 2 miles HoutheuHt- 
 ward of Bagg Hea<l, has two entrances formed hy Hweeny Island, 
 that to the (eastward of the island being only 30 yards wide, an<l 
 having a depth of l!i feet at low water. The western entrance is 
 suitable for larg(i vessels, if under sail, with a commanding hroe/e, 
 but tilt* turns are sharp, the wind is often battling in the approach, 
 and the sciualls heavy, particularly with NW. winds. 
 
 Western Head, a steep blutT, with a rocky pinnacle at tho 
 extreme, is bold-to. From this bluff the land rises in a hmg haro 
 ridge, wooded on the slopes, to a sharp summit, 555 feet high, sur- 
 mounted by a cairn. 
 
 Western Head Rook, with 12 feet water cm it, is the summit 
 of a bank and lies 350 yards N. 18' E. (N. 49° E. mag.) from 
 Western Head. The whole breaks furiously in a heavy sea, and 
 then the passage between it and W(*stern Head nuiy not be taken, 
 but in ordinary weather all danger will bo avoided by keeping 
 Western Head close aboard. 
 
 Northwest Arm requires skillful navigation, but by attention to 
 the chart small vessels may enter it with safety. 
 
 Southeast Arm is 1^ miles long, and contains tho best anchorage 
 for large vessels. 
 
 A small cove, with a wharf and several stages in it, is situated on 
 the east shore of Southeast Arm, just within the entrance, and on 
 the rising ground, eastward of it, stands the church, j)ainted white. 
 
 Webber Bight, completely exposed to north and N W. winds, that 
 roll in a very heavy sea, has no dangers, except close to the sliore. 
 A small settlement is situated round a cove on the east side of the 
 head. 
 
 Anchorage. — Ancihorage, with shelter from offshore winds, may 
 be obtained in from 10 to 16 fathoms water, as convenient, but the 
 holding ground is not good. 
 
 Gull Island, a bare rugged rock, 54 feet high, is bold-to on the 
 SE. and south sides, but to the NE. and eastward rocks and shoals 
 extend for 200 yards. Bed Rock, with 9 feet water on it, lies ^ 
 mile N. 81° E. (S. 68° E. mag.) from the north extreme of Gull Is- 
 land. The sea breaks heavily over the rock in bad weather, and 
 rolls to the shore over a shoal of 4f fathoms water, lying between 
 Gull Island and Indian Cove. 
 
 Directions. — To enter Fortune Harbor from the westward, either 
 Western Head should bo rounded close to, or the south fall of the 
 cliff at Upper Caplin Cove Point be kept open north of Gull 
 Island, hearings. 85° E. (S. 54° E. mag.), until the eastern entrance 
 to Fortune Harbor is open east of Bellens Point, bearing S. 3° W. 
 (S. 34° W. mag.), to clear Western Head Rock. The vessel may 
 then round into the channel to the entrance of Fortune Harbor, 
 
 m 
 
374 
 
 CAPE ST. JOHN TO CAPE BON AVISTA. 
 
 care being taken, wlion turning round Sweeny Island, to avoid the 
 rock near the SW. extreme of Sweeny Island. 
 
 Mid-channel should he kept between Sweeny and Button Islands, 
 and between Button and Jim Day Islands; when the ^attor is 
 passed, bring the summit of Macarthy Island over the we-- extreme 
 of Jim Day Island, bearing about N. 20° W. (N. 11° E. mag.), and 
 steer for the anchorage, in from 10 to 15 fathoms water as conven- 
 ient, with the church bearing East (S. 59° E. mag.), or farther up 
 Southeast Arm, taking care to keep the western points of that arm 
 well open, to avoid Tiger Rock. 
 
 Ice. — Fortune Harbor f reei-es during the month of December, and 
 breaks up between the 1st and 15th May. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Fortune Harbor at 
 7li. 14m. ; springs rise 4 feet, neaps rise 3 feet. 
 
 Shoal Ground, with 3J fathoms water on it, and which breaks 
 heavily in bad weather, lies i mile N. 36° E. (N. 67" E. mag.) from 
 Keogh Island, a small bare rock 17 feet high. 
 
 Bay of Exploits extends 30 miles southward to the river at the 
 head, where several sawmills are working or being constructed. 
 The soil of the Exploits Valley is very fertile, and, where culti- 
 vated, produces roots, potatoes, grass, and other crops ; the forests 
 consist of pine, spruce, balsam, fir, tamarack, white birch, and 
 poplar. 
 
 Exploits Biver is one mile wide at the mouth, diminishing rap- 
 idly until, at 2 miles, it assumes a uniform width of about 750 yards. 
 It is navigable for light draft vessels for 12 miles to the first fall, 
 passing the first rapids at 10 miles from the mouth. 
 
 Communication. — The Northern and Western Railway enters 
 the Exploits Valley at Norris Arm ; from thence it follows the south 
 side of the river, crossing ->y a steel bridge, 630 feet in length, at 
 Bishops Falls, 10 miles from the mouth, and distant 268^ miles 
 from St. Johns. This railway should have the effect of opening up 
 the farming, lumbering, and industrial pursuits of the Exploits 
 Valley. The Coastal Steamship Company's steamers between St. 
 Johns and Battle Harbor call at Exploits fortnightly during sum- 
 mer and autumn. 
 
 Anchorage. — There is good anchorage near the head of the bay, 
 but seamen should proceed cautiously after passing a small islet on 
 the east shore, as the water shoals rapidly. 
 
 Waldron Cove, south'.,'ard of Northern Head, is f mile deep, 
 but affords shelter for small vessels only, off a small cove on the 
 south side surrounded by houses. 
 
 Little North Harbor affords anchorage for small vessels near 
 the head, in from 4 to 8 fathoms water. In entering, the south shore 
 should be kept aboard to avoid some rocks that extend, nearly to 
 mid-channel, from the north side. , . ' 
 
rA. 
 
 and, to avoid tho 
 
 d Button Islands, 
 hen tlie ^attor is 
 •tlie we^ extreme 
 11° E. mag.), and 
 water as conven- 
 ,g.), or farther up 
 joints of that arm 
 
 of December, and 
 
 i'ortune Harbor at 
 
 and which breaks 
 67" E. mag.) from 
 
 to the river at the 
 
 3eing constructed. 
 
 and, where culti- 
 
 crops ; the forests 
 
 white birch, and 
 
 1, diminishing rap- 
 af about 750 yards, 
 les to the first fall, 
 ith. 
 
 rn Railway enters 
 it follows the south 
 feet in length, at 
 distant 268^ miles 
 ffect of opening up 
 ts of the Exploits 
 amers between St. 
 Ightly during sum- 
 
 le head of the bay, 
 iug a small islet on 
 
 ad, is f mile deep, 
 small cove on the 
 
 small vessels near 
 ,ng, the south shore 
 t extend, nearly to 
 
 EXPLOITS BURNT ISLANDS IIAEB0R8. 
 
 375 
 
 Ship Run Bock lies in the middle of Ship Run, the western 
 channel of Bay of Exploits, and is 1,600 yards S. 4G° E. (S. 15° E. 
 mag.) from Northern Head. There is a depth t)f 9 feet water on tho 
 rock, but it often breaks in a heavy sea in such a manner as to 
 resemble the surroiinding waves. 
 
 Exploits Burnt Islands contain two small harbors in the chan- 
 nels between them. The western island is surmounted by Mau-of- 
 war Hill, a bare summit 553 feet high, and the west shore has no 
 danger beyond a short distance from it, and is indented by two 
 small coves. Surgeon Cove, the southern, is almost filled with 
 rocks, but Burton Cove, north of it, contains sheltered anchorage 
 for a few small craft during easterly winds. 
 
 Exploits Burnt Islands Harbors consist of Upper HaT'bt)r, the 
 southern, and Lo wer Harbor, tho northern, connected by a passage 
 20 yards wide, with a depth of 6 feet in it at low water. 
 
 Upper Harbor affords secure anchorage for small vessels, but a 
 bar, on which are rocks with 6 and 7 feet water over them, extends 
 from the east shore at 300 yards within the entrance, leaving a 
 narrow passage only between its west extreme and the shoal water 
 in Butt Cove, the southernmost indentation on the west shore. 
 
 This channel should not be attempted without local knowledge, 
 and strangers should therefore anchor in the entrance, in from 7 to 
 9 fathoms water. 
 
 Lower Harbor affords shelter for small vessels in summer only, 
 in 13 fathoms or less water. The entrance is encumbered with rocks, 
 and should not be attempted without a pilot. 
 
 There is a large settlement round Exploits Burnt Island Harbors. 
 
 Water. — Small supplies may be procured here, and water, gen- 
 erally from Butt Cove. 
 
 Ice. — Exploits Burnt Island Harbors generally freeze about 1st 
 January and clear between 1st and 10th May, and are completely 
 blocked with ice about 2 feet thick between 1st February and 1st 
 April, but between the latter date and 20th May they are open at 
 intervals. Field ice appears between the middle and end of Janu- 
 ary and disapiiears between the 1st anf \ 26th May, between which 
 dates the first vessel generally arrives, the last sailing vessel leav- 
 ing about 15th December and last steamer about 15th January. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Exploits Burnt 
 Islands Harbors at 7h. 17m. ; springs rise 4i feet, neaps rise 2| feet ; 
 neaps range 1^ feet. 
 
 Nanny Hole Rock, with 9 feet water on it, lies a little more 
 than 200 yards northwestward of Nanny Hole Head, a precipitous 
 bluff under a bare round hill 340 feet high, f mile northeastward 
 of Lower Harbor. 
 
 ^^"^m 
 
 MHI 
 
376 
 
 CAPE ST. JOHN TO CAPE BON AVISTA. 
 
 High Gull Island falls in light-gray cliffs from a flat summit, 
 132 foet liigh, and is situated northwestward of Gull Island Bight, 
 a rugged bay with a few houses round a cove in the SW- P^f • 
 
 Two rocks are situated northwestward of High Gull Island, the 
 northern, with 3 feet water over it, being 200 yards distant. 
 
 Duck Islands, the western 160 feet high, are a wooded group, 
 separated by a channel, 400 yards wide, from the SE. side of the 
 southwestern of Exploits Burnt Islands; they inclose a bay, at the 
 SW extreme, wherein temporary anchorage may be obtained m 
 19 fathoms water, but the holding ground is not very good. 
 
 Matthew Lane Island, 130 feet high, has a small boat harbor 
 containing several rocks, and sheltered by a small islet, indenting 
 
 the south shore. ^ i. w^ 
 
 A group of islands lies in Sloop Run, the passage between ILx- 
 ploits Burnt Island and Black Island, the most conspicuous, named 
 Hare Island, being near the west extreme, and surmounted by a 
 round wooded hill, 197 feet high. 
 
 Black Island, 412 feet high, presents generally a flat appear- 
 ance, and has, on its west shore, two coves, round which there are 
 
 a few houses. . j « j 
 
 Sealing Cove, the northern, has no danger in it, and attords 
 anchorage for small vessels during easterly winds in from ** to 12 
 fathoms water; Parsons Cove, the southern, is only suitable for 
 
 Kiar Cove, at the NE. extreme, is narrow and nearly filled with 
 
 Tocks 
 
 Black Island Tickle, the passage between Black and Little 
 Black Islands, is narrow, and contains numerous rocks, and can 
 only be used by small fishing vessels entering from the eastward, 
 on either side of a group of rocks that cover at high water. 
 
 Little Black Island is surmounted near the NE. extreme by a 
 flat wooded hill, 248 feet high. On the SE. side of the island is 
 Southern Harbor, a shallow, exposed cove. A rock with 15 feet 
 water over it, lies 200 yards eastward of a small black islet, 20 
 feet high, in the entrance to this harbor. 
 
 New World Island.— Puzzle Harbor Head, a round wooded 
 hill 150 feet high, the north entrance point to Puzzle Harbor, is 
 separated by a conspicuous marsh from the higher ranges inland. 
 Chance Harbor, entered through a passage 200 yards broad, 
 extends 2 miles in an easterly direction, but is navigable for large 
 vessels for one-half that distance only, a bar preventing further 
 passage to all but small craft. The harbor dries for i mile from the 
 
 Anchorage.— Large vessels should anchor immediately within 
 the entrance, in 21 fathoms water, but small craft may proceed to 
 an anchorage in from 5 to 9 fathoms, as convenient. 
 
[8TA. 
 
 fom a flat summit, 
 Gull Island Bight, 
 I the SW. part. 
 ?h Gull Island, the 
 ards distant, 
 re a wooded group, 
 the SE. side of the 
 iclose a bay, at the 
 aay be obtained in 
 »t very good. 
 , small boat harbor 
 lall islet, indenting 
 
 issage between Ex- 
 conspicuous, named 
 id surmounted by a 
 
 rally a flat appear- 
 md which there are 
 
 r in it, and affords 
 nds in from 4^ to 12 
 is only suitable for 
 
 nd nearly filled with 
 
 m Black and Little 
 rous rocks, and can 
 ; from the eastward, 
 ,t high water. 
 le NE. extreme by a 
 side of the island is 
 A rock, with 15 feet 
 small black islet, 20 
 
 ad, a round wooded 
 to Puzzle Harbor, is 
 ligher ranges inland. 
 ,ge 200 yards broad, 
 s navigable for large 
 fcr preventing further 
 ies for i mile from the 
 
 r immediately within 
 craft may proceed to 
 renient. 
 
 .3-":-''-" 
 
 LITTLE CHANCE HARBOR — WILD BIGHT. 
 
 Lltti Ohance Harbor, suitable for small vessels only, has a 
 rock, .1 5 feet water on it, lying 135 yards northwestward of 
 the east, entrance point, and a rock, with 8 t'eet water over it, 55 
 yards from the bluff point on the north shore, leaving a passage 
 only 150 yards wide between the rocks. The head of this harbor 
 is shallow as far south as the small islet on the west shore. 
 
 Water.— Water may be obtained from a small stream on the 
 east shore. 
 
 Tides.— It is high water, full and change, in Little Chance Har- 
 bor at 7h. 13m. ; springs rise 4f feet. 
 
 Big Gull Island, covered with grass, falls in black cliffs to the 
 northward and eastward, and the summit, 100 feet above high 
 water, is near the SW. extreme, close to which are several small 
 islets. 
 
 Little GuU Island, SW. of Big Gull Island, and about 60 feet 
 high, is formed of dark rock nearly split by deep clefts extending 
 from the summit. 
 
 Hussey Bock, lO feet high, lies 300 yards eastward of Big Gull 
 Island. 
 
 Western Head of New World Island falls steeply to the sea 
 from a bare mound 100 feet high, and Baldney Rock, 11 feet high, 
 lies close east of the head. 
 
 Pearce Harbor, ^ mile deep, contains anchorage for fishing 
 vessels in 3i fathoms water, with shelter from all but NE. winds. 
 
 Morton Harbor is entered southward of Morton Harbor Head, 
 between Neal Islet, a small rock 7 feet high on the west sidei 
 and a peninsula 175 feet high, surmounted by a tuft of trees, to 
 the southeastward. The west side of the entrance is bordered by 
 sunken rocks. 
 
 Water.— A considerable settlement surrounds this harbor, 
 whence small supplies may be obtained, and water from the head 
 of the western cove. 
 
 Little Harbor, a small boat cove, is situated south of the pen- 
 insula on the east side of the entrance. 
 
 Tides.— It is high water, full and change, in Morton Harbor at 
 7h. 13m. ; springs rise about 5 feet. 
 
 Wild Bight, east of Wild Bight Head, is free from danger, and 
 has anchorage in from 11 to 15 fathoms water near the head, but 
 there is no shelter from northerly winds, which send in a heavy sea. 
 
 Cuckold Bock, a rugged islet 14 feet high, is the extreme of 
 rocks extending 400 yards northward from Berry Island. 
 
 Toad Asses, three conspicuous masses of rock, the highest 63 
 feet above high water, extend northeastward from an isolated 
 wooded headland 180 feet high, which is connected by a low neck 
 of land, with several houses on it, to Tizard Harbor Head, a simi- 
 lar headland, 194 feet high. 
 
378 
 
 CAPE 8T. JOHN TO CAl'E BON AVISTA. 
 
 Tizard Harbor, south of this headland, is only 200 yards deep, 
 and has a large settlement surrounding it. It is entered south of 
 an island 35 feet high, with several houses on it, which is joined to 
 the north shore by reefs The shore is foul for a few yards, and a 
 rock that uncovers 2 feei iies close to the south side of the channel, 
 but small craft may find anchorage in 6 fathoms water. 
 
 East Chance Harbor may be distinguished by Chance Harbor 
 Island, a round wooded hillock 150 feet high, 135 yards from the 
 north entrance point; there is no passage for vessels north of this 
 
 island. . . 
 
 Anchorage.— Anchorage for small vessels may be obtamed m 
 from 10 to 19 fathoms water, as convenient, but exposed to easterly 
 
 winds. 
 
 Virgin Arm, a narrow inlet 1^ miles long, marked at its west 
 entrance point by a small islet 10 feet high, close eastward of a 
 beach of shingle, affords anchorage in 17 fathoms or less water, as 
 
 convenient. 
 
 The only dangers are a rock that uncovers 3 feet at low water, 
 lying 100 yards from the west shore, at i mile from the entrance, 
 and a rock, with one foot water on it, 100 yards from the east shore, 
 at 1,600 yards from the entrance. 
 
 When entering, keep near the east shore till the first-named rock 
 is passed, and anchor in the widest part of the arm in 17 fathoms 
 water, but small craft may proceed to the head by keeping nearer 
 the west than the east shore till the second rock is passed. 
 
 Tilt Cove (New World Island) is entered east of Tilt Cove 
 Island, through a channel 70 yards wide, between a small islet on 
 the west side and rocks extending from the east shore. An islet 
 5 feet high lies in the middle of the cove. 
 
 Anchorage.— Anchorage may be obtained in Tilt Cove by small 
 vessels, in 6 fathoms water. 
 
 Squid Cove, sheltered by Crow Head Island, affords excellent 
 anchorage in from 6 to 12 fathoms water. A round grassy islet, 
 20 feet high, with a rock close to the east extreme, lies in the mid- 
 dle of the western approach of the cove; a similar islet lies 550 
 yards eastward of it, and a bare islet, 17 feet high, lies close to 
 the west entrance point to the cove. 
 
 A rock, that covers at high water, lies a short distance north- 
 ward of the eastern grassy islet, and a shoal, with 15 feet water 
 over it, is 100 yards northeastward of the west entrance point to 
 
 Squid Cove. 
 
 The best entrance is between Sugarloaf and the islets east of 
 Crow Head Island, mid-channel to the anchorage being free from 
 danger. 
 
 Ii ; llf rni lifi'ii 
 
18TA. 
 
 ily 200 yards deep, 
 is entered south of 
 , which is joined to 
 a few yards, and a 
 side of the channel, 
 is water. 
 
 by Chance Harbor 
 135 yards from the 
 '^essels north of this 
 
 may be obtained in 
 exposed to easterly 
 
 marked at its west 
 close eastward of a 
 ms or less water, as 
 
 3 feet at low water, 
 from the entrance, 
 from the east shore, 
 
 the first-named rock 
 e arm in 17 fathoms 
 1 by keeping nearer 
 !k is passed. 
 >d east of Tilt Cove 
 veen a small islet on 
 jast shore. An islet 
 
 n Tilt Cove by small 
 
 ad, affords excellent 
 ^ round grassy islet, 
 erne, lies in the mid- 
 similar islet lies 550 
 at high, lies close to 
 
 hort distance north- 
 l, with 15 feet water 
 est entrance point to 
 
 nd the islets east of 
 irage being free from 
 
 K(iUID COVE — BACK HARBOR. 
 
 37y 
 
 Small vessels may enter from the westwai-d on either side of the 
 western grassy islet, and the: close south of the eastern islet 
 remembering tliat the shoal, with 15 feet water on it, is only 100 
 yards southward of its south extreme. 
 
 Tides— It is higli water, full and cliange, in Squid Cove at 7h 
 15m.; springs rise 5 feet, neaps rise 2^ feet; neaps range 1^ feet. 
 
 Trump Islands, a group of two largo and several small islets 
 on the west side of Friday Bay, are separated by Trump Island 
 Tickle, a channel filled with islets and rocks. 
 
 Captain Pearce Rock, a square islet 17 feet higli, lies off the SW 
 side of the northern island; from it sunken rocjks extend GOO yards 
 southward. 
 
 rool6 Harbor, at the SE. extreme of Trump Islands, is sheltered 
 on the north side by Fools Harbor Islands, a chain of three joined 
 together and to the southern large island at low water. From the 
 easternmost of the islands a spit extends about 300 yards in a 
 southerly direction. 
 
 Mouse Rock, a dark peaked islet 17 feet high, is i mile north- 
 eastward of North Trump Island, two rocks, awash at low water 
 lying in the channel between them. ' 
 
 Mouse Island, 800 yards northwestward of Mouse Rock, is flat 
 at the-summit, 85 feet high, and covered with scrub. It falls stee-V 
 m all directions. A rocky bank, with 7 feet water over it, lies in 
 the channel between Mouse Island and Mouse Rock. 
 
 Matthews Island, separated by a clear channel i mile wide from 
 Mouse Island, consists of three rocky hillocks connected by low 
 necks of land, the highest being 78 feet high and falling steeply 
 seaward. Low rocks extend from the SW. shore, but the water 
 deepens rapidly round the island. 
 
 Toulinguet Islands form a group consisting of two large 
 islands known as Xorth and South Islands, with several smaller 
 islands off them, and are separated from New World Island bv 
 Main Tickle. ^ 
 
 North Island is connected at low water with South Island, and 
 at all times communication is maintained by a bridge. The best 
 mark o.' recognition is the lighthouse on Devils Cove Head. 
 
 Back Harbor, on the SW. shore of North Island, is surrounded 
 by a large settlement and entered through a passage 300 yards 
 wide, between Batrix Island to the southward and Back Harbor 
 Head to the northward. It is 700 yards in diameter, but the 
 anchorage space is restripted to 400 yards by shoals extending from 
 both shores. 
 
 Directions.— Having made Back Harbor, Gull Island, steer to 
 pass south of it, and then proceed in mid-channel into the harbor, 
 
 14910 26 
 
! ; 
 
 380 
 
 CAI'E ST. .lOlIN TO CAPK UONAVISTA. 
 
 Where anchoraffo ,.ay he ol.taine.l, in frorr. ^ t.. 0^itlH>,ns waUn-^ 
 with shelter from all winds but those from WNW., which send 
 in a heavy sea in autunmal gales. , , . ,, ^ 
 
 Long Point, the north extreme of North Island, is the tormina- 
 tion of a line of h.w hare rocks, at the SW. extremity of which is 
 situated the Pinnacle, a conspicuous conical cliff 153 feet IngH. 
 
 DevUs Cove Head, close south of Long Point, is inaccessible 
 from the sea, falling in steep cliffs to the water's edge, excep 
 immediately under the lighthouse where there is a landslip. Neai 
 the base of the landslip is a reddish rock, the only slab ot that 
 color on the .mter coast in the neighborhood of Touhnguet Islands. 
 The approach to this head is bold, and there is no appreciable 
 change in the depth of water till within a short distance of the 
 
 ^ Lteht— On Deyils Coye Head an octagonal tower 49 feet in 
 height, with a square base, a circular lantern, and painted red ex- 
 hibits, at an elevation of 331 feet, a revolving white light with a 
 period of revolution of thirty seconds, that should be visible 21 
 miles. The keeper's dwelling is painted white, with a red root 
 
 Toulinguet Harbor, entored through a passage 900 yards wide 
 between Cuckold Point and Burnt Island, is a little more than 2 
 miles in length from the entrance, diminishing m width gradually 
 to the drawbridge at the head, which crosses a canal through Shoal 
 Tickle, having a depth of about 10 feet in it at high water. 
 
 The principal part of the town of Toulinguet, which in 1891 had 
 a population of 3,585, is round the shores of the harbor south of 
 
 \teht-A fixed red light, exhibited at the end of the pier on the 
 western side of the harbor, which, bearing South (S. 31 W. mag.), 
 
 leads up the harbor. 
 
 Coinmunication.-The Coastal Steamship Company's steamer 
 between St. Johns and Battle Harbor calls here fortnightly during 
 summer and autumn; a small steamer runs frequently to Norris 
 Arm, in connection with the railway, and there is telegraphic com- 
 munication with St. Johns. , , • i. j \.r.i^^ 
 
 Anchorage.-The anchorage in this harbor is not good, being 
 exposed to northerly winds that bring in a heavy sea and the hold- 
 ing ground is indifferent. The best place is off the west shore, 
 abreast of the point just north of the church, in 6 fathoms water 
 but the head of the harbor is shallow and encumbered with rocks, 
 so that the church on North Island should not be brought to bear 
 west of S. 80° W. (N. 69° W. mag.). 
 
 Coal and Supplies.-Water can be procured from a Government 
 well near the road east of the church. A small quantity of coal 
 (about 20 tons) and supplies may be obtained from the trading firms 
 established here. ^ 
 
:a. 
 
 TOULINOUET JIARBOU — OLD IIAUUY. 
 
 381 
 
 9 fathoms -svater. 
 ilW., which send 
 
 d, is tlie tovmina- 
 Dinity of which is 
 
 153 feot higli. 
 lit, is inaccessible 
 tor's edge, except 
 jahmdslip. Near 
 
 only shib of that 
 Niulinguet Islands. 
 I is no appreciable 
 ort distance of the 
 
 il tower 49 feet in 
 md painted red, ex- 
 ; white light with a 
 hould he visible 21 
 , with a red roof, 
 j'age 900 yards wide, 
 , a little more than 2 
 / in width gradually 
 canal, through Shoal 
 it high water. 
 ,t, which in 1891 had 
 the harbor south of 
 
 ?nd of the pier on the 
 h (S. 31° W. mag.), 
 
 Company's steamer 
 •e fortnightly during 
 frequently to Norris 
 re is telegraphic com- 
 
 or is not good, being 
 ,avy sea, and the hold- 
 is off the west shore, 
 1, in 6 fathoms water, 
 cumbered with rocks, 
 lot be brought to bear 
 
 ed from a Government 
 small quantity of coal 
 from the trading firms 
 
 
 Ice. — Toulinguet Harbor freezes over about 22d January and 
 clears about 6th May, tlie ice being from 3 to 3 feet in tliicknoss; 
 it is, liowever, open at intervals between the above dates. Field 
 ioe generally appears between 10th and 30th February and disap- 
 pears about 24th April. The first vessel usually arrives abcmt 25th 
 May, the last vessel leaving about 7th December. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Toulinguet Harbor 
 at 7h. 8m. ; springs rise 4 feet, neaps rise Si feet. 
 
 White Qround, with 5 feet water on it, is 350 yards west from 
 Higgins Island, a grassy islet 21 feet high, at the north entrance 
 point of Jenkins Cove. 
 
 Durrels Arm, eastward of Toulinguet Harbor, contains numer- 
 ous rocks and shoals extending a considerable distance from the 
 shore, and there is no safe anchorage for a large vessel. Small 
 craft, navigated by those possessing local knowledge, find shelter 
 at the head, but a heavy sea rolls in with NE. gales. 
 
 Burnt Island is separated from North Island by Burnt Island 
 Tickle, a passage ^ mile wide, but so encumbered by rocks as to be 
 navigable only by tho9e having local knowledge. 
 
 The Rags, 23 feet high, is the easternmost of this group. Rags 
 Rock, with 11 feet water over it, lies 100 yards north of The Rags, 
 and other shoals lie at 400 yards from the north shores of the 
 group. When approaching Toulinguet Harbor from the eastward, 
 keep nearer Gull Island than Burnt Island until French Head is 
 in line with the east extreme of the latter, bearing S. 50° E. (S. 19° 
 E. mag.), when the entrance of the harbor may be steered for. 
 
 Gull Island, IGl feet high, is a good mark of recognition for 
 Toulinguet Harbor ; it is flat at the summit, covered with grass, 
 and falls in steep cliffs nearly all round. A peaked islet, 96 feet 
 high, is separated by a narrow channel from the west extreme; 
 sunken rocks extend a short distance from the south point, and 
 Gull Island Rock, with 13 feet water on it, lies nearly 100 yards 
 north of the north extreme. 
 
 Old Harry is the name of two shoals, 200 yards apart, lying 
 NNW. and SSE. of each other; the southern with 16 feet water 
 over it, is If miles N. 31° W. (North mag.) from Gull Island, and 
 the northern rock has 3^ fathoms water on it. 
 
 Western Head of New World Island, well open west 8f West 
 Shag Rock, bearing S. 28° W. (S. 69° W. mag.), leads west; Sleepy 
 Cove (Gull Island), open north of Lower Head, S. 29° W. (S. 60° 
 W. mag.), leads SE. ; Burnt Island, open west of Gull Island, 
 bearing S. 31° E. (South mag.), leads SW. ; and Carters Head, just 
 open west of Burnt Island, S. 6° E. (S. 25° W. mag.), leads east of 
 these dangers. 
 
 1. 
 
 i 
 
 
r 
 
 
 382 
 
 CAPE 8T, JOHN TO CAI»K UONAVIHTA. 
 
 
 Sovcriil banks are northward of Toulingunt Island, biit tliey only 
 break in bad weather. 
 
 South Touliuguet Island i.s much divoraitied in feature, tlie 
 hind to the northward alternating in hill and dale, while to the 
 southward the hills fall steeply t<j the eastern shore, and a low flat, 
 with numeroiia lakes extends thence to the west coast. 
 
 Bluff Head Cove lies southward of Rodney Cove, and contains 
 anchorage for small craft in from 4 to G fathoms water, eastward 
 of a small islet, 12 feet high, lying in the entrance. The best, 
 passage is north of the island, as toul ground extends westward 
 from the south entrance point to the cove. 
 
 The coast southward of Bluff Head comprises several coves, 
 wherein anchorage, with shelter from offshore winds, may be 
 obtained by small craft aided by local knowledge. Small islets lie 
 off the entrance points. 
 
 Kiddle Cove, a shallow boat harbor, marked by a conspicuous 
 house, painted white, lies 1,200 yards southeastward of Moses Point; 
 an island about 30 feet high marks the entrance. 
 
 Black Island, 243 feet high, has a bare hill 135 feet high rising 
 from the NE. extreme and falling to a low isthmus at the head of 
 Black Island Harbor. This harbor, near the NW. extreme of 
 Black Island, is available for large fishing boats. 
 
 Middle Ground, a dangerous rock with 4 iaet water on it, lies 
 1,200 yards N. 49° W. (N. 18° W. mag.) from the west extreme of 
 Black Island. 
 
 Main Tickle, the passage betwe<m South Island and New World 
 Island, is much frequented by fishing vessels to avoid t;he heavy 
 sea off the north extremes of Toulinguet Islands when the wind iis 
 foul. It is i mile wide at the narrowest ]3art, "btitween Vincent 
 Point and Indian Cove Head, which form the wes^t entrance. 
 
 The west shore of Main Tickle is bordered by rocks, some cover 
 and some below water. Purcell Harbor is on thig shore, and con- 
 tains a large village, the easternmost house on the north shore being 
 a large dwelling under the slope of a hill surmounted by a flagstaff". 
 
 Main Tickle Island, 92 feet high, lies in the middle of the east 
 entrance to the Tickle, with a clear passage on both sides. 
 
 Liittle Harbor, at the head of the bight, north of [Big Head, is 
 availaWe only for small \'essel8 aided by local kiK>wledge, and in 
 fine weather. Two rocks lie in the middle of the entrance, and 
 the best passage is between them, but there is also a channel close' 
 to the north entrance point into the harbor. 
 
 Byrne and Little Bjrrne Coves, round which there are a few 
 houses, are i naile southward of the western entrance to] Main 
 Tickle. Byrne Cove Rocks lie off the entrance, the southernmost. 
 
 mmimmuttiimmtmUm 
 
INDIAN COVK — HACAUrAO ISLAND. 
 
 i\H:\ 
 
 1, but tlioy only 
 
 in fcnturc, tho 
 i>, while to thi» 
 I, and u 1(JW tlat 
 ist. 
 
 ro, and contains 
 «rator, eastward 
 nice. The best, 
 tends westward 
 
 i several coves, 
 
 winds, may be 
 
 Small islets lie 
 
 y a conspicuous 
 d of Moses Point; 
 
 1 feet high rising 
 us at the head of 
 S"W. extreme of 
 
 }, water on it, lies 
 west extreme of 
 
 «,nd New World 
 avoid the heavy 
 [when the wind is 
 between Vincent 
 [,t entrance, 
 •ocks, some cover 
 Is ghore, and con- 
 north shore being 
 ;ed by a flagstaff. 
 iddl«3 of the east 
 titli sides. 
 l of Big Head, is 
 u>wledge, and in 
 he entrance, and 
 ;o a channel close' 
 
 |h there aie a few 
 
 1 trance toJMain 
 
 iiiQ southernmost, 
 
 which uncovers 5 feet at low water, b(<iii^ 400 yards nortliwest- 
 ward of the south entrance point to Byrtio Cove. 
 
 The cntruiice to tlie (!ovos is southward of the ish>t, 7 feet In^h, 
 or close to the south cutnmce [)oint to Byrne Cove. The lieiuls of 
 both tho coves are foul, but anchoi'!i|f(> may be obtained in tho 
 entrance in from H to 10 fathoms water. 
 
 Indian Cove, (livi<h'd from Little Byrne Cove by a promontory, 
 on which are two conspicuous cones, 'i^O ami WO feet hi.tfh, has no 
 danger in it, but shoal water extends UOO yards from tho head. 
 
 Anchorage. — Anchoi-age may ])e taken up as convenient, in 
 depths of from 19 fathoms, at the entrance, to 3 fathoms at ^ mile 
 within. 
 
 Lobster Harbor, suitable for boats only, is a shallow inlet at 
 tlie southern pj rt of a small bight. Anchorage may be obtained, 
 in from 8 to 12 fathoms water, in the bight, and water procured 
 from a small stream on the south side of the harbor; 
 
 Directions. — If from the eastward, Main Tickle Island should 
 be steered for and passed on either side in mid-channel. Having 
 passed the above island, the vessel should be kept in mid-channel, 
 as there are no dangers farther off either shore than 300 yards. 
 
 Large vessels should pass south of Black Island, avoiding the 
 shoal, with 4 fathoms water on it, westward of Indian Cove. There 
 is no other danger till near the SW. extreme of Black Island, when 
 the square rock point, on that island, must be kept well open soiith 
 of the red point, bearing N. 38° E. (N. 69° E. mag.), until the 
 west extreme of Duck Island is open west of Black Island, bearing 
 N. 15° W. (N. 16° E. mag.), when the SW. extreme of Black Island 
 may be rounded and Friday Bay entered, taking are to bring 
 Back Harbor Head open west of Bluff Head, N. 28° W. (N. 3° E. 
 mag.), to avoid Middle Ground. 
 
 Bacalhao Island, 9 miles east from Toiilinguet Harbor, is 
 barren, having the highest part near the west end, 324 feet above 
 high water. 
 
 Light. — From a cylindrical iron tower, 29 feet in height and 
 painted red and white in spirals, on Bacalhao Island, an inter- 
 mittent white light is exhibited at an elevation of 351 feet. It 
 has a period of system of six seconds, viz, light three seconds, 
 eclipse three seconds, and should be visible 13 miles; but not 
 being constantly watched, it should not be implicitly relied on. 
 The keeper's dwelling, NE. of the lighthouse, and the covered 
 way connecting it, are painted white. 
 
 Bacalhao Rock, 4 feet high, and foul all round, should not be 
 approached nearer than } mile. It lies about one mile N. 80° E. 
 (S. 69° E. mag.) from the NE. end of Bacalhao Island. 
 
384 
 
 CAPE 8T. .rOIIN TO CAPE HONAVIHTA. 
 
 
 I 
 
 Joe Rook, witli :i fatlioniH water over it, lies 900 yards N. 59° E. 
 (Eaut iiuiK.) from the NE. pdiiit of this island. 
 
 Berry Island, rocky, barren, and 180 feet IukI', Ut'^i 1,400 yards 
 SW. of Bacalliao Island, and has a ruck, with 16 feet water over 
 it, lyiiiK ■'ioo yards north from its NE. extreme. 
 
 Starve Head, a steep cliff, TM feet hiKl'» iw separated from 
 Berry Island by a channel 1,200 yards wide, in the middle of which 
 is Clarke Rock, small and covered at IukIi water, bnt K^nerally 
 showing by a breaker. Between the rock and Berry Island is a 
 clear channel, bnt no vessel should pass between it and Starve 
 Head. 
 
 Starve Harbor lies immediately east of Starve Head. The en- 
 trance is about 30 yards wide and 200 yards long, vvith 4 fathoms 
 water; it opens out to a deep-water basin 400 yards wide and 
 ^ mile long. Tlvere is a reef on the west side just within the 
 entrance, so that it is necessary to round close by the island form- 
 ing the east head. 
 
 Goldsou Arm. — Herring Neck, lying between the land of Starve 
 and the peninsula of Herring Head, is the inhabited portion of the 
 entrance to Ooldson Arm. 
 
 When proceeding up the arm, keep on the west shore, which is 
 steep-to for li miles. A small vessel may anchor in Ship Cove, 
 just within the north head. 
 
 On the same shore, i mile farther up, is Starve Cove, also afford- 
 ing anchorage for a small vessel. There are rocks a few yards off 
 both the entrance points. Both the above-mentioned coves are so 
 small that a vessel seeking anchorage could not be sure of finding 
 rooni in them. The depth, in the main part of the arm off them, 
 is 30 fathoms, so that it would be requisite to run farther up, 
 about If miles above the entrance, to Burnt Arm. 
 
 Goose Islands, a small group lying midway between Berry 
 Island and Herring Head promontory, are steep all round. 
 
 Herring Head, a steep headland rising 264 feet above the sea, 
 is li miles SE. from the SW. extreme of Bacalhao Island. 
 
 Herring Islands, 400 yards off the head, are small, about 20 
 
 feet high, and may be passed on either side, being steep all round. 
 
 Kiar Reef, awash at low water, can generally be distinguished 
 
 by the sea breaking on it, and is f mile N. 59° E. (East mag.) from 
 
 Herring Islands. 
 
 Blowhard Rock, 400 yards S. 80° W. (N. 69° W. mag.) of Kiar 
 Eeef, with deep water between, breaks heavily, but not continu- 
 ously, in a moderate sea. 
 
 Northeast for 3 miles from Kiar Reef, in continuation of the 
 line of Herring Head promontory, are small patches of from 7 to 
 14 fathoms water, which break at times during a heavy sea. 
 
i{i;i> isMcr — ('(utiis ak.m. 
 
 •,\s:) 
 
 yrards N. 59° E. 
 
 lies 1,400 yards 
 foot water over 
 
 ioparfttod from 
 uiddleof which 
 , hut Kenerally 
 3rry Island is a 
 1 it and Starve 
 
 Head. The en- 
 witli 4 fathoms 
 irards wide and 
 just within the 
 bhe island form- 
 
 le land of Starve 
 )d i)ortion of the 
 
 & shore, which is 
 •r in Ship Cove, 
 
 yove, also afford- 
 s a few yards off 
 med coves are so 
 B sure of finding 
 le arm off them, 
 run farther up, 
 
 between Berry 
 11 round, 
 et above the sea, 
 ) Island. 
 
 small, about 20 
 
 steep all round, 
 be distinguished 
 
 East mag.) from 
 
 N. mag.) of Kiar 
 but not continu- 
 
 itinuation of the 
 ihes of from 7 to 
 heavy sea. 
 
 Red Islet, small mid h)W, lies J mile 8. h.i° E. (S. 22° E. iiiMg.) 
 from IIi'iTiiig lli'nd, with ii nnsf (ixli'iidiiiK v<>() yiirdH from the NK. 
 oxtruiiic; lluypook la a duiigfrous rock lying 400 yards S. 10° W. 
 (8. 41° W. mag.) from Rod Islot. 
 
 Duck Island,-^;! mihvs SSK. from Bacalliao Island, is 181 feet 
 high. Two rocks lie aou yards oil" the NVV. side; tlic S\V. I'xtrcmo 
 is foul for ;{()(» yards, but the SK. shore is hohl-to. 
 
 Moorham Reef, lying one mile N. 41° E. (N. 72° E. mag.) from 
 Duck Island, is awash at low watei', and can generally be distin- 
 guished by the sea l)reaking over it. 
 
 Grassy Islets, a low group, are separated from tlio SW. extreme 
 of Duck Island by a narrow but deep channel. Grassy Rock, 650 
 yards N. 51»" E. (East mag.) from the NE. end of Grassy Islets, has 
 3 fathoms water on it. 
 
 Jacks Island is ^ mile south of Duck Island, its eastern and 
 highest peak, 235 foot high, is remarkable. Between Jacks Island 
 and the point of Now World Island, SW. of it, are three tickles 
 leading into Cobbs Arm; of these. Long and Treenail Tii-kles are 
 only available for boats. 
 
 Between Herring Head and Duck Island are Cobbs, Little Cobbs, 
 and Pikes Arms. The tw<j latter are encumbered with rocks, and a 
 heavy sea rolls in, rendering them of no value except for fishing 
 boats. 
 
 Oobbs Arm extends 3 miles with a breadth of 800 yards, where 
 there is an indifferent summer anch<n"age in 13 fathoms water, off 
 the narrow entrance of a shoal continuation of the arm. A swell 
 rolls in aftergales from seaward. Limestone can bo obtained on the 
 south side of the anchoi'age and in the continuation of the arm. 
 
 Entering Cobbs Arm, give Duck Island a berth of 300 yards and 
 Red Islet a berth of the same distance; and in going up keep the 
 east end of Bacalhao Island open east of Red Islet, bearing about 
 N. 2° E. (N. 33° E. mag.), until up to Tinker Island, which shows 
 as a small cone 60 feet high. From this to the anchorage there are 
 no dangei"s on the north shore. 
 
 A rock, with 1^ feet water over it, lies nearly in the center of 
 the arm ^ mile from the narrow entrance of the shoal arm. 
 
 Small vessels drawing 11 feet water may enter the shoal arm, by 
 keeping close to the west point of the entrance, to avoid the rocky 
 ground extending across the channel toward this point from the 
 islet that lies in the middle of the entrance. W^hen within the point, 
 approach the west shore and anchor in smootli water. Above the 
 islet the deep water is on the east shore, the west being shoal and 
 rocky. 
 
 liObster Islet, one mile south from Jacks Island, ^ mile off the 
 nearest land, is small, 10 feet high, and foul all round for nearly 
 
nsn 
 
 caim; ST. .loirx lo cai'I'; hoxavista. 
 
 
 2(>0 yivnls. Bnindit'H Rock, hwuhIi at low wiiter, Hew «t(M) yanlH ENK. 
 of [ioltstur Islt't. 
 
 Milliners Arm, \ milf soufli of Lohstor Tslot, \h rocky, ojmmi to 
 the NK., iuhI (IfHis not ulVnrd cotiVMiiiciit uiiclKunji^c. 
 
 Dram Island, Hiimll 1111(1 :J(t foot liigli, lit-s I| luiUtH SHE. from 
 liolistcr iHlt't. 
 
 Ninepin Arm, n littlo moro than 1 niilos to the Hoiitliwostwnrd 
 of Dram Island, is full of rocks, and llio north point is foul for 2(»() 
 yardH. 
 
 Currans-Grf'cu-Eichl, u stnall low Ki'ii'^ny island, lies SW. hy W. 
 nearly ',) inih-s from Dram fsland and immediately south of Nine- 
 pin Arm. SW. (»f this island is fair anchorage in H fathoms water. 
 A shoal extends southward from the island for nearly 200 yards. 
 
 Dildo Run, to the southwestward of Currans-QnHMi-Field, is an 
 intricate channel south of New World Island, sometimes used by 
 small vessels bound to the Labrador Coast in the spring, when 
 from foul winds or ice it is inc<mvoniont to take the (mtor route. 
 There is at least 12 foot in this run at low water, but it has not been 
 surveyed. The iiduibitants of those parts frequent it when proceed- 
 ing to Exploits River for wood. 
 
 Pilots. — Good pilots may be obtained on the outer coast between 
 Tilton Harbor, on Fok<» Island, and Change Island Harbor. 
 
 Beaver Cove, 2 miles S. by E. from Currans-Green-Field, is 
 divided into two anns by a low rocky islet. The eastern arm is full 
 of stones; the western is 400 yards wide and 800 yards deep, with 
 good anchorage in from 3 to G fathoms water, over mud. A rock, 
 that covers at first quarter flood, lies 100 yards nortlieastward of 
 the south point of this arm. 
 
 Beaver Head, a remarkable steep bluff 180 feet high, lies one 
 mile north from Beaver Cove. 
 
 Little Beaver Cove, 1^ miles to the northeastward of Beaver 
 Head, extends ^ mile in a southwesterly direction, with a breadth 
 of 400 yards, and has depths varying from 4 to 8 fathoms, but no 
 holding ground, and, as a heavy swell sets into it from the NE., it 
 is useless as an anchorage. 
 
 Coast.— The coast between Beaver Head and Farewell Duck 
 Islands should not be approached by a stranger inside the line of 
 East Garden and Indian Garden Islands. 
 
 Farewell Duck Islands, 4 miles northeastward of Beaver 
 Head, form a long ragged promontory, terminating in a small islet 
 just awash at high water, and Farewell Reef, 600 yards long, break- 
 ing in a moderate sea. 
 
 Indian Garden Island, small, rocky, and 49 feet high, lies a 
 little more than 1| miles west from Farewell Duck Islands ; a reef 
 extends 400 yards north, and off the SW. end is a low rocky islet. 
 
FAIIKWKM, IIAUHOH HIIVO IHLKTH. 
 
 887 
 
 )0 yanh KNE. 
 
 rocky, opoii to 
 
 los SSR. from 
 
 Hoiithwostward 
 1 iH foul for 200 
 
 M'H SW. by W. 
 south of Nin»<- 
 riithoms water, 
 •ly 200 yards. 
 I'lMi-Fit'ld, is tin 
 t'timoH usod by 
 ) spriiiK, when 
 ho outer route. 
 ; it has not been 
 t when proceed- 
 
 r coast between 
 Harbor. 
 Qreen-Field, is 
 item arm is full 
 ards deep, with 
 mud. A rock, 
 jrtlieastward of 
 
 )t high, lies one 
 
 rard of Beaver 
 
 with a breadth 
 
 fathoms, but no 
 
 'om the NE., it 
 
 arewell Duck 
 Iside the line of 
 
 lard of Beaver 
 in a small islet 
 •ds long, break- 
 
 aet high, lies a 
 I Islands ; a reef 
 low rocky islet. 
 
 A rock, with 3 feet wafer ov»»r it, lies 1,300 yards S. 2^ W. 
 (S. ftA ' W. iMiiK.), '"'d anothi I with the saiin- fli'pth 110 yards S, 
 M' K, (S. Ti" R. muK.) from Indian (lard.-n iHlaiid. 
 
 East Oarde Tsland, ihit and about 40 feet hijch, lies HOC yiirds 
 norfhwurd of Kuicwrll Duck Tshiiids. 
 
 Garden Rook, on which the depth is t> f(>(;t, lies A inih) N. 21' K. 
 (N^. ftft ' K. niag.) from Kust (Jurdcn Ishiiid. 
 
 Farewell Gull Island lies close ott' Farewell Head, is loo feet 
 higli, and conspicuous when seen from tin- iioi-fh or south. 
 
 Farewell Harbor, imm<'diat(>ly w(>st of Farewell (hill Island, 
 is open and exposed, 800 yards wide and 1,000 yards dct>p, with 
 anchorage in from 4 to S fathoms water, over mud; NE. winds 
 blow into th(> })ay with a fetch of 2^^ miles from South End Point. 
 In continiiatioii of th<*bay is a shoal arm encumbered by bowlders, 
 extending iidand about 1^ miles. 
 
 Dog Reef, one mile N. 70° E. (S. 79° E. mag.) from Farewell 
 Gull Island, is J mile long, east and west. 
 
 Change Island. — The west coast of Change Island has a general 
 trend north for 7 miles, and aifords no shelter but for the small 
 craft of the fishermen, except in Deep Cove, 2^ miles north of South 
 End Point, which is 200 yards wide and 800 yards deep, with from 
 H to fathoms water, over sand. The entrance is easily recognized, 
 being midway between Wood Islands on the north and the Water 
 Bears on the south. These latter, though they cover at high water, 
 will generally be seen. 
 
 Smoker Island, 3 miles NNW. of South End Point and J mile 
 from the nearest rocks off Wood Islands, is 20 feet high and flat. 
 A rock, on which there is a depth of 9 feet, lies ^ mile south from 
 the south extreme of Smoker Island. 
 
 Ragged Islets, one mile north of Smoker Island and the same 
 distance off shore, are low, with many sunken rocks around them. 
 Pipe Rock, the outer, lies ^ mile W. Isy S. from the southern Rag- 
 ged Islet, has 2 feet water over it, and breaks in a moderate sea. 
 South End Point in line with Smoker Island, bearing S. 34° E. (S. 
 3° E. mag.), leads west of it. 
 
 Shag Islets cover a space H miles ENE. and WSW. and i mile 
 wide, with a general height of 20 feet. Th'"" lie 1^ miles in a 
 northerly direction from Ragged Islets. Mile l.^let, the northeast- 
 ernmost, is about 1,200 yards from the shore, and they are the 
 most northern islets off the west coast of Change Island. 
 
 Shag Rock, with 4 feet water over it, often breaks, and lies 700 
 yards S. 36° W. (S. 67° W. mag.) from the southwestern Shag Islet. 
 South End Point touching the east side of Smoker Island, bearing 
 S. 34° E. (S. 3° E. mag.), leads SW. of it. 
 
388 
 
 CAPE ST. JOHN TO CAPE BONA VISTA. 
 
 Change Island Tickle, at the northern part of Change Island, 
 with a depth of 12 feet in the shoalest part, is a safe and convenient 
 harbor for a small vessel, and may bo entered from the eastward 
 in any weather; but this entrance is difficult for a stranger to 
 recognize, unless the houses on its shores are seen. 
 
 Tobacco Island, and two or throe of the islands within it, being 
 dome-shaped and 50 to 70 feet high, may help to distinguish it, 
 while Ruth Island, oi the south side of the entrance, is about 20 
 feet high, and, together with those within it, generally flat. 
 
 A rock, about 200 yards in extent, with 13 feet water over it, 
 that breaks heavily, lies 200 yards N. 64° E. (S. 85° E. mag.) from 
 Ruth Island. In light winds with a heavy sea it is better to pass 
 south of Ruth Island, to avoid the danger of being thrown onto 
 this rock. 
 
 Directions. — The passage between Tobacco and Ruth Islands is 
 free from dangers, and after passing between the two rocky islets 
 on the north, and Ruth Island on the south, bring the points of 
 the tickle just closed in to bear S. 61° W. (N. 88° W. mag.), to 
 avoid White Ground on the north and Skinner Rock on the south; 
 and when the last tickle on the north is open N. 15° W. (N. 16° E. 
 mag.), or Skinner Cove bears S. 31° E. (South mag.), the vessel 
 will be past both those dangers, and may open the points of the 
 tickle, and anchor in from 6 to 8 fathoms water, over mud. 
 
 Ice. — Change Island Tickle fills in with northern ice and freezes 
 
 from Herring Head to the north end of Change Island, and from 
 
 Tobacco Island to Brimstone Head. It usually breaks up between 
 
 20th April and 10th May, but an easterly sea will break it up 
 
 arlier. 
 
 In May and June, when the ice is in a body from the Funk 
 Islands to Cape Fogo, partly owing to the ebb tide setting out of 
 Dildo Run and the stream of the Gander River, Change and Stag 
 Island Tickles are often sufficiently clear to allow vessels to pass 
 through them into Notre Dame Bay. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Change Island 
 Tickle at 7h, 20m. ; springs rise 4^ feet, neaps rise 3 feet. 
 
 North Tickle, close within the north end of Change Island, 
 has 3 fathoms water in the entrance and 6 feet in the shoalest part ; 
 it is open to the NE. and affords no efficient shelter. 
 
 Directions. — Coming from seaward, a stranger must not take 
 the channel between Bacalhao Island and Bacalhao Rock, but should 
 pass i mile east of the islet, steering South (S. 31° W. mag.) to run 
 between Kiar and Moorham Reefs, to the NE. extreme of Duck 
 Island. When passing the latter island, bring South End Point in 
 line with Smoker Island, bearing S. 31° W. (South mag.), round 
 the latter on its northern side at about 400 yards, and, avoiding 
 
 S5!SS3>»jSM[A?!W«S(3«S«Bai!«K<W«»S'«»«i'W«»K»i!»«^ 
 
 IW°^^A^3iaJa^J11fl^jN^^WM -' ^ a '■ 
 
L. 
 
 CAPE FOGO — JOE BATTS POINT. 
 
 389 
 
 Dliange Island, 
 and convenient 
 n the eastward 
 • a stranger to 
 
 within it, being 
 distinguish it, 
 ice, is about 20 
 rally flat. 
 t water over it, 
 ° E. mag.) from 
 s better to pass 
 ng thrown onto 
 
 Ruth Islands is 
 two rocky islets 
 ig the points of 
 18° W. mag.), to 
 ick on the south ; 
 5° W. (N. 16° E. 
 aag.), the vessel 
 he points of the 
 )ver mud. 
 n ice and freezes 
 sland, and from 
 •eaks up between 
 ivill break it up 
 
 from the Funk 
 ie setting out of 
 Jhange and Stag 
 V vessels to pass 
 
 Change Island 
 
 3 feet. 
 
 Change Island, 
 he shoalest part ; 
 er. 
 
 3r must not take 
 Rock, but should 
 W, mag.) to run 
 jxtreme of Duck 
 uth End Point in 
 ith mag.), round 
 is, and, avoiding 
 
 the rock south of Smoker Island, bring the SW. end of Shag Islets 
 in line with the west extreme of Smoker Island, bearing N. 12° W. 
 (N. 19° E. mag.); this mark, kept on astern, will lead east of Fare- 
 well Reef, which will be passed when the inner basin of Farewell 
 Harbor is open south of the north side of the harbor, S. 38° W. 
 (S. 69° W. mag.). The SW. point of Dog Bay Islands should then 
 be brought open west of the NW. islet off them, bearing S. 12° 
 E. (S. 19° W. mag.), to clear Dog Reef. There are no further dan- 
 gers till Vesuvius Rock, at the west entrance of Sir Charles Ham- 
 ilton Sound, is reached. 
 
 Vessels may go through either of the channels between Bacalhao 
 Island and Starve Head, taking care to avoid Clarke Rock, in the 
 channel between the latter and Berry Island. 
 
 If passing south of Herring Islands, keep the NE. end of Berry 
 Island open north of Herring Head, bearing N. 85° W. (N. 54° W. 
 mag.), to clear the rock off Red Islet, which will bo passed when 
 Tinker Island is well open east of Red Islet, and Duck Island may 
 then be steered for; whence proceed as before directed. 
 
 Cape Fogo, the east point of Fogo Island, a bold headland 214 
 feet above the sea, is 9^ miles WNW. from Offer Wadham Light- 
 house. Fogo Island has rocky and deeply indented shores, afford- 
 ing, however, but indifferent harbors, except for small vessels and 
 boats ; it is surrounded by numerous rocks and islets, with many 
 shoals between them. 
 
 Tilton Harbor, 3i miles NNW. of Cape Fogo, formed by 
 Pigeon Island and peninsula, is open to the north. It can be entered 
 by boats only, as there is but 3 feet water in the entrance over a 
 rocky bottom. On the shores of the harbor is a considerable fish- 
 ing village, which, with its church, is easily recognized from a short 
 distance. 
 
 Ice. — Northern ice usually arrives between 12th and 20th Janu- 
 ary, closing on the coast with easterly winds. Sometimes the coast 
 maybe clear in April ; at other times, with a prevalence of northerly 
 winds, all communication is stopped during May, and even up to 
 July. 
 
 HenningB Islet, 6 feet above water and 2 miles NNW. of Tilton 
 Harbor, lies 900 yards off shore, with deep water between it and 
 Fogo Island. 
 
 Bound Head, the NE. point of Fogo Island, 199 feet above the 
 sea, is conspicuous. 
 
 Joe Batts Point, 2 miles west of Round Head, is a low shelving 
 point. Joe Batts Arm, west of Joe Batts Point, is so full of rocks 
 as to be difficult for ordinary navigation, though a flourishing fish- 
 ing village is settled on its shores, and a vessel of 100 tons is annu- 
 ally loaded while moored among the rocks. 
 
 li 
 
 Ml 
 
390 
 
 CAPE 8T. JOHN TO CAPE BONA VISTA. 
 
 Ice. — Reports from Joe Batts Arm give the mean epoch of the 
 arrival of northern ice as 3d January. 
 
 Shoal Bay, in the center of tlie north side of Fogo Island, is f 
 mile wide, 3 miles deep, and quite open to the north. Safe summer 
 anchorage may be found in from 8 to 10 fathoms water on the west 
 shore near the liead. When proceeding iip the bay care must be 
 taken to avoid approaching, in the line of their direction, the 
 islands which run out from the center of the head of the bay and 
 terminate in Steering Island. 
 
 Bard Island, at the east point of Shoal Bay, has a considerable 
 village on it, but Bard Cove is only a boat harbor. i 
 
 Dean Rock, with only one foot water on it, and generally 
 breaking, lies J mile North (N, 31° E. mag.) from the NW. ex- 
 treme of Bard Island, and in the direct line between Joe Batts 
 Point and the entrance of Fogo H^irbor. Brimstone Head, seen 
 through Fogo Harbor entrance, bearing S. 60° W. (N. 89° "W. 
 mag.), leads north of this rock. 
 
 Fogo Harbor is east of a bold rocky peninsula, which forms 
 the NW. extremity of Fogo Island, The intervening coast is 
 broken and rocky, with dangers extending off 200 yards and lying 
 in the fairway to the eastern entrance of the harbor. 
 
 Fogo is a town of considerable importance, being the depot for 
 the surrounding fishing districts. In 1891 it had a population 
 of 815. 
 
 East of the harbor is Lanes Lookout, a rocky hill 385 feet above 
 the sea and the highest on the island. It falls steeply to the north- 
 ward a Khort distance within the coast. 
 
 In front of Fogo Harbor are several islands from 50 to 100 feet 
 high, forming narrow entrances diflBcult of access at all times to a 
 sailing vessel, and unapproachable with the heavy sea which rolls 
 in during and after gales from seaward. 
 
 There are two principal channels into the harbor. In the east- 
 ern a stranger can not depend upon having more than 9 feet, or in 
 the western channel 19 feet at low water. The harbor affords 
 secure anchorage in from 3 to 7 fathoms water, over mud. 
 
 The eastern entrance is between Rags and Simms Islands. North 
 of the former, at 200 yards, is Rags Rock, and off the north point 
 of Simms Island is Simms Rock. Both rocks are under water, but 
 break in a moderate sea. 
 
 Nanny Rock, with 4 fathoms water over it, lies 400 yards north 
 of Barnes Island. It breaks in a heavy sea. 
 
 Communication. — The Coastal Steamship Company's steamer 
 between St. Johns and Battle Harbor calls here fortnightly during 
 summer and autumn. 
 
n epoch of the 
 
 jgo Island, is f 
 . Safe summer 
 .ter on the west 
 f care must be 
 direction, the 
 of the bay and 
 
 a considerable 
 
 and generally 
 a the NW. ex- 
 reen Joe Batts 
 )ne Head, seen 
 V. (N. 89° W. 
 
 a, which forms 
 ening coast is 
 ards and lying 
 
 ? the depot for 
 i a population 
 
 385 feet above 
 ly to the north- 
 
 a 50 to 100 feet 
 ,t all times to a 
 sea which rolls 
 
 \ In the east- 
 lan 9 feet, or in 
 harbor affords 
 r mud. 
 
 slands. North. 
 ;he north point 
 ider water, but 
 
 00 yards north 
 
 pany's steamer 
 nightly during 
 
 FOGO IIAUBOB. 
 
 891 
 
 Dh-ections—Approaching from the eastward, pass outside Dean 
 Rock, with Brimstone Head seen through the entrance of Fogo 
 
 SwR Tt'? ^;f ^- ^^- ''" ^- "^^^•)' ^"^ ^1^«^ th« ^e«t 
 side ot Bard Island bears southward of S. 2° W (S 33° W mair ^ 
 
 the rock will be passed. ' ' ^'' 
 
 Poceed parallel with the coast until Slade's west house is seen 
 (t«e house IS conspicuous, and with a flagstaff near it is easily 
 ^r3 w^ over Pilly Point and Simms Island, bearing S. 49° W 
 
 S;^ ^^ '"^^'?' "^^It "^'^^ ^'^'^ ^^^ y^"^« northward of Rags 
 Rock The rock will be passed when the west extreme of Rags 
 
 entir^ '• '' ^' ''■ ''" ^- -^^•>' ^^^- «*- ^- tf: 
 
 After entering between Rags and Simms Islands, the turn to the 
 west IS very sharp, and the channel but 150 yards wide. Care 
 must be taken not to hug Simms Island too close, as a rock, with 
 b feet water over it, extends 70 yards south of its east point 
 Having made the turn, keep the south point of Barnes Island just 
 shut in with Fogo Head, bearing S. 83° W. (N. 66° W. mag 
 
 m L?t^^^ f"*^ ""P^"' ^^^^ °^ ®^^^« I^l^ii^^ about N. 4° w' 
 (^. x!. JL. mag.), then run to the south, keeping Gappv Island in 
 the center of Middle Tickle, N. 4° W. (N. 2r E. mag^rto" oS 
 Pilly Rock on the port hand and Harbor Rock on the starboard 
 until the west^extreme of Barnes Island shuts in with Garrison 
 
 beTl I '' ^' ^''- ''° "^^ ""^•)' "^«^ -«l^°rage may 
 
 be taken up where convenient. "^ 
 
 The western entrance, between Boatswain Island and the cliffs 
 of Fogo Head, is but 100 yards wide, and narrowed by a rock 
 which extends halfway across from Boatswain Island When 
 entering, Fogo Head must be kept close aboard, and with a heavy 
 sea running there is a considerable rebound from the cliffs. Having 
 passed the entrance, the shores of the islands are bold 
 
 Northward of Garrison Point a bank, with 7 feet water over it, 
 extends hal way across the channel, so that, in passing, the shor^ 
 of Barnes Island must be kept aboard, and in turning toward the 
 
 fng N^fo wTn :.'o W ''''"? "^"r^ ^^ Garrison Point, bear! 
 ing N 63 W (N. 62 W. mag.), until the summit of Gappy Islaad 
 
 ^i^k e"rf° w^r^ri ^' ^r \'«^'' ^^^^ ^^-XMiddt 
 
 lictle. N. 4 W. (N 27 E. mag.), which will clear Harbor Rock 
 and anchorage may be taken up as convenient. 
 
 lofw"*'"'^'' ^f^'''' ^""^^^^^ "''^'' ""'^^"y ^«t^«en the 9th and 
 19th January and reniains so till about the 23d April, the harbor 
 being completely blocked with ice about 2 feet in thickness. Fie 
 ice appears about 14th January and disappears between 1st May 
 and 1st June. The first steamer arrives about 30th April and the 
 last mail steamer leaves on 19th January. 
 
392 
 
 OAIMO ST. JOHN TO CAPE BONAVISTA. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and clmnge, in Fogo Harbor "at 
 7h. 15ni. ; spvings riso 4:^ feet, neaps rise 3 feet. 
 
 Dangers. — From 3 to 7 miles from Roiind Head, and with the 
 head bearing between West (N. 59° W. mag.) and S. 52° W. (S. 83° 
 W. mag. ), there are several outlying dangers, named, respectively, 
 the Barracks Islets, Pigeon, Inspector, and Lanes Rocks, all of 
 which are shown on the chart. 
 
 Drovers Bock, small, and awash at high water, lies 2 miles 
 N. 9° W. (N. 22° E. mag.) from Round Head. 
 
 Cleopatra Rock, reported in 1841 as lying about 12 miles north- 
 eastward from White Island, was (1898) unsuccessfully searched for 
 by Commander W. Tooker, of H. B. M. surveying vessel Oulnare, 
 and the fishermen of the locality knew nothing of any rock near 
 the position given. 
 
 Snap Rock, awasli at low water, is the most dangerous rock in 
 this neighborhood, from its isolation and distance from the land, 
 being 18 miles N. 36° E. (N. 07° E. mag.) from Cape Fogo. 
 
 Ireland Rocks, generally breaking in three separate heads, 
 with from 30 to 70 fathoms water close around them, lie about 3J 
 miles to the northward of The Barracks, and form the northeastern 
 extreme of a belt of islands and rocks which, with an average 
 b- ;dth of 2 miles, run ENE. and WSW. for about 14 miles off 
 the north coast of Fogo. There is a navigable channel between this 
 belt and the coast, and deep-water channels are found among the 
 islands and rocks, but for most of these local knowledge is required. 
 
 Bishop Islet, small, and 10 feet above the sea, is the eastern island 
 in this belt ; from it shoal ground extends one mile northward and 
 ^ mile eastward. 
 
 Cromwell Ledge, about f miles in extent, witb irregular, rocky 
 bottom, has two patches of 6 fathoms ^ mile apart North (N. 31° 
 E. mag.). The south patch is 6 J miles S. 60° W. (N. 89° W. mag.) 
 of Snap Rock. 
 
 Jacobs Ledge is a patch of small extent, with 5^ fathoms on it, 
 lying li miles N. 59° E. (East mag.) of Ireland (East) Rock. 
 
 Note. — Both of the above shoals break heavily in bad weather. 
 Other shoals have been reported in this locality, but are consid- 
 ered identical Avith these ; but as the bottom is so foul and irregu- 
 lar, it is quite possible that other rocks may exist. 
 
 Little Fogo Islands form a group of islets, the eastern, 136 feet 
 above the sea, being the highest. On the western islet of the main 
 group a few fishermen live, who occupy themselves during the 
 summer at the codfishery, and in winter and spring sealing. 
 
 Turr Islands form a group NW. of Little Fogo Islands, the 
 highest being 94 feet above the sea. 
 
 m mmmm 
 
 aMMMM 
 
Dgo Harbor 'at 
 
 [, and with the 
 
 . 52° W. (S. 83° 
 
 d, respectively, 
 
 Rocks, all of 
 
 3r, lies 2 miles 
 
 12 miles north- 
 Ily searclied for 
 ressel Gulnare, 
 ' any rock near 
 
 igerous rock in 
 from the land, 
 pe Fogo. 
 eparate heads, 
 m, lie about 3J 
 le northeastern 
 th an average 
 it 14 miles off 
 el between this 
 ind among the 
 ige is required. 
 B eastern island 
 northward and 
 
 rregular, rocky 
 
 North (N. 31° 
 
 I". 89° W. mag.) 
 
 fathoms on it, 
 ist) Rock, 
 n bad weather, 
 but are consid- 
 3ul and irregu- 
 
 lastern, 136 feet 
 slet of the main 
 ?^es during the 
 sealing. 
 go Islands, the 
 
 8TOBKHOU8E ISLAND— BLACK ISLET. \.^ ^10^ 
 
 Storehouse Island, UO feet high, lies one mile WSW. from 
 rurr Islands, with a clear channel i mile wide between. These two 
 groups of islands are the highest of the belt, and, from their isola- 
 tion, the most conspicuous. To run through this channel and 
 insure being clear of Lots Rock, off Turr Islands, keep Round 
 Head, on Fogo Island, open west of Mile Islet, bearing 8. 37° E 
 (S. 4 W. mag.). The islets off the highest of the Storehouse 
 Islands are steep-to; when past them care must be taken to give 
 Mile Islet a berth of * mile, on account of the shoals which extend 
 600 yards oft it. 
 
 Beacon.— There is a pole beacon on Storehouse Island 
 
 Gappy Island, 2f miles north of the entrance of Fogo Harbor 
 IS conspicuous, being 83 feet high. The intervening groups! 
 namely. Seals Nest, Long Island, East Countryman, West Coun- 
 tryman, and Middle Islets, are from 10 to 30 feet above the sea 
 
 Beacon.— Seals Nest Island has a pole beacon on it. 
 
 Dangers.— Between the above-mentioned belt of islets and Fogo 
 Island are -numerous sunken dangers, which are shown upon the 
 chart, but It is advisable to obtain the assistance of a local pilot to 
 navigate among them. 
 
 Stone Island, the western island of the belt, is small, 12 feet 
 above the sea, and separated by a clear channel li miles wide from 
 Gappy Island. 
 
 T,.^!t°^ l®^®*' ''"^"' ^""^ ^^ ^^^* ^^°^« *^he sea, lies If miles S 69° 
 W (N. 80 W. mag.) from Brimstone Head. A patch, with 4 
 fathoms water over it, lies i mile S. 11° W. (S. 42° W. mae ) of 
 Black Islet. 
 
 The dangers around Black Islet extend in a NNE. and SSW 
 direction, the island being about the center 
 
 S 7f°w^m^.^?w' ""'^^ ^f^^^oms or water over it, lies | mile 
 S. 71 W. (N. 78° W. mag.) from Black Islet, and between are two 
 rocks awash at low water. 
 
 Current-A current running from the NW. splits about 2 miles 
 ott Fogo Head The main branch sets close along the north shore 
 ot J^ogo Island, and among the rocks and islands around it from i 
 to H knots It is much influenced by the wind, being acceler- 
 ated by northerly and retarded by southerly winds, while before 
 easterly gales it sometimes runs to the NW. This current after 
 passing Round Head, takes the direction of the coast, and is 'influ- 
 enced by the tidal stream, the ebb accelerating and the flood 
 retarding it, but only occasionally at spring tides stopping its 
 southerly course entirely. 
 
 The western branch of this current runs between Change and 
 Fogo Islands at the rate of about half a knot an hour, but is lost 
 before arriving at Stag Harbor Tickle. 
 
 wm 
 
394 
 
 CAl'E 8T. JOHN TO CAPJi BON A VISTA. 
 
 The Coast, from Cape Fogo to Seldom Come-by Harbor, trends 
 SW. by W. 8 miles. It is bold and rocky, and indented by three 
 coves. Cape, Kippin, and Wild Coves. They afford no shelter. 
 
 Western Head Rock, with 3 fathoms, lies J mile southeast- 
 ward of Western Head, the next headland to Cape Fogo. Burnt 
 Point well open of Wild Point, bearing S. 82° W. (N. 67° W. mag.), 
 clears the rock. 
 
 Seldom Oome-by Harbor is the first safe anchorage north of 
 Greens Pond, from which it is distant 50 miles ; it is consequently 
 a great stopping place for the Labrador fishing fleet on their way 
 north, when detained by foul wind or ice from prosecuting their 
 voyage. In the month of June, under either of these circumstances, 
 it is often crowded with brigs of 150 tons, and smaller vessels with 
 their closely packed living freight of fishermen, women and chil- 
 dren ; and again in the fall it is much frequented, though not by 
 such large numbers, the prevailing winds being more favorable 
 for the return southern voyage. 
 
 The entrance is f mile wide between Burnt Point on the east, 
 and Cann Islands and Black Reef on the west. Shoal water extends 
 300 yards off Burnt Point, but with this exception there are no 
 dangers. Having advanced up the bay so as to have the inner 
 harbor on the west side open, anchorage will be found in 6 fath- 
 oms, mud, over a space i mile in diameter. The inner harbor is 
 200 yards wide by 600 yards long, with a depth of 12 feet. There 
 is a considerable village around the shores of the harbor and bay, 
 but no supplies can be obtained, except water. 
 
 Light. — On the largest of the Cann Islands, from a light tower 
 above the gable of a wooden dwelling, 39 feet in height, and 
 painted white with red roofs, a fixed white light is exhibited at an 
 elevation of 85 feet, that should be visible 10 miles through an arc 
 of 270°. 
 
 Ice. — Seldom Come-by Harbor freezes between 1st and 10th Jan- 
 uary and remains frozen sometimes till as late as June, and occa- 
 sionally clearing as early as the middle of February. Field ice 
 usually arrives in the early part of February, sometimes remain- 
 ing till June. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Seldom Come-by 
 Harbor at 7h. 13m. ; springs rise 4^ feet, neaps rise 3 feet. 
 
 Stag Harbor Tickle.— The channel southward of Fogo Island, 
 between it and the mainland, is divided by the Indian Islands and 
 their adjacent islets. The northern charuel ' jtween these islands 
 and Fogo is Stag Harbor Tickle ; the southern is Sir Charles Ham- 
 ilton Sound. The former, though narrow and intricate, is pre- 
 ferred by coasting vessels. 
 
LITl'LE SELDOM COMK-HY IIAKUOK. 
 
 395 
 
 larbor, trends 
 anted by three 
 uo shelter, 
 lile southeast- 
 Fogo. Burnt 
 67° W. mag.), 
 
 .orage north of 
 s consequently 
 it on their way 
 jsecuting their 
 circumstances, 
 ier vessels with 
 omen and chil- 
 though not by 
 nore favorable 
 
 nt on the east, 
 J water extends 
 n there are no 
 have the inner 
 'ound in 6 fath- 
 inner harbor is 
 12 feet. There 
 larbor and bay, 
 
 a light tower 
 
 in height, and 
 
 exhibited at an 
 
 hrough an arc 
 
 and 10th Jan- 
 une, and occa- 
 ary. Field ice 
 etimes remain- 
 
 eldom Come-by 
 3 feet. 
 
 3f Fogo Island, 
 ian Islands and 
 3n these islands 
 r Charles Ham- 
 itricate, is pre- 
 
 Ice. — Stag Harbor Tickle freezes solid in January and bronkn 
 up between 1st and 10th May. 
 
 Little Seldom Oome-by Harbor, lying NW. of Cann Islands, 
 affords good summer anchorage in 6 to 10 fathoms, mud. There are 
 no dangers in approaching it, except tlie islets west of Cann Islands ; 
 from tliese foul ground extends 300 yards. 
 
 Stag Harbor, on the north side of Stag Harbor Tickle and NE. 
 of South Point, is 200 yards wide, and runs generally WNW. J 
 mile, the depth shoaling gradually from 5 fathoms to the miid and 
 bowlder banks at the head. Being open to the SE. it does not afford 
 convenient shelter. 
 
 (i'randfather Island is the eastern continuation of the Indian 
 Islands, being separated from them by a rocky channel one mile 
 wide. The island is low and flat, and has a smaller islet 600 yards 
 north of it, from which a reef extends E. by N. nearly ^ mile ; be- 
 tween this islet and Cann Islands is the entrance to Stag Harbor 
 Tickle, 2i miles wide. The north shore of the West Indian Island, 
 which forms the south side of the tickle, is rocky and foul for 800 
 yards oft" it. 
 
 Indian Island Tickle lies between East and West Indian Islands 
 and affords summer anchorage for small craft in 2 fathoms water, 
 over mud. 
 
 Indian Lookout Island is a remarkable cone, 127 feet high, 
 lying li miles west of Stag Harbor Tickle. 
 
 Directions. — Care must be taken not to come within ^ mile of 
 the NE. point of West Indian Island ; and a good mark for I'unning 
 through the tickle, so as to avoid Stag Rock, off South Point, on 
 the north hand, and the shoals off Indian Island oii the soiith, is 
 to have the north extreme of Mouse Island, the western islet of 
 Cann Islands, in line with the first rise in the hills east of Seldom 
 Come-by, bearing N. 62° E. (S. 87° E. mag.). 
 
 When Rogers Point is well open of South Point, bearing N. 4G° 
 W. (N. 15° W. mag.). Stag Rock will be passed, and a N". 51° W. 
 (N. 20° W. mag.) course for If miles will lead past Rogers Point 
 and north of Indian Lookout Island. In this channel there are no 
 dangers which are not visible, except a rock awash at low water, 
 which in a very smooth sea might possibly not be seen ; it lies 400 
 yards N. 31° W. (North mag.) irom the NE. islet of the Indian 
 Lookout Group. 
 
 Watch Bock, which breaks in a moderate sea, lies N. 21° W. 
 (N. 10° E. mag.) 1^ miles from Rogers Point, and in mid-channel 
 between Watch and Fogo Islands. 
 
 Island Harbor Head is a small biit remarkable bluff, 101 feet 
 high, on the west^oast of Fogo Island, 3^ miles north of Indian 
 Lookout Islands. There is an excellent boat harbor on its SE, side. 
 
 11190 26 
 
396 
 
 CAPE HT. JOHN TO CAPK HONAVISTA. 
 
 Hare Bay. — Haro Bay Head is 283 feet above the sea, and S. 
 hy W. 'i miles from Brimstone Head. Between them ia Hare Bay, 
 easily recognized by Leveret Islands, forming the south side of its 
 entrance, one of which is dome-shaped. A rock, with !i feet, lies 
 400 yards north from the end of these islands, leaving a channel 
 ^ mile wide into the harbor. The bay is 2 miles deep, and good 
 anchorage will be found from halfway up, in from i to 12 fathoms, 
 mud ; the west shore is rocky, but the east clear of danger, A snug 
 anchorage for a small vessel in 2 fathoms will be found in a basin 
 formed between the islands on the western side of the bay and the 
 mainland of Fogo Island. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Hare Bay 7h. 33m. ; 
 springs rise i^ feet, neaps rise 3 feet. 
 
 Sir Charles Hamilton Sound. — The northern shore of Sir 
 Charles Hamilton Sound is formed by the Indian Islands, and 
 groups which extend from them toward the Dog Bay Islands, the 
 intervening space is occupied by dangers, and should not be 
 approached within ^ mile, or in less water than 10 fathoms. 
 
 Ice. — Sir Charles Hamilton Sound freezes over in January, east 
 to a curved line from Seldom Come-by Harbor to East Indian, 
 Goose, Grass, and Noggin Islands, and winds north of east fill the 
 sound, winds between SE. and west clearing it. Owing to the cur- 
 rent from Cape Fogo past Ladle Island, this part of the coast and 
 the western Wadham Island is often clear of ice. 
 
 Rocky Bay. — The entrance to Rocky Bay is 6 miles wide between 
 Rocky Point and Grass Islands, but is broken into four channels 
 by White, Green, and Noggin Islands ; between Green and Noggin 
 Islands the passage is foul, with 2^ fathoms over a bottom strewed 
 with bowlders. Between Noggin and Grass Islands, and also be- 
 tween Green and White Islands, the channels are clear. 
 
 The inner waters of the bay are divided into three arms, the 
 Southwest, Middle, and Northwest; of these the Southwest and 
 Middle Arms are shallow and encumbered with islets and bowlders. 
 
 Noggin Hill, on the west side of Rocky Bay, wooded and 251 
 feet high, is conspicuous from its being surrounded by low land. 
 
 Northwest Arm has two rocks in its center, a few feet below the 
 water, also a patch of 3^ fathoms midway between Noggin Island 
 and Noggin Hill. In going up this arm keep near its western shore, 
 with the upper points of the eastern shore open, so as to avoid the 
 rocks in the center, and when White Island is shut in with the 
 outer east point of the arm, they will be passsed, and anchorage 
 may be had as c6nvenient in 4 to 6 fathoms, mud. 
 
 Gander Bay, westward of Rocky Bay, runs inland 13 miles, 
 there receiving the waters of Gander Brook, a conliderable fresh- 
 water stream. 
 

 BaoifiaMiiiib 
 
 OANDKU BAY — OAXDER IIIVKU. 
 
 -^ 397 
 
 well, and S. 
 is Hare Bay, 
 h sUlo of its 
 h '.) foot, lies 
 g a channel 
 ip, and good 
 
 12 fatlioms, 
 i;er. A snug 
 id in a basin 
 
 bay and the 
 
 Jiiy 7h. 35in. ; 
 
 shore of Sir 
 Islands, and 
 
 f Islands, the 
 
 lould not be 
 
 .thorns. 
 
 Jimnary, east 
 East Indian, 
 
 )f east fill the 
 
 ing to the cur- 
 the coast and 
 
 wide between 
 
 four channels 
 and Noggin 
 
 ittom strewed 
 
 f, and also be- 
 
 >ar. 
 
 ree arms, the 
 uthwest and 
 
 land bowlders. 
 
 •oded and 251 
 
 ly low land, 
 
 b below the 
 
 oggin Island 
 
 estern shore, 
 
 to avoid the 
 
 t in with the 
 
 ,nd anchorage 
 
 land 13 miles, 
 Iderable fresh- 
 
 Dog Peak is a roinarkablo sharp ])oak, 17fl fooi ove the soa, 
 on the west side of Gander Hay; the land to tho northward is low, 
 terminating in Dog Point, off wliioli iiro tho Dog Islands, low and 
 rocky. Gander Island is narrow, and with Dnck Island SW. of 
 it is 2 miles long; between this and Dog Point is tho entrance to 
 Gander Bay. 
 
 Fox Island, on the west side of tho buy, lying i^ mile from the 
 shore and 5 miles within Dog Point, is of moderate height and 
 easily distinguished ; between it and Dog Point the coast recedes to 
 the foot of Dog Peak, forming Shoal Bay, in which are numerous 
 islets and rocks extending ^ mile beyond tho line of tho points of 
 the bay. 
 
 Beaver Hill, on the eastern shore of Gandor Bay, directly oppo- 
 site Fox Island, is 261 feet above the sea. 
 
 Storehouse Island, on the east .shore opposite Fox Island, is 
 flat, 29 feet high, and ^ mile from the shore ; shoal water extends 
 J mile SW. from the island, on which is Robinson Rock, awash at 
 low water. Tlie shoalest part of this foul ground lies 000 yards S. 
 Tii" W. (N. n° W. mag.) from tho NW. point of Storehouse 
 Island. 
 
 BuBsey Point is a low promontory on the western shore ; shoals, 
 having 15 feet water over them, lie in the direct line between Fox 
 Island and Bussey Point. 
 
 In the reach from Bussey Point to Clark Point, when standing 
 toward the eastern shore, Storehoiise Island must be kojjt open of 
 Beaver Point until past the point next above Bussey Point, so as 
 to clear a long shoal which stretches J mile off a low point on that 
 coast. A shoal, with 3^ fathoms water over it, lies in mid-channel 
 one mile S. by E. from Bussey Point. 
 
 Qander River, flowing out of the lake of the same name, which 
 is 33 miles from the head of the bay, is crossed, at 5 miles below 
 the point where it issues from the lake, by the Northern and 
 Western Railway. 
 
 Anchorage. — Safe anchorage will be found in all parts of the 
 bay above Fox Island, on bottom generally of mud. 
 
 Ice. — From the mean of eleven years' observations, Gander Bay 
 freezes about 1st January and clears about 1st May, 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Gander Bay at 7h. 
 65m. ; springs rise 4 feet, neaps rise 3 feet. 
 
 Tidal Stream. — The ebb at Clark Point runs 2 knots at springs, 
 with a very weak flood for about three houi's; at neaps there is no 
 flood stream. 
 
 Farewell Head, 243 feet above the sea, is the western point of 
 Sir Charles Hamilton Sound, and the termination of the northern 
 shore of Dog Bay, which lies between it and Dog Bay Islands. 
 
 Maam 
 
 i^l 
 
 !l 
 
 MKaaMMR'*'^ 
 
ai)8 
 
 CAl'K ST. .lOlIN TO CAI'K UONAViiSTA. 
 
 Dog^ Bay runs hilund 7 miles; iiiiiiutdiutuly <>lt' its ciitnincf aro 
 DoK Hay Islands, wliit-h cxtt'iid ^J luiUis NNW. and SHE., consist- 
 iiiK <»r tlirnn main islands and numorous rocky islfts; their Kt'ncral 
 elovalion is from 20 to 40 feot, ('X(M'i)t at tlu* nortli end i>f tho 
 nortliern island, where a hill risi's 133 I'eet. 
 
 Steering Island, in the center of the entranco to Dog Bay, is 
 small, 27 feet liiK'ii imd steep-to. 
 
 Charley Island lies iV mile WSW. of Steering Island. 
 
 Vesuvius Rook, awasli at low water, lies J mile N. 53° E. (N. 
 84° E. mag.) of Steering Island, and the same distance from the 
 nean<st shore of Dog Bay Islands. 
 
 Qulnare Rook, with less than feet on it, lies 1,400 yards S. 
 40" E. (S. 9° E. mag.) from Steering Island. 
 
 Anohorage may bo obtained above Double Islet, in from 4 to 8 
 fatlioniH, mud, between the islands and the nt>rth shore; between 
 them find the south shore the bottom is foul. 
 
 Wadham Islands are seven in number, and with the adjacent 
 dangers cover a space of 11 miles E. by N. and W. by S. ; they 
 are named respectively Offer Wadham, Small, Coleman, Peckford, 
 White, Duck, and Copper Islands. On the south they are nearly 
 connected by rocks and reefs with the mainland north of the 
 Penguin Islands. 
 
 Light — On Offer Wiulham, the easternmost island, a cylindrical- 
 shaped brick tower, 44 feet in lu iglvt, and paintetl red, exhibits, at 
 an elevation of 100 feet, arevolviiio white light every half minute, 
 which should be visible 12 miles. 
 
 Ice. — The northern ice generally arrives between the 10th and 
 20th January. 
 
 Small Island, lying J mile stmthwestward of Offer Wadham 
 Island, is low and flat, 25 feet above the sea. 
 
 Coleman Island, the next, is small, with two remarkable cliffs 
 40 feet high, rising one at the northern and the other at the 
 southern extremity of the island. 
 
 Peckford Island is the largest and middle island of the group ; 
 at the north end is a sharp peak 86 feet high. 
 
 White Island, lying to the northwestward of Peckford Island, 
 is remarkably barren, nearly flat-topped, 99 feet above the sea, and 
 of a white color. 
 
 Duck Island is generally low and rocky, with a small peak in 
 its center 69 feet above the sea; it lies to the southwestward of 
 White Island. 
 
 Copper Island, the most western, is the highest and most con- 
 spicuous of the group, 192 feet above the sea. 
 
 Eastsoutheast Qround is a shoal with 9 feet water, lying 
 nearly 2 miles E. by S. of Offer Wadham Island. 
 
ciilninct' ant 
 SE., cunsist- 
 
 Jit'ir K«"i*''''^' 
 1 end of tho 
 
 Dog Buy, ia 
 
 and. 
 
 !^. 53° E. (N. 
 
 ice from the 
 
 ,•100 yards S. 
 
 IV from 4 to 8 
 ore; between 
 
 tho adjacent 
 . by S. ; tliey 
 an, Peckford, 
 ley are nearly 
 north of the 
 
 , a cy lindrical- 
 
 ^d, exhibits, at 
 
 half minute, 
 
 the 10th and 
 
 ffer Wadham 
 
 larkable cliffs 
 other at the 
 
 of the group ; 
 
 kford Island, 
 ^e the sea, and 
 
 small peak in 
 hwestward of 
 
 md most con- 
 water, lying 
 
 ^-f MoftS*?**^^'-"-'' '' ■■'-"■' 
 
 WAIMIAM Isr.ANDS. 
 
 Tom Ood is M siiiiill I'dcU, with 1*^ fret ; till' marks for It an-, th»> 
 pt'iik of I'cckfonI IsIhihI in liiif willi tlic north clilf of ('olcinnn 
 Isliind S. 05" W. (N. 84" W. iiimk.), mid OfftT Wiulhum LiKhtliouse 
 In-iiriiig N. U° W. (N. r W. iimK.). 
 
 Southsouthwest Rock is always to 1h> seen, Ix'in^ awasli at 
 hij^h watiT; it lifs 'i miles 8SE. from Small Island, and E. by S. 
 fi'ftin Coli'maii Island. 
 
 East Rock, with 10 fatlioms, lies -i mih-s N. 05° E. (S. 84° E. 
 nia^.) from Otft-r Wadhaiu Lif^hthouse. 
 
 Outer East Rock, with !•> fathoms, lios 5 milos N. ;()° E. (S. 70° 
 E. ma^;.) fi'om OtFtT Wadham LiKlithousc 
 
 White 01am Rook, with l) fathoms, lies to tho northwanl of 
 tho group, nearly 4 milos N. 28° E. (N. 59° E. mag.) from Copper 
 Island .summit. 
 
 Frampton Rock, with ;} fathoms, lies 2^ milos N. 79" W. (N. 
 48° W. mag.) from Coppor Lsland summit. 
 
 Fishing Rock, with 9 fathoms, lies 4 milos N. 73° W. (N. 42° 
 W. mag.) from Copper Island summit. 
 
 Ohannels among the Wadham Islands. — Between Peckford 
 Island and the mainland there are sovoi-al deep- water channels; 
 the widest is that nearest tho main, immediately north of Penguin 
 Islands and Edwards Reef, but for this no leading mark can be 
 given. The only channel for which a natural leading mark exists 
 is that betwoen Scrub Reef and Schoolroom Rock ; this mark is tho 
 south points of Copper and Duck Islands in line N. 61° W. (N. 30° 
 W. mag.). Copper Island, from its greater height, can bo seen 
 over Duck Island. 
 
 Funk Island, the summit of which is in latitude 49° 46' 29" N., 
 longitude 53° 10' 49" W., lies about 24 milos ENE. from Offer 
 Wadham Island; it is 800 yards long, NE. by E. and SW. by W., 
 by 400 yards wide, 46 feet high and nearly flat, with scanty vege- 
 tation ; peat on the highest part. 
 
 Landing can be effected in calm weather at Gannet Head on the 
 SW. coast, and on the north side of Indian Gulch, which is south 
 of the eastern or Escape Point, but not at the head of this gulch, as 
 at all times the send of the sea would make it unsafe for a boat in 
 such narrow waters. On the north coast, 200 yards west of Escape 
 Point, is a steep cliff, up and down which the sea rises and falls 
 without breaking, so that even in a high sea landing may be 
 effected on The Bench, which is a shelf 4 foot wide, sloping up the 
 cliff, and quickly narrowing to a few inches broad, but keeping 
 that breadth for only 10 or 12 feet, after which the ascent is steep 
 with good holding. 
 
 Two islets lie off the west point of Funk Island, at the distances 
 of 1,200 and 600 yards; besides these islets there are several rocky 
 
400 
 
 C'APK ST. .lOIIN TO CAl'K HO\AVlSTA. 
 
 spots, oxtondiiiK ^ milo off tho iu)rth wido of the islaiul, whiiili uio 
 goiuTiilly lin'iikiii^. 
 
 Oaution. In mMitioii to Broiiton Itock, having ft fathoms water 
 over it and lyiiiK^i milosS. 6:1" W. (West inaK.), tho ishind may Im 
 said to bo Hurrouiidod by Hunkc^n daiigors at distaiicctH varying from 
 2J milos to i mil«, a kiiowlodgo of wliich can best l)o obtaiiUHl from 
 tlio cliart. Althoiigh on somti of those U-d^es a deptli of as mncli 
 as 15 fathoms is fouml, yot, through tlio sudden change in tlie deptli 
 of wator (00 fatlioms 1)oing th(* general depth in the vicinity of tho 
 island), the sea breaks heavily over them in bad weather. 
 
 Current. — It is reported that a strong southwesterly set is some- 
 times experienced near Funk Island; care should therefore bo 
 exorcised when navigating in the vicinity, esiKicially at night or 
 during foggy weather. 
 
 Tides.— It is high water, full and change, at Funk Islands at 7li. ; 
 springs rise from 2 to 3 feet (approximate). 
 
 Ladle Island, lying 4^ miles SW. by S. from Copper Island, is 
 34 feet above the sea, and forms the NW. extreme of tho almost 
 straight, low, and dangerous coast which terminates at Cape Freels. 
 
 Bagged Harbor is aj miles southeastward of Ladle Island; in 
 its entrance is an islet 6 feet above water, and northwestward of 
 the islet are two rocks with less than feet on them. The north- 
 ernmost rock is distant i mile, and there is anothei rock about 200 
 yards SSW. of the islet. 
 
 Directions. — When to the northward of these rocks bring the 
 fall of a ridge of high land in line with White Point, the first point 
 in on north shore, bearing S. 39° W. (S. 70° W. mag.), and anchor 
 off White Point in 4 fathoms, mud. This would make a good tem- 
 porary anchorage for small vessels bound south and detained by a 
 SW. gale, instead of bearing up for Seldom Come-by Harbor, on 
 Fogo Island. 
 
 Penguin Islands are two low, flat islets about 20 feet above the 
 sea; the northern lies 5 miles SSE. from Peckford Island, the space 
 between being much encumbered with rocks and shoal patches, 
 ■with two narrow channels through them. Northwest of the islets, 
 between them and Ragged Harbor, lie the extensive patches known 
 as Edwards Reef, on which is a group of small rocks about 10 feet 
 high. 
 
 Light.— On the north end of North Penguin Island, from a 
 cylindrical-shaped iron tower, 47 feet in height and painted red 
 and white in vertical stripes, a fixed white light is exhibited at an 
 elevation of 62 feet, which should be visible 9 miles. 
 
 Coast.- From abreast the Penguin Islands to Cape Freels the 
 trend of coast is SE. for 16^ miles; the shoi'o is generally low and 
 the country flat, so that when a short distance off there is nothing 
 
 <Mi 
 
11(1, wliich uro 
 
 futliotiis water 
 isliind iniiy !»•» 
 ) viiryiiiK from 
 ohtiiinod from 
 til of lis much 
 ffo ill tli(> depth 
 vicinity of the 
 athur. 
 
 rly sot is some- 
 l thiu-oforo ho 
 ly ut night or 
 
 Ishvnds at Hh. ; 
 
 pper Island, is 
 B of the almost 
 at Cai)e Froels. 
 adle Island; in 
 thwestward of 
 n. The north - 
 rock ahout 200 
 
 ■ocks bring the 
 
 , the first point 
 
 ), and anchor 
 
 ce a good tem- 
 
 detained by a 
 
 by Harbor, on 
 
 feet above the 
 and, the space 
 shoal patches, 
 )st of the islets, 
 patches known 
 s about 10 feet 
 
 sland, from a 
 
 d painted red 
 
 exhibited at an 
 
 !ape Freels the 
 lerally low and 
 here is nothing 
 
 l»K.\l)MA\ HAY — CAI'K IIIKKLS. 
 
 401 
 
 ■■MK^<''-> 
 
 rt'iiiiirkuhlc l>y wliicli to (lislinj^uisli one itiul fnnii aiiotlitT. Dcad- 
 mnii Itock, with 15 feet watiT over it., liert IJ miU^u N. M" W. (N. 
 23° E. mag.) from Doa-liimn I'oitit. 
 
 Anchorage. — In Di'iidinun Hay, tij iiiilcH from Smitli Penguin 
 Island, tliiTo is fair anclmra^^e in '.» faliiunis water during the suin- 
 inor, witli shelter from NW. and south winds, in the NW. corner 
 under Deadmaii Point; the hohtiiiK K>'<*ii>><l is good, but a shoal, on 
 which tli(^ ilepth is :j fath<»mH, lies k mile S. H" K. (S. r.V' W. iiwik'.) 
 from I)ea<linan Point. 
 
 Oat Harbor, soutjiward of Deadman Hay, is small and ilaii- 
 gerous, and only available for small vessels in fine weather. A 
 ♦J-fatliom biuik o(f Cat Harhor, and several with depths of from 
 5 to '.» fathoms off Deadman Bay, break in had W(}ather. 
 
 Ice. — Cat Harbor free/os between 1st January and 1st February, 
 and clears as soon as the ice loaves the (ujast. 
 
 Oape Freels, the noi'thern point of the grent bay of Bonavista, 
 is low and rocky, c(jnsisting of throe points, named North, Middle, 
 and South Bills; within them tho laud risus to an elevation of 18:5 
 feet, known as Cape Ridge. 
 
 Ice. — Capo F'reols freezes between 1st January and 1st F(»bruary, 
 and the ice is often near the capo in May and in some seasons as 
 late as June. 
 
 Oull Island lies 1^ miles east from tho South Bill ; there is deep 
 water round this island, but k milo N, 5(1° W. (N. 25° W. mag.) is 
 Gull Rock, with 9 feet over it. 
 
 Ooast. — About I milo SW. from Gull Island commences rocky 
 ground, which extends along tho coast for about 13 miles to tho 
 SW., as far as Shoe Point. On this rock-encumbered shore there 
 are no anchorages that a stranger should attempt until south of 
 Copper Island, which lies off Shoe Point, when by the aid of a 
 chart anchorage may be found to the westward of Green Pond 
 Island. 
 
 Between Gull Island and North Bill there are many offlying 
 dangei's, the outer of which, Brandies Islot and Roof, stretches otf 
 about i mile from Middle Bill, with shoal water and loss than 10 
 fathoms for a distance of H miles ; from this there are no dangers 
 in fine weather until past Cat Harbor and Deadman Bay. 
 
 The dangers about Cape Freels cover a triangular area, having 
 for its base 13 miles of tho coast from Shoe Point to Cape Freels, 
 and its apex at Stinking Banks, which lie about 6 miles from this 
 line of coast. The whole of this space is encumbered with shoals, 
 interspersed with low rocky islets, which make it dangerous of 
 approach, especially during foggy weather, though in a moderate 
 sea fishermen with local experience feel safe, from the fact that 
 almost all the dangers show themselves ; but in a heavy swell, when 
 
402 
 
 CAPE ST. JOHN TO CAPE UONAVrSTA. 
 
 the deeper shoals with 7 to 10 fathoms over them are breaking, and 
 the whole sea is confused, nothing hut the most perfect knowledge 
 and great experience would justify this portion of the coast being 
 approached. 
 
 With the aid of a chart and the following remarks and direc- 
 tions, to be used during moderate weather, such a;' often prevails 
 in summer when fishing vessels are proceeding to the Labrador 
 Coast, suflBcient local knowledge may easily be acquired for the ordi- 
 nary purposes of navigation, and a comparative stranger enabled 
 to use with confidence the outer channels between Flowers and 
 Stinking Islands, and northward, inside Middle and Charge Eocks. 
 
 Pincher Island lies 4 miles SW. by S. of Gull Island; a square 
 church on the highest part of the island makes it easy to be recog- 
 nized. To the northward of the island is Pinchers Bight, which 
 affords safe anchorage in summer for small vessels in 2^ to 3 
 fathoms. 
 
 Pouch Island, which lies about If miles to the southward of 
 Pincher Island, is 80 feet high and about ^ mile long, with several 
 islets and reefs round it; f mile from its east side lie East Reefs, 
 the outer rock of which dries, and is consequently always easily 
 recognized. 
 
 The entrance to Pinchers Bight from the southward is a mile 
 wide, between East Reefs and Margery Rock, which has less than 
 6 feet over it and generally breaks. 
 
 Directions.— Having recognized Pincher Island church, steer 
 for it, and keep it well open east of Hincks Islet (which is 12 feet 
 high, lying f mde N. by E. cf Pouch Island), bearing N. 39° W. 
 (N. 8° W. mag.), and having passed the outer rock of East Reef, 
 bring it in line with the east end of Flowers Island, a large island 
 southward of Pouch Island, and steer North (N. 31° E. mag.), with 
 it bearing South (S. 31° W. mag.), for li miles, until Bundells 
 Gaze, a remarkable granite lump on the mainland, is in line with 
 the outer rocks north of Pincher Island, named Pound Rocks, N. 
 60° W. (N. 19° W. mag.), then steer on this line for li miles, until 
 Pincher Island church bears S. 69° W. (West mag.), when sheer 
 out to pass Pound Rocks, between which and the dangers to the 
 northward the channel is 800 yards wide ; having passed them, 
 anchor when convenient. 
 
 Ice.— The bays between Pincher Island and Pools Arm all freeze 
 between 1st January and 1st February, and clear as soon as the ice 
 leaves the coast. 
 
 Flowers Islands are two in number, with some small islets 
 close off them to the northward ; the western is the largest and 
 highest, 103 feet above the sea; together they cover an area i mile 
 in diameter. A straight narrow channel, in which the few resident 
 
 1 
 
breaking, and 
 set knowledge 
 e coast being 
 
 ks anil direc- 
 often prevails 
 the Labrador 
 edfortlxeordi- 
 anger enabled 
 L Flowers and 
 Charge Eocks. 
 Und ; a square 
 3y to be recog- 
 1 Bight, which 
 els in 2i to 3 
 
 soiithward of 
 y, with several 
 ie East Reefs, 
 
 always easily 
 
 ward is a mile 
 h has less than 
 
 church, steer 
 hich is 12 feet 
 ng N. 39° W. 
 of East Reef, 
 a large island 
 mag.)> with 
 until Bundells 
 is in line with 
 and Rocks, N. 
 li miles, until 
 ), when sheer 
 angers to the 
 passed them. 
 
 Arm all freeze 
 soon as the ico 
 
 le small islets 
 le largest and 
 an area i mile 
 jie few resident 
 
 8WAINS ISLANDS — CABOT ISLANDS. 
 
 403 
 
 fishermen secure their boats, runs NW. by W. and SE. liy E. 
 between the islands. 
 
 Swains Islands lie off the mainland about 4 miles SW. of 
 Pincher Island ; on them is a fishing village with a conspicuous 
 square church painted white, with a dark roof. Some scaling ves- 
 sels are laid up during summer in the channel nearest the main- 
 land ; the entrance to this channel or harbor is from the southward, 
 but no written remarks can be given that would be of service. 
 
 Butterfly Islands are several narrow rocky islets, lying a little 
 more than a mile SW. by W. of Flowers Islands; they are 500 
 yards long, west and east, the western and highest being 30 feet 
 above the sea ; north of them are two low rocks extending off a 
 distance of 200 yards. 
 
 East Twin Rock has 13 feet over it; it lies 1,200 yards west 
 from the Butterfly Islands. 
 
 West Twin Rock has 12 feet over it ; it lies 900 yards farther 
 west and a mile from Butterfly Islands. 
 
 Black Reef is small, about 10 feet high, 800 yards N, by W. of 
 Butterfly Islands, and about one mile W. by S. from the peak of 
 Flowers Islands. 
 
 Three Rocks and Jacobs Ground lie i mile southward of 
 Flowers Islands, covering a space nearly a mile in diameter, with 
 several shoal heads, with from 9 feet to 5 fathoms over them, and 
 deep water among them. 
 
 Shoe Point in line with the north side of Copper Island S. G3° W. 
 (N. 86° W. mag.) leads south of them; Shoe Point in line with 
 the south side of Newell Island, an island lying northward of 
 Copper Island, S. 49° W. (S. 80° W. mag.) leads northwestward 
 of them, while Pouch Island summit in line with the east side 
 of Flowers Island N. 34° W. (N. 3° W. mag.) leads to the east- 
 ward, and the main portion of Pouch Island open westward of 
 Flowers Island N. 6° W. (N. 25° E. mag.) leads west of them. 
 
 Cabot Islands, also known as Stinking Islands by the fisher- 
 men, form the outermost of the low rocky islets which encumber 
 the coast between Cape Freels and Shoe Point ; they are two in 
 number, about 400 yards apart, 19 and 22 feet high, respectively, 
 and lie 5^ miles 8SE. ^ E. from Gull Island. 
 
 A rock, with 6 feet water over it, lies about ^ mile southwestward, 
 and between them and Flowers Islands lie two rocks, named Bleak 
 and Stevensons Islets, the former 8 feet, the latter 14 feet above 
 the sea. 
 
 Light.— The lighthouse, on northern Cabot Island, is a tower 
 on a dwelling, 47 feet in height, painted red and white in bands ; it 
 exhibits, at an elevation of 74 feet, an intermittent white light, hav- 
 ing a period of system of twenty seconds, showing light eleven 
 
 ss-w^ss 
 
404 
 
 APE ST. .TOUN TO CAPE BONA VISTA. 
 
 secoiifls, with nine seconds eclipse. It should be visible 10 miles. 
 
 Stinking Banks lie from U to 3 miles NE. of Cabot Islands, 
 with depths of froir 12 to 10 fathoms between; they cover a space 
 of 1 )r miles ENE. and WN W. by i mile broad, with patches of 
 from 7 to 9 fathoms water. From the outer patch of 7 fathoms 
 Cabot Island Lighthouse is 3 miles S. 66° W. (N. 83° W. mag.). 
 
 Middle Rock, awash at low water, is always breaking ; it lies 
 If miles N. 9° W. (N. 22° E. mag.) from Cabot Island Lighthouse. 
 
 Charge Rock, with 4 feet water over it, generally breaks ; from 
 it Gull Island lies 2^ miles N. 69° W. (N. 38° W. mag.), and 
 Middle Rock is in line with the west end of Cabot Island. 
 
 Norris Rock, with 5 fathoms water over it, lies H miles S. 68° 
 E. (S. 37° E. mag.) from Gull Island. 
 
 Greens Pond Island, lying about 2 miles from Shoe Point, is 
 171 feet above the sea, and one mile in diameter, presenting a 
 nearly flat summit. From it a chain of islets extends south 1^ 
 miles, without navigable channels between them; the southern 
 are Copper, Pigeon, and Horse Islands, which are almost con- 
 nected. Copper Island, the most southern of the group, rises to a 
 peak 115 feet high, and has, lying to the southward at 400 yards 
 distant. Black Rocks and Black Reef, which ire steep-to, the 
 water deepening quickly to 100 fathoms. At 300 yards from 
 Horse Island is Horse Rock, with less than 6 feet water over it, 
 and 300 yards from Copper Island is Herring Rock, on which the 
 depth is 12 feet. 
 
 Cookroom Rock, with 12 feet water over it, lies 400 yards off 
 the SE. point of Greens Pond Island. 
 
 Sealskin Rock, with 16 feet water over it, lies N. 11° E. (N. 42° 
 E. mag.), and another rock, also with 15 feet over it, lies N. 28° E. 
 (N. 59° E. mag.), each 1,100 yards from Puffin Island Lighthouse. 
 
 Between Puffin and Cookroom Rocks is the entrance to the fish- 
 ing town and station of Greens Pond. The church, merchants' 
 establishments, with sealing steamers and vessels which use this 
 harbor moored in the narrow gully between the rocks, render it 
 conspicuous. On no account should the anchorage be approached 
 by a stranger. 
 
 During summer months Greens Pond is often without fresh 
 water. The population in 1891 was 1,317. 
 
 Communication. — The Coastal Steamship Company's steamer 
 between St. Johns and Battle Harbor calls here fortnightly during 
 summer and autumn. 
 
 Coal. — A small supply of coal (about 20 tons) may be obtained. 
 
 Puffin and Newell Islands lie northward of Copper Island. 
 The former, abc ^t 1,200 yards from Grp'iis Pond Island, is flat, 
 and 55 feet high. At 300 yards N. 38° E. (N. 69° E. mag.) from 
 
visible 10 miles, 
 f Cabot Islands, 
 ey cover a space 
 with patches of 
 ch of 7 fathoms 
 \r W. mag.)- 
 )reaking; it lies 
 md Lighthouse, 
 ly breaks; from 
 W. mag.), and 
 Island. 
 i U miles S. 68° 
 
 1 Shoe Point, is 
 3r, presenting a 
 xtends south 1^ 
 1 ; the southern 
 are almost con- 
 ?roup, rises to a 
 ard at 400 yards 
 re steep-to, the 
 }00 yards from 
 it water over it, 
 k, on which the 
 
 es 400 yards off 
 
 !^. 11° E. (N. 42° 
 it, lies N. 28° E. 
 md Lighthouse, 
 ance to the fish- 
 irch, merchants' 
 I which use this 
 rocks, render it 
 e be approached 
 
 1 without fresh 
 
 ipany's steamer 
 rtnightly during 
 
 lay be obtained. 
 
 Copper Island, 
 
 I Island, is flat, 
 
 ° E. mag.) from 
 
 Jims MM 
 
 PT'FFIN ISLAND— POOLS IIAKBOR. 4,(5 
 
 fard^r47F"r^"''«noi''^' "^'^^ '' '^"* ^^'^^ -'^^ it; an.l 000 
 yards N. 49 E. (N. 80° E. mag. from the lighthou.se is Pufhn 
 Lecl^e, with 5 fathoms over it. Newell Island, only 38 feet h-^ 
 IS divided from Puffin Island by a narrow rock^ clufnnel " ' 
 
 Light-On, Puffin Island, from a slate-roof tower, 40 feet in 
 heigh at the corner of a granite building, a fixed ed 1 2t 
 exhibited at an elevation of 85 feet. It should be visib 10 ml 
 ^tween the bearings of S. 22° E. (S. 9° W. mag.) and K os" E 
 
 Pnnl« tT T^') T^^"" ^'' ^^ ^^^^°' ^"<^ '' «^«cure.l between Bi-^ 
 Pools Island and Fox Island, in Fox Bay. ^ 
 
 Ice.-Greens Pond Harbor freezes about the 18th Janu-iw ho 
 tweenwhch date and 8th February it is closed at in rvaL^'bu; 
 after the latter date it is generally completely closed by ic a'^o 
 
 m1T.1 "'' /. ''' ^^*" ''^ ^^''^- ^^'^^ i«« appears abou 11 h 
 March and disappears about the same day in May T]"e fiVs 
 
 ztz:^'' '-'''' ^'^^' ^«*^ ^p^^^ -^ the iasti.v^rabo:: 
 
 Madsumiaer Kock-This dangerous rock, having 2 feet water 
 
 Isknd tL ! ? • T^-^ ^"^^^ *^^ ^W- P«i"t of Copper 
 Is and. The west extreme of Greens Pond open west of Maiden 
 Island, bearintr N 20° W ^\r n° i? \ , f^" wost 01 iviaicien 
 
 AnnVi/Toil tV .^•^^- " E. mag.), leads west of the rock 
 Anchorage-Herring and Midsummer Rocks are the cmlv 
 dangers between Copper Island and Shoe Point, so that when cle^ 
 to the westward of Midsummer Rock vessels may, in finrweather 
 
 v::To\i:L7^:r ^^"^ -' ^--^ poni'isiand:r;:c; 
 
 The anchorage off the S.W. side of this island is indifferent the 
 bottom being chiefly of rock, with some patches of sand ne'es^! 
 
 V esseis should ride with a long scope of cable 
 
 rools Harbor—The entrance to this harbor is to the northward 
 of Greens Pond, between the islands which stretch north fi^'mtha 
 island namely. Partridge. Grassy, and Odd, on ^L soX anc 
 Poo s Islands on the north ; it may be recogniz;d by the two Pound 
 Islets which he nearly a mile NE. of Greens Pond Islanland the 
 same distance from the entrance of the harbor 
 
 South Pound Islet is about 300 yards long and 47 feet hi^h 
 
 anf 3ot Tn '''*f T""' ^^^'^^ ^^^^^t ''^ y--^« in <liameter 
 and 30 feet high; a reef, which is generally breaking extends 400 
 
 NE bvT;'' ^^«-'i--ti- ot South Pou'nd Islet, Sidlo ya .h 
 w Z S' '* '' ^ P^t''^ «^ ^ fathoms. ^ 
 
 Half Rock, with 9 feet over it, lies li miles N. 46° E (N 77° F 
 
 mag.) from North Pound Islet, with the SE. extremes of'the Pou^d 
 
 Islets and a saddle over Shoe Point all in line. 
 
 m 
 
400 
 
 CAPE ST. JOHN TO CAPE BONAVISTA. 
 
 North Rocks are two in number, witli 2 and 3 fathoms water 
 over them; their outer edge lies about one mile ENE. from the 
 east point of Greens Pond Island. The summit of Big Pools Island 
 in line with the east side of South Pound Islet, bearing N. 56° W. 
 (N. 2.5° W. mag.), clears their east side. 
 
 Liver Ledge has 7 fathoms water over it, and from it Copper Island 
 summit is 2^ miles S. 48° W. (S. 79° W. mag.). 
 
 Midivay Rock, with less than G feet water on it, lies directly in 
 the fairway for Pools Harbor, between South Pound Islet and the 
 shoals off Greens Pond Island, and a rock, with 12 feet water over 
 it, lies one-third of the distance from Grassy Island to the SE. point 
 of Big Pools Island ; there is also a rock, awash at low water, lying 
 100 yards northward of Odd Island ; besides these there are no dan- 
 gers in the harbor except those close to the shore or above water. 
 
 Benburry Rock, with 9 feet water over it, lies 65 yards S. 36° 
 W. (S. 67° W. mag.) from Benburry Islet, and in the fairway to 
 Pools Harbor. 
 
 Directions. — There are no natural leading marks for the chan- 
 nels between Pound Islets, nor for those north or south of them. 
 The best channels are immediately north or south of South Pound 
 Islet, where, in a moderate sea, the dangers would generally show. 
 After passing this islet, steer for Big Pools Island, taking care not 
 to open the church west of it, until the inner part of Grassy Island 
 bears southward of S. 59° W. (West mag. ), and, having passed Odd 
 Island, anchor in from 7 to 10 fathoms water, over mud, with the 
 west side of Grassy Island just touching the east side of Odd Island, 
 bearing S. 31° E. (South mag.), and the church N. 59° E. (East 
 mag.). 
 
 A slight swell sets in here with easterly gales, but it is not dan- 
 gerous to shipping. Smooth water may be obtained in a depth 
 of 5 fathoms, ^ mile farther up the harbor, and small vessels may 
 moor in the channel NW. of Main Pools Island or in Pudding Bag 
 Cove. The favorite moorings for sealing vessels when lying up is 
 between Main Pools and Big Pools Islands. 
 
 Ice. — Pools Harbor freezes early in January and breaks up in 
 the latter part of April. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Pools Harbor at 
 7h. Om. ; springs rise 4 feet, neaps rise 3 feet. 
 
 Loo Cove is a good anchorage on the mainland about one mile 
 WNW. of Greens Pond Island. In running for it, when SW. of 
 Greens Pond, there are no dangers until the summit of Copper 
 Island is in line Avith the SW. extreme of Greens Pond Island, 
 bearing S. 54° E. (S. 23° E. mag.), and this line should not be 
 crossed until Pools Church is well open of Partridge Island, bear- 
 ing N. 5° E. (N. 36° E. mag.), so as to avoid the ledge which 
 
 SE^^^^^^^^H^ 
 
fathoms water 
 ENE. from the 
 Jig Pools Island 
 ring N. 56° W. 
 
 it Copper Island 
 
 lies directly in 
 id Islet and the 
 feet water over 
 bo the SE. point 
 3W water, lying 
 lere are no dan- 
 )r above water. 
 65 yards S. 36° 
 the fairway to 
 
 :s for the chan- 
 south of them. 
 >f South Pound 
 generally show, 
 taking care not 
 f Grassy Island 
 ing passed Odd 
 mud, with the 
 ) of Odd Island, 
 ^. 59° E. (East 
 
 it it is not dan- 
 ned in a depth 
 all vessels may 
 n Pudding Bag 
 hen lying up is 
 
 d breaks up in 
 
 ools Harbor at 
 
 about one mile 
 ., when SW. of 
 mit of Copper 
 5 Pond Island, 
 should not be 
 ',e Island, bear- 
 e ledge which 
 
 GENERAL DIRECTIONS. 
 
 407 
 
 Stretches out nearly one-third of the width of the channel from 
 Greens Pond Island. After passing the narrowest part of tl 
 channel (400 yards wide) there is good anchora^je in 11 fathom 
 water for a space of i mile. "I'iioms 
 
 of^p'J^' ''t7^ f T*^' ^^"'"^ ^'^'^ ^" ^^"^ ^^"^ tl^« «""tlx point 
 ot Ir-aitudge Island, bearing about N. 70° E (S 79° E matr ) 
 
 ^ads between two sunken rocks, 300 yards apart, into Loo Cove 
 wJ^re there is good inchorage in from 5 to 7 fathoms water 
 
 ward, after passing the dangers oif Cape Bonavista, a N. .34° W 
 
 I .o L T*'^ ''''''''^^ ^""'^ ^1 "^"«« if insi'le, and N. 45° W (n" 
 14 W^mag.) 18 miles if outside them, will lead about 4 miles cLv 
 
 to sthfTT ?°«««^-7 I«l^«'l« ' -f ter passing these endeavor 
 to s ght land m the vicmity of Shoe Point, for, thougli iw.t tlie 
 most prominent pomt of the coast, there is a chance, should it be 
 foggy of the fog lifting as it is approached. The only danger near 
 It IS Midsummer Rock, and it is scarcely probable that could be 
 approached without Copper Island or the islets off it being first 
 
 In clear weather it may be convenient to steer direct for Flowers 
 Islands; in this case Pincher Island church will generally be the 
 first object identified, from its prominent position 
 
 Having recognized the land about Greens Pond, a stranger can 
 Thl^P f I r Pf ^^^^^"^ *« the NE., either inside or outside 
 lYnln?'^ ^f J^^°,^^ ^^^^^'i' by keeping Shoe Point and south 
 point ot Newell Island in hne, bearing S. 49° W (S 80° W ma<' ) 
 If inside and intending to pass northward of these dangers^'if 
 
 rS'w (N 86° W^'^^^'r ^ "??' '''' ^^ Copper 'isla'nd, 
 i J.^ ^- °'*^-^' °^®*''« them, passing to the soutli- 
 m oo w ^°^^h Island is open of Flowers Islands, N. 40° W 
 (N.9 W.mag). Should Pincher Island Church be first identified ' 
 It may be safely steered for on a N. 31° W. (North mag.) course 
 until Fbwers and the other Islands are recogiized, af ter wMch In 
 proceeding to the northward, the channel on either side of Steven- 
 sons Islets may be taken. 
 
 The passage east of Three Rocks, between Stevensons and Bleak 
 Islets, a mile wide, is the most easy, involving less change of course 
 the only caution necessary being to avoid the shoal ground which 
 extends nearly 400 yards off the west point of the Bleak Islets 
 From this channel steer N. 13° E. (N. 44° E. mag.) 3 miles koeo 
 ing a good lookout to the northeastward for Middle Rock 'which 
 generally breaks, and on the west for Cobblers Fishing Rock- the 
 west summit of Butterfly Islands kept in line with the northern 
 point of Flowers Islands, S. 37° W. (S. 68° W. mag.), wi Tend 
 between these dangers, but do not pass north of this line nntU 
 
 t ',' 
 
 ^"■wpaagi 
 
408 
 
 CAPE ST. .fOIlN TO CAPE BONAVISTA. 
 
 the Middle Bill of Capo Freels is open of Lapstone Rocks, which 
 lie about one mile southward of Gull Island, bearing about N. 43° 
 W. (N. 12° W. mag.), when a course may be steered for Gull 
 Island, leaving Charge and Norris Rocks to the north, and passing 
 .east of Gull Island at 200 yards or any greater distance. 
 
 Inside Passa(s;e. — After leaving Pools Harbor, and having 
 rounded southward of Big Pools Island, steer N. 48° E. (N. 79° 
 E. mag.), within Pound Islets, taking care to bring South Pound 
 Islet open west of North Pound Islet S. 34° W. (S. 65° W. mag.), 
 so as to avoid Half Rock and The Twins, until Black Reef is in 
 line with the south point of Flowers Islands, East (S. 69° E. mag.), 
 when the before-mentioned line should be crossed and Pound Islets 
 brought in line S. 41° W. (S. 72° W. mag.), to clear Catamaran 
 Rock, an outlying rock eastward of Swains Islands; after passing 
 Flowers Islands, bring Black Reef just open of the islets oflf 
 Flowers Islands S. 52° W. (S. 83° W. mag,), and proceed between 
 Stevensons and Margery Rocks; after passing these, steer more to 
 the northward, about N. 30° E. (N, 61° E. mag.), keeping a good 
 lookout for Middle Rock to the eastward and Cobblers Fishing 
 Rock to the westward, bringing Butterfly West Islet in line with 
 the north point of Flowers Islands, S. 37° W. (S. 68° W. mag.), which 
 leads between them, but not passing north of that line until Mid- 
 dle Bill is open north of Lapstone Rocks, about N. 43° W. (N. 12° 
 W. mag.), when a course may be steered for Gull Island as before. 
 
 These two "runs," inside and outside Flowers Islands, are the only 
 channels that can be used by navigators with scanty knowledge of 
 the coast. Nearer the shore there are others available for those 
 who have great local experience, and through them they do not 
 hesitate to take sealing vessels of 200 to 300 tons, which are so 
 strongly built for contact with ice that a bump on a rock in mod- 
 erate weather neither hurts the vessel nor disturbs the pilot. ' 
 
 Approaching Bonavista Bay from seaward, the outer points, 
 Cape Freels and Cape Bonavista, are so low that they can not be 
 readily seen in clear weather beyond a distance of 14 miles, and it 
 is necessary to give the dangers off Gooseberry Islands a berth of 
 3 miles ; also advisable for a stranger to make for the north shore 
 of Bonavista Bay, about Greens Pond and Shoe Point, which is 
 comparatively free from dangers. At night, the light on Puffin 
 Island will be a valuable guide. 
 
 Bonavista Bay. — Cape Freels and Cape Bonavista, the outer 
 points of this bay, bear from each other N. 23° W. (N. 8° E. mag.) 
 and S. 23° E. (S. 8° W. mag.), distant 36i miles. Off Cape Bona- 
 vista dangers extend 6 miles N. by E., and off the coast from Cape 
 Freels to Shoe Point dangers extend fully 8 miles. From Stink- 
 ing Banks, off Cape Freels, to Young Harry, off Cape Bonavista, the 
 
 
cks, which 
 bout N. 43° 
 (I for Gull 
 md passing 
 
 md having 
 ' E. (N. 79° 
 3uth Pound 
 ' W. mag.), 
 : Reef is in 
 9° E. mag.), 
 Pound Islets 
 Catamaran 
 ,fter passing 
 le islets off 
 eed between 
 teer more to 
 ping a good 
 lers Pishing 
 in line with 
 mag.), which 
 le until Mid- 
 ° W. {^. 12° 
 nd as before. 
 , are the only 
 knowledge of 
 lie for those 
 they do not 
 hich are so 
 ock in mod- 
 pilot. " 
 luter points, 
 can not be 
 [miles, and it 
 s a berth of 
 north shore 
 mt, which is 
 it on Puffin 
 
 |ta, the outer 
 8° E. mag.) 
 ' Cape Bona- 
 ^t from Cape 
 ^'rom Stink- 
 5na vista, the 
 
 l:ii*S!!W5!S&S5Sffi<2 
 
 BONAVISTA HAY'. 
 
 •iOt) 
 
 course is S. 20" E. (S. 11° W. mag.), 2(5 miles. The bay is divided 
 into two main branches by a group of islands running in a north- 
 easterly direction, and terminating to seaward in Gooseberry 
 Islands. The northern portion is again divided into two main 
 arms, separated by groups of islands and a jjortion of tlio ninin- 
 land; they both run in about SW. 28 miles, the northern arm ter- 
 minating in Freshwater Bay, the southern in Bloody Bay. Tlie 
 southern main portion of Bonavista Bay, between Gooseberry 
 Islands and Cape Bonavista, has one principal arm, Clode Sound, 
 Avhich runs in a southwesterly direction 45 miles. Besides this 
 sound there are numerous smaller sounds, bays, and intricate 
 channels, among the archipelago within Gooseberry Islands. 
 
 The entrance of the northern portion of Bonavista Bay is 6 
 miles wide, between Shoe Point and Gooseberry Islands ; it then 
 divides into Locker and Cottel Reaches. 
 
 Locker Reach commences between Fair Islands and Brandies 
 Rocks; it is If miles wide, its direction SW. for a distance of 11 
 miles on the north side of Deer and Locker Flat Islands, when it 
 receives the name of Content Reach, continuing the same direction 
 for 5 miles to the entrance of Freshwater Bay. The Brandies and 
 rocks off Deer Islands are the only dangers in these reaches. 
 
 Pitt Sound lies between the Deer, Locker Flat, and Pitt Sound 
 Islands, and connects Cottel Reach with Content Reach. 
 
 Light. — On the extreme of Cape Bonavista, from a square house, 
 36 feet in height, painted red and white in vertical stripes, with 
 the lantern in the center of roof, is exhibited, at an elevation of 
 150 feet, a revolving light, with a period of I'evolution of ninety 
 seconds, showing one red and two white phases alternately, with 
 an interval of thirty seconds between each phase; it should be vis- 
 ible 15 miles, but the light is reported to have been seen at a much 
 greater distance — the white light at 30 miles and the red at 19 
 miles; thus at the longer distance the light would appear as a 
 revolving white light. 
 
 Owing to the short duration of the light, and the fact of each 
 alternate flash being red, thereby reducing the intensity, Bonavista 
 light is found to be difficult of recognition. 
 
 Ice. — Bonavista Harbors freeze over at intervals between 20th 
 January and 20th March, and are closed at intei'vals by ice about 
 a foot in thickness from the former date to 15th May. Field ice 
 appears about 15th February and disappears toward the end of 
 May. Coasters frequent the harbors all the year round, but for- 
 eign vessels only between about 1st May and 20th December. 
 
 Shoe Point, 2 miles west of Greens Pond Island, is flat and of 
 small elevation, but the hills rise steeply to 214 feet; the coast 
 trends westerly for 1^ miles to New Harbor. 
 
 K'tisani 
 
 «M«n 
 
410 
 
 CAPE ST. JOHN TO CArE HONAVISTA. 
 
 New Harbor may be recognized by a remarkable cliffy hill 200 
 feet high on its west side, and by two low islets east of itn entrance ; 
 the entrance is 100 yards wide; the harbor, extending 1,200 yards 
 N. by W., increases in width to 200 yards. There are a few small 
 rocks close off its west shore, but with the exception of these it is 
 free from dangers, with good anchorage in from 4 to 6 fathoms 
 water, over mud. 
 
 Indian Bay is formed by the continuation of thfj shore from 
 New Harbor on the north, and on the south by Silver Fox and 
 Brown Fox Islands, and the coast in continuation of them, it runs 
 west for 8 miles, where it branches NW. for a mile and SW. for 
 a mile. 
 
 Cat Island, on the north shore of Indian Bay, is 3 miles from 
 New Harbor. It is a mile long in the direction of the coast, and 
 rises to a cone 214 feet high at its east end. Immediately east of 
 it is a small islet 6 feet high, with a rock close east of it, and 
 rocks between it and Cat Island. 
 
 Camel Island is small and lies close west of Cat Island. 
 
 Cat Cove, NE. of Cat Island, is a favorite shelter with wind- 
 bound sealing vessels. The anchorage is in 7 to 13 fathoms, 
 and the only dangers in approaching it are the islet and rock last 
 mentioned off Cat Island ; these must be left on the port hand in 
 entering, as there is no safe channel between them and Cat Island. 
 
 Silver Fox Island is 1^ miles long east and west by ^ mile wide. 
 Its coast is cliffy and surface broken. It is divided into two por- 
 tions by a deep valley ; the eastern is the higher, being 271 feet 
 above the sea. 
 
 Rocks with shoal water extend 100 yards off the NW. point of 
 Silver Fox Island into Indian Bay, and off its SE. side are several 
 islets with rocks among them, but steep-to on their sea face. 
 
 Brown Fox Island is a mile long east and west by ^ mile wide. 
 It is bold and rocky, and separated by a channel i mile wide from 
 Silver Fox Island. 
 
 A patch of 4 fathoms lies i mile north of Brown Fox Island, and 
 a patch of 5 fathoms 300 yards off the center of the north shore of 
 the same island. 
 
 Cutmans Island is 77 feet high, ^ mile long by about i mile 
 wide. It is separated by a rocky channel of ^ mile from Brown 
 Fox Island, and by a channel of ^ mile from the mainland SW. of 
 it, and on the north by the main channel of Indian Bay, ^ mile 
 wide from Camel Island. 
 
 Ship Island is the largest of a group which extends two-thirds 
 across Indian Bay from its north shore. It is a mile west of Camel 
 Island. 
 
FAIR IHLAND8 — 8AINT ISLAND. 
 
 411 
 
 itty lull 200 
 ;s oiilrance ; 
 1,200 yards 
 a few small 
 if these it is 
 ) 5 fathoms 
 
 shore from 
 er Fox and 
 em. it runs 
 nd SW. for 
 
 miles from 
 e coast, and 
 lately east of 
 st of it, and 
 
 and. 
 
 p with wind- 
 13 fathoms, 
 nd rock last 
 port hand in 
 id Cat Island, 
 r ^ mile wide, 
 ato two por- 
 3ing 271 feet 
 
 JW. point of 
 ,e are several 
 a face. 
 ^ mile wide, 
 lie wide from 
 
 Island, and 
 >rth shore of 
 
 I about i mile 
 
 I from Brown 
 
 iland SW. of 
 
 Bay, i mile 
 
 is two-thirds 
 rest of Camel 
 
 North Arm is east of Ship Island, and in it is good anchorage 
 in 4 to i;i fathoms, mud. 
 
 The Ohannel between the Ship Island Group and the south 
 shore of Indian P y is 600 yards wide, witli a depth of 4^ fath(jra8 
 in mid-channel, 6 fathoms near the shore, and 7 fathoms near the 
 south island of the group. 
 
 Fair Islands are a barren group, consisting of many d(jme- 
 shaped isolated granite hills, varying in height from the low east- 
 ern islets to 300 feet. Immediately within the eastern island there 
 is moderately good anchorage for small vessels. The southern 
 entrance is the best. It is 100 yards wide, with a rock awash at 
 low water, spring tides, off the eastern point ; therefore it is requi- 
 site to keep on the west shore when going in. The anchorage is in 
 6 fathoms water, off the houses on the eastern island. 
 
 Pirk island, the most westerly of the Fair Islands, forms the 
 north side of the entrance to Trinity Bay. 
 
 Ice. — From a mean of 19 years' observation, Fair Island Anchor- 
 age freezes about 11th of January and clears about 13th April. 
 
 Lewis Island is on the north side of Locker Reach. Near the 
 center of its south coast, a remarkable hill rises steeply from the 
 sea 456 feet, having on its summit several conspicuous bowlders. 
 Frying-pan Island, immediately under this hill, and 200 yards from 
 the shore, is dome-shaped, 149 feet high, with a clear channel 
 between it and Lewis Island. 
 
 Trinity Bay is formed by Lewis Island and the mainland north 
 and west of it. In the eastern entrance, midway between the Fair 
 and Lewis Islands, are Southwest and Saint Islands. 
 
 Southwest Island is small, 52 feet high, steep-to on the south 
 side, but rocks and shoal water extend 400 yards off both the east 
 and west ends. 
 
 Saint Island is f mile W. by S. of Southwest Island. It is 119 
 feet high, ^ mile long west and east by 300 yards wide. Immedi- 
 ately off the east point is a rock, and its west end is foul to the 
 distance of 300 yards. A rock, with less than 6 feet over it, lies 
 N. 11° E. (N. 41° E. mag.) of Saint Island; to avoid it, keep the 
 south point of Fair Islands open of the south point of Pork Island, 
 bearing N. 78° E. (S. 72° E. mag.). 
 
 Ice. — Northern ice arrives about 5th March and remains until 
 about 25th April, and Trinity Bay is usually covered with locally- 
 formed ice during February and March. The Northwest Arm is 
 generally frozen about the end of January or beginning of Febru- 
 ary, and clear about the middle of March; the Southwest Arm 
 freezes regularly from the middle of January to the middle of 
 May. 
 
 U910 27 
 
 Krjmmamn 
 
 fiS?(?9Kt"»T' 
 
413 
 
 CAPK ST. .lOIIN TO CAPK IJONAVIHTA. 
 
 Drake Cove is SW. of Dniko Island; it nffonls fair anchorage 
 ill 7 to 10 fathoniH. Its north shoro is ragK^'d, ami nnks uxtend 
 from the north point in the lino of its direction to nearly mid- 
 channel between it and Drake Island; the sonth slion^ is steep 
 bare rock, the face of a rounded granite hill, the summit of which 
 is strewn with bowlders. 
 
 Trinity Out, tlie southern entrance of Trinity Bay, is i mile 
 long by 400 yards wide; there are some rocks off its SW. shore, 
 with 7 to 12 fathoms in mid-channel, free from dangers. 
 
 From Trinity Gut the coast is steep and straight, trending SW. 
 2:^ miles to Chalky Cove, which affords a convenient temporally 
 anchorage for small vessels windbound ; the depth is 4 to 10 fath- 
 oms, rocky bottom ; a rock, with one foot over it, lies 460 yards off 
 its west point. 
 
 Looker Bay is west of Chalky Cove; the entrance is f mile 
 wide between that cove and Pincher Island ; the outer part has an 
 average breadth of ^ mile, with a depth of 20 to 30 fathoms. Above 
 Birdiy Head is convenient anchorage in 6 to 12 fathoms, mud. 
 South of Birchy Head is an arm 1,G00 yards long by 300 yards 
 wide, having a depth of 7 fathoms, mud. 
 
 Looker Rook, awash at low water, is in the middle of the entrance 
 of Locker Bay. Frying-pan Island entirely open of Chalky Head, 
 bearing N. 58° E. (N. 88° E. mag.), clears it passing to the south- 
 ward, and entirely shut in, N. 62° E. (S. 88° E. mag.), passing to 
 the northward. 
 
 Hare Bay, south of Shoal Bay, on the NW. side of Content 
 Reach, has Hare Island, 198 feet high, in the entrance; the chan- 
 nels on either side of it are free from dangers, but the shores of 
 the bay are low and rocky, and should not be approached nearer 
 than 400 yards ; there is good anchorage in from 4 to 18 fathoms 
 water, over mud, with Hare Island bearing East (S. 60° E. mag.). 
 
 Freshwater Bay.— The entrance of this bay is ^ mile wide, 
 with Hen Islands near the center, dividing it into two channels. 
 The northern is shoal, and should only be used by small vessels ; 
 the southern channel is free from dangers, except a small shoal, on 
 which the depth is 4 fathoms, extending 200 yards S. by E. of East 
 Hen Island. 
 
 Benmaus Island, 1^^ miles from Hen Islands, lies 300 yards 
 from the south shore; between it and the entrance the coast is 
 rocky and shoal, and should not be approached. 
 
 Mussel Bank covers 3 feet at high water, and lies 150 yards north 
 of Benmans Island. 
 
 Butchers Cove, imirediately within the entrance of Freshwater 
 Bay, on the north shore, extends NNE. for one mile, with a width 
 
r anchorage 
 (H'ks oxteticl 
 nearly mi<l- 
 i<»ro Ih steep 
 iiit of which 
 
 »y, is h niile 
 1 SW. shore, 
 rs. 
 
 rending SW. 
 
 it temporary 
 
 4 to 10 fath- 
 
 460 yards off 
 
 ice is } mile 
 r part has an 
 Loms. Above 
 ithoms, mud. 
 by 300 yards 
 
 f the entrance 
 
 Chalky Heatl, 
 
 to the south- 
 
 ?.), passing to 
 
 e of Content 
 ice ; the chan- 
 the shores of 
 •ached nearer 
 to 18 fathoms 
 60° E. mag.). 
 
 + mile wide, 
 ;wo channels. 
 Ismail vessels; 
 all shoal, on 
 
 by E. of East 
 
 ies 300 yards 
 the coast is 
 
 |o yards north 
 
 >f Freshwater 
 1 with a width 
 
 
 
 HUTCH KU« COVE CAT HAY. 
 
 413 
 
 of 000 yards, the dt^ptii in tlm oontor being from 4 to 13 fathoms, 
 over mud; to nnter it, the bank off tlu* south point must bn avoidi'd. 
 
 Doctors Island, if mileH 8W. of Runnianu iHland, and 800 yards 
 from the south Hhoro, is hhw!'. aiid 'i5 feet high; the intormediato 
 coast is rocky, and should not be approached within the line of the 
 islands. 
 
 Traverse Island, on the northorn shore, is small, 15 feet high, 
 and situated at the outer edge of a rocky bank which stretches 
 from the north shore; shoal water extends ^ mile in an easterly 
 direction from the island, but only 200 yards into the channel of 
 the bay. 
 
 Air Island, near the center of Freshwater Bay, is 76 feet high, 
 with the Ttiain channel south of it, and the south shore is free from 
 dangers, but off its north and east coasts rocky islets, with shoal 
 water, extend 600 yards. 
 
 North of Air Island there is a depth of 3 fathoms water, but the 
 shores are rocky, and a stranger sliould not attempt that passage. 
 Gambo Brook, at the head of Freshwater Bay, has 6 feet over the 
 bar at low water, with 2 fathoms within. 
 
 On the right bank of Gambo Brook there is a steam sawmill, 
 and on the left bank of a stream, which falls into the brook at 3 
 miles above this mill, there is a water mill, the two being con- 
 nected by a tramway. 
 
 Oommunication. — There is a railway station at Gambo, and 
 communication by the Northern and Western Railway with St. 
 Johns, distant 192^ miles; the railway crosses the Gambo River by 
 a steel bridge, 80 yards long, with piers of solid masonry. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Freshwater Bay at 
 7h. 30m. ; springs rise 4 feet, neaps rise 3 feet. 
 
 Tidal Ste'eams. — In the entrance to Freshwater Bay the ebb 
 runs nearly one knot an hour, but the flood stream is weak. 
 
 Oat Bay is at the head of Content Reach. The entrance nar- 
 rows to 100 yards at the inner end, where the depth is 3^ fathoms. 
 The bay then turns to the northeastward round Ballast Cliff. 
 
 A rock, with 3 foet water over it, lies in the center 800 yards 
 from Ballast Cliff Point. 
 
 Tidal Stream. — In the narrows, at the entrance, the ebb stream 
 runs li knots an hour, and the flood nearly one knot. 
 
 Offer Qooseberry Island, 118 feet high, appears as a treble- 
 peaked island. It is the outer and most conspicuous of a group of 
 rocks and islands on the south of Bloody Bay and Reach, and lies 
 6i miles south of Copper Island. 
 
 North Brown Islets, 15 feet high, lie f mile east of Offer 
 Gooseberry Island, and South Brown Islets, 4 feet high, lie one 
 mile SE. by E. ^ E. from the same island. 
 
 KE!" 
 
414 
 
 CAPE 8T. .lOIIN TO CAPE HONAVIWTA. 
 
 I' 
 
 Offer Rook Ih awHHli, and conseciuontly ciui generally i)o seon. 
 It lies iihout It miloH N. 78° E. (S. 72° E. nuiK.) from the south 
 extreme of Offer Gooseberry Island. 
 
 Shark Rook breaks in a moderate sea, and lies 2* miles N. 76° 
 E. (8. 76° E. mag.) from the south extreme of Offer Gooseberry 
 Island. 
 
 Middle Rooks are two, one awash ; the other, 400 yards NE. 
 from it, has 9 feet water over it. They lie U milos S. 32° E. (S. 2° 
 E. mag.) from Offer Gooseberry Island. 
 
 Those above enumerated are the out«»r dangers off Offer Goose- 
 berry Island, and can only be safely avoided by giving that island 
 a berth of fully 3 miles. 
 
 Inner Qooseberry Islands, flat and 120 feet lugh, lie 4 miles 
 in a SW. direction from Offer Gooseberry Island. The intervening 
 space is so encumbered with rocks and shoals that it can not be 
 safely navigated, except by the fishermen who fish about the local- 
 ity. They have a village on Inner Gooseberry Islands, but there 
 is no good harbor for a stranger. 
 
 Malone Rook, togeth " with the ledge, covers a space of a mile 
 in a NNW. and SSE. direction. The islet, 2 feet above water, is at 
 the north end, and lies 4^ miles S. 17° E. (S. 13° W. mag.) from 
 Offer Gooseberry Island. 
 
 Mole Cove, on the NE. end of Cottel Island, affords fair anchor- 
 age, and is easy of approach from the north by keeping Hare Cut 
 Point, the west point of the cove, well open of a remarkable conical 
 rock on the NW, point of the largest Inner Gooseberry Island, 
 bearing 8. 44° W. (8. 74° W. mag.), to avoid the dangers between 
 the Inner and Offer Gooseberry Islands, passing to the northwest- 
 ward; and having given Inner Gooseberry Islands a fair berth, 
 keep Offer Gooseberry Island open north of them, bearing about 
 N. 60° E. (East mag.), until Hunch Island is seen between the NE. 
 point of Cottel Island and the treble-peaked island close off it, 8. 
 64° E. (8. 24° E. mag.), when steer in, giving Hair Cut Point and 
 the island off it a fair berth, and anchor as tnmvenient in from 
 6 to 9 fathoms water, remembering that the bottom is rocky. 
 
 Tides.— It is high water, full and change, in Mole Cove at 7h. 
 37ra. ; springs rise 3^ feet, neaps rise 1^ feet. 
 
 Deer Islands divide Pitt Sound on their south from Locker 
 Reach on the north. They are flat, about 100 feet high, and 
 mostly covered with stunted brushwood. The south and west 
 shores are bold and free from dangers, but east of them are nu- 
 merous dangers. 
 
 Angel Head is the eastern point of Deer Islands. On the coast, 
 i mile north of it, is the Popple 8tone, a conspicuous white bowlder. 
 
Uy 1)0 seon. 
 1 the aouth 
 
 miles N. 76° 
 Gooseberry 
 
 yards NE. 
 32° E. (S. r 
 
 )ffor Goose- 
 ; that iHlund 
 
 I, lie 4 miles 
 intervening 
 can not be 
 ut the local- 
 is, but there 
 
 ice of a iniie 
 a water, is at 
 , mag.) from 
 
 i fair auchor- 
 g Hare Cut 
 able conical 
 ■y Island, 
 ;er8 between 
 [e northwest- 
 fair berth, 
 laring about 
 een the NE. 
 |ose off it, S. 
 t Point and 
 it in from 
 rocky. 
 Cove at 7h. 
 
 from Locker 
 high, and 
 th and west 
 Ihem are nu- 
 
 ra the coast, 
 lite bowlder. 
 
 TIFK miAVDIKS — 1)0(> COVK. 
 
 4ir. 
 
 The Brandies are the outer dangers off Doer Islands; they all 
 break in a moderate seta. From tliem Burnt iHland. the nean'sl 
 point of the Deer IslaiidH, is 'i\ luileH S. 55 ' W. (S. H5 ' W. inng.)- 
 
 Tho south point of Lixikor Bay, open of Deer Knd (the west point 
 of the Door Islands), bearing H. fit" W. (N. 8fl" W. mag.), leads 
 NW. ; and the summit of Brown Fox Island well open of the (>ast 
 Fair Islands, bearing about N. 4!*° W. (N. l'.»" W. mag.), leads east 
 of them. 
 
 Burnt Island Rook, which is generally breaking, lies J mile 
 N. 04" E. (H. ^(V K. mag.) from Burnt Island. 
 
 Brag P.cck, generally breaking, lies J mile N. 41° E. (N. 71° E. 
 mag.) from tho Poi)plo Stone. A patch, on which the depth is Vi 
 foot, lies \ mile in a northeasterly direction from the bnuiking rock. 
 
 Shag Islands lie one n»ile SW. from Angel Head and i mile 
 from the shore of the Deer Islands. They are small, and Doer 
 Shag, the western, is 36 feet high. They are steep-to on tho outer 
 side. 
 
 Pitt bound Island, 4 miles in length by about one mile in width, 
 is H miles south of Deer Islands. Its wooded hills rise 474 feet 
 stoop from the coast. 
 
 Man-of-war Rock, 5 feet high, lies 300 yards off the NW. coast 
 of Pitt Sound Island and H miles from the NE. point. At ^ mile 
 SW. of it, on the shore of Pitt Sound Island, are Pitt Sound Gates, 
 so named from the weathering out of white quartz on the black 
 rock of the island having the appearance of enormous gates. 
 
 Locker Flat Island, 3 miles long, about i mile wide and 40 feet 
 high, lies opposite the entrance to Locker Bay on the south side of 
 Locker Reach. The shores are of shelvicg rock, and should not 
 be approached nearer than i mile. 
 
 Isis Oove, Qreat Content, and Little Content are at the head 
 of Pitt Sound, on the mainland south of Locker Plat Island. They 
 are open to the north and afford no shelter. 
 
 Content Islet, off Great Content, is 32 feet high, steep-to on the 
 NE., but connected by a reef with the east point of Isis Cove. 
 
 Lakeman Islands are SW. of Pitt Sound Island, separated by 
 Lakeman Reach, which joins Bloody Reach on the south to Pitt 
 Sound north of them. 
 
 A rock, with 6 feet water over it, lies nearly midway across from 
 Lakeman Islands to Pitt Sound Island. 
 
 Dog Cove, on the mainland SW. of Lakeman Islands, affords 
 good anchorage for a small vessel. To enter it, the north shore 
 must be approached closely to avoid a reef which stretches more 
 than halfway across from the islands on the south side. A stran- 
 ger should approach the cove by the north side of Lakeman Burnt 
 Islands. 
 
 
 
 ■»,«« 
 
416 
 
 CAPE ST. JOHN TO CAPE BONAVISTA. 
 
 Cottel Reach commences from the sea between the Gooseberry 
 and Deer Islands. It continues between Pitt Sound and Lakeman 
 Islands on the north and Cottel Island on the south, when it receives 
 the name of Bloody Reach or The Cowpath, and ends in Bloody Bay. 
 
 Bloody Reach or The Cowpath, at its entrance between Lake- 
 man and Cottel Islands, is 700 yards wide, but narrowed to 400 
 yards by shoal water which 'stretches off from Cottel Reach. The 
 reach is free from dangers for 1^ miles, at which distance on the 
 north side are White Islets, off which shoal water extends 400 yards 
 eastward. There is a 3-fathom patch off the tickle SW. of Cottel 
 Island. 
 
 Martin Shepherd Islands are two in number, on the east side 
 of The Cowpath, SW. of Cottel Island ; shoal water extends 300 yards 
 off the northeastern island into The Cowpath. Between the north- 
 eastern island and Cottel Island is a clear channel, but it must be 
 remembered that the 3-fathom patch before mentioned lies directly 
 off this channel. 
 
 Between the two Martin Shepherd Islands is a channel having 
 3 fathoms water on the east, and 8 fathoms water on the west side. 
 In passing through, remember that the SW. island is connected 
 with Indian Lookout Island by a bar of 9 feet water. 
 
 Broad Island is on the east side of The Cowpath, in continuation 
 of the line of Martin Shepherd Islands; between it and the SW. 
 Martin Shepherd Islands is a clear channel. 
 
 Mouse Island, 63 feet high, is in the middle of The Cowpath, 2i 
 miles south of Lakeman Islands. 
 
 Bloody Point, on the east side of The Cowpath, is a steep bluff 
 rising to 346 feet, SW. of Broad Island. 
 
 Beaches Head, its highest point 271 feet above the sea, is on 
 the west side of The Cowpath, f mile S W. of Lakeman Islands. It 
 is named from the beaches which connect the three steep hills of 
 which it is composed. North of the highest is Beaches Cove, small 
 and free from dangers, with anchorage in 3 fathoms water, within 
 Woody Islets on the south side of the entrance, which islets have 
 a clear channel on either side of them. 
 
 Rocky Bay, west of Beaches Head, extends 4 miles in a westerly 
 direction; at 2^ miles within Beaches Head its entrance is i mile 
 wide, with Rocky Islands on the south side; this entrance is nar- 
 rowed to 400 yards by Shag Islet, a small dry rock with a reef 300 
 yards east from it on the north, and on the south side a reef 400 
 yards long east and west. 
 
 Black Duck Island, ^ mile within Shag Islet, has a small dry 
 rock off its west point. North of the island is Black Duck Cove, 
 with a depth of 11 fathoms, over mud; it is rocky, and should not 
 be used by a stranger. 
 
 an 
 
ROCKY BAY — BESSY ISLAND. 
 
 417 
 
 I Gooseberry 
 ad Lakeman 
 3n it receives 
 Bloody Bay. 
 tween Lake- 
 owed to 400 
 Reach. The 
 itance on the 
 ids 400 yards 
 W. of Cottel 
 
 the east side 
 ids 300 yards 
 en the north- 
 it it must he 
 . lies directly 
 
 mnel having 
 ;he west side, 
 is connected 
 
 continuation 
 and the SW. 
 
 Cowpath, 2i 
 
 a steep bluff 
 
 le sea, is on 
 
 Islands. It 
 
 ;eep hills of 
 
 Cove, small 
 
 vater, within 
 
 h islets have 
 
 in a westerly 
 tice is i mile 
 ranee is nar- 
 th a reef 300 
 e a reef 400 
 
 a small dry 
 Duck Cove, 
 d should not 
 
 Bard Islands, on its south aide, are low and rocky, and a reef 
 stretches off 400 yards northward from the east end of the eastern 
 island. Beaches Head in line with Shag Islet, bearing N. 66° E. 
 (S. 84° E. mag.), leads north of it; when the island bears S. 32° 
 E. (S. 2° E. mag.) a vessel is west of it, and may steer down past 
 Bard Islands and anchor to the westward of them in from 9 to 13 
 fathoms water. 
 
 Bloody Bay.— Wolf Island, 153 feet high, is the west point of 
 the west shore of The Cowpath ; from it Northwest Arm of Bloody 
 Bay extends 3 miles in a westerly direction ; the outer part is free 
 from hidden dangers, but shoal water extends off the shores to 200 
 yards beyond the outer points, and 3 to 6 fathoms off the mouth 
 of Norton Cove, which is at the inner end of the south shore. The 
 west continuation of the arm, for a farther distance of 2 miles, 
 has 2^ fathoms water in the entrance; within it deepens to 8 
 fathoms. 
 
 Linton Rock, in the center of Northwest Arm, is 3 feet above 
 high water. 
 
 Middle Arm is 400 yards wide for one mile in a SW. direction, 
 when it opens out to a bay 3 miles long by IJ miles wide; the 
 depth gradually decreases from 20 fathoms to the shore at the 
 head. 
 
 There is a rock, just covered at high water, 600 yards from the 
 north shore, and If miles within the bay. 
 
 Northeast Arm is in continuation of the direction of The Cow- 
 path, east of Middle Arm ; it is shoal 300 yards from either shore. 
 There is anchorage, in less than 10 fathoms water, f mile within 
 the entrance, the depth decreasing rather quickly to the shoal en- 
 trance of an extensive arm of the sea, only navigable for boats at 
 high water. 
 
 Saint Bock, with 12 feet water over it, is the outer danger off 
 the entrance to Willis Reach. From it the summit (234 feet) of 
 Black Island bears N. 75° W. (S. 75° W. mag.), the nearest part of 
 the islaj^d being distant 2^ miles. 
 
 Saturday Ledge has 4 fathoms water on its shoalest part, and 
 lies i mile N. 77° W. (N. 47° W mag.) from Saint Rock. 
 
 Flat Islands, SW. of Black Island, have deep water between 
 them, but the rocks which extend off their southern extremities 
 make them dangerous for a stranger to approach. The Flat Islands 
 extend over a space 2^ miles NW. and SE. by i mile wide, east of 
 Willis Island. They are from 80 to 140 feet high, and have a gen- 
 eral flat appearance; they are the residence. of a few fishermen, 
 whose huts are scattered over the center islands of the group. 
 
 Bessy Island, 284 feet high, appearingasalarge rounded woody 
 hill, is the largest of the group of islands lying east of Willis 
 
 "•^^ 
 
 I 
 
418 
 
 CAPE ST. JOHN TO CAPE B0NAVI8TA. 
 
 Island, Thero are no convenient anchorages among these islands, 
 and the channels among them should not be attempted without a 
 pilot. 
 
 Shoals extend 2 miles southeastward of Black Island and one 
 mile southeastward of Flat Islands ; they ai-e cleared i)assing to the 
 southward, by keeping Baker Loaf Island open of Ship Island, 
 bearing S. 50° W. (S. 80° W. mag.). 
 
 Morris Island, 279 feet high, lies one mile south of Willis Island, 
 and is the western and largest of a group which extends 3 miles 
 east from it, terminating seaward in Ship Island, a cone 257 feet 
 above the sea. From its isolation this is e conspicuous object when 
 entering Bonavista Bay. 
 
 (H. O. Chart No. 1102.) 
 
 Cow Head, 2} miles south of Ship Island, is a steep, bold cliff, 
 479 feet high, with the high land behind it, of which Gerrards 
 Hill, the highest, 629 feet above the sea, is conspicuous from the 
 entrance of Bonavista Bay, and forms the dividing head between 
 the entrances to its northern and southern arms. 
 
 Bishops Harbor, SE. of Cow Head and SW. of Shag Islands, 
 is 400 yards in diameter, with 5 fathoms water, over rocky bottom. 
 The entrance is between rocks which extend across the mouth of 
 the harbor, leaving a passage of 50 yards wide, with a depth of 18 
 feet. In ordinary weather this passage is safe, but with a heavy 
 sea it must not be attempted, and at no time by a stranger. There 
 is a fishing population around this harbor. 
 
 Little Denier Island, | mile long NE. and SW. by 300 yards 
 wide, and 278 feet above the sea, lies off the harbors east of Ger- 
 rards Kill ; a line of rooks and shoal water extends off either end 
 of the island. 
 
 Light, — On the summit of Little Denier Island, from a cylin- 
 drical iron tower, 24 feet in height, painted red and white in verti- 
 cal stripes, a revolving white light every 30 seconds is exhibited, at 
 an elevation of 298 feet. The light should be visible in clear weather 
 from a distance of 19 miles, but is obscured by a chimney, at a dis- 
 tance of li miles, on a N. 77° W. (N. 47° W. mag.) bearing. 
 
 Offer Rock, awash and always breaking, lies nearly a mile N. 
 50° E. (N. 80° E. mag.) from Little Denier Island Lighthouse. Til- 
 leys Hill open south of Little Denier Island, bearing N. 55° E. 
 (N. 85° E. mag.), leads SE. ; Hammer Head open west of Little 
 Denier Island, S. 41° W. (S. 71° W. mag.), leads NW., and the 
 cliff at the north point of Cow Head over the SW. end of SW. 
 Shag Island, West (N. 60° W. mag.), leads north of it. 
 
 Middle Rock, with 9 feet water over it, and Inner Rock, which 
 has 5 feet over it, lie between Offer Rock and Little Denier Island. 
 

 BR00MCL08E HARBOR DAMN^VBLE BAY. 
 
 419 
 
 lese islands, 
 d without a 
 
 md and one 
 issing to the 
 ihip Island, 
 
 'illis Island, 
 nds 3 miles 
 one '-i57 feet 
 object when 
 
 >, bold cliff, 
 ih Gerrards 
 us from the 
 md between 
 
 tag Islands, 
 cky bottom, 
 le mouth of 
 
 depth of 18 
 ith a heavy 
 
 :er. There 
 
 300 yards 
 )ast of Ger- 
 either end 
 
 )m a cylin- 
 ite in verti- 
 thibited, at 
 sar weather 
 at a dis- 
 
 ing. 
 
 a mile N. 
 touse. Til- 
 
 N. 55° E. 
 of Little 
 
 , and the 
 nd of SW. 
 
 3ck, which 
 ier Island. 
 
 »y, 
 
 i 
 
 Broomclose Harbor is at its entrance 400 yards wide, but a 
 reef of 12 feet water, over which the sea breaks heavily, extends 
 600 yards east from the north head, and narrows the channel to 
 250 yards. 
 
 Barrow Harbor is SW. of Little Denier Island; its south head 
 is formed by Richards Island, 289 feet high, whicli is a large flat 
 mound, steep to the eastward. 
 
 From Pulpit Head, the north point of Richards Island, a reef 
 extends in a NE. direction f mile toward Little Denier Island; 
 Outer Brandy Rock, at the outer end, has 5 feet water over it. The 
 NE. end of Shag Islands in line with the SW. end of Little Denier 
 Island, bearing N. 17° W. (N. 13° E. mag.), leads east of it. No 
 mark can be given to lead between Outer Brandy Rock and the 
 shoal water off Little Denier Island ; therefore this channel into 
 Barrow Harbor must not be taken by a stranger. 
 
 The depth is so great and the shelter so indifferent that Barrow 
 Harbor can not be recommended. 
 
 Ice. — Bishops, Barrow, and Sailors Harbors freeze over in the 
 middle of Janiiary, and the ice generally breaks up in April. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Barrow Harbor at 
 6h. 13m. ; springs rise 4^ feet, neaps rise 2^ feet. 
 
 Sailors Harbor, SW. of Cow Head, is formed by several islands 
 on the north, which extend west from Cow Head, and on the south 
 by Gerrards Hill, 629 feet high. It is one mile NE. and SW. by 
 i mile wide, with anchorage in from 7 to 10 fathoms water, over 
 rocky bottom. 
 
 The entrance is about 200 yards wide and barely 200 yards from 
 the mainland; between it and Seal Rock in the center is a 10-foot 
 patch, from which Seal Rock is in line with the west end of Sailors 
 Island, bearing N. 10° E. (N. 40° E. mag.). When entering, the 
 left fall of the SW. Shag Island in line with a conspicuous house, 
 bearing N. 58° E. (N. 88° E. mag.), leads through in 3^ fathoms water. 
 This mark also leads clear of a shoal, with 6 feet water over it, 
 which lies off the first point on the south side within the entrance. 
 
 Bakers Loaf Island, 234 feet high, and cliffy, lies li miles 
 NW. from Sailors Island ; between them is the entrance to Salvage 
 Bay, which extends 4 miles in a southwesterly direction, with 22 
 fathoms in the entrance, gradually shoaling to the head, where 
 there is fair anchorage during summer, in 5 fathoms water, over 
 sand. 
 
 Bakers Loaf Rocks extend 900 yards in a southerly direction 
 from the island; the outer patch has 9 feet water over it. 
 
 Damnable Bay, SW. of Bakers Loaf Island, extends 2:^ miles in 
 a southwesterly direction ; the outer part is deep, but among the 
 islets at the head is a moderate depth, but no convenient harbor. 
 
420 
 
 CAPE 8T. JOHN TO CAPE BONA VISTA. 
 
 Morris Channel, stretching 5i miles in a NW. direction to The 
 Cowpath, is between Bakers Loaf and Morris Islands; in the 
 entrance are two islands, Brown Store, on the south, 68 feet high, 
 and Athwart Island, 83 foet high, 
 
 A rock, with 7 feet water over it, lies iOO yards S. 3° W. (S. 32° 
 W. mag. ) from the Coffee Pot, an islet at the S W. point of Morris 
 Island, and another rock, on which the depth is 9 feet, lies 800 
 yards S. 13° W. (S. 43° W. mag.) from the same islet. 
 
 Bruce Cove Rock, with 6 feet water over it, lies i mile N. 69° E. 
 (S. 81° E. mag.) from Bruce Cove Gull Island. It has deep water 
 around it, but the channel north of it is the wider; so Tinker Island 
 should be approached closely in passing. 
 
 Fair and False Bay is on the SW. side of Morris Channel, and 
 with the arms north of it extends 4 miles from the lino of coast. 
 Squid Island, U miles SW. of Morris Island, forms the south 
 entrance point. From it the coast, like the island, low, broken, 
 and rocky, trends into the bay 3 miles in a southwesterly direction. 
 The depth of water in the bay is from 10 to 22 fathoms. The west 
 side is formed by several islands extending as far as Bloody Point. 
 The channels among them are narrow and generally free from dan- 
 gers. Middle Reach, the southern, stretches one mile west, with 
 a breadth of 200 yards, and then opens out to a basin i mile in 
 diameter, with a depth of 13 fathoms, over mud. Three shoal arms 
 branch off from it south and west. 
 
 Middle Reach is separated by a rocky channel from Long Reach, 
 which latter extends in a NE. direction to immediately south of 
 Bloody Point. Long Reach is 200 yards wide, and in mid-channel 
 is free from danger. 
 
 Pretty Island, f mile west from Squid Island, shelters Bloomer 
 Harbor, the outer part of which is 600 yards wide, with 13 fathoms 
 water, over mud. The inner part has an entrance 300 yards wide; 
 within it widens to more than 400 yards, with 8 fathoms, over mud. 
 Varket Channel is between Willis and Flat Islands on the 
 north, and Morris and the islands extending to Ship Island on the 
 south; its length is 5 miles to where it joins Willis Reach on the 
 north and Morris Channel on the south. 
 
 Ship Rock, in the entrance of Varket Channel, has 4 feet water 
 over it, and lies | mile N. 44° E. (N. 74° E. mag.) from Ship Island. 
 Bakers Loaf Island open south of Ship Island, bearing S. 50° W. 
 (S. 80° W. mag.), leads south of all dangers. 
 
 Varket Island, small, and composed of two cones 70 feet high, 
 has a sunken rock 60 yards off its west point. A rock, which dries 
 one foot at low water, spring tides, lies 400 yards off the NE. point 
 of Morris Island, and a rock, awash at high water, lies 1,600 yards 
 S. 80° W. (N. 70° W. mag.) from Varket Island. North of this 
 latter rock is a shoal with 3 fathoms water over it. 
 
 
WILLIS REACH — SOUTH BROAD COVE. 
 
 421 
 
 rection to Tte 
 
 lands; in the 
 
 68 feet high, 
 
 2° W. (S. 32° 
 nnt of Morris 
 feet, lies 800 
 >t. 
 
 nile N. 69° E. 
 as deep water 
 Tinker Island 
 
 Channel, and 
 lino of coast, 
 □as the south 
 , low, broken, 
 arly direction. 
 QS. The west 
 Bloody Point. 
 *ree from dan- 
 ile west, with 
 isin ^ mile in 
 'ee shoal arms 
 
 Long Reach, 
 
 itely south of 
 
 mid-channel 
 
 ;ers Bloomer 
 1 13 fathoms 
 yards wide ; 
 ns, over mud. 
 ands on the 
 sland on the 
 Reach on the 
 
 4 feet water 
 
 Ship Island. 
 
 ng S. 50° W. 
 
 70 feet high, 
 
 which dries 
 
 le NE. point 
 
 1,600 yards 
 
 orth of this 
 
 Willis Beach, north of Willis Island, is 6 miles long from its 
 entrance between Black and Gulch Islands, with a general south- 
 westerly trend. There are no dangers in the fairway through the 
 reach; the depth is 100 fathoms in the NE. end, shoaling to 8 and 
 10 fathoms at the SW., where it branches into numerous channels 
 leading into the Cowpath, Morris, and Varket Channels. These 
 branching channels are shoal, and should not be attempted without 
 a pilot. 
 
 Newman Sound is between the high land stretching SW. of 
 Hammer Head on the north, and on the south the Long Islands 
 and the land stretching NW. to Mount Stamford. Near the center 
 of the sound is Swale Island, 4^ miles long and about a mile at its 
 broadest part. 
 
 Halfway Islet is 18 feet high, 300 yards from the north shore 
 of Newman Sound and 4 miles within Richards Island. The coast 
 between them is cliffy and steep-to, 
 
 Sandy Cove, one mile west of Halfway Islet, is an open bay -J- 
 mile wide, with a depth of from 5 to 10 fathoms, over sand. 
 
 Holbrook Head, 3 miles west of Halfway Islet, being a salient 
 point of the coast, is easily recognized. 
 
 Happy Adventure Bays, west of Sandy Cove, are small and of 
 no value as an anchorage, being too narrow except for large boats. 
 
 North Broad Cove is one mile west of Holbrook Head. A rock 
 that dries one foot at low water, spring tides, lies nearly 200 yards 
 from its east head, and another rock, with 9 feet water over it, lies 
 in the center of the cove. The depth of water is from 13 to 29 
 fathoms, the former being found when close to the shore at the 
 head. From the great depth it can not be recommended as an 
 anchorage. 
 
 Coast. — From North Broad Cove the coast trends one mile in a 
 SW. direction to Shag Islet, which is 10 feet high; Hall Rock, 
 which covers at half tide, lies one mile SW. of Shag Islet and nearly 
 400 yards from the shore. 
 
 Cold East Bock dries one feet, and lies i mile N. 32° W. (N. 2° 
 W. mag.) from the SW. point of Swale Island; the NE. point of 
 Swale Island -- -n of its NW. coast, bearing N. 69° E. (S. 81° E. 
 mag.), leads n. .u of it. 
 
 Several islands extend 1^ miles SW. from Swale Island and from 
 Swale Tickle ; between Swale Island, and the islet next S W. of it, 
 is a channel 100 yards wide, with 4^ fathoms water in it. White 
 Islets lie i mile south from the SW. end of Swale Island. 
 
 South Broad Cove, on the south side of Newman Sound, and 
 "west of Swale Tickle, extends one mile south and is 400 yards wide ; 
 the depth decreases gradually from 20 to 3 fathoms, over mud ; it 
 is a good anchorage. 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 i 
 
 'I 
 
 I 
 
 
 ■tMM 
 
 i 
 
^f—- 
 
 422 
 
 CAPE ST. JOHN TO CAPE BONAA'ISTA. 
 
 A rock that covers 2 feet, lies 100 yards off shoi*e, i mile within 
 the east head. 
 
 Minchin Head, a cone 148 feet high, is | mile west of South 
 Broad Cove, and at 1^ miles farther in the same direction is Mount 
 Stamford, which rises steeply from the sea to a height of 658 feet, 
 and with Park Harbor and Ochre Pit Hills, which lie between it 
 and Clode Sound, are conspicuous objects from seaward ; north of 
 Mount Stamford the channel between it and Buckley Point is 400 
 yards wide ; west of it the sound continues in a SW. direction with 
 a breadth of J mile, for 2^ miles, where it receives the water of a 
 considerable stream ; the depth is from 30 to 29 fathoms for 2 miles, 
 when it quickly shoals. 
 
 Buckley Cove, west of Buckley Point, extends nearly ^ mile north 
 and has convenient anchorage in 4 fathoms water. 
 
 Caution is necessary when seeking an anchorage in the west part 
 of Newman Sound, as the water shoals rapidly within a depth 
 of 15 fathoms. H. B. M. corvette Druid anchored in 6 fathoms 
 water, over mud, and at 200 yards nearer the head of the sound there 
 was only a depth of 20 feet. 
 
 Long Islands are a group of four, extending 5 miles WSW. 
 and ENE. 
 
 Puttick Rock, with 4 fathoms water over it, lies 700 yards north 
 from the north point of Long Island. 
 
 Chappel Tickle, the first channel from the east among Long 
 Islands, is rocky and only available for small vessels. 
 
 Middle Tickle is short and narrow, but free from dangers, except 
 close to the shore on the east side, and a patch, with 9 feet water 
 over it, 400 yards to the south on the same side. 
 
 Long Tickle, the western channel among Long Islands, is nar- 
 row and rocky. 
 
 Hurloc Head, a steep bluff 230 feet high, west of Long Islands, 
 is separated from them by a short channel -J- mile wide and clear of 
 dangers. 
 
 Copper Island lies f mile NE. from Hurloc Head; it is 120 feet 
 high, and steep all round. 
 
 Clode Sound. — Chandler Reach, the entrance to Clode Sound, 
 is between Long Islands and Chance Islet ; from this it extends 10 
 miles in a southwesterly direction, where it is divided, by Connect- 
 ing Point, into Goose Bay on the east and Clode Sound on the west. 
 
 The Narrows, nearly 11 miles west of Connecting Point, are i 
 mile wide; they are formed by shoal water and two islets 12 and 
 8 feet high, stretching out from the south shore, leaving a clear 
 passage, with 8 fathoms water, along the north shore. 
 
 After passing the Narrows the depth in the center of the basin 
 is too great for anchorage; the south shore is steep-to; the north shore 
 is broken and rocky, with dangers extending fully ^ mile off it. 
 
CLODE 80LND — G008E HAY. 
 
 423 
 
 i mile within 
 
 ivest of South 
 )tion is Mount 
 ht of 658 feet, 
 lie between it 
 ■ard ; north of 
 ly Point is 400 
 direction with 
 ;he water of a 
 ms for 2 miles, 
 
 [y ^ mile north 
 
 1 the west part 
 
 ithin a depth 
 
 in 6 fathoms 
 
 ;he sound there 
 
 miles WSW. 
 
 00 yards north 
 
 among Long 
 s. 
 
 langers, except 
 th 9 feet water 
 
 islands, is nar- 
 
 Long Islands, 
 ie and clear of 
 
 i; it is 120 feet 
 
 > Clode Sound, 
 is it extends 10 
 »d, by Connect- 
 ud on the west, 
 g Point, are i 
 ro islets 12 and 
 eaving a clear 
 re, 
 
 er of the basin 
 bhe north shore 
 mile off it. 
 
 -W-^SF 
 
 Anchorafi-e.-Good anchorage will be found near the head of 
 the sound an from 3 to 16 fathoms water, tl,e most convenient 
 being near the north shore, off the south point of Northwest Arm 
 which IS at the extreme of the north shore and is very shoal' 
 There is a settlement at Port Blandford, and the land surrounding 
 It IS being rapidly brought under cultivation. The streams in the 
 vicinity are wel stocked with salmon and trout, and there are also 
 some hne mussel and clam beds. 
 
 Communication—There is communication by rail with St 
 Johns, distant 154^ miles. 
 
 Ice.-^et- Clode Sound and SaU-arre Pay, the deep arms and 
 
 t^\^...^^T' '^"^'^ '"^ **'^ ""*^^^^ '■ -^«c«mber and break up 
 about loth April. ^ 
 
 Tlde8.-It is high water, full and change, in Clode Sound at 7h. 
 37m. ; springs rise 4f feet, neaps rise 2^ feet. 
 
 Lions Den, on the west side of Chandler Reach, stretching 4 
 miles in a westerly direction from Hurloc Head, is very rocky and 
 entirely unfit for anchorage. ^y ana 
 
 Minchin Island, i mile off the north shore at the south end of 
 Chandler Reach, is rocky all round, flat-topped, 83 feet high and 
 conspicuous both from Chandler Reach and Clode Sound At # 
 mile west of Minchin Island is Ashley Baker Island; between 
 them the coast is broken and rocky; temporary anchorage, in 8 
 fathoms water, will be found between these islands in fine weather- 
 the bottom as well as the coast is rocky and broken 
 ■ ^IT^^""^ Du"ipling Coves are both rocky, and afford anchorage 
 m 4 fathoms water, between the line of their outer points, on a 
 bottom strewn with bowW^--. ^ ' 
 
 Anchorages-Bryans Hole Point is on the north shore of Clode 
 Sound, 3| miles south of Ochre Pit Hill; there is anchorage on 
 either side of this point. Love Cove, on the south side of the 
 sound, U miles below the Narrows, affords anchorage in 8 fathoms 
 rillthoms ^""^^^ ^*'^^' ^ ""'^^ *° *^'^ eastward, has anchorage in 
 
 From Bnnyan Cove to Pudding Cove, the east sides of Clode 
 Sound and Chandler Reach are steep-to and affords no anchorage 
 
 Deer Island, 310 feet high, is on the east side of Chandler Reach • 
 between It and the shore is a narrow channel with 6 fathoms water' 
 
 Pudding Cove, south of a small island one mile to the south- 
 ward of Deer Island, is 200 yards in diameter with 4 fathoms water 
 over mud, and is a good watering place. 
 
 Goose Bay is entirely free from dangers, except close to the 
 shore and withm the hne of the points of its bays, which are all 
 shoal ana rocky. Within f mile of Goose Head (a bluff on the 
 
 MMIlii 
 
424 
 
 CAPE 8T. JOHN TO CAPE 110NAVI8TA. 
 
 south side of the bay) there is 14 fathoms water, and from this to 
 the liead, a distance of 2 miles, there is good anchorage. 
 
 Tides.— It is high water, full and change, in Goose Bay at 7h. 
 22m. ; springs rise 4^ feet, neaps rise 2^ feet. 
 
 Sweet Bay extends 8 miles in a southerly direction from Chance 
 Head, and at 3^ miles within the entrance it divides into two parts, 
 named Northwest and Southwest Arms. At the heads of both of 
 them there is anchorage, in from 10 to 1(5 fathoms water; between 
 the arms the land is rugged, the highest point is Nut Hill, 600 feet 
 high, which is a conspicuous object from the sea between Long 
 Islands and Western Head. In continuation of this dividing land 
 to the NE. are Hunt, Gooseberry, and Hay Islands, the latter small 
 and 40 feet high; they are all steep-to. Rocks extend 200 yards 
 off the east shore of the Southwest Arm, immediately opposite 
 Hay Islet, and a rock which covers 3 feet lies immediately opposite 
 Hay Island, 300 yards from the west shore of Northwest Arm; 
 these are the only dangers in the upper arms of Sweet Bay. 
 
 Chance Islet, 35 feet high, lies J mile north of Chance Head. 
 Chance Harbor Ledge, with 5 feet water over it, lies f mile N. 67° 
 E. (8. 83° E. mag.) from Chance Islet. 
 
 Great Chance Harbor, the first inlet on the west side of Sweet 
 Bay, stretches 3 miles in a southwesterly direction and is 300 yards 
 wide, with depths of from 10 to 16 fathoms, over mud. The north 
 shore is steep. The southern side of the entrance is formed by 
 Woody and Mustard Gull Islands, the latter being the outer or 
 eastern. In continuation of the line of these islands is Brines Rock, 
 which has 2 feet over it at high water. After passing it there are 
 no dangers in Great Chance Harbor. 
 
 Little Chance Harbor, south of Great Chance Harbor, extends 
 one mile in a southwesterly direction, having a breadth of 200 
 yards; the head then opens out to nearly 400 yards wide with 
 depths of from 10 to 12 fathoms. 
 
 Gull Island, 46 feet high, is one mile within Cutler Head, and 
 800 yards from the shore ; close south of it is Turfpook Island, a 
 cone 165 feet high; sunken dangers lie f mile SW. of Turfpook 
 Island. 
 
 Cutler Head is a cone 397 feet high, 3i miles NW. from Plate 
 Cove Head; between is the entrance to Southward Bay, which 
 stretches 9^ miles in a southerly direction. 
 
 Cutler Harbor is south of Cutler Head ; its entrance is rocky 
 and narrow and should not be attempted without a pilot ; a stranger 
 should keep Chance Islet open of Cutler Head, bearing N. 64° W. 
 (N. 24° W. mag.), to be well clear of all danger. 
 
 Southward Bay Head is a steep bluff 328 feet high, on the 
 west side of Southward Bay ; north of it is Kate Harbor, with a 
 rock in the entrance and no anchorage. 
 
 ^PB^JJPP"""* 
 
mm 
 
 SEAL COVE — BACON HONE BOOK. 
 
 426 
 
 id from this to 
 
 rage. 
 
 ose Bay at 7h. 
 
 »n from Cliance 
 into two parts, 
 )ads of both of 
 vater; between 
 it Hill, 600 feet 
 
 between Long 
 s dividing land 
 the latter small 
 tend aOO yards 
 iately opposite 
 liately opposite 
 orthwest Arm; 
 eei Bay. 
 
 Chance Head. 
 IS i mile N. 67° 
 
 st side of Sweet 
 md is 300 yards 
 ud. The north 
 e is formed by 
 ig the outer or 
 is Brines Rock, 
 ing it there are 
 
 larbor, extends 
 breadth of 200 
 rds wide with 
 
 ;ler Head, and 
 'pook Island, a 
 of Turfpook 
 
 W. from Plate 
 •d Bay, which 
 
 ;rance is rocky 
 ot; a stranger 
 ing N. 54° W. 
 
 t high, on the 
 Harbor, with a 
 
 Seal Oove, on the SE. side of Southward Bay, is small aiul has 
 anchorage in 4 fathoms water. The south side of the cove is rocky ; 
 there are a few fishermen's houses on its shores. 
 
 Indian Arm on the east side of Southward Bay, 3 miles south 
 of Plate Cove, has a small fishing village around its shores, but 
 no convenient anchorage. 
 
 Plate Oove, ^ mile wide, extends one mile south, and affords 
 good anchorage, in from 6 to 10 fathoms water, in the east corner, 
 and fair anchorage' in the south corner. There is a considerable 
 fishing village on its shores, and supplies can be obtained in small 
 quantities. 
 
 Water. — Water may be obtained; the watering place is con- 
 veniently situated in the east corner, and easily approached by 
 boats. 
 
 Coast — From Plate Cove the coast trends 3i miles in a north 
 direction to Arch Cliff Point ; between is Open Hole, a shallow bay 
 with a considerable fishing village on the shores; it affords no 
 anchorage. 
 
 Red Cliff Island, one mile south of Arch Cliff Point, and 300 
 yards off shore, is 50 feet high, and conspicuous from the red and 
 yellow rocks of which it is composed. 
 
 Ice. — Open Hole and Red Cliff Island freeze about the middle of 
 February and clear between the end of March an 1 end of April, 
 according to the season; northern ice generallj arrives about the 
 middle of February and leaves about the middle of April. 
 
 Coast— From Arch Cliff Point the coast trends NNE. for 3^ 
 miles to Western Head. Off Tickle Cove, north of Arch Cliff 
 Point, the coast is low and ragged, with rocks extending 400 yards; 
 it is then steep-to and bold. Tickle Cove is a fishing village with- 
 out any harbor, and rocks extend 400 yards off Arch Cliff Point. 
 
 Western Rock, a small pointed rock 3 feet above water, lies 
 nearly 800 yards S. 48° W. (S. 78° W. mag.) from Arch Cliff Point. 
 
 Western Head is a bold barren promontory, steep- to on both 
 sides, and rising to 443 feet above high water. East of it Deep 
 Cove stretches south for one mile; the cove is open and the south 
 shore foul. 
 
 The rocks, having depths of from 7 to 10 fathoms over them, 
 which lie around Western Head at the distance of about 2 miles, 
 cause a confused sea in heavy weather ; at times the sea breaks 
 over them. 
 
 Bacon Bone Rock has 4 feet water ovbr it, with 3 fathoms at 
 300 yards NW. ; it lies li miles S. 64° W. (N. 86° W. mag.) from 
 Western Head and f mile Trom the nearest shore; Southern Head, 
 open of Western Head, bearing S. 79° E. (S. 49° E. mag.), leads 
 north; Deer Island, shut in with Long Islands, S. 60° W. (West 
 
 ■■- regcra f . * ia3if : ? y ; ''r w - g y .v r 
 
42(i 
 
 CAFK 8T. JOHN TO CAPE HdNAVIHTA. 
 
 maK-)i l«a<ls NW., ami Arrow Point, opoa of Red Cliff laland, S. 
 3" E. (S. ^7° W. mag.). lo»"l» w.ist <.f it. 
 
 Coast. — From Western Head to Southern Head, a steep cliff ris- 
 ing to hill 5:32 feet high, is 3i milcH, E. by S. ; the intervening coaHt, 
 much indenttMl, has rocky ground extending J mile off it, nor should 
 it bo approached nearer than to iiave the eastern hill of Swale 
 Island open of Western Head, bearing 8. 86° W. (N. 04° W. mag.). 
 
 Castle and Keels Coves are encumbered by rocks, and afford 
 only a summer resort ft)r fishing vessels; Keels is a considerable 
 fishing village. 
 
 Ice. — Aeels and Broad Coves till in with northern ice and freeze 
 while the ice remains on the coast. 
 
 Backside Cove, immediately west t»f Southern Head, affords no 
 shelter. 
 
 Cary Rock, with 12 fiH3t water over it, is the outer danger off 
 Keels; it lies J mile N. 28° E. (N. 68" E. mag.) from Keels East 
 H»wl. 
 
 Black Head Bay, west of Ca])e Bonavista, is clear of danger; 
 some small open bays have a few scattered inhabitants, but afford 
 no shelter for ships. 
 
 Ice. — Black Head Bay tills in with northern ice and clears when 
 the ice leaves the coast. 
 
 Broad Head is a bluff, 317 feet high, with a front J mile NNW. 
 and SSE., separating Broad Cove and village, which is immediately 
 south of the Southern Head, from Kings Cove. 
 
 Kings Cove is small, 700 yards long NE. and SW,, shoaling 
 gradually from a depth of 20 fathoms at the enti-ance, which is 300 
 yards wide, to the beach, 160 yards wide at the head. It is open 
 to the NE., but said to be a safe anchorage for small vessels; as the 
 water shoals suddenly they do not drag inshore, but at times drift 
 to sea. 
 
 Light. — On Kings Cove Head, the northern side of the entrance, 
 a cylindrical iron tower, 37 feet in height and painted white, exhib- 
 its at an elevation of 170 feet an intermittent white light, visible 
 24 times every minute, which should be seen 14 miles, but being 
 unwatched it is unreliable. 
 
 Communication. — The Coastal Steamship Company's steamer, 
 between St. Johns and Battle Harbor, calls fortnightly at Kings 
 Cove during summer aad autumn. 
 
 Tides. — It is high wa ter, full and change, in Kings Cove at 7h. 
 15m. ; springs rise 3^ f «et, neaps rise 2i feet. 
 
 Coast. — The coast from Black Head, on the east shore of the bay, 
 to Green Island, trends in a NE. direction for 5 miles, and between 
 are three small bays, viz, Bonavista, Bailey Cove, and Red Cove. 
 
Cliff Isluiid, S. 
 
 ti Htoep I'liff ris- 
 ervouiiiKcoiiHt, 
 ir it, iiorMliduld 
 I hill of Swnl« 
 . 64° W. mag.), 
 cks, and afford 
 a considerable 
 
 1 ice and freeze 
 
 [ead, affords no 
 
 iter danger off 
 otu Keels East 
 
 lear of danger; 
 tuts, but afford 
 
 nd clears when 
 
 t J mile NNW. 
 is immediately 
 
 SW., shoaling 
 e, which is 300 
 id. It is open 
 vessels; as the 
 at times drift 
 
 ■ the entrance, 
 white, exhib- 
 light, visible 
 es, but being 
 
 iny's steamer, 
 itly at Kings 
 
 s Cove at 7h. 
 
 re of the bay, 
 
 and between 
 
 id Red Cove. 
 
 1U»NAV18TA Hay lIAlUtYS (lUOUNI). 
 
 427 
 
 BonaviBta is the most Houtliurn, and the only one affording 
 anchorage, the otluirs being cncumborod by rocks and luoro exposed. 
 A stranger bound for Ronavista should not approach the shore 
 nearer tlian to have a small portion of Gull Island just seen west 
 of Oroen Island, bearing N. 37° E. (N. 67° E. mag.), until Squarey 
 Islet bears S. 30° E. (South mag.); then passing dose to the latter 
 islet to avoid a shoal with S^ fathoms water over it, whicli lies 
 nearly !iOO yanls SW. of it, anchorage may bo obtained in fath- 
 oms water, but this bay is only available for vessels during sum- 
 mer. Squarey Islet is 43 feet high, and the outer of a ridge of 
 rocks forming the north side of the bay. 
 
 The towu of Bonavista is the largest in the bay, having in 1891 
 a population of 3,650; th»jre is excellent land, a large quantity of 
 which is under cultivation, around the bay. 
 
 Oommunication. — The Coastal Steamship Company's steamer 
 between St. Johns and Battle Harbor calls at Bonavista fortnightly 
 during summer and autumn; there is also telegraphic communica- 
 tion with all parts. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, off Bonavista at 7h. 
 25m. ; springs rise -i} feet, neaps rise 2^ feet. 
 
 Green Island, on the west side of Cape Bonavista, is 60 feet 
 liigh, and separated from the land of the cape by a channel 300 
 yards wide, having 2 fathoms water in the deepest part, eastward 
 of a rock nearly in mid-channel. 
 
 Stor'. Island, 40 feet high, lies about a mile west of Green 
 Island, the channel between being one mile wide, and clear of 
 danger. 
 
 Cape Bonavista and Light— See page 409. 
 
 Aspect of Coast. — From the eastward the most remarkable 
 feature north of the entrance to Trinity Bay is Burnt Ridge, some 
 table land situated 500 feet above the sea, 4 miles south of Cape 
 Bonavista; it is nearly 100 feet higher than the land in its immedi- 
 ate vicinity, and 300 feet above the general elevation both north 
 and south of it. As the land is upproached, Largent Hill, north of 
 it, becomes visible, then Norther Head, and lastly Cape Bonavista 
 lighthouse and Gull Island which lies off it. From the NE., Green 
 Ridge, which is the north part of Burnt Ridge, will probably be 
 the first land seen; but if cloudy, Cape Bonavista Lighthouse, 
 which may be seen from a distance of 14 miles, will be tlie first 
 object recognized. 
 
 Harrys Ground to the north of Cape Bonavista is more than 
 2^ miles in length in a SSW. and NNE. direction, and 1^ miles in 
 breadth. It consists of several rocky patches with from 7 feet to 
 16 fathoms water over, and 20 to 30 fathoms between them ; within 
 
 14010 
 
 -S8 
 
 w> *JniLKy m jM»m . m-if m jmw^nn> n . 
 
f 
 
 428 
 
 OAI'E 8T. JOriN TO OAFE noNAVTSTA. 
 
 imile of the .u.rtli, ea«t, and west sides of the bank there i- a 
 depth of from SO to 00 fathoms ^^ * 
 
 jU Ljgh.hou«. You,,, iTJy^- ,t L"£ «; ^ J„ B-; 
 
 D 1 .Li. „ » ^«'P nocK, with 16 feet water on it and MirMlo 
 Rock, with 3 fathoms on it. lie between them. T^ ere is a^lso a 
 
 E. (8. 19 W. mag.), leads westward. In foggy weather shnnM 
 the position of the vessel be well known. cloffwiTh Gull Wand 
 as here are no dangers in the immediat^ vicimW Cape Bona' 
 
 ;ts J:om'S:n it/r '^'''-'' ^-*^-' *^^ ''' H-rbelT3 
 
 /hTmoS;:- ^j^ ?-- ^trb^'w^^ 
 
 f'rse^rrd' '''''' ^"' " *° '' ^'^^^-^ ^-^ afte^hLV^ale: 
 
 ,^lJl^ ' '^'^^'^^Jeet ^ater on it. lies 200 yards SW from the 
 
 Bland, and another, with less than 6 feet on it. 400 yards Zstn? 
 
 the cape, but close to the shore ^ °^ 
 
 'L. 
 
 Mrcnii'twi 
 
TA. 
 
 ) bank there b a 
 
 1, hna 7 foot water 
 from Cai)o Borm- 
 fock, has a depth 
 ?.), 6i miles from 
 '11 it, ami Middle 
 There is also a 
 H 7 fathoms; Old 
 
 S. 66° W. mag.), 
 ghthouso, 8. 11° 
 weather, should 
 ith Gull Island, 
 Y of Cape Bona- 
 i Harry being 3 
 
 on them, break 
 IS break with a 
 fter heavy gales 
 
 3ape Bonavista. 
 
 SW. from the 
 
 '0 yards west of 
 
 CHAPTER IX. 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND. EA8T COAST-CAPE BONAVISTA TO CAPE RAOB. 
 
 (H. O. Chart No. 1103.) ' 
 
 Oape Largent— From Cape Bonavista to Spillers Point, a dis- 
 tance of 3i miles, the coast is of cliff, indented with several small 
 bays, which afford no anchorage. Spillers Point is a flat-topped 
 cliff, with several remarkably small 1. it high detached rocks off it 
 the highest being 121 feet above the sea. Cape Largent, a mile 
 farther 8E., is a shelving point, with the extremity cut off from 
 the main part of the land by a deep rent, and at a" short distance 
 off It IS a small rock just above water. Larger. : Hill in' ad from 
 this point is 433 feet above the sea, and remarkable, b . g sepa- 
 rated from Burnt Ridge by a deep valley and rising m rt than 200 
 feet abova the flat cliffs of the coast. 
 
 Bird Island Oove.-A mile south of Ca.;e 1 ,argent is Bird 
 Island Cove, affording no shelter, but it is a good station, from 
 whence cod-fishing in boats may be carried on. Temporary an- 
 choragemay be obtained in about 7 fathoms water, over sand at 
 the head of the cove, but within 400 yards of the shore; it is stated 
 that, on account of the backwash, a vessel may riJe at this anchor- 
 age securely, even in easterly winds. 
 
 aa?*''*!^^*^? ^*^*°** '' '°'^"' ^^* ^^^* ^^«^' and lies If miles 
 8SJL. of Cape Lf^rgent. South Bird Island is also small, 130 feet 
 high, and is i mile S. by E. of North Bird Island. Flowers Point 
 is 4 miles from Cape Largent; the coast between this latter point 
 and North Head, 3 miles to the southward, is flat, with steep cliffs 
 forming a bay f mile deep. ' 
 
 DoUarman Bank.-The coast irum Cape Bonavista southward 
 18 bordered by an irregular rocky bank, considered a good fishing 
 ground, and from a depth of ?0 fathoms at the NE. extremity of 
 Dollarman Bank, 6^ miles E. i S. from Cape Bonavista Light- 
 bouse, to 6i miles off N..nii Head, are numerous rocks, with C to 
 10 fathoms, and deep water close around them, on which the sea 
 breaks after an easterly gale; consequently in bad weather it is 
 advisable to pass eastward of the Haypooks, the outer danger 
 
 This shore is fringed by dan,?erous rocks, the outer, named 
 Flowers Rock, with less than 6 feet water, lying nearly f mile 
 from the shore. Cape Bonavista Lighthouse, bearing N. 42° W. 
 
 (429) 
 
 
430 
 
 CAPE BONAVISTA TO CAPE RACE. 
 
 (N. 13° W. mag.), open North of CapeLargent, until Green Island 
 lighthouse opens south of Catalina North Head, S. 36° W. (S. 66° 
 W. mag.), leads clear of these shoals. 
 
 (H. O. Chart No. o80.) 
 
 Little Catalina, a boat harbor, is entered west of Cuckold Head, 
 a bold bluff, off which are two islets 1^ miles westward of North 
 Head, the intermediate coast having 5 fathoms water at -Jt mile 
 distant. Rowland Head is the termination of the line of coast 
 west of Little Catalina, and forms the east shore of a small cove 
 with a beach of shingle. A low islet lies close off this head. 
 Pigeon Rock, small and low, lies 100 yards off shore NE. of Shep- 
 herd Point, and a shoal, with 10 feet water, is situated 250 yards 
 NE. from Pigeon Rock. 
 
 Catalina Harbor, entered SW. a little more than 2^ miles from 
 North Head, is dangerous of approach, and should not be attempted 
 by a stranger, but may be readily recognized by the lighthouse on 
 Green Island that lies just south of the entrance. 
 
 The entrance to Catalina Harbor, between Shepherd Point on 
 the North and Burnt Point on the south, is barely 700 yards wide, 
 and Charlton Rock, with 6 feet water over it, lies nearly in mid- 
 channel; farther in, the entrance is narrowed to about 200 yards 
 by shoals, with 2^ and 2 fathoms water over them, lying nearly 
 300 yards in a south and east direction respectively from Goodland 
 Point; and on the south shore by White and Lowe Rocks, the 
 former with a depth of 4 feet, and the latter with 2 fathoms water 
 over it; they lie about 200 yards distant in a NE. and NW. direc- 
 tion respectively from the turning point into Southeast Cove. 
 
 Shoals.— Off this harbor shoals extend 8i miles NE. by E., 
 most of which break after heavy easterly gales, and render the 
 harbor difficult to approach on those occasions. The Haypooks, 
 with 6 fathoms water, lies 7-J- miles NE. by E. from Green Island 
 Lighthouse, and the outer shoal, with 8 fathoms water, | mile far- 
 ther in the same direction. The Skerries, with 6 fathoms, lies 6 
 miles off NE. by E. Feather Shoal, with 6 fathoms, E. by S. 
 nearly 4 miles ; Joe Rock with 8 fathoms, nearly East S^V miles ; 
 Soldier Rock, with 9 fathoms, ENE. ^ E. 3^ miles nearly ; and 
 Murphy Rock, with 8 fathoms, NE, by E. 2|- miles from Green 
 Island Lighthouse. Poor Shoal, a mile in length within the line 
 of 5 fathoms, lying NE. and SW., is situated between one and 2 
 miles NE. of Green Island Lighthouse, and has 22 feet least water, 
 on which the sea breaks heavily in easterly gale^ 
 
 Brandies Shoal consists of three heads, with 4 feet least water, 
 occupying a space 1,300 yards long north and south and about i 
 mile wide. The channel between the SW. extreme of Brandies 
 
t]«miAia>4iibKCinute«»^j.4!^ 
 
 CATALINA HARBOR. 
 
 431 
 
 itil Green Island 
 J. 36° W. (S. 66° 
 
 ' Cuckold Head, 
 fcward of North 
 vater at -^ mile 
 le line of coast 
 f a small cove 
 off this head. 
 :e NE. of Shep- 
 lated 250 yards 
 
 Q 2i miles from 
 ot be attempted 
 e lighthouse on 
 
 iherd Pmnf r.p 
 ^00 yards wide, 
 nearly in mid- 
 30ut 200 yards 
 ., lying nearly 
 :rom Goodland 
 we Rocks, the 
 fathoms water 
 id NW. direc- 
 tast Cove. 
 I NE. by E., 
 nd render the 
 he Haypooks, 
 Green Island 
 er, f mile far- 
 ithoms, lies 6 
 tns, E, by S. 
 ast 3^jf miles; 
 5 nearly; and 
 from Green 
 ithin the line 
 3en one and 2 
 t least water, 
 
 t least water, 
 and about i 
 of Brandies 
 
 Shoal and Green Island is 350 yards wide; and that between the 
 north extreme and the mainland is i mile wide. 
 
 Green Island, south of the entrance, is rugged and rocky. 
 Shoal water surrounds this island, extending 400 yards from the 
 north, 800 yards from the south side, and 200 yards in all other 
 directions. 
 
 Light. — On Green Island a wooden dwelling, painted white, 
 with lantern in the center, 41 feet in height, exhibits at an eleva- 
 tion of 93 feet a fixed white light that shoula be visible 11 miles 
 between the bearings of S. 35° W, (S. 65° W. mag.) and N. 12° E. 
 (N. 42° E. mag.) over an arc of 157°. 
 
 Fog Signal.— During thick or foggy weather, a fog horn will be 
 sounded for periods of five seconds, with intervals of silence of 
 thirty-seven seconds. 
 
 Communication.— Th<^ Coastal Steamship Company's steamer, 
 between St. Johns and Battle Harbor, calls at Catalina fortnightly 
 in summer and autumn ; there is also telegraphic communication 
 with all parts. 
 Ooai.— A small quantity of coal (about 20 tons) may be obtained. 
 Pilots. — The Ushermen are trustworthy pilots, and are nearly 
 always to be found near the harbor in daytime. 
 
 Burnt Point is terminated by a low black islet about 10 feet 
 high, and from it shoal water extends 100 yards. From it the 
 south shore of the harbor trends to the westward + mile, and then 
 doubles back to form Southeast Cove, 400 yards deep, and shallow. 
 Northeast Arm is f mile long, but is barred at 800 yards from 
 the entrance, and a rock, with 3 feet water, lies 250 yards SW. of 
 the bar. It affords anchorage for vessels drawing 9 feet water in 
 a basin 400 yards in diameter, with 2 fathoms, mud. 
 
 Southwest Arm is i mile long and i mile wide at the entrance, 
 narrowing gradually to the head, from which shoal water extends 
 600 yards ; the anchorage here is in 4 fathoms, mud. 
 
 Large vessels should anchor off the mouth of this arm in 5 
 fathoms, mud, taking care to have the east extreme of Northeast 
 Arm open west of Manuel Islet, bearing N. 3° E. (N. 33° E. mag.), 
 to clear Lowe Rock. A swell sets into the harbor and up South- 
 west Arm after heavy gales, but not sufficient to endanger vessels. 
 Ice.— The Northeast Arm of Catalina Harbor freezes over about 
 1st January, from which date to the middle of April it is generally 
 completely closed; winds from SSW. or SW. often break the ice 
 up. Northern ice is irregular in its arrival, seldom appearing 
 before 15th January, often not before 10th February; it generally 
 leaves between 10th and 20th April, but has been known to remain 
 as late as 10th June. 
 
.,-i'* 
 
 432 
 
 CAPE B0NAVI8TA TO OAPE BAOE. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Catalina Harbor 
 at 7h. ; springs rise 6 feet, neaps rise 4 feet. 
 
 Directions. — To enter Catalina Harbor between the SW. ex- 
 treme of Brandies Shoal — which generally breaks — and Green 
 Island: After clearing the outer dangers, steer in with Burnt 
 Point in line with a church on the shore of the Northeast Arm 
 bearing N. 69° W. (N. 39° "W . mag.) until Green Island Lighthouse 
 bears S. 58° W. (S. 88° W. mag.), then steer about N. 55° W. (N. 
 26° W. mag.) and, after rounding Burnt Point at about 200 yards 
 to pass south of Charlton Rock, keep the Wesleyan Chapel (sit- 
 uated on the slope of the hill SW. of Courage Point) a little more 
 than its own breadth open west of the house on the rising ground 
 behind it, bearing S. 85° W. (N. 65° W. mag.) to pass between 
 Lowe Bock and the shoal off Goodland Point. 
 
 When entering north of Brandies Shoal, the Roman Catholic 
 church in Southwest Arm is not readily distinguished by a 
 stranger, as it is almost hidden by houses ; there is, however, a 
 square white house situated about ,300 yards southward of the 
 church which, kept almost in line with both Goodland and Shep= 
 herd Points, bearing about S. 68° W. (S. 88° W. mag.), is a good 
 mark for passing northward of Brandies Shoal. When South 
 Head is shut in by Green Island Lighthouse, bearing S. 5° W. (S. 
 36° W. mag.), steer towards Burnt Point until Manuel Islet is 
 wholly open of Goodland Point, N. 82° W. (N. 52° W. rnag.), and 
 proceed as before. 
 
 Caution. — As before stated, this harbor should not be attemped 
 by a stranger. 
 
 Bagged Harbor, a boat cove nearly 2 miles SSW. of Green 
 Island, is sheltered by Ragged Islands, a group of rugged rocks 
 40 feet high, from which sunken rocks extend in all directions. 
 Morris Rock, the eastern of these, with 22 feet least water, is nearly 
 a 'mUe SSE.. from Green Island Lighthouse. Burnt Point, open 
 north of Green Island, N. 45° W. (N. 15° W. mag.), leads east, 
 and Doughfig Point, well open of South Head, bearing S. 36° W. 
 (S. 66° W. mag.), leads SE. of this shoal. 
 
 South Head is a wedge-shaped point 130 feet above high water, 
 steep-to on the south side. 
 
 (H.O. Chart No. 1102.) 
 
 Low Point is a rugged shelving point 4 miles from South Head, 
 with detached rocks and a rock with 6 feet on it 200 yards off. 
 Low Point Grounds are two patches of 13 and 12 fathoms, lying 
 ESE. 1,200 yards, and SE. by E. one mile from the point. 
 
 Ooast.-^The coast between South Head and Low Point consists 
 of a series of low bluffs facing tablelands, backed by a long range 
 
 jaii[ 
 
!3atalina Harbor 
 
 len the SW. ex- 
 >ks — and Green 
 in with Burnt 
 Northeast Arm 
 and Lighthouse 
 b N. 65° W. (N. 
 about 200 yards 
 '•an Chapel (sit- 
 it) a little more 
 B rising ground 
 > pass between 
 
 Oman Catholic 
 guished by a 
 
 is, however, a 
 bhward of the 
 ind and Shep- 
 ^ag.), is a good 
 
 When South 
 « S. 5° W. (S. 
 [anuel Islet is 
 SV. mag.), and 
 
 >t be attemped 
 
 3W. of Green 
 rugged rocks 
 ill directions, 
 ater, is nearly 
 it Point, open 
 .), leads east, 
 ing 8. 36° W. 
 
 e high water, 
 
 South Head, 
 )0 yards off. 
 thoms, lying 
 oint. 
 
 'oint consists 
 a long range 
 
 TEINETY BAY. 
 
 433 
 
 of hills about 600 feet above high water, SW. termination of 
 which. Norther Point, is a steep bluff 580 feet high, a conspicuous 
 object in entering Trinity Bay. This coast is foul, and should not 
 be approached nearer than 800 yards. 
 
 To clear all these dangers Bonaventure Head should be kept 
 open of Horse Chops, bearing S. 62° W. (N. 89° W. mag.), until 
 Green Island Lighthouse is open of South Head, N. 7° E. (N, 36° 
 E. mag.). 
 
 White Ground, with least water of 3 fathoms, lies 400 yards 
 off Norther Point. 
 
 Green Point is wedge-shaped, and divides Norther Cove on the 
 north from Green Bay on the south. Green Point Rock, with 4 
 fathoms, lies 600 yards from this point. 
 
 Western Head, the south point of Green Bay, is a steep cliff, 
 north of which are two waterfalls. Off this head lie Western 
 Head Grounds, two patches of 4 and 9 fathoms, the latter and 
 outer distant 700 yards. 
 
 Horse Chops is an overhanging cliff, sloping from a saddle- 
 
 r!lioi-«rk<1 Hn OftK ■ff/>r.4- 1,4/^%. 1, « ,»4.., .- „i» J* „1 „_- A^ iT T ^ J-i.__l. -J 
 
 ou^^oU ±i.x^x mUu xoOb ±li.ftf±Xj xictiVXllg \JU. It OXUOO to tllO DJUOlO Si UC tOrOliOU. 
 
 islet. Flat Rock, 6 feet above high water. 
 
 Trinity Bay, having its entrance about 40 miles to the north- 
 ward of fit. Johns Harbor, is extensive, and has many good anchor- 
 ages on either side. The entrance is 15 miles wide, between Grates 
 Point on the south and Horse Chops on the north, thence the bay 
 trends SW. by S. for 50 miles to its head. 
 
 Oaution. — In bad weather, at night, or in a heavy sea, a stranger 
 should not approach nearer than 7 miles northward or eastward 
 of Cape Bonavista, nor the land as far south as Catalina; after 
 easterly winds a strong current runs up Trinity Bay along the 
 northern shore, and the fog hangs more over this coast than the 
 opposite shore of the bay. 
 
 Ice. — Trinity Bay never freezes over, but field ice has been met 
 with in December and has continued off the mouth of the bay until 
 May. Icebergs come up the bay as early as the last week in May 
 and some remain until the last week in August, but these latter 
 icebergs are generally grounded ; otherwise with favorable winds 
 the bay would be clear by the end of June. 
 
 (E. O. Chart No. P J3.) 
 
 Trinity Harbor, between Horse Crops and Bonav^enture Head, 
 is considered one of the best and largest in Newfoundland ; it is 
 surrounded by hills ranging from 200 to 380 feet above the sea. 
 A high rocky irregular peninsula extends from the SW. side of 
 the harbor, dividing it into two portions, named Northwest and 
 Southwest i^ms, in each of which are several small bays and coves. 
 
T 
 
 434 
 
 CAPE BONA VISTA TO CAPK RACE. 
 
 On the SE. part of the peninsula are scattered the houses compris- 
 ing the town, which has about 3,000 inhabitants, and along the 
 shore are several wharves. 
 
 Supplies may be procured here. 
 
 Light. — From a wooden tower, 43 feet in height, and painted 
 white, situated 150 yards south of Fort Point, a fixed white light 
 is exhibited, at an elevation of 75 feet, that should be visible 10 
 miles. 
 
 Communicatiou. — The Coastal Steamship Company's steamer, 
 between St. Johns and Battle Harbor, calls fortnightly at Trinity 
 Harbor during summer and autumn. i 
 
 Directions. — On the eastern shore and i mile within Skerwink 
 Head are Herring Rocks, between which and Admiral Island, 20 
 feet high, about the narrowest part of the entrance, the distance is 
 i mile. When entering the harbor, keep in mid-channel, giving 
 Mussel Rock, with 8 feet wnter over it, the position of which may 
 be seen by the discolored water over it, a good berth, and anchor 
 where convenient. 
 
 Ice. — Trinity Harbor freezes over about 31st January, and is 
 closed at intervals by ice, about 1^ feet in thickness, from that 
 date to about 29th April. Field ice appears about 19th April, 
 leaving about 29th of the same month ; the earliest date of a vessel 
 arriving is 6th March, and latest of leaving 21st January. A 
 SW. wind blowing for twenty-four hours clears the harbor suflB- 
 ciently for vessels to enter. Between Horse Chops and Skerwink 
 Head there is often a straight edge of ice, and, if SE. winds pre- 
 vail, the ice in the bight outside Trinity Harbor is held in for some 
 time, but northerly or NW. winds clear it out. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Trinity Harbor at 
 7h. 10m. ; springs rise 4 feet, neaps 2 feet. 
 
 Robinhood Bay. — Skerwink Head, the eastern point of entrance 
 to Trinity Harbor, forms also the western point of Robinhood Bay, 
 the entrance to which is a mile wide, and the bay extends north- 
 ward If miles, narrowing toward the head. Here vessels fre- 
 quently anchor to fish, in 7 to 17 fathoms water. Skerwink Rocks, 
 40 feet high, are off the head of the same name, and Fox Rock, 
 with 15 feet water on it, lies 300 yards south of Fox Head on the 
 east side of entrance. 
 
 Salmon Cove, east of Robinhood Bay, is separated from it by 
 Fox Head, the land of which is connected to the main at the head 
 of the bay by a narrow sandy neck. Salmon Cove is considered a 
 good fishing place, and its shores are bold. 
 
 (H.O. Chart No. 1102.) 
 
 Bonaventure Bead, the north point of entrance to Smith Sound, 
 is a bold bluff 537 feet high, and skirted on the south by several 
 
■M 
 
 ■ " P * ' 
 
 e houses compris- 
 es, and along the 
 
 ght, and painted 
 fixed white light 
 luld be visible 10 
 
 npany's steamer, 
 ightly at Trinity 
 
 s^thin Skerwink 
 Imiral Island, 20 
 e, the distance is 
 -channel, giving 
 )n of -which may 
 rth, and anchor 
 
 January, and is 
 cness, from that 
 out 19th April, 
 
 date of a vessel 
 st January. A 
 he harbor suflfl- 
 9 and Skerwink 
 
 SE. winds pre- 
 lield in for some 
 
 inity Harbor at 
 
 oint of entrance 
 lobinhood Bay, 
 extends north- 
 )re vessels fre- 
 cerwink Rocks, 
 md Fox Rock, 
 »x Head on the 
 
 ted from it by 
 ain at the head 
 is considered a 
 
 ' Smith Sound, 
 th by several 
 
 SMITH SOUND. 
 
 435 
 
 cliffy rocks. Ragged Islands, on the south side of the main entrance 
 to Smith Sound, are a group covering a space of 1,200 yards long 
 east and west, by 300 yards broad; they are il5 feet high, with a 
 ragged and barren appearance, and their NE. extreme is 2^ miles 
 SW. from the south side of Bonaventure Head. 
 
 Raggred Hook, on the south side of Ragged Islands, dries 2 feet 
 at low water springs. 
 
 Smith Sound is 20 miles in length from Bonaventure Head to 
 the bar at its head, which separates it from Northwest Arm of 
 Random Sound ; its breadth varies from ^ mile to 1^ miles. In the 
 lower reaches the depth of water is from 50 to 80 fathoms, and the 
 shores so steep that no spot can be recommended for an anchorage, 
 except the small harbors near the entrance now to be described. 
 
 Ice. — Smith Sound freezes in severe winters about 10th February, 
 and breaks up from 10th to 20t;h April. 
 
 Tides.— It is high walor, full and change, in Smith Sound at 
 7h, 8m. ; springs rise 3i feet, neaps rise 2^ feet. 
 
 OH Bonaventure Harbor 4hont « milo "W" Ktt « f«r,T« +T>r. 
 
 south part of Bonaventure Head is Maiden Point, and off the south 
 side of the point is the small, flat-topped, inaccessible Maiden Islet, 
 with detached rocks extending 100 yards from its south side. 
 Between the head and the islet is Old Bonaventure, which runs 
 NW. about a mile to an anchorage for small vessels within two 
 islets, the western of which is 20 feet high and the eastern 10 feet, 
 with a channel 100 yards wide on either side of them. The western 
 channel is 4 fathoms deep, the center 9 fathoms, and the eastern 6 
 fathoms. The anchorage is about 400 yards in extent, in 6 or 7 
 fathoms water, mud. Cat Cove, northward of Maiden Islet, is 
 small and about 400 yards wide, with from 8 to 16 fathoms water, 
 but it affords no anchorage. 
 
 New Bonaventure Harbor.— Between Maiden Islet and Wolf 
 Head, If miles westward, are New Bonaventure, Broad Cove, and 
 Kerley Harbors, all extending in about a mile, but open to the SSE, 
 At the head of New Bonaventure and 300 yards from the shore 
 there is a shoal patch with 3 fathoms water on it. The village of 
 New Bon. I venture is at the head of the bay, on the eastern shore, 
 and the church on its left is in a commanding position and a 
 remarkable object. The settlement was formed for the purpose of 
 cultivation, and although the bay is not at all times safe for ship- 
 ping, the ice does not form so soon, and breaks up sooner than at 
 Old Bonaventure, 
 
 Broad Cove Rocks, on the west side of New Bonaventure and 
 in the entrance to Broad Cove, dry 2 feet at low-water springs. 
 New Bonaventure church, bearing northward of N, 25° E, (N. 54° 
 E, mag,), and well open of the point opposite the village, leads 
 eastward of them. 
 
 i 
 
i 
 
 436 
 
 CAPE BONA VISTA TO OAPE BAOE. 
 
 If 
 
 m 
 
 Eerley Harbor is an inlet i mile long in a N. by W. direction 
 and 200 yards wide, with a depth of 23 fathoms at the entrance, 
 gradually shoaling to its head. It is separated from New Bona- 
 venture and Broad Cove by White Point, which is low, and slopes 
 from hills within it which are about 300 feet high; the point 
 is steep-to. It affords good but confined anchorage at its head. 
 
 British Harbor.— Between Wolf Head, south of Kerley Har- 
 bor, and British Harbor Point, a distance of 1^ miles, the coast is 
 formed by a remarkable flat-topped cliff. The central part, from 
 its appearance of being artificial, is called Battery Point. Behind 
 it steep barren hills rise 300 and 700 feet above the sea. British 
 Harbor is formed between the point of this name and West Point, 
 a small, steep, rocky promontory, steep-to, i mile SW. of it. The 
 harbor runs in to the northward about a mile, and narrows to 
 200 yards, with a depth of 7 fathoms J mile from the entrance. 
 Within these narrows is the anchorage in 10 or 12 fathoms, mud, 
 over a space of 300 yards. The head of the harbor forms into 
 three little bays, on the shore of which are the houses of the 
 fishermen. 
 
 A rock, with 4 feet water on it, lies outside the narrows 100 yards 
 from the eastern shore. It may be avoided by keeping the western 
 shore aboard. 
 
 Pope Harbor.— From West Point to Pope Harbor, nearly 2 
 miles, the coast is broken and rocky. Midway is Derby Cove, 
 where there are a few houses and fishing stages behind a small 
 peninsula, and a rock, with 3 feet water on it, lies 100 yards off a 
 small cove 600 yards east of Pope Harbor. At the entrance to 
 Pope Harbor there are two rocks above water, the western being 
 18 feet high, and there are other rocks uncovered eastward of the 
 above, near the shore, within West Point. The two western chan- 
 nels formed by these rocks are 225 yards wide, with deep water. 
 Inside, the harbor opens out to i mile east and west by i mile 
 wide, with 4 and 5 fathoms, mud. 
 
 A sunken rock, with shoal water around it, lies 150 yards off the 
 center of the north shore, and another rock lies about the same 
 distance off the east shore. A large stream runs into the harbor 
 on the north, draining a considerable tract of country, and good- 
 sized spars are brought down by it. On the western side of the 
 harbor is a snug basin, named Round Harbor, 400 yards long, 
 150 yards wide, and 3 fathoms deep. The entrance to it is narrow, 
 with 2 fathoms water. 
 
 Indian Lookout is a remarkable hill immediately over the west 
 
 shore of Pope Harbor. Its summit is a steep cliff 605 feet high. 
 
 Hickman Islands, i mile southwestward of Pope Harbor, are 
 
 a group of islets and rocks, extending a little more than i mile 
 
 I'jriiiWiiWfi 
 
 mm. 
 
 ■#« 
 
*■■■■ 
 
 E. 
 
 . by W. direction 
 
 at the entrance, 
 
 from New Bona- 
 
 is low, and slopes 
 
 high; the point 
 
 ige at its head. 
 
 h of Kerley Har- 
 
 [niles, the coast is 
 
 entral part, from 
 
 y Point. Behind 
 
 the sea. British 
 
 and West Point, 
 
 3 SW. of it. The 
 
 , and narrows to 
 
 om the entrance. 
 
 12 fathoms, mud, 
 
 arbor forms into 
 
 le houses of the 
 
 larrows 100 yards 
 jping the western 
 
 3arbor, nearly 2 
 ■ is Derby Cove, 
 3 behind a small 
 s 100 yards off a 
 . the entrance to 
 he western being 
 
 eastward of the 
 (vo western chan- 
 with deep water, 
 
 west by ^ mile 
 
 160 yards off the 
 about the same 
 } into the harbor 
 iintry, and good- 
 item side of the 
 400 yards long, 
 e to it is narrow, 
 
 ely over the west 
 I 505 feet high, 
 'ope Harbor, are 
 lore than i mile 
 
 mOKMAN HABBOR — TBAY TOWN HARBOR. 
 
 487 
 
 parallel to the shore, the eastern and highest being 98 feet above 
 the sea. The islets are separated from the coast by a channel 
 400 yards wide, carrying from 20 to 29 fathoms water. At 100 
 yards from the main are two rocks ; one uncovers ; the other has 
 less than 6 feet water on it. 
 
 Hickman Harbor is a narrow inlet fronted by islets. It is 
 100 yards across at the entrance, and 4 fathoms deep 200 yards 
 within, when it quickly narrows to 20 yards, and is choked with 
 rocks. 
 
 Warwick Harbor is i mile south of Hickman Islands, on the 
 west side of a small peninsula 45 feet high. The entrance is 
 narrow, but within it is i mile east and west and 200 yards wide. 
 Much of this space is occupied by an islet, with rocks in the 
 channel on either side of it. A vessel drawing 6 feet water could 
 be warped in. 
 
 At 2i miles southwestward of Warwick Harbor is Burnt Point, 
 the coast between forming a slight bend, which is steep-to, and in 
 some places formed by cliff. At li miles farther on is a afnall 
 bay with a stream running into it. A rock, 8 feet high, lies close 
 off its east point. 
 
 Irelands Eye Island is about 2i miles in length NE. by N. 
 and SW. by 8., and a mile in breadth. Its coast line is deeply 
 indented, and several remarkable peaks rise from the island. The 
 highest, near the center, is 440 feet above the sea; it is steep and 
 rocky on all sides. A narrow channel, called the Thoroughfare, 
 separates the island from the NE. point of Random Island. 
 
 Irelands Bye Point, the NE. extreme of the island, is a steep 
 cliff, and li miles south of it is the entrance to Irelands Eye Har- 
 bor. About midway is Jacobs Cove, with several small islets and 
 rocks. Irelands Eye Harbor is available for large boats, which 
 can lie alongside the fishing stages. 
 
 Ice. — Irelands Eye Harbor freezes between 1st January and 
 1st February, and clears between 10th March and early in April. 
 
 Tray Town Harbor is i mile south of Irelands Eye Harbor, 
 the coast between being rocky. This harbor winds in NW. by N. 
 and then turns to the SW. a distance of a mile, with an average 
 breadth of 150 yards; in the first reach the depth is 14 fathoms; in 
 the second it shoals to 9 feet east of an islet near the end of the 
 reach, where it becomes narrow; beyond the islet the depth is 12 
 feet. 
 
 At half a mile south of Tray Town Harbor is a small basin called 
 Round Harbor, with 9 feet water, but the entrance being nearly 
 dry at low water, it is of little value even to boats. 
 
 Qunner Sock, awash at low water, lies about 400 yards S. by 
 W. of the entrance to Tray Town Harbor, and 150 yards from 
 the shore. 
 
438 
 
 CAPE BONA VISTA TO CAPE RACE. 
 
 Black Ledge, f mile 8W. of Anthony Island and fronting 
 Round Harbor, is 600 yards in length ; its east extreme has feet 
 water on it, and at its west extreme is a rock just covered at high 
 water. 
 
 Qreen Island is 121 feet above high water, and nearly level on 
 the summit; its east extreme lies 5^ miles S. 22° W. (8. 51° W. 
 mag.) from Bonaventure Head. 
 
 Anthony Island is about f mile in length NE. and S W. , nearly 
 ^ mile in breadth, and on its west side 208 feet above the sea. It 
 lies W. by N. rather more than a mile from Green Island. 
 
 Duok Island is 139 feet high, 800 yards in length north and 
 south, and 400 yards in breadth; it slopes to'^^'ard the east, and is 
 divided into two peaks by a valley running in the direction of its 
 length. 
 
 Shag Islets extend NNE. 000 yards from the northern part of 
 Duck Island. These islets are 30 feet high, about 50 yards wide, 
 and steep all round. 
 
 Indian Islets, off the west point of Irelands Eyp Tslnnd, cover 
 a space of 700 yards north and south ; the outer and largest islet 
 is 145 feet above the sea. 
 
 The Thoroughfare separates Irelands Eye from Random 
 Islands, and is 1^ miles in length ; at its south entrance are several 
 rocky islets; the eastern one, called Thoroughfare Rock, is 11 feet 
 high, and between it and the south point of Irelands Eye Island 
 is the channel, 100 yards wide with 8 fathoms water. After passing 
 the rock from the southward, bring it in line with the north point 
 of Duck Island, bearing about S. 37° E. (S. 8° E. ma£-.), which 
 will lead westward of Indian Rock at the north end of the channel, 
 and when Bonaventure Head is open of Irelands Eye Point, bear- 
 ing N. 69° E. (N. 88° E. mag.), a vessel will be northwestward of 
 the rock and in 10 fathoms water, on t>o south side of Smith 
 Sound. 
 
 Indian Rock is the only rock in The Thoroughfare which is not 
 always above water; from it the north extreme of the largest 
 Indian Islet bears about N. 51° E. (N. 80° E. mag,), distant 400 
 yards. 
 
 Random Island separates Smith Sound from Random Sound. 
 Its highest hill, Ginpicker, rises 843 feet above the sea, 4 miles 
 from the east coast, and midway between it and the sounds. The 
 east coast of this island is much indented with small harbors, and 
 off it are several islands and rocks. 
 
 Haydon Point. — The coast of Random Island, with the islets 
 forming the west side of The Thoroughfare, is flat and of little 
 elevation. Haydon Point, the north extreme of the island, is 
 rocky and bordered close-to by rocks above water. The island of 
 
 ■^' 
 
Fiwniti,. 
 
 LONG HARBOR SNOOKS HARBOR. 
 
 439 
 
 id and fronting 
 
 :treme has fi feet 
 
 covered at high 
 
 1 nearly level on 
 ° W. (8. 51° W. 
 
 md SW. , nearly 
 •ove the sea. It 
 
 I Island. 
 
 ingth north and 
 the east, and is 
 direction of its 
 
 lorthern part oi' 
 50 yards wide, 
 
 (/■fi Tsln.nd cover 
 nd largest islet 
 
 from Random 
 ance are several 
 Rock, is 11 feet 
 ads Eye Island 
 After passing 
 the north point 
 . ma£-.), which 
 of the channel, 
 ye Point, bear- 
 rthwestward of 
 side of Smith 
 
 •e which is not 
 of the largest 
 ;.), distant 400 
 
 Random Sound, 
 le sea, 4 miles 
 5 sounds. The 
 
 II harbors, and 
 
 ivith the islets 
 
 t and of little 
 
 the island, is 
 
 The island of 
 
 this name lies 1,200 yards northeastward of the point, with rocks 
 extending from it toward the shore. 
 
 Long Harbor.— At a mile south of Hay don Point, on the north 
 side of Random Island, is the entrance to Long Harbor, a narrow 
 inlet running to the south about J mile, carrying about 8 to 3 
 fathoms water to its head. An islet lies at the entrance, with deep 
 water on either side ; but a reef, which covers at high water, e > 
 tends 100 yards from its SE. point, narrowing the passage on th o 
 side. 
 
 Lower Lance Cove.— At J mile westward of LongJHarbor is 
 an islet 13 feet high and about 50 yards square. From this islet 
 the coast continues southwestward almost straight for 4i miles, to 
 Lower Lance Cove; it is steep-to, and there is no anchorage. 
 Lower Lance Cove is ope > to the NE. and is 600 yards wide, but 
 the depth of water being 48 fathoms, there is no anchorage. 
 
 Between Lower Lance Cove and Bluflf Point, about 3} miles 
 NW. of it, the coast forms a bend, with several little coves sepa- 
 rated by rocky points, where fishing stations have been established 
 near small streams, the whole under the name of Britannia Cove. 
 As the vicinity of this cove is favorable for agriculture, a less 
 migratory people than Newfoundland fishermen generally are 
 have settled here. 
 
 Lance Cove Rook, with 6 feet water on it, lies oflE Upper Lance 
 Cove; it is small, with 5 to 10 fathoms water round it, and 4 fath- 
 oms between it and the shore, from which it is distant 400 yards. 
 
 Anchorage.— There is anchorage in Burgoyne Cove, west of 
 Tilton Head, in 13 fathoms water, 300 yards from the shore ; it is 
 a fair temporary anchorage, and sheltered from the strong winds 
 which generally blow up and down the reach. 
 
 Snooks Harbor.— From BluflE Point on the south shore to 
 Snooks Harbor the coast is steep, in places cliffy, with a few rocks 
 100 yards off. The harbor is ^ mile square within the line of the 
 coast, and there are 12 fathoms water, mud, f mile from its head. 
 Smith Point, on the north shore, directly opposite Snooks Har- 
 bor, is steep-to; the coast between it and Burgoyne Cove is bold, 
 clear of danger, and much broken by numerous gorges and small 
 valleys. Approaching Smith Point the land is less broken; there 
 are a few houses on the coast a mile east of the point, and 200 
 yards off them there are 4 fathoms water, but it suddenly deepens 
 to 10 and 30 fathoms. 
 
 At If miles eastward of Smith Point is Upper Rocky Bight, 
 where there are 6 fathoms water, rocky bottom, at 600 yards from 
 the beach, suddenly deepening to 30 fathoms. 
 
 The Bar is the shallow channel connecting the head of Smith 
 Sound with the head of the Northwest Arm of Random Sound, 
 
440 
 
 CAPE BON A VIST A TO CAPE RACE. 
 
 and up to which they both gradually shoal. At high water it is 
 i mile wide; at low water spits of sand and stones stretch off both 
 shores, leaving a narrow channel 2 feet deep, i mile long. 
 
 Bakers Loaf. — At the NE. end of Random Island the land rises 
 646 feet above the sea, forming a remarkable peak called Bakers 
 Loaf. 
 
 Northwest Arm.— On the 8W. side of Connor Islet, separated 
 from it about 100 yards, is Sullivan Islet, 36 feet high, and between 
 the latter and a flat promontory 46 feet high, called Silldown Point, 
 i mile westward of it, is the entrance to the small inlet called 
 Northwest Arm. The western half of the entrance is obstructed 
 by a bed of rocks, some of which are uncovered ; the channel is 
 between these rocks and Sullivan Islet, and at the foot of Bakers 
 Loaf. The anchorage is about i mile square, in 9 fathoms water, 
 mud. There is a small nook inside Sullivan Islet with 2 fathoms 
 water, called Riders Harbor. 
 
 A rock, with 6 feet water on it, lies just off the east end of 
 Sullivan Islet. 
 
 Little Harbor. — The entrance to this small inlet is 400 yards 
 wide, between the rocky islet south of Silldown Point and the 
 opposite shore, which is bold with a small rock above water off it. 
 The inlet runs to the west about i mile, and then ttirns to the S. 
 by W. for 400 yards ; it is narrow and carries a depth of 4 fathoms. 
 
 The coast between the above harbors and East Head, 1| miles 
 southward, is of low cliff ; the hills over it are flat-topped, and the 
 highest is 492 feet above the sea. East Head is a cliff 88 feet high, 
 and the north point of entrance to Long Cove and Deer Harbor. 
 
 North Bird Islet, 113 feet high, lies one mile north of East Head, 
 and i mile from the shore; in the cove NW. of the islet is a re- 
 markable flat cliff, named Cold East Flake, from its supposed 
 resemblance to a fish flake. South Bird Islet, 121 feet high, lies ^ 
 mile north of East Head and 360 yards from the shore. 
 
 Long Cove runs in N. by W. f mile; it is about 200 yards 
 wide, and shoals from 20 fathoms at the entrance to 2 fathoms at 
 its head. At 400 yards east of Long Cove is a reef extending 
 more than 200 yards from the coast and a little within the west 
 point, and a third the distance across to the east shore is a rock 
 with 6 feet water on it. 
 
 Deer Harbor is about ^ mile west of Long Cove ; its entrance 
 is 100 yards wide and 6 fathoms deep, between a small low islet on 
 the north, and the rocks close off a point on the south. The harbor 
 is 600 yards in length and about 200 yards in breadth, and has 
 from 5 to 9 fathoms water. 
 
 Ice. — Deer Harbor is frozen in February and breaks up the latter 
 part of April. 
 
lii|urh water it is 
 Htrotch off both 
 e long. 
 
 d the 1(111(1 rises 
 c called Bakers 
 
 Islet, separated 
 fh, and between 
 Silldown Point, 
 tall inlet called 
 ce is obstructed 
 the channel is 
 foot of Bakers 
 fathoms water, 
 with 2 fathoms 
 
 he east end of 
 
 et is 400 yards 
 Point and the 
 ve water off it. 
 turns to the S. 
 h of 4 fathoms. 
 Head, 1^ miles 
 bopped, and the 
 ff 88 feet high, 
 )eer Harbor, 
 of East Head, 
 le islet is a re- 
 its supposed 
 Bet high, lies ^ 
 ore. 
 
 out 200 yards 
 o 2 fathoms at 
 eef extending 
 ithin the west 
 hore is a rock 
 
 its entrance 
 Jl low islet on 
 
 The harbor 
 adth, and has 
 
 s up the latter 
 
 "W^ 
 
 VERGE ISLAND — RANDOM HEAD IIARUOR. 
 
 441 
 
 Verge Island lies about i mile from the coast, between East 
 Head and East Random Head, and covers, with the rocks and islets 
 off it, a space of a mile north and south by ^ mile in breadth; it is 
 204 feet above the sea, 700 yards in length east and west, and i 
 mile in breadth. From its NW. end rocky islets extend ^ mil(» 
 NNE., terminating in a small black rock about 30 feet high; from 
 the SW. end rocky islets extend 000 yards to the southward, the 
 largest. Rat Island, being 05 feet high. At the SE. end Copper 
 Islet, 130 feet above the sea, lies 000 yards off, with rocks between ; 
 and 300 yards off the NE. end of thf island is a rock called Verge 
 Rock. 
 
 Seer Bock. — This small rock has 4 feel water on it, and is 
 generally marked by a break, except in a smooth sea at high water. 
 It lies with the bluff of Bonaventure Head in line with the saddle 
 of Duck Island, bearing N. 28° E. (N. 57° E. mag.). 
 
 Oun Ledge, with 0^ and 7i fathoms water on it, extends about 
 i mile N. by E. of Deer Rock with 21 fathoms between. Bona- 
 venture Ile-iJ, midway between Diick and Green Islands, .N, 24" 
 E. (N. 58° E. mag.), leads southeastward of these dangers, and 
 Ginpicker Hill, in line with the west point of entrance to Deer 
 Harbor, N. 85° W. (N. 56° W. mag.), leads northward of the Gun 
 Ledge. 
 
 Random Head Harbor, on the north side of East Random 
 Head, is about ^ mile square, with from 10 to 18 fathoms water; 
 the south and west shores are much indented, with rocks extending 
 600 yards off. The north shore is bold, and here small vessels may 
 anchor in a bight, but with this exception the harbor is not recom- 
 mended. Pigeon lalet, on the north side of entrance, is 400 yards 
 in length north and south, 100 yards wide, level, and about 40 feet 
 above the sea ; from it a reef extends SE. by S. 300 yards, termi- 
 nating in Mouse Rock, awash. The passage between Mouse Rock 
 and the south shore is 600 yards wide. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Random Head 
 Harbor at 7h. 8m. ; springs rise 3^ feet, neaps rise 2i feet. 
 
 East Random Head, the north point of outrance to Random 
 Sound, is 512 feet high, and the termination of a range of hills, the 
 highest of which is 808 feet above the sea. The eastern extreme of 
 the head consists of several quoin-shaped masses, which appear 
 from the head as landslips. A bank with 10 fathoms water on it 
 extends 400 yards off the head. 
 
 liight. — On Motion Island, off East Random Head, a cylindrical- 
 shaped iron tower, 36 feet in height and painted in red and white 
 checks, exhibits, at an elevation of 126 feet, an intermittent white 
 light having a period of system of four seconds — light two seconds, 
 eclipse two seconds ; it should bo visible 13 miles. The keeper's 
 
443 
 
 CAPE BONAVIHTA TO 
 
 «: UKVK. 
 
 (IwitUiuK, puiiitod white, with «. rod roof, ^'u\na8 north of tho light- 
 hoUHo. 
 
 West Random Head iH tliu Houth point of tho imtrnnco to Ran- 
 dom Sound, und iH about 3^ niiloH SW. from KaHt Random 
 Head. Its Humniit iH 201 foot high, lovol, and tho oaHt oxtrume 
 of tho land in a high clitf, junt noparatod by a uhusni froui tlio main 
 part of tho hoad. Rockn, mostly above water, extend from it about 
 200 yards eastward. 
 
 Random Sound. — The entrance to this sound is between East 
 and West Random Heads. At 6i miles within East Random Head 
 the Kound is divided into two brani-lies by a tonguo of land 11 miles 
 in length, in an oast and west direction, and about 3 miles in 
 breadth, tho eastern termination of which, named Middle Cliff, 
 faces tho entrances, and is a steep cliff, 357 feet high. 
 
 Northwest Arm. — At a little less than ^ mile westward of East 
 Random Hoad, and 100 yards off a stoop shelving point, is a rock 
 with less tlian (} fpot water on it, and another rock, awash, lies close 
 off the Mast side of the point: at about, f inilo fprther in there are 
 some rocky islets, and about 200 yards from the shore a patcli with 
 3 fathoms water on it ; a little raox'e than 1^ miles farther to the 
 westward is an islet 10 feet high, and 800 yards farther in another 
 islet, at tho entrance to Salmon Cove. These latter islets are sepa- 
 rated from the shore by deep water. 
 
 Ice. — Random Sound freezes in severe winters about 10th Feb- 
 ruary, and breaks up between 10th and 20th April. 
 
 Salmon Oove extends in 800 yards, and at its head is a salmon- 
 fishing station. From this cove the coast trends WNW. and NW. 
 for 3 miles to Strong Islands, in Northwest Arm. 
 
 Strong Islands consist of two principal islands, one 123 feet, 
 the other 145 feet high, with a few rocks above water. The north 
 side of these islands form with the coast an inlet called Strong 
 Tickle, which is nearly J mile in length and 100 yards wide, with 
 •1 to 10 fathoms water, except near its head, where there are li 
 fathoms. 
 
 Quarry Rock, lying 400 yards SW. by S. of the south point of 
 the west Strong Island, has 12 feet water on it. 
 
 Gooseberry Islet lies nearly in mid-channel, 1-J^ miles westward 
 of Strong Islands ; it is small and 66 feet high, A rocky shoal, 
 with 4J fathoms water on it, lies i mile N. by E. of Gooseberry 
 Islet, and another, with 6^ fathoms on it, 800 yards WNW. of the 
 islet. From this islet the first reach of the Northwest Arm of Ran- 
 dom Sound continues to the westward for 7^ miles, with the depth 
 in inid-channel decreasing from 90 to 60 fathoms. The shore is 
 steep-to, and there is no anchorage. 
 
>rth of the light- 
 
 ontranco to Rau- 
 1 Enwt Rjiiidom 
 the oawt oxtrume 
 III from t]io main 
 Jiid from it about 
 
 is betwoon East 
 iit Random Head 
 I of land 11 miles 
 ibout 3 miles in 
 od Middle Cliff, 
 igh. 
 
 restward of East 
 point, is a rock 
 awash, lies close 
 bher in tliere are 
 ore a patch with 
 IS farther to the 
 rther in another 
 r islets are sepa- 
 
 about 10th Feb- 
 
 ead is a salmon- 
 
 rNW. and NW. 
 
 ds, one 123 feet, 
 ,ter. The north 
 it called Strong 
 ards wide, with 
 ire there are 1^ 
 
 e south point of 
 
 miles westward 
 A rocky shoal, 
 . of Gooseberry 
 3 WNW. of the 
 Bst Arm of Ran- 
 with the depth 
 3. The shore is 
 
 HICKMAN IIAKIIOlt — MK»(>NI) ItKAi H. 
 
 44.'» 
 
 Coast.— FruMi Middln Clilf, Ihn oustoni <'xlr('iiiity of the lund 
 sojtHrutitiKtlitt twoiirriis of tli.i sumid, tim const of stiHip dill' trviMl.s 
 U inilns iiorlhwt'Htward to PiiMsoiiKtU' Point, tho Houth point of 
 oiitnuift' to the NoHlivvnHt Ann, iil koo yards In-yond whicli is 
 Holloway Rock, close to tim slioro mid tlio termination of 'a steep 
 point. The latter point separiites two coves, and i mile westwanl 
 of it is PurldinK Point, a rocky termination of a rid^e of hills, 
 which are 548 feet al)ovo the sea. At i mile farther west is Black 
 Duck (.'ove, I mile deep, with from T) to ',»() futhoms water. 
 
 Hickman Harbor, opposite Black J)uck Cove, is (looyanl- wide 
 at its entrance, and runs in NW, J luile; on its east shore is a bed 
 of rocks with from IJ to (i feet water on them, elsewhere there are 
 from 8 to 18 fathoms water, gravel and mud. This harbor is a 
 mile from West Strong Island, and at about two-thirds tlie distance 
 there is a slate (juarry. 
 
 Maggrotty Cove.— At nearly IJ miles westward of Black Duck 
 Cove, on the south shore, is a remarkable cone r»50 feet high, called 
 The Tolt; between it and Maggotty Cove tlio oua.it fuinis a curve 
 to the north, and its extremity is named Tolt I'oint. Maggotty 
 Cove is 3^ miles above Tiie Tolt, and has U fathoms water 400 yards 
 from the shore; a largo stream runs into it, at the mouth of which 
 is a sawmill. Tiio valley of this stream runs southward in the 
 direction of Hatchers Cove in Southwest Arm, with low land right 
 across. 
 
 South iight— On the south shore, in the elbow of Northwest 
 Arm, is a bay named South Bight ; here the coast trends northward, 
 and about J mile on is another bay, named The Bottom. 
 
 Bald Nap and Forster Books.— From South Bight the sound 
 is 2i miles across to the Bald Nap and Forster Points, on the north- 
 ern shore; these points are shelving and rocky, with patches of 
 rock and shoal water off them. Bald Nap Rock, with 9 feet water 
 on it, lies 600 yards SW. by W. nearly from Bald Nap Point. 
 Forster Rocks extend off rather more than i mile from the point 
 of the same name, and the outer rock, with 6 feet water on it, lies 
 a mile NW. from Bald Nap Rock. 
 
 Gooseberry Islet, just open of Lady Point, East (S. 61° E. mag.), 
 leads southward of these dangers. 
 
 Second Reach.— Beyond the Bald Nap Rocks, Second Reach 
 runs NNW. 7 miles to The Bar. On the eastern side the land is 
 wooded, undulating, and about 160 feet high. Ou the western side, 
 northward of The Bottom, the land rises steeply, 667 feet above the 
 sea, for about 3 miles to Bluff Point, with the coast mostly of cliff. 
 At the extremity of Bluff Point is a shingle spit, on which is a 
 curious upright pinnacle rock, called the Red Man; from this to 
 Red Point, nearly 3 miles farther on, the coast becomes low. Lower 
 
 WbXO 20 
 
...JjmilllL..,IJ.L.JlJJU_Jl. 
 
 H 
 
 444 
 
 CAPE BONAVISTA TO CAl'K RACE. 
 
 Shoal Harbor, 1| mh^is northward of Bluff Point, dries at lor 
 water, and rocks whicli are covered at high water lie 300 yards off 
 the upper point ; a large stream runs into it. 
 
 Red Point is a low cliff with a remarkable hill over it, 517 feet 
 high. The sound liere, which is the arrrowest part, is only + mile 
 across to Brown Mead, on the east shore. Brown Mead is a spit of 
 sand a few feet above high water, covered with grass and brushwood. 
 
 Shoal Harbor, on the west shore above Red Point, is J mile 
 wide at the entrance, and at high water extends a mile within the 
 line of coast, but the deposit from a large stream which runs into 
 it dries out ^ mile. The depth gradiially increases to 5 fathoms J 
 mile from the dry bank. 
 
 There is a sawmill at Shoal Harbor, the logs for which are 
 brought down Shoal Harbor River, and a village at Upper Shoal 
 Harbor, but supplies are scarce. 
 
 Communication. — There is railway communication with St. 
 Johns, distant 136^ miles, by the Northern and Western Railway. 
 The station is at Shoal Harbor, where there is a post office, but the 
 telegraph office is at Lower Shoal Harbor. A small steamer, con- 
 veying mails and passengers, plies to and from the neighboring 
 settlements. 
 
 Anchorage. — There is good .mchorage from a line between Red 
 Point and Brown Mead to The liar, a space 1^ miles in length by ^ 
 mile wide. The depth decrease.T gradually from 24 fathoms in 
 approaching The Bar, but rather suiddenly toward either shore. 
 
 The most convenient berth for a vessel of war is with the white 
 houses at Shoal Harbor Head open of the wooded point on the 
 south side of the harbor, in from 4 to 5 fathoms water. 
 
 Southwest Arm of Random Sound runs in about 14 miles from 
 West Random Head, with an average breadth of a mile, and from 
 175 fathoms water at the entrance the depth decreases to 50 
 fatLoms at a mile from the head of the arm. 
 
 Fox Harbor. — The coast between West Random Head and Fox 
 Islet, li miles westward, is steep and broken, with rocks 100 yards 
 off. Fox Islet is 30 yards in length and 200 yards in breadth, 
 with steep cliff 93 feet high on the north. The entrance to the 
 small harbor of the same name is on the east side of the islet, and 
 aboi't 200 yards wide. Within, the space is 400 yards in extent, 
 but encumbered with rocks, and fit only for large boats, which lie 
 under the east head close to the shore. 
 
 Little Heartsease Harbor. — At i mile from Fox Islet is a bluff 
 promontory 309 feet high; thence to Little Heartsease, 1^ miles 
 farther on, the coast is low and rocky. Little Heartsease runs in 
 SSW. i mile, with several arms, one of which reaches within 400 
 yards of the pond at the head of Heartsease. The harbor is free 
 
^^'^'^wm. 
 
 LITTLE IIEAKTSEASE HARBOR — GREEN ISLETS. 
 
 445 
 
 fc, dries at lor 
 ie 200 yards of! 
 
 )ver it, 517 feet 
 t, is only + mile 
 [ead is a spit of 
 md brushwood. 
 *oint, is i mile 
 nile within the 
 vhich runs into 
 to 5 fathoms f 
 
 for which are 
 at Upper Shoal 
 
 lation with St. 
 istei'n Railway, 
 t office, but the 
 1 steamer, con- 
 he neighboring 
 
 lie between Red 
 3 in length by -^ 
 
 24 fathoms in 
 either shore. 
 
 with the white 
 d point on the 
 
 er. 
 
 14 miles from 
 mile, and from 
 
 ecreases to 50 
 
 Head and Fox 
 ocks 100 yards 
 ds in breadth, 
 utrance to the 
 the islet, and 
 trds in extent, 
 oats, which lie 
 
 Islet is a bluff 
 lease, 1^ miles 
 isease runs in 
 les within 400 
 harbor is free 
 
 from danger, with an average breadth of 150 yards, and the depth 
 decreases from 5 fathoms at the entrance to 2 fathoms at the head. 
 There is a rock with 3 feet water on it, nearly closing up the 
 entrance of the first arm on the eastern shore. 
 
 Hodge Hole. — At 600 yards west of Little Heartsease is a cliffy 
 point 135 feet high, with a rock 3 feet above high water close off 
 it. At about 1^ miles beyond this is Hodge Hole, with an islet in 
 the middle of it, on the SW. side of which is a space about 200 
 yards square, where small vessels may anchor. 
 
 Rocky Harbor. — On the north coast, J mile southwestward of 
 Middle Cliff and 100 yards from the shore, is Southwest Rock, 8 
 feet above high water, and immediately west of it is Rocky Harbor, 
 which runs in NW. ^ mile by 300 yards wide. A rock awash at 
 low water lies near the center of the harbor, leaving a channel 
 along the east shore, but the west shore is foul. Long Cove, a 
 mile further on, is small, with 5 fathoms water. The coast between 
 is steep cliff and 316 feet high. 
 
 St. Jones Within Harbor is 4i miles westward of West Ran- 
 dom Head. It is 800 yards wide at the entrance, and trends in 
 NNW. ^ mile, with 20 fathoms water, and then NW. another -J- 
 mile to its head. In the inner portion the breadth is 400 yards, 
 and there is good anchorage in 5 to 7 fathoms water. Off the east 
 point of entrance is a small rock above water. There is also 
 anchorage for small vessels in 5 fathoms near the head of Hatchers 
 Cove, 2^ miles above St. Jones Within Harbor. 
 
 North Bight, 1^- miles from the head of the Southwest Arm, is 
 about 800 yards square, with from 4 to 8 fathoms water. The bot- 
 tom is strewn with bowlders, many of them 6 feet in diameter, 
 particulai'ly on the eastern shore, and a shoal, with 12 feet water 
 on it, extends 300 yards from the west point. 
 
 Anchorage. — There is anchorage in from 3 to 10 fathoms water, 
 over mud, ^ mile from the mouth of a stream, named Black Brook, 
 running into the head of Southwest Arm. 
 
 Long Island, south of West Random Head, is about ^ mile 
 from the shore and immediately iiorth of the entrance to Hearts- 
 ease. It is about f mile in length NE. and SW., 400 yards in 
 breadth, and 132 feet high, its SE. coast being steep cliff. A rock, 
 just above water, lies 100 yards off it and 600 yards from its SW. 
 extreme. 
 
 Qreen Islets are a group of flat-topped rocks or islets, 63 feet 
 above high water, lying a little more than i mile E. by N. of Long 
 Island, with 3^ fathoms water between, and about the same 'lis- 
 tance from West Random Head. 
 
 Heartsease Ledge, with from 2^ to 10 fathoms water on it, 
 extends ENE. about i mile from Green Islets, with a breadth of 
 
rmrmfwi 
 
 U6 
 
 CAPE B0NAVI8TA TO CAPE RACE. 
 
 600 yards. The NW. extreme of West Random Head kept open, 
 bearing N. 81° W. (N. 52° W. mag.), leads north of the ledge; and 
 Duck Island, open of East Random Head, N. 31° E. (N, 60° E. 
 mag.), leads east of the ledge. 
 
 White Rocks, off the entrance to Heartsease, are 9 feet ahove 
 water, and a few yards in extent. At 200 yards westward of them 
 is a rock on which the sea generally breaks, and at i mile in the 
 same direction the depth is less than 10 fathoms. On the north 
 and east sides the rocks are steep-to. Heartsease church, open 
 south of Long Island, bearing about N. 29° W. (North mag.), leads 
 westward of the rock. 
 
 Beayer Rock, with 3 fathoms water on it, lies with the White 
 Rocks bearing N. 34° E. (N. 63" E. mag.), distant H miles nearly. 
 West Random Head open of the NE. point of Long Island, N. 5° W. 
 (N. 24° E. mag.), loads east of the rock. 
 
 Heartsease is a long narrow inlet running in southwestward 
 about 2 miles, and carrying from 24 fathoms water at the entrance 
 to shallow water at its head. The north point of entrance is a 
 small peninsula, connected to the mainland by a neck of shingle 
 300 yards long and 9 feet above high water. A hundred feet up 
 the hill over it is the church, in the form of a large ordinary house, 
 isolated and conspicuous. 
 
 The breadth of the inlet is 400 yards for nearly a mile, with 10 
 to 18 fathoms water, mud; then about 200 yards for a mile, with 
 7 to 10 fathoms, mud, beyond which is a pond. On the north 
 shore, opposite the SW. point, are two rocks, each with 2 feet 
 water on it, the only dangers, and should be avoided. A swell sets 
 into the entrance with easterly gales, but not suflficient to affect a 
 vessel off Ganny Cove, on the north shore, i mile within the 
 entrance. 
 
 Bald Head.— The coast from the entrance to Heartsease trends 
 south 2 miles to Bald Head. It is rugged, with several large steep 
 rocks close off it, the land within being broken into numerous 
 hills; over the coast they reach 570 feet above the sea, and at 1^ 
 miles within, the highest, 659 feet. Bald Head is a bold cliffy 
 bluff, 489 feet high. A valley runs at its back parallel to the coast, 
 giving it a remarkable semi-isolated appearance. 
 
 (H. O. Chart No. 583.) 
 
 St. Jones Head, about 2 miles SSW. from the south part of 
 Bald Head, is 612 feet high, bold and cliffy. The coast batween 
 the heads is of the same character, and about halfway is Round 
 'Harbor. 
 
 Roue a Harbor.— The entrance to this little harbor is only about 
 100 yards wide, and is not easily recognized in the straight^liffy 
 
<^m* 
 
 l?»B 
 
 !. ' i. ' U ! U".uji,,-an ii ti" i i i 
 
 1 
 
 ROUND HARBOR ST. JONES HARBOR. 
 
 44: 
 
 lad kept open, 
 
 tlie ledge ; and 
 
 E. (N. fiO° E. 
 
 re 9 feet al)ove 
 itward of tliem 
 ,t i mile in the 
 On the north 
 church, open 
 th mag.), leads 
 
 rith the White 
 ^ miles nearly, 
 sland, N. 5° W. 
 
 Bouthwestward 
 it the enti'ance 
 entrance is a 
 leck of shingle 
 undred feet iip 
 )rdinary hoiise, 
 
 a mile, with 10 
 or a mile, with 
 On the north 
 )h with 2 feet 
 A swell sets 
 lent to affect a 
 lie within the 
 
 artsease trends 
 Dral large steep 
 into numerous 
 I sep, and at 1^ 
 3 a bold cliffy 
 el to the coast, 
 
 south part of 
 coast between 
 fway is Round 
 
 •r is only about 
 straightjcliffy 
 
 coast which extends on either side of it; but when well in with the 
 land the south head, a narrow strip, 210 feet high, projecting north- 
 ward, will be seen against the higher land boliiud it. The entrance 
 is 3 fathoms deoj) and runs in about 'iOO yards, wlion it turns ab- 
 ruptly to the south to the ancliorage behind tln^ soutli head. The 
 harbor is less than 400 yards in length, 200 yards wide, with a 
 depth of 3 to 5 fathoms, mud. 
 
 Seal Island, between St. Jones Head and St. Jones Harbor, lies 
 100 yards from tht- sliore and parallel to it. It is 800 yards in 
 length, and the extreme breadth 300 yards. It consists of two 
 princii)al portions, tlie northern 00 feet high, and the southern 
 148 feet, connected by a low neck, on wliich are several rocky 
 hummocks. 
 
 St. Jones Islet, off the entrance to St. Jones Harbor, lies SE. by 
 E. 1,200 yards from North Head. The islet is small, but 67 feet 
 high, and inaccessible. It is steep-to on the east side, but rocks 
 extend 270 yards west from its west side, and shoal water about 
 100 yards from the other sides. 
 
 St. Jones Harbor is a narrow inlet running in west 8 miles. 
 When seen on this bearing it appears remarkable froni its steep 
 shores appearing as cliff behind cliff to the head. Crown Hill, 
 steep and rugged, rises 820 feet high at the head of the harbor, and 
 with the cone-shaped hills rising abruptly from the land north of 
 the harbor are pufficient to indicate its position. St. Jones Islet is 
 a good mark for the entrance. 
 
 The average breadth of the harbor for 1^ miles is 200 yards, with 
 20 fathoms water at the entrance, shoaling to 6^ fathoms, rocky 
 bottom. At about f mile within North Head and on tne same 
 shore is a small bay with several rocks extending a short distance 
 beyond the line of the coast. Within t> ■ first 1^ miles the harbor 
 narrows to 140 yards and carries 4^ fathf ' la for about ^ mile, when 
 it opens out to the head, which is forme by two bays. The south 
 bay is small in extent ; on its southeastern shore are some small 
 idetsand rocks 135 yards off, leaving an anchorage northwestward 
 of them in 4 to 7 fathoms water, u- .... A small a. m, 20 to 30 yards 
 wide, with 2 fathoms water, runs southeastward fj-om the head of 
 •"ho bay to within 200 yards of the Northeast, Arm of Deer Harbor. 
 The NW. Bay is the extreme head of the harbor; it is about 600 
 yards in length, N. by E. and S. by W., and 400 yards wide, with 
 4 to 9 fathoms, mud. 
 
 Deer Harbor is an extensive narrow inlet running about 4^ 
 miles west indented with small ar-ms and bays, a,r<^ until nearly 
 halfway in is encumbered with islet.s. Immediately within the 
 entrance it opens out to more than f mile in extent, a portion of it 
 being taken up by Grub Island, but arms extend to the north and 
 eastward. 
 

 
 If 
 
 . I 
 
 } t 
 
 i 
 
 448 
 
 CAPE BON A VISTA TO CAPE RACE. 
 
 Deer Harbor Head, the north point of entrance, is 400 feet 
 high, and on its SE. side clear of danger ; between the head and 
 Robinson Point, a mile beyond it, there are several rocky islets, 
 the outer, named Green Islet, is 24 feet high, and the western, Poor 
 Boy Islet, 20 feet high; shallow ground, with 3 and 3^ fathoms 
 water on it, extends a little southward from this latter islet; and 
 broken ground, with If fathoms on it, skirts Robinson Point, 300 
 yards off. 
 
 Poor Boy Ledge, with 15 feet water on it, is 200 yards in extent, 
 steep-to all round, and lies SSE. 400 yards from Poor Boy Islet. 
 
 Big Rock, with 3^ fathoms water on it, is small and steep-to all 
 round ; it lies nearly in the middle of the entrance between Green 
 Islet and Big Island. Crown Hill in line with the NE. point of 
 Grub Island, bearing N. 48° W. (N. 19° W. mag.), leads north- 
 eastward of the rock, and the rock off St. Jones Islet, open of 
 Deer Harbor Head, N. 33° E. (N. G2° E. mag.), leads southeast- 
 ward of the rock. 
 
 Big Island, on the south side of the entrance, is 218 feet high, 
 and being separated by only a narrow channel from the mainland, 
 which is higher, it is not easily distinguished when making the 
 harbor. Tea Cove Point, ^ mile northward of Big Island, is shelv- 
 ing and steep-to. Between this point and Poor Boy Islet and the 
 shore of Robinson Point the distance is ^ mile, and the narrowest 
 part of the entrance. 
 
 Grub Island, lying about | mile within Tea Cove Point, is 195 
 feet high, and separated from the mainland by a narrow channel. 
 
 Southeast Arm, north of Robinson Point, runs back eastward 
 f mile, is 200 yards wide and from ? to 12 fathoms deep; its head 
 is separated from Birch Cove on the seacoast by a low isthmus 400 
 yards in breadth. 
 
 Northeast Arm. — Sophia Head is 257 feet high and separates 
 Southeast Arm from Northeast Arm. The latter runs in NNE. 
 800 yards, with a breadth of 300 yards, having from 4 to 7 fathoms 
 water. 
 
 Anchorage. — There is fair anchorage for small vessels in the 
 bay west of Grub Island, in from 7 to 20 fathoms water, over a space 
 of 600 yards north and south by 400 yards wide. At the head of 
 this bay is a small arm, 30 yards in breadth, with a depth of 1^ 
 fathoms, running in west 800 yards. 
 
 Directions. — With a fair wind bring Crown Hill in line with 
 the NE. point of Grub Island and steer N. 48° W. (N. 19° W. mag.) 
 between Poor Boy Ledge and Big Rock — Crown Hill will soon be 
 lost sight of, being behind the near range — until the east extreme 
 of Big Island is in line with Tea Cove Point. Then steer N. 20° 
 W. (N. 9° E. mag.) round Grub Island, and anchor as convenient. 
 
liii i riiiiiMi i iiiM wiMiir"- 
 
 ice, is 400 feet 
 I the head and 
 al rocky islets, 
 e western. Poor 
 i.nd 3^ fathoms 
 itter islet; and 
 nson Point, 300 
 
 y^ards in extent, 
 or Boy Islet, 
 and steep-to all 
 between Green 
 le NE. point of 
 .), leads north - 
 Islet, open of 
 3ads southeast- 
 
 3 218 feet high, 
 I the mainland, 
 3n making the 
 sland, is shelv- 
 y Islet and the 
 the narrowest 
 
 i^e Point, is 195 
 
 arrow channel. 
 
 back eastward 
 
 deep ; its head 
 
 ow isthmus 400 
 
 I and separates 
 runs in NNE. 
 4 to 7 fathoms 
 
 . vessels in the 
 er, over a space 
 it the head of 
 
 I a depth of 1| 
 
 II in line with 
 '. 19°W. mag.) 
 ill will soon be 
 le east extreme 
 m steer N. 20° 
 as convenient. 
 
 ■"Ji;»»rMt i y 
 
 SHOAL BAY COPPER ISLAND. 
 
 449 
 
 To enter the harbor west of Big Rock, open Sophia Head of Rob- 
 inson Point and yteer with the head bearing N. 24° W. (N. 5° E. 
 mag.) until the south end of Poor Boy Islet is seen between Green 
 Islet and Deer Harbor Head, about N. SV E. (S. 70° E. nuig.); 
 then steer about N. 48° W. (N. 19° W. mag.) in mid-channel, being 
 careful to avoid the shoal extending from Robinson Point, and 
 when the east point of Big Island is in line with Tea Cove Point 
 proceed as before. In working, a vessel should pass west of Big 
 Rock. 
 
 Should a vessel \s sh to enter the inner p< rtion of the inlet, a 
 rock with 5 feet water on it, lying 250 yards within the entrance, 
 should be avoided by keeping a little to .;ie southward of the 
 entrance. The cliannel is then between Gooseberry Islet and a 
 patch of rocks 5 feet above water, 300 yards to the NNW. ; having 
 passed these a vessel may anchor anywhere, in from 4 to 10 fatli- 
 oms water. Two considerable streams here run into the inlet, the 
 banks of which dry out i mile. 
 
 Ice.— St. Jones and Deer Harbors freeze during January and 
 break up the hitter part of April. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Deer Harbor at 7h. 
 49m. ; springs rise 3i feet, r eaps rise 2 feet. 
 
 Shoal Bay, south of i3ig Island, is about 1:^ miles deep, narrow, 
 encumbered with small islets and rocks, open to the eastward, and 
 has nothing io recommend it to the seaman. On the south side of 
 the entrance are Harbor Rocks, 37 feet high, lying about 600 yards 
 northward of Thames Harbor Point, and a reef awash extends 400 
 yards NE. from the rocks. 
 
 Thames Harbor Point is separated from the rocks by a channel 
 200 yards wide, witli 3 fathoms water. The point is the NE. ex- 
 treme of a flat island 40 feet high, which has a channel between it 
 and the mainland 100 yards wide, and where large fisliing boats lie 
 in 2 fathoms water, but the south entrance is dry at low tide. 
 
 Goose Cove, on the south side of Shoal Bay, is about 800 yards 
 deep, 200 yards wide, with 9 to 14 fathoms water, rocky bottom. 
 The Riffraffs are several rocks extending 250 yards north from the 
 west point of Goose Cove. 
 
 (H. O. Chart No. 584.) 
 
 Copper Island, SSE. of the Thames Harbor Point, is 400 yards 
 in lengtli north and south, broken, and 82 feet high, and from its 
 SW. side rocks extend in that direction 800 yards ; the most distant 
 is J 5 feet above water. At a mile S. 37° W. (S. 66° W. mag.) of 
 the island is a pftch of slate rocks 300 yards from the shore, and 
 about 4f miles PoW. is the NE. point of Bull Island, on the north 
 side of entrance to the bay of the same name, the intervening coast 
 
i 
 
 
 ^ I 
 
 1 
 
 4,j(.> 
 
 CAI'K HOX.WISTA TO (APR K\CK. 
 
 Ix'ing l)()ld and rocky. NiaK^ra Point is the northern torrainaticjn 
 of a steep cliff, ratlier more tlian 1'^ miles from the NE. i)oint of 
 Bull Ishmd. A narrow ledgo, (JOO yards in length, NNE. and 
 SSW., with i» fathoms least water on it, lies li miles NE. of Niagara 
 Point, and about ^ mile from the shore. 
 
 Center Hill, an isolated cone, is the highest land in this neigh- 
 borhood, and separates the head of Doer Hai'bor from that of Bull 
 Arm; it is 1,081 feet above the level of the sea and rises 540 feet 
 above an elevated broken plateau. It overlooks the isthmus of 
 Avalon, and has a commanding view of Placentia and Trinity Bays ; 
 but although the highest land, it is not the most remarkable from 
 Trinity Bay, as the rocky hills in the foreground of less elevation 
 attract attention, particularly Crown Hill and two cones north of 
 St. Jones Harbor, 786 and 878 feet high. 
 
 Bull Island, ]+ miles long and i)artially covered with wood, 
 lies 'S\ miles NE. by N. from Masters Head ; its center is 281 feet 
 above the sea. On the NW. side of this inland, near the north 
 extreme, is an excellent little harbor for fishing craft, quite land- 
 locked, with a sufficient supply of fresh water, and in stormy 
 weather 50 to 60 small schooners and boats may be seen taking 
 shelter in it. A r;>ck, awash at low watei, lies near the southern 
 side of its entran( e, but this danger may be easily avoided by keep- 
 ing the gravelly point on the opposite shore close aboard. 
 
 Bull ^sland is separated from the main by a channel ^ mile wide, 
 called Bull Island Tickle. Near the center of the tickle, rather 
 toward the northern entrance, is a ledge, 6 feet abf)ve watei', named 
 Flat Rocks ; extending ENE. K a yards ; and SSE. Txrie same distance 
 from the south end of the ledg-e are two sunken rocks, with about 
 2 feet water on them ; the north extreme of the ledge is steep-to. 
 The shores of the tickle ntv otherwise bold and steep-to, but the 
 best passage is west of Flat Eocks. 
 
 Anchorage. — Temporary anchorage may be obtained at ^ mile 
 southwestward of Plat Rfj*eks, in from 10 to 12 fathoms water, over 
 a coarse mixed bottom. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water at Bull Island, full and change, at 7h. 
 33m. ; spring.^ rise 3^ feet, neaps rise 2 feet, 
 
 A cu. tnt, principally depending on the wind, sets through the 
 tickle y.[ the rate of ^ r :^ an hour. 
 
 Rix liarbor. — Westward of the SW. side of Bull Island is 
 Rix Harbor, with a depth of 7 fathoms, affording good anchorage 
 for small vessels. Chalk Rocks at the entrance to the harbor are 
 about 100 yards in extent north and south and consist of several 
 heads, all of which are a few feet above water. ;^7iiall vessels may 
 enter either side of the rocks, the shores being bold and steep-to. 
 
 Water is easily procured here from the streams which run into 
 the head of Rix Harbor. 
 
rn termination 
 e NE. point of 
 ■th, NNE. and 
 J^E. of Niagara 
 
 . in this neigh- 
 •m that of Bull 
 [1 rises 540 feet 
 the isthmus of 
 1 Trinity Bays ; 
 niarkable from 
 : less elevation 
 cones north of 
 
 ed with wood, 
 iter is 281 feet 
 aoar the north 
 aft, quite land- 
 md in stormy 
 be seen taking 
 ir the southern 
 Aoided by keep- 
 board. 
 
 lel i mile wide, 
 i tickle, rather 
 e water, named 
 .same distance 
 ks, with about 
 ge is steep-to. 
 eep-to, but the 
 
 linod at ^ mile 
 ms water, over 
 
 change, at 7h. 
 
 ts through the 
 
 Bull Island is 
 ood anchorage 
 ;he harbor are 
 isist of several 
 :xll vessels may 
 iiid steep-to. 
 ivhich run into 
 
 HULL A KM Til KLE HAY. 
 
 451 
 
 Bull Arm. — Tlio entrance to this inlet or arm is :{ miles wid»^ 
 ])etween Bull Island and Masters Head; from thence it takes a 
 NNW. direction for 7 miles, and then trends WNW. for 2 miles 
 to its head. There are no dangers at a moderate distance from 
 either shore, and no good anohorage except at the liead of the ai'm. 
 
 Mosquito Coves. — At 5^ miles from Masters Head, on the west 
 aide of Bull Arm, is Great Mosquito Cove, at the head of whicli 
 there is a depth of 7 fathoms at 200 yards from the shore. There 
 are several other small coves on this side of the arm adapted for 
 fishing boats, the largest of which is Little Mosquito Cove, but a 
 rock, with 5 feet water on it, lies near the middle of the entrance. 
 
 Ice. — Bull Arm freezes about the middle of January and breaks 
 up about loth May. 
 
 Masters Head, the ,' r)uth point of entrance to Bull Arm, forms 
 the north point of Rantem Cove, and has deep water close-to, but 
 at i mile SE. of it there is a spot with 15 fathoms water. 
 
 Rantem Cove has very deep water, but anchorage and good 
 shelter may be obtained by standing well up into its north or NW. 
 arms. Near the middle of this cove, and rather on the north side, 
 is Boulton Islet, 20 feet above high water. There are also two 
 simken rocks rather in the way of a vessel going up the NW. arm, 
 one, with 2 feet water on it, lying 300 yards S. 64° E. (S. 35° E. 
 mag.), and the other, with 5 feet, 300 yards S. 12° W. (S. 41° W. 
 mag.) from Boulton Islet. The shores of the covo are steep-to. 
 
 The SW. arm of the cove is too much exposed from the north- 
 ward for an anchoi'age, but a fresh- water stream running into it is 
 considered excellent for trout fishing. 
 
 Comm.unicatioii. — There is railway communication with St. 
 Johns, distant 89 J^ miles, by the Northern and Western Railway; 
 there is also telegraphic communication. 
 
 Big and Little Chance Coves, where a few families reside, are 
 only available for small vessels during the summer months. The 
 best shelter will be found in a small bay on the north side of Lit- 
 tle Chance Cove, but when entering either cove the north points 
 must be kept aboard. A rock, with 6 feet wator on it, lies nearly 
 600 yards N. 20° W. (N. 9° E. rnag.) from Green Head, the east 
 point of Big Chance Cove, and between it and Green Head is a 
 rock that dries. 
 
 Tickle Bay, on the west side of Tickle Harbor Point, is an 
 excellent place for lish; but though the water is comparatively 
 shallow, and the Ijottom good near the head of the bay, it is not a 
 safe anchorage, as a swell nearly always sets in, and with north or 
 NE. gales it is very dangerous. 
 
 At I mile from the SE. shore is a rocky bank running parallel 
 with the land for one mile ; at the outer or north extreme of the 
 

 •_iaaia.^^^'.ii 
 
 462 
 
 CAPE nONAVISTA TO CAPE RACE. 
 
 bank is Hudson Rock, with 15 feet water on it, which is 2 niiloH 
 8. 54° W. (S. 83° W. mag.) from Tickle Harhor Point. 
 
 Colliers Arm, wlioro a few fishermen reside, is at tlie SE. corner 
 of Tickle Buy, at the entrance of a salt-water lake ; it is protected 
 by a small islet and a reef of rocks, hut the entrance is ')nly 200 
 yards wide, with 4 feet in it at low watei'. 
 
 Tidal Stream. — The ebb stream sets out very strongly, and over 
 a sandy spit, so that none but those locally acquainted should 
 attempt it. 
 
 Communication. — There is railway communication with St. 
 Johns, distant 82^ miles, by the Northern and Western Railway. 
 
 Tickle Harbor Point is the termination of a narrow promon- 
 tory extending 5 miles in a northerly direction from the head of 
 Trinity Bay, and dividing it into two nearly equal parts. The 
 land near the extremity of the point rises 432 feet above the sea, 
 and continues with some undulations aboiit the same height. 
 
 Bower Ledge. — This rocky patch, with 8 fathoms least water 
 on it, lies NW. nearly 21 miles from Tickle Harbor Point. Uneven 
 ground extends ^ mile to the northeastward of the ledge. 
 
 (H. O. Chart No. 1103.) 
 
 Baccalieu Island, off the termination of the peninsula sepa- 
 rating Trinity and Conception Bays, is 3 miles in length, about f 
 mile in breadth, and almost inaccessible. 
 
 Light. — On the northern part of Baccalieu Island is a cylindrical 
 brick lighthouse, 34 feet in height and painted red, which exhibits, 
 at an elevation of 443 feet, a revolving white light every twenty 
 seconds, which should be visible 24 miles. The light will be 
 obscured by the high land when the southern extreme of the 
 island bears N. 5° W. (N. 24° E. mag.) and is distant less than 8 
 miles. 
 
 The keeper's dwelling is a detached square building painted 
 white, with a red roof. 
 
 Old Perlican, 6 miles SW. of Grates Point, on the east side of 
 entrance to Trinity Bay, is a summer anchorage for small vessels, 
 in from 3 to 5 fathoms water, to the southward of Perlican Island, 
 which is separated from the mainland by a channel 800 yards in 
 width, but only fit for boats. A swell sets in with northerly gales. 
 In entering, give Perlican Island a berth of 400 yards, to avoid the 
 shallow ground extending from it, and anchor with its extremes 
 bearing N. 64° W. (N. 35° W. mag.) and N. 15° E. (N. 44° E. mag.). 
 
 Communication. — The Coastal Steamship Company's steamer 
 between St. Johns and Battle Harbor calls at Old Perlican fort- 
 nightly during summer and autumn. 
 
vhich is 2 miles 
 
 *oiut. 
 
 at the SE. corner 
 
 ); it is protected 
 
 ranee is mly 200 
 
 rongly, and over 
 quainted should 
 
 ication with St. 
 Western Railway, 
 narrow promon- 
 rom the head of 
 ^ual parts. The 
 et above the sea, 
 ime height, 
 aoms least water 
 r Point. Uneven 
 e ledge. 
 
 ) peninsula sepa- 
 1 length, about f 
 
 id is a cylindrical 
 1, which exhibits, 
 fht every twenty 
 le light will be 
 extreme of the 
 Lstant less than 8 
 
 juilding painted 
 
 n the east side of 
 for small vessels, 
 
 Perlican island, 
 inel 800 yards in 
 
 northerly gales, 
 ards, to avoid the 
 vith its extremes 
 
 (N. 44° E. mag.), 
 mpany's steamer 
 Id Perlican fort- 
 
 OLD PERLICAN IIAKBOU — HANTS IIAKHf»I{. 
 
 453 
 
 Ice. — Old Perlican Harbor usually freezes about ir)tli January; 
 the time of clearing varies, as during some years the ice may only 
 remain a week. Northern ice does not arrive every year, and when 
 it does so is variable in its date of appearance, which is generally 
 between 1st March and middle of April; it seldom remains for any 
 time after the latter date. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and chango. at Old Perlican An- 
 chorage at 6h. 46m. ; springs rise 3^ feet, neaps rise 2^ feet. 
 
 Salvage Point is a rugged beach of stones around what appears 
 to be a steep gravel cliflf, behind which the hills rise between 400 
 and 500 feet. The rocks of the same name lie IJ miles north of 
 the point, and from it to Kings Head, 7 miles south westward, 
 the coast is so encumbered by dangers with deep water between 
 them that a stranger should on no account approach nearer than 
 to have Grates Point bearing N. 71° E. (S. 80° E. mag.) until the 
 Sugar Loaf (rising from the shore 415 feet high, 3^ miles south of 
 Kings Head) is well open of Kings Head S. 18° W. (S. 47° W. mag.) 
 
 Seal Cove, on the south side of Salvage Point, is about ^ mile 
 deep, but affords no shelter. 
 
 Dangers. — The following are the dangers which lie off this part 
 of he coast: Riffraffs, Knife Rock, Hants Harbor Rock, White 
 Rock, Arthur Rock, and Block Rock. 
 
 The Tail of the Bank has 6 fathoms water on it, and there are 
 several other rocks with from 9 feet to 7 fathoms water on them, 
 and all dangerous with a moderate sea. 
 
 The position of all the dangers is best seen by the chart. 
 
 Hants Harbor, one mile east of Hants Head, is 300 yards wide, 
 600 yards d^f p, and open to the north ; a heavy sea sets into it dur- 
 ing and afijr gales, causing an undertow at the east side, but a 
 few vessels manage to lie here in safety during winter. The west 
 point is low and rocky, with shallow patches extending | mile 
 NNE. 
 
 Light. — An octagonal tower, 30 feet in height, and painted white, 
 stands on the east head of Hants Harbor, and exhibits, at an eleva- 
 tion of 65 feot, a fixed white light which should be visible 9 miles. 
 
 Directions.— Steer for Hants Harbor church bearing S. 18° W. 
 (S. 47° W. mag.), or with the lighthouse S. 6° W. (S. 35° W. mag.), 
 between the Tail of the Bank and the Riffraffs ; the latter under 
 ordinary circumstances will be seen breaking. When Seal Rock, 
 off Seal Cove Point, is in line with that point, bearing S. 67° E. 
 (S. 38° E. mag.), steer about S. 24° E. (S. 5° W. mag.) "for the 
 highest coast hill between the harbor and Seal Cove, to avoid the 
 shoal which extends ftom the west point of entrance ; when Seal 
 Rock is in line with Salvage Point, N. 57° E. (N. 86° E. mag.), 
 bring the church to bear S. 45° W, (S. 74° W. mag.), appearing 
 
■■■ 
 
 i,| 
 
 'i 4 
 
 454 
 
 CAI'K noNAVI8T\ TO CAI'K UACK. 
 
 one-third across tho entrance, and enter tJi" liurbor inniidchannel, 
 uiichoring nt^ar the west shore in 4 fathoms water. 
 
 Tho liarhnr Hlumld not 1«' attempted l»y a stranger. 
 
 Ice.— Hants Harbor is rarely froze >• er; field ice ai)i)(!arsa))out 
 1st Aj)ril, bnt the date of its disapiu-ii uco is nncertain; vessels 
 begin to arrive a)»out tlio middle of April, the last vessel leaving 
 about 2r)th December. 
 
 Tides. — Tt is high water, full and change, in Hants Harbor at 
 7h. I3m. ; '^['fings rise 4 feet, nea[)s rise 2^ feet. 
 
 Sdlly (Sillee) Cove, 4ii miles to the soutliwestward of Hants 
 Harbor, is k I'l'''^ deep and 400 yards wide at tho entrance, narrow- 
 ing gradually to the head. This is a fine boat harbor, tliough 
 exposed to the N " \ ., and a ''onsiderablo settlement is situated round 
 it, with a few hundred inhabitants and a church. Some rocks lie 
 close off the east point. 
 
 (H. O. Chart No. 584.) 
 
 Sugarloaf, a conspicuous cone 415 feet high, lies to southward 
 of Scilly Covo, and is bold-to; Turks Cove, immediately south of 
 Sugarloaf, is an open bight containing a few houses. 
 
 New Perlican Harbor is separaten from Turks Cove by Jeans 
 Head, a bold bluff sloping from a hill 280 feet high. Garlep Point, 
 south of the entrance, lies 1,600 yards 88 W. from Jeans Head, and is 
 stotjp-to. The east shore is straight and bold-to, but the south has 
 two coves. Fitters Cove, the outer, is -i^ mile deep, open, and ex- 
 posed, with shoal water skirting the shores. The harbor proper 
 i.« the t'asternmost, being 700 yards deep and 400 yards wide at the 
 entrance, narrowing gradually to the head, from which shoal water 
 extends 350 yards. This place is fit for fishing craft only, which 
 can anchor in 3 fathoms near the north shore, to avoid a rock with 
 4 feet water a short distance off the first fishing stages in, on the 
 east shore. Larger vessels may find anchorage off the entrances of 
 thfcsse coves, in 8 fathoms, and with Bloody Point, that divides the 
 coves, bearing 8. 29° E. (South mag.). 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in New Perlican Har- 
 bor at 7h. 30m. ; springs rise 4 feet, neaps rise 2^ feet. 
 
 Coast. — The coast from Garlep Point to Hearts Content, 2 miles 
 south, is of low cliff, and should not be approached within 200 
 yards from the points. Bacon Cove Head, a conical wooded emi- 
 nence 132 feet high, lies 1,200 yards north of the entrance to Hearts 
 Content. 
 
 White Rock, with 6 fathoms water, lies i mile N. 40° W. (N. 
 11° W. mag.) from Norther Point. Sugarloaf, well open of Gar- 
 lep Point, bearing N. 32° E. (N. 61° E. mag.), leads west, and 
 Hearts Content Church, open of Norther Point, S. 58° E. (S. 29° 
 E. mag.), leads south of "White Rock. 
 
ill iiiiflchaniiol, 
 
 or. 
 
 ceappoarh about 
 icovtuiii; vessels 
 st vosHul leaving 
 
 Hants Harbor at 
 
 itward of Hants 
 [itranco, narrow- 
 harbor, though 
 is situated round 
 Some rocks lie 
 
 ies to southward 
 sdiately south of 
 les. 
 
 :s Cove by Jeans 
 
 . Garlep Point, 
 
 Bans Head, and is 
 
 ut the south has 
 
 )p, open, and ex- 
 
 e harbor proper 
 
 ards wide at the 
 
 hich shoal water 
 
 raft only, which 
 
 void a rock with 
 
 stages in, on the 
 
 the entrances of 
 
 that divides the 
 
 w Perlican Har- 
 
 eet. 
 
 Content, 2 miles 
 hed within 200 
 cal wooded emi- 
 trance to Hearts 
 
 B N. 40° W. (N. 
 
 ill open of Gar- 
 
 eads west, and 
 
 58° E. (S. 29° 
 
 IIKAI{T8 «<»NIKNT IIAKHOK- -IIKAUTS HKHIKK. 
 
 4:)-) 
 
 Hearts Oontent Harbor.— The oiitrunco to this liurlior is lo 
 miles south of Hants Harbor, and is SOO yards widn l)et\v('(>ii 
 Northor Point on the oast, on whicli is a beacon paintod whito, uiul 
 So\iUier Point on the west. Thoiuv* it runs in l| niilcs, uiwl opi'iis 
 out in the niiddlo to a milo wi.'o, with soundings varying from 7 
 to 20 fathoms. The town lies aii, ig the eastern shore; l)ehiiul it is 
 a largo lake, and Mizon Hill, whici' rises more than ($70 feet high. 
 
 Submarine Telegraph Cables.— T lie re are four sulmiarine 
 cables between Hearts Content and Valencia, and every spring, as 
 soon as the harbor is dear of ic'i . three buoys, painted red ami 
 white, are laid down; two givintr north and south lino of the 
 Atlantic telegraph cables, and ' thin' to mark the east and west 
 line of the cables. 
 
 Anchorage. — The beacons on I'l around the harbor denote 
 
 the anchorage limits. 
 
 To avoid fouling the cables, vessels shotild not anchor west of 
 the lino of the two south beacons in lino, or between the folhjwing 
 marks : East beacon, open south of Fisherman Hall (a conspifuious 
 gabled building on the south side of thy north bight), bearing S. 85° 
 E. (S. 5G° E. mag.), and striped house ii^ lino with the whitewashed 
 bowlder, N. 83° E. (S. 68° E. mag.); the south cable is laid on the 
 latter mark. Small vessels may anchor to the so'-thwai'd of the 
 southern buoy. 
 
 Ice. — Hearts Content generally freezes over between the end of 
 January and middle of February and clears about the latter end 
 of March. The northern ice usually arrives about the middle of 
 April and leaves about the middle of May. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Hearts Content 
 Harbor, at 7h. 33m. ; springs rise 4 feet, neaps rise 2^ feet. 
 
 (H. O. Chart No. 1102.) 
 
 Hearts Desire, an open cove 7 miles southward of Hearts Con- 
 tent, affords anchorage only with offshore vvmds in 6 to 13 fathoms, 
 as convenient. A reef extends 200 yards from a low point in the 
 middle of tho south side. Gannet Point is the south point of 
 entrance. 
 
 Gannet Rock, with 5 fathoms water, is small and lies li miles 
 S. 77° W. (N. 74° W. mag.) from Gannet Point. Sugarloaf in 
 line with Shuffle Board, N. 32° E. (N. 61° E. mag.), leads east of the 
 rock. Hanging Hill, 650 feet high, lies 2i miles inland from Hearts 
 Desire, and shows prominently from Trinity Bay. 
 
 Ice. — Hearts Desire freezes in February or early in March and 
 clears in the latter month; field ice arrives about 15th April and 
 leaves about 8th May, arriving later and leaving sooner according 
 to the season. 
 
4r»n 
 
 CAPK HONAVISTA TO CAPK HACK. 
 
 Hearts Delight, 2.) iniloHHoutli of Hearts Dosiro, in a HriUK liur- 
 bor ( inilo in tliiiinotiM*, ufronliriK oxcollont tiiiclioruKo in 7 fiitliunis 
 juHt within tht< cntninco. A hIiohI Hpit, with 'l^ I'athoinH wator on 
 it, extends i'ib yard.s From the north shore near the httad, leaving 
 a ]iasHagu only 'Mo yards wide })utween the end of tlie spit and a 
 low point on the south shore. The settlement here possesses a 
 church and schoolhouse. Shoal watcu* extends UoO yards from the 
 wj'st point of the entrance. The Lookout, u hill 6'JO feet high, lies 
 1^ miles SHE. from this harbor. 
 
 South Rook, witli Ji fathoms water, lies nearly i mile N. 77° 
 W. (N. 48" W. nuig.) from the south head of Hearts Delight. 
 
 Coast. — The coast trends southerly from Hearts Delight 1 J miles 
 to Long Pcnnt. Some rocks lie between them off Island Cove, a 
 shingle beach situated nearer Hearts Delight. From Long Point 
 it takes a bend S. by E. Ij^ miles to Shoal Harbor, an open bight, 
 the south entrance point of which is. foul some distance from the 
 shore, and around wliich are a few houses containing a few inhab- 
 itants. 
 
 Shoal Rock, with 9 feet water, lies COO yards from the .south en- 
 trance point of Shoal Harbor. 
 
 Witless Bay, just south of Shoal Harbor, is 2 miles wide at the 
 entrance and nearly 1^ miles deep, divided at the head into two 
 portions by Middle Point, a bold projection. Rod Rocks, a small 
 cluster 1 1 ') fe( t 'xigh, lie in the entrance of the bay 1,200 yards from 
 the not' 1 )oil.'. 
 
 Witless Rock, with 4 feet water, lies J mile S. 29° E. (South 
 nif'i' ■ f i"om Rod Rocks, and is the highest part of a bank tliat, with 
 less than 10 fathoms water, extends nearly ^ mile east from it. 
 
 Anchorage may be had with shelter from offshore winds as con- 
 venient, the water shoaling gradually from 17 fathoms in the 
 entrance to 8 fathoms near the head; taking care to avoid the 
 bank round Witless Rock. 
 
 Black Point, the south head of Witless Bay, is the extreme of 
 a promontory 50 feet high that separates the entrances of that bay 
 and Gioens Harbor, and has rocks extending some distance from it. 
 
 Black Rock, with (i fathoms water, lies 1,400 yards S. 86° W. 
 (N. 05° W. mag.) from Black Point. 
 
 Qreens Harbor extends SSE. 1^ miles. It is 1,200 yards wide 
 and free from danger, the water shoaling gradually from 9 fathoms 
 in the entrance to 5 fathoms at the head, but is exposed to north- 
 westerly winds. A large village surrounds the head; it contains a 
 church and about 300 inhabitants. The south point is the termina- 
 tion of a narrow promontory, 240 feet high, that divides the harbor 
 from Hope-all Bay, and is continued by shoal water 400 yards from 
 the north extreme. 
 
 -m 
 
 Wte 
 
J 
 
 Miro, JH a snuK har- 
 i)niKi3 ill 7 fiithoms 
 fiitlioiiiH wator on 
 tho lutiid, leaving 
 1 of tho spit and n. 
 b lioro poBHusHOH a 
 J(»0 yards fi-om tlio 
 
 1 51)0 fuel I'igh, lies 
 
 irly i mile N. 77° 
 [oarts Delight, 
 •ts Delight Ij^ miles 
 off Island Cove, a 
 From Long Point 
 or, an open bight, 
 distance from the 
 lining a few inliab- 
 
 from the south en- 
 
 2 miles wide at the 
 the head into two 
 
 led Rocks, a small 
 ly 1,200 yards from 
 
 le S. 29° E. (South 
 f a bank that, with 
 le east from it. 
 shore winds as con- 
 7 fathoms in the 
 care to avoid the 
 
 is the extreme of 
 trances of that bay 
 ne distance from it. 
 »0 yards S. 86° W. 
 
 is 1,200 yards wide 
 illy from 9 fathoms 
 exposed to north- 
 head; it contains a 
 loint is the termina- 
 t divides the harbor 
 ater 400 yards from 
 
V] 
 
 ^. 
 
 ^> 
 
 .>. ^^ 
 
 
 
 IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-S) 
 
 1.0 
 
 I.I 
 
 1^128 
 
 ■ 50 '™^* 
 
 ^ us, 
 
 1.25 
 
 1.4 
 
 2.5 
 
 1.6 
 
 Photogrpphic 
 
 Sciences 
 Corporation 
 
 
 '^^ 
 
 23 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 
 
 (716) 872-4503 
 
 «' 
 
 ,---l_& 
 
 iiiiMHi.jrnriiK>W>bM 
 

 
 1 
 
 n' 
 
 iV 
 
 CIHM/ICMH 
 
 Microfiche 
 
 Series. 
 
 CIHIVI/ICMH 
 Collection de 
 microfiches. 
 
 Canadian Institute for Historical IVIicroreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques 
 
55- 
 
 
 
GREENS HARBOR DILDO COVE. 
 
 457 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and cliange, in Greens Harbor at 
 7h. 44m. ; springs rise 3| feet. 
 
 Hope-all Island, 75 feet high, lies 700 yards west of the ex- 
 treme of this south point, and the passage between them should 
 not be taken, but the island is bold-to on the north and west sides. 
 
 Hope-all Bay may be readily recognized by Hope-.oll Head, a 
 remarkable bluflf 407 feet high that forms the south point of the 
 entrance. This bay is 2^ miles deep and nearly 1| miles wide at 
 the entrance, narrowing to the head, which is f mile broad. After 
 entering, the water deepens to 22 fathoms, and then shoals gradu- 
 ally to the head, where anchorage may be had in 9 fathoms, with 
 shelter in all winds but those from WNW. to north. 
 
 New Harbor is a little more than a mile deep, | mile wide at the 
 entrance, and narrows gradually to the head, but is nearly filled 
 with rocks. Fishing craft, however, find good shelter within these 
 rocks, and a large village is built at the head. 
 
 Dildo Arm, close south of New Harbor, is the southeastern har- 
 bor in Trinity Bay. 
 
 Dildo Islands, a group nearly a mile long, narrow, and 60 feet 
 high, lie in the continuation of the promontory forming the west 
 side of the arm, f mile distant, and the same distance west of the 
 north point of the entrance, which is surmounted by a round hill, 
 150 feet high, that shelters Dildo Cove, just within the arm, where 
 the settlement is situated. Rocks surround the islands for a short 
 distance, and not more than 7 fathoms can be carried in mid-chan- 
 nel over the bar joining the islands to the south point of the arm. 
 The arm is about 2 miles long and one mile wide, with deep water 
 for the most part, and divided at the head into two coves by a point, 
 from which shoal water extends 300 yards. The west shore sliould 
 not be approached within 300 yards. 
 
 Communication. — There is railway communication with St. 
 Johns. The station is at Broad Cove, distant 66^ miles from St. 
 Johns and 3 miles from Dildo. 
 
 Anchorage. — Anchorage may be obtained off Dildo Cove in 8 
 fathoms water, with shelter from easterly winds ; or off the east- 
 ern of the two coves at the head in '2 fathoms, with shelter from 
 all winds but those from NW. to North. The northern of the two 
 coves is shoal. 
 
 There is a cod hatchery on one of the Dildo Islands, and the arti- 
 ficial^propagation of lobsters is carried on. 
 
 Ice. — Dildo Arm freezes occasionally about the middle or end of 
 February and clears about the middle or end of March. In 1884 
 the whole of this part of Trinity Bay, south of a line joining Tickle 
 Harbor Point and Hope-all Head was frozen and remained so for 
 about a week, and in 1887 an iceberg remained in this part of the 
 
458 
 
 t'Al'E BONAVISTA lO CAPE UACE. 
 
 "bay until 9tli Aiigust, which is the latest known date. Northern 
 ice arrives about every five years, and generally in April, but 
 seldom remains a week. 
 
 Tides.— It is high Avater, full and change, in Dildo Arm at 6h. 
 40m. ; springs rise4| feet. 
 
 Spread Eagle Bay, west of Dildo Arm, is nearly 2 miles wide 
 at the entrance, and is divided into two bights by a point, from 
 which a ledge, with 5 fathoms water on the outer edge, extends 
 nearly i mile. Anchorage with shelter from offshore vdnds may 
 be had in the east cove in 12 fathoms, sand, and for small vessels 
 in the west cove in 6 fathoms. 
 
 McLeod Point divides Spread Eagle Bay from Chappie Arm 
 and is bold beyond a short distance. Chappie Head lies NW. 1^ 
 miles nearly from McLeod Point, and is the sharp termination of 
 a flat-topped bluff 350 feet high. 
 
 Chv<%pple Ann extends S. by W. a little more than 3 miles, has 
 no danger beyond a short distance from the shore, and affords no 
 anchor ige for large vessels. A group of narrow islands and rocks 
 extends 800 yards from a little promontory on the east shore, 1^ 
 miles within McLeod Point, and shelters a small boat harbor. An 
 islet with rocks off it east and west lies nearly a mile beyond the 
 group, and near the head is Mooring Island, bmall and steep-to. 
 Small vessels may find anchorage off the eastern cove at the head 
 in 3i to 12 fathoms, according to their length, but the western cove 
 is shoal. 
 
 Long Cove, north of Chappie Head, is open and free from danger. 
 
 Communication. — There is railway communication with St. 
 Johns, distant 77^ miles, by the Northern and Western Railway. 
 
 Cottier Bay is separated from Long Cove by Cottier Point, the 
 extreme of a pnjmontory 250 feet high, sloping from a hill 658 feet 
 high, south of the head of the bay. This bay is open and exposed, 
 but affords anchorage with shelter from offshore winds in 10 fath- 
 oms, sand, ^ mile from the head. 
 
 Conception Bay.— Conception Bay, entered between Broad Cove 
 Head and Cape St. Francis, a distance of 11^ miles, has a SSW. 
 direction for • iles to the Head of Holy Rood Bay. The west- 
 ern shore of L «ption Bay is indented by numerous smaller bays. 
 The coast frovu k^plit Point to Broad Cove Head is clear, with the 
 exception of the following offlying dangers. Wall Rock, with 5 
 fathoms water over it, lies l-^V miles N. 73° W. (N. 44° W. mag.) 
 from the SW. point of Baccalieu Island; Job Rock, with 5 fath- 
 oms on it, li miles N. 86° E. (S. 65° E. mag.) from Gull Island 
 (south of Job Cove), and Puddy Rock, with 5 fathoms on it, i mile 
 N. 22° E. (N. 51° E. mag.) from Western Bay Head. 
 
vn date. Northern 
 rully in April, but 
 
 11 Dildo Arm at 6li. 
 
 nearly 3 miles wide 
 ts by a point, from 
 auter edge, extends 
 offshore v/^inds may 
 d for small vessels 
 
 from Chappie Arm 
 
 Head lies NW. 1^ 
 
 larp termination of 
 
 re than 3 miles, has 
 ore, and affords no 
 w islands and rocks 
 L the east shore, 1^ 
 1 boat harbor. An 
 • a mile beyond the 
 small and steep-to. 
 rn cove at the head 
 ut the western cove 
 
 id free from danger, 
 unication with St. 
 Western Railway. 
 T Cottier Point, the 
 from a hill 658 feet 
 i open and exposed, 
 'e winds in 10 fath- 
 
 )etween Broad Cove 
 miles, has a SSW. 
 d Bay. The west- 
 erous smaller bays. 
 1 is clear, with the 
 Wall Rock, with 5 
 . (N. U° W. mag.) 
 Rock, with 6 fath- 
 I from Gull Island 
 tthoms on it, ^ mile 
 Head. 
 
 CONCEITION BAY — CARBONEAR BAY. 
 
 459 
 
 Ice.— Conception Bay fills with ice between 16th January and 
 1st March, and clears between the middle of March and 30th April, 
 but ice has remained till 35th May. Occasionally very little ice 
 enters the bay. 
 
 Salmon Cove Head — At 14 miles W. by S. from Cape St. 
 Francis is Salmon Cove Head, on the west side of Conception Bay. 
 From this head the land trends SW. by S. 3 miles to Crockers 
 Point, on the north side of entrance to Caibonear Bay, the coast 
 between being steep, in places cliffy, and the hill rising 490 feet 
 high. There are several small fishing villages ; the principal are 
 Clements, Freshwater, and Crockers, at the entrance of three 
 ravines. 
 
 Several small islets and rocks lie off this part of the coast. Folly 
 Rocks form a small ridge above the water, about i mile south of 
 Salmon Cove Head, and 100 yards from the shore. Mad Rock is 
 small, above water, and lies 300 yards northeastward of the Har- 
 ton Rocks off Clements Cove. A small chain of rocks or islets 
 forms the south side of Clements cove, and terminates in a rock 
 awash at low water ; the rocks are named Harton Rocks, and separate 
 Clements Cove from Freshwater Cove. Bradley Rock is small 
 and above water; it lies nearly midway between the extremity of 
 Harton Rocks and Maiden Island, a little without the line of di- 
 rection. 
 
 Maiden Island is 49 feet high, but, being small and the same 
 appearance as the cliffs of the coast, it is not easily distinguished. 
 Halfway between it and Crockers Point are some rocks above 
 water 135 yards from the shore. 
 
 (H. O. Chart No. 585.) 
 
 Crockers Cove is immediately north of Crockers Point, on the 
 north side of entrance to Carbonear Bay; rooks and shallow water 
 extend 300 yards eastward of it. 
 
 Carbonear Island is 1,300 yards in length NE. by E. and SW. 
 by W., 400 yards in breadth, 169 feet high, and slopes to the west- 
 ward ; its coast is mostly cliff. 
 
 Light— On the summit of Carbonear Island a building, which 
 has a tower on a gable 45 feet in height and painted white, exhibits 
 a fixed white light at an elevation of 195 feet, which should be vis- 
 ible 16 miles. 
 
 Mosquito Cove, SW. of Carbonear Island, is formed by Mos- 
 quito Point and Old Sow Point; it is about 800 yards wide at the 
 entrance and 1,600 yards deep; the water shoals gradually to its 
 head, but it affords no shelter or safe anchorage. 
 
 Carbonear Bay, immediately west of the Island of the same 
 name, is If miles deep in a west direction, and i mile wide, with 
 
 U9tO 30 
 
 mi 
 
 IP^ 
 
460 
 
 CAPE nONAVISTA TO CAPE ItAOK. 
 
 bold shores, except at the head, where it slioals gradually to a 
 shingle beach. The entrance is easily recognized by Carbonear 
 Island and lighthouse, also by Saddle Hill, 503 feet high, and the 
 most r(miarkable land seen f ro-i seaward, immediately south of it. 
 Communication.— There is telegraphic communication with St. 
 Johns, also roads to Hearts Content and Harbor Grace. 
 
 Anchorage. — The anchorage in Carbonear Bay is off the north 
 shore, in from 7 to 10 fathoms water, over sand; although open to 
 the sea, which rolls in heavily with easterly gales, many vessels of 
 about 100 tons winter in safety at the wharves of the town. The 
 center and south side of the bay is exposed to the sea and should 
 be avoided. 
 
 Directions. — From the northward there are no dangers when 
 entering Carbonear Bay in ordinary weather, except those off the 
 coast between Salmon Cove Head and Crockers Point, which are 
 all visible, and may be avoided by keeping Broad Cove Head open 
 of Folly Rocks, bearing about N. 29° E. (N. 58° E. mag.). During 
 heavy seas from the eastward, Kane Rock, with 9 fathoms water 
 on it, and Saucy Joe Rock, with 11 fathoms on it, break occasion- 
 ally. 
 
 Between Carbonear Island and Mosquito Point the distance is 
 ^ mile, but the channel is narrowed to 200 yards by sunken rocks 
 extending from the island and point. To proceed through in 4 
 fathoms water, keep the Haypuk on Feather Point just shut in 
 with the cliff of Old Sow Point, bearing S. 13° E. (S. 16° W. mag.). 
 Ice.— Carbonear Bay freezes only in severe winters, as the swell 
 breaks the ice up. 
 
 Tides.— It is high water, full and change, in Carbonear Bay at 
 7h. 20 m. ; springs rise 4i feet, neaps rise 3 feet. 
 
 Feather Point, on the south side of entrance to Harbor Grace, 
 is the termination of a ridge of hills over the south side of the 
 harbor ; the extremity of the point is a mass of slate, just discon- 
 nected by a rent from the main body of the point, and called the 
 Haypuk. 
 
 Harbor Grace Islands, off Feather Point, are a cluster of 
 small islets and rocks, covering a space of about | mile, in the 
 direction of the point, by i mile in breadth. The principal islet 
 is 105 feet high, and on the western islet is a summer fishing vil- 
 lage. Between 200 yards and 400 yards NNE. of Harbor Grace 
 Islands are other islets or rocks, the outer of which is called Eastern 
 Rock; and beyond them is rocky ground, with 4 fathoms water 
 on it, named White Rock, on which the sea breaks with great 
 violence. 
 
 At 400 yards west of the south end of Harbor Grace Islands are 
 Ragged Rocks above water, and between them and the shallow 
 
 !„., 
 
CE. 
 
 IIAUnOR GRACE. 
 
 461 
 
 )alH gradually to a 
 lizod by Carboiiear 
 
 feet high, and the 
 odiately south of it. 
 municatiou with St. 
 )r Grace. 
 Bay is off the north 
 
 ; although open to 
 les, many vessels of 
 
 of the town. The 
 the sea and should 
 
 ■e no dangers when 
 except those off the 
 rs Point, which are 
 )ad Cove Head open 
 ' E. mag.). During 
 th 9 fathoms water 
 I it, break occasion- 
 
 'oint the distance is 
 rds by sunken rocks 
 •oceed thi'ough in 4 
 ' Point just shut in 
 E. (S. 16° W. mag.), 
 winters, as the swell 
 
 m Carbonear Bay at 
 
 9t. 
 
 ce to Harbor Grace, 
 le south side of the 
 )f slate, just discon- 
 oint, and called the 
 
 nt, are a cluster of 
 ibout I mile, in the 
 The principal islet 
 , summer fishing vil- 
 E. of Harbor Grace 
 [lich is called Eastern 
 ith 4 fathoms water 
 I breaks with great 
 
 lor Grace Islands are 
 em and the shallow 
 
 grounds off Feather Point is a channel 400 yards wide, with 3 and 
 4 fathoms water, but a stranger should not attempt this passage, 
 as there is no good leading mark for it. 
 
 Light. — On the north island a square wooden house painted 
 white, with lantern over the center, 35 feet in height, exhibits, at 
 an elevation of 151 feet, an intermittent red and white light 
 alternately about 14 red and 14 white flashes every minute. The 
 light should be visible 15 miles, but being unwatched it is unre- 
 liable. 
 
 Salvage Rock.— Long Harry Rock, on the north shore of the 
 entrance to Harbor Grace, is 73 feet high and situated | mile SW. 
 of Old Sow Point; S. by E. i mile from Long Harry is Salvage 
 Rock, small and 53 feet high, with deep water round it, but a heavy 
 sea breaks 65 yards inside it. 
 
 Harbor Grace.— From a line between Old Sow and Feather 
 Points, Harbor Grace extends 4i miles SW. by W., with a breadth 
 of li miles at the entrance to J mile at its head, the hills on either 
 side rising 500 feet above the sea. 
 
 The town, on the north shore of the harbor, is clean and well 
 laid out, and has an abundant water supply from a lake in the 
 neighborhood. There are large stores for dried codfish, machinery 
 for the manufacture of seal oil, and refiniiig cod-liver oil ; also for 
 preparing boneless codfish, tinning caplin, and making glue from 
 skins, and guano from bones of the fish. In 1891 the population 
 was 6,466. 
 
 The Roman Catholic church is the easternmost of three churches ; 
 it has two spires which are in line bearing N. 61° E. (East mag )' 
 and S. 61° W. (West mag.). 
 
 Light— At the outer end of Point of Beach, which is composed 
 of shingle, is a hexagonal-shaped wooden tower, 38 feet in height, 
 and painted white, from which, at an elevation of 40 feet, a fixed 
 white light is exhibited, which should be visible 7 miles. 
 
 Bar.— At 1,200 yards eastward of the harbor light a bar stretches 
 across the harbor. The greatest depth on it is 24 feet, and the 
 least depth 9 feet ; the latter over a bowlder bank forming the south 
 side of the main channel. Between the bank and south shore the 
 depth is 13 feet. In heavy weather the sea breaks on the shoal 
 part of the bar, but seldom in the 24-foot channel. 
 
 Communication.— There is communication with St. Johns, dis- 
 tant 83i miles, by the Newfoundland Railway; telegraphic com- 
 munication, and a good road to Hearts Content via Carbonear, 
 distant 16 miles. 
 
 Buoys.— A buoy, painted white, is moored on the west edge of 
 the bowlder bank. 
 
 tism 
 
 m 
 
462 
 
 CAPE BONAVISTA TO CAPE HACK. 
 
 A buoy, painted red, is moored on the edge of the slioal ground 
 off the nokh shore in Hi feet water, with Point of Beach Light- 
 house 400 yards S. 61° W. (West mag.). 
 
 As these buoys are only moored with small anchors, their posi- 
 tions can not be relied upon. During winter they are removed 
 and spar buoys substituted. 
 
 Patent SUp.-There is a patent slip 90 feet in length and 16 feet 
 in breadth, which will take vessels up to 110 feet length of keel; 
 a vessel of about 200 tons has been taken up. The depth on the 
 blocks at high water, ordinary spring tides, is 9 feet forward and 
 
 ^^Directions—When entering Harbor Grace, give Eastern Rock, 
 off Harbor Grace Islands, a berth of 600 yards by keeping the 
 spires of the Roman Catholic church at the east end of the town 
 open north of Salvage Rock, bearing S. 62° W. (N. 89° W mag.; 
 this clears White Rock, passing to the northward; thence steei in 
 mid-channel, passing either north or south of Salvage Rock^ To 
 cross the bar in the deepest water, bring the lighthouse, on Point 
 of Beach to bear S. 62° W. (N. 89° W. mag.) and in line with Ship 
 Head, a hill 98 feet high on the same shore a long mile beyond it 
 The ioint of the Bowlder Bank will be passed when the west 
 shoulder of Greens Hill (443 feet high) is in line with the west spire 
 of the Roman Catholic church at the east end of the own, bearing 
 N 56° W. (N. 27° W. mag.), and Long Harry in line with the 
 fxtreme of the land NE. of it, bearing N. 41° E. (N. 70 E. mag.) 
 clears the shoal water off the north shore. Therefore do not shut 
 in the point east of Long Harry with that rock, but edge south- 
 ward to avoid the shore bank east of Point of Beach. This point 
 is steep-to on its south side. 
 
 At Night, run in with the light at Point of Beach, bearing 
 S 56° W (S 85° W. mag.), until Harbor Grace Islands Light 
 bears about S. 75° E. (S. 46° E. mag.).; then steer «^o^e ^^^^^ 
 southward to avoid Salvage Rock, until the Point of Beach Light 
 bears S. 62° W. (N. 89° W. mag.), then proceed as before. 
 
 The harbor is safe, although the most violent winds are from 
 the westward, and blow occasionally with much force. The best 
 anchorage is on the north shore, as at times the sea is rough on 
 
 •%'hen wking in, Brennans Hill, 392 feet high and southward 
 of Greens Hill, in line with the east spire of the Roman Cathohc 
 church, bearing N. 78° W. (N. 49° W. mag.), leads northward of 
 the bar; and the west shoulder of Greens Hill, m line with the 
 west spire of the same church, N. 56° W. (N. 27° W magO, leads 
 southward of the Bowlder Bank. In crossing the bar, the point 
 east of Long Harry should not be shut in with that rock, and 
 
 h 
 
 l i ......... 
 
CE. 
 
 HAKBOR GRACE — SPANIARDS HAY. 
 
 463 
 
 if the slioal ground 
 Int of Beach Light- 
 anchors, their posi- 
 • they are removed 
 
 1 length and 10 feet 
 
 feet length of keel; 
 
 The depth on the 
 
 3 9 feet forward and 
 
 , give Eastern Rock, 
 trds by keeping the 
 last end of the town 
 ^ (N. 89° W. mag.); 
 rard ; thence steer in 
 
 Salvage Rock. To 
 lighthousei, on Point 
 ind in line with Ship 
 long mile beyond it. 
 issed when the west 
 ae with the west spire 
 L of the town, bearing 
 rry in line with the 
 
 E. (N. 70° E. mag.), 
 rherefore do not shut- 
 rock, but edge south- 
 ,f Beach. This point 
 
 at of Beach, bearing 
 Grace Islands Light 
 en steer more to the 
 Point of Beach Light 
 leed as before, 
 tolent winds are from 
 auch force. The best 
 es the sea is rough on 
 
 t high, and southward 
 f the Roman Catholic 
 ), leads northward of 
 Hill, in lino with the 
 IT. 27° W. mag.), leads 
 ing the bar, the point 
 a with that rock, and 
 
 short tacks sliouUl l)o made between this lino and the line of tlie 
 leading marks, until Greens Hill is seen westward of the church, 
 wlien the board to tlie southward may be prolonged. Tlioro is no 
 tidal stream in Harbor Grace to assist a vessel either in or out. 
 
 Ice. — Harbor Grace freezes over between 10th January and 80th 
 February, and is closed, at intervals, by ico, from <> to 15 inclies in 
 thickness, between 20th January and the end of March, but the port 
 has never been closed for more than six weeks at a time, and the 
 harbor ice sometimes disappears as early a^ 1st March, remaining 
 at other times as late as 1st April. Vessels arrive and leave all 
 the year, but are occasionally detained by field ice, which appears 
 from 20th January to 20th February, a,nd disappears between 1st 
 and 20th May, but in some seasons is never seen. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Harbor Grace at 
 7h. 25m. ; springs rise 4J feet, neaps rise 3 feet. 
 
 Bryants Oove, on the south side of Featlier Point, is 700 yards 
 wide and about 800 deep, with several patches of rocks near the 
 center that cover at half tide. The entrance is by the south shore, 
 or by having a conspicuous hill, up the valley, open of a steep fall 
 of the north shore of the inner part of the bay, bearing S. 64° W. 
 (N. 87° W. mag.); but the cove is open to seaward and affords no 
 shelter. 
 
 Spaniards Bay. — Spare Point, on the south side of Bryants 
 Cove, has several detached rocks above water near it, thence the 
 coast trends in a SW. direction for 2 miles to Island Cove, a rocky 
 bight, fronted by an islet. Spaniards Bay is one mile wide, and 
 extends 3^ miles to the southwestward ; its north shore is clear of 
 danger. 
 
 Green Head, at the head of the bay, is 112 feet high; the only 
 safe anchorage is on the north shore NE. of this point, in from 4 to 
 8 fathoms water, keeping Green Hea"! westward of the bearing S. 
 15° W. (S. 44° W. mag.) to avoid a Sii) d patch with a depth of 9 
 feet on it. The southern shore is exposed to a heavy sea, which 
 sets in with easterly gales, and the eastern part has several rocks 
 extending 200 yards from it; farther in the water is shoal the 
 same distance off, and at the head of the bay to nearly 400 yards. 
 
 Communication. — There is a station on the Newfoundland rail- 
 way at Spaniards Bay Road, distant 76 miles from St. Johns. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Spaniards Bay at 
 7h. 45m. ; springs rise 4J feet, neaps rise 3 feet. 
 
 Mad Point is the eastern termination of a peninsula 4 miles in 
 length, 800 yards in breadth, and separating Spaniards Bay from 
 Bay Roberts. Mad Rocks, 12 feet above water, extend eastward 
 about i mile from the north extreme of the Point ; and broken 
 ground with less than 10 fathoms over it 1,200 yards farther, over 
 
464 CAPE BONAVISTA TO CAPE RACK. 
 
 which ,l«ri„« an easterly .well the »ea mil- up to ^l^'l'^''^^'^^ 
 broakH over them with vi.,leiico. There are ao fathom, li mile» 
 ENE ofthe point-, u, ha.l weather it »l>ouhl not be^roa -1 
 ,1 • a Ko° AW rs 88° W. mac.) nearer than a mile. 
 Cl- C:'e L'llSi^ZZ for,fJd hy s„,ne roeh. t,.0O 
 
 ''ta/Ib^'rJit IZed between the peninsula jnst .nontionea 
 nnd"l«.er peninsula on the south^ It '7';;""* -'» ^^<^ 
 and nearly a mile in breadth. Fergus Wet, '^-l '««"»": *"" 
 t-arisr length NE. and SW. and SCO yards in breaclth, with a 
 oTnl ummft, lies 400 yard, from the north shore .unl abon a 
 mUe rom Ma, Point. There are 16 fathoms water be ween the 
 °sW anTthe shore, bnt NW, W yards from its SW. ond ,» a roek 
 S less than 6 feet on it, and rooks extend 300 yards off ,ts NE. 
 
 TeleirraDh.— There is a station at Bay Roberts. „ , . 
 
 00 d^Ie? Point is a projection dividing the head of Bay RoWts 
 into two parts. It is surrounded by rocks at the distance o 00 
 vards wWch cover and uncover. At 200 yards E by S^ of the 
 S[nt is a patch of rocks with 12 feet water and 5 fathoms be ween 
 TandtL point. There are a church and a few houses scattered 
 
 To'tt dhti^Soldeast Point is Roberts Harbor, a safe anchor- 
 
 :Sxshments. Vessels drawing 12 feet water can he at the 
 
 ^r rnro?'BtBoberts is-foul for 200 yards o«, and 
 there is no safe anchorage on this side of the ^jay 
 Ice.-Bay Roberts freezes occasionally, when the bay fills witH 
 
 '"^ Green Point is the termination of the narrow peninsula, 4 miies 
 inTength IpLting Bay Roberts, on the north, fromBay de Grave 
 on the south' C Je off it are Southern Rocks, 14 feet above water, 
 and broken ground extends 400 yards from the point. 
 
 LigC-A cylindrical iron lighthouse, 32 feet in height, painted 
 red fnd white in horizontal bands, stands on Green Point, and 
 exlibUs, Trom an elevation of 56 feet, a fixed white light, which 
 
 nrea^l^in^^l Hght is a projecting lant- fr^ ^^^^^ 
 three lights are exhibited. The two outer lights show w^iite ^^^ 
 the center light, in line with Southern Rocks, bearing S. 17 W. 
 (S. 46° W. mag.), shows red. 
 
CE. 
 
 HAY ni-; (iitAVK — Humus bay. 
 
 mr 
 
 o the dry rocks aii'l 
 fathoma U miles 
 not bo approached 
 earer than a mihi. 
 by some rocks l,20O 
 
 aula just mentioned 
 at 3i miles in length 
 ,, 134 feet high, 400 
 i in breadth, with a 
 L shore and about a 
 3 water between the 
 ts SW. end is a rock 
 300 yards oflE its NE. 
 
 lerts. 
 
 head of Bay Roberts 
 it the distance of 200 
 'ards E. by S. of the 
 id 5 fathoms between 
 few houses scattered 
 
 larbor, a safe anchor- 
 ,h an average breadth 
 :om 10 fathoms at the 
 round. On the north 
 churches and fishing 
 water can lie at the 
 
 for 200 yards off, and 
 
 e bay. 
 
 (Then the bay fills with 
 
 rrow peninsula, 4 miles 
 rth, from Bay de Grave, 
 ks, 14 feet above water, 
 the point. 
 
 5 feet in height, painted 
 3 on Green Point, and 
 xed white light, which 
 
 ig lantern, from which 
 lights show white, and 
 )cks, bearing S. 17° W. 
 
 Bay de Grave is rtk njiU)s in length 8VV. by W., with uii ivvfrago 
 breadth of i u\\]v. In the middle of (In* ciitrunco the water is 70 
 fatlioms (h'(>|), shonling to 30 fatlioiiis at a niih* from the hca^l id" 
 the bay. Hihhs Hole Is a rocky covo south of (Jnifn I'oliit, but 
 aH'onls no slmUor. Blow-nie-down Head, 1 \ miles SSW. of Green 
 Point, i)rojocts 200 yards lieyond the linoof coast, and ^ mile beyond 
 it is Ship Cove, a liltki sheltered by the head, and in summer small 
 vessels may anchor off it in 10 fathoms water, witli Port de Grave 
 church, which is midway between Ship Cove and Port de Grave, 
 N. 04° W. (N. 35'^ W. mag.). 
 
 Port de Grave, having a depth of to t) feet, is i| mile westward 
 of Blow-me-down Head, and fronted by some low islets or rocks. 
 Shoal water extends 200 yards eastward from the southern rocks. 
 Off the village is a summer anchorage for small vessels in 10 
 fathoms water, 140 yards from the shore, with the church bearing 
 between N. 34° W. (N. 5° W. mag.) and N. 11° W. (N. 18° E. 
 mag.). I 
 
 The coast westward of Port de Grave is cliffy as far as Bareneed, 
 2i miles from Blow-mo-down Head. From the village of Bare- 
 need round the head of the bay to Cupids Cove, on the south, there 
 are no dangers nor .sheltered anchorages. Two streams here empty, 
 one at the north, the other at the south corner of the beach ; they 
 are named the North Gut and South Gut ; both can be entered by 
 boats at high water, and are navigable a considerable distance. 
 
 Cupids Cove, on the south side of a remarkable bluff, 330 feet 
 high, named Spectacle Head, runs in about J mile, and is 400 yards 
 wide. There is anchorage here for small vessels in from 3 to 8 
 fathoms, mud and sand; though open to seaward, but little sea 
 sets in. A shoal bar crosses the harbor from the east extreme of 
 a shingle spit on the east shore. 
 
 Burnt Point is the south point of entrance to Bay de Grave ; it 
 is 181 feet high, with small coves north and south of it. Sopers 
 Rock, with less than 3 feet water on it, lies 200 yards north of the 
 north extreme of the point. On the south side of the point, at 
 about the same distance, are other rocks, with 6 feet on them and 
 some uncovered. A vessel should not approach nearer than ^ mile. 
 
 North Head, the north entrance point to Brigiis Bay, is nearly 
 1^ miles south from Burnt Point. 
 
 Light. — On North Head a cylindrical iron tower, 24 feet in 
 height, painted red and white in vertical stripes, exhibits, from an 
 elevation of 113 feet, a fixed red light, which should be visible 12 
 miles. 
 
 Brigus Bay stretches one mile to the westward, with an average 
 breadth of 800 yards. The sealing vessels belonging to Brigus 
 moor head and stern in the NW. corner of the bay, and under 
 
466 
 
 TAPE noNAVlSTA To TAPE RACK. 
 
 Admimls IhIuikI, in tlio SW. coriior; hut thoso anchorugos hUouIcI 
 nut 1)M iittcriiptod without, locul kiiowlwlgc. 
 
 The town of KHkuh, with ii popuhitioii of 1,541, is Htunll and 
 pictumsiiucly situ.itiMl round tlio whon-H of a hike in a valhiy be- 
 tweon HtHop harrou hilJH, and is iniportant on account of the early 
 roloHHo of goaliiiK vohhoIh in th»< HpriiiK, from the ice being broken 
 np l)y tlio soa sotting into the buy. 
 
 Oommunioation. — Thoro is railway communication via Brigua 
 Junction, distant 47^ miles fr<mi St. Johns and 7 miles from Brigus; 
 also telegraphic^ (.'ojiimunication. 
 
 Ice.— Brigus Bay froezes occasionally, when the bay fills with 
 ice. 
 
 (H. O. Chart No. 1102.) 
 
 Colliers Point, U miles S. by E. from south point of Brigus, 
 is the extreme of a peninsula separating Colliers and Castries Bays. 
 
 OoUiers Bay extends in a straight line SW. by S. 3J miles from 
 Colliers Point, and is entered between tliat point and Seal Head, a 
 steep bluff at the extreme of the slope from the Twins. Turks 
 Head, on the west shore, 1^ miles to the south westward of Seal 
 Head, is a steep bluff 337 feet liigh, forming the south side of 
 Turks Gut, a narrow inlet bordered by a few houses. Harbor 
 Rock, awash at low water, lies 750 yards S. 27° E. (S. 2° W. mag.), 
 and Bull Rock, with fathoms water, N. 54° E. (N. 83° E. mag.), 
 a little more than i mile from the extreme of Turks Head. Blue 
 Hills, seen over Dock Head, bearing S. 23° W. (S. 52° W. mag.), 
 leads east of these rocks. 
 
 The remainder of the west shore is straight, and may be ap- 
 proached to 100 yards, till the shallow water is met with at 400 
 yards from the head. The east shore is slightly indented, James 
 Cove, the first in on that shore, being sheltered by a small projection 
 82 feet high. The next cove to the southward, at the head of 
 which is a shingle beach bordered by houses, is filled with bowlders 
 under water to the line of the points. Curtain Rock, with 10 fath- 
 oms, lies 300 yards off the east coast, under the first hill within the 
 entrance, and a shoal with 7 fathoms water lies nearly in mid- 
 channel l^^i miles from Turks Head. Dock Head, a small penin- 
 sula 134 feet high, situated 2i miles from the entrance, forms the 
 west side of a shallow cove, is bold-to on the west side, and shelters 
 The Dock, a small cove. Anchorage may be had west of Dock 
 Head in 4 to 10 fathoms, gravel, exposed to northeasterly winds 
 only. 
 
 Coast— The coast from Colliers Point is skirted by rocks, and 
 trends southward 2 miles to Bacon Head, a steep bluff surmounted 
 by a hill 326 feet above high water, that makes the south side of 
 
K. 
 
 uichoiiiges Hhould 
 
 541, is Hiunll and 
 
 k(« in a vallny be- 
 
 jouiit of the early 
 
 ice heiMg broken 
 
 ication via Brigus 
 niles from Brigus ; 
 
 the bay fills with 
 
 I point of Brigiis, 
 .nd Castries Bays, 
 y S. 3J miles from 
 ; and Seal Head, a 
 le Twins. Turks 
 westward of Seal 
 the south side of 
 houses. Harbor 
 i. (8. 2° W. mag.), 
 (N. 83° E. mag.), 
 irks Head. Blue 
 (S. 62° W. mag.), 
 
 and may be ap- 
 ; met with at 400 
 T indented, James 
 a small projection 
 d, at the head of 
 led with bowlders 
 ock, with 10 fath- 
 rst hill within the 
 }s nearly in mid- 
 id, a small penin- 
 trance, forms the 
 side, and shelters 
 ad west of Dock 
 rtheasterly winds 
 
 ;ed by rocks, and 
 bluff surmounted 
 the south side of 
 
 OAHTUrEH HAY llOLY UOOD. 
 
 467 
 
 
 Baoon Covo, an opun bight containiiiK H»»vt»nil rocks. A Hniall 
 rook lies close off Bacon Head, and, witli the coast, may be 
 approached to witliin 200 yards. 
 
 Oastrles Bay extt^nds^J miles SW., with a breadth of \\ mile 
 from Bacon Head to a projection ending in Cat Kock, that divides 
 the head into two coves. 
 
 Oat Oove, the northern of the two, is l,ftOO yards doo[) and flOO 
 yards wide; it is again subdivided at 800 yards within liy Paw 
 Point, a narrow promontory forming two coves about 1500 yards 
 wide. Mouse Rock, with 2 feet water, lies in the entrance to Cat 
 Covo, about 200 yards from the north shore. 
 
 Anchorage may bo had in 8 fathoms, sand, off the church, for 
 small vessels, but exposed to NE. winds. 
 
 Salmon Oove, the southern bight of Gastrios Bay, is l^V miles 
 deep and 1,200 yards wide at the entrance, terminating in an inlet 
 300 yards wide, entered 1,100 yards from the head. This inlet is 
 filled with rocks and is available only for boats. The outer portion 
 of Salmon Cove is clear of danger at 200 yards from the shore. 
 
 Oommunioation. — There is a station on l!.e Newfoundland 
 Railway at Salmon Cove, distant 38 i miles from St. Johns. 
 
 Blue Hills form a conspicuous range, surmounted by a double 
 top 839 feet high, and are situated 2 miles from the head of Gastries 
 Bay. Witch Hazel Peak, 598 feet high, lies $ mile northward of 
 Blue Hills, and is the first conspicuous peak in that direction. 
 
 Oastrles Point is the extreme of a peninsula dividing Gastries 
 Bay from Harbor Main. The west shore of this peninsula from 
 Salmon Cove is skirted by shoal water extending off 200 yards, 
 and the point should not he approached within that distance. 
 
 Harbor Main extends S. by W. 2 miles from Gastries Point, 
 and is clear of danger, except a rock with 12 feet of water lying 
 350 yards N. 43° E. (N. 72° E. mag.) from the point SSE. of the 
 church. A considerable settlement is situated on the west shore, 
 and vessels can find anchorage in 12 fathoms with the church 
 bearing N. 29° W. (North mag.), having swinging room of 250 
 yards, but exposed to NE. winds. 
 
 Holy Rood, east of Harbor Main, is 4 miles long and J mile 
 broad. The west shore is foul for a mile from the entrance, and 
 should not be approached within 200 yards. A shoal with 12 feet 
 water lies off the mouth of Chapel Cove, the first indentation on 
 the west shore, beyond which there is no danger ; but the water is 
 deep till the two coves at the head are entered. 
 
 Oommunioation. — There is railway communication with St. 
 Johns, distant 33 miles, by the Newfoundland Railway. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Holy Rood Anchor- 
 age at 7h. 28m. ; springs rise 4^ feet, neaps rise 3i feet. 
 
468 
 
 CAPE BONAA'ISTA TO CAPE RACE. 
 
 Coast. — The coast from this bay trends with a deep bend NE. 
 by N. 35 miles to Cape St. Francis. The southern part consists of 
 a series of beaches backed by salt-water ponds, and skirted by 
 shoal water nearly ^ mile from the shore. Several villages with 
 churches are built on the shore, and this portion of the bay is one 
 of the most pictiiresque in Newfoundland, Butter P-.'i a conspic- 
 uous hill ',(99 foet high, lies eastward of Holy Rooc Bay, and the 
 whole coast is backed by steep wooded hills 500 to 800 feet high. 
 
 Communication. — There is a railway station at Topsail, and 
 between it and Holy Rood Bay, a distance of 15 miles, there are 
 stations, on the Newfoundland Railway, at DufFs, Seal Cove, Kel- 
 ligrews, and Manuels. 
 
 Portugal Cove, 15 miles from Holy Rood, is the deepest inden- 
 tation on the shore, being 800 yards deep, with a rock in the mid- 
 dle, and depths of water decreasing from 20 fathoms in the entrance 
 to 5 fathoms near the head. Princes Lookout, a conspicuous hill 
 543 feet high, surmounted by a flagstaff, lies eastward of the head 
 of this cove. 
 
 The character of the coast changes north of this cove from gen- 
 tle partially cultivated slopes to steep barren cliffs, attaining the 
 height of 880 feet in Ore Head, situated about midway between 
 Portugal Cove and Cape St. Francis. 
 
 Bell Island, the largest of three lying off the east shore of Con- 
 ception Bay, is so called from a remarkable conical rock, 220 feet 
 high, situated near the SW. extreme, and named The Bell from the 
 supposed resemblance. This inland lies nearly parallel to the 
 coast at the distance of 2 miles from Portugal Cove, is 5^^ miles 
 long, nearly If miles broad, and surmounted by a nearly flat ridge 
 495 feet above high water. The Clapper, a prominent rock, lies 
 at the south point, and a considerable village with a church is sit- 
 uated just NE. of it. Shoal water extends nearly i mile from the 
 NE. extreme, within which distance the shores should not be 
 approached. 
 
 Bell Rock, with 15 feet water, lies nearly one mile S. 43° W. 
 (S. 72° W. mag.) from The Clapper, and from the rock a ledge with 
 4 fathoms water extends i mile to the northwestward. 
 
 Little Bell Island, 2 miles SE. by S. from The Clapper, is nar- 
 row, 1,200 yards long, 92 feet high, and is skirted by foul ground 
 that extends aboiit 400 yards from the shore. 
 
 Kelly Island, 183 feet high, lies 1^ miles SW. by W. from Lit- 
 tle Bell Island and If miles nearly from the south shore of the 
 bay. A shingle spit extends from the SE. shore, and the island 
 should not be approached within ^ mile. 
 
 Cape St. Francis is formed by two low bills, off the western- 
 most of which are two small islets. 
 
a deep bend NE. 
 )rn part consists of 
 Is, and skirted by 
 '^eral villages with 
 n of the bay is one 
 Iter P 'i a conspic- 
 Rooc^ Bay, and the 
 
 to 800 feet high. 
 )n at Topsail, and 
 15 miles, there are 
 Ts, Seal Cove, Kel- 
 
 the deepest inden- 
 a rock in the mid- 
 
 ams in the entrance 
 a conspicuous hill 
 
 .stward of the head 
 
 ihis cove from gen- 
 cliffs, attaining the 
 t midway between 
 
 ) east shore of Con- 
 nical rock, 220 feet 
 1 The Bell from the 
 •ly parallel to the 
 bl Cove, is 6^ miles 
 { a nearly flat ridge 
 rominent rock, lies 
 rith a church is sit- 
 rly i mile from the 
 res should not be 
 
 one mile S. 43° W. 
 
 le rock a ledge with 
 
 stward. 
 
 ["he Clapper, is nar- 
 
 'ted by foul ground 
 
 V. by W. from Lit- 
 
 south shore of the 
 
 3re, and the island 
 
 Us, off the western- 
 
 CAPE ST. FRANCIS TOR BAY. 
 
 469 
 
 Light. — On the eastern bill of Cape St. Francis a wooden Iniild- 
 ing with a flat roof, on which is a lantern painted white, and 45 
 feet in height, exhibits, from an elevation (jf 123 feet, a fixed red 
 light, that shoiild be visible 12 miles. 
 
 Fog Signal. — A fog trumpet will be sounded every minute 
 duriijg thick weather, fogs, and snowstorms, as follows : 
 
 D^iration of sound, five seconds; of silence, five seconds; of 
 soimd, five seconds; of silence, forty-five seconds. 
 
 The Brandies are three rocks with 4 to 12 feet water on them, 
 the extreme of rocky ground extending from some islets and rocks 
 southeastward of the cape, from which the outer lies 1,600 yards 
 N. 82° E. (S. 69° E. mag.). Torbay Point open of Black Head S. 
 16° E. (S. 13° W. mag.) leads east of The Brandies. 
 
 Coast. — The coast from Cape St. Francis to St. Johns Harbor is 
 of nearly steep cliff, with two principal indentations. Pouch 
 Cove, the northern, is nearly three miles from Cape St. Francis. 
 Black Head, the southeastern point of this cove, is about 400 feet 
 high. A shoal, with 6 fathoms water, lies ^ mile off the north 
 point of Pouch Cove, and Cliff Rock, with 8 fathoms water, lies 
 one mile N. 17° W. (N. 12° E. mag.) from Black Head. Flat Rock 
 Cove is a small indentation 3^ miles south of Black Head, the 
 south point of which is Flat Rock Point. 
 
 Red Head, 274 feet high, on the northern side of Flat Rock 
 Cove, is very conspicuous, being of a deep red color ; and one red 
 house and three white houses, situated at an elevation of 465 feet 
 on the hills about 2 miles west of Flat Rock Cove, also a church, 
 painted red, the steeple of which is 284 feet above the sea, show 
 out prominently, but the latter is obscured from the southward by 
 the land sloping down to Flat Rock Point. 
 
 Flat Rock Point is a low, barren, razor-shaped ledge sloping 
 down to the sea and continued, under water, for nearly 400 yards, 
 where there is a depth of 4^ f at];ioms ; there are rocky ledges on 
 the east side of it. 
 
 From Flat Rock Point the cliffs rise gradually as Tor Bay is 
 entered, but at 1^ miles from the point they rise more abruptly, 
 and from here to Torbay Bight the coast line is broken by deep 
 gulches and may be easily recognized by two hills, 444 and 446 
 feet high, having high cliffs in front of them ; further south are 
 two smaller cliffs 282 and 72 feet high, respectively. 
 
 Tor Bay is 2 miles deep and the same in breadth, and is quite 
 exposed. Anchorage may be had with shelter from westerly winds 
 off the western cove in 12 fathoms; elsewhere the water is too deep. 
 In thick weather, or when the background hills are hidden. Tor- 
 bay Point appears to slope from two round hills with a slight 
 saddle between. 
 
.urartiifiaK... 
 
 470 
 
 CAPE BONA VISTA TO CAPE RACE. 
 
 Torbay Bight, where there is a large settlement, is greatly used 
 by fishermen, and landing can generally be effected. At i mile 
 inland, over the bight, there is a Roman Catholic church (a square 
 stone building without a spire), a convent, and a temperance hall; 
 these, being all close together, form a very conspicuous mark, but 
 they are nearly obscured when in line with a clump of trees, (also 
 conspicuous) over Snagge Point. 
 
 Tantam Shoals are about f mile north of Torbay Point ; they 
 break in heavy weather. 
 
 Coast— From Torbay Bight to Torbay Point the coast line is 
 generally rugged, with broken cliffs between Middle and Outer 
 Coves. Landing may be effected here, except with northerly winds, 
 which send in a heavy swell. Behind Middle Cove there is a con- 
 spicuous white house, and the hills at the back of Tor Bay are 
 covered with houses, generally painted white. 
 
 Torbay Point has a small summit, 287 feet high, just to the 
 southward of it, and a little over i mile farther south the land 
 rises to a hill 537 feet high. 
 
 Torbay Hill, 653 feet high, locally known as Flag Staff Hill, 
 on account of it having been the old signal station connecting 
 Cape St. Francis and St. Johns, has bold cliffs in front of it, and 
 a very conspicuous yellow patch, nearly at the top of the cliff, just 
 to the northward of the summit of the hill. 
 
 Redcliff Head, li miles southward of Torbay Point, is a bold 
 headland with steep sloping cliffs of a reddish color; it has a deep 
 gulch on the north and on the south side of it, one or the other, 
 depending on the light, being generally seen as a black band down 
 the face of the cliff. Red Head Rock, with 5 fathoms water, lies 
 1,600 yards S. 47° E. (S. 18° E. mag.) from Torbay Point and 1,200 
 yards from Redcliff Head. 
 
 Logey Cove, used by fishermen during the summer months, is 
 a small cove with deep water, and boats may land here in a small 
 niche in the rocks, where there are always fishermen to help if 
 necessary. A road connects this cove with St. Johns and Tor Bay. 
 
 On the eastern side of the cove is a small summit on which is 
 built a beacon of stones ; from this the land gradually rises until 
 Sugarloaf Head is reached, the coast being very rugged, with several 
 caves in it. 
 
 Sugarloaf Head, 554 feet high, is one of the most conspicuous 
 objects on the coast; its face is a sheer cliff, and seen from the 
 NE. it has the appearance of a gunner's quoin, while from the 
 southward and eastward it makes as a cone-shaped hill. About a 
 mile inland from Sugarloaf Head there is a conspicuous conical 
 hill, 577 feet high, only seen from the northward. 
 
!E. 
 
 nt, is greatly used 
 'ected. At i mile 
 c church (a square 
 a temperance hall ; 
 picuous mark, but 
 ump of trees, (also 
 
 'orbay Point ; they 
 
 t the coast line is 
 Middle and Outer 
 ;h northerly winds, 
 ove there is a con- 
 jk of Tor Bay are 
 
 1 high, just to the 
 ler south the land 
 
 IS Flag Staff Hill, 
 station connecting 
 I in front of it, and 
 ;op of the cliff, just 
 
 ay Point, is a bold 
 3olor ; it has a deep 
 t, one or the other, 
 a black band down 
 fathoms water, lies 
 tay Point and 1,200 
 
 summer months, is 
 and here in a small 
 jhermen to help if 
 Johns and Tor Bay, 
 lummit on which is 
 radually rises until 
 ugged, with several 
 
 e most conspicuous 
 and seen from the 
 in, while from the 
 tped hill. About a 
 sonspicuous conical 
 rd. 
 
 ST. JOHNS. 
 
 Robin Hood Bay, between Sugarloaf Head and Small Point, 
 ie fnrrounded with high cliffs, has deep water, and no landing 
 
 ^Jiall Point is a rounded point with a summit over it, 318 feet 
 high, and just to the southward of this is Skerrys Bight, where 
 landing may be occasionally effected. Between Skerrys Bight and 
 Quiddy Viddy Harbor is a very conspicuous cliff", at the foot of 
 which a large cave is named Bawdens Hole. The height of the 
 summit at the back of the cliff is 472 feet. 
 
 Quiddy Viddy Harbor has a rocky bar on which the depth is 
 3 feet, and is only suitable for boats. It may be easily recognized 
 by Bawdens Hole, on the north, and Cuckold Head, on the south 
 side. Cuckold Head, 390 feet high, is a conical hill, presenting 
 that appearance when seen from any direction ; between it and St. 
 Johns Harbor is Cuckold Cove, in which the water is deep. 
 
 (H.O. Chart No. 1114) 
 
 St. Johns. — The city of St. Johns, the capital of Newfoundland, 
 and the seat of Government, covers the steep hilly ground on the 
 N"W. side of the harbor, and continues along the banks of the river 
 and the SE. shore of the harbor. It has several handsome public 
 buildings, of which the most conspicuous is the Roman Catholic 
 cathedral. 
 
 The harbor, although small, is convenient and secure, having 
 deep water and excellent holding ground. It is generally smooth, 
 for, though near the open sea, the entrance is narrow and nearly at 
 right angles to the harbor, which is shut in from the sea by high 
 land on the south side. 
 
 Large vessels can be securely moored at the wharves which line 
 both sides of the harbor. Galway wharf will take a vessel of from 
 26 to 27 feet draft alongside, the other wharves from 15 to 20 feet. 
 On the wharves there are numerous oil vats, from which the stench 
 is very unpleasant in the summer months, and stages for drying 
 fish are placed in every available spot. 
 
 Communications. — Railway communication by the Newfound- 
 land Railway with Harbor Grace, distant 83^ miles ; with Placentia, 
 distant 84^ miles, by the Placentia Railway; and with Exploits, 
 distant 257i miles, by the Newfoundland and^Western Railway, 
 this line being in course of construction to Port Basques, distant 
 550^ miles from St. Johns. 
 
 There is communication by Liea by the following lines of steam- 
 ships : 
 
 Allan Line, between Glasgow, Liverpool, and Philadelphia, call 
 at St. Johns and Halifax fortnightly on the westward trip, and 
 on the eastward trip at St. Johns only. 
 
472 
 
 CAPE 130NAVI8TA TO CAP?: RACE. 
 
 Canadian and Newfoundland Steamship Company, between Liv- 
 erpool and Halifax, outward and homeward bound, touch every 
 ten days at St. Johns. 
 
 Red Cross Line run between St. Johns and New York every ten 
 days, calling at Halifax, and one of the steamers of this line visits 
 Piiley Island in the nmmer, taking passengers. 
 
 Black Diamond and Ross Line, fortnightly and weekly, respect- 
 ively, between St. Johns and Montreal. 
 
 There is fortnightly communication with St. Pierre and Bonne 
 Bay; and between the end of April and Decembefr the Newfound- 
 land Coastal Steamship Company's steamers run to Battle Harbor, 
 where they connect with the Labrador steamer. 
 
 By telegraph with the most important places in the island and 
 with all parts of the world. 
 
 The United States is represented by a consul. 
 
 Supplies.— The city is abundantly supplied with excellent water 
 from Windsor Lake, 4 miles distant, and pipes are placed on the 
 wharves for the supply of shipping. Supplies of every kind may 
 be readily obtained. 
 
 The population of the city in 1894 numbered 31,142. 
 
 Coal.— The amount of coal on hand is sufficient for almost any 
 requirement. Cape Breton coal is kept in stock at from $3.85 to 
 $4.20 per ton ; Welsh coal at about $6.00 ; American anthracite coal 
 at about $7.50; 10 cents extra per ton for trimming. 
 
 Vessels can haul alongside the coal hulk, or coal by means of 
 lighters, or go alongside a wharf at which there is a depth of 24 
 
 feet. 
 
 Docks.— The graving dock at St. Johns is 558 feet on the blocks, 
 610 feet long over all, has 84f feet width of entrance, and 24 feet 
 water over the sill at ordinary spring tides. A vessel of 3,175 tons 
 has been docked. 
 
 This dock can be pumped out in H hours. It has bilge blocks 
 which are worked by a chain from the top of the dock, thereby 
 giving extra support to a vessel before the dock is dry. 
 
 The floating dock, 133i feet over all, and with 49 feet breadth of 
 entrance, is capable of taking small vessels of 300 tons, and has 
 ' Hi feet over the blocks when sunk. 
 
 The north wharf of the graving dock is a fairly substantial 
 wooden wharf, aboiit 200 feet long, with 22 feet at low water, spring 
 tides; the workshops of the Dock Company are situated at the 
 inner end of the pier. Charges for sailing vessels, not over 50 tons 
 register, $12.00; from 50 to 75, $18.00; 75 to 100, $24.00; 100 tons 
 and upward, 25 cents per ton. Steamers pay as above on gross 
 tonnage. , 
 
CE. 
 
 ST. JOHNS. 
 
 473 
 
 pany, between Liv- 
 jound, touch every 
 
 [ew York every ten 
 
 rs of this line visits 
 
 i. 
 
 ,nd weekly, respect- 
 
 . Pierre and Bonne 
 abefr the Newfound- 
 in to Battle Harbor, 
 
 3S in the island and 
 
 with excellent water 
 s are placed on the 
 i of every kind may 
 
 a 31,142. 
 
 cient for almost any 
 
 )ck at from $3.85 to 
 
 rican anthracite coal 
 
 iming. 
 
 or coal by means of 
 
 .ere is a depth of 24 
 
 58 feet on the blocks, 
 mtrance, and 24 feet 
 ^vessel of 3,175 tons 
 
 It has bilge blocks 
 of the dock, thereby 
 ck is dry. 
 
 ith 49 feet breadth of 
 of 300 tons, and has 
 
 a fairly substantial 
 t at low water, spring 
 f are situated at the 
 issels, not over 50 tons 
 100, $24.00; 100 tons 
 ly as above on gross 
 
 Patent Slip.— There is a patent slip, 100 feet- in length over all, 
 for small craft and boats. 
 
 Water.— Fresh water is laid onto the pier. 
 
 Port Dues.— Vessels ui.der GO tons, free ; over 00 tons and not 
 more than 100 tons, $2.00; 100 to 200 tons, $3.00; 200 to 300 tons, 
 $4.00; 300 to 400 tons, $5.00; more than 400 tons, $6.00. Light 
 dues, 24 cents per registered ton, not to exceed $115.00, payable once 
 a year. Entrance fee, $2.50; clearance fee, $2.50. Health dues, 
 $2.00; bill of health, $2.50; doctor's visit, $2.00. Vessels in ballast 
 calling for orders or in distress are not liable to dues. 
 
 Towage. — Tugs are available and of sufficient size and p er 
 for all requirements, charges varying from $4.00, for vessels unuer 
 60 tons, to $20.00 for 250 tons, and $50.00 for 1,000 tons. Special 
 rates during the ice season. 
 
 Pilots and tugs can be obtained upon making tlie signal to the 
 blockhouse on Signal Hill, or to Cape Spear Lighthouse. The pilots 
 go off in whaleboats. 
 
 Pilotage. — Pilotage is compulsory in and out ; but one rate is 
 charged. Vessels under 80 tons, $5.35; 100 tons, $7.35; 200 tons, 
 $9.35; 300 tons, $13.35; 400 tons, $18.70; 500 tons, $21.35; 600tons, 
 $24.00; 700 to 800 tons, $26.70; over 800 tons, $1.35 for every addi- 
 tional 100 tons. Pilotage for sailing vessel can not exceed $32.00, 
 and $40.00 for a steamer. 
 
 Repairs. — The Dock Company can undertake extensiv" repairs 
 to iron ships and machinery, to undergo which vessels not requir- 
 ing to be docked may lie alongside their deep-water piers. Vessels' 
 bottoms can be cleaned and coated with antif ouling compositions ; 
 they also have a diver with all necessary appliances. 
 
 The Terra Nova Company have a crane which will lift 40 tons. 
 
 Hospitals. — There is a large hospital at St. Johns available for 
 seamen, a hospital for infectious diseases, situated on Signal Hill, 
 and a sailors' home. 
 
 Signals. — The International Commercial Code of Signals is in 
 use at Signal Hill Blockhouse. 
 
 Time Signal. — A gun is fired every day at noon, St. Johns mean 
 time, equivalent to 3h. 30m. 43.1s. Greenwich mean time, but is 
 reported to be quite unreliable for the purpose of rating chronom- 
 eters. The signal is made from near thp blockhouse on Signal Hill, 
 517 feet above the sea. 
 
 Trade. — The chief business of St. Johns is the exportation of 
 codfish and refining seal oil, and there is a large ropewalk. 
 
 Lights. — At Fort Amherst, from a square stone tower, 39 feet 
 in height, and painted white, a fixed white light is shown, at an 
 elevation of 134 feet, that should be visible from seaward, between 
 
474 
 
 CAPE BONA VISTA TO CAPE RACE. 
 
 the bearings of S. 36° W. (S. 65° W. mag.) and N. 9° W. (N. 20° E. 
 mag.), la miles. 
 
 Two fixed red lights are exhibited— the higher, near the corner of 
 a chapel, from a small octagonal-shaped tower, 29 feet in height 
 and painted white, at an elevation of 174 feet; and the lower, 20 
 feet above the roof of the customhouse, a red brick building 76 feet 
 above high water, with its base painted white. These lights are 
 343 yards distant from each other, and when in line, bearing N. 84° 
 W. (N. 55° W. mag.), lead through the Narrows, but over Merlin 
 Rock, at the inner part of the entrance. 
 
 Fog Slgrnal.— When Cape Spear or St. Johns Harbor is obscured 
 by fog, a gun is fired every hour during daylight, and two guns in 
 answer to a vessel's gun, from Fort Amherst. Between the inter- 
 vals of firing the gun a horn will be sounded in reply to a vessel's 
 horn or whistle. 
 
 Day marks.— Day marks have been placed on each of the two 
 leading light structures. The marks on each structure are painted 
 white, are heart-shaped, and three in number, forming a semicircle. 
 Dangers.— Vestal Rock, having 12 feet water on it, lies about 
 N. 83° E. (S. 68° E. mag.) from Fort Amherst, and 100 yards from 
 shore. To clear it, passing to the north, keep the leading marks on. 
 Pancake Rock, on the south shore, and about i mile within 
 South Head, is awash at high water, and from it a spur, with 12 
 feet water, extends about 40 yards to the northeastward. 
 
 Prosser Rock, with 6 feet water over it, lies 50 yards N. 4° E. 
 (N. 33° E. mag. ) from the fishing stage at Cahil Point, and is cleared 
 when the leading marks are on. 
 
 Wash-balls Rocks are awash, and skirt the shore about 160 yards 
 NE. of North Head; shoal water extends about 100 yards SE. of 
 them. 
 
 White Rook, with 7 feet water on it, lies 40 yards from the cliff 
 under Signal Hill, and 400 yards west of North Head. 
 
 Chain Rock is nearly covered at high tides, and lies 40 yards S. 
 7° E. (S. 22° W. mag.) of Chain Rock Battery. Ruby Rock, with 
 3 fathoms water over it, lies 40 yards S. 38° W. (8. 67° W. mag.) 
 from Chain Rock. 
 
 To clear Seal Rock, which covers at three-quarters flood and lies 
 N. 53° W. (N. 24° W. mag.) of Chain Rock Battery, keep South 
 Head well open of Chain Rock Battery, bearing S. 64° E. (S. 35° 
 E. mag.). 
 
 Merlin Bock, with 27 feet water on it, lies 160 yards S. 68° W. 
 (N. 83° W. mag.) from Chain Rock. For a vessel of deep draft 
 it is customary to buoy this rock with a boat when possible. The 
 leading lights or marks in line lead almost over this rock. 
 
JS^ 
 
 ^. 9° W. (N. 20° E. 
 
 , near the corner of 
 29 feet in height 
 and the lower, 20 
 
 ck building 76 feet 
 These lights are 
 
 ne, bearing N. 84° 
 
 1, but over Merlin 
 
 harbor is obscured 
 t, and two guns in 
 Between the inter- 
 reply to a vessel's 
 
 a each of the two 
 icture are painted 
 ming a semicircle, 
 r on it, lies about 
 id 100 yards from 
 leading marks on. 
 at i mile within 
 it a spur, with 12 
 stward. 
 
 )0 yards N. 4° E. 
 tint, and is cleared 
 
 e about 160 yards 
 100 yards SE. of 
 
 rds from the cliff 
 
 Head. 
 
 d lies 40 yards S. 
 
 Ruby Rock, with 
 
 (S. 67° W. mag.) 
 
 ters flood and lies 
 
 bery, keep South 
 
 S. 64° E. (S. 35° 
 
 ) yards S. 68° W. 
 jel of deep draft 
 >n possible. The 
 tiis rock. 
 
 8T. .lOIINS. 
 
 475 
 
 Buoy.— A buoy, painted black, lies in 12^ fathoms water a little 
 more than 200 yards south of Galway packet wharf. This buoy is 
 intended to assist the mail steam packets in 'lauling off from tlio 
 wharf, and vessels sliould moor well clear of it. 
 
 Directions.— St, Johns Harbor is well distinguished by Fort 
 Amherst, and by the flagstaff, blockhouse, and barracks, on Signal 
 Hill, on the north side of entrance. But tlie entrance itself is so 
 narrow that in foggy or hazy weather, when the hills are indis- 
 tinct, a stranger must be careful not to bo misled by the opening 
 into Quiddy Viddy Harbor, which is about one mile northward. 
 
 At a distance the coast appears hilly, bleak, and desolate; the 
 land rises abruptly from the sea to the height of 600 and 740 feet. 
 
 The narrow entrance to St. Johns Harbor, being only 330 yards 
 wide, with high land on either side, does not appear from a dis- 
 tance; but after recognizing Cape Spear, as the land is approached, 
 by steering so as to pass about 2 miles north of that cape, the block- 
 house on Signal Hill will soon be visible. 
 
 Then steer for Signal Hill and bring the white day marks on 
 bearing N. 84° W. (N. 55° W. mag.). This mark leads over Merlin 
 Rock. 
 
 The Roman Catholic cathedral should always be open north of 
 the land forming the south side of the entrance to the harbor, 
 bearing N. 82° W. (N. 53° W. mag.), to avoid Vestal Rock. If 
 the leading marks can not be seen in the day, steer so as to keep 
 Chain Rock a little on the starboard bow, until abreast of Pancake 
 Rock, when steer for the Customhouse N. 83° W, (N. 54° W. mag.), 
 bearing in mind that South Head should be kept open of Frederick 
 Battery Point, bearing S. 72° E. (S. 43° E. mag.), to clear Prosser 
 Rock. 
 
 Small vessels, with boats to tow, often beat in, but the unsteadi- 
 ness of the wind renders it tedious and difficult. 
 
 At Night bring the two leading red lights in line bearing N. 
 84° W. (N. 56° W. mag.), and proceed on this course through the 
 Narrows into the harbor to any convenient anchorage, remem- 
 bering, in a deep draft vessel, that the lights in line lead over 
 Merlin Rock. 
 
 Anchorage.— A vessel encountering foul or baffling winds will 
 find temporary anchorage in 16 fathoms, rock, just within the 
 heads, where she may be taken in tow by a tug. 
 
 Ice.— St. Johns Harbor is rarely frozen over in winter, and is 
 seldom closed for seven days during ordinary seasons, but in the 
 years 1876 and 1882 access was very difficult for several weeks. 
 Tho harbor ice disappears about the end of March. The preva- 
 lence of easterly winds, in early spring, drives heavy field ice upon 
 the coast, and at times (even as late as August) icebergs drift into 
 
 14910 31 
 
476 
 
 CAI'E HONAVIHIA TO t'Al'K HACK. 
 
 I 
 
 the Nai-rows ao as to render the passage of the entrance dimcult. 
 Tlie field ice arrives from January to thcj middle of February, and 
 is fjonerally from 6 to 18 inches in thickness; it leaves about April 
 or May. VesHels come and go all the year round. 
 
 Wintering.— H. M. S. Tourmaline, wintering at St. Johns, 
 1894-05, found the north wharf, belonging to the Dock Company, 
 most convenient, the ship lying alongside the north side of the 
 wharf, in a dei)th of 22 feet at low water, spring tides, out of the 
 way of traffic and vessels using the dock, and sheltered from all 
 vrinds, with scarcely any swell, even during strong east winds. 
 
 Fogs are less frequent at St. Johns than farther south, owing to 
 the interposition of land to the SW., by which it is dissipated, and 
 it is stated that although fog may prevail in the offing, it is fre- 
 quently clear inside Cape Spear. 
 
 Tides.— It is high water, full and change, in St. Johns Harbor 
 at 7h. 30m. ; springs rise H feet, neaps rise 3i feet. There is very 
 little tidal stream in the Narrows. 
 
 (B. A. Chart No. 2902.) 
 
 Freshwater Bay.— The south side hills extend to the south- 
 ward from the entrance of St. Johns Harbor, the coast line being 
 V ory steep and inaccessible until Freshwater Bay is reached . This 
 bay, open to the northward, is f mile deep and about i mile wide; 
 at the head there are a few houses and a shingly beach, inside 
 which latter is a large pond, about 10 feet above the level of the 
 sea, and reported to have a depth of 7 fathoms. 
 
 Anchorage may be obtained in the center of the bay, in from 
 8 to 12 fathoms water, over mud covered with sand, and very good 
 holding ground. Small craft, which have missed St. Johns Har- 
 bor, have been known to ride out a NE. gale here, although exposed 
 to nearly its full force. 
 
 Spriggs Point (Small Point) is a very sharp point with the 
 land gradually rising and having cliffs on its east and west sides. 
 On the east side there are some small islets, from 4 to 9 feet above 
 
 high water. 
 
 Peggys Bag, on the west side of Deadmans Bay, has a large 
 pinnacle, separated from the cliff, which may be easily distin- 
 guished, and Deadmans Bay, small and of no use, has a shingle 
 beach at the head. Flats Point, east of Deadmans Bay, shows a 
 square face of cliff to seaward, at the base of which a flat ledge 
 extends into the sea. 
 
 Blackhead Bay, which may be recognized by the church at its 
 head, is used by fishermen; it shoals gradually, and has a small 
 pier where boats can land. Cape Spear Bay may be used as a tem- 
 porary anchorage, in from 10 to 11 fathoms water, by vessels wait- 
 ing to enter St. Johns Harbor. 
 
CAPE SPKAU NORTH HEAD. 
 
 477 
 
 entrance difRcult. 
 
 I of February, and 
 
 leaves about April 
 
 cl. 
 
 ing at St, JohnH, 
 
 le Dock Company, 
 
 north wide of the 
 ig tides, out of the 
 
 sheltered from all 
 ong east winds, 
 ler south, owing to 
 t is dissipated, and 
 the offing, it is f re- 
 
 i St. Johns Harbor 
 eet. There is very 
 
 :tend to the south- 
 the coast line being 
 ly is reached. This 
 about i mile wide ; 
 lingly beach, inside 
 )ve the level of the 
 
 of the bay, in from 
 sand, and very good 
 ssed St. Johns Har- 
 'e, although exposed 
 
 larp point with the 
 east and west sides, 
 •om 4 to 9 feet above 
 
 ns Bay, has a large 
 ay be easily distin- 
 .o use, has a shingle 
 imans Bay, shows a 
 jf which a flat ledge 
 
 by the church at its 
 Uy, and has a small 
 »ay be used as a tem- 
 ater, by vessels wait- 
 
 Beacon.— A cairn, 417 feet above tlio sea, erected Ijy tho fislicr- 
 men on Black Head, one mile NW. of Capo Spear, has been found 
 of much use when making the coast in foggy weatlier. Black Head 
 is a bold heatlland, 8lo{)ing down gradually on ea(;h si.lo, to Black 
 Head and Spear Bays; it has six caves in it, the largest one being 
 in the center. 
 
 lilght.— Oape Spear, 3:^ miles SE. of the entrance to St. Jolins 
 Harbor, is 200 feet high, rises steeply from the sea, and is distin- 
 guished by a lighthouse, consisting of a lantern on a square white 
 house, 38 feet in height, the roof of which is painted red and white 
 in horizontal stripes; it exhibits, at an elevation of 264 feet, a 
 revolving white light, attaining its greatest brilliancy every min- 
 ute, which should be visible 82 miles. 
 
 Fog Signal. — A fog horn is situated about 600 yards north from 
 Cape Spear Lighthouse, but in consequence of it being seldom heard 
 by vessels coming from the southward, an additional fog horn is 
 placed SSE., distant 160 yards from it. During thick or foggy 
 weather both horns will be sounded simultaneously, giving blasts 
 of eight seconds duration, separated by silent intervals of fifty-two 
 seconds. (See page 474.) 
 
 Dangers.- Old Harry, with 3 fathoms water on it, lies ^ mile 
 N. 43° E. (N. 72° E. mag.) from Cape Spear. 
 
 Old Haman Rock, with a depth of 4i- fathoms, lies J mile N, 38° 
 W. (N. 9° W. mag.) from Old Harry Rock. 
 
 A rock, small in extent, with a depth of 4 fathoms (probably 
 
 less), lies nearly midway between Cape Spear and Old Harry Rock. 
 
 Tinker Rock, with a depth of 5 fathoms (less water reported), 
 
 lies with Cape Spear Lighthouse bearing N. 81° W. (N. 52° W. 
 
 mag.), distant i mile. 
 
 Tinker Hill, on Motion Head, in line with N^rth Head of Motion 
 Bay, bearing S. 24° W. (S. 53° W. mag.), leads east of the dan- 
 gers off Cape Spear, and Cliflf Point in line with Black Head, bear- 
 ing S. 82° W. (N. 69° W. mag.), leads north of these dangers. 
 
 North Head.— Between Cape Spear and Norih Head the coast 
 is moderately low, the highest hill, 323 feet, being nearly midway ; 
 there is a small stone cairn on this hill. North Head, 193 feet 
 high, is a rugged headland, and has a jagged appearance ; at its 
 base there is a rock about 15 feet high, nearly isolated from the 
 land, which, standing out from the head, is conspicuous when seen 
 from seaward. 
 
 Cow and Calf Ledge.— At about one mile south of Cape Spear, 
 Cow and Calf Ledge, on which the depth is 9 fathoms, extends 
 about 600 yards from the shore. North Ledge, with 11 fathoms, 
 and White Rock, with 7 fathoms water over them, lie 1,400 and 450 
 yards SE. and south, respectively, from North Head. 
 
478 
 
 CAPE HON A VISTA TO CAPE KAOE. 
 
 
 I 
 
 Ooast. — From Nortli Head to Maddox Cove th« coast is goner- 
 ally low, and faced by jagged rocks, which extend into the sea and 
 prevent landing, except at Stoppers Side, where there is a small 
 beach, bnt when landing h(H'e boats nuist be hanled up immedi- 
 ately. Throe Peak Hill, 540 foot high, is on the north side of 
 Maddox Cove. 
 
 Maddox Cove. — Good anchorage may be obtained in Maddox 
 Cove, off the entrance to Petty Harbor. There are several houses, 
 painted white, and a small pier at the head of the cove, where 
 boats can land. 
 
 Coast— From Maddox Cove the land again rises, and, with the 
 exception of the entrance to Petty Harbor, continues high for 
 1^ miles, where there is a cavo or gulch in the shape of a horse- 
 shoe, after which it is low, with a little cliff, until Seal Cove is 
 reached. 
 
 Motion Head, 71 feet high, with Tinker Hill, about 180 feet 
 high, close behind it, has several large bowlders scattered about 
 the land in the vicinity, and a little to the southward of it there is 
 a conspicuous rock on the coast line, which stands out well when 
 seen from the northeastward. Motion Rocks, 14 feet high, and 
 over which the sea is always breaking, lie 150 yards off Motion 
 Head, and shoal water extends for a long ^ mile from the head in 
 a NE. direction. 
 
 Here the general appearance of the coast is rugged and barren, 
 the chief hills standing out well. Watch Hill, 713 feet high, and 
 about li miles westward of Motion Head, is conical and has a bea- 
 con and a large bowlder on its summit. 
 
 Bow and Arrow liOdges, consisting of several pinnacle rocks, 
 with depths of from 3 to 6 fathoms over them, and deeper water 
 between, extend about i mile from Motion Head; here, in heavy 
 weather, the sea breaks in 10 fathoms water. Fishing boats are 
 generally anchored on the edge of the shoals and along the 
 20-fathom line. 
 
 Depths Oflf Shore. — The soundings are generally regular until 
 within the 30-fathom line, when the bottom becomes uneven. 
 
 Cordelia Deeps, extending from abreast North Head to the 
 northward, may be found useful in making St. Johns Harbor dur- 
 ing thick or foggy weather. They are wedge-shaped, being about 
 If miles wide off North Head, gradually widening to 3i miles 
 abreast Sugarloaf Head and 5 miles off Torbay Point, where 
 soundings of 100 fathoms are obtained on the inshore side of the 
 deeps; they there widen out to the deep water off Conception 
 
 Bay. 
 
 The Riband, a narrow bank about 1^ miles, in length and with 
 depths of from 26 to 30 fathoms, lies about f mile off shore, 
 
JSmmium 
 
 lie coast is gouer- 
 1(1 into tliM Hoa and 
 D there is a small 
 lulod up imniedi- 
 tho north side of 
 
 ;ained in Maddox 
 ire several houses, 
 f the cove, where 
 
 ises, and, with the 
 ontinues high for 
 shape of a horae- 
 xntil Seal Cove is 
 
 ill, about 180 feet 
 :h scattered abotit 
 ward of it there is 
 ids out well when 
 14 feet high, and 
 yards off Motion 
 i from the head in 
 
 ugged and barren, 
 713 feet high, and 
 leal and has a bea- 
 
 ral pinnacle rocks, 
 and deeper water 
 id; here, in heavy 
 Fishing boats are 
 lis and along the 
 
 rally regular until 
 iomes uneven. 
 [)rth Head to the 
 Johns Harbor dur- 
 haped, being about 
 iening to 3^ miles 
 Tbay Point, where 
 nshore side of the 
 ,ter off Conception 
 
 in length and with 
 f mile off shore, 
 
 HULL ITKAD — HAY HlfLLS. 
 
 botwoon Sugarloaf Head and Small Point. St. Georges TiCiidH, 
 lying about J mihi east of the entrance to St. Johns Harbor, lias 
 from 24 to 30 fathoms water on it, and a pinnacle rock at its 
 nortlicrri extremity, on wliich the depth is 16 fathoms, dropping 
 straight down to 25 fathom's. 
 
 Dlreotions. — Making St. Johns Harbor in thick or foggy weather, 
 it is recommended to shape a course for a position 10 miles S. 84° 
 E. (S. 55° E. mag.) of Sugarloaf Head, from which, with the 
 sounding machine going continuously, to endeavor to strike the 
 Cordelia Deeps ; but if soundings are not obtained in the Deeps, 
 the water should not be shoaled to less than 70 fathoms, and the 
 vessel worked slowly to the northward, off shore and again inshore 
 to that depth, until the fog signal is heard or the Deeps struck. 
 
 (H. O. Chart No. 1103.) 
 
 Bull Head, 115 feet high, is 8^ miles SSW. from Motion Head. 
 The coast between is of slate cliffs, and the land behind rises to 
 the height of 700 feet ; it is bold-to, and free from offlying dangers. 
 At 4 miles to the northeastward of Bull Head is The Spout, a re- 
 markable natural phenomenon, caused by the rush of waves into 
 an under- water cavern, from which a fissure in the rock allows its 
 escape in jets of foam. It is most remarkable at high water, and 
 when there is much swell. It makes a roaring noise, and may 
 be seen distinctly 3 miles from the land. 
 
 Bay Bulls, extending 2^ miles in a westerly direction, is one 
 mile wide at the entrance and exposed to the sea, but a slight change 
 in its direction above Pepper Alley Point adds to the protection of 
 the anchorage, and the holding ground is good, being of sand and 
 mud. The best anchorage is off the mouth of a little brook on the 
 north side, in 10 fathoms water, but after heavy gales from the 
 eastward a ground swell enters the harbor, although not sufficient 
 to endanger shipping. 
 
 The inhabitants are principally engaged in the fisheries, and the 
 ground is cultivated to some extent. 
 
 Oommunication. — When St. Johns Harbor is beset with ice this 
 bay is often clear, and vessels may anchor here and communicate 
 with St, Johns by land, a distance of 18 miles, the mail road being 
 in excellent order. 
 
 Water. — Water can be procured in abundance from the river at 
 the head of the bay. 
 
 Dangers. — A rock lies 80 yards south of Breadcheese Point, on 
 the north shore of the bay, about 1^ miles within Bull Head. 
 
 Maggotty Rock lies l'/>0 yards from the shore, off a gravel beach 
 on the south side, 1 J miles from the entrance. 
 
 wm 
 
480 
 
 CAPE nONAVIHTA TO CATK RACK. 
 
 Directions.— Joncliiy Hill, 810 foot h'\g\\, on tho north side of 
 tlio luirbor, boing tho liinhoHt hill on tho couHt, will holp to Kui<h' 
 tho striuiKor to Buy BuUh. With a fiiir wind tho conrHo in in iil)out 
 N. 74° W. (N. 40" W. nuig.), kooping tho north shoro uboiird iiftor 
 pnsHing tho rock iifT BroudchotJHO Point and unchorinK vvhon oon- 
 veniont, tho north Hide of tho harbor boing ahvayH tho bettor shol- 
 torod from tlie ground hwoU. 
 
 Witless Bay, whore there la a village and a large church, is 2 
 miles south of Bay Bulls, and too exposed to ])o recommended as 
 an anchorage, but if used for temporary purposes, the best bortii 
 is in 8 fathoms water, over sand, J mile above Boarcove Point, from 
 which a ledge of rocks, partly dry, extends i mile to tho SSW. 
 
 OuU Island, rocky and wooded, lies off tho mouth of Witless 
 Bay. It is 240 foot high, and stoop-to, but too small to afford any 
 shelter. Both this island and South Head of Bay Bulls have rod 
 cliffs. 
 
 Green Island lies i mile SE. of Witless Point. It is flat and 
 faced with cliff 140 feet high. In the direction of Witless Point 
 there are some dry slate ledges, and 100 yards southeastward of it 
 is Man-of-war Rock, witli (5 feet water on it. 
 
 Mobile Bay, SW. of Witless Point, is 1\ miles deep, but affords 
 no good anchorage. 
 
 Shoal water extends i mile from Witless Point, but there is a 
 fair channel between it and Green Island, with 6 fathoms water, 
 sand and rock. In running through this passage keep in mid- 
 channel, with South Head of Bay Bulls just shut in with Gull 
 Island, bearing N. 20" E. (N. 48° E. mag.). 
 
 Toad Cove, the next fishing station south of Mobile Bay, is pro- 
 tected by Fox, Spear, and Pebble Islands. Fishing craft anchor 
 here, but it is too exposed to be safe except in the fine weather of 
 summer. 
 
 Fox Rook, with 4 fathoms water on it, lies i mile N. 16° E. (N. 
 44° E. mag.) from the south point of Fox Island. The other islands 
 are steep- to. 
 
 Great Island lies 3 miles SSW. from Green Island. It is J mile 
 in length and i mile in breadth, 300 feet high, and may be dis- 
 tinguished from the neighboring islands by having three hills. 
 None of these islands is inhabited. Vessels may pass in safety 
 on either side of Great, Spear, or Pebble Islands, 
 
 Oape Neddick, 260 feet high, is a bluff headland 2^ miles SW. 
 from Great Island. 
 
 Offer Bock, with 6 fathoms water on it, lies li miles S. 16° E. 
 (S. 13° W. mag.) from the cape, and should be avoided in heavy 
 gales. 
 
!■;. 
 
 OAI'K HUOVLK — KKRIlYLANt) MAimedl. 
 
 4tl 
 
 tho north hhIo of 
 vill ludp to Kui'l'- 
 courHt^ in in iibout 
 ihort) iilxdinl iit'tiT 
 ;li<jriiig whon con- 
 ys tho bettor shel- 
 
 largo church, is i 
 a roconunon<h»d ii« 
 JOS, th»» host bortii 
 ircovo Point, from 
 le to tlio SSW. 
 mouth of Witless 
 mall to afford any 
 Iny Bulla havo rod 
 
 nt. It is flat and 
 
 of Witloss Point 
 
 jutheastward of it 
 
 8 deep, but affords 
 
 int, but there is a 
 I 6 fathoms water, 
 sage keep in mid- 
 shut in with Gull 
 
 ilobile Bay, is pro- 
 ihing craft anchor 
 the fine weather of 
 
 mile N. 16° E. (N. 
 The other islands 
 
 sland. It is | mile 
 
 1, and may be dis- 
 
 laving three hills. 
 
 lay pass in safety 
 
 s. 
 
 Hand 2i miles SW. 
 
 li miles S. 16° E. 
 avoided in heavy 
 
 BrlgUB-by -South \h n bout harbor, a milo NW.of Uvl^m Iload. 
 Tb»>r«' Ih a church on its north Hidn, viHiblo from Hcuward. 
 
 (H. 0. Chnrt Ni>. tH8.) 
 
 Gape B.oyle, showing a front to th(> ciistwiiiwl i^ rnibtH in length, 
 JH a rtMiuirkiiblo vvooded h'Mulland rising abruptly from tho nva SftlJ 
 fci't lii;;li, nnil t'Mri/is the su\itli hcinl uf" Broylt* Harbor. 
 
 Old Harry Rock, with \i foct water on it, liiN J niilo 8. 7h° K. 
 (S. .'■»()' K. mug.) I'roin tlm North point of (>apH Mroylc, and \h 
 cleared by keeping Korryiand church open of Stone l8lan(l.s, bear- 
 ing S. t/r vv. (s. :r w. mag.). 
 
 Horse Rocka, with .'. fathoms on tliem, lie A milo N. I'i" R. 
 (S. 80" K. mug.), nearly, froni the north extrerno of the cap(t. 
 
 Broyle Harbor runs in W. by N. 4 miles botwooji Brigus Hoail 
 on the north und Capo Broyle on the south. It is li miles wi<le nt 
 tho ontranco, but is exposed to tlio sea to art'ord safe anchorago in 
 any woathor. Tho nstuil anchorag** is in Admirals Covo, in II 
 fathoms, mud; but above Carrier Point there is anchorage in 7 
 fathoms, mud, mon» sheUorod. 
 
 A church .Htands on the north side near tlu< head of tlio harbor. 
 The land is fertile, and cows, sheep, and goats aro kopt by tho 
 inhabitants. Water can bo obtained at tho waterfall in Spout 
 Cove. 
 
 Saturday Ledge, with G foot water on it, lies ^ milo above 
 Admirals Head. To avoid it, keep Brigus Head well open of Ad- 
 mirals Head, bearing N. 78° E. (S. 74° E. mag.). 
 
 Harbor Rook, with 12 feet on it, lies about i milo above Carrier 
 Point, and above where vessels usually anchor. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water in Broyle Harbor, full and change, at 
 7h. 30m. ; springs rises 6i feet, neaps rise 3i feet. 
 
 Oaplln Bay, on the south side of Cape Broyle, runs in WNW, 
 2 miles. It is clear of danger, the holding ground is good, but it is 
 open to the sea, like the other bays along this coast. The entrance 
 on either side of Goose Island is nearly i mile wide. Goose Island 
 is 70 feet high, steep-to, except on the NW. side, where 50 yards 
 off are two rocks that cover and uncover. 
 
 Stone Islands, under the south extreme of Capo Broyle, are steep- 
 to on the south. 
 
 The shoal ground, extending from Coldoast Point, westward of 
 Goose Island, is cleared by keeping Hares Ears open of Bois Island, 
 bearing S. 28° E. (South mag.). 
 
 Ferryland Harbor, i^ miles south of Cape Broyle, is small but 
 easy of access. The holding ground is good, and the anchorage is 
 secure except in strong easterly gales, when much swell enters the 
 
482 
 
 CAPE B0NAVI8TA TO CAPE RACE. 
 
 harbor at high water, between the rocky islets extending from 
 Bois Island to Coldeast Point, which forms its north side. 
 
 Ferryland Head is 125 feet high, and joined to the mainland 
 by a narrow isthmus, which forms the south side of the harbor. 
 The entrance between Bois Island and Ferryland Head is only 200 
 yards broad, but inside the harbor widens to 400 yards. The best 
 anchorage is in 10 fathoms, sand and mud, on the line joining Cold- 
 east Point and Pool Beach, between two churches at tho head of 
 the Larbor. 
 
 Light— On Ferryland Head a cylindrical tower, 46 feet in 
 height and painted red, exhibits a fixed white light, at an eleva- 
 tion of 200 feet, which should be visible 16 miles. The keeper's 
 dwelling is painted white, with a red roof. 
 
 Communication.— The Coastal Steamship Company's steamers 
 from St. Johns call here fortnightly during summer and autumn. 
 
 Water.— Water is scarce in Ferryland, but can be obtained from 
 
 Caplin Bay. 
 
 Directions.— There being no dangers, except near the shore, on 
 either side, from off Ferryland Head, bring the south church at 
 the head of the harbor in the center of the passage between Ferry- 
 land Head and Bois Island, bearing N. 85° W. (N. 57° W. mag.), 
 and run in upon this bearing, and after passing the Narrows steer 
 a little northward, to avoid the shoal water off Pool Beach. 
 
 Ice.— Ferryland Harbor freezes at intervals, generally during 
 the first ten days of February, but sometimes only for one day, 
 but never if strong NW. winds are blowing. Winds between S W. 
 and SSE. break up the ice and clear the harbor. Drift ice some- 
 times remains as late as 20th June. NE. winds fill the harbor 
 with drift ice, which is cleared out directly there is a shift of wind 
 to SW. From a mean of twenty years' observations, northern ice 
 arrives about 23d February and leaves about 6th April. The har- 
 bors of Bay Bulls, Cape Broyle, Aquafort, Fermeuse, and Renewse 
 fill with ice and clear at about the same dates as Ferryland. 
 
 Tides.— It is high water, full and change, in Ferryland Harbor 
 at 7h. 20m. ; springs rise 5^ feet, neaps rise 3i feet. 
 
 Hares Ears, 50 feet high and steep-to, are two remarkably 
 sliaped slate rocks, separated from Ferryland Head by a narrow 
 boat channel. Burnshead Rock, with 15 feet water on it, lies 600 
 yards S. 64^ W. (N. 88° W. mag. ) from the south extreme of Hares 
 
 Ears, TT X. 
 
 Between Ferryland Head and the entrance to Aquafort Harbor 
 is Crow Island,, 70 feet high, and 200 yards ESE. of it is Crow 
 Rock, nearly dry at low water. 
 
 Aquafort Hai'bor, 2 miles WSW. from Hares Ears, is a little 
 more than 400 yards wide at the entrance, and runs in west 2^ 
 
 m^ mar-iiMsm 
 
3 extending from 
 lorth side, 
 d to the mainland 
 ide of the harbor, 
 d Head is only 200 
 yards. The best 
 line joining Cold- 
 3hes at the head of 
 
 tower, 46 feet in 
 
 light, at an eleva- 
 
 iles. The keeper's 
 
 !ompany's steamers 
 mmer and autumn, 
 m be obtained from 
 
 ; near the shore, on 
 le south church at 
 age between Ferry- 
 
 (N. 57° W. mag.), 
 f the Narrows steer 
 
 Pool Beach. 
 s, generally during 
 IS only for one day, 
 Vinds between SW. 
 ar. Drift ice some- 
 nds fill the harbor 
 re is a shift of wind 
 ations, northern ice 
 ith April. The har- 
 meuse, and Renewse 
 as Ferryland. 
 n. Ferryland Harbor 
 feet. 
 
 ire two remarkably 
 i Head by a narrow 
 water on it, lies 600 
 th extreme of Hares 
 
 to Aquafort Harbor 
 ESE. of it is Crow 
 
 [ares Ears, is a little 
 lud runs in west 2^ 
 
 AQUAFORT IIARUOR RENEWSE HARHOR. 
 
 483 
 
 } 
 
 miles between high steep hills. The anchorage is good, and vessels 
 may lie in perfect safety in 9 fathoms, mud, abreast of the small 
 and outer chapel on the north side. The water is generally smooth, 
 and but little sea swell finds its way up the harbor, except during 
 heavy easterly gales. 
 
 Spurwink Island, 40 feet high, at the south side of entrance, is 
 bold-to ; so also are the rocks off the North Head. Except a small 
 rock lying 120 yards from the north shore, abreast of the Roman 
 Catholic chapel, there are no dangers in the harbor. Above the 
 beach at the harbor head there is a small deep pool, useful for 
 careening and where fishing craft winter. The land is fertile and 
 well wooded ; salmon and trout abound in the two rivers which 
 run into it ; water can be obtained easily. 
 
 Aquafort Rocks. — At 400 yards north from Bald Head are 
 Aquafort Rocks, awash at high spring tides; and at 400 yards 
 about SSW. from the same head are Clearcove Rocks, also awash 
 at high water. 
 
 Fermeuse Harbor. — At about 3$ miles SSW. from Ferryland 
 Head is Fermeuse Harbor. It is 400 yards wide at the entrance 
 and runs in WNW. 2^ miles. This harbor is a favorite fishing 
 station, and is more frequented than Aquafort, being less land- 
 locked and the anchorage more convenient. 
 
 Anchorag^e. — The principal settlement is in Admirals Cove, on 
 the north side. Fishing vessels generally anchor in this cove on 
 account of its being close to the open sea, but there is more roomy 
 anchorage in Kingman Cove, one mile farther in on the south 
 shore; but the safest anchorage is above Sheep Head, in 6 fathoms 
 water, over mud. 
 
 Dangers. — Mad Rock, with 4 feet water on it, lies 100 yards from 
 the south side of the entrance, and is cleared by keeping Blow-me- 
 down Head, on the south shore of the harbor, open of Traces Point, 
 bearing N. 74° W. (N. 46° W. mag.). 
 
 Bar Shoal is of rock, with 9 feet water on it, and lies 450 yards 
 east of Sheep Head, at the head of the harbor. 
 
 Water can be obtained at various places on either shore. 
 
 Rocks. — At about a mile southward of Southern Head of Fer- 
 meuse Harbor, off Bearcove Point, is a rock, 200 yards from the 
 shore, with 3 fathoms water on it; and nearly f mile N. 40° E. 
 (N. 68° E. mag.) from Sculpin Point, on the north side of entrance 
 to Renewse Harbor, is Sunker Rock, with 4 feet on it. 
 
 Renewse Harbor runs in 2 miles NW. from Renewse Head, the 
 south point of entrance ; it is exposed to the sea and offers very 
 indifferent anchorage, even to small vessels. Nevertheless, its con- 
 venient position with regard to the fishing ground renders it a 
 resort during the summer season. It has many dangerous rocks, 
 
 ;:-s*^fs: 
 
 T^T'- 
 
 missfff' : ><jy:g?%| ^S 'j[ ^j < P ; ^»i iy M B^wsg-'pg^y ■ 
 
484 
 
 CAPE B0NAVI8TA TO CAPE RACE. 
 
 which should be carefully avoided, and in bad weather the whole 
 harbor is a mass of breakers. The village, with its church, is on 
 the NE. side and about a mile from Renewse Head, but is not seen 
 from seaward. 
 
 The best anchorage is off the village, in 4 fathoms water, 300 
 yards WNW. of Anchor Rock. Above this the water becomes 
 shoal and the bottom strewed with bowlders, leaving only a nar- 
 row channel, with 3 feet water, to a small pool near the head of 
 the harbor, where fishing craft careen and winter. 
 
 Dangers.— Kettlebottom Rock, with 6 feet water on it, lies at 
 the entrance of the harbor, about i mile S. by E. of Northern 
 Heo.d. Sculpiu Shoal, with 3 fathoms water on it, lies E. by S. 
 from Northern Head, and about 350 yards from the nearest shore. 
 Whaleback Rock, awash at low water, lies about iJOO yards south 
 from Northern Head. In mid-channel, i mile within the entrance, 
 is Stag Rock, 9 feet high, and White Horse Shoal, with 6 feet 
 water over it, lies 300 yards WNW. from Stag Rock. Black Horse, 
 with 12 feet, lies just NW. of White Horse. 
 
 Shoal.— A shoal, with a depth of 12 feet over it, lies nearly 200 
 yards SSW. from Anchor Rock, and nearly in the middle of the 
 apparent channel to the anchorage. 
 
 Rock.— There is also a rock, with 5 fathoms water, 400 yards 
 SE. by E. from Shag Rock. 
 
 Directions.— Renewse Head rises from slate cliffs in two wooded 
 hummocks to the height of 200 feet, and is steep-to. Open the 
 harbor and run in about N. 74° W. (N. 46° W. mag.), so as to pass 
 about 200 yards from Renewse Head; then keep along the SW. 
 shore until past Shag and Anchor Rocks and White Horse Shoal, 
 and anchor in 4 fathoms, sand. Water can be obtained from a 
 brook in the village. 
 
 (H. O. Chart No. 1102.) 
 
 Bantam Banks. — At about 4 miles from the coast, between 
 Fermeuse Harbor and Burnt Point, SW. of Renewse Harbor, are 
 Bantam Fishing Banks ; they extend about 5 miles NNE. and SSW., 
 and are not more than i mile wide, having irregular soundings 
 from 9 to 30 fathoms water over rock. The northern bank, called 
 Fermeuse Bantam, lies 2^ miles S. 74° E. (S. 46° E. mag.) from 
 Bearcove Point, and about li miles from the southern banks. 
 
 Caution.— With the above exceptions,, all along the coast from 
 St. Johns Harbor to Cape Ballard the soundings are deep, so that 
 90 fathoms are found at 6 miles from the land, and often 30 fathoms 
 within i mile of the rocks. On this account the lead is not a sure 
 guide. Nevertheless, in approaching the land in a fog, speed 
 should be frequently slackened and soundings taken, which, if 
 
CE. 
 
 weather the whole 
 h its church, is on 
 ead, but is not seen 
 
 'athoms water, 300 
 the water becomes 
 leaving only a nar- 
 ol near the head of 
 ter. 
 
 ; water on it, lies at 
 by E. of Northern 
 on it, lies E. by S. 
 Q the nearest shore. 
 )ut JJOO yards south 
 [vithin the entrance, 
 Shoal, with 6 feet 
 lock. Black Horse, 
 
 ir it, lies nearly 200 
 n the middle of the 
 
 ns water, 400 yards 
 
 cliflEs in two wooded 
 steep-to. Open the 
 , mag.), so as to pass 
 keep along the SW. 
 White Horse Shoal, 
 be obtained from a 
 
 the coast, between 
 lenewse Harbor, are 
 lies NNE. and SSW., 
 irregular soundings 
 orthern bank, called 
 i. 46° E. mag.) from 
 southern banks, 
 ilong the coast from 
 ags are deep, so that 
 and often 30 fathoms 
 she lead is not a sure 
 md in a fog, speed 
 igs taken, which, if 
 
 RKNEW8E HEAD — CAPE RACE. 
 
 485 
 
 carefully compared with the chart, will give some approximation 
 of the vessel's position and prevent disaster. 
 
 During SW. and light SE. winds, often when near the coast, 
 especially under the lee of a point, a vessel will suddenly emerge 
 from the fog and every feature of the land will be distinctly visible. 
 
 Coast. — The coast from Renew^e Head to Cape Ballard trends 
 S. by W. 7i miles, is comparatively low, and can be approached 
 to a moderate distance. The hills retreat from the shore and rise 
 700 feet high. 
 
 Renewse Islet. — A low rock, called Renewse Islet, lies about J 
 mile south of Renewse Head, and separated from the land by a 
 narrow boat channel. 
 
 Renewse Rocks lie about 3 miles S. 15° E. (S. 13° W. mag.) 
 from Renewse Head and 1^ miles from the shore. They are always 
 from 6 to 10 feet above water, and a rock, with 6 feet water on it, 
 lies 100 yards E. by S. of them. In bad weather tlie sea breaks over 
 them heavily. Vessels may go between them and the shore in fine 
 weather, but in heavy weather it is not safe to do so. Cape Race 
 Lighthouse open south of Cape Ballard, bearing S. 34° W. (S. 62° 
 W. mag.), leads about a mile east of Renewse Rocks. 
 
 Cape Ballard rises abruptly from the sea 290 feet high, with a 
 bare round summit. It is the more remarkable because on each 
 side of the cape the land falls, and even in fogs the fishermen 
 recognize this cape by the fog hanging black and dense round its 
 sides. The water is deep close to it. 
 
 Chance Cove Head, about 2 miles SW. by S. from Cape Bal- 
 lard, is of dark slate cliffs, 150 feet high. 
 
 Black Rocks, 15 feet above high water, lie a mile southwest- 
 ward of the head, and in front of Chance Cove. 
 
 Chance Cove is exposed to the sea, and has a gravel beach at 
 its head. During NE. winds coasting vessels anchor here, in 4 
 fathoms, sand. On the NW. side of the cove there is a small fish- 
 ing settlement. Their boats and fishing stages are protected by a 
 shoal of sand and stones, upon which the sea breaks. 
 
 Frenchman Cove, SW. of Chance Cove, is rocky. 
 
 Clam Cove, nearly 4 miles N. by E. of Cape Race, is the outlet 
 of a shallow stream. In ordinary weather boats can land here 
 safely. Between this cove and Cape Race the coast is cliffy and 
 broken, with here and there a small cove where a boat might land 
 in favorable weather. 
 
 Cape Race is the southeastern extremity of Newfoundland. It 
 is 9i miles SW. by S. from Cape Ballard, and is distinguished by 
 a lighthouse standing close to the keeper's dwelling, with a beacon 
 in front. At its extremity there is a detached wedge-shaped rock, 
 40 feet high. 
 
 \ 
 
 fj^a^l^.^l-i^'pT^i.'n.?-'*;--' 
 
486 
 
 CAPE BONAVISTA TO CAPE RACE. 
 
 Tlie land about the cape appears low and flat, in comparison with 
 Cape Ballard or Cape Pine, but cliffs of slate, from 100 to 200 feet 
 high, face the sea there in nearly vertical strata. The land rises 
 gradually, and in clear weather there will be seen between 10 and 
 12 miles to the NE. a rocky range known as the Red Hills, rising 
 710 feet high. 
 
 Cape Race is bare of trees, and has a brown, desolate, and barren 
 appearance ; but in sheltered hollows and along the courses of the 
 rivulets there is a stunted growth of spruce, fir, and alder. The 
 rocks are of the Silurian system, and are thinly covered with peat 
 and bog. 
 
 Boats may land in moderate weather in coves east and west of 
 the lighthouse, but the ordinary landing is in Cape Cove, about 
 i mile NE. 
 
 Light. — The lighthouse on Cape Race is 40 feet high, circular, 
 the SE. face painted red and white in broad vertical stripes, and 
 shows, at the height of 180 feet above the sea, a revolving white 
 light, attaining its greatest brilliancy every half minute, and visi- 
 ble from seaward in clear weather, between the bearings of N. 38° 
 E. (N. 60° E. mag.) and S. 38° W. (S. 66° W. mag.), 19 miles. 
 
 Beacon.— A conical beacon stands 50 yards S. 31° E. (S. 3° E. 
 mag.) from the lighthouse. 
 
 Fog Signial. — In thick or foggy weather a whistle, about 83 
 yards SE. by S. of the lighthouse, will sound blasts of ten seconds 
 duration at intervals of fifty seconds. It has been heard from a 
 distance of 7 miles. 
 
 Signal and Ice-reporting Station. — Cape Race is connected 
 by telegraph with St. Johns, to which place vessels passing are 
 reported. It is also an ice-reporting station. Information as to 
 ice, wind, temperature, and weather indications can be obtained 
 during the months of April and May by communicating with the 
 signal station. A Lloyds station also here. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, at Cape Race at 7h. ; 
 springs rise 6^ feet, neaps rise 5 feet. 
 
 Caution. — Currents. — As fogs are exceedingly prevalent along 
 the South coast of Newfoundland, especially during the months of 
 June and July, it is necessary that the ordinary set of currents 
 and dangerous indraught into the deep bays should be known and 
 guarded against. 
 
 Soundings. — When in the vicinity of Capes Race and Pine, care 
 should be taken to obtain frequent casts of the lead ; the soundings 
 will be found regular and of moderate depth, and, in addition to 
 these precautions, the chart should be referred to. 
 
 Ice. — It should be remembered that icebergs may be met with off 
 this coast at nearly all seasons. In March, April, May, June, and 
 
E. 
 
 n comparison with 
 om 100 to 200 feet 
 I. The land rises 
 m between 10 and 
 Red Hills, rising 
 
 isolate, and barren 
 the courses of the 
 •, and alder. The 
 covered with peat 
 
 3 east and west of 
 Cape Cove, about 
 
 Bet high, circular, 
 rtical stripes, and 
 a revolving white 
 ■ minute, and visi- 
 bearings of N. 38° 
 ^,), 19 miles. 
 S. 31° E. (S. 3° E. 
 
 whistle, about 83 
 ists of ten seconds 
 »een heard from a 
 
 Race is connected 
 Bssels passing are 
 Information as to 
 I can be obtained 
 micating with the 
 
 Cape Race at 7h. ; 
 
 ly prevalent along 
 ing the months of 
 ry set of currents 
 luld be known and 
 
 lace and Pine, care 
 ad ; the soundings 
 md, in addition to 
 
 0. 
 
 lay be met with off 
 il, May, June, and 
 
 BALLAKO BANK. 
 
 487 
 
 sometimes July, field ice is often encountered, either on the banks 
 or nearer to Newfoundland. 
 
 From twenty years' observations the earliest arrival of northern 
 ice recorded at Cape Race is 17th January, and the latest 12th April, 
 the average date being about the first week in February. The 
 departure of ice varies from 25th February to 7th June, the aver- 
 age time being about the middle of April. 
 
 Ballard Bank lies parallel to the coast about 7 miles eastward 
 of Cape Race. It is 13i miles in length, with a greatest breadth of 
 4i miles. 
 
 During heavy winter gales the sea breaks on the NE. portion of 
 this bank, and probably also on the whole of the 7 and 8 fathom 
 patches near the cape. 
 
 Garrett Rock, with 8 fathoms water over it, the least depth 
 known on Ballard Bank, is small, and lies a little more than 9 miles 
 N. 82° E. (S. 70° E. mag.) from Cape Race Lighthouse. 
 
 Tommy Rock lies at the north extreme of Ballard Bank. It is 
 small in extent, and has a depth of 9 fathoms over it. 
 
if 
 
 CHAPTER X. 
 
 COAST OF LABRADOR— CAPE ST. LEWIS TO GRAND POINT AND 
 THE STRAIT OF BELLE ISLE. 
 
 Fishing Grounds.— New fishing grounds, with depths from 
 about 100 fathoms to about 200 fathoms, were discovered in 1895 
 to the eastward and northeastward of Newfoundland. They have 
 been fished on during the past three years by Gloucester fishermen. 
 
 Approximately these limits are between 48° and 65° north lati- 
 tude and 49° and 56° west longitude. (See Fisherman's Supple- 
 ment to H. O. Chart No. 1412.) 
 
 (H. O. Charts Nos. 809 and 924. ) 
 
 The Coast of Labrador from Cape St. Lewis (in latitude 52° 
 21' 15" N., longitude 55° 38' 30" W.) to York Point, a distance of 
 nearly 30 miles in a SW. direction, is composed of bare granitic 
 hills, which, excepting in the vicinity of Chateau Bay, do not exceed 
 the height of 700 feet above the level of the sea, but appear much 
 higher, because they usually rise abruptly from that level. Several 
 of the bays and inlets are large, with bold shores and very deep 
 water. Neither the islands nor the dangers of this coast are so 
 numerous as to render navigation intricate or difficult ; but the fre- 
 quent fogs, the heavy easterly swell rolled in from the Atlantic, 
 and the icebergs, which are almost always drifting along with the 
 current from the northward, all contribute in making the condi- 
 tion of the coast hazardous to vessels. 
 
 Fisheries. — There are only a few permanent inhabitants, but cod 
 fishing is carried on extensively by the inhabitants of Newfound- 
 land, who bring their families for the season, and have huts and 
 fishing stages at almost every bay, cove, and harbor. The princi- 
 pal fishing stations are at Battle and St. Charles Harbors. The 
 fishing is carried on in small brigs and schooners, generally of from 
 30 to 100 tons, and in boats. The vessels return to Newfoundland, 
 and only a very few persons are left, who winter up the bays of the 
 mainland, to hunt for furs and to be ready for the seal fishing at 
 the breaking up of the ice in spring. The boats are hauled up on 
 the rocks, or taken into coves of the mainland, where they are 
 covered over with spruce branches .ivd are thus secured for the 
 winter. 
 
 The Climate on this coast is extremely severe, the mean temper- 
 ature of the year being below the freezing point. At Chateau Bay, 
 
 (488) 
 
 w^m 
 
lAND POINT AND 
 
 vith depths from 
 liscovered in 1895 
 Hand. They have 
 lucester fishermen, 
 md 65° north lati- 
 shermaii's Supple- 
 
 is (in latitude 52° 
 )int, a distance of 
 id of bare granitic 
 Bay, do not exceed 
 but appear much 
 bat level. Several 
 res and very deep 
 I this coast are so 
 Bcult ; but the f re- 
 Tom the Atlantic, 
 ing along with the 
 making the condi- 
 
 ihabitants, but cod 
 mts of Newfound- 
 ,nd have huts and 
 trbor. The princi- 
 •les Harbors. The 
 , generally of from 
 to Newfoundland, 
 up the bays of the 
 the seal fishing at 
 8 are hauled up on 
 d, where they are 
 us secured for the 
 
 , the mean temper- 
 At Chateau Bay, 
 
 CAPE 8T. LEWIS — ST. LEWIS SOUND. 
 
 489 
 
 about the last of July the earliest plants are just springing up, 
 and grass only just beginning to give a shade of green in sheltered 
 spots between the hills. The temperature of the sea outside the 
 bay at this time is about 32°, and the air 43° Fahrenlioit in the 
 warmest period of the day. The fishermen, however, report that 
 it is much more cold about Chateau Bay and the north side of the 
 Atlantic entrance of the Strait of Belle Isle than farther to the 
 northward, and also that fogs are of more frequent occurrence. It 
 would seem that this low temperature is common to the entrance 
 of narrow straits, for not only is the surface of the sea colder here 
 than elsewhere in the neighborhood, but also at Mingan, Point de 
 Monts, and Bic, on the St. Lawrence River ; and tlie low tempera- 
 ture of the air obviously depends upon that of the sea, for on 
 proceeding only a very few miles up the bays the increase of 
 temperature is immediately perceived. 
 
 (B. A. Chart No. 188.) 
 
 Cape St. Lewis is of precipitous and dark-red granitic hills, 
 about 500 feet high. At its southeastern extremity there is a small 
 rocky peninsula; and nearly a mile NE. of this lies St. Lewis 
 Rock, small, low, black, and close to the shore, with deep water at 
 a distance of 400 yards. 
 
 The highest land over Cape St. Lewis has two summits, and 
 falls abruptly to Fox Harbor and is partly wooded. 
 
 St. Lewis Sound, open to the eastward, is more than 4 miles 
 wide at the entrance, between Cape St. Lewis and Great Island ; 
 this island is SSE. from the south extremity of the cape. The 
 sound, from its entrance to Mary Harbor Head at the entrance of 
 St. Lewis Inlet, is 8 miles deep in a west direction. Its northern 
 shores are formed by the mainland, and the southern by Battle, 
 Great Caribou, and several other islands, for about 5 miles in, 
 after which the mainland is on both sides. 
 
 A very heavy sea occasionally rolls from the eastward into St. 
 Lewis Sound, even as far up as the entrance of the inlet, round 
 the islands, and up the bays of the mainland to the westward of 
 them, often coming in without wind and breaking with fury over 
 islets 30 feet high. The roar of the surf in a calm night can be 
 compared to nothing less than the falls of Niagara. This high 
 and long rolling sea is, however, far less dangerous to boats and 
 impedes them less than the short breaking sea of the Gulf of St. 
 Lawrence. It is an annoyance by preventing landing, but in other 
 respects is of use by discovering shoals, for during its continuance 
 there is no danger with less than 4 fathoms which has not a 
 breaker upon it. Boats should, however, be on their guard on 
 such occasions, for on some of these shoals the sea does not break 
 
 I 
 
490 
 
 CAI'K ST. LKWI8 TO ORAND POINT. 
 
 constantly, but only occasionally, when it breaks in a sheet of 
 foam, which would swamp any boat that might be over the spot 
 at the time. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in St. Lewis Sound 
 at Gh. 40m; springs rise 3^^ feet, neaps rise one foot. 
 
 Fox Harbor, l J miles westward of the south extremity of Cai)e 
 St. Lewis, is a cove of the mainland, running in nearly a mile to 
 NE., and forming quite a secure anchorage in from 5 to 8 fathoms, 
 over mud bottom. The entrance of this harbor is only about 200 
 yards wide, with a depth of 3 fathoms, b\it the harbor is more 
 tluin twice as wide within. The east entrance point is low, with 
 several houses of the fishermen upon it, and there is a small rock 
 above water close off it to the northwestward, and joined to it by 
 shoal water. 
 
 A large bank, with a least depth of 5^ fathoms water, lies south- 
 westward of the entrance to Fox Harbor, from which it is i mile 
 distant. 
 
 Water may be had in Fox Hai'bor from streamlets and ponds, 
 but wood is very scarce. 
 
 Directions. — No other directions for Fox Harbor are necessary 
 than for a vessel to sail in to the northwestward, close past the 
 point on which the houses stand, and then, leaving an unsheltered 
 bay running to the north on the port hand, haul round the rock 
 above water to the eastward into the harbor. In order to pass in 
 the deepest water the rock should not be left more than 100 yards 
 on the starboard hand, for there is a reef, partly above water, off 
 the south extreme of the point, which separates the harbor from 
 the unsheltered- bay to the westward of it, and forms the west side 
 of the entrance. The best berth to anchor in is about 600 yards 
 within the entrance. 
 
 Port Marnham is formed by Maruham Island, which is narrow, 
 of considerable height, and about 1^ miles long. The eastern 
 entrance, between the east end of this island and the main, is 
 narrow and only fit for boats. The principal entrance, which is 5 
 miles W. ^ N. of Cape St. Lewis, is between the west extreme of 
 the island and Deer Point, 800 yards wide, with a depth of from 
 19 to 31 fathoms in the middle and bold to the rocks on either side. 
 The harbor to the northward of the island is of the same breadth, 
 extensive enough for a large number of vessels, and quite land- 
 locked. The best anchorage is off a small creek on the north shore, 
 in 9 fathoms, mud; but shelter will be found anywhere in 13 to 18 
 fathoms, mud. The water runs shoal off Danger Point, the middle 
 of the north side of the harbor, for 300 yards. 
 
 Shoal. — A shoal, with 13 feet water on it, lies ^ mile SSE. of 
 the boat channel into Port Marnham and 300 yards off shore. 
 
iiks ill a .sheet of 
 t be over the spot 
 
 St. Lewis Sound 
 jot. 
 
 extremity of Cape 
 n nearly a mile to 
 3m 5 to 8 fathoms, 
 • is only about 200 
 le harbor is more 
 point is low, with 
 are is a small rock 
 nd joined to it by 
 
 ; water, lies south- 
 which it is i mile 
 
 imlets and ponds, 
 
 rbor are necessary 
 .rd, close past the 
 ug an unsheltered 
 il round the rock 
 [n order to pass in 
 )re than 100 yards 
 y above water, off 
 s the harbor from 
 jrms the west side 
 s about 600 yards 
 
 ., which is narrow, 
 >ng. The eastern 
 and the main, is 
 trance, which is 5 
 .e west extreme of 
 h a depth of from 
 cks on either side, 
 the same breadth, 
 s, and quite land- 
 in the north shore, 
 y where in 13 to 18 
 ■ Point, the middle 
 
 ies i mile SSE, of 
 rds off shore. 
 
 LONO lIAUHOIt — ST. LKWIS INLKT. 
 
 m 
 
 Water may be obtainud from small stroanis of water or jHtmls 
 of rain water in various parts near the slioros; and there are a few 
 small trees up the NW, cove, but firewood is h'"vrco. 
 
 Long Harbor is ininiediutely to the south ' the entrance of 
 Port Marnliuui; Deer Point, which is the west point of entrance 
 of the latter, being also the north point of entrance of tlut former. 
 Bay Point, the soutli point of entrance of Long Harbor, of green 
 feldspar, is 1^ miles SE. J S. from Door Point, and having oil" it, 
 at the distance of ^ niilo, Shag Rocks, G feet high. The harbor 
 runs in 4^ miles W. A N., and is about ^ mile wide, with deep water. 
 There is good anchorage near its head, but it is completely open 
 to wind and sea from the east, and is not a safe place for vessels. 
 
 River Islands are a group lying at the entrance of St. Lewis 
 Inlet, and consist of Captain Jack Island, Duck Island, and An- 
 thony Isles. The former and westernmost is separated from Mary 
 Harbor Head by a deep and clear channel 800 yards wide, and from 
 Duck Island to the eastward by an unnavigable channel of the 
 same breadth, but full of rocks above water. Both these islands 
 are of bare granite, 150 feet in height, and they are each about 3 
 miles in circumference. Around and off the NE. end of Duck 
 Island there are several small and bare islets, the two easternmost 
 of which are Anthony Isles. A chain of rocks, the shoalest of 
 which has a depth of 2 feet water on it, extends i mile southeast- 
 ward of the NE. extreme of Duck Island, and a shoal with 3i fath- 
 oms water over it lies 80u yards farther in the same direction, from 
 which the western of Anthony Islands is 1,200 yards N. 4° E. (N. 
 39° E. mag.). To the westward of River Islands, and between them 
 and the main, it is possible to anchor, but the depth of water is 
 great, exceeding 30 fathoms, over mud bottom, except when close 
 to the islands, and, as considerable swell often rolls in, the riding 
 is insecure. 
 
 Banks. — Several banks, among which are those known as Eskimo, 
 Northern, and Monday Banks, with Blake Ground, lie in the en- 
 trance to St. Lewis Sound, having over them depths of from 10 to 
 17 fathoms water. Those with 14 fathoms water and less are 
 reported to bi*eak in winter gales. 
 
 St. Lewis Inlet is nearly a mile wide at the entrance and becomes 
 wider within. There are bays with several small islands in them 
 on the south side of the inlet, but no good anchorage, on account 
 of the great depth of water and exposure to easterly winds, until 
 as far in as Black Fly Island, which is the first in the center of the 
 inlet, 9 miles from the entrance. The depth of water often exceeds 
 30 fathoms in the center of the inlet and is nearly 20 fathoms close 
 to the shores on either side. The bottom is everywhere of mud, 
 and there are no dangers in the way excepting a small rocky shoal 
 
 14010 32 
 
402 
 
 OAPK 8T. LKWIS V<» <»KANI) POIXT. 
 
 2 miles holow Bliu^k Fly Island, whi(!h, beiiiK always abovo water, 
 will roadily bo aeon, and must bo left on the port hand in running 
 up th(' inlet. 
 
 Black Fly Island is about i mile long, partially wooded, and 
 surrounded with bowlders, wliich extend from it (iOO yards down 
 the inlet, an<l also from the north point of the island across to the 
 main, so as to leave only one navigable channel, which is to the 
 south westward of the island. There is good anchorage under the 
 west side of this island, in from 6 to 9 fathoms, over a bottom of 
 mud and stones; and wood and water may be had in almndance. 
 
 Tlie navigation becomes intricate immediately above this island, 
 but it is, nevertheless, possible to take a vessel not drawing over 18 
 feet 5| miles farther up, where the navigation for vessels is termi- 
 nated by a flat of sand and bowlders, nearly dry at low water, and 
 extending across the inlet off the mouth of St. Lewis River. A 
 mile below Black Fly Island the inlet is only i mile wide, and it 
 contracts again to the same breadth immediately above the island. 
 Farther up it expands to moro than a mile wide, and in this wide 
 space. If miles above Black Fly Inland, lies Wood Island, which 
 is nearly a mile long and GOO yards broad. This island is also 
 surrounded with bowlders, leaving a very narrow channel with 2 
 fathoms water between it and the mainland to the south, but the 
 channel northward of the island is rather wider, and has from 3 
 to 14 fathoms water in it. This island is thickly wooded, and so 
 are the shores on either side, with spruce and birch, which supply 
 timber large enough f o • building schooners and boats; water is 
 abundant. 
 
 The trees increase in number and size from the entrance to the 
 head of the inlet, where the climate is quite different from what it 
 is on the coast, where the sea is often at the freezing point, and 
 the temperature of the air is not much higher at times, even in the 
 warmest summer months. At the head of the inlet the weather is 
 sometimes inconveniently warm, with westerly winds, and mos- 
 quitoes and black flies innumerable. The fishermen from New- 
 foundland obtain the wood necessary for fishing stages, etc., from 
 this inlet, and sometimes build boats there. The scenery is beau- 
 tiful, the granitic hills rising occasionally, on either side of the inlet, 
 to the height of 700 or 800 feet above the sea. There are high 
 clay cliffs at the mouth of St. Lewis River, at the head of the inlet. 
 There is not water enough for boats over the flats of sand and 
 bowlders at the entrance of this river, and it has not, in conse- 
 quence, been examined. The water, however, is still quite salt off 
 its mouth, so that it is probably, as fishermen report, but a small 
 stream. There was a great salmon fishery carried on here several 
 years ago, but it is said to have completely failed. 
 
fT. 
 
 HA'ITLK ISLANDS — HATTLK 
 
 vays a))ov(i water, 
 t liaiid in runninfj: 
 
 ially wooded, and 
 t (JOO yards down 
 iland across to the 
 I, wliich is to the 
 chorago under the 
 , over a bottom of 
 d in abundance, 
 above this island, 
 it drawing over 18 
 )r vessels is termi- 
 ' at low water, and 
 . Lewis River. A 
 mile wide, and it 
 Y above the island. 
 3, and in this wide 
 'ood Island, which 
 rhis island is also 
 )w channel with 2 
 the south, but the 
 r, and has from 3 
 dy wooded, and so 
 rch, which supply 
 id boats ; water is 
 
 he entrance to the 
 erent from what it 
 reezing point, and 
 
 times, even in the 
 nlet the weather is 
 
 winds, and mos- 
 .ermen from New- 
 : stages, etc., from 
 le scenery is beau- 
 ler side of the inlet. 
 There are high 
 e head of the inlet. 
 
 flats of sand and 
 
 has not, in conse- 
 s still quite salt off 
 report, but a small 
 led on here several 
 ed. 
 
 
 Battle Islands form tlie south point of St. Lewfi 0<>tir>^ 
 Double Island, 13(» fuot high, is tho eustorumost land on thi- p. 
 of tho coast, and lios about oiio mih) to the southtiastward i 
 rest of Battle Islands, sliowing as the extromo both from tliu ,s ^ , 
 and NE. Great Ishvnd, 158 feet high, will bo readily known, not 
 only from boing tho northernmost of those islands, hut also from 
 its high and black precipitous rocks, with horizontal white streaks 
 seaward and a large white patch on the west side, rondoring it 
 unlike any of the others. It is nearly round, about ^ mile in 
 diameter, and surmounted by a flagstaff. 
 
 The eastern shores of Battle Islands are fronted with shoals, but 
 the whole may bo cleared by keeping the NE. extreme of Double 
 Island open east of Gull Island, bearing S. 33° E. (S. 2° W. mag.) 
 until Caribou Point is open north of Great Island, S. 68° W. (N. 
 77° W. mag.). 
 
 North and South Ribb are two ridges of rocks, each about 400 
 yards in diameter, on which the sea always breaks. They are 
 about ^ mile apart in a NNW. and SSE. direction from each 
 other. The southern reef lies f mile N. 17° E. (N. 62° E. mag.) 
 from Gull Island. 
 
 Strangers should not attempt to run between these reefs and 
 Battle Islands on their passage to and from St. Lewis Sound, but 
 should pass eastward of the reefs. 
 
 Middle Bibb, a shoal with 14 feet water on it, lies midway 
 between North and South Ribbs. 
 
 Battle Harbor, between Battle Islands and the NE. extreme of 
 Great Caribou Island, is only suitable for small vessels, being 
 about 60 yards wide in the entrance, about 160 yards wide within, 
 about i mile long, and with from 4 to 6 fathoms water in it, over 
 mud bottom. It is generally crowded with the vessels and boats 
 of fishermen, which moor to the rocks on either side, and the 
 shores are covered with their houses and fishing stages. There is 
 a good house and store on Battle Island, with a high flagstaff, 
 which can be readily seen from seaward. This place is much 
 frequented, and has a church with a small spire. 
 
 The southern entrance is only suitable for boats. Vessels must 
 therefore approach this harbor from the northward, passing west- 
 ward of Great Island, and the other islands lying between it and 
 Battle Island, which will be distinguished by the high flagstaff 
 already mentioned. 
 
 When proceeding southward, close past Great Island, two small 
 and round islets, about 100 yards in diameter, will be seen, the 
 southernmost of them being in the entrance of the harbor. They 
 are S. 35° E. (South mag.) from the west side of Great Island, at 
 distances of about ^ and f mile, respectively, are the only dangers 
 
494 
 
 CAVE HT. t,K\VIS TO (JHANP 1'OTNT. 
 
 in tliH way when eiituriug, and, btiiiig (luito hold, may bo cloHoly 
 pasHod on oitlier wide. JuHt to tho woHtward of Battlo Harbor, in 
 CJn-at Caribou Island, thoro aro two coves, with hutH and fiHhing 
 stagt's, but thtw should not be inistakon for those in Battlu Har- 
 bor, aftor tho description which has boon givon. 
 
 Battlo Harbor is roporto<l to bo socuro during tho summer 
 months; but in autumn a hoavy gro ind swell, termed tho "under- 
 tow" by tishormen, is said to roll in between the islands, causing 
 damage to vessels and fishing stagey and rendering the harbor 
 unsafe. 
 
 Oommunioation. — A steamer of the Newfoundland Coastal 
 Steamship Company runs between St. Johns and Battle Harbor 
 fortnightly during summer and autumn, and connects with the 
 Labrador steamer to Nain. 
 Ooal.--A small quantity of coal (ab(»ut 20 tons) may bo obtainod. 
 Hospital. — There is a good hospital at Battle Harbor. 
 Oaution. — During the herring season groat caution should be 
 used by steamers to avoid fouling their screws in the nets. 
 
 Ice. — From the moan of seven years' observations (omitting the 
 year 1878, when the harbor was frozen unusually late and open 
 unusually early), Battlo Harbor is generally frozen about 13th 
 December and open 10th May. The mean epoch of the arrival of 
 northern ice is 3l8t December, and drift ice appears during Febru- 
 ary or March, the coast being clear about the middle of April, 
 except in an abnormal season, when it has remained as late as 
 6th June. 
 
 Qreat Caribou Island forms the east side of Caribou Channel, 
 leading to Assizes Harbor. Black Head, the western extreme, 
 falls steeply to the sea from an elevation of 200 feet, and slopes 
 gradually on the north side to a marsh, a few feet above high 
 water, which extends from Sand Cove on the west to Cartridge 
 Bight on the east side. 
 
 A shoal bank extends from the north side of Black Head, across 
 Sand Cove, to a distance 300 yards from the shore, with depths over 
 it of less than 3 fathoms ; and a rock, with 2 feet water over it, on 
 the southern part, at 200 yards from the nearest shore. 
 
 There is a narrow channel, with a depth of 3^ fathoms in it, 
 between this bank and the ledge off Little Caribou Island, but no 
 marks could be found to lead through it. 
 
 A rock, with 15 feet water over it, lies 300 yards northwestward 
 of this bank, and imile S. 11° E. (S. 24° W. mag.) from the south 
 extreme of Indian Island. A small shoal, with a depth of 4^ 
 fathoms, lies 265 yards south from the same extreme. 
 
 Indian Island, joined at low water to the middle of the west 
 side of Great Caribou Island by a bank of gravel, connecting it 
 
NT. 
 
 MOUhK ISLAND — HAKE ISLAND, 
 
 405 
 
 1(1, may be cloHely 
 
 Biiftlo Harbor, in 
 
 1 huts luul fiHliing 
 
 loHo ill Buttlu Har- 
 
 iring tlio summer 
 ormod the "undor- 
 le iulaiulH, cuUHing 
 (Icring the harbor 
 
 foundlaiid Coastal 
 iiid Battle Harbor 
 connects with the 
 
 3) may ))o obtained. 
 ) Harbor. 
 
 caution should be 
 in the nets. 
 ,tions (omitting the 
 ually late and open 
 frozen about 13th 
 ;li of the arrival of 
 •ears during Febru- 
 middle of April, 
 emained as late as 
 
 •f Caribou Channel, 
 
 western extreme, 
 
 200 feet, and slopes 
 
 w feet above high 
 
 west to Cartridge 
 
 Black Head, across 
 re, with depths over 
 et water over it, on 
 it shore. 
 
 if 3i fathoms in it, 
 ibou Island, but no 
 
 ards northwestward 
 
 ag.) from the south 
 
 ith a depth of 4^ 
 
 :treme. 
 
 middle of the west 
 
 ravel, connecting it 
 
 mid several low islets, is 78 foet high, generally Hat, and covered 
 with turf over reddish-gray rock. 
 
 Indian Oove, the sliallow (duimicl Ijetwein Indian Island and 
 (treat Caribou Ishmd, alTords good slielter for fisliiiig cnift us tar 
 south as tim first luirrows, beyond which only small bouts can pro- 
 (^eed. NimiorouH houses aiul fishing stages line this cove. 
 
 Mouse Island, a sniall white rook, U feet high, i mile north- 
 ward of Indian Island, is separated from Grtiat Caribou Island by 
 tt narrow channel w ith !» feet water in it. A rock, with (i feet 
 water over it, lies close to the NW. extreme of Mouse Island. 
 
 Oaribou Point, the NW. extreme of Great Caribou Island, rises 
 to a circular mound, 130 feet above high wuLor. The north extreme 
 of the point may be recognized by the striped appearance, caused 
 by an alternation of black and white terraces of rock in vertical 
 stratification. 
 
 Assizes Island forms the western side of the northern entrance 
 to Oaribou Channel and tlio NW. shore of Assizes Harbor. Noir 
 the center is a hill 280 feet high, generally flat at the summit, with 
 a few small elevations, falling steeply to Nimrod Tickle on the 
 NW. and Assizes Harbor on the east side. It is partly covered 
 with turf and small wood, and the underlying rock, when visible, 
 is white in color. 
 
 The Rags, a cluster of rocks, the highest of which is p feet above 
 high water, lie close to the north extreme of Assizes Island, but 
 have no danger beyond a short distance from them. 
 
 The east shore of Assizes Island is indented by deep fissui'es, and 
 fringed by a bank, the northern portion of which, having 7i fathoms 
 water over it, is known as Parsons Ground. 
 
 A bank, with 9 fathoms water over it, lies 1,300 yards N. 79° E. 
 (S. 66° E. mag.) from The Rags and 870 yards from the nearest part 
 of Assizes Island. 
 
 The small bay southward of Assizes Island, and between it and 
 Hare Island, has less depths than heretofore charted, there being 
 2 and 3 fathoms water where 6 to 10 fathoms are shown. It is also 
 stated by local fishermen that the space between Dumpling Island 
 and the mainland has likewise shoaled. 
 
 Oopper Island forms the NE. side of Assizes Harbor, and is 
 wedge-shaped, the summit, 137 feet high, being near the NW. ex- 
 treme. The north side is steep and in some parts cliffy. Near 
 the SE. extreme of the western shore there is a small graen sward. 
 A small islet 15 feet high lies close to the SE. extreme of Copper 
 Island, and a rock about 5 feet high joins the south extreme of 
 this islet. 
 
 Hare Island has a flat-topped hill 192 feet high near the NW. 
 extreme, and a peaked hill 155 feet high near the east extreme, and 
 
 ■ arnwi '■ 
 
496 
 
 CAPE ST. LEWIS TO GBAND POINT. 
 
 is separated from Assizes Island by a channel 65 yards wide, which 
 is encumbered with rocks and should not be used. 
 
 On the west side of Hare Island there is a rock with less than 6 
 feet water over it, and there is a shoal, on which the depth is 4^ 
 fathoms, about 200 yards westward of the rock. The whole space 
 between Hare and Assizes Islands, being encumbered with foul 
 ground, should not be entered. 
 
 Assizes Bock, with 4 feet water on it, iii the shoalest part of a 
 bank, 335 yards in a north and south direction and nearly 200 
 yards wide, situated 200 yards westward of the west extreme of 
 Indian Island. The eastern summit of Tilcey Island (near the 
 east extreme) in line with the east extreme of Little Caribou 
 Island, bearing about S. 35° E. (South mag.), leads SW., and Cape 
 St. Lewis open east of Caribou Point, bearing N. 12° E. (N. 47° E. 
 mag.), leads west of this rock and nearly over Mid Rock. 
 
 A shoal, with 4| fathoms water over it, lies 150 yards westward 
 of the NW. extreme of Indian Island. 
 
 Mid Rock, with 8 feet water on it, is 400 yards N. 13° W. (N. 
 22° E. mag.) from the NW. extreme of Indian Island. Little 
 Caribou Island entirely open west of Indian Island, bearing S. 25° 
 E. (S. 10° W. mag.), leads west, and the SE. summit of Hare 
 Island in line with the east extreme of the islet SE. of Copper 
 Island, S. 3*° W. (S. 69° W. mag.), leads NW. of this rock. 
 
 Assizes Harbor, comprised between Assizes, Copper, and Hare 
 Islands, is entered from the northward between Assizes and Cop- 
 per Islands, and from the southeastward between Copper and Hare 
 Islands. The harbor trends WNW. for 700 yards between the 
 latter islands, with a breadth of 4f>0 yards, and then turns sharply 
 to the westward for 650 yards, between Assizes and Hare Islands, 
 where it is 400 yards wide at the eastern part. There are a few 
 houses on a promontory about 20 feet high at the head of the 
 harbor. 
 
 The entrance to the harbor is encumbered with shoals, and these 
 have been further increased by ballast thrown overboard from 
 vessels at anchor in the western part. Those off the north coast 
 of Hare Island have depths over them of from 10 to 15 feet water, 
 and are nearly 200 yards from the shore. The north extreme of 
 Indian Island in line with the south extreme of the islet southeast- 
 ward of Copper Island, bearing S. 84° E. (S. 49° E. mag.), leads 
 north, and the NW. extreme of Copper Island shut in with the 
 ESE. extreme of the high-water line of Assizes Island, bearing N. 
 20° E. (N. 55° E. mag.), leads west of these shoals. 
 
 The shores of the harbor are free from danger beyond the dis- 
 tance of 70 yards, with the exception of the shoals above described 
 and a small spit of rock extending from the east extreme of Assizes 
 
 ^'^TTIBfflMtW 
 
NT. 
 
 ASSI/iEH HARBOR. 
 
 yards wide, which 
 id. 
 
 5k with less than 6 
 
 ch the depth is 4^ 
 
 The whole space 
 
 imbered with foul 
 
 1 shoalest part of a 
 Dn and nearly 200 
 e west extreme of 
 T Island (near the 
 of Little Caribou 
 ids SW., and Cape 
 T. 12° E. (N. 47° E. 
 ilid Rock. 
 50 yards westward 
 
 rds N. 13° W. (N. 
 an Island. Little 
 md, bearing S. 25° 
 , summit of Hare 
 3let SE. of Copper 
 of this rock. 
 Copper, and Hare 
 1 Assizes and Cop- 
 a Copper and Hare 
 rards between the 
 then turns sharply 
 and Hare Islands, 
 There are a few 
 it the head of the 
 
 h shoals, and these 
 n overboard from 
 iff the north coast 
 10 to 15 feet water, 
 I north extreme of 
 the islet southeast- 
 1:9° E. mag.), leads 
 I shut in with the 
 Island, bearing N. 
 als. 
 
 sr beyond the dis- 
 ds above described, 
 extreme of Assizes 
 
 Island. This spit extends into the chaniiol between Assizes and 
 Copper Islands, but falls quickly to deep water. 
 
 Shoals oxtoud to the eastward 300 yards from the east and NE. 
 shore of Hare I.'-l ...d, with depths of from 10 to 18 feet water over 
 them, and others fringe the SE. and south shores of that island 
 for a distance of 150 yards. The east extreme of Tilcey Island, 
 just open east of the east extreme of Little Caribou Island, bear- 
 ing S. 37° E. (S. 2° E. mag.), leads close east, and tlie sharp peak 
 at the west end of the range in the center of Great Caribou Island, 
 open north of Indian Island, N. 77° E. (S. 68° E. mag.), leads 
 north of these shoals. 
 
 "Water may be obtained, generally, from a small stream running 
 into the head of the creek on the west side of the harbor. 
 
 Little Caribou Island, 139 feet high, pyramidal in shape, and 
 partially covered with turf over whitish rock, with stunted wood 
 in the hollows, is separated from the SE. shore of Hare Island by 
 a channel 300 yards wide, which is narrowed to 135 yards by the 
 shoal water off Hare Island and a fringe which surrounds Little 
 Caribou Island. 
 
 S dangerous ledge, situated 150 yards eastward of Little Caribou 
 Island, is 335 yards long, 150 yards wide, and has 2 feet over it 
 at low water. The clear channel, between this ledge and Little 
 Caribou Island, is only 65 yards wide, with a depth of 4^ fathoms 
 water. No natural marks could be found for leading through 
 this channel, but by rounding the east extreme of Little Caribou 
 Island at a distance of more than 30 yards all danger on that side 
 will be avoided. 
 
 In ordinary weather the shoal water surrounding the ledge may 
 be readily seen, showing over a white bottom, while the shoalest 
 parts are covered with kelp, and the channel to the westward 
 appears of a dark color. 
 
 A small shoal, with 3i fathoms water over it, lies 550 yards N. 
 19° W. (N. 16° E. mag.) from the east extreme of Little Caribou 
 Island. 
 
 Directions. — Approaching Assizes Harbor from the northward, 
 Caribou Point should be rounded and Copper Island steered for 
 till Little Caribou Island is entirely open west of Indian Island, 
 bearing S. 25° E. (S. 10° W. mag.), when Copper Island may be 
 rounded at 200 yards, the harbor entered, and anchorage obtained 
 in from 6^ to 9 fathoms water. By taking care to keep Indian 
 Island north extreme just shut in with the south extreme of 
 Copper Island, bearing S. 84° E. ( S. 49° E. mag.), until the north 
 extreme of Copper Island is shut in with the south extreme of 
 Assizes Island, bearing N. 20° E. (N. 55° E. mag.), anchorage will 
 be reached in the western part of the harbor. 
 
49f? 
 
 CAPE ST. LKWI8 TO GRAND POINT. 
 
 To proceed through Caribou Channel to the southward, after 
 passing Copper Island, Cape St. Lewis must not be shut in with 
 Caribou Point before the east extreme of Little Caribou Island is 
 in line with a point, midway between the eastern summit of Tilcey 
 Island and the south extreme of that island, bearing S. 35° E. 
 (South mag.). This mark will lead midway between Assizes Rock 
 and the shoal water off Hare Island. When Little Caribou Island 
 is neared, round it at 60 yards distant, till St. Charles Gull Island 
 is open south of Great Caribou Island, bearing S. 53° E. (S. 18° E. 
 mag.), when all danger will be passed. 
 
 If approaching from the southward, the southern shore of Little 
 Caribou Island should be steered for, keeping St. Charles Gull 
 Island open south of Black Head, bearing S. 53° E. (S. 18° E. mag.) ; 
 round the east point of Little Caribou Island at a distance of 60 
 yards, steering for the green sward on Copper Island. Bring the 
 point midway between the eastern summit and east extreme of 
 Tilcey Island in line with the east ex,treme of Little Caribou 
 Island, bearing S. 35° E. (South mag.), to lead between Assizes 
 Rock and the slioal water off Hare Island. Run on this mark till 
 the sharp peak at the west end of the range in the center of Great 
 Cariboxi Island is open north of Indian Island, bearing N. 77° E. 
 (S. 68° E. mag.), when the harbor may be entered as before directed. 
 
 If wishing to proceed to the northward through Caribou Chan- 
 nel, when Cape St. Lewis is open west of Caribou Point, bearing 
 N. 12° E. (N. 47° E. mag.), the south extreme of Copper Island 
 may be passed at the distance of 300 yards; keep Little Caribou 
 Island open west of Indian Island, bearing S. 25° E. (S. 10° W. 
 mag.), until the southeastern summit of Hare Island is over the 
 south extreme of Copper Island, bearing S. 33° W. (8. 68° W. mag.), 
 when Mid Rock will be cleared. 
 
 There is a passage between Little Caribou and Hare Islands by 
 keeping one-third of the distance from the former. 
 
 Water may be obtained from ponds at the head of Sand Cove, 
 but if firewood is required, boats must be sent up St. Charles River. 
 
 Tides.— It is high water, full and change, in Assizes Harbor at 
 7h. 5m. ; springs rise 4f feet, neaps rise 3| feet. 
 
 St. Charles River. — Nimrod Tickle, between Assizes Island and 
 the mainland to the westward, leads into St. Charles River. Nim- 
 rod Tickle, 465 yards wide in the narrowest part, is free from dan- 
 ger, except some rocks, which will be seen on the south side, 
 extending nearly 200 yards from the shore, both at the north and 
 west points of Assizes Island. The mainland side should, there- 
 fore, be taken and a good lookout kept for the channel, which has 
 not been very carefully examined. The mouth of this river, named 
 The Lodge, affords roomy and landlockfid anchorage. 
 
 W'ii i ji i i i — 
 
rr. 
 
 southward, after 
 be shut in with 
 Caribou Island is 
 summit of Tilcey 
 bearing S. 35° E. 
 v^een Assizes Rock 
 le Caribou Island 
 larles Gull Island 
 '. 53° E. (S. 18° E. 
 
 5rn shore of Little 
 St. Charles Gull 
 
 . (S. 18°E. mag.); 
 a distance of 60 
 land. Bring the 
 
 east extreme of 
 »f Little Caribou 
 
 between Assizes 
 on this mark till 
 le center of Great 
 bearing N. 77° E. 
 is before directed, 
 fh Caribou Chan- 
 3U Point, bearing 
 of Copper Island 
 9p Little Caribou 
 25° E. (S. 10° W. 
 [sland is over the 
 (8. 68° W. mag.), 
 
 Hare Islands by 
 
 V. 
 
 ad of Sand Cove, 
 3t. Charles River. 
 Assizes Harbor at 
 
 Assizes Island and 
 'les River. Nim- 
 is free from dan- 
 L the south side, 
 at the north and 
 ide should, there- 
 annel, which has 
 this river, named 
 •age. 
 
 ST. OIIAKLKS niVER MARY HARBOR. 
 
 499 
 
 About 2 mil s from its mouth the channel becomes narrow and 
 intricate, though navigable for vessels for 1^ miles farther, above 
 which point there is a depth of 6 feet water only, in a narrow chan- 
 nel with many rocks. Wood and water are abundant. 
 
 Qull Rocks are two small islets, 25 feet high, in the middle of 
 the entrance to St. Lewis Sound. 
 
 Two banks lie in a NW. direction from the western of Gull Rocks, 
 the southern, with 6 fathoms water over it, being ^ mile, and the 
 northern, with 6f fathoms water over it, | mile distant. 
 
 Qreen Island, 51 feet high, and covered with grass, lies 1^^ miles 
 east of Club Cape, A reef extends 400 yards northward of the 
 island. 
 
 A shoal, with 4^ fathoms water on it, lies 200 yards NW., and 
 Green Island Bank, a large bank with a depth of 7 fathoms over 
 it, is situated 800 yards E. by N., respectively, from Green Island. 
 
 Middle Rocks lie close SE. of Green Island, and one mile NW. 
 of Cape Caribou. They are almost connected to each other, and 
 Green Island and the whole group should not be approached nearer 
 than i mile. 
 
 Olub Cape, a high point, has a reef extending 140 yards north- 
 eastward. Kyer Cove Point is the turning point westward of the 
 cape. 
 
 Kyer Cove, 1^ miles southwestward of Club Cape, is exposed to 
 the northerly swells, and consequently is of no use to vessels. 
 
 Marley Rocks form a dangerous shoal off the entrance to Kyer 
 Cove, occupying a space 600 yards long, with a depth of 6 feet 
 water on them, an d situated 1^ miles west from Kyer Cove Point 
 and i mile from the east shore of Kyer Cove. Green Island en- 
 tirely open north of Kyer Cove Point, bearing S. 86° E. (S. 51° E. 
 mag.), leads north of these rocks. 
 
 A small rock, with 10 feet water on it, is 800 yards South (S. 35° 
 W. mag.) from Marley Rocks and 550 yards from the east shore 
 of Kyer Cove. 
 
 A small rock lies close to Lions Head, a projection on the east 
 shore of Kyer Cove at one mile southwestward of Kyer Cove Point. 
 
 Shoal Harbor, another bay of the mainland, westward of Kyer 
 Cove, is li miles deep, with two small islets and several rocks in 
 it. There is a depth of 12 feet between these islets and the SE. 
 side of the bay; it is therefore only suitable for small vessels. 
 The entrance to this harbor is one mile SW. from the SW. end of 
 Duck Island. 
 
 Mary Harbor, one mile deep, is 1^ miles northwestward of 
 Shoal Harbor, and on the south side of Mary Harbor Head. It is 
 small, with 3 fathoms water, and only suitable for small vessels. 
 Farther out in this bay there is more room and greater depth of 
 
500 
 
 CAPE ST. LEWIS TO GRAND POINT. 
 
 i 
 
 m 
 
 water, but the riding is rendered unsafe by the easterly swell 
 which occasionally rolls in round the islands. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Mary Harbor at 
 6h. 40m. ; springs rise H feet. 
 
 Cape St. Charles will be readily known by St. Charles Hill, 
 which is round, 654 feet above the sea, is nearly one mile west 
 from the cape, and is the highest land on this part of the coast. 
 
 St. Charles Gull Island, 160 feet high and i mile long, lies about 
 one mile east of the cape. The island has several large rocks on 
 its mainland side. 
 
 Fish Bock lies 1,200 yards SE. of St. Charles Island, and is t.^ld 
 of approach; a rock has been reported to lie one mile S. 8° E. (S. 
 27° W. mag.) from it. This rock has been unsuccessfully searched 
 for. 
 
 A rock, awash at low water, is situated 150 yards south west ward 
 of the SW. extreme of Fish Rock. 
 
 Western Bank, with 17 feet water on it, is a small rock, 
 steep-to, lying 450 yards S. 46° W. (S. 81° W. mag.) from the south 
 extreme of St. Charles Gull Island. 
 
 St. Charles Channel, between the mainland on the SW. and 
 Great and Little Caribou, Hare and Assizes Islands on the NE., is 
 from i to i mile wide. The course and distance up the center of 
 this fine channel, from its entrance to the Narrows, between White 
 Bear Point and Hare Island, is N. 75° W. (N. 40° W. mag.) 3i 
 miles. Immediately outside the narrows, on the mainland side, is 
 White Bear Bay, extending li miles west, and affording no shelter, 
 being full of rocks. Just within the Narrows lies Dumpling 
 Island, a small islet, with rocks and shoal water extending 250 
 yards from its SE. end. There is no channel for vessels between 
 it and the mainland ; but eastward of it, that is — between it and 
 Hare Island — the channel is i mile wide and has from 14 to 18 
 fathoms water in it. 
 
 A run of i mile on a N. 35° W. (North mag.) course will lead 
 through the Narrows, between Assizes Island and the mainland, the 
 channel being 1,200 yards wide, with a depth of more than 20 fath- 
 oms in it, and free from all dangers, except those which extend 200 
 yards from the shore on either side. The course through this 
 channel to the mouth of St. Charles River is N. 66° W. (N 30° W. 
 mag.) for li miles, and a vessel may either run up The Lodge to 
 the southward, or, through Nimrod Tickle, northward, into St. 
 Lewis Sound. 
 
 Anchorage. — Throughout all this extensive and landlocked 
 space there is anchorage, but usually in depths exceeding 20 
 fathoms, over mud bottom. 
 
INT. 
 
 the easterly swell 
 
 in Mary Harbor at 
 
 y St. Charles Hill, 
 larly one mile west 
 mrt of the coast, 
 aile long, lies about 
 eral large rocks on 
 
 3 Island, and is t.^ld 
 ne mile S. 8° E. (S. 
 iccessfully searched 
 
 irds south west ward 
 
 b, is a small rock, 
 lag.) from the south 
 
 id on the SW. and 
 ands on the NE., is 
 ice up the center of 
 )ws, between White 
 T. 40° W. mag.) 3i 
 tie mainland side, is 
 iffording no shelter, 
 ws lies Dumpling 
 ater extending 350 
 for vessels between 
 is — between it and 
 has from 14 to 18 
 
 g.) course will lead 
 id the mainland, the 
 : more than 20 fath- 
 se which extend 200 
 jourse through this 
 J. 65^ W. (N 30° W. 
 m up The Lodge to 
 lorthward, into St. 
 
 ve and landlocked 
 epths exceeding 20 
 
 ST. ClIAKLES IIARHOU. 
 
 501 
 
 n 
 
 Antill dove, SW. of Fox Island, is 600 yards deep, and free 
 from danger beyond a short distance from the shore. 
 
 Anchorage. — Anchorage may be obtained in from 11 to 14 
 fathoms water, as convenient, near the head rf this cove, with shel- 
 ter from all winds except those from the northward. 
 
 Shoals.— Three shoals lie in a direct line N. 86° E. (S. 00° E. 
 mag.) from Wall Island. 
 
 Inner Shoal, with 17 feet water on it, is 050 yards, Middle Shoal, 
 with a depth of 4 fathoms, 1,250 yards, and Wall Shoal, with 9 
 fathoms water over it, 1,850 yards distant, respectively, from Wall 
 Island. 
 
 The west extreme of Gull Island (Battle Islands) shut in with 
 the south extreme of Black Islet, bearing N. 22° E. (N. 57° E. mag.), 
 leads between Wall Island and Inner Shoal. 
 
 St. Charles Hiaxbor is formed by three islands, which lie along 
 the northeastern side of Cape St. Charles. The space in which 
 vessels can anchor is about 1,200 yards long by about i mile wide, 
 and the depth of water from 5 to 12 fathoms, over mud bottom. 
 Some swell rolls in with an easterly wind, on which account it is not 
 considered a very secure harbor for large vessels, except in the 
 finest months of summer. Small vessels might be made quite 
 secure by making fast to the rocks between Wall Island and the 
 mainland in 9 or 10 feet water. There are houses and fishing stages 
 both on the islands and the main. Wall Island is the most south- 
 eastern island, and the southeastern entrance to the harbor, between 
 it and the main, is so shallow and narrow as to be only fit for boats. 
 Tilcey Island, the next NW., will be readily distinguished, being 232 
 feet high, black, and precipitous, unlike any other near. Between 
 this island and Wall Island is the entrance to the harbor, 200 yards 
 wide, and with deep water close to the shores on either side. The 
 channel between Tilcey and Fox Island, which is the next NW. 
 and the only remaining island, is 400 yards wide, only 2 or 3 fath- 
 oms water in it, and rendered intricate by rocks. The channel out 
 of the harbor to the NW., between Fox Island and the main, is 
 narrow, shallow, and only fit for boats. 
 
 Directions.— St. Charles harbor is easy of access, there being no 
 danger in the channel. Run in from the north side of Wall Island, 
 so as to pass its east extreme at about 300 yards, steering west (N. 
 55° W. mag.), which will lead through the entrance between Wall 
 and Tilcey Islands into the harbor. Three small rocks above 
 water will be seen close off the inner or west point of Wall Island, 
 but they are quite bold, as are the shores on either side. 
 
 Anchorage. — The best anchorage is off the mouth of a small 
 bay on the mainland, in which a wharf and flagstaff, at the prin- 
 cipal fishing establishment, will be seen. 
 
 I 
 
502 
 
 CAPE ST. LEWIS TO GRAND POINT. 
 
 Water. — There are permanent residents in St. Charles Harbor, 
 and water may be obtained from the mainland. 
 
 Several Banks, among which are Henney and Coles Banks, 
 Saunders Knob, and Shoal Ground, lie southward of Cape St. 
 Charles and in the entrance to Niger Sound, but none are dan- 
 gerous. 
 
 Niger Sound extends 6 miles W. by N., with deep water, often 
 exceeding 30 fathoms. The entrance is between Cape St. Charles 
 and Camp Islands, and at 2i miles within is Big Duck Island, 340 
 feet high. Little Duck Island, much smaller, and 50 feet high, 
 lies 600 yards southward of Big Duck Island. 
 
 Duck Island Bank, with 5^ to 7 fathoms water on it, extends 
 nearly i mile NE. from Little Duck Island. Shoal water extends 
 from both east and west extremes of that island, and a bar (the 
 least depth on which is 4 fathoms) connects the west extreme with 
 Big Duck Island. 
 
 Two shoals, with 4i and 4i fathoms water on them, respectively, 
 lie in the channel NW. of Big Duck Island, leaving a narrow pas- 
 sage on each side in the western entrance to Islet Bay. 
 
 Anchorage. — Good anchorage will be found in Horn Bay, at 
 the head of the sound; and also in Islet Bay, north of Big Duck 
 Island. Wood and water may be procured in abundance. 
 
 Deer Island, nearly round, about 300 feet high and f mile in 
 diameter, lies close off the South Point of Niger Sound, so as to 
 leave only a boat channel (named Chimney Tickle) between, where 
 there are fishing huts and stages, as there are also in Carroll Cove, 
 a small indentation of the mainland i mile westward, where the 
 anchorage is good, and frequented by many vessels during the 
 fishing season. 
 
 Morgan Shoal extends nearly 200 yards from the point of the 
 mainland west of Chimney Tickle. 
 
 Main Tickle, the channel between Camp and Deer Islands, is 400 
 yards wide, and free from danger ; Main Tickle Bank, with 6 fath- 
 oms water over it, is in the middle of the northern entrance. 
 
 Camp Islands are several bare granitic islands, close together, 
 having a small cove on their SW. side, where fishing schooners 
 moor to the rocks, with very indifferent shelter from south winds. 
 There is excellent shelter for the boats of. the fishermen, whose huts 
 and stages will be seen on the shores. 
 
 Romsey Rock, with 9 feet water on it, is 350 yards S. 77° W. 
 (N. 68° W. mag. ) from the SW. extreme of the middle island of 
 Camp Islands. The west extreme of Big Duck Island, open west- 
 ward of Camp Islands, bearing N. 50° W. (N. 15° W. mag.), leads 
 SW. of this rock. 
 
 The Horns, a bank with 5 fathoms water over it, lies 950 yards 
 S. 86° W. (S. 51° W. mag.) from the south extreme of Deer Island, 
 
 vm 
 
IT. 
 
 . Charles Harbor, 
 
 and Coles Banks, 
 
 B^rard of Cape St. 
 
 )ut none are dan- 
 deep water, often 
 Cape St. Charles 
 Duck Island, 340 
 
 and 50 feet high, 
 
 ter on it, extends 
 Loal water extends 
 ttd, and a bar (the 
 west extreme with 
 
 bem, respectively, 
 
 ring a narrow pas- 
 
 tBay. 
 
 I in Horn Bay, at 
 
 orth of Big Duck 
 
 bundance. 
 
 ligh and f mile in 
 
 )r Sound, so as to 
 
 le) between, where 
 
 so in Carroll Cove, 
 
 stward, where the 
 
 vressels during the 
 
 1 the point of the 
 
 Deer Islands, is 400 
 Bank, with 6 fath- 
 Brn entrance, 
 ids, close together, 
 B fishing schooners 
 from south winds, 
 lermen, whose huts 
 
 50 yards S. 77° W. 
 
 le middle island of 
 
 Island, open west- 
 
 .5° W. mag.), leads 
 
 er it, lies 950 yards 
 ime of Deer Island, 
 
 TABLE HEAD SANDWICH POINT. 
 
 503 
 
 and Red Island Bank, on which the depth is 7 fathoms, is 1,200 
 yards N. 65° E. (S. 80° E. mag.) from Red Island. 
 
 (H. O. Chart No. 924.) 
 
 Table Head is 5 miles SSW. from the east extreme of the Camp 
 Islands, is very remarkable, being an isolated mass of basaltic 
 columns upon sandstone (flat at top, and precipitous all round), 
 the summit of which is 200 feet above the sea. Truck Island, lying 
 close to the NE. side of Table Head, affords no shelter, and White 
 Mica Cove, one mile farther north, is only suitable for boats. 
 
 St. Peter Islands, a scattered cluster of small and low islets, 
 are cliffy and black, being for the most part composed of basalt and 
 amygdaloid ; they have many rocks above and under water between 
 them. The easternmost of them have been named the Petrel 
 Islands, on account of these birds breeding upon them. Shoal 
 water does not extend beyond 400 yards seaward of any of these 
 islands. The easternmost islet of the St. Peter group lies 1^ miles 
 southward and the southernmost 3 miles S. 15° W. (S. 50° W. mag.) 
 from Table Head. 
 
 Allen Shoal, of rock, has a depth of 6 fathoms over it and 
 breaks in bad weather. It lie^ 1^- miles N. 80° W. (N. 45° W. 
 mag.) of Petrel Island. 
 
 St. Peter Bay, within these islets, and on the SW. side of Table 
 Head, is completely open to the SE., but the islets and reefs form 
 a breakwater from the sea. St. Peter Point, the south extreme, is 
 3 miles NW. from the southern St. Peter Island. The bay is 3 
 miles deep in a NW. by W. direction, and indifferent anchorage 
 may be obtained, in case of necessity, f mile from its head, in f'-om 
 13 to 20 fathoms water, over sand, but there is not more than 6 or 
 7 fathoms water in the entrance between St. Peter Point and the 
 innermost islet. This entrance is f mile wide, but has a shoal, 
 with 12 feet water on it, nearly 400 yards southwestward of the 
 islet. There is also a reef 340 yards SE. of St. Peter Point. 
 
 The passage between these dangers is about 800 yards wide, and 
 must be approached from the southward, passing westward of all 
 the St. Peter Islands and giving them a berth of not less than i 
 mile. The hills at the head of the bay are nearly 900 feet high, 
 and extend from in rear of St. Peter Point southwestward to Cha- 
 teau Bay. 
 
 Water. — Both water and wood may be obtained here. 
 
 Sandwich Point. — Chateau Point, the south extreme of Castle 
 Island, is 6^ miles S. 51° W. (S. 86° W. mag.) from the southern- 
 most of St. Peter Islands. Nearly midway between them is Sand- 
 wich Point and Cove, the latter useful only to boats. 
 
504 
 
 CAPE ST. LEWIS TO GRAND POINT. 
 
 m 
 
 (B. A. Chart No. 1161.) 
 
 Bad Bay, rocky and dangerous, and affording no shelter to ves- 
 sels, is situated between Sandwich Point and Seal Point, the NE. 
 point of Chateau Bay. 
 
 Heuney Bank, with a least depth of 7 fathoms over it, lies 750 
 yards south of Seal Island. 
 
 Oastle Ledge, a small rocky patch with 2J fathoms water over 
 it, lies 300 yards S. 13° E. (S. 22° W. mag.) of the NE. point of 
 Castle Island. 
 
 Ohateau Bay will be easily recognized from seaward by its posi- 
 tion with reference to the remarkable Table Head and St. Peter 
 Islands, by the high land in rear of it, and by the coast to the 
 southwestward of it being straight and unbroken and free from 
 islands, but more especially by the two wall-sided and flat-topped 
 caps of basalt, which form the summits of Castle and Henley Islands, 
 the former being 108 and the latter 196 feet above the sea. 
 
 This bay has within it Henley, Antelope, and Pitts Harbors, the 
 two latter of which are quite secure and suitable for largo vessels. 
 The principal entrance to these harbors is westward of the southern 
 point of Castle Island. There is a narrow channel, named Ameri- 
 can Tickle, used by vessels drawing less than 15 feet water, between 
 Castle and Henley Islands, and another between Henley Island and 
 the mainland, but they are only used by very small craft. 
 
 The scenery in Chateau Bay is bold. Pitts Hill, on the west side 
 of Pitts Harbor, is 593 feet above the sea, and Beacon Hill, NW. of 
 it, is 752 feet. From the latter the land falls rapidly to the northern 
 shore of Temple Bay, a long and very deep arm of the sea, having at 
 its head a river in which there are at times large numbers of salmon. 
 On the SW. side of Temple Bay there is a remarkable hill, 832 feet 
 high, which falls very steeply to the shore, and southward of it is 
 a high ridge. High Beacon Hill, the summit of which is 978 feet 
 above the sea. 
 
 York Point, the western side of the entrance to Chateau Bay, 
 has some rocks off it, and should not be approached nearer than 
 600 yards. 
 
 Chateau Pcmt, the eastern side of the entrance, is steep-to on its 
 western side, but southward there is a shoal extending 150 yards. 
 
 Ice. — Chateau Bay is generally frozen up about Christmas, being 
 again open about the first week in July. 
 
 Henley Harbor, only suitable for small vessels, is frequented 
 by fishermen, the majority of whom come from Newfoundland in 
 June or July and remain until October. There are numerous 
 stages erected along the shore on both sides of the harbor, which 
 is formed by Stage and Henley Islands. It is about i mile long 
 
NT. 
 
 g no shelter to vea- 
 eal Point, the NE. 
 
 ms over it, lies 750 
 
 Fathoms water over 
 f the NE. point of 
 
 seaward by its posi- 
 lead and St. Peter 
 oy the coast to the 
 >ken and free from 
 ded and flat-topped 
 md Henley Islands, 
 ve the sea. 
 [ Pitts Harbors, the 
 le for largo vessels. 
 ard of the southern 
 niel, named Ameri- 
 f eet water, between 
 I Henley Island and 
 mall craft, 
 [ill, on the west side 
 teacon Hill, NW. of 
 idly to the northern 
 )f the sea, having at 
 numbers of salmon. 
 Tkable hill, 832 feet 
 I southward of it is 
 )f which is 978 feet 
 
 ce to Chateau Bay, 
 oached nearer than 
 
 ce, is steep-to on its 
 xtending 150 yards, 
 ut Christmas, being 
 
 issels, is frequented 
 n Newfoundland in 
 here are numerous 
 f the harbor, which 
 s about i mile long 
 
 antp:l()pk harboh — tkmplk hay. 
 
 505 
 
 1 
 
 and 200 yards wide, with depths of from 4 to 12 fathoms. With 
 strong winds from SW. there is a swell in this anchorage. 
 
 Antelope Harbor is on the east side of Chateau Bay, between 
 Henley Island and Barrier Point, which, with its reef, separates 
 it from Pi^ta Harbor to the westward. On Henley Island there 
 are two or tL^ee houses occupied by fishermen, who reside in this 
 locality all the year round, but during the depth of winter they 
 go to live at the head of Pitts Harbor, where they get a higher 
 temperature and more shelter from the wind. 
 
 Beacons. — Immediately eastward of Barrier Point there is a bay, 
 on the east point of which, named Grenville Point, there is a wooden 
 cask beacon, which serves as a leading mark for clearing the rocks 
 westward of Castle Island. A beacon, consisting of a cask, painted 
 black, and fixed against a square rock, which is whitewashed, 
 stands nearly midway on the west side of Castle Island. 
 
 Pitts Harbor, the best anchorage in Chateau Bay, is room_y and 
 well sheltered, about one mile long, and from i to f mile wide, and 
 has in its central part from 14 to 17 fathoms water, over a bottom 
 of mud. 
 
 "Water. — Water may be procured from a stream at the head of 
 this harbor, and wood is plentiful. 
 
 Temple Bay extends in a northwesterly direction for about 4 
 miles from its two entrances on either side of Whale Island. In 
 the middle there are from 20 to 45 fathoms water, and the shores 
 being steep-to, there is no good anchorage. At the head of the bay 
 there is a flat of sand and bowlders fronting the entrance to the 
 river before noticed, and in its southern corner, about 600 yards 
 southwestward of Temple Pass, there is a fishing village, named 
 Chateau, off which small vessels find anchorage. 
 
 Considerable quantities of mica are found on the SW. side of 
 Temple Bay, and on the NE. ride a small outcrop of graphite was 
 noticed. 
 
 Temple Pass, the southern entrance to the bay, is only 180 yards 
 wide ; the bottom is rocky, with large bowlders, the least water 
 being 3 fathoms. The ebb tide runs through this pass with con- 
 siderable strength. 
 
 Milners Tickle, the northern entrance to Temple Bay, has 4 
 fathoms least water in it, but the shores on either side are foul for 
 some distance off, and without a buoy the clear passage is not 
 easily distinguished. 
 
 Communication. — The coasting steamers from St. Johns, New- 
 foundland, which call at Chateau Bay during the summer months, 
 anchor (alternately) at Henley Harbor and the anchorage in Temple 
 Bay. 
 
 
5(M] 
 
 CAl'K HT. LKWIH TO GltAND POINT. 
 
 r 
 
 Rooks. — Between York Point and Temple Pnas there are two 
 rocks, otio, with 4^ fathoms water over it, lying 600 yards north- 
 eawtwaru of the point, and Halfway Rock, on which the depth is 
 ai fathoms, rather more than midway between the point and 
 Tomplo Pass, and GOO yards off shore. 
 
 Twelvo-feet Rock, with 9 feet water over It, lies in the fairway 
 of the entrance to the bay and between Castle and Whale Islands. 
 A rocky patch, on which the depth is 3J fathoms, lies 266 yards 
 north of Twelve-feet Rock. 
 
 Flat Island Rock, with 3^ fathoms water over it, lies 386 yards 
 from the eastern side of Flat Island. The beacon on Grenville 
 Point just open of the west extreme of Henley Island, bearing 
 about N. 10° E. (N. 46° E. mag.), leads between Twelve- feet and 
 Flat Island Rocks. 
 
 Frbc^jfs Rock, with 9 feet water over it, lies between the west 
 extreme of Henley Island and Whale Island ; between it and the 
 former there are depths of 4^ and 5 fathoms. 
 
 Black Rock, 2 feet above high water, off Black Point, is steep-to, 
 and makes a good mark for clearing Freezers Rock. 
 
 American Shoal, a rocky patch, with only one foot over it at 
 low water, lies in the fairway to Henley Harbor, and is easily seen. 
 
 DirectionB. — From the southward, having made out Castle and 
 Henley Islands, steer to give York Point a berth of ^ mile and to 
 bring the cask beacon on Grenville Point just open of Black Point, 
 bearing N. 10° E. (N. 45° E. mag.). Should the beacon not be in 
 position, Grenville Point itself may be distinguished by the black 
 rock, of which it is composed, showing out against the lighter back- 
 ground of the land beyond. This mark will lead 265 yards west of 
 Twelve-feet Rock and nearly the same distance eastward of Flat 
 Island Rock, which latter will be passed when the north extreme 
 of Castle Island Cap is well closed in on the south point of Stage 
 Island, bearing East (S. 55° E. mag.). 
 
 If proceeding to Antelope Harbor, and being of not very heavy 
 draft, steer to pass within 100 yards of Black Rock and anchor 
 between Grenville Point and the north shore of Henley Island, 
 where the harbor is 600 yards wide and the depths from 15 to 18 
 fathoms, over mud. Between this position and Grenville Point 
 there is a small mud bank, having over it a least depth of 7 fathoms. 
 
 If proceeding to Pitts Harbor, the beacon on Castle Island in line 
 with the rock (to be marked by an iron cage), 2 feet high, lying 
 about 200 yards SW. of Stage Island, bearing S. 46° E. (S. 11° E. 
 mag.), leads SW. of Freezers Rock and to the entrance to Pitts 
 Harbor; in case the beacon should be down, the square white- 
 washed rock may be used instead, taking care not to bring the 
 south extreme of the basalt cap on Henley Island inside Black 
 
 ^jm 
 
NT. 
 
 HKLLK rsLK. 
 
 m 
 
 PftBS there are two 
 g 600 yards north- 
 wrhich the depth is 
 en the point and 
 
 lies in the fairway 
 nd Whale Islands, 
 oms, lies 265 yards 
 
 jr it, lies 386 yards 
 aeon on Grenville 
 ey Island, bearing 
 n Twelve-feet and 
 
 } between the west 
 )etween it and the 
 
 c Point, is steep-to, 
 iock. 
 
 )ne foot over it at 
 , and is easily seen. 
 lade out Castle and 
 th of ^ mile and to 
 pen of Black Point, 
 le beacon not be in 
 lished by the black 
 st the lighter back- 
 ,d 365 yards west of 
 e eastward of Flat 
 the north extreme 
 uth point of Stage 
 
 of not very heavy 
 
 Kock and anchor 
 
 of Henley Island, 
 
 epths from 15 to 18 
 
 id Grenville Point 
 
 depth of 7 fathoms. 
 
 !]!astle Island in line 
 
 , a feet high, lying 
 
 S. 46° E. (9. 11° E. 
 
 ) entrance to Pitts 
 
 the square white- 
 
 e not to bring the 
 
 island inside Black 
 
 Point, b»'iiring 8. 70° E. (8. 35° E. mug.), to chtiir the long stony 
 spit (iff Barrier Point, iind wlion thu SW. cxtn'mc of Casth* IhIhikI 
 is in liiu) with the oast point of Whiil." Lsliind, S. 25" E. (8. 10° W. 
 nnig.), steer into the harbor and anchor as convenient. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water full and chiinge in Cluit(»au Bay at 7h. 
 Him.; .springs rise i feet, neaps rise a^'eet; nt'iips range 1| feet, 
 ])ut in tlie autumn, with strong SW. winds, the spring range is 
 8<iraetimes increased by 3 feet. 
 
 Tidal Streams.— Inside the bay, througii the narrow channels, 
 and otf York and Chateau Points, tlie tidal streams are perceptible, 
 but outside the current is almost always to the southward, and 
 during the survey, in the montlis of August and September, it was 
 noticeable that while the temperature of the water in Pitts Harbor 
 and Temple Bay averaged 45°, that outside the bay never rose 
 above 37°. 
 
 (H. O. Chart No 924.) 
 
 Belle Isle, lying about 14 miles SE. of Table Head, and directly 
 off the Atlantic entrance of Belle Isle Strait, is frequented by 
 American and English fishermen. It is about 9^ miles long in a 
 NE. direction and 3 miles '/ide, including Lark Island, close to its 
 west side, and is composed of a range of hills, bare of trees, which 
 rise to the height of 680 feet above the sea. The hills are princi- 
 pally of granite, alternating with clay and slate, and their steep 
 sides dip into the sea in every part, except at the NE. extreme of 
 the island, where two low points converge so as to form a narrow 
 creek, named Black Joke Cove, which shelters very small fishing 
 vessels during the finest months of summer. Shelter may also be 
 obtained in LarkJHarbor, under Lark Island, and in Valley Cove, 
 2i miles south of the islet ; but none of these coves are considered 
 safe early in spring or late in autumn, because of the heavy swell 
 which rolls into them from the eastward. 
 
 The east side of Belle Isle affords no anchorage, and there is 
 hardly a creek where a boat might find shelter. 
 
 A small rocky bank, with 5 fathoms least water, is reported to 
 exist about 6 miles N. 30° W. (N. 5° E. mag.) from the NE. extreme 
 of Lark Island. 
 
 Lark Harbor. — The anchorage called Lark Harbor, between 
 Lark Island and Belle Isle, is only 400 yards wide, with deep water, 
 indifferent holding ground, and much exposed to northeasterly 
 winds, but as it possesses the advantage of two entrances, vessels 
 are allowed a speedy and safe passage to sea. 
 
 Black Joke Oove, at the NE. end of the island, is not more 
 than 150 feet wide, with 12 feet water. It is formed inside an islet 
 joined to the island at low water, and will only afford secure shelter 
 
 1491U 33 
 
 mmm 
 
 mm 
 
508 
 
 HTUAIT <»K UKl.hV. IHLK. 
 
 to Olio or two Hiiiall voHHctIs moorod luiiid uiid stnru; l)ut in lioivvy 
 giilos from thonorthoaMlwnnl, osi)0(niilly iit liiKH-wiitor sprin^^s, tlio 
 hroakiiiK^oiiH dasli with viol<3tioo over tho lodgo of rocks, and inako 
 it iiiiHaft). Tho broakvvator which waw comph^tod in tlio Hiunnicr 
 of IH58, hfing of insutHciont woight and stmngth, tho wliolo of the 
 material was swept int<i tlie covo. 
 
 Valley Oove.— In Valhiy Covo voshoIh may find fair andiorago 
 and sluiltor during oastisrly winds. The bottom is sand, and in 
 tiie lino of tho points tho soundings are 17 fathoms, decreasing 
 gradually to tho shoro. 
 
 Rook. — A rock, upon wliich tho soa breaks heavily, lies with 
 the SW. oxtromo of Bollo Islo bearing S. 31° E. (8. 4° W. mag.), 
 distant i mile, and is estimated to have about 9 foot of water 
 over it. It is probably identical with tho dangers reported in 1881 
 by the steamer Ontario. 
 
 Lights. — Tho lighthouse on the south point of Belle Islo, a cir- 
 cular tower, 5!) fool in height and painted white, exhibits, at an 
 elevation of 47() feet, and between the bearings S. 70° W. (N. 09° 
 W. mag.), through North, to S. 70° E. (S. 35° E. mag.), a fixed white 
 light, which . visible 28 miles. 
 
 On account of the elevation at which the light is exhibited, it has 
 been found to be frequently obscxired by fog, and in conseciuence 
 an additional light is exhibited from a s(iuare lighthouse, painted 
 white and 31 feet in height, situated below the old lighthouse. 
 
 This latter is a fixed white light, elevated 137 feet, and should be 
 visible 17 miles in all directions, excoi)t where intercepted by the 
 high land of Belle Isle. 
 
 The lights are shown from sunset to sunrise from the 1st of April 
 to the 20th of December of each year. 
 
 Fog Signal. — During thick or foggy weather, an explosive 
 bomb is fired from a point near the upper lighthouse, at an eleva- 
 tion of about 400 feet above the sea. Tho signal, which should 
 explode high in the air, at a distance of 600 feet in a southerly 
 direction, will be fired at intervals of twenty minutes. 
 
 Should the bomb signal fail, a gun will be fired at intervals of 
 twenty minutes. 
 
 Vessels in the immediate vicinity of the signal may hear a dull 
 report, caused by the charge that throws the signal into the air, 
 preceding the loud report. 
 
 Provision Depot. — There is a depot of provisions for ship- 
 wrecked mariners at the lower lighthouse. 
 
 Northeast Ledge dries at low water, spi-ing tides, and lies H 
 miles N. 12° E. (N. 47° E. mag.) from the NE. point of Belle Isle, 
 with a deep-water channel between. 
 
 .,*^-»sS,.'i5-«iiSB!5w»^5j!f,'«aW?«raS": 
 
Mtorii ; but ill hoiivy 
 fh-wator Hprinjifs, tho 
 :o of rocks, (ind nmko 
 tutod ill tlio Hiunmor 
 ifth, tho whole of the 
 
 { find fair ancliomgo 
 toin iw Hiiml, aiul in 
 fathoms, decreasing 
 
 cs heavily, lion with 
 
 E. (8. 4° W. mag.). 
 
 jout 9 feot of water 
 
 gers reported in 1881 
 
 t of Belle Isle, a cir- 
 rhito, exhibits, at an 
 gs S. 70° W. (N. 09° 
 1. mag.), a fixed white 
 
 ht is exhibited, it has 
 , and in oonsecjuence 
 3 lighthouse, painted 
 ■i old lighthouse. 
 37 feet, and should be 
 •e intercepted by the 
 
 from the 1st of April 
 
 eather, an explosive 
 
 :lithou8e, at an eleva- 
 
 signal, which should 
 
 feet in a southerly 
 
 minutes. 
 
 e fired at intervals of 
 
 gnal may hear a dull 
 e signal into the air, 
 
 provisions for ship- 
 
 ing tides, and lies li 
 S. point of Belle Isle, 
 
 80UN1)IN(»M — TIDKH — CI' Kill: NTS. 
 
 5U» 
 
 strait of Belle Isle.— Tlio eastern entrance of tlie Strait of 
 Belle Isle, between York Point and Caim Il-uild, is 20 miles wide, 
 the latter point bearing from tho former S. -t;}" K. (S. 8° R. mag.), 
 but the narrowest part of the strait is southward of Amour Point, 
 in Forteau Bay, where it is only y| miles wide. The western 
 eutran(!eof the strait, between Greenly Island and Fi'rolle Point, is 
 nearly '^1 miles wide, tho point bearing from tho island S. 11" E. 
 (S. 23° W. mag.). 
 
 Steep granitic shores extend from York Point southwestvs -ird to 
 Cape Diablo, where sandstone lying on granite commences uid 
 continues t" 'Irand Point, at the western "entrance of the strait, 
 occasionally forming magnificent cliffs several hundred feet in 
 height. 
 
 Outer Soundings.— During summer and autumn the route from 
 Great Britain to Quebec tlirough the Strait of Belle Isle is much 
 frequented by steamers, and tho bank of soundings lying eastward, 
 distant 28 miles from the north point of Belle Isle, affords a valu- 
 able means of ascertaining the position of a vessel in foggy weather 
 when approaching from the eastward. 
 
 The least water yet found on this bank is 80 fathoms, mud, with 
 105 to 181 fathoms, sand, between it and tlie bank which stretches 
 eastward from Belle Isle. 
 
 The Soundings in the Strait of Belle Isle are not so irregular 
 but that they will afford assistance to a vessel at night, or auring 
 the fogs which so freqiiently prevail. The deepest water is on the 
 Labrador side, as, for instance, from York Point to Red Bay, where, 
 however, it is interrupted by the shallow water off Wreck Bay. 
 It is also deep on that side from Pin ware to Forteau Bays, inclusive ; 
 but the line of deep water is not direct nor continuous through the 
 strait, and it is still more perplexing that there is as deep water 
 within a miles of the dangerous Flower Ledges on the Newfound- 
 land side, opposite Forteau Bay, as in any part of the strait. The 
 depth of water varies in different parts from between 00 and 70 to 
 20 fathoms, and the nature of the bottom is as various as the depths, 
 being sometimes of rock and at others of sand, broken shell, pieces 
 of coral, or gravel. 
 
 Ti.des and Currents.— The flood and ebb streams at Cape Bauld 
 continue running NW. and SE. inshore three hours after high and 
 low water; and at to 7 miles NE. of the cape they continue run- 
 ning five hours after high and low water by the shore. 
 
 At Cape Norman the inshore streams run two hours after high 
 and low water by the shore, and in the center of the strait the 
 stream runs four hours after high and low water. 
 
 Off Forteau and Sandy Bays the streams turn with the high and 
 low water on shore, and turn quickly ; in the center of the strait 
 
 
 m&-- 
 
 
610 
 
 STRAIT OF BELLE ISLE. 
 
 i 
 
 the stream runs one hour later. These streams, however, are not 
 constant. 
 
 The flood comes from the northward along the coast of Labrador 
 and also from the SE., from Cape Bauld to Cape Norman. The 
 latter stream, there is reason to believe, is often turned off to the 
 northward by Cape Norman, and the same thing takes place at 
 Green Island, on the Newfoundland side, toward Greenly Island 
 on the opposite side of the strait. There is, moreover, at times a 
 stream running from the SW. for several days together along the 
 west coast of Newfoundland. This stream occasionally sets from 
 FdroUe Point obliquely across the strait toward Forteau Bay. 
 Sometimes, and especially with NE. winds, the current runs directly 
 in an opposite direction along the west coast of Newfoundland from 
 F^rolle Point past Rich Point. 
 
 Navigation of the Strait in Fogs. — The navigation of the Strait 
 of Belle Isle is attended with great danger in dark or foggy nights, 
 during which no vessel should attempt to run through. On such 
 occasions, therefore, it would be prudent to anchor in one of the 
 bays on the north side of the strait rather than to continue under 
 way. 
 
 A sailing vessel bound into the Gulf of St. Lawrence, and run- 
 ning with an easterly wind, will, however, find no place fit for that 
 purpose until arriving at the indifferent anchorage of Pin ware Bay, 
 for Red Bay can not be entered by a large vessel with an easterly 
 wind. 
 
 Loup Bay is the first good anchorage under such circumstances, 
 and there the vessel would be so far advanced in her passage through 
 the strait that it would not be worth while to stop, since everything 
 might be easily cleared in the remaining short distance. But with 
 a SW. wind, at the approach of night and appearance of fog, a 
 vessel bound out through the strait to the eastward had better stand 
 off and on under easy sail, tacking by the deep-sea lead from the 
 Newfoundland side till morning, if not farther to the northeast- 
 ward than Fdrolle Point. If farther advanced it would be better 
 to make Forteau Bay before dark and anchor there for the night. 
 In light winds or calms, during dark nights or foggy weather, it 
 is better to bring up with a stream anchor anywhere in the strait 
 rather than to drive about with the tides without knowing whither, 
 but then a lookout must be kept for drifting icebergs. 
 
 Fogs occur with all southerly and easterly winds, and they are 
 frequent likewise with SW, winds ; it is only when the wind is from 
 between the north and west that clear weather can be safely reck- 
 oned upon. 
 
 Wreck Bay. — Southwestward for 10 miles from York Point, 
 along the Labrador side of the Strait of Belle Isle, the coast is 
 
s, however, are not 
 
 le coast of Labrador 
 !ape Norman. The 
 in turned off to the 
 ling takes place at 
 ard Greenly Island 
 Loreover, at times a 
 ; together along the 
 iasionally sets from 
 vard Forteau Bay. 
 lurrent runs directly 
 !f ewf oundland from 
 
 '^igation of the Strait 
 ark or foggy nights, 
 through. On such 
 nchor in one of the 
 n to continue under 
 
 Lawrence, and run- 
 no place fit for that 
 age of Pin ware Bay, 
 !sel with an easterly 
 
 such circumstances, 
 her passage through 
 op, since everything 
 distance. But with 
 appearance of fog, a 
 'ard had better stand 
 )p-sea lead from the 
 ler to the northeast- 
 sd it would be better 
 there for the night, 
 or foggy weather, it 
 ywhere in the strait 
 ut knowing whither, 
 icebergs. 
 
 winds, and they are 
 'hen the wind is from 
 ir can be safely reck- 
 
 s from York Point, 
 ille Isle, the coast is 
 
 WRECK BAY — RED BAY. 
 
 511 
 
 straight and bold to Wreck Bay, which has a small river at its 
 head and affords no shelter. 
 
 Bay Shoal, a small patch of rocky ground with 5 fathoms least 
 water, lies S. 24° E. (S. 10° W. mag.) from the east point of Wreck 
 Bay. The bottom can be plainly seen on this patch in fine weather. 
 There is a heavy swell upon it in easterly gales, and frequently a 
 great rippling ; icebergs often ground upon it. 
 
 Barge Bay, 4^ miles southwestward of Wreck Bay, will be rec- 
 ognized by a waterfall at its head. 
 
 Black Bay, about 5 miles WSW. from Barge Bay, is about 2 
 miles wide at entrance, narrower within, and about 2 miles deep 
 in a northwesterly direction. Small vessels occasionally anchor 
 in it; but the ground is of sand, not very good for holding, and it 
 is open to the wind and sea from the SE. 
 
 Qull Island lies about li miles SW. from Wisemans Point, the 
 west point of Black Bay. It is a small, low, and bare rock about 
 ^ mile off shore. 
 
 Thistle Rock, nearly awash at low water, lies about 1^ miles 
 westward of Gull Island and about 1,200 yards S. 86° E. (S. 52° E. 
 mag.) from Twin Island. When the water is smooth there is no 
 sign of this danger and the clearing marks must be attended to. 
 
 (B. A. Chart No. 1136.) 
 
 Capstan Cove Point is the extreme of a bare gray mound, 52 
 feet high, about 1^ miles westward of Gull Island. It shelters 
 Capstan Cove from easterly winds, which anchorage is much 
 resorted to by fishermen in the herring season. 
 
 Twin Island consists of two hummocks, the northern 40 and 
 the southern 32 feet high, joined together except at high water, 
 spring tides. Several rocks extend westward from this island. 
 
 There is no passage for any vessel drawing more than 6 feet 
 water between Twin Island and the mainland, nor between the 
 east extreme of Saddle Island and the mainland. A bar, with 
 15 feet water on it, connects Twin and Saddle Islands. 
 
 Bed Bay, a good, although small, harbor, formed by Saddle 
 Islani and a bay in the mainland, is divided into two parts; the 
 northern named the basin and the southern the harbor. The pas- 
 sage between them is 200 yards wide, with a depth of 7 fathoms 
 in the middle, between Penney Island and the eastern shore. 
 
 The eastern side of the harbor is surmounted by a series of 
 hillocks, from 65 to 205 feet high, connected by marshes in which 
 there are ponds. The hills at the head are densely wooded, and 
 at li miles northward is a hill, 545 feet high, with several con- 
 spicuous bowlders at the summit. From Moore Point, the west 
 
 I 
 
 1^ 
 
512 
 
 8TBAIT OF BELLE ISLE. 
 
 entrance point to the basin, the hills fall steeply to the sea, occa- 
 sionally in red granite cliffs, over which a small cascade falls in 
 ordinary weather. Tracey Hill, immediately over the entrance, is 
 506 feet high and surmounted by a cairn with a pole on it. 
 
 The settlement, containing a population of about 150, is princi- 
 pally on the eastern shore, and is surmounted by a hillock with a 
 flagstaff, behind which is the chapel, while a small church stands 
 on the southern slope. The storehouse is on Penney Island. There 
 are a few huts on Saddle Island and Moore Point, and at the head 
 of the basin are the winter houses and a school with a flagstaff 
 near it. 
 
 Shoal water extends 135 yards from the eastern shore and head 
 of the basin, and a large shoai has been formed that extends 300 
 yards from the southern turning point to the deep bight on the 
 western shore. 
 
 A bank of bowlders extends eastward from Moore Point, and 
 there is no passage for anything but boats between that point 
 and Penney Island. 
 
 Saddle Island is bare, and surmounted at the east extreme by 
 Cox Hill, 97 feet high, and by a similar hill at the west extreme, 
 but 101 feet high. The western extreme has deep water within a 
 few yards, but off the north side shoal water extends 150 yards, 
 and bowlders, that dry at low water, 100 yards from the middle o 
 the north shore. 
 
 Scab Rock, with 16 feet water over it, lies 350 yards south war . 
 of the east end of Saddle Island. 
 
 Western Arm, the open bay extending westward from Red 
 Bay, has no danger at any distance from the shore, except in the 
 coves at the head, and affords good anchorage, with westerly winds, 
 in 14 fathoms water or less, as convenient, the water decreasing 
 gradually to the head, into which a large stream flows. 
 
 West Point is the eastern extreme of the peninsula, about 62 
 feet high, that forms the south shore of Western Arm. 
 
 Mad Moll, a rock which dries at low water, spring tides, lies 
 135 yards southward of West Point. 
 
 The Louse, with 22 feet water on it, and Belles Amours Shoal, 
 with 5 fathoms water over it, are situated 800 yards S. 80° E. 
 (S. 4° W. mag.) and 1^ miles S. 5° E. (S. 29° W. mag.), respec- 
 tively, from West Point. 
 
 Supplies. — Supplies of salt beef or flour may be procured in 
 small quantities. 
 
 Water may be obtained, at high water, from the streams at the 
 head of the basin or Western Arm, and small quantities may be 
 procured, in smooth water, from the streams under tLe cascade. 
 
 ■ ^"""^a 
 
)ly to the sea, occa- 
 lall cascade falls in 
 )ver the entrance, is 
 a pole on it. 
 ibout 150, is princi- 
 by a hillock with a 
 small church stands 
 nney Island. There 
 int, and at the head 
 ool with a flagstaff 
 
 tern shore and head 
 led that extends 300 
 e deep bight on the 
 
 1 Moore Point, and 
 between that point 
 
 the east extreme by 
 t the west extreme, 
 deep water within a 
 extends 150 yards, 
 1 from the middle <>: 
 
 50 yards southwar . 
 
 restward from Red 
 shore, except in the 
 rith westerly winds, 
 le water decreasing 
 .m flows. 
 
 peninsula, about 62 
 rn Arm. 
 )r, spring tides, lies 
 
 jUes Amours Shoal, 
 $00 yards S. 30° E. 
 ° W. mag.), respec- 
 
 aay be procured in 
 
 1 the streams at the 
 [ quantities may be 
 nder tLe cascade. 
 
 KED HAY. 
 
 613 
 
 Caution. — Vessels at anchor in this bay have found their com- 
 passes affected by local disturbances. 
 
 Ice. — The basin freezes over about the end of November, and the 
 harbor about the middle of December, and remain so till the mid- 
 dle or end of May. Field ice remains till the middle or end of 
 June, and icebergs may be met with all the year round, small bergs 
 frequently drifting into Western Arm and occasionally into the 
 harbor. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Red Bay at 8h. l!)m. ; 
 springs rise 4^ feet, neaps rise 2 feet ; neaps range one foot. 
 
 Tidal Streams. — The flood stream sets westward, through the 
 eastern channel, into the basin and through the harbor; the ebb 
 in a contrary direction, but the streams are generally weak, unless 
 influenced by high winds. 
 
 Directions. — Red Bay is easy of access for sailing vessels, with 
 a leading wind, but only small vessels will find room to beat in or 
 out, the entrance being 400 yards wide for them, and 200 yards 
 wide for large vessels, between the shoal water off Saddle Island 
 and the bowlders and shoe! water off Moore Point. 
 
 From the eastward, Wisemans Point must be kept open south of 
 Gull Island, bearing N. 48° E. (N. 82° E. mag.), until Cox Hill is 
 in line with the south extreme of Twin Island, N. 7r W. (N. 39° 
 W. mag.), when Thistle Rock will have been passed; Capstan 
 Cove Point must then be kept open of Twin Island, bearing N. 56° 
 E. (East mag.), until Tracey Hill bears N. 58° W. (N. 34° W. mag.), 
 to avoid Scab Rock, when the entrance of the harbor may be steered 
 for on this bearing. 
 
 When rounding Saddle Island, West Point must be kept well 
 open of it, bearing S. 24° W. (S. 58° W. mag.), until the fall of 
 the southern hillock of Twin Island is just open north of Saddle 
 Island, S. 69° E. (S. 35° E. mag.), when the harbor may be rounded 
 into and anchorage obtained, in from 6 to 9 fathoms water, as con- 
 venient. The flagstaff on the hill, 69 feet high, at the east side of 
 the entrance to the basin, in line with the north corner of the 
 Wesleyan Chapel which stands east of it, and is the only house on 
 that hill, bearing N. 45° E. (N. 79° E. mag.), leads, in mid-channel, 
 between Penney and Saddle Islands. 
 
 To pass into the basin, it is only necessary to keep in mid-channel 
 between Penney Island and the eastern shore of the harbor to find 
 anchorage in from 15 to 17 fathoms water, but the stage in the 
 middle of the northern shore of Saddle Island must not be shut in 
 with the wharf, on the eastern side of Penney Island, bearing S. 
 15° E. (S. 19° W. mag.), to avoid the shoal on the western shore 
 of the basin. 
 
 ■.j^^^^ssmm 
 
514 
 
 8TKAIT OF BELLE ISLE. 
 
 The holding ground is good in the harbor, but not in the basin, 
 and in the heavy NE. gales of autumn, which blow furiously 
 through it, vessels frequently drag. 
 
 Proceeding westward, after clearing the harbor, Moore Point kept 
 in line with the west extreme of Saddle Island, bearing North (N. 
 34° E. mag.), will lead eastward jf the Louse and Belles Amours 
 Shoals; but vessels can pass in safety between them by keeping 
 the eastern bight of Capstan Cove in line with the south extreme 
 of Twin Island, bearing N. 44° E. (N. 78° E. mag.). 
 
 (H. O. Chart No. 924.) 
 
 Coast. — The coast southwestward of West Point is foul, and 
 should not be approached within I mile. Teapot Rock, with 4f 
 fathoms water over it, lies 400 yards from the shore at li miles 
 southwestward from West Point. 
 
 Carrol Cove, about 3i miles from Red Bay, is very small, with 
 its entrance to the eastward. One or two fishing vessels are occa- 
 sionally secured in it, moored to the rocks, and there are huts and 
 fishing stages on the shore. 
 
 Little, St. Modest Islands are two small, low, and bare islets, 
 one mile apart, and close to the shore at the eastern point of Pin- 
 ware ; they afford no shelter to shipping. 
 
 Soldiei: Rock, awash at low water, lies i mile S. 69° E. (S. 35° E. 
 mag.) from the west extreme of the western islet. This rock must 
 be carefully avoided in approaching Pinware from the eastward. 
 
 St. Modest Island is a small bare islet close to the west point 
 of Pinware. Within this islet fishing vessels moor to the rocks 
 on either side, but it is 'useless for larger vessels. There are a few 
 houses inside Little St. Modest Islands and a large settlement 
 inside St. Modest Island, the latter locally known as The Tickle. 
 
 Pinware Bay, 11 miles southwestward of Red Bay, is 3 miles 
 wide across the mouth, from the western of Little St. Modest 
 Islands to St. Modest Island, and about 2 miles deep. There is 
 anchorage in this bay in 10 fathoms water, over sandy bottom, 
 but it is open to south and east winds, which send in a heavy 
 swell. There is, moreover, a rocky shoal on its west side, with 12 
 feet water over it, bearing N. 10° E, (Ni 44° E. mag.), nearly one 
 mile from St. Modest Island, and about i mile S. 34° E. (South 
 mag.) from Ship Head, a small rocky peninsula in the west part 
 of the bay. There is a river at the head of Pinware which boats 
 can enter at high water, and a fine sandy beach, southwestward 
 of it, extends to the rocky peninsula just mentioned. The best 
 anchorage is off the center of this beach. There is a conspicuous 
 house at the entrance to the river, and there are a few huts in the 
 bay. 
 
 ■wmm 
 
AN8E A LOUP — AMOUU POINT. 
 
 515 
 
 it not in the basin, 
 ch blow furiously 
 
 r, Moore Point kept 
 bearing North (N. 
 md Belles Amours 
 L them by keeping 
 the south extreme 
 
 Point is foul, and 
 ,pot Rock, with 4f 
 ) shore at IJ miles 
 
 is very small, with 
 ig vessels are occa- 
 there are huts and 
 
 >w, and bare islets, 
 jtern point of Pin- 
 
 3S. 69°E. (8. 35°E. 
 t. This rock must 
 rom the eastward, 
 e to the west point 
 moor to the rocks 
 !. There are a few 
 a large settlement 
 ^n as The Tickle, 
 led Bay, is 3 miles 
 Little St. Modest 
 es deep. There is 
 ver sandy bottom, 
 li send in a heavy 
 i west side, with 12 
 . mag.), nearly one 
 le S. 34° E. (South 
 la in the west part 
 nware which boats 
 ch, southwestward 
 itioned. The best 
 ire is a conspicuous 
 e a few huts in the 
 
 Granite, which has formed the coast line from York Point, ceases 
 to do so at the west point of Pinware, being succeeded by sand- 
 stone. The granite, however, is seen occasionally at the water's 
 edge, under the sandstone, at various points farther westward. 
 
 Diable Bay.— Diable Bay, having a small village at its head, is 
 a small open bay di miles southward of Pinware. 
 
 Anse k Loup (Loup Bay), which is 3 miles farther, will be 
 readily known by the magnificent cliffs of red sandstone at its east 
 entrance point, which are about 350 feet high" and extend 2 or 3 
 miles to the northeastward of it. 
 
 Schooner Cove, at the south point of Anse k Loup, is open to 
 the northeastward, but nevertheless fishing vessels anchor in it, in 
 7 fathoms water, during the summer months. There is a fishing 
 establishment and a few houses at this cove, and the entrance may 
 be readily recognized from seaward by a flagstaff and small white 
 signal hut on the summit of the high entrance point. 
 
 Anse h Loup is If miles wide and 1^ miles deep, extendin?j in to 
 the northwestward between high tablelands of sandstone, covered 
 with green moss and grass, highest on the eastern side, where it 
 terminates in the cliffs before mentioned. There is a fine sandy 
 beach, and a river, which small boats can enter at high water, at 
 the head of the bay. 
 
 Although this bay is quite open to the southeastward, yet vessels 
 anchor here at all times during the summer months, the holding 
 ground being extremely good. The best anchorage is in the north 
 end of the bay, in 10 fathoms water, over sand, about i mile off shore, 
 and with the entrance of the river bearing N. 10° E. (N. 41° E. 
 mag.). Shoal water extends about 600 yards from the north side 
 of the bay, and vessels should not anchor in less than ten fathoms 
 water. 
 
 Amour Point (corrupted from Pointe aux Morts, and locally 
 known as Cape Shallop), situated 4 miles westward of Anse h Loup, 
 is a low point, with several rocks off it, under the slope of a hill 
 190 feet high, which falls in a series of terraces, faced by cliffs, to 
 the shore. 
 
 Light. — The lighthouse on Amour Point, a circular tower 104 
 feet in height and painted white, exhibits, at an elevation of 152 
 feet abo-^ "q;h water, a fixed white light, which should be visible 
 18 miles, it is shown from the 1st of April to the 20th December 
 of each year. 
 
 Fog Signal.— A fog whistle, situated 55 yards SE. of Amour 
 Point Lighthouse, gives a blast of eight seconds duration, followed 
 by fifty-two seconds silence, every minute. With easterly winds 
 it is not easily heard when eastward of the lighthouse. Should the 
 
 I 
 I 
 
 f;-:?^*!^ 
 
 1 
 
516 
 
 STRAIT OF BELLE ISLE. 
 
 ¥'A 
 
 whistle be out of order, a horn or trumpet will sound blasts of simi- 
 lar duration. It is stated that late in the year the water supply 
 freezes, and the signal is temporarily suspended. 
 
 Caution. — Too much reliance should not be placed on hearing 
 this fog signal, as, from unexplained causes, the sound can not be 
 heard sometimes, even from short distances. 
 
 (B. A. Chart No. 1631.) 
 
 Forteau Bay is 4 miles wide between Amour Point on the east 
 and Forteau Point on the west. 
 
 Over each shore of Forteau Bay the hills fall in terraces from 
 elevations of 690 feet. Forteau Point slopes from a hill 21 2 feet 
 high, from which the hills rise gradually in long slopes, but faced 
 by cliffs on the seaward side, with an occasional gorge. From sea- 
 ward two conspicuous lines of cliffs will be recognized — Crow 
 Head, 240 feet high, on the west side of Anse aux Morts, and 
 Chimney Head, 144 feet high, on the west side of the bay. Near 
 the southern extreme of the latter Overfall Brook falls into the 
 sea from a height of 118 feet, the volume of water varying with 
 the season, so that occasionally the stream is very small. A church 
 with a spire, and several houses near it, stand close eastward of 
 English Point, which is a small hillock 25 feet high, situated in the 
 north part of the bay. From this point westward the water is 
 shoal, and an inlet that nearly dries at low water extends to the 
 mouth of Forteau Brook, whicn discharges the waters of several 
 lakes. Boats can go up to the mouth of the brook at half tide, but 
 care must be taken to avoid the numerous bowlders. Between the 
 first and second lakes is a waterfall that can be seen occasionally 
 from seaward. 
 
 Anse aux Morts, immediately north of Amour Point, is an open 
 bight with deep water close to the east shore, but on the north side 
 the coast is foul for a short distance, and the water shoals rapidly 
 to the head. 
 
 Anchorage. — Anchorage, with shelter from easterly winds only, 
 may be obtained in from 6 to 10 fathoms water, as convenient, but 
 large vessels should not bring the large house on the south shore 
 to bear southward of S. 80° E. (S. 46° E. mag.), and should anchor 
 at the distance of about 400 yards from the wharf. 
 
 The head of Forteau Bay is composed of a sandy beach, behind 
 which are situated several houses and the school, the latter a plain 
 building, painted white; the principal settlement is on the west 
 side of the head of the bay. The southernmost and most conspicu- 
 ous buildings, known as Jobs Room, are situated immediately 
 within the flats, a ledge of rock, that just covers at high water, 
 and affords shelter to the boats. The northernmost house of this 
 
und blasts of simi- 
 r the water supply 
 
 placed on hearing 
 e sound can not be 
 
 r Point on the east 
 
 1 in terraces from 
 rom a hill 21 2 feet 
 g slopes, but faced 
 gorge. From sea- 
 recognized — Crow 
 e aux Morts, and 
 3f the bay. Near 
 ook falls into the 
 rater varying with 
 r small. A church 
 close eastward of 
 igh, situated in the 
 ward the water is 
 iter extends to the 
 I waters of several 
 >k at half tide, but 
 lers. Between the 
 i seen occasionally 
 
 ir Point, is an open 
 t on the north side 
 iter shoals rapidly 
 
 isterly winds only, 
 as convenient, but 
 on the south shore 
 Eind should anchor 
 rf. 
 
 idy beach, behind 
 [, the latter a plain 
 mt is on the west 
 md most conspicu- 
 .ated immediately 
 )rs at high water, 
 most house of this 
 
 FORTEAIT BAY. 
 
 517 
 
 settlement is used as the postoffice during the summer. The shores 
 of Forteau Bay are generally bold, and there is no danger beyond 
 the distance of 200 yards from the shore, except at the bend, where 
 a shoal extends, from the schoolhouse, ^ mile across the bay. Good 
 salmon and trout fishing may be obtained here during the season. 
 
 Anchorage. — The best anchorage is in from 10 to 14 fathoms 
 water, in the NW. part of the bay, with the northernmost stage, 
 at the junction of the rock and sand, bearing about West (N. 50° 
 W. mag.). This is said to be the best roadstead in the Strait of 
 Belle Isle; the holding ground is good, and fishing vessels remain 
 moored there all summer, but a heavy swell rolls in with south- 
 westerly w'^^ds. 
 
 V ';e. v^ be obtained from ! ".n^s flowing down the hill- 
 side at the utlement on the wet., side of the bay, and at Jobs 
 Room there is a pipe, to which a hose could be fitted, for filling 
 boats. There is no large wood within 10 miles of the neighborhood 
 of the settlement. 
 
 The resident population numbers about 150, who liA'^e inland from 
 November till May, when they return to prosecute the seal fishery 
 till the end of June; and during the latter month, as soon as 
 navigation is open, the Newfoundland fishermen arrive, and number 
 about 300. 
 
 Ice. — The bay freezes over about the middle of December, and 
 the ice breaks up about the middle of May. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Forteau Bay at 
 lOh. 25m. ; springs rise 5i feet, neaps rise 3 feet ; neaps range 1^ feet. 
 
 Tidal Streams. — The flood stream, in calm weather, sets to the 
 northward on the east shore and to the southward on the west 
 shore, and the ebb in a contrary direction ; but these streams are 
 so weak in the bay that a fresh breeze from any quarter will 
 change their direction. Off Amour and Forteau Points the tides 
 are strong and extremely irregular, occasionally running in one 
 direction with a velocity of 4 to 5 knots an hour close to the shore, 
 and in an opposite direction a short distance off. In sounding off 
 these points, during the recent survey, three distinct streams were 
 met within a distance of 2 miles ; the tide rips were of sufficient 
 strength to turn H. B. M. S. Oulnare at right angles to her 
 .course, and these irregularities were continually changing without 
 any apparent cause. 
 
 Oaution. — In approaching Forteau Bay in foggy weather, ^reat 
 caution is necessary on account of these irregularities and of the 
 little warning that can be given by the hand lead before the shore 
 is reached; but by careful sounding the deep gully, with more 
 than 50 fathoms water in it, that stretches nearly across Forteau 
 Bay, and is witl in | mile of Amour Point, will serve as a warning 
 that the bay or coast is near. 
 
 S** 'i.f .'^wttW(ft5'y*-r?^^^^ 
 
 1 
 
518 
 
 srUAIT OF BELLE ISLE. 
 
 Anse Eclair, 4 miles westward of Forteau Point, is small, 
 exposed to the southward, and affords no anchorage. A low islet 
 and reef extend together about \ mile SW. from the east entrance 
 point. There is a fishing establishment close within this point, 
 and also at the head of the cove. 
 
 Westward of Anse ^ficlair the hills are remarkable for the large 
 slabs of rock facing the cliff, with which all the hills fall to the 
 sea. Those hills are generally flat, rising gradually to higher 
 ranges in the background. 
 
 Blanc Sablon (formerly Anse Sablon) is 7 miles westward of 
 Forteau Point. It is partly sheltered by Isle au Bois and Greenly 
 Island, but SW. winds send in a heavy sea, and vessels have been 
 lost there in autumnal gales. Generally it is a safe anchorage 
 during the summer months, and fishing vessels remain moored 
 there. 
 
 The hills fall in cliff, on the east side, from elevations of 402 to 
 253 feet, and on the west shore from a flat hill, 342 feet high, that 
 extends westward in a spur and terminates ia a sharp bluff, 167 
 feet high, over Long Point. There is a curious saddle-shaped hill, 
 440 feet 'high, at If miles northward of the head of the bay. 
 
 The shores generally are of rock faced by bowlders, but at the 
 head there is a sandy beach on the west side of a projecting point, 
 21 feet high, on which are conspicuous white houses and wharves, 
 known locally as Jobs Room. Blanc Sablon River separates the 
 point from the sandy beach and drains a long valley and some large 
 ponds. The hills on the east side fall in cliffs to the marshes in the 
 valley, but the rise is gradual on the west. 
 
 Blandford ShoaXs range in depth from 15 feet to 5 fathoms, 
 and occupy a space about 800 yards in extent in the middle of Blanc 
 Sablon. 
 
 A rock, with one foot water on it, lies 265 yards from the shore, 
 at i mile northwestward of St. Charles Point, the eastern entrance 
 point, and a cluster of rocks extends i mile southward from the 
 Barachois, a small cove eastward of Jobs Room. Shoal water 
 occupies the entire NW. part of the bay, in which is a rock, awash 
 at low water, 300 yards from the shore. 
 
 The coast westward from Lazy Point, the turning point westward, 
 to Grand Point is bordered by rocks and shoals and should not be 
 approached within -J- mile. 
 
 Gulch Cove, a creek between two granitic spurs, is situated f 
 mile westward of Lazy Point, and is frequented by fishermen during 
 the summer months. It is a dangerous place to approach, being 
 surrounded by rocks ; and the cove is so narrow that vessels are 
 hauled in stern first and moored by chains to the rocks on either 
 side. Losses, however, are not of frequent occurrence. 
 
 ,^ jxpEi6?»?s;\J5g«g«ga;W, .. -ivS! ¥' 
 
 'l?i5«!s^?aS-^sas;,S* ;iSi!»^K .saw^R,;, 
 
 ■immmim:sxim''^m^m^^-- 
 
OKEKNLY ISLAND. 
 
 510 
 
 I Point, is small, 
 rage. A low islet 
 L the east entrance 
 within this point, 
 
 cable for the large 
 B hills fall to the 
 idually to higher 
 
 aailes westward of 
 Bois and Greenly 
 
 . vessels have been 
 a safe anchorage 
 
 Is remain moored 
 
 evations of 402 to 
 342 feet high, that 
 a sharp blufiE, 167 
 jaddle-shaped hill, 
 I of the bay. 
 >wlders, but at the 
 I projecting point, 
 uses and wharves, 
 iver separates the 
 ley and some large 
 the marshes in the 
 
 feet to 5 fathoms, 
 lie middle of Blanc 
 
 ds from the shore, 
 le eastern entrance 
 uthward from the 
 lom. Shoal water 
 sh is a rock, awash 
 
 ag point westward, 
 and should not be 
 
 purs, is situated f 
 y fishermen during 
 ;o approach, being 
 >w that vessels are 
 he rocks on either 
 iirrence. 
 
 Grand (Long) Point, the turning point to Brndoro Buy and 
 the northwestern entrance point of the Strait of Belle Isle, has ruuiti 
 and shoals extending nearly 800 yards southward from it. 
 
 Perroquet Bank, with 4^ fathoms water over it, lies U miles S. 
 69° W. (N. 77° W. mag.) from Grand Point. 
 
 Isle au Bois, 167 feet high, is flat at the summit and generally 
 covered with moss and coarse grass. Penneys Room is a largo fish- 
 ing establishment at the NW. extreme of the island, and there are 
 several other houses on the east shore. 
 
 Shoal water extends 300 yards from the NE. coast of Islo au Bois, 
 and The Breakers, a ledge of rocks that dry at low water, extend \ 
 mile from a point near the 8W. extreme, but there is deep water at 
 200 yards off from the west shore and the north point. When the 
 boats can not land on the NE. side of the island, they do so at the 
 Cow House, a small square rock by the side of a small but deep 
 creek on the west shore, close south of the NW. extreme. 
 
 Greenly Island (He Verte) is li miles from Isle au Bois, and 
 consists of two hillocks joined by a plateau between two coves, the 
 northern being 84 feet and the southern 63 feet high. The NW, 
 shore is bold, but off the SE. extreme are a rock that dries at low 
 water and shoals that extend i mile in a southeasterly direction. 
 A large fishing establishment is situated in the eastern cove. 
 Greenly Island is the resort of myriads of puffins, which appear 
 suddenly in June and disappear as sudden V i'^ October. 
 
 Light— On the southwestern slope of > aq southern hillock on 
 Greenly Island an octagonal-shaped tower, 78 feet in height and 
 painted white, with a red lantern, exhibits, at an elevation of 108 
 feet, a revolving light having a period of revolution of three min- 
 utes, showing white for half a n>inute, then red for half a minute, 
 and white for half a minute, followed by an eclipse of one and a 
 half minutes. This light, exhibited from 1st April to 20th Decem- 
 ber, should be visible 15 miles. The keeper's dwelling, painted 
 white, is attached. 
 
 Fog SignaL — During thick or foggy weather a steam horn 
 sounds blasts of ten seconds duration, with an interval of eighty 
 seconds between blasts. 
 
 The fog-signal house, a long low building, painted white, with a 
 coal shed behind it, is 355 yards E. ^ S. of the lighthouse. 
 
 Bank.— A bank, with 4^ fathoms water over it, lies nearly mid- 
 way between Greenly Island and the nearest point of the mainland 
 
 from it. 
 
 Coal and Supplies.— A small stock of coal is kept here, jf 
 which about 50 tons could be supplied to vessels. Ships' stores 
 generally, such as flour, salt beef, etc., may also be obtained. 
 
 Water may be obtained at high water from Blanc Sablon River. 
 
 1 
 
 ^'^E-:''rr7^^^^f^*''^ - 
 
 I 
 
620 
 
 STHAIT OF HKI.I-K ISLK. 
 
 Fisheries. — Thoro are about 200 rosidonts in Blanc Sablon and 
 tlio noi^li])()rho()(l, who hunt for soal in May and June and other 
 fur-bcariuf? animals during tho winter. About 500 fishormon from 
 thfj east coast of Newfoundland are brought down in spring, and, 
 with tliH residents, proseouto the cod fishery. 
 
 Directions. — Approaching Blanc Sablon from the eastward, the 
 shore should be kept distant at least ^ mile till near St. Charles 
 Point, when the fall of the clitf over Anse Eclair Point should be 
 kept open south of the south extreme of St. Charles Point, beaiHng 
 N. 73" E. (8. 74° E. mag.), until the northern fall of the cliflPs on 
 the jast side of Blanc Sablon River is in line with the westernmost 
 wharf of Jobs Room, bearing N. 18° W. (N. 16° E. mag.), which 
 will clear Blandford Shoals. Open this mark a little to the west- 
 ward and run on it until the south fail of the northern hillock of 
 Greenly Island is in line with the north extreme of Isle au Bois, 
 bearing S. 48° W. (S. 82° W. mag.), when the vessel should pro- 
 ceed about 200 yards and anchor in 7 to 10 fathoms water, over 
 sand. This position is the best in the bay for large vessels, but 
 small craft can go into any depth, as convenient. Greenly Island 
 Lighthouse in line with the north extreme of Isle au Bois, bearing 
 S. 40° W. (S. 74° W. mag.), clears the shoal water at the head and 
 the rocks extending from the Barachois. 
 
 Proceeding westward, the NW. point of Isle au Bois should be 
 kept about ^ mile distant, and rounded till the fall of the hill 
 over St. Charles Point is in line with the NW. extreme of Isle au 
 Bois, bearing N. 65° E. (S. 81° E. mag.), when, by keeping on that 
 mark till near Greenly Island, the bank between that island and 
 the mainland will be avoided; or, by keeping in mid-channel 
 between Isle au Bois and Greenly Island, the vessel may proceed 
 to the southward. 
 
 Ice. — Blanc Sablon freezes over about the middle of December 
 and breaks up about the middle of May. The first steamer arrives 
 about the end of May, and the last vessel leaves about 30th October. 
 Field ice makes during the winter, but finally leaves aboiit the 
 middle of June. Icebergs may be met with at any time, but only 
 a few reach as far west as Greenly Island. 
 
 In 1833, the channel between Isle au Bois and the main was frozen 
 across on the 28th of June, after the winter ice had broken up. 
 Packed ice rema'ned till the middle of July, and numerous icebergs 
 all the year. 
 
 Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Blanc Sablon at 
 lOh. 32m. ; springs rise 5 feet, neaps rise 2J feet ; neaps range 1^ feet. 
 
 Tidal Streams. — The usual flood stream sets through the an- 
 chorage and channel between the islands and the mainland, in a west- 
 erly direction, with an average velocity of 1| knots an hour, and 
 
Jlanc Sablon and 
 i June and other 
 
 00 fishermon from 
 a in spring, and, 
 
 the eastward, the 
 noar St. Charles 
 • Point should be 
 les Point, bearing 
 11 of the cliffs on 
 
 1 the westernmost 
 E. mag.), which 
 
 little to the west- 
 rthern hillock of 
 ( of Isle au Bois, 
 Bssel should pro- 
 Koms water, over 
 largo vessels, but 
 Greenly Island 
 au Bois, bearing 
 r at the head and 
 
 u Bois should be 
 e fall of the hill 
 :treme of Isle au 
 ' keeping on that 
 that island and 
 in mid-channel 
 Bsel may proceed 
 
 die of December 
 t steamer arrives 
 mt 20th October, 
 leaves about the 
 y time, but only 
 
 main was frozen 
 
 had broken up. 
 
 imerous icebergs 
 
 Blanc Sablon at 
 ips range 1^ feet, 
 through the an- 
 inland, inawest- 
 )ts an hour, and 
 
 BLANC SABLOX. 
 
 in 
 
 the (}bb stream sets in the opposite directicin, but with perHiHtoiit 
 winds from one direction the straanis have been known to attain a 
 rate of 2^ knots aa hour. With opposing winds, a very heavy sea 
 is raised in the channel between the islands and the mainland, and 
 occasionally boats are swamped there. It is particularly bad at the 
 north extreme of Isle au Bois, where the tidal stream between the 
 islands meets that of the other channel. 
 
INDEX. 
 
 
 fiige. 
 
 Aaron Ann 188 
 
 Abbot Cove 872 
 
 AbrabimiH Cove 227 
 
 Afbimh Iload 04 
 
 Adolaiilo iHland 810 
 
 Admiral Cove 188 
 
 AdiniralH Beach ... 47 
 
 anchorage 47 
 
 Cove, Broyle Harbor.. . 481 
 Fenneuse Harbor 483 
 
 Grand Bank 188 
 
 Head 481 
 
 Island, BrigUH Bay 48rt 
 
 Trinity Harbor . 484 
 
 Aigle Cape 127 
 
 AiguillotteH Harbor 828 
 
 Island.. 828 
 
 Rock 828 
 
 Air Island -•.... 418 
 
 Alcock Island 870 
 
 f.r 'ihorage 871 
 
 AldridgeHead 176 
 
 Rock 175 
 
 Alexander Rock 850 
 
 Allan Cove 161 
 
 Island 122 
 
 light 122 
 
 Allen Rock 90 
 
 Shoal 61 
 
 St. Peter Bay 503 
 
 AmeliaCove 811 
 
 Amei-ican Bank 286 
 
 Shoal {«».(. 
 
 Tickle o'.j 
 
 Amherst Fort 474 
 
 fog signal 474 
 
 light 478 
 
 Amour Point 515 
 
 cantion .. 516 
 
 fog signal 515 
 
 light 515 
 
 Anchor Cove, St. Barbe Bay 296 
 
 Point 296 
 
 CT6maill6re Harbor. 814 
 
 Rock 75 
 
 Renewse Harbor 484 
 
 Anderson Rmk 174 
 
 Snnker 174 
 
 Andrews Island 104 
 
 Angel Hoad 414 
 
 Point 814 
 
 Angnille Cape 215 
 
 tides 218 
 
 Range 218 
 
 AnseA Loup.. 515 
 
 aux MortH 516 
 
 Eclair 518 
 
 Point 530 
 
 Sablon . 518 
 
 Anson Island .. 886 
 
 Ai.t Rock . ..818 
 
 Antelope Harbor 505 
 
 Anthony Island 488 
 
 Isles 491 
 
 AntillCov 801 
 
 KM ihorage 601 
 
 Aquafort .lar^jor 482, 488 
 
 ice 482 
 
 Rocks 488 
 
 Arch CliflP Point 425 
 
 Arches, The 278 
 
 A rctic or Labrador Current 18 
 
 Ardent Rock 288 
 
 Tail 288 
 
 Ardoise Cape 808 
 
 Argent Bay 189 
 
 Cove 189 
 
 Ari^j'e Bay 817 
 
 anchorage 817 
 
 directions 817 
 
 Arnolds Cove, Pine Cape 44 
 
 Placentia Bay 64 
 
 Arran Cove 152 
 
 anchorage 158 
 
 Arrow Point 426 
 
 Arthur Rock 458 
 
 Artimon Bank 86 
 
 Cape 808 
 
 Assizes Harbor 496 
 
 directions 497 
 
 tides 498 
 
 water 497 
 
 Island 495 
 
 (523) 
 
624 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 -J 
 
 fe':i 
 
 m 
 
 Page. 
 
 Assizes Rock 496 
 
 Athwart Island - - 420 
 
 Atlantic Cove 211 
 
 Aurora Point 322 
 
 Aviron Bay - 166 
 
 Point 166 
 
 Rock 166 
 
 B. 
 
 Bacalhao Island 888 
 
 light 383 
 
 Rock 383 
 
 Baccalieu Island 452 
 
 light 452 
 
 Back Cove, Burgeo 177 
 
 Sarin Inlet 119 
 
 anchorage 119 
 
 Islets 71 
 
 Harbor 379 
 
 Head 379 
 
 Shoal 47 
 
 Backside Cove 426 
 
 Bacon-bone Rock 425 
 
 Bacon Cove 467 
 
 Head, Colliers Bay.-. 466 
 Hearts Content 454 
 
 Bad Bay 504 
 
 west coast 279 
 
 Neighbor Rock 190 
 
 Grandy Pas- 
 sage 204 
 
 Rock . 330 
 
 Badger Bay 869 
 
 Rock 107 
 
 BaggCove -- 166 
 
 Head 378 
 
 BaggsHead 189 
 
 Island, Burgeo 178 
 
 Tacks Head 88 
 
 Baie de Canaries 827 
 
 Fourchette 332 
 
 la Loutre 206 
 
 caution.. 206 
 
 I'Eau- 100 
 
 Head 100 
 
 water.- 101 
 
 wood 101 
 
 Outardes 816 
 
 desPins... 341 
 
 Bailey Cove 426 
 
 Baker Cove 65 
 
 Head ^ 43 
 
 Island 204 
 
 Pago. 
 
 Baker Point 65 
 
 Bakers Brook 269 
 
 Loaf Hill 440 
 
 Island 419 
 
 Rocks--- 419 
 
 Bald Head. 58 
 
 Aquafort Harbor 483 
 
 Bay 57 
 
 Island Ill 
 
 Trinity Bay 446 
 
 Nai' .Point Rock 443 
 
 Point 171 
 
 Baldney Rock 377 
 
 Baldwin Cove 336 
 
 anchorage 336 
 
 Rock 336 
 
 Rocks, Basque Port 208 
 
 Burgeo Islands . . 180 
 
 Shoal 180 
 
 Baleine Rock, Great Goose Harbor 321 
 
 Griguet 309 
 
 Ballard Bank 40,487 
 
 Cape 39,485 
 
 Ballast Cliff -- 413 
 
 • Point 413 
 
 Balsam Bud Cove 347 
 
 Bande de 1' Arier Harbor 144 
 
 light ... 144 
 
 Bane Harbor 102 
 
 Tolt 102 
 
 Bank Head 221 
 
 Cove - 221 
 
 Rock 45 
 
 Bannatyne Cove 252 
 
 anchorage 252 
 
 Banquereau Bank 85 
 
 Bantam Banks 484 
 
 Bai- Shoal 483 
 
 The, Castor Harbor 289 
 
 Humber River 252 
 
 Nick Power Cove 166 
 
 Red Harbor -. 112 
 
 Shoa' Harbor 443 
 
 Smith Sound 439 
 
 Bara Rock 325 
 
 Barachois Brook 220 
 
 The 518 
 
 St. George Bay 224 
 
 Barachoise de St. Pien-e 132 
 
 Rock.. 210 
 
 B-rasway Bay 184 
 
 Mull Face Bay 202 
 
 deCerf 152 
 
Page. 
 
 65 
 
 : 269 
 
 am 440 
 
 island 419 
 
 [locks- 419 
 
 58 
 
 luafort Harbor 483 
 
 ly 57 
 
 land Ill 
 
 •inityBay 446 
 
 nt Rock 443 
 
 171 
 
 £ 377 
 
 3 336 
 
 anchorage 836 
 
 Rock 336 
 
 ks, Basque Port 208 
 
 Burgeo Islands . - 180 
 
 il 180 
 
 , Great Goose Harbor 321 
 
 Grignet 309 
 
 40,487 
 
 39,485 
 
 -- 413 
 
 Point 413 
 
 Dove 347 
 
 ner Harbor 144 
 
 light ... 144 
 
 102 
 
 Tolt 102 
 
 221 
 
 ove 221 
 
 45 
 
 3ve 252 
 
 anchorage 252 
 
 3ank 85 
 
 cs 484 
 
 - 483 
 
 itor Harbor 289 
 
 nber River 252 
 
 k Power Cove 166 
 
 I Harbor 112 
 
 a' Harbor 443 
 
 th Sound 439 
 
 325 
 
 ook 220 
 
 le 518 
 
 St. George Bay 224 
 
 3 St. Pien-e 132 
 
 ock.. 210 
 
 y 184 
 
 Mull Face Bay 202 
 
 Cerf 152 
 
 ■WPIf 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 525 
 
 Pngf. 
 
 Barasway, Grand Bruit 191 
 
 Great Jer vis Harbor.. 158 
 
 Harbor Breton 146 
 
 leCou 197 
 
 Point- 184 
 
 Rencontre Bay - 164. 
 
 Barbac6 Cove 288 
 
 Point 288 
 
 caution 284 
 
 Bard Cove 390 
 
 Island 890 
 
 Islands 417 
 
 Bare Point- 285 
 
 Bareneed Village 465 
 
 Barge Bay 511 
 
 Baring Island 185 
 
 Barnes Island 390 
 
 Barracks Islets 392 
 
 Barred Bay., 287 
 
 Island 122 
 
 Barren Island Harbor 70 
 
 Mussel Harbor 94 
 
 Placentia Sound .. . 69 
 
 Mount 243 
 
 Point, Coffin Cove 76 
 
 Croc Harbor 323 
 
 Barrett Rock 90 
 
 Barrier Point 505 
 
 Barrow Harbor 419 
 
 ice 419 
 
 tides 419 
 
 Rock 148 
 
 Barry Brook 221 
 
 Basque Port 207 
 
 beacons 209 
 
 buoys 208 
 
 caution 209 
 
 coal 208 
 
 communication 208 
 
 directions 209 
 
 fog signal 208 
 
 ice 209 
 
 lights. - 207 
 
 telegraph 208 
 
 tides 209 
 
 Bass Point 119 
 
 Rock 119 
 
 Basse-ten-e Point 148 
 
 BatailleBank 128 
 
 Eatrix Island 379 
 
 Battery Point, British Harbor 436 
 
 Cul-de-SacBay --. 166 
 Battle Harbor 493 
 
 Pago. 
 
 Battle Harbor, caution 494 
 
 coal 494 
 
 communication.-- 494 
 
 hospital 494 
 
 ice 494 
 
 Battslsland 88 
 
 Bauld Cape 304,807 
 
 fog signal 804 
 
 light 804 
 
 tidal stream 306,307 
 
 Bawdry Cape 181 
 
 BayBuhs 479 
 
 communication 479 
 
 dangers- 479 
 
 directions 480 
 
 ice 482 
 
 water - 479 
 
 de Grave 465 
 
 Loup 175 
 
 anchorage 175 
 
 Point 174 
 
 Rock 175 
 
 Vieux 169 
 
 anchorage 170 
 
 water , 170 
 
 of Exploits 374 
 
 anchorage 374 
 
 communication-. 374 
 
 ice - 875 
 
 tides 875 
 
 water 875 
 
 Mands - 247 
 
 communication-.. 247 
 
 ice 247 
 
 tidal streams 259 
 
 I'Argent 189 
 
 BackCove 189 
 
 le Moine 196 
 
 Rock -- 197 
 
 water _ 197 
 
 Point, Good Bay 309 
 
 Long Harbor 491 
 
 Robei-ts 464 
 
 ice 464 
 
 light 464 
 
 telegraph 464 
 
 Shoal 511 
 
 Verte 341 
 
 anchorage 841 
 
 ice 841 
 
 Bawdens Hole 471 
 
 Bayot Shoa? . - _ 287 
 
 Baziel Village 203 
 
 
 I 
 
 J 
 
 mmm 
 
 W 
 
526 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Hi 
 
 Page. 
 
 Beach Point, Belloram — . 144 
 
 light- 144 
 
 Harbor Grace 461 
 
 light- 461 
 
 Portau Port 285 
 
 Trepassey 43 
 
 BeachesCove 416 
 
 Head 416 
 
 Beacon Hill 504 
 
 Point, La Poile 198 
 
 beacon--.- 198 
 
 Bear Bank 314 
 
 Cove 338 
 
 Point, Fermeuse 483 
 
 Roche Harbor 268 
 
 west coast 247,296 
 
 Witless Bay 480 
 
 Deadfall Brook 250 
 
 anchorage . . - 250 
 
 Head 169 
 
 Cull Island 870 
 
 west coast -.- 246 
 
 White Beiii' Biky . 170 
 
 Hill ,-- 389 
 
 . Island 171 
 
 Beaiibois Cove - 116 
 
 Beaver Brook 380 
 
 Cove, Chimney Bay 330 
 
 DildoRun 386 
 
 Head 346 
 
 HallBay 360 
 
 Notre Dame Bay — 346 
 
 Pond - 346 
 
 Rock 880 
 
 Head 386 
 
 Hill — - 897 
 
 Point - - 397 
 
 Rock 446 
 
 Beck Bay 148 
 
 Beckford Shoal 48 
 
 Bed Rock 878 
 
 Beef Island .-.. 295 
 
 Belier Shoal 126 
 
 Bell Island, Conception Bay 468 
 
 Gray Islands.- 324 
 
 PlacentiaBay 71 
 
 Rock 468 
 
 Garia Bay 1»4 
 
 Rose Blanche 201 
 
 BelleAnse 309 
 
 Bay - 148 
 
 Harbor 142 
 
 tie du Petit Nord 824 
 
 Page. 
 
 Belle Island 148 
 
 Isle 507 
 
 fog signal 508 
 
 lights 508 
 
 provisions 508 
 
 Rock 508 
 
 Strait 409 
 
 currents 17,509 
 
 general directions. 31 
 
 ice 18,25 
 
 navigation in fogs 510 
 outer soundings . . 609 
 
 passages . - 81 
 
 tides 509 
 
 Bellens Point 873 
 
 Belles Amours Shoal 512 
 
 Belloram 144 
 
 communication 144 
 
 light - 144 
 
 tides 144 
 
 Belvy Bay 317 
 
 Benburry Rock 406 
 
 BeiiCu, The 398 
 
 B6nie Islet 283 
 
 Benmans Island .-.. 412 
 
 BennetRock 192 
 
 Bennett Bank 94 
 
 Cove 196 
 
 Benoit Cove 251 
 
 anchorages 251 
 
 Berry Island 884 
 
 Morton Harbor . 377 
 
 Head 269 
 
 Hill 269 
 
 Hills.-.- -•-.- 123 
 
 Point 195 
 
 Bertrand Rocks 127 
 
 beacon 127 
 
 Bessy Island. 417 
 
 Betts Bight 349 
 
 BettsCove 348 
 
 buoy 349 
 
 communication 849 
 
 water 349 
 
 Head .'-.- 849 
 
 Island 848 
 
 Betty Island 80 
 
 Beverley Cove 258 
 
 BicheArm 326 
 
 Bide Arm 828 
 
 anchorage 828 
 
 tides 381 
 
 Shoal 828 
 
 WU 
 
148 
 
 507 
 
 nial 508 
 
 508 
 
 ions 508 
 
 508 
 
 409 
 
 currents 17,509 
 
 general directions. 31 
 
 ice 18,25 
 
 navigation in fogs 510 
 
 outer soundings . . 609 
 
 passages . - 81 
 
 tides 509 
 
 873 
 
 Shoal 512 
 
 144 
 
 unication 144 
 
 - 144 
 
 144 
 
 317 
 
 -. 406 
 
 Ot'O 
 
 283 
 
 1 — 412 
 
 192 
 
 94 
 
 196 
 
 251 
 
 chorages — . 251 
 
 884 
 
 arton Harbor . 377 
 
 269 
 
 269 
 
 .- -:... 123 
 
 195 
 
 3 127 
 
 beacon 127 
 
 417 
 
 - 349 
 
 348 
 
 y 349 
 
 munication 849 
 
 Br 349 
 
 .'--. 849 
 
 848 
 
 80 
 
 258 
 
 326 
 
 828 
 
 >rage 828 
 
 381 
 
 INDEX, 
 
 527 
 
 Page. 
 
 Big Bald Head 90 
 
 Barasway, Goose Arm 255 
 
 Norman Head 184 
 
 ChanceCove. 461 
 
 ConueBay 141 
 
 Copper Head 164 
 
 Cove.- 280 
 
 Head, Cape St. Gregory. 261 
 
 Dick Rock 218 
 
 Duck Island 502 
 
 Gull Island 877 
 
 Head, Humber Arm 258 
 
 Main Tickle 882 
 
 Mortier Bay 114 
 
 Island, Cove 249 
 
 Deer Harbor 448 
 
 Garia Bay. 194 
 
 Little Brftl6 Harbor ... 88 
 
 Prosque Harbor 81 
 
 Rock, Deer Harbor . . . 448 
 
 Troy town Island 868 
 
 Plate Island 137 
 
 Pond 63 
 
 Pools Island 406 
 
 Rattling Brook 158 
 
 Rock, Garia Bay 194 
 
 Rock, Little Br616 88 
 
 Salmonier 119 
 
 Rock 132 
 
 water 119 
 
 Seallsland 195 
 
 Shoal, Despair Bay 151 
 
 Isle of Valen 78 
 
 Little River 169 
 
 Merasheen Harbor 91 
 
 Placentia Bay 107 
 
 Red Harbor- 112 
 
 White Islands 75 
 
 Sunker, Cinq Cerf Islands 189 
 
 Little Pinchgut... 60,61 
 
 Redland 90 
 
 Troytown Island 868 
 
 Bight, The 148 
 
 Billiard Cove 185 
 
 tides 184 
 
 water 185 
 
 Point 824 
 
 Bill of Lance Cove 165 
 
 Binghams Shoal lOV 
 
 Birch Cove 448 
 
 BiichyCove, Despair Bay 157 
 
 anchorage 157 
 Green Bay 865 
 
 Paga. 
 
 Birchy Cove Head 855 
 
 Humber Arm 252 
 
 anchor'ge 252 
 
 supplies 252 
 
 tides - - 252 
 
 Head, Bonne Bay 264 
 
 Trinity Bay 412 
 
 Island 66 
 
 Point...., 158 
 
 Bird Island, Brunet Islands 137 
 
 Cove, Lar gent Cape.. 429 
 
 Islands, Rosiru Islands 89 
 
 Turr Islands 288 
 
 Biscay Bay - 42 
 
 Bishop Islet 392 
 
 Rock 345 
 
 Bishops Harbor 418 
 
 ice 419 
 
 Bittern Cove 67 
 
 Black Bay 511 
 
 Blackberry Head 357 
 
 Black Brook --. 445 
 
 cape «o<i 
 
 Cove- 121 
 
 Duck Brook 283 
 
 Cove -- 295 
 
 Roddy Bay 416 
 
 Random Sound. 443 
 
 St.Edrbe 236 
 
 Island 416 
 
 landing -- 236 
 
 Fly Island 492 
 
 George Head 194 
 
 Head 64 
 
 Bay 426,477 
 
 BonavistaBay 420 
 
 ice 426 
 
 beacon 477,496 
 
 Cape Spear 477 
 
 G reat Caribou Island . 494 
 
 Middle Arm 254 
 
 Pouch Cove 469 
 
 Rock - 116 
 
 Tor Bay 469 
 
 Hill 121 
 
 Horse Shoal 484 
 
 Island 376,382 
 
 Harbor, Main Tickle- 382 
 Rock, Norman Cape. 300 
 Tickle, Bay of Ex- 
 ploits 376 
 
 Willis Reach 417 
 
 Islet, Fogo Islands 393 
 
 
 Jr 
 
528 
 
 rNDEX. 
 
 !, 
 
 Page. 
 
 Black Ijlet, Grignet Buy 309 
 
 Jeanne Channel 323 
 
 St. Charles Harbor... 501 
 
 St. John Bay 390 
 
 Joke Cove 507 
 
 Ledge, Anthony Island 438 
 
 Otter Rub 161 
 
 Point, Antelope Harbor.. . 506 
 Rock.Witless Bay . . 456 
 St. Margaret Bay ... 391 
 
 Reef , Flowers Island 403 
 
 Ronks, Greens Pond.. 404 
 Seldom Come-by Har- 
 bor 894 
 
 River 66 
 
 ice 66 
 
 telegraph 66 
 
 Bay le Moine 196 
 
 Black Rock 206 
 
 Connaigre Bay 147 
 
 , Couteau Bay. 187 
 
 Culotte _. 188 
 
 GariaBay 194 
 
 Grandy Passage 303 
 
 Little Garia Bay 195 
 
 Long Harbor 141 
 
 , Placentia Bay 59,109 
 
 Ragged Islands 84 
 
 Ramea Islands 173 
 
 Red Harbor ,.. 113 
 
 Rose Blanche . . 197 
 
 Saddle Island 159 
 
 St.Pierre 138 
 
 Shoal 196 
 
 Southern Harbor 365 
 
 Sunker 109,366 
 
 Rose Blanche.. 197 
 » Southern Har- 
 bor 366 
 
 White Bear Bay 173 
 
 Temple Bay 505 
 
 Rocks, Ballard Cape 485 
 
 Green Pond 404 
 
 Shoal, Black Rock 306 
 
 Blake Ground 491 
 
 Blanc Cape, Miquelon 134 
 
 light 134 
 
 St.Pierre 136 
 
 Sablon Bay 518 
 
 coal 519 
 
 directions 530 
 
 fisheries 520 
 
 fog signal 519 
 
 I Pngc, 
 
 I Blanc Sablon Bay ice 520 
 
 I light 519 
 
 j supplies 519 
 
 tidal streams . . 520 
 
 tides 520 
 
 River 518 
 
 Blanche Point, Croc Harbor 823 
 
 Round Harbor 348 
 
 St.Pierre 126 
 
 River 225 
 
 Blandford Port 428 
 
 Shoals 518 
 
 Bleak Islet 408 
 
 Block Rock 453 
 
 Bloody Bay 417 
 
 Point 416 
 
 Reach 416 
 
 Fair Bay 420 
 
 New Perlican 454 
 
 Placentia Bay 67 
 
 Reach 416 
 
 i Bloomer Harbor 420 
 
 Blowhard Rock 884 
 
 Blow-me-down Bluflf 79 
 
 Bay de Grave 465 
 
 Bay de Loup 175 
 
 Bay of Islands.... 250 
 
 Devil Bay 164 
 
 Head, Fei-meuse . - 483 
 
 Mortier Bay 116 
 
 Point, Laun Har- 
 bor 132 
 
 White Bear 
 
 Bay 171 
 
 St. Lawrence Har- 
 bor 120 
 
 Sunker '. 116 
 
 Blue Beach Point 130 
 
 Hills, Conception Bay .. 467 
 
 of Couteau 188 
 
 of Garia 194 
 
 Red Harbor 112 
 
 Pinion Harbor.. 144 
 
 anchorage. .^-. 144 
 
 Point 91 
 
 Rock 90 
 
 Shaglsland 58 
 
 Bluflf Head, Colinet 47 
 
 Cove, Toulinguet 883 
 
 Lamalin 122 
 
 light 122 
 
 Port au Port 284, 240 
 
 CliflE..-- 242 
 
Page. 
 
 »y ice 520 
 
 light 519 
 
 supplies 519 
 
 tidal streams . . 520 
 
 tides 520 
 
 .iver 518 
 
 Droc Harbor 323 
 
 Round Harbor 348 
 
 3t.Pierre 126 
 
 225 
 
 428 
 
 Is 518 
 
 403 
 
 453 
 
 417 
 
 416 
 
 3ach... 416 
 
 lir Bay - 420 
 
 3W Perlican 454 
 
 acentia Bay 67 
 
 416 
 
 ■ 420 
 
 -- 884 
 
 Bluflf ..,. 79 
 
 Bay de Grave 465 
 
 Bay de Loup 175 
 
 Bay of Islands.... 350 
 
 Devil Bay 164 
 
 Head.Fei-meuse.- 483 
 
 MortierBay 116 
 
 Point, Laun Har- 
 bor 133 
 
 White Bear 
 
 Bay 171 
 
 St. Lawrence Har- 
 bor 120 
 
 Sunker '. 116 
 
 It 120 
 
 seption Bay .. 467 
 
 outeau 188 
 
 aria.. 194 
 
 Harbor 112 
 
 rbor 144 
 
 anchorage. .^-. 144 
 
 - 91 
 
 -. 90 
 
 a 58 
 
 inet 47 
 
 ire, Tonlinguet 882 
 
 nalin 122 
 
 lit 123 
 
 •tauPort 234,240 
 
 Cliff...- 242 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 529 
 
 Page. 
 
 Bluff Head Shoal 128 
 
 Point 489 
 
 Bandom Island 443 
 
 Boar, The, Burgeo 177 
 
 Island, Burgeo 178 
 
 light 178 
 
 Rock 178 
 
 Shoal 178 
 
 Boat Cove 299 
 
 Harbor 101 
 
 Head..- 101 
 
 water 101 
 
 Head - 398 
 
 Peninsula 298 
 
 Rock 189 
 
 Stern 298 
 
 Boatswain Island 891 
 
 Bob Head 143 
 
 Lock Cove 163 
 
 water 162 
 
 Bobby Cove • 348 
 
 Island.- 848 
 
 Bock 109 
 
 Bogy Ledge 34 
 
 Bois Island, Despair Bay 154 
 
 FeiTyland Harbor ... 483 
 
 Hardy Harbor 342 
 
 Bois6es Islands 800 
 
 Bon Gars Bock 302 
 
 Bonah Coves ^ --- ®^ 
 
 Bonaventure Harbors .-. 435 
 
 Head 484 
 
 Bonavista Bay 408 
 
 approach - 408 
 
 Cape 409 
 
 light 409 
 
 Cove 427 
 
 communication.-- 427 
 
 tides 427 
 
 Harbors 409 
 
 ice 409 
 
 Bonhomme Point 323 
 
 Bonne ?3ay- 263 
 
 anchorage 263 
 
 Bank 267 
 
 coal 263 
 
 communication 263 
 
 Harbor 160 
 
 anchorage 160 
 
 tides 160 
 
 Hermitage Bay 159 
 
 ice 267 
 
 supplies 263 
 
 FkgO' 
 
 Bonne Bay tidal streams 267 
 
 tides 367 
 
 Bonnels Point 178 
 
 Bonniere Shoal. 129 
 
 Boot Harbor 862 
 
 anchorage 362 
 
 Head 362 
 
 Bordeaux Gut 64 
 
 Island 64 
 
 Boswarlis 389 
 
 Bottom, The, Bane Harbor 102 
 
 Port Basque 209 
 
 Boche Harbor 268 
 
 South Bight 448 
 
 Bouilli Point 138 
 
 Bouleaux Bay 315 
 
 Boulonnaise Bock 324 
 
 Boulton Islet 451 
 
 Boutitou Shoal 337 
 
 Bow and Aitow Ledges — - 478 
 
 Bower Ledge -- 453 
 
 Bowlder Bank 463 
 
 buoy 401 
 
 Ledge 268 
 
 Boxey Harbor 145 
 
 tides 145 
 
 Point.-. 145 
 
 Bock.- 145 
 
 Bradley Bock.... 459 
 
 Bradore Bay 519 
 
 Brag Bock, Deer Island 415 
 
 GariaBay 194 
 
 Branch Cove 48 
 
 Head --- 48 
 
 Brandies Islet - 401 
 
 Rock, Lobster Islet 386 
 
 Rocks, Bay of Islands. .. 249 
 Brunet Islands... 187 
 
 Deer Islands 415 
 
 Mercer Cove 137 
 
 New Bay 872 
 
 " Bay Cape 314 
 
 St. Francis Cape-. 469 
 
 Three Arms 357 
 
 west coast - 271 
 
 Beefs 401 
 
 Shoal, DoUarman Bank. 480 
 Bagged Islands . - . 87 
 
 Brandy Cove - 165 
 
 Head 165 
 
 Bocks, Mortier Bay 117 
 
 Bras des Veaux Marin 888 
 
 Bread and Cheese Islands 98 
 
 t 
 
 i tWmiHBCM CWB 
 
 ,> 
 
530 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 119 
 
 VHge. 
 
 Bread Box 106,128 
 
 Cove 428 
 
 Island 98 
 
 Breadcheese Point 479 
 
 Rock 479 
 
 Breaker Point 808 
 
 Breakers, Isle au Bois 619 
 
 Breakheart Point 84 
 
 Rock no 
 
 Breeches Rock 106 
 
 Br6hat Bays 812 
 
 Point 812 
 
 Shoals 812 
 
 tidal streams 818 
 
 Breme Point 60 
 
 Brennan Point 61 
 
 Brennans Hill 462 
 
 Brent Cove, Confusion Bay 848 
 
 FacheuxBay 161 
 
 Head 848 
 
 • (Petit coup de Hache) 848 
 
 Islands GIC 
 
 BrentonBock 400 
 
 Breton Harbor 146 
 
 Reef 289 
 
 Briand Shoal 184 
 
 Bridges Island 868 
 
 Brierly Cove 49 
 
 Landing 49 
 
 Brig Bay 292 
 
 Beacon. 292 
 
 directions 292 
 
 BrigasBay 465 
 
 communication 466 
 
 ice 466 
 
 Head 481 
 
 Brigus-by-South Harbor 481 
 
 BrimballHead 162 
 
 Storehoose Cove 170 
 
 Brimstone Head 390 
 
 Point 68 
 
 Brine Islands 68 
 
 Brines Rock 424 
 
 Brin^Cove 345 
 
 Britannia Cove 489 
 
 British Harbor 486 
 
 Point 486 
 
 Broad Cove, Broad Head Bay 426 
 
 Head, Black Head Bay 426 
 
 Conception Bay 458 
 
 Red Harbor... 112 
 
 Ship Harbor.- 54 
 
 LaPoileBay 193 
 
 Pagf. 
 
 Broad Cove, Port au Port 286, 340 
 
 Ragged Islands 87 
 
 Rocks, New Bonaven- 
 
 ture 485 
 
 Coves, Head, Placontia Bay 108 
 
 ice....... 428 
 
 Newman Soimd 421 
 
 Island 416 
 
 Broize Point 809 
 
 Brook Rock 81 
 
 The 345 
 
 Broomclose Harbor 419 
 
 Broom Point 272 
 
 Brothers, The, Great Jervis Harbor 158 
 Troytown Islands.. 869 
 
 Broussailles Point 842 
 
 Brown Bank 37 
 
 Brown Fox Island 410 
 
 Mead 444 
 
 Shoal 278 
 
 Store Island 420 
 
 Bi'oyiti Captj 4jjx 
 
 Harbor 481 
 
 ice 482 
 
 tides 481 
 
 Bruce Cove, Gull Island 420 
 
 Rock 420 
 
 Brl!kl6Cape 34a 
 
 Harbors 88,89 
 
 Head.- 89 
 
 Shoal... 89 
 
 Brunet Island 136 
 
 anchorage 186 
 
 light 136 
 
 tides 136 
 
 Bruyantes Rock 320 
 
 Bryans Hole Point 428 
 
 Bryants Cove 468 
 
 Buck Head 258 
 
 Buckley Cove 422 
 
 Point 422 
 
 BTiffet Harbor 92 
 
 anchorage 98 
 
 current ,.. 98 
 
 ice 98 
 
 tides 98 
 
 Head 92 
 
 Island 92 
 
 Point 150 
 
 Buffett Tickle 159 
 
 Buffetts Island 175 
 
 anchorage 175 
 
 Bull and Cow Rocks 48 
 
Pagr. 
 
 Tt auPort 286,340 
 
 gged Islands 87 
 
 cks, New Bonaven- 
 
 ure 485 
 
 ead, Placentia Bay 108 
 
 e. 428 
 
 ewmau Sound 421 
 
 416 
 
 809 
 
 81 
 
 845 
 
 bor 419 
 
 272 
 
 reat Jervis Harbor 158 
 roytown Islands.. 869 
 
 tit 842 
 
 87 
 
 nd 410 
 
 444 
 
 278 
 
 and 420 
 
 461 
 
 481 
 
 5e ifiQ 
 
 des 481 
 
 llsland 420 
 
 !k 420 
 
 842 
 
 88,89 
 
 89 
 
 89 
 
 ■ 186 
 
 ichorage 186 
 
 fbt 186 
 
 les 186 
 
 820 
 
 nt 428 
 
 468 
 
 258 
 
 432 
 
 422 
 
 92 
 
 ichorage 98 
 
 irrent ^. 98 
 
 e 98 
 
 les 98 
 
 92 
 
 92 
 
 150 
 
 159 
 
 175 
 
 achorage 175 
 
 icks 48 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 531 
 
 Page. 
 
 Bull Arm 460 
 
 ice 451 
 
 Head 479 
 
 Island 450 
 
 anchorage 460 
 
 Tickle 450 
 
 tides 450 
 
 Point 49 
 
 Islet 49 
 
 Rock 466 
 
 GariaBay 194 
 
 BundellsGaze 402 
 
 Bungle Island 69 
 
 Rock 69 
 
 Bunyan Cove 428 
 
 Burgee 176 
 
 anchorage 176 
 
 beacon 176 
 
 buoy ^6 
 
 communication 176 
 
 directions 182 
 
 ice 176 
 
 Island 78 
 
 Islands 177 
 
 Banks 118 
 
 light 178 
 
 supplies 176 
 
 telegraph 176 
 
 tidal streams 188 
 
 tides 188 
 
 BurgoyneCove 489 
 
 anchorage 489 
 
 Burin Harbors 117 
 
 coal 118 
 
 communication... 118 
 
 ice 118 
 
 tide 119 
 
 Island 117 
 
 light 117 
 
 Inlet--. 118 
 
 Passage.-- 118 
 
 Burke Island 56 
 
 BumsheadRock 482 
 
 Burnt Arm, Goldson Arm 884 
 
 Cape 800 
 
 Peninsula 800 
 
 Cove 388 
 
 Head.- 60 
 
 Point 60 
 
 Sunker 60 
 
 Island, Bonavista Bay 41 5 
 
 Rock 415 
 
 P»ge. 
 
 Burntisland. Hall Bay 861 
 
 Leading Tickles 870 
 
 Little Harbor 100 
 
 Stocking Harbor .. - 853 
 
 Toulinguet 881 
 
 Tickle 881 
 
 Islands, Nonsuch 97 
 
 tides 97 
 
 coal -- 205 
 
 communication . . . 205 
 
 God Bay 205 
 
 Harbor 305 
 
 buoy 205 
 
 directions. 206 
 
 supplies 205 
 
 Point, Bay de Grave 466 
 
 Bonne Bay 266 
 
 Catal ina Harbor 481 
 
 Renewse Harbor 484 
 
 Seldom Come-by 
 
 Harbor 894 
 
 Warwich Harbor . . . 487 
 
 Ridge 427 
 
 Wood Point 279 
 
 Burton Cove 875 
 
 Burtons Pond 849 
 
 Buse Hills 821 
 
 BushyHead 47 
 
 Bussey Point 897 
 
 Bustard Bay 816 
 
 Cove 285 
 
 Butchers Cove 412 
 
 Butler Cove, Leading Tickles 870 
 
 Troytown Harbor... 868 
 
 Head 62 
 
 Island— 89 
 
 Point - 112 
 
 Rock 108 
 
 Great St. Lawrence . 120 
 
 Butt Cove.; 875 
 
 Hole 78 
 
 Butterfly Islands 408 
 
 Butter-pot Hill 201,206 
 
 Holy Rood Bay- -. 468 
 
 Rock 808 
 
 Buttonhole Cove 348 
 
 Point 348 
 
 Button Island, Fortune Harbor... 874 
 
 Buzzard Shoal 364 
 
 Byrne Cove 882 
 
 Rocks 882 
 
 l 
 
532 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 a 
 
 Cabin Point 829 
 
 Cabot Islands 408 
 
 light 408 
 
 Strait 214 
 
 current 15 
 
 ice 34 
 
 Cagnet Cape 848 
 
 Cahil Point 474 
 
 Caillou au Chat 128 
 
 Cailloux de terre 128 
 
 Island 817 
 
 Cains Island 200 
 
 Caini Head 68 
 
 ice 58 
 
 Mountain 322 
 
 Calapoose Rocks 197 
 
 Calas, The 819 
 
 Calculus Rock 288 
 
 Calf Rock 194 
 
 Callaghans Ground 868 
 
 V^cillu loiuu --,--■«_.._._ io 
 
 Calvary Hill 77 
 
 Paquei Harbor 842 
 
 Hills 184 
 
 Point 381 
 
 Camel Island, Griguet Harbor. . . 808 
 
 Indian Bay 410 
 
 Campbells Cove 227 
 
 Camp Islands 502 
 
 Canada Bay 827 
 
 Harbor 881 
 
 ice 381 
 
 tides 881 
 
 Head 881 
 
 Canaille Cape 348 
 
 Canailles Islets 128 
 
 Canal, The 188 
 
 Canaries Harbor 881 
 
 Canary Isles 80 
 
 Candlemas Head 349 
 
 Canes Island 325 
 
 CaniaCape 848 
 
 Canias Rock 305 
 
 Cann Islands 394 
 
 light 894 
 
 Canon Point 127 
 
 light 127 
 
 Canso Bank 86 
 
 Cap Daim 839 
 
 Cape Cove, Fogo Island 394 
 
 LaHuneBay 187 
 
 Landing 89,486 
 
 Capo Cove, Race Cape 89,486 
 
 Island 108 
 
 Islet 204 
 
 Nonnan Bay 200 
 
 Ritlge 401 
 
 Rocks 168 
 
 Roger Bay 98 
 
 Harbor 98 
 
 Head 09 
 
 Island - 98 
 
 Mountain 98 
 
 Rouge Shoals 127 
 
 Harbor 826 
 
 Peninsula 825 
 
 Spear Bay 477 
 
 light 477 
 
 Capelan Bay 347 
 
 Capillaire Mountains 315 
 
 Caplin Bay, Broyle Harbour 481 
 
 Cove Head, Notre Dame 
 
 Bay 346 
 
 Capstan Cove 511 
 
 Point 611 
 
 Point, Nameless Cove ... 397 
 
 Captain Island 187 
 
 anchorage 187 
 
 Jack Island 491 
 
 Pearce Rock 379 
 
 CarbonearBay 459,460 
 
 anchorage 460 
 
 communication... 460 
 
 directions 460 
 
 ice 460 
 
 tides 460 
 
 Island 459 
 
 light 459 
 
 C ireening Point 323 
 
 C'arentonne Island 311 
 
 Caribou Channel 494 
 
 Cove 290 
 
 Island 494 
 
 Point 495 
 
 Caroline Point 848 
 
 Carrier Point 481 
 
 Carrol Cove .*. 514 
 
 Carroll Cove 502 
 
 Carters Head 881 
 
 Cartridge Bight 494 
 
 Cary Rock 426 
 
 CashelCove 115 
 
 Lookout. 115 
 
 Cask Head 852 
 
 Castle Cove 426 
 
Tat*. 
 
 9 Cape 39,486 
 
 168 
 
 294 
 
 ly - 290 
 
 401 
 
 168 
 
 98 
 
 bor tt8 
 
 d 09 
 
 id - 98 
 
 ntain 08 
 
 als 127 
 
 •bor 826 
 
 insula 825 
 
 477 
 
 t - 477 
 
 247 
 
 tains 815 
 
 jrle Harbour 481 
 
 lad, Notre Dame 
 
 846 
 
 511 
 
 int 511 
 
 tameless Cove ... 207 
 
 187 
 
 nchorage 187 
 
 ind 401 
 
 lock 379 
 
 450,460 
 
 nchorage 460 
 
 ommnnicatlon... 460 
 
 irections 460 
 
 ;e- 460 
 
 ides 460 
 
 I -. 459 
 
 light 459 
 
 328 
 
 d 811 
 
 494 
 
 290 
 
 494 
 
 405 
 
 - 848 
 
 481 
 
 .'. 614 
 
 502 
 
 -. 381 
 
 494 
 
 426 
 
 115 
 
 115 
 
 852 
 
 426 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 688 
 
 Pane. 
 
 Castle Hill 50 
 
 Inland ,.--. 104 
 
 Chateau Bay 504 
 
 beacons - 505 
 
 Islet - 78 
 
 Ledge 504 
 
 The 80 
 
 Castor Cove H80 
 
 Point 280 
 
 River 200 
 
 Castors Harbor 280 
 
 directions 200 
 
 tides 200 
 
 Cat Arms 884 
 
 Bay 418 
 
 tidal stream 418 
 
 Cove -• 118 
 
 anchorage 467 
 
 CapeGoboso 888 
 
 Gastrieb Bay 467 
 
 Indian Bay 410 
 
 Island 410 
 
 Old Bonaventure Harbor 485 
 
 Harbor 401 
 
 ice — 401 
 
 Head 884 
 
 Island, Burin Harbor 117 
 
 Rock 120 
 
 Cat Cove 467 
 
 Catalina Harbor 480 
 
 anchorage 481 
 
 caution 482 
 
 coal 431 
 
 communication . 431 
 
 directions 482 
 
 fog signal 481 
 
 ice 481 
 
 light. 430 
 
 pilots 431 
 
 shoals 480 
 
 tides 482 
 
 Catamaran Rock 408 
 
 CatensCove 67 
 
 Cemetery Point.- 323 
 
 Center Hill 450 
 
 Cerises Island 836 
 
 Chabert Island 821 
 
 Chain Rock 474 
 
 Chaine Point 329 
 
 Reef .-- 329 
 
 Chaleur Bay 165 
 
 anchorage 165 
 
 Chalk Rocks 450 
 
 Chalky Cove 412 
 
 Head 412 
 
 Champ-paga Shoal 826 
 
 Chance Cove, Ballard Cape -. 485 
 
 Head 486 
 
 Coves, Trinity Bay 461 
 
 Harbor 876 
 
 anchorage 878 
 
 Ledge 424 
 
 Harbors, Sweet Bay... - 424 
 
 Head 424 
 
 Islet - 424 
 
 Rock 100 
 
 Chandler Reach 422 
 
 Change Island 887 
 
 Tickle 388 
 
 directions..- 888 
 
 ice 888 
 
 tides 888 
 
 Channel Head 208 
 
 coal 208 
 
 communication ... 208 
 
 light 207 
 
 telegraph 208 
 
 Island 208 
 
 Village. 208 
 
 Chapeau de Miquelon 184 
 
 RougeCaiJe 121 
 
 Chapel Cove 467 
 
 Island 144 
 
 Chappie Arm 458 
 
 Head 458 
 
 Tickle 422 
 
 Charge Rock 404 
 
 Charley Island 898 
 
 Rock 65,90 
 
 Charleys Rock 189 
 
 Charlie Island - 118,898 
 
 Sheaves Cove 228 
 
 Charlton Rock 480 
 
 Chasseurs Isljind, Little Islets Har- 
 bor 321 
 
 St. Pierre 125 
 
 Point 285 
 
 Chateau Bay 504 
 
 communication 505 
 
 directions 506 
 
 ice 504 
 
 tidal streams 507 
 
 tides 507 
 
 Point 504 
 
 Chatte Rocks 134 
 
 buoy 184 
 
 t 
 
 I 
 
534 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Ill 
 
 ';»! 
 
 ChecHe Hill 888 
 
 Island 9)) 
 
 Chdvre Cape iss 
 
 Chien iHlaml 127 
 
 light l«8 
 
 Rock 800 
 
 Chimney Arm ^ 828 
 
 Bay 820 
 
 Cove anchorage 260 
 
 Bay of Islands 260 
 
 Canada Bay 880 
 
 Head 260 
 
 Head, Forteau Bay 516 
 
 Rocks 105 
 
 Tickle 502 
 
 Chimnies Hills 880 
 
 Chonse Brook 886 
 
 Cible Point 281 
 
 Shoal 281 
 
 Cigale Point 815 
 
 Cinq Cerfs Bay 188 
 
 Brook 189 
 
 Islands 189 
 
 Isles Bay 148 
 
 Civil East Cove, Great Sandy Har- 
 bor 72 
 
 Long Harbor 55 
 
 Islaitu 72 
 
 Clam Bank Cove 282 
 
 Cove 485 
 
 Clapper Rock 468 
 
 Clark Point 897 
 
 Rock 829 
 
 Clarke Cove 153 
 
 Rock . 884 
 
 Clatise Harbor 79 
 
 Head 77 
 
 Clearcove Rocks 488 
 
 Clements Cove 459 
 
 Cleopatra Rock 892 
 
 Cliflf Point 477 
 
 Rock 409 
 
 CliflEy Point 278 
 
 Clode Sound 422 
 
 anchorage 428 
 
 communication 438 
 
 ice 428 
 
 tides 423 
 
 Clorinde Shoal 127 
 
 Cloud Hills : 880 
 
 Clou6 Patches 249 
 
 Rock 121 
 
 Shoal 289 
 
 Club Caym 491) 
 
 Clumpy Shoal I86 
 
 Coaclunan Harbor H41 
 
 anchorage 843 
 
 communication 342 
 
 tides 342 
 
 Coal Islet 310 
 
 River 245 
 
 anchorage 246 
 
 Head 246 
 
 Coalpit Point 46 
 
 Shoal 46 
 
 Cobbett Harbor no 
 
 Cobbler Island 868 
 
 Rocks 366 
 
 Tickle 868 
 
 Cobblers Fishing Rock 407 
 
 Cobbs Arm 885 
 
 Cochrane Cove 91 
 
 Cock and Hen Cove 66 
 
 Despair Bay 154 
 
 Cockle Rock 117 
 
 Cod Rock, Canada Bay 829 
 
 Cod-pile Hill 826 
 
 Codroy Island 2I6 
 
 Road 215 
 
 communication 215 
 
 tidal streams ,. . 216 
 
 tides 215 
 
 Village 216 
 
 Coflfee Pot Islet 420 
 
 Coffin Cove 76 
 
 Cold Harbor 149 
 
 Coldeast Point, Bay Roberts 464 
 
 Caplin Cove 481 
 
 Rock 421 
 
 Coleman Island 898 
 
 ColesBank . 502 
 
 Colinet Harbor 47 
 
 directions 47 
 
 tides 47 
 
 Islands 46 
 
 Passage 46 
 
 Collet Cove 93 
 
 Colliers Ann *. 452 
 
 communication 462 
 
 tidal stream 452 
 
 Bay 466 
 
 Point 466 
 
 Collins Roc^ 77 
 
 Colombier Cove 307 
 
 Island, Burgeo Islands. 180 
 Burnt Islands.- 206 
 
 Kmm 
 
49» 
 
 180 
 
 bor mi 
 
 nnchoi-HKe 342 
 
 cominuiiication 342 
 
 tides 342 
 
 810 
 
 245 
 
 lorftge 246 
 
 d 246 
 
 40 
 
 40 
 
 : 170 
 
 868 
 
 868 
 
 868 
 
 ig Rock 407 
 
 886 
 
 -. 91 
 
 vove 66 
 
 Despair Bay 1S4 
 
 -- 117 
 
 da Bay 829 
 
 826 
 
 215 
 
 215 
 
 iimnnication 216 
 
 al streams 216 
 
 es 215 
 
 215 
 
 430 
 
 76 
 
 149 
 
 Bay Roberts 464 
 
 Caplin Cove 481 
 
 421 
 
 898 
 
 502 
 
 47 
 
 irections 47 
 
 ides 47 
 
 46 
 
 46 
 
 98 
 
 .*. 452 
 
 imunication 462 
 
 il stream 452 
 
 466 
 
 466 
 
 -- 77 
 
 307 
 
 :, Burgeo Islands. 180 
 Burnt Islands.- 206 
 
 INDKX. 
 
 6»6 
 
 Pafc. 
 Colombier iHland, Laun Harbor 133 
 
 iHlandH, St. Pierre 136 
 
 Shoal 136,180 
 
 Comeby-Chance Bay 64 
 
 Point 64 
 
 Ice 60 
 
 Commander Shoal 281 
 
 ComuH Ro<ik 186 
 
 Coniieptiou Bay 468 
 
 ice 469 
 
 Conche Harbor 826 
 
 anchorage 827 
 
 communication ... 827 
 
 ice 837 
 
 supplies 827 
 
 PeniuHula 835 
 
 Coney Arms 835 
 
 Head 885 
 
 Bay 206 
 
 caution 200 
 
 Head 205 
 
 Arm 835 
 
 Confusion Bay 848 
 
 Connaigre Bay 147 
 
 Head 147 
 
 Rock 147 
 
 Conne Bays 141 
 
 River 153 
 
 anchorge 153 
 
 Connecting Point 422 
 
 Connoire Bay --- 185 
 
 anchorage 185 
 
 tides 186 
 
 water 186 
 
 Head 185 
 
 Connor Islet - - 440 
 
 Content Coves 415 
 
 Islet 416 
 
 Reach 409 
 
 Conway Cove 54 
 
 Cook Bank 281 
 
 Cove 261 
 
 Harbor 299 
 
 tides.— 800 
 
 Point 299 
 
 Rocks 299 
 
 Room Rock 404 
 
 Stone 210 
 
 Cooper Cove, Chaleur Bay 165 
 
 Little Placentia 58 
 
 Tacks Head 87 
 
 water 165 
 
 Island, Savage Cove 298 
 
 C<K.t Island 205 
 
 Coppaleen Rock 83 
 
 CopjK'r Duck Rock 187 
 
 iHland, AssizcK Harbor.. . 405 
 
 Flat Islands. Ill 
 
 Rock.. Ill 
 
 Greens Pond 404 
 
 HurhKHead 432 
 
 Little Bay IslandH. !t(J6 
 
 Rainea Island 1 78 
 
 Shoal Bay 449 
 
 Wadham Islands 30H 
 
 Islet 441 
 
 Coq Island 315 
 
 Corbeau Islet £23 
 
 CorbinDay 148 
 
 Harbor 119 
 
 Head, Corbin Bay 148 
 
 Fortune Bay 148 
 
 Shoal 58 
 
 Trinny Cove 58 
 
 Island iii» 
 
 Cordelia Deeps 478 
 
 Corlet Shoal 819 
 
 Connorandier Islands 818 
 
 Cormorant Caiw 230 
 
 Cliff 284 
 
 Cornelius Island 177 
 
 Comer Brook 252 
 
 Cove 854 
 
 Rattling Bnxjk 354 
 
 Cottel Beach 416 
 
 Island 416 
 
 Reach 410 
 
 Cottier Bay 458 
 
 Point 458 
 
 Cottle Island 414 
 
 Countryman Islands 898 
 
 Coup de Hache Point 848 
 
 Coup6, Cape 182 
 
 Courage Point 482 
 
 Couteaii Bay 187 
 
 anchorage 188 
 
 directions 188 
 
 Colombier 187 
 
 Cove-nan-drioch-clochan . . .". 57 
 
 Cove Point, Qriguet Harbor 809 
 
 The - 164 
 
 tides 104 
 
 Cow and Calf Ledge 477 
 
 Cove 274 
 
 Head - 274 
 
 Bishops Harbor 418 
 
 I 
 
 ; 
 
 ,«>■ 
 
5a({ 
 
 rvT)t V. 
 
 I 
 
 m 
 
 .V >i 
 
 Cow Hpfwl H»rl)or 
 
 criminnnii'ittion 
 
 tiltlll HtritHIIlH 
 
 tiil.'H 
 
 PeniiiHultt 
 
 H<)UM.« Hill 
 
 R(Kk 
 
 P»th,Th« 
 
 Point 
 
 Shoal 
 
 R(Mk 
 
 R(K;kH 
 
 Cox Cove 
 
 Hill 
 
 Point 
 
 Rock 
 
 Crab iHlttiKl, Grignet Harlior 
 
 Rockw 
 
 Crabb Brook 
 
 Point 
 
 Crabbe Cove 
 
 Crafty Head 
 
 Crag Peak 
 
 Crane iHland 
 
 Crapaud CaiM) 
 
 Crawley iHland 
 
 Crazy Betty Rock 
 
 Cremaill^re Harbor 
 
 tides 
 
 Cr6v6 Islands 
 
 Islets 
 
 anchorage 
 
 Crevecoeur Point 
 
 Crew Point 124, 
 
 Shoal 
 
 Crib-nose Hill 
 
 Shoal 
 
 Cripple Rock 
 
 Croc Harbor 
 
 anchorage 
 
 ice 
 
 tides 
 
 water 
 
 Crocker Island, Burgee Islands... 
 
 Crockers Cove 
 
 Point 
 
 Crocodile Shoal 
 
 Croix Cape 
 
 Cromwell Ledge 
 
 Croney Island 
 
 Rock 
 
 Crooked Island 
 
 Cross Island, Baie de I'Eau 
 
 374 
 . 'US 
 . 876 
 . 97S 
 . 874 
 . 18G 
 
 . sie 
 
 . 417 
 . 818 
 . 818 
 . 104 
 . 281 
 
 . ass 
 
 . 819 
 
 , 2SS 
 
 . 198 
 809 
 
 . 395 
 
 219 
 
 2S8 
 
 89 
 
 194 
 
 270 
 
 8S 
 
 889 
 
 5S 
 
 100 
 
 814 
 
 814 
 
 86 
 
 68 
 
 69 
 
 61 
 
 187 
 
 134 
 
 159 
 
 169 
 
 41 
 
 828 
 
 824 
 
 834 
 
 834 
 
 324 
 
 179 
 
 459 
 
 469 
 
 848 
 
 818 
 
 893 
 
 116 
 
 116 
 
 159 
 
 101 
 
 l*IIU>'. 
 
 (JiOM Point, Mf»ruMlu'»>ii oo 
 
 •Suhnoniur River 47 
 
 Hhoul 01 
 
 Rock, ClatlHe HarlH)r 76 
 
 RiK'ks, Diirgeu Island 7.» 
 
 Red Island HarlM)r . 174 
 
 Ward Harbor 866 
 
 Crow Head job 
 
 Cbi» Cormorant 381 
 
 FortcduBay 616 
 
 Island 878 
 
 Island, Oderin Harltor 106 
 
 Ferry land Head 483 
 
 R<H!k 482 
 
 Nest 180 
 
 Crown Hill 447 
 
 Cuckold Cove : 471 
 
 Fox Cove 116 
 
 i Head 430 
 
 Tor Bay 471 
 
 Point 880 
 
 Rock 877 
 
 Cuiller Bays 157 
 
 Cul-de-sac Bay too 
 
 Fortune Bay .. _ 157 
 
 Hare Bay 163 
 
 anchorage... 168 
 
 Inlet, Bear Island 171 
 
 Rocks 171 
 
 Cull Island 870 
 
 CuUeton Head 7^ 
 
 Culotte ^ 188 
 
 directions 189 
 
 water 188 
 
 Cupids Cove 405 
 
 Curlew 803 
 
 Currans-Green-Fleld Island 886 
 
 Current Island 294 
 
 beacon 294 
 
 Curslet Rock ,50 
 
 Curtain Rock ^qq 
 
 Cutler Harl)or 424 
 
 Head 424 
 
 Cutmans Island 410 
 
 Cuttail Island .«.. 173 
 
 Cutwell Ann 1 866 
 
 Harbor 366 
 
 tides 866 
 
 D. 
 
 Daim.Cap 339 
 
 Daly Rock 49 
 
 Damnable Bay 419 
 
 W 
 
f*ruiHlu'»«ii 0(» 
 
 Imoniur lllver 47 
 
 loal 01 
 
 itiM«* Harljor 7« 
 
 iirgt'o iHltttul 71 
 
 I'd ImIhikI HiirlMir . 174 
 
 ''»rd Harbor 800 
 
 19« 
 
 )« CoriiKirant . 2Hl 
 
 teauBay nui 
 
 ntl 878 
 
 rlerin Harbor lOfl 
 
 »rry hind Head 483 
 
 482 
 
 150 
 
 447 
 
 : 471 
 
 ox Cove 110 
 
 480 
 
 or Bay 471 
 
 880 
 
 877 
 
 1«7 
 
 160 
 
 line Bay 157 
 
 Bay 163 
 
 anchorage... 168 
 
 , Bear Island 171 
 
 8 171 
 
 870 
 
 76 
 
 - 188 
 
 18 189 
 
 188 
 
 465 
 
 802 
 
 ?'ield Island 886 
 
 294 
 
 eacon 294 
 
 50 
 
 466 
 
 424 
 
 --- 424 
 
 410 
 
 -•-. 178 
 
 i - 866 
 
 366 
 
 ides 866 
 
 D. 
 
 339 
 
 48 
 
 419 
 
 •■b 
 
 INDKX. 
 
 587 
 
 l'»K«. 
 
 DunRer Point 400 
 
 Daniol Point 42 
 
 Dani»lH Cove 878 
 
 Harbor W8 
 
 Dantzic CoveH 187 
 
 Point 187 
 
 Dariiy 1 IarlH)r 90 
 
 D'ArK.int Caia' 882 
 
 Dark Tickle 868 
 
 Mand 868 
 
 Point, Troytown U68 
 
 Dauniiilcn Ca\te 827 
 
 Davis Cove, Bay of Islands 258 
 
 Little Burgeo Island. 78 
 
 Petitpas Cove 288 
 
 Island 110 
 
 Point, Colinet Harbor 47 
 
 Dawson Cove 148 
 
 Passage 152 
 
 Point 159 
 
 Day Cove IS! 
 
 Point 149 
 
 Dead Island 206 
 
 Harbor 200 
 
 DeadnianBay 401 
 
 Bight - 147 
 
 Cove, Anchor Point.... 290 
 John the-Bay .... 113 
 LaHuneBay ..-- 167 
 
 Point 401 
 
 Rock 58,401 
 
 Deadmans Bay 476 
 
 Brook.... 248 
 
 Dean Rock 890 
 
 Deaths Head Island 818 
 
 Debon Peninsula 298 
 
 Deckers Cove 266 
 
 Deep Cove, Change Island 887 
 
 Western Head 425 
 
 Deepwater Bank 74 
 
 Cove 264 
 
 Point 154 
 
 Landing 154 
 
 telegraph 154 
 
 Deer Arm, Bonne Bay 200 
 
 Cove 149 
 
 End 415 
 
 Harbor Head 448 
 
 Random Island 440 
 
 ice... 440 
 
 Trinity Bay 447 
 
 directions 447 
 ice 449 
 
 Deer Harbor, Trinity Hay, tides.. 449 
 
 Island, Bear Ishuid 171 
 
 dodo Hound 423 
 
 Oaria Bay 191 
 
 Niger S»)uud. 502 
 
 Islands 414 
 
 Point 4W) 
 
 Pond Ma 
 
 R<K«k 141 
 
 Random Harbor 441 
 
 Shag Island 415 
 
 Degras 229 
 
 D^grat Cape 807 
 
 deClieval 831 
 
 Harbor 807 
 
 Islands 807 
 
 De Grave Bay 405 
 
 De (inmchy Point 252 
 
 Delaiiey Rfwks 48 
 
 Dennis Arm 161 
 
 Dvnny lylini'l . -- ..- \f^^ 
 
 Depths off shore, east coast . 478 
 
 Derby Cove 486 
 
 Desolate Point «0 
 
 Despair Bay 151 
 
 anchorage 154 
 
 Head of 158 
 
 ice 151 
 
 Landing 154 
 
 DevilBay 164 
 
 Cove, White Bay 884 
 
 Head 347 
 
 Culotte 180 
 
 Point 888 
 
 Devils Cove Head 880 
 
 light 880 
 
 Island 145 
 
 Diable Bay, Labrador 815 
 
 Cape 181 
 
 Diamant Point 126 
 
 DickBnrnRock 58 
 
 Dicks Island 92 
 
 Dicks Ro<;k ... 108 
 
 Dieppe Point 380 
 
 Dildo Arm 457 
 
 Cove 457 
 
 auchora,i?e 457 
 
 commvmication 457 
 
 ice 457 
 
 tides 458 
 
 Islands 457 
 
 Run ,- 380 
 
 pilots 386 
 
mi 
 
 III 
 
 Hi 
 
 ■iii 
 
 538 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Pago. 
 
 Direction Island 816 
 
 Slioal 316 
 
 Dirty Rocks 90 
 
 Distress Rock 106 
 
 Dixie Rock 371 
 
 Dixon Island 51 
 
 Point 61 
 
 Dock Head 466 
 
 Islands 85 
 
 Sunker 85 
 
 Point, Hall Bay 361 
 
 Woody Island 118 
 
 The 466 
 
 Doctor Cove 142 
 
 Island 143 
 
 Harbor, Barasway Point... 184 
 Red Island Bay... 174 
 
 Doctors Island 413 
 
 Dodding Head 117 
 
 light 117 
 
 Rock 117 
 
 Doe Hills 60 
 
 Dog Bank 300 
 
 Bay, Sir Charles Hamilton 
 
 Sound 398 
 
 Islands 398 
 
 Cape 47 
 
 Cove, Bay de Vieux 170 
 
 Belle Harbor 142 
 
 Lakeman Reach . 415 
 
 Harbor 89 
 
 Head 89 
 
 Dawson Cove.- 148 
 
 Island 143 
 
 Bank 143 
 
 Islands, Long Island 92 
 
 Peak, Gander Bay 397 
 
 PeiJnsula 291 
 
 beacon 291 
 
 Point 397 
 
 Reef 387 
 
 Rock.. 300 
 
 Stones 359 
 
 Dogberry Rock 156 
 
 Dollar Rock 109 
 
 Sunker 109 
 
 DoUarman Bank 429 
 
 Dollond Arm 357 
 
 Head 357 
 
 Bight 153 
 
 Dolman Cove 192 
 
 Head 193 
 
 Dolmen Island. 289 
 
 Pago. 
 
 Dolo Point 327 
 
 Donzelles 308 
 
 Dory Rock 153 
 
 Dos-de-Cheval Point 326 
 
 beacons 326 
 
 Dossenger Rock 335 
 
 Double Island, Battle Island 494 
 
 Chasseurs Island.. 821 
 
 Islet 898 
 
 Ledge 29ft 
 
 Doubleroad Point 45 
 
 Doughfig Point 432 
 
 Douglas Rock I8O 
 
 Downes Point... 274 
 
 Dragon Bay lei 
 
 Drake Cove, Trinity Bay 412 
 
 Island 413 
 
 Bonne Bay 159 
 
 Dram Island 386 
 
 Drew Rock 140 
 
 Drovers Rock 392 
 
 Druid Rock 140 
 
 Drnmuiond Island 330 
 
 Dublin Gov? 195 
 
 anchorage 196 
 
 Rocks 196 
 
 Duchayla Rock 318 
 
 Ducie Rock 143 
 
 Duck Bill Point 331 
 
 Cove, Laun Harbor 131 
 
 Island Bank 503 
 
 Connoire Bay 187 
 
 Grand Bay 210 
 
 Grand Bruit i91 
 
 Herring Head ...... 385 
 
 Nippers Harbor 350 
 
 PlacentiaBay 68 
 
 River Islands 491 
 
 Rose Blanche 201 
 
 tides 188 
 
 Trinity Bay 438 
 
 . Wadhtwn Islands ... 398 
 Islands, Exploits Burnt Is- 
 lands 376 
 
 North Harbor ....'.. 367 
 
 Islet BayVerte 341 
 
 Rock, Davis Island 1 11 
 
 Mortier Bay 117 
 
 Sunker m 
 
 Rocks, Bird Islands 89 
 
 Jude Harbor 106 
 
 Western Cove Head. 71 
 White Island 88 
 
Page. 
 
 327 
 
 308 
 
 158 
 
 Point 326 
 
 beacons 326 
 
 i -- 335 
 
 Battle Island 494 
 
 Chasseurs Island.. 831 
 
 398 
 
 - 298 
 
 Int 45 
 
 432 
 
 180 
 
 374 
 
 161 
 
 inityBay 412 
 
 413 
 
 nne Bay 159 
 
 386 
 
 140 
 
 393 
 
 140 
 
 nd... 330 
 
 196 
 
 chorage 196 
 
 icks 196 
 
 - 318 
 
 143 
 
 ; 331 
 
 nHarbor 121 
 
 mk 502 
 
 nnoire Bay 187 
 
 •and Bay 210 
 
 •and Bruit i91 
 
 irring Head „. ... 385 
 
 ppers Harbor 850 
 
 icentiaBay 68 
 
 ver Islands 491 
 
 86 Blanche 201 
 
 es 188 
 
 inityBay 438 
 
 »lhiMn Islands ... 398 
 sploits Burnt Is- 
 lands 376 
 
 )rth Harbor....'.. 367 
 
 Verte 341 
 
 is Island HI 
 
 tier Bay 117 
 
 ^er 111 
 
 d Islands 89 
 
 le Harbor 106 
 
 stem Cove Head. 71 
 lite Island 88 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 539 
 
 Pago. 
 
 Duckling 201 
 
 Dumenil Point 304 
 
 Dumpling Cove 423 
 
 Island 500 
 
 Dunier Islands 369 
 
 DiinlopSpit 282 
 
 Durant Island 210 
 
 anchorage 210 
 
 Duricle Cove 116 
 
 DurrelsArm 381 
 
 Dutch Cap Island 79 
 
 E. 
 
 Eagle Island 256 
 
 East Arm Barachois 265 
 
 BonneBay 265 
 
 western shore 265 
 eastern shore 265 
 
 Hooping Harbor 832 
 
 Bay, Belle Bay , 148 
 
 Despair Bay 156 
 
 anchorage.. 166 
 
 Fortune Bay 189 
 
 Head 148 
 
 Port-au-Port 239 
 
 Baldwin Rock 208 
 
 buoy 208 
 
 Black Rock 170 
 
 Broad Cove 108 
 
 Chance Harbor 878 
 
 anchorage ... 878 
 
 Countryman Islands 898 
 
 Garden Island 887 
 
 Green Island 57 
 
 Head, Great Laun Harbor... 121 
 
 Random Island .• 440 
 
 Indianlsland 895 
 
 Point 169 
 
 Random Head 441 
 
 light.. 441 
 
 Reefs 402 
 
 Road ■- 389 
 
 Rock 399 
 
 Stocking Harbor 852 
 
 Sunker 128 
 
 Twin Rock 408 
 
 White Island- 205 
 
 Eastern Cove 106 
 
 Harbor 178 
 
 Head, Bonne Bay 268 
 
 Mortier Bay 115 
 
 Petit Fort Harbor . 96 
 Placentia Bay 88 
 
 U910 36 
 
 Page. 
 
 Eaijtem Head, Portland Cove 278 
 
 St. Shots Cove 44 
 
 Hill 279 
 
 Passage 206 
 
 Point, Fleury Bight 372 
 
 Jackson Cove 856 
 
 Rock, Bonavista Cape 428 
 
 Harbor Breton 146 
 
 Grace 460 
 
 Little River Bank . 169 
 
 Shoals 84 
 
 tidal streams 85 
 
 Eastsoutheast Ground 898 
 
 Eaton Point 861 
 
 Eboulement Point 279 
 
 Eclipse Island 179 
 
 Edge of Ground 195 
 
 Edwards Reef 400 
 
 Elbow Point 818 
 
 Elizabeth Island 810 
 
 Emberley Island 104 
 
 Point 65 
 
 Rock 119 
 
 Emerald Bank u 87 
 
 Island 386 
 
 Shoal... 42 
 
 Emeraude Shoal 383 
 
 Emily Storehouse Cove 178 
 
 Emmeline Shoal 85 
 
 Enfant Perdu Islet 138 
 
 Rock 138 
 
 Engine Island 828 
 
 English Cai)e 45 
 
 Harbor, Blue Pinion Hbr. 144 
 
 Fortune Bay 140 
 
 Island 820 
 
 Point 286 
 
 ForteauBay 516 
 
 St. John Harbor ... 286 
 
 Great Islets Harbor. 321 
 
 Enrag6e Point, Great Islets Harbor 221 
 
 Ray Cape 210 
 
 Entrance Island 292 
 
 beacon 292 
 
 Islet.. 364 
 
 Point, Bonne Bay 264 
 
 Shoal 291 
 
 Entry Island, Pond Cove 294 
 
 Ste. Genevidve Bay. 294 
 
 fipine Cadoret Arm "38 
 
 Escape Point 899 
 
 Eskimo Bank 491 
 
 Estaing Shoal 31(J 
 
 
540 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 j«>«Uii, 
 
 V 4\ 
 
 mn 
 
 « 
 
 Page. 
 
 Evangeline Banks 276 
 
 Exploits Bay 874 
 
 anchorage 374 
 
 communication 874 
 
 Bumtlsl'ds 375 
 
 Harbors 375 
 
 ice .. 875 
 
 tides. 375 
 
 water 375 
 
 River 874 
 
 Valley 374 
 
 F. 
 
 Facheux Bay.. 161 
 
 anchorage 161 
 
 Eye — 160 
 
 Harbor 161 
 
 Head Shoal 161 
 
 Fail Rock 210 
 
 Fair and False Bay 420 
 
 Islands. - 411 
 
 ice 411 
 
 Falaise Shoal 286 
 
 False Cay 49 
 
 GirdleRock 50 
 
 Famish-gut 59 
 
 anchorage 59 
 
 Island 59 
 
 Point 60 
 
 tides .. 59 
 
 water 59 
 
 Fane Island 330 
 
 Farewell Duck Islands 386 
 
 Gull Island 387 
 
 Harbor 387 
 
 Head 387,397 
 
 Reef.... 386 
 
 Farmers Cove 144 
 
 Farquhar Island 368 
 
 Father Hughes Hill 184 
 
 Fauvette Island 299 
 
 Point 302 
 
 Faux Havre 338 
 
 Feather Point 460 
 
 Shoal - 430 
 
 Felix Cove 227 
 
 Femme Harbor 140 
 
 tides 140 
 
 Shoal...- 140 
 
 Fendue Point _ 316 
 
 Fergus Islet 464 
 
 Farmeuse Bantam Bank 484 
 
 Harbor 483 
 
 Pap;e. 
 
 Fermeuse Harbor anchorage 483 
 
 dangers 488 
 
 ice 482 
 
 Rocks. 488 
 
 water 488 
 
 F6rolle Peninsula 290 
 
 Point 290 
 
 beacon 291 
 
 Ferryland Harbor 481 
 
 communication 482 
 
 directions 482 
 
 ice 482 
 
 light 482 
 
 tides 482 
 
 water 482 
 
 Head... 482 
 
 light 482 
 
 Fichot Channel 820 
 
 Harbor 819 
 
 tides 820 
 
 Island 819 
 
 Islands 318 
 
 Fiods Cove 228 
 
 Firmages Head . 195 
 
 First Arm 183 
 
 Brook 156 
 
 anchorage 156 
 
 Fish Head 160 
 
 Bay le Moine 196 
 
 Coal River 346 
 
 Island, Old F6rolle Harbor ... 293 
 
 Rock, Brunet Island 136 
 
 Burgeo Islands 180 
 
 Ram Islands 56 
 
 St. Charles Island .... 500 
 
 Eishels Brook 221 
 
 Fisheries 488 
 
 Fisherman Cove, Current Island.. 294 
 
 Croc Harbor 323 
 
 Hall 455 
 
 Rod', Eagle Island... 357 
 
 Fishing Grbunds. . 488 
 
 Rock 399 
 
 Jackson Cove 356 
 
 Fitters Cove 454 
 
 FlagoPass 319 
 
 Flagstaff Hill 209 
 
 beacon 209 
 
 Tor Bay. 470 
 
 Point 124 
 
 FlamandsCove 333 
 
 Flannagan Island 183 
 
 Flat Bay 222 
 
 IL 
 
Pa^e. 
 
 bor anchorage 483 
 
 dangers 488 
 
 Ice 482 
 
 Bocks- 483 
 
 water 488 
 
 ula 290 
 
 290 
 
 beacon 291 
 
 bor..._ 481 
 
 communication 482 
 
 directions 482 
 
 ice 482 
 
 light 482 
 
 tides 482 
 
 water 482 
 
 id... 482 
 
 light 482 
 
 ■1 320 
 
 319 
 
 tides 320 
 
 319 
 
 318 
 
 228 
 
 I - 195 
 
 183 
 
 156 
 
 jhorage 156 
 
 -. 160 
 
 leMoine 196 
 
 I River 346 
 
 a F6rolle Harbor... 293 
 
 met Island 136 
 
 rgeo Islands 180 
 
 II Islands 56 
 
 Charles Island 500 
 
 - 221 
 
 488 
 
 e, Current Island.. 294 
 
 Croc Harbor 323 
 
 1 455 
 
 !l', Eagle Island... 257 
 
 Is-. 488 
 
 399 
 
 Fackson Cove 356 
 
 — ....'... 454 
 
 319 
 
 209 
 
 leacon 209 
 
 ["or Bay 470 
 
 b 124 
 
 1 322 
 
 ad 183 
 
 222 
 
 . ,iii8%;:itr ■ 
 
 wmw 
 
 ■mwiti^ivsum 
 
 sesx 
 
 INDKX. 
 
 541 
 
 'mm 
 
 Page. 
 
 PlatBay Brook - 222 
 
 Island, Antelope Harbor 506 
 
 Cove 110 
 
 tides .- 110 
 
 Ciilotte 188 
 
 Flat Island Harbor.. 110 
 
 Harbor Ill 
 
 light 223 
 
 Rock 506 
 
 St. George Bay 222 
 
 St. John Island 288 
 
 Islands. 110 
 
 Willis Reach 417 
 
 Islet, Canada Bay . . - 339 
 
 Point beacon 286 
 
 Goose Cove 315 
 
 St. John Island 286 
 
 Rock Cove 469 
 
 Garia Bay.. 194 
 
 Granchain Islands. .. 310 
 
 Pilley Island. 868 
 
 Point 469 
 
 Tickle 3eG 
 
 Rocks, Bull Island Tickle 450 
 
 CouteauBay 187 
 
 Flats Point 476 
 
 Flemish Cap... 33 
 
 F16tans Channel 181 
 
 Fleur-de-Lis Harbor 339 
 
 directions .. 339 
 
 tides 340 
 
 .vater 340 
 
 Mountain 339 
 
 Fleury Bight --. 372 
 
 anchorage 372 
 
 water 372 
 
 Flobber Cove Island 154 
 
 Flower Cove 297 
 
 anchorage 297 
 
 directions 297 
 
 tides- - 297 
 
 Island - 298 
 
 Ledges ..- ;^8 
 
 Shoal 108 
 
 Flowers Islands - 402 
 
 Point 429 
 
 Rock 429 
 
 Fly Point - 329 
 
 Fogo Cape - - --- 389 
 
 current 393 
 
 Harbor 390 
 
 communication..- . 390 
 dangers 392 
 
 I'agc. 
 
 Fogo Harbor directions 391 
 
 ice 891 
 
 tides -. 392 
 
 Head 891 
 
 Island 889 
 
 town.-. 390 
 
 Foirou Island 306 
 
 FoUe Rock 328 
 
 Folly Rocks 469 
 
 Fools Harbor 379 
 
 Islands 379 
 
 Foots Cape 109 
 
 Point 110 
 
 FordsRock 104 
 
 Forked Duck Rock 87 
 
 Forster Point. 448 
 
 Rock 443 
 
 ForteauBay 516 
 
 anchorage 516 
 
 caution 517 
 
 ice - 517 
 
 tidal streams 517 
 
 tides 517 
 
 water 517 
 
 Brook 516 
 
 Point 516 
 
 Fort Point.--- 434 
 
 light 434 
 
 Fortune Bay.. 136 
 
 caution 136 
 
 ice 137 
 
 Harbor - 373 
 
 directions 378 
 
 ice 374 
 
 tides 374 
 
 Head 187 
 
 Rock 180 
 
 Village 137 
 
 communication.. 138 
 
 J'os&il Shoal 288 
 
 Foiil Point 364 
 
 Foimdling 'iock 312 
 
 Fourche xiock 332 
 
 Four-ears Island 309 
 
 Four-fathom Shoal 109 
 
 Four Harbor 320 
 
 tides 320 
 
 Fox Brook 240 
 
 Cape, Conche Peninsula 336 
 
 Cove, Xjittle Mortier Bay 116 
 
 Pilley Island 368 
 
 Harbor 53 
 
 directions 490 
 
 
 maam 
 
 Jf- 
 
^^^ia;-.;-.3»i-j«-«iiiiTi-i ;t.|;ffjaMfi;i^iiy^- 
 
 542 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 »■ t\\\ 
 
 Vagv. 
 
 Pox Harbor, St. Lewis Sound 490 
 
 water 490 
 
 Head, Trinity Bay 434 
 
 Hill 115 
 
 Island 34 
 
 Cobbett Harbor 1 70 
 
 Despair Bay 152 
 
 Gander Bay 897 
 
 Jude Island 106 
 
 Marticot Island 95 
 
 Nippers Harbor 850 
 
 Pilley Island Harbor. 363 
 
 Port au Port 341 
 
 anchorage 241 
 tidal str'm 241 
 
 tides -241 
 
 Ram Islands 56 
 
 Rock, Hermitage Bay. 149 
 
 Toad Cove 480 
 
 Islands, Hermitage Bay 149 
 
 (Les Jumelles de la 
 
 Terre) 389 
 
 Islet ._ 444 
 
 Point, Humber Arm 251 
 
 St. Mein Bay 318 
 
 Rock, Robinhood Bay 434 
 
 St. John Harbor 480 
 
 Shoal 363 
 
 Tail _ 241 
 
 The 285 
 
 Frampton Rock 399 
 
 Francis Cove qo 
 
 FrangoisBay 165 
 
 FrankHead 3^ 
 
 Rock 128 
 
 Franks Island, Bnrgeo Islands 179 
 
 Fransway Bay _ 105 
 
 anchorage 165 
 
 tides 165 
 
 Frauderesse Point 325 
 
 Frederick Battery Point 475 
 
 Freela Cape, BonaWsta Bay 401 
 
 ice 401 
 
 Pine Cape 44 
 
 Rock 44 
 
 Freezers Rock 506 
 
 French Bank. 336 
 
 Bay 813 
 
 Cove 255 
 
 Head, Toiilinguet 381 
 
 Island 340 
 
 Point 813 
 
 Frenchman Cove, Bay of Islands . 250 
 
 F»ge. 
 Frenchman Cove, Bay of Islands, 
 
 anchorage. -- 351 
 
 tides 251 
 
 Chance Cove... 485 
 . Fortune Bay... 139 
 Fortune Bay, 
 
 pilots 139 
 
 Fortune Bay, 139 
 
 tides 139 
 
 Great Coney 
 
 arm 335 
 
 Little River 168 
 
 Head, Despair Bay.. 153 
 Humber Arm. 351 
 
 Rock no 
 
 Freshwater Bay 412, 475 
 
 anchorage 476 
 
 tides 418 
 
 Tor Bay 476 
 
 Cove 459 
 
 Creek 323 
 
 Point 41 
 
 F-reyoiiiet Shoal 2W 
 
 Friar, The, Bay le Moine 196 
 
 Boat Harbor lOl 
 
 Chaleur Bay 165 
 
 Coal River... 245 
 
 Davis Cove 258 
 
 Rock, La Poile Bay 193 
 
 Friars Head 145 
 
 Friday Bay 379 
 
 Frommy Island _. 319 
 
 Front Point 292 
 
 beacon 292 
 
 Frying-pan Island 411 
 
 Funk Island 399 
 
 caution 400 
 
 currents 400 
 
 landing 399 
 
 tides 400 
 
 Fxirber Point 170 
 
 beacon 176 
 
 FurbyCove 149 
 
 Gadds Harbor 264 
 
 anchorage .... 264 
 
 water 364 
 
 Head ,.._ 354 
 
 Galantry Head 125 
 
 fog signal 125 
 
 liglit . ., 125 
 
 signal station 125 
 
INDEX. 
 
 543 
 
 Page. 
 
 »ve, Bay of Islands, 
 
 anchorage . - . 851 
 
 tides 251 
 
 Chance Cove..- 485 
 Fortune Bay... 189 
 Fortune Bay, 
 
 pilots 139 
 
 Fortune Bay, 180 
 
 tides 139 
 
 Great Coney 
 
 arm 335 
 
 Little River 168 
 
 ead, Despair Bay.. 158 
 
 HumberAmi. 351 
 
 ock 110 
 
 y 412,476 
 
 anchorage 476 
 
 tides 413 
 
 Tor Bay 476 
 
 e 459 
 
 ek . 323 
 
 at - 41 
 
 I ?8« 
 
 le Moine 196 
 
 ; Harbor 101 
 
 ieur Bay 165 
 
 River... 245 
 
 is Cove 258 
 
 Poile Bay 192 
 
 -- 145 
 
 - 379 
 
 -- 319 
 
 392 
 
 ■con 292 
 
 id 411 
 
 399 
 
 tion 400 
 
 rents 400 
 
 iing 399 
 
 's 400 
 
 176 
 
 eacon 176 
 
 - 149 
 
 G. < 
 --- - 264 
 
 iichorage .... 264 
 
 ater 864 
 
 264 
 
 -..- 126 
 
 og signal 125 
 
 gilt ., 125 
 
 [gnal station 125 
 
 Page. 
 
 Galeville -. 837 
 
 GallivanHill 84 
 
 Galloper Rock - 117 
 
 Galloping Moll Rock 188 
 
 GpIIows Harbor Head 99 
 
 Island. ^ too 
 
 Harbors 99 
 
 Gallyboy Harbor 193 
 
 Head 192 
 
 Island 208 
 
 Galton Island 87 
 
 Gambo Brook 413 
 
 communication 413 
 
 Gander Bay 896 
 
 Brook 396 
 
 Island :..- 897 
 
 River 397 
 
 anchorage -.- 397 
 
 ice 397 
 
 tidal stream 397 
 
 tides 397 
 
 GannetHead 399 
 
 Point 455 
 
 Rock- - 455 
 
 Ganny Cove 446 
 
 Gappy Island 393 
 
 Garden Bank 120 
 
 Mauve Bay 804 
 
 Rock 887 
 
 Gargaiuelle Cove 282 
 
 Garia Bay 194 
 
 directions 198,199 
 
 Harbor -- 194 
 
 Peak...- 194 
 
 Gariep Point -- 454 
 
 Garnish Harbor 139 
 
 light 139 
 
 Rocks-. 188 
 
 Garrett Rock 40, 487 
 
 Garrison Point 891 
 
 Gastries Bay 467 
 
 Point 467 
 
 Gaultois Harbor... 150 
 
 anchorage. 150 
 
 buoy 150 
 
 ice 150 
 
 light 150 
 
 tides 150 
 
 G61in Shoal 128 
 
 GenillcPeak 833 
 
 Point. .^.. - 828 
 
 Gentille Islet -. „.. 840 
 
 Georges Islan " 886 
 
 Page. 
 
 GerrardsHill 418 
 
 Gibraltar Rock 50 
 
 Gilberts Cove.. 95 
 
 Giles Island 366 
 
 Ginpicker Hill - 438 
 
 Girdle Rock 50 
 
 Glimshire Island 110 
 
 Glindon Cove 70 
 
 liock 70 
 
 Goat Island, Little B.iy Islands. . . 365 
 
 Placentia Bay 91 
 
 Sunker 92 
 
 Presque Harbor 82 
 
 Goblin Pay 155 
 
 .^ead 155 
 
 Goboso Cape 831 
 
 Gob Rock 195 
 
 God Bay 205 
 
 Goelands Island 318 
 
 Gold Cove 387 
 
 Goldson Arm 384 
 
 Good Bay 38"< 
 
 beacons - 287 
 
 directions 288 
 
 tides .-- 288 
 
 Cove, Griguet Bay 809 
 
 Point 330 
 
 Goodland Point 430 
 
 Goolds.Cove 114 
 
 Goose Ami .- 355 
 
 Bay 438 
 
 tides 424 
 
 Cape .1 814 
 
 Cove 315 
 
 directions 315 
 
 Placentia Bay 50,65 
 
 Shoal Bay 449 
 
 tides 815 
 
 water 815 
 
 Head 423 
 
 Island, Burgeo Islands. ... 178 
 
 CaplinBay 481 
 
 Enragee Point 821 
 
 Great Southum Har- 
 bor 64 
 
 North Harbor 65 
 
 Rose Blanche 201 
 
 Islands, Herring Head 384 
 
 8hoal - 50,65 
 
 Gooseberry Island, Bale de I'Eau . 101 
 
 Burgeo Islands 74 
 
 , Bonne Bay . . . 159 
 
 Nonsuch 97 
 
 ^t 
 
j--*j*.uaji'^"i 
 
 544 
 
 -■r<'M7^im.:iiiissaiiwixmms£s:c wrsis^fi^i: ; 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Pago, 
 
 !■ f ' 
 
 Goose'jerrj- Island, 8te. Genevitive 
 
 Bay 294 
 
 Sweet Bay 424 
 
 Ifllauds.BonavistaBay 414 
 
 Islet, Deer Harbor ... 449 
 
 Random Sound. 445 
 
 GouflPre Harbor ggj 
 
 tides 331 
 
 water 331 
 
 Islet 881 
 
 Point 381 
 
 Governor Island 359 
 
 GraleyRock igi 
 
 Granby Island, White Bay 337 
 
 Point 210 
 
 Granchain Island aiQ 
 
 Grand Bank ]'"" 138 
 
 Bay 31Q 
 
 Beach 13^ 
 
 Brook ...: _]__[ 139 
 
 communication 138 
 
 ice i3jj 
 
 light 138 
 
 tides lyg 
 
 ■"■ater . 133 
 
 Bruit Golombier 191 
 
 Harbor jqq 
 
 tides 191 
 
 CoupdeHache 343 
 
 Cove-. 348 
 
 Dismal Cove 3(59 
 
 Galets Bay 30^ 
 
 Head 
 
 Jardin 
 
 Jerviy Cove 
 
 le Int. rre Harbor 
 
 tides 
 
 MulouShoal 303 
 
 Point 519 
 
 Grand Baaak 138 
 
 Pond 
 
 — 188 
 ... 289 
 
 ... 139 
 ... 140 
 140 
 
 - 252 
 
 Grande Cove onn 
 
 Grandes Vaches 333 
 
 Grandfpther Island .._ 395 
 
 t i J < ndi; ; . her Bocks 78 
 
 C> rands Galets Bay ... 308 
 
 yr-AuCy Brook 183 
 
 Head 203 
 
 Island, Burgeo 175 
 
 Passage 203 
 
 ofllying rocks 204 
 
 Sunkers 204 
 
 Point.. 80 
 
 Pagp. 
 
 Grandy Point Rock 80 
 
 Sound 204 
 
 anchorage 204 
 
 caution 204 
 
 Grappin Shoal 129 
 
 Grappinots 139 
 
 Grappling Point "" 342 
 
 Grass Islands 896 
 
 Point " 380 
 
 Grassy Island, Placentia Bay 62 
 
 Pools Harbor 405 
 
 TrinnyCove 59 
 
 Islands, Bay of Islands ... 348 
 Little Bay Islands 366 
 
 Islets, Duck Island . 385 
 
 Little Bay 359 
 
 Bock 385 
 
 Grates Point _ 433^ 453 
 
 Grave Point ' 392 
 
 Gravels, The, Isthmus Bay 226 
 
 PortauPort 239 
 
 anchorage 239 
 
 Gray Islands 334 
 
 Great Arm 317 
 
 Bank ;;; 394 
 
 of Newfoundland 33 
 
 Barachoise, Miquelon 133 
 
 Baydel'Eau 145 
 
 Bonah Cove 88 
 
 anchorage 83 
 
 BrehatBay 812 
 
 tides 312 
 
 Ermle Harbor 89 
 
 Enrin Harbor 117 
 
 Buse Peak 331 
 
 Caplin Cove 343 
 
 Caribou Island 494 
 
 Cat Ann.. 334 
 
 anchorage 334 
 
 water 334 
 
 Chance Harbor 434 
 
 Coat Island 73 
 
 Codroy River 214 
 
 Colinet Island 45 
 
 Golombier Island .' . . . 1 28 
 
 Coney Arm 335 
 
 anchorage 385 
 
 Content Cove 415 
 
 Connorandier Island 318 
 
 Rock 319 
 
 CuiHer Bay .._... 157 
 
 anchorage 157 
 
 Point 157 
 
 ; 1^ 
 
Page. 
 
 it Rock 80 
 
 n<i 204 
 
 anchorage 204 
 
 caution - 204 
 
 »1 129 
 
 129 
 
 3Jnt 842 
 
 ' 896 
 
 280 
 
 i, Placentia Bay 62 
 
 Pools Harbor 405 
 
 TrinnyCove 59 
 
 Is, Bay of Islands ... 348 
 Little Bay Islands 866 
 
 Duck Island . 885 
 
 Little Bay 359 
 
 385 
 
 483,452 
 
 292 
 
 Isthmus Bay 226 
 
 PortauPort 289 
 
 anchorage 289 
 
 324 
 
 817 
 
 294 
 
 Newfoundland 33 
 
 aise, Miquelon 133 
 
 I'Eau 145 
 
 Cove 88 
 
 anchorage 83 
 
 Bay - 812 
 
 tides 812 
 
 iarbor 89 
 
 farbor 117 
 
 ak 321 
 
 ^ove 346 
 
 Island 494 
 
 1- 834 
 
 anchorage 334 
 
 water 334 
 
 3arbor 424 
 
 ind 72 
 
 iliver 214 
 
 'sland 46 
 
 5r Island .'... i^g 
 
 "•m 335 
 
 anchorage 335 
 
 Cove 415 
 
 adier Island 318 
 
 Rock 319 
 
 ay------ - 157 
 
 anchorage 157 
 
 Point 157 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Page. 
 
 Great Cuiller Bay tides 167 
 
 DantzicCove 137 
 
 Dunier Island 369 
 
 light 369 
 
 FriarCove 217 
 
 Gallows Harbor..- 90 
 
 Goose Harbor 321 
 
 Harbor Bight 148 
 
 Connaigre Bay 147 
 
 Deep 882 
 
 Island, Battle Island 493 
 
 Broyle Cape - 480 
 
 Connaigre Bay 148 
 
 Ramea Islands 173 
 
 Sacred Islands 803 
 
 IsleofValen 78 
 
 Islets Harbor 321 
 
 tides 321 
 
 Jervis Harbor 158 
 
 anchorages.- 168 
 directions.-- 158 
 
 tides i"9 
 
 Head -- 151 
 
 Island - 168 
 
 Laun Harbor 121 
 
 anchorage... 121 
 
 ice 121 
 
 tides 121 
 
 Miquelon Island 134 
 
 anchorage- 136 
 
 light 134 
 
 MonJambe 144 
 
 Mose Ambrose 144 
 
 Mosquito Cove 461 
 
 Pinch-gut 81 
 
 Point 281 
 
 Sacred Island 303 
 
 St. Julien Harbor 822 
 
 St. Lawrence Harboi 120 
 
 St. Lawrence Harbor an- 
 chorage -- 120 
 
 St. Lawrence Harbor, com- 
 munication -- 120 
 
 St. Lawrence Harbor, ice.-- 120 
 
 tides. 120 
 
 water 120 
 
 Sandy Harbor T2 
 
 545 
 
 Paijo. 
 
 anchorage -. 
 tides 
 
 Seal Island-. . 
 
 72 
 72 
 92 
 
 Shoal, St. Pierre 128 
 
 Southern Harbor. 
 
 63 
 
 anchorage 63 
 
 Great Troy town Harbor 368 
 
 anchorage 368 
 
 water 868 
 
 Verdon Island 319 
 
 Green Bank 35 
 
 Bay 353 
 
 j(.g 366 
 
 Island..!"- 853,356 
 
 Rock 856 
 
 telegraph 355 
 
 tides 355 
 
 Br^hatBay 312 
 
 Trinity Bay 433 
 
 Cape 331 
 
 Cove 270 
 
 Garden 262 
 
 Handkerchief 259 
 
 Head, Bull Arm.- i^l 
 
 Rogues Harbor 851 
 
 Spaniards Bay 463 
 
 Hill Island 175 
 
 Island Bank 499 
 
 BaraswayBay 202 
 
 Bay of Islands 248 
 
 Bell Island 324 
 
 Bonavista Cape 427 
 
 Broad Cove 104 
 
 Burgeo Islands 181 
 
 Catalina Harbor 481 
 
 Catalina Harbor, fog 
 
 signal 431 
 
 Catalina Harbor, 
 
 light 481 
 
 Great Brehat. . 312 
 
 Hall Bay --- 361 
 
 Leading Tickles 371 
 
 Little Barasway 183 
 
 Pinch-gut 60 
 
 Nippers Harbor 350 
 
 Placentia Bay.— 71 
 
 Rock- 71 
 
 , Rocky Bay 396 
 
 SacredBay 303 
 
 St. Lewis Sound -- 499 
 
 St. Pierre 133 
 
 Shoal—- 181 
 
 Straight Coast 298 
 
 Straight Coast, an- 
 chorage 298 
 
 Tacks Head 88 
 
 Trinity Bay 488 
 
 Witless Point 480 
 
 Islands, Placentia Bay- 85,109 
 
 ^pwflyw g jp MtMww 
 
546 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 ,• 4 
 
 III; I 
 
 p»gi). 
 
 Green Islet, Bustard Cove 285 
 
 Chimney Bay 829 
 
 Deer Harbor 448 
 
 Islets, West Random Head. 445 
 
 Point, Bay Eoberts 464 
 
 Bay Verte 840 
 
 BettsHead 849 
 
 Jude Harbor 106 
 
 lights 464 
 
 Rock 488 
 
 Shoal 116 
 
 Trinity Bay 488 
 
 West coast of 269 
 
 Ridge 427 
 
 Rocks 294 
 
 Shoal, Grignet 808 
 
 Greenly Island 519 
 
 fogsignal 519 
 
 light 619 
 
 Greens Harbor 466 
 
 tides 467 
 
 Hill 462 
 
 Island 74 
 
 Pond Island 404 
 
 anchorage 405 
 
 coal 404 
 
 ' oommunicat'n 404 
 
 directions. 406, 407 
 
 ice 405 
 
 light 405 
 
 Greet Rock 46 
 
 Gregory Island 248 
 
 Rock 117 
 
 Grelins Point 821 
 
 Grenville Ledges 298 
 
 Point 606 
 
 beacon.. 505 
 
 Gr6vigneux Harbor 828 
 
 supplies 828 
 
 Island 828 
 
 Grey Gull Island 86 
 
 Griguet Harbor.. 808,809 
 
 anchorage 809 
 
 communication.. 809 
 
 ice 809 
 
 Island 309 
 
 tides 810 
 
 Grip Head 169 
 
 Burgeo 177 
 
 Island 151 
 
 Groais Island 824 
 
 Grole Cove 148 
 
 Western Cove 149 
 
 Pikge. 
 
 GroB Morne 842 
 
 Bonne Bay 272 
 
 Oignon 801 
 
 Plomb Islet 821 
 
 Grosse Point 880 
 
 anchorage 880 
 
 GronxBay »28 
 
 Point 828 
 
 Groz-nez Rock 128 
 
 Grub Island 448 
 
 Guernsey Island 248 
 
 Guibert Islet 840 
 
 Guilem Cove 258 
 
 anchorage 258 
 
 Gulch Cove 168 
 
 Grand Point 518 
 
 Islands, La Hune 168 
 
 Island 421 
 
 The 71 
 
 Gulf Stream 18 
 
 Gull Cove, Despair Bay 152 
 
 Hill 178 
 
 Island, Back Harbor 879 
 
 Baie de I'Eau 101 
 
 Battle Islands 498 
 
 BayleMoine 196 
 
 Belle Isle Strait 611 
 
 Bight 376 
 
 BonavistaCape.. 401,428 
 
 breakers 846 
 
 Bur?eo Islands 179 
 
 Ca7<tain Island 188 
 
 Chaleur Bay 165 
 
 Conception Bay 468 
 
 Cutler Head 424 
 
 Fortune Harbor ..... 378 
 
 Ground 850 
 
 Harbor Breton 147 
 
 Jude Island 106 
 
 light 345 
 
 Long Harbor 141 
 
 Nippers Islands 860 
 
 Point 45 
 
 Rock ,881 
 
 Rocks 350 
 
 St, Charles Island 500 
 
 St. John Cape 846 
 
 St. Marys Bay 44 
 
 TurksHead 174 
 
 Toulinguet 381 
 
 Witless Bay 480 
 
 Islands, Placentia Bay 88 
 
 Point, Hawke Harbor 281 
 
Pitge. 
 
 842 
 
 oBay 272 
 
 801 
 
 821 
 
 880 
 
 orage 880 
 
 838 
 
 828 
 
 128 
 
 448 
 
 248 
 
 840 
 
 258 
 
 lorage 258 
 
 168 
 
 1 Point 618 
 
 Is, LaHune 168 
 
 421 
 
 71 
 
 --- -. 18 
 
 r Bay 152 
 
 178 
 
 Harbor 879 
 
 lel'Eau 101 
 
 I Islands 498 
 
 } Moine 196 
 
 Isle Strait 511 
 
 376 
 
 ristaCape-. 401,428 
 
 9rs 845 
 
 !0 Islands 179 
 
 in Island 188 
 
 urBay 165 
 
 ption Bay 468 
 
 :Head 424 
 
 ne Harbor 373 
 
 id 850 
 
 r Breton 147 
 
 [slaud 106 
 
 345 
 
 Harbor 141 
 
 rs Islands 360 
 
 45 
 
 .381 
 
 350 
 
 arles Island 500 
 
 iin Cape 345 
 
 irys Bay 44 
 
 Head 174 
 
 iguet 381 
 
 IS Bay 480 
 
 mtia Bay 88 
 
 > Harbor 281 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 547 
 
 Pago. 
 
 Gull Rock, Bauld Cape 806 
 
 East Broad Cove 103 
 
 Harbor le Gallais 151 
 
 Long Island 307 
 
 Bamea Islands 172 
 
 St. John Head 145 
 
 R(K!kR 95 
 
 St. Charles Harbor... 499 
 
 Shoal 95,281 
 
 Gulls Marsh 272 
 
 Nest 217 
 
 Rock 217 
 
 GulnareRock «98 
 
 Gun Ledge 441 
 
 Point 270 
 
 Shoals 270 
 
 Gunner Rock 487 
 
 Gunning Islet 867 
 
 Point 76 
 
 Rocks 367 
 
 Gut. The 224 
 
 H. 
 
 Hach6Rock 128 
 
 Haddock Bank 109 
 
 Ha-ha Bay ,. 801 
 
 The 175 
 
 Hair Cut Point 414 
 
 Half Island 47 
 
 Halfway Islet 421 
 
 Point 251 
 
 Roo':, Chateau Bay 506 
 
 Green Pond 408 
 
 Halibut F,ock 210 
 
 Rocks 160 
 
 Hall Bay 860 
 
 communication 860 
 
 ice 361 
 
 tides %1 
 
 Rock 421 
 
 Hammer Head 351 
 
 Newman Sound... 421 
 
 Rocks 58 
 
 Hanging Hill 454 
 
 Hants Harbor 458 
 
 directions 458 
 
 ice 454 
 
 light -- 453 
 
 Rock 453 
 
 tides 454 
 
 Head 453 
 
 Happy Adventiore Bays 421 
 
 Harbor Breton 146 
 
 PliK°. 
 
 Harbor Braton anchorage 146 
 
 buoys 146 
 
 communication ... 146 
 
 directions 146 
 
 ice -. 147 
 
 light - 461 
 
 tides 147 
 
 Cove, Bay of Islands 257 
 
 water 257 
 
 Grace 461 
 
 Bar 461 
 
 buoys 461 
 
 communication 461 
 
 directions 462 
 
 ice 468 
 
 Islands 460 
 
 light 461 
 
 light 461 
 
 patent slip 462 
 
 tides 468 
 
 Head 218 
 
 St. John 219 
 
 Island, Burjjeo 181 
 
 Cape Roger Bay .. 98 
 
 Grand Bruit 190 
 
 Grandy Passage . . 204 
 Little Bay Islands. 86l» 
 Penguin Islands... 166 
 
 Placentia Bay 57 
 
 Ramea Islands 178 
 
 Woods Island 254 
 
 leCou 197 
 
 Gallais 151 
 
 Hill 151 
 
 Main 467 
 
 Point, Nippers Harbor 861 
 
 St. George Harbor . 223 
 
 Bank 223 
 
 light - 223 
 
 Rock, Beaubois Rock 116 
 
 Broyle Harbor 481 
 
 buoy 146 
 
 CoUiersBay 466 
 
 Harbor Breton 140 
 
 buoy. 146 
 
 LaPoile 193 
 
 Little St. Lawrence 120 
 
 Mercer Cove 136 
 
 Muscle Bank Ill 
 
 Presque Harbor 82 
 
 Rocks, Placentia Bay 107 
 
 Shoal Bay 449 
 
 Shoal 186 
 
 S3=SSEt73^S4^' 
 
548 
 
 FNDKX. 
 
 Pngt*, 
 
 Harbor, The, Burgeo 177 
 
 Hurdrix IhIuikI 866 
 
 Hardy Cove, B<)rm<^ Bivy 159 
 
 HeniiitaKe Bay 149 
 
 Rock 159 
 
 Harbor 842 
 
 Rocks 68 
 
 Hare Bay, anchorage 168 
 
 east coast 815 
 
 FogoMand 390 
 
 Fortune Bay 162 
 
 ice 815 
 
 tldf-a 163,896 
 
 Trinity Bay 412 
 
 CutPoint 414 
 
 Harbor 143 
 
 Head 896 
 
 Island, ( lood Bay 287 
 
 SliKpRiin- 876 
 
 Hares Earp , 48 
 
 Bnrgeo Island 78 
 
 Grand Bruit 191 
 
 Point, Rencontre Bay 164 
 
 Rocks 164 
 
 Forryland Head 483 
 
 Harrington Cove 96 
 
 Hnrry Brook 287 
 
 Harbor, Three Anns 357 
 
 Rock 857 
 
 Head, Green Bay 856 
 
 Ledge 108 
 
 Rock 75 
 
 Harrys Ground 427 
 
 The 848 
 
 Harton Rocks 459 
 
 Hatchers Cove 448 
 
 GariaBay 195 
 
 Hat Rocks 205 
 
 buoy 205 
 
 Hauling Arm ' 838 
 
 Haut-et-bas Cape 314 
 
 Hav. I, The, St. John Harbor 286 
 
 Havre de Boutitou 887 
 
 laT^tedeMort 818 
 
 duPotd'fitain... 840 
 
 Hodidoii 316 
 
 Sans-fond 331 
 
 Hawke Bay 280 
 
 anchorage 280 
 
 directions 280, 281 
 
 Harbor 280 
 
 ice .., 281 
 
 tides 281 
 
 Hay r"ove 105,110 
 
 irtlanii, Nonsuch 9H 
 
 Sweet Bay 424 
 
 Shoals 189 
 
 Ha ydon Point 488 
 
 H.'./pook Rock 885 
 
 Haypooks Rocks 480 
 
 Hajpuk, The 460 
 
 Haystack Harbor 98 
 
 Hay wards Gull Island 864 
 
 Head Harbor (Pic h Denis) 287 
 
 Rock 84H 
 
 Hearts Content Harbor 455 
 
 anchorage. 455 
 
 ice 455 
 
 telegraph 
 cables... 455 
 
 tides 455 
 
 Delight Harbor 466 
 
 Desire Cove 455 
 
 ice 455 
 
 Heartsease Inlet 446 
 
 Ledge 445 
 
 Hell Cove 264 
 
 H'llsMonlh U31 
 
 Hdn Island, Bay of Islands 248 
 
 Islands, Freshwater Bay 412 
 
 Henley Harbor. 504 
 
 communication . . . 505 
 
 Island 504 
 
 Hennessy Island 357 
 
 Rock 90 
 
 HenneyBank 504 
 
 Hennings Islet 889 
 
 Henry Channel 126 
 
 Island 814 
 
 Point 126 
 
 Rock 44 
 
 Heptidge Rock 88 
 
 Herb Island 297 
 
 Herbert Point 808 
 
 Hermit Rock 328 
 
 Hermitage Bay 148 
 
 anchorage ^ 149 
 
 ice 149 
 
 tides 149 
 
 Cove 149 
 
 Herring Cove, Great St. Lawrence 120 
 
 Head 884 
 
 Islands 884 
 
 Neck 884 
 
 Rock, Greens Pond 404 
 
 Shoal 829 
 
 ^e^M 
 
Pace. 
 
 .103,110 
 
 mch 98 
 
 HBay 484 
 
 189 
 
 488 
 
 885 
 
 480 
 
 460 
 
 • 98 
 
 sland 884 
 
 o A Denis) 287 
 
 848 
 
 [arbor 483 
 
 anchorage. 455 
 
 ice 455 
 
 telegraph 
 cables.-. 455 
 
 tides 465 
 
 [arbor 456 
 
 ve 455 
 
 ice 455 
 
 446 
 
 I 445 
 
 264 
 
 381 
 
 3f Islands 248 
 
 hwater Bay 412 
 
 504 
 
 mmunication . . . 505 
 
 504 
 
 857 
 
 90 
 
 , 504 
 
 ..-. 389 
 
 126 
 
 314 
 
 126 
 
 44 
 
 83 
 
 297 
 
 808 
 
 828 
 
 148 
 
 ichorage ^ 149 
 
 e 149 
 
 des 149 
 
 -- 149 
 
 Bat St. Lawrence 120 
 
 884 
 
 884 
 
 884 
 
 eens Pond 404 
 
 1W—III 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Vngu. 
 
 HibbsHole 48« 
 
 Hickman Harbor, Pope Harbor. 437 
 Random Sound. 443 
 
 iHlunds 486 
 
 Higgins Mand 881 
 
 High Beach 124 
 
 Gnlllsland 876 
 
 land of Grand Bruit 190 
 
 Lookout, Presque 80 
 
 Recontr6 Bay HM 
 
 High Beacon Hill 5"» 
 
 Highlands, Anguille Range 21" 
 
 of St. John 
 
 Hilliers Harbor 
 
 tides 
 
 Hincks Islet - - 
 
 Hines Cove 
 
 Hiram Rock ^^ 
 
 Hiscock Rocks 110 
 
 Hiscocks Islets 205 
 
 Point 205 
 
 HobbsRock 210 
 
 Hodge Hole 446 
 
 Hog Rock 58 
 
 HoganCove ^ 
 
 HolbrookHead 421 
 
 Hole-in-the-wall Island •)* 
 
 HoUettRock 94 
 
 Holletts Cove 84 
 
 Islands "^^ 
 
 Holloway Passage 100 
 
 Rock 448 
 
 HolyroodBay 45 
 
 Pond 45 
 
 Holy Rood Bay, Harbor Main.... 467 
 communication.. 467 
 
 tides 467 
 
 Hooper Rock US 
 
 Hooping Harbor - 331 
 
 Hope-all Bay 457 
 
 Island 457 
 
 Head 457 
 
 Hopkins Island 201 
 
 Horn Bay - 502 
 
 anchorage 602 
 
 Island 286 
 
 beacon - - - 286 
 
 Spit 286 
 
 Horns. The 502 
 
 Horse Brook 162 
 
 Chops 488 
 
 Island, Greens Pond 404 
 
 Islands, St. Barbe Islands.. 839 
 
 549 
 
 PjiKK. 
 
 Horse Rock 404 
 
 Ro<'kH 481 
 
 HorsoM Head 1^ 
 
 Horseshoe Rock 40 
 
 HoHtis Island 302 
 
 How HarV)or 816 
 
 anchorage 816 
 
 tides 316 
 
 Howe Islet 114 
 
 Hubt>rt, Mount 226 
 
 Hudson Rock 452 
 
 Hughes Brook 253 
 
 Hng-mydng Islet 1'^*' 
 
 !' nnber Arm 251 
 
 anchorage 251 
 
 ice 251 
 
 River 25^ 
 
 Hu. -h Island 4l4 
 
 Hunt Island 424 
 
 HurlocHead 422 
 
 Hussey Rock 377 
 
 Hynes Point 866 
 
 L 
 
 Ice Point 296 
 
 Ile&Bourge 801 
 
 Herpin 324 
 
 Verte 519 
 
 BesauxGodes 288 
 
 Indian Arm 425 
 
 Bay 411 
 
 Bight 358 
 
 anchorage 359 
 
 telegraph 359 
 
 water 359 
 
 Burying Ground Cove 848 
 
 Cove, Caribou Island 495 
 
 Fortune Harbor 374 
 
 Head - 382 
 
 Main Tickle 388 
 
 Garden Island 886 
 
 Gulch 399 
 
 Harbor ^ 
 
 anchorage . - 90 
 
 PlaceutiaBay 90 
 
 Head, St. George Harbor.. 225 
 
 Island, Fogo 395 
 
 GariaBay 194 
 
 Great Caribou 494 
 
 Stag Harbor - 395 
 
 Tickle 895 
 
 Islands 394 
 
 Islets ---- 488 
 
i^a 
 
 B\ 
 
 550 
 
 INDKX. 
 
 Indian Lookout, Poiw HarJHyr -lUO 
 
 iMlancI, Bloody 
 
 Rwu'.h. 410 
 BtaK Har- 
 l)or ... 80a 
 
 Point 156 
 
 River 324 
 
 Rocic 488 
 
 Tea iHland 141 
 
 Indre Slioal 135 
 
 Imlrio Roclc 371 
 
 IiiKornachoix Bay 379 
 
 Inner Awpen Point 85u 
 
 QooBeberry Islands 414 
 
 R(x;k, Little Denier Island . 418 
 
 Slioal 501 
 
 In8i)ector Rock 892 
 
 Ireland Bay >. 815 
 
 Mand 101 
 
 light 101 
 
 Rocks 393 
 
 Irelauds Eye Harbor 137 
 
 ice 487 
 
 Island 487 
 
 Point 437 
 
 Irish Bay 833 
 
 Islet 333 
 
 Irish town, Humber Arm 353 
 
 ^* aggotty Cove 68 
 
 1tO'> ead 144 
 
 Island, Little Mortier Bay... 117 
 
 Placentia Bay 93 
 
 Point 365 
 
 Ironskull Hill 164 
 
 Rock 93 
 
 Isaac Heads 53 
 
 Island 93 
 
 Point 68 
 
 Rock 58 
 
 Isis Cnve j 415 
 
 Island Cove Head 62 
 
 Spaniards Bay 468 
 
 Trinity Bay 456 
 
 Harbor Head 395 
 
 Rock Cove 861 
 
 Isled.Gla 143 
 
 au Bois 519 
 
 of Valen Harbor 79 
 
 ice 79 
 
 Islet Bay 502 
 
 anchorage 503 
 
 The 339 
 
 Isthmus Bay. 336 
 
 rug* 
 
 iHthnins Bay coiihimui jt-ation 83(1 
 
 shottlit 330 
 
 tideH 887 
 
 J. 
 
 Jiu-k Fotmtain Cove 189 
 
 Rock 189 
 
 Jacks iHland 886 
 
 Jackson Ann h«B 
 
 anchorage 8* 
 
 tidfs 81;;. 
 
 Cove 356 
 
 anchorage 850 
 
 Jai'obs Cove 437 
 
 Ground 408 
 
 Ledge 393 
 
 Jacques Cartier Island 304 
 
 Cove 388 
 
 James Cove 466 
 
 Island 389 
 
 Point 70 
 
 Jarvis Islands go 
 
 Jejin de Gaunt Harbor 8(i 
 
 tides 80 
 
 Island 86 
 
 Jeanne Channel 333 
 
 Point 823 
 
 Jeans Head 4,'54 
 
 Point lis 
 
 Rock 94 
 
 Jeffrey Cove flg 
 
 Jehenne Bank 391 
 
 Point 831 
 
 Shoal 318 
 
 Jenkins Cove 381 
 
 Jennings Cove 355 
 
 anchorage 256 
 
 Jerrys Nose 338 
 
 Jersey Island us 
 
 Jerseyman Bank, Fortune Bay ... 188 
 
 Harbor 147 
 
 Head 147 
 
 Island. 101 
 
 The 98 
 
 Jerts Cove f I68 
 
 Jigging Cove, Gallows Harbor ... 100 
 
 Head 77 
 
 North Harbor 65 
 
 Rushoon Harbor... 108 
 
 Jim Day Island 374 
 
 Drake Ledge 108 
 
 Job Cove 458 
 
 Rock 458 
 
Jj 
 
 Pug*. 
 
 ycotmiMiiiifution 22(1 
 
 sIiiiuIh 82(1 
 
 tidflM 237 
 
 9, 
 
 tin Covo 
 
 Rock 
 
 I 
 
 ani'korugo. 
 tides 
 
 lao 
 
 mil 
 
 8Mr. 
 
 bHR 
 
 a- 
 
 8« 
 
 '« 356 
 
 iincliornKe U5(l 
 
 487 
 
 ind 408 
 
 e 892 
 
 tier Island 804 
 
 la 
 
 at Harbor . 
 
 tides. 
 
 Island 86 
 
 nel 
 
 anchorage 256 
 
 328 
 
 118 
 
 ink, Fortune Bay ... 188 
 
 arbor 147 
 
 sad 147 
 
 land. 101 
 
 le 98 
 
 Gallows Harbor ... 100 
 
 Head 77 
 
 North Harbor 65 
 
 Rushoon Harbor... 108 
 
 id 874 
 
 dge 108 
 
 f 
 
r 
 
 ii*ii I "I ;i>-i-i -ito 
 
 V] 
 
 <? 
 
 /^ 
 
 ^> 
 
 
 
 
 iMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 1.0 
 
 
 
 I.I 
 
 Li 
 
 li I. 
 ■UUU 
 
 ■ 4 
 
 22 
 2.0 
 
 1.25 
 
 1.4 
 
 I 
 
 1.6 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sciences 
 Corporation 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 23 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 
 
 (716) 872-4503 
 
 ■A 
 
 '■ ^litaieiad 
 
4i. 
 
 5^^^ 
 
 « 
 
 % 
 
 4 
 
 
 ?^- 
 
 1,' 
 
 CIHM/ICMH 
 
 Microfiche 
 
 Series. 
 
 CIHM/ICMH 
 Collection de 
 microfiches. 
 
 Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques 
 
 
mm 
 
 itwii" 
 
 ■■I 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 551 
 
 P»go. 
 
 Jobs Room 510,518 
 
 Joe Batts Arm 389 
 
 ice... 390 
 
 Point... 389 
 
 Ground 94 
 
 Rock 384 
 
 Catalina Harbor 480 
 
 Rocks 108 
 
 John Baptist Shoal 312 
 
 Cape 217 
 
 Meagher Cove 290 
 
 Smith Harbor 353 
 
 Island ,.. 352 
 
 Thomas Rock 122 
 
 Walsh Shoal 128 
 
 John-the-bay Bank 108 
 
 Cove 118 
 
 Harbor 113 
 
 Head 118 
 
 Islands 113 
 
 Johns Beach 251 
 
 Pond 47 
 
 Shoal 47 
 
 Johnsons Cove 217 
 
 Jonas Rock 115 
 
 Jonathan Lookout 64 
 
 Jonclay Hill — 480 
 
 Josiah Spencer Cove 372 
 
 Joss Brook 76 
 
 Joumois Brook 221 
 
 JudeCaiie.— 106 
 
 Harbor 106 
 
 Island 106 
 
 Jugglers Cove 464 
 
 Jumelles de la Terre 289 
 
 Jumper Rock 184 
 
 K 
 
 Kane Rock 460 
 
 Kate Harbor 424 
 
 Keels Cove 426 
 
 East Head 426 
 
 ice - 426 
 
 Kelly Cove 363 
 
 Island 468 
 
 Kelp Rock -.. 428 
 
 Kelpy Rock 160 
 
 Sunker 108 
 
 Kent Point 282 
 
 Keogh Island 374 
 
 Keppel Harbor 281 
 
 anchorage 281 
 
 Island 280 
 
 Psgi', 
 
 Keppel Point 280 
 
 Kerley Harbor 436 
 
 Kettlebottom Rock 484 
 
 Kiar Cove 376 
 
 Reef - 384 
 
 Kiddle Cove 383 
 
 King Island 86,353 
 
 Ram Islands 56 
 
 Point 355 
 
 Kingman Cove 483 
 
 Kings Cove - 426 
 
 communication 426 
 
 light 426 
 
 tides 426 
 
 Harbor 175 
 
 Brook 175 
 
 Head 175 
 
 Hants Harbor 458 
 
 Kippin Cove 394 
 
 Kippings Shoal 145 
 
 Kirpon Harbor 305 
 
 anchorages 305 
 
 beacons.. 305 
 
 directions 305 
 
 ice 305 
 
 supplies.. 305 
 
 tidal streams 306 
 
 tides 306 
 
 Island 304 
 
 Knife Rock 458 
 
 Kyer Cove 499 
 
 Point 499 
 
 L. 
 
 L'Anse k Flamme 149 
 
 auDiable 119 
 
 L'ArgentBay- 139 
 
 La Bale 134 
 
 Baleine Rock 828 
 
 Paqnet Harbor-. 342 
 
 Chesnais Point 343 
 
 Fourmi Rock 315 
 
 Have Bank 37 
 
 HuneBay 167 
 
 ice 167 
 
 tides 167 
 
 Cape 167 
 
 Harbor 168 
 
 Manche 62 
 
 anchorage 62 
 
 Head 62 
 
 \ mines 62 
 
 PlanteCove 69 
 
 I 
 
552 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Pago. 
 
 LaPlante Harbor 193 
 
 Sunker 69 
 
 PoileBay 191 
 
 Harbor 198 
 
 beacon 198 
 
 ice 198 
 
 light - 191 
 
 tides 193 
 
 Rose Rock 309 
 
 Scie Harbor 343 
 
 anchorage 343 
 
 Source Inlet 317 
 
 tides 317 
 
 Point- 318 
 
 Vache-gare 327 
 
 Rock \21 
 
 beacon 127 
 
 Labrador 4,'<88 
 
 climate.. 9,488 
 
 coast, caution .• 14 
 
 cod ftshery 5 
 
 communications - 6 
 
 current 13 
 
 fisheries 4,488 
 
 fogs 11 
 
 general description 4 
 
 geology 4 
 
 herring fishery 5 
 
 ice- 18 
 
 lakes 4 
 
 tidal streams 14 
 
 winds 9 
 
 LachlanRock 108 
 
 Ladder Cove - - 76 
 
 Ladle Island 400 
 
 The - 370 
 
 Tickles 370 
 
 directions 371 
 
 tides 371 
 
 Lady Point 443 
 
 Lahaye Point 43 
 
 light 45 
 
 Lakeman Burnt Iwlands 415 
 
 Islands 415 
 
 Reach . . -• 415 
 
 Lally Back Cove 142 
 
 Cove --- 142 
 
 Head ---- 142 
 
 Island, 143 
 
 LamalinBay 132 
 
 communications 133 
 
 dangers -. 132 
 
 direc;tions 183 
 
 Pngc 
 
 Lamalin Bay light 122 
 
 Harbor 123 
 
 ice 134 
 
 tides 134 
 
 Ledges 134 
 
 Road 133 
 
 Lamb Rock 49 
 
 caution 40 
 
 Lampidoes Passage 155 
 
 Lamy Island 150 
 
 Lance Cove, Chaleur Bay 165 
 
 Head 105 
 
 Oderin Harbor 105 
 
 Point 165 
 
 Coves, Random Islands 439 
 
 Point 48 
 
 Rock 48 
 
 Landry Bank - 135 
 
 Lanes Lookout 390 
 
 Rock 392 
 
 Langlade Island 133 
 
 Langue de Cerf Cove . . : 139 
 
 Lansey Bank Cove 122 
 
 Lapstone Rocks 408 
 
 Lard Cove 329 
 
 Point 328 
 
 Largent Cape 429 
 
 Hill 427,429 
 
 Lark Harbor 249 
 
 anchorage 250 
 
 beacons... 250 
 
 Belle Isle ..-. 507 
 
 Island --- 507 
 
 tides. 350 
 
 Mountain 248 
 
 Larkin Point 314 
 
 Latine Point 52 
 
 Laun Harbors 121 
 
 Head 131 
 
 Islands 132 
 
 Point 131 
 
 Lawrence Rock 116 
 
 Lazy Point - - 5^^ 
 
 L'Epervier Rock 334 
 
 LeCalas 319 
 
 CalculoRock 388 
 
 Conte Harbor 140 
 
 Diamant Rock 136 
 
 FletanRock 138 
 
 buoy 138 
 
 Fond Arm 323 
 
 Grand Mulou 303 
 
 GuetteurRock 388 
 
INDEX. 
 
 553 
 
 PftRO. 
 
 122 
 
 123 
 
 124 
 
 18 124 
 
 124 
 
 123 
 
 49 
 
 40 
 
 155 
 
 150 
 
 rBay 165 
 
 105 
 
 Harbor 105 
 
 165 
 
 im Islands 439 
 
 48 
 
 48 
 
 135 
 
 390 
 
 392 
 
 133 
 
 e --- 139 
 
 122 
 
 408 
 
 329 
 
 328 
 
 429 
 
 427,429 
 
 249 
 
 »ge 250 
 
 1... 250 
 
 lie ..-. 507 
 
 --- 507 
 
 250 
 
 248 
 
 214 
 
 52 
 
 121 
 
 121 
 
 122 
 
 121 
 
 116 
 
 m 
 
 324 
 
 - 319 
 
 288 
 
 -... 140 
 
 - 126 
 
 128 
 
 r 128 
 
 323 
 
 303 
 
 288 
 
 Pagf. 
 
 LeMalouin Shoal 283 
 
 MoineBay 196 
 
 MulouxRock -. 323 
 
 Tron de la Baleine 300 
 
 Leading Tickles 870 
 
 directions 371 
 
 tides 371 
 
 League Rock 369 
 
 LedretShoal 316 
 
 LedrewRock 364 
 
 Les Cailloux de Terre 128 
 
 Canailles Islets 123 
 
 Donzelles 308 
 
 Grappinots 129 
 
 Jumelles de la Terre 289 
 
 Vaches 281 
 
 Leveret Islands 396 
 
 Lewis Brook 243 
 
 Island 411 
 
 Point 217 
 
 Liar Rock 109 
 
 Light, Amour Point 515 
 
 Bacalhao Island 888 
 
 Baccalieu Island 452 
 
 BauldCape .-.. 304 
 
 Bay Roberts 464 
 
 Beach Point 143,461 
 
 Belle Isle 508 
 
 Belloram 143 
 
 Blanc Cape 134 
 
 BlufEHead 122 
 
 Boar Island 178 
 
 Bonavista Cape 409 
 
 BrigusBay 465 
 
 Brunet Island 136 
 
 Burin Island 117 
 
 Cabot Islands : . . . 408 
 
 Cann Island 394 
 
 Canon Point - 127 
 
 Carbonear Island 459 
 
 Catalina Harbor 431 
 
 Chienlslands 128 
 
 Devils Cove Head 380 
 
 Dodding Head 117 
 
 Ferryland Head 482 
 
 Fort Point 434 
 
 Galantry Head 125 
 
 Garnish 139 
 
 Gaultois Harbor 150 
 
 Grand Bank-- 138 
 
 Great Dunier Island 369 
 
 Miquelon ...^ 184 
 
 Green Island 431 
 
 Light, Green Point 464 
 
 Greenly Island 619 
 
 Greens Pond 405 
 
 GuUIsland 845 
 
 Hants Harbor 458 
 
 Harbor Breton 146 
 
 Grace 461 
 
 Point 328 
 
 Ireland Island 191 
 
 Kings Cove Head 426 
 
 Lahaye Point 45 
 
 Lamalin 122 
 
 LaPoileBay 191 
 
 Leconte Point 128 
 
 Little Denier Island 418 
 
 Miquelon 138 
 
 Lobster Cove Head 269 
 
 Mercer Head 186 
 
 Motion Island 441 
 
 Norman Cape 299 
 
 North Head 465 
 
 Penguin Island 400 
 
 Offer Wadham 398 
 
 Pass Island 148 
 
 Pine Cape 44 
 
 Placentia Harbor 51 
 
 Plate Point 133 
 
 Pointof Beach 461 
 
 PortBasque 207 
 
 Puffin Island 405 
 
 Race, Cape 39,486 
 
 Ray, Cape 211 
 
 Rich Point- 382 
 
 Rocky Point 146 
 
 Rose Blanche 198 
 
 St. Francis Cape 469 
 
 St. George Harbor 223 
 
 St. Johns Harbor 473 
 
 St. Mary Cape 49 
 
 St. Paul Island 312 
 
 St. Pierre Island- . 125, 127, 128 
 Seldom Come -by Harbor.. 394 
 
 Spear Cape 477 
 
 Toulinguet 380 
 
 Trinity Harbor 484 
 
 Verde Point 51 
 
 West Head 150 
 
 Linton Rock 417 
 
 Lions Den 433 
 
 Head 499 
 
 Little Barasway 183 
 
 Head 188 
 
 Bay, Bay de I'Eau 146 
 
 i 
 I 
 
« i:y i r .. 1rafc-aRrrg5?ilg«| 
 
 554 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 I'ttgo. I 
 
 Little Bay de VEau, Fortune Bay. 140 
 
 Channel Head 207 
 
 Head 207 
 
 Three Arms. 856,358 
 
 Hermitage Bay 150 
 
 Islands, Notre Dame 
 
 Bay 365 
 
 Islands, communica- 
 tion 365 
 
 La Poile 193 
 
 anchorage... 198 
 
 beacon 198 
 
 communica- 
 tion 193 
 
 ice 198 
 
 MortierBay 115 
 
 Notre Dame Bay 859 
 
 Notre Dame Bay, an- 
 chorages 860 
 
 Notre Dame Bay, coal. 859 
 Notre Dame Bay, com- 
 munication 359 
 
 Notre Dame Bay, ice.. 860 
 Notre Dame Bay, sup- 
 plies 359 
 
 Notre Dame Bay, tides. 860 
 
 Rencontre Bay 164 
 
 Shoal 207 
 
 Beaver Cove 386 
 
 Bell Island 468 
 
 Black Island, Bay of Ex- 
 ploits . 376 
 
 Boar Island 179 
 
 Bonah Cove 83 
 
 Br6hat Bay 312 
 
 Brook 270 
 
 Bad Bay 379 
 
 Br<il6 Harbor 88 
 
 anchorage .._ 89 
 
 Brunet Islands 187 
 
 Burgeo Island 73 
 
 Burin Harbor us 
 
 coal 118 
 
 communica- 
 tion 118 
 
 ice 118 
 
 Island 119 
 
 Burke Island 66 
 
 Buse Peak 331 
 
 Butler Island 89 
 
 Byrne Cove 883 
 
 Cape 186 
 
 Caplin Cove 346 | 
 
 Pago. 
 
 Little Caribou Island 497 
 
 Cat Arm 334 
 
 Catalina Harbor 430 
 
 Chance Cove 451 
 
 Harbor 434 
 
 New World 
 
 Island ... 877 
 Sweet Bay . 434 
 
 tides 877 
 
 water 377 
 
 Cobbs Arm 385 
 
 Codroy River 314 
 
 Colinet Island 46 
 
 Colombier Island 136 
 
 Burnt Is- 
 lands .. 305 
 
 Coney \rm 335 
 
 ConneCove 141 
 
 Content Cove 415 
 
 Cormorandier Island 818 
 
 Cuiller Bay 157 
 
 anchorage 167 
 
 Dantzic Cove 137 
 
 Denier Island 418 
 
 light 418 
 
 Devils Island 146 
 
 anchorage ... 146 
 Duck Island, Niger Sound.- 503 
 
 Dunier Island 869 
 
 Fogo Islands 393 
 
 Fox Island 149 
 
 Friar Cove 217 
 
 Gallows Harbor 99 
 
 anchorage. 99 
 
 Garia Bay 196 
 
 Goat Islands 83 
 
 Goblin Bay 166 
 
 Grassy Island 348 
 
 Green Point Shoal 116 
 
 Gull Island 101, 377 
 
 Gnt 188 
 
 Head 188 
 
 Harbor Deep 333 
 
 Head 888 
 
 East Bay 139 
 
 Gallows Harbor ... 100 
 
 Head 63 
 
 St. Pierre 126 
 
 Island 61 
 
 Long Island 93 
 
 Main Tickle 883 
 
 Morton Harbor 377 
 
 PlacentiaBay .. 61 
 
ind 497 
 
 884 
 
 rbor 480 
 
 B 451 
 
 bor 424 
 
 New World 
 
 Island ... 877 
 Sweet Bay . 424 
 
 tides 877 
 
 water 877 
 
 385 
 
 >r 214 
 
 »d- 46 
 
 aland 126 
 
 Burnt Is- 
 lands .. 205 
 
 885 
 
 141 
 
 e 415 
 
 )r Island 818 
 
 157 
 
 incliorage 157 
 
 3 137 
 
 i 418 
 
 light 418 
 
 I 146 
 
 anchorage .-. 146 
 Niger Sound.. 502 
 
 i 369 
 
 -.- 392 
 
 149 
 
 217 
 
 bor 99 
 
 anchorage. 99 
 
 195 
 
 82 
 
 166 
 
 I -. 248 
 
 Shoal 116 
 
 ■ 101,377 
 
 183 
 
 188 
 
 833 
 
 Head 888 
 
 Bay 189 
 
 ws Harbor ... 100 
 
 62 
 
 St. Pierre 126 
 
 i 61 
 
 Island 93 
 
 Tickle 382 
 
 m Harbor 377 
 
 ntiaBay .. 61 
 
 INDKX. 
 
 666 
 
 Psge. 
 
 Little Harbor, Placentia Bay, an- 
 chorage 62 
 
 Random Island. .. 440 
 
 Sacred Bay 802 
 
 St. Marys Bay 47 
 
 Heartease Island 444 
 
 Hooping Harbor 332 
 
 Island, Connaigre Bay 148 
 
 Sacred Islands 308 
 
 Isle of Valen 80 
 
 Islets Harbors 320 
 
 Kirpon Harbor 808 
 
 LaPoile 193 
 
 Laun Harbor 121 
 
 anchorage 121 
 
 Madame Island 320 
 
 Meraslieen Harbor 91 
 
 Miquelon Island 183 
 
 fog signal. 183 
 
 light 133 
 
 MonJambe 145 
 
 Monk Rock 819 
 
 MortierBay 116 
 
 Mosquito Cove 451 
 
 Needles Rocke 312 
 
 North Harbor 874 
 
 Orange Bay 382 
 
 Paradise Harbor 83 
 
 anchorage. 84 
 
 Passage 149 
 
 Pinch-gut 60 
 
 tides 61 
 
 Pinnacle Island 107 
 
 Placentia Harbor 62 
 
 anchorage 54 
 directions 64 
 
 ice 53 
 
 tides 58 
 
 winds 63 
 
 Plate Island 187 
 
 Port 247 
 
 anchorage 247 
 
 Head 244 
 
 tides 247 
 
 Rencontre Island 179 
 
 Rock 179 
 
 River I68 
 
 Bank 169 
 
 DespairBay 152 
 
 anchorage 152 
 
 Rocks 169 
 
 tides 169 
 
 Sacred Island 303 
 
 14910 36 
 
 Page. 
 
 Little Saddleback Islet 107 
 
 St. Juliau Harbor 823 
 
 Point 323 
 
 St. Lawrence Harbor 119 
 
 St. Lawrence Harbor anchor- 
 age 120 
 
 St. Lawrence Harbor, water 120 
 
 St. Modest Island 514 
 
 St. Pierre Islet 127 
 
 beacon 127 
 
 Sandy Harbor 73 
 
 anchorage... 73 
 
 water 78 
 
 Seal Islands 93 
 
 Seldom Come-by Harbor... 895 
 
 Shag Rock 249 
 
 Shellbird Bight 869 
 
 anchorage. 360 
 
 Shoal, Placentia Bay 90 
 
 St. Pierre 126,128 
 
 Southern Harbor 63 
 
 anchorage 63 
 
 tides 68 
 
 Stag Island 367 
 
 Troy to wn Harbor 368 
 
 water ... 869 
 
 Verdon Islanf^. 319 
 
 Ward Harbor 860 
 
 Washing-tub Rock 108 
 
 Woody Island 69 
 
 Liver Ledge 406 
 
 Liverpool Brook 258 
 
 Cove 258 
 
 anchorage 258 
 
 Lizzy Point '. 45 
 
 Lobster Cove 269 
 
 Head 269 
 
 light 269 
 
 Rock 269 
 
 Harbor, Main tickle 888 
 
 White Bay 338 
 
 Island, Ste. Genevieve Bay 294 
 
 Islet, Cobbs Arm 885 
 
 t*oint 314 
 
 Shoal 315 
 
 Locker Bay 413 
 
 Flatlsland 415 
 
 Reach 409,415 
 
 Rock 412 
 
 LockyerRock 85 
 
 Lodge, The 493 
 
 Logey Cove. 470 
 
 Long Cove, Random Island 440 
 
 I 
 
556 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 ««* 
 
 Pag*. I 
 
 Long Cove, Random Sound 445 
 
 Trinity Bay 458 
 
 communi- , 
 
 cation.. 458 
 
 Harbor 141 
 
 anchoragefl 141 
 
 Head 55 
 
 ice 55 
 
 Labrador 491 
 
 Placentia Bay 55 
 
 Point 142 
 
 Random Island 430 
 
 telegraph 141 
 
 tides 141 
 
 Harry RcK-k 461 I 
 
 Island Bank 95 
 
 beacon 317 
 
 Brent Islands 816 
 
 Buffet Harbor 87 | 
 
 Fogo Islands 898 j 
 
 Fortune Bay 143 i 
 
 Hermitage Bay 150 
 
 Marticot Island 95 
 
 Notre Dame Bay .... 366 
 
 Placentia Bay 92 
 
 Rock, Despair Bay . . 150 
 
 Tickle 367 
 
 West Random Head . 445 
 
 Islands, Bonavista Bay 422 
 
 Ledge 244 
 
 Point, Blanc Sablon 519 
 
 Corbin Island 119 
 
 Goose Arm 255 
 
 LaHuneCape 168 
 
 Port au Port 233 
 
 Presque 81 
 
 Red Island 91 
 
 Rock 90 
 
 Shoal 168 
 
 Toulinguet 880 
 
 Trinity Bay 456 
 
 Reach, Fair and False Bay. . 420 
 
 Grandy Island 175 
 
 Rock ! 107,109 
 
 Rocks 347 j 
 
 Tickle, Cobbs Arm 385 
 
 Long Islands 422 
 
 Loo Cove 406 
 
 Lookout Hill 456 
 
 Lord and Lady Island 148 
 
 Lossieux Point 280 
 
 Lots Rock 398 
 
 Louis Lemaire Shoal 320 
 
 Piigp. 
 
 Loup Bay 615 
 
 Lou«e-l)ox Hill 181 
 
 Rock 512 
 
 Love Cove 423 
 
 Low Island _ 249 
 
 Islets, Copper Island Ill 
 
 Sacred Bay. .: 302 
 
 Point, Cape Cormorant 231 
 
 Lark Harbor 249 
 
 Trinity Bay 432 
 
 Lowe Rock 430 
 
 Lower Cove 228 
 
 Crabb Brook 258 
 
 Frenchman Head 251 
 
 Gulf Rock 258 
 
 Harbor 875 
 
 Head 275 
 
 Island 858 
 
 Lance Cove 439 
 
 Rock 439 
 
 Little Bay . 139 
 
 Rams 57 
 
 Rock, Hares Ears 164 
 
 New Harbor 164 
 
 Puddick Bank 104 
 
 Shoal Harbor 444 
 
 Wolf Cove 861 
 
 Lowroom Point 54 
 
 Lush Bight 366 
 
 M. 
 
 Macarthy Island 374 
 
 MaciverCove 254 
 
 anchorage 254 
 
 Island 254 
 
 Mackerel Shoal 75 
 
 Macks Islands 865 
 
 Madame Island 320 
 
 Maddox Cove 478 
 
 Madeleine Shoal 308 
 
 Mad Moll Rock, Picarre 150 
 
 Red Bay 513 
 
 Snooks Arm 347 
 
 Point 488 
 
 Rock 345 
 
 Cove 345 
 
 Fenneuse 483 
 
 Salmon Cove 459 
 
 Rocks 463 
 
 Maggotty Cove, Random Sound.. 448 
 
 Sound Island 68 
 
 Point 48 
 
 Rock 479 
 
 i^i:~^ii^aiatTii^.-^y-.^<,i:^,,,..-Mt.^,,>.-,a,-:-.,,-,,,6iAJ^ 
 
Pllgp, 
 
 615 
 
 181 
 
 512 
 
 428 
 
 240 
 
 Island Ill 
 
 Bay..: 302 
 
 rmorant 281 
 
 irbor 249 
 
 Bay 432 
 
 430 
 
 228 
 
 258 
 
 lead 251 
 
 258 
 
 375 
 
 275 
 
 858 
 
 439 
 
 lock 439 
 
 139 
 
 57 
 
 Ears 164 
 
 [arbor 164 
 
 3kBank 104 
 
 444 
 
 361 
 
 .. 54 
 
 866 
 
 374 
 
 254 
 
 rage 254 
 
 .- 254 
 
 75 
 
 865 
 
 820 
 
 - 478 
 
 308 
 
 aire 150 
 
 dBay 513 
 
 BoksAnn 347 
 
 - 483 
 
 345 
 
 345 
 
 B 483 
 
 jO\e 459 
 
 463 
 
 ttdom Sound.- 448 
 
 md Island 68 
 
 48 
 
 479 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Mahany Cove 77 
 
 Maiden Arm 31s 
 
 Island, Carbonear 451) 
 
 Greens Pond 405 
 
 Islet 485 
 
 Point 318 
 
 Old Bonaventnre -.. 485 
 
 Main Ledge, Virgin Rock 84 
 
 Pools Island 406 
 
 Tickle 502 
 
 Bank, Niger Sound. . 502 
 
 Island 382 
 
 directions 883 
 
 Toulinguet 882 
 
 Mainyard Point 104 
 
 Major Point, Mercer Cove 136 
 
 Rock- 106 
 
 Mai Bay, Rencontre Islands 142 
 
 St. Marys Bay 46 
 
 Maid igues Cove 290 
 
 Malone Rock _ 414 
 
 Maloney Ledge 34 
 
 Man Rock 137 
 
 Manful Bight 345 
 
 Head 345 
 
 Point 355 
 
 anchorage 355 
 
 Manny Point 102 
 
 Man-of-War Cove 158 
 
 Hill, Exploits Burnt 
 
 Islands 375 
 
 Ramea Islands. 172 
 
 Point 158 
 
 Rock, Great Jervis.. 168 
 
 Pitt Sound 415 
 
 Manuel Arm lijg 
 
 Islet 431 
 
 MarchandRock I80 
 
 March Point 229 
 
 Bank- 229 
 
 Mare Fall ig2 
 
 Margery Cove 155 
 
 Head 155 
 
 Little Passage 149 
 
 Rock 402 
 
 Marguerite Bay.. 313 
 
 water 313 
 
 Maria Bay 303 
 
 Cove 149 
 
 Reefs 308 
 
 Mark Cape. 152 
 
 Rooks.- 169 
 
 Shoal 159 
 
 U07 
 
 ti^. 
 
 Marloy Rocks 41)9 
 
 Marne Shoal.. 129 
 
 Mamham Icland 490 
 
 Port 400 
 
 Shoal 490 
 
 water 490 
 
 Marquise Neck 52 
 
 Marshall Island gy 
 
 Marten Point 329 
 
 Rock 329 
 
 Marticot Fiack Cove 94 
 
 Cove 05 
 
 Island 84,94 
 
 Martin Morrissey Rocks 66 
 
 Point 270 
 
 Shepherd Islands 416 
 
 Martinique Cove 327 
 
 Mary Ann's Cove 317 
 
 Harbor 499 
 
 Head 499 
 
 MarytowTi jj^ 
 
 Massacre Island, St. PieiTe 128 
 
 Islet 319 
 
 Rock 819 
 
 Masters Head 451 
 
 Matthew Lane Island 375 
 
 Matthews Island ..- 379 
 
 Rock 92 
 
 Maudit Bank 3Q3 
 
 Mauvais Gars Rock 303 
 
 Mauve Bay 3Q4 
 
 MayCove ^^ 
 
 Head 
 
 Point .]"' 
 
 McLeod Point 
 
 Meadow Bank - 
 
 154 
 
 137 
 
 458 
 
 43 
 
 Point 43 
 
 43 
 213 
 
 Spit 
 Meat Cove... 
 M6dee Bay . . 
 
 Meer Point 253 
 
 M61ier Islet 
 
 Rock 
 
 Shoal 
 
 Menhir Rock 
 
 Merasheen Banks . 
 
 Harbor 
 
 Island . 
 
 Mercer Cove. 
 
 319 
 
 319 
 
 -.. 319 
 
 286 
 
 94 
 
 -- - 90 
 
 84 
 
 136 
 
 Burgee j^^ 
 
 Head jgg 
 
 light 136 
 
 ice- 137 
 
MHI 
 
 558 
 
 INUKX. 
 
 Pngi'. 
 
 Mercer Cove, tides 187 
 
 water i;i7 
 
 Point, BnrKoo 177 
 
 Merchant Cove 80 
 
 iMlftnd, Kirpon UOfl 
 
 l)eacon . . 805 
 
 RnmlHlumlH flO 
 
 Merlin Rock 474 
 
 Menniiid Hill no 
 
 Merry Harbor . 84 
 
 water 84 
 
 Messervy Cove 237 
 
 Point 223 
 
 wharf . 228 
 
 Mewstone (Gros Oignon) 801 
 
 Mic-mat! Islet 800 
 
 MidRock - 496 
 
 Channel Rock, Fichot Channel 820 
 
 Head, Connoire Bay 185 
 
 Middle Arm, Bay of Islands 254 
 
 Bloody Bay 417 
 
 Green Bay 854 
 
 anchorage 354 
 
 Point 354,354 
 
 Rock 854 
 
 Rocky Bay 896 
 
 Three arms 857 
 
 directions 358 
 
 White Bay 888 
 
 Bank, St. Lunaire Bay 811 
 
 Bill, Freels Cape 401 
 
 St. John Cape 844 
 
 Brook 185 
 
 anchorage 185 
 
 St. George Bay 321 
 
 Cliflf 443 
 
 Cove 470 
 
 CrabbBrook'. 258 
 
 Dock Island 75 
 
 Goblin Bay-. 155 
 
 Ground 37 
 
 Toulinguet 882 
 
 Head, Hermitage Bay 159 
 
 PlacentiaBay 107 
 
 St. Lawrence Harbors 120 
 Island, Notre-Dame Bay . . 867 
 
 Islets, Fogo Islands 893 
 
 Launlslands 123 
 
 Passages 206 
 
 Point 456 
 
 Reach 420 
 
 Ribb Rocks.. 493 
 
 Rock, Bonavista Cape 438 
 
 Pttgi'. 
 
 Middle Rock, Cabot Islands 404 
 
 Little Donier Island- 418 
 
 Placentia Bay tlO 
 
 Rocks, CarilKHi Cape .... 4I»0 
 
 Freels Cape 403 
 
 Gooseberry Islands 414 
 
 Shoal .501 
 
 Tickle, Fogo Island 891 
 
 Long Islands 422 
 
 Midsnmnier Rock 405 
 
 Midway Rock 406 
 
 Miffel Island 180 
 
 Milan Arm 800 
 
 caution 800 
 
 current 800 
 
 directions 800 
 
 Point 801, 828 
 
 Mile Islet , Fogo Island 898 
 
 Shag Islets 887 
 
 Rock 187 
 
 Rocks 184 
 
 Mille Cape 140 
 
 Harbor 140 
 
 Miller Head 119 
 
 Island 886 
 
 anchorage 836 
 
 Point 103 
 
 Milliners Arm 886 
 
 Million Cove 835 
 
 Milners Tickle 203 
 
 Chateau Bay 505 
 
 Minchin Head 433 
 
 Island 438 
 
 Mine Rock us 
 
 Mings Bight 841 
 
 anchorage 343 
 
 Islets 841 
 
 Miquelon Cape 134 
 
 Islands 188,184 
 
 anchorage.. 134,135 
 
 lights 138,134 
 
 Shoal 134 
 
 tides 185 
 
 Road 184 
 
 Rocks 185 
 
 Miranda Cove 247 
 
 Misaine Bank 86 
 
 Mistaken Cove 298 
 
 Point 41 
 
 beacon 41 
 
 Mizen Hill 455 
 
 Moany Cove 58 
 
 Moat Harbor 2O6 
 
INDKX. 
 
 Si")*.) 
 
 Pbrc. 
 
 ot Islands 404 
 
 If Donier Island, 418 
 
 itmMii Bay (10 
 
 lilwrn Cape 499 
 
 h^Ih Ciipo 4();3 
 
 oseberry iHlandH 414 
 
 501 
 
 ?o iHland 801 
 
 [ig Islands 432 
 
 405 
 
 406 
 
 180 
 
 800 
 
 n 800 
 
 t 800 
 
 ons 800 
 
 801,828 
 
 land 398 
 
 lets _ 887 
 
 167 
 
 184 
 
 140 
 
 140 
 
 119 
 
 836 
 
 orage 836 
 
 108 
 
 886 
 
 825 
 
 203 
 
 iteau Bay 505 
 
 423 
 
 428 
 
 118 
 
 841 
 
 Jrage 843 
 
 841 
 
 184 
 
 188,184 
 
 nchorage.. 184,185 
 
 ights 138,134 
 
 ihoal 184 
 
 ides 185 
 
 134 
 
 - 185 
 
 247 
 
 86 
 
 298 
 
 41 
 
 icon 41 
 
 455 
 
 58 
 
 206 
 
 Moat iMlundH 206 
 
 Mobile Bay 480 
 
 Mohawk Point 886 
 
 Molo Cove 414 
 
 tides 414 
 
 Moll Rot'k 61 
 
 Molly Ann Cove 248 
 
 Monday Bank 491 
 
 Mon Janibo 145 
 
 Monk Islet 819 
 
 RwkH 810 
 
 Monkey Rock 248 
 
 Monks Bank 109 
 
 Ground 846 
 
 Montaignai! Rock 282 
 
 Moore Point 611 
 
 Moorham Reefs 885 
 
 Mooring Cove 870 
 
 anchorage 870 
 
 Island 458 
 
 Moratties Shoals 54 
 
 Morgan Arm 162 
 
 anchorage 163 
 
 Island, Burgeo 179 
 
 Lanialin 138 
 
 Shoal 502 
 
 Mome Fontan 805 
 
 beacon 805 
 
 Morris Channel 420 
 
 Island 418 
 
 Rock 483 
 
 Mortier Bank 117 
 
 Bay 114 
 
 Creek 116 
 
 Rock 117 
 
 Morton Harbor 877 
 
 directions 377 
 
 Head 877 
 
 tides 877 
 
 water 377 
 
 Morue Spit 280 
 
 Moses Point 882 
 
 Mosquito Back Cove 160 
 
 Cove 290 
 
 Carbonear 450 
 
 Coves, Trinity Bay 451 
 
 Harbor 160,170 
 
 Island 160 
 
 Point 459 
 
 Mother Burke Rock 845 
 
 IxxCove 46 
 
 Motion Bay 477 
 
 Head 473 
 
 T»iiv. 
 
 Motion Island 441 
 
 light 441 
 
 R(K'kH 478 
 
 Monies Island 127 
 
 Mouse Island, Buttle Islands 405 
 
 Bloody Reach 416 
 
 Bnrtit Islands 97 
 
 Burnt Island an- 
 chorage 98 
 
 Gallows Harbor 100 
 
 PlacentiaBay 66 
 
 Toulinguet 879 
 
 Point 848 
 
 Rock, Gastries Bay 467 
 
 Random Head 441 
 
 Toulinguet 879 
 
 Moyac Island 233 
 
 Moyacs Islands 802 
 
 Muddy Hole 67 
 
 Connoire Bay 186 
 
 Dragon Bay 161 
 
 Point 186 
 
 Ramca Islands 1 72 
 
 St. George Bay 333 
 
 Mull Face Bay 303 
 
 Mnlou Shoal 332 
 
 Murphy Rock 121 
 
 Catalina Harbor . . . 480 
 
 Murphys Cove 266 
 
 MiiscleBank m 
 
 Musket Islands 179 
 
 Mussel Bank, Freshwater Bay ... 413 
 
 Harbor, Long Island 94 
 
 Pond Point 47 
 
 Rock, St. Marys Bay 48 
 
 Trinity Harbor 484 
 
 Mustard Gull Islands 434 
 
 Mutton Bay 42 
 
 Cape 42 
 
 Island 296 
 
 Naked Man Rock 192,855 
 
 Nameless Cove. 297 
 
 directions 297 
 
 Nan Point 73 
 
 Nanny Hole Head. 375 
 
 Rock 375 
 
 Rock 890 
 
 Narrows, The, Clode Sound 422 
 
 Goose Arm 255 
 
 Picarre 150 
 
 St. Charles Channel 500 
 
 
5(50 
 
 INDKX. 
 
 f 
 
 ! 
 
 NnrrowH, The, St. .I<ilm 474 
 
 N.'ul ImM 877 
 
 Neck Point 118 
 
 No(l<li(rk Ctipo 480 
 
 Nt'dily HiulKir 866 
 
 tUK'li) >ritK<t 966 
 
 (lim;tiiiim 267 
 
 ixmitiou 266 
 
 Nw'(lh»H RockH 812 
 
 NfiKt' Bay 290 
 
 N.mt Rock 80 
 
 Not Rock - 67 
 
 RmrkH «0 
 
 Novcrfail Shonl 181 
 
 New Bay 872 
 
 Head «72 
 
 RockH 872 
 
 Bona venture Harbor 485 
 
 F6rolleCove 291 
 
 Poninmila 290 
 
 Point 290 
 
 Harbor, BonaviMta Bay 410 
 
 Fortune Bay 140 
 
 Head, TackH Head.- 87 
 
 Island 104 
 
 Rencontro Bay 164 
 
 Trinity Bay 457 
 
 Perlican Harbor 454 
 
 anchorage - 454 
 
 tides 454 
 
 World Island 876, 878 
 
 Newell Island 404 
 
 Newfoundland, agriculture 3 
 
 Banks of 83 
 
 fish 38 
 
 climate 8 
 
 coal 7 
 
 cod fishery 8 
 
 communication .- 5 
 currents --13, 14,15,17 
 
 fisheries 8 
 
 fogs 11 
 
 general descript'n 1 
 
 geology 4 
 
 government 5 
 
 Great Bank 33 
 
 Gulf Stream 18 
 
 herring fishery..- 3 
 
 ice 18,25 
 
 report stations. 34 
 
 lakes 2 
 
 lobster fishery 4 
 
 mines 2 
 
 N«wfoundland. orthograpliy 8 
 
 paMHagf H 27, 82 
 
 t'liHt ))oiiiid 28 
 Hailing 
 
 veHHuls . :)() 
 
 wfiBt bo'nd 20 
 
 l)hyHlcal fcaturen 1 
 
 population. 3 
 
 railways 7 
 
 rivers 2 
 
 salmon fishery ... 4 
 
 seal fishery 3 
 
 telegraph 7 
 
 variation of com 
 
 paHS 82 
 
 winds 
 
 Newman Sound 421 
 
 caution 422 
 
 New Town 08 
 
 New World Island 870 
 
 Niagara Point 450 
 
 Nickerson Bank - 40 
 
 Nii^keys Nose.. 350 
 
 Nick Power Cove 165 
 
 Point 165 
 
 Niger Sound 502 
 
 Nimrod Harbor 360 
 
 Island — 300 
 
 Tickle 408 
 
 Nine-fathom Bank 34 
 
 Nine-pin Ai'm 886 
 
 Nipper Head 103 
 
 Nippers Harbor 350 
 
 communication - - 351 
 
 Islands 840 
 
 Noble Cove 851 
 
 Kirpon 808 
 
 Head. 851 
 
 Bank 851 
 
 Noddy Harbor 804 
 
 Point 304 
 
 Noggin Hill - 896 
 
 Island 896 
 
 Noir Cape --- 125 
 
 Maria Bay 808 
 
 NoManRock 183 
 
 Nonsuch 06 
 
 Head. 06 
 
 Narrows 07 
 
 Nook, The - 170 
 
 Norman Cape 290 
 
 Bay 290 
 
 fog signal -.- 299 
 
ortlioKiiiiihy 8 
 
 ptiMMiiMrt'H 27, 83 
 
 ('iist)M)miil 2W 
 
 Hiiil i I) K 
 
 Vt'HHl'lH . !!() 
 
 wt'Mt ho'nd 20 
 pliyHiciil ffiitnreH . 1 
 
 |)()liuliitii)n 8 
 
 milwiiyH 7 
 
 rivd'H 3 
 
 Hulmon Huliory ... 4 
 
 Heal tlHhory 8 
 
 telt'gruph 7 
 
 vuriiitioii of com- 
 
 piwrt 82 
 
 wiiitlH 
 
 I 431 
 
 cttution 423 
 
 68 
 
 and 87« 
 
 450 
 
 f. - 40 
 
 350 
 
 ve 1«5 
 
 lint 165 
 
 502 
 
 r 860 
 
 860 
 
 498 
 
 ank - 84 
 
 880 
 
 108 
 
 r - 850 
 
 communication . - 851 
 
 3 849 
 
 851 
 
 rpon 808 
 
 851 
 
 ,nk 851 
 
 804 
 
 804 
 
 896 
 
 896 
 
 125 
 
 riaBay 808 
 
 188 
 
 96 
 
 90 
 
 jws 97 
 
 170 
 
 399 
 
 Bay 399 
 
 fog signal --- 299 
 
 IXDKX. 
 
 5fil 
 
 P»KH, 
 
 Norman Ciipc ll^lit 909 
 
 tidal HtreantH 399 
 
 Head 184 
 
 Rock 309 
 
 NorriH(.'ovt' 866 
 
 tidoH 267 
 
 Point 866 
 
 Rock 404 
 
 North Arm, Buy of InlaudH 257 
 
 Covo 887 
 
 Hooping Harbor 888 
 
 Indian Bay 411 
 
 Paciuot Harbor 848 
 
 Point 857 
 
 Bay, Bello Bay 148 
 
 Do8i)air Bay 156 
 
 ancdiorago 150 
 telt^grapli. 150 
 
 water 156 
 
 Griguet Bay - . 809 
 
 Head 156 
 
 LaPoile 191 
 
 Point 191 
 
 Bight. .€ 445 
 
 Bill, FreelH CaiM) 401 
 
 St. John Cape 844 
 
 Birdlaland 429 
 
 Met 440 
 
 Broad Cove 431 
 
 Brown lalets 413 
 
 Cove, Coachman Harbor... 840 
 
 Gut 465 
 
 Harbor Head 865 
 
 Little Bay Islands. 865 
 
 Placeutia Bay 65 
 
 Placentia Bay an- 
 chorage 65 
 
 Point 65 
 
 Rock 05,807 
 
 St. Marys Bay 47 
 
 St. Marys Bay an- 
 chorage 48 
 
 St. Marys Bay tides 48 
 
 Stag Island 307 
 
 Head, Aquaf ort Harbor .... 488 
 
 Bay of Islands 259 
 
 Brigus Bay 405 
 
 light 465 
 
 Spear Cape 477 
 
 St. Johns 474 
 
 St. Jones Harbor 447 
 
 Ledge -.. 477 
 
 Penguin Island 400 
 
 North Pt'iiKtiin Mand light KM) 
 
 Point 480 
 
 CatK) Broyle 481 
 
 Pound Wet 405 
 
 Rwf 811 
 
 RibbR(Rrk 408 
 
 Rock, ('oai-hman Harlmr 340 
 I'ort an Port .- 230,243 
 
 Rocks, (Jrt'unH Pond 406 
 
 Tickle, t!hang« Island 888 
 
 directions 888 
 
 Tilt Island 88 
 
 Toulinguct Ixland 879 
 
 Trump Island 379 
 
 Wild Cove 94 
 
 Northeast Arin, Bloody Bay 417 
 
 Boat Harbor 103 
 
 Catalinu Harbor. 481 
 
 Connoire Bay 185 
 
 Deer Harbor 448 
 
 Harbor Breton ... 140 
 
 LaPoile 162 
 
 Little River 169 
 
 Placentia Harbor 51 
 Red Island Bay.. 174 
 
 water 193 
 
 Bottom 860 
 
 Brook, Chimney Bay ... 829 
 
 Covo 329 
 
 Cove, Aviron Bay 100 
 
 LaHuneBay.... 167 
 
 Oar Bay 166 
 
 Placentia Sound. 54 
 Island, Fichot Islands.. 319 
 
 beacon 819 
 
 Ledge 508 
 
 Nonsuch 07 
 
 water 97 
 
 Rock, Bell Island 834 
 
 Norther Cove 433 
 
 Head, Trinity Bay 438 
 
 Point, Hearts Content . . 455 
 
 beacon 455 
 
 Northern Arm, How Harbor 816 
 
 How Harbor an- 
 chorage 816 
 
 Bank 491 
 
 Head, Bay of Exploits.. 874 
 Bonavista Cape.. 427 
 
 Middle Arm JJ50 
 
 Renewse Harbor. 484 
 
 Pass, Old F6rolle 298 
 
 Northward Rock, Ramea Islands.. 172 
 
 _ J 
 
562 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Tiigo. 
 
 Northward Rock, White Sail Bank 94 
 
 Northwest Ann, Bloodj' Bay 417 
 
 Boat Harbor 102 
 
 Clatise Harbor.. 76 
 Clatise Harbor 
 
 anchorage 76 
 
 Clode Sound 488 
 
 Connoire Bay... 185 
 
 Corbin Bay 143 
 
 Fortune Harbor. 878 
 
 Green Bay 353 
 
 Green Bay an- 
 chorage 353 
 
 Hare Bay 162 
 
 How Harbor 816 
 
 Little River 169 
 
 Random S'd. .402, 440 
 Red Island Bay.. 174 
 
 Rocky Bay 896 
 
 Rogutd Harbor.. 352 
 
 Sweet Bay 424 
 
 Trinity Bay 417 
 
 Harbor . 438 
 
 Bay, Griguet 809 
 
 St. Jones Harbor. 447 
 St. Lunaire Bay. - 311 
 
 Brook 171 
 
 Cove, East Bay 156 
 
 Hermitage Bay.. 149 
 Lampidoes pas- 
 sage 155 
 
 Presque Harbor. 82 
 
 Head, Clatise Harbor.. 76 
 
 White Bear Bay. 173 
 
 Island 75 
 
 Ramea Islands.. 172 
 
 Ledge 308 
 
 Rock 60 
 
 Shoal 34 
 
 St. Julien 822 
 
 Sunker 123 
 
 Norton Cove 417 
 
 Notre Dame Bay, east coast of 
 
 Newfoundland... 846 
 
 Island 314 
 
 Shoal.. 314 
 
 Nova Scotia Banks 35 
 
 Nut Hill 424 
 
 Nymph Island 311 
 
 O. 
 Oar Bay I66 
 
 Observation Point 323 
 
 Page. 
 
 Observatory Islet 323 
 
 Point 388 
 
 Ochre Pit Hills 422 
 
 Odd Island 405 
 
 Oderin Bank 1C7 
 
 Harbor 105 
 
 anchorage 105 
 
 directions 105 
 
 tides 105 
 
 Island 104 
 
 Ofifer Gob Rock 195 
 
 Gooseberry Island 418 
 
 Island, Grand Bruit 191 
 
 Lann Island 122 
 
 Rock, Gooseberry Islands . . 414 
 
 Harbor Breton 147 
 
 Little Denier Island.. 418 
 
 Neddick Cape 480 
 
 Seal Lland 195 
 
 Shoal. 181 
 
 Sunker 1V4 
 
 Wadham Island ,...398 
 
 light 898 
 
 Oil Islands SQQ 
 
 Old Bantam Rock, Notre Dame 
 
 Bay. 367 
 
 Bay 145 
 
 Billy Rock, Three Arms 857 
 
 Bonaventnre Harbor 435 
 
 Bone-em 217 
 
 Boy Shoal 290 
 
 F^roUe Harbor 298 
 
 directions 298 
 
 tides 298 
 
 Island 292 
 
 beacon 293 
 
 Haman Rock 477 
 
 Harry Rock, Bonavista Cape. 428 
 
 BroyleCape 481 
 
 Corbin Island... 119 
 
 Despair Bay 157 
 
 Spear Cape 477 
 
 The Harrys 848 
 
 Shoals, Toulinguet 881 
 
 Man Bay 169 
 
 water 170 
 
 Cove 285 
 
 Hill 191 
 
 Shoal 285 
 
 Perlican anchorage 452 
 
 communication 452 
 
 ice 458 
 
 tides 453 
 
 ..v,,ll.l■.^^nT^«^lf..«,..«n.^^,-^.-^T■m.m-^-■.»^■„«-;.mv,^-, ,..a:-.:^«ymt^ 
 
INDEX. 
 
 563 
 
 Page. 
 
 t 323 
 
 It 333 
 
 422 
 
 - 405 
 
 1C7 
 
 105 
 
 ichorage 105 
 
 irections 105 
 
 dea 105 
 
 104 
 
 - 195 
 
 Island 418 
 
 md Bruit 191 
 
 i 122 
 
 eberry Islands . . 414 
 
 lor Breton 147 
 
 e Denier Island-. 418 
 
 lick Cape 480 
 
 195 
 
 181 
 
 1V4 
 
 iland ,...398 
 
 light 398 
 
 -.-- 866 
 
 3k, Notre Dame 
 
 867 
 
 145 
 
 ?hree Arms 357 
 
 Harbor 485 
 
 217 
 
 290 
 
 or 293 
 
 directions 293 
 
 tides 293 
 
 i 292 
 
 beacon 293 
 
 477 
 
 Bonavista Cape. 428 
 
 BroyleCape 481 
 
 Corbin Island... 119 
 
 Despair Bay 157 
 
 Spear Cape 477 
 
 The Harrys 848 
 
 , Toulinguet 381 
 
 169 
 
 er 170 
 
 285 
 
 191 
 
 285 
 
 orage 452 
 
 nunication 462 
 
 453 
 
 I 453 
 
 Page. 
 
 Old Poe Shoal 107 
 
 Port au Choix (Black Arm).. 283 
 
 anchorage 284 
 
 beacons 284 
 
 directions 284 
 
 ice 284 
 
 tides 284 
 
 Sow Point 459 
 
 Woman Head 256 
 
 Olive Cove 149 
 
 Oliver Cove 77 
 
 Rock 77 
 
 Onion Cape 301 
 
 Cove 301 
 
 Island 301 
 
 Oody Point 336 
 
 Open Bay 298 
 
 Hole 425 
 
 ice 425 
 
 Orange Bay 832 
 
 Ore Head. 468 
 
 Osmond Hill no 
 
 Bock 108 
 
 Otter Bay 206 
 
 caution 206 
 
 Cove 880 
 
 Island 866 
 
 Little Bay 359 
 
 Point 141 
 
 Connoire Bay 186 
 
 settle- 
 ment. 186 
 
 telegraph 141 
 
 Ourson Point 280 
 
 Outer Brandy Rock 419 
 
 Cove 470 
 
 East Rock 899 
 
 Miquelon Rock 135 
 
 Shag Rock 254 
 
 Oven Rock 118 
 
 Overfall Brook 516 
 
 Owen Rock 90 
 
 P. 
 Paddle Rocks in 
 
 Paddock Shoal 46 
 
 Page Rock 123 
 
 Painter Rock 186 
 
 Pancake Rock, Basque Port - 209 
 
 beacons 209 
 
 buoy 209 
 
 caution 209 
 
 Mercer Cove. 136 
 
 PBgC. 
 
 Pancake Rock, St. Johns 474 
 
 PaquetHarbo) 343 
 
 anchorages 842 
 
 tides 842 
 
 Paradise Harbor 84 
 
 anchorage 84 
 
 ice 84 
 
 Point 889 
 
 Sound 95 
 
 Parfrey Point 78 
 
 Paris Bay 342 
 
 anchorage 342 
 
 water 342 
 
 Park Harbor 422 
 
 Parker Cove 102 
 
 River 300 
 
 Parkes Cove 255 
 
 water 255 
 
 Rock - 258 
 
 Parsons Cove 376 
 
 Ground 495 
 
 Pond 277 
 
 Hill 277 
 
 Partridge Island 405 
 
 Point, Biohe Arm 326 
 
 Cap Daim 389 
 
 Kirpon 808 
 
 White Bay 384 
 
 Pass Island 148 
 
 anchorage 148 
 
 light.. 148 
 
 Tickle 148 
 
 Passage Shoals. 287 
 
 Passages, auxiliary steamers 30 
 
 Bellelsle 81 
 
 Cape Breton to New- 
 foundland 32 
 
 full -powered steamers.. 27 
 
 homeward routes 29 
 
 outward routes 28 
 
 sailing vessf Is 30 
 
 Passenger Point 448 
 
 Patracan 135 
 
 Patrick Cove 50 
 
 Harbor 151 
 
 Rock 151 
 
 Island 81, 106 
 
 Point 356 
 
 Power Cove 366 
 
 Rock 50 
 
 Rocks 106 
 
 Paw Point 467 
 
 Peaked Rock 305 
 
 i 
 
 
 J 
 
5CA 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 i 
 
 Page. 
 
 Peaice Harbor. 377 
 
 Pearl Island 249 
 
 Great Jervis Harbor. 138 
 
 Pebble Island 480 
 
 Peckford Island 898 
 
 PeggysBag 476 
 
 Pelee Island 128 
 
 Point 342 
 
 Penguin Arm 256 
 
 Cove 256 
 
 Head 256 
 
 Islands 160, 400 
 
 light 400 
 
 Penman Ann 256 
 
 Penney Island 511 
 
 Penneys Room 519 
 
 Pepper Alley Point 479 
 
 Perch Rock-- 50 
 
 Perlican, New 1 454 
 
 Old 452 
 
 Island 452 
 
 Perroquet Bank 519 
 
 Pete Cove 78 
 
 Head 78 
 
 Petit CoupdeHache 348 
 
 Fort Cove 96 
 
 Harbor 96 
 
 Gars Rock 302 
 
 Jardin -- 229 
 
 Marchand Rock 180 
 
 Pas Cove 253 
 
 anchorage 253 
 
 Rocher , 322 
 
 San Fond Harbor 332 
 
 Petites 196 
 
 Vaches Cove 333 
 
 Petrel Islands 503 
 
 Petticoat Island, Bale de I'Eau ... 101 
 Femme Harbor.. 140 
 
 Petty Harbor 478 
 
 Pic 4 Denis.. 228,285 
 
 Harbor 237 
 
 supplies 238 
 
 tides 238 
 
 Picadilly 228 
 
 Picarre Harbor 150 
 
 Piercy Hill 124 
 
 PierwaysHill- 227 
 
 Pig Bank 40 
 
 Island 193 
 
 Ledge us 
 
 Pigeon Cove 307 
 
 Head. 228 
 
 rage. 
 
 Pigeon Island, Barasway Bay . - . 203 
 
 Fichot Islands 319 
 
 Fortune Bay 159 
 
 Grand Bruit 191 
 
 Little Garia Bay . . 195 
 
 Paradise Point 389 
 
 Peninsula 389 
 
 St. Pierre 128 
 
 Shoal 159 
 
 Shoals 208 
 
 Snooks Arm 347 
 
 Stocking Harbor... 352 
 
 Til ton Harbor 389 
 
 Islands, White Bay 338 
 
 Islet, Random Head Har- 
 bor 441 
 
 Point 833 
 
 Rock 430 
 
 Rocks, Fogo Island 892 
 
 Pigeonnifere Arm 333 
 
 Pikes Arm 885 
 
 PilierCove 325 
 
 Pillar Rock... 195 
 
 Pilley Cove 367 
 
 water 368 
 
 Island 362 
 
 Harbor 362 
 
 buoy 364 
 
 coal 363 
 
 communica- 
 tion 863 
 
 dangers 363 
 
 directions . . . 364 
 inner anchor- 
 age 364 
 
 outer anchor- 
 age 363 
 
 pilots 364 
 
 supplies 363 
 
 tides 864 
 
 Tickle 362 
 
 Pillot Bank- 297 
 
 Pilly Point 391 
 
 Rock 391 
 
 Pincher Bight 402 
 
 directions 402 
 
 Island 402 
 
 Pinchgut Island, Colinet Harbor. . 47 
 
 Point, Hares Ears Point 164 
 
 Placentia Bay. . . 61 
 
 Pine Cape .44,66 
 
 directions 41 
 
 light : 44 
 
Page. 
 asway Bay . - . 203 
 
 hot Islands 319 
 
 tune Bay 159 
 
 md Bruit 191 
 
 tie Garia Bay - . 195 
 
 adise Point 389 
 
 insula 889 
 
 Pierre 128 
 
 al 159 
 
 als 203 
 
 oksArm 347 
 
 jking Harbor... 352 
 
 on Harbor 389 
 
 liiteBay 338 
 
 lom Head Har- 
 
 441 
 
 833 
 
 430 
 
 :o Island 892 
 
 333 
 
 885 
 
 325 
 
 195 
 
 367 
 
 368 
 
 362 
 
 r 362 
 
 buoy 364 
 
 coal 363 
 
 communica- 
 tion 363 
 
 dangers 363 
 
 directions . . . 364 
 inner anchor- 
 age 364 
 
 outer anchor- 
 age 363 
 
 pilots 364 
 
 supplies 363 
 
 tides 864 
 
 362 
 
 297 
 
 391 
 
 391 
 
 402 
 
 tions 402 
 
 402 
 
 (linet Harbor.. 47 
 res Ears Point 164 
 icentia Bay. . . 61 
 
 44,66 
 
 1 41 
 
 - 44 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 565 
 
 Page. 
 
 Pines Islet 841 
 
 Pinnacle Island ., 107 
 
 Rock .112,114 
 
 Port au Port 244 
 
 Shoal 167 
 
 Pinware Bay 514 
 
 Pipe Rock • 387 
 
 Pipers Hole 66 
 
 Piquennais Rocks 318 
 
 Pistolet Bay 300 
 
 caution , 301 
 
 current 301 
 
 direction 300 
 
 ice 301 
 
 tides 801 
 
 Pitman Bight 349 
 
 Piton Point 301 
 
 Peninsula 301 
 
 Pitt Sound 409 
 
 Gates 415 
 
 Island 415 
 
 Pitts Harbor 505 
 
 directions 505 
 
 water 505 
 
 Hill 504 
 
 Placentia Bay 50 
 
 dangers 50 
 
 fogs - 50 
 
 i-^e 50 
 
 Harbor 51 
 
 anchorage 53 
 
 communication . . 52 
 , supplies 52 
 
 light. 
 
 tides . 
 
 Mans Point . 
 
 anchorage . 
 
 Road 
 
 ice. 
 
 51 
 52 
 66 
 67 
 51 
 51 
 
 Sound 53 
 
 telegraph cables 51 
 
 Plaster Cove 218 
 
 Plat Rock 128 
 
 Plate Cove.-.. 435 
 
 Head 424 
 
 Islands 137 
 
 Point... 133 
 
 fog signal 133 
 
 light... 133 
 
 Pigeoniere Cove 333 
 
 Pleasant Cove •. 252 
 
 telegraph 353 
 
 Point aux Gauls 122 
 
 Pago. 
 
 Point of Beach 461 
 
 light 461 
 
 Rock, Lamalin Bay 132 
 
 Little St. Lawrence . 120 
 
 Shoal, Bnrgeo Islands 181 
 
 Harbor Rocks 107 
 
 Pointe aux Morts 515 
 
 Pomley Cove, Granliy Island 337 
 
 Lauipidoes Passage 155 
 
 Pond Cove 304 
 
 Head 87,91 
 
 Sunkers 91 
 
 Ponds River 279 
 
 anchorage 279 
 
 Pool Beach 483 
 
 Island, Little Garia Bay 195 
 
 Poole Island 160 
 
 Pools Arm, ice 403 
 
 Harbor 405 
 
 directions 406 
 
 ice 406 
 
 tides 406 
 
 Island ..189,405 
 
 Poor Boy Islet 449 
 
 Ledge 448, 
 
 Island.... 118 
 
 Rock... -- 118 
 
 Shoal 430 
 
 Pope Harbor 436 
 
 Poplars Head 106 
 
 Popple Stone 414 
 
 Pork Island .' 411 
 
 Porpoise Rock 394 
 
 Port-au-bras 118 
 
 Port-au-Choix 383 
 
 anchorages 383 
 
 current 383 
 
 directions - 383 
 
 Port 334 
 
 anchorages - . 235 
 
 directions 243 
 
 ice -- 235 
 
 tidal streams 338 
 
 tides 338 
 
 Basque 307 
 
 Island.. 318 
 
 de Grave 465 
 
 Saunders - 381 
 
 Portland Cove 378 
 
 Hill 378 
 
 Portugal Cove,Newfoundland,ea8t 
 
 coast 468 
 
 Trepassey Bay 43 
 
 I 
 
 J 
 
566 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 
 
 P»it«. 
 
 Ponch Cove 4qq 
 
 Maiul ..'. 403 
 
 Pound Islets 405 
 
 Rocka 403 
 
 Powder Horn Hill 64 
 
 Powles Head 43 
 
 buoy 43 
 
 Prairie Shoal 34 
 
 Presque Harbor ... 81 
 
 anchorage 83 
 
 directions 82 
 
 ice 82 
 
 Pretty Island . _ 430 
 
 Pilley Island Harbor 363 
 
 Tickle 862 
 
 Priest Rock 399 
 
 Priests Cove 336 
 
 Princes Lookout 468 
 
 Privecoeur Shoal 51 
 
 Prosper Islet 399 
 
 Prosser Rock 474 
 
 Prune Island 308 
 
 Pudding Bag Cove 406 
 
 Cove 438 
 
 Point 443 
 
 Puddock Bank 104 
 
 Puddy Rock 458 
 
 Puffin Bank 137 
 
 Island 137,404 
 
 light 405 
 
 Islands, Bay of Islands 254 
 
 Ledge 405 
 
 Rock 406 
 
 Pulpit Head 419 
 
 Purbeck Cove 337 
 
 anchorage 387 
 
 Purcell Harbor 883 
 
 Pushthrough, Gallows Harbor 99 
 
 Great Jervis Harbor 158 
 
 Puttick Rock 433 
 
 Puzzle Harbor 376 
 
 Head 376 
 
 Pylades Rock 175 
 
 Pyramid Point _ 335 
 
 Q. 
 
 Quarry Rock 443 
 
 Querr6 Islet 383 
 
 beacon 284 
 
 Quiddy Viddy Harbor 471 
 
 &. 
 
 Race Cape 39,485 
 
 beacon 39,486 i 
 
 Page. 
 
 Race Cape currents 40, 486 
 
 directions 41 
 
 fog signal 39,486 
 
 ice 40,486 
 
 light 39.486 
 
 signal and ice reporting 
 
 station 39,486 
 
 soundings 40, 486 
 
 tides 40,486 
 
 Rade Point 833 
 
 Raft Island 863 
 
 Tickle 363 
 
 Ragged Harbor, east coast 432 
 
 Wooham Islands. 400 
 
 directions 400 
 
 Head 131 
 
 Island 182 
 
 Islands 84, 432 
 
 anchorage 86 
 
 Bona venture Head 434 
 
 directions 86 
 
 Islets 887 
 
 Point 369 
 
 Rock, Great Laun 122 
 
 Smith Sound 485 
 
 Rocks, Harbor Grace 460 
 
 Raglan Her d 355 
 
 Rags Island, Fogo Island 890 
 
 Rock 381,390 
 
 Rocks, Assizes Island 495 
 
 The 381 
 
 Rallier Shoal 181 
 
 Ram Islands 56 
 
 ice 50 
 
 Ramea Colombier Island 172 
 
 Harbor 173 
 
 Islands 172 
 
 ice 178 
 
 South Bank 178 
 
 Southeast Rocks 178 
 
 Random Head Harbor 441 
 
 tides 441 
 
 Island 488 
 
 Sound 442 
 
 ice 442 
 
 Rantem Cove 451 
 
 communication 451 
 
 Rase Island 291 
 
 Rat Island 441 
 
 Rattler Brook 258 
 
 Rattling Brook, Bonne Bay 264 
 
 water. 264 
 Green Bay 854 
 
Pagp. 
 
 * 40,486 
 
 ns 41 
 
 al 3»,48« 
 
 40,486 
 
 39,486 
 
 nd ice reporting 
 
 a 89,486 
 
 gs 40,486 
 
 40,486 
 
 888 
 
 863 
 
 868 
 
 ist coast 432 
 
 ooham Islands. 400 
 
 •ections 400 
 
 121 
 
 183 
 
 84,433 
 
 !horage 86 
 
 tia venture Head 484 
 
 ections 86 
 
 887 
 
 - 869 
 
 it Laun 122 
 
 ;h Sound 485 
 
 bor Grace 460 
 
 255 
 
 [sland 890 
 
 881,390 
 
 s Island 495 
 
 881 
 
 - 181 
 
 - 56 
 
 50 
 
 [sland 172 
 
 173 
 
 .- 172 
 
 -- 178 
 
 178 
 
 iOcks 178 
 
 lor 441 
 
 tides 441 
 
 488 
 
 442 
 
 443 
 
 --- 451 
 
 anication 451 
 
 291 
 
 - 441 
 
 , 258 
 
 me Bay 264 
 
 water. 364 
 en Bay 354 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 507 
 
 Rattling Brook, La Poile Bay 192 
 
 St. George Bay . . 320 
 
 Raven Cape 308 
 
 Rttvenel Bay 186 
 
 Ray Cape 210 
 
 fog signal 211 
 
 ice reports 211 
 
 light 211 
 
 signal station 210 
 
 telegraph 210 
 
 tides 211 
 
 Raymond Island 156 
 
 Passage 156 
 
 Point 151 
 
 Razor Back Rock 160 
 
 Reculoux Shoal 287 
 
 Red Bay.. 511 
 
 Bank 508 
 
 caution 513 
 
 directions 513 
 
 .ice 618 
 
 supplies 512 
 
 tidal streams 618 
 
 tides 518 
 
 water 512 
 
 Brook-- - 220 
 
 Cliff Head 470 
 
 Island 425 
 
 ice 435 
 
 Cove, Bonavista Cape 426 
 
 Famish Gut. 69 
 
 Fox Island 95 
 
 Head 59,95 
 
 Rock 48 
 
 Harbor 112 
 
 .Head 112 
 
 Head Rock, St. Marys Bay . - . 48 
 
 TorBay 470 
 
 Tor Bay 469 
 
 Hills 39,486 
 
 House 197 
 
 Island 174 
 
 Bank 503 
 
 Bay, Ramea Islands . . 174 
 
 Camp Islands 503 
 
 Cormorant Cape 230 
 
 Harbor 91,174 
 
 Placentia Bay 91 
 
 Road - 231 
 
 Rock, Notre Dame Bay 358 
 
 Shoal 57 
 
 St. Charles Harbor ... 503 
 St. Lunare Bay 811 
 
 Red Island, Wild Bight . . 858 
 
 Islet, Beii Island 825 
 
 Herring Head 885 
 
 Rock 90 
 
 Rocks 456 
 
 Redland 77, 90 
 
 Red Man 448 
 
 Point, Random Sound 444 
 
 Clam Bank Cove 232 
 
 Comiaigre Bay 148 
 
 Hare Bay... 163 
 
 Rock, Devil Bay 163 
 
 Shoal 76 
 
 Rock, Trinny Cove 59 
 
 Rocks, Witless Bay 456 
 
 Rencontre Bay 164 
 
 anchorage 164 
 
 tides 164 
 
 Cove 261 
 
 Island, Burgeo Islands. 179 
 
 Islands 142 
 
 Rock -- 179 
 
 Renewse Harbor 483 
 
 dangers 484 
 
 directions . 484 
 
 ice 482 
 
 Rock 484 
 
 Shoal 484 
 
 Head 485 
 
 Islet 485 
 
 Rocks 485 
 
 R^piss6 Rock 320 
 
 Riband, The 478 
 
 Richards Harbor 161 
 
 anchorage. 162 
 
 Head 175 
 
 Island 421 
 
 Rich Point 283 
 
 caution 283 
 
 current 283 
 
 light 283 
 
 Peninsula 283 
 
 Shoal 282 
 
 Riches Island 152 
 
 Riders Harbor 440 
 
 Ridge Cape 401 
 
 The 230 
 
 tidal streams 231 
 
 Riding Island 350 
 
 Shoal 350 
 
 Rienc<! Creek 331 
 
 RiflfrafiE Rocks, Salvage Point 453 
 
 Shoal Bay 449 
 
 
568 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 I 
 
 Page. 
 
 River Brook 219 
 
 Head Bay 387 
 
 Brook 861 
 
 Fortune Bay 146 
 
 water 146 
 
 White Bay 387 
 
 Islands 491 
 
 Point 321 
 
 RixCove 858 
 
 Harbor 450 
 
 water 450 
 
 Road Island 208 
 
 Point 240 
 
 anchorage 240 
 
 Roberts Bay (Bay Roberts) 464 
 
 Harbor 864 
 
 anchorage 365 
 
 directions . - 365 
 
 Notre Dame Bay. 364 
 
 pilots 365 
 
 Robineau Coves 332 
 
 Robin Hood Bay •- . 471 
 
 RobinhoodBay 484 
 
 Robinson Brook - 220 
 
 communication.. 220 
 
 Head 220 
 
 Island 280 
 
 Point 448 
 
 Rock 397 
 
 Roche Harbor 268 
 
 anchorage 268 
 
 directions 268 
 
 Peak 110 
 
 Point 52 
 
 Roches Blanches 197 
 
 Rock Harbor 118 
 
 Point 114 
 
 oftheBank 74 
 
 The 889 
 
 Rocky Bay, Bell Island 825 
 
 Bloody Reach 416 
 
 Sir Charles Hamilton 
 
 Sound 396 
 
 Cove 66,81 
 
 Sunker 81 
 
 Harbor 113,445 
 
 Roche Harbor 268 
 
 Islands - 416 
 
 Islets, Flower Cove 297 
 
 Passage 160' 
 
 Point 146,396 
 
 Lark Harbor 250 
 
 light 146 
 
 P»gt>. 
 
 Rocky Point, Port au Port 286 
 
 Rodney Cove 382 
 
 Rodway Point 102 
 
 Roger Cape 98 
 
 Bay 98 
 
 Harbor 98 
 
 anchorage 98 
 
 Head 99 
 
 Island 98 
 
 Mountain 98 
 
 Rogers Point 895 
 
 Rock 123 
 
 Rogues Harbor 851 
 
 Roland Point 316 
 
 Roinaines Brook 225 
 
 supplies 225 
 
 Romsey Rock 502 
 
 Ronci^re Bay 809 
 
 anchorage 809 
 
 Rood Point 258 
 
 Roost Rocks - 87 
 
 Rope Cove 245 
 
 Rose Blanche Harbor 200 
 
 communica- 
 tion 200 
 
 directions.. 201 
 
 ice. 200 
 
 supplies 200 
 
 tidal streams 202 
 
 tides 202 
 
 Brook 201 
 
 Shoals 200 
 
 Point 197 
 
 light 198 
 
 Village 200 
 
 Ros6e Point, Fortune Bay 189 
 
 (Stormy Point) 214 
 
 Roseway Bank. 37 
 
 Rosey Rock. 121 
 
 Rosiru Island 89 
 
 Point 89 
 
 Sunker 89 
 
 RotiBay 154 
 
 anchorage 155 
 
 water 155 
 
 Colombier 191 
 
 Rouge Cape 325 
 
 Harbor 326 
 
 anchorage . . . 326 
 
 beacons 336 
 
 ice 326 
 
 tides 336 
 
 Peninsula 325 
 
 L 
 
Pag.'. 
 
 rtauPort 286 
 
 383 
 
 102 
 
 - 08 
 
 98 
 
 bor , _.. 08 
 
 anchorage 98 
 
 d 09 
 
 tid 08 
 
 mtain 98 
 
 895 
 
 123 
 
 851 
 
 816 
 
 325 
 
 supplies 323 
 
 502 
 
 809 
 
 chorage 300 
 
 858 
 
 ,— . 87 
 
 345 
 
 irbor 300 
 
 communica- 
 tion 300 
 
 directions.. 301 
 
 ice- 300 
 
 supplies 200 
 
 tidal streams 302 
 
 tides 202 
 
 •ook 201 
 
 loals 200 
 
 lint 197 
 
 light 198 
 
 Uage 20O 
 
 •tune Bay 189 
 
 ormy Point) 214 
 
 87 
 
 121 
 
 - 89 
 
 89 
 
 - 89 
 
 154 
 
 age 155 
 
 155 
 
 191 
 
 335 
 
 bor 336 
 
 anchorage . . . 326 
 
 beacons 336 
 
 ice 326 
 
 tides 826 
 
 insula 825 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 5()S> 
 
 Page. 
 
 Rouge Cape, St. Pierre 186 
 
 Island 826 
 
 Round Harbor (Grand Coup de 
 
 Hache) 843 
 
 directions 843 
 
 Head 347 
 
 Hermitage Bay . . 150 
 Notre Dame Bay. 847 
 
 Pope Harbor 486 
 
 tides 343 
 
 Traytown Harbor 437 
 
 Trinity Bay 446 
 
 Head Cove 286 
 
 Fogo Island 889 
 
 Island , St. John Bay . 286 
 
 Jude Harbor 106 
 
 Shoal 286 
 
 St. John Bay 286 
 
 west coast 888 
 
 Hill 186 
 
 Island, Bear Island 181 
 
 Burgeo Islands 1 77 
 
 Qaria Bay 194 
 
 Reef 244 
 
 Rock 64 
 
 Shag Island 180 
 
 Rowland Head 480 
 
 Point 858 
 
 Rock 57 
 
 RowsellCove 373 
 
 Riiby Rock 474 
 
 Rushoon Bank 108 
 
 Harbor 103 
 
 Head . 108 
 
 Ruth Island 888 
 
 S. 
 
 Sable Bank 35 
 
 Sacred Bay 301 
 
 Islands 308 
 
 Saddle Hill 460 
 
 Island, Bay of Islands 248 
 
 Despair Bay 159 
 
 Red Bay 512 
 
 Saddleback Islet 107 
 
 Sagona Island 137 
 
 Sailors Harbor 410 
 
 ice 419 
 
 Island 419 
 
 Saint Anthony Cape 818 
 
 Harbor 313 
 
 communi- 
 cation .. 818 
 
 To III'. 
 
 Saint Autliony Harbor ice 818 
 
 supplies ,. !)13 
 
 tides 318 
 
 Hill 813 
 
 Barbe Bay „ 893 
 
 beacons 206 
 
 directions 296 
 
 ice 206 
 
 tides 896 
 
 Harbor 295 
 
 Islands 839 
 
 Point.... 895 
 
 beacons 895 
 
 Bernard Cove 88 
 
 Charles Cape 500 
 
 Channel 500 
 
 anchorage, 500 
 
 Harbor 501 
 
 anchorage.- 501 
 directions.. 501 
 
 water 502 
 
 Hill 500 
 
 Point 518 
 
 River 498 
 
 CroixBay 55 
 
 Point 55 
 
 Francis Cape 468 
 
 fog signal 469 
 
 light 469 
 
 George Bay 216 
 
 fogs 216 
 
 ice 316 
 
 tidal stream ... 816 
 
 Cape 889 
 
 Harbor.. 284 
 
 anchorage .. 234 
 
 light 823 
 
 St. George 
 
 Bay 216 
 
 River 334 
 
 Georges Leads 470 
 
 Gregory Cape 260 
 
 Mount 259 
 
 River 259 
 
 Island 411 
 
 Jacques Harbor 144 
 
 anchorage . 144 
 communica- 
 tion 144 
 
 water 144 
 
 Island 144 
 
 John Bay 285 
 
 caution 885 
 
 imemKramxmm 
 
 ^M 
 
mmm 
 
 670 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Fane 
 
 Saint John Cape 844 
 
 ice 344 
 
 Harbor 285 
 
 ice 285 
 
 tides 285 
 
 Head 145 
 
 Island 145 
 
 St. John Bay... 385 
 
 JohnH 471 
 
 anchorage 475 
 
 buoy 475 
 
 coal 473 
 
 communicationH 471 
 
 dangers 474 
 
 daymarks 474 
 
 directions 475,479 
 
 docks 472 
 
 fogs 470 
 
 fogsignal 474 
 
 hospitals 478 
 
 ice 475 
 
 lights 478 
 
 patent slip 478 
 
 pilotage 478 
 
 pilots 473 
 
 port dues 478 
 
 repairs 473 
 
 signals 478 
 
 supplies 472 
 
 tides 476 
 
 time signal '. 478 
 
 towage 478 
 
 trade 473 
 
 water 472 
 
 wintering 476 
 
 Jones Harbor 447 
 
 ice 449 
 
 • Head 446 
 
 Islet 447 
 
 Within Harbor 445 
 
 Joseph Harbor 99 
 
 Julien Harbors 322 
 
 Island 822 
 
 Peak 822 
 
 KyransHarbor 82 
 
 anchorage . . 88 
 
 tides 82 
 
 Lawrence Harbors 120 
 
 LewisCape 489 
 
 Inlet 491 
 
 River 492 
 
 Rock 489 
 
 Sound.. 489 
 
 Saint Lewis Sound tides 489 
 
 Louis Bank 127 
 
 buoy 137 
 
 Lunairt! Bay 310 
 
 ice 812 
 
 tidal streams. . 813 
 
 Peak 810 
 
 Road 311 
 
 Margaret Bay 391 
 
 ice 291 
 
 Mountain ... 290 
 
 tides 291 
 
 Mary Cape 49 
 
 dangers 49 
 
 fogs 50 
 
 light 49 
 
 tides 49 
 
 Cays 49 
 
 Marys Bay 44 
 
 dangers 48 
 
 ice 45 
 
 Harbor 45 
 
 anchorage .. 46 
 comnmni ca- 
 tion 46 
 
 danger 40 
 
 ice 46 
 
 tides 46 
 
 water 46 • 
 
 MeinBay 318 
 
 ice 813 
 
 Modest Islands 514 
 
 Paul Island 2II 
 
 anchorage 212 
 
 beacons 218 
 
 fogsignal 212 
 
 ice report 218 
 
 lifeboats 218 
 
 lights 213 
 
 provision depot- 212 
 signal station.. 218 
 submarine cable 212 
 tidal streams . . 318 
 
 tides 218 
 
 Pauls Bay 273 
 
 Inlet 273 
 
 Peter Bay 508 
 
 Islands 503 
 
 Point 508 
 
 Pierre Bank 35 
 
 cod fishery 183 
 
 Harbor 129 
 
 anchorage 130 
 
Pan;... 
 
 1 tides 4H« 
 
 127 
 
 buoy 137 
 
 ' 310 
 
 ice 813 
 
 tidal streams- . 812 
 
 ik 810 
 
 id 311 
 
 ly 291 
 
 ice 291 
 
 Mountain ... 290 
 
 tides 291 
 
 49 
 
 langers 49 
 
 ogH 50 
 
 ight 49 
 
 ides 49 
 
 49 
 
 44 
 
 angers 48 
 
 36 45 
 
 or 45 
 
 anchorage .. 40 
 comnmni ca- 
 tion 46 
 
 danger 40 
 
 Ice 46 
 
 tides 46 
 
 water 46 • 
 
 818 
 
 ) 818 
 
 ds 514 
 
 211 
 
 wchorage 212 
 
 beacons 218 
 
 Pog signal 213 
 
 ice report 218 
 
 ifeboats 213 
 
 ights 213 
 
 jrovision depot. 212 
 iignal station.. 318 
 lubmarine cable 212 
 ;idal streams . . 218 
 
 ;ides 218 
 
 278 
 
 273 
 
 - 503 
 
 503 
 
 508 
 
 35 
 
 liery 182 
 
 r- - 129 
 
 anchorage 180 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 P«Kn. 
 
 182 
 183 
 130 
 
 Saint Pierre Harbor, Barachoise. . 
 
 bnoys 
 
 charges, dues 
 Gommunlca- 
 
 tion 129 
 
 coal 139 
 
 directions. 180,131 
 
 hospital 180 
 
 ice 180 
 
 lights.... 125,128 
 patent slips.. 129 
 
 pilots 180 
 
 supplies 129 
 
 telegraph 129 
 
 tidal streams. 183 
 
 tides 182 
 
 Island 125 
 
 fog signal 125 
 
 lights 126,128 
 
 signal station. 125 
 submarine tel- 
 egraph 129 
 
 town 139 
 
 Bock, Lamalin 138 
 
 Willis Reach 417 
 
 Shots Cove _ 44 
 
 Heads 44 
 
 Sainte Genevieve Bay 394 
 
 anchorage . 394 
 directions.- 894 
 
 ice 294 
 
 tides 294 
 
 Cape 298 
 
 Sall-the-Maid Island 65 
 
 Sails Island 62 
 
 Sally Cove 370 
 
 communication 370 
 
 Salmon Cove, Gastries Bay , 467 
 
 Gastries Bay, com- 
 munication 467 
 
 Green Bay 856 
 
 Head, Conception 
 
 Bay 459 
 
 Random Sound 442 
 
 Three Rocks Point . 282 
 
 Trinity Bay 484 
 
 Point, Bonne Bay'. 160, 267 
 
 River 143 
 
 Coal 148 
 
 Rock 856 
 
 Salmonier anchorage 148 
 
 Cove, Hermitage Bay.. 149 
 River 47 
 
 UgiO 37 
 
 571 
 
 Pllgo. 
 
 Salnionier River anchorage 47 
 
 tides 47 
 
 Village 143 
 
 Salt Pond 868 
 
 Saltwater Pond. Hall Bay 860 
 
 anchorage 801 
 
 Point - 360 
 
 White Bay 836 
 
 Salter Hill us 
 
 Salut Island . - 810 
 
 Salvage Bay 419 
 
 ice 423 
 
 Point 458 
 
 Rocks 458 
 
 Rock 461 
 
 Sam Adams Shoal 78 
 
 Hitches Harbor 160 
 
 Sambro Banks 87 
 
 Ledges 37 
 
 SamsHead.. 99 
 
 Ledge- us 
 
 Samson Point 68 
 
 Sandbanks, The 177 
 
 Point 177 
 
 Island 177 
 
 beacon.. 177 
 
 Sand Cove 494 
 
 Sandwich Cove 508 
 
 Point 608 
 
 Sandy Bay, west coast 277 
 
 Straight Coast 298 
 
 Cove, Bonne Bay 266 
 
 LaPoileBay 193. 
 
 Little Placentia {?•» 
 
 Little Placentia, an- 
 chorage 68 
 
 Newman Sound 421 
 
 Head 366 
 
 Point, Hare Bay 162 
 
 St. George Bay 228 
 
 St. Gteorge Bay, com- 
 munication 228 
 
 St. George Bay, sup- 
 plies 228 
 
 St.GeorgeBay,wharf 228 
 tides. 224 
 
 Sans-fond Harbor..... 331 
 
 Saturday Ledge, Bloody Bay 417 
 
 Broyle Harbor... 481 
 
 Saucy Joe Rock 460 
 
 Sauker Head 119 
 
 Rock 119 
 
 Saullslands 114 
 
 
 J 
 
572 
 
 INDKX. 
 
 Png-. 
 
 ShuI iHlnndHRock 114 
 
 SiiultCove 888 
 
 SaunderH Knob fl()2 
 
 Point 381 
 
 Port 281 
 
 directions 383 
 
 ice 383 
 
 aiipplies 283 
 
 tides 383 
 
 Shoiil 84 
 
 Sauvageon Rock 288 
 
 SavadownRock 48 
 
 Savage Cove 298 
 
 Island 383 
 
 Point 814 
 
 Savoyard Point 136 
 
 Shoal 120 
 
 Scab Rock.-.„ 512 
 
 Schoolroom Rock 800 
 
 Schooner Cove, Anse & Loup 515 
 
 Long Harbor 143 
 
 tides- 143 
 
 Island 299 
 
 Scilly Cove 454 
 
 Scott Point 189 
 
 Rock 188 
 
 Scrape Cove Head 90 
 
 Point 347 
 
 Scrub Reef 899 
 
 Sculpin Island, Notre Dame Bay. . 371 
 
 Renewse 488 
 
 Point 120 
 
 Rock 198 
 
 Shoal 120 
 
 Renewse 484 
 
 Sea Islands goe 
 
 Seal Arm, White Bay 888 
 
 Bay, Notre Dame Bay 869 
 
 Brook 176 
 
 St. George Bay 230 
 
 ShagCliflP 265 
 
 Cove 888 
 
 Bonne Bay 256 
 
 Conception Bay 468 
 
 Conception Bay, com- 
 munication 468 
 
 Dead Island Harbor. . . 306 
 
 Old JB'erolle .298 
 
 Penguin Arm 356 
 
 Point 453 
 
 Ste. Genevieve Cape. . - 298 
 
 St. George Bay 217 
 
 Salvage Point 453 
 
 l*CP. 
 
 Seal Cove, Southward Bay 425 
 
 Head, Colliers Bay 4«(( 
 
 WestBay 287 
 
 Island 860 
 
 Bear Island 171 
 
 Burgeo Islands 183 
 
 Chateau Bay 504 
 
 Hardrix Island 866 
 
 Head 195 
 
 Rocks 850 
 
 Shoal 850 
 
 St. Jones Head 447 
 
 York Harbor 260 
 
 Islands, Flower Cove 397 
 
 Little Garia Bay 195 
 
 Islet, Great Southern Harbor. 68 
 
 Ledges 297 
 
 Point .504 
 
 Goose Cove 315 
 
 01dF6rolle 298 
 
 Rock, BuflFet Harbor 93 
 
 Mortier Bay 115 
 
 Sailors Harbor 419 
 
 St.Johns 474 
 
 Seal Cove 458 
 
 Rocks, Captain Island 187 
 
 Culotte Island 189 
 
 Despair Bay 153 
 
 Little River 168 
 
 Miquelon 135 
 
 St. George Bay 234 
 
 St. John Island 385 
 
 Sealing Cove 876 
 
 Sealskin Rock 404 
 
 Seals Nest Island 398 
 
 beacon 393 
 
 Sea Mouse Rocks 329 
 
 Wolf Lagoon 225 
 
 Second Brook Cove 156 
 
 Reach 448 
 
 Seldom Come-by Harbor 894 
 
 ice 394 
 
 light .... 394 
 
 tides 894 
 
 SesostrisBay 286 
 
 Shag Cliff 265 
 
 Island, Cinq Cerf Islands 189 
 
 Connoire Bay 186 
 
 Garia Bay 194 
 
 Port au Port 244 
 
 anchor- 
 age . . 244 
 Ragged Islands 87 
 
wiird Bay 42fl 
 
 FH Buy 4«« 
 
 Bay 2!n 
 
 850 
 
 Wand 171 
 
 eolNlands 183 
 
 Bail Bay 504 
 
 rixlHland 806 
 
 195 
 
 8 850 
 
 I 850 
 
 men Head 447 
 
 Harbor 250 
 
 ver Cove 207 
 
 le Garia Bay 195 
 
 louthern Harbor. 68 
 
 207 
 
 504 
 
 Cove 315 
 
 rolle 298 
 
 Harbor 93 
 
 irBay 115 
 
 I Harbor 419 
 
 ins 474 
 
 ove 458 
 
 lin Island 187 
 
 te Island 180 
 
 lir Bay 153 
 
 ) River 168 
 
 elon 135 
 
 8orge Bay 224 
 
 hn Island 285 
 
 876 
 
 404 
 
 898 
 
 beacon 308 
 
 220 
 
 225 
 
 ve 156 
 
 443 
 
 Harbor 804 
 
 ice 304 
 
 light .... 304 
 
 tides 304 
 
 286 
 
 265 
 
 Cerf Islands 180 
 
 loireBay 186 
 
 a Bay 194 
 
 an Port 244 
 
 anchor- 
 age .. 244 
 ;ed Islands 87 
 
 INDKX. 
 
 ore 
 
 Hhag Island, Ray Cape 310 i 
 
 Islands, Dfcr IsIimdH 415 
 
 Islet, Newman Sonnd 481 
 
 Rocky Bay 416 
 
 Islets, ( 'hiingo Island 887 
 
 Nonsuch 06 
 
 Trinity Bay 488 
 
 Ledge 214 
 
 Rock, Barin;Harl)or 118 
 
 Change Island iW 
 
 Clatiso Harbor 77 
 
 Lamalin 133 
 
 Placentia Bay 60, 71 
 
 Sonnd 58 
 
 Renowse 484 
 
 St. Marys Bay 45 
 
 Rocks , Bay of Islands 240 
 
 Connaigre Bay 147 
 
 Labrador 491 
 
 Long Harbor 56 
 
 Paradise Sonnd 05 
 
 Rose Blanche 300 
 
 St. Johns Head 148 
 
 Roost 60 
 
 CouteauBay 188 
 
 Sunkers 87 
 
 Shallop Cape 516 
 
 Cove 158 
 
 Shallow Bay, Pistolet Bay 800 
 
 west coast 276 
 
 anchorage 276 
 
 Shalloway Head 117 
 
 Island 117 
 
 Point 52 
 
 Shark Cove Head 107 
 
 Rock, Trinity Bay 414 
 
 Sharp Peak 54 
 
 Sheep Bank 307 
 
 Channel 307 
 
 Head 488 
 
 Island 387 
 
 Degrat 807 
 
 Shellbird Bight 360 
 
 Shepherd Point, Catalina Harbor . 430 
 Maggotty Cove . . 68 
 
 Rock 145 
 
 Shilly Cove 355 
 
 Shimmy Cove 359 
 
 water 359 
 
 Shingle Head 41 
 
 Ship Cove, Bay de Grave 465 
 
 Bnrin Harbor 118 
 
 Despair Bay 153 
 
 PttK"'. 
 
 Ship Cove, DcMpair Bay, anchorage 158 
 
 tides 1.18 
 
 water 158 
 
 Fiods Cove 228 
 
 Ooldson Arm 884 
 
 Oilerin Harbor 105 
 
 anchorage 105 
 
 tides 105 
 
 Island 104 
 
 Raniea Islands 173 
 
 St. George Bay 318 
 
 Dock 176 
 
 Harbor, Placentia Bay 54 
 
 ice . . . 55 
 Point. 55 
 
 Head 514 
 
 Hill 463 
 
 Island, Fiods Cove 228 
 
 Indian Bay 410 
 
 Placentia Bay 71 
 
 Rock.Varket Channel 420 
 
 Varket Channel 420 
 
 Rock 218 
 
 Run 875 
 
 Rock 875 
 
 Shoal 310 
 
 Shivery Point 340 
 
 Shoal Arm, Three Arms 858 
 
 Bank 75 
 
 Bay, Deer Harbor 440 
 
 Fogo Island 800 
 
 Gander Bay 807 
 
 Point 47 
 
 Rock 308 
 
 St. Marys Bay 46 
 
 Trinity Bay 412 
 
 Cove 233 
 
 North Head 260 
 
 Ground 502 
 
 Harbor, east coast 456 
 
 Head 444 
 
 Little Bay 360 
 
 Random Sound 444 
 
 Random Sound an- 
 chorage 444 
 
 , Random Sound com- 
 munication 444 
 
 River 444 
 
 Islands 490 
 
 St. Lewis Inlet 499 
 
 Point 207 
 
 Cape Auguille 215 
 
 Flat 238 
 
 
574 
 
 INDKX. 
 
 ahottl I'oint, Port n\\ Port 888 
 
 Hock 16a 
 
 St.UfurKeBay 318 
 
 Rock 84fl,4S6 
 
 Tickle 880 
 
 Shoe Cove 845 
 
 Point 846 
 
 Rix'k 846 
 
 Point, BonavlHta Bay ... 401, 400 
 
 Shooter Ilo<^k 165 
 
 Short Reach 176 
 
 Shuffle Board Hill 405 
 
 Signal mil 474 
 
 Silhlown Point 440 
 
 Silh-oCove 454 
 
 Silver Buckle 878 
 
 Wand 878 
 
 Cove 827 
 
 Fox iHland 410 
 
 Silverton 864 
 
 Siiumondfl Barasway. - 102 
 
 anchorage . . 152 
 
 Simmons Brook 148 
 
 Wand 118 
 
 Simms Wand 890 
 
 Rock ..._ 300 
 
 Simonds Rock 104 
 
 SimB Point 48 
 
 Sir Charles Hamilton Sound 800 
 
 ice... 896 
 
 Sisters Rocks, Bay Verte 840 
 
 Groais Island 834 
 
 Skeleton Cove 858 
 
 Skerries, The 480 
 
 Skerrys Bight 471 
 
 Skerwink Head 484 
 
 Rocks 484 
 
 SkiflE-sail Rock 114 
 
 Skinner Cove 262 
 
 Change Island 888 
 
 Rock 888 
 
 Rocks 48 
 
 Skippers Brook 76 
 
 Rock 76 
 
 SlablaUnd 297 
 
 Slammer Point 195 
 
 Sleepy Cove ....' 881 
 
 Sloop Rock lot 
 
 Run 376 
 
 Sly Boots Rock 62 
 
 Small Island, Wadham Islands ... 898 
 
 Point 471 
 
 Freshwater Bay 476 
 
 SniallM Wmid 176 
 
 Smith Point 103,480 
 
 SJioal lOH 
 
 Hoiuid 485 
 
 lo« 485 
 
 tide* 485 
 
 Smock Wand 140 
 
 OarlaBay 104 
 
 Smoker Wand JWT 
 
 Rock 190 
 
 Snagge Point 470 
 
 Snakes Bight 317 
 
 Snap Hmk 893 
 
 Sniiptail Rock 871 
 
 SnfM)k Bank 811) 
 
 Snooks Arm 847 
 
 anchorage 848 
 
 tides 848 
 
 water 848 
 
 Harbor, Bois Islands 164 
 
 Random Sound - . 489 
 
 Head 847 
 
 Soldier Point, Great Miciuelon 185 
 
 Merasheen Harbor. 91 
 
 Rock 514 
 
 Catalina Harbor.... 430 
 
 Sopers Rtx'k 465 
 
 Sophia Head 448 
 
 Sops Arm 886 
 
 anchorage 830 
 
 Island 335 
 
 caution 386 
 
 SoufHets Arm 888 
 
 Sound Island 67 
 
 The 68 
 
 Soundbone Rock 104 
 
 Soup Point 842 
 
 Souriceau Rock 888 
 
 Souris Rock 822 
 
 Shoal 826 
 
 Soumoise Shoal 821 
 
 South Arm, Ari^ge Ray 317 
 
 Bay of Islands 254 
 
 Bonne Bay 264 
 
 anchorage. 864 
 
 Bight 448 
 
 Bill, Freels Cape 401 
 
 St. John Cape 344 
 
 Birdlsland 429 
 
 Islet 440 
 
 Brook 855 
 
 Brent Island 816 
 
 Broad Cove 421 
 
 ^^^.QKWUailBUBUHU) 
 
Vtm», 
 17fl 
 
 ioa,4»« 
 
 10« 
 
 485 
 
 485 
 
 485 
 
 140 
 
 »Bay 194 
 
 887 
 
 19() 
 
 470 
 
 317 
 
 89a 
 
 871 
 
 210 
 
 847 
 
 rage 848 
 
 848 
 
 848 
 
 is iHlanda 154 
 
 ndoiu Sound . . 489 
 
 . 847 
 
 It Miquelon 185 
 
 ittheen Harbor. 91 
 
 814 
 
 inn Harbor 480 
 
 465 
 
 448 
 
 886 
 
 ?e 880 
 
 885 
 
 1 836 
 
 888 
 
 67 
 
 68 
 
 104 
 
 842 
 
 822 
 
 833 
 
 826 
 
 321 
 
 3 Ray 817 
 
 ? Islands 254 
 
 Bay 264 
 
 anchorage. 264 
 
 443 
 
 Cape.-. 401 
 
 m Cape 844 
 
 429 
 
 440 
 
 865 
 
 1 316 
 
 431 
 
 1M»KZ, 
 
 075 
 
 Hoiith Urown Is)«ti) 418 
 
 C<)v»t, Conclmiiin Flarbor . 840 
 
 Ht. MiirKiir.'t Hay 291 
 
 St. Mai-Kinof Uay,l)(if»- 
 
 con :/ot 
 
 Channel, St. Pierre la; 
 
 <*iit 405 
 
 Head, IJiiy Hulls 4mo 
 
 Buy of iMliindH 847 
 
 Port ail Port 3H7 
 
 HiiKgod Harbor 482 
 
 St. Jolnm 474 
 
 PenKiiin Island 401 
 
 Point 65 
 
 HtiiKlIiirlMn- Tic-klc. 805 
 
 Pound IsUit 403 
 
 Red Hciid Hhoal 148 
 
 RibbRdck 4ou 
 
 Road, Siicrcd Bjjy 803 
 
 ti(U'H 802 
 
 Rock, Boll Inland 825 
 
 Hearts Dt'liKht 456 
 
 Placentia Bay 50 
 
 Side District 322 
 
 Shoal , Virgin Rocks 84 
 
 Sunkor 108 
 
 Tonlingnet Isliind 882 
 
 Southeast Arm, Deer Harbor 448 
 
 Fortune Harbor.. 378 
 
 Little River 189 
 
 Plncentia Harbor. 52 
 
 Bottom 860 
 
 Brook 154 
 
 Cove, Catalina Harbor. 430 
 Paradise Sound . . 05 
 
 Island, Grand Bruit 190 
 
 Rock, La Poile 103 
 
 Laun Island 133 
 
 Shoal, Little Bay 207 
 
 Soiithend Point 387 
 
 Souther Point.. 455 
 
 Southern Arm ( Ari^ge Bay) 316 
 
 Three Arms 358 
 
 White Bay 838 
 
 Harbor, Fortune Bay... 143 
 Little Bay Is- 
 lands 305 
 
 Little Black Is- 
 land 376 
 
 Head, Black Head Bay . 420 
 Come - By-Chance 
 
 Bay 64 
 
 Fermeuse Harbor 483 
 
 Mont hern Head Islet....... 867 
 
 LmiK rsland 867 
 
 Pttf-, r)l,l ForoUe 394 
 
 Rocks 494 
 
 South .Side Rt. OeorKc Bay DM 
 
 HonthsouthwcMl Rock 899 
 
 .Southward Bay. ,,., 494 
 
 Head 484 
 
 Southwest Arm, Catalina Harlair. 431 
 Clatisc Harbor . 77 
 Corbin flay .148 
 
 Oreen Bay 854 
 
 Ureen Bay, ice. . 855 
 (Irccu Bay, tele- 
 
 Krajdi 805 
 
 Green Bay, tides . 855 
 Harbor Breton . 110 
 
 N(>w Bay . 373 
 
 Random Sound. . 444 
 
 Rocky Bay 306 
 
 Sweet Bay 434 
 
 Trinity Harbor . . 438 
 Bay, Capfi Rouge Har- 
 bor 8iJ 
 
 Griguet 809 
 
 St. Lunaire Bay.. 311 
 Beach, Prescjue Harbor 83 
 
 Cove, Head 91 
 
 Red Island 91 
 
 Harbor, Bell Harbor . 835 
 
 Head 77,854 
 
 Island, Bird Islands ... 90 
 Rocks, Ramea 
 
 Islands 173 
 
 Trinity Bay ... 411 
 
 Nonsuch 97 
 
 Point, Pond Cove 204 
 
 Rock, Grnndy Passage 204 
 John-the-bay - . . 108 
 
 Laun Island 122 
 
 Ramea Islands.. 178 
 Rocky Harbor . . 445 
 
 Sow, The, Burgeo _ 177 
 
 Spaniards Bay 403 
 
 communication 463 
 
 tides 463 
 
 Spanish Room Harbor 114 
 
 anchorage 115 
 
 water 115 
 
 Spare Point 468 
 
 Sparrow Point 54 
 
 Spear Bay 477 
 
 Cape 477 
 
 ' 
 
 ^m m f Mm 'm .mv rm 
 
576 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Pago. 
 
 Spear Cape fog signal . . - 477 
 
 light 477 
 
 Island 480 
 
 Point 336 
 
 Spectacle Head 465 
 
 Spencer Cove 93 
 
 SpicerRock 107 
 
 Spillers Point 429 
 
 Spirity Point 279 
 
 Split Point 458 
 
 Spoon Cove 118 
 
 Point 118 
 
 Spont Cove 481 
 
 The 479 
 
 St. George Bay 218 
 
 Spread Eagle Bay 458 
 
 anchorage 458 
 
 Spriggs Point 476 
 
 Spring Inlets 817 
 
 Island 317 
 
 beacon 317 
 
 Spruce Island 194 
 
 Spurn Point 251 
 
 Spurrier Point 105 
 
 Spurwink Island 483 
 
 Square Rock. 286 
 
 Squarey Islet 427 
 
 Squid Cove, Castor Point 289 
 
 Nevf World 378 
 
 tides.... 379 
 
 Island 420 
 
 Squier Cove 170 
 
 Stag Harbor 395 
 
 Tickle 394 
 
 directions 395 
 
 ice 395 
 
 Island, Notre Dame Bay 367 
 
 Rock.. 118 
 
 Stag Harbor. 395 
 
 Renewse Harbor 484 
 
 Stage Island 504 
 
 Stamford Mount 422 
 
 Stanley Cove 157 
 
 Rocks. 112 
 
 Starboard Island. 318 
 
 Point 340 
 
 Starve Cove 384 
 
 Harbor 384 
 
 Head 384 
 
 Stearin Rock... 354 
 
 Rocks 74 
 
 Stearing Island 275 
 
 Steel Mountain 222 
 
 Page. 
 
 Steering Island, Dog Bay 898 
 
 Fogo Island 390 
 
 Rock, Bane Harbor 102 
 
 Rocks 100 
 
 Stephenville 225 
 
 Stem Roi'k 180 
 
 Stevenson Islet 403 
 
 Stickland Cove .-. 155 
 
 Point 88 
 
 Qrandy Sound ... 204 
 
 Rock 113 
 
 Village 205 
 
 Stinking Banks 404 
 
 Cove 220 
 
 Islands 403 
 
 Stocking Harbor 352 
 
 Stone Brook 257 
 
 Island, Birchy Cove 157 
 
 Bonavista Cape 427 
 
 Eogo Islands 893 
 
 Placentia Bay 59 
 
 Islands 481 
 
 Point 156 
 
 St. Barbe Harbor 295 
 
 Stony Point 81 
 
 Rock 81 
 
 Spit 230 
 
 Stoppers Side 478 
 
 Storehouse Cove 79 
 
 Isl'd, Fogo Isl'ds 893 
 
 beacon 393 
 
 Gander Bay 397 
 
 Point 265 
 
 Storm Cape 308 
 
 Stormy Point (Polnte Ros6e) 214 
 
 Story Harbor 140 
 
 Stowbridge Head 257 
 
 Straight Coast 298 
 
 Strand Rock 123 
 
 Strawberry Island 811 
 
 Strong Islands 442 
 
 Tickle 442 
 
 Stuckey Cove 868 
 
 Styles Point 171 
 
 Sugarloaf , Goose Arm 256 
 
 Harbor le Cou 197 
 
 Head 470 
 
 Hill, Burin Inlet 119 
 
 Island, Despair Bay 157 
 
 Placentia Bay .69, 79 
 
 Islet 85 
 
 New World Island 378 
 
 Placentia Sound ... 54 
 
Page. 
 
 Do;,' Bay 308 
 
 Fogo Island 390 
 
 Jane Harbor 103 
 
 100 
 
 325 
 
 180 
 
 403 
 
 --. 155 
 
 88 
 
 Qrandy Sound ... 204 
 
 113 
 
 e 205 
 
 404 
 
 220 
 
 403 
 
 • 353 
 
 - 357 
 
 •chy Cove 157 
 
 navista Cape 437 
 
 go Islands 393 
 
 icentia Bay 59 
 
 - 481 
 
 156 
 
 Jarbe Earbor 395 
 
 81 
 
 t 81 
 
 230 
 
 478 
 
 79 
 
 Fogolsl'ds 393 
 
 beacon 393 
 
 Gander Bay 397 
 
 b 265 
 
 308 
 
 ointe Ros6e) 214 
 
 - 140 
 
 I 257 
 
 298 
 
 123 
 
 id 811 
 
 443 
 
 ickle 442 
 
 368 
 
 171 
 
 Arm 256 
 
 ir le Cou 197 
 
 470 
 
 Jurin Inlet 119 
 
 , Despair Bay 157 
 
 Placentia Bay .69, 79 
 
 85 
 
 Vorld Island 378 
 
 itia Sound ... 54 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 577 
 
 Page. 
 
 Sugarloaf Point 55 
 
 Ray Cape 311 
 
 Rencontre Bay 164 
 
 Rock, Fortune Bay 137 
 
 i5cillyCove 454 
 
 Trinity Bay 453 
 
 Suleyann Cove 365 
 
 Sullivan Islet 440 
 
 Sunday Cove Island 362 
 
 Bight 362 
 
 Tickle 363 
 
 Sunker Rock, Renewse 483 
 
 The, Placentia Bay 83 
 
 St. Marys Bay 49 
 
 Surgeon Cove 375 
 
 Swagger Cove 154 
 
 anchorage 154 
 
 Swains Islands 403 
 
 Swale Island, Laun Islands 122 
 
 South Broad Cove. - 421 
 
 Tickle 431 
 
 Sweeny Island 873 
 
 Sweet Bay 434 
 
 Sword Point 350 
 
 T. 
 
 Table Head, Camp Islands 503 
 
 Mountain 386,339 
 
 Point 279 
 
 Tacks Beach-- 87 
 
 Head 87 
 
 Look-out 87 
 
 Tail of the Bank 453 
 
 Tantam Shoals 470 
 
 Tasse I'Argent Harbor 83 
 
 Taylor Bay 133 
 
 Point 133 
 
 Rock 133 
 
 Island, Bonne Bay 159 
 
 Rocks, Dollond 
 
 Bight 152 
 
 Rock, Bonne Bay 160 
 
 Tea Cove Point 448 
 
 Teapot Rock 514 
 
 Telegraph Rock 94 
 
 Temple Bay 505 
 
 communication 505 
 
 Pass... 505 
 
 Tenedos Rock 330 
 
 Testu Bank 289 
 
 Thames Harbor Point 449 
 
 Thimble Tickles 871 
 
 Pane 
 
 Thimble Tickles directions 371 
 
 Thistle Rock 511 
 
 Thomas Rock 114 
 
 Rowsell Island 370 
 
 Thompson Beach 146 
 
 Thoroughfare Rock 438 
 
 The 488 
 
 Three Arms 356 
 
 Three-arms Island 357 
 
 Three Islands, Grand Bruit Har- 
 bor 190 
 
 Mountains 314 
 
 Harbor 314 
 
 Peak Hill 478 
 
 Rocks 403 
 
 Point. 233 
 
 Shoals 233 
 
 Stones Cove 57 
 
 Thrum Cap Island 143 
 
 Tickle Bay 451 
 
 Beach Point 452 
 
 Cove 425 
 
 Harbor Point , 451 
 
 Island 143 
 
 Point 141 
 
 tidal streams 141 
 
 . St. PaulsBay 374 
 
 The..... 514 
 
 Bonne Bay 367 
 
 Tickles Islets 60 
 
 The, BuflPet Harbor 93 
 
 Tides Cove 116 
 
 Tiger Rock 305 
 
 Fortune Harbor 374 
 
 Tilcey Island 496 
 
 Tiller Cove 115 
 
 Tilley Head, PUley Island 363 
 
 TilleysHill 418 
 
 Tilt Cove Island 378 
 
 New World Island.... 378 
 New World Island, an- 
 chorage 378 
 
 Notre Dame Bay 846 
 
 Notre Dame Bay, coal. - 847 
 Notre Dame Bay, com- 
 munication 347 
 
 Rock 139 
 
 Tilton Harbor 389 
 
 ice 889 
 
 Head 439 
 
 Tim Barrett Rock 55 
 
 Tinker Hill 477 
 
 Island, Cobbs Arm 385 
 
 .^,U^.^^,r.<.-t.^,^^^,..^^^Y.... 
 
578 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 I'Bge. 
 
 Tinker Island, Little Pinch -gnt .. 60 
 Morris Channel . . . 420 
 
 Rose Blanche 208 
 
 Rock 477 
 
 Rocks 85 
 
 GariaBay 198 
 
 Tinkershare Island 110 
 
 Tin-pot Islands 840 
 
 Tizard Harbor 878 
 
 Head 377 
 
 Toad Asses 877 
 
 Cove 480 
 
 Tobacco Island 888 
 
 Toby Lookout 67 
 
 Tolt, The, Mortier Bay 115 
 
 Random Sound 443 
 
 Ray Cape 214 
 
 Red Island 91 
 
 Point 448 
 
 Tom Cod Rock, Grand Dismal Cove 369 
 
 Little Bay 860 
 
 Pass Island 148 
 
 Wadham Islands.. 899 
 
 Power Lookout 55 
 
 Sheaves Rock 60 
 
 Tommy Rock, Ballard Bank .. 40,487 
 
 SharpRock 63 
 
 Tooth Rock 192 
 
 Tor Bay 469 
 
 Torbay Bight 470 
 
 Point 470 
 
 Hill 470 
 
 Torrent Cove 831 
 
 Tortoise Mount 249 
 
 Rock 275 
 
 Tostello Harbor 83 
 
 Toulinguet Harbor 880 
 
 anchorage 380 
 
 coal 380 
 
 communica- 
 tion 380 
 
 ice 881 
 
 light 380 
 
 supplies 860 
 
 tides 381 
 
 Islands 379 
 
 Toumionre Shoals 129 
 
 Town Point 51 
 
 Traces Point. 483 
 
 Tracey Hill 512 
 
 Traitant Cove 296 
 
 Trapper Cove 280 
 
 Traverse Island 413 
 
 Page. 
 
 Tray Town Harbor 437 
 
 Treenail Tickle 885 
 
 Tr6houatCove 180 
 
 cables 180 
 
 Trepassey Bay , 42 
 
 caution 42 
 
 Harbor 42 
 
 anchorage 48 
 
 buoy 42 
 
 dangers 48 
 
 directions 43 
 
 pilots 48 
 
 tides 44 
 
 water 43 
 
 Triangle Point 800 
 
 Banks 800 
 
 Trimming Hill 186 
 
 Trinity Bay 411,488 
 
 caution 488 
 
 ice 483 
 
 Cove 68 
 
 Head 58 
 
 St. Paul 211 
 
 Gut 412 
 
 Harbor 488 
 
 communication ... 434 
 
 directions 484 
 
 ice 484 
 
 light 484 
 
 supplies 434 
 
 tides 484 
 
 Shoal 80 
 
 Trinny Cove Islands 59 
 
 Troak Point 118 
 
 Rock 118 
 
 Trompe rCEil Point 300 
 
 Trou de la Balaine 800 
 
 Trout River 261 
 
 anchorage 261 
 
 Bight 262 
 
 communication 261 
 
 Rock 261 
 
 Troytown Harbors 368 
 
 tides 868 
 
 Island 868 
 
 Truck Island 608 
 
 Truite Point 825 
 
 Trump Islands 379 
 
 Tickle 879 
 
 Tucker Head 258 
 
 Bonne Bay 265 
 
 Turf Point 224 
 
 Turfpook Island 424 
 
 iiWIiilli 
 
 MNillillHi 
 
Page. 
 
 r 437 
 
 885 
 
 180 
 
 )le8 180 
 
 42 
 
 tion 42 
 
 42 
 
 anchorage 43 
 
 buoy 42 
 
 dang3r8 48 
 
 directions 43 
 
 pilots 48 
 
 tides 44 
 
 water 43 
 
 800 
 
 iks 800 
 
 186 
 
 411,488 
 
 Q 488 
 
 483 
 
 68 
 
 58 
 
 ml 211 
 
 412 
 
 - 438 
 
 imunication ... 484 
 
 ictions 434 
 
 484 
 
 it 434 
 
 plies 434 
 
 >8 434 
 
 80 
 
 is 59 
 
 118 
 
 118 
 
 It 300 
 
 300 
 
 261 
 
 rage 261 
 
 262 
 
 [unication 261 
 
 261 
 
 368 
 
 tides 868 
 
 868 
 
 - 608 
 
 325 
 
 379 
 
 lie 379 
 
 258 
 
 eBay 265 
 
 224 
 
 424 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 579 
 
 Page. 
 
 Turks Bight 174 
 
 Cove ' 454 
 
 Gut, Colliers Bay 466 
 
 Head 173 
 
 Colliers Bay 466 
 
 Island 171 
 
 Turr Islands, Fogo Island 392 
 
 (lies aux Godes) 288 
 
 Bamea Islands 172 
 
 Turret Bay 288 
 
 Point 288 
 
 Turtles, The 828 
 
 Tweed Island 248 
 
 anchorage 248 
 
 Twelve-feet Rock 506 
 
 Twin Island. Red Bay 511 
 
 Islands 288 
 
 Tvdns Rocks- 408 
 
 Burnt Islands Harbor 205 
 
 The 466 
 
 Two Guts 289 
 
 Barachois 239 
 
 Hills Point 281 
 
 Rocks 78 
 
 TJ. 
 
 Union Cove 338 
 
 Upper Big Shoal 94 
 
 Caplin Cove Point 373 
 
 Crabb Brook 258 
 
 Griguet Harbor 810 
 
 Harbor, Exploits Burnt 
 
 Islands 375 
 
 Islands 353 
 
 Lance Cove 489 
 
 Pinnacle Rock 112 
 
 Rams _ 56 
 
 Rock __ 104 
 
 Rocky Bight 489 
 
 SandyPoint 67 
 
 Shoal Harbor - 444 
 
 Point 162 
 
 V. 
 
 Vache-gare Cove 327 
 
 Vainqneur Island 128 
 
 Valen Isles 79 
 
 Valley Cove 508 
 
 Vanguard Shoal 310 
 
 Variation of the compass 32 
 
 Varket Channel 420 
 
 Island 420 
 
 Venams Bight 347 
 
 P»g». 
 
 Venils Island 178 
 
 anchorage 178 
 
 Shoal 178 
 
 Verde Point 51 
 
 light 51 
 
 Shoal 51 
 
 Verdon Islands 319 
 
 Verge Island 441 
 
 Rock 441 
 
 Vert Island 316 
 
 Verte Island 308 
 
 Bay 341 
 
 anchorage 341 
 
 ice 841 
 
 Vestal Rock, Great Laun Harbor. 121 
 
 St. Johns 474 
 
 Vesuvius Rock, Bay of Islands... 254 
 Change Island 
 
 Tickle 389 
 
 Dog Bay 898 
 
 Victor Brook 287 
 
 Vicunalsland 66 
 
 Vide Bouteille Cape 247 
 
 ViergeCove.. 814 
 
 Point 814 
 
 Vigie d'Aigremont 131 
 
 Vigors Island 1 74 
 
 Vincent Islet 804 
 
 Point 382 
 
 Vinegar Hill 110 
 
 Vineyard Islet. 192 
 
 Virgin Arm, New World Island.. 378 
 
 Bay 320 
 
 Cove, Merasheen Island ... 84 
 
 Mount 247 
 
 Point 53 
 
 Rock, Hermitage Bay 149 
 
 Rocks, Great Bank 33 
 
 ice. 34 
 
 tidal streams 35 
 
 Placentia Bay 50 
 
 Shoal 320 
 
 W. 
 
 Wadham Islands 398 
 
 ice 398 
 
 light 898 
 
 Waldron Cove 874 
 
 Wall Island 501 
 
 Shoal 501 
 
 Rock 458 
 
 Ward Harbor 366 
 
 Island 371 
 
580 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 PBg«. 
 
 Warren Cove lei 
 
 Warwick Harbor 437 
 
 Washball Rock 104 
 
 Washballs Rocks 474 
 
 Washing-tub Islet 108 
 
 Wash Rocks 197 
 
 Watchers Rocks 828 
 
 Watch Hill 473 
 
 Island, Pogo Islands 395 
 
 Rock 895 
 
 Watchman, The (Le Guetteur) . . 288 
 
 Watch Rock, Penguin Island 167 
 
 Seldom Come-by ... 395 
 
 Water Bears 887 
 
 Watering Cove Point 819 
 
 Weasel Island 154 
 
 telegraph 154 
 
 Webber Bight, Fortune Harbor .. 378 
 
 Point 122 
 
 Welch Point 339 
 
 Well Bay 287 
 
 beacons 287 
 
 Point 386 
 
 Wellman Cove 862 
 
 anchorage 362 
 
 Welsh Cove 357 
 
 West Ann, How Harbor 316 
 
 MortierBay 115 
 
 anchorage 115 
 
 Rose Blanche 201 
 
 Troytown Harbor 868 
 
 Baldwin Rock 208 
 
 buoy 208 
 
 Bay, Port au Port 237 
 
 anchor- 
 age. 235,237 
 
 Broad Cove 103,112' 
 
 Countryman Islands 893 
 
 Flat Island I8I 
 
 beacon 181 
 
 Shoals 181 
 
 Head, Oaultois 150 
 
 light 150 
 
 Merasheen Harbor... 90 
 
 Indian Island 395 
 
 Island 75 
 
 Mound 298 
 
 beacon 293 
 
 Point, Bay de Vieux 169 
 
 British Harbor 436 
 
 LaHuneBay 167 
 
 Rogues Harbor 852 
 
 Western Arm 513 
 
 Page. 
 
 West Point, Western Cove 70 
 
 Random Head 442 
 
 River, Brent Islands 816 
 
 anchorage 316 
 
 Road 237 
 
 Sacred Bay 302 
 
 Rock, Channel Head 210 
 
 Shag Rock 381 
 
 Strong Island 443 
 
 Twin Rock 408 
 
 White Island 205 
 
 Western Arm, Red Bay 512 
 
 Three Arms. 857 
 
 White Bay 338 
 
 ice 888 
 
 Bank ... 500 
 
 Bay Head, Conception 
 
 Bay 468 
 
 Brook 272 
 
 Pond 272 
 
 Cove 70 
 
 anchorage 71 
 
 Head 70 
 
 Creek Ill 
 
 Head Ill 
 
 Harbor 159 
 
 Head, Bonavista Bay -.. 425 
 
 Bonne Bay 262 
 
 Despair Bay 150 
 
 Fortune Harbor .. 878 
 
 Green Bay 488 
 
 Grounds 438 
 
 Long Island 866 
 
 New World Island 877 
 
 Rock 878 
 
 Fogo Cape .. 894 
 
 Island 116 
 
 Passages, Dead Island 
 
 Harbor 206 
 
 Point, Jackson Cove 855 
 
 Red Island Bay... 174 
 
 Rock 174 
 
 Rock, Bonavista Bay 425 
 
 Little Mortier Bay 117 
 
 White Islands 76 
 
 Rocks, Placentia Bay 108 
 
 Presque Harbor.. 81 
 
 St.Shots 44 
 
 Sunker, Ragged Islands . 87 
 
 Washing-tub 108 
 
 Weymouth Point 830 
 
 beacon 880 
 
 Whaleback Ridge 271 
 
INDEX. 
 
 681 
 
 Page. 
 
 ern Cove 70 
 
 *d 442 
 
 Islands 816 
 
 anchorage 816 
 
 287 
 
 Bay 302 
 
 lelHead 210 
 
 381 
 
 a 443 
 
 408 
 
 1 205 
 
 i Bay 512 
 
 •ee Arms- 857 
 
 lite Bay 338 
 
 ice 888 
 
 .--. 500 
 
 id, Conception 
 
 458 
 
 272 
 
 nd 272 
 
 70 
 
 lorage 71 
 
 i 70 
 
 Ill 
 
 ad Ill 
 
 159 
 
 navista Bay -.. 425 
 
 ineBay 262 
 
 ipair Bay 160 
 
 tune Harbor . . 878 
 
 sen Bay 483 
 
 lunds 438 
 
 ig Island 866 
 
 V World Island 877 
 !k 878 
 
 Fogo Cape .. 894 
 116 
 
 Dead Island 
 
 206 
 
 jksonCove 855 
 
 d Island Bay... 174 
 
 ck 174 
 
 lavistaBay 425 
 
 tie Mortier Bay 117 
 
 lite Islands 76 
 
 icentiaBay 108 
 
 Bsque Harbor.. 81 
 
 44 
 
 agged Islands . 87 
 
 '^ashing-tnb 108 
 
 880 
 
 eacon 880 
 
 271 
 
 Fagc, 
 
 Whale Cave 800 
 
 Grotto 314 
 
 Island, Antelope Harbor . . 505 
 
 Gaultois 150 
 
 Islands 289 
 
 Point 299 
 
 Rock 159 
 
 Renewse 484 
 
 Whalesback, The 123 
 
 Whales Back 59 
 
 Rock 78,109 
 
 Shoal 180 
 
 White Bay, east coast 334 
 
 current 889 
 
 ice 834 
 
 ^/bite Bear Bay 171 
 
 anchorage 171 
 
 directions 172 
 
 St. Charles Chan- 
 nel : 500 
 
 telegraph 171 
 
 water 171 
 
 Point 500 
 
 Cape, North coast 310 
 
 Harbor (Upper Gri- 
 
 guet) 310 
 
 tides 310 
 
 Land 810 
 
 Clam Rock 899 
 
 Dog Point 810 
 
 Ground, Burgeo 176 
 
 Change Island ... 888 
 
 Cinq Cerf Bay 188 
 
 ToulinguetHarbor 881 
 
 Trinity Bay 488 
 
 Head, Barasway Bay 208 
 
 Hills.- 67,311,853 
 
 Cape Cormorant 230 
 
 Horse Rock 117 
 
 Shoal 484 
 
 Island, Burgeo Islands 179 
 
 Burgeo Islands, bea- 
 con 179 
 
 Castors Harbor 289 
 
 Grand Bruit 190 
 
 Merasheen Island.. 88 
 
 Shoal 174 
 
 Wadham Islands... 398 
 White Bear Bay.... 172 
 
 Islands, D6grat Cape 808 
 
 Placentia Bay 74 
 
 Rocky Bay 896 
 
 Islet, Canada Bay 329 
 
 Page. 
 
 White Islets, Bloody Reach 416 
 
 Swale Island 421 
 
 Mica Cove 508 
 
 Point, Bay of Islands 248 
 
 DegratCape 307 
 
 Fortune Bay 188 
 
 Grevigneux Bay — 328 
 
 Hall Bay 861 
 
 Kerley Harbor 436 
 
 Petit For t Harbor .. . 96 
 Placentia Sound. - . 52,77 
 
 Ragged Harbor 400 
 
 Winterhouse Cove . . 358 
 
 Rock, Cape Spear 477 
 
 Catalina Harbor 480 
 
 CorbinBay 148 
 
 Hants Harbor 458 
 
 Harbor Grace 460 
 
 Hearts Content Har- 
 bor. 454 
 
 Islets 274 
 
 Lance Cove 105 
 
 Les Vaches 281 
 
 Port au Port 241 
 
 Red Harbor 118 
 
 Saddle Island 159 
 
 St. Johns 474 
 
 Rocks, Cape Degrat - 308 
 
 Heartsease Inlet ... 446 
 
 Sail 88 
 
 Banks. 94 
 
 Head. 83,94 
 
 Whittle Hill 190 
 
 Wild Bight Head 877 
 
 Leading Tickles. 371 
 
 Long Island 366 
 
 New World Island ... 377 
 
 Snooks Arm 848 
 
 Three Arms 358 
 
 ice 358 
 
 Cove, Bonne Bay 267 
 
 ( Capelan Bay) 347 
 
 Fogo Islands 394 
 
 (Gouffre Harbor) 331 
 
 Hauling Arm 388 
 
 Head 367 
 
 La Hune Cape 166 
 
 Petit Fort 96 
 
 Point 394 
 
 Will Island 147 
 
 William Henry Bank 109 
 
 Wheeler Point 258 
 
 Willis Island 421 
 
58ir 
 
 INDEX, 
 
 Pagi'. 
 
 Willis Reach 421 
 
 Windsor Lake 846 
 
 Point 857 
 
 Windy Point 328 
 
 beacon 828 
 
 Winging Rock 60,88 
 
 Rocks 68 
 
 Winter Cove 206 
 
 Flat 296 
 
 Winterhouse Cove 858 
 
 Wiseman Cove 887 
 
 Wisemans Point 511 
 
 Witch Hazel Bay 141 
 
 Peak 467 
 
 Witless Bay, Bay Bulls 480 
 
 Trinity Bay 456 
 
 Point, Bay Bulls 480 
 
 Trinity Bay 456 
 
 Rock 456 
 
 Wolf Bay 175,361 
 
 Cove, Hall Bay 361 
 
 Head, Hall Bay 361 
 
 Trinity Bay 485 
 
 Island, Bloody Bay 417 
 
 Rock, Good Bay 287 
 
 Tail Reef 287 
 
 Rocks, Connaigre Bay 148 
 
 Shoal, Canada Bay 329 
 
 Wood Bay 304 
 
 Islands, Change Island 387 
 
 Woods or Harbor Island 254 
 
 Harbor 254 
 
 Woody Bay 347 
 
 Cove 268 
 
 Rock 45 
 
 Hill, Brig Bay 292 
 
 Island, Basque Port 209 
 
 beacons 209 
 
 Bay of Islands 248 
 
 Bight 872 
 
 Black Fly Islands.. 492 
 
 Brine Islands 58 
 
 Burin Inlet 118 
 
 Burnt Islands 98 
 
 Chance Harbors -.. 424 
 
 Cnlotte 189 
 
 Flat Island ill 
 
 Harbor 68 
 
 Woody Island, Leading Tickles.... 371 
 
 Long Harbor 141 
 
 Notre Dame Bay . . 872 
 
 Placentia Bay 62 
 
 Red Harbor 112 
 
 Rock 118 
 
 St. George Bay 222 
 
 Shoal 67 
 
 Sops Arm 886 
 
 Islands, Placentia Bay 68 
 
 Placentia Bay, an- 
 chorage 69 
 
 Placentia Bay, 
 
 tides 69 
 
 White Bear Bay.. 171 
 
 Islets, Beaches Harbor 416 
 
 Point, Bonne Bay 268 
 
 anchorage 268 
 
 coal 263 
 
 communi - 
 
 cation.- 263 
 supplies.. 263 
 
 Rock 347 
 
 Snooks Arm 847 
 
 Wreck Bay 510 
 
 Cove 217 
 
 Island 186 
 
 Garia Bay 195 
 
 Sunkers 195 
 
 Y. 
 
 Yankee Rock 210 
 
 Rocks 202 
 
 Shoal 210 
 
 Yardie Island 109 
 
 Yellow Fox Cove 872 
 
 Point 289 
 
 beacons 289 
 
 York Harbor , 250 
 
 anchorage 250 
 
 Point 504 
 
 Young Harry Rock 428 
 
 Youngs Cove 221 
 
 Z. 
 
 Zephyr Rock 829 
 
 Z6e Bank 187 
 
 buoy^. 127 
 
 
 .'^.v*^?T<s*i JrA^^'^"^g?n^???ap5;^gs^gfmg<r^';s?ryi^>ws^y. (iMii» B h«iu g<tt^ 
 
 m^i'mKsr-^^i-iee^tgSVBfm^ifV 
 
Pago, 
 ading Tickles.... 871 
 
 ng Harbor 141 
 
 tre Dame Bay . . 872 
 
 icentia Bay 62 
 
 i Harbor 112 
 
 :!k 118 
 
 George Bay 223 
 
 )al 67 
 
 m Arm 836 
 
 IticentiaBay 68 
 
 lacentia Bay, an- 
 chorage 60 
 
 lacentia Bay, 
 
 tides 60 
 
 hite Bear Bay-. 171 
 
 [jhes Harbor 416 
 
 aeBay 263 
 
 anchorage 263 
 
 coal 263 
 
 communi - 
 
 cation.. 263 
 supplies.. 268 
 
 t 847 
 
 >k8 Arm 847 
 
 510 
 
 217 
 
 186 
 
 I Bay 105 
 
 ers 105 
 
 r. 
 
 210 
 
 -- 202 
 
 210 
 
 - 109 
 
 872 
 
 280 
 
 ns 289 
 
 , 250 
 
 rage 250 
 
 504 
 
 : 428 
 
 - 231 
 
 320 
 
 187 
 
 127 
 
 PRIOK LIST 
 
 OF 
 
 Publications on Sale at Hydrobraphic Offioe. 
 
 NOTE.— The prices of books (often enlarged) are 
 liable to change with new editions. The price w^ill 
 be found marked on title page. A new edition, or 
 publication, w^hen issued is advertised in the weekly 
 H. O. Notice to Mariners in the first notice of each 
 month. 
 
 THE FOLLOWING ARE THE ONLY PUBLICATIONS ON SALE. 
 
 No. 
 
 9 
 18 
 
 15 
 
 17 
 
 Title of Book. 
 
 The American Practical Navigator. Bowditch. 1809 
 
 Useful Tables from the American Practical Navigator. Bow- 
 ditch. 1800. 
 
 Memoir of the Dangers and Ice in the North Atlantic Ocean. 
 1868. 
 
 Price. 
 
 22 
 
 24 
 80 
 31 
 82 
 45 
 54 
 65 
 
 57 
 
 68 
 
 Projection Tables. 1860 1 
 
 Supplement No. 2 to Bering Sea and Coast of Alaska. 1895. . . 
 
 General Examination of the Atlantic Ocean. 1870 
 
 General Examination of the Atlantic Ocean. Supplement. 1886 
 
 General Examination of the Indian Ocean. 1870 
 
 List of Lights of the World. Vol.! 1898 
 
 List of Lights of the World. Vol. II. 1898 
 
 List of Lights of the World. Vol. III. 1899 
 
 The Navigation of the Atlantic Ocean. 1899. (Preparing) . . . . 
 Navigation of the Straits of Magellan. 1888 
 
 Remarks on a Voyage through the Patagonian Channels and 
 Magellan Strait. 1874. 
 
 Tables for Finding the Distance of an Object by Two Bear- 
 ings. 1881. 
 
 The Navigation of the Pacific Ocean, China Seas, and Connect- 
 ing Waters. 1890. (Preparing.) 
 
 (588) 
 
 $2.36 
 1.35 
 
 .30 
 
 1.50 
 .20 
 
 2.00 
 .10 
 
 2.00 
 .26 
 .26 
 .25 
 
 .20 
 
 .20 
 
584 
 
 LIST OF IIYDROGBAPIIIC OFFICE PUBLICATIONS. 
 
 No. 
 
 Title of Book. 
 
 Price. 
 
 64 
 
 The Navigation of the Gulf of Mexico and Caribbean Sea. 
 Vol. II, Third edition. 1896. 
 
 11.50 
 
 
 The Navigation of the, Gnlf of Mexico and Caribbean Sea. 
 Vol. II. Third editioii. Supplement. 1898. 
 
 .20 
 
 66 
 
 Arctic Azimuth Tables for Parallels of Latitude between 70° 
 and 88°. 1881. 
 
 .80 
 
 71 
 
 Azimuth Tables giving the True Bearings of the Sun at Inter- 
 vals of Ten Minutes between Sunrise and Sunset for Parallels 
 of Latitude between 61° N. and 61° S. 1899. 
 
 1.00 
 
 78 
 
 Newfoundland and Labrador. Second edition. 1890. (In press.). 
 
 
 77 
 
 Practical Hints in Regard to West Indian Hurricanes. 1887. . . 
 
 .10 
 
 84 
 
 West Coast of Mexico and Central America from the United 
 States to Panama, including the Gulfs of California and 
 Panama. Second edition. 1898. • 
 
 1.60 
 
 
 West Coast of Mexico and Central America from the United 
 States to Panama, including the Gulfs of California and 
 Panama. Second edition. Supplement. 1898. 
 
 .20 
 
 86 
 
 The Navigation of the Gulf of Mexico and Caribbean Sea. 
 Vol. I. Fourth edition. 1898. 
 
 8.00 
 
 
 The Navigation of the Gulf of Mexico and Caribbean Sea. 
 Vol. I. Fourth edition. Supplement. 1899. 
 
 .10 
 
 87 
 
 The International Code of Signals for the Use of All Nations. 
 1898. 
 
 2.60 
 
 88 
 
 East Coast of South America. Second edition. 1894 
 
 1.60 
 
 
 East Coast of South America. Second edition. Supplement. 
 1898. 
 
 .20 
 
 89 
 
 The West Coast of South America, including Magellan Strait, 
 Tierra del Fuego and the Outlying Islands. Second edition. 
 1896. 
 
 1.20 
 
 
 The West Coast of South America, including Magellan Strait, 
 Tierra del Fuego and the Outlying Islands. Second edition. 
 Supplement. 1898. 
 
 .10 
 
 90 
 
 The development of Great Circle Sailing. Second edition. 
 (In press. ) 
 
 
 98 
 
 Report of Ice and Ice Movements in the North Atlantic Ocean. 
 
 1890. 
 
 .20 
 
 96 
 
 The average Forms of Isolated Submarine Peaks, and the in- 
 terval which should obtain between deep-sea soundings 
 taken to disclose the character of the bottom of the Ocean. 
 
 .70 
 
 96 
 
 The Coast of British Columbia, including the Juan de Fuca 
 Strait, Puget Sound, Vancouver and Queen Charlotte Islands. 
 1891. 
 
 1.50 
 
 mm 
 
 mm 
 
Price. 
 
 11.00 
 
 .20 
 
 .80 
 
 1.00 
 
 .10 
 
 e uiuieu 
 
 )mia and 
 
 i.mt 
 
 le United 
 )mia and 
 
 .20 
 
 )ean Sea. 
 
 8.00 
 
 3ean Sea. 
 
 .10 
 
 Nations. 
 
 2.50 
 
 
 1.60 
 
 plement. 
 
 .20 
 
 in Strait, 
 \ edition. 
 
 1.20 
 
 w Strait, 
 \ edition. 
 
 .10 
 
 edition. 
 
 
 ic Ocean. 
 
 .20 
 
 d the in- 
 oundings 
 J Ocean. 
 
 .70 
 
 de Fuca 
 B Islands. 
 
 1.50 
 
 No. 
 
 99 
 
 100 
 
 102 
 
 108 
 105 
 
 106 
 
 108 
 
 108-III 
 Sup. 
 
 110 
 
 111 
 
 112 
 
 114 
 
 115 
 
 LIST OF HYDROORAIMIIC OFFICE PUBLICATIONS. 
 
 Title of Book. 
 
 The Coast of British Columbia, includinR the .Tnnn de Fnca 
 Strait, PuKet Sound, Vanconvor and Queoii Cliarlotte Inlands. 
 Supplement. 180M. 
 Supplement No. 2. 1899 
 
 Sailing Directions for Bay of Fundy, Southeast Coast of Nova 
 Scotia, and the South and East Coasts of Capo Breton Island 
 Second edition. 1897. 
 
 Sailing Directions for Bay of Fundy, Southeast Coast of Nova 
 Scotia, and the South and East Coasts of Cape Breton Island. 
 Setiond edition. Supplement. 1899. 
 
 Sailing Directions for the Gulf and River St. Lawrence. Sec- 
 ond edition. 1897. 
 
 Sailing Directions for the Gulf and River St. Lawrence. Sec- 
 ond edition. Supplement. 1899. 
 
 The Azores, Madeiras, Salvages, Canaries, and Cape Verde 
 Islands. Third pdition. 1898. 
 
 Submarine cables. 1892 
 
 West Coast of Africa. Second edition. 1893 
 
 West Coast of Africa. Second edition. Supplement. 1897... 
 
 Azimuth Tables giving the True Bearings of the Sun at In- 
 tervals of Ten Minutes between Sunrise and Sunset for Par- 
 allels of Latitude between 40° N. and 50° N. , inclusive. 1894. 
 
 Sailing Directions for the Great Lakes and Connecting Waters. 
 1896. 
 
 Sailing Directions for the Great Lakes and Connecting Waters. 
 Supplement. 1899. (Preparing.) 
 
 Sailing Directions for North Channel of Lake Huron and 
 Georgian Bay. 1895. 
 
 The Gulf Stream. 1894 
 
 Sunrise and Sunset Tables. 1896 
 
 Illustrative Cloud Forms. 1897 
 
 Contributions to Terrestrial Magnetism. 1897 
 
 The Hawaiian Islands and the Islands, Rocks, and Shoals to the 
 Westward. 1899. 
 
 Catalo^e of Charts, Plans, Sailing Directions, and Other Pub- 
 lications of the U. S. Hydrographic Office. 1899. 
 
 Remittances should be by money order to the Hydrographic Office. 
 
 585 
 
 Price. 
 
 90.80 
 
 .10 
 
 2.80 
 
 .10 
 
 2.80 
 
 .10 
 
 1.00 
 
 1.00 
 
 1.50 
 
 .20 
 
 .50 
 
 1.00 
 
 1.00 
 
 .10 
 
 .80 
 
 1.00 
 
 1.90 
 
 .40 
 
 .50 
 
 T 
 
AGENTS FOR THE SALE OF HYDROGRAPHIC OFFICE CHARTS, 
 SAILING DIRECTIONS, ETC. 
 
 AGENTS IN TUE UNITED STATES. 
 
 Alexandria, Va.— R. Bell's Sons, South Fairfax Htreet. 
 
 Astoria, Orag.— Qriffen & Roed. 
 
 Baltimore, Md.— P. J. Sloane & Co., corner Pnitt street and Spear's wharf. 
 
 M. V. O'Neal, 602 East Pratt street. 
 Bangor, Me.— Snow & Nealley Company. 
 Bath, Me.— Charles A. Harriinan. 
 Block laland, B. L— C. C. Ball. 
 Boothbay Harbor, Ma— William O. McCobb. 
 Boston, Mass.— Charles C. Hutchinson, 152 State street. 
 L. Prang & Co., 286 Roxbury street. 
 Samuel Thaxter & Son, 126 State street, 
 BulBilo, N. T.— Buflfalo Ship Chandlery Company, 11-18 Main street. 
 
 Howard H. Baker & Co., 18-26 Terrace street. 
 Oharlestooa, 8. 0.— James Allan & Co., 286 King street. 
 Chicago, m.— George Carpenter & Co., 202-208 South Water street. 
 H. Channon Company, 24-26 Market street. 
 Rand, McNally & Co., 166-168 Adams street. 
 Cleveland, Ohio.— Burrows Brothers Company, 188-187 Euclid avenue. 
 
 The Marine Record Publishing Company, Western Reserve 
 
 Building. 
 The Marine Review, 616 Perry-Payne Building. 
 Detroit, Mich.— H. D. Edwards & Co., 16-24 Woodward avenue. 
 
 J. W. Westcott, foot of Woodward avenue. 
 Duluth, Minn.— A. Hirsch. 
 Bastport, Me.— G. H. Cummings. 
 Bast Tawas, Mich.— Howard C. Bristol. 
 Bureka, Oal.— James E. Matthews. 
 Femandina, Fla— J. W. Howell. 
 Oalveston, Tex.— Charles F. Trul)e,2415 Market street. 
 Gloucester, Mass.— P. A. Chisolm, 161 Main street. 
 Jacksonville, Fla.— H. & W. B. Drew Company. 
 Key West, Ha.— Alfred Brost. 
 
 Los Angeles, CaL-Stoll & Thayer Company, 252-264 South Spring street. 
 Marquette, Mich.— A. O. Kruger. 
 Millbridge, Me.— N. C. Wallace. 
 
 MUwaukee, Wis.-Joy8 Bros. & Co., 206 East Water street. 
 Mobile, Ala.— Costello & Bates Company, 24 Front street. 
 
 E. O. Zadek Jewelry Company. 
 Wew Bedford, Mass.— C. R. Sherman & Son. 
 New London, Conn.— Axel P. Anderson, 57 Bank street. 
 New Orleans, La.— Frigerio & SchuUy, 411 Royal street. 
 L. Frigerio (widow), 1019 Canal street. 
 Woodward, Wight & Co., 406-418 Canal street. 
 
 Uno 38 
 
 (687) 
 
688 
 
 IIVDIloiJKAI'nU' OIIKK AOKN'IM. 
 
 "1 
 I if 
 
 I 
 
 Newport, B. L- J. M. K. HouthwU k, I8A ThamnH Ntri*nt. 
 Vew Whatcom, Waah. Cliarlo* >I, Sherman. 
 New York, N. Y.- T. s. & .1. I), NeKiin, HO Water wtreet. 
 Inliii DliHH & Co., ViH Front. HtriMtt. 
 MIrluicl Klip)) & Co., UU N'liitli Htreet, 
 R. Merrill'M HoriH, UU Wull Htruot. 
 E. Mtol^er & Co., 25 Park E'liioe. 
 TliomaH Maniiiii^, 45 Hroadway. 
 Norfolk, Va.— C. F. Oroenwoixl & liro., 15H Main Htreet. 
 
 Vlfkery & Co., 124 Main Htreot. 
 Ogdeoaburg, N. Y.— Goorgo Hall Coal Company. 
 
 Oawego, N. Y. — John S. PamonH, coriior W'oat Cayuga and Water Htreetu. 
 Palmbeaoh, Fla.- E. M. BrolBfonl. 
 
 Penaacola, Pla.— Henry Horsier & Co., 7()6-70H Houth I'alafox Htreot. 
 MeEonzle, OnrtinK iii V,o., 50U Houtli I'alafox Htreet. 
 Philadelphia, Pa.— RIkkh & Bro., !)1U Market htreet. 
 Portland, Me. — Win. Henter & Co., 51 Excliange Htreot. 
 Portland, Oreg.— J. K. Gill & Co., Third and Alder Htreeta. 
 Port Huron, Kich. Kendall Marine Reporting Company. 
 Port Townaend, Waah.— Waterman & Katz. 
 
 W. J. Fritz, 880 Water street. 
 Providence, B. L -George A. Stookwell, Room 12, Uoard of Trade Building. 
 Punta Oorda, Pla.— K. B. Harvey. 
 Bookland, Me. —Spear & Stover, 408 Main Htreet. 
 Sabine Paaa, Tex. — McReyuoldg & Adama. 
 Sag Harbor, N. Y.— CharleH Philip Cook. 
 San Diego, OaL — E. M. Burbeck, corner Fifth and D streetti. 
 San Franciaco, OaL— Dillon & Co., 810 California street. 
 tiOulB Weultt, 418 Battery street. 
 S. 8. Arnhelm, 8 Stouart Htreet. 
 H. Lawrenson, 6 Market street. 
 San Pedro, OaL — E. Strome, Beacon street. 
 Santa Barbara, Oal.— H. A. C. McPkail. 
 Saxilt Ste. Marie, Mich.— Wood & Thoenen. 
 Savannah, Oa. — J. P. Johnson. 
 Seattle, Wash. — O. Beningbansen, First avenue south and Washington street. 
 
 Lowman & Ilanford. 
 Stonington, Oonn. — James H. Stivers, 73 Water street. 
 Sturgeon Bay, Wis.— Frank Long. 
 Tacoma, Waah. -Vaaghan & Morrill. 
 Tampa, Fla. — Babbitt & Co., Franklin street. 
 Tarpon Springs, Fla.— C. D. Webster, 88-86 Tarpon avenue. 
 Tremont, Me. — Frank McMuUen. 
 Vineyard Haven, Masa. — £. St. Croix Oliver. 
 Waahington, D. 0. -W. H. Lowdermllk & Co., 1424 F street NW. 
 J. J. Chapman, 608 Thirteenth street NW. 
 Wm. Ballantyne & Son, 428 Seventh street NW. 
 Brentano's, 1015 Pennsylvania avenue NW. 
 West Superior, Wis.— Charles S. Barker. 
 Wheeling, W. Va.— Frank Stanton. 
 Wilmington, N. 0.— Godfrey Hart, 24 South Front street. 
 W. N. Harriss, North Water street. 
 
 "'~«5»raHi 
 
 BKBa 
 
\Viit«»r Htrectu. 
 
 ox Htrcot. 
 'ox street. 
 
 ' Trade Building. 
 
 Washington street. 
 
 NW. 
 
 xeet NW. 
 NW. 
 
 .• 
 
 iivin{()(H{,\r'nr<i okkick agknts.. 
 
 AOENT8 IN FOHEION POUTS. 
 
 OallAO, Peru. .John Newton, 2 Callede lit Conntltuddn. 
 
 Oluffow, Scotland.— A lex under Duhbio & Hon, 1« Clyde pluee. 
 
 Halifax, Nova Scotia. Itobert II. Co/fnwell. 
 
 Hamburir, Oenuany. Eckanlt & Mi'sstorff. 
 
 Havre, France. V ic M. Lopotlt, 16 Itne de I'urin. 
 
 Hongkong, Ohinn -CinirleH (inupp & Co. 
 
 Honolulu, H. I. Frank H. Dodge. 
 
 Kingston, Jamaica. - .runieg (hill. 
 
 Liverpool, Bngland.-Phlllp, Hon & Nephew, 41-Bl South Cantle Htreet. 
 
 Montevideo, Uruguay.-T. Bottlnl & Co., 0(5-97 Callo Ilompla. 
 
 Montreal, Canada.- Henrn & Harrlnon, 1640 Notre Dame Ht.eei. 
 
 Kaeeau, Bahamas. ~T. Darling & Co. 
 
 Pemambuoo, Brazil — Arthur B. Dallas. 
 
 Port Hawkesbury, 0. B. L, Nova Scotia.— Alexander Bain. 
 
 Quebec, Canada.—.). J. Moore & Co., 118-120 .Mountain Hill. 
 
 8t. John, New Brunewiok.— J. & A. McMillan. 
 
 St. Johns, Newfoundland.— Garrett Byrne. 
 
 St. Thomas, West Indies.— J. P. Thorsen. 
 
 Turks Island.— E. J. D. Astwood. 
 
 Vancouver, British Columbia.— Albert Ufford, 68 Cordova street. 
 
 Victoria, British Columbia.- T. N. Hlbben & Co., 69 Government street. 
 
 589 
 
y